Skip to main content

Full text of "Bills, 1989-90, No.1-38"

See other formats


■tl^' 


LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY 
OF  ONTARIO 


SECOND  SESSION 
THIRTY-FOURTH  PARLIAMENT 


BILLS 
AS  INTRODUCED  IN  THE  HOUSE 

TOGETHER  WITH 
REPRINTS  AND  THIRD  READINGS 


SESSION 


April  25  to  July  26,  1989 

October  10  to  December  20,  1989 

and 

March  19  to  June  28,  1990 


INDEX 


SECOHD   SESSION 
THIRTY-FOURTH  PARLIAMENT 


PUBLIC  BILLS  (GOVERNMENT) 


II 


gregate  Resources  Ac t ,  1 989  1 70 

reement  between  the  Governments  of  Canada  aind 
tario  (see  Indian  Lands) 

ricorp  Act,  1990  -  Loi  de  1990  sur  Agricorp  234 

lusement  Devices  Amendment  Act,  1989  205 

titration  Act,  1990  -  Loi  de  1990  sur  1' arbitrage  226 

sessment  Amendment  Act ,  1989  37 

sessment  Amendment  Act ,  1 990  176 

diology  and  Speech-Language  Pathology  Act,  1990 179 

tomobile  Insurance  Rates  Control  Act,  1989  10 


B 

.rristers  Amendment  Act ,  1989 15 

■ucellosis  Repeal  Act,  1989  MO 

lilding  Code  Act,  1989  103 

isiness  Information  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989  79 

isiness  Names  Act,  1990  108 


smeteries  Act ,  1989  31 

lange  of  Name  Amendment  Act,  1990  -  Loi  de  1990  modifiant 

I  Loi  sur  le  changement  de  nom  1 48 

did  and  Family  Services  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990  233 

lildren's  Law  Reform  Amendment  Act,  1989  124 

liropody  Act,  1990  180 

liropractic  Act,  1990  I8l 

ass  Proceedings  Act,  1990  -  Loi  de  1990  sur  les 

cours  collectifs  213 

»mmercial  Concentration  Tax  Act ,  1989  46 

instruction  Lien  Amendment  Act,  1989  102 


Construction  Lien  Amendment  Act,  1990 c 

Corporation  to  provide  for  Agricultural  Insurance  (see  Agricorp) 
Corporations  and  Limited  Partnerships  (see  Business 
Information  Statute  Law) 

Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1990  2 

County  of  Simcoe  Act ,  1990  1 

Court  Reform  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act ,  1989  

Courts  of  Justice  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Courts  of  Justice  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Courts  of  Justice  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Courts  of  Justice  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Courts  of  Justice  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Courts  of  Justice  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Crop  Insurance  Act  (Ontario),  1990  -  Loi  de  1990  sur 
I'assurance-r^colte  (Ontario)   « 


Dental  Hygiene  Act,  1990  

Dental  Technology  Act,  1990  

Dentistry  Act,  1990  

Denturism  Act,  1990  

Development  Charges  Act ,  1 989  . 

Dietetics  Act,  1990  

District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Statute  Law 
Amendment  Act ,  1 989  


E 

Easement  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act ,  1990  

Education  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Education  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989 

Education  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990  , 

Elevating  Devices  Amendment  Act,  1989  , 

Employer  Health  Tax  Act,  1989 

Energy  Amendment  Act ,  1989  , 

Environmental  Protection  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Environmental  Protection  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990 

Evidence  Amendment  Act,  1989  , 

Executive  Council  Amendment  Act,  1989  


Farm  Income  Stabilization  Act,  1990  -  Loi  de  1990  sur  la 
stabilisation  des  revenus  agricoles  , 


es  and  Terms  of  Imprisonment  (see  Provincial 
alties  Adjustment) 

e  Marshals  Amendment  Act ,  1 990  228 

udulent  Debtors  Arrest  Repeal  Act,  1990  l6l 

edom  of  Information  (see  Municipal) 

edom  of  Information  and  Protection  of  Privacy 

ndment  Act,  1989  8^ 

edom  of  Information  and  Protection  of  Privacy 

tute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990  169 

1  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1989 21 

eral  Directors  and  Establishments  Act,  1989  30 


ing  Services  Act,  1990  237 

loline  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1989  2M 


Ith  Professions  Regulation  Act,  1990  178 

1th  Tax  (see  Employer) 

:hway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1989  95 

ihway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1989  96 

;hway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1989  219 


iome  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1989  60 

!ome  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1990 159 

lependent  Health  Facilities  Act,  1989  1^*7 

lian  Lands  Agreement  Confirmation  Act,  1989  200 

surance  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act ,  1 990  68 

nirance  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989  155 

J 

2 

'in  Graves  Simcoe  Memorial  Foundation  Repeal  Act,  1990  22M 

jtices  of  the  Peace  Act,  1989  -  Loi  de  1989  sur 

5  Juges  de  paix  93 


Id  Transfer  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1 989  23 

^id  Transfer  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1 989  ^8 


Landlord  and  Tenant  Amendment  (Animals)  Act,  1990  

Law  Society  Amendment  Act ,  1 989  

Law  Society  Amendment  (Insurance)  Act,  1990  

Law  Society  Amendment  (Class  Proceedings  Funding)  Act,  1990  ... 
Law  Society  (see  Legal  Profession  Statute  Law) 

Legal  Profession  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990  

Legislative  Assembly  Amendment  Act,  1989 

Limited  Partnerships  (see  Business  Information  Statute  Law) 

Liquor  Licence  Act ,  1990  

Livestock,  Poultry  and  Bees  Damage  Compensation  Act,  1990  -  Loi 
de  1990  sur  1' indemnisation  en  cas  de  dommages  causes  a  du 
b^tail ,  a  des  volailles  et  a  des  abeilles  


Massage  Therapy  Act,  1990 

McMichael  Canadian  Art  Collection  Act,  1989  

Medical  Laboratory  Technology  Act,  1990 

Medical  Radiation  Technology  Act,  1990  

Medicine  Act,  1990 

Metropolitan  Toronto  Police  Force  Complaints  Amendment  Act,  1989 

Midwifery  Act,  1990  

Mining  Amendment  Act ,  1989 

Mining  Amendment  Act ,  1 989 

Mining  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1 990  

Ministry  of  Financial  Institutions  Act,  1989  -  Loi  de  1989 

sur  le  minist^re  des  Institutions  financidres , 

Ministry  of  Transportation  and  Conmuni cations 

Amendment  Act ,  1 989 

Ministry  of  Transportation  and  Communications 

Creditors  Payment  Repeal  Act,  1989  , 

Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1989 

Municipal  Elections  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990 

Municipal  Freedom  of  Information  and  Protection  of  Privacy 
Act,  1989  -  Loi  de  1989  sur  I'accds  i  1' information 

municipale  et  la  protection  de  la  vie  priv^e  , 

Municipal  Freedom  of  Information  and  Protection  of  Privacy 
Amendment  Act,  1990  -  Loi  de  1990  modifiant  la  Loi  sur 
I'acc^s  a  1' information  municipale  et  la  protection 

de  la  vie  priv6e , 

Municipal  Freedom  of  Information  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989 

Municipal  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989 

Municipal  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990  , 

Municipal  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990  , 

Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Muskoka  (see  District  Municipality) 


tar ies  Amendment  Act ,  1 989  63 

rsing  Act,  1990 196 


cupational  Health  and  Safety  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1990  ...  208 

cupational  Therapy  Act,  1990 197 

budsman  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act ,  1 989  80 

tario  Home  Ownership  Savings  Plan  Amendment  Act,  1990  105 

tario  Loan  Act,  1989  17 

tario  Lottery  Corporation  Amendment  Act,  1989  119 

tario  Lottery  Corporation  Amendment  Act,  1990  1  lU 

tario  Mineral  Exploration  Program  Act,  1989  33 

tario  Municipal  Board  Amendment  Act,  1989  1 

tario  Municipal  Improvement  Corporation  Amendment  Act,  1989  ....  18 

ticianry  Act,  1990  198 

tometry  Act,  1990  199 

tawa-Carleton  (see  Regional  Municipality) 
tawa-Carleton  French-Language  School  Board  Amendment 
t,  1989  -  Loi  de  1989  modifiant  la  Loi  sur  le  Conseil 

olaire  de  langue  f rangaise  d ' Ottawa-Carleton  65 

tawa-Carleton  French-Language  School  Board  Amendment 

t,  1990  -  Loi  de  1990  modifiant  la  Loi  sur  le  Conseil 

olaire  de  langue  f rangaise  d 'Ottawa-Carleton  222 


armacy  Act,  1990 202 

ysiotherapy  Act ,  1 990  203 

lice  and  Sheriffs  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989  187 

lice  Services  Act,  1990 107 

wer  Corporation  Amendment  Act,  1989  19 

wer  Corporation  Amendment  Act,  1989 20U 

operty  Assessment  Corporation  Act,  1990  156 

ovincial  Offences  and  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1989  189 

Dvincial  Penalties  Adjustment  Act,  1989  92 

ychology  Act,  1990  210 

blic  Lands  Amendment  Act,  1990 140 

blic  Service  Pension  Act,  1989  36 


Raising  of  Money  on  the  Credit  of  the  Consolidated 
Revenue  Fund,  (see  Ontario  Loan) 

Regional  Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton  Amendment  Act,  1990 
Regulations  Revision  Act,  1989  -  Loi  de  1989  sur  la 

refonte  des  r^glements 

Rental  Housing  Protection  Act,  1989  • 

Respiratory  Therapy  Act ,  1 990 

Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1989  • 

Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1990 


Sarnia-Lambton  Act,  1989 

Simcoe  (see  County) 

Smoking  in  the  Workplace  Act,  1989 

Solicitors  (see  Legal  Profession  Statute  Law) 

South  Dumfries  (see  Township) 

Statutes  Revision  Act,  1989  -  Loi  de  1989  sur 

la  refonte  des  lois  

Supply  Act,  1989  -  Loi  de  credits  de  1989  ... 


Teachers '  Pens  ion  Ac t ,  1 989  

Teachers '  Pens  ion  Ac t ,  1 989  

Terms  of  Imprisonment  (see  Provincial  Penalties  Adjustment) 

Tobacco  Tax  Amendment  Act ,  1 990  

Toronto  Transit  Commission  Labour  Disputes  Settlement  Act,  1989 

Township  of  South  Dumfries  Act ,  1989  

Trespass  to  Property  Amendment  Act ,  1989  


0 

Unclaimed  Intangible  Property  Act,  1989 


Veterinarians  Act,  1989  

Vital  Statistics  Amendment  Act,  1990 


kers'  Compensation  Amendment  Act,  1989  162 


PRIVATE  MEMBERS'  PUBLIC  BILLS 


arm  Systems  Act ,  1 989  88 

llimals  for  Research  Amendment  Act,  1989  190 

llsessment  Amendment  Act ,  1990  123 

t ian  Emblem  Act ,  1989  27 


B 

Ids  of  Navigable  Waters  Amendment  Act,  1990  142 


(re  of  Animals  (see  Zoo  Licensing) 

(ange  of  Name  Amendment  Act,  1989  -  Loi  de  1989  modifiant 

;  Loi  sur  le  changement  de  nom  11 

Immunity  based  services  for  Seniors  (see  Seniors'  Independence) 
(ramunity  Mental  Health  Services  Act,  1989  50 


^af  Persons'  Rights  Act,  1989  143 


st/Central  Ontario  Recreational  Trails  Conmission  Act,  1989  ...  67 

ucation  Amendment  Act,  1989  83 

ucation  Amendment  Act,  1989 87 

ucation  Amendment  Act,  1990  1 12 

ection  Amendment  Act ,  1 989  76 

ployment  Equity  Act ,  1 990  1 72 

ployment  Standards  Amendment  Act ,  1989  28 

ployment  Standards  Amendment  Act ,  1989  54 

ployment  Standards  Amendment  Act ,  1989  82 

ployment  Standards  Amendment  Act,  1990  141 

dangered.  Threatened  and  Vulnerable  Species  Act,  1990  232 

ergy  Amendment  Act ,  1 990  1 30 

vironmental  Harm  Act,  1990  231 

vironmental  Protection  Amendment  Act,  1990 116 

vironmental  Protection  Amendment  Act,  1990  165 

vironmental  Rights  (see  Ontario) 


F 

Facsimile  Transmissions  (see  Unsolicited  Facsimile  Transmissions) 
Financial  Exploitation  of  Crime  (see  Profits  from  Crime) 

Flag  Day  Act,  1990  1: 

Floral  Emblem  Amendment  Act ,  1 990  2: 


Game  and  Fish  Amendment  Act,  1990  1 

Good  Samaritan  Act,  1990  1 

Gun  Replica  Sale  Prohibition  Act,  1989  1 


H 

Health  Protection  and  Promotion  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Health  Protection  and  Promotion  Amendment  Act,  1990  1 

Heritage  Day  Act,  1989  

Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1989 

Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1990  1 

Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1990  1 

Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1990  1 

Homes  for  the  Aged  and  Rest  Homes  Amendment  Act,  1990 1 


International  Development  Act,  1989  

Intervener  Funding  Project  Amendment  Act,  1989  -  Loi  de 
1989  modifiant  la  Loi  sur  le  pro jet  d'aide  financi^re 
aux  intervenants  


Labour  Relations  Amendment  Act ,  1989  

Labour  Relations  Amendment  Act ,  1990  1 

Landlord  and  Tenant  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Landlord  and  Tenant  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Landlord  and  Tenant  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Landlord  and  Tenant  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Landlord  and  Tenant  Amendment  Act,  1990 1 

Landlord  and  Tenant  Amendment  Act,  1990  1 

Liability  in  respect  of  voluntary  Emergency  Medical  and 

First  Aid  Services,  (see  Good  Samaritan) 

Limitations  Amendment  Act,  I989  


jntal  Health  Amendment  Act,  1990  173 

inistry  of  the  Environment  Amendment  Act,  1989  98 

^tor  Boat  Operators'  Licensing  Act,  1989  8 

inicipal  Amendment  Act,  1990  217 

inicipal  Smoking  By-Law  Authorization  Act,  1989  157 


tural  Death  Act,  1990  132 

n-Unionized  Workers  Protection  Act,  1990  154 

clear  Weapons  Economic  Conversion  Act,  1989  16 


I.tario  Energy  Board  Amendment  Act,  1989 59 

tario  Energy  Board  Amendment  Act,  1990  136 

tario  Environmental  Rights  Act ,  1989  12 

tario  Environmental  Rights  Act ,  1989 13 

tario  Food  Terminal  Amendment  Act,  1990  167 

tario  Land  Information  Act,  1990  125 

tario  Lottery  Profits  Awards  Council  Act,  1990  139 

^tario  Safe  Drinking  Water  Act,  1989  25 

( tario  Water  Resources  Amendment  Act,  1989  6l 


Ijanning  Amendment  Act,  1989  14 

Ijanning  Amendment  Act,  1990  117 

Iwers  of  Attorney  Amendment  Act,  1990  131 

I  of  its  from  Crime  Act,  1990  122 

Iblic  Holidays  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989  6 

(blic  Holidays  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989  9 

fblic  Lands  Amendment  Act,  1990  153 

jfblic  Vehicles  Amendment  Act,  1990  120 


Q 

ality  of  Drinking  Water  (see  Ontario  Safe  Drinking  Water) 


R 

Register  of  Ontario  Land  Information,  (see  Ontario 
Land  Information) 

Representation  Amendment  Act ,  1990  

Residential  Rent  Regulation  Amendment  Act,  1990  

Rights  of  Non-Un ionized  Workers,   (see  Non -Unionized) 


S 

Seniors'  Independence  Act,  1990  

Smoking  in  the  Workplace  (see  Municipal  Smoking  By-law) 


T 

Teachers '  Superannuation  Amendment  Act ,  1989  

Ticket  Speculation  Amendment  Act,  1989  

Tobacco  Sale  Regulation  Act,  1990  

Tobacco  Sale  to  Minors  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989 
Tommy  Douglas  Day  Act ,  1 990  . . . ,. 


U 

Unsolicited  Facsimile  Transmissions  Act,  1990 


V 


VDT  Operators'  Safety  Act,  1990  . 
Victims'  Bill  of.  Rights  Act,  1990 


Z 

Zoo  Licensing  Act,  1989 


PRIVATE  BILLS 


1239  Ontario  Inc.  Act,  1989 PrlO 

4610  Ontario  Inc.  Act,  1990  Pr34 

3598  Ontario  Limited  Act ,  1989  Pr49 


Pgelato  Service  Centre  Ltd.  Act,  1989 Pr26 

fsociation  of  Municipal  Tax  Collectors  Act,  1989  Pr25 

Psociation  of  Stoney  Lake  Cottagers  Inc.  Act,  1990  Pr5^ 

f team  Co.  Limited  Act,  1989 Pr51 

fA  Home  Insurance  Company  Act,  1990  Pr69 


B 

Elsward  Investments  Limited  Act,  1989  Pr20 

Eampton  Act ,  1990  -  City  of  Pr43 

Eantford  and  Southern  Railway  Company  Inc.  Act,  1989  Pr54 

Eiice  Office  Supply  Limited  Act,  1989 Pr23 


intre  culturel  d' Orleans  Act,  1989  -  Loi  de  1989  sur  le 

Entre  culturel  d* Orleans  Pr6 

ty  of  Chatham  Foundation  Act,  1990 Pr6l 


D 

llrjorwic  Metis  Corporation  Act ,  1990  Pr93 


St  York  Act,  1990  -  Borough  of  Pr96 

ist  York-Scarborough  Reading  Association  Inc.  Act,  1989  Pr48 

pire  Club  Foundation  Act,  1990  Pr87 

obicoke  Act,  1989  -  City  of Pr50 

obicoke  Act,  1990  -  City  of  Pr83 


Fort  Erie  Community  Young  Men's  Christian 

Association  Act,  1989  • P 

Fort  Erie  Lions  Senior  Citizens  Complex  Inc.  Act,  1989  P 

Front  of  Leeds  and  Lansdowne  Act,  1990  -  Township  of  P 


Gowganda  Town  Plot  Land  Act,  1989 

Grand  Valley  Railway  Co.  Inc.  Act,  1989  P 

Guelph  Act ,  1989  -  City  of  P 

Guilford  Act,  1990  -  Township  of  P 

Gursikh  Sabha  Canada  Act ,  1990  P 


H 

Hamilton  Act ,  1989  -  City  of  P 

Harewood  Park  Association  Act,  1990  P 

Homes  Unlimited  (London)  Inc.  Act,  1989  P 

Human  Resources  Professionals  Association 

of  Ontario  Act,  1990 P 


Immanuel  Christian  School  Society  of  East  Toronto  Act,  1990  ...  P 

Innomed  Inc.  Act,  1989  P 

Iroquois  Falls  Act,  1989  -  Town  of P 


Jabko  Holdings  Ltd.  Act,  1990  F 


K 

Killaloe  Act,  1989  -  Village  of F 

Kingston  and  townships  of  Kingston,  Pittsburgh  and 

Ernestown  Act,  1989  -  City  of  F 

Kingston  and  townships  of  Kingston,  Pittsburgh  and 

Ernestown  Act,  1990  -  City  of  I 


,.:e  of  the  Woods  District  Hospital  Act,  1990  Pr47 

Jiramar  Holdings  Limited  Act,  1989  Pr17 

Jidon  Regional  Art  and  Historical  Museums  Act,  1989  Prl6 


ilawaska  Club  Limited  Act,  1989  Pr12 

Ississauga  Act,  1990  -  City  of  Pr78 


J  clonal  Capital  Children's  Oncology  Care  Inc.  Act,  1990  Pr8 

J igara-on-the-Lake  Act ,  1 990  -  Town  of  Pr88 

j'th  Bay  Act,  1990  -  City  of  Pr57 

J 'th  York  Act,  1990  -  City  of  Pr84 


Dcville  Act,  1990  -  Town  of  Pr98 

3:ario  Home  Economics  Association  Act ,  1989  Pr35 

]:ario  Korean  Businessmen's  Association  Act,  1990  Pr73 

hario  Midwestern  Railway  Company  Limited  Act,  1989  Pr45 

]:ario  Mortgage  Brokers  Association  Act,  1989  Pr46 

hario  Skeet  Shooting  Association  Act,  1990  Pr64 

;:awa  Act,  1989  -  City  of  Pr38 

hawa  Act,  1990  -  City  of  Pr60 

^:awa  Arts  Centre  Foundation  Act,  1990  Pr4l 

]:awa  Charitable  Foundation  Board  of 
^istees  (see  Ottawa  Act,  1989  -  City  of) 


=  1  P  Murray  Foundation  Act,  1990  Pr36 

/mpton  Act ,  1990  -  Township  of  Pr65 

rt  Bruce  Boat  Club  Act,  1989 Pr19 


R 

gis  College  Act,  1989  '  Pr30 

yal  Botanical  Gardens  Act,  1989  Pr7 

yal  Canadian  Legion  Act,  1990  Pr44 


St .  George ' s  Society  of  Toronto  Act ,  1 990  I 

Sarnia  General  Hospital  Act,  1989  

Scarborough  Act,  1990  -  City  of  

Silayan  Filipino  Coranunity  Centre  Act,  1990  i^ 

Simcoe  Act ,  1990  -  Town  of  f 

Sioux  Lookout  District  Health  Centre  Act,  1990  t 

South  Simcoe  Railway  Heritage  Act,  1989  li 

Stoney  Lake  Cottagers  (see  Association) 


Thunder  Bay  Act,  1990  -  City  of  .♦. $9 

Times  Change  Women's  Employment  Service  Inc.  Act,  1989  15 

Toronto  Act,  1989  -  City  of  r 

Toronto  Act,  1989  -  City  of  1 

Toronto  Act,  1989  -  City  of  i^ 

Toronto  Act,  1990  -  City  of r 

Toronto  Act,  1990  -  City  of II 

Toronto  Act,  1990  -  City  of  I6 

Toronto  Act,  1990  -  City  of  17 

Toronto  Baptist  Seminary  and  Bible  College  Act,  1989  12 


Vanier  Act,  1990  -  City  of 1 

Victoria  County  Railway  Company  Limited  Act,  1990  llfi 


Windsor  Act,  1989  -  City  of  

Windsor  Act ,  1 989  -  City  of  1 

Windsor  Act,  1990  -  City  of 1 


Bill  1  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Billl 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       April  25th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  convert  the  position  of  the  secretary  of  the  Board  into 
a  public  service  position.  At  present,  the  secretary  is  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council  and  serves  at  pleasure. 


BiU  1  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  27  (1)  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act, 
being  chapter  347  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  There  shall  be  a  secretary  of  the  Board  who  shall  be  Secretary 
appointed  under  the  Public  Service  Act.  R so.  i980, 

c.  418 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent.  """^ 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Billl 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Billl 


(Chapter  32 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading  April  25th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  21st,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
® Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  1  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  27  (1)  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act, 
being  chapter  347  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  There  shall  be  a  secretary  of  the  Board  who  shall  be  Secretary 
appointed  under  the  Public  Service  Act.  R  s.o.  i980, 

^^  c.  418 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
Assent.  "'"' 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


\ 


Bill  2  Gk)vernmeiit  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  2 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       May  1st,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 
The  Bill  substantially  changes  the  structure  of  the  Ontario  courts. 
The  present  structure  of  the  courts  is  as  follows: 

1.  The  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  has  two  branches,  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  the 
High  Court  of  Justice.  The  Supreme  Court  is  a  superior  court  with  civil  and 
criminal  jurisdiction  whose  judges  are  appointed  by  the  federal  government. 

2.  The  District  Court  of  Ontario  has  both  civil  and  criminal  jurisdiction  but  is  not 
a  superior  court.  Its  civil  jurisdiction  is  limited  by  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act, 
1984  to  claims  of  less  than  $25,000  unless  both  parties  agree  to  let  it  hear  a 
claim  for  a  greater  amount.  Its  judges  are  appointed  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment. 

3.  The  Divisional  Court  is  a  division  of  the  High  Court  that  hears  specified 
appeals  assigned  to  it  by  statute  and  applications  for  judicial  review  of  a  deci- 
sion of  a  board  or  agency.  The  judges  of  the  High  Court  are  the  judges  of  the 
Divisional  Court. 

4.  There  are  four  courts  presided  over  by  provincial  judges,  the  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division),  the  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences  Court.  The  Provincial  Offences 
Court  is  usually  presided  over  by  justices  of  the  peace  and  the  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division)  is  often  presided  over  by  part.-time  deputy  judges. 

5.  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  a  specialized  court  for  family  law  proceedings  in 
TTie  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- Wentworth.  Its  judges  are  appointed  by 
the  federal  government  and  are  also  given  the  power  of  provincial  judges  for 
their  work  in  the  court. 

The  structure  of  the  Ontario  courts  proposed  by  the  BiU  is  as  follows: 

1.  The  Court  of  Appeal  will  be  continued  as  the  final  court  of  appeal  for  the 
Province  and  will  be  separated  from  the  High  Court. 

2.  There  will  be  a  new  court,  to  be  called  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice,  composed 
of  two  divisions,  the  General  Division  and  the  Provincial  Division. 

3.  The  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  will  combine  the  jurisdiction  now  exer- 
cised by  the  High  Court,  the  District  Court  and  the  surrogate  courts.  The  exist- 
ing judges  of  those  courts  will  all  become  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division).  The  General  Division  will  be  a  superior  court. 

4.  The  Divisional  Court  will  be  continued  with  no  change  in  its  jurisdiction  as  a 
branch  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division).  All  of  the  judges  of  the  Gen- 
eral Division  will  be  judges  of  the  Divisional  Court. 

5.  The  Small  Claims  Court  will  also  be  a  branch  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division).  The  monetary  limit  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  will  be  prescribed  by 
regulation.  All  of  the  judges  of  the  General  Division  will  be  judges  of  the 
Small  Claims  Court.  In  addition,  provincial  judges  who  were  formerly  in  the 
Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  will  preside  over  matters  in  the  Small  Claims 
Court  and  deputy  judges  will  be  appointed  for  three-year  renewable  terms  to 
preside  over  matters  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  that  do  not  exceed  a  prescribed 
amount. 

6.  The  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  combines  the  jurisdiction  now  exer- 
cised by  the  Provincial  Court  (Criminal  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family 


Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences  Court.   The  existing  judges  of  those 
courts  will  all  become  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

7.  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  established  as  a  superior  court  but  is  otherwise 
not  changed. 

A  judge  of  the  General  Division  will  be  appointed  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  to  manage  judicial  resources  for  the  General  Division  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Jus- 
tice. A  provincial  judge  will  be  appointed  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provin- 
cial Division)  to  manage  judicial  resources  for  the  Provincial  Division. 

The  Province  will  be  divided  into  regions  for  judicial  purposes,  with  the  number  and 
area  of  the  regions  to  be  prescribed  by  regulation.  A  judge  of  the  General  Division  will 
be  appointed  as  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for  each  region  to  manage 
judicial  resources  for  the  General  Division  in  the  region,  subject  to  the  authority  of  the 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court.  A  provincial  judge  will  be  appointed  as  regional 
senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  for  each  region  to  manage  judicial  resources  for 
the  Provincial  Division  in  the  region,  subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  and  the  regional  senior 
judges  of  the  Provincial  Division  will  be  appointed  to  their  administrative  positions  for 
five-year  terms,  after  which  they  will  return  to  being  provincial  judges. 

The  Ontario  Courts  Advisory  Council  will  be  replaced  by  the  Ontario  Courts  Man- 
agement Committee.  In  addition,  each  region  will  have  a  Regional  Courts  Management 
Committee  consisting  of  the  regional  senior  judges,  the  regional  director  of  courts 
administration,  the  regional  director  of  Crown  attorneys  and  representatives  of  the 
regional  bar  and  the  public. 

The  Bill  will  also  restructure  rule-making  for  the  courts.  Part  V  of  the  existing  Act 
establishes  the  Rules  Committee  of  the  Supreme  and  District  Courts  and  provides  for  the 
making  of  rules  of  practice  and  procedure  for  civil  proceedings  in  those  courts.  The  Bill 
will  establish  three  separate  rules  committees,  the  Civil  Rules  Committee,  the  Family 
Rules  Committee  and  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee,  each  to  make  rules  in  their  respec- 
tive areas. 

Some  of  the  other  changes  to  the  Act  are  as  follows: 

1.  The  number  of  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  will  be  fixed  by  regulation  rather 
than  by  statute. 

2.  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  must  be  assigned  to  a  particular  region 
and  there  must  be  at  least  one  judge  of  the  General  Division  assigned  to  each 
county  or  district. 

3.  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  are  required  to  meet  at  least  once 
each  year  and  the  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  in  each  region  are  required  to 
meet  at  least  once  in  each  year  to  consider  the  Act,  the  rules  and  the  adminis- 
tration of  justice. 

4.  A  limit  on  costs  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  is  set  at  15  per  cent  of  the  amount 
claimed  unless  the  court  considers  it  necessary  in  the  interests  of  justice  to 
penalize  a  person  for  unreasonable  behaviour  in  the  proceeding. 

5.  The  Act  now  provides  that  the  Province  will  pay  $3,000  each  year  to  federally 
appointed  judges.  Although  these  payments  will  continue  for  judges  appointed 
before  the  Bill  comes  into  force,  no  payments  will  be  made  to  future  appoint- 
ees. 

6.  There  is  no  provision  for  the  appointment  of  new  masters. 


7.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  will  be  permitted  to  prescribe  the  form  of 
the  gown  worn  in  court  by  all  judges  appointed  after  the  Bill  comes  into  force. 

8.  All  Ontario  Court  and  Unified  Family  Court  judges  may  be  addressed  as 
"Your  Honour",  subject  to  the  right  of  former  High  Court  judges  to  elect  to 
be  addressed  according  to  the  old  practice. 

9.  Errors  in  the  Act  are  corrected  with  respect  to  jury  trials  (section  121)  and  set- 
ting off  mutual  debts  (section  124).  The  medical  examination  provision  of  the 
Act  (section  118)  is  amended  to  permit  a  court  to  order  an  examination  by  a 
registered  psychologist. 

10.  The  salaries  of  former  Chief  Judges,  Associate  Chief  Judges  and  senior  judges 
of  the  provincial  courts  and  of  the  Senior  Master  are  protected  and  they  are 
permitted  to  retain  their  titles. 

11.  The  transitional  provisions  and  complementary  amendments  in  the  Act  are 
amended  to  ensure  the  continuation  of  existing  court  proceedings  in  the  new 
courts  and  to  deem  references  to  courts  in  other  statutes  to  be  references  to 
the  new  courts. 

The  Bill  is  accompanied  by  the  Court  Reform  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989, 
which  repeals  the  Sheriffs  Act  and  makes  consequential  amendments  to  52  other  statutes. 


Bill  2  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984^  being  chapter 
11,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"action"  means  a  civil  proceeding  that  is  not  an  application 
and  includes  a  proceeding  commenced  by, 

(a)  claim, 

(b)  statement  of  claim, 

(c)  notice  of  action, 

(d)  counterclaim, 

(e)  crossclaim, 

(f)  third  or  subsequent  party  claim,  or 

(g)  divorce  petition  or  counterpetition; 

"application"  means  a  civil  proceeding  that  is  commenced  by 
notice  of  application  or  by  application; 

"defendant"  means  a  person  against  whom  an  action  is  com- 
menced; 

"hearing"  includes  a  trial; 

"motion"  means  a  motion  in  a  proceeding  or  an  intended 
proceeding; 

"order"  includes  a  judgment  or  decree; 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


"plaintiff  means  a  person  who  commences  an  action; 

"region"    means   a    region    prescribed    under   section   92a. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  1,  amended. 

2.  Parts  I  and  II,  Part  III,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  55,  section  213,  1984,  chapter  64,  sec- 
tion 1,  1985,  chapter  1,  section  4,  1986,  chapter  7,  section  15 
and  1987,  chapter  1,  sections  1,  2  and  3,  Part  IV,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  55,  section  213,  1984, 
chapter  64,  sections  2,  3,  4  and  5  and  1987,  chapter  1,  sections 
4,  5  and  6  and  Part  V,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1984,  chapter  64,  sections  6  and  7,  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

PART  I 


Court  of 
Appeal 


COURT  OF  APPEAL  FOR  ONTARIO 

2. — (1)  The  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario 
named  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario  is  continued  as  a 
superior  court  of  record  named  the  Court  of  Appeal  for 
Ontario. 


Idem 


Composition 
of  court 


Number  of 
judges 


(2)  In  exercising  its  jurisdiction,  the  Court  of  Appeal  has  all 
the  power  and  authority  historically  exercised  by  courts  of 
common  law  and  equity  in  England  and  Ontario.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  2,  amended. 

3. — (1)  The  Court  of  Appeal  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  who  shall  be  president 
of  the  court; 

(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario;  and 

(c)  such  number  of  other  judges  as  is  fixed  under  sub- 
section (2),  to  be  called  justices  of  appeal.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  regulation 
fk  the  number  of  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  who  are  in 
addition  to  the  Chief  Justice  and  the  Associate  Chief  Justice. 


Idem 


Additional 
judges 


(3)  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  judges  does  not  affect 
appointments  existing  at  the  time  of  the  reduction.     New. 


(4)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  judge  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal  as  are  from  time  to  time  required,  to  be  held 
by  Chief  Justices  of  Ontario  and  Associate  Chief  Justices  of 


I 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  3 

Ontario  who  have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  R  s.c.  i985, 
perform  only  the  duties  of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal.  ^'  ^'^ 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 

(5)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  supernumerary  Super- 
judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  as  are  from  time  to  time  jUd^ir^ 
required,  to  be  held  by  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  who 
have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  hold  office 
only  as  a  supernumerary  judge  of  the  court.      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  6  (3),  amended. 

4. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  with  the  concurrence  ^^i^ment 
of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court,  may  assign  a  judge  from  General 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  to  perform  the  work  Division 
of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  9  (2), 
amended. 

(2)  A  judge  of  the  General  Division  is,  by  virtue  of  his  or  General 
her  office,  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  has  all  the  judge?" 
jurisdiction,  power  and  authority  of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of 
Appeal.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  8,  amended. 

5. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  has  general  super-  Powers  and 
vision  and  direction  over  the  sittings  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  cwef  justice 
and  the  assignment  of  the  judicial  duties  of  the  court.      1984, 
c.  11,  s.  18(5). 

(2)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  Absence  of 
is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  powers  and  duties      '*^    "^*'*^ 
shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  the  Associate  Chief 

Justice  of  Ontario. 

(3)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  and  the  Associate  Chief  Absence  of 
Justice  of  Ontario  are  both  absent  from  Ontario  or  for  any  chief  Justice 
reason  unable  to  act,  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  Chief 

Justice  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  judge  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal  designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  or  Associate 
Chief  Justice.     1984,  c.  11,  s.  3  (2),  amended. 

6. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from,  Court  of 

jurisdiction 

(a)  an  order  of  the  Divisional  Court,  on  a  question  that 
is  not  a  question  of  fact  alone,  with  leave  as  pro- 
vided in  the  rules  of  court; 

(b)  a  final  order  of  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  except  an  order  referred  to  in 
clause  18  (1)  (a); 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(c)  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  costs  issued  in  a  pro- 
ceeding in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  on  an  issue  in 
respect  of  which  an  objection  was  served  under  the 
rules  of  court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  17  (1),  amended. 

Combining  of      (2)  The  Court  of  Appeal  has  jurisdiction  to  hear  and  deter- 
Sr^counT   mine  an  appeal  that  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  or  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  if  an  appeal  in  the  same 
proceeding  lies  to  and  is  taken  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 


Idem 


(3)  The  Court  of  Appeal  may,  on  motion,  transfer  an 
appeal  that  has  already  been  commenced  in  the  Divisional 
Court  or  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  to  the  Court 
of  Appeal  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  (2).  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  17  (2),  amended. 

Composition        7, — (1)  \  proceeding  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  shall  be 
hLrinS  ^°'     heard  and  determined  by  not  fewer  than  three  judges  sitting 

together,  and  always  by  an  uneven  number  of  judges.     1984, 

c.  11,  s.  18  (1),  amended. 


Idem, 
motions 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  A  motion  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  an  appeal  under 
clause  6  (1)  (c)  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by  one  judge. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  to  a  motion  for  leave  to 
appeal,  a  motion  to  quash  an  appeal  or  any  other  motion  that 
is  specified  by  the  rules  of  court. 

(4)  A  judge  assigned  to  hear  and  determine  a  motion  may 
adjourn  the  motion  to  a  panel  of  the  Court  of  Appeal. 


Idem 


(5)  A  panel  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  may,  on  motion,  set 
aside  or  vary  the  decision  of  a  judge  who  hears  and  deter- 
mines a  motion.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  18  (3),  amended. 


References  to       g, — (1)  jhc  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  refer  any 
^p^^         question  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  hearing  and  considera- 
tion. 


Opinion  of 
court 


Submissions 
by  Attorney 
General 


(2)  The  court  shall  certify  its  opinion  to  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council,  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the  rea- 
sons for  it,  and  any  judge  who  differs  from  the  opinion  may 
certify  his  or  her  opinion  and  reasons  in  the  same  manner. 

(3)  On  the  hearing  of  the  question,  the  Attorney  General 
of  Ontario  is  entitled  to  make  submissions  to  the  court. 


Idem 


(4)  The  Attorney  General  of  Canada  shall  be  notified  and 
is  entitled  to  make  submissions  to  the  court  if  the  question 
relates  to  the  constitutional  validity  or  constitutional  applica- 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  5 

bility  of  an  Act,  or  of  a  regulation  or  by-law  made  under  an 
Act,  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  the  Legislature. 

(5)  The  court  may  direct  that  any  person  interested,  or  any  Notice 
one  or  more  persons  as  representatives  of  a  class  of  persons 
interested,  be  notified  of  the  hearing  and  be  entitled  to  make 
submissions  to  the  court. 

(6)  If  an  interest  affected  is  not  represented  by  counsel,  the  ^f^^^^^^^ 
court  may  request  counsel  to  argue  on  behalf  of  the  interest 

and  the  reasonable  expenses  of  counsel  shall  be  paid  by  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

(7)  The  opinion  of  the  court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Appeal 
judgment  of  the  court  and  an  appeal  lies  from  it  as  from  a 
judgment  in  an  action.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  19. 

PART  II 

ONTARIO  COURT  OF  JUSTICE 

9. — (1)  The  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  is  established.  ojt^no 

(2)  The  Ontario  Court  shall  consist  of  two  divisions,  the  Divisions 
General  Division  and  the  Provincial  Division.     New. 

ONTARIO  COURT  (GENERAL  DIVISION) 

10.— (1)  The  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  ^^^^^^^ 
named  the  High  Court  of  Justice  for  Ontario,  the  District 
Court  of  Ontario  and  the  surrogate  courts  are  amalgamated 
and  continued  as  a  superior  court  of  record  named  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division). 

(2)  The  General  Division  has  all  the  jurisdiction,  power  i*'*™ 
and  authority  historically  exercised  by  courts  of  common  law 
and  equity  in  England  and  Ontario.     1984,  c.  11,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 

11.— (1)  The  General  Division  shall  consist  of.  Composition 

^   '  of  General 

Division 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court,  who  shall  be 
president  of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(b)  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for 
each  region; 

(c)  a  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for  the 
Unified  Family  Court;  and 


6 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(d)  such  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  is 
fixed  under  clause  53  (1)  (a).  1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (1), 
amended. 


Additional 
judges 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  J-1 


(2)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  judge  of  the 
General  Division  as  are  from  time  to  time  required,  to  be  held 
by  Chief  Judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  and  regional  senior 
judges  of  the  General  Division  who  have  elected  under  the 
Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  perform  only  the  duties  of  a  judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 


Super- 
numerary 
judges 


Assignment 
of  judges 
from  Court 
of  Appeal 


Court  of 

Appeal 

judges 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Ontario 
Court 

Regional 

senior 

judges. 

General 

Division 


Delegation 


Absence  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Ontario 
Court 


Absence  of 
regional 
senior  judge 
of  General 
Division 


(3)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  supernumerary 
judge  of  the  General  Division  as  are  from  time  to  time 
required,  to  be  held  by  judges  of  the  General  Division  who 
have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  hold  office 
only  as  a  supernumerary  judge  of  that  division.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  6  (3),  amended. 

12. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  with  the  concur- 
rence of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court,  may  assign  a 
judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  to  perform  the  work  of  a  judge 
of  the  General  Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  9  (1),  amended. 

(2)  A  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  is,  by  virtue  of  his  or 
her  office,  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  and  has  all  the 
jurisdiction,  power  and  authority  of  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  8,  amended. 

13. — (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  shall  direct 
and  supervise  the  sittings  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties. 

(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  shall, 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court,  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Chief  Judge  in  respect  of  the  General  Division  in  his  or  her 
region. 

(3)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may 
delegate  to  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  in  his  or  her 
region  the  authority  to  exercise  specified  functions.     New. 

(4)  If  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  is  absent  from 
Ontario  or  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  powers 
and  duties  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  regional 
senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  designated  by  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (3),  amended. 

(5)  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the 
General  Division  who  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  rea- 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  7 

son  unable  to  act  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  judge 
of  the  General  Division  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court.      New. 

14.— (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  shall  assign  Judges 

V   z  1^^'    •   •  •  assigned  to 

every  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  a  region.  regions 

(2)  There   shall   be   at   least   one   judge   of  the   General  ^Jj^fJ^^^^j, 
Division  assigned  to  each  county  or  district.  county 

(3)  No  judge  of  the  General  Division  who  was  a  judge  of  "'J^'p^J^Jj 
the  High  Court  of  Justice  or  the  District  Court  of  Ontario  coun  judges 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  be  assigned  without 

his  or  her  consent  to  a  region  other  than  the  region  in  which 
he  or  she  resided  immediately  before  this  section  comes  into 
force. 

(4)  Subsections  (1)  to  (3)  do  not  prevent  the  temporary  wem 
assignment  of  a  judge  to  a  location  anywhere  in  Ontario. 

New. 

15.  A  proceeding  in  the  General  Division  shall  be  heard  ^^P|^'j°;* 
and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  General  Division.      1984,  hearings 
c.  11,  s.  14  (1),  amended. 


16.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  General  Division  from,  GeS^S  ^° 

Division 

(a)  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  master; 

(b)  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  costs  issued  in  a  pro- 
ceeding in  the  General  Division,  on  an  issue  in 
respect  of  which  an  objection  was  served  under  the 
rules  of  court.     1984,  c.  11,  s.  13  (2),  amended. 

DIVISIONAL  COURT 

17.— (1)  There  shall  be  a  branch  of  the  General  Division  gjjjj^"^' 
to  be  known  as  the  Divisional  Court  consisting  of  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  who  shall  be  president  of  the 
court  and  such  other  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  the 
Chief  Judge  designates  from  time  to  time. 

(2)  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  is  also  a  judge  of  q"^^'*^^°" 
the  Divisional  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  5,  amended.  °  ^"  ^^^ 

18.— (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from,  ^uJi""^* 

jurisdiction 

(a)    a  final  order  of  a  judge  of  the  General  Division, 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(i)  for    a    single    payment    of   not    more    than 
$25,000,  exclusive  of  costs, 

(ii)  for  periodic  payments  that  amount  to  not 
more  than  $25,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  in  the 
twelve  months  commencing  on  the  date  the 
first  payment  is  due  under  the  order, 

(iii)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  not 
more  than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i) 
or  (ii),  or 

(iv)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  more 
than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii) 
and  in  respect  of  which  the  judge  indicates 
that  if  the  claim  had  been  allowed  the  amount 
awarded  would  have  been  not  more  than  the 
amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii); 

(b)  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division,  with  leave  as  provided  in  the  rules  of 
court; 


(c)    a  final  order  of  a  master. 
amended. 


1984,  c.  11,  s.  15  (1), 


(2)  The  Divisional  Court  has  jurisdiction  to  hear  and  deter- 


Combining  of 

Snerai  °™   mine  an  appeal  that  lies  to  the  General  Division  if  an  appeal 
Division         in  the  Same  proceeding  Ues  to  and  is  taken  to  the  Divisional 
Court. 


^^^^  (3)  The  Divisional  Court  may,   on  motion,  transfer  an 

appeal  that  has  already  been  commenced  in  the  General 
Division  to  the  Divisional  Court  for  the  purpose  of  subsection 
(2).      1984,  c.  11,  s.  15  (2),  amended. 

interioarto™       ^^^  ^^  appeal  Hes  from  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  judge  of 
orders  the  General  Division  made  on  an  appeal  from  an  interlocutory 

order  of  the  Provincial  Division.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  36  (4), 

amended. 


Appeals 
heard  in 
regions 


19. — (1)  An  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  heard 
in  the  region  in  which  the  order  appealed  from  was  made, 
unless  the  parties  agree  otherwise. 


^ro^edin  ^^^  ^^^  Other  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  may  be 

rn^y  re^n  brought  in  any  region.     New. 

SfSS'for"  ^®* — ^^)  ^  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be 

hearings  heard  and  determined  by  three  judges  sitting  together. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  9 

(2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  may  be  heard  and  Wem 
determined  by  one  judge  where  the  proceeding, 

(a)  is  an  appeal  under  clause  18  (1)  (c); 

(b)  is  an  appeal  under  section  31  from  a  provincial 
judge  or  a  deputy  judge  presiding  over  the  Small 
Claims  Court;  or 

(c)  is  in  a  matter  that  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  or  a  judge  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge  is 
satisfied,  from  the  nature  of  the  issues  involved  and 
the  necessity  for  expedition,  can  and  ought  to  be 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge. 

(3)  A  motion  in  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  heard  and  ^^^"^^^ 
determined  by  one  judge,  unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  ™°'*"^ 
rules  of  court. 

(4)  A  judge  assigned  to  hear  and  determine  a  motion  may  w^m 
adjourn  it  to  a  panel  of  the  Divisional  Court. 

(5)  A  panel  of  the  Divisional  Court  may,  on  motion,  set  ''•e™ 
aside  or  vary  the  decision  of  a  judge  who  hears  and  deter- 
mines a  motion.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  16,  amended. 

SMALL  CLAIMS  COURT 

21.  The  Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  is  continued  as  a  SmjJJ  cia™s 
branch  of  the  General  Division  to  be  known  as  the  Small 
Claims  Court.     New. 

22.— (1)  The  Small  Claims  Court  shall  consist  of,  S'wi*'°° 

(a)    every  judge  of  the  General  Division; 


of  Small 
Claims  Court 


(b)  every  provincial  judge  who  was  assigned  to  the 
Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  before  this  section 
comes  into  force;  and 

(c)  the  deputy  judges  appointed  under  subsection  (2). 

(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may,  PJP^'^ 
with  the  approval  of  the  Attorney  General,  appoint  a  barrister  ^"  ^^^ 
and  solicitor  to  act  as  a  deputy  judge  of  the  Small  Claims 
Court  for  a  term  of  three  years. 

(3)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may  "em 
renew  the  appointment  of  a  deputy  judge  for  one  or  more 
three-year  terms.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  77  (2,  3),  amended. 


10 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Jurisdiction  23. — (1)  The  Small  Claims  Court, 

(a)  has  jurisdiction  in  any  action  for  the  payment  of 
money  where  the  amount  claimed  does  not  exceed 
the  prescribed  amount  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs;  and 

(b)  has  jurisdiction  in  any  action  for  the  recovery  of 
possession  of  personal  property  where  the  value  of 
the  property  does  not  exceed  the  prescribed 
amount.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  78  (1),  amended. 

Transfer  (2)  An  action  in  the  General  Division  may  be  transferred  to 

Division         the  Small  Claims  Court  by  the  local  registrar  of  the  General 

Division  on  requisition  with  the  consent  of  all  parties  filed 

before  the  trial  commences  if, 

(a)  the  only  claim  is  for  the  payment  of  money  or  the 
recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property;  and 

(b)  the  claim  is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court. 


Composition 
of  court  for 
hearings 

Where 
deputy  judge 
not  to 
preside 


Idem  (3)  An  action  transferred  to  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall 

be  titled  and  continued  as  if  it  had  been  commenced  in  that 
court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  84,  amended. 

24. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  be 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge  or  deputy  judge. 

(2)  A  deputy  judge  shall  not  preside  over  the  court  in  an 
action, 

(a)  for  the  payment  of  money  in  excess  of  the  pre- 
scribed amount;  or 

(b)  for  the  recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property 
exceeding  the  prescribed  amount  in  value.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  77  (2,  3),  amended. 

25.  The  Small  Claims  Court  shall  hear  and  determine  in  a 
sunmiary  way  all  questions  of  law  and  fact  and  may  make  such 
order  as  is  considered  just  and  agreeable  to  good  conscience. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  78  (3),  amended. 

Representation  26.  A  party  may  be  represented  in  a  proceeding  in  the 
Small  Claims  Court  by  counsel  or  an  agent  but  the  court  may 
exclude  from  a  hearing  anyone,  other  than  a  barrister  and 
solicitor  qualified  to  practise  in  Ontario,  appearing  as  an  agent 
on  behalf  of  a  party  if  it  finds  that  such  person  is  not  compe- 


Summary 
hearings 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  11 

tent  properly  to  represent  the  party  or  does  not  understand 
and  comply  at  the  hearing  with  the  duties  and  responsibilities 
of  an  advocate.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  79,  amended. 

27. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (3)  and  (4),  the  Small  Evidence 
Claims  Court  may  admit  as  evidence  at  a  hearing  and  act 
upon  any  oral  testimony  and  any  document  or  other  thing  so 
long  as  the  evidence  is  relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of  the 
proceeding,  but  the  court  may  exclude  anything  unduly  repeti- 
tious. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  whether  or  not  the  evidence  is  Wem 
given  or  proven  under  oath  or  affirmation  or  admissible  as 
evidence  in  any  other  court. 

(3)  Nothing  is  admissible  in  evidence  at  a  hearing,  "em 

(a)  that  would  be  inadmissible  by  reason  of  any  privi- 
lege under  the  law  of  evidence;  or 

(b)  that  is  inadmissible  by  any  Act. 

(4)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  overrides  the  provisions  of  Conflicts 
any  Act  expressly  limiting  the  extent  to  or  purposes  for  which 

any  oral  testimony,  documents  or  things  may  be  admitted  or 
used  in  evidence  in  any  proceeding. 

(5)  A  copy  of  a  document  or  any  other  thing  may  be  admit-  Copies 
ted  as  evidence  at  a  hearing  if  the  presiding  judge  is  satisfied 

as  to  its  authenticity.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  80,  amended. 

28.  The  Small  Claims  Court  may  order  the  times  and  the  JjJ^^"'^"^ 
proportions  in  which  money  payable  under  an  order  of  the 

court  shall  be  paid.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  81,  amended. 

29.  An  award  of  costs  in  the  Small  Claims  Court,  other  }f^}}  o" 
than  disbursements,  shall  not  exceed  15  per  cent  of  the 
amount  claimed  or  the  value  of  the  property  sought  to  be 
recovered  unless  the  court  considers  it  necessary  in  the  inter- 
ests of  justice  to  penalize  a  party,  counsel  or  agent  for  unrea- 
sonable behaviour  in  the  proceeding.     New. 

30.  Orders  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  be  directed  to  Jf"^°^^*"* 
a  bailiff  appointed  under  subsection  32  (1)  for  enforcement, 

unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  rules  of  court.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  82,  amended. 

31.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  a  final  Appeals 
order  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  in  an  action, 


costs 


12 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(a)  for  the  payment  of  money  in  excess  of  $500,  exclud- 
ing costs;  or 

(b)  for  the  recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property 
exceeding  $500  in  value.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  83, 
amended. 

^l^^^  32. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  clerk  and  one  or  more  bailiffs 

Small  Claims   foi"  cach  division  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  who  shall  be 
Court  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Idem 


(2)  With  the  approval  of  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  or 
the  person  designated  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General,  every 
clerk  and  bailiff  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  in  a  division  that  is 
not  designated  under  clause  53  (1)  (g)  may  appoint  in  writing 
a  deputy  who  may  exercise  and  perform  all  the  powers  and 
duties  of  the  clerk  or  bailiff. 


Referee 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
referee  for  a  division  of  the  Small  Claims  Court.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  86  (4,  5),  amended. 


PROVINCIAL  DIVISION 


Provincial 
Division 


33.  The  Provincial  Court  (Criminal  Division),  the  Provin- 
cial Court  (Family  Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences 
Court  are  amalgamated  and  continued  as  a  court  of  record 
named  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division).     New. 


Composition 
of  Provincial 
Division 


34.  The  Provincial  Division  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division 
appointed  under  subsection  41  (3),  who  shall  be 
president  of  the  Provincial  Division; 


(b)  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division 
appointed  under  subsection  41  (4)  for  each  region; 
and 

(c)  such  provincial  judges  as  are  appointed  under 
subsection  41  (1).      New. 

P^Yes^of""*         35.— (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall 
Chief  Judge     direct  and  supervise  the  sittings  of  the  Provincial  Division  and 
of  Provincial    the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  63  (5), 
amended. 


Regional 

senior 

judges, 

Provincial 

Division 


(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall, 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


13 


Division,  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  his  or  her  region. 

(3)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  may  Delegation 
delegate  to  a  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  his  or  her 
region  the  authority  to  exercise  specified  functions.      New. 

(4)  If  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  is  absent  rh^PTd^ 
from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  of  Provhiaai 
powers  and  duties  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  Division 
regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  designated  by 

the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division.         1984,  c.  11, 
s.  63  (7),  amended. 

(5)  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Absence  of 
Provincial  Division  who  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  ^nior%dge 
reason  unable  to  act  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  of  Provincial 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge 

of  the  Provincial  Division.      New. 


36. — (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Judges 

^   '  °  ^  assigned  to 

regions 


Division)  shall  assign  every  provincial  judge  to  a  region. 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  prevent  the  temporary  assign-  ^^^^ 
ment  of  a  provincial  judge  to  a  location  anywhere  in  Ontario. 

New. 


37. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  has  the  power  and  authority  9"."\H'*! 


of  two  or  more  justices  of  the  peace  when  sitting  in  the 
Provincial  Division  and  shall  exercise  the  powers  and  perform 
the  duties  that  any  Act  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  confers 
on  a  provincial  court  judge  when  sitting  in  the  Provincial 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  67  (1),  amended. 


jurisdiction 


(2)  The  Provincial  Division  shall  perform  any  function 
assigned  to  it  by  or  under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act,  the 
Family  Law  Act,  1986,  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  the 
Child  and  Family  Services  Act,  1984  or  any  other  Act.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  69,  s.  75  (1)  (a),  (k),  amended. 


(3)  The  Provincial  Division  is  a  youth  court  for  the  pur- 
poses of  the  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada).  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  67  (2),  s.  75  (1)  (b),  amended. 


Provincial 
offences  and 
family 
jurisdiction 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  400 
1986,  c.  4 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  68 
1984,  c.  55 

Youth  court 
jurisdiction 
R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  Y-1 


38. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Provincial  Division  shall  be  Judge  to 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division.  ^'^^^'  ^ 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  66  (2),  s.  74  (2),  amended. 


14 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Justice  of  the  (2)  A  justicc  of  the  pcacc  may  preside  over  the  Provincial 
preside'"^^  Division  in  a  proceeding  under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act. 
R.s.o.  1980,    1984,  c.  11,  s.  68  (2),  amended. 

c.  400 

Appeals  39^ — (^^  If  no  provision  is  made  concerning  an  appeal 

from  an  order  of  the  Provincial  Division,  an  appeal  hes  to  the 
General  Division. 


Exception 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-46 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  proceeding  under  the 
Criminal  Code  (Canada)  or  the  Provincial  Offences  Act. 
1987,  c.  1,  s.  6,  amended. 


Penalty  for 
disturbance 
outside 
courtroom 


40.  Any  person  who  knowingly  disturbs  or  interferes  with 
a  proceeding  in  the  Provincial  Division  without  reasonable 
justification  while  outside  the  courtroom  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$1,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  thirty 
days,  or  to  both.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  72,  amended. 


PROVINCIAL  JUDGES 

^f^'ToviS       ^^' — (^)  ^^^   Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  on  the 
j'udler*"'^'^     recommendation  of  the  Attorney  General,  may  appoint  such 
provincial  judges  as  are  considered  necessary. 


Qualifications 


Chief  Judge 


(2)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  as  a  provincial  judge 
unless  he  or  she  has  been  a  member  of  the  bar  of  one  of  the 
provinces  of  Canada  for  at  least  ten  years.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  52. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
provincial  judge  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  63  (1),  amended. 


Regional 
senior  judges 


Term  of 
office 


(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
provincial  judge  to  be  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provin- 
cial Division  for  each  region. 

(5)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  and  the 
regional  senior  judges  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall  hold 
office  for  five  years. 


Idem 


(6)  If  a  successor  is  not  appointed  within  five  years,  the 
Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  shall  continue  in  office 
until  the  successor  is  appointed,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  Chief 
Judge  or  regional  senior  judge  hold  office  for  more  than  seven 
years. 


^i^d^rS^'"^      (^)  ^  ^^^^^  J"^S^  or  ^  regional  senior  judge  whose  term  of 
office  expires  under  subsection  (5)  or  (6)  shall  continue  to 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  15 

hold  the  office  of  provincial  judge  and  is  entitled  to  an  annual 
salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  provincial  judge;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  he  or  she  received  immediately 
before  ceasing  to  be  Chief  Judge  or  regional  senior 
judge. 

(8)  A  Chief  Judge  or  regional  senior  judge  whose  term  of  Chief  Judge, 
office   expires    under   subsection    (5)   or   (6)    shall    not   be  be*^ ' "° 
reappointed  to  the  same  position.     New.  reappointed 

42. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  shall  devote  his  or  her  whole  ot^^r 
time  to  the  performance  of  his  or  her  duties  as  a  judge,  except  ^""P^y™^"* 
as  authorized  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  provincial  judge  who,  before  *<*em 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1985,  had  the  consent  of  the  Attorney 
General  to  act  as  an  arbitrator  or  conciliator  may  continue  to 
so  act.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  53,  amended. 

43. — (1)  Every  provincial  judge  shall  retire  upon  attaining  Retirement 
the  age  of  sixty-five  years. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  provincial  judge  appointed  as  Wem 
a  fiiU-time  magistrate,  judge  of  a  juvenile  and  family  court  or 
master  before  the  2nd  day  of  December,  1968  shall  retire 
upon  attaining  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(3)  A  judge  who  has  attained  the  age  of  sixty-five  years  Continuation 
may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  offuSe  ^^^ '" 
Provincial  Division,  continue  in  office  as  a  full-time  or  part- 
time  judge  until  he  or  she  attains  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(4)  A  judge  who  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy  years  may,  wem 
subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  con- 
tinue in  office  as  a  full-time  or  part-time  judge  until  he  or  she 

has  attained  the  age  of  seventy-five  years. 

(5)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  who  continuation 
is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age  of  sixty-five  years  may,  ^nio?j*"dge 
subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  in  office 
Provincial  Division,  continue  in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has 
attained  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(6)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  who  '<'«'" 
is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age  of  seventy  years  may,  sub- 
ject to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  continue 


16 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy- 
five  years. 


Continuation 
in  office  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Provincial 
Division 


(7)  If  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  is  in  office 
upon  attaining  the  age  for  retirement  under  subsection  (1)  or 
(2),  he  or  she  may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the 
Judicial  Council,  continue  in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has 
attained  the  age  of  seventy-five  years.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  54, 
amended. 


Resignation 
of  judge 


Resignation 
as  Chief 
Judge,  etc. 


44. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  may  at  any  time  resign  from 
his  or  her  office  by  delivering  a  signed  letter  of  resignation  to 
the  Attorney  General. 

(2)  A  Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  may,  before 
the  expiry  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  under  subsection  41  (5) 
or  (6),  elect  to  hold  the  office  of  a  provincial  judge  only,  by 
delivering  a  signed  letter  to  that  effect  to  the  Attorney 
General. 


Effective 
date 


(3)  A  resignation  or  election  under  this  section  takes  effect 
on  the  day  the  letter  is  delivered  to  the  Attorney  General  or, 
if  the  letter  specifies  a  later  day,  on  that  day.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  55,  s.  65,  amended. 


Removal  for 
cause 


45. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  may  be  removed  from  office 
before  attaining  retirement  age  only  if, 

(a)  a  complaint  regarding  the  judge  has  been  made  to 
the  Judicial  Council;  and 

(b)  the  removal  is  recommended  by  an  inquiry  held 
under  section  49  on  the  ground  that  the  judge  has 
become  incapacitated  or  disabled  from  the  due  exe- 
cution of  his  or  her  office  by  reason  of, 

(i)  infirmity, 

(ii)  conduct  that  is  incompatible  with  the  execu- 
tion of  his  or  her  office,  or 

(iii)  having  failed  to  perform  the  duties  of  his  or 
her  office. 


Order  for 
removal 


(2)  An  order  removing  a  provincial  judge  from  office  under 
this  section  may  be  made  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  on  the 
address  of  the  Legislative  Assembly.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  56, 
amended. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  17 

46. — (1)  The  Judicial  Council  for  Provincial  Judges  is  con-  Judicial 
tinued  as  the  Ontario  Judicial  Council  and  shall  be  composed  ^""'^'' 
of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  who  shall  preside  over 
the  Ontario  Judicial  Council; 

(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(d)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division); 

(e)  the  Treasurer  of  The  Law  Society  of  Upper 
Canada;  and 

(f)  not  more  than  two  other  persons  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  A  majority  of  members  of  the  Judicial  Council  consti-  Quonim 
tutes  a  quorum  and  is  sufficient  for  the  exercise  of  all  the 
jurisdiction  and  powers  of  the  Judicial  Council. 

(3)  Such  officers  and  employees  of  the  Judicial  Council  as  staff 

are  considered  necessary  may  be  appointed  under  the  Public  RS.o.  i980. 
Service  Act.  '  ^^^ 

(4)  The  Judicial  Council  may  engage  persons,  including  e^'F'^ 
counsel,  to  assist  it  in  its  investigations.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  57,  '^^^^'^ 
amended. 

(5)  An  investigation  commenced  by  the  Judicial  Council  Transition 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  be  continued  by  the 
Judicial  Council  as  it  was  constituted  before  this  section  comes 

into  force.      New. 

47. — (1)  The  functions  of  the  Judicial  Council  are.  Functions 

(a)  to  consider  all  proposed  appointments  of  provincial 
judges  and  make  a  report  on  them  to  the  Attorney 
General; 

(b)  to  receive  and  investigate  complaints  against  provin- 
cial judges. 

(2)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  for  damages  shall  be  Liability  for 
instituted  against  the  Judicial  Council  or  any  member  or  offi-  '^^'"^^^ 
cer  of  it  or  any  person  acting  under  its  authority  for  any  act 


18 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Investigation 
of  complaints 


Referral  to 
Chief  Judge 


done  in  good  faith  in  the  execution  or  intended  execution  of 
its  or  his  or  her  duty.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  58. 

48. — (1)  Where  the  Judicial  Council  receives  a  complaint 
against  a  provincial  judge,  it  shall  take  such  action  to  investi- 
gate the  complaint  as  it  considers  advisable. 

(2)  The  Judicial  Council  may  transmit  those  complaints  it 
considers  appropriate, 

(a)  concerning  provincial  judges  to  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Provincial  Division;  and 

(b)  concerning    masters    to    the    Chief   Judge    of   the 
Ontario  Court. 


Proceedings 
not  public 


(3)  The  proceedings  of  the  Judicial  Council  shall  not  be 
public,  but  it  may  inform  the  Attorney  General  respecting 
matters  that  it  has  investigated  and  the  Attorney  General  may 
make  public  the  fact  that  an  investigation  has  been  under- 
taken. 


Prohibiting 
publication 


(4)  The  Judicial  Council  may  order  that  information  or  doc- 
uments relating  to  its  proceedings  not  be  published  or  dis- 
closed except  as  required  by  law. 


Powers 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  411 


(5)  The  Judicial  Council  has  all  the  powers  of  a  commission 
under  Part  II  of  the  Public  Inquiries  Act,  which  Part  applies  to 
the  investigation  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


Notice  of 
disposition 


(6)  When  the  Judicial  Council  has  dealt  with  a  complaint 
regarding  a  provincial  judge,  it  shall  inform  the  following  per- 
sons of  its  disposition  of  the  complaint: 


Report  and 
recommen- 
dations 


1.  The  person  who  made  the  complaint. 

2.  If  the  complaint  was  brought  to  the  attention  of  the 
judge,  the  judge. 

(7)  The  Judicial  Council  may  report  its  opinion  regarding 
the  complaint  to  the  Attorney  General  and  may  recommend. 


(a)  that  an  inquiry  be  held  under  section  49; 

(b)  that  the  judge  be  compensated  for  all  or  part  of  the 
costs  incurred  by  the  judge  relating  to  the  investiga- 
tion. 


Copy  to 
judge 


(8)  A  copy  of  a  report  made  under  subsection  (7)  shall  be 
given  to  the  judge. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  19 

(9)  The  Judicial  Council  shall  not  make  a  report  under  sub-  R'ght  to  be 
section  (7)  unless  the  judge  was  notified  of  the  investigation 

and  given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  and  to  produce  evidence 
on  his  or  her  behalf. 

(10)  When  the  Judicial  Council   makes   a   report  to  the  Publication 
Attorney  General  under  subsection  (7),  the  Attorney  General  °  ^^^ 
may  make  all  or  part  of  the  report  public,  if  he  or  she  is  of  the 
opinion  that  it  is  in  the  public  interest  to  do  so.      1984,  c.  11, 

s.  59,  amended. 

49. — (1)  The     Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council     may  inquiry 
appoint  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  inquire  into  the 
question  whether  a  provincial  judge  should  be  removed  from 
office. 

(2)  The  Public  Inquiries  Act  applies  to  an  inquiry  under  Powers 
subsection  (1).  RSO-  i^so, 

(3)  The  report  of  the  inquiry  may  recommend.  Report 

(a)  that  the  judge  be  removed  from  office; 

(b)  that  the  judge  be  compensated  for  all  or  part  of  the 
costs  incurred  by  the  judge  relating  to  the  inquiry. 

(4)  The  report  of  the  inquiry  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legis-  Tabling  of 
lative  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days  ^^^^ 
after  the  commencement  of  the  next  session.      1984,  c.  11, 

s.  60,  amended. 

50.  Every  provincial  judge  is  a  justice  of  the  peace  and  E^^iy 
commissioner  for  taking  affidavits.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  61.  fildge"a* 

justice 

51. — (1)  The  committee  known  as  the  Ontario  Provincial  Provincial 
Courts   Committee   is   continued   as   the   Provincial   Judges  Remuneration 
Remuneration  Commission.  Commission 

(2)  The  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  the  following  Composition 
three  members:  Commission 

1.  One  appointed  jointly  by  the  associations  represent- 
ing provincial  judges. 

2.  One   appointed   by   the   Lieutenant    Governor   in 
Council. 

3.  One,  who  shall  head  the  Commission,  appointed 
jointly  by  the  bodies  referred  to  in  paragraphs  1  and 

2. 


20 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Function 


Annual 
report 


(3)  The  function  of  the  Provincial  Judges  Remuneration 
Commission  is  to  inquire  into  and  make  recommendations  to 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  respecting  any  matter 
relating  to  the  remuneration,  allowances  and  benefits  of  pro- 
vincial judges,  including  the  matters  referred  to  in  clauses 
53  (1)  (b)  and  (c). 

(4)  The  Commission  shall  make  an  annual  report  of  its 
activities  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Tabling  of 
recommen- 
dations 


(5)  Recommendations  of  the  Commission  and  its  annual 
report  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in 
session  or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days  of  the  commencement  of 
the  next  session.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  88,  amended. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Meeting  of 
judges 


52. — (1)  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  shall 
meet  at  least  once  in  each  year,  on  a  day  fixed  by  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court,  in  order  to  consider  this  Act,  the 
rules  of  court  and  the  administration  of  justice  generally. 


Idem 


(2)  The  judges  shall  report  their  recommendations  to  the 
Attorney  General.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  10,  amended. 


Regional 
meeting  of 
judges 


(3)  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  in  each 
region  shall  meet  at  least  once  in  each  year,  on  a  day  fixed  by 
the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division,  in  order  to 
consider  this  Act,  the  rules  of  court  and  the  administration  of 
justice  in  the  region  generally. 


Idem 


(4)  The  judges  shall  report  their  recommendations  to  the 
Attorney  General.      New. 


Regulations         53, — (1)  fhe  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

(a)  fixing  the  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Division 
who  are  in  addition  to  the  Chief  Judge,  the  regional 
senior  judges  and  the  Senior  Judge  for  the  Unified 
Family  Court; 

(b)  fixing  the  remuneration  of  provincial  judges  and 
masters; 

(c)  providing  for  the  benefits  to  which  provincial  judges 
and  masters  are  entitled,  including, 


(i)  leave  of  absence  and  vacations, 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  21 

(ii)  sick  leave  credits  and  payments  in  respect  of 
those  credits, 

(iii)  pension  benefits  for  provincial  judges,  masters 
and  their  surviving  spouses  and  children; 

(d)  prescribing  territorial  divisions  for  the  Small  Claims 
Court  and  the  place  within  each  division  where  the 
court  office  shall  be  located; 

(e)  prescribing  the  maximum  amount  of  a  claim  in  the 
Small  Claims  Court  for  the  purposes  of  subsection 
23  (1); 

(f)  prescribing  the  maximum  amount  of  a  claim  over 
which  a  deputy  judge  may  preside  for  the  purposes 
of  subsection  24  (1); 

(g)  providing  for  the  retention  of  fees  by  clerks,  bailiffs 
and  referees  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  who  are  not 

civil  servants  under  the  Public  Service  Act  and  des-  R so.  i980, 
ignating  divisions  where  clerks,  bailiffs  and  referees 
of  the  Small  Claims  Court  may  be  appointed  to  a 
position  as  a  civil  servant  under  that  Act; 

(h)  prescribing  for  each  region  the  minimum  number  of 
judges  of  the  General  Division  and  of  the  Provincial 
Division  who  are  to  be  assigned  to  that  region. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (2),  s.  20  (4),  s.  87  (1),  amended. 

(2)  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Wem 
Division  under  clause  (1)  (a)  does  not  affect  appointments 
existing  at  the  time  of  the  reduction.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (2), 
amended. 

(3)  Regulations  made  under  clause  (1)   (c)   may  require  Contributions 
judges  and  masters  to  contribute  from  their  salaries  part  of 

the  costs  of  benefits  and  may  fix  the  amount  of  the  contribu- 
tions. 

(4)  A  regulation  made  under  clause  (1)  (c)  may  modify  or  Application 
exclude  the  application  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  r.s.o.  1980, 

Act.  c.  419 

(5)  A  regulation  made  under  subsection  (1)  may  be  general  Application 
or  particular  in  its  application.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  20  (5-7),  °  "^^guations 
s.  87  (2-4),  amended. 


22 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


PART  III 

UNIFIED  FAMILY  COURT 

Unified  54.  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  continued  as  a  superior 

Family  Court   ^^^^  ^^  ^^^^^.^  j^  ^^^  ^^^  ^j^^   Regional  Municipality  of 

Hamilton- Wentworth.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  38,  amended. 
Composition         55, — (Y)  The  Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  presided  over 

of  court  , 

by, 

(a)  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 
appointed  as  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family 
Court;  or 

(b)  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division), 

who  is  authorized  under  subsection  (4)  to  exercise  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 


Duties  of 
senior  judge 


(2)  The  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family  Court  shall 
supervise  and  direct  the  sittings  and  the  assignment  of  the 
judicial  duties  of  the  Unified  Family  Court. 


Authority  for  (3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  authorize  a 
DWisioT  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  exercise  the  jurisdiction  of  a 
matters  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division. 


Exercise  of 

existing 

jurisdiction 


(4)  A  judge  who  may  preside  over  the  Unified  Family 
Court  shall  exercise  his  or  her  jurisdiction  as  a  judge  of  the 
General  Division  or  a  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  the 
matters  in  which  the  General  Division  or  the  Provincial 
Division  or  a  judge  of  one  of  them  has  jurisdiction  under  the 
statutory  provisions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  39;  1987,  c.  1,  s.  1,  amended. 


Proceedmgs  55. — (J)  Proceedings  taken  in  a  court  in  The  Regional 
Family  Court  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  under  the  statutory  pro- 
visions set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part,  other  than  by  way 
of  appeal,  shall  be  commenced  and  titled  in  the  Unified 
Family  Court  and  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  shall  be  exer- 
cised in  the  Unified  Family  Court. 


Idem 

S.C.  1986, 
c.  4 

1986,  c.  4 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  68 


(2)  A  motion  for  interim  relief  under  the  Divorce  Act,  1985 
(Canada),  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986  or  the  Children's  Law 
Reform  Act  in  a  proceeding  in  the  General  Division  shall  be 
heard  in  the  Unified  Family  Court  if  it  is  required  or  permit- 
ted to  be  heard  in  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- 
Wentworth  by  the  rules  of  court  or  an  order  of  the  court. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  40  (1,2)  amended. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


23 


(3)  All  proceedings  in  or  transferred  to  the  Unified  Family  No  jury 
Court  shall  be  heard  and  determined  without  a  jury.      1984, 
c.  11,  s.  40  (4),  amended. 

57.  Where  a  proceeding  is  commenced  in  the  Unified  l^'^er 
Family  Court  in  a  matter  over  which  junsdiction  may  be  exer- 
cised in  the  Unified  Family  Court  and  is  combined  with  a 
related  matter  in  the  jurisdiction  of  the  judge  but  respecting 
which  jurisdiction  may  not  be  exercised  in  the  Unified  Family 
Court,  the  court  may,  with  leave  of  the  judge,  hear  and  deter- 
mine the  combined  matters.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  41,  amended. 


jurisdiction 


58. — (1)  The  Unified  Family  Court  may  hear  and  deter-  orders  of 

Drccicccssor 

mine  an  application  under  an  Act  to  discharge,  vary  or  sus-  court 
pend  an  order  made  by  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division) 
of  the  Judicial  District  of  Hamilton-Went  worth. 

(2)  The  Unified  Family  Court  may  enforce  orders  made  by  Enforcement 
the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  of  the  Judicial  District 
of  Hamilton- Wentworth.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  42,  amended. 

59. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  proceedings  referred  to  '^J^^ggjllf'^^ 
in  subsection  56  (1)  may  be  commenced  in  the  Unified  Family  commenced 
Court  where  the  applicant  or  the  respondent  resides  in  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- Went  worth.      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  44  (1),  amended. 


(2)  An  application  under  Part  III  of  the  Children's  Law 
Reform  Act  in  respect  of  a  child  who  ordinarily  resides  in  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- Wentworth  may  be  com- 
menced in  the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (2), 
amended. 


Idem, 
custody  or 
access 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  68 


(3)  A  judge  who  may  preside  over  the  Unified  Family  Transfer  to 
Court  may,  on  motion,  order  that  a  proceeding  commenced  in 
the  Unified  Family  Court  be  transferred  to  the  appropriate 
court  in  a  place  where  there  is  no  Unified  Family  Court  if,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  judge,  there  is  a  preponderance  of  conven- 
ience for  the  matter  to  be  dealt  with  by  that  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  44(3). 


(4)  A  judge  of  a  court  having  jurisdiction  in  a  proceeding  Transfer 
under  a  statutory  provision  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part  court 
in  an  area  other  than  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- 
Wentworth  may,  on  motion,  order  that  the  proceeding  be 
transferred  to  the  Unified  Family  Court  if,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  judge,  there  is  a  preponderance  of  convenience  for  the 
matter  to  be  dealt  with  by  that  court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (4), 
amended. 


24 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Directions 


Status  of 
orden 


(5)  A  judge  making  an  order  under  subsection  (3)  or  (4) 
may  give  such  directions  for  the  transfer  as  are  considered 
just.      1984,c.  ll,s.  44(5). 

60.  An  order  of  a  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family 
Court  made  in  the  exercise  of  his  or  her  jurisdiction  as  a  judge 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  is  an  order  of  the 
General  Division  for  all  purposes.  1984,  c.   11,  s.  45, 

amended. 


Appeals  51, — (1)  Subject   to   subsection   (2),   a   provision   for  an 

appeal  from  an  order  made  under  the  statutory  provisions  set 
out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part  applies  to  an  order  when 
made  in  the  exercise  of  the  jurisdiction  by  a  judge  presiding 
over  the  Unified  Family  Court. 


Idem 


(2)  Where  an  order  made  by  the  Unified  Family  Court 
under  a  statutory  provision  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part 
is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  outside  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- 
Wentworth,  the  order  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  an  appeal,  be 
deemed  to  have  been  made  by  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  46  (1,  2),  amended. 


Idem 


(3)  Where  no  provision  is  made  for  an  appeal  from  an 
order  of  a  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family  Court,  an 
appeal  lies. 


(a)  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  a  final  order,  except 
an  order  referred  to  in  clause  (b); 

(b)  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  a  final  order, 

(i)  for    a    single    payment    of    not    more    than 
$25,000,  exclusive  of  costs, 

(ii)  for  periodic  payments  that  amount  to  not 
more  than  $25,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  in  the 
twelve  months  commencing  on  the  date  the 
first  payment  is  due  under  the  order, 

(iii)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  not 
more  than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i) 
or  (ii),  or 


(iv)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  more 
than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii) 
and  in  respect  of  which  the  judge  indicates 
that  if  the  claim  had  been  allowed  the  amount 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  25 

awarded  would  have  been  not  more  than  the 
amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii);  or 

(c)  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  interlocutory  order, 
with  leave  as  provided  in  the  rules  of  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  46  (4),  amended. 

62. — (1)  A  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family  Court  ^"'™"^! 

has  all  the  powers  of  a  judge  sitting  in  the  Ontario  Court  ^""^  "^ '"" 
(Provincial  Division)  for  the  purposes  of  proceedings  under 

the  Criminal  Code  (Canada).  R  |C^  i985, 

(2)  The  Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  and  Wem 
shall  sit  as  the  Provincial  Division  for  the  purpose  of  prosecu- 
tions under  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986,  the  Children's  Law  i986,  c.  4 
Reform  Act,  the  Minors'  Protection  Act  and  Part  III  (Child  ^^-^^  l^f^^ 
Protection)  and  Part  VII  (Adoption)  of  the  Child  and  Family  1984  ^  55 
Services  Act,  1984. 

(3)  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  a  youth  court  for  the  pur-  'dem 
pose  of  the  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada).      1984,  c.   11,  RS.c.  i985, 
s.  47,  amended. 

63.  A  conciliation  service  may  be  established,  maintained  Conciliation 

service 

and  operated  as  part  of  the  Unified  Family  Court.      1984, 
c.  ll,s.  49. 

64. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  '^"'^s 
rules  for  the  Unified  Family  Court  in  relation  to  the  practice 
and  procedure  of  the  court  and  may  make  rules  for  the  court, 
even  though  they  alter  or  conform  to  the  substantive  law,  in 
relation  to, 

(a)  conduct  of  proceedings  in  the  court; 

(b)  joinder  of  claims  and  parties,  and  representation  of 
parties; 

(c)  commencement  of  proceedings  and  service  of 
process  in  or  outside  Ontario; 

(d)  discovery  and  other  forms  of  disclosure  before  hear- 
ing, including  their  scope  and  their  admissibility  and 
use  in  a  proceeding; 

(e)  examination  of  witnesses  in  or  out  of  court; 

(f)  duties  of  clerks  and  other  officers; 


26 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Idem 


Idem 


(g)    references  of  proceedings  or  issues  in  a  proceeding 
and  the  powers  of  a  person  conducting  a  reference; 

(h)    costs  of  proceedings; 

(i)     enforcement  of  orders  and  process; 

(j)    payment  into  and  out  of  court; 

(k)    any  matter  that  is  referred  to  in  an  Act  as  provided 
for  by  rules  of  court. 

(2)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  authorizes  the  making  of  rules 
that  conflict  with  an  Act,  but  rules  may  be  made  under  sub- 
section (1)  supplementing  the  provisions  of  an  Act  in  respect 
of  practice  and  procedure. 

(3)  The  rules  of  court  made  under  Part  V  do  not  apply  to 
proceedings  in  the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  51, 
amended. 


SCHEDULE 


Jurisdiction  under  the  following  statutory  provisions: 


Statutes 

Provisions 

1. 

Annulment  of  Marriages  Act 
(Ontario)  (Canada) 

All 

2. 

Change  of  Name  Act,  1986 

All 

3. 

.  Child  and  Family  Services  Act,  1984 

Parts  III,  VI  and 
VII 

4. 

Children's  Law  Reform  Act 

All,  except  sections 
60  and  61 

5. 

Divorce  Act,  1985  (Canada) 

All 

6. 

Education  Act 

Sections  29  and  30 

7. 

Family  Law  Act,  1986 

All,  except  Part  V 

8. 

Marriage  Act 

Sections  6  and  9 

9. 

Minors'  Protection  Act 

Section  2 

10. 

Reciprocal  Enforcement  of 
Maintenance  Orders  Act,  1982 

All 

11. 

Support  and  Custody  Orders 
Enforcement  Act,  1985 

All 

12. 

Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada) 

All 

1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  27 

PART  IV 

RULES  OF  COURT 

65. — (1)  The  Civil  Rules  Committee  is  established  and  civii  Rules 
shall  be  composed  of,  ommittee 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  nine  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court; 

(d)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(e)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(f)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(g)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of 
Upper  Canada  in  convocation; 

(h)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario;  and 

(i)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court. 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  Civil  '<^em 
Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent 

or  so   requests,   another  member  designated  by  the  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside. 

(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Civil  Rules  Committee  Tenure  of 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h)  and  (i) 
shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  is  eligible  for 
reappointment. 


office 


28  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

Vacancies  (4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed 

under  clause  (1)  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h)  or  (i),  a  new  mem- 
ber similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for  the  remainder  of 
the  unexpired  term. 

Quorum  (5)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Civil  Rules  Commit- 

tee constitutes  a  quorum.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  89,  amended. 

Civil  Rules  55. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 

nor in  Council,  the  Civil  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for 
the  Court  of  Appeal  and  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion) in  relation  to  the  practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts 
in  all  civil  proceedings,  including  family  law  proceedings. 

Idem  (2)  The  Civil  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for  the 

courts  described  in  subsection  (1),  even  though  they  alter  or 
conform  to  the  substantive  law,  in  relation  to, 

(a)  conduct  of  proceedings  in  the  courts; 

(b)  joinder  of  claims  and  parties,  settlement  of  claims 
by  or  against  persons  under  disability,  whether  or 
not  a  proceeding  has  been  commenced  in  respect  of 
the  claim,  the  binding  effect  of  orders  and  repre- 
sentation of  parties; 

(c)  commencement  of  proceedings,  representation  of 
parties  by  solicitors  and  service  of  process  in  or  out- 
side Ontario; 

(d)  disposition  of  proceedings  without  a  hearing  and  its 
effect  and  authorizing  the  Court  of  Appeal  to  deter- 
mine in  the  first  instance  a  special  case  arising  in  a 
proceeding  commenced  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division); 

(e)  pleadings; 

(f)  discovery  and  other  forms  of  disclosure  before  hear- 
ing, including  their  scope  and  the  admissibility  and 
use  of  that  discovery  and  disclosure  in  a  proceeding; 

(g)  examination  of  witnesses  in  or  out  of  court; 

(h)  jurisdiction  of  masters,  including  the  conferral  on 
masters  of  any  jurisdiction  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  including  jurisdiction  under  an 
Act,  but  not  including  the  trial  of  actions  or  juris- 
diction conferred  by  an  Act  on  a  judge; 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  29 

(i)     jurisdiction  and  duties  of  officers; 

(j)  motions  and  applications,  including  the  hearing  of 
motions  in  the  absence  of  the  public  and  prohibiting 
a  party  from  making  motions  without  leave; 

(k)  preservation  of  rights  of  parties  pending  the  out- 
come of  litigation,  including  sale,  recovery  of  pos- 
session or  preservation  of  property; 

(1)     interpleader; 

(m)  preparation  for  trial  and  offers  to  settle  and  their 
legal  consequences; 

(n)    the  mode  and  conduct  of  trials; 

(o)  the  appointment  by  the  court  of  independent 
experts,  their  remuneration  and  the  admissibility 
and  use  of  their  reports; 

(p)  the  discount  rate  to  be  used  in  determining  the 
amount  of  an  award  in  respect  of  future  pecuniary 
damages; 

(q)  references  of  proceedings  or  issues  in  a  proceeding 
and  the  powers  of  a  person  conducting  a  reference; 

(r)  costs  of  proceedings,  including  security  for  costs  and 
a  solicitor's  liability  for  or  disentitlement  to  costs; 

(s)  enforcement  of  orders  and  process  or  obligations 
under  the  rules; 

(t)  the  time  for  and  procedure  on  appeals  and  stays 
pending  appeal; 

(u)    payment  into  and  out  of  court; 

(v)  any  matter  that  is  referred  to  in  an  Act  as  provided 
for  by  rules  of  court. 

(3)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  authorizes  the  making  J<^«'" 
of  rules  that  conflict  with  an  Act,  but  rules  may  be  made 
under  subsections  (1)  and  (2)  supplementing  the  provisions  of 
an  Act  in  respect  of  practice  and  procedure.      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  90,  amended. 

67. — (1)  The  Family  Rules  Committee  is  established  and  ^^^-^^^^^ 
shall  be  composed  of. 


30  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family  Court; 

(c)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(d)  three  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court; 

(e)  four  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 

(f)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(g)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(h)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(i)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of 
Upper  Canada  in  convocation; 

(j)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court;  and 

(k)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division). 

^*'*™  (2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the 

Family  Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is 
absent  or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the 
Chief  Justice  shall  preside. 

1'^''  °^  (3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Family  Rules  Committee 

appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j)  and 
(k)  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  is  eligible 
for  reappointment. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  31 

(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed  Vacancies 
under  clause  (1)  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j)  or  (k),  a  new 
member  similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for  the  remain- 
der of  the  unexpired  term. 

(5)  A    majority    of   the    members    of   the    Family    Rules  Quorum 
Committee  constitutes  a  quorum.      New. 

68. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover-  Family  Rules 
nor  in  Council,  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules 
for  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion) and  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  in  relation 
to  the  practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts  in  proceedings 
under  statutory  provisions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  Part  III 
(Unified  Family  Court),  except  proceedings  under  the  Young  RS.c.  1985, 
Offenders  Act  (Canada). 


c.  Y-l 


(2)  Subsections  66  (2)  and  (3)  apply  with  necessary  modifi-  '^em 
cations  to  the  Family  Rules  Committee  making  rules  for  the 
courts  described  in  subsection  (1). 

(3)  The  rules  made  by  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  May  modify 
adopt,  modify  or  exclude  the  rules  made  by  the  Civil  Rules  '^'^'  ^^^ 
Committee. 

(4)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Rules  for 
Council,  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  prepare  rules  for  offenders  Act 
the   purpose   of   section   68   of  the    Young   Offenders  Act 
(Canada)  for  consideration  by  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division).      New. 

69. — (1)  The  Criminal  Rules  Committee  is  established  and  criminal 
shall  be  composed  of,  committee 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  three  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court; 

(d)  four  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division),  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 


32 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(e)  one  justice  of  the  peace,  who  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division); 

(f)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(g)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(h)  three  Crown  attorneys,  deputy  Crown  attorneys  or 
assistant  Crown  attorneys,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Attorney  General; 

(i)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 


Idem 


Tenure  of 
office 


Vacancies 


Quorum 


(j)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of  Upper 
Canada  in  convocation; 

(k)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(1)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court;  and 

(m)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division). 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the 
Criminal  Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario 
is  absent  or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the 
Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside. 

(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j), 
(k),  (1)  and  (m)  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years 
and  is  eligible  for  reappointment. 

(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed 
under  clause  (1)  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j),  (k),  (1)  or 
(m),  a  new  member  similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for 
the  remainder  of  the  unexpired  term. 

(5)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Criminal  Rules 
Committee  constitutes  a  quorum.      New. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  33 

70. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Cover-  ^J™"^' 
nor  in  Council,  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  prepare 
rules  for  the  purposes  of  section  482  of  the  Criminal  Code  RS;C.  i985, 
(Canada)   for  consideration  by  the   Court  of  Appeal,   the 
Ontario  Court   (General  Division)  and  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division). 

(2)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Provincial 

i^  IT  oricnccs  rules 

Council,  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for 
the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 
and  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  in  relation  to  the 
practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts  in  proceedings  under 
the  Provincial  Offences  Act.     New.  RS.o.  1980, 

•'•'  c.  400 

(3)  The  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  under  ^^^^ 
subsection  (2), 

(a)  regulating  any  matters  relating  to  the  practice  and 
procedure  of  proceedings  under  the  Provincial 
Offences  Act; 

(b)  prescribing  forms; 

(c)  regulating  the  duties  of  the  employees  of  the  courts; 

(d)  prescribing  and  regulating  the  procedures  under  any 
Act  that  confers  jurisdiction  under  the  Provincial 
Offences  Act  on  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  or  a  judge  or  justice  of  the  peace  sitting  in 
it; 

(e)  prescribing  any  matter  relating  to  proceedings  under 
the  Provincial  Offences  Act  that  is  referred  to  in  an 
Act  as  provided  for  by  the  rules  of  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  73  (3),  amended. 

3.  Sections  92  and  93  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

92. — (1)  There    shall   be    a   committee,    known    as   the  g"^^"° 
Ontario  Courts  Management  Committee,  composed  of.  Management 


Committee 


(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(d)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division); 


34 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Who  to 

preside 


(e)  the  Attorney  General; 

(f)  the  Deputy  Attorney  General;  and 

(g)  such  other  persons  as  are  appointed  by  the  Attor- 
ney General  after  consultation  with  the  persons 
mentioned  in  clauses  (a)  to  (d). 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  and  the  Attorney  General  or  his  or  her  desig- 
nate shall,  by  rotation,  preside  over  meetings  of  the  Commit- 
tee. 


Function  of 
Committee 


(3)  The  function  of  the  Committee  is  to  consider  and 
recommend  policies  and  procedures  to  promote  the  better 
administration  of  justice  and  the  effective  use  of  resources, 
including  judicial  and  other  personnel,  in  the  public  interest. 

New. 


Regions  for 

judicial 

purposes 

Regulations 


Regional 
courts 

management 
committees 


Who  to 
preside 


92a. — (1)  For  judicial  purposes,  Ontario  is  divided  into 
the  regions  prescribed  under  subsection  (2). 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations prescribing  regions  for  the  purpose  of  this  Act.     New. 

92b. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  committee  in  each  region, 
known  as  the  Regional  Courts  Management  Committee,  com- 
posed of, 

(a)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division); 

(b)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(c)  the  regional  director  of  courts  administration  for  the 
Ministry  of  the  Attorney  General; 

(d)  the  regional  director  of  Crown  attorneys; 

(e)  a  barrister  and  solicitor  who  practises  law  in  the 
region,  to  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 
and 

(f)  such  other  persons  as  are  appointed  by  the  Attor- 
ney General  after  consultation  with  the  persons 
mentioned  in  clauses  (a)  and  (b). 

(2)  The  persons  mentioned  in  clauses  (1)  (a)  to  (d)  shall,  by 
rotation,  preside  over  meetings  of  the  Committee. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  35 

(3)  The  function  of  the   Committee   is  to   consider  and  Function  of 
recommend  policies  and  procedures  for  the  region  to  promote      '"'"' 
the  better  administration  of  justice  and  the  effective  use  of 
resources,  including  judicial  and  other  personnel,  in  the  public 
interest. 

(4)  The  Committee  shall  meet  at  least  four  times  each  year,  ^^^^^^j^^  °^ 
New. 


meetings 


93.  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  judge  who  has  authority  to  Powers  of 
supervise  and  direct  the  sittings  and  the  assignment  of  the  regional 
judicial  duties  of  his  or  her  court  include  the  following:  senior  judge 

1.  Assigning  cases  to  individual  judges. 

2.  Determining  the  sitting  schedules  for  individual 
judges. 

3.  Determining  the  places  of  sittings  for  individual 
judges. 

4.  Determining  the  total  annual,  monthly  and  weekly 
workload  of  individual  judges. 

5.  Preparing  trial  lists  and  assigning  courtrooms,  to  the 
extent  necessary  to  control  the  determination  of 
who  is  assigned  to  hear  particular  cases.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  93,  amended. 

4.  Section  94  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsections: 

(2)  A  power  or  duty  given  to  a  registrar,  sheriff,  court  Exercise  of 
clerk,  assessment  officer  or  official  examiner  under  an  Act,  rejslrar? 
regulation  or  rule  of  court  may  be  exercised  or  performed  by  sheriff,  etc. 
a  person  or  class  of  persons  to  whom  the  power  or  duty  has 

been  assigned  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  or  a  person 
designated  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  applies  in  respect  of  an  Act,  regulation  ^<*e™ 
or  rule  of  court  made  under  the  authority  of  the  Legislature  or 

of  the  Parliament  of  Canada. 

5.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

95a.  Documents  and  other  material  that  are  no  longer  Destruction 
required  in  a  court  office  shall  be  disposed  of  in  accordance  °    o^umens 
with  the  directions  of  the  Deputy  Attorney  General,  subject 
to  the  approval  of. 


36 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(a)  in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Chief  Justice  of 
Ontario; 

(b)  in  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice,  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice; 

(c)  in  the  Unified  Family  Court,  the  Senior  Judge  for 
the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  101  (4), 
amended. 

6.  Section  98  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Liability  of 
judges 


98.  Every  judge  of  a  court  in  Ontario  and  every  master 
has  the  same  immunity  from  liability  as  a  judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division). 


7.  Section  99  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Compen- 
sation for 
statutory 
duties 


99,  Every  judge  who  was  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
of  the  District  Court  before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  annual 
sum  of  $3,000,  payable  quarterly,  as  compensation  for  the  ser- 
vices the  judge  is  called  on  to  render  by  any  Act  of  the 
Legislature  in  addition  to  his  or  her  ordinary  duties. 


8.  Subsection  100  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Supreme  Court  or  the  District  Court"  in  the  first  and 
second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Court  of  Appeal  or 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

9.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 


Judges' 
gowns 


100a.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  respecting  the  form  of  the  gown  to  be  worn  in 
court  by  all  judges  appointed  after  this  section  comes  into 
force. 


JJoj^i"«iges         100b.— (1)  Every  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice 
addressed       and  the  Unified  FamUy  Court  may  be  addressed  as  "Your 
Honour"  or  as  "Judge  {naming  the  judge)". 


Idem 


(2)  A  judge  appointed  to  the  High  Court  of  Justice  before 
this  section  comes  into  force  may  elect  to  be  addressed 
according  to  the  practice  in  existence  before  this  section 
comes  into  force. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


37 


10.  Section  101  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

101. — (1)  Every  person  who  was  a  master  of  the  Supreme  Masters 
Court  before  this  section  comes  into  force  is  a  master  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division).      New. 

(2)  Every  master  has  the  jurisdiction  conferred  by  the  rules  Jurisdiction 
of  court  in  proceedings  in  the  General  Division.      1984,  c.  11, 

s.  20  (3). 

(3)  Sections  42  to  49  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Application 
masters  in  the  same  manner  as  to  provincial  judges.      1984,  ss.  42-49 
c.  11,  s.  20  (11),  amended. 

101a. — (1)  Money  paid  into  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Money 
Division)  shall  be  paid  to  the  Accountant  of  the  Ontario  Arcountant 
Court  and  such  money  and  securities  in  which  the  money  is 
invested  are  vested  in  the  Accountant. 

(2)  Mortgages  and  other  securities  taken  under  an  order  of  Security  held 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  and  instruments  taken  Accountant 
as  security  in  respect  of  a  proceeding  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  shall  be  taken  in  the  name  of  the  Accoun- 
tant and  shall  be  deposited  in  his  or  her  office,  except  where 

an  order  provides  otherwise. 

(3)  The  Accountant  has  no  duty  or  obligation  in  respect  of  Wem 
the  instruments  deposited  under  subsection  (2)  except  as  cus- 
todian of  the  instruments,  unless  an  order  of  the  court  pro- 
vides otherwise. 

(4)  The  Provincial  Auditor  shall  examine' and  report  on  the  Audit  by 
accounts  and  financial  transactions  of  the  Accountant.      1984,  Auditor 
c.  11,  s.  22,  amended. 

101b. — (1)  The  finance  committee  is  continued  and  shall  Finance 
be  composed  of  three  persons  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  "'™™  ^ 
Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  The  finance  committee  has  control  and  management  of  Management 
the  money  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  the  hmds" 
investment  of  the  money  and  the  securities  in  which  it  is 
invested. 


(3)  Money  that  is  available  for  investment  shall  be  invested  investment  of 

in  investments  in  which  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  may  invest  "'" 

public  money  under  section  3  of  the  Financial  Administration  R so.  i980, 

Act.  ^  ''' 


38 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Employment 
of  trust 
company 


(4)  The  finance  committee  may  employ  a  trust  company  to 
make  the  investments  or  act  as  custodian  of  the  securities  pur- 
chased as  investments. 


Interest 


(5)  The  finance  committee  may  provide  for  the  payment  of 
interest  on  money  paid  into  the  General  Division  and  may  fix 
the  rate  of  interest  so  paid. 


Reserve 
funds 


(6)  The  finance  committee  may  establish  such  reserve  funds 
as  it  considers  necessary.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  23,  amended. 


11.  Subsection  102  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  **  Rules  of  Civil  Procedure"  in  the  third  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "rules  of  court". 

12.  Section  103  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Assessment 
officers 


103. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  Attorney  General,  may  appoint 
assessment  officers. 


Idem 


(2)  Every  master  is  an  assessment  officer. 


Jurisdiction 


(3)  Every  assessment  officer  has  jurisdiction  to  assess  costs 
in  a  proceeding  in  any  court. 


Appeal  from 
assessment  of 
costs  before 
tribunal 


(4)  Where  costs  of  a  proceeding  before  a  tribunal  other 
than  a  court  are  to  be  assessed  by  an  assessment  officer, 

(a)  the  rules  of  court  governing  the  procedure  on  an 
assessment  of  costs  apply  with  necessary  modifica- 
tions; and 

(b)  an  appeal  lies  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  from  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  the 
costs  if  an  objection  was  served  in  respect  of  the 
issue  appealed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 

13. — (1)  Subsection  104  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  104  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  **additional"  in  the  second  line. 


14. — (1)  Subsection  108  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "and"  where  it  occurs  the  second  time  in  the  third 
line  and  by  inserting  after  "hearing)"  in  the  fourth  line  "and 
153a  (where  procedures  not  provided)". 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  39 

(2)  Subsection  108  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  **and"  in  the  second  line,  by  inserting  after  "hearings)"  in 
the  third  line  "and  153a  (where  procedures  not  provided)"  and 
by  striking  out  "Offences  Court"  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Division". 

15.  Subsection  109  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Only  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Unified  Family  Court  Jurisdiction 
and  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  excluding  the  rdie^f^""^ 
Small  Claims  Ck)urt,  may  grant  equitable  relief,  unless  other- 
wise provided. 

16.  Section  110  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"Supreme  Court,  the  District  Court  and  the  Unified  Family 
Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Court  of  Appeal,  the  Unified  Family  Court  and  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  excluding  the  Small  Claims 
Court". 

17.  Subsection  114  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Supreme  Court,  the  District  Court  or  the  Unified 
Family  Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Unified  Family  Court  or  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  excluding  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

18. — (1)  Subsection  118  (1)  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(1)  In  this  section,  "health  practitioner"  means  a  person  "health 
licensed  to  practise  medicine  or  dentistry  in  Ontario  or  any  dSned'"*'^ 
other  jurisdiction,  a  psychologist  registered  under  the  Psychol-  r.s.o.  1980, 
agists  Registration  Act  or  a  person  certified  or  registered  as  a  '^  '*^ 
psychologist  by  another  jurisdiction. 

(2)  Subsection  118  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "medical"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"health". 

(3)  Subsection  118  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "medical"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"health". 

19.  Subsections  120  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  not  be  Transfer 
transferred  under  clause  (1)  (d)  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Sms  alurt 


40  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

Division)  without  the  consent  of  the  plaintiff  in  the  proceeding 
in  the  Small  Claims  Court. 

Idem  (2a)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  not  be 

required  under  subclause  (1)  (e)  (ii)  to  be  asserted  by  way  of 
counterclaim  in  a  proceeding  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  without  the  consent  of  the  plaintiff  in  the  proceeding 
in  the  Small  Claims  Court. 

Motions  (3)  The  motion  shall  be  made  to  a  judge  of  the  Ontario 

Court  (General  Division). 

20. — (1)  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "a  Supreme  Court  or  District  Court"  in  the  first 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  121  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Actions  in  which  a  claim  is  made  for  any  of  the  following 
kinds  of  relief  shall  be  heard  without  a  jury:"  in  the  first  and 
second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  issues  of  fact 
and  the  assessment  of  damages  in  an  action  shall  be  tried  with- 
out a  jury  in  respect  of  a  claim  for  any  of  the  foUowii^  kinds  of 
relief:". 

(3)  Paragraph  3  of  the  said  subsection  121  (2)  is  amended  by 
striking  out  ^^ Family  Law  Reform  Acf^  in  the  first  and  second 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  **Family  Law  Act,  1986^\ 

21.  Subsection  122  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Rules  of  Civil  Procedure"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "rules  of  court". 

22.  Subsection  124  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Idem  (2)  Mutual  debts  may  be  set  off  against  each  other  even  if 

they  are  of  a  different  nature. 

23.  Clause  129  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ^'Family  Law  Reform  Aci*^  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  ''Family  Law  Act,  1986'\ 

24.— (1)  Clause  133  (1)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "the"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"a". 

(2)  Clause  133  (1)  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "local  judge  or". 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  41 

25. — (1)  Subsection  136  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  or  the  Provin- 
cial Court  (Civil  Division)''  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
or  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

(2)  Subsection  136  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "in  the  Provincial  Offences  Court  where  it  is'*  in  the 
second  and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "under  the 
Provincial  Offences  Act  in". 

26.  Subsection  137  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first 
and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  person  desig- 
nated by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General". 

27. — (1)  Subsection  150  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  last 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  150  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

28.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 

150a.— (1)  Unless  an  Act  provides  otherwise,  orders  of  a  Jmi  orders 
court  arising  out  of  a  civil  proceeding  and  enforceable  in  shcrife 
Ontario  shall  be  directed  to  the  sheriff  for  enforcement. 

(2)  A  sheriff  who  believes  that  the  execution  of  an  order  Police  to 
may  give  rise  to  a  breach  of  the  peace  may  require  a  police  ^'^ 
officer  to  accompany  the  sheriff  and  assist  in  the  execution  of 
the  order. 


153a.  Jurisdiction  conferred  on  a  court,  a  judge  or  a  jus-  ^^'^ 
tice  of  the  peace  shall,  in  the  absence  of  express  provision  for  not  prov^ed 
procedures  for  its  exercise  in  any  Act,  regulation  or  rule,  be 
exercised  in  any  manner  consistent  with  the  due  administra- 
tion of  justice.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  62,  amended. 

29.  Sections  157  and  158  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


42 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Continuation  157.  A  proceeding  pending  in  a  court  set  out  in  column  1 
pEoceedings  of  the  Table  when  this  section  comes  into  force  is  continued  in 
in  former        the  court  sct  out  oppositc  to  it  in  column  2. 

courts 

TABLE 


Column  1 

1.  High  Court  of  Justice 

2.  District  Court 

3.  surrogate  court 

4.  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division) 

5.  Provincial  Court 
(Family  Division) 

6.  Provincial  Offences  Court 

7.  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division) 


Column  2 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Small  Claims  Court 


Former  Chief 
Judge,  etc. 


Former 

Senior 

Nfaster 


158. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  who  was  a  Chief  Judge, 
Associate  Chief  Judge  or  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  or 
the  Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  immediately  before  this 
section  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  the  office  of 
provincial  judge,  is  entitled  to  retain  the  title  of  Chief  Judge, 
Associate  Chief  Judge  or  senior  judge,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  is  entitled  to  an  annual  salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  provincial  judge;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  the  judge  received  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

(2)  A  master  who  was  the  Senior  Master  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  the 
office  of  master,  is  entitled  to  retain  the  title  of  Senior  Master 
and  is  entitled  to  an  annual  salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  master;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  the  master  received  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 


Documents 
filed 


158a.  A  document  filed  in  court  that  refers  to  a  court  set 
out  in  column  1  of  the  Table  to  section  160  is  not  by  that  rea- 
son mvalid  and  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  court  set  out 
opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 


I 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


43 


30.  Section  159  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

159.  Where,  by  an  Act  or  regulation,  jurisdiction  is  con- 
ferred on  a  particular  court  set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table, 
the  jurisdiction  shall  be  deemed  to  be  conferred  on  the  corre- 
sponding court  set  out  in  column  2  sitting  in  the  county  or  dis- 
trict of  the  court  named. 


Reference  to 

territorial 

jurisdiction 


TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

county  or  district  court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 

2. 

surrogate  court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 

3. 

provincial  court 
(family  division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

4. 

provincial  offences  court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 

5. 

small  claims  court 

Small  Claims  Court 

31.  Section  160  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

160.  A  reference  in  an  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  a  court  References  to 
set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  "*" 
to  the  court  set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

Supreme  Court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

2. 

High  Court  of  Justice 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

3. 

county  or  district  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

4. 

District  Court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

5. 

surrogate  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

6. 

small  claims  court 

Small  Claims  Court 

7. 

Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division) 

Small  Claims  Court 

8. 

provincial  court 
(criminal  division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

9. 

Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

44 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


10.  provincial  court 
(family  division) 

11.  Provincial  Court 
(Family  Division) 

12.  provincial  offences  court 

13.  Provincial  Offences  Court 


Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 


Changes  in 
terminology 


160a. — (1)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation,  or 
order  or  other  court  process,  to  a  term  set  out  in  column  1  of 
the  Table,  or  any  form  thereof,  is  deemed  to  refer  to  the  cor- 
responding term  set  out  opposite  thereto  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

Accountant  of  the  Supreme 

Accountant  of  the  Ontario 

Court 

Court 

2. 

administrator  ad  litem 

litigation  administrator 

3. 

certificate  of  lis  pendens 

certificate  of  pending 
litigation 

4. 

conduct  money 

attendance  money 

5. 

guardian  ad  litem 

litigation  guardian 

6. 

judicial  district 

county  or  district 

7. 

local  judge  of  the  High 

judge  of  the  Ontario 

Court 

Court  (General  Division) 

8. 

local  judge  of  the  Supreme 

judge  of  the  Ontario 

Court 

Court  (General  Division) 

9. 

next  friend 

litigation  guardian 

10. 

originating  motion 

application 

11. 

originating  notice 

notice  of  application 

12. 

praecipe 

requisition 

13. 

provisional  judicial  district 

territorial  district 

14. 

a  registrar  of  a  surrogate 

the  local  registrar  of  the 

court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

15. 

Rules  of  Civil  Procedure 

rules  of  court 

16. 

Rules  Committee 

applicable  rules  committee 

17. 

Rules  Committee  of  the 

applicable  rules 

Supreme  and  District 

committee 

Courts 

18. 

Rules  of  Practice  and 
Procedure  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Ontario  made  by 
the  Rules  Conmiittee 

rules  of  court 

19. 

special  examiner 

official  examiner 

20. 

Surrogate  Clerk  for 

Estate  Registrar  for 

Ontario 

Ontario 

1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


45 


21. 

taxation  of  costs 

22. 

taxing  officer 

23. 

writ  of  fieri  facias 

24. 

writ  of  summons 

assessment  of  costs 

assessment  officer 

writ  of  seizure  and  sale 

statement  of  claim  or 
notice  of  action 


(2)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  surro-  Wem, 

^   '        .  /•  ••  ^  j->.->.-j  j^       surrogate 

gate  registrar  for  a  particular  county  or  distnct  is  deemed  to  registrar  for 
be  a  reference  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  a  county 
(General  Division)  for  that  county  or  district. 

(3)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  clerk  ^j^™^„"Jj 
of  a  county  or  district  court  of  a  particular  county  or  district  is  °  *  "'"" 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 

Court  (General  Division)  for  that  county  or  district. 

(4)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  an  order,  [J|J^;^°,'jf^Jg 
direction  or  decision  filed  with  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Registrar 
Court  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  an  order,  direction  or 
decision  filed  with  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division).    - 

160b.  Where  an  Act,  rule  or  regulation  provides  that  a  g^"U^"'^ 
document  is  to  be  filed  with,  certified  to,  forwarded  to  or  appeal  to 
transmitted  to  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  Registrar  of  the  ^'jj^^"^' 
Supreme  Court  for  the  purpose  of  an  appeal  to  the  Divisional 
Court,  that  document  shall  be  filed  with,  certified  to,  for- 
warded to  or  transmitted  to,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  Divi- 
sional Court. 

160c. — (1)  A  reference  in  this  Act  or  any  other  Act,  rule  ^y^^[?"'^/° 
or  regulation  to  a  county  or  district  for  judicial  purposes  is  judicial 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  corresponding  area  that,  for  purposes 
municipal  or  territorial  purposes,  comprises  the  county,  dis- 
trict, union  of  counties  or  regional,  district  or  metropolitan 
municipality. 

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  (1),  every  city,  town  and  ^^P^J^g^ijigs 
other  municipality  is  united  to  and  forms  part  of  the  county  in  ™"™*^*p^  ' '" 
which  it  is  situate. 


(3)  Subsection  (1)  is  subject  to  the  following: 

1.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk, 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  following  areas: 

i.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Haldimand  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  1974. 


Exceptions 


46  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

ii.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Norfolk  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  1974. 

2.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Niagara,  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  following  areas: 

i.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Lincoln  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1969. 

ii.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Welland  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1969. 

3.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Sudbury  and  the  Territo- 
rial District  of  Sudbury,  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  all  the  area  in  The  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury  and  in  the  Territorial  District  of  Sudbury. 

4.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  an 
area  described  below,  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to 
all  the  area  in  the  areas  described  below: 

i.  All  the  area  in  the  County  of  Victoria. 

ii.  All  the  area  in  the  County  of  Haliburton. 

iii.  All  the  area  in  any  part  of  the  townships  of 
Sherborne,  McClintock,  Livingstone,  Law- 
rence and  Nightingale  located  in  Algonquin 
Park,  so  long  as  the  part  remains  part  of 
Algonquin  Park. 

32.  Section  212  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

Conunence-         33^  jjiig  \qi  comcs  into  forcc  OH  a  day  to  be  named  by 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

Short  title  34,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Courts  of  Justice 

Amendment  Act,  1989, 


R^- 


Bill  2  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  2 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       May  1st,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  14th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Administration  of  Justice  Committee) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 
The  Bill  substantially  changes  the  structure  of  the  Ontario  courts. 
The  present  structure  of  the  courts  is  as  follows: 

1.  The  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  has  two  branches,  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  the 
High  Court  of  Justice.  The  Supreme  Court  is  a  superior  court  with  civil  and 
criminal  jurisdiction  whose  judges  are  appointed  by  the  federal  government. 

2.  The  District  Court  of  Ontario  has  both  civil  and  criminal  jurisdiction  but  is  not 
a  superior  court.  Its  civil  jurisdiction  is  limited  by  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act, 
1984  to  claims  of  less  than  $25,000  unless  both  parties  agree  to  let  it  hear  a 
claim  for  a  greater  amount.  Its  judges  are  appointed  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment. 

3.  The  Divisional  Court  is  a  division  of  the  High  Court  that  hears  specified 
appeals  assigned  to  it  by  statute  and  applications  for  judicial  review  of  a  deci- 
sion of  a  board  or  agency.  The  judges  of  the  High  Court  are  the  judges  of  the 
Divisional  Court. 

4.  There  are  four  courts  presided  over  by  provincial  judges,  the  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division),  the  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences  Court.  The  Provincial  Offences 
Court  is  usually  presided  over  by  justices  of  the  peace  and  the  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division)  is  often  presided  over  by  part-time  deputy  judges. 

5.  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  a  specialized  court  for  family  law  proceedings  in 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth.  Its  judges  are  appointed  by 
the  federal  government  and  are  also  given  the  power  of  provincial  judges  for 
their  work  in  the  court. 

The  structure  of  the  Ontario  courts  proposed  by  the  Bill  is  as  follows: 

1.  The  Court  of  Appeal  will  be  continued  as  the  final  court  of  appeal  for  the 
Province  and  will  be  separated  from  the  High  Court. 

2.  There  will  be  a  new  court,  to  be  called  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice,  composed 
of  two  divisions,  the  General  Division  and  the  Provincial  Division. 

3.  The  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  will  combine  the  jurisdiction  now  exer- 
cised by  the  High  Court,  the  District  Court  and  the  surrogate  courts.  The  exist- 
ing judges  of  those  courts  will  all  become  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division).  The  General  Division  will  be  a  superior  court. 

4.  The  Divisional  Court  will  be  continued  with  no  change  in  its  jurisdiction  as  a 
branch  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division).  All  of  the  judges  of  the  Gen- 
eral Division  will  be  judges  of  the  Divisional  Court. 

5.  The  Small  Claims  Court  will  also  be  a  branch  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division).  The  monetary  limit  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  will  be  prescribed  by 
regulation.  All  of  the  judges  of  the  General  Division  will  be  judges  of  the 
Small  Claims  Court.  In  addition,  provincial  judges  who  were  formerly  in  the 
Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  will  preside  over  matters  in  the  Small  Claims 
Court  and  deputy  judges  will  be  appointed  for  three-year  renewable  terms  to 
preside  over  matters  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  that  do  not  exceed  a  prescribed 
amount. 

6.  The  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  combines  the  jurisdiction  now  exer- 
cised by  the  Provincial  Court  (Criminal  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family 


Division)   and  the   Provincial  Offences  Court.   The  existing  judges  of  those 
courts  will  all  become  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

7.  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  established  as  a  superior  court  but  is  otherwise 
not  changed. 

A  judge  of  the  General  Division  will  be  appointed  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  to  manage  judicial  resources  for  the  General  Division  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Jus- 
tice. A  provincial  judge  will  be  appointed  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provin- 
cial Division)  to  manage  judicial  resources  for  the  Provincial  Division. 

The  Province  will  be  divided  into  regions  for  judicial  purposes,  with  the  number  and 
area  of  the  regions  to  be  prescribed  by  regulation.  A  judge  of  the  General  Division  will 
be  appointed  as  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for  each  region  to  manage 
judicial  resources  for  the  General  Division  in  the  region,  subject  to  the  authority  of  the 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court.  A  provincial  judge  will  be  appointed  as  regional 
senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  for  each  region  to  manage  judicial  resources  for 
the  Provincial  Division  in  the  region,  subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  and  the  regional  senior 
judges  of  the  Provincial  Division  will  be  appointed  to  their  administrative  positions  for 
five-year  terms,  after  which  they  will  return  to  being  provincial  judges. 

The  Ontario  Courts  Advisory  Council  will  be  replaced  by  the  Ontario  Courts  Man- 
agement Committee.  In  addition,  each  region  will  have  a  Regional  Courts  Management 
Committee  consisting  of  the  regional  senior  judges,  the  regional  director  of  courts 
administration,  the  regional  director  of  Crown  attorneys  and  representatives  of  the 
regional  bar  and  the  public. 

The  Bill  will  also  restructure  rule-making  for  the  courts.  Part  V  of  the  existing  Act 
establishes  the  Rules  Committee  of  the  Supreme  and  District  Courts  and  provides  for  the 
making  of  rules  of  practice  and  procedure  for  civil  proceedings  in  those  courts.  The  Bill 
will  establish  three  separate  rules  committees,  the  Civil  Rules  Committee,  the  Family 
Rules  Committee  and  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee,  each  to  make  rules  in  their  respec- 
tive areas. 

Some  of  the  other  changes  to  the  Act  are  as  follows: 

1.  The  number  of  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  will  be  fixed  by  regulation  rather 
than  by  statute. 

2.  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  must  be  assigned  to  a  particular  region 
and  there  must  be  at  least  one  judge  of  the  General  Division  assigned  to  each 
county  or  district. 

3.  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  are  required  to  meet  at  least  once 
each  year  and  the  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  in  each  region  are  required  to 
meet  at  least  once  in  each  year  to  consider  the  Act,  the  rules  and  the  adminis- 
tration of  justice. 

4.  A  limit  on  costs  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  is  set  at  15  per  cent  of  the  amount 
claimed  unless  the  court  considers  it  necessary  in  the  interests  of  justice  to 
penalize  a  person  for  unreasonable  behaviour  in  the  proceeding. 

5.  The  Act  now  provides  that  the  Province  will  pay  $3,000  each  year  to  federally 
appointed  judges.  Although  these  payments  will  continue  for  judges  appointed 
before  the  Bill  comes  into  force,  no  payments  will  be  made  to  future  appoint- 
ees. 

6.  There  is  no  provision  for  the  appointment  of  new  masters. 


7.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  will  be  permitted  to  prescribe  the  form  of 
the  gown  worn  in  court  by  all  judges  appointed  after  the  Bill  comes  into  force. 

8.  All  Ontario  Court  and  Unified  Family  Court  judges  may  be  addressed  as 
"Your  Honour",  subject  to  the  right  of  former  High  Court  judges  to  elect  to 
be  addressed  according  to  the  old  practice. 

9.  Errors  in  the  Act  are  corrected  with  respect  to  jury  trials  (section  121)  and  set- 
ting off  mutual  debts  (section  124).  The  medical  examination  provision  of  the 
Act  (section  118)  is  amended  to  permit  a  court  to  order  an  examination  by  a 
registered  psychologist. 

10.  The  salaries  of  former  Chief  Judges,  Associate  Chief  Judges  and  senior  judges 
of  the  provincial  courts  and  of  the  Senior  Master  are  protected  and  they  are 
permitted  to  retain  their  titles. 

11.  The  transitional  provisions  and  complementary  amendments  in  the  Act  are 
amended  to  ensure  the  continuation  of  existing  court  proceedings  in  the  new 
courts  and  to  deem  references  to  courts  in  other  statutes  to  be  references  to 
the  new  courts. 

The  Bill  is  accompanied  by  the  Court  Reform  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989, 
which  repeals  the  Sheriffs  Act  and  makes  consequential  amendments  to  52  other  statutes. 


Bill  2  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984,  being  chapter 
11,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"action"  means  a  civil  proceeding  that  is  not  an  application 
and  includes  a  proceeding  commenced  by, 

(a)  claim, 

(b)  statement  of  claim, 

(c)  notice  of  action, 

(d)  counterclaim, 

(e)  crossclaim, 

(f)  third  or  subsequent  party  claim,  or 

(g)  divorce  petition  or  counterpetition; 

"application"  means  a  civil  proceeding  that  is  commenced  by 
notice  of  application  or  by  application; 

"defendant"  means  a  person  against  whom  an  action  is  com- 
menced; 

"hearing"  includes  a  trial; 

"motion"  means  a  motion  in  a  proceeding  or  an  intended 
proceeding; 

"order"  includes  a  judgment  or  decree; 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


"plaintiff'  means  a  person  who  commences  an  action; 

"region"    means    a    region   prescribed    under    section   92a. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  1,  amended. 

2.  Parts  I  and  II,  Part  III,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  55,  section  213,  1984,  chapter  64,  sec- 
tion 1,  1985,  chapter  1,  section  4,  1986,  chapter  7,  section  15 
and  1987,  chapter  1,  sections  1,  2  and  3,  Part  IV,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  55,  section  213,  1984, 
chapter  64,  sections  2,  3,  4  and  5  and  1987,  chapter  1,  sections 
4,  5  and  6  and  Part  V,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1984,  chapter  64,  sections  6  and  7,  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

PARTI 

Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario 


Court  of 
Appeal 


2. — (1)  The  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario 
named  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario  is  continued  as  a 
superior  court  of  record  named  the  Court  of  Appeal  for 
Ontario. 


Idem 


(2)  In  exercising  its  jurisdiction,  the  Court  of  Appeal  has  all 
the  power  and  authority  historically  exercised  by  courts  of 
common  law  and  equity  in  England  and  Ontario.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  2,  amended. 


Composition 
of  court 


3. — (1)  The  Court  of  Appeal  shall  consist  of, 

(a)    the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  who  shall  be  president 
of  the  court; 


Number  of 
judges 


(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario;  and 

(c)  such  number  of  other  judges  as  is  fixed  under  sub- 
section (2),  to  be  called  justices  of  appeal.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  regulation 
fix  the  number  of  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  who  are  in 
addition  to  the  Chief  Justice  and  the  Associate  Chief  Justice. 


Idem 


Additional 
judges 


(3)  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  judges  does  not  affect 
appointments  existing  at  the  time  of  the  reduction.     New. 

(4)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  judge  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal  as  are  from  time  to  time  required,  to  be  held 
by  Chief  Justices  of  Ontario  and  Associate  Chief  Justices  of 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  3 

Ontario  who  have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  R  s.c.  i985, 
perform  only  the  duties  of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal.  ^'  ^'^ 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 

(5)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  supernumerary  Super- 
judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  as  are  from  time  to  time  ""dger'^ 
required,  to  be  held  by  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  who 
have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  hold  office 
only  as  a  supernumerary  judge  of  the  court.      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  6  (3),  amended. 

4. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  with  the  concurrence  Assignment 
of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court,  may  assign  a  judge  from  (General 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  to  perform  the  work  Division 
of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  9  (2), 
amended. 

(2)  A  judge  of  the  General  Division  is,  by  virtue  of  his  or  General 
her  office,  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  has  all  the  judged" 
jurisdiction,  power  and  authority  of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of 
Appeal.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  8,  amended. 

5. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  has  general  super-  Jokers  and 
vision  and  direction  over  the  sittings  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  cweUustice 
and  the  assignment  of  the  judicial  duties  of  the  court.      1984, 
c.  11,  s.  18(5). 

(2)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  ^J?^"^^  °/ 
is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  powers  and  duties 

shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario. 

(3)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  and  the  Associate  Chief  Absence  of 
Justice  of  Ontario  are  both  absent  from  Ontario  or  for  any  cweUustice 
reason  unable  to  act,  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  Chief 

Justice  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  judge  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal  designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  or  Associate 
Chief  Justice.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  3  (2),  amended. 

6. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from,  Court  of 

'  "^  Appeal 

jurisdiction 

(a)  an  order  of  the  Divisional  Court,  on  a  question  that 
is  not  a  question  of  fact  alone,  with  leave  as  pro- 
vided in  the  rules  of  court; 

(b)  a  final  order  of  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  except  an  order  referred  to  in 
clause  18  (1)  (a); 


4 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(c)  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  costs  issued  in  a  pro- 
ceeding in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  on  an  issue  in 
respect  of  which  an  objection  was  served  under  the 
rules  of  court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  17  (1),  amended. 

Combining  of      (2)  The  Court  of  Appeal  has  jurisdiction  to  hear  and  deter- 
ofh^r^'^uSr   mine  an  appeal  that  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  or  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  if  an  appeal  in  the  same 
proceeding  lies  to  and  is  taken  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 


Idem 


(3)  The  Court  of  Appeal  may,  on  motion,  transfer  an 
appeal  that  has  already  been  commenced  in  the  Divisional 
Court  or  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  to  the  Court 
of  Appeal  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  (2).  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  17  (2),  amended. 


Composition        7. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  shall  be 
hearing  ^°'     heard  and  determined  by  not  fewer  than  three  judges  sitting 

together,  and  always  by  an  uneven  number  of  judges.      1984, 

c.  11,  s.  18  (1),  amended. 


Idem, 
motions 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  A  motion  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  an  appeal  under 
clause  6  (1)  (c)  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by  one  judge. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  to  a  motion  for  leave  to 
appeal,  a  motion  to  quash  an  appeal  or  any  other  motion  that 
is  specified  by  the  rules  of  court. 

(4)  A  judge  assigned  to  hear  and  determine  a  motion  may 
adjourn  the  motion  to  a  panel  of  the  Court  of  Appeal. 

(5)  A  panel  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  may,  on  motion,  set 
aside  or  vary  the  decision  of  a  judge  who  hears  and  deter- 
mines a  motion.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  18  (3),  amended. 


References  to       8.-^1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  refer  any 
Appear         question  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  hearing  and  considera- 
tion. 


Opinion  of 
court 


Submissions 
by  Attorney 
General 


(2)  The  court  shall  certify  its  opinion  to  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council,  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the  rea- 
sons for  it,  and  any  judge  who  differs  from  the  opinion  may 
certify  his  or  her  opinion  and  reasons  in  the  same  manner. 

(3)  On  the  hearing  of  the  question,  the  Attorney  General 
of  Ontario  is  entitled  to  make  submissions  to  the  court. 


Idem 


(4)  The  Attorney  General  of  Canada  shall  be  notified  and 
is  entitled  to  make  submissions  to  the  court  if  the  question 
relates  to  the  constitutional  validity  or  constitutional  applica- 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  5 

bility  of  an  Act,  or  of  a  regulation  or  by-law  made  under  an 
Act,  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  the  Legislature. 

(5)  The  court  may  direct  that  any  person  interested,  or  any  Notice 
one  or  more  persons  as  representatives  of  a  class  of  persons 
interested,  be  notified  of  the  hearing  and  be  entitled  to  make 
submissions  to  the  court. 

(6)  If  an  interest  affected  is  not  represented  by  counsel,  the  Appointment 

Oi  counsel 

court  may  request  counsel  to  argue  on  behalf  of  the  interest 
and  the  reasonable  expenses  of  counsel  shall  be  paid  by  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

(7)  The  opinion  of  the  court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Appeal 
judgment  of  the  court  and  an  appeal  lies  from  it  as  from  a 
judgment  in  an  action.     1984,  c.  11,  s.  19. 

PART  II 

Ontario  Court  of  Justice 
9. — (1)  The  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  is  established.  Ontario 

^   '  Court 

(2)  The  Ontario  Court  shall  consist  of  two  divisions,  the  Divisions 
General  Division  and  the  Provincial  Division.     New. 

ONTARIO  court  (GENERAL  DIVISION) 

10. — (1)  The  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  gfjj^[^^^ 
named  the  High  Court  of  Justice  for  Ontario  is  continued  as  a 
superior  court  of  record  named  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division).  -A^ 

(2)  The  General  Division  has  all  the  jurisdiction,  power  I'^em 
and  authority  historically  exercised  by  courts  of  common  law 
and  equity  in  England  and  Ontario.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 

11. — (1)  The  General  Division  shall  consist  of,  Composition 

^   '  of  General 


(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court,  who  shall  be 
president  of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(b)  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for 
each  region; 

(c)  a  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for  the 
Unified  Family  Court;  and 


Division 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(d)  such  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  is 
fixed  under  clause  52  (1)  (a).  1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (1), 
amended. 


Additional 
judges 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  J-1 


(2)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  judge  of  the 
General  Division  as  are  from  time  to  time  required,  to  be  held 
by  Chief  Judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  and  regional  senior 
judges  of  the  General  Division  who  have  elected  under  the 
Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  perform  only  the  duties  of  a  judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 


Super- 
numerary 
judges 


(3)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  supernumerary 
judge  of  the  General  Division  as  are  from  time  to  time 
required,  to  be  held  by  judges  of  the  General  Division  who 
have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  hold  office 
only  as  a  supernumerary  judge  of  that  division.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  6  (3),  amended. 


Assignment 
of  judges 
from  Court 
of  Appeal 


12. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  with  the  concur- 
rence of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court,  may  assign  a 
judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  to  perform  the  work  of  a  judge 
of  the  General  Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  9  (1),  amended. 


Court  of 

Appeal 

judges 


(2)  A  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  is,  by  virtue  of  his  or 
her  office,  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  and  has  all  the 
jurisdiction,  power  and  authority  of  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  8,  amended. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Ontario 
Court 

Regional 

senior 

judges, 

General 

Division 


13.— (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  shall  direct 
and  supervise  the  sittings  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties. 

(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  shall, 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court,  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Chief  Judge  in  respect  of  the  General  Division  in  his  or  her 
region. 


Delegation  (3)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may 

delegate  to  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  in  his  or  her 
region  the  authority  to  exercise  specified  functions.     New. 


Absence  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Ontario 
Court 


(4)  If  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  is  absent  from 
Ontario  or  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  powers 
and  duties  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  regional 
senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  designated  by  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (3),  amended. 


Absence  of 
regional 
senior  judge 
of  General 
Division 


(5)  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the 
General  Division  who  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  rea- 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


7 


son  unable  to  act  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  judge 
of  the  General  Division  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court. 

(6)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  may  hold  meet-  M^J^j.'^s^^^^, 
ings  with  the  regional  senior  judges  of  the  General  Division  in  ^nio^fudges 
order  to  consider  any  matters  concerning  sittings  of  the  Gen- 
eral Division  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties.     New. 


14.— (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  shall  assign  ^^ff^\^  ^^ 

regions 


every  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  a  region. 


(2)  There   shall  be   at   least   one   judge   of  the   General 
Division  assigned  to  each  county  and  district. 


At  least  one 
judge  in  each 
county 


(3)  No  judge  of  the  General  Division  who  was  a  judge  of  "'8^  Cou" 
the  High  Court  of  Justice  or  the  District  Court  of  Ontario  court  judges 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  be  assigned  without 

his  or  her  consent  to  a  region  other  than  the  region  in  which 
he  or  she  resided  immediately  before  this  section  comes  into 
force. 

(4)  Subsections  (1)  to  (3)  do  not  prevent  the  temporary  I'lem 
assignment  of  a  judge  to  a  location  anywhere  in  Ontario. 

New. 

15.  A  proceeding  in  the  General  Division  shall  be  heard  Composition 
and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  General  Division.  1984,  hea'rings  °^ 
c.  11,  s.  14  (1),  amended. 


16.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  General  Division  from, 
(a)    an  interlocutory  order  of  a  master; 


Appeals  to 

General 

Division 


(b)  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  costs  issued  in  a  pro- 
ceeding in  the  General  Division,  on  an  issue  in 
respect  of  which  an  objection  was  served  under  the 
rules  of  court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  13  (2),  amended. 

DIVISIONAL  COURT 


17. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  branch  of  the  General  Division  Divisional 

Court 

to  be  known  as  the  Divisional  Court  consisting  of  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  who  shall  be  president  of  the 
court  and  such  other  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  the 
Chief  Judge  designates  from  time  to  time. 

(2)  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  is  also  a  judge  of  Jurisdiction 
the  Divisional  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  5,  amended.  °  ^"  ^^* 


g  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

Divisional  IK. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from, 

Court  ^    ' 

jurisdiction 

(a)  a  final  order  of  a  judge  of  the  General  Division, 

(i)  for  a  single  payment  of  not  more  than 
$25,000,  exclusive  of  costs, 

(ii)  for  periodic  payments  that  amount  to  not 
more  than  $25,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  in  the 
twelve  months  commencing  on  the  date  the 
first  payment  is  due  under  the  order, 

(iii)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  not 
more  than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i) 
or  (ii),  or 

(iv)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  more 
than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii) 
and  in  respect  of  which  the  judge  indicates 
that  if  the  claim  had  been  allowed  the  amount 
awarded  would  have  been  not  more  than  the 
amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii); 

(b)  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division,  with  leave  as  provided  in  the  rules  of 
court; 

(c)  a  final  order  of  a  master.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  15  (1), 
amended. 

Combining  of      (2)  The  Divisional  Court  has  jurisdiction  to  hear  and  deter- 
S?rV™'"    mine  an  appeal  that  lies  to  the  General  Division  if  an  appeal 
Division         jn  the  samc  proceeding  lies  to  and  is  taken  to  the  Divisional 
Court. 

Idem  (3)  The   Divisional  Court  may,   on  motion,  transfer  an 

appeal  that  has  already  been  commenced  in  the  General 
Division  to  the  Divisional  Court  for  the  purpose  of  subsection 
(2).      1984,  c.  11,  s.  15  (2),  amended.  ^ 

Appeal  from       (4)  Nq  appeal  Hes  from  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  judge  of 
orderr"^°'^    the  General  Division  made  on  an  appeal  from  an  interlocutor)' 

order  of  the  Provincial  Division.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  36  (4), 

amended. 

Appeals  19.— (1)  An  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  heard 

regions"         in  the  region  in  which  the  order  appealed  from  was  made, 
unless  the  parties  agree  otherwise. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  9 

(2)  Any  other  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  may  be  other 

,  t  ^  ■  •  Tk.T  proceedings 

brought  in  any  region.     New.  fn  any  region 

20. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  Composition 
heard  and  determined  by  three  judges  sitting  together.  hearings 

(2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  may  be  heard  and  w^m 
determined  by  one  judge  where  the  proceeding, 

(a)  is  an  appeal  under  clause  18  (1)  (c); 

(b)  is  an  appeal  under  section  30  from  a  provincial 
judge  or  a  deputy  judge  presiding  over  the  Small 
Claims  Court;  or 

(c)  is  in  a  matter  that  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  or  a  judge  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge  is 
satisfied,  from  the  nature  of  the  issues  involved  and 
the  necessity  for  expedition,  can  and  ought  to  be 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge. 

(3)  A  motion  in  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  heard  and  idern, 
determined  by  one  judge,  unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  ^°^°^^ 
rules  of  court. 

(4)  A  judge  assigned  to  hear  and  determine  a  motion  may  i^em 
adjourn  it  to  a  panel  of  the  Divisional  Court. 

(5)  A  panel  of  the  Divisional  Court  may,  on  motion,  set  I'^em 
aside  or  vary  the  decision  of  a  judge  who  hears  and  deter- 
mines a  motion.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  16,  amended. 

SMALL  CLAIMS  COURT 

21. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  branch  of  the  General  Division  Smaii  Claims 
to  be  known  as  the  Small  Claims  Court  consisting  of  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  who  shall  be  president  of  the 
court  and  such  other  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  the 
Chief  Judge  designates  from  time  to  time. 

(2)  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  is  also  a  judge  of  Jurisdiction 
the  Small  Claims  Court.     New.  -^  °^^"'^^'' 

22. — (1)  The  Small  Claims  Court,  Jurisdiction 

(a)  has  jurisdiction  in  any  action  for  the  payment  of 
money  where  the  amount  claimed  does  not  exceed 
the  prescribed  amount  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs;  and 


10 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(b)  has  jurisdiction  in  any  action  for  the  recovery  of 
possession  of  personal  property  where  the  value  of 
the  property  does  not  exceed  the  prescribed 
amount.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  78  (1),  amended. 

Transfer  (2)  An  action  in  the  General  Division  may  be  transferred  to 

Sion  "''^'  the  Small  Claims  Court  by  the  local  registrar  of  the  General 

Division  on  requisition  with  the  consent  of  all  parties  filed 

before  the  trial  commences  if, 

(a)  the  only  claim  is  for  the  payment  of  money  or  the 
recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property;  and 

(b)  the  claim  is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court. 

Idem  (3)  An  action  transferred  to  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall 

be  titled  and  continued  as  if  it  had  been  commenced  in  that 
court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  84,  amended. 


Composition        23. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  be 
hLrin^  ^°'     heard  and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  General  Division. 


Provincial 

judge  or 
deputy  judge 
may  preside 


(2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  may  also  be 
heard  and  determined  by, 

(a)  a  provincial  judge  who  was  assigned  to  the  Provin- 
cial Court  (Civil  Division)  immediately  before  this 
section  comes  into  force;  or 


Where 

deputy  judge 
not  to 
preside 


(b)    a  deputy  judge  appointed  under  section  31. 
(3)  A  deputy  judge  shall  not  hear  and  determine  an  action, 

(a)  for  the  payment  of  money  in  excess  of  the  pre- 
scribed amount;  or  |5 

(b)  for  the  recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property 
exceeding  the  prescribed  amount  in  value.     New. 

24.  The  Small  Claims  Court  shall  hear  and  determine  in  a 
summary  way  all  questions  of  law  and  fact  and  may  make  such 
order  as  is  considered  just  and  agreeable  to  good  conscience. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  78  (3),  amended. 

Representation  25.  A  party  may  be  represented  in  a  proceeding  in  the 
Small  Claims  Court  by  counsel  or  an  agent  but  the  court  may 
exclude  from  a  hearing  anyone,  other  than  a  barrister  and 
solicitor  qualified  to  practise  in  Ontario,  appearing  as  an  agent 
on  behalf  of  a  party  if  it  finds  that  such  person  is  not  compe- 


Summary 
hearings 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


11 


tent  properly  to  represent  the  party  or  does  not  understand 
and  comply  at  the  hearing  with  the  duties  and  responsibilities 
of  an  advocate.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  79,  amended. 

26.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (3)  and  (4),  the  Small  Evidence 
Claims  Court  may  admit  as  evidence  at  a  hearing  and  act 
upon  any  oral  testimony  and  any  document  or  other  thing  so 
long  as  the  evidence  is  relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of  the 
proceeding,  but  the  court  may  exclude  anything  unduly  repeti- 
tious. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  whether  or  not  the  evidence  is  wem 
given  or  proven  under  oath  or  affirmation  or  admissible  as 
evidence  in  any  other  court. 


Idem 


(3)  Nothing  is  admissible  in  evidence  at  a  hearing, 

(a)    that  would  be  inadmissible  by  reason  of  any  privi- 
lege under  the  law  of  evidence;  or 


(b)    that  is  inadmissible  by  any  Act. 

(4)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  overrides  the  provisions  of  Conflicts 
any  Act  expressly  limiting  the  extent  to  or  purposes  for  which 

any  oral  testimony,  documents  or  things  may  be  admitted  or 
used  in  evidence  in  any  proceeding. 

(5)  A  copy  of  a  document  or  any  other  thing  may  be  admit-  Copies 
ted  as  evidence  at  a  hearing  if  the  presiding  judge  is  satisfied 

as  to  its  authenticity.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  80,  amended. 

27.  The  Small  Claims  Court  may  order  the  times  and  the  instalment 
proportions  in  which  money  payable  under  an  order  of  the 

court  shall  be  paid.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  81,  amended. 

28.  An  award  of  costs  in  the  Small  Claims  Court,  other  l™'^  »" 
than  disbursements,  shall  not  exceed  15  per  cent  of  the 
amount  claimed  or  the  value  of  the  property  sought  to  be 
recovered  unless  the  court  considers  it  necessary  in  the  inter- 
ests of  justice  to  penalize  a  party,  counsel  or  agent  for  unrea- 
sonable behaviour  in  the  proceeding.     New. 


29.  Orders  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  be  directed  to 
a  bailiff  appointed  under  subsection  32  (1)  for  enforcement, 
unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  rules  of  court.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  82,  amended. 


Enforcement 
of  orders 


30.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  a  final  Appeals 
order  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  in  an  action, 


12 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(a)  for  the  payment  of  money  in  excess  of  $500,  exclud- 
ing costs;  or 

(b)  for  the  recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property 
exceeding  $500  in  value.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  83, 
amended. 


Deputy 
judges 


31. — (1)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division 
may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Attorney  General,  appoint  a 
barrister  and  solicitor  to  act  as  a  deputy  judge  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court  for  a  term  of  three  years. 


Idem 


(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may 
renew  the  appointment  of  a  deputy  judge  for  one  or  more 
three-year  terms. 


Idem 


(3)  The  appointment  of  a  person  who  was  a  deputy  judge 
immediately  before  this  section  comes  into  force  is  deemed  to 
be  renewed  under  subsection  (2)  on  the  day  this  section  comes 
into  force.     New.  -^t- 


Clerk  and 
bailiff  of 
Small  Claims 
Court 


32. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  clerk  and  one  or  more  bailiffs 
for  each  division  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Idem 


(2)  With  the  approval  of  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  or 
the  person  designated  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General,  every 
clerk  and  bailiff  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  in  a  division  that  is 
not  designated  under  clause  52  (1)  (g)  may  appoint  in  writing 
a  deputy  who  may  exercise  and  perform  all  the  powers  and 
duties  of  the  clerk  or  bailiff. 


Referee 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
referee  for  a  division  of  the  Small  Claims  Court.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  86  (4,  5),  amended.  | 


PROVINCIAL  DIVISION 


Provincial 
Division 


33.  The  Provincial  Court  (Criminal  Division),  the  Provin- 
cial Court  (Family  Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences 
Court  are  amalgamated  and  continued  as  a  court  of  record 
named  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division).     New. 


Composition 
of  Provincial 
Division 


34.  The  Provincial  Division  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division 
appointed  under  subsection  41  (3),  who  shall  be 
president  of  the  Provincial  Division; 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


13 


(b)  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division 
appointed  under  subsection  41  (4)  for  each  region; 
and 


(c)    such   provincial   judges    as    are    appointed   under 
subsection  41  (1).     New. 


35. — (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall  J^j^^Y^^J"*^ 
direct  and  supervise  the  sittings  of  the  Provincial  Division  and  chi'ef  Judge 
the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties. 
amended. 


1984,  C.    11,  S.   63  (5),    of  Provincial 
Division 


(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall,  Regional 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  jSges, 
Division,  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the  Provincial 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  his  or  her  region. 

(3)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  may  Delegation 
delegate  to  a  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  his  or  her 

region  the  authority  to  exercise  specified  functions.     New. 


Absence  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Provincial 
Division 


(4)  If  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  is  absent 
from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her 
powers  and  duties  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a 
regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  designated  by 
the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  63  (7),  amended. 


(5)  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Absence  of 
Provincial  Division  who  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  senior%dge 
reason  unable  to  act  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  of  Provincial 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge 
of  the  Provincial  Division. 


(6)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  may  hold 
meetings  with  the  regional  senior  judges  of  the  Provincial 
Division  in  order  to  consider  any  matters  concerning  sittings 
of  the  Provincial  Division  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial 
duties.     New.  -^t- 


Meetings 
with  regional 
senior  judges 


36. — (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  ^^^^^^^^  ^^ 
Division)  shall  assign  every  provincial  judge  to  a  region.  region! 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  prevent  the  temporary  assign-  ^^em 
ment  of  a  provincial  judge  to  a  location  anywhere  in  Ontario. 

New. 

37. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  has  the  power  and  authority  C"™"^! 
of  two  or  more  justices  of  the  peace  when  sitting  in  the  ^""*  ''^*'°" 
Provincial  Division  and  shall  exercise  the  powers  and  perform 


14 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


the  duties  that  any  Act  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  confers 
on  a  provincial  court  judge  when  sitting  in  the  Provincial 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  67  (1),  amended. 


Provincial 
offences  and 
family 
jurisdiction 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  400 
1986,  c.  4 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  68 
1984,  c.  55 

Youth  court 
jurisdiction 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  Y-1 


(2)  The  Provincial  Division  shall  perform  any  function 
assigned  to  it  by  or  under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act,  the 
Family  Law  Act,  1986,  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  the 
Child  and  Family  Services  Act,  1984  or  any  other  Act.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  69,  s.  75  (1)  (a),  (k),  amended. 


(3)  The  Provincial  Division  is  a  youth  court  for  the  pur- 
poses of  the  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada).  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  67  (2),  s.  75  (1)  (b),  amended. 


Judge  to 
preside 


38, — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Provincial  Division  shall  be 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  66  (2),  s.  74  (2),  amended. 


I 


Justice  of  the  (2)  A  justicc  of  the  pcacc  may  preside  over  the  Provincial 
preside'"^^  Division  in  a  proceeding  under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act. 
R.S.O.  1980,    1984,  c.  11,  s.  68  (2),  amended. 

c.  400 

Appeals  39, — (1)  If  no  provision  is  made  concerning  an  appeal 

from  an  order  of  the  Provincial  Division,  an  appeal  lies  to  the 
General  Division. 

Exception  (2)  Subsectiou  (1)  docs  not  apply  to  a  proceeding  under  the 

RS;C.  1985,    Criminal  Code   (Canada)   or  the   Provincial  Offences  Act. 
1987,  c.  1,  s.  6,  amended. 


Penalty  for 
disturbance 
outside 
courtroom 


40.  Any  person  who  knowingly  disturbs  or  interferes  with 
a  proceeding  in  the  Provincial  Division  without  reasonable 
justification  while  outside  the  courtroom  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$1,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  thirty 
days,  or  to  both.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  72,  amended. 


PROVINCIAL  JUDGES 


oi^S!'S       ^^' — ^^^  ^^^   Lieutenant   Governor  in   Council,   on  the 
juc^eT'"'^'^     recommendation  of  the  Attorney  General,  may  appoint  such 
provincial  judges  as  are  considered  necessary. 


Qualifications 


(2)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  as  a  provincial  judge 
unless  he  or  she  has  been  a  member  of  the  bar  of  one  of  the 
provinces  of  Canada  for  at  least  ten  years.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  52. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


15 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
provincial  judge  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  63  (1),  amended. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
provincial  judge  to  be  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provin- 
cial Division  for  each  region. 


Chief  Judge 


Regional 
senior  judges 


(5)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  and  the  Term  of 
regional  senior  judges  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall  hold 
office  for  five  years. 

(6)  If  a  successor  is  not  appointed  within  five  years,  the  wem 
Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  shall  continue  in  office 
until  the  successor  is  appointed,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  Chief 
Judge  or  regional  senior  judge  hold  office  for  more  than  seven 
years. 

(7)  A  Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  whose  term  of  Former  chief 
office  expires  under  subsection  (5)  or  (6)  shall  continue  to    "  ^^'  ^^'^' 
hold  the  office  of  provincial  judge  and  is  entitled  to  an  annual 

salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  provincial  judge;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  he  or  she  received  immediately 
before  ceasing  to  be  Chief  Judge  or  regional  senior 
judge. 

(8)  A  Chief  Judge  or  regional  senior  judge  whose  term  of  chief  Judge, 
office   expires   under   subsection    (5)   or   (6)   shall   not   be  be*^ ' "° 
reappointed  to  the  same  position.     New.  reappointed 

42. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  shall  devote  his  or  her  whole  ^^^^^ 
time  to  the  performance  of  his  or  her  duties  as  a  judge,  except  ^™p°>''"^"^ 
as  authorized  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  provincial  judge  who,  before  ^^^^ 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1985,  had  the  consent  of  the  Attorney 
General  to  act  as  an  arbitrator  or  conciliator  may  continue  to 
so  act.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  53,  amended. 

43. — (1)  Every  provincial  judge  shall  retire  upon  attaining  Retirement 
the  age  of  sixty-five  years. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  provincial  judge  appointed  as  "'lem 
a  full-time  magistrate,  judge  of  a  juvenile  and  family  court  or 
master  before  the  2nd  day  of  December,  1968  shall  retire 
upon  attaining  the  age  of  seventy  years. 


16 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Continuation 
of  judges  in 
office 


Idem 


Continuation 
of  regional 
senior  judge 
in  office 


Idem 


Continuation 
of 

Co-ordinator 
in  office 
1989,  c.  46 


Idem 


Continuation 
in  office  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Provincial 
Division 


Resignation 
of  judge 


Resignation 
as  Chief 
Judge,  etc. 


(3)  A  judge  who  has  attained  the  age  of  sixty-five  years 
may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Provincial  Division,  continue  in  office  as  a  full-time  or  part- 
time  judge  until  he  or  she  attains  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(4)  A  judge  who  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy  years  may, 
subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  con- 
tinue in  office  as  a  full-time  or  part-time  judge  until  he  or  she 
has  attained  the  age  of  seventy-five  years. 

(5)  Subject  to  subsections  41  (5)  and  (6).  a  regional  senior 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  who  is  in  office  upon  attain- 
ing the  age  of  sixty-five  years  may,  subject  to  the  annual 
approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division,  con- 
tinue in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  sev- 
enty years. 

(6)  Subject  to  subsections  41  f5)  and  (6).  a  regional  senior 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  who  is  in  office  upon  attain- 
ing the  age  of  seventy  years  may,  subject  to  the  annual 
approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  continue  in  that  office  until 
he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy-five  years. 

(7)  Subject  to  subsections  13  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Justices  of 
the  Peace  Act,  1989,  if  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the 
Peace  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age  of  sixty-five  years,  he 
or  she  may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Chief  Judge 
of  the  Provincial  Division,  continue  in  that  office  until  he  or 
she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsections  13  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Justices  of 
the  Peace  Act,  1989,  if  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the 
Peace  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age  of  seventy  years,  he 
or  she  may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial 
Council,  continue  in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained 
the  age  of  seventy-five  years.     New.  -^^ 

(9)  Subject  to  subsections  41  (5)  and  (6).  if  the  Chief  Judge 
of  the  Provincial  Division  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age 
for  retirement  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2),  he  or  she  may,  sub- 
ject to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  continue 
in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy- 
five  years.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  54,  amended. 

44. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  may  at  any  time  resign  from 
his  or  her  office  by  delivering  a  signed  letter  of  resignation  to 
the  Attorney  General. 

(2)  A  Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  may,  before 
the  expiry  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  under  subsection  41  (5) 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  17 

or  (6),  elect  to  hold  the  office  of  a  provincial  judge  only,  by 
delivering  a  signed  letter  to  that  effect  to  the  Attorney 
General. 


(3)  The  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the  Peace  may,  before  Resignation 
the  expiry  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  under  subsection  13  (2)  coordinator 
or  (3)  of  the  Justices  of  the  Peace  Act,  1989,  elect  to  hold  the  i989,  c.  46 
office  of  a  provincial  judge  only,  by  delivering  a  signed  letter 

to  that  effect  to  the  Attorney  General,     New.  -^^ 

(4)  A  resignation  or  election  under  this  section  takes  effect  Effective 
on  the  day  the  letter  is  delivered  to  the  Attorney  General  or, 

if  the  letter  specifies  a  later  day,  on  that  day.      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  55,  s.  65,  amended. 

45. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  may  be  removed  from  office  Removal  for 
before  attaining  retirement  age  only  if, 

(a)  a  complaint  regarding  the  judge  has  been  made  to 
the  Judicial  Council;  and 

(b)  the  removal  is  recommended  by  an  inquiry  held 
under  section  49  on  the  ground  that  the  judge  has 
become  incapacitated  or  disabled  from  the  due  exe- 
cution of  his  or  her  office  by  reason  of, 

(i)  infirmity, 

(ii)  conduct  that  is  incompatible  with  the  execu- 
tion of  his  or  her  office,  or 

(iii)  having  failed  to  perform  the  duties  of  his  or 
her  office. 

(2)  An  order  removing  a  provincial  judge  from  office  under  Order  for 
this  section  may  be  made  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  on  the 
address  of  the  Legislative  Assembly.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  56, 
amended. 

46. — (1)  The  Judicial  Council  for  Provincial  Judges  is  con-  Judicial 
tinued  as  the  Ontario  Judicial  Council  and  shall  be  composed 
of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  who  shall  preside  over 
the  Ontario  Judicial  Council; 

(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court; 


18 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(d)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division); 

(e)  the    Treasurer    of   The    Law    Society    of    Upper 
Canada;  and 

(f)  not  more  than  two  other  persons  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Quorum 


Staff 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


(2)  A  majority  of  members  of  the  Judicial  Council  consti- 
tutes a  quorum  and  is  sufficient  for  the  exercise  of  all  the 
jurisdiction  and  powers  of  the  Judicial  Council. 

(3)  Such  officers  and  employees  of  the  Judicial  Council  as 
are  considered  necessary  may  be  appointed  under  the  Public 
Service  Act. 


Expert 
assistance 


(4)  The  Judicial  Council  may  engage  persons,  including 
counsel,  to  assist  it  in  its  investigations.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  57, 
amended. 


Transition 


(5)  An  investigation  commenced  by  the  Judicial  Council 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  be  continued  by  the 
Judicial  Council  as  it  was  constituted  before  this  section  comes 
into  force.     New. 


Functions 


47. — (1)  The  functions  of  the  Judicial  Council  are, 

(a)  to  consider  all  proposed  appointments  of  provincial 
judges  and  make  a  report  on  them  to  the  Attorney 
General; 


Liability  for 
damages 


Investigation 
of  complaints 


Referral  to 
Chief  Judge 


(b)    to  receive  and  investigate  complaints  against  provin- 
cial judges. 

(2)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  for  damages  shall  be 
instituted  against  the  Judicial  Council  or  any  member  or  offi- 
cer of  it  or  any  person  acting  under  its  authority  for  any  act 
done  in  good  faith  in  the  execution  or  intended  execution  of 
its  or  his  or  her  duty.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  58. 

48. — (1)  Where  the  Judicial  Council  receives  a  complaint 
against  a  provincial  judge,  it  shall  take  such  action  to  investi- 
gate the  complaint  as  it  considers  advisable. 

(2)  The  Judicial  Council  may  transmit  those  complaints  it 
considers  appropriate, 

(a)    concerning  provincial  judges  to  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Provincial  Division;  and 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


19 


(b)    concerning   masters   to   the    Chief  Judge    of   the 
Ontario  Court. 

(3)  The  proceedings  of  the  Judicial  Council  shall  not  be  Proceedings 
public,  but  it  may  inform  the  Attorney  General  respecting  "°*  ^" 
matters  that  it  has  investigated  and  the  Attorney  General  may 
make  public  the  fact  that  an  investigation  has  been  under- 
taken. 


(4)  The  Judicial  Council  may  order  that  information  or  doc- 
uments relating  to  its  proceedings  not  be  published  or  dis- 
closed except  as  required  by  law. 


Prohibiting 
publication 


(5)  The  Judicial  Council  has  all  the  powers  of  a  commission  Powers 
under  Part  II  of  the  Public  Inquiries  Act,  which  Part  applies  to  ^^;9  ^^^' 
the  investigation  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


c.  411 


(6)  When  the  Judicial  Council  has  deah  with  a  complaint  Notice  of 
regarding  a  provincial  judge,  it  shall  inform  the  following  per-    '*p°^"'°" 
sons  of  its  disposition  of  the  complaint: 

1.  The  person  who  made  the  complaint. 

2.  If  the  complaint  was  brought  to  the  attention  of  the 
judge,  the  judge. 


(7)  The  Judicial  Council  may  report  its  opinion  regarding  Report  and 
the  complaint  to  the  Attorney  General  and  may  recommend,     da^il^r^" 


(a)  that  an  inquiry  be  held  under  section  49; 

(b)  that  the  judge  be  compensated  for  all  or  part  of  the 
costs  incurred  by  the  judge  relating  to  the  investiga- 
tion. 

(8)  A  copy  of  a  report  made  under  subsection  (7)  shall  be  Copy  to 
given  to  the  judge.  ^"  ^^ 

(9)  The  Judicial  Council  shall  not  make  a  report  under  sub-  Right  to  be 
section  (7)  unless  the  judge  was  notified  of  the  investigation  ^^^^^ 
and  given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  and  to  produce  evidence 

on  his  or  her  behalf. 


(10)  When  the  Judicial  Council  makes  a  report  to  the 
Attorney  General  under  subsection  (7),  the  Attorney  General 
may  make  all  or  part  of  the  report  public,  if  he  or  she  is  of  the 
opinion  that  it  is  in  the  public  interest  to  do  so.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  59,  amended. 


Publication 
of  report 


20 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Inquiry  49, — (1)  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may 

appoint  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  inquire  into  the 
question  whether  a  provincial  judge  should  be  removed  from 
office. 

Powers  (2)  The  Public  Inquiries  Act  applies  to  an  inquiry  under 

R.S.0. 1980,   subsection  (1). 

Report  (3)  The  report  of  the  inquiry  may  recommend, 

(a)  that  the  judge  be  removed  from  office; 

(b)  that  the  judge  be  compensated  for  all  or  part  of  the 
costs  incurred  by  the  judge  relating  to  the  inquiry. 


Tabling  of 
report 


(4)  The  report  of  the  inquiry  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legis- 
lative Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  commencement  of  the  next  session.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  60,  amended. 


Provincial  50. — (1)  The  Committee  known  as  the  Ontario  Provincial 

Remuneration  Courts   Committee   is   continued   as   the   Provincial   Judges 
Commission     Remuneration  Commission. 

composition        (2)  The  Commissiou  shall  be  composed  of  the  following 
Commission     three  members: 

1.  One  appointed  jointly  by  the  associations  represent- 
ing provincial  judges. 

2.  One   appointed   by   the   Lieutenant   Governor  in 
Council. 

3.  One,  who  shall  head  the  Commission,  appointed 
jointly  by  the  bodies  referred  to  in  paragraphs  1  and 

2. 


Function 


Annual 
report 


(3)  The  function  of  the  Provincial  Judges  Remuneration 
Commission  is  to  inquire  into  and  make  recommendations  to 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  respecting  any  matter 
relating  to  the  remuneration,  allowances  and  benefits  of  pro- 
vincial judges,  including  the  matters  referred  to  in  clauses 
52  (1)  (b)  and  (c). 

(4)  The  Commission  shall  make  an  annual  report  of  its 
activities  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Tabling  of  (5)  Recommendations  of  the  Commission  and  its  annual 

rccommcri"  • 

dations  report  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  21 

session  or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days  of  the  commencement  of 
the  next  session.      1984,  c,  11,  s.  88,  amended. 


of 


MISCELLANEOUS 

51. — (1)  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  shall  Meeting 
meet  at  least  once  in  each  year,  on  a  day  fixed  by  the  Chief  ^"  ^^* 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court,  in  order  to  consider  this  Act,  the 
rules  of  court  and  the  administration  of  justice  generally. 

(2)  The  judges  shall  report  their  recommendations  to  the  ^^^^ 
Attorney  General.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  10,  amended. 

(3)  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  in  each  Regional 
region  shall  meet  at  least  once  in  each  year,  on  a  day  fixed  by  j^dge"^  ° 
the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division,  in  order  to 
consider  this  Act,  the  rules  of  court  and  the  administration  of 
justice  in  the  region  generally. 

(4)  The  judges  shall  report  their  recommendations  to  the  ^^^^ 
Attorney  General.     New. 

52. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 

(a)  fixing  the  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Division 
who  are  in  addition  to  the  Chief  Judge,  the  regional 
senior  judges  and  the  Senior  Judge  for  the  Unified 
Family  Court; 

(b)  fixing  the  remuneration  of  provincial  judges  and 
masters; 

(c)  providing  for  the  benefits  to  which  provincial  judges 
and  masters  are  entitled,  including, 

(i)  leave  of  absence  and  vacations, 

(ii)  sick  leave  credits  and  payments  in  respect  of 
those  credits, 

(iii)  pension  benefits  for  provincial  judges,  masters 
and  their  surviving  spouses  and  children; 

(d)  prescribing  territorial  divisions  for  the  Small  Claims 
Court;  -^t- 

(e)  prescribing  the  maximum  amount  of  a  claim  in  the 
Small  Claims  Court  for  the  purposes  of  subsection 
22(1); 


22  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(f)  prescribing  the  maximum  amount  of  a  claim  over 
which  a  deputy  judge  may  preside  for  the  purposes 
of  subsection  23  (3): 

(g)  providing  for  the  retention  of  fees  by  clerks,  bailiffs 
and  referees  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  who  are  not 

R.s.o.  1980,  civil  servants  under  the  Public  Service  Act  and  des- 

^'  ^^^  ignating  divisions  where  clerks,  bailiffs  and  referees 

of  the  Small  Claims  Court  may  be  appointed  to  a 
position  as  a  civil  servant  under  that  Act; 

(h)  prescribing  the  duties  of  clerks,  baihffs  and  referees 
of  the  Small  Claims  Court;  -*^ 

(i)  prescribing  for  each  region  the  minimum  number  of 
judges  of  the  General  Division  and  of  the  Provincial 
Division  who  are  to  be  assigned  to  that  region. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (2),  s.  20  (4),  s.  87  (1),  amended. 

Idem  (2)  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  judges  of  the  General 

Division  under  clause  (1)  (a)  does  not  affect  appointments 
existing  at  the  time  of  the  reduction.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (2), 
amended. 

Contributions  (3)  Regulations  made  under  clause  (1)  (c)  may  require 
judges  and  masters  to  contribute  from  their  salaries  part  of 
the  costs  of  benefits  and  may  fix  the  amount  of  the  contribu- 
tions. 

Application         (4)  A  regulation  made  under  clause  (1)  (c)  may  modify  or 
R.s.o  1980    exclude  the  application  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation 

c-419  '    Act. 

of''?e'?iations      ^^)  ^  regulation  made  under  subsection  (1)  may  be  general 
reguaions  ^^  particular  in  its  application.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  20  (5-7), 
s.  87  (2-4),  amended. 

PART  III 

Unified  Family  Court 

Famif'' Court       — *  ^^  Unified  Family  Court  is  continued  as  a  superior 

^™^     "     court  of  record  in  and  for  The  Regional  Municipality  of 

Hamilton-Wentworth.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  38,  amended. 

SrSErt'^'°"  M.'—{^)  The  Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  presided  over 
by. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


23 


(a)  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 
appointed  as  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family 
Court;  or 

(b)  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division), 

who  is  authorized  under  subsection  (3)  to  exercise  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

(2)  The  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family  Court  shall  duties  of^  ^ 
supervise  and  direct  the  sittings  and  the  assignment  of  the  ^^"'""^  ^"  ^^ 
judicial  duties  of  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  authorize  a  Authority  for 
judge  of  the  General  Division  to  exercise  the  jurisdiction  of  a  Dwlslon^ 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division.  matters 

(4)  A  judge  who  may  preside  over  the  Unified  Family  Exercise  of 
Court  shall  exercise  his  or  her  jurisdiction  as  a  judge  of  the  j^uHsdiction 
General  Division  or  a  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  the 
matters  in  which  the   General   Division  or  the   Provincial 
Division  or  a  judge  of  one  of  them  has  jurisdiction  under  the 
statutory  provisions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part. 

1984,  c.  11,  s.  39;  1987,  c.  1,  s.  1,  amended. 


55. — (1)  Proceedings  taken  in  a  court  in  The  Regional  Proceedings 
Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  under  the  statutory  pro-  Family  Court 
visions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part,  other  than  by  way 
of  appeal,  shall  be  commenced  and  titled  in  the  Unified 
Family  Court  and  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  shall  be  exer- 
cised in  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(2)  A  motion  for  interim  relief  under  the  Divorce  Act,  1985  ^^^^ 
(Canada),  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986  or  the  Children's  Law  ^^  ^^^' 
Reform  Act  in  a  proceeding  in  the  General  Division  shall  be  1986,  c.  4 
heard  in  the  Unified  Family  Court  if  it  is  required  or  permit-  r.s.o.  i980, 
ted  to  be  heard  in  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-  ^-  ^ 
Wentworth  by  the  rules  of  court  or  an  order  of  the  court. 

1984,  c.  11,  s.  40  (1,  2)  amended. 

(3)  All  proceedings  commenced  in  or  transferred  to  the  No  jury 
Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  heard  and  determined  without  a 

jury.     1984,  c.  11,  s.  40  (4),  amended. 

56.  Where  a  proceeding  is  commenced  in  the  Unified  C)ther 
Family  Court  in  a  matter  over  which  jurisdiction  may  be  exer-  ^""^  *^^*°" 
cised  in  the  Unified  Family  Court  and  is  combined  with  a 
related  matter  in  the  jurisdiction  of  the  judge  but  respecting 
which  jurisdiction  may  not  be  exercised  in  the  Unified  Family 


24 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Orders  of 

predecessor 

court 


Court,  the  court  may,  with  leave  of  the  judge,  hear  and  deter- 
mine the  combined  matters.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  41,  amended. 

57. — (1)  The  Unified  Family  Court  may  hear  and  deter- 
mine an  application  under  an  Act  to  discharge,  vary  or  sus- 
pend an  order  made  by  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division) 
of  the  Judicial  District  of  Hamilton-Wentworth. 


Enforcement 


(2)  The  Unified  Family  Court  may  enforce  orders  made  by 
the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  of  the  Judicial  District 
of  Hamilton-Wentworth.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  42,  amended. 


Place  where 
proceedings 
commenced 


Idem, 
custody  or 
access 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  68 


58. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  proceedings  referred  to 
in  subsection  55  (1)  may  be  commenced  in  the  Unified  Family 
Court  where  the  applicant  or  the  respondent  resides  in  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  44  (1),  amended. 

(2)  An  application  under  Part  III  of  the  Children's  Law 
Reform  Act  in  respect  of  a  child  who  ordinarily  resides  in  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  may  be  com- 
menced in  the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (2), 
amended. 


Transfer  to 
other  court 


Transfer 
from  other 
court 


(3)  A  judge  who  may  preside  over  the  Unified  Family 
Court  may,  on  motion,  order  that  a  proceeding  commenced  in 
the  Unified  Family  Court  be  transferred  to  the  appropriate 
court  in  a  place  where  there  is  no  Unified  Family  Court  if,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  judge,  there  is  a  preponderance  of  conven- 
ience for  the  matter  to  be  dealt  with  by  that  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  44(3). 

(4)  A  judge  of  a  court  having  jurisdiction  in  a  proceeding 
under  a  statutory  provision  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part 
in  an  area  other  than  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- 
Wentworth  may,  on  motion,  order  that  the  proceeding  be 
transferred  to  the  Unified  Family  Court  if,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  judge,  there  is  a  preponderance  of  convenience  for  the 
matter  to  be  dealt  with  by  that  court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (4), 
amended. 


Directions 


Status  of 
orders 


(5)  A  judge  making  an  order  under  subsection  (3)  or  (4) 
may  give  such  directions  for  the  transfer  as  are  considered 
just.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (5). 

59.  An  order  of  a  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family 
Court  made  in  the  exercise  of  his  or  her  jurisdiction  as  a  judge 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  is  an  order  of  the 
General  Division  for  all  purposes.  1984,  c.   11,  s.  45, 

amended. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  25 

60. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (2)  and  (3).  a  provision  for  Appeals 
an  appeal  from  an  order  made  under  the  statutory  provisions 
set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part  applies  to  an  order  when 
made  in  the  exercise  of  the  jurisdiction  by  a  judge  presiding 
over  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(2)  Where  an  order  made  by  the  Unified  Family  Court  ^^^^ 
under  a  statutory  provision  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part 

is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  outside  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamihon- 
Wentworth,  the  order  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  an  appeal,  be 
deemed  to  have  been  made  by  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  46  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  A   provision   for    an    appeal    to    the    Ontario    Court  I'lem 
(General  Division)  or  a  judge  of  it  from  an  order  made  by  the 
Unified  Family  Court  under  the  statutory  provisions  set  out  in 

the  Schedule  to  this  Part  shall  be  deemed  to  provide  for  an 
appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court.     New.  ^^^ 

(4)  Where  no  provision  is  made  for  an  appeal  from  an  ^^^"1 
order  of  a  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family  Court,  an 
appeal  lies, 

(a)  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  a  final  order,  except 
an  order  referred  to  in  clause  (b); 

(b)  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  a  final  order, 

(i)  for    a    single    payment    of   not    more    than 
$25,000,  exclusive  of  costs, 

(ii)  for  periodic  payments  that  amount  to  not 
more  than  $25,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  in  the 
twelve  months  commencing  on  the  date  the 
first  payment  is  due  under  the  order, 

(iii)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  not 
more  than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i) 
or  (ii),  or 

(iv)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  more 
than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii) 
and  in  respect  of  which  the  judge  indicates 
that  if  the  claim  had  been  allowed  the  amount 
awarded  would  have  been  not  more  than  the 
amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii);  or 


26 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Criminal 
jurisdiction 


(c)  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  interlocutory  order, 
with  leave  as  provided  in  the  rules  of  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  46  (4),  amended. 

51, — (1)  A  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family  Court 
has  all  the  powers  of  a  judge  sitting  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  for  the  purposes  of  proceedings  under 


R.s.c.  1985,    the  Criminal  Code  (Canada) 

c.  C-46      ,^ 


Idem 


R.s.c.  1980, 
c.  400 

1986,  c.  4 

R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  68,  293 
1984,  c.  55 


(2)  The  Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  and 
shall  sit  as  the  Provincial  Division, 

(a)  for  the  purpose  of  dealing  with  young  persons  as 
defined  in  the  Provincial  Offences  Act;  and 

(b)  for  the  purpose  of  prosecutions  under  the  Family 
Law  Act,  1986,  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  the 
Minors'  Protection  Act  and  Part  III  (Child 
Protection)  and  Part  VII  (Adoption)  of  the  Child 
and  Family  Services  Act,  1984.  "^^ 


Idem 


(3)  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  a  youth  court  for  the  pur- 
R.s.c.  1985,  pose  of  the  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada).  1984,  c.  11, 
^'  ^'^  s.  47,  amended. 


Conciliation 
service 


Rules 


62.  A  conciliation  service  may  be  established,  maintained 
and  operated  as  part  of  the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984, 
c.  ll,s.  49. 

63. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
rules  for  the  Unified  Family  Court  in  relation  to  the  practice 
and  procedure  of  the  court  and  may  make  rules  for  the  court, 
even  though  they  aher  or  conform  to  the  substantive  law,  in 
relation  to. 


(a)  conduct  of  proceedings  in  the  court; 

(b)  joinder  of  claims  and  parties,  and  representation  of 
parties; 

(c)  commencement  of  proceedings  and  service  of 
process  in  or  outside  Ontario; 

(d)  discovery  and  other  forms  of  disclosure  before  hear- 
ing, including  their  scope  and  their  admissibility  and 
use  in  a  proceeding; 

(e)  examination  of  witnesses  in  or  out  of  court; 

(f)  duties  of  clerks  and  other  officers; 


I 


k 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


27 


(g)    references  of  proceedings  or  issues  in  a  proceeding 
and  the  powers  of  a  person  conducting  a  reference; 

(h)    costs  of  proceedings; 

(i)     enforcement  of  orders  and  process; 

(j)    payment  into  and  out  of  court; 

(k)    any  matter  that  is  referred  to  in  an  Act  as  provided 
for  by  rules  of  court. 

(2)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  authorizes  the  making  of  rules  idem 
that  conflict  with  an  Act,  but  rules  may  be  made  under  sub- 
section (1)  supplementing  the  provisions  of  an  Act  in  respect 

of  practice  and  procedure. 

(3)  The  rules  of  court  made  under  Part  IV  do  not  apply  to  ^^^^ 
proceedings  in  the  Unified  Family  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  51, 
amended. 


SCHEDULE 


Jurisdiction  under  tiie  following  statutory  provisions: 


Statutes 

Provisions 

1. 

Annulment  of  Marriages  Act 
(Ontario)  (Canada) 

All 

2. 

Change  of  Name  Act,  1986 

All 

3. 

Child  and  Family  Services  Act,  1984 

Parts  in,  VI  and 
VII 

4. 

Children's  Law  Reform  Act 

All,  except  sections 
60  and  61 

5. 

Divorce  Act,  1985  (Canada) 

All 

6. 

Education  Act 

Sections  29  and  30 

7. 

Family  Law  Act,  1986 

All,  except  Part  V 

8. 

Marriage  Act 

Sections  6  and  9 

9. 

Minors'  Protection  Act 

Section  2 

10. 

Reciprocal  Enforcement  of 
Maintenance  Orders  Act,  1982 

All 

11. 

Support  and  Custody  Orders 
Enforcement  Act,  1985 

All 

12. 

Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada) 

All 

28 


Civil  Rules 
Committee 


Idem 


Tenure  of 
office 


Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

PART  IV 

Rules  of  Court 

64. — (1)  The  Civil  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 
shall  be  composed  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  nine  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court; 

(d)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(e)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(f)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(g)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of 
Upper  Canada  in  convocation; 

(h)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario;  and 

(i)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court. 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  Civil 
Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent 
or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside. 

(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Civil  Rules  Committee 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h)  and  (i) 
shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  is  eligible  for 
reappointment. 


I 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


29 


(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed  vacancies 
under  clause  (1)  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h)  or  (i),  a  new  mem- 
ber similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for  the  remainder  of 

the  unexpired  term. 

(5)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Civil  Rules  Commit-  Quorum 
tee  constitutes  a  quorum.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  89,  amended. 


Civil  Rules 


65. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Civil  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for 
the  Court  of  Appeal  and  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion) in  relation  to  the  practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts 
in  all  civil  proceedings,  including  family  law  proceedings. 


(2)  The  Civil  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for  the  i^em 
courts  described  in  subsection  (1),  even  though  they  alter  or 
conform  to  the  substantive  law,  in  relation  to, 

(a)  conduct  of  proceedings  in  the  courts; 

(b)  joinder  of  claims  and  parties,  settlement  of  claims 
by  or  against  persons  under  disability,  whether  or 
not  a  proceeding  has  been  commenced  in  respect  of 
the  claim,  the  binding  effect  of  orders  and  repre- 
sentation of  parties; 

(c)  commencement  of  proceedings,  representation  of 
parties  by  solicitors  and  service  of  process  in  or  out- 
side Ontario; 

(d)  disposition  of  proceedings  without  a  hearing  and  its 
effect  and  authorizing  the  Court  of  Appeal  to  deter- 
mine in  the  first  instance  a  special  case  arising  in  a 
proceeding  commenced  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division); 

(e)  pleadings; 

(f)  discovery  and  other  forms  of  disclosure  before  hear- 
ing, including  their  scope  and  the  admissibility  and 
use  of  that  discovery  and  disclosure  in  a  proceeding; 

(g)  examination  of  witnesses  in  or  out  of  court; 

(h)  jurisdiction  of  masters,  including  the  conferral  on 
masters  of  any  jurisdiction  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  including  jurisdiction  under  an 
Act,  but  not  including  the  trial  of  actions  or  juris- 
diction conferred  by  an  Act  on  a  judge; 


30  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(i)     jurisdiction  and  duties  of  officers; 

(j)  motions  and  applications,  including  the  hearing  of 
motions  in  the  absence  of  the  public  and  prohibiting 
a  party  from  making  motions  without  leave; 

(k)  preservation  of  rights  of  parties  pending  the  out- 
come of  litigation,  including  sale,  recovery  of  pos- 
session or  preservation  of  property; 

(1)     interpleader; 

(m)  preparation  for  trial  and  offers  to  settle  and  their 
legal  consequences; 

(n)    the  mode  and  conduct  of  trials; 

(o)  the  appointment  by  the  court  of  independent 
experts,  their  remuneration  and  the  admissibility 
and  use  of  their  reports; 

(p)  the  discount  rate  to  be  used  in  determining  the 
amount  of  an  award  in  respect  of  future  pecuniary 
damages; 

(q)  references  of  proceedings  or  issues  in  a  proceeding 
and  the  powers  of  a  person  conducting  a  reference; 

(r)  costs  of  proceedings,  including  security  for  costs  and 
a  solicitor's  liability  for  or  disentitlement  to  costs; 

(s)  enforcement  of  orders  and  process  or  obUgations 
under  the  rules; 

(t)  the  time  for  and  procedure  on  appeals  and  stays 
pending  appeal; 

(u)    payment  into  and  out  of  court; 

(v)  any  matter  that  is  referred  to  in  an  Act  as  provided 
for  by  rules  of  court. 

Idem  (3)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  authorizes  the  making 

of  rules  that  conflict  with  an  Act,  but  rules  may  be  made 
under  subsections  (1)  and  (2)  supplementing  the  provisions  of 
an  Act  in  respect  of  practice  and  procedure.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  90,  amended. 

commitfee"       1^«— (1)  The  Family  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 
shall  be  composed  of. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  31 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family  Court; 

(c)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(d)  three  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court; 

(e)  four  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 

(f)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(g)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(h)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(i)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of 
Upper  Canada  in  convocation; 

(j)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court;  and 

(k)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division), 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  I'Jem 
Family  Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is 
absent  or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the 
Chief  Justice  shall  preside, 

(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Family  Rules  Committee  Tenure  of 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j)  and  °*'' 
(k)  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  is  eligible 

for  reappointment. 


32 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Vacancies 


(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed 
under  clause  (1)  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j)  or  (k),  a  new 
member  similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for  the  remain- 
der of  the  unexpired  term. 


Quorum  (5)  A   majority   of  the   members   of  the    Family   Rules 

Committee  constitutes  a  quorum.     New. 


Family  Rules  57, — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules 
for  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion) and  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  in  relation 
to  the  practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts  in  proceedings 
under  statutory  provisions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  Part  III 
(Unified  Family  Court),  except  proceedings  under  the  Young 
Offenders  Act  (Canada). 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  Y-1 


Idem 


(2)  Subsections  65  (2)  and  (3)  apply  with  necessary  modifi- 
cations to  the  Family  Rules  Committee  making  rules  for  the 
courts  described  in  subsection  (1). 


May  modify        (3)  The  rulcs  made  by  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may 

civil  rules 

adopt,  modify  or  exclude  the  rules  made  by  the  Civil  Rules 
Committee. 


Rules  for 
Young 
Offenders  Act 


(4)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council,  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  prepare  rules  for 
the  purpose  of  section  68  of  the  Young  Offenders  Act 
(Canada)  for  consideration  by  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division).     New. 


Criminal 

Rules 

Committee 


68. — (1)  The  Criminal  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 
shall  be  composed  of. 


(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  three  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court; 


(d)  four  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division),  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  33 


(e)  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the  Peace;  -^It- 

(f)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(g)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(h)  three  Crown  attorneys,  deputy  Crown  attorneys  or 
assistant  Crown  attorneys,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Attorney  General; 

(i)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(j)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of  Upper 
Canada  in  convocation; 

(k)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(1)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court;  and 

(m)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division). 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  I'^em 
Criminal  Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario 

is  absent  or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the 
Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside. 

(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee  Tenure  of 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j),  °''"^ 
(k),  (1)  and  (m)  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years 

and  is  eligible  for  reappointment. 

(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed  vacancies 
under  clause  (1)  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j),  (k),  (1)  or 

(m),  a  new  member  similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for 
the  remainder  of  the  unexpired  term. 

(5)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Criminal  Rules  Quorum 
Committee  constitutes  a  quorum.     New. 


34 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Criminal 
Rules 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-46 


Provincial 
offences  rules 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  400 

Idem 


69. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  prepare 
rules  for  the  purposes  of  section  482  of  the  Criminal  Code 
(Canada)  for  consideration  by  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  and  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division). 

(2)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council,  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for 
the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 
and  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  in  relation  to  the 
practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts  in  proceedings  under 
the  Provincial  Offences  Act.     New. 

(3)  The  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  under 
subsection  (2), 

(a)  regulating  any  matters  relating  to  the  practice  and 
procedure  of  proceedings  under  the  Provincial 
Offences  Act; 

(b)  prescribing  forms; 

(c)  regulating  the  duties  of  the  employees  of  the  courts; 

(d)  prescribing  and  regulating  the  procedures  under  any 
Act  that  confers  jurisdiction  under  the  Provincial 
Offences  Act  on  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  or  a  judge  or  justice  of  the  peace  sitting  in 
it; 

(e)  prescribing  any  matter  relating  to  proceedings  under 
the  Provincial  Offences  Act  that  is  referred  to  in  an 
Act  as  provided  for  by  the  rules  of  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  73  (3),  amended. 

3.  Sections  92  and  93  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Coim°  92.— (1)  There    shall    be    a    committee,    known    as   the 

Management    Ontario  Courts  Management  Committee,  composed  of. 

Committee 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  i 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the    Attorney    General,    the    Deputy    Attorney 
General,  the  Assistant  Deputy  Attorney  General! 
responsible    for    courts    administration    and    the 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  35 

Assistant  Deputy  Attorney  General  responsible  for 
criminal  law; 

(c)  two  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed  by  the 
Benchers  of  the  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada  in 
convocation  and  two  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  by  the  presidents  of  the  county  and 
district  law  associations;  and 

(d)  not  more  than  four  other  persons,  appointed  by  the 
Attorney  General  with  the  concurrence  of, 

(i)  all  of  the  judges  mentioned  in  clause  (a),  and 

(ii)  all  of  the  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed 
under  clause  (c). 

(2)  The  following  persons  shall  preside  over  meetings  of  the  who  to 
Committee,  by  rotation  at  intervals  fixed  by  the  Committee:       ^'^^^^  ^ 

1.  A  judge  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (a)  selected  by  the 
judges  mentioned  in  that  clause. 

2.  The  Attorney  General  or  a  person  mentioned  in 
clause  (1)  (b)  and  designated  by  the  Attorney 
General. 

3.  A  barrister  and  solicitor  appointed  under  clause 
(1)  (c)  selected  by  the  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  under  that  clause. 

4.  A  person  appointed  under  clause  (1)  (d)  selected  by 
the  persons  appointed  under  that  clause. 

(3)  The  function  of  the   Committee  is  to  consider  and  Function  of 
recommend  to  the  appropriate  authority  policies  and  proce-     °'"'"'  ^^ 
dures  to  promote  the  better  administration  of  justice  and  the 
effective  use  of  resources,  including  judicial  and  other  person- 
nel, in  the  public  interest.     New.  4fc- 

92a. — (1)  For  judicial  purposes,  Ontario  is  divided  into  Regions  for 
the  regions  prescribed  under  subsection  (2).  purpSes 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations  prescribing  regions  for  the  purpose  of  this  Act.     New. 

92b. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  committee  in  each  region.  Regional 
known  as  the  Regional  Courts  Management  Committee,  com-  rvtanagement 

posed  of.  Committee 


36 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Who  to 
preside 


(a)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  and  the  regional  senior  judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the  regional  director  of  courts  administration  for  the 
Ministry  of  the  Attorney  General  and  the  regional 
director  of  Crown  attorneys; 

(c)  two  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed  jointly  by  the 
presidents  of  the  county  and  district  law  associations 
in  the  region;  and 

(d)  not  more  than  two  other  persons,  appointed  by  the 
Attorney  General  with  the  concurrence  of, 

(i)  both  of  the  judges  mentioned  in  clause  (a), 
and 

(ii)  both  of  the  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed 
under  clause  (c). 

(2)  The  following  persons  shall  preside  over  meetings  of  the 
Committee,  by  rotation  at  intervals  fixed  by  the  Committee: 

1.  A  judge  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (a)  selected  by  the 
judges  mentioned  in  that  clause. 

2.  An  official  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (b)  selected  by 
the  officials  mentioned  in  that  clause.  ^ 


Function  of 
Committee 


Frequency  of 
meetings 


3.  A  barrister  and  solicitor  appointed  under  clause 
(1)  (c)  selected  by  the  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  under  that  clause. 

4.  A  person  appointed  under  clause  (1)  (d)  selected  by 
the  persons  appointed  under  that  clause. 

(3)  The  function  of  the  Committee  is  to  consider  and 
recommend  to  the  appropriate  authority  policies  and  proce- 
dures for  the  region  to  promote  the  better  administration  of 
justice  and  the  effective  use  of  resources,  including  judicial 
and  other  personnel,  in  the  public  interest. 

(4)  The  Committee  shall  meet  at  least  four  times  each  year. 

New.  -^t- 


cWefor°^  93.-— (1)  The   powers   and   duties   of  a  judge  who   has 

regional         authority  to  supervise  and  direct  the  sittings  and  the  assign- 
senior  judge    ment  of  the  judicial  duties  of  his  or  her  court  include  the 
following: 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  37 

1.  Determining  tiie  sittings  of  the  court. 

2.  Assigning  judges  to  the  sittings. 

3.  Assigning  cases  to  individual  judges. 

4.  Determining  the  sitting  schedules  and  places  of  sit- 
tings for  individual  judges.  -^^ 

5.  Determining  the  total  annual,  monthly  and  weekly 
workload  of  individual  judges. 

6.  Preparing  trial  lists  and  assigning  courtrooms,  to  the 
extent  necessary  to  control  the  determination  of 
who  is  assigned  to  hear  particular  cases.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  93,  amended. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  with  necessary  modifications  in  Powers  in 
respect  of  supervising  and  directing  the  sittings  and  assigning  masters  ° 
the  judicial  duties  of  masters.     New.  ^^- 

4.  Section  94  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsections: 

(2)  A  power  or  duty  given  to  a  registrar,  sheriff,  court  Exercise  of 
clerk,  assessment  officer  or  official  examiner  under  an  Act,  regTslJar? 
regulation  or  rule  of  court  may  be  exercised  or  performed  by  sheriff,  etc. 
a  person  or  class  of  persons  to  whom  the  power  or  duty  has 

been  assigned  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  or  a  person 
designated  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  applies  in  respect  of  an  Act,  regulation  ^dem 
or  rule  of  court  made  under  the  authority  of  the  Legislature  or 

of  the  Parliament  of  Canada. 

5.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

95a.  Documents  and  other  material  that  are  no  longer  Destruction 
required  m  a  court  office  shall  be  disposed  of  m  accordance 
with  the  directions  of  the  Deputy  Attorney  General,  subject 
to  the  approval  of, 

(a)  in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Chief  Justice  of 
Ontario; 

(b)  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court; 


of  documents 


38 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(c)  in  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division),  the 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division;  ■^- 

(d)  in  the  Unified  Family  Court,  the  Senior  Judge  for 
the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  101  (4), 
amended. 

6.  Section  98  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Liability  of 
judges 


98.  Every  judge  of  a  court  in  Ontario  and  every  master 
has  the  same  immunity  from  hability  as  a  judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division). 


7.  Section  99  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Compen- 
sation for 
statutory 
duties 


99.  Every  judge  who  was  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
of  the  District  Court  before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  annual 
sum  of  $3,000,  payable  quarterly,  as  compensation  for  the  ser- 
vices the  judge  is  called  on  to  render  by  any  Act  of  the 
Legislature  in  addition  to  his  or  her  ordinary  duties. 


8.  Subsection  100  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Supreme  Court  or  the  District  Court"  in  the  first  and 
second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  '*  Court  of  Appeal  or 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

9.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 


Judges' 
gowns 


100a.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  respecting  the  form  of  the  gown  to  be  worn  in 
court  by  all  judges  appointed  after  this  section  comes  into 
force. 


t^Te^"'*^"         100b.— (1)  Every  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice 
addressed       and  the  Unified  Family  Court  may  be  addressed  as  "Your 
Honour"  or  as  "Judge  {naming  the  judge)". 


Idem 


(2)  A  judge  appointed  to  the  High  Court  of  Justice  before 
this  section  comes  into  force  may  elect  to  be  addressed 
according  to  the  practice  in  existence  before  this  section 
comes  into  force. 


10.  Section  101  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


39 


101. — (1)  Every  person  who  was  a  master  of  the  Supreme  Masters 
Court  before  this  section  comes  into  force  is  a  master  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division).     New. 

(2)  Every  master  has  the  jurisdiction  conferred  by  the  rules  Jurisdiction 
of  court  in  proceedings  in  the  General  Division.      1984,  c.  11, 

s.  20  (3). 

(3)  Sections  42  to  49  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Application 
masters  in  the  same  manner  as  to  provincial  judges.      1984,  °s.  42-49 
c.  11,  s.  20  (11),  amended. 


(4)  The  right  of  a  master  to  continue  in  office  under  sub- 
section 43  (3)  is  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  and  not  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provin- 
cial Division.     New.  -^^ 


Idem 


101a. — (1)  Money  paid  into  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Money 

vested  in 

Division)  shall  be  paid  to  the  Accountant  of  the  Ontario  Accountant 
Court  and  such  money  and  securities  in  which  the  money  is 
invested  are  vested  in  the  Accountant. 

(2)  Mortgages  and  other  securities  taken  under  an  order  of  Security  held 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  and  instruments  taken  Accountant 
as  security  in  respect  of  a  proceeding  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  shall  be  taken  in  the  name  of  the  Accoun- 
tant and  shall  be  deposited  in  his  or  her  office,  except  where 

an  order  provides  otherwise. 

(3)  The  Accountant  has  no  duty  or  obligation  in  respect  of  '^em 
the  instruments  deposited  under  subsection  (2)  except  as  cus- 
todian of  the  instruments,  unless  an  order  of  the  court  pro- 
vides otherwise. 


(4)  The  Provincial  Auditor  shall  examine  and  report  on  the  Audit  by 
accounts  and  financial  transactions  of  the  Accountant.  1984,  Audkor^ 
c.  11,  s.  22,  amended. 

101b. — (1)  The  finance  committee  is  continued  and  shall  Finance 
be  composed  of  three  persons  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  '^°'"'"' 
Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  The  finance  committee  has  control  and  management  of  Management 
the  money  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  the  funS" 
investment  of  the  money  and  the  securities  in  which  it  is 
invested. 


(3)  Money  that  is  available  for  investment  shall  be  invested  investment  of 
in  investments  in  which  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  may  invest 


40 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  161 


public  money  under  section  3  of  the  Financial  Administration 
Act. 


Employment 
of  trust 
company 


(4)  The  finance  committee  may  employ  a  trust  company  to 
make  the  investments  or  act  as  custodian  of  the  securities  pur- 
chased as  investments. 


Interest 


Reserve 
funds 


(5)  The  finance  committee  may  provide  for  the  payment  of 
interest  on  money  paid  into  the  General  Division  and  may  fix 
the  rate  of  interest  so  paid. 

(6)  The  finance  committee  may  establish  such  reserve  funds 
as  it  considers  necessary.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  23,  amended. 


11.  Subsection  102  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Rules  of  Civil  Procedure"  in  the  third  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "rules  of  court". 

12.  Section  103  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Assessment 
officers 


103. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  Attorney  General,  may  appoint 
assessment  officers. 


Idem 

Jurisdiction 


Appeal  from 
assessment  of 
costs  before 
tribunal 


(2)  Every  master  is  an  assessment  officer. 

(3)  Every  assessment  officer  has  jurisdiction  to  assess  costs 
in  a  proceeding  in  any  court. 

(4)  Where  costs  of  a  proceeding  before  a  tribunal  other 
than  a  court  are  to  be  assessed  by  an  assessment  officer, 

(a)  the  rules  of  court  governing  the  procedure  on  an 
assessment  of  costs  apply  with  necessary  modifica- 
tions; and 

(b)  an  appeal  lies  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  from  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  the 
costs  if  an  objection  was  served  in  respect  of  the 
issue  appealed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 

13.^1)  Subsection  104  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  104  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "additional"  in  the  second  line. 


14. — (1)  Subsection  108  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "and"  where  it  occurs  the  second  time  in  the  third 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  41 

line  and  by  inserting  after  "hearing)"  in  the  fourth  line  "and 
153a  (where  procedures  not  provided)". 

(2)  Subsection  108  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Sections  122  (constitutional  questions),  135,  136  (Ian-  Appiicadon^ 
guage  of  proceedings),  142  (judge  sitting  on  appeal),  146  (pro-  Sfrnces""^ 
hibition  against  photography  at  court  hearings),  152a  (arrest 

and  committal  warrants   enforceable   by   police)   and   153a 

(where  procedures  not  provided)  also  apply  to  proceedings 

under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act  and,  for  the  purpose,  a  ref-  RS.o.  i980, 

erence  in  one  of  those  sections  to  a  judge  includes  a  justice  of  ^' 

the    peace    presiding    in    the    Ontario    Court    (Provincial 

Division).  -^^ 

15.  Subsection  109  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Only  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Unified  Family  Court  Jurisdiction 
and  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  may  grant  equita-|  reUe?""^ 
ble  relief,  unless  otherwise  provided. 

16.  Section  110  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"Supreme  Court,  the  District  Court  and  the  Unified  Family 
Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Court  of  Appeal,  the  Unified  Family  Court  and  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)".  I 

17.  Subsection  114  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Supreme  Court,  the  District  Court  or  the  Unified 
Family  Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Unified  Family  Court  or  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)".  I 

18. — (1)  Subsection  118  (1)  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(1)  In  this  section,  "heahh  practitioner"  means  a  person  "health 
licensed  to  practise  medicine  or  dentistry  in  Ontario  or  any  defineT"^'^ 
other  jurisdiction,  a  psychologist  registered  under  the  Psychol-  r.s.o.  i980, 
agists  Registration  Act  or  a  person  certified  or  registered  as  a  ^-  '^^ 
psychologist  by  another  jurisdiction. 

(2)  Subsection  118  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "medical"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"health". 


42 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(3)  Subsection  118  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "medical"  in  tlie  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"health". 

19.  Subsections  120  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Transfer  (2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  not  be 

ciaTms  Colirt  transferred  under  clause  (1)  (d)  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 

Division)  without  the  consent  of  the  plaintiff  in  the  proceeding 

in  the  Small  Claims  Court. 


Idem 


(2a)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  not  be 
required  under  subclause  (1)  (e)  (ii)  to  be  asserted  by  way  of 
counterclaim  in  a  proceeding  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  without  the  consent  of  the  plaintiff  in  the  proceeding 
in  the  Small  Claims  Court. 


Motions 


(3)  The  motion  shall  be  made  to  a  judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division). 

20. — (1)  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "a  Supreme  Court  or  District  Court  action"  in  the 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  action  in  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)  that  is  not  in  the  Small  Claims 
Court".  -*^ 


(2)  Subsection  121  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Actions  in  which  a  claim  is  made  for  any  of  the  following 
kinds  of  relief  shall  be  heard  without  a  jury:"  in  the  first  and 
second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  issues  of  fact 
and  the  assessment  of  damages  in  an  action  shall  be  tried  with- 
out a  jury  in  respect  of  a  claim  for  any  of  the  following  kinds  of 
relief:". 

(3)  Paragraph  3  of  the  said  subsection  121  (2)  is  amended  by 
striking  out  ^^ Family  Law  Reform  Act'*  in  the  first  and  second 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ^* Family  Law  Act,  1986*\ 


21.  Subsection  122  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Rules  of  Civil  Procedure"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "rules  of  court". 

22.  Subsection  124  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Idem 


(2)  Mutual  debts  may  be  set  off  against  each  other  even  if  i 
they  are  of  a  different  nature. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  43 

23.  Clause  129  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ^* Family  Law  Reform  Acf*  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  ''Family  Law  Act,  1986'\ 

24. — (1)  Clause  133  (1)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  ''the"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"a". 

(2)  Clause  133  (1)  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "local  judge  or". 

25. — (1)  Subclause  136  (1)  (a)  (ii)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(ii)  the  area  that  comprised  the  County  of 
Welland  as  it  existed  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1969, 

(iia)  The     Regional     Municipality     of     Ottawa- 
Carleton, 

(iib)  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto. 

(2)  Subsection  136  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  or  the  Provincial 
Court  (Civil  Division)"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
or  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

(3)  Subsection  136  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "in  the  Provincial  Offences  Court  where  it  is"  in  the 
second  and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "under  the 
Provincial  Offences  Act  in". 

26.  Subsection  137  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first 
and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  person  desig- 
nated by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General". 

27. — (1)  Subsection  150  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  last 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  150  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

28.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 


44 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Civil  orders 
directed  to 
sheriffs 


150a. — (1)  Unless  an  Act  provides  otherwise,  orders  of  a 
court  arising  out  of  a  civil  proceeding  and  enforceable  in 
Ontario  shall  be  directed  to  a  sheriff  for  enforcement. 


Police  to 
assist  sheriff 


(2)  A  sheriff  who  believes  that  the  execution  of  an  order 
may  give  rise  to  a  breach  of  the  peace  may  require  a  police 
officer  to  accompany  the  sheriff  and  assist  in  the  execution  of 
the  order. 


Where 
procedures 
not  provided 


Continuation 
of 

proceedings 
in  former 
courts 


153a.  Jurisdiction  conferred  on  a  court,  a  judge  or  a  jus- 
tice of  the  peace  shall,  in  the  absence  of  express  provision  for 
procedures  for  its  exercise  in  any  Act,  regulation  or  rule,  be 
exercised  in  any  manner  consistent  with  the  due  administra- 
tion of  justice.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  62,  amended. 

29.  Sections  157  and  158  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

157.  A  proceeding  pending  in  a  court  set  out  in  column  1 
of  the  Table  when  this  section  comes  into  force  is  continued  in 
the  court  set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Column  1 

1.  High  Court  of  Justice 

2.  District  Court 

3.  surrogate  court 

4.  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division) 

5.  Provincial  Court 
(Family  Division) 

6.  Provincial  Offences  Court 

7.  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division) 


Column  2 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Small  Claims  Court 


Former  Chief 
Judge,  etc. 


158. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  who  was  a  Chief  Judge  j 
Associate  Chief  Judge  or  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Courj 
(Criminal  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  oi 
the  Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  immediately  before  thi^ 
section  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  the  office  oi 
provincial  judge,  is  entitled  to  retain  the  title  of  Chief  Judge| 
Associate  Chief  Judge  or  senior  judge,  as  the  case  may  b^ 
and  is  entitled  to  an  annual  salary  equal  to  the  greater  of,       i 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2 

(a)    the  current  annual  salary  of  a  provincial  judge;  or 


45 


(b)    the  annual  salary  the  judge  received  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 


(2)  A  master  who  was  the   Senior  Master  immediately  Former 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  the  mSt 
office  of  master,  is  entitled  to  retain  the  title  of  Senior  Master 
and  is  entitled  to  an  annual  salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 


(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  master;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  the  master  received  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

158a. — (1)  A  document  filed  in  court  that  refers  to  a 
court  set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table  to  section  160  is  not  by 
that  reason  invalid  and  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  court 
set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 


Documents 
filed 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  is  repealed  one  year  after  this  section  subsection 

comes  into  force.  -^^    repealed 

30.  Section  159  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 


159.  Where,  by  an  Act  or  regulation,  jurisdiction  is  con- 
ferred on  a  particular  court  set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table, 
the  jurisdiction  shall  be  deemed  to  be  conferred  on  the  corre- 
sponding court  set  out  in  column  2  sitting  in  the  county  or  dis- 
trict of  the  court  named. 


Reference  to 

territorial 

jurisdiction 


TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

county  or  district  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

2. 

surrogate  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

3. 

provincial  court 
(family  division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

4. 

provincial  offences  court 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

5. 

small  claims  court 

Small  Claims  Court 

31.  Section  160  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


46 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


References  to 
courts 


160.  A  reference  in  an  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  a  court 
set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  the  court  set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Changes  in 
terminology 


Column  1 

1.  Supreme  Court 

2.  High  Court  of  Justice 

3.  county  or  district  court 

4.  District  Court 

5.  surrogate  court 

6.  small  claims  court 

7.  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division) 

8.  provincial  court 
(criminal  division) 

9.  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division) 

10.  provincial  court 
(family  division) 

11.  Provincial  Court 
(Family  Division) 

12.  provincial  offences  court 

13.  Provincial  Offences  Court 


Column  2 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Small  Claims  Court 

Small  Claims  Court 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 


160a. — (1)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation,  or 
order  or  other  court  process,  to  a  term  set  out  in  column  1  of| 
the  Table,  or  any  form  thereof,  is  deemed  to  refer  to  the  cor 
responding  term  set  out  opposite  thereto  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

Accountant  of  the 
Court 

Supreme 

Accountant  of  the  Ontari 
Court 

2. 

administrator  ad  litem 

litigation  administrator 

3. 

certificate  of  lis  pendens 

certificate  of  pending 
litigation 

4. 

conduct  money 

attendance  money 

5. 

guardian  ad  litem 

litigation  guardian 

6. 

judicial  district 

county  or  district 

1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


47 


7. 

local  judge  of  the  High 
Court 

judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division) 

8. 

local  judge  of  the  Supreme 
Court 

judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division) 

9. 

next  friend 

litigation  guardian 

10. 

originating  motion 

application 

11. 

originating  notice 

notice  of  application 

12. 

praecipe 

requisition 

13. 

provisional  judicial  district 

territorial  district 

14. 

a  registrar  of  a  surrogate 
court 

the  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

15. 

Rules  of  Civil  Procedure 

rules  of  court 

16. 

Rules  Committee 

applicable  rules  committe 

17. 

Rules  Committee  of  the 
Supreme  and  District 
Courts 

applicable  rules 
committee 

18. 

Rules  of  Practice  and 
Procedure  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Ontario  made  by 
the  Rules  Committee 

rules  of  court 

19. 

special  examiner 

official  examiner 

20. 

Surrogate  Clerk  for 
Ontario 

Estate  Registrar  for 
Ontario 

21. 

taxation  of  costs 

assessment  of  costs 

22. 

taxing  officer 

assessment  officer 

23. 

writ  of  fieri  facias 

writ  of  seizure  and  sale 

24. 

writ  of  summons 

statement  of  claim  or 
notice  of  action 

(2)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  surro-  J'lem, 
gate  registrar  for  a  particular  county  or  district  is  deemed  to  registfaf^for 
be  a  reference  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  a  county 
(General  Division)  for  that  county  or  district. 

(3)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  clerk  '^em,  cierk 
of  a  county  or  district  court  of  a  particular  county  or  district  is  "  ^  '^^'""^^ 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 

I  Court  (General  Division)  for  that  county  or  district. 

(4)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  an  order,  Jdem,  order 
direction  or  decision  filed  with  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Regisr/ar 
Court  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  an  order,  direction  or 
decision  filed  with  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division). 

160b.  Where  an  Act,  rule  or  regulation  provides  that  a  po^"f"^"ts 

document  is  to  be  filed  with,  certified  to,  forwarded  to  or  appearto 

transmitted  to  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  Registrar  of  the  Divisional 

Supreme  Court  for  the  purpose  of  an  appeal  to  the  Divisional  ^°"" 


48  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

Court,  that  document  shall  be  filed  with,  certified  to,  for- 
warded to  or  transmitted  to,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  Divi- 
sional Court. 

References  to       160c. — (1)  A  reference  in  this  Act  or  any  other  Act,  rule 
j^udkia?  ^^    or  regulation  to  a  county  or  district  for  judicial  purposes  is 
purposes        deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  corresponding  area  that,  for 
municipal  or  territorial  purposes,  comprises  the  county,  dis- 
trict, union  of  counties  or  regional,  district  or  metropolitan 
municipality. 

Separated  (2)  For  the  purposc  of  subscction  (1),  every  city,  town  and 

muiucipa  ities  ^^j^^j.  municipality  is  united  to  and  forms  part  of  the  county  in 
which  it  is  situate. 

Exceptions  (3)  Subscction  (1)  is  subject  to  the  following: 

1.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk, 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  following  areas: 

i.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Haldimand  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  1974. 

ii.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Norfolk  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  1974. 

2.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Niagara,  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  following  areas: 

i.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Lincoln  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1969. 

ii.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Welland  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1969. 

3.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  orj 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  Thel 
Regional  Municipality  of  Sudbury  and  the  Territo-! 
rial  District  of  Sudbury,  deemed  to  be  a  reference! 
to  all  the  area  in  The  Regional  Municipality  ofj 
Sudbury  and  in  the  Territorial  District  of  Sudbury.  I 

4.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  oi 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  arj 
area  described  below,  deemed  to  be  a  reference  tc 
all  the  area  in  the  areas  described  below: 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  49 

i.  All  the  area  in  the  County  of  Victoria. 

ii.  All  the  area  in  the  County  of  Haliburton. 

iii.  All  the  area  in  any  part  of  the  townships  of 
Sherborne,  McClintock,  Livingstone,  Law- 
rence and  Nightingale  located  in  Algonquin 
Park,  so  long  as  the  part  remains  part  of 
Algonquin  Park. 

32.  Section  212  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

33.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  ""^"^ 

34.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Courts  of  Justice  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  2  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  2 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 
Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       May  1st,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  14th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 
The  Bill  substantially  changes  the  structure  of  the  Ontario  courts. 
The  present  structure  of  the  courts  is  as  follows: 

1.  The  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  has  two  branches,  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  the 
High  Court  of  Justice.  The  Supreme  Court  is  a  superior  court  with  civil  and 
criminal  jurisdiction  whose  judges  are  appointed  by  the  federal  government. 

2.  The  District  Court  of  Ontario  has  both  civil  and  criminal  jurisdiction  but  is  not 
a  superior  court.  Its  civil  jurisdiction  is  limited  by  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act, 
1984  to  claims  of  less  than  $25,000  unless  both  parties  agree  to  let  it  hear  a 
claim  for  a  greater  amount.  Its  judges  are  appointed  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment. 

3.  The  Divisional  Court  is  a  division  of  the  High  Court  that  hears  specified 
appeals  assigned  to  it  by  statute  and  applications  for  judicial  review  of  a  deci- 
sion of  a  board  or  agency.  The  judges  of  the  High  Court  are  the  judges  of  the 
Divisional  Court. 

4.  There  are  four  courts  presided  over  by  provincial  judges,  the  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division),  the  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences  Court.  The  Provincial  Offences 
Court  is  usually  presided  over  by  justices  of  the  peace  and  the  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division)  is  often  presided  over  by  part-time  deputy  judges. 

5.  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  a  specialized  court  for  family  law  proceedings  in 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth.  Its  judges  are  appointed  by 
the  federal  government  and  are  also  given  the  power  of  provincial  judges  for 
their  work  in  the  court. 

The  structure  of  the  Ontario  courts  proposed  by  the  Bill  is  as  follows: 

1.  The  Court  of  Appeal  will  be  continued  as  the  final  court  of  appeal  for  the 
Province  and  will  be  separated  from  the  High  Court. 

2.  There  will  be  a  new  court,  to  be  called  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice,  composed 
of  two  divisions,  the  General  Division  and  the  Provincial  Division. 

3.  The  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  will  combine  the  jurisdiction  now  exer- 
cised by  the  High  Court,  the  District  Court  and  the  surrogate  courts.  The  exist- 
ing judges  of  those  courts  will  all  become  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division).  The  General  Division  will  be  a  superior  court. 

4.  The  Divisional  Court  will  be  continued  with  no  change  in  its  jurisdiction  as  a 
branch  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division).  All  of  the  judges  of  the  Gen- 
eral Division  will  be  judges  of  the  Divisional  Court. 

5.  The  Small  Claims  Court  will  also  be  a  branch  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division).  The  monetary  limit  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  will  be  prescribed  by 
regulation.  All  of  the  judges  of  the  General  Division  will  be  judges  of  the 
Small  Claims  Court.  In  addition,  provincial  judges  who  were  formerly  in  the 
Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  will  preside  over  matters  in  the  Small  Claims 
Court  and  deputy  judges  will  be  appointed  for  three-year  renewable  terms  to 
preside  over  matters  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  that  do  not  exceed  a  prescribed 
amount.  i 

I 

6.  The  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  combines  the  jurisdiction  now  exer-l 
cised  by  the  Provincial  Court  (Criminal  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family j 


Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences  Court.   The  existing  judges  of  those 
courts  will  all  become  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

7.  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  established  as  a  superior  court  but  is  otherwise 
not  changed. 

A  judge  of  the  General  Division  will  be  appointed  as  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  to  manage  judicial  resources  for  the  General  Division  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Jus- 
tice. A  provincial  judge  will  be  appointed  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provin- 
cial Division)  to  manage  judicial  resources  for  the  Provincial  Division. 

The  Province  will  be  divided  into  regions  for  judicial  purposes,  with  the  number  and 
area  of  the  regions  to  be  prescribed  by  regulation.  A  judge  of  the  General  Division  will 
be  appointed  as  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for  each  region  to  manage 
judicial  resources  for  the  General  Division  in  the  region,  subject  to  the  authority  of  the 
Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court.  A  provincial  judge  will  be  appointed  as  regional 
senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  for  each  region  to  manage  judicial  resources  for 
the  Provincial  Division  in  the  region,  subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  and  the  regional  senior 
judges  of  the  Provincial  Division  will  be  appointed  to  their  administrative  positions  for 
five-year  terms,  after  which  they  will  return  to  being  provincial  judges. 

The  Ontario  Courts  Advisory  Council  will  be  replaced  by  the  Ontario  Courts  Man- 
agement Committee.  In  addition,  each  region  will  have  a  Regional  Courts  Management 
Committee  consisting  of  the  regional  senior  judges,  the  regional  director  of  courts 
administration,  the  regional  director  of  Crown  attorneys  and  representatives  of  the 
regional  bar  and  the  public. 

The  Bill  will  also  restructure  rule-making  for  the  courts.  Part  V  of  the  existing  Act 
establishes  the  Rules  Committee  of  the  Supreme  and  District  Courts  and  provides  for  the 
making  of  rules  of  practice  and  procedure  for  civil  proceedings  in  those  courts.  The  Bill 
will  establish  three  separate  rules  committees,  the  Civil  Rules  Committee,  the  Family 
Rules  Committee  and  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee,  each  to  make  rules  in  their  respec- 
tive areas. 

Some  of  the  other  changes  to  the  Act  are  as  follows: 

1.  The  number  of  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  will  be  fixed  by  regulation  rather 
than  by  statute. 

2.  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  must  be  assigned  to  a  particular  region 
and  there  must  be  at  least  one  judge  of  the  General  Division  assigned  to  each 
county  or  district. 

3.  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  are  required  to  meet  at  least  once 
each  year  and  the  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  in  each  region  are  required  to 
meet  at  least  once  in  each  year  to  consider  the  Act,  the  rules  and  the  adminis- 
tration of  justice. 

4.  A  limit  on  costs  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  is  set  at  15  per  cent  of  the  amount 
claimed  unless  the  court  considers  it  necessary  in  the  interests  of  justice  to 
penalize  a  person  for  unreasonable  behaviour  in  the  proceeding. 

5.  The  Act  now  provides  that  the  Province  will  pay  $3,000  each  year  to  federally 
appointed  judges.  Although  these  payments  will  continue  for  judges  appointed 
before  the  Bill  comes  into  force,  no  payments  will  be  made  to  future  appoint- 
ees. 

6.  There  is  no  provision  for  the  appointment  of  new  masters. 


7.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  will  be  permitted  to  prescribe  the  form  of 
the  gown  worn  in  court  by  all  judges  appointed  after  the  Bill  comes  into  force. 

8.  All  General  Division  and  Unified  Family  Court  judges  may  be  addressed  as 
"Your  Honour"  or  as  "Mr.  or  Mme.  Justice",  subject  to  the  right  of  former 
High  Court  judges  to  elect  to  be  addressed  according  to  the  old  practice. 

9.  Errors  in  the  Act  are  corrected  with  respect  to  jury  trials  (section  121)  and  set- 
ting off  mutual  debts  (section  124).  The  medical  examination  provision  of  the 
Act  (section  118)  is  amended  to  permit  a  court  to  order  an  examination  by  a 
registered  psychologist. 

10.  The  salaries  of  former  Chief  Judges,  Associate  Chief  Judges  and  senior  judges 
of  the  provincial  courts  and  of  the  Senior  Master  are  protected  and  they  are 
permitted  to  retain  their  titles. 

11.  The  transitional  provisions  and  complementary  amendments  in  the  Act  are 
amended  to  ensure  the  continuation  of  existing  court  proceedings  in  the  new 
courts  and  to  deem  references  to  courts  in  other  statutes  to  be  references  to 
the  new  courts. 

The  Bill  is  accompanied  by  the  Court  Reform  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989, 
which  repeals  the  Sheriffs  Act  and  makes  consequential  amendments  to  52  other  statutes. 


Bill  2  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984,  being  chapter 
11,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"action"  means  a  civil  proceeding  that  is  not  an  application 
and  includes  a  proceeding  commenced  by, 

(a)  claim, 

(b)  statement  of  claim, 

(c)  notice  of  action, 

(d)  counterclaim, 

(e)  crossclaim, 

(f)  third  or  subsequent  party  claim,  or 

(g)  divorce  petition  or  counterpetition; 

"application"  means  a  civil  proceeding  that  is  commenced  by 
notice  of  application  or  by  application; 

"defendant"  means  a  person  against  whom  an  action  is  com- 
menced; 

"hearing"  includes  a  trial; 

"motion"  means  a  motion  in  a  proceeding  or  an  intended 
proceeding; 

"order"  includes  a  judgment  or  decree; 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


"plaintiff  means  a  person  who  commences  an  action; 

"region"    means    a    region    prescribed    under   section   92a. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  1,  amended. 

2.  Parts  I  and  II,  Part  III,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  55,  section  213,  1984,  chapter  64,  sec- 
tion 1,  1985,  chapter  1,  section  4,  1986,  chapter  7,  section  15 
and  1987,  chapter  1,  sections  1,  2  and  3,  Part  IV,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  55,  section  213,  1984, 
chapter  64,  sections  2,  3,  4  and  5  and  1987,  chapter  1,  sections 
4,  5  and  6  and  Part  V,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1984,  chapter  64,  sections  6  and  7,  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

PARTI 

Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario 


Court  of 
Appeal 


2. — (1)  The  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario 
named  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario  is  continued  as  a 
superior  court  of  record  named  the  Court  of  Appeal  for 
Ontario. 


Idem 


(2)  In  exercising  its  jurisdiction,  the  Court  of  Appeal  has  all 
the  power  and  authority  historically  exercised  by  courts  of 
common  law  and  equity  in  England  and  Ontario.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  2,  amended. 


Composition 
of  court 


Number  of 
judges 


3. — (1)  The  Court  of  Appeal  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  who  shall  be  president 
of  the  court; 

(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario;  and 

(c)  such  number  of  other  judges  as  is  fixed  under  sub- 
section (2),  to  be  called  justices  of  appeal.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  regulation 
fix  the  number  of  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  who  are  in  | 
addition  to  the  Chief  Justice  and  the  Associate  Chief  Justice. 


Idem 


Additional 
judges 


(3)  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  judges  does  not  affectj 
appointments  existing  at  the  time  of  the  reduction.     New.       j 

(4)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  judge  of  the| 
Court  of  Appeal  as  are  from  time  to  time  required,  to  be  heldl 
by  Chief  Justices  of  Ontario  and  Associate  Chief  Justices  of 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2 

Ontario  who  have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  Rs.c.  i985 
perform  only  the  duties  of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 


j-i 


(5)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  supernumerary  Super- 
judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  as  are  from  time  to  time  jlld^er'^ 
required,  to  be  held  by  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  who 
have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  hold  office 
only  as  a  supernumerary  judge  of  the  court.      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  6  (3),  amended. 

4. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  with  the  concurrence  Assignment 
of  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court,  may  assign  a  judge  from  General 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  to  perform  the  work  Division 
of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  9  (2), 
amended. 

(2)  A  judge  of  the  General  Division  is,  by  virtue  of  his  or  General 
her  office,  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  has  all  the  judges'" 
jurisdiction,  power  and  authority  of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of 
Appeal.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  8,  amended. 

5. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  has  general  super-  Jokers  and 
vision  and  direction  over  the  sittings  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  chief  justice 
and  the  assignment  of  the  judicial  duties  of  the  court.      1984, 
c.  11,  s.  18(5). 

(2)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  :^bsence  of 

Chief  Justice 

is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  powers  and  duties 
shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario. 

(3)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  and  the  Associate  Chief  Absence  of 
Justice  of  Ontario  are  both  absent  from  Ontario  or  for  any  cwef^'justice 
reason  unable  to  act,  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  Chief 

Justice  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  judge  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal  designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  or  Associate 
Chief  Justice.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  3  (2),  amended. 

6. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from,  Court  of 

jurisdiction 

(a)  an  order  of  the  Divisional  Court,  on  a  question  that 
is  not  a  question  of  fact  alone,  with  leave  as  pro- 
vided in  the  rules  of  court; 

(b)  a  final  order  of  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  except  an  order  referred  to  in 
clause  18  (1)  (a); 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(c)  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  costs  issued  in  a  pro- 
ceeding in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  on  an  issue  in 
respect  of  which  an  objection  was  served  under  the 
rules  of  court.      1984,  c.  11,  s,  17  (1),  amended. 

Combining  of      (2)  The  Court  of  Appeal  has  jurisdiction  to  hear  and  deter- 
of£^ courts'    mine  an  appeal  that  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  or  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  if  an  appeal  in  the  same 
proceeding  lies  to  and  is  taken  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 


Idem 


(3)  The  Court  of  Appeal  may,  on  motion,  transfer  an 
appeal  that  has  already  been  commenced  in  the  Divisional 
Court  or  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  to  the  Court 
of  Appeal  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  (2).  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  17  (2),  amended. 


Composition        7. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  shall  be 
hearings  "'^     heard  and  determined  by  not  fewer  than  three  judges  sitting 

together,  and  always  by  an  uneven  number  of  judges.      1984, 

c.  11,  s.  18  (1),  amended. 


Idem, 
motions 


(2)  A  motion  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  an  appeal  under 
clause  6  (1)  (c)  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by  one  judge. 


Idem 


(3)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  to  a  motion  for  leave  to 
appeal,  a  motion  to  quash  an  appeal  or  any  other  motion  that 
is  specified  by  the  rules  of  court. 


Idem 


(4)  A  judge  assigned  to  hear  and  determine  a  motion  may 
adjourn  the  motion  to  a  panel  of  the  Court  of  Appeal. 


Idem 


(5)  A  panel  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  may,  on  motion,  set 
aside  or  vary  the  decision  of  a  judge  who  hears  and  deter- 
mines a  motion.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  18  (3),  amended. 


CouTor*  *°       8. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  refer  any 
Appeal  question  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  hearing  and  considera- 

tion. 


Ojjnion  of  (2)  The  court  shall  certify  its  opinion  to  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council,  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the  rea- 
sons for  it,  and  any  judge  who  differs  from  the  opinion  may 
certify  his  or  her  opinion  and  reasons  in  the  same  manner. 


(3)  On  the  hearing  of  the  question,  the  Attorney  General 


Submissions 

General         of  Ontario  is  entitled  to  make  submissions  to  the  court. 


Idem 


(4)  The  Attorney  General  of  Canada  shall  be  notified  andj 
is  entitled  to  make  submissions  to  the  court  if  the  question  j 
relates  to  the  constitutional  validity  or  constitutional  applica-! 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  5 

bility  of  an  Act,  or  of  a  regulation  or  by-law  made  under  an 
Act,  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  the  Legislature. 

(5)  The  court  may  direct  that  any  person  interested,  or  any  Notice 
one  or  more  persons  as  representatives  of  a  class  of  persons 
interested,  be  notified  of  the  hearing  and  be  entitled  to  make 
submissions  to  the  court. 

(6)  If  an  interest  affected  is  not  represented  by  counsel,  the  Appointment 
court  may  request  counsel  to  argue  on  behalf  of  the  interest 

and  the  reasonable  expenses  of  counsel  shall  be  paid  by  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

(7)  The  opinion  of  the  court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Appeal 
judgment  of  the  court  and  an  appeal  lies  from  it  as  from  a 
judgment  in  an  action.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  19. 

PART  II 

Ontario  Court  of  Justice 

9. — (1)  The  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  is  estabUshed.  Ontario 

^   '  Court 

(2)  The  Ontario  Court  shall  consist  of  two  divisions,  the  Divisions 
General  Division  and  the  Provincial  Division.     New. 

ONTARIO  court  (GENERAL  DIVISION) 

10.— (1)  The  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  gfJIJ^'J^^ 
named  the  High  Court  of  Justice  for  Ontario  is  continued  as  a 
superior  court  of  record  named  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division). 

(2)  The  General  Division  has  all  the  jurisdiction,  power  ^^^'^ 
and  authority  historically  exercised  by  courts  of  common  law 
and  equity  in  England  and  Ontario.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 

11. — (1)  The  General  Division  shall  consist  of,  composition 

of  General 


(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court,  who  shall  be 
president  of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(b)  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for 
each  region; 

(c)  a  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for  the 
Unified  Family  Court;  and 


Division 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(d)  such  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  is 
fixed  under  clause  52  (1)  (a).  1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (1), 
amended. 


Additional 
judges 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  J-1 


Super- 
numerary 
judges 


Assignment 
of  judges 
from  Court 
of  Appeal 


Court  of 

Appeal 

judges 


(2)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  judge  of  the 
General  Division  as  are  from  time  to  time  required,  to  be  held 
by  Chief  Justices  of  the  Ontario  Court  and  regional  senior 
judges  of  the  General  Division  who  have  elected  under  the 
Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  perform  only  the  duties  of  a  judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 

(3)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  supernumerary 
judge  of  the  General  Division  as  are  from  time  to  time 
required,  to  be  held  by  judges  of  the  General  Division  who 
have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  hold  office 
only  as  a  supernumerary  judge  of  that  division.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  6  (3),  amended. 

12. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  with  the  concur- 
rence of  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court,  may  assign  a 
judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  to  perform  the  work  of  a  judge 
of  the  General  Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  9  (1),  amended. 

(2)  A  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  is,  by  virtue  of  his  or 
her  office,  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  and  has  all  the 
jurisdiction,  power  and  authority  of  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  8,  amended. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
Chief  Justice 
of  Ontario 
Court 

Regional 

senior 

judges, 

General 

Division 


Delegation 


Absence  of 
Chief  Justice 
of  Ontario 
Court 


Absence  of 
regional 
senior  judge 
of  General 
Division 


13.— (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  shall 
direct  and  supervise  the  sittings  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties. 

(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  shall, 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court,  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Chief  Justice  in  respect  of  the  General  Division  in  his  or  her 
region. 

(3)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may 
delegate  to  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  in  his  or  heri 
region  the  authority  to  exercise  specified  functions.     New. 

(4)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  is  absent  from  | 
Ontario  or  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  powers! 
and  duties  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  regional 
senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  designated  by  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (3),  amended.  I 

(5)  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the 
General  Division  who  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  rea 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


son  unable  to  act  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  judge 
of  the  General  Division  designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the 
Ontario  Court. 


(6)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  may  hold  meet-  Meetings 
ings  with  the  regional  senior  judges  of  the  General  Division  in  ^niorfudges 
order  to  consider  any  matters  concerning  sittings  of  the  Gen- 
eral Division  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties.      New. 


14. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  shall 


Judges 
assigned  to 


assign  every  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  a  region  and  regions 
may  re-assien  a  judge  from  one  region  to  another. 

(2)  There   shall   be   at   least   one   judge   of  the   General  At  least  one 
Division  assigned  to  each  county  and  district.  counV"  ^^^ 

(3)  No  judge  of  the  General  Division  who  was  a  judge  of  "ig^  court 
the  High  Court  of  Justice  or  the  District  Court  of  Ontario  court  judges 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  be  assigned  without 

his  or  her  consent  to  a  region  other  than  the  region  in  which 
he  or  she  resided  immediately  before  this  section  comes  into 
force. 


(4)  Subsections  (1)  to  (3)  do  not  prevent  the  temporary  wem 
assignment  of  a  judge  to  a  location  anywhere  in  Ontario. 

New. 

15.  A  proceeding  in  the  General  Division  shall  be  heard  Composition 
and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  General  Division.  1984,  hea'rinj  °^ 
c.  11,  s.  14  (1),  amended. 


16.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  General  Division  from, 

(a)  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  master; 

(b)  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  costs  issued  in  a  pro- 
ceeding in  the  General  Division,  on  an  issue  in 
respect  of  which  an  objection  was  served  under  the 
rules  of  court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  13  (2),  amended. 


Appeals  to 

General 

Division 


DIVISIONAL  COURT 

17. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  branch  of  the  General  Division  Divisional 
to  be  known  as  the  Divisional  Court  consisting  of  the  Chief    "^^ 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  who  shall  be  president  of  the 
court  and  such  other  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  the 
Chief  Justice  designates  from  time  to  time. 

(2)  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  is  also  a  judge  of  Jurisdiction 
the  Divisional  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  5,  amended.  °^  J"''^^' 


8  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

Divisional  jg, — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from, 

Court  ^    '  ^^ 

jurisdiction 

(a)  a  final  order  of  a  judge  of  the  General  Division, 

(i)  for  a  single  payment  of  not  more  than 
$25,000,  exclusive  of  costs, 

(ii)  for  periodic  payments  that  amount  to  not 
more  than  $25,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  in  the 
twelve  months  commencing  on  the  date  the 
first  payment  is  due  under  the  order, 

(iii)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  not 
more  than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i) 
or  (ii),  or 

(iv)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  more 
than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii) 
and  in  respect  of  which  the  judge  indicates 
that  if  the  claim  had  been  allowed  the  amount 
awarded  would  have  been  not  more  than  the 
amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii); 

(b)  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division,  with  leave  as  provided  in  the  rules  of 
court; 

(c)  a  final  order  of  a  master.  1984,  c.  11,  s,  15  (1), 
amended. 

Combining  of      (2)  The  Divisional  Court  has  jurisdiction  to  hear  and  deter- 
GeSai  ^°^    mine  an  appeal  that  lies  to  the  General  Division  if  an  appeal 
Division         in  the  same  proceeding  lies  to  and  is  taken  to  the  Divisional 
Court. 

^^^^  (3)  The   Divisional   Court   may,   on   motion,   transfer  an 

appeal  that  has  already  been  commenced  in  the  General 
Division  to  the  Divisional  Court  for  the  purpose  of  subsection 
(2).      1984,  c.  11,  s.  15  (2),  amended. 

inteSomo'"       (4)  No  appeal  lies  from  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  judge  of  i 

orders  the  General  Division  made  on  an  appeal  from  an  interlocutory  i 

order  of  the  Provincial  Division.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  36  (4),  I 

amended.  i 

hea?d1n  ^^* — ^^.  ^^  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  heard  j 

regions  in  the  region  in  which  the  order  appealed  from  was  made,j 

unless  the  parties  agree  otherwise. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


(2)  Any  other  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  may  be  other 

^  orocccQinss 

brought  in  any  region.      New.  in  any  region 

20. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  Composition 
heard  and  determined  by  three  judges  sitting  together.  hearings 

(2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  may  be  heard  and  ^^^^ 
determined  by  one  judge  where  the  proceeding, 

(a)  is  an  appeal  under  clause  18  (1)  (c); 

(b)  is  an  appeal  under  section  30  from  a  provincial 
judge  or  a  deputy  judge  presiding  over  the  Small 
Claims  Court;  or 

(c)  is  in  a  matter  that  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  or  a  judge  designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  is 
satisfied,  from  the  nature  of  the  issues  involved  and 
the  necessity  for  expedition,  can  and  ought  to  be 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge. 

(3)  A  motion  in  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  heard  and  Wem, 
determined  by  one  judge,  unless  otherwise  provided  by  the 
rules  of  court. 

(4)  A  judge  assigned  to  hear  and  determine  a  motion  may  ^^^"^ 
adjourn  it  to  a  panel  of  the  Divisional  Court. 

(5)  A  panel  of  the  Divisional  Court  may,  on  motion,  set  ^^^"^ 
aside  or  vary  the  decision  of  a  judge  who  hears  and  deter- 
mines a  motion.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  16,  amended. 

SMALL  CLAIMS  COURT 

21. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  branch  of  the  General  Division  Smaii  Claims 
to  be  known  as  the  Small  Claims  Court  consisting  of  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  who  shall  be  president  of  the 
court  and  such  other  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  the 
Chief  Justice  designates  from  time  to  time. 

(2)  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  is  also  a  judge  of  Jurisdiction 
the  Small  Claims  Court.     New.  °^  ^"'^^^ 


22. — (1)  The  Small  Claims  Court, 

(a)  has  jurisdiction  in  any  action  for  the  payment  of 
money  where  the  amount  claimed  does  not  exceed 
the  prescribed  amount  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs;  and 


Jurisdiction 


10 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(b)  has  jurisdiction  in  any  action  for  the  recovery  of 
possession  of  personal  property  where  the  value  of 
the  property  does  not  exceed  the  prescribed 
amount.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  78  (1),  amended. 

Transfer  (2)  An  action  in  the  General  Division  may  be  transferred  to 

feion "''''  the  Small  Claims  Court  by  the  local  registrar  of  the  General 

Division  on  requisition  with  the  consent  of  all  parties  filed 

before  the  trial  commences  if, 

(a)  the  only  claim  is  for  the  payment  of  money  or  the 
recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property;  and 

(b)  the  claim  is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court. 

Wem  (3)  An  action  transferred  to  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall 

be  titled  and  continued  as  if  it  had  been  commenced  in  that 
court,      1984,  c.  11,  s.  84,  amended. 


Composition        23. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  be 
hearings  °^     heard  and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  General  Division. 


Provincial 
judge  or 
deputy  judge 
may  preside 


(2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  may  also  be 
heard  and  determined  by, 

(a)  a  provincial  judge  who  was  assigned  to  the  Provin- 
cial Court  (Civil  Division)  immediately  before  this 
section  comes  into  force;  or 


Where 

deputy  judge 
not  to 
preside 


(b)    a  deputy  judge  appointed  under  section  31. 
(3)  A  deputy  judge  shall  not  hear  and  determine  an  action, 

(a)  for  the  payment  of  money  in  excess  of  the  pre- 
scribed amount;  or 

(b)  for  the  recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property 
exceeding  the  prescribed  amount  in  value.     New. 

24,  The  Small  Claims  Court  shall  hear  and  determine  in  a 
summary  way  all  questions  of  law  and  fact  and  may  make  such 
order  as  is  considered  just  and  agreeable  to  good  conscience. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  78  (3),  amended. 

Representation  25.  A  party  may  be  represented  in  a  proceeding  in  the 
Small  Claims  Court  by  counsel  or  an  agent  but  the  court  may 
exclude  from  a  hearing  anyone,  other  than  a  barrister  and 
solicitor  qualified  to  practise  in  Ontario,  appearing  as  an  agent 
on  behalf  of  a  party  if  it  finds  that  such  person  is  not  compe- 


Summary 
hearings 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  11 

tent  properly  to  represent  the  party  or  does  not  understand 
and  comply  at  the  hearing  with  the  duties  and  responsibilities 
of  an  advocate.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  79,  amended. 

26.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (3)  and  (4),  the  Small  Evidence 
Claims  Court  may  admit  as  evidence  at  a  hearing  and  act 
upon  any  oral  testimony  and  any  document  or  other  thing  so 
long  as  the  evidence  is  relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of  the 
proceeding,  but  the  court  may  exclude  anything  unduly  repeti- 
tious. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  whether  or  not  the  evidence  is  ^'^^^ 
given  or  proven  under  oath  or  affirmation  or  admissible  as 
evidence  in  any  other  court. 

(3)  Nothing  is  admissible  in  evidence  at  a  hearing,  wem 

(a)  that  would  be  inadmissible  by  reason  of  any  privi- 
lege under  the  law  of  evidence;  or 

(b)  that  is  inadmissible  by  any  Act. 

(4)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  overrides  the  provisions  of  Conflicts 
any  Act  expressly  limiting  the  extent  to  or  purposes  for  which 

any  oral  testimony,  documents  or  things  may  be  admitted  or 
used  in  evidence  in  any  proceeding. 

(5)  A  copy  of  a  document  or  any  other  thing  may  be  admit-  Copies 
ted  as  evidence  at  a  hearing  if  the  presiding  judge  is  satisfied 

as  to  its  authenticity.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  80,  amended. 

27.  The  Small  Claims  Court  may  order  the  times  and  the  i'^^^fjf^"^ 
proportions  in  which  money  payable  under  an  order  of  the 
court  shall  be  paid.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  81,  amended. 


orders 


28.  An  award  of  costs  in  the  Small  Claims  Court,  other  Limit  on 
than  disbursements,   shall  not  exceed   15  per  cent  of  the  '^"^^^ 
amount  claimed  or  the  value  of  the  property  sought  to  be 
recovered  unless  the  court  considers  it  necessary  in  the  inter- 
ests of  justice  to  penalize  a  party,  counsel  or  agent  for  unrea- 
sonable behaviour  in  the  proceeding.     New. 

29.  Orders  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  be  directed  to  Enforcement 
a  bailiff  appointed  under  subsection  32  (1)  for  enforcement,  °  °'^  ^'^^ 
unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  rules  of  court.      1984,  c.  11, 

s.  82,  amended. 

30.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  a  final  Appeals 
order  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  in  an  action, 


12 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(a)  for  the  payment  of  money  in  excess  of  $500,  exclud- 
ing costs;  or 

(b)  for  the  recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property 
exceeding  $500  in  value.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  83, 
amended. 


Deputy 
judges 


Idem 


31. — (1)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division 
may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Attorney  General,  appoint  a 
barrister  and  solicitor  to  act  as  a  deputy  judge  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court  for  a  term  of  three  years. 

(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may 
renew  the  appointment  of  a  deputy  judge  for  one  or  more 
three-year  terms. 


Idem 


(3)  The  appointment  of  a  person  who  was  a  deputy  judge 
immediately  before  this  section  comes  into  force  is  deemed  to 
be  renewed  under  subsection  (2)  on  the  day  this  section  comes 
into  force.     New. 


b'Tff^f'^  32. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  clerk  and  one  or  more  bailiffs 

Small  Claims   for  cach  division  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  who  shall  be 
Court  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Idem 


(2)  With  the  approval  of  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  or 
the  person  designated  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General,  every 
clerk  and  bailiff  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  in  a  division  that  is 
not  designated  under  clause  52  (1)  (g)  may  appoint  in  writing 
a  deputy  who  may  exercise  and  perform  all  the  powers  and 
duties  of  the  clerk  or  bailiff. 


Referee 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
referee  for  a  division  of  the  Small  Claims  Court.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  86  (4,  5),  amended. 


PROVINCIAL  DIVISION 


Provincial 
Division 


Composition 
of  Provincial 
Division 


33.  The  Provincial  Court  (Criminal  Division),  the  Provin- 
cial Court  (Family  Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences 
Court  are  amalgamated  and  continued  as  a  court  of  record 
named  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division).     New. 

34.  The  Provincial  Division  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division 
appointed  under  subsection  41  (3),  who  shall  be 
president  of  the  Provincial  Division; 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


13 


(b)  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division 
appointed  under  subsection  41  (4)  for  each  region; 
and 


(c)    such   provincial   judges    as    are    appointed   under 
subsection  41  (1).      New. 


35. — (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall  Powers  and 
direct  and  supervise  the  sittings  of  the  Provincial  Division  and  chief  Judge 
the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties.      1984,  c. 
amended. 


11,  S.   63   (5),    of  Provincial 
Division 


(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall.  Regional 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  j^udgTs, 
Division,  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the  Provincial 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  his  or  her  region. 

(3)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  may  Delegation 
delegate  to  a  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  his  or  her 

region  the  authority  to  exercise  specified  functions.     New. 

(4)  If  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  is  absent  ^^^^"f  ^^ 

Chief  Juuce 

from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  of  Provincial 
powers  and  duties  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  Division 
regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  designated  by 
the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division.         1984,  c.  11, 
s.  63  (7),  amended. 

(5)  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Absence  of 
Provincial  Division  who  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  senior%dge 
reason  unable  to  act  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  of  Provincial 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge     '^'^'°" 

of  the  Provincial  Division. 

(6)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  may  hold  Meetings 
meetings  with  the  regional  senior  judges  of  the  Provincial  ^niorfudges 
Division  in  order  to  consider  any  matters  concerning  sittings 

of  the  Provincial  Division  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial 
duties.     New. 


36.— (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  ^^jj^^'^^  ^^ 
Division)  shall  assign  every  provincial  judge  to  a  region  and  '^^^'^"^ 
may  re-assign  a  judge  from  one  region  to  another. 


regions 


Idem 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  prevent  the  temporary  assign- 
ment of  a  provincial  judge  to  a  location  anywhere  in  Ontario. 

New. 

37. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  has  the  power  and  authority  C""™'"^! 
of  two  or  more  justices  of  the  peace  when  sitting  in  the  ^""^  "^^'°" 


14 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Provincial  Division  and  shall  exercise  the  powers  and  perform 
the  duties  that  any  Act  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  confers 
on  a  provincial  court  judge  when  sitting  in  the  Provincial 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  67  (1),  amended. 


Provincial 
offences  and 
family 
jurisdiction 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  400 
1986,  c.  4 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  68 
1984,  c.  55 

Youth  court 
jurisdiction 

R.S.C.  1985, 

c.  Y-1 


(2)  The  Provincial  Division  shall  perform  any  function 
assigned  to  it  by  or  under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act,  the 
Family  Law  Act,  1986,  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  the 
Child  and  Family  Services  Act,  1984  or  any  other  Act.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  69,  s.  75  (1)  (a),  (k),  amended. 


(3)  The  Provincial  Division  is  a  youth  court  for  the  pur- 
poses of  the  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada).  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  67  (2),  s.  75  (1)  (b),  amended. 


Judge  to 
preside 


38. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Provincial  Division  shall  be 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  66  (2),  s.  74  (2),  amended. 


Justice  of  the 
peace  may 
preside 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  400 

Appeals 


(2)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  preside  over  the  Provincial 
Division  in  a  proceeding  under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  68  (2),  amended. 

39. — (1)  If  no  provision  is  made  concerning  an  appeal 
from  an  order  of  the  Provincial  Division,  an  appeal  lies  to  the 
General  Division. 


Exception  (2)  Subscction  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  proceeding  under  the 

RS;C.  1985,    Criminal  Code  (Canada)   or  the   Provincial  Offences  Act. 
1987,  c.  1,  s.  6,  amended. 


Penalty  for 
disturbance 
outside 
courtroom 


Appointment 
or  provincial 
judges 


40.  Any  person  who  knowingly  disturbs  or  interferes  with 
a  proceeding  in  the  Provincial  Division  without  reasonable 
justification  while  outside  the  courtroom  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$1,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  thirty 
days,  or  to  both.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  72,  amended. 

PROVINCIAL  JUDGES 

41. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  Attorney  General,  may  appoint  such 
provincial  judges  as  are  considered  necessary. 


Qualifications 


(2)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  as  a  provincial  judge  j 
unless  he  or  she  has  been  a  member  of  the  bar  of  one  of  the  j 
provinces  of  Canada  for  at  least  ten  years.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  52.  i 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  15 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  chief  judge 
provincial  judge  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division. 

1984,  c.  11,  s.  63  (1),  amended. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  Regional 
provincial  judge  to  be  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provin-  ^^"'""^  ^"  ^^^ 
cial  Division  for  each  region. 

(5)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  and  the  Term  of 
regional  senior  judges  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall  hold 
office  for  five  years. 

(6)  If  a  successor  is  not  appointed  within  five  years,  the  '''em 
Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  shall  continue  in  office 
until  the  successor  is  appointed,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  Chief 
Judge  or  regional  senior  judge  hold  office  for  more  than  seven 
years. 

(7)  A  Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  whose  term  of  Former  chief 
office  expires  under  subsection  (5)  or  (6)  shall  continue  to    "  ^^'  ^^'^' 
hold  the  office  of  provincial  judge  and  is  entitled  to  an  annual 

salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  provincial  judge;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  he  or  she  received  immediately 
before  ceasing  to  be  Chief  Judge  or  regional  senior 
judge. 

(8)  A  Chief  Judge  or  regional  senior  judge  whose  term  of  chief  Judge, 
office   expires   under   subsection   (5)   or   (6)    shall   not   be  be^ '  "°*  ^° 
reappointed  to  the  same  position.     New.  reappointed 

42. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  shall  devote  his  or  her  whole  2!.^er 
time  to  the  performance  of  his  or  her  duties  as  a  judge,  except 
as  authorized  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


employment 


(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  provincial  judge  who,  before  ^^^^ 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1985,  had  the  consent  of  the  Attorney 
General  to  act  as  an  arbitrator  or  conciliator  may  continue  to 
so  act.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  53,  amended. 

43. — (1)  Every  provincial  judge  shall  retire  upon  attaining  Retirement 
the  age  of  sixty-five  years. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  provincial  judge  appointed  as  '''em 
a  full-time  magistrate,  judge  of  a  juvenile  and  family  court  or 
master  before  the  2nd  day  of  December,  1968  shall  retire 
upon  attaining  the  age  of  seventy  years. 


16 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Continuation 
of  judges  in 
office 


Idem 


Continuation 
of  regional 
senior  judge 
in  office 


Idem 


Continuation 
of 

Co-ordinator 
in  office 
1989,  c.  46 


Idem 


Continuation 
in  office  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Provincial 
Division 


Resignation 
of  judge 


Resignation 
as  Chief 
Judge,  etc. 


(3)  A  judge  who  has  attained  the  age  of  sixty-five  years 
may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Provincial  Division,  continue  in  office  as  a  full-time  or  part- 
time  judge  until  he  or  she  attains  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(4)  A  judge  who  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy  years  may, 
subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  con- 
tinue in  office  as  a  full-time  or  part-time  judge  until  he  or  she 
has  attained  the  age  of  seventy-five  years. 

(5)  Subject  to  subsections  41  (5)  and  (6),  a  regional  senior 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  who  is  in  office  upon  attain- 
ing the  age  of  sixty-five  years  may,  subject  to  the  annual 
approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division,  con- 
tinue in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  sev- 
enty years. 

(6)  Subject  to  subsections  41  (5)  and  (6),  a  regional  senior 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  who  is  in  office  upon  attain- 
ing the  age  of  seventy  years  may,  subject  to  the  annual 
approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  continue  in  that  office  until 
he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy-five  years. 

(7)  Subject  to  subsections  13  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Justices  of 
the  Peace  Act,  1989,  if  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the 
Peace  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age  of  sixty-five  years,  he 
or  she  may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Chief  Judge 
of  the  Provincial  Division,  continue  in  that  office  until  he  or 
she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsections  13  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Justices  of 
the  Peace  Act,  1989,  if  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the 
Peace  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age  of  seventy  years,  he 
or  she  may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial 
Council,  continue  in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained 
the  age  of  seventy-five  years.      New. 

(9)  Subject  to  subsections  41  (5)  and  (6),  if  the  Chief  Judge 
of  the  Provincial  Division  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age 
for  retirement  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2),  he  or  she  may,  sub- 
ject to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  continue 
in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy- 
five  years.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  54,  amended. 

44. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  may  at  any  time  resign  from 
his  or  her  office  by  delivering  a  signed  letter  of  resignation  to 
the  Attorney  General,  i 

(2)  A  Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  may,  before  \ 
the  expiry  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  under  subsection  41  (5) ! 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  17 

or  (6),  elect  to  hold  the  office  of  a  provincial  judge  only,  by 
delivering  a  signed  letter  to  that  effect  to  the  Attorney 
General. 


(3)  The  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the  Peace  may,  before  Resignation 
the  expiry  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  under  subsection  13  (2)  coordinator 
or  (3)  of  the  Justices  of  the  Peace  Act,  1989,  elect  to  hold  the  i989,  c.  46 
office  of  a  provincial  judge  only,  by  delivering  a  signed  letter 

to  that  effect  to  the  Attorney  General.     New. 

(4)  A  resignation  or  election  under  this  section  takes  effect  Effective 
on  the  day  the  letter  is  delivered  to  the  Attorney  General  or, 

if  the  letter  specifies  a  later  day,  on  that  day.      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  55,  s.  65,  amended. 

45. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  may  be  removed  from  office  Removal  for 
before  attaining  retirement  age  only  if, 

(a)  a  complaint  regarding  the  judge  has  been  made  to 
the  Judicial  Council;  and 

(b)  the  removal  is  recommended  by  an  inquiry  held 
under  section  49  on  the  ground  that  the  judge  has 
become  incapacitated  or  disabled  from  the  due  exe- 
cution of  his  or  her  office  by  reason  of, 

(i)  infirmity, 

(ii)  conduct  that  is  incompatible  with  the  execu- 
tion of  his  or  her  office,  or 

(iii)  having  failed  to  perform  the  duties  of  his  or 
her  office. 

(2)  An  order  removing  a  provincial  judge  from  office  under  Order  for 
this  section  may  be  made  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  on  the  ^^"^^''^^ 
address  of  the  Legislative  Assembly.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  56, 
amended. 

46. — (1)  The  Judicial  Council  for  Provincial  Judges  is  con-  Judicial 
tinned  as  the  Ontario  Judicial  Council  and  shall  be  composed 
of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  who  shall  preside  over 
the  Ontario  Judicial  Council; 

(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court; 


18 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(d)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division); 

(e)  the    Treasurer    of   The    Law    Society    of    Upper 
Canada;  and 

(f)  not  more  than  two  other  persons  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Quorum 


Staff 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


(2)  A  majority  of  members  of  the  Judicial  Council  consti- 
tutes a  quorum  and  is  sufficient  for  the  exercise  of  all  the 
jurisdiction  and  powers  of  the  Judicial  Council. 

(3)  Such  officers  and  employees  of  the  Judicial  Council  as 
are  considered  necessary  may  be  appointed  under  the  Public 
Service  Act. 


Expert 
assistance 


(4)  The  Judicial  Council  may  engage  persons,  including 
counsel,  to  assist  it  in  its  investigations.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  57, 
amended. 


Transition 


(5)  An  investigation  commenced  by  the  Judicial  Council 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  be  continued  by  the 
Judicial  Council  as  it  was  constituted  before  this  section  comes 
into  force.      New. 


Functions 


Liability  for 
damages 


Investigation 
of  complaints 


Referral  to 
Chief  Judge 


47. — (1)  The  functions  of  the  Judicial  Council  are, 

(a)  to  consider  all  proposed  appointments  of  provincial 
judges  and  make  a  report  on  them  to  the  Attorney 
General; 

(b)  to  receive  and  investigate  complaints  against  provin- 
cial judges. 

(2)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  for  damages  shall  be 
instituted  against  the  Judicial  Council  or  any  member  or  offi- 
cer of  it  or  any  person  acting  under  its  authority  for  any  act 
done  in  good  faith  in  the  execution  or  intended  execution  of 
its  or  his  or  her  duty.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  58. 

48. — (1)  Where  the  Judicial  Council  receives  a  complaint 
against  a  provincial  judge,  it  shall  take  such  action  to  investi- 
gate the  complaint  as  it  considers  advisable. 

(2)  The  Judicial  Council  may  transmit  those  complaints  it 
considers  appropriate, 

(a)  concerning  provincial  judges  to  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Provincial  Division;  and 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  19 

(b)    concerning   masters   to   the    Chief  Justice   of  the 
Ontario  Court. 

(3)  The  proceedings  of  the  Judicial  Council  shall  not  be  Proceedings 
public,  but  it  may  inform  the  Attorney  General  respecting  "°*  ^" 
matters  that  it  has  investigated  and  the  Attorney  General  may 

make  public  the  fact  that  an  investigation  has  been  under- 
taken. 

(4)  The  Judicial  Council  may  order  that  information  or  doc-  Prohibiting 
uments  relating  to  its  proceedings  not  be  published  or  dis-  ^" 
closed  except  as  required  by  law. 

(5)  The  Judicial  Council  has  all  the  powers  of  a  commission  Powers 
under  Part  II  of  the  Public  Inquiries  Act,  which  Part  applies  to  ^^;9  ^^^' 
the  investigation  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


c.  411 


(6)  When  the  Judicial  Council  has  dealt  with  a  complaint  Notice  of 
regarding  a  provincial  judge,  it  shall  inform  the  following  per-  '^p°^"'"" 
sons  of  its  disposition  of  the  complaint: 

1.  The  person  who  made  the  complaint. 

2.  If  the  complaint  was  brought  to  the  attention  of  the 
judge,  the  judge. 

(7)  The  Judicial  Council  may  report  its  opinion  regarding  Report  and 
the  complaint  to  the  Attorney  General  and  may  recommend,     SioHr^" 

(a)  that  an  inquiry  be  held  under  section  49; 

(b)  that  the  judge  be  compensated  for  all  or  part  of  the 
costs  incurred  by  the  judge  relating  to  the  investiga- 
tion. 

(8)  A  copy  of  a  report  made  under  subsection  (7)  shall  be  Copy  to 
given  to  the  judge.  ^"  ^^ 

(9)  The  Judicial  Council  shall  not  make  a  report  under  sub-  R'fh^  to  be 
section  (7)  unless  the  judge  was  notified  of  the  investigation 
and  given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  and  to  produce  evidence 
on  his  or  her  behalf. 

(10)  When  the  Judicial  Council  makes  a  report  to  the  Publication 
Attorney  General  under  subsection  (7),  the  Attorney  General      "^^^"^ 
may  make  all  or  part  of  the  report  public,  if  he  or  she  is  of  the 
opinion  that  it  is  in  the  public  interest  to  do  so.      1984,  c.  11, 

s.  59,  amended. 


heard 


20 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Inquiry  49, — (1)  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may 

appoint  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  inquire  into  the 
question  whether  a  provincial  judge  should  be  removed  from 
office. 


Powers 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  411 

Report 


Tabling  of 
report 


(2)  The  Public  Inquiries  Act  applies  to  an  inquiry  under 
subsection  (1). 

(3)  The  report  of  the  inquiry  may  recommend, 

(a)  that  the  judge  be  removed  from  office; 

(b)  that  the  judge  be  compensated  for  all  or  part  of  the 
costs  incurred  by  the  judge  relating  to  the  inquiry. 

(4)  The  report  of  the  inquiry  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legis- 
lative Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  commencement  of  the  next  session.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  60,  amended. 


Provincial 
Judges 

Remuneration 
Commission 


50. — (1)  The  committee  known  as  the  Ontario  Provincial 
Courts  Committee  is  continued  as  the  Provincial  Judges 
Remuneration  Commission. 


Composition 

of 

Commission 


(2)  The  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  the  following 
three  members: 


1 .  One  appointed  jointly  by  the  associations  represent- 
ing provincial  judges. 

2.  One   appointed   by   the   Lieutenant   Governor  in 
Council. 

3.  One,  who  shall  head  the  Commission,  appointed 
jointly  by  the  bodies  referred  to  in  paragraphs  1  and 

2. 


Function 


Annual 
report 


(3)  The  function  of  the  Provincial  Judges  Remuneration 
Commission  is  to  inquire  into  and  make  recommendations  to 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  respecting  any  matter 
relating  to  the  remuneration,  allowances  and  benefits  of  pro- 
vincial judges,  including  the  matters  referred  to  in  clauses 
52  (1)  (b)  and  (c). 

(4)  The  Commission  shall  make  an  annual  report  of  its 
activities  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


l!^^!,-?^  (5)  Recommendations  of  the  Commission  and  its  annual 

rccornmcn~ 

dations  report  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  21 

session  or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days  of  the  commencement  of 
the  next  session.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  88,  amended. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

51. — (1)  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  shall  ^^^^^"s  of 
meet  at  least  once  in  each  year,  on  a  day  fixed  by  the  Chief  ^"  ^^^ 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court,  in  order  to  consider  this  Act,  the 
rules  of  court  and  the  administration  of  justice  generally. 

(2)  The  judges  shall  report  their  recommendations  to  the  I'lem 
Attorney  General.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  10,  amended. 

(3)  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  in  each  Regional 
region  shall  meet  at  least  once  in  each  year,  on  a  day  fixed  by  jlldge"^  ° 
the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division,  in  order  to 
consider  this  Act,  the  rules  of  court  and  the  administration  of 
justice  in  the  region  generally. 

(4)  The  judges  shall  report  their  recommendations  to  the  Wem 
Attorney  General.     New. 

52. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 

(a)  fixing  the  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Division 
who  are  in  addition  to  the  Chief  Justice,  the 
regional  senior  judges  and  the  Senior  Judge  for  the 
Unified  Family  Court; 

(b)  fixing  the  remuneration  of  provincial  judges  and 
masters; 

(c)  providing  for  the  benefits  to  which  provincial  judges 
and  masters  are  entitled,  including, 

(i)  leave  of  absence  and  vacations, 

(ii)  sick  leave  credits  and  payments  in  respect  of 
those  credits, 

(iii)  pension  benefits  for  provincial  judges,  masters 
and  their  surviving  spouses  and  children; 

(d)  prescribing  territorial  divisions  for  the  Small  Claims 
Court; 

(e)  prescribing  the  maximum  amount  of  a  claim  in  the 
Small  Claims  Court  for  the  purposes  of  subsection 

22(1); 


22  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(f)  prescribing  the  maximum  amount  of  a  claim  over 
which  a  deputy  judge  may  preside  for  the  purposes 
of  subsection  23  (3); 

(g)  providing  for  the  retention  of  fees  by  clerks,  bailiffs 
and  referees  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  who  are  not 

R.s.o.  1980,  civil  servants  under  the  Public  Service  Act  and  des- 

^'  ^^^  ignating  divisions  where  clerks,  bailiffs  and  referees 

of  the  Small  Claims  Court  may  be  appointed  to  a 
position  as  a  civil  servant  under  that  Act; 

(h)  prescribing  the  duties  of  clerks,  bailiffs  and  referees 
of  the  Small  Claims  Court; 

(i)  prescribing  for  each  region  the  minimum  number  of 
judges  of  the  General  Division  and  of  the  Provincial 
Division  who  are  to  be  assigned  to  that  region. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (2),  s.  20  (4),  s.  87  (1),  amended. 

Idem  (2)  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  judges  of  the  General 

Division  under  clause  (1)  (a)  does  not  affect  appointments 
existing  at  the  time  of  the  reduction.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (2), 
amended. 

Contributions  p)  Regulations  made  under  clause  (1)  (c)  may  require 
judges  and  masters  to  contribute  from  their  salaries  part  of 
the  costs  of  benefits  and  may  fix  the  amount  of  the  contribu- 
tions. 

Amplication         (4)  \  regulation  made  under  clause  (1)  (c)  may  modify  or 
R.s.o.  1980,   exclude  the  application  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation 

c-  419  Act. 

ofTe'uTations      ^^^  ^  regulation  made  under  subsection  (1)  may  be  general 
reguaions  ^^  particular  in  its  application.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  20  (5-7), 
s.  87  (2-4),  amended. 

PART  III 

Unified  Family  Court 

Famify^ Court  ^^'  ^^^  Unified  Family  Court  is  continued  as  a  superior 
court  of  record  in  and  for  The  Regional  Municipality  of 
Hamilton- Wentworth.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  38,  amended. 

SfSS'^'""  54.— (1)  The  Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  presided  over 
by. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


23 


(a)  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 
appointed  as  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family 
Court;  or 

(b)  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division), 

who  is  authorized  under  subsection  (3)  to  exercise  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

(2)  The  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family  Court  shall  Duties  of 

senior  luclse 

supervise  and  direct  the  sittings  and  the  assignment  of  the 
judicial  duties  of  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  authorize  a  Authority  for 

P  rovinci3i 

judge  of  the  General  Division  to  exercise  the  jurisdiction  of  a  Division 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division.  matters 

(4)  A  judge  who  may  preside  over  the  Unified  Family  Exercise  of 
Court  shall  exercise  his  or  her  jurisdiction  as  a  judge  of  the  j^urisdiction 
General  Division  or  a  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  the 
matters  in  which  the   General   Division  or  the   Provincial 
Division  or  a  judge  of  one  of  them  has  jurisdiction  under  the 
statutory  provisions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part. 

1984,  c.  11,  s.  39;  1987,  c.  1,  s.  1,  amended. 


55. — (1)  Proceedings  taken  in  a  court  in  The  Regional  P^^^^dings 
Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  under  the  statutory  pro-  Fami"y  Court 
visions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part,  other  than  by  way 
of  appeal,  shall  be  commenced  and  titled  in  the  Unified 
Family  Court  and  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  shall  be  exer- 
cised in  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(2)  A  motion  for  interim  relief  under  the  Divorce  Act,  1985  ^'^em 
(Canada),  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986  or  the  Children's  Law  ^•^-  ^^^' 
Reform  Act  in  a  proceeding  in  the  General  Division  shall  be  1986,  c.  a 
heard  in  the  Unified  Family  Court  if  it  is  required  or  permit-  r.s.o.  i980, 
ted  to  be  heard  in  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-  ^  ^^ 
Wentworth  by  the  rules  of  court  or  an  order  of  the  court. 

1984,  c.  11,  s.  40  (1,  2)  amended. 

(3)  All  proceedings  commenced  in  or  transferred  to  the  No  jury 
Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  heard  and  determined  without  a 

jury.     1984,  c.  11,  s.  40  (4),  amended. 

56.  Where  a  proceeding  is  commenced  in  the  Unified  other 
Family  Court  in  a  matter  over  which  jurisdiction  may  be  exer-  ^""^  "^"°" 
cised  in  the  Unified  Family  Court  and  is  combined  with  a 
related  matter  in  the  jurisdiction  of  the  judge  but  respecting 
which  jurisdiction  may  not  be  exercised  in  the  Unified  Family 


24 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Court,  the  court  may,  with  leave  of  the  judge,  hear  and  deter- 
mine the  combined  matters.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  41,  amended. 


Orders  of 

predecessor 

court 


57. — (1)  The  Unified  Family  Court  may  hear  and  deter- 
mine an  application  under  an  Act  to  discharge,  vary  or  sus- 
pend an  order  made  by  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division) 
of  the  Judicial  District  of  Hamilton-Wentworth. 


Enforcement  (2)  The  Unified  Family  Court  may  enforce  orders  made  by 
the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  of  the  Judicial  District 
of  Hamilton-Wentworth.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  42,  amended. 


Place  where 
proceedings 
commenced 


Idem, 
custody  or 
access 
R.S.O.  1980, 


58. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  proceedings  referred  to 
in  subsection  55  (1)  may  be  commenced  in  the  Unified  Family 
Court  where  the  applicant  or  the  respondent  resides  in  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  44  (1),  amended. 

(2)  An  application  under  Part  III  of  the  Children's  Law 
Reform  Act  in  respect  of  a  child  who  ordinarily  resides  in  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  may  be  com- 
menced in  the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (2), 
amended. 


Transfer  to 
other  court 


Transfer 
from  other 
court 


(3)  A  judge  who  may  preside  over  the  Unified  Family 
Court  may,  on  motion,  order  that  a  proceeding  commenced  in 
the  Unified  Family  Court  be  transferred  to  the  appropriate 
court  in  a  place  where  there  is  no  Unified  Family  Court  if,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  judge,  there  is  a  preponderance  of  conven- 
ience for  the  matter  to  be  dealt  with  by  that  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  44(3). 

(4)  A  judge  of  a  court  having  jurisdiction  in  a  proceeding 
under  a  statutory  provision  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part 
in  an  area  other  than  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- 
Wentworth  may,  on  motion,  order  that  the  proceeding  be 
transferred  to  the  Unified  Family  Court  if,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  judge,  there  is  a  preponderance  of  convenience  for  the 
matter  to  be  dealt  with  by  that  court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (4), 
amended. 


Directions 


Status  of 
orders 


(5)  A  judge  making  an  order  under  subsection  (3)  or  (4)j 
may  give  such  directions  for  the  transfer  as  are  considered! 
just.      1984,c.  ll,s.  44(5). 

59.  An  order  of  a  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family! 
Court  made  in  the  exercise  of  his  or  her  jurisdiction  as  a  judge  i 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  is  an  order  of  the! 
General  Division  for  all  purposes.  1984,  c.   11,  s.  45, ( 

amended. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  25 

60. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  a  provision  for  Appeals 
an  appeal  from  an  order  made  under  the  statutory  provisions 
set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part  applies  to  an  order  when 
made  in  the  exercise  of  the  jurisdiction  by  a  judge  presiding 
over  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(2)  Where  an  order  made  by  the  Unified  Family  Court  ^^em 
under  a  statutory  provision  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part 

is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  outside  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- 
Wentworth,  the  order  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  an  appeal,  be 
deemed  to  have  been  made  by  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  46  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  A   provision    for   an    appeal    to    the    Ontario    Court  ^''em 
(General  Division)  or  a  judge  of  it  from  an  order  made  by  the 
Unified  Family  Court  under  the  statutory  provisions  set  out  in 

the  Schedule  to  this  Part  shall  be  deemed  to  provide  for  an 
appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court.     A^evv. 

(4)  Where  no  provision  is  made  for  an  appeal  from  an  i^em 
order  of  a  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family  Court,  an 
appeal  lies, 

(a)  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  a  final  order,  except 
an  order  referred  to  in  clause  (b); 

(b)  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  a  final  order, 

(i)  for    a    single    payment    of    not    more    than 
$25,000,  exclusive  of  costs, 

(ii)  for  periodic  payments  that  amount  to  not 
more  than  $25,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  in  the 
twelve  months  commencing  on  the  date  the 
first  payment  is  due  under  the  order, 

(iii)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  not 
more  than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i) 
or  (ii),  or 

(iv)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  more 
than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii) 
and  in  respect  of  which  the  judge  indicates 
that  if  the  claim  had  been  allowed  the  amount 
awarded  would  have  been  not  more  than  the 
amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii);  or 


26 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Criminal 
jurisdiction 


(c)  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  interlocutory  order, 
with  leave  as  provided  in  the  rules  of  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  46  (4),  amended. 

61. — (1)  A  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family  Court 
has  all  the  powers  of  a  judge  sitting  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  for  the  purposes  of  proceedings  under 


R.s.c.  1985,    the  Criminal  Code  (Canada). 

c.  C-46  ^ 


Idem 


(2)  The  Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  and 
shall  sit  as  the  Provincial  Division, 

(a)  for  the  purpose  of  dealing  with  young  persons  as 
defined  in  the  Provincial  Offences  Act;  and 

(b)  for  the  purpose  of  prosecutions  under  the  Family 
Law  Act,  1986,  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  the 
Minors'  Protection  Act  and  Part  III  (Child 
Protection)  and  Part  VII  (Adoption)  of  the  Child 
and  Family  Services  Act,  1984. 

(3)  The  Unified  Family  Court  is  a  youth  court  for  the  pur- 
R.s.c.  1985,    pose  of  the  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada).      1984,  c.  11, 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  400 

1986,  c.  4 

R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  68,  293 
1984,  c.  55 


Idem 


s.  47,  amended. 


Conciliation 
service 


Rules 


62.  A  conciliation  service  may  be  established,  maintained 
and  operated  as  part  of  the  Unified  Family  Court.      1984, 

c.  ll,s.  49.  I 

63. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
rules  for  the  Unified  Family  Court  in  relation  to  the  practice 
and  procedure  of  the  court  and  may  make  rules  for  the  court, 
even  though  they  alter  or  conform  to  the  substantive  law,  in 
relation  to, 

(a)  conduct  of  proceedings  in  the  court; 

(b)  joinder  of  claims  and  parties,  and  representation  of 
parties; 

(c)  commencement    of    proceedings    and    service    of 
process  in  or  outside  Ontario; 

(d)  discovery  and  other  forms  of  disclosure  before  hear-  ! 
ing,  including  their  scope  and  their  admissibility  and  j 
use  in  a  proceeding;  ! 

(e)  examination  of  witnesses  in  or  out  of  court; 

(f)  duties  of  clerks  and  other  officers; 


I 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


27 


(g)    references  of  proceedings  or  issues  in  a  proceeding 
and  the  powers  of  a  person  conducting  a  reference; 

(h)    costs  of  proceedings; 

(i)     enforcement  of  orders  and  process; 

(j)    payment  into  and  out  of  court; 

(k)    any  matter  that  is  referred  to  in  an  Act  as  provided 
for  by  rules  of  court. 

(2)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  authorizes  the  making  of  rules  i^em 
that  conflict  with  an  Act,  but  rules  may  be  made  under  sub- 
section (1)  supplementing  the  provisions  of  an  Act  in  respect 

of  practice  and  procedure. 

(3)  The  rules  of  court  made  under  Part  IV  do  not  apply  to  ^'^^"^ 
proceedings  in  the  Unified  Family  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  51, 
amended. 


SCHEDULE 


Jurisdiction  under  the  following  statutory  provisions: 


Statutes 

Provisions 

1. 

Annulment  of  Marriages  Act 
(Ontario)  (Canada) 

All 

2. 

Change  of  Name  Act,  1986 

All 

3. 

Child  and  Family  Services  Act,  1984 

Parts  in,  VI  and 
VII 

4. 

Children's  Law  Reform  Act 

All,  except  sections 
60  and  61 

5. 

Divorce  Act,  1985  (Canada) 

All 

6. 

Education  Act 

Sections  29  and  30 

7. 

Family  Law  Act,  1986 

All,  except  Part  V 

8. 

Marriage  Act 

Sections  6  and  9 

9. 

Minors'  Protection  Act 

Section  2 

10.  Reciprocal  Enforcement  of 
Maintenance  Orders  Act,  1982 

11.  Support  and  Custody  Orders 
Enforcement  Act,  1985 

12.  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada) 


All 

All 
All 


28  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

PART  IV 
Rules  of  Court 
Civil  Rules  54, — (1)  The  Civil  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 

Committee  .     n  i  j     r 

shall  be  composed  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  nine  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice 
of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(d)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(e)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(f)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(g)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of 
Upper  Canada  in  convocation; 

(h)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario;  and 

(i)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court. 

^^^^  (2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  Civil 

Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent 
or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside. 

office"^^  °^  ^'^^  ^^^^  ^^  ^^^  members  of  the  Civil  Rules  Committee 

appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h)  and  (i) 
shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  is  eligible  for 
reappointment. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  29 

(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed  vacancies 
under  clause  (1)  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h)  or  (i),  a  new  mem- 
ber similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for  the  remainder  of 

the  unexpired  term. 

(5)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Civil  Rules  Commit-  Quorum 
tee  constitutes  a  quorum.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  89,  amended. 

65. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover-  civii  Rules 
nor  in  Council,  the  Civil  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for 
the  Court  of  Appeal  and  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion) in  relation  to  the  practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts 
in  all  civil  proceedings,  including  family  law  proceedings. 

(2)  The  Civil  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for  the  ^^^^ 
courts  described  in  subsection  (1),  even  though  they  alter  or 
conform  to  the  substantive  law,  in  relation  to, 

(a)  conduct  of  proceedings  in  the  courts; 

(b)  joinder  of  claims  and  parties,  settlement  of  claims 
by  or  against  persons  under  disability,  whether  or 
not  a  proceeding  has  been  commenced  in  respect  of 
the  claim,  the  binding  effect  of  orders  and  repre- 
sentation of  parties; 

(c)  commencement  of  proceedings,  representation  of 
parties  by  solicitors  and  service  of  process  in  or  out- 
side Ontario; 

(d)  disposition  of  proceedings  without  a  hearing  and  its 
effect  and  authorizing  the  Court  of  Appeal  to  deter- 
mine in  the  first  instance  a  special  case  arising  in  a 
proceeding  commenced  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division); 

(e)  pleadings; 

(f)  discovery  and  other  forms  of  disclosure  before  hear- 
ing, including  their  scope  and  the  admissibility  and 
use  of  that  discovery  and  disclosure  in  a  proceeding; 

(g)  examination  of  witnesses  in  or  out  of  court; 

(h)  jurisdiction  of  masters,  including  the  conferral  on 
masters  of  any  jurisdiction  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  including  jurisdiction  under  an 
Act,  but  not  including  the  trial  of  actions  or  juris- 
diction conferred  by  an  Act  on  a  judge; 


30  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(i)     jurisdiction  and  duties  of  officers; 

(j)  motions  and  applications,  including  the  hearing  of 
motions  in  the  absence  of  the  public  and  prohibiting 
a  party  from  making  motions  without  leave; 

(k)  preservation  of  rights  of  parties  pending  the  out- 
come of  litigation,  including  sale,  recovery  of  pos- 
session or  preservation  of  property; 

(1)     interpleader; 

(m)  preparation  for  trial  and  offers  to  settle  and  their 
legal  consequences; 

(n)    the  mode  and  conduct  of  trials; 

(o)  the  appointment  by  the  court  of  independent 
experts,  their  remuneration  and  the  admissibility 
and  use  of  their  reports; 

(p)  the  discount  rate  to  be  used  in  determining  the 
amount  of  an  award  in  respect  of  future  pecuniary 
damages; 

(q)  references  of  proceedings  or  issues  in  a  proceeding 
and  the  powers  of  a  person  conducting  a  reference; 

(r)  costs  of  proceedings,  including  security  for  costs  and 
a  solicitor's  liability  for  or  disentitlement  to  costs; 

(s)  enforcement  of  orders  and  process  or  obligations 
under  the  rules; 

(t)  the  time  for  and  procedure  on  appeals  and  stays 
pending  appeal; 

(u)    payment  into  and  out  of  court; 

(v)  any  matter  that  is  referred  to  in  an  Act  as  provided 
for  by  rules  of  court. 

^^^^  (3)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  authorizes  the  making 

of  rules  that  conflict  with  an  Act,  but  rules  may  be  made 
under  subsections  (1)  and  (2)  supplementing  the  provisions  of 
an  Act  in  respect  of  practice  and  procedure.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  90,  amended. 

Family  Rules       66.— (1)  The  Family  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 

Committee  11,1  ,      ^ 

shall  be  composed  of, 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  31 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family  Court; 

(c)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(d)  three  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice 
of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(e)  four  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 

(f)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(g)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(h)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(i)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of 
Upper  Canada  in  convocation; 

(j)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court;  and 

(k)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division). 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  ^dem 
Family  Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is 
absent  or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the 
Chief  Justice  shall  preside. 

(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Family  Rules  Committee  tenure  of 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j)  and 

(k)  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  is  eligible 
for  reappointment. 


32 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Vacancies 


(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed 
under  clause  (1)  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j)  or  (k),  a  new 
member  similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for  the  remain- 
der of  the  unexpired  term. 


Quorum  (5)  A   majority   of  the    members   of  the    Family   Rules 

Committee  constitutes  a  quorum.     New. 


Family  Rules  57. — (J)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules 
for  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion) and  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  in  relation 
to  the  practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts  in  proceedings 
under  statutory  provisions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  Part  III 
(Unified  Family  Court),  except  proceedings  under  the  Young 
Offenders  Act  (Canada). 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  Y-l 


Idem 


(2)  Subsections  65  (2)  and  (3)  apply  with  necessary  modifi- 
cations to  the  Family  Rules  Committee  making  rules  for  the 
courts  described  in  subsection  (1). 


May  modify        (3)  xhc  rulcs  made  by  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may 

civil  rules 

adopt,  modify  or  exclude  the  rules  made  by  the  Civil  Rules 
Committee. 

K"  ^""^  ^^^  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 

Offenders  Act  Couucil,  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  prepare  rules  for 

the   purpose   of  section   68   of  the    Young   Offenders  Act 

(Canada)  for  consideration  by  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 

Division).     New. 


Criminal 

Rules 

Committee 


68. — (1)  The  Criminal  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 
shall  be  composed  of. 


(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  three  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  I 
of  the  Ontario  Court; 


(d)  four  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division),  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief! 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division);     I 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


33 


(e)  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the  Peace; 

(f)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(g)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(h)  three  Crown  attorneys,  deputy  Crown  attorneys  or 
assistant  Crown  attorneys,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Attorney  General; 

(i)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(j)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of  Upper 
Canada  in  convocation; 

(k)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(1)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court;  and 

(m)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division). 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the 
Criminal  Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario 
is  absent  or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the 
Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside. 

(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j), 
(k),  (1)  and  (m)  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years 
and  is  eligible  for  reappointment. 

(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed 
under  clause  (1)  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j),  (k),  (1)  or 
(m),  a  new  member  similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for 
the  remainder  of  the  unexpired  term. 

(5)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the   Criminal  Rules  Quorum 
Committee  constitutes  a  quorum.     New. 


Idem 


Tenure  of 
office 


Vacancies 


69. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  prepare 


Crimi 
Rule;, 


34  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

R.s.c.  1985,    rules  for  the  purposes  of  section  482  of  the  Criminal  Code 
c.  c-46  (Canada)   for  consideration  by  the   Court  of  Appeal,  the 

Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  and  the  Ontario  Court 

(Provincial  Division). 

Provincial  (2)  Subicct  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 


offences  rules 


Council,  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for 

the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 

and  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  in  relation  to  the 

practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts  in  proceedings  under 

R.s.o.  1980,   the  Provincial  Offences  Act.     New. 
c.  400  •'•' 

Idem  (3)  xhe  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  under 

subsection  (2), 

(a)  regulating  any  matters  relating  to  the  practice  and 
procedure  of  proceedings  under  the  Provincial 
Offences  Act; 

(b)  prescribing  forms; 

(c)  regulating  the  duties  of  the  employees  of  the  courts; 

(d)  prescribing  and  regulating  the  procedures  under  any 
Act  that  confers  jurisdiction  under  the  Provincial 
Offences  Act  on  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  or  a  judge  or  justice  of  the  peace  sitting  in 
it; 

(e)  prescribing  any  matter  relating  to  proceedings  under 
the  Provincial  Offences  Act  that  is  referred  to  in  an 
Act  as  provided  for  by  the  rules  of  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  73  (3),  amended. 

3.  Sections  92  and  93  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Coirts°  ^^' — ^^^  There    shall   be    a    committee,    known    as   the 

Management    Ontario  Courts  Management  Advisorv  Committee,  composed 

Advisory  of 

Committee  ' 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division);  | 

(b)  the  Attorney  General,  the  Deputy  Attorney  | 
General,  the  Assistant  Deputy  Attorney  General  i 
responsible    for    courts    administration    and    the  I 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  35 

Assistant  Deputy  Attorney  General  responsible  for 
criminal  law; 

(c)  two  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed  by  the 
Benchers  of  the  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada  in 
convocation  and  two  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  by  the  presidents  of  the  county  and 
district  law  associations;  and 

(d)  not  more  than  four  other  persons,  appointed  by  the 
Attorney  General  with  the  concurrence  of, 

(i)  all  of  the  judges  mentioned  in  clause  (a),  and 

(ii)  all  of  the  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed 
under  clause  (c). 


(2)  The  following  persons  shall  preside  over  meetings  of  the  who  to 
Committee,  by  rotation  at  intervals  fixed  by  the  Committee:       ^^^^^  ^ 

1.  A  judge  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (a)  selected  by  the 
judges  mentioned  in  that  clause. 

2.  The  Attorney  General  or  a  person  mentioned  in 
clause  (1)  (b)  and  designated  by  the  Attorney 
General. 

3.  A  barrister  and  solicitor  appointed  under  clause 
(1)  (c)  selected  by  the  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  under  that  clause. 

4.  A  person  appointed  under  clause  (1)  (d)  selected  by 
the  persons  appointed  under  that  clause. 

(3)  The  function  of  the   Committee   is  to  consider  and  Function  of 
recommend  to  the  appropriate  authority  policies  and  proce-     °'"'"' 
dures  to  promote  the  better  administration  of  justice  and  the 
effective  use  of  resources,  including  judicial  and  other  person- 
nel, in  the  public  interest.     New. 

92a. — (1)  For  judicial  purposes,  Ontario  is  divided  into  Regions  for 
the  regions  prescribed  under  subsection  (2).  pu/^ses 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations  prescribing  regions  for  the  purpose  of  this  Act,     New. 

92b. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  committee  in  each  region.  Regional 
known  as  the  Regional  Courts  Management  Advisory  Com-  Management 

mittee,  composed  of,  Advisory 

Committee 


36  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(a)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  and  the  regional  senior  judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the  regional  director  of  courts  administration  for  the 
Ministry  of  the  Attorney  General  and  the  regional 
director  of  Crown  attorneys; 

(c)  two  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed  jointly  by  the 
presidents  of  the  county  and  district  law  associations 
in  the  region;  and 

(d)  not  more  than  two  other  persons,  appointed  by  the 
Attorney  General  with  the  concurrence  of, 

(i)  both  of  the  judges  mentioned  in  clause  (a), 
and 

(ii)  both  of  the  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed 
under  clause  (c). 

Who  to  (2)  The  following  persons  shall  preside  over  meetings  of  the 

presi  e  Committee,  by  rotation  at  intervals  fixed  by  the  Committee: 

1.  A  judge  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (a)  selected  by  the 
judges  mentioned  in  that  clause. 

2.  An  official  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (b)  selected  by 
the  officials  mentioned  iri  that  clause. 

3.  A  barrister  and  solicitor  appointed  under  clause 
(1)  (c)  selected  by  the  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  under  that  clause. 

4.  A  person  appointed  under  clause  (1)  (d)  selected  by 
the  persons  appointed  under  that  clause. 

ComSe?  ^^^  ^^^  function  of  the  Committee  is  to  consider  and 
recommend  to  the  appropriate  authority  policies  and  proce- 
dures for  the  region  to  promote  the  better  administration  of 
justice  and  the  effective  use  of  resources,  including  judicial 
and  other  personnel,  in  the  public  interest. 

Frequency  of       M)  j\^q  Committee  shall  meet  at  least  four  times  each  year. 

meetings  ^r 

New. 

IS^oT^^  93. — (1)  The   powers   and   duties   of  a   judge   who   has 

regional         authority  to  supervise  and  direct  the  sittings  and  the  assign- 
senior  judge    ment  of  the  judicial  duties  of  his  or  her  court  include  the 
following: 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  37 

1.  Determining  the  sittings  of  the  court. 

2.  Assigning  judges  to  the  sittings. 

3.  Assigning  cases  to  individual  judges. 

4.  Determining  the  sitting  schedules  and  places  of  sit- 
tings for  individual  judges. 

5.  Determining  the  total  annual,  monthly  and  weekly 
workload  of  individual  judges. 

6.  Preparing  trial  lists  and  assigning  courtrooms,  to  the 
extent  necessary  to  control  the  determination  of 
who  is  assigned  to  hear  particular  cases.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  93,  amended. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  with  necessary  modifications  in  Powers  in 
respect  of  supervising  and  directing  the  sittings  and  assigning  masters  ° 
the  judicial  duties  of  masters.     New. 

4.  Section  94  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  tliereto 
the  following  subsections: 

(2)  A  power  or  duty  given  to  a  registrar,  sheriff,  court  Exercise  of 
clerk,  assessment  officer  or  official  examiner  under  an  Act,  regSrar" 
regulation  or  rule  of  court  may  be  exercised  or  performed  by  sheriff,  etc. 
a  person  or  class  of  persons  to  whom  the  power  or  duty  has 

been  assigned  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  or  a  person 
designated  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  applies  in  respect  of  an  Act,  regulation  idem 
or  rule  of  court  made  under  the  authority  of  the  Legislature  or 

of  the  Parliament  of  Canada. 

5.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

95a.  Documents  and  other  material  that  are  no  longer  Destruction 
required  in  a  court  office  shall  be  disposed  of  in  accordance  "  '•^^^"'"^"ts 
with  the  directions  of  the  Deputy  Attorney  General,  subject 
to  the  approval  of, 

(a)  in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Chief  Justice  of 
Ontario; 

(b)  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court; 


38 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Liability  of 
judges 


(c)  in  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division),  the 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division; 

(d)  in  the  Unified  Family  Court,  the  Senior  Judge  for 
the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  101  (4), 
amended. 

6.  Section  98  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

98.  Every  judge  of  a  court  in  Ontario  and  every  master 
has  the  same  immunity  from  liability  as  a  judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division). 

7.  Section  99  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Compen- 
sation for 
statutory 
duties 


99.  Every  judge  who  was  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
of  the  District  Court  before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  annual 
sum  of  $3,000,  payable  quarterly,  as  compensation  for  the  ser- 
vices the  judge  is  called  on  to  render  by  any  Act  of  the 
Legislature  in  addition  to  his  or  her  ordinary  duties. 


8.  Subsection  100  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Supreme  Court  or  the  District  Court"  in  the  first  and 
second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Court  of  Appeal  or 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


Judges' 
gowns 


9.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 

100a.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  respecting  the  form  of  the  gown  to  be  worn  in 
court  by  all  judges  appointed  after  this  section  comes  into 
force. 


How  certain 
judges  to  be 
addressed 


Idem 


100b. — (1)  Every  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  and  the  Unified  Family  Court  may  be  addressed  as 
"Your  Honour"  or  as  "(Mr.  or  Mme.)  Justice  {naming  the 
judgey\  ^^ 

(2)  A  judge  appointed  to  the  High  Court  of  Justice  before 
this  section  comes  into  force  may  elect  to  be  addressed 
according  to  the  practice  in  existence  before  this  section 
comes  into  force. 


10.  Section  101  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following! 
substituted  therefor:  I 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


39 


101. — (1)  Every  person  who  was  a  master  of  the  Supreme  Masters 
Court  before  this  section  comes  into  force  is  a  master  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division).     New. 

(2)  Every  master  has  the  jurisdiction  conferred  by  the  rules  Jurisdiction 
of  court  in  proceedings  in  the  General  Division.      1984,  c.  11, 

s.  20  (3). 

(3)  Sections  42  to  49  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Application 
masters  in  the  same  manner  as  to  provincial  judges.      1984,  ss.  42-49 
c.  11,  s.  20  (11),  amended. 

(4)  The  right  of  a  master  to  continue  in  office  under  sub-  i^em 
section  43  (3)  is  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Chief  Justice  of 

the  Ontario  Court  and  not  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provin- 
cial Division.      New. 

101a. — (1)  Money  paid  into  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Money 
Division)  shall  be  paid  to  the  Accountant  of  the  Ontario  Accountant 
Court  and  such  money  and  securities  in  which  the  money  is 
invested  are  vested  in  the  Accountant. 

(2)  Mortgages  and  other  securities  taken  under  an  order  of  Security  held 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  and  instruments  taken  Accountant 
as  security  in  respect  of  a  proceeding  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  shall  be  taken  in  the  name  of  the  Accoun- 
tant and  shall  be  deposited  in  his  or  her  office,  except  where 

an  order  provides  otherwise. 

(3)  The  Accountant  has  no  duty  or  obligation  in  respect  of  '"^em 
the  instruments  deposited  under  subsection  (2)  except  as  cus- 
todian of  the  instruments,  unless  an  order  of  the  court  pro- 
vides otherwise. 

(4)  The  Provincial  Auditor  shall  examine  and  report  on  the  Audit  by 
accounts  and  financial  transactions  of  the  Accountant.  1984,  aSot^ 
c.  11,  s.  22,  amended. 


101b. — (1)  The  finance  committee  is  continued  and  shall  Finance 

be  composed  of  three  persons  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  '^"'"'"'"^^ 
Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  The  finance  committee  has  control  and  management  of  Management 
the  money  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  the  funTs""^ 
investment  of  the  money  and  the  securities  in  which  it  is 
invested. 

(3)  Money  that  is  available  for  investment  shall  be  invested  investment  of 
in  investments  in  which  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  may  invest  ''''""  ^"'^' 


40 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  161 


public  money  under  section  3  of  the  Financial  Administration 
Act. 


Employment 
of  trust 
company 


(4)  The  finance  committee  may  employ  a  trust  company  to 
make  the  investments  or  act  as  custodian  of  the  securities  pur- 
chased as  investments. 


Interest 


(5)  The  finance  committee  may  provide  for  the  payment  of 
interest  on  money  paid  into  the  General  Division  and  may  fix 
the  rate  of  interest  so  paid. 


Reserve 
funds 


(6)  The  finance  committee  may  establish  such  reserve  funds 
as  it  considers  necessary.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  23,  amended. 


11.  Subsection  102  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Rules  of  Civil  Procedure"  in  the  third  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "rules  of  court". 

12.  Section  103  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Assessment 
officers 


103. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  Attorney  General,  may  appoint 
assessment  officers. 


Idem 
Jurisdiction 


Appeal  from 
assessment  of 
costs  before 
tribunal 


(2)  Every  master  is  an  assessment  officer. 

(3)  Every  assessment  officer  has  jurisdiction  to  assess  costs 
in  a  proceeding  in  any  court. 

(4)  Where  costs  of  a  proceeding  before  a  tribunal  other 
than  a  court  are  to  be  assessed  by  an  assessment  officer, 

(a)  the  rules  of  court  governing  the  procedure  on  an 
assessment  of  costs  apply  with  necessary  modifica- 
tions; and 

(b)  an  appeal  lies  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  from  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  the 
costs  if  an  objection  was  served  in  respect  of  the 
issue  appealed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 

13. — (1)  Subsection  104  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  104  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  | 
out  "additional"  in  the  second  line.  I 


14. — (1)  Subsection  108  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by| 
striking  out  "and"  where  it  occurs  the  second  time  in  the  third! 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  41 

line  and  by  inserting  after  "liearing)"  in  the  fourth  line  "and 
153a  (where  procedures  not  provided)". 

(2)  Subsection  108  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Sections  122  (constitutional  questions),  135,  136  (Ian-  j'^ppJ^'^^/^^j^^i 
guage  of  proceedings),  142  (judge  sitting  on  appeal),  146  (pro-  SfSces"^*^ 
hibition  against  photography  at  court  hearings),  152a  (arrest 

and  committal  warrants  enforceable  by  police)  and  153a 
(where  procedures  not  provided)  also  apply  to  proceedings 
under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act  and,  for  the  purpose,  a  ref-  R so.  i980, 
erence  in  one  of  those  sections  to  a  judge  includes  a  justice  of 
the  peace  presiding  in  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion). 

15.  Subsection  109  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Only  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Unified  Family  Court  J"^"f'JJi°5,g 
and  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  may  grant  equita-  reUeT'"'^^ 
ble  relief,  unless  otherwise  provided. 

16.  Section  110  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"Supreme  Court,  the  District  Court  and  the  Unified  Family 
Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Court  of  Appeal,  the  Unified  Family  Court  and  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

17.  Subsection  114  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Supreme  Court,  the  District  Court  or  the  Unified 
Family  Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Unified  Family  Court  or  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

18. — (1)  Subsection  118  (1)  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(1)  In  this  section,  "heahh  practitioner"  means  a  person  "health 
licensed  to  practise  medicine  or  dentistry  in  Ontario  or  any  defSeT"^'^ 
other  jurisdiction,  a  psychologist  registered  under  the  Psychol-  r.s.o.  i980, 
agists  Registration  Act  or  a  person  certified  or  registered  as  a  ^-  '^^ 
psychologist  by  another  jurisdiction. 

(2)  Subsection  118  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "medical"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 

health". 


42 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(3)  Subsection  118  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ''medical"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"health". 

19.  Subsections  120  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Transfer  (2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  not  be 

cSns'coIirt  transferred  under  clause  (1)  (d)  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 

Division)  without  the  consent  of  the  plaintiff  in  the  proceeding 

in  the  Small  Claims  Court. 


Idem 


(2a)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  not  be 
required  under  subclause  (1)  (e)  (ii)  to  be  asserted  by  way  of 
counterclaim  in  a  proceeding  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  without  the  consent  of  the  plaintiff  in  the  proceeding 
in  the  Small  Claims  Court. 


Motions 


(3)  The  motion  shall  be  made  to  a  judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division). 


20. — (1)  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "a  Supreme  Court  or  District  Court  action"  in  the 
flrst  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  action  in  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)  that  is  not  in  the  Small  Claims 
Court". 

(2)  Subsection  121  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Actions  in  which  a  claim  is  made  for  any  of  the  following 
kinds  of  relief  shall  be  heard  without  a  jury:"  in  the  flrst  and 
second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  issues  of  fact 
and  the  assessment  of  damages  in  an  action  shall  be  tried  with- 
out a  jury  in  respect  of  a  claim  for  any  of  the  following  kinds  of 
relief:". 

(3)  Paragraph  3  of  the  said  subsection  121  (2)  is  amended  by 
striking  out  ^''Family  Law  Reform  Acf^  in  the  first  and  second 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ^^ Family  Law  Act,  1986^ \ 

21.  Subsection   122  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Rules  of  Civil  Procedure"  in  the  second  line  and  j 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "rules  of  court".  ! 

22.  Subsection  124  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  l 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Idem 


(2)  Mutual  debts  may  be  set  off  against  each  other  even  if  i 
they  are  of  a  different  nature. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  43 

23.  Clause  129  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ^^ Family  Law  Reform  Acf  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  ''Family  Law  Act,  1986'\ 

24. — (1)  Clause  133  (1)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  ^^the"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 


(2)  Clause  133  (1)  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "local  judge  or". 

25. — (1)  Subclause  136  (1)  (a)  (ii)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(ii)  the  area  that  comprised  the  County  of 
Welland  as  it  existed  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1969, 

(iia)  The     Regional     Municipality     of     Ottawa- 
Carleton, 

(iib)  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto. 

(2)  Subsection  136  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  or  the  Provincial 
Court  (Civil  Division)"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
or  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

(3)  Subsection  136  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "in  the  Provincial  Offences  Court  where  it  is"  in  the 
second  and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "under  the 
Provincial  Offences  Act  in". 

26.  Subsection  137  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first 
and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  person  desig- 
nated by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General". 

27.^1)  Subsection  150  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  last 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  150  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

28.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 


44 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Civil  orders 
directed  to 
sheriffs 


150a. — (1)  Unless  an  Act  provides  otherwise,  orders  of  a 
court  arising  out  of  a  civil  proceeding  and  enforceable  in 
Ontario  shall  be  directed  to  a  sheriff  for  enforcement. 


Police  to 
assist  sheriff 


(2)  A  sheriff  who  believes  that  the  execution  of  an  order 
may  give  rise  to  a  breach  of  the  peace  may  require  a  police 
officer  to  accompany  the  sheriff  and  assist  in  the  execution  of 
the  order. 


Where 
procedures 
not  provided 


153a.  Jurisdiction  conferred  on  a  court,  a  judge  or  a  jus- 
tice of  the  peace  shall,  in  the  absence  of  express  provision  for 
procedures  for  its  exercise  in  any  Act,  regulation  or  rule,  be 
exercised  in  any  manner  consistent  with  the  due  administra- 
tion of  justice.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  62,  amended. 


Continuation 
of 

proceedings 
in  former 
courts 


29.  Sections  157  and  158  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

157.  A  proceeding  pending  in  a  court  set  out  in  column  1 
of  the  Table  when  this  section  comes  into  force  is  continued  in 
the  court  set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Column  1 

1.  High  Court  of  Justice 

2.  District  Court 

3.  surrogate  court 

4.  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division) 

5.  Provincial  Court 
(Family  Division) 

6.  Provincial  Offences  Court 

7.  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division) 


Former  Chief 
Judge,  etc. 


Column  2 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Small  Claims  Court 


158. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  who  was  a  Chief  Judge,! 
Associate  Chief  Judge  or  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Court  | 
(Criminal  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  or' 
the  Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  immediately  before  thisi 
section  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  the  office  ofl 
provincial  judge,  is  entitled  to  retain  the  title  of  Chief  Judge,! 
Associate  Chief  Judge  or  senior  judge,  as  the  case  may  bej 
and  is  entitled  to  an  annual  salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  45 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  provincial  judge;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  the  judge  received  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

(2)  A  master  who  was  the   Senior  Master  immediately  Former 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  the  Master 
office  of  master,  is  entitled  to  retain  the  title  of  Senior  Master 
and  is  entitled  to  an  annual  salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  master;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  the  master  received  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

158a. — (1)  A  document  filed  in  court  that  refers  to  a  Documents 
court  set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table  to  section  160  is  not  by 
that  reason  invalid  and  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  court 
set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  is  repealed  one  year  after  this  section  Subsection 
comes  mto  force. 

30.  Section  159  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

159.  Where,  by  an  Act  or  regulation,  jurisdiction  is  con-  Reference  to 
ferred  on  a  particular  court  set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table,  jurisdictLn 
the  jurisdiction  shall  be  deemed  to  be  conferred  on  the  corre- 
sponding court  set  out  in  column  2  sitting  in  the  county  or  dis- 
trict of  the  court  named. 

TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

county  or  district  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

2. 

surrogate  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

3. 

provincial  court 
(family  division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

4. 

provincial  offences  court 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

5. 

small  claims  court 

Small  Claims  Court 

31.  Section  160  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
{substituted  therefor: 


46 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


References  to 
courts 


160.  A  reference  in  an  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  a  court 
set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  the  court  set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Changes  in 
terminology 


Column  1 

1.  Supreme  Court 

2.  High  Court  of  Justice 

3.  county  or  district  court 

4.  District  Court 

5.  surrogate  court 

6.  small  claims  court 

7.  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division) 

8.  provincial  court 
(criminal  division) 

9.  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division) 

10.  provincial  court 
(family  division) 

11.  Provincial  Court 
(Family  Division) 

12.  provincial  offences  court 

13.  Provincial  Offences  Court 


Column  2 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Small  Claims  Court 

Small  Claims  Court 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 


160a. — (1)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation,  or 
order  or  other  court  process,  to  a  term  set  out  in  column  1  of 
the  Table,  or  any  form  thereof,  is  deemed  to  refer  to  the  cor- 
responding term  set  out  opposite  thereto  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

Accountant  of  the 
Court 

Supreme 

Accountant  of  the  Ontario 
Court 

2. 

administrator  ad  litem 

litigation  administrator 

3. 

certificate  of  lis  pendens 

certificate  of  pending 
litigation 

4. 

conduct  money 

attendance  money 

5. 

guardian  ad  litem 

litigation  guardian 

6. 

judicial  district 

county  or  district 

1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


47 


7. 

local  judge  of  the  High 
Court 

8. 

local  judge  of  the  Supreme 
Court 

9. 

next  friend 

10. 

originating  motion 

11. 

originating  notice 

12. 

praecipe 

13. 

provisional  judicial  district 

14. 

a  registrar  of  a  surrogate 
court 

15. 

Rules  of  Civil  Procedure 

16. 

Rules  Committee 

17. 

Rules  Committee  of  the 
Supreme  and  District 
Courts 

18. 

Rules  of  Practice  and 
Procedure  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Ontario  made  by 
the  Rules  Committee 

19. 

special  examiner 

20. 

Surrogate  Clerk  for 
Ontario 

21. 

taxation  of  costs 

22. 

taxing  officer 

23. 

writ  of  fieri  facias 

24. 

writ  of  summons 

judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division) 

judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division) 

litigation  guardian 

application 

notice  of  application 

requisition 

territorial  district 

the  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

rules  of  court 

applicable  rules  committee 

applicable  rules 
committee 

rules  of  court 


official  examiner 

Estate  Registrar  for 
Ontario 

assessment  of  costs 

assessment  officer 

writ  of  seizure  and  sale 

statement  of  claim  or 
notice  of  action 


(2)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  surro-  ^'i^'"' 
gate  registrar  for  a  particular  county  or  district  is  deemed  to  reglstrar^for 
be  a  reference  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  a  county 
(General  Division)  for  that  county  or  district. 

(3)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  clerk  i^em,  clerk 
of  a  county  or  district  court  of  a  particular  county  or  district  is  °  ^  '^"""^^ 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 

Court  (General  Division)  for  that  county  or  district. 

(4)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  an  order,  J^Jem,  order 
direction  or  decision  filed  with  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Registrar 
Court  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  an  order,  direction  or 
decision  filed  with  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division). 

160b.  Where  an  Act,  rule  or  regulation  provides  that  a  p^^uments 
document  is  to  be  filed  with,  certified  to,  forwarded  to  or  appearto 
transmitted  to  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  Registrar  of  the  Divisional 
Supreme  Court  for  the  purpose  of  an  appeal  to  the  Divisional  ^""'^ 


48  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

Court,  that  document  shall  be  filed  with,  certified  to,  for- 
warded to  or  transmitted  to,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  Divi- 
sional Court. 

References  to       160c. — (1)  A  reference  in  this  Act  or  any  other  Act,  rule 
judSaT  °^     or  regulation  to  a  county  or  district  for  judicial  purposes  is 
purposes        deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  corresponding  area  that,  for 
municipal  or  territorial  purposes,  comprises  the  county,  dis- 
trict, union  of  counties  or  regional,  district  or  metropolitan 
municipality. 

Separated  (2)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  (1),  every  city,  town  and 

municipa  ities  ^^j^^j.  niunicipality  is  united  to  and  forms  part  of  the  county  in 
which  it  is  situate. 

Exceptions  (3)  Subscction  (1)  is  subject  to  the  following: 

1.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk, 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  following  areas: 

i.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Haldimand  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  1974. 

ii.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Norfolk  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  1974. 

2.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Niagara,  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  following  areas: 

i.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Lincoln  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1969. 

ii.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Welland  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1969. 

3.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or  j 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The  j 
Regional  Municipality  of  Sudbury  and  the  Territo-I 
rial  District  of  Sudbury,  deemed  to  be  a  reference  I 
to  all  the  area  in  The  Regional  Municipality  ofi 
Sudbury  and  in  the  Territorial  District  of  Sudbury.    | 

I 

4.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  orj 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  anj 
area  described  below,  deemed  to  be  a  reference  toi 
all  the  area  in  the  areas  described  below: 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  49 

i.  All  the  area  in  the  County  of  Victoria. 

ii.  All  the  area  in  the  County  of  Haliburton. 

iii.  All  the  area  in  any  part  of  the  townships  of 
Sherborne,  McChntock,  Livingstone,  Law- 
rence and  Nightingale  located  in  Algonquin 
Park,  so  long  as  the  part  remains  part  of 
Algonquin  Park. 

[32.  Section  212  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

33.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  '"^" 

34.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Courts  of  Justice  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  2 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  2 


(Chapter  55 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading  May  1st,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  14th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  November  14th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  November  15th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  2  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984,  being  chapter 
11,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"action"  means  a  civil  proceeding  that  is  not  an  application 
and  includes  a  proceeding  commenced  by, 

(a)  claim, 

(b)  statement  of  claim, 

(c)  notice  of  action, 

(d)  counterclaim, 

(e)  crossclaim, 

(f)  third  or  subsequent  party  claim,  or 

(g)  divorce  petition  or  counterpetition; 

"application"  means  a  civil  proceeding  that  is  commenced  by 
notice  of  application  or  by  application; 

"defendant"  means  a  person  against  whom  an  action  is  com- 
menced; 

"hearing"  includes  a  trial; 

"motion"  means  a  motion  in  a  proceeding  or  an  intended 
proceeding; 

"order"  includes  a  judgment  or  decree; 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


"plaintiff  means  a  person  who  commences  an  action; 

"region"    means    a    region    prescribed    under    section   92a. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  1,  amended. 

2.  Parts  I  and  II,  Part  III,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  55,  section  213,  1984,  chapter  64,  sec- 
tion 1,  1985,  chapter  1,  section  4,  1986,  chapter  7,  section  15 
and  1987,  chapter  1,  sections  1,  2  and  3,  Part  IV,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  55,  section  213,  1984, 
chapter  64,  sections  2,  3,  4  and  5  and  1987,  chapter  1,  sections 
4,  5  and  6  and  Part  V,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1984,  chapter  64,  sections  6  and  7,  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


PARTI 


Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario 


Court  of 
Appeal 


2. — (1)  The  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario 
named  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario  is  continued  as  a 
superior  court  of  record  named  the  Court  of  Appeal  for 
Ontario. 


Idem 


(2)  In  exercising  its  jurisdiction,  the  Court  of  Appeal  has  all 
the  power  and  authority  historically  exercised  by  courts  of 
common  law  and  equity  in  England  and  Ontario.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  2,  amended. 


Composition 
of  court 


3. — (1)  The  Court  of  Appeal  shall  consist  of, 

(a)    the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  who  shall  be  president 
of  the  court; 


Number  of 
judges 


(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario;  and 

(c)  such  number  of  other  judges  as  is  fixed  under  sub- 
section (2),  to  be  called  justices  of  appeal.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  regulation 
fix  the  number  of  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  who  are  in 
addition  to  the  Chief  Justice  and  the  Associate  Chief  Justice. 


Idem 


Additional 
judges 


(3)  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  judges  does  not  affect 
appointments  existing  at  the  time  of  the  reduction.     New.       \ 

(4)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  judge  of  the! 
Court  of  Appeal  as  are  from  time  to  time  required,  to  be  heldj 
by  Chief  Justices  of  Ontario  and  Associate  Chief  Justices  ofj 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  3 

Ontario  who  have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  R  s.c.  i985, 
perform  only  the  duties  of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal.  '^'  ^'^ 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 

(5)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  supernumerary  Super- 
judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  as  are  from  time  to  time  jlldger'^ 
required,  to  be  held  by  judges  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  who 
have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  hold  office 
only  as  a  supernumerary  judge  of  the  court.      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  6  (3),  amended. 

4. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  with  the  concurrence  Assignment 
of  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court,  may  assign  a  judge  from  General 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  to  perform  the  work  Division 
of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  9  (2), 
amended. 

(2)  A  judge  of  the  General  Division  is,  by  virtue  of  his  or  General 
her  office,  a  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  has  all  the  judge?" 
jurisdiction,  power  and  authority  of  a  judge  of  the  Court  of 
Appeal.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  8,  amended. 

5. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  has  general  super-  Powers  and 
vision  and  direction  over  the  sittings  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  chief  Justice 
and  the  assignment  of  the  judicial  duties  of  the  court.      1984, 
c.  11,  s.  18(5). 

(2)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  ^"^^^J^f  °^ 
is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  powers  and  duties 

shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario. 

(3)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  and  the  Associate  Chief  Absence  of 
Justice  of  Ontario  are  both  absent  from  Ontario  or  for  any  chief^'justice 
reason  unable  to  act,  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  Chief 

Justice  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  judge  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal  designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  or  Associate 
Chief  Justice.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  3  (2),  amended. 

6. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from,  Court  of 

Appeal 
jurisdiction 

(a)  an  order  of  the  Divisional  Court,  on  a  question  that 
is  not  a  question  of  fact  alone,  with  leave  as  pro- 
vided in  the  rules  of  court; 

(b)  a  final  order  of  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  except  an  order  referred  to  in 
clause  18  (1)  (a); 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(c)  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  costs  issued  in  a  pro- 
ceeding in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  on  an  issue  in 
respect  of  which  an  objection  was  served  under  the 
rules  of  court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  17  (1),  amended. 

Combining  of      (2)  The  Court  of  Appeal  has  jurisdiction  to  hear  and  deter- 
oEcoum     mine  an  appeal  that  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  or  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  if  an  appeal  in  the  same 
proceeding  lies  to  and  is  taken  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 

Idem  (3)  xhe  Court  of  Appeal  may,  on  motion,  transfer  an 

appeal  that  has  already  been  commenced  in  the  Divisional 
Court  or  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  to  the  Court 
of  Appeal  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  (2).  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  17  (2),  amended. 

Composition        7, — (J)  y\  proceeding  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  shall  be 
hearing  ^^^     heard  and  determined  by  not  fewer  than  three  judges  sitting 

together,  and  always  by  an  uneven  number  of  judges.      1984, 

c.  11,  s.  18  (1),  amended. 


Idem, 
motions 


(2)  A  motion  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  an  appeal  under 
clause  6  (1)  (c)  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by  one  judge. 


Idem 


(3)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  to  a  motion  for  leave  to 
appeal,  a  motion  to  quash  an  appeal  or  any  other  motion  that 
is  specified  by  the  rules  of  court. 


Idem 


(4)  A  judge  assigned  to  hear  and  determine  a  motion  may 
adjourn  the  motion  to  a  panel  of  the  Court  of  Appeal. 


Idem 


(5)  A  panel  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  may,  on  motion,  set 
aside  or  vary  the  decision  of  a  judge  who  hears  and  deter- 
mines a  motion.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  18  (3),  amended. 


References  to       g. — (J)  x^c  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  refer  any 
Appeal  question  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  hearing  and  considera- 

tion. 

Opinion  of  (2)  The  court  shall  certify  its  opinion  to  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council,  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the  rea- 
sons for  it,  and  any  judge  who  differs  from  the  opinion  may 
certify  his  or  her  opinion  and  reasons  in  the  same  manner. 


Submissions 
by  Attorney 
General 


(3)  On  the  hearing  of  the  question,  the  Attorney  General 
of  Ontario  is  entitled  to  make  submissions  to  the  court. 


Idem 


(4)  The  Attorney  General  of  Canada  shall  be  notified  and  I 
is  entitled  to  make  submissions  to  the  court  if  the  question  j 
relates  to  the  constitutional  validity  or  constitutional  applica-j 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


bility  of  an  Act,  or  of  a  regulation  or  by-law  made  under  an 
Act,  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  the  Legislature. 

(5)  The  court  may  direct  that  any  person  interested,  or  any  Notice 
one  or  more  persons  as  representatives  of  a  class  of  persons 
interested,  be  notified  of  the  hearing  and  be  entitled  to  make 
submissions  to  the  court. 

(6)  If  an  interest  affected  is  not  represented  by  counsel,  the  Appointment 

of  counsel 

court  may  request  counsel  to  argue  on  behalf  of  the  interest 
and  the  reasonable  expenses  of  counsel  shall  be  paid  by  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

(7)  The  opinion  of  the  court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Appeal 
judgment  of  the  court  and  an  appeal  lies  from  it  as  from  a 
judgment  in  an  action.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  19. 

PART  II 


Ontario  Court  of  Justice 
9. — (1)  The  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  is  established. 


Ontario 
Court 


(2)  The  Ontario  Court  shall  consist  of  two  divisions,  the  Divisions 
General  Division  and  the  Provincial  Division.     New. 

ONTARIO  court  (GENERAL  DIVISION) 

10. — (1)  The  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  ^9^^'^^ 
named  the  High  Court  of  Justice  for  Ontario  is  continued  as  a 
superior  court  of  record  named  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division). 

(2)  The  General  Division  has  all  the  jurisdiction,  power  '^em 
and  authority  historically  exercised  by  courts  of  common  law 
and  equity  in  England  and  Ontario.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 


11. — (1)  The  General  Division  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court,  who  shall  be 
president  of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(b)  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  for 
each  region; 

(c)  a  senior  judge  of  the   General  Division  for  the 
Unified  Family  Court;  and 


Composition 
of  General 
Division 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(d)  such  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  is 
fixed  under  clause  52  (1)  (a).  1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (1), 
amended. 


Additional 
judges 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  J-1 


(2)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  judge  of  the 
General  Division  as  are  from  time  to  time  required,  to  be  held 
by  Chief  Justices  of  the  Ontario  Court  and  regional  senior 
judges  of  the  General  Division  who  have  elected  under  the 
Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  perform  only  the  duties  of  a  judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 


Super- 
numerary 
judges 


(3)  There  shall  be  such  additional  offices  of  supernumerary 
judge  of  the  General  Division  as  are  from  time  to  time 
required,  to  be  held  by  judges  of  the  General  Division  who 
have  elected  under  the  Judges  Act  (Canada)  to  hold  office 
only  as  a  supernumerary  judge  of  that  division.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  6  (3),  amended. 


Assignment 
of  judges 
from  Court 
of  Appeal 


12. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  with  the  concur- 
rence of  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court,  may  assign  a 
judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  to  perform  the  work  of  a  judge 
of  the  General  Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  9  (1),  amended. 


Court  of 

Appeal 

judges 


(2)  A  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  is,  by  virtue  of  his  or 
her  office,  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  and  has  all  the 
jurisdiction,  power  and  authority  of  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  8,  amended. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
Chief  Justice 
of  Ontario 
Court 

Regional 

senior 

judges, 

General 

Division 


13. — (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  shall 
direct  and  supervise  the  sittings  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties. 

(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  shall, 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court,  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Chief  Justice  in  respect  of  the  General  Division  in  his  or  her 
region. 


Delegation  (3)  ^  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may 

delegate  to  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  in  his  or  her 
region  the  authority  to  exercise  specified  functions.     New. 


Absence  of 
Chief  Justice 
of  Ontario 
Court 


Absence  of 
regional 
senior  judge 
of  General 
Division 


(4)  If  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  is  absent  from 
Ontario  or  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  powers 
and  duties  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  regional 
senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  designated  by  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (3),  amended.  , 

(5)  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  I 
General  Division  who  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  rea- 1 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


7 


son  unable  to  act  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  judge 
of  the  General  Division  designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the 
Ontario  Court. 

(6)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  may  hold  meet-  Meetings 
ings  with  the  regional  senior  judges  of  the  General  Division  in  ^nbrjudges 
order  to  consider  any  matters  concerning  sittings  of  the  Gen- 
eral Division  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties.     New. 

14.— (1)  The   Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  shall  Jj^^l^^'g^j  ^^ 
assign  every  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  a  region  and  regent 
may  re-assign  a  judge  from  one  region  to  another. 

(2)  There   shall   be   at   least   one   judge   of  the   General  ^t  least  one 
Division  assigned  to  each  county  and  district.  coumy"  ^^^ 

(3)  No  judge  of  the  General  Division  who  was  a  judge  of  High  Court 
the  High  Court  of  Justice  or  the  District  Court  of  Ontario  court  judges 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  be  assigned  without 

his  or  her  consent  to  a  region  other  than  the  region  in  which 
he  or  she  resided  immediately  before  this  section  comes  into 
force. 


(4)  Subsections  (1)  to  (3)  do  not  prevent  the  temporary  Wem 
assignment  of  a  judge  to  a  location  anywhere  in  Ontario. 

New. 

15.  A  proceeding  in  the  General  Division  shall  be  heard  Composition 
and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  General  Division.  1984,  hearings  °^ 
c.  11,  s.  14  (1),  amended. 

16.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  General  Division  from, 

(a)  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  master; 

(b)  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  costs  issued  in  a  pro- 
ceeding in  the  General  Division,  on  an  issue  in 
respect  of  which  an  objection  was  served  under  the 
rules  of  court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  13  (2),  amended. 

DIVISIONAL  COURT 


Appeals  to 

General 

Division 


17. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  branch  of  the  General  Division  Divisional 
to  be  known  as  the  Divisional  Court  consisting  of  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  who  shall  be  president  of  the 
court  and  such  other  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  the 
Chief  Justice  designates  from  time  to  time. 

(2)  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  is  also  a  judge  of  Jurisdiction 
the  Divisional  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  5,  amended.  J"'^^" 


8  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

Divisional  jg, — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from. 

Court  V    /  rr 

jurisdiction 

(a)  a  final  order  of  a  judge  of  the  General  Division, 

(i)  for  a  single  payment  of  not  more  than 
$25,000,  exclusive  of  costs, 

(ii)  for  periodic  payments  that  amount  to  not 
more  than  $25,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  in  the 
twelve  months  commencing  on  the  date  the 
first  payment  is  due  under  the  order, 

(iii)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  not 
more  than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i) 
or  (ii),  or 

(iv)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  more 
than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii) 
and  in  respect  of  which  the  judge  indicates 
that  if  the  claim  had  been  allowed  the  amount 
awarded  would  have  been  not  more  than  the 
amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii); 

(b)  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division,  with  leave  as  provided  in  the  rules  of 
court; 

(c)  a  final  order  of  a  master.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  15  (1), 
amended. 

Combining^f      (2)  The  Divisional  Court  has  jurisdiction  to  hear  and  deter- 
Generai  ™"'    mine  an  appeal  that  lies  to  the  General  Division  if  an  appeal 
Division         jn  the  same  proceeding  lies  to  and  is  taken  to  the  Divisional 
Court. 

Idem  (3)  j\^Q   Divisional   Court   may,   on  motion,   transfer  an 

appeal  that  has  already  been  commenced  in  the  General 
Division  to  the  Divisional  Court  for  the  purpose  of  subsection 
(2).      1984,  c.  11,  s.  15  (2),  amended. 

infeiiocuto'"       ^^^  ^*^  appeal  lies  from  an  interlocutory  order  of  a  judge  of 
orders  the  General  Division  made  on  an  appeal  from  an  interlocutory 

order  of  the  Provincial  Division.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  36  (4), 

amended. 

heard^'n  ^^' — ^^^  ^"  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  heard 

regions  in  the  region  in  which  the  order  appealed  from  was  made, 

unless  the  parties  agree  otherwise. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


(2)  Any  other  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  may  be  other 

,     ^   ^  t  .  •  ■  XT  proceedings 

brought  in  any  region.      New.  -  - 


in  any  region 

20. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  Composition 
heard  and  determined  by  three  judges  sitting  together.  hearings  ""^ 

(2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Divisional  Court  may  be  heard  and  w^m 
determined  by  one  judge  where  the  proceeding, 

(a)  is  an  appeal  under  clause  18  (1)  (c); 

(b)  is  an  appeal  under  section  30  from  a  provincial 
judge  or  a  deputy  judge  presiding  over  the  Small 
Claims  Court;  or 

(c)  is  in  a  matter  that  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  or  a  judge  designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  is 
satisfied,  from  the  nature  of  the  issues  involved  and 
the  necessity  for  expedition,  can  and  ought  to  be 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge. 


(3)  A  motion  in  the  Divisional  Court  shall  be  heard  and 
determined  by  one  judge,  unless  otherwise  provided  by  the 
rules  of  court. 


Idem, 
motions 


(4)  A  judge  assigned  to  hear  and  determine  a  motion  may  I'lem 
adjourn  it  to  a  panel  of  the  Divisional  Court. 

(5)  A  panel  of  the  Divisional  Court  may,  on  motion,  set  I'lem 
aside  or  vary  the  decision  of  a  judge  who  hears  and  deter- 
mines a  motion.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  16,  amended. 

SMALL  CLAIMS  COURT 

21. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  branch  of  the  General  Division  Smaii  Claims 
to  be  known  as  the  Small  Claims  Court  consisting  of  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court  who  shall  be  president  of  the 
court  and  such  other  judges  of  the  General  Division  as  the 
Chief  Justice  designates  from  time  to  time. 

(2)  Every  judge  of  the  General  Division  is  also  a  judge  of  Jurisdiction 
the  Small  Claims  Court.     New.  °^  J"'^^" 


22.— (1)  The  Small  Claims  Court, 

(a)  has  jurisdiction  in  any  action  for  the  payment  of 
money  where  the  amount  claimed  does  not  exceed 
the  prescribed  amount  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs;  and 


Jurisdiction 


10 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(b)  has  jurisdiction  in  any  action  for  the  recovery  of 
possession  of  personal  property  where  the  value  of 
the  property  does  not  exceed  the  prescribed 
amount.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  78  (1),  amended. 

Transfer  (2)  An  action  in  the  General  Division  may  be  transferred  to 

DMsion  "^'^^'  the  Small  Claims  Court  by  the  local  registrar  of  the  General 

Division  on  requisition  with  the  consent  of  all  parties  filed 

before  the  trial  commences  if, 

(a)  the  only  claim  is  for  the  payment  of  money  or  the 
recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property;  and 

(b)  the  claim  is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court. 


Idem 


(3)  An  action  transferred  to  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall 
be  titled  and  continued  as  if  it  had  been  commenced  in  that 
court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  84,  amended. 


of°S)Sfor"        23.— (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  be 
hearings         heard  and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  General  Division. 


Where 

deputy  judge 
not  to 
preside 


^uTe"or^'  ^^^  ^  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  may  also  be 

depuVjudge    heard  and  determined  by, 

may  preside 

(a)  a  provincial  judge  who  was  assigned  to  the  Provin- 
cial Court  (Civil  Division)  immediately  before  this 
section  comes  into  force;  or 

(b)  a  deputy  judge  appointed  under  section  31. 
(3)  A  deputy  judge  shall  not  hear  and  determine  an  action, 

(a)  for  the  payment  of  money  in  excess  of  the  pre- 
scribed amount;  or 

(b)  for  the  recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property 
exceeding  the  prescribed  amount  in  value.     New. 

24.  The  Small  Claims  Court  shall  hear  and  determine  in  a 
summary  way  all  questions  of  law  and  fact  and  may  make  such 
order  as  is  considered  just  and  agreeable  to  good  conscience. 

1984,  c.  11,  s.  78  (3),  amended. 

Representation  25.  A  party  may  be  represented  in  a  proceeding  in  the 
Small  Claims  Court  by  counsel  or  an  agent  but  the  court  may 
exclude  from  a  hearing  anyone,  other  than  a  barrister  and 
solicitor  qualified  to  practise  in  Ontario,  appearing  as  an  agent 
on  behalf  of  a  party  if  it  finds  that  such  person  is  not  compe- 


Summary 
hearings 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


11 


tent  properly  to  represent  the  party  or  does  not  understand 
and  comply  at  the  hearing  with  the  duties  and  responsibilities 
of  an  advocate.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  79,  amended. 

26.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (3)  and  (4),  the  Small  Evidence 
Claims  Court  may  admit  as  evidence  at  a  hearing  and  act 
upon  any  oral  testimony  and  any  document  or  other  thing  so 
long  as  the  evidence  is  relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of  the 
proceeding,  but  the  court  may  exclude  anything  unduly  repeti- 
tious. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  whether  or  not  the  evidence  is  wem 
given  or  proven  under  oath  or  affirmation  or  admissible  as 
evidence  in  any  other  court. 


(3)  Nothing  is  admissible  in  evidence  at  a  hearing, 

(a)  that  would  be  inadmissible  by  reason  of  any  privi- 
lege under  the  law  of  evidence;  or 

(b)  that  is  inadmissible  by  any  Act. 


Idem 


(4)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  overrides  the  provisions  of  Conflicts 
any  Act  expressly  limiting  the  extent  to  or  purposes  for  which 

any  oral  testimony,  documents  or  things  may  be  admitted  or 
used  in  evidence  in  any  proceeding. 

(5)  A  copy  of  a  document  or  any  other  thing  may  be  admit-  Copies 
ted  as  evidence  at  a  hearing  if  the  presiding  judge  is  satisfied 

as  to  its  authenticity.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  80,  amended. 

27.  The  Small  Claims  Court  may  order  the  times  and  the  J^^J^^^'J"^"^ 
proportions  in  which  money  payable  under  an  order  of  the 
court  shall  be  paid.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  81,  amended. 


28.  An  award  of  costs  in  the  Small  Claims  Court,  other 
than  disbursements,  shall  not  exceed  15  per  cent  of  the 
amount  claimed  or  the  value  of  the  property  sought  to  be 
recovered  unless  the  court  considers  it  necessary  in  the  inter- 
ests of  justice  to  penalize  a  party,  counsel  or  agent  for  unrea- 
sonable behaviour  in  the  proceeding.     New. 

29.  Orders  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  be  directed  to 
a  bailiff  appointed  under  subsection  32  (1)  for  enforcement, 
unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  rules  of  court.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  82,  amended. 


Limit  on 
costs 


Enforcement 
of  orders 


30.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  a  final  Appeals 
order  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  in  an  action. 


12 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(a)  for  the  payment  of  money  in  excess  of  $500,  exclud- 
ing costs;  or 

(b)  for  the  recovery  of  possession  of  personal  property 
exceeding  $500  in  value.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  83, 
amended. 


Deputy 
judges 


31. — (1)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division 
may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Attorney  General,  appoint  a 
barrister  and  solicitor  to  act  as  a  deputy  judge  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court  for  a  term  of  three  years. 


Idem 


(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division  may 
renew  the  appointment  of  a  deputy  judge  for  one  or  more 
three-year  terms. 


Idem 


(3)  The  appointment  of  a  person  who  was  a  deputy  judge 
immediately  before  this  section  comes  into  force  is  deemed  to 
be  renewed  under  subsection  (2)  on  the  day  this  section  comes 
into  force.     New. 


C'erkand  32. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  clerk  and  one  or  more  bailiffs 

Small  Claims   for  cach  division  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  who  shall  be 
Court  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Idem 


(2)  With  the  approval  of  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  or 
the  person  designated  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General,  every 
clerk  and  bailiff  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  in  a  division  that  is 
not  designated  under  clause  52  (1)  (g)  may  appoint  in  writing 
a  deputy  who  may  exercise  and  perform  all  the  powers  and 
duties  of  the  clerk  or  bailiff. 


Referee 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
referee  for  a  division  of  the  Small  Claims  Court.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  86  (4,  5),  amended. 


Provincial 
Division 


Composition 
of  Provincial 
Division 


PROVINCIAL  DIVISION 

33.  The  Provincial  Court  (Criminal  Division),  the  Provin- 
cial Court  (Family  Division)  and  the  Provincial  Offences 
Court  are  amalgamated  and  continued  as  a  court  of  record 
named  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division).     New. 

34.  The  Provincial  Division  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division 
appointed  under  subsection  41  (3),  who  shall  be 
president  of  the  Provincial  Division; 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


13 


(b)  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division 
appointed  under  subsection  41  (4)  for  each  region; 
and 

(c)  such  provincial  judges  as  are  appointed  under 
subsection  41  (1).     New. 


35. — (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall  Po^'^rs  and 

duties  of 

direct  and  supervise  the  sittings  of  the  Provincial  Division  and  chief  Judge 

the  assignment  of  its  judicial  duties 

amended. 


1984,  C.    11,  S.   63  (5),    of  Provincial 
Division 


(2)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall,  Regional 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  judges, 
Division,  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the  Provincial 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  his  or  her  region. 


Division 


(3)  A  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  may  Delegation 
delegate  to  a  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  his  or  her 

region  the  authority  to  exercise  specified  functions.     New. 

(4)  If  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  is  absent  Absence  of 
from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  his  or  her  of  Provincial 
powers  and  duties  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  Division 
regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  designated  by 

the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division.         1984,  c.  11, 
s.  63  (7),  amended. 

(5)  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Absence  of 
Provincial  Division  who  is  absent  from  Ontario  or  is  for  any  Seniorludge 
reason  unable  to  act  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  a  of  Provincial 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge  ^'^'*'°" 

of  the  Provincial  Division. 

(6)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  may  hold  Meetings 
meetings  with  the  regional  senior  judges  of  the  Provincial  ^niorfildges 
Division  in  order  to  consider  any  matters  concerning  sittings 

of  the  Provincial  Division  and  the  assignment  of  its  judicial 
duties.     New. 


36. — (1)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Judges 
Division)  shall  assign  every  provincial  judge  to  a  region  and  ?egS  ^° 
may  re-assign  a  judge  from  one  region  to  another. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  prevent  the  temporary  assign-  i^em 
ment  of  a  provincial  judge  to  a  location  anywhere  in  Ontario. 

New. 

37. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  has  the  power  and  authority  Criminal 
of  two  or  more  justices  of  the  peace  when  sitting  in  the  ^""^  '^^'°" 


14 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Provincial  Division  and  shall  exercise  the  powers  and  perform 
the  duties  that  any  Act  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  confers 
on  a  provincial  court  judge  when  sitting  in  the  Provincial 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  67  (1),  amended. 


Provincial 
offences  and 
family 
jurisdiction 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  400 
1986,  c.  4 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  68 
1984,  c.  55 

Youth  court 
jurisdiction 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  Y-1 


(2)  The  Provincial  Division  shall  perform  any  function 
assigned  to  it  by  or  under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act,  the 
Family  Law  Act,  1986,  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  the 
Child  and  Family  Services  Act,  1984  or  any  other  Act.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  69,  s.  75  (1)  (a),  (k),  amended. 


(3)  The  Provincial  Division  is  a  youth  court  for  the  pur- 
poses of  the  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada).  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  67  (2),  s.  75  (1)  (b),  amended. 


Judge  to 
preside 


38. — (1)  A  proceeding  in  the  Provincial  Division  shall  be 
heard  and  determined  by  one  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  66  (2),  s.  74  (2),  amended. 


Justice  of  the 
peace  may 
preside 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  400 

Appeals 


(2)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  preside  over  the  Provincial 
Division  in  a  proceeding  under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  68  (2),  amended. 

39. — (1)  If  no  provision  is  made  concerning  an  appeal 
from  an  order  of  the  Provincial  Division,  an  appeal  lies  to  the- 
General  Division. 


Exception  (2)  Subscction  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  proceeding  under  the 

R.S.C.  1985,    Criminal  Code   (Canada)   or  the   Provincial  Offences  Act. 
1987,  c.  1,  s.  6,  amended. 


Penalty  for 
disturbance 
outside 
courtroom 


40.  Any  person  who  knowingly  disturbs  or  interferes  with 
a  proceeding  in  the  Provincial  Division  without  reasonable 
justification  while  outside  the  courtroom  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$1,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  thirty 
days,  or  to  both.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  72,  amended. 


PROVINCIAL  JUDGES  \ 

* 

^f^'ToviS       ^1'— (1)  The   Lieutenant   Governor  in  Council,   on  the 
judge"^'"'^'^     recommendation  of  the  Attorney  General,  may  appoint  such 
provincial  judges  as  are  considered  necessary. 


Qualifications  (2)  No  pcrson  shall  be  appointed  as  a  provincial  judge 
unless  he  or  she  has  been  a  member  of  the  bar  of  one  of  the 
provinces  of  Canada  for  at  least  ten  years.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  52. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  15 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  chief  Judge 
provincial  judge  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division. 

1984,  c.  11,  s.  63  (1),  amended. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  Regional 
provincial  judge  to  be  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Provin-  ^^"'"'^  ^"  ^^^ 
cial  Division  for  each  region. 

(5)  The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  and  the  Term  of 
regional  senior  judges  of  the  Provincial  Division  shall  hold 
office  for  five  years. 

(6)  If  a  successor  is  not  appointed  within  five  years,  the  wem 
Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  shall  continue  in  office 
until  the  successor  is  appointed,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  Chief 
Judge  or  regional  senior  judge  hold  office  for  more  than  seven 
years. 

(7)  A  Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  whose  term  of  Former  Chief 
office  expires  under  subsection  (5)  or  (6)  shall  continue  to    "  ^^'  ^^^' 
hold  the  office  of  provincial  judge  and  is  entitled  to  an  annual 

salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  provincial  judge;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  he  or  she  received  immediately 
before  ceasing  to  be  Chief  Judge  or  regional  senior 
judge. 

(8)  A  Chief  Judge  or  regional  senior  judge  whose  term  of  chief  judge, 
office   expires   under   subsection    (5)   or   (6)    shall   not   be  be'^ '  "°*  *° 
reappointed  to  the  same  position.     New.  reappointed 

42. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  shall  devote  his  or  her  whole  other 
time  to  the  performance  of  his  or  her  duties  as  a  judge,  except  ^'"p°>''"^"* 
as  authorized  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  provincial  judge  who,  before  I'Jem 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1985,  had  the  consent  of  the  Attorney 
General  to  act  as  an  arbitrator  or  conciliator  may  continue  to 
so  act.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  53,  amended. 

43. — (1)  Every  provincial  judge  shall  retire  upon  attaining  Retirement 
the  age  of  sixty-five  years. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  provincial  judge  appointed  as  I'Jem 
a  full-time  magistrate,  judge  of  a  juvenile  and  family  court  or 
master  before  the  2nd  day  of  December,  1968  shall  retire 
upon  attaining  the  age  of  seventy  years. 


16 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Continuation 
of  judges  in 
office 


Idem 


Continuation 
of  regional 
senior  judge 
in  office 


Idem 


Continuation 
of 

Co-ordinator 
in  office 
1989,  c.  46 


Idem 


Continuation 
in  office  of 
Chief  Judge 
of  Provincial 
Division 


Resignation 
of  judge 


Resignation 
as  Chief 
Judge,  etc. 


(3)  A  judge  who  has  attained  the  age  of  sixty-five  years 
may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Provincial  Division,  continue  in  office  as  a  full-time  or  part- 
time  judge  until  he  or  she  attains  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(4)  A  judge  who  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy  years  may, 
subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  con- 
tinue in  office  as  a  full-time  or  part-time  judge  until  he  or  she 
has  attained  the  age  of  seventy-five  years. 

(5)  Subject  to  subsections  41  (5)  and  (6),  a  regional  senior 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  who  is  in  office  upon  attain- 
ing the  age  of  sixty-five  years  may,  subject  to  the  annual 
approval  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division,  con- 
tinue in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  sev- 
enty years. 

(6)  Subject  to  subsections  41  (5)  and  (6),  a  regional  senioi 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  who  is  in  office  upon  attain- 
ing the  age  of  seventy  years  may,  subject  to  the  annua 
approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  continue  in  that  office  unti 
he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy-five  years. 

(7)  Subject  to  subsections  13  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Justices  oj 
the  Peace  Act,  1989,  if  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the 
Peace  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age  of  sixty-five  years,  he 
or  she  may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Chief  Judg^ 
of  the  Provincial  Division,  continue  in  that  office  until  he  o 
she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsections  13  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Justices  of 
the  Peace  Act,  1989,  if  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the 
Peace  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age  of  seventy  years,  he 
or  she  may,  subject  to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial 
Council,  continue  in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained 
the  age  of  seventy-five  years.     New. 

(9)  Subject  to  subsections  41  (5)  and  (6),  if  the  Chief  Judge 
of  the  Provincial  Division  is  in  office  upon  attaining  the  age 
for  retirement  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2),  he  or  she  may,  sub- 
ject to  the  annual  approval  of  the  Judicial  Council,  continue 
in  that  office  until  he  or  she  has  attained  the  age  of  seventy- 
five  years.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  54,  amended. 

44. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  may  at  any  time  resign  from 
his  or  her  office  by  delivering  a  signed  letter  of  resignation  tO| 
the  Attorney  General.  | 

(2)  A  Chief  Judge  or  a  regional  senior  judge  may,  beforej 
the  expiry  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  under  subsection  41  iM 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  17 

or  (6),  elect  to  hold  the  office  of  a  provincial  judge  only,  by 
delivering  a  signed  letter  to  that  effect  to  the  Attorney 
General. 

(3)  The  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the  Peace  may,  before  Resignation 
the  expiry  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  under  subsection  13  (2)  coordinator 
or  (3)  of  the  Justices  of  the  Peace  Act,  1989,  elect  to  hold  the  i989,  c.  46 
office  of  a  provincial  judge  only,  by  delivering  a  signed  letter 

to  that  effect  to  the  Attorney  General.     New. 

(4)  A  resignation  or  election  under  this  section  takes  effect  Effective 
on  the  day  the  letter  is  delivered  to  the  Attorney  General  or, 

if  the  letter  specifies  a  later  day,  on  that  day.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  55,  s.  65,  amended. 

45. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  may  be  removed  from  office  Removal  for 
before  attaining  retirement  age  only  if, 

(a)  a  complaint  regarding  the  judge  has  been  made  to 
the  Judicial  Council;  and 

(b)  the  removal  is  recommended  by  an  inquiry  held 
under  section  49  on  the  ground  that  the  judge  has 
become  incapacitated  or  disabled  from  the  due  exe- 
cution of  his  or  her  office  by  reason  of, 

(i)  infirmity, 

(ii)  conduct  that  is  incompatible  with  the  execu- 
tion of  his  or  her  office,  or 

(iii)  having  failed  to  perform  the  duties  of  his  or 
her  office. 

(2)  An  order  removing  a  provincial  judge  from  office  under  2!^fL^°'^ 
this  section  may  be  made  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  on  the 
address  of  the  Legislative  Assembly.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  56, 
amended. 

46. — (1)  The  Judicial  Council  for  Provincial  Judges  is  con-  Judicial 
tinued  as  the  Ontario  Judicial  Council  and  shall  be  composed 
of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  who  shall  preside  over 
the  Ontario  Judicial  Council; 

(b)  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court; 


removal 


18 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(d)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division); 

(e)  the    Treasurer    of   The    Law    Society    of   Upper 
Canada;  and 

(f)  not  more  than  two  other  persons  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

Quorum  (2)  A  majority  of  members  of  the  Judicial  Council  consti- 

tutes a  quorum  and  is  sufficient  for  the  exercise  of  all  the 
jurisdiction  and  powers  of  the  Judicial  Council. 

Staff  (3)  Such  officers  and  employees  of  the  Judicial  Council  as 

R.s.o.  1980,   are  considered  necessary  may  be  appointed  under  the  Public 

Service  Act. 

Expert  (4^  xhe  Judicial  Council  may  engage  persons,  including 

counsel,  to  assist  it  in  its  investigations.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  57, 
amended. 


Transition 


(5)  An  investigation  commenced  by  the  Judicial  Council 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  be  continued  by  the 
Judicial  Council  as  it  was  constituted  before  this  section  comes 
into  force.     New. 


Functions 


47. — (1)  The  functions  of  the  Judicial  Council  are, 


(a)  to  consider  all  proposed  appointments  of  provincial 
judges  and  make  a  report  on  them  to  the  Attorney 
General; 

(b)  to  receive  and  investigate  complaints  against  provin- 
cial judges. 


Liability  for 
damages 


(2)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  for  damages  shall  be 
instituted  against  the  Judicial  Council  or  any  member  or  offi- 
cer of  it  or  any  person  acting  under  its  authority  for  any  act 
done  in  good  faith  in  the  execution  or  intended  execution  of 
its  or  his  or  her  duty.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  58. 


o7coWa'rn"s       '^^^ — ^^^  Where  the  Judicial  Council  receives  a  complaint 
compams  ^g^-^^^^  ^  provincial  judge,  it  shall  take  such  action  to  investi- 
gate the  complaint  as  it  considers  advisable. 

Ch[ef7udee        ^^}  ^^^  Judicial  Council  may  transmit  those  complaints  it 
considers  appropriate, 


(a)    concerning  provincial  judges  to  the  Chief  Judge  of  j 
the  Provincial  Division;  and 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


19 


(b)    concerning  masters   to   the   Chief  Justice   of  the 
Ontario  Court. 


(3)  The  proceedings  of  the  Judicial  Council  shall  not  be 
pubHc,  but  it  may  inform  the  Attorney  General  respecting 
matters  that  it  has  investigated  and  the  Attorney  General  may 
make  public  the  fact  that  an  investigation  has  been  under- 
taken. 


Proceedings 
not  public 


(4)  The  Judicial  Council  may  order  that  information  or  doc-  Prohibiting 
uments  relating  to  its  proceedings  not  be  published  or  dis-  ^" 
closed  except  as  required  by  law. 

(5)  The  Judicial  Council  has  all  the  powers  of  a  commission  Powers 
under  Part  II  of  the  Public  Inquiries  Act,  which  Part  applies  to  R  s.o.  1980, 
the  investigation  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act.  '^  "^^^ 

(6)  When  the  Judicial  Council  has  dealt  with  a  complaint  Notice  of 
regarding  a  provincial  judge,  it  shall  inform  the  following  per-    '^p*'^"'°" 
sons  of  its  disposition  of  the  complaint: 

1.  The  person  who  made  the  complaint. 

2.  If  the  complaint  was  brought  to  the  attention  of  the 
judge,  the  judge. 


(7)  The  Judicial  Council  may  report  its  opinion  regarding  Report  and 
the  complaint  to  the  Attorney  General  and  may  recommend,     da^kJ^s^^" 


(a)  that  an  inquiry  be  held  under  section  49; 

(b)  that  the  judge  be  compensated  for  all  or  part  of  the 
costs  incurred  by  the  judge  relating  to  the  investiga- 
tion. 

(8)  A  copy  of  a  report  made  under  subsection  (7)  shall  be  Copy  to 
given  to  the  judge.  j"'*®^ 


(9)  The  Judicial  Council  shall  not  make  a  report  under  sub-  Right  to  be 
section  (7)  unless  the  judge  was  notified  of  the  investigation  ^^^^'^ 
and  given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  and  to  produce  evidence 
on  his  or  her  behalf. 


(10)  When  the  Judicial  Council  makes  a  report  to  the 
Attorney  General  under  subsection  (7),  the  Attorney  General 
may  make  all  or  part  of  the  report  public,  if  he  or  she  is  of  the 
opinion  that  it  is  in  the  public  interest  to  do  so.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  59,  amended. 


Publication 
of  report 


20 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Inquiry  49, — (1)  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may 

appoint  a  judge  of  the  General  Division  to  inquire  into  the 
question  whether  a  provincial  judge  should  be  removed  from 
office. 


Powers 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  411 

Report 


(2)  The  Public  Inquiries  Act  applies  to  an  inquiry  under 
subsection  (1). 

(3)  The  report  of  the  inquiry  may  recommend, 

(a)  that  the  judge  be  removed  from  office; 

(b)  that  the  judge  be  compensated  for  all  or  part  of  the 
costs  incurred  by  the  judge  relating  to  the  inquiry. 


Tabling  of 
report 


(4)  The  report  of  the  inquiry  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legis- 
lative Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  commencement  of  the  next  session.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  60,  amended. 


Provincial 
Judges 

Remuneration 
Commission 


50. — (1)  The  committee  known  as  the  Ontario  Provincial 
Courts  Committee  is  continued  as  the  Provincial  Judges 
Remuneration  Commission. 


Composition 

of 

Commission 


(2)  The  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  the  following 
three  members: 


1 .  One  appointed  jointly  by  the  associations  represent- 
ing provincial  judges. 

2.  One  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council. 

3.  One,  who  shall  head  the  Commission,  appointed 
jointly  by  the  bodies  referred  to  in  paragraphs  1  and 
2. 


Function 


(3)  The  function  of  the  Provincial  Judges  Remuneration 
Commission  is  to  inquire  into  and  make  recommendations  to 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  respecting  any  matter 
relating  to  the  remuneration,  allowances  and  benefits  of  pro- 
vincial judges,  including  the  matters  referred  to  in  clauses 
52  (1)  (b)  and  (c). 


Annual 
report 


(4)  The  Commission  shall  make  an  annual  report  of  its 
activities  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Tabling  of  (5)  Recommcndatious  of  the  Commission  and  its  annual 

dations  report  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  21 

session  or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days  of  the  commencement  of 
the  next  session.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  88,  amended. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

51. — (1)  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  shall  Meeting  of 
meet  at  least  once  in  each  year,  on  a  day  fixed  by  the  Chief  ^"  ^^^ 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court,  in  order  to  consider  this  Act,  the 
rules  of  court  and  the  administration  of  justice  generally. 

(2)  The  judges  shall  report  their  recommendations  to  the  '''em 
Attorney  General.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  10,  amended. 

(3)  The  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Justice  in  each  Regional 
region  shall  meet  at  least  once  in  each  year,  on  a  day  fixed  by  judges ^  ^ 
the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  General  Division,  in  order  to 
consider  this  Act,  the  rules  of  court  and  the  administration  of 
justice  in  the  region  generally. 

(4)  The  judges  shall  report  their  recommendations  to  the  I'lem 
Attorney  General.     New. 

52. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 

(a)  fixing  the  number  of  judges  of  the  General  Division 
who  are  in  addition  to  the  Chief  Justice,  the 
regional  senior  judges  and  the  Senior  Judge  for  the 
Unified  Family  Court; 

(b)  fixing  the  remuneration  of  provincial  judges  and 
masters; 

(c)  providing  for  the  benefits  to  which  provincial  judges 
and  masters  are  entitled,  including, 

(i)  leave  of  absence  and  vacations, 

(ii)  sick  leave  credits  and  payments  in  respect  of 
those  credits, 

(iii)  pension  benefits  for  provincial  judges,  masters 
and  their  surviving  spouses  and  children; 

(d)  prescribing  territorial  divisions  for  the  Small  Claims 
Court; 

(e)  prescribing  the  maximum  amount  of  a  claim  in  the 
Small  Claims  Court  for  the  purposes  of  subsection 
22(1); 


22  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(f)  prescribing  the  maximum  amount  of  a  claim  over 
which  a  deputy  judge  may  preside  for  the  purposes 
of  subsection  23  (3); 

(g)  providing  for  the  retention  of  fees  by  clerks,  bailiffs 
and  referees  of  the  Small  Claims  Court  who  are  not 

R.s.o.  1980,  civil  servants  under  the  Public  Service  Act  and  des- 

^'  ^^^  ignating  divisions  where  clerks,  baiUffs  and  referees 

of  the  Small  Claims  Court  may  be  appointed  to  a 
position  as  a  civil  servant  under  that  Act; 

(h)  prescribing  the  duties  of  clerks,  bailiffs  and  referees 
of  the  Small  Claims  Court; 

(i)  prescribing  for  each  region  the  minimum  number  of 
judges  of  the  General  Division  and  of  the  Provincial 
Division  who  are  to  be  assigned  to  that  region. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (2),  s.  20  (4),  s.  87  (1),  amended. 

Wem  (2)  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  judges  of  the  General 

Division  under  clause  (1)  (a)  does  not  affect  appointments 
existing  at  the  time  of  the  reduction.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  4  (2), 
amended. 

Contributions  (3)  Regulations  made  under  clause  (1)  (c)  may  require 
judges  and  masters  to  contribute  from  their  salaries  part  of 
the  costs  of  benefits  and  may  fix  the  amount  of  the  contribu- 
tions. 

I 
Application         (4)  A  regulation  made  under  clause  (1)  (c)  may  modify  or- 

R.s.o.  1980,   exclude  the  application  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation 

c-  419  '    Act. 

Application         (5)  \  regulation  made  under  subsection  (1)  may  be  general 
reguaions  ^^  particular  in  its  application.         1984,  c.  11,  s.  20  (5-7), 
s.  87  (2-4),  amended. 

PART  III 

Unified  Family  Court 

Famif'court       ^^'  ^^^  Unified  Family  Court  is  continued  as  a  superior 

amiy   ourt  ^^^^  ^^  record  in  and  for  The  Regional  Municipality  of 

Hamilton-Wentworth.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  38,  amended. 

CompcKition        54._(i)  The  Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  presided  over 

by. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


23 


(a)  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 
appointed  as  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family 
Court;  or 

(b)  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division), 

who  is  authorized  under  subsection  (3)  to  exercise  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

(2)  The  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family  Court  shall  Duties  of 
supervise  and  direct  the  sittings  and  the  assignment  of  the  ^^"'"'^  ^"  ^^ 
judicial  duties  of  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  authorize  a  ^"^^'ority  for 
judge  of  the  General  Division  to  exercise  the  jurisdiction  of  a  oivIsioT 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Division.  matters 

(4)  A  judge  who  may  preside  over  the  Unified  Family  Exercise  of 
Court  shall  exercise  his  or  her  jurisdiction  as  a  judge  of  the  ^urL^diction 
General  Division  or  a  judge  of  the  Provincial  Division  in  the 
matters   in  which   the   General   Division  or  the   Provincial 
Division  or  a  judge  of  one  of  them  has  jurisdiction  under  the 
statutory  provisions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part. 

1984,  c.  11,  s.  39;  1987,  c.  1,  s.  1,  amended. 

55. — (1)  Proceedings  taken  in  a  court  in  The  Regional  Proceedings 
Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  under  the  statutory  pro-  Fami"y  court 
visions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part,  other  than  by  way 
of  appeal,  shall  be  commenced  and  titled  in  the  Unified 
Family  Court  and  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  shall  be  exer- 
cised in  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(2)  A  motion  for  interim  relief  under  the  Divorce  Act,  1985  I'^^m 

(Canada),  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986  or  the  Children's  Law  f^^  ^^^^' 

Reform  Act  in  a  proceeding  in  the  General  Division  shall  be  1956  c.  4 

heard  in  the  Unified  Family  Court  if  it  is  required  or  permit-  r.s.o.  1980, 

ted  to  be  heard  in  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-  '^-  ^^ 
Wentworth  by  the  rules  of  court  or  an  order  of  the  court. 
1984,  c.  11,  s.  40  (1,  2)  amended. 


(3)  All  proceedings  commenced  in  or  transferred  to  the  ^o  jury 
Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  heard  and  determined  without  a 
jury.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  40  (4),  amended. 

56.  Where  a  proceeding  is  commenced  in  the  Unified  ^t^er 
Family  Court  in  a  matter  over  which  jurisdiction  may  be  exer-  ^""*  "^*'°" 
cised  in  the  Unified  Family  Court  and  is  combined  with  a 
related  matter  in  the  jurisdiction  of  the  judge  but  respecting 
which  jurisdiction  may  not  be  exercised  in  the  Unified  Family 


24 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Court,  the  court  may,  with  leave  of  the  judge,  hear  and  deter- 
mine the  combined  matters.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  41,  amended. 


Orders  of 

predecessor 

court 


57. — (1)  The  Unified  Family  Court  may  hear  and  deter- 
mine an  application  under  an  Act  to  discharge,  vary  or  sus- 
pend an  order  made  by  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division) 
of  the  Judicial  District  of  Hamilton-Wentworth. 


Enforcement 


Place  where 
proceedings 
commenced 


Idem, 

custody  or 
access 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  68 


(2)  The  Unified  Family  Court  may  enforce  orders  made  by 
the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  of  the  Judicial  District 
of  Hamilton-Wentworth.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  42,  amended. 

58. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  proceedings  referred  to 
in  subsection  55  (1)  may  be  commenced  in  the  Unified  Family 
Court  where  the  applicant  or  the  respondent  resides  in  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  44  (1),  amended. 

(2)  An  application  under  Part  III  of  the  Children's  Law 
Reform  Act  in  respect  of  a  child  who  ordinarily  resides  in  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  may  be  com- 
menced in  the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (2), 
amended. 


Transfer  to 
other  court 


(3)  A  judge  who  may  preside  over  the  Unified  Family 
Court  may,  on  motion,  order  that  a  proceeding  commenced  in 
the  Unified  Family  Court  be  transferred  to  the  appropriate 
court  in  a  place  where  there  is  no  Unified  Family  Court  if,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  judge,  there  is  a  preponderance  of  conven- 
ience for  the  matter  to  be  dealt  with  by  that  court.  1984, 
c.  11,8.44(3). 


Transfer 
from  other 
court 


(4)  A  judge  of  a  court  having  jurisdiction  in  a  proceeding 
under  a  statutory  provision  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part 
in  an  area  other  than  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- 
Wentworth  may,  on  motion,  order  that  the  proceeding  be 
transferred  to  the  Unified  Family  Court  if,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  judge,  there  is  a  preponderance  of  convenience  for  the 
matter  to  be  dealt  with  by  that  court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  44  (4), 
amended. 


Directions 


Status  of 
orders 


(5)  A  judge  making  an  order  under  subsection  (3)  or  (4) 
may  give  such  directions  for  the  transfer  as  are  considered 
just.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  44(5). 

59.  An  order  of  a  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family 
Court  made  in  the  exercise  of  his  or  her  jurisdiction  as  a  judge 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  is  an  order  of  the 
General  Division  for  all  purposes.  1984,  c.   11,  s.  45, 

amended. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  25 

60. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  a  provision  for  Appeals 
an  appeal  from  an  order  made  under  the  statutory  provisions 
set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part  applies  to  an  order  when 
made  in  the  exercise  of  the  jurisdiction  by  a  judge  presiding 
over  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

(2)  Where  an  order  made  by  the  Unified  Family  Court  Wem 
under  a  statutory  provision  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Part 

is  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  outside  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- 
Wentworth,  the  order  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  an  appeal,  be 
deemed  to  have  been  made  by  a  judge  of  the  General 
Division.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  46  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  A    provision    for   an    appeal    to    the    Ontario    Court  wem 
(General  Division)  or  a  judge  of  it  from  an  order  made  by  the 
Unified  Family  Court  under  the  statutory  provisions  set  out  in 

the  Schedule  to  this  Part  shall  be  deemed  to  provide  for  an 
appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court.      New. 

(4)  Where  no  provision  is  made  for  an  appeal  from  an  I'^em 
order  of  a  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family  Court,  an 
appeal  lies, 

(a)  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  a  final  order,  except 
an  order  referred  to  in  clause  (b); 

(b)  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  a  final  order, 

(i)  for    a    single    payment    of   not    more    than 
$25,000,  exclusive  of  costs, 

(ii)  for  periodic  payments  that  amount  to  not 
more  than  $25,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  in  the 
twelve  months  commencing  on  the  date  the 
first  payment  is  due  under  the  order, 

(iii)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  not 
more  than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i) 
or  (ii),  or 

(iv)  dismissing  a  claim  for  an  amount  that  is  more 
than  the  amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii) 
and  in  respect  of  which  the  judge  indicates 
that  if  the  claim  had  been  allowed  the  amount 
awarded  would  have  been  not  more  than  the 
amount  set  out  in  subclause  (i)  or  (ii);  or 


26  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(c)  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  interlocutory  order, 
with  leave  as  provided  in  the  rules  of  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  46  (4),  amended. 

Criminal  51, — (1)  A  judge  presiding  over  the  Unified  Family  Court 

jurisdiction      ^^^  ^^j  ^^^  powers  of  a  judge  sitting  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  for  the  purposes  of  proceedings  under 
R.s.c.  1985,    the  Criminal  Code  (Canada). 

Idem  (2)  The  Unified  Family  Court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  and 

shall  sit  as  the  Provincial  Division, 

(a)    for  the  purpose  of  dealing  with  young  persons  as 
R.s.o.  1980,  defined  in  the  Provincial  Offences  Act;  and 

c.  400  •'•' 

1986,  c.  4  (b)    for  the  purpose  of  prosecutions  under  the  Family 

RS.o.  1980,  Law  Act,  1986,  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  the 

Minors'  Protection  Act  and  Part  III  (Child 
Protection)  and  Part  VII  (Adoption)  of  the  Child 
and  Family  Services  Act,  1984. 


cc.  68,  293 
1984,  c.  55 


Idem  (3)  xhe  Unified  Family  Court  is  a  youth  court  for  the  pur- 

R.s.c.  1985,    pose  of  the  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada).      1984,  c.  11, 
s.  47,  amended. 


Conciliation         52.  A  Conciliation  service  may  be  established,  maintained 

service 

and  operated  as  part  of  the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984, 
c.  ll,s.  49.  ' 

Rules  53, — (\^  xhe  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 

rules  for  the  Unified  Family  Court  in  relation  to  the  practice 
and  procedure  of  the  court  and  may  make  rules  for  the  court, 
even  though  they  alter  or  conform  to  the  substantive  law,  in 
relation  to, 

(a)  conduct  of  proceedings  in  the  court; 

(b)  joinder  of  claims  and  parties,  and  representation  of 
parties; 

(c)  commencement  of  proceedings  and  service  of 
process  in  or  outside  Ontario; 

(d)  discovery  and  other  forms  of  disclosure  before  hear- 
ing, including  their  scope  and  their  admissibility  and 
use  in  a  proceeding; 

(e)  examination  of  witnesses  in  or  out  of  court; 

(f)  duties  of  clerks  and  other  officers; 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


27 


(g)    references  of  proceedings  or  issues  in  a  proceeding 
and  the  powers  of  a  person  conducting  a  reference; 

(h)    costs  of  proceedings; 

(i)     enforcement  of  orders  and  process; 

(j)    payment  into  and  out  of  court; 

(k)    any  matter  that  is  referred  to  in  an  Act  as  provided 
for  by  rules  of  court. 

(2)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  authorizes  the  making  of  rules  Jtiem 
that  conflict  with  an  Act,  but  rules  may  be  made  under  sub- 
section (1)  supplementing  the  provisions  of  an  Act  in  respect 

of  practice  and  procedure. 

(3)  The  rules  of  court  made  under  Part  IV  do  not  apply  to  ^'^e™ 
proceedings  in  the  Unified  Family  Court.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  51, 
amended. 


SCHEDULE 


Jurisdiction  under  the  following  statutory  provisions: 


Statutes 

Provisions 

1. 

Annulment  of  Marriages  Act 
(Ontario)  (Canada) 

All 

2. 

Change  of  Name  Act,  1986 

All 

3. 

Child  and  Family  Services  Act,  1984 

Parts  III,  VI  and 
VII 

4. 

Children's  Law  Reform  Act 

All,  except  sections 
60  and  61 

5. 

Divorce  Act,  1985  (Canada) 

All 

6. 

Education  Act 

Sections  29  and  30 

7. 

Family  Law  Act,  1986 

All,  except  Part  V 

8. 

Marriage  Act 

Sections  6  and  9 

9. 

Minors'  Protection  Act 

Section  2 

10.  Reciprocal  Enforcement  of 
Maintenance  Orders  Act,  1982 

11.  Support  and  Custody  Orders 
Enforcement  Act,  1985 

12.  Young  Offenders  Act  (Canada) 


All 

AU 
AU 


28  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

PART  IV 
Rules  of  Court 
Civil  Rules  54, — (1)  The  Civil  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 

ommittee        ^j^^jj  ^^  compOSed  of, 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  nine  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice 
of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(d)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(e)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(f)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(g)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of 
Upper  Canada  in  convocation; 

(h)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario;  and 

(i)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court. 

Idem  (2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  Civil 

Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent 
or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside. 

office'^  "^  (3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Civil  Rules  Committee 

appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h)  and  (i) 
shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  is  eligible  for 
reappointment. 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


29 


(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed  vacancies 
under  clause  (1)  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h)  or  (i),  a  new  mem- 
ber similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for  the  remainder  of 

the  unexpired  term. 

(5)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Civil  Rules  Commit-  Quorum 
tee  constitutes  a  quorum.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  89,  amended. 


Civil  Rules 


65. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Civil  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for 
the  Court  of  Appeal  and  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion) in  relation  to  the  practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts 
in  all  civil  proceedings,  including  family  law  proceedings. 


(2)  The  Civil  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for  the  ^'^^^ 
courts  described  in  subsection  (1),  even  though  they  alter  or 
conform  to  the  substantive  law,  in  relation  to, 

(a)  conduct  of  proceedings  in  the  courts; 

(b)  joinder  of  claims  and  parties,  settlement  of  claims 
by  or  against  persons  under  disability,  whether  or 
not  a  proceeding  has  been  commenced  in  respect  of 
the  claim,  the  binding  effect  of  orders  and  repre- 
sentation of  parties; 

(c)  commencement  of  proceedings,  representation  of 
parties  by  solicitors  and  service  of  proce'ss  in  or  out- 
side Ontario; 


(d)  disposition  of  proceedings  without  a  hearing  and  its 
effect  and  authorizing  the  Court  of  Appeal  to  deter- 
mine in  the  first  instance  a  special  case  arising  in  a 
proceeding  commenced  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division); 

(e)  pleadings; 

(f)  discovery  and  other  forms  of  disclosure  before  hear- 
ing, including  their  scope  and  the  admissibility  and 
use  of  that  discovery  and  disclosure  in  a  proceeding; 

(g)  examination  of  witnesses  in  or  out  of  court; 

(h)  jurisdiction  of  masters,  including  the  conferral  on 
masters  of  any  jurisdiction  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division),  including  jurisdiction  under  an 
Act,  but  not  including  the  trial  of  actions  or  juris- 
diction conferred  by  an  Act  on  a  judge; 


30  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(i)     jurisdiction  and  duties  of  officers; 

(j)  motions  and  applications,  including  the  hearing  of 
motions  in  the  absence  of  the  public  and  prohibiting 
a  party  from  making  motions  without  leave; 

(k)  preservation  of  rights  of  parties  pending  the  out- 
come of  litigation,  including  sale,  recovery  of  pos- 
session or  preservation  of  property; 

(1)     interpleader; 

(m)  preparation  for  trial  and  offers  to  settle  and  their 
legal  consequences; 

(n)   the  mode  and  conduct  of  trials; 

(o)  the  appointment  by  the  court  of  independent 
experts,  their  remuneration  and  the  admissibility 
and  use  of  their  reports; 

(p)  the  discount  rate  to  be  used  in  determining  the 
amount  of  an  award  in  respect  of  future  pecuniary 
damages; 

(q)  references  of  proceedings  or  issues  in  a  proceeding 
and  the  powers  of  a  person  conducting  a  reference; 

(r)  costs  of  proceedings,  including  security  for  costs  and 
a  solicitor's  liability  for  or  disentitlement  to  costs;     j 

(s)  enforcement  of  orders  and  process  or  obligations 
under  the  rules; 

(t)  the  time  for  and  procedure  on  appeals  and  stays 
pending  appeal; 

(u)    payment  into  and  out  of  court; 

(v)  any  matter  that  is  referred  to  in  an  Act  as  provided 
for  by  rules  of  court. 

Idem  (3)  Nothing  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  authorizes  the  making 

of  rules  that  conflict  with  an  Act,  but  rules  may  be  made 
under  subsections  (1)  and  (2)  supplementing  the  provisions  of 
an  Act  in  respect  of  practice  and  procedure.  1984,  c.  11, 
s.  90,  amended. 

Family  Rules       66.— (1)  The  Family  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 

Committee  .     ,•  ,  %     r 

shall  be  composed  of. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  31 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the  senior  judge  for  the  Unified  Family  Court; 

(c)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(d)  three  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice 
of  the  Ontario  Court; 

(e)  four  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 

(f)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(g)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(h)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 

(i)  four  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of 
Upper  Canada  in  convocation; 

(j)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court;  and 

(k)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division). 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  ^^em 
Family  Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is 
absent  or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the 
Chief  Justice  shall  preside. 

(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Family  Rules  Committee  Tenure  of 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j)  and 

(k)  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years  and  is  eligible 
for  reappointment. 


32 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Vacancies  (4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed 

under  clause  (1)  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j)  or  (k),  a  new 
member  similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for  the  remain- 
der of  the  unexpired  term. 

Quorum  (5)  A   majority   of  the   members   of  the   Family   Rules 

Committee  constitutes  a  quorum.     New. 


Family  Rules  57. — (1)  Subjcct  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules 
for  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion) and  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  in  relation 
to  the  practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts  in  proceedings 
under  statutory  provisions  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  Part  III 
(Unified  Family  Court),  except  proceedings  under  the  Young 
Offenders  Act  (Canada). 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  Y-1 


Idem 


(2)  Subsections  65  (2)  and  (3)  apply  with  necessary  modifi- 
cations to  the  Family  Rules  Committee  making  rules  for  the 
courts  described  in  subsection  (1). 


May  modify        (3)  xhc  rules  made  by  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may 
rues       adopt,  modify  or  exclude  the  rules  made  by  the  Civil  Rules 
Committee. 

Rules  for  (4)  Subjcct  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 

Offenders  Act  Council,  the  Family  Rules  Committee  may  prepare  rules  for 

the   purpose   of  section   68   of  the    Young   Offenders  Act 

(Canada)  for  consideration  by  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 

Division).     New. 


Criminal 

Rules 

Committee 


68. — (1)  The  Criminal  Rules  Committee  is  established  and 
shall  be  composed  of, 


(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  one  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(c)  three  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion), who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief  Justice 
of  the  Ontario  Court; 


(d)  four  judges  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division),  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


33 


(e)  the  Co-ordinator  of  Justices  of  the  Peace; 

(f)  the  Attorney  General  or  a  person  designated  by  the 
Attorney  General; 

(g)  one  law  officer  of  the  Crown,  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Attorney  General; 

(h)  three  Crown  attorneys,  deputy  Crown  attorneys  or 
assistant  Crown  attorneys,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Attorney  General; 

(i)  two  persons  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
courts,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Attorney 
General; 


(j)  two  barristers  and  solicitors,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Benchers  of  The  Law  Society  of  Upper 
Canada  in  convocation; 

(k)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario; 

(1)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court;  and 

(m)  one  barrister  and  solicitor,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division). 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside  over  the  wem 
Criminal  Rules  Committee  but,  if  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario 
is  absent  or  so  requests,  another  member  designated  by  the 
Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  shall  preside. 


Tenure  of 
office 


Vacancies 


(3)  Each  of  the  members  of  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee 
appointed  under  clauses  (1)  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j), 
(k),  (1)  and  (m)  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  three  years 
and  is  eligible  for  reappointment. 

(4)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  among  the  members  appointed 
under  clause  (1)  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),  (g),  (h),  (i),  (j),  (k),  (1)  or 
(m),  a  new  member  similarly  qualified  may  be  appointed  for 
the  remainder  of  the  unexpired  term. 

(5)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Criminal  Rules  Quorum 
Committee  constitutes  a  quorum.     New. 


69. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  prepare 


Criminal 
Rules 


34  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

R.s.c.  1985,    rules  for  the  purposes  of  section  482  of  the  Criminal  Code 
c.  c-46  (Canada)   for  consideration  by  the   Court  of  Appeal,  the 

Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  and  the  Ontario  Court 

(Provincial  Division). 

Provincial  (2)  Subjcct  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 

offences  rules  (-Qyj^^,j|^  ^^iQ  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  for 

the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 

and  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)  in  relation  to  the 

practice  and  procedure  of  those  courts  in  proceedings  under 

R.s.o.  1980,   the  Provincial  Offences  Act.     New. 

c.  400  •'•' 

Idem  (3)  The  Criminal  Rules  Committee  may  make  rules  under 

subsection  (2), 

(a)  regulating  any  matters  relating  to  the  practice  and 
procedure  of  proceedings  under  the  Provincial 
Offences  Act; 

(b)  prescribing  forms; 

(c)  regulating  the  duties  of  the  employees  of  the  courts; 

(d)  prescribing  and  regulating  the  procedures  under  any 
Act  that  confers  jurisdiction  under  the  Provincial 
Offences  Act  on  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  or  a  judge  or  justice  of  the  peace  sitting  in 

(e)  prescribing  any  matter  relating  to  proceedings  under 
the  Provincial  Offences  Act  that  is  referred  to  in  an 
Act  as  provided  for  by  the  rules  of  court.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  73  (3),  amended. 

3.  Sections  92  and  93  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Ontario  92. — (1)  There    shall   be    a   committee,    known    as   the 

Management    Ontario  Courts  Management  Advisory  Committee,  composed 

Advisory  of 

Committee 

(a)  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Ontario 
Court  and  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the  Attorney  General,  the  Deputy  Attorney 
General,  the  Assistant  Deputy  Attorney  General 
responsible    for    courts    administration    and    the 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


35 


Assistant  Deputy  Attorney  General  responsible  for 
criminal  law; 

(c)  two  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed  by  the 
Benchers  of  the  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada  in 
convocation  and  two  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  by  the  presidents  of  the  county  and 
district  law  associations;  and 

(d)  not  more  than  four  other  persons,  appointed  by  the 
Attorney  General  with  the  concurrence  of, 

^  (i)  all  of  the  judges  mentioned  in  clause  (a),  and 

(ii)  all  of  the  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed 
under  clause  (c). 

(2)  The  following  persons  shall  preside  over  meetings  of  the  who  to 
Committee,  by  rotation  at  intervals  fixed  by  the  Committee:       ^^^^^  ^ 

1.  A  judge  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (a)  selected  by  the 
judges  mentioned  in  that  clause. 

2.  The  Attorney  General  or  a  person  mentioned  in 
clause  (1)  (b)  and  designated  by  the  Attorney 
General. 


Function  of 
Committee 


3.  A  barrister  and  solicitor  appointed  under  clause 
(1)  (c)  selected  by  the  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  under  that  clause. 

4.  A  person  appointed  under  clause  (1)  (d)  selected  by 
the  persons  appointed  under  that  clause. 

(3)  The  function  of  the  Committee  is  to  consider  and 
recommend  to  the  appropriate  authority  policies  and  proce- 
dures to  promote  the  better  administration  of  justice  and  the 
effective  use  of  resources,  including  judicial  and  other  person- 
nel, in  the  public  interest.     New. 

92a. — (1)  For  judicial  purposes,  Ontario  is  divided  into  Regions  for 
the  regions  prescribed  under  subsection  (2).  pu/^ses 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations  prescribing  regions  for  the  purpose  of  this  Act.     New. 


92b. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  committee  in  each  region.  Regional 
known  as  the  Regional  Courts  Management  Advisory  Com-  vTanagemem 

Advisory 
Committee 


mittee,  composed  of. 


36  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

(a)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  and  the  regional  senior  judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division); 

(b)  the  regional  director  of  courts  administration  for  the 
Ministry  of  the  Attorney  General  and  the  regional 
director  of  Crown  attorneys; 

(c)  two  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed  jointly  by  the 
presidents  of  the  county  and  district  law  associations 
in  the  region;  and 

(d)  not  more  than  two  other  persons,  appointed  by  the 
Attorney  General  with  the  concurrence  of, 

(i)  both  of  the  judges  mentioned  in  clause  (a), 
and 

(ii)  both  of  the  barristers  and  solicitors  appointed 
under  clause  (c). 

Who  to  (2)  The  following  persons  shall  preside  over  meetings  of  the 

presi  e  Committee,  by  rotation  at  intervals  fixed  by  the  Committee: 

1.  A  judge  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (a)  selected  by  the 
judges  mentioned  in  that  clause. 

2.  An  official  mentioned  in  clause  (1)  (b)  selected  byj 
the  officials  mentioned  in  that  clause.  fl 

3.  A  barrister  and  solicitor  appointed  under  clause 
(1)  (c)  selected  by  the  barristers  and  solicitors 
appointed  under  that  clause. 

4.  A  person  appointed  under  clause  (1)  (d)  selected  by 
the  persons  appointed  under  that  clause. 

Function  of         H)  The   function  of  the   Committee   is  to  consider  and 

Committee  ^   ^  ,  ,  .  ,       .  ...  , 

recommend  to  the  appropriate  authority  policies  and  proce- 
dures for  the  region  to  promote  the  better  administration  of 
justice  and  the  effective  use  of  resources,  including  judicial 
and  other  personnel,  in  the  public  interest. 


Frequency  of      (4)  fhe  Committee  shall  meet  at  least  four  times  each  year. 


meetmgs  , , 

New 


f 


chief "r°^  93.— (1)  The   powers   and   duties  of  a  judge  who  has 

regional         authority  to  supervisc  and  direct  the  sittings  and  the  assign- 
senior  judge    ment  of  the  judicial  duties  of  his  or  her  court  include  the 
following: 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  37 

1.  Determining  the  sittings  of  the  court. 

2.  Assigning  judges  to  the  sittings. 

3.  Assigning  cases  to  individual  judges. 

4.  Determining  the  sitting  schedules  and  places  of  sit- 
tings for  individual  judges. 

5.  Determining  the  total  annual,  monthly  and  weekly 
workload  of  individual  judges. 

6.  Preparing  trial  lists  and  assigning  courtrooms,  to  the 
extent  necessary  to  control  the  determination  of 
who  is  assigned  to  hear  particular  cases.  1984, 
c.  11,  s.  93,  amended. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  with  necessary  modifications  in  Powers  in 
respect  of  supervising  and  directing  the  sittings  and  assigning  masS?s° 
the  judicial  duties  of  masters.     New. 

4.  Section  94  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsections: 

(2)  A  power  or  duty  given  to  a  registrar,  sheriff,  court  Exercise  of 
clerk,  assessment  officer  or  official  examiner  under  an  Act,  rejs^trar! 
regulation  or  rule  of  court  may  be  exercised  or  performed  by  sheriff,  etc. 
a  person  or  class  of  persons  to  whom  the  power  or  duty  has 

been  assigned  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  or  a  person 
designated  by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  applies  in  respect  of  an  Act,  regulation  wem 
or  rule  of  court  made  under  the  authority  of  the  Legislature  or 

of  the  Parliament  of  Canada. 

5.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

95a.  Documents  and  other  material  that  are  no  longer  Destruction 
required  in  a  court  office  shall  be  disposed  of  in  accordance  °    oc^mens 
with  the  directions  of  the  Deputy  Attorney  General,  subject 
to  the  approval  of, 

(a)  in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Chief  Justice  of 
Ontario; 

(b)  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court; 


38 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(c)  in  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division),  the 
Chief  Judge  of  the  Provincial  Division; 

(d)  in  the  Unified  Family  Court,  the  Senior  Judge  for 
the  Unified  Family  Court.  1984,  c.  11,  s.  101  (4), 
amended. 

6.  Section  98  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Liability  of 
judges 


98.  Every  judge  of  a  court  in  Ontario  and  every  master 
has  the  same  immunity  from  liability  as  a  judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division). 


7.  Section  99  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Compen- 
sation for 
statutory 
duties 


99.  Every  judge  who  was  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
of  the  District  Court  before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  annual 
sum  of  $3,000,  payable  quarterly,  as  compensation  for  the  ser- 
vices the  judge  is  called  on  to  render  by  any  Act  of  the 
Legislature  in  addition  to  his  or  her  ordinary  duties. 


8.  Subsection  100  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Supreme  Court  or  the  District  Court"  in  the  first  and 
second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Court  of  Appeal  or 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

9.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 


Judges' 
gowns 


100a.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  respecting  the  form  of  the  gown  to  be  worn  in 
court  by  all  judges  appointed  after  this  section  comes  into 
force. 


Hj^^certain        100b.— (1)  Every  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
addressed  ^    Divisiou)  and  the  Unified  Family  Court  may  be  addressed  as 

"Your  Honour"  or  as  ""{Mr.  or  Mme.)  Justice  {naming  the 

judge)". 


Idem 


(2)  A  judge  appointed  to  the  High  Court  of  Justice  before 
this  section  comes  into  force  may  elect  to  be  addressed 
according  to  the  practice  in  existence  before  this  section 
comes  into  force. 


10.  Section  101  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


39 


101. — (1)  Every  person  who  was  a  master  of  the  Supreme  Masters 
Court  before  this  section  comes  into  force  is  a  master  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division),     New. 

(2)  Every  master  has  the  jurisdiction  conferred  by  the  rules  Jurisdiction 
of  court  in  proceedings  in  the  General  Division.      1984,  c.  11, 

s.  20  (3). 

(3)  Sections  42  to  49  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Application 
masters  in  the  same  manner  as  to  provincial  judges.      1984,  ^s.  42-49 
c.  11,  s.  20  (11),  amended. 

(4)  The  right  of  a  master  to  continue  in  office  under  sub-  ''•^m 
section  43  (3)  is  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Chief  Justice  of 

the  Ontario  Court  and  not  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Provin- 
cial Division.      New. 

101a. — (1)  Money  paid  into  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Money 

vested  1  n 

Division)  shall  be  paid  to  the  Accountant  of  the  Ontario  Accountant 
Court  and  such  money  and  securities  in  which  the  money  is 
invested  are  vested  in  the  Accountant. 

(2)  Mortgages  and  other  securities  taken  under  an  order  of  Security  held 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  and  instruments  taken  Accountant 
as  security  in  respect  of  a  proceeding  in  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  shall  be  taken  in  the  name  of  the  Accoun- 
tant and  shall  be  deposited  in  his  or  her  office,  except  where 

an  order  provides  otherwise. 

(3)  The  Accountant  has  no  duty  or  obligation  in  respect  of  ^^^"^ 
the  instruments  deposited  under  subsection  (2)  except  as  cus- 
todian of  the  instruments,  unless  an  order  of  the  court  pro- 
vides otherwise. 

(4)  The  Provincial  Auditor  shall  examine  and  report  on  the  Audit  by 
accounts  and  financial  transactions  of  the  Accountant.  1984,  aSoT 
c.  11,  s.  22,  amended. 


101b. — (1)  The  finance  committee  is  continued  and  shall  Finance 
be  composed  of  three  persons  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  The  finance  committee  has  control  and  management  of  Management 
the  money  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  the  °und^" 
investment  of  the  money  and  the  securities  in  which  it  is 
invested. 

(3)  Money  that  is  available  for  investment  shall  be  invested  investment  of 
in  investments  in  which  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  may  invest 


40 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  161 


public  money  under  section  3  of  the  Financial  Administration 
Act. 


Employment 
of  trust 
company 


(4)  The  finance  committee  may  employ  a  trust  company  to 
make  the  investments  or  act  as  custodian  of  the  securities  pur- 
chased as  investments. 


Interest 


Reserve 
funds 


(5)  The  finance  committee  may  provide  for  the  payment  of 
interest  on  money  paid  into  the  General  Division  and  may  fix 
the  rate  of  interest  so  paid. 

(6)  The  finance  committee  may  establish  such  reserve  funds 
as  it  considers  necessary.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  23,  amended. 


11.  Subsection  102  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Rules  of  Civil  Procedure"  in  the  third  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "rules  of  court". 

12.  Section  103  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Assessment 
officers 


103. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  Attorney  General,  may  appoint 
assessment  officers. 


Idem 
Jurisdiction 


Appeal  from 
assessment  of 
costs  before 
tribunal 


(2)  Every  master  is  an  assessment  officer. 

(3)  Every  assessment  officer  has  jurisdiction  to  assess  costs 
in  a  proceeding  in  any  court. 

(4)  Where  costs  of  a  proceeding  before  a  tribunal  other 
than  a  court  are  to  be  assessed  by  an  assessment  officer, 

(a)  the  rules  of  court  governing  the  procedure  on  an 
assessment  of  costs  apply  with  necessary  modifica- 
tions; and 

(b)  an  appeal  lies  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  from  a  certificate  of  assessment  of  the 
costs  if  an  objection  was  served  in  respect  of  the 
issue  appealed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 

13. — (1)  Subsection  104  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  104  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "additional"  in  the  second  line. 

14.— (1)  Subsection  108  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "and"  where  it  occurs  the  second  time  in  the  third  | 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  41 

line  and  by  inserting  after  "hearing)"  in  the  fourth  line  *'and 
153a  (where  procedures  not  provided)". 

(2)  Subsection  108  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Sections  122  (constitutional  questions),  135,  136  (Ian-  Application 
guage  of  proceedings),  142  (judge  sitting  on  appeal),  146  (pro-  Sfences"^'^ 
hibition  against  photography  at  court  hearings),  152a  (arrest 

and  committal   warrants   enforceable   by   police)   and   153a 
(where  procedures  not  provided)  also  apply  to  proceedings 
under  the  Provincial  Offences  Act  and,  for  the  purpose,  a  ref-  R  s.o.  i980, 
erence  in  one  of  those  sections  to  a  judge  includes  a  justice  of  '^'  '^ 
the  peace  presiding  in  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion). 

15.  Subsection  109  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Only  the  Court  of  Appeal,  the  Unified  Family  Court  Jurisdiction 
and  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  may  grant  equita-  reUe^f''""^ 
ble  relief,  unless  otherwise  provided. 

16.  Section  110  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"Supreme  Court,  the  District  Court  and  the  Unified  Family 
Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Court  of  Appeal,  the  Unified  Family  Court  and  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

17.  Subsection  114  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Supreme  Court,  the  District  Court  or  the  Unified 
Family  Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Unified  Family  Court  or  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

18. — (1)  Subsection  118  (1)  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(1)  In  this  section,  "health  practitioner"  means  a  person  "health 
licensed  to  practise  medicine  or  dentistry  in  Ontario  or  any  defineT"^'^ 
other  jurisdiction,  a  psychologist  registered  under  the  Psychol-  r.s.o.  1980, 
ogists  Registration  Act  or  a  person  certified  or  registered  as  a  ^  "^ 
psychologist  by  another  jurisdiction. 

(2)  Subsection  118  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "medical"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"health". 


42 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


(3)  Subsection  118  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  '^medical"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"health". 

19.  Subsections  120  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Transfer  (2)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  not  be 

cSTms  Court  transferred  under  clause  (1)  (d)  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 

Division)  without  the  consent  of  the  plaintiff  in  the  proceeding 

in  the  Small  Claims  Court. 


Idem 


(2a)  A  proceeding  in  the  Small  Claims  Court  shall  not  be 
required  under  subclause  (1)  (e)  (ii)  to  be  asserted  by  way  of 
counterclaim  in  a  proceeding  in  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  without  the  consent  of  the  plaintiff  in  the  proceeding 
in  the  Small  Claims  Court, 


Motions 


(3)  The  motion  shall  be  made  to  a  judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division). 


20. — (1)  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "a  Supreme  Court  or  District  Court  action"  in  the 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  action  in  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)  that  is  not  in  the  Small  Claims 
Court". 

(2)  Subsection  121  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Actions  in  which  a  claim  is  made  for  any  of  the  following 
kinds  of  relief  shall  be  heard  without  a  jury:"  in  the  first  and 
second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  issues  of  fact 
and  the  assessment  of  damages  in  an  action  shall  be  tried  with- 
out a  jury  in  respect  of  a  claim  for  any  of  the  following  kinds  of 
relief:". 


(3)  Paragraph  3  of  the  said  subsection  121  (2)  is  amended  by 
striking  out  ^^ Family  Law  Reform  AcV^  in  the  first  and  second 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ^^ Family  Law  Act,  1986^\ 

21.  Subsection  122  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Rules  of  Civil  Procedure"  in  the  second  Une  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "rules  of  court". 

22.  Subsection  124  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Idem 


(2)  Mutual  debts  may  be  set  off  against  each  other  even  if 
they  are  of  a  different  nature. 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  43 

23.  Clause  129  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ^* Family  Law  Reform  Acf*  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  ''Family  Law  Act,  1986'\ 

24. — (1)  Clause  133  (1)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  '^the"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 


(2)  Clause  133  (1)  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "local  judge  or". 

25. — (1)  Subclause  136  (1)  (a)  (ii)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(ii)  the  area  that  comprised  the  County  of 
Welland  as  it  existed  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1969, 

(iia)  The     Regional     Municipality     of     Ottawa- 
Carleton, 

(iib)  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto. 

(2)  Subsection  136  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  or  the  Provincial 
Court  (Civil  Division)"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
or  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

(3)  Subsection  136  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "in  the  Provincial  Offences  Court  where  it  is"  in  the 
second  and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "under  the 
Provincial  Offences  Act  in". 

26.  Subsection  137  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first 
and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  person  desig- 
nated by  the  Deputy  Attorney  General". 

27. — (1)  Subsection  150  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  last 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  150  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

28.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 


44 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


Civil  orders 
directed  to 
sheriffs 


150a. — (1)  Unless  an  Act  provides  otherwise,  orders  of  a 
court  arising  out  of  a  civil  proceeding  and  enforceable  in 
Ontario  shall  be  directed  to  a  sheriff  for  enforcement. 


Police  to 
assist  sheriff 


(2)  A  sheriff  who  believes  that  the  execution  of  an  order 
may  give  rise  to  a  breach  of  the  peace  may  require  a  police 
officer  to  accompany  the  sheriff  and  assist  in  the  execution  of 
the  order. 


Where  153a.  Jurisdiction  conferred  on  a  court,  a  judge  or  a  jus- 

no^'^proyTded  ticc  of  the  pcace  shall,  in  the  absence  of  express  provision  for 
procedures  for  its  exercise  in  any  Act,  regulation  or  rule,  be 
exercised  in  any  manner  consistent  with  the  due  administra- 
tion of  justice.      1984,  c.  11,  s.  62,  amended. 

29.  Sections  157  and  158  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Continuation  \S1 »  A  proceeding  pending  in  a  court  set  out  in  column  1 
proceedings  of  the  Table  when  this  section  comes  into  force  is  continued  in 
in  former       the  court  sct  out  Opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 

courts 

TABLE 


Column  1 

1.  High  Court  of  Justice 

2.  District  Court 

3.  surrogate  court 

4.  Provincial  Court 
(Criininal  Division) 

5.  Provincial  Court 
(Family  Division) 

6.  Provincial  Offences  Court 

7.  Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division) 


Column  2 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

Small  Claims  Court 


Former  Chief 
Judge,  etc. 


158. — (1)  A  provincial  judge  who  was  a  Chief  Judge, 
Associate  Chief  Judge  or  senior  judge  of  the  Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division),  the  Provincial  Court  (Family  Division)  or 
the  Provincial  Court  (Civil  Division)  immediately  before  this 
section  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  the  office  of 
provincial  judge,  is  entitled  to  retain  the  title  of  Chief  Judge, 
Associate  Chief  Judge  or  senior  judge,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  is  entitled  to  an  annual  salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2 

(a)    the  current  annual  salary  of  a  provincial  judge;  or 


45 


(b)    the  annual  salary  the  judge  received  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 


(2)  A  master  who  was   the   Senior  Master  immediately  Former 
before  this  section  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  the  Master 
office  of  master,  is  entitled  to  retain  the  title  of  Senior  Master 
and  is  entitled  to  an  annual  salary  equal  to  the  greater  of, 

(a)  the  current  annual  salary  of  a  master;  or 

(b)  the  annual  salary  the  master  received  immediately 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 


158a. — (1)  A  document  filed  in  court  that  refers  to  a 
court  set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table  to  section  160  is  not  by 
that  reason  invahd  and  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  court 
set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 


Documents 
filed 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  is  repealed  one  year  after  this  section  subsection 

comes  into  force.  repealed 

30,  Section  159  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 


159.  Where,  by  an  Act  or  regulation,  jurisdiction  is  con- 
ferred on  a  particular  court  set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table, 
the  jurisdiction  shall  be  deemed  to  be  conferred  on  the  corre- 
sponding court  set  out  in  column  2  sitting  in  the  county  or  dis- 
trict of  the  court  named. 


Reference  to 

territorial 

jurisdiction 


TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

county  or  district  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

2. 

surrogate  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

3. 

provincial  court 
(family  division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

4. 

provincial  offences 

court 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

5. 

small  claims  court 

Small  Claims  Court 

31.  Section  160  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


46 


Bill  2 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


1989 


References  to 
courts 


160.  A  reference  in  an  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  a  court 
set  out  in  column  1  of  the  Table  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  the  court  set  out  opposite  to  it  in  column  2. 


TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2 

1. 

Supreme  Court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

2. 

High  Court  of  Justice 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

3. 

county  or  district  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

4. 

District  Court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

5. 

surrogate  court 

Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

6. 

small  claims  court 

Small  Claims  Court 

7. 

Provincial  Court 
(Civil  Division) 

Small  Claims  Court 

8. 

provincial  court 
(criminal  division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

9. 

Provincial  Court 
(Criminal  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

10. 

provincial  court 
(family  division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

11. 

Provincial  Court 
(Family  Division) 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

12. 

provincial  offences  court 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

13. 

Provincial  Offences  Court 

Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division) 

SmmSo"  160a. — (1)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation,  or 

erminoogy  ^j-^gj.  ^j.  Qjjjgj.  court  process,  to  a  term  set  out  in  column  1  of 
the  Table,  or  any  form  thereof,  is  deemed  to  refer  to  the  cor- 
responding term  set  out  opposite  thereto  in  column  2. 

TABLE 


Column  1 

Column  2                           1 

1. 

Accountant  of  the 
Court 

Supreme 

Accountant  of  the  Ontario 
Court 

2. 

administrator  ad  litem 

litigation  administrator 

3. 

certificate  of  lis  pendens 

certificate  of  pending 
litigation 

4. 

conduct  money 

attendance  money 

5. 

guardian  ad  litem 

litigation  guardian 

6. 

judicial  district 

county  or  district 

1989 


COURTS  OF  JUSTICE 


Bill  2 


47 


7. 

local  judge  of  the  High 
Court 

8. 

local  judge  of  the  Supreme 
Court 

9. 

next  friend 

10. 

originating  motion 

11. 

originating  notice 

12. 

praecipe 

13. 

provisional  judicial  district 

14. 

a  registrar  of  a  surrogate 
court 

15. 

Rules  of  Civil  Procedure 

16. 

Rules  Committee 

17. 

Rules  Committee  of  the 
Supreme  and  District 
Courts 

18. 

Rules  of  Practice  and 
Procedure  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Ontario  made  by 
the  Rules  Committee 

19. 

special  examiner 

20. 

Surrogate  Clerk  for 
Ontario 

21. 

taxation  of  costs 

22. 

taxing  officer 

23. 

writ  of  fieri  facias 

24. 

writ  of  summons 

judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division) 

judge  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division) 

litigation  guardian 

application 

notice  of  application 

requisition 

territorial  district 

the  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court 
(General  Division) 

rules  of  court 

applicable  rules  committee 

applicable  rules 
committee 

rules  of  court 


official  examiner 

Estate  Registrar  for 
Ontario 

assessment  of  costs 

assessment  officer 

writ  of  seizure  and  sale 

statement  of  claim  or 
notice  of  action 


(2)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  surro-  'dem, 
gate  registrar  for  a  particular  county  or  district  is  deemed  to  registrar^for 
be  a  reference  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  a  county 
(General  Division)  for  that  county  or  district. 

(3)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  clerk  '^em,  clerk 
of  a  county  or  district  court  of  a  particular  county  or  district  is  °  ^  '^"""^^ 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 

Court  (General  Division)  for  that  county  or  district. 

(4)  A  reference  in  any  Act,  rule  or  regulation  to  an  order,  Jfjem,  order 
direction  or  decision  filed  with  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Registrar 
Court  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  an  order,  direction  or 
decision  filed  with  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division). 

160b.  Where  an  Act,  rule  or  regulation  provides  that  a  Documents 

document  is  to  be  filed  with,  certified  to,  forwarded  to  or  appeai^to 

transmitted  to  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  Registrar  of  the  Divisional 

Supreme  Court  for  the  purpose  of  an  appeal  to  the  Divisional  ^"'^ 


48  Bill  2  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  1989 

Court,  that  document  shall  be  filed  with,  certified  to,  for- 
warded to  or  transmitted  to,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  Divi- 
sional Court. 

References  to       160c. — (1)  A  reference  in  this  Act  or  any  other  Act,  rule 
j^udicla?  °^     or  regulation  to  a  county  or  district  for  judicial  purposes  is 
purposes        deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  corresponding  area  that,  for 
municipal  or  territorial  purposes,  comprises  the  county,  dis- 
trict, union  of  counties  or  regional,  district  or  metropolitan 
municipality. 

Separated  (2)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  (1),  every  city,  town  and 

municipa  ities  ^^^^j.  municipality  is  united  to  and  forms  part  of  the  county  in 
which  it  is  situate. 

Exceptions  (3)  Subsection  (1)  is  subject  to  the  following:  ^ 

1.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk, 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  following  areas: 

i.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Haldimand  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  1974. 

ii.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Norfolk  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  1974. 

2.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Niagara,  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  following  areas: 

i.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Lincoln  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1969. 

ii.  All  the  area  of  the  County  of  Welland  as  it 
existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1969. 

3.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Sudbury  and  the  Territo- 
rial District  of  Sudbury,  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  all  the  area  in  The  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury  and  in  the  Territorial  District  of  Sudbury. 

4.  A  reference  in  an  Act  or  regulation  to  a  county  or 
district  for  judicial  purposes  is,  in  the  case  of  an 
area  described  below,  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to 
all  the  area  in  the  areas  described  below: 


1989  COURTS  OF  JUSTICE  Bill  2  49 

i.  All  the  area  in  the  County  of  Victoria. 

ii.  All  the  area  in  the  County  of  Haliburton. 

iii.  All  the  area  in  any  part  of  the  townships  of 
Sherborne,  McClintock,  Livingstone,  Law- 
rence and  Nightingale  located  in  Algonquin 
Park,  so  long  as  the  part  remains  part  of 
Algonquin  Park. 

32.  Section  212  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

33.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

34.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  CouHs  of  Justice  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  3  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  O^^^ARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bills 


An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  of  Ontario 

Consequent  upon  Amendments  to  the 

Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       May  1st,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  Bill  repeals  the  Sheriffs  Act  and  makes  amendments  to  52  other  statutes.  The 
amendments  are  required  as  a  result  of  the  amendments  set  out  in  the  Courts  of  Justice 
Amendment  Act,  1989  changing  the  structure  and  administration  of  the  courts. 


BiU3  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  of  Ontario 

Consequent  upon  Amendments  to  the 

Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  23  (8)  of  the  Cemeteries  Actj  being  chap- 
ter 59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striliing  out  ''$200  or  less''  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "within  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

(2)  Subsection  29  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  judge  of  the  surrogate  court  of  the  Judicial  District  of 
York"  in  the  fourth  and  Hfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  sitting  in  The 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto". 

2.  Subsection  63  (1)  of  the  Child  and  Family  Services  Act, 
1984,  being  chapter  55,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

(1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  J."7^fj8ation 
of  Justice  or  the  Unified  Family  Court  to  investigate  a  matter 
relating  to  a  child  in  a  society's  care  or  the  proper  administra- 
tion of  this  Part,  and  a  judge  who  is  appointed  shall  conduct 
the  investigation  and  make  a  written  report  to  the  Minister. 

3. — (1)  Section  3  of  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  being 
chapter  68  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "the  Judicial  District"  in  the  second 
and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  Regional 
Municipality". 

(2)  Section  73  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  20,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


by  judge 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


73. — (1)  An  application  to  vary  an  order  made  by  a  surro- 


Order  made 

r"s^o.  1980,   gate  court  under  the  Minors  Act  shall  be  made  to  the  Ontario 
c.  292  Court  (General  Division). 


Idem 

1984,  c. 


11 


(2)  Section  160  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984  does  not 
apply  to  subsection  (1)  to  deem  the  reference  to  a  surrogate 
court  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division). 


4. — (1)  Section  51  of  the  Construction  Lien  Act,  1983,  being 
chapter  6,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chap- 
ter 11,  section  165,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  52  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed. 

(3)  Subsections  52  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  are 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


What  matters 
not  to  be 
dealt  with  by 
master 


(2)  A  master  shall  not  hear  or  dispose  of, 


(a)    a  motion  for  the  reference  of  an  action  to  a  master 
for  trial; 


Further 
powers  of 
master 


(b)  an  application;  or 

<  ] 

(c)  a  motion  in  respect  of  an  appeal. 

(3)  In  addition  to  the  jurisdiction  under  subsection  (1),  a 
master  to  whom  a  reference  has  been  directed  has  all  the 
jurisdiction,  powers  and  authority  of  the  court  to  try  and  com- 
pletely dispose  of  the  action  and  all  matters  and  questions 
arising  in  connection  with  the  action,  including  the  giving  of 
leave  to  amend  any  pleading  and  the  giving  of  directions  to  a 
receiver  or  trustee  appointed  by  the  court. 


(4)  Section  53  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


53.  The  court,  whether  the  action  is  being  tried  by  a  judge 


Court  to 

dispose  ,  ,  - 

completely  of  or  by  a  mastcr  on  a  reference, 

action 


(a)  shall  try  the  action,  including  any  set-off,  cross- 
claim,  counterclaim  and,  subject  to  section  58,  third 
party  claim,  and  all  questions  that  arise  therein  or 
that  are  necessary  to  be  tried  in  order  to  dispose 
completely  of  the  action  and  to  adjust  the  rights  and 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  3 

liabilities  of  the  persons  appearing  before  it  or  upon 
whom  notice  of  trial  has  been  served;  and 

(b)  shall  take  all  accounts,  make  all  inquiries,  give  all 
directions  and  do  all  things  necessary  to  dispose 
finally  of  the  action  and  all  matters,  questions  and 
accounts  arising  therein  or  at  the  trial  and  to  adjust 
the  rights  and  liabilities  of,  and  give  all  necessary 
relief  to,  all  parties  to  the  action. 

(5)  Section  54  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

54.  A  judge  or  master  does  not  acquire  exclusive  iurisdic-  ^^^^e 

exclusive 

tion  over  the  trial  of  an  action  or  reference  by  reason  only  of  jurisdiction 
appointing  the  time  and  place  for  the  trial  of  the  action  or  ref-  not  acquired 
erence,  or  for  holding  a  settlement  meeting. 

(6)  Subsection  60  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  ''or"  at  the  end  of  clause  (a)  and  by 
striking  out  clause  (b). 

(7)  Subsection  60  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  ''or"  at  the  end  of  clause  (a)  and  by 
striking  out  clause  (b). 

(8)  Subsection  60  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where    under    subsection    (1)    the    action    has    been  Application 
referred  to  a  master  for  trial,  any  person  who  subsequently  o^e^r  of'  ^ 
becomes  a  party  to  the  action  may,  within  seven  days  after  reference 
becoming  a  party  to  the  action,  make  a  motion  to  a  judge  of 
the  court  that  directed  the  reference  to  set  aside  the  judgment 
directing  the  reference. 

(9)  Clause  64  (1)  (b)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)  in  a  report  in  the  prescribed  form,  where  the  trial  is 
conducted  by  a  master  on  a  reference. 

(10)  Subsection  64  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


4  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

When  report       (3)  xhc  report  of  a  master  shall  be  deemed  to  be  confirmed 

Snfimed       at  the  expiiation  of  the  fifteen-day  period  next  following  the 

date  that  the  notice  of  filing  was  given,  unless  notice  of  a 

motion  to  oppose  confirmation  of  the  report  is  served  within 

that  time. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  48  (3)  of  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of 
Property  Act,  being  chapter  90  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986, 
chapter  64,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  ''the 
office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  at  Osgoode  Hall" 
in  the  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''an 
office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Section  49  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1986,  chapter  64,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court 
at  Osgoode  Hall"  in  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Gen- 
eral Division)". 

6.  Subsection  6  (1)  of  the  Coroners  Act,  being  chapter  93  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Chief  Judge  of  the  County  and  District  Courts"  in  the 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  designated  by  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court". 

7. — (1)  Subsection  78  (2)  of  the  Corporations  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  97  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  \ 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and 
fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  80  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

8.— (1)  Clause  3  (2)  (a)  of  the  County  of  HaUburton  Act, 
1982,  being  chapter  57,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  4  (4)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

9. — (1)  Section  3  of  the  Creditors'  Relief  Act,  being  chapter 
103  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  1,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  5 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  affect  the  priority  of  a  creditor  Exception 
by  execution  or  garnishment  issued  by  the  Small  Claims 
Court. 

(2)  Subsection  22  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
foUovt'ing  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Such  costs  shall  be  ascertained  in  accordance  with  the  Scaie  of  costs 
tariffs  of  costs  under  the  rules  of  court  applicable  to, 

(a)  the  Small  Claims  Court,  if  the  claim  is  within  the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  that  court;  or 

(b)  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  in  any  other 
case. 

10. — (1)  Subsection  3  (1)  of  the  Crown  Attorneys  Act^  being 
chapter  107  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the 
third  and  fourth  lines  and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto". 

(2)  Subsection  3  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  wherever  it  occurs  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "The  Municipality  of 
Metropolitan  Toronto". 

(3)  Subclause  12  (b)  (ii)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  170,  is  repealed. 

11. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Mus- 
koka  Act,  being  chapter  121  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  112  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "district  court  within  the  District  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  or  district  court  of  a  county  or  district  adjoining 
the  District  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

12. — (1)  Section  69  of  the  Election  Act,  1984,  being  chapter 
54,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

69.  In  this  section  and  in  sections  70  to  80,  unless  other-  Definition 
wise  stated,  "judge"  means  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division). 

(2)  Subsection  79  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fifth  and  sixth 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ^Mocal  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in 
which  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate"  and  by 
striking  out  ''Registrar"  in  the  eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(3)  Subsections  79  (4)  and  (5)  of  the  said  Act  are  amended 
by  striking  out  "Registrar"  wherever  it  occurs  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "local  registrar". 

(4)  Subsection  85  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in 
which  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate"  and  by 
striking  out  "Registrar"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(5)  Subsections  98  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Local 

registrar  to 
notify 
C.E.O. 


(5)  When  an  action  is  commenced  by  a  person  other  than 
the  Chief  Election  Officer,  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)  shall  notify  the  Chief  Election 
Officer  by  registered  mail. 


(6)  Subsection  103  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

(7)  Subsection  105  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  sixth  and  seventh 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(8)  Subsection  106  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

(9)  Subsection  107  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"local  registrar". 


(10)  Subsection  109  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


hea*d^'  *°  ^^       (2)  The  appeal  shall  be  heard  as  speedily  as  practicable. 

speedily 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  '         Bill  3 

13.  Section  49  of  the  Evidence  Act,  being  chapter  145  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out 
''surrogate  court  granting  the  same,  or  under  the  seal  of  the 
Supreme  Court,  where  the  probate  or  letters  of  administration 
were  granted  by  the  former  court  of  probate  for  Upper  Cana- 
da" in  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  ''court  that  granted  it  or  under  the  seal  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

14.  Subsections  24  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Fraudulent  Debtors 
Arrest  Act,  being  chapter  177  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontar- 
io, 1980,  are  repealed. 

15.— (1)  Subsection  14  (6)  of  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981,  being 
chapter  59,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the 
Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in 
the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local 
registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  14  (10)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  ((General 
Division)". 

16.  Subsection  14  (2)  of  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
186  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  with  the  local 
registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  ((rcneral  Division)". 

17. — (1)  Clause  20  (3)  (a)  of  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  213  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  court"  in  the  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  21  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion)". 

(3)  Subsection  21  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  court,  as  the  case  may  be"  in  the  first,  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


8  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

18.  Subsection  19  (2)  of  the  Industrial  Standards  Act,  being 
chapter  216  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  fifth  Une  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

19.  Section  61  of  the  Insurance  Act,  being  chapter  218  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Master  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  referee  in  a  proceeding  in  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

20. — (1)  Clause  27  (i)  of  the  Interpretation  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 219  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(i)  where  the  time  limited  for  a  proceeding  or  for  the 
doing  of  any  thing  in  a  court  office,  a  land  registry 
office  or  a  sheriffs  office  expires  or  falls  on  a  day 
that  is  prescribed  as  a  holiday  for  that  office,  the 
time  so  limited  extends  to  and  the  thing  may  be 
done  on  the  day  next  following  that  is  not  a  holiday. 

(2)  Paragraphs  9  and  35  of  section  30  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed. 

21. — (1)  Subsection  5  (3)  of  the  Juries  Act,  being  chapter 
226  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (a)  and  by  striking  out 
clauses  (b)  and  (c)  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(b)  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division),  a  copy  of  the  determination  for  the  num- 
ber of  jurors  under  clause  (1)  (a). 

(2)  Subsection  12  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  189,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Issuance  of  (1)  A  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  may 
precep  s  [^^^q  preccpts  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  regulations  to  the 
sheriff  for  the  return  of  such  number  of  jurors  as  the  sheriff 
has  determined  as  the  number  to  be  drafted  and  returned  or 
such  greater  or  lesser  number  as  in  his  or  her  opinion  is 
required. 

(3)  Subsection  12  (la)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  189,  is  repealed. 

(4)  Subsection  12  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3 

(5)  Subsection  39  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ''Registrar  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court,  as 
the  case  may  be"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  * 'local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

22. — (1)  Subsection  6  (1)  of  the  Justices  of  the  Peace  Act, 
being  chapter  227  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts 
(criminal  division)  or  the  chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts 
(family  division),  or  by  a  provincial  judge  designated  by  either 
of  them"  in  the  Hfth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provin- 
cial Division)  or  a  provincial  judge  designated  by  the  Chief 
Judge". 

.(2)  Subsection  6  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts  (criminal  division)"  in 
the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(3)  Subsection  6  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(4)  Subsection  6  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  8,  section  1,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts  (criminal  divi- 
sion)" in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(5)  Subsection  6  (5)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  8,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(6)  Subsection  6  (6)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  8,  section  1,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "subsections  (4)  and  (5)"  in  the  first  and  second 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "subsection  (4)". 

(7)  Subsection  7a  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  8,  section  3,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts  (criminal  divi- 
sion) or  the  chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts  (family  divi- 
sion)" in  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion)". 

(8)  Subsection  8  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


(1)  There  shall  be  a  Justices  of  the  Peace  Review  Council  Justices  of 

the  Peac 

Review 

Council 


imposed  of,  fj::" 


10  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division); 

(b)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  concerned  in  the  matter  being 
considered  by  the  Council;  and 

(c)  a  provincial  judge  designated  by  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 

(9)  Subsection  8  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  8,  section  4,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  '^chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts 
(criminal  division)  or  the  chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts 
(family  division)"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)". 

(10)  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  8,  section  4,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

Transitional        (g)  An  investigation  commenced  by  the  Justices  of  the 
Peace  Review  Council  before  this  subsection  comes  into  force 
shall  be  continued  by  the  Justices  of  the  Peace  Review  Coun- 
cil as  it  was  constituted  before  this  subsection  comes  into  J 
force. 

23.  Subsection  12  (2)  of  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  231  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
with  the  Local  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth 
and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

24, — (1)  Sections  69  and  70  of  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act, 
being  chapter  232  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are 
repealed. 

(2)  Section  74  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

Scale  of  costs  74,  The  costs  of  the  proceeding  before  the  judge  shall  be 
on  the  Small  Claims  Court  scale  if  the  amount  claimed  by  the 
landlord  does  not  exceed  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the 
Small  Claims  Court. 

25.  Section  49  of  the  Law  Society  Act,  being  chapter  233  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and 


1989 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


Bill  3 


11 


inserting  in  lieu  thereof  'Mocal  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  at  Toronto". 

26. — (1)  Subsection  17  (3)  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  Act, 
being  chapter  235  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  Clerk  of  the  Assembly  shall,  on  receiving  a  dis- 
claimer, forthwith  send  a  copy  of  it  to  the  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  for  the  county  or  district  in 
which  is  situate  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  the  elec- 
toral district  for  which  the  member  so  disclaiming  was  elected. 

(2)  Subsection  47  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  'Hhe  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  Municipality  of  Metro- 
politan Toronto". 

27.  Subsection  13  (4)  of  the  Libel  and  Slander  Act,  being 
chapter  237  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Transmission 
of  copy  of 
disclaimer 


(4)  An  order  made 
subject  to  appeal. 


under  this  section  is  final  and  is  not 


Order  of 
judge 
respecting 
security  final 


28. — (1)  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Master  and  Servant  Act, 
being  chapter  257  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "small  claims  court  of  the  division  in 
which  the  cause  of  action  arose  or  in  which  the  party  or  parties 
complained  against,  or  one  of  them,  resided  at  the  time  of  the 
making  of  the  complaint,  or  to  the  small  claims  court  held  in 
the  division  in  which  the  party  or  parties  complained  against  or 
one  of  them  carried  on  business"  in  the  fourth,  fifth,  sixth, 
seventh,  eighth  and  ninth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

29.  Subsection  102  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  being  chapter 
302  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  municipality  is  situate,  or  a  judge  of  the  county  or 
district  court  of  a  county  or  district  adjoining  the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  municipality  is  situate"  in  the  second, 
third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  Ueu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

30.— (1)  Subsection  87  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Elections  Act, 
being  chapter  308  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section 


12  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

9,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "District  Court  of  in  the  ninth 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  sitting  in". 

(2)  Subsection  87  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "local  registrar  of  the  District  Court"  in  the  third 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "clerk  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)". 

(3)  Subsection  88c  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "District  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(4)  Subsection  88c  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "District  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(5)  Section  88j  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by, 

(a)  striking  out  "Divisional  Court"  wherever  it  occurs 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "On- 
tario Court  (General  Division)"; 

(b)  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in 
the  flrst  and  second  lines  of  subsection  (3)  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  ((leneral  Division)";  and 

(c)  striking  out  "Registrar"  wherever  it  occurs  in 
subsections  (5)  and  (6)  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
in  each  instance  "local  registrar". 

31.  Subsection  252  (1)  of  the  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Act,  being  chapter  314  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "county  court  of  the 
Judicial  District  of  York,  or  a  judge  of  the  county  court  of  a 
judicial  district  adjoining  the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

32.  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  County  of  Oxford  Act,  being 
chapter  365  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "county  court  within  the  County  or  a 
judge  of  the  county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoin- 
ing the  County"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  Unes  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  13 

33. — (1)  Subsection  11  (9)  of  the  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act, 
being  chapter  399  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  18,  section 
7,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Ontario  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the 
fourth,  flfth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local 
registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  11  (11)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  18,  section  7,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  reg- 
istrar of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  Hrst  and  second  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

34. — (1)  Clause  1  (1)  (j)  of  the  Provincial  Offences  Act, 
being  chapter  400  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "court"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  31  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  offences  courts"  in  the  third 
and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(3)  Subsection  31  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  offences  courts"  in  the 
fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(4)  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

90a. — (1)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  by  an  Act,  every  contempt 
person  who  commits  contempt  in  the  face  of  a  justice  of  the 
peace  presiding  over  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
in  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  is  on  conviction  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $1,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not 
more  than  thirty  days,  or  to  both. 

(2)  Before  a  proceeding  is  taken  for  contempt  under  sub-  s^tement  to 
section  (1),  the  justice  of  the  peace  shall  inform  the  offender 

of  the  conduct  complained  of  and  the  nature  of  the  contempt 
and  inform  him  or  her  of  the  right  to  show  cause  why  he  or 
she  should  not  be  punished. 

(3)  A  punishment  for  contempt  in  the  face  of  the  court  show  cause 
shall  not  be  imposed  without  giving  the  offender  an  opportu- 
nity to  show  cause  why  he  or  she  should  not  be  punished. 


14 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Adjournment 
for  adjudi- 
cation 


Adjudication 
by  judge 


Arrest  for 
immediate 
adjudication 


Barring  agent 
in  contempt 


(4)  Except  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  justice  of  the 
peace,  it  is  necessary  to  deal  with  the  contempt  immediately 
for  the  preservation  of  order  and  control  in  the  courtroom, 
the  justice  of  the  peace  shall  adjourn  the  contempt  proceeding 
to  another  day. 

(5)  A  contempt  proceeding  that  is  adjourned  to  another 
day  under  subsection  (4)  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by  the 
court  presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge. 

(6)  Where  the  justice  of  the  peace  proceeds  to  deal  with  a 
contempt  immediately  and  without  adjournment  under  sub- 
section (4),  the  justice  of  the  peace  may  order  the  offender 
arrested  and  detained  in  the  courtroom  for  the  purpose  of  the 
hearing  and  determination. 

(7)  Where  the  offender  is  appearing  before  the  court  as  an 
agent  who  is  not  a  barrister  and  solicitor  entitled  to  practise  in 
Ontario,  the  court  may  order  that  he  or  she  be  barred  from 
acting  as  agent  in  the  proceeding  in  addition  to  any  other  pun- 
ishment to  which  he  or  she  is  liable. 


Appeals  (8)  An  order  of  punishment  for  contempt  under  this  section 

is  appealable  in  the  same  manner  as  if  it  were  a  conviction  in 
a  proceeding  commenced  by  certificate  under  Part  I  of  this 
Act. 


Enforcement 


(9)  This  Act  applies  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  a  punish- 
ment by  way  of  a  fine  or  imprisonment  under  this  section. 


(5)  Section  91m  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1983,  chapter  80,  section  1,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ''provincial  court  (criminal  division)"  in  the  sixth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge". 

(6)  Clause  99  (2)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "provincial  court  (criminal  division)  of"  in  the  second  and 
third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Pro- 
vincial Division)  presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge  sitting 
in". 


(7)  Subsection  118  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "provincial  court  (criminal  division)  of"  in  the  flfth  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion) presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge  sitting  in". 

(8)  Subsection  122  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "provincial  court  (criminal  division)"  in  the  second  line 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  15 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion) in  an  appeal  under  section  118". 

(9)  Section  123  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(10)  Subsection  142  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  provincial 
offences  court  having  jurisdiction  in  respect  of  the  offence  is 
situated"  in  the  thirteenth,  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  lines. 

35. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Durham  Act,  being  chapter  434  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  133  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

36. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3),  (4)  and  (6)  of  the  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  Act,  being  chapter  435  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  116  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

37. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Halton  Act,  being  chapter  436  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  126  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
mserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

38. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Hamilton-Wentworth  Act,  being  chapter  437  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  138  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


16  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

39. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Niagara  Act,  being  chapter  438  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  165  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "either  of  the  county  courts  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a 
judge  of  the  county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional 
Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

40. — (1)  Subsection  2  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
Ottawa-Carleton  Act,  being  chapter  439  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  168  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  of  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

41. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Peel  Act,  being  chapter  440  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

42. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury  Act,  being  chapter  441  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  108  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "district  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
district  court  of  a  district  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

43. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Waterloo  Act,  being  chapter  442  of  the  Revised  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  156  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  17 

44. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
York  Act,  being  chapter  443  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  157  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

45. — (1)  Subsection  23  (2)  of  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  454  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and 
Hfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  25  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

46.  The  Sheriffs  Act,  being  chapter  470  of  the  Revised  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1984,  chapter  11,  section  212,  is  repealed. 

47.  Subsection  35  (1)  of  the  Statute  Labour  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 482  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Provisional  Judicial"  in  the  fifteenth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Territorial". 

48. — (1)  Sections  2,  4  and  5  of  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act, 
being  chapter  491  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are 
repealed. 

(2)  Sections  6  and  7  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  are 
repealed. 

(3)  Sections  8  and  9  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(4)  Section  11  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  10,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(5)  Section  12  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  is  repealed. 

(6)  Sections  14  and  15  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 


18 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


(7)  Section  17  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  tlie  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Depository 
for  the  wills 
of  living 
persons 


17.  The  office  of  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  is  a  depository  for  all  wills  of  living  per- 
sons given  there  for  safekeeping,  and  the  local  registrar  shall 
receive  and  keep  those  wills  under  such  regulations  as  are  pre- 
scribed by  the  rules  of  court. 


(8)  Section  18  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
''regulations  as  are  prescribed  by  the  surrogate  court  rules"  in 
the  fourth  and  Hfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "condi- 
tions as  are  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court". 

(9)  Sections  21,  22  and  23  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(10)  Section  26  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Grant  of 
probate  or 
adminis- 
tration, 
jurisdiction 


26. — (1)  An  application  for  a  grant  of  probate  or  letters  of 
administration  shall  be  made  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  and  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  for  the  county  or  dis- 
trict in  which  the  testator  or  intestate  had  at  the  time  of  death 
a  fixed  place  of  abode. 


Where 

decedent  had 
no  abode  in 
Ontario 


(2)  If  the  testator  or  intestate  had  no  fixed  place  of  abode 
in  Ontario  or  resided  out  of  Ontario  at  the  time  of  death,  the 
application  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  for  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  testator  or  intestate  had  property  at  the  time  of 
death. 


^^^H^ati  ^^)  ^"  other  cases  the  application  for  probate  or  letters  of 

may' be 'fifed    administration  may  be  filed  in  any  office. 

in  any  office 

(11)  Sections  27,  28  and  29  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 


Trial  of 
questions  of 
fact  by  a 
jury 


(12)  Subsection  30  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  court  may  cause  any  question  of  fact  arising  in  any 
proceeding  to  be  tried  by  a  jury. 

(13)  Section  32  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


(14)  Subsection  33  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  | 
following  substituted  therefor:  I 


Right  of 
appeal 


(1)  Any  party  or  person  taking  part  in  a  proceeding  under 
this  Act  may  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order, 
determination  or  judgment  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 


office 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  19 

Division)  if  the  value  of  the  property  affected  by  such  order, 
determination  or  judgment  exceeds  $200. 

(15)  Subsections  33  (4),  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed. 

(16)  Section  34  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(17)  Section  44  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
''surrogate  court"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(18)  Section  45  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

45.  If  it  appears  by  the  certificate  of  the  Estate  Registrar  where 
for  Ontario  that  application  for  probate  or  administration  has  med'^in  more 
been  filed  in  two  or  more  court  offices,  the  proceedings  shall  ti^"  one 
be  stayed  until,  on  motion,  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General   Division)   determines   where   the   application  will 
proceed. 

(19)  Section  60  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"judge  of  the  court  for  the  time  being,  or  in  case  of  the  separa- 
tion of  counties,  to  enure  for  the  benefit  of  any  judge  of  a  sur- 
rogate court  to  be  named  by  the  Supreme  Court  for  that  pur- 
pose" in  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Accountant  of  the  Ontario  Court". 

(20)  Subsection  74  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(21)  Subsection  74  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  judge,  on  passing  the  accounts  of  an  executor,  Powers  of 
administrator  or  such  a  trustee,  has  jurisdiction  to  enter  into  p^ss^g'" 
and  make  full  inquiry  and  accounting  of  and  concerning  the  accounts 
whole  property  that  the  deceased  was  possessed  of  or  entitled 
to,  and  its  administration  and  disbursement. 

(22)  Subsection  74  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(23)  Section  78  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(24)  Section  80  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  is  repealed. 


20  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

(25)  The  title  to  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

ESTATES  ACT 

49. — (1)  Section  1  of  the  Territorial  Division  Act,  being 
chapter  497  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  57,  section 
4,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "5,  5a,  6,  7  and  8  for 
municipal  and  judicial  purposes  such  counties,  and  for  judicial 
purposes  such  districts  and  metropolitan  and  regional  areas, 
are  respectively"  in  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  '*and  5,  for  municipal  purposes  such 
counties  are". 

(2)  Paragraph  2  of  section  1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  the  following  sentences  at  the  end  thereof: 

"The  Indian  Reserve  at  Cape  Croker  shall,  for  judicial  pur- 
poses, be  deemed  part  of  the  Township  of  Albemarle. 

"The  Indian  Reserve  at  Chiefs  Point  and  the  Saugeen 
Indian  Reserve  north  of  the  mouth  of  the  Saugeen  River  shall, 
for  judicial  purposes,  be  deemed  part  of  the  Township  of  Ama- 
bel". 

(3)  Paragraph  42  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Algoma  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Algoma"  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  lines 
from  the  end  thereof. 

(4)  Paragraph  43  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Cochrane  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Cochrane"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(5)  Paragraph  44  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Kenora  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Kenora"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(6)  Paragraph  45  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Manitoulin  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Manitoulin"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(7)  Paragraph  46  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  forms  the  Provl 
sional  Judicial  District  of  Muskoka"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(8)  Paragraph  47  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Nipissing  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Nipissing"  at  the  end  thereof. 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  21 

(9)  Paragraph  48  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Parry  Sound  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Parry  Sound"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(10)  Paragraph  49  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Rainy  River  forms  the  Pro- 
visional Judicial  District  of  Rainy  River"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(11)  Paragraph  50  of  the  said  section  1,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  52,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Sudbury 
forms  the  Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Sudbury"  at  the  end 
thereof. 

(12)  Paragraph  51  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Thunder  Bay  forms  the 
Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Thunder  Bay"  at  the  end  there- 
of. 

(13)  Paragraph  52  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Timiskaming  forms  the 
Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Timiskaming"  at  the  end  there- 
of. 

(14)  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "judicial"  in  the  first  line. 

(15)  Subsection  4  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "courts"  in  the  fourth  line. 

(16)  Section  5  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

5.  For  municipal  purposes,  cities,  towns  and  other  munici-  ^t|es  and 
palities  withdrawn  from  the  jurisdiction  of  a  county  do  not 
form  part  of  the  counties  in  which  they  are  respectively 
situate. 

(17)  Section  5a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  57,  section  4,  is  repealed. 

(18)  Sections  6,  7  and  8  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(19)  Clause  15  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"or  provisional  judicial  district"  in  the  first  and  second  lines. 

50.  Subsection  13  (2)  of  the  Tobacco  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
502  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  with  the  local 
registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 


towns 


22  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

51.  Subsection  27  (1)  of  the  Vital  Statistics  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 524  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "The  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  every 
local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  and  second 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Every  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

52, — (1)  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Woodmen's  Lien  for  Wages 
Act,  being  chapter  537  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  third  line 
and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each 
instance  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims 
Court". 

(2)  Section  16  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"$1,000"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

(3)  Subsection  17  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "$1,000"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

53.  Section  116  of  the  Workers'  Compensation  Act,  being 
chapter  539  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  stHking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  ninth  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

Commence-  54,  jhis  Act  comcs  iuto  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 

proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

Short  title  55.  xhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Court  Reform  Statute 

Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  3  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bills 


An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  of  Ontario 

Consequent  upon  Amendments  to  the 

Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       May  1st,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  14th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Administration  of  Justice  Committee) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  Bill  repeals  the  Sheriffs  Act  and  makes  amendments  to  52  other  statutes.  The 
amendments  are  required  as  a  result  of  the  amendments  set  out  in  the  Courts  of  Justice 
Amendment  Act,  1989  changing  the  structure  and  administration  of  the  courts. 


Bill  3  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  of  Ontario 

Consequent  upon  Amendments  to  the 

Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  23  (8)  of  the  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  '^$200  or  less"  in  the  third  Hne  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  * 'within  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

(2)  Subsection  29  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  judge  of  the  surrogate  court  of  the  Judicial  District  of 
York"  in  the  fourth  and  flfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  sitting  in  The 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto". 

2.  Subsection  63  (1)  of  the  Child  and  Family  Services  Act, 
1984,  being  chapter  55,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

(1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  investigation 
of  Justice  or  the  Unified  Family  Court  to  investigate  a  matter    ^  ^"  ^^ 
relating  to  a  child  in  a  society's  care  or  the  proper  administra- 
tion of  this  Part,  and  a  judge  who  is  appointed  shall  conduct 

the  investigation  and  make  a  written  report  to  the  Minister. 

3.— (1)  Section  3  of  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  being 
chapter  68  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  *'the  Judicial  District"  in  the  second 
and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''The  Regional 
Municipality". 

(2)  Section  73  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  20,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Order  made  73, — (1)  An  application  to  vary  an  order  made  by  a  surro- 
r!sx).  1980,  gate  court  under  the  Minors  Act  shall  be  made  to  the  Ontario 
c.  292  Court  (General  Division). 


Idem 
1984,  c.  11 


(2)  Section  160  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984  does  not 
apply  to  subsection  (1)  to  deem  the  reference  to  a  surrogate 
court  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division). 

4. — (1)  Section  51  of  the  Construction  Lien  Act,  1983,  being 
chapter  6,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chap- 
ter 11,  section  165,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Section  52  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed.  -^^ 

(3)  Section  53  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Court  to  53,  xhe  court/whether  the  action  is  being  tried  by  a  judge 

dispose  ,  .  r  i~^  J       J      ^ 

completely  of  or  by  a  mastcr  on  a  reference, 

action 

(a)  shall  try  the  action,  including  any  set-off,  cross- 
claim,  counterclaim  and,  subject  to  section  58,  third 
party  claim,  and  all  questions  that  arise  therein  or^ 
that  are  necessary  to  be  tried  in  order  to  dispose 
completely  of  the  action  and  to  adjust  the  rights  and 
liabilities  of  the  persons  appearing  before  it  or  upon 
whom  notice  of  trial  has  been  served;  and 

(b)  shall  take  all  accounts,  make  all  inquiries,  give  all 
directions  and  do  all  things  necessary  to  dispose 
finally  of  the  action  and  all  matters,  questions  and 
accounts  arising  therein  or  at  the  trial  and  to  adjust 
the  rights  and  liabilities  of,  and  give  all  necessary 
relief  to,  all  parties  to  the  action. 

(4)  Section  54  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Where  54,  \  judge  or  master  does  not  acquire  exclusive  jurisdic- 

exclusive  <j       *j  -i  t        t 

jurisdiction      tion  ovcr  the  trial  of  an  action  or  reference  by  reason  only  or 
not  acquired    appointing  the  time  and  place  for  the  trial  of  the  action  or  ref- 
erence, or  for  holding  a  settlement  meeting. 

(5)  Subsection  60  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


1989 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


Bill  3 


(1)  On  motion  made  after  the  delivery  of  all  statements  of  Reference  to 
defence,  or  the  statements  of  defence  to  all  crossclaims, 
counterclaims  or  third  party  claims,  if  any,  or  the  time  for 

their  dehvery  has  expired,  a  judge  may  refer  the  whole  action 
for  trial  to  a  master  assigned  to  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  premises  or  part  of  the  premises  are  situate. 

(la)  A  master  shall  not  hear  or  dispose  of  a  motion  made  i^em 
under  subsection  (1). 

(6)  Subsection  60  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  At  the  trial,  a  judge  may  direct  a  reference  to  a  master  i^em 
assigned  to  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  premises  or  part 

of  the  premises  are  situate, 

(2a)  A  master  to  whom  a  reference  has  been  directed  has  Powers  of 
all  the  jurisdiction,  powers  and  authority  of  the  court  to  try  reference" 
and  completely  dispose  of  the  action  and  all  matters  and  ques- 
tions arising  in  connection  with  the  action,  including  the  giving 
of  leave  to  amend  any  pleading  and  the  giving  of  directions  to 
a  receiver  or  trustee  appointed  by  the  court.  -^t- 

(7)  Subsection  60  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where    under    subsection    (1)    the    action    has    been  Application 
referred  to  a  master  for  trial,  any  person  who  subsequently  o^rc^r  of'  ^ 
becomes  a  party  to  the  action  may,  within  seven  days  after  reference 
becoming  a  party  to  the  action,  make  a  motion  to  a  judge  of 

the  court  that  directed  the  reference  to  set  aside  the  judgment 
directing  the  reference. 

(8)  Clause  64  (1)  (b)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)    in  a  report  in  the  prescribed  form,  where  the  trial  is 
conducted  by  a  master  on  a  reference. 

(2)  Subsection  64  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  report  of  a  master  shall  be  deemed  to  be  confirmed  when  report 
at  the  expiration  of  the  fifteen-day  period  next  following  the  confirmed 
date  that  the  notice  of  filing  was  given,  unless  notice  of  a 


4  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

motion  to  oppose  confirmation  of  the  report  is  served  within 
that  time. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  48  (3)  of  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of 
Property  Act,  being  chapter  90  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986, 
chapter  64,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  ''the 
office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  at  Osgoode  Hall" 
in  the  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''an 
office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Section  49  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1986,  chapter  64,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court 
at  Osgoode  Hall"  in  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Gen- 
eral Division)". 

6.  Subsection  6  (1)  of  the  Coroners  Act,  being  chapter  93  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Chief  Judge  of  the  County  and  District  Courts"  in  the 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  designated  by  the  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court". 

7. — (1)  Subsection  78  (2)  of  the  Corporations  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  97  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and 
fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  80  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

8. — (1)  Clause  3  (2)  (a)  of  the  County  of  Haliburton  Act, 
1982,  being  chapter  57,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  4  (4)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

9. — (1)  Section  3  of  the  Creditors'  Relief  Act,  being  chapter 
103  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  1,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  5 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  affect  the  priority  of  a  creditor  Exception 
by  execution  or  garnishment  issued  by  the  Small  Claims 
Court. 

(2)  Subsection  22  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Such  costs  shall  be  ascertained  in  accordance  with  the  scaie  of  costs 
tariffs  of  costs  under  the  rules  of  court  applicable  to, 

(a)  the  Small  Claims  Court,  if  the  claim  is  within  the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  that  court;  or 

(b)  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  in  any  other 
case. 

10. — (1)  Subsection  3  (1)  of  the  Crown  Attorneys  Act,  being 
chapter  107  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the 
third  and  fourth  lines  and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto". 

(2)  Subsection  3  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  wherever  it  occurs  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "The  Municipality  of 
Metropolitan  Toronto". 

(3)  Subclause  12  (b)  (ii)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  170,  is  repealed. 

11. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  District  Municipality  ofMus- 
koka  Act,  being  chapter  121  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  112  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "district  court  within  the  District  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  or  district  court  of  a  county  or  district  adjoining 
the  District  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

12. — (1)  Section  69  of  the  Election  Act,  1984,  being  chapter 
54,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

69.  In  this  section  and  in  sections  70  to  80,  unless  other-  Definition 
wise  stated,  "judge"  means  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division). 

(2)  Subsection  70  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  clerk  of  the  county  or  district  court"  in  the  third  line 


6  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  clerk  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in  which  the 
electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate". 

(3)  Subsection  72  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "of  the  county  or  district  court"  in  the  first  and  second 
lines. 

(4)  Section  78  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"court  of  the  county  or  judicial  district"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)".  -^^ 

(5)  Subsection  79  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fifth  and  sixth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in 
which  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate"  and  by 
striking  out  "Registrar"  in  the  eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(6)  Subsections  79  (4)  and  (5)  of  the  said  Act  are  amended 
by  striking  out  "Registrar"  wherever  it  occurs  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "local  registrar". 

(7)  Subsection  85  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in 
which  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate"  and  by 
striking  out  "Registrar"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(8)  Subsections  98  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

J-o^^'  (5)  When  an  action  is  commenced  by  a  person  other  than 

regisuar  o      ^^^  Chief  Election  Officer,  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
CEO.  Court   (General   Division)   shall  notify   the   Chief  Election 

Officer  by  registered  mail. 

(9)  Subsection  103  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  Une  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

(10)  Subsection  105  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  sixth  and  sev- 
enth lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  7 

(11)  Subsection  106  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

(12)  Subsection  107  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "Registrar"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(13)  Subsection  109  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  appeal  shall  be  heard  as  speedily  as  practicable.  u^^T^  ^°  ^^ 

speedily 

13.  Section  49  of  the  Evidence  Act,  being  chapter  145  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"surrogate  court  granting  the  same,  or  under  the  seal  of  the 
Supreme  Court,  where  the  probate  or  letters  of  administration 
were  granted  by  the  former  court  of  probate  for  Upper  Cana- 
da" in  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "court  that  granted  it  or  under  the  seal  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

14.  Subsections  24  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Fraudulent  Debtors 
Arrest  Act,  being  chapter  177  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontar- 
io, 1980,  are  repealed. 

15.— (1)  Subsection  14  (6)  of  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981,  being 
chapter  59,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the 
Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in 
the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local 
registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  14  (10)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

16.  Subsection  14  (2)  of  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
186  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  with  the  local 
registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

17. — (1)  Clause  20  (3)  (a)  of  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  213  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  court"  in  the  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh 


Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

lines  and   inserting  in  lieu  thereof  'Mocal  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  21  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion)". 

(3)  Subsection  21  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  court,  as  the  case  may  be"  in  the  flrst,  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

18.  Subsection  19  (2)  of  the  Industrial  Standards  Act,  being 
chapter  216  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  fifth  Une  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

19.  Section  61  of  the  Insurance  Act,  being  chapter  218  ot 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Master  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  referee  in  a  proceeding  in  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

20. — (1)  Clause  27  (i)  of  the  Interpretation  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 219  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(i)  where  the  time  limited  for  a  proceeding  or  for  the 
doing  of  any  thing  in  a  court  office,  a  land  registry 
office  or  a  sheriffs  office  expires  or  falls  on  a  day 
that  is  prescribed  as  a  holiday  for  that  office,  the 
time  so  limited  extends  to  and  the  thing  may  be 
done  on  the  day  next  following  that  is  not  a  holiday. 

(2)  Paragraphs  9  and  35  of  section  30  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed. 

21. — (1)  Subsection  5  (3)  of  the  Juries  Act,  being  chapter 
226  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (a)  and  by  striking  out 
clauses  (b)  and  (c)  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(b)  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division),  a  copy  of  the  determination  for  the  num- 
ber of  jurors  under  clause  (1)  (a). 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  f 

(2)  Subsection  12  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  189,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  A  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  may  issuance  of 
issue  precepts  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  regulations  to  the  P'^^'^^p^^ 
sheriff  for  the  return  of  such  number  of  jurors  as  the  sheriff 
has  determined  as  the  number  to  be  drafted  and  returned  or 
such  greater  or  lesser  number  as  in  his  or  her  opinion  is 
required. 

(3)  Subsection  12  (la)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  189,  is  repealed. 

(4)  Subsection  12  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(5)  Subsection  39  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court,  as 
the  case  may  be"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

22.— (1)  Clauses  9  (1)  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  of  the  Justices  of  the 
Peace  Act,  1989,  being  chapter  46,  are  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  who  shall  preside  over  the  Review 
Council; 

(b)  the  Co-ordinator; 

(c)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  in  the  region  in  which  the 
matter  being  considered  by  the  Council  arises. 


a)  le  juge  en  chef  de  la  Cour  de  I'Ontario  (Division 
provinciale),  qui  preside  le  Conseil; 

b)  le  coordonnateur; 

c)  le  juge  principal  regional  de  la  Cour  de  I'Ontario 
(Division  provinciale)  de  la  region  ou  se  presente 
r affaire  dont  traite  le  Conseil. 

(2)  Subsection  14  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


10 


Bills 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Co-ordinator       (1)  xhc  Co-ordinator  has  general  supervision  and  direction 
jSstSes!^'^^     over  sittings  of  justices  of  the  peace  and  the  assignment  of 
assign  duties    their  dutics,  subjcct  to  the  direction  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 


Surveillance,        (1)  Le  coordonnatcur  est  charge  de  I'administration  et  de  la 
^^^'rfon-  ^     surveillance  des  sessions  des  juges  de  paix  et  de  I'assignation 


coordon 
nateur 


de  leurs  fonctions,  sous  reserve  de  la  direction  du  juge  en  chef 
de  la  Cour  de  I'Ontario  (Division  provinciale). 


(3)  Subsection  14  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ''a''  in  the  fourth  line  of  the  English  version  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "the"  and  by  striking  out  "d'un"  in  the  fifth 
line  of  the  French  version  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "du". 

23.  Subsection  12  (2)  of  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  231  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
with  the  Local  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth 
and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

24. — (1)  Sections  69  and  70  of  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act, 
being  chapter  232  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are 
repealed. 

(2)  Section  74  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

Scale  of  costs  74^  j]^q  costs  of  the  proceeding  before  the  judge  shall  be 
on  the  Small  Claims  Court  scale  if  the  amount  claimed  by  the 
landlord  does  not  exceed  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the 
Small  Claims  Court. 

25.  Section  49  of  the  Law  Society  Act,  being  chapter  233  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  at  Toronto". 

26. — (1)  Subsection  17  (3)  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  Act, 
being  chapter  235  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Jrco'"'of°"       ^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^  ^^  ^^^  Assembly  shall,  on  receiving  a  dis- 

discEe"       claimer,  forthwith  send  a  copy  of  it  to  the  local  registrar  of  the 

Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  for  the  county  or  district  in 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  11 

which  is  situate  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  the  elec- 
toral district  for  which  the  member  so  disclaiming  was  elected. 

(2)  Subsection  47  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  Municipality  of  Metro- 
politan Toronto". 

27.  Subsection  13  (4)  of  the  Libel  and  Slander  Act,  being 
chapter  237  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  An  order  made  under  this  section  is  final  and  is  not  P^^er  of 

iuusc 
subject  to  appeal.  respecting 

security  final 

28. — (1)  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Master  and  Servant  Act, 
being  chapter  257  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "small  claims  court  of  the  division  in 
which  the  cause  of  action  arose  or  in  which  the  party  or  parties 
complained  against,  or  one  of  them,  resided  at  the  time  of  the 
making  of  the  complaint,  or  to  the  small  claims  court  held  in 
the  division  in  which  the  party  or  parties  complained  against  or 
one  of  them  carried  on  business"  in  the  fourth,  Hfth,  sixth, 
seventh,  eighth  and  ninth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

29.  Subsection  102  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  being  chapter 
302  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  municipality  is  situate,  or  a  judge  of  the  county  or 
district  court  of  a  county  or  district  adjoining  the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  municipality  is  situate"  in  the  second, 
third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

30. — (1)  Subsection  87  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Elections  Act, 
being  chapter  308  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section 
9,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "District  Court  oP'  in  the  ninth 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  sitting  in". 

(2)  Subsection  87  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  local  registrar  of  the  District  Court"  in  the 
third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  clerk  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (Provincial  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate".  -^^ 


12 


Bills 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


(3)  Subsection  88c  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "District  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 


Appeal  from 
decision  of 
provincial 
judge  or 
recount 
officer 


Service  of 
notice 


Documents 
to  be 
forwarded 


Certificate  to 
be  issued 
after  appeal 


(4)  Subsection  88c  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "District  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(5)  Section  88j  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

88j. — (1)  Any  party  may  appeal  to  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  from  the  decision  of  the  provincial  judge 
on  the  application  or  of  the  recount  officer  on  the  recount,  as 
the  case  may  be,  by  giving  written  notice  not  more  than  five 
days  following  the  completion  of  the  hearing  or  the  recount  to 
the  other  parties  concerned  and  to  the  provincial  judge  or  the 
recount  officer  and  the  notice  may  limit  the  appeal  to  speci- 
fied disputed  ballots. 

(2)  The  notice  shall  be  served  upon  the  other  parties  per- 
sonally or  upon  the  solicitor  who  acted  for  the  party  or  in  the 
manner  that  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 
may  direct. 

(3)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer  shall  forward  to 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  by 
registered  mail, 

(a)  the  notice  of  appeal; 

(b)  a  certificate  showing  the  findings  of  the  provincial 
judge  or  recount  officer  on  the  ballots  or  statements 
in  dispute; 

(c)  if  the  appeal  is  limited  to  specified  disputed  ballots, 
the  ballots  or  statements  of  the  vote  that  are  the 
subject  of  the  appeal  in  the  envelopes  described  in 
subsection  88c  (7)  and  section  88d;  and 

(d)  if  the  appeal  is  not  limited,  all  of  the  ballots  in  the 
envelopes  referred  to  in  clause  88c  (8)  (b)  or  88e  (1) 
(b). 

(4)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer  shall  await  the 
result  of  the  appeal  before  preparing  the  certificate  under  sub- 
section 88c  (8)  or  88e  (2). 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  13 

(5)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer  shall,   upon  Copy  of 
request,  allow  each  party  to  make  a  copy  of  the  order  or  certi- 
ficate, as  the  case  may  be,  before  it  is  forwarded  to  the  local 
registrar. 

(6)  On  receipt  of  the  ballots,  notice  and  statement,  the  Appointment 
local  registrar  shall  immediately  fix  a  time  for  hearing  the    °^  ^^""^ 
appeal  and  shall  notify  the  parties  or  their  solicitors  of  the 

time  so  fixed. 

(7)  One  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  Determi- 
shall  determine  the  objection  pertaining  to,  or  count  again.  General^ 
the  ballots  or  such  of  them  as  are  the  subject  of  appeal,  or  Division 
review  the  re-addition,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  shall  immedi- 
ately certify  in  writing  the  decision  of  the  court  to  the  provin- 
cial judge  or  to  the  recount  officer. 

(8)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer,  in  compliance  Certificate  to 
with  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  decision 
shall  certify  the  result  without  delay.  -^ 

31.  Subsection  252  (1)  of  the  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Act,  being  chapter  314  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "county  court  of  the 
Judicial  District  of  York,  or  a  judge  of  the  county  court  of  a 
judicial  district  adjoining  the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

32.  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  County  of  Oxford  Act,  being 
chapter  365  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "county  court  within  the  County  or  a 
judge  of  the  county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoin- 
ing the  County"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

33. — (1)  Subsection  11  (9)  of  the  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act, 
being  chapter  399  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  18,  section 
7,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Ontario  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the 
fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local 
registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  11  (11)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  18,  section  7,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  reg- 
istrar of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  flrst  and  second  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 


14 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


34. — (1)  Clause  1  (1)  (j)  of  the  Provincial  Offences  Act, 
being  chapter  400  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  ''court"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  31  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  offences  courts"  in  the  third 
and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(3)  Subsection  31  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  offences  courts"  in  the 
fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(4)  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

Contempt  90a. — (1)  Exccpt  as  otherwise  provided  by  an  Act,  every 

person  who  commits  contempt  in  the  face  of  a  justice  of  the 
peace  presiding  over  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
in  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  is  on  conviction  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $1,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not 
more  than  thirty  days,  or  to  both. 


Statement  to 
offender 


(2)  Before  a  proceeding  is  taken  for  contempt  under  sub- 
section (1),  the  justice  of  the  peace  shall  inform  the  offender 
of  the  conduct  complained  of  and  the  nature  of  the  contempt 
and  inform  him  or  her  of  the  right  to  show  cause  why  he  or 
she  should  not  be  punished. 


Show  cause 


(3)  A  punishment  for  contempt  in  the  face  of  the  court 
shall  not  be  imposed  without  giving  the  offender  an  opportu- 
nity to  show  cause  why  he  or  she  should  not  be  punished. 


Adjournment 
for  adjudi- 
cation 


(4)  Except  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  justice  of  the 
peace,  it  is  necessary  to  deal  with  the  contempt  immediately 
for  the  preservation  of  order  and  control  in  the  courtroom, 
the  justice  of  the  peace  shall  adjourn  the  contempt  proceeding 
to  another  day. 


Adjudication 
by  judge 


(5)  A  contempt  proceeding  that  is  adjourned  to  another 
day  under  subsection  (4)  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by  the 
court  presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge. 


Arrest  for 
immediate 
adjudication 


(6)  Where  the  justice  of  the  peace  proceeds  to  deal  with  a 
contempt  immediately  and  without  adjournment  under  sub- 
section (4),  the  justice  of  the  peace  may  order  the  offender 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  15 

arrested  and  detained  in  the  courtroom  for  the  purpose  of  the 
hearing  and  determination. 

(7)  Where  the  offender  is  appearing  before  the  court  as  an  Barring  agent 
agent  who  is  not  a  barrister  and  solicitor  entitled  to  practise  in  '"  '^•'"^^'"p^ 
Ontario,  the  court  may  order  that  he  or  she  be  barred  from 

acting  as  agent  in  the  proceeding  in  addition  to  any  other  pun- 
ishment to  which  he  or  she  is  liable. 

(8)  An  order  of  punishment  for  contempt  under  this  section  Appeals 
is  appealable  in  the  same  manner  as  if  it  were  a  conviction  in 

a  proceeding  commenced  by  certificate  under  Part  I  of  this 
Act. 

(9)  This  Act  applies  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  a  punish-  Enforcement 
ment  by  way  of  a  fine  or  imprisonment  under  this  section. 

(5)  Section  91m  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1983,  chapter  80,  section  1,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "provincial  court  (criminal  division)"  in  the  sixth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge". 

(6)  Clause  99  (2)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "provincial  court  (criminal  division)  of"  in  the  second  and 
third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Pro- 
vincial Division)  presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge  sitting 
in". 

(7)  Subsection  118  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "provincial  court  (criminal  division)  of"  in  the  fifth  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion) presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge  sitting  in". 

(8)  Subsection  122  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  judgment  of  the  Ontario  Court  Appeal  to 
(Provincial  Division)  in  an  appeal  under  seciton  118  to  the  Ap^ai* 
Court  of  Appeal,  with  leave  of  a  justice  of  appeal,  on  special 
grounds,  upon  any  question  of  law  alone.  -^^ 

(9)  Section  123  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(10)  Subsection  142  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  provincial 
offences  court  having  jurisdiction  in  respect  of  the  offence  is 
situated"  in  the  thirteenth,  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  lines. 


16  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

35. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Durham  Act,  being  chapter  434  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  133  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  * 'county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

36. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3),  (4)  and  (6)  of  the  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  Act,  being  chapter  435  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  116  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

37.— (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Halton  Act,  being  chapter  436  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  126  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

38. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Hamilton-Wentworth  Act,  being  chapter  437  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  138  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

39. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Niagara  Act,  being  chapter  438  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  165  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "either  of  the  county  courts  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a 
judge  of  the  county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional 
Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  17 

40. — (1)  Subsection  2  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
Ottawa-Carleton  Act,  being  chapter  439  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  168  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  of  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

41. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Peel  Act,  being  chapter  440  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

42. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury  Act,  being  chapter  441  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  108  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "district  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
district  court  of  a  district  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  Unes  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

43. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Waterloo  Act,  being  chapter  442  of  the  Revised  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  156  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

44. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
York  Act,  being  chapter  443  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  157  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


18  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

45._(1)  Subsection  23  (2)  of  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  454  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and 
fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  25  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

46.  The  Sheriffs  Act,  being  chapter  470  of  the  Revised  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1984,  chapter  11,  section  212  and  1989,  chapter  24,  section  2, 
is  repealed. 

47.  Subsection  35  (1)  of  the  Statute  Labour  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 482  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Provisional  Judicial"  in  the  fifteenth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Territorial". 

48. — (1)  Sections  2,  4  and  5  of  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act, 
being  chapter  491  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are 
repealed.  , 

(2)  Sections  6  and  7  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  are 
repealed. 

(3)  Sections  8  and  9  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(4)  Section  11  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  10,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(5)  Section  12  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  is  repealed. 

(6)  Sections  14  and  15  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(7)  Section  17  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

for^e'Sis  ^^'  ^^  ^^^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^^^^^  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
of  living  '  ^  (General  Division)  is  a  depository  for  all  wills  of  living  per- 
persons  sqhs  givcH  thcrc  for  Safekeeping,  and  the  local  registrar  shall 

receive  and  keep  those  wills  under  such  regulations  as  are  pre- 
scribed by  the  rules  of  court. 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  19 

(8)  Section  18  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"regulations  as  are  prescribed  by  the  surrogate  court  rules"  in 
the  fourth  and  flfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "condi- 
tions as  are  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court". 

(9)  Sections  21,  22  and  23  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(10)  Section  26  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

26. — (1)  An  application  for  a  grant  of  probate  or  letters  of  Gram  of 

administration  shall  be  made  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General  JdmiS-"'^ 

Division)  and  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  for  the  county  or  dis-  tration, 

trict  in  which  the  testator  or  intestate  had  at  the  time  of  death  J""''*'^^'°" 
a  fixed  place  of  abode. 

(2)  If  the  testator  or  intestate  had  no  fixed  place  of  abode  where 

in  Ontario  or  resided  out  of  Ontario  at  the  time  of  death,  the  n?abode  in 
application  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  for  the  county  or  district  Ontario 
in  which  the  testator  or  intestate  had  property  at  the  time  of 
death. 

(3)  In  other  cases  the  application  for  probate  or  letters  of  when 
administration  may  be  filed  in  any  office.  may Te 'filed 

in  any  office 

(11)  Sections  27,  28  and  29  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(12)  Subsection  30  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  court  may  cause  any  question  of  fact  arising  in  any  Trial  of 
proceeding  to  be  tried  by  a  jury.  fa"cf  by"a  ° 

jury 

(13)  Section  32  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(14)  Subsection  33  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Any  party  or  person  taking  part  in  a  proceeding  under  Right  of 
this  Act  may  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order,  ^^^^ 
determination  or  judgment  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  if  the  value  of  the  property  affected  by  such  order, 
determination  or  judgment  exceeds  $200. 

(15)  Subsections  33  (4),  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed. 

(16)  Section  34  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


20 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Where 
application 
filed  in  more 
than  one 
office 


(17)  Section  44  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"surrogate  court"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(18)  Section  45  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

45.  If  it  appears  by  the  certificate  of  the  Estate  Registrar 
for  Ontario  that  application  for  probate  or  administration  has 
been  filed  in  two  or  more  court  offices,  the  proceedings  shall 
be  stayed  until,  on  motion,  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  determines  where  the  application  will 
proceed. 

(19)  Section  60  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"judge  of  the  court  for  the  time  being,  or  in  case  of  the  separa- 
tion of  counties,  to  enure  for  the  benefit  of  any  judge  of  a  sur- 
rogate court  to  be  named  by  the  Supreme  Court  for  that  pur- 
pose" in  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Accountant  of  the  Ontario  Court". 


Powers  of 
judge  on 
passing 
accounts 


(20)  Subsection  74  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(21)  Subsection  74  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  judge,  on  passing  the  accounts  of  an  executor, 
administrator  or  trustee  under  a  will  of  which  the  trustee  is  an 
executor,  has  jurisdiction  to  enter  into  and  make  full  inquiry 
and  accounting  of  and  concerning  the  whole  property  that  the 
deceased  was  possessed  of  or  entitled  to,  and  its  administra- 
tion and  disbursement. 


(22)  Subsection  74  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(23)  Section  78  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(24)  Section  80  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  is  repealed. 

(25)  The  title  to  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


ESTATES  ACT 

49. — (1)  Section  1  of  the  Territorial  Division  Act,  being 
chapter  497  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  57,  section 
4,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "5,  5a,  6,  7  and  8  for 
municipal  and  judicial  purposes  such  counties,  and  for  judicial 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  21 

purposes  such  districts  and  metropolitan  and  regional  areas, 
are  respectively"  in  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''and  5,  for  municipal  purposes  such 
counties  are". 

(2)  Paragraph  2  of  section  1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  the  following  sentences  at  the  end  thereof: 

"The  Indian  Reserve  at  Cape  Croker  shall,  for  judicial  pur- 
poses, be  deemed  part  of  the  Township  of  Albemarle. 

''The  Indian  Reserve  at  Chiefs  Point  and  the  Saugeen 
Indian  Reserve  north  of  the  mouth  of  the  Saugeen  River  shall, 
for  judicial  purposes,  be  deemed  part  of  the  Township  of  Ama- 
bel". 

(3)  Paragraph  42  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Algoma  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Algoma"  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  lines 
from  the  end  thereof. 

(4)  Paragraph  43  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Cochrane  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Cochrane"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(5)  Paragraph  44  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Kenora  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Kenora"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(6)  Paragraph  45  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Manitoulin  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Manitoulin"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(7)  Paragraph  46  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Muskoka"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(8)  Paragraph  47  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Nipissing  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Nipissing"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(9)  Paragraph  48  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Parry  Sound  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Parry  Sound"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(10)  Paragraph  49  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Rainy  River  forms  the  Pro- 
visional Judicial  District  of  Rainy  River"  at  the  end  thereof. 


22  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

(11)  Paragraph  50  of  the  said  section  1,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  52,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Sudbury 
forms  the  Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Sudbury"  at  the  end 
thereof. 

(12)  Paragraph  51  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Thunder  Bay  forms  the 
Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Thunder  Bay"  at  the  end  there- 
of. 

(13)  Paragraph  52  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Timiskaming  forms  the 
Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Timiskaming"  at  the  end  there- 
of. 

(14)  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "judicial"  in  the  Hrst  line. 

(15)  Subsection  4  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "courts"  in  the  fourth  line. 

(16)  Section  5  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

Swn«  ^"'^  ^'  ^^^  municipal  purposes,  cities,  towns  and  other  munici- 

palities withdrawn  from  the  jurisdiction  of  a  county  do  not 
form  part  of  the  counties  in  which  they  are  respectively 
situate. 

(17)  Section  5a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  57,  section  4,  is  repealed. 

(18)  Sections  6,  7  and  8  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(19)  Clause  15  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"or  provisional  judicial  district"  in  the  first  and  second  lines. 

50.  Subsection  13  (2)  of  the  Tobacco  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
502  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  with  the  local 
registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

51.  Subsection  27  (1)  of  the  Vital  Statistics  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 524  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "The  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  every 
local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  and  second 


towns 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  23 

lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Every  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

52.— (1)  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Woodmen's  Lien  for  Wages 
Act,  being  chapter  537  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  third  line 
and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each 
instance  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims 
Court". 

(2)  Section  16  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"$1,000"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

(3)  Subsection  17  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "$1,000"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

53.  Section  116  of  the  Workers'  Compensation  Act,  being 
chapter  539  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  ninth  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

54.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  ™*"' 

55.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Court  Reform  Statute  Short  title 
Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


i 


Bill  3  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bills 


An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  of  Ontario 

Consequent  upon  Amendments  to  the 

Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       May  1st,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  14th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  Bill  repeals  the  Sheriffs  Act  and  makes  amendments  to  52  other  statutes.  The 
amendments  are  required  as  a  result  of  the  amendments  set  out  in  the  Courts  of  Justici 
Amendment  Act,  1989  changing  the  structure  and  administration  of  the  courts. 


Bill  3  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  of  Ontario 

Consequent  upon  Amendments  to  the 

Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  23  (8)  of  the  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  **$200  or  less"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  '* within  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

(2)  Subsection  29  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  '^the  judge  of  the  surrogate  court  of  the  Judicial  District  of 
York"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  sitting  in  The 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto". 

2.  Subsection  63  (1)  of  the  Child  and  Family  Services  Act, 
1984,  being  chapter  55,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

(1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  ^"^tfHff '°" 
of  Justice  or  the  Unified  Family  Court  to  investigate  a  matter 
relating  to  a  child  in  a  society's  care  or  the  proper  administra- 
tion of  this  Part,  and  a  judge  who  is  appointed  shall  conduct 
the  investigation  and  make  a  written  report  to  the  Minister. 

3. — (1)  Section  3  of  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  being 
chapter  68  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "the  Judicial  District"  in  the  second 
and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  Regional 
Municipality". 

(2)  Section  73  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  20,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


by  judge 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


73. — (1)  An  application  to  vary  an  order  made  by  a  surro- 


Order  made 

r"sx).  1980,   gate  court  under  the  Minors  Act  shall  be  made  to  the  Ontario 
c.  292  Court  (General  Division). 


Idem 
1984,  c. 


(2)  Section  160  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984  does  not 
apply  to  subsection  (1)  to  deem  the  reference  to  a  surrogate 
court  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division). 

4. — (1)  Section  51  of  the  Construction  Lien  Act,  1983,  being 
chapter  6,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chap- 
ter 11,  section  165,  is  repealed. 


(2)  Section  52  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  oi 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed. 

(3)  Section  53  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  o 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed  and  th< 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Court  to  53,  xhe  court,  whether  the  action  is  being  tried  by  a  judg( 

completely  of  or  by  a  master  on  a  reference, 

action 

(a)  shall  try  the  action,  including  any  set-off,  cross 
claim,  counterclaim  and,  subject  to  section  58,  thin 
party  claim,  and  all  questions  that  arise  therein  o; 
that  are  necessary  to  be  tried  in  order  to  disposi 
completely  of  the  action  and  to  adjust  the  rights  am 
liabilities  of  the  persons  appearing  before  it  or  upo: 
whom  notice  of  trial  has  been  served;  and 

(b)  shall  take  all  accounts,  make  all  inquiries,  give  at 
directions  and  do  all  things  necessary  to  dispose 
finally  of  the  action  and  all  matters,  questions  and 
accounts  arising  therein  or  at  the  trial  and  to  adjust 
the  rights  and  liabilities  of,  and  give  all  necessary 
relief  to,  all  parties  to  the  action. 

(4)  Section  54  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Where  54,  \  judge  or  master  does  not  acquire  exclusive  jurisdic- 

exclusive  J       c  1  "^ 

jurisdiction      tion  ovcr  the  trial  of  an  action  or  reference  by  reason  only  of 
not  acquired    appointing  the  time  and  place  for  the  trial  of  the  action  or  ref- 
erence, or  for  holding  a  settlement  meeting.  I 

i 

(5)  Subsection  60  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  thej 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealedj 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  I 


1989 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


Bills 


(1)  On  motion  made  after  the  delivery  of  all  statements  of  Reference  to 
defence,  or  the  statements  of  defence  to  all  crossclaims,  "^^^^^ 
counterclaims  or  third  party  claims,  if  any,  or  the  time  for 

their  delivery  has  expired,  a  judge  may  refer  the  whole  action 
for  trial  to  a  master  assigned  to  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  premises  or  part  of  the  premises  are  situate. 

(la)  A  master  shall  not  hear  or  dispose  of  a  motion  made  ^^^"^ 
under  subsection  (1). 

(6)  Subsection  60  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  At  the  trial,  a  judge  may  direct  a  reference  to  a  master  ^^^em 
assigned  to  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  premises  or  part 

of  the  premises  are  situate. 


(2a)  A  master  to  whom  a  reference  has  been  directed  has 
all  the  jurisdiction,  powers  and  authority  of  the  court  to  try 
and  completely  dispose  of  the  action  and  all  matters  and  ques- 
tions arising  in  connection  with  the  action,  including  the  giving 
of  leave  to  amend  any  pleading  and  the  giving  of  directions  to 
a  receiver  or  trustee  appointed  by  the  court. 


Powers  of 
master  on 
reference 


(7)  Subsection  60  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where    under    subsection    (1)    the    action    has    been  Application 
referred  to  a  master  for  trial,  any  person  who  subsequently  o°ckr  of'  ^ 
becomes  a  party  to  the  action  may,  within  seven  days  after  reference 
becoming  a  party  to  the  action,  make  a  motion  to  a  judge  of 
the  court  that  directed  the  reference  to  set  aside  the  judgment 
directing  the  reference. 

(8)  Clause  64  (1)  (b)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(b)    in  a  report  in  the  prescribed  form,  where  the  trial  is 
conducted  by  a  master  on  a  reference. 

(9)  Subsection  64  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  report  of  a  master  shall  be  deemed  to  be  confirmed  ^^en  report 
at  the  expiration  of  the  fifteen-day  period  next  following  the  confirmed 
date  that  the  notice  of  filing  was  given,  unless  notice  of  a 


Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

motion  to  oppose  confirmation  of  the  report  is  served  within 
that  time. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  48  (3)  of  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of 
Property  Act,  being  chapter  90  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986, 
chapter  64,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "the 
office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  at  Osgoode  Hall" 
in  the  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an 
office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Section  49  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1986,  chapter  64,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court 
at  Osgoode  Hall"  in  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Gen- 
eral Division)". 

6.  Subsection  6  (1)  of  the  Coroners  Act,  being  chapter  93  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Chief  Judge  of  the  County  and  District  Courts"  in  the 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  designated  by  the  Chief 
.Justice  of  the  Ontario  Court". 

7. — (1)  Subsection  78  (2)  of  the  Corporations  Tax  Act,  being' 
chapter  97  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and 
fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)".  a 

(2)  Subsection  80  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

8. — (1)  Clause  3  (2)  (a)  of  the  County  of  Haliburton  Act, 
1982,  being  chapter  57,  is  repealed. 


(2)  Subsection  4  (4)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


9. — (1)  Section  3  of  the  Creditors'  Relief  Act,  being  chapter 
103  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  1,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  5 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  affect  the  priority  of  a  creditor  Exception 
by  execution  or  garnishment  issued  by  the   Small  Claims 
Court. 

(2)  Subsection  22  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Such  costs  shall  be  ascertained  in  accordance  with  the  Scaie  of  costs 
tariffs  of  costs  under  the  rules  of  court  applicable  to, 

(a)  the  Small  Claims  Court,  if  the  claim  is  within  the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  that  court;  or 

(b)  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  in  any  other 
case. 

10. — (1)  Subsection  3  (1)  of  the  Crown  Attorneys  Act,  being 
chapter  107  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  ''the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the 
third  and  fourth  lines  and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto". 

(2)  Subsection  3  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  wherever  it  occurs  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "The  Municipality  of 
Metropolitan  Toronto". 

(3)  Subclause  12  (b)  (ii)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  170,  is  repealed. 

11. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Mus- 
koka  Act,  being  chapter  121  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  112  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "district  court  within  the  District  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  or  district  court  of  a  county  or  district  adjoining 
the  District  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

12. — (1)  Section  69  of  the  Election  Act,  1984,  being  chapter 
54,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

69.  In  this  section  and  in  sections  70  to  80,  unless  other-  Definition 
wise  stated,  "judge"  means  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division). 

(2)  Subsection  70  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  clerk  of  the  county  or  district  court"  in  the  third  line 


6  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  clerk  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in  which  the 
electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate". 

(3)  Subsection  72  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  *'of  the  county  or  district  court"  in  the  first  and  second 
lines. 

(4)  Section  78  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
* 'court  of  the  county  or  judicial  district"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)". 

(5)  Subsection  79  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fifth  and  sixth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in 
which  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate"  and  by 
striking  out  "Registrar"  in  the  eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(6)  Subsections  79  (4)  and  (5)  of  the  said  Act  are  amended 
by  striking  out  "Registrar"  wherever  it  occurs  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "local  registrar". 

(7)  Subsection  85  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  " 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in 
which  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate"  and  by 
striking  out  "Registrar"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(8)  Subsections  98  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Local  (5)  When  an  action  is  commenced  by  a  person  other  than 

Sffy^'^  ^^      the  Chief  Election  Officer,  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
CEO.  Court   (General   Division)   shall   notify  the   Chief  Election 

Officer  by  registered  mail. 

(9)  Subsection  103  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

(10)  Subsection  105  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  sixth  and  sev- 
enth lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  7 

(11)  Subsection  106  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "Registrar  of  tlie  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

(12)  Subsection  107  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "Registrar"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(13)  Subsection  109  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  appeal  shall  be  heard  as  speedily  as  practicable.  f  p^h^'  ^°  ^^ 


13.  Section  49  of  the  Evidence  Act,  being  chapter  145  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"surrogate  court  granting  the  same,  or  under  the  seal  of  the 
Supreme  Court,  where  the  probate  or  letters  of  administration 
were  granted  by  the  former  court  of  probate  for  Upper  Cana- 
da" in  the  flfth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "court  that  granted  it  or  under  the  seal  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

14.  Subsections  24  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Fraudulent  Debtors 
Arrest  Act,  being  chapter  177  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontar- 
io, 1980,  are  repealed. 

15.— (1)  Subsection  14  (6)  of  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981,  being 
chapter  59,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the 
Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in 
the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local 
registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  14  (10)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

16.  Subsection  14  (2)  of  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
186  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  with  the  local 
registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

17. — (1)  Clause  20  (3)  (a)  of  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  213  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  court"  in  the  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh 


heard 
speedily 


Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

lines  and   inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  21  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion)". 

(3)  Subsection  21  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  court,  as  the  case  may  be"  in  the  first,  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

18.  Subsection  19  (2)  of  the  Industrial  Standards  Act,  being 
chapter  216  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  fifth  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

19.  Section  61  of  the  Insurance  Act,  being  chapter  218  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Master  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  referee  in  a  proceeding  in  the^ 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

20. — (1)  Clause  27  (i)  of  the  Interpretation  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 219  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(i)  where  the  time  limited  for  a  proceeding  or  for  the 
doing  of  any  thing  in  a  court  office,  a  land  registry 
office  or  a  sheriffs  office  expires  or  falls  on  a  day 
that  is  prescribed  as  a  holiday  for  that  office,  the 
time  so  limited  extends  to  and  the  thing  may  be 
done  on  the  day  next  following  that  is  not  a  holiday. 

(2)  Paragraphs  9  and  35  of  section  30  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed. 

21. — (1)  Subsection  5  (3)  of  the  Juries  Act,  being  chapter 
226  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (a)  and  by  striking  out 
clauses  (b)  and  (c)  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(b)  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division),  a  copy  of  the  determination  for  the  num- 
ber of  jurors  under  clause  (1)  (a). 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  [ 

(2)  Subsection  12  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  189,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  A  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  may  issuance  of 
issue  precepts  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  regulations  to  the  p'^^'^^p^^ 
sheriff  for  the  return  of  such  number  of  jurors  as  the  sheriff 
has  determined  as  the  number  to  be  drafted  and  returned  or 
such  greater  or  lesser  number  as  in  his  or  her  opinion  is 
required. 

(3)  Subsection  12  (la)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  189,  is  repealed. 

(4)  Subsection  12  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(5)  Subsection  39  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court,  as 
the  case  may  be"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

22. — (1)  Clauses  9  (1)  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  of  the  Justices  of  the 
Peace  Act,  1989,  being  chapter  46,  are  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  who  shall  preside  over  the  Review 
Council; 

(b)  the  Co-ordinator; 

(c)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  in  the  region  in  which  the 
matter  being  considered  by  the  Council  arises. 


a)  le  juge  en  chef  de  la  Cour  de  I'Ontario  (Division 
provinciale),  qui  preside  le  Conseil; 

b)  le  coordonnateur; 

c)  le  juge  principal  regional  de  la  Cour  de  I'Ontario 
(Division  provinciale)  de  la  region  ou  se  presente 
I'affaire  dont  traite  le  Conseil. 

(2)  Subsection  14  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


10 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Co-ordinator       (J)  fhc  Co-ordinator  has  general  supervision  and  direction 
jSsSes!^'^^     over  sittings  of  justices  of  the  peace  and  the  assignment  of 
assign  duties    their  duties,  subject  to  the  direction  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 


Surveillance,  (1)  Lc  coordonnatcur  est  charge  de  1' administration  et  de  la 
coordon^-  ^  surveiUaucc  des  sessions  des  juges  de  paix  et  de  I'assignation 
nateur  (je  Icurs  fonctions,  sous  reserve  de  la  direction  du  juge  en  chef 

de  la  Cour  de  1' Ontario  (Division  provinciale). 

(3)  Subsection  14  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "a"  in  the  fourth  line  of  the  English  version  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "the"  and  by  striking  out  "d'un"  in  the  fifth 
line  of  the  French  version  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''du". 

23.  Subsection  12  (2)  of  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  231  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
with  the  Local  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth 
and  flfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)".  * 

24. — (1)  Sections  69  and  70  of  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act,\ 
being  chapter  232  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are 
repealed. 

(2)  Section  74  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

Scale  of  costs  74^  jj^g  ^Q^ts  Qf  j^g  proceeding  before  the  judge  shall  be 
on  the  Small  Claims  Court  scale  if  the  amount  claimed  by  the 
landlord  does  not  exceed  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the 
Small  Claims  Court. 

25.  Section  49  of  the  Law  Society  Act,  being  chapter  233  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  at  Toronto". 

26. — (1)  Subsection  17  (3)  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  Act, 
being  chapter  235  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(3)  The  Clerk  of  the  Assembly  shall,  on  receiving  a  dis- 


Transmission 

discSe^r       claimcr,  forthwith  send  a  copy  of  it  to  the  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  for  the  county  or  district  in 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  11 

which  is  situate  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  the  elec- 
toral district  for  which  the  member  so  disclaiming  was  elected. 

(2)  Subsection  47  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  Municipality  of  Metro- 
politan Toronto". 

27.  Subsection  13  (4)  of  the  Libel  and  Slander  Act,  being 
chapter  237  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  An  order  made  under  this  section  is  final  and  is  not  Order  of 

subject  to  appeal.  respecting 

security  final 

28. — (1)  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Master  and  Servant  Act, 
being  chapter  257  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "small  claims  court  of  the  division  in 
which  the  cause  of  action  arose  or  in  which  the  party  or  parties 
complained  against,  or  one  of  them,  resided  at  the  time  of  the 
making  of  the  complaint,  or  to  the  small  claims  court  held  in 
the  division  in  which  the  party  or  parties  complained  against  or 
one  of  them  carried  on  business"  in  the  fourth,  fifth,  sixth, 
seventh,  eighth  and  ninth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

29.  Subsection  102  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  being  chapter 
302  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  municipality  is  situate,  or  a  judge  of  the  county  or 
district  court  of  a  county  or  district  adjoining  the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  municipality  is  situate"  in  the  second, 
third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

30. — (1)  Subsection  87  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Elections  Act, 
being  chapter  308  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section 
9,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "District  Court  of  in  the  ninth 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  sitting  in". 

(2)  Subsection  87  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  local  registrar  of  the  District  Court"  in  the 
third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  clerk  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (Provincial  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate". 


12 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Appeal  from 
decision  of 
provincial 
judge  or 
recount 
officer 


(3)  Subsection  88c  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "District  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  inj 
lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(4)  Subsection  88c  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  th^ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  bj 
striking  out  "District  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  ii 
lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(5)  Section  88j  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  o 
Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  th« 
following  substituted  therefor: 

88j. — (1)  Any  party  may  appeal  to  the  Ontario  Cour 
(General  Division)  from  the  decision  of  the  provincial  judg( 
on  the  application  or  of  the  recount  officer  on  the  recount,  a; 
the  case  may  be,  by  giving  written  notice  not  more  than  fiv( 
days  following  the  completion  of  the  hearing  or  the  recount  t( 
the  other  parties  concerned  and  to  the  provincial  judge  or  th( 
recount  officer  and  the  notice  may  limit  the  appeal  to  speci 
fied  disputed  ballots. 

(2)  The  notice  shall  be  served  upon  the  other  parties  per 
sonally  or  upon  the  solicitor  who  acted  for  the  party  or  in  th( 
manner  that  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division 
may  direct. 

(3)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer  shall  forward  t( 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  b; 
registered  mail, 

(a)  the  notice  of  appeal; 

(b)  a  certificate  showing  the  findings  of  the  provincial 
judge  or  recount  officer  on  the  ballots  or  statements 
in  dispute; 

(c)  if  the  appeal  is  limited  to  specified  disputed  ballots, 
the  ballots  or  statements  of  the  vote  that  are  the 
subject  of  the  appeal  in  the  envelopes  described  in 
subsection  88c  (7)  and  section  88d;  and 

(d)  if  the  appeal  is  not  limited,  all  of  the  ballots  in  the 
envelopes  referred  to  in  clause  88c  (8)  (b)  or  88e  (1) 
(b).  f 

Certificate  to       (4)  xhc  provincial  judgc  or  recount  officer  shall  await  the 
afte^ap^ai     rcsult  of  the  appeal  before  prepa  ing  the  certificate  under  sub- 
section 88c  (8)  or  88e  (2). 


Service  of 
notice 


Documents 
to  be 
forwarded 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  13 

(5)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer  shall,  upon  Copy  of 
request,  allow  each  party  to  make  a  copy  of  the  order  or  certi- 
ficate, as  the  case  may  be,  before  it  is  forwarded  to  the  local 
registrar. 

(6)  On  receipt  of  the  ballots,  notice  and  statement,  the  Appointment 
local  registrar  shall  immediately  fix  a  time  for  hearing  the    °^  ^^""^ 
appeal  and  shall  notify  the  parties  or  their  solicitors  of  the 

time  so  fixed. 

(7)  One  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  ^^^^™l' 
shall  determine  the  objection  pertaining  to,  or  count  again,  S)i°"a/ 
the  ballots  or  such  of  them  as  are  the  subject  of  appeal,  or  Division 
review  the  re-addition,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  shall  immedi- 
ately certify  in  writing  the  decision  of  the  court  to  the  provin- 
cial judge  or  to  the  recount  officer. 

(8)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer,  in  compliance  Certificate  to 
with  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  deds^n 
shall  certify  the  resuh  without  delay. 

31.  Subsection  252  (1)  of  the  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Act,  being  chapter  314  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "county  court  of  the 
Judicial  District  of  York,  or  a  judge  of  the  county  court  of  a 
judicial  district  adjoining  the  Judicial  District  of  York''  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

32.  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  County  of  Oxford  Act,  being 
chapter  365  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "county  court  within  the  County  or  a 
judge  of  the  county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoin- 
ing the  County"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

33. — (1)  Subsection  11  (9)  of  the  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act, 
being  chapter  399  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  18,  section 
7,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Ontario  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the 
fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  Hues  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local 
registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  11  (11)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  18,  section  7,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  reg- 
istrar of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 


14 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


34. — (1)  Clause  1  (1)  (j)  of  the  Provincial  Offences  Act, 
being  chapter  400  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "court"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  31  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  offences  courts"  in  the  third 
and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(3)  Subsection  31  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  offences  courts"  in  the 
fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(4)  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

Contempt  90a. — (1)  Exccpt  as  otherwise  provided  by  an  Act,  every 

person  who  commits  contempt  in  the  face  of  a  justice  of  the 
peace  presiding  over  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
in  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  is  on  conviction  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $1,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not 
more  than  thirty  days,  or  to  both. 


Statement  to 
offender 


(2)  Before  a  proceeding  is  taken  for  contempt  under  sub- 
section (1),  the  justice  of  the  peace  shall  inform  the  offender 
of  the  conduct  complained  of  and  the  nature  of  the  contempt 
and  inform  him  or  her  of  the  right  to  show  cause  why  he  or 
she  should  not  be  punished. 


Show  cause 


(3)  A  punishment  for  contempt  in  the  face  of  the  court 
shall  not  be  imposed  without  giving  the  offender  an  opportu- 
nity to  show  cause  why  he  or  she  should  not  be  punished. 


Adjournment 
for  adjudi- 
cation 


Adjudication 
by  judge 


(4)  Except  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  justice  of  the 
peace,  it  is  necessary  to  deal  with  the  contempt  immediately 
for  the  preservation  of  order  and  control  in  the  courtroom, 
the  justice  of  the  peace  shall  adjourn  the  contempt  proceeding 
to  another  day. 

(5)  A  contempt  proceeding  that  is  adjourned  to  another 
day  under  subsection  (4)  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by  the 
court  presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge. 


Arrest  for 
immediate 
adjudication 


(6)  Where  the  justice  of  the  peace  proceeds  to  deal  with  a 
contempt  immediately  and  without  adjournment  under  sub- 
section (4),  the  justice  of  the  peace  may  order  the  offender 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  15 

arrested  and  detained  in  the  courtroom  for  the  purpose  of  the 
hearing  and  determination. 

(7)  Where  the  offender  is  appearing  before  the  court  as  an  Barring  agent 
agent  who  is  not  a  barrister  and  solicitor  entitled  to  practise  in  '"  '^°"  ^'"^^ 
Ontario,  the  court  may  order  that  he  or  she  be  barred  from 

acting  as  agent  in  the  proceeding  in  addition  to  any  other  pun- 
ishment to  which  he  or  she  is  liable. 

(8)  An  order  of  punishment  for  contempt  under  this  section  Appeals 
is  appealable  in  the  same  manner  as  if  it  were  a  conviction  in 

a  proceeding  commenced  by  certificate  under  Part  I  of  this 

Act. 

(9)  This  Act  applies  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  a  punish-  Enforcement 
ment  by  way  of  a  fine  or  imprisonment  under  this  section. 

(5)  Section  91m  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1983,  chapter  80,  section  1,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ''provincial  court  (criminal  division)''  in  the  sixth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge". 

(6)  Clause  99  (2)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ''provincial  court  (criminal  division)  of"  in  the  second  and 
third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Pro- 
vincial Division)  presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge  sitting 
in". 

(7)  Subsection  118  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "provincial  court  (criminal  division)  of"  in  the  fifth  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion) presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge  sitting  in". 

(8)  Subsection  122  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  judgment  of  the  Ontario  Court  Appeal  to 
(Provincial  Division)  in  an  appeal  under  section  118  to  the  Appeal 
Ck)urt  of  Appeal,  with  leave  of  a  justice  of  appeal,  on  special 
grounds,  upon  any  question  of  law  alone. 

(9)  Section  123  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(10)  Subsection  142  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  provincial 
offences  court  having  jurisdiction  in  respect  of  the  offence  is 
situated"  in  the  thirteenth,  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  lines. 


16  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

35. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Durham  Act,  being  chapter  434  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  133  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

36. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3),  (4)  and  (6)  of  the  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  Act,  being  chapter  435  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  116  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

37. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Halton  Act,  being  chapter  436  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  126  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

38. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Hamilton-Wentworth  Act,  being  chapter  437  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  138  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

39. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Niagara  Act,  being  chapter  438  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  165  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "either  of  the  county  courts  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a 
judge  of  the  county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional 
Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  17 

40. — (1)  Subsection  2  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
Ottawa-Carleton  Act,  being  chapter  439  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  168  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strilcing 
out  "county  court  of  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

41. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Peel  Act,  being  chapter  440  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

42. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury  Act,  being  chapter  441  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  108  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "district  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
district  court  of  a  district  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

43. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Waterloo  Act,  being  chapter  442  of  the  Revised  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  156  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

44. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
York  Act,  being  chapter  443  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  157  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


18  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

45. — (1)  Subsection  23  (2)  of  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  454  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and 
fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  25  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

46.  The  Sheriffs  Act,  being  chapter  470  of  the  Revised  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1984,  chapter  11,  section  212  and  1989,  chapter  24,  section  2, 
is  repealed. 

47.  Subsection  35  (1)  of  the  Statute  Labour  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 482  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Provisional  Judicial"  in  the  fifteenth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Territorial". 

48. — (1)  Sections  2,  4  and  5  of  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act, 
being  chapter  491  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are 
repealed. 

(2)  Sections  6  and  7  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  are 
repealed. 

(3)  Sections  8  and  9  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(4)  Section  11  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  10,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(5)  Section  12  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  is  repealed. 

(6)  Sections  14  and  15  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(7)  Section  17  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

fo?Th?wnis  ^^'  ^^^  °^^^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^^^^'  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
of  living  (General  Division)  is  a  depository  for  all  wills  of  living  per- 
persons  sons  given  there  for  safekeeping,  and  the  local  registrar  shall 

receive  and  keep  those  wills  under  such  regulations  as  are  pre- 
scribed by  the  rules  of  court. 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  19 

(8)  Section  18  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"regulations  as  are  prescribed  by  tlie  surrogate  court  rules"  in 
the  fourth  and  Hfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "condi- 
tions as  are  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court". 

(9)  Sections  21,  22  and  23  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(10)  Section  26  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

26. — (1)  An  application  for  a  grant  of  probate  or  letters  of  Grant  of 

administration  shall  be  made  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General  admiS-'^'^ 

Division)  and  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  for  the  county  or  dis-  tration, 

trict  in  which  the  testator  or  intestate  had  at  the  time  of  death  J""''*''^^'°" 
a  fixed  place  of  abode. 

(2)  If  the  testator  or  intestate  had  no  fixed  place  of  abode  where 

in  Ontario  or  resided  out  of  Ontario  at  the  time  of  death,  the  n^abodl  in'* 
application  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  for  the  county  or  district  Ontario 
in  which  the  testator  or  intestate  had  property  at  the  time  of 
death. 

(3)  In  other  cases  the  application  for  probate  or  letters  of  when 
administration  may  be  filed  in  any  office.  Say' t?e 'fifed 

in  any  office 

(11)  Sections  27,  28  and  29  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(12)  Subsection  30  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  court  may  cause  any  question  of  fact  arising  in  any  Trial  of 
proceeding  to  be  tried  by  a  jury.  ?a"cfby"a 

jury 

(13)  Section  32  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(14)  Subsection  33  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Any  party  or  person  taking  part  in  a  proceeding  under  ^'g^i^  of 
this  Act  may  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order,  ^^^^^ 
determination  or  judgment  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  if  the  value  of  the  property  affected  by  such  order, 
determination  or  judgment  exceeds  $200. 

(15)  Subsections  33  (4),  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed. 

(16)  Section  34  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


20 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Where 
application 
filed  in  more 
than  one 
office 


(17)  Section  44  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
'^surrogate  court"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(18)  Section  45  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

45.  If  it  appears  by  the  certificate  of  the  Estate  Registrar 
for  Ontario  that  application  for  probate  or  administration  has 
been  filed  in  two  or  more  court  offices,  the  proceedings  shall 
be  stayed  until,  on  motion,  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  determines  where  the  application  will 
proceed. 

(19)  Section  60  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"judge  of  the  court  for  the  time  being,  or  in  case  of  the  separa- 
tion of  counties,  to  enure  for  the  benefit  of  any  judge  of  a  sur- 
rogate court  to  be  named  by  the  Supreme  Court  for  that  pur- 
pose" in  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Accountant  of  the  Ontario  Court". 


Powers  of 
judge  on 
passing 
accounts 


(20)  Subsection  74  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(21)  Subsection  74  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  judge,  on  passing  the  accounts  of  an  executor, 
administrator  or  trustee  under  a  will  of  which  the  trustee  is  an 
executor,  has  jurisdiction  to  enter  into  and  make  full  inquiry 
and  accounting  of  and  concerning  the  whole  property  that  the 
deceased  was  possessed  of  or  entitled  to,  and  its  administra- 
tion and  disbursement. 


(22)  Subsection  74  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(23)  Section  78  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(24)  Section  80  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  is  repealed. 

(25)  The  title  to  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

ESTATES  ACT  ^ 

■i 

49. — (1)  Section  1  of  the  Territorial  Division  Act,  being 
chapter  497  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  57,  section 
4,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "5,  5a,  6,  7  and  8  for 
municipal  and  judicial  purposes  such  counties,  and  for  judicial 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  21 

purposes  such  districts  and  metropolitan  and  regional  areas, 
are  respectively"  in  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''and  5,  for  municipal  purposes  such 
counties  are". 

(2)  Paragraph  2  of  section  1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  the  following  sentences  at  the  end  thereof: 

"The  Indian  Reserve  at  Cape  Croker  shall,  for  judicial  pur- 
poses, be  deemed  part  of  the  Township  of  Albemarle. 

"The  Indian  Reserve  at  Chiefs  Point  and  the  Saugeen 
Indian  Reserve  north  of  the  mouth  of  the  Saugeen  River  shall, 
for  judicial  purposes,  be  deemed  part  of  the  Township  of  Ama- 
bel". 

(3)  Paragraph  42  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Algoma  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Algoma"  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  lines 
from  the  end  thereof. 

(4)  Paragraph  43  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Cochrane  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Cochrane"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(5)  Paragraph  44  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Kenora  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Kenora"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(6)  Paragraph  45  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Manitoulin  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Manitoulin"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(7)  Paragraph  46  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Muskoka"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(8)  Paragraph  47  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Nipissing  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Nipissing"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(9)  Paragraph  48  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Parry  Sound  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Parry  Sound"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(10)  Paragraph  49  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Rainy  River  forms  the  Pro- 
visional Judicial  District  of  Rainy  River"  at  the  end  thereof. 


22  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

(11)  Paragraph  50  of  the  said  section  1,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  52,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Sudbury 
forms  the  Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Sudbury"  at  the  end 
thereof. 

(12)  Paragraph  51  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Thunder  Bay  forms  the 
Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Thunder  Bay"  at  the  end  there- 
of. 

(13)  Paragraph  52  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strikf 
ing  out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Timiskaming  forms  the 
Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Timiskaming"  at  the  end  there- 
of. 

(14)  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "judicial"  in  the  first  line. 

(15)  Subsection  4  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "courts"  in  the  fourth  Une. 

(16)  Section  5  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

S^n!  ^"'^  ^*  ^^^  municipal  purposes,  cities,  towns  and  other  munici- 

palities withdrawn  from  the  jurisdiction  of  a  county  do  not 
form  part  of  the  counties  in  which  they  are  respectively 
situate. 

(17)  Section  5a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  57,  section  4,  is  repealed. 

(18)  Sections  6,  7  and  8  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(19)  Clause  15  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"or  provisional  judicial  district"  in  the  first  and  second  lines. 

50.  Subsection  13  (2)  of  the  Tobacco  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
502  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  with  the  local 
registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

51.  Subsection  27  (1)  of  the  Vital  Statistics  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 524  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "The  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  every 
local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  and  second 


towns 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  23 

lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  *' Every  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

52. — (1)  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Woodmen's  Lien  for  Wages 
Act,  being  chapter  537  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  third  line 
and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each 
instance  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims 
Court". 

(2)  Section  16  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"$1,000"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

(3)  Subsection  17  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "$1,000"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

53.  Section  116  of  the  Workers'  Compensation  Act,  being 
chapter  539  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  ninth  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

54.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  £"^™*"^* 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


ment 


55.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Court  Reform  Statute  Short  title 
Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Rill  3 

>ND  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bills 


(Chapter  56 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  of  Ontario 

Consequent  upon  Amendments  to  the 

Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 
Attorney  General 


1st  Reading  May  1st,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  14th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  November  14th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  November  15th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Oueen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  3  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  of  Ontario 

Consequent  upon  Amendments  to  the 

Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  23  (8)  of  the  Cemeteries  Act^  being  chap- 
ter 59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  ''$200  or  less"  in  the  third  Une  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  ''within  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

(2)  Subsection  29  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  judge  of  the  surrogate  court  of  the  Judicial  District  of 
York"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  sitting  in  The 
Municipality  of  MetropoUtan  Toronto". 

2.  Subsection  63  (1)  of  the  Child  and  Family  Services  Act, 
1984,  being  chapter  55,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

(1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  J.'^^f.fjff '°" 
of  Justice  or  the  Unified  Family  Court  to  investigate  a  matter 
relating  to  a  child  in  a  society's  care  or  the  proper  administra- 
tion of  this  Part,  and  a  judge  who  is  appointed  shall  conduct 
the  investigation  and  make  a  written  report  to  the  Minister. 

3. — (1)  Section  3  of  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  being 
chapter  68  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "the  Judicial  District"  in  the  second 
and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  Ueu  thereof  "The  Regional 
Municipality". 

(2)  Section  73  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  20,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


by  judge 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Order  made  73, — (1)  An  application  to  vary  an  order  made  by  a  surro- 
r"s^o.  1980,  gate  court  under  the  Minors  Act  shall  be  made  to  the  Ontario 
c.  292  Court  (General  Division). 


Idem 
1984,  c.  11 


(2)  Section  160  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1984  does  not 
apply  to  subsection  (1)  to  deem  the  reference  to  a  surrogate 
court  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division). 

4. — (1)  Section  51  of  the  Construction  Lien  Act,  1983,  being 
chapter  6,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chap- 
ter 11,  section  165,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Section  52  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed. 


(3)  Section  53  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Court  to  53,  xhe  court,  whether  the  action  is  being  tried  by  a  judge 

dispose  L  ^  r  o  j       j      o 

completely  of  or  by  a  mastcr  on  a  reference, 

action 

(a)  shall  try  the  action,  including  any  set-off,  cross- 
claim,  counterclaim  and,  subject  to  section  58,  third 
party  claim,  and  all  questions  that  arise  therein  or 
that  are  necessary  to  be  tried  in  order  to  dispose 
completely  of  the  action  and  to  adjust  the  rights  and 
liabilities  of  the  persons  appearing  before  it  or  upon 
whom  notice  of  trial  has  been  served;  and 


(b)  shall  take  all  accounts,  make  all  inquiries,  give  all 
directions  and  do  all  things  necessary  to  dispose 
finally  of  the  action  and  all  matters,  questions  and 
accounts  arising  therein  or  at  the  trial  and  to  adjust 
the  rights  and  liabilities  of,  and  give  all  necessary 
relief  to,  all  parties  to  the  action. 

(4)  Section  54  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

54.  A  judge  or  master  does  not  acquire  exclusive  jurisdic- 
tion over  the  trial  of  an  action  or  reference  by  reason  only  of 
appointing  the  time  and  place  for  the  trial  of  the  action  or  ref- 
erence, or  for  holding  a  settlement  meeting. 

(5)  Subsection  60  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Where 
exclusive 
jurisdiction 
not  acquired 


1989 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


Bill  3 


(1)  On  motion  made  after  the  delivery  of  all  statements  of  Reference  to 
defence,  or  the  statements  of  defence  to  all  crossclaims, 
counterclaims  or  third  party  claims,  if  any,  or  the  time  for 

their  delivery  has  expired,  a  judge  may  refer  the  whole  action 
for  trial  to  a  master  assigned  to  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  premises  or  part  of  the  premises  are  situate. 

(la)  A  master  shall  not  hear  or  dispose  of  a  motion  made  I'^em 
under  subsection  (1). 

(6)  Subsection  60  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  At  the  trial,  a  judge  may  direct  a  reference  to  a  master  I'^em 
assigned  to  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  premises  or  part 

of  the  premises  are  situate. 

(2a)  A  master  to  whom  a  reference  has  been  directed  has  Powers  of 
all  the  jurisdiction,  powers  and  authority  of  the  court  to  try  reference" 
and  completely  dispose  of  the  action  and  all  matters  and  ques- 
tions arising  in  connection  with  the  action,  including  the  giving 
of  leave  to  amend  any  pleading  and  the  giving  of  directions  to 
a  receiver  or  trustee  appointed  by  the  court. 

(7)  Subsection  60  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(3)  Where    under    subsection    (1)    the    action    has    been  Application 
referred  to  a  master  for  trial,  any  person  who  subsequently  o^de^r  of'  ^ 
becomes  a  party  to  the  action  may,  within  seven  days  after  reference 
becoming  a  party  to  the  action,  make  a  motion  to  a  judge  of 
the  court  that  directed  the  reference  to  set  aside  the  judgment 
directing  the  reference. 

(8)  Clause  64  (1)  (b)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)    in  a  report  in  the  prescribed  form,  where  the  trial  is 
conducted  by  a  master  on  a  reference. 

(9)  Subsection  64  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  165,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  report  of  a  master  shall  be  deemed  to  be  confirmed  when  report 
at  the  expiration  of  the  fifteen-day  period  next  following  the  confirmed 
date  that  the  notice  of  filing  was  given,  unless  notice  of  a 


Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

motion  to  oppose  confirmation  of  the  report  is  served  within 
that  time. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  48  (3)  of  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of 
Property  Act,  being  chapter  90  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986, 
chapter  64,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  *Hhe 
office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  at  Osgoode  Hall" 
in  the  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''an^ 
office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Section  49  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1986,  chapter  64,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court 
at  Osgoode  Hall"  in  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  '*an  office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Gen- 
eral Division)". 

6.  Subsection  6  (1)  of  the  Coroners  Act,  being  chapter  93  ol 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Chief  Judge  of  the  County  and  District  Courts"  in  th« 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  designated  by  the  Chief  Jus* 
tice  of  the  Ontario  Court". 

7. — (1)  Subsection  78  (2)  of  the  Corporations  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  97  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and 
fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  80  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

8.— (1)  Clause  3  (2)  (a)  of  the  County  of  Haliburton  Act, 
1982,  being  chapter  57,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  4  (4)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

9.— (1)  Section  3  of  the  Creditors'  Relief  Act,  being  chapter 
103  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  1,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  5 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  affect  the  priority  of  a  creditor  Exception 
by  execution  or  garnishment  issued  by  the  Small  Claims 
Court. 

(2)  Subsection  22  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Such  costs  shall  be  ascertained  in  accordance  with  the  scaie  of  costs 
tariffs  of  costs  under  the  rules  of  court  applicable  to, 

(a)  the  Small  Claims  Court,  if  the  claim  is  within  the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  that  court;  or 

(b)  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  in  any  other 
case. 

10. — (1)  Subsection  3  (1)  of  the  Crown  Attorneys  Act,  being 
chapter  107  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  'Hhe  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the 
third  and  fourth  lines  and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto". 

(2)  Subsection  3  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  wherever  it  occurs  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "The  Municipality  of 
Metropolitan  Toronto". 

(3)  Subclause  12  (b)  (ii)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  170,  is  repealed. 

11. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Mus- 
koka  Act,  being  chapter  121  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  112  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "district  court  within  the  District  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  or  district  court  of  a  county  or  district  adjoining 
the  District  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

12. — (1)  Section  69  of  the  Election  Act,  1984,  being  chapter 
54,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

69.  In  this  section  and  in  sections  70  to  80,  unless  other-  Definition 
wise  stated,  "judge"  means  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division). 

(2)  Subsection  70  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  clerk  of  the  county  or  district  court"  in  the  third  line 


6  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  clerk  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in  which  the 
electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate". 

(3)  Subsection  72  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "of  the  county  or  district  court"  in  the  first  and  second 
lines. 

(4)  Section  78  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"court  of  the  county  or  judicial  district"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)". 

(5)  Subsection  79  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fifth  and  sixth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in 
which  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate"  and  by 
striking  out  "Registrar"  in  the  eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(6)  Subsections  79  (4)  and  (5)  of  the  said  Act  are  amended 
by  striking  out  "Registrar"  wherever  it  occurs  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "local  registrar". 

(7)  Subsection  85  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in 
which  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate"  and  by 
striking  out  "Registrar"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(8)  Subsections  98  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Local  (5)  When  an  action  is  commenced  by  a  person  other  than 

Sffy^'^  ^°     the  Chief  Election  Officer,  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
c.E.o.  Court   (General   Division)   shall   notify  the   Chief  Election 

Officer  by  registered  mail. 

(9)  Subsection  103  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

(10)  Subsection  105  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  sixth  and  sev- 
enth lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  7 

(11)  Subsection  106  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  '^  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ^iocal  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 

(12)  Subsection  107  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  ^'Registrar"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  Ueu 
thereof  "local  registrar". 

(13)  Subsection  109  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  appeal  shall  be  heard  as  speedily  as  practicable.         u^^/^  ^°  ^^ 

speedily 

13.  Section  49  of  the  Evidence  Act,  being  chapter  145  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"surrogate  court  granting  the  same,  or  under  the  seal  of  the 
Supreme  Court,  where  the  probate  or  letters  of  administration 
were  granted  by  the  former  court  of  probate  for  Upper  Cana- 
da" in  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "court  that  granted  it  or  under  the  seal  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

14.  Subsections  24  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Fraudulent  Debtors 
Arrest  Act,  being  chapter  177  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontar- 
io, 1980,  are  repealed. 

15.— (1)  Subsection  14  (6)  of  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981,  being 
chapter  59,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the 
Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in 
the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local 
registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  14  (10)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

16.  Subsection  14  (2)  of  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
186  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  with  the  local 
registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

17.— (1)  Clause  20  (3)  (a)  of  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  213  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  court"  in  the  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh 


Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

lines  and   inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  21  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  court'*  in  the  fourth  and  flfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Divi- 
sion)". 

(3)  Subsection  21  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  court,  as  the  case  may  be"  in  the  first,  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

18.  Subsection  19  (2)  of  the  Industrial  Standards  Act,  being 
chapter  216  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  fifth  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

19.  Section  61  of  the  Insurance  Act,  being  chapter  218  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Master  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  referee  in  a  proceeding  in  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

20. — (1)  Clause  27  (i)  of  the  Interpretation  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 219  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(i)  where  the  time  limited  for  a  proceeding  or  for  the 
doing  of  any  thing  in  a  court  office,  a  land  registry 
office  or  a  sheriffs  office  expires  or  falls  on  a  day 
that  is  prescribed  as  a  holiday  for  that  office,  the 
time  so  limited  extends  to  and  the  thing  may  be 
done  on  the  day  next  following  that  is  not  a  holiday. 

(2)  Paragraphs  9  and  35  of  section  30  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed. 

21. — (1)  Subsection  5  (3)  of  the  Juries  Act,  being  chapter 
226  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (a)  and  by  striking  out 
clauses  (b)  and  (c)  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(b)  to  the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division),  a  copy  of  the  determination  for  the  num- 
ber of  jurors  under  clause  (1)  (a). 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  [ 

(2)  Subsection  12  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  189,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  A  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  may  issuance  of 
issue  precepts  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  regulations  to  the  p''^^^p** 
sheriff  for  the  return  of  such  number  of  jurors  as  the  sheriff 
has  determined  as  the  number  to  be  drafted  and  returned  or 
such  greater  or  lesser  number  as  in  his  or  her  opinion  is 
required. 

(3)  Subsection  12  (la)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  189,  is  repealed. 

(4)  Subsection  12  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(5)  Subsection  39  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court,  as 
the  case  may  be''  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

22.— <1)  Clauses  9  (1)  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  of  the  Justices  of  the 
Peace  Act,  1989,  being  chapter  46,  are  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

(a)  the  Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  who  shall  preside  over  the  Review 
Council; 

(b)  the  Co-ordinator; 

(c)  the  regional  senior  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(Provincial  Division)  in  the  region  in  which  the 
matter  being  considered  by  the  Council  arises. 


a)  le  juge  en  chef  de  la  Cour  de  1' Ontario  (Division 
provinciale),  qui  preside  le  Conseil; 

b)  le  coordonnateur; 

c)  le  juge  principal  regional  de  la  Cour  de  I'Ontario 
(Division  provinciale)  de  la  region  ou  se  presente 
I'affaire  dont  traite  le  Conseil. 

(2)  Subsection  14  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


10 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Co-ordinator       (1)  The  Co-ordinator  has  general  supervision  and  direction 
justices!^'^^     over  sittings  of  justices  of  the  peace  and  the  assignment  of 
assign  duties    their  dutics,  subjcct  to  the  direction  of  the  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division). 


Surveillance, 
etc.,  par  le 
coordon- 
nateur 


(1)  Le  coordonnateur  est  charge  de  I'administration  et  de  la 
surveillance  des  sessions  des  juges  de  paix  et  de  I'assignation 
de  leurs  fonctions,  sous  reserve  de  la  direction  du  juge  en  chef  J 
de  la  Cour  de  1' Ontario  (Division  provinciale).  « 


(3)  Subsection  14  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  *'a"  in  the  fourth  line  of  the  English  version  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "the"  and  by  striking  out  "d'un"  in  the  fifth 
line  of  the  French  version  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "du". 

23.  Subsection  12  (2)  of  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  231  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
with  the  Local  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth 
and  flfth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

24. — (1)  Sections  69  and  70  of  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act, 
being  chapter  232  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are 
repealed. 

(2)  Section  74  of  the  said  Act  is;  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Scale  of  costs 


74.  The  costs  of  the  proceeding  before  the  judge  shall  be 
on  the  Small  Claims  Court  scale  if  the  amount  claimed  by  the 
landlord  does  not  exceed  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the 
Small  Claims  Court. 


25.  Section  49  of  the  Law  Society  Act,  being  chapter  233  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  at  Toronto". 


26. — (1)  Subsection  17  (3)  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  Act, 
being  chapter  235  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

IrcS?'"'of°"       ^■^^  ^^  ^^^^^  ^^  ^^^  Assembly  shall,  on  receiving  a  dis- 

disdafme^r       claimcr,  forthwith  send  a  copy  of  it  to  the  local  registrar  of  the 

Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  for  the  county  or  district  in 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  11 

which  is  situate  the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  the  elec- 
toral district  for  which  the  member  so  disclaiming  was  elected. 

(2)  Subsection  47  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the  second  and  third 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  Municipality  of  Metro- 
politan Toronto". 

27.  Subsection  13  (4)  of  the  Libel  and  Slander  Act,  being 
chapter  237  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  An  order  made  under  this  section  is  final  and  is  not  9«*er  of 

subject  to  appeal.  Respecting 

security  final 

28. — (1)  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Master  and  Servant  Act, 
being  chapter  257  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "small  claims  court  of  the  division  in 
which  the  cause  of  action  arose  or  in  which  the  party  or  parties 
complained  against,  or  one  of  them,  resided  at  the  time  of  the 
making  of  the  complaint,  or  to  the  small  claims  court  held  in 
the  division  in  which  the  party  or  parties  complained  against  or 
one  of  them  carried  on  business"  in  the  fourth,  fifth,  sixth, 
seventh,  eighth  and  ninth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

29.  Subsection  102  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  being  chapter 
302  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  municipality  is  situate,  or  a  judge  of  the  county  or 
district  court  of  a  county  or  district  adjoining  the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  municipality  is  situate"  in  the  second, 
third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

30. — (1)  Subsection  87  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Elections  Act, 
being  chapter  308  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section 
9,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "District  Court  of  in  the  ninth 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)  sitting  in". 

(2)  Subsection  87  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "the  local  registrar  of  the  District  Court"  in  the 
third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  clerk  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (Provincial  Division)  of  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  electoral  district  or  any  part  of  it  is  situate". 


12 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Appeal  from 
decision  of 
provincial 
judge  or 
recount 
officer 


(3)  Subsection  88c  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  *' District  Court"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(4)  Subsection  88c  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  *' District  Court"  in  the  fourth  Une  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  ''Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(5)  Section  88j  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1988,  chapter  33,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

88j. — (1)  Any  party  may  appeal  to  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  from  the  decision  of  the  provincial  judge 
on  the  application  or  of  the  recount  officer  on  the  recount,  as 
the  case  may  be,  by  giving  written  notice  not  more  than  five 
days  following  the  completion  of  the  hearing  or  the  recount  to 
the  other  parties  concerned  and  to  the  provincial  judge  or  the 
recount  officer  and  the  notice  may  limit  the  appeal  to  speci- 
fied disputed  ballots. 

(2)  The  notice  shall  be  served  upon  the  other  parties  per- 
sonally or  upon  the  solicitor  who  acted  for  the  party  or  in  the 
manner  that  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division) 
may  direct. 

(3)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer  shall  forward  to 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  by 
registered  mail, 

(a)  the  notice  of  appeal; 

(b)  a  certificate  showing  the  findings  of  the  provincial 
judge  or  recount  officer  on  the  ballots  or  statements 
in  dispute; 

(c)  if  the  appeal  is  limited  to  specified  disputed  ballots, 
the  ballots  or  statements  of  the  vote  that  are  the 
subject  of  the  appeal  in  the  envelopes  described  in 
subsection  88c  (7)  and  section  88d;  and 

(d)  if  the  appeal  is  not  Umited,  all  of  the  ballots  in  the 
envelopes  referred  to  in  clause  88c  (8)  (b)  or  88e  (1) 
(b). 

Certificate  to       (4)  xhc  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer  shall  await  the 
after'apjeai     resuU  of  the  appeal  before  preparing  the  certificate  under  sub- 
section 88c  (8)  or  88e  (2). 


Service  of 
notice 


Documents 
to  be 
forwarded 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  13 

(5)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer  shall,  upon  Copy  of 
request,  allow  each  party  to  make  a  copy  of  the  order  or  certi- 
ficate, as  the  case  may  be,  before  it  is  forwarded  to  the  local 
registrar. 

(6)  On  receipt  of  the  ballots,  notice  and  statement,  the  Appointment 
local  registrar  shall  immediately  fix  a  time  for  hearing  the 
appeal  and  shall  notify  the  parties  or  their  solicitors  of  the 
time  so  fixed. 


for  hearing 


(7)  One  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)  Determi- 
shall  determine  the  objection  pertaining  to,  or  count  again,  Genera/ 
the  ballots  or  such  of  them  as  are  the  subject  of  appeal,  or  Division 
review  the  re-addition,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  shall  immedi- 
ately certify  in  writing  the  decision  of  the  court  to  the  provin- 
cial judge  or  to  the  recount  officer. 

(8)  The  provincial  judge  or  recount  officer,  in  compliance  Certificate  to 
with  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division),  decfs^on 
shall  cerfify  the  result  without  delay. 

31.  Subsection  252  (1)  of  the  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Act,  being  chapter  314  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "county  court  of  the 
Judicial  District  of  York,  or  a  judge  of  the  county  court  of  a 
judicial  district  adjoining  the  Judicial  District  of  York"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

32.  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  County  of  Oxford  Act,  being 
chapter  365  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "county  court  within  the  County  or  a 
judge  of  the  county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoin- 
ing the  County"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

33. — (1)  Subsection  11  (9)  of  the  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act, 
being  chapter  399  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  18,  section 
7,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Ontario  or  the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the 
fourth,  fifth  and  sbcth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local 
registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  11  (11)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  18,  section  7,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  reg- 
istrar of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)". 


14 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


34. — (1)  Clause  1  (1)  (j)  of  the  Provincial  Offences  Act, 
being  chapter  400  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  '^court"  in  the  Hrst  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial 
Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  31  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  offences  courts"  in  the  third 
and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge  of 
the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(3)  Subsection  31  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "chief  judge  of  the  provincial  offences  courts"  in  the 
fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Judge 
of  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division)". 

(4)  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

Contempt  90a. — (1)  Exccpt  as  otherwise  provided  by  an  Act,  every 

person  who  commits  contempt  in  the  face  of  a  justice  of  the 
peace  presiding  over  the  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
in  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  is  on  conviction  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $1 ,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not 
more  than  thirty  days,  or  to  both. 


Statement  to 
offender 


(2)  Before  a  proceeding  is  taken  for  contempt  under  sub- 
section (1),  the  justice  of  the  peace  shall  inform  the  offender 
of  the  conduct  complained  of  and  the  nature  of  the  contempt 
and  inform  him  or  her  of  the  right  to  show  cause  why  he  or 
she  should  not  be  punished. 


Show  cause 


(3)  A  punishment  for  contempt  in  the  face  of  the  court 
shall  not  be  imposed  without  giving  the  offender  an  opportu- 
nity to  show  cause  why  he  or  she  should  not  be  punished. 


Adjournment 
for  adjudi- 
cation 


(4)  Except  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  justice  of  the 
peace,  it  is  necessary  to  deal  with  the  contempt  immediately 
for  the  preservation  of  order  and  control  in  the  courtroom, 
the  justice  of  the  peace  shall  adjourn  the  contempt  proceeding 
to  another  day. 


Adjudication 
by  judge 


(5)  A  contempt  proceeding  that  is  adjourned  to  another 
day  under  subsection  (4)  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by  the 
court  presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge. 


Arrest  for 
immediate 
adjudication 


(6)  Where  the  justice  of  the  peace  proceeds  to  deal  with  a 
contempt  immediately  and  without  adjournment  under  sub- 
section (4),  the  justice  of  the  peace  may  order  the  offender 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  15 

arrested  and  detained  in  the  courtroom  for  the  purpose  of  the 
hearing  and  determination. 

(7)  Where  the  offender  is  appearing  before  the  court  as  an  Bamng  agent 
agent  who  is  not  a  barrister  and  solicitor  entitled  to  practise  in  '"  ^^  ^^^ 
Ontario,  the  court  may  order  that  he  or  she  be  barred  from 

acting  as  agent  in  the  proceeding  in  addition  to  any  other  pun- 
ishment to  which  he  or  she  is  liable. 

(8)  An  order  of  punishment  for  contempt  under  this  section  Appeals 
is  appealable  in  the  same  manner  as  if  it  were  a  conviction  in 

a  proceeding  commenced  by  certificate  under  Part  I  of  this 
Act. 

(9)  This  Act  applies  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  a  punish-  Enforcement 
ment  by  way  of  a  fine  or  imprisonment  under  this  section. 

(5)  Section  91m  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1983,  chapter  80,  section  1,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  '^provincial  court  (criminal  division)"  in  the  sixth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  '*  Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Division) 
presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge". 

(6)  Clause  99  (2)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  '^ provincial  court  (criminal  division)  of"  in  the  second  and 
third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Pro- 
vincial Division)  presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge  sitting 
in". 

(7)  Subsection  118  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ' 'provincial  court  (criminal  division)  of"  in  the  fifth  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (Provincial  Divi- 
sion) presided  over  by  a  provincial  judge  sitting  in". 

(8)  Subsection  122  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  judgment  of  the  Ontario  Court  ^p^^'  J° 
(Provincial  Division)  in  an  appeal  under  section  118  to  the  Appeal 
Court  of  Appeal,  with  leave  of  a  justice  of  appeal,  on  special 
grounds,  upon  any  question  of  law  alone. 

(9)  Section  123  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(10)  Subsection  142  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  provincial 
offences  court  having  jurisdiction  in  respect  of  the  offence  is 
situated"  in  the  thirteenth,  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  lines. 


16  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

35. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Durham  Act,  being  chapter  434  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  133  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  '^county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

36. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3),  (4)  and  (6)  of  the  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  Act,  being  chapter  435  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  116  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

37. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Halton  Act,  being  chapter  436  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  126  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

38. — (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Hamilton-Wentworth  Act,  being  chapter  437  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  138  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

39.— (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Niagara  Act,  being  chapter  438  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  165  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "either  of  the  county  courts  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a 
judge  of  the  county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional 
Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  17 

40. — (1)  Subsection  2  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
Ottawa-Carleton  Act^  being  chapter  439  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  168  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  * 'county  court  of  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional  Area'*  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
'* Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

41. — (1)  Subsections  5  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Peel  Act,  being  chapter  440  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  121  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ' 'county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

42. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury  Act,  being  chapter  441  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  108  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "district  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
district  court  of  a  district  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

43.— (1)  Subsections  4  (3)  and  (5)  of  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Waterloo  Act,  being  chapter  442  of  the  Revised  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1980,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  156  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  adjoining  the  Regional  Area"  in  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

44. — (1)  Subsection  4  (3)  of  the  Regional  Municipality  of 
York  Act,  being  chapter  443  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  157  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "county  court  within  the  Regional  Area  or  a  judge  of  the 
county  court  of  a  county  or  judicial  district  adjoining  the 
Regional  Area"  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 


18  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

45. — (1)  Subsection  23  (2)  of  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  454  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
the  local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and 
fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(2)  Subsection  25  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  the  local  registrar  of 
the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)". 

46.  The  Sheriffs  Act,  being  chapter  470  of  the  Revised  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1984,  chapter  11,  section  212  and  1989,  chapter  24,  section  2, 
is  repealed. 

47.  Subsection  35  (1)  of  the  Statute  Labour  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 482  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Provisional  Judicial"  in  the  fifteenth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Territorial". 

48. — (1)  Sections  2,  4  and  5  of  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act, 
being  chapter  491  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  are 
repealed. 

(2)  Sections  6  and  7  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  are 
repealed. 

(3)  Sections  8  and  9  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(4)  Section  11  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  10,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(5)  Section  12  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  is  repealed. 

(6)  Sections  14  and  15  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(7)  Section  17  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

fo?Th?wms  ^^'  ^^^  ^^^^^^  ^^  ^^^  *^^^^  registrar  of  the  Ontario  Court 
oTiiving*'  *  (General  Division)  is  a  depository  for  all  wills  of  living  per- 
persons  soHS  given  there  for  safekeeping,  and  the  local  registrar  shall 

receive  and  keep  those  wills  under  such  regulations  as  are  pre- 
scribed by  the  rules  of  court. 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  19 

(8)  Section  18  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"regulations  as  are  prescribed  by  the  surrogate  court  rules"  in 
the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "condi- 
tions as  are  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court". 

(9)  Sections  21,  22  and  23  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(10)  Section  26  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

26. — (1)  An  application  for  a  grant  of  probate  or  letters  of  Grant  of 

administration  shall  be  made  to  the  Ontario  Court  (General  adminit^'^ 

Division)  and  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  for  the  county  or  dis-  tration, 

trict  in  which  the  testator  or  intestate  had  at  the  time  of  death  ^""^  *'^"°" 
a  fixed  place  of  abode. 

(2)  If  the  testator  or  intestate  had  no  fixed  place  of  abode  ^here 

in  Ontario  or  resided  out  of  Ontario  at  the  time  of  death,  the  n^abode  in 
application  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  for  the  county  or  district  Ontario 
in  which  the  testator  or  intestate  had  property  at  the  time  of 
death. 

(3)  In  other  cases  the  application  for  probate  or  letters  of  ^^en 
administration  may  be  filed  in  any  office.  may  be  filed 

in  any  office 

(11)  Sections  27,  28  and  29  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(12)  Subsection  30  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  court  may  cause  any  question  of  fact  arising  in  any  Trial  of 
proceedmg  to  be  tried  by  a  jury.  fact  by  a 

jury 

(13)  Section  32  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(14)  Subsection  33  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Any  party  or  person  taking  part  in  a  proceeding  under  Right  of 
this  Act  may  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order,  ^^^^ 
determination  or  judgment  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General 
Division)  if  the  value  of  the  property  affected  by  such  order, 
determination  or  judgment  exceeds  $200. 

(15)  Subsections  33  (4),  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed. 

(16)  Section  34  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


20 


Bill  3 


COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


Where 
application 
filed  in  more 
than  one 
office 


(17)  Section  44  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
^'surrogate  court"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"office  of  the  Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

(18)  Section  45  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

45.  If  it  appears  by  the  certificate  of  the  Estate  Registrar 
for  Ontario  that  application  for  probate  or  administration  has 
been  filed  in  two  or  more  court  offices,  the  proceedings  shall 
be  stayed  until,  on  motion,  a  judge  of  the  Ontario  Court 
(General  Division)  determines  where  the  application  will 
proceed. 

(19)  Section  60  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
''judge  of  the  court  for  the  time  being,  or  in  case  of  the  separa- 
tion of  counties,  to  enure  for  the  benefit  of  any  judge  of  a  sur- 
rogate court  to  be  named  by  the  Supreme  Court  for  that  pur- 
pose" in  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Accountant  of  the  Ontario  Court". 


Powers  of 
judge  on 
passing 
accounts 


(20)  Subsection  74  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(21)  Subsection  74  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  judge,  on  passing  the  accounts  of  an  executor, 
administrator  or  trustee  under  a  will  of  which  the  trustee  is  an 
executor,  has  jurisdiction  to  enter  into  and  make  full  inquiry 
and  accounting  of  and  concerning  the  whole  property  that  the 
deceased  was  possessed  of  or  entitled  to,  and  its  administra- 
tion and  disbursement. 


(22)  Subsection  74  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(23)  Section  78  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(24)  Section  80  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1984,  chapter  11,  section  215,  is  repealed. 

(25)  The  title  to  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


ESTATES  ACT 


49.— (1)  Section  1  of  the  Territorial  Division  Act,  being 
chapter  497  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  57,  section 
4,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "5,  5a,  6,  7  and  8  for 
municipal  and  judicial  purposes  such  counties,  and  for  judicial 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  21 

purposes  such  districts  and  metropolitan  and  regional  areas, 
are  respectively"  in  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''and  5,  for  municipal  purposes  such 
counties  are". 

(2)  Paragraph  2  of  section  1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  the  following  sentences  at  the  end  thereof: 

"The  Indian  Reserve  at  Cape  Croker  shall,  for  judicial  pur- 
poses, be  deemed  part  of  the  Township  of  Albemarle. 

''The  Indian  Reserve  at  Chiefs  Point  and  the  Saugeen 
Indian  Reserve  north  of  the  mouth  of  the  Saugeen  River  shall, 
for  judicial  purposes,  be  deemed  part  of  the  Township  of  Ama- 
bel". 

(3)  Paragraph  42  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Algoma  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Algoma"  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  lines 
from  the  end  thereof. 

(4)  Paragraph  43  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Cochrane  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Cochrane"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(5)  Paragraph  44  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Kenora  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Kenora"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(6)  Paragraph  45  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Manitoulin  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Manitoulin"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(7)  Paragraph  46  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Muskoka"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(8)  Paragraph  47  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Nipissing  forms  the  Provisional 
Judicial  District  of  Nipissing"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(9)  Paragraph  48  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Parry  Sound  forms  the  Provi- 
sional Judicial  District  of  Parry  Sound"  at  the  end  thereof. 

(10)  Paragraph  49  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "The  Territorial  District  of  Rainy  River  forms  the  Pro- 
visional Judicial  District  of  Rainy  River"  at  the  end  thereof. 


22  Bill  3  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

(11)  Paragraph  50  of  the  said  section  1,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  52,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  '*The  Territorial  District  of  Sudbury 
forms  the  Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Sudbury"  at  the  end 
thereof. 

(12)  Paragraph  51  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  *'The  Territorial  District  of  Thunder  Bay  forms  the 
Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Thunder  Bay"  at  the  end  there- 
of. 

(13)  Paragraph  52  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  ''The  Territorial  District  of  Timiskaming  forms  the 
Provisional  Judicial  District  of  Timiskaming"  at  the  end  there- 
of. 

(14)  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  ''judicial"  in  the  first  line. 

(15)  Subsection  4  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "courts"  in  the  fourth  line. 

(16)  Section  5  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  folio wu^ 
substituted  therefor:  ^ 

™!  ^^^  ^'  ^^^  municipal  purposes,  cities,  towns  and  other  munici- 

palities withdrawn  from  the  jurisdiction  of  a  county  do  not 
form  part  of  the  counties  in  which  they  are  respectively 
situate. 

(17)  Section  5a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1982,  chapter  57,  section  4,  is  repealed. 

(18)  Sections  6,  7  and  8  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(19)  Clause  15  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"or  provisional  judicial  district"  in  the  first  and  second  Unes. 

50.  Subsection  13  (2)  of  the  Tobacco  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
502  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  or  vt^ith  the  local 
registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "local  registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Court  (General  Division)". 

51.  Subsection  27  (1)  of  the  Vital  Statistics  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 524  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "The  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  every 
local  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court"  in  the  first  and  second 


towns 


1989  COURT  REFORM  STATUTE  LAW  Bill  3  23 

lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Every  local  registrar  of  the 
Ontario  Court  (General  Division)". 

52. — (1)  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Woodmen's  Lien  for  Wages 
Act,  being  chapter  537  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  third  line 
and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each 
instance  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims 
Court". 

(2)  Section  16  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"$1,000"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

(3)  Subsection  17  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "$1,000"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the 
monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small  Claims  Court". 

53.  Section  116  of  the  Workers'  Compensation  Act,  being 
chapter  539  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "$1,000"  in  the  ninth  Une  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  the  Small 
Claims  Court". 

54.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  ^"[J'™*"*^* 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


ment 


55.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Court  Reform  Statute  Short  title 
Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  4  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  4 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Metropolitan  Toronto 
Police  Force  Complaints  Act,  1984 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 

Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       November  4th,  1987 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

Continued  from  the  1st  Session  by  an  Order  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  March  2nd,  1989. 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  permit  the  extension  of  the  police  complaints  procedure 
to  municipalities  other  than  Metropolitan  Toronto  on  the  request  of  the  municipality. 

SECTIONS  1  and  2.  The  amendments  to  the  definitions  adjust  the  terminology  so  that 
it  is  not  confined  to  Metropolitan  Toronto  but  can  apply  to  any  municipality  to  which  the 
Act  applies.  The  Commissioner's  title  is  changed  from  "Public  Complaints  Commission- 
er" to  "Police  Complaints  Commissioner". 

SECTION  3.  The  new  section  authorizes  municipalities  to  adopt  by-laws  requesting  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  designate  them  by  regulation  (under  clause  31  (ca)  of 
the  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  16  of  the  Bill).  A  regulation  may  only  be  made  where 
such  a  by-law  is  passed. 

SECTIONS  4  to  7.  The  amendments  make  no  change  in  substance  except  to  refer  to  all 
designated  municipalities. 

SECTION  8.  Under  existing  section  11  of  the  Act  the  report  of  the  Bureau's  investiga- 
tion is  given  to  certain  persons.  The  amendment  would  provide  that  the  result  of  a  fur- 
ther investigation  by  the  chief  of  police  on  the  request  of  the  Commissioner  be  given  to 
the  same  persons. 

SECTION  9.  Existing  section  14  authorizes  the  chief  of  police  to  delegate  to  an  officer 
of  the  rank  of  inspector  or  higher.  The  amendment  permits  the  delegation  to  be  to  a 
senior  officer  where  the  poUce  force  does  not  have  the  rank  of  inspector. 

SEX^TION  10.  The  amendment  removes  any  doubt  that  the  appeal  from  the  decision  of 
a  chief  of  police  on  a  disciplinary  hearing  is  to  be  taken  under  the  Metropolitan  Toronto 
Police  Force  Complaints  Act,  1984  and  not  the  Police  Act. 

SECTIONS  11  to  15.  See  explanatory  note  for  sections  4  to  7  (except  for  subsectioii 
13  (1)). 

Clause  23  (2)  (b)  of  the  Act  makes  the  Attorney  General  a  party  to  hearings  before 
a  board  of  inquiry,  except  when  the  hearing  is  in  respect  of  a  penalty  imposed  on  an  offi- 
cer. The  amendment  in  subsection  13  (1)  ensures  that  the  Attorney  General  is  not 
excluded  from  participating  where  the  officer's  hearing  is  combined  with  the  complain- 
ant's hearing. 

SECTION  16.  The  amendment  authorizes  a  municipality  to  be  designated  by  regulation 
where  it  has  passed  a  by-law  requesting  the  designation. 

SECTION  17.  The  short  title  of  the  Act  is  amended  to  remove  specific  reference  to  the 
Metropolitan  Police  Force. 


BiU4  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Metropolitan  Toronto 
Police  Force  Complaints  Act,  1984 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Clauses  1  (a)  and  (b)  of  the  Metropolitan  Toronto 
Police  Force  Complaints  Act,  1984,  being  chapter  63,  are 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  "Bureau"  means  a  Public  Complaints  Investigation 
Bureau  established  under  section  5. 

(2)  Clause  1  (c)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
'^Public"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"PoUce". 

(3)  Section  1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause: 

(ea)  "designated  municipality"  means  The  Municipality 
of  Metropolitan  Toronto  and  the  municipalities  that 
are  designated  by  a  regulation  made  under  clause 
31  (ca). 

(4)  Clause  1  (i)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(i)     "police    association"    means    the    association    as 

defined  in  the  Police  Act  for  the  police  force  of  a  R  s.o.  1980, 
designated  municipality.  ^'  ^^^ 

(5)  Section  1  of  the  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(2)  A  reference  in  this  Act  to  a  police  officer,  chief  of  References  to 
police,  police  force.  Bureau,  board  of  inquiry  or  panel  for  '°''^'  ^'"^'^' 
boards  of  inquiry  means  the  one  appointed  or  established  for 
the  designated  municipality  that  the  subject  officer  serves. 


BUM 


METRO.  TORONTO  POLICE  FORCE  COMPLAINTS 


1989 


By-laws  to 
request 
application 
of  Act 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  381 


Idem 


2.  Section  2  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"Metropolitan  Police  Force"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "police  force  of  a  designated  municipality". 

3.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

2a. — (1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  that  maintains  a 
police  force  other  than  by  agreement  under  section  64  of  the 
Police  Act  may,  by  by-law,  request  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  to  designate  the  municipality  as  one  to  which  this 
Act  applies. 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  that  maintains  a  police 
force  by  agreement  under  section  63  of  the  Police  Act  may 
pass  a  by-law  under  subsection  (1)  only  if  the  municipality 
providing  the  services  is  a  designated  municipality. 

4. — (1)  Subsection  3  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  "Public"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Police". 


Local  offices 


Communi- 
cation to 
Commis- 
sioner by 
local  office 


Panels  for 
boards  of 
inquiry 


Recommen- 
dations for 
appointment 


Idem 


(2)  Section  3  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsections: 

(6a)  The  Commissioner  shall  establish  a  local  office  in  each 
designated  municipality. 

(6b)  Any  matter  or  thing  that  is  required  or  permitted  by 
this  Act  to  be  given  to  or  served  upon  the  Commissioner  shall 
be  given  or  served  at  the  local  office  of  the  Commissioner. 

5.  Section  4  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1986,  chapter  31,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  fol- 
lowing substituted  therefor: 

4. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint 
a  panel  of  persons  for  each  designated  municipality  to  act  as 
members  of  boards  of  inquiry. 

(2)  One-third  of  the  members  of  the  panel  shall  be  persons 
who  are  members  of  the  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada  who 
are  jointly  recommended  for  appointment  by  the  Attorney 
General  and  the  Solicitor  General. 

(3)  One-third  of  the  members  of  the  panel  shall  be  persons, 
other  than  police  officers,  who  are  jointly  recommended  for 
appointment  by  the  board  of  commissioners  of  police  of  the 
designated  municipality,  or,  where  there  is  no  board,  the 
council,  and  by  the  police  association,  if  any. 


1989  METRO.  TORONTO  POLICE  FORCE  COMPLAINTS  Bill  4  3 

(4)  If  the  joint  recommendations  referred  to  in  subsection  Failure  to 
(3)  are  not  submitted  to  the  Attorney  General  in  writing  recommen- 
within  the  time  that  the  Attorney  General  may  specify,  one-  dations 
third  of  the  members  of  the  panel  shall  be  persons,  other  than 

police  officers  and  members  of  the  Law  Society  of  Upper 
Canada,  who  are  jointly  recommended  for  appointment  by 
the  Attorney  General  and  the  Solicitor  General. 

(5)  Before  making  the  recommendation  referred  to  in  sub-  individual 
section  (4),  the  Attorney  General  and  Solicitor  General  shall  daSTto  be 
consider  any  recommendations  made  by  the  board  of  commis-  considered 
sioners  of  police  or  council  alone  or  the  police  association 

alone. 

(6)  One-third  of  the  members  of  the  panel  shall  be  persons  Recommen- 
recommended  for  appointment  by  the  council  of  the  desig-  appokum^m 
nated  municipality. 

(7)  If  the  recommendations  referred  to  in  subsection  (6)  are  Failure  to 
not  submitted  to  the  Attorney  General  in  writing  within  the  reJommen- 
time  that  the  Attorney  General  may  specify,  one-third  of  the  dations 
members  of  the  panel  shall  be  persons,  other  than  members  of 

the  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada,  who  are  jointly  recom- 
mended for  appointment  by  the  Attorney  General  and  the 
Solicitor  General. 

(8)  Appointments  to  the  panel  shall  be  for  a  term  of  two  Term 
years  and  a  person  who  is  appointed  may  be  reappointed  for  a 
further  term  or  terms  not  exceeding,  in  each  instance,  two 
years. 

(9)  A  member  of  the  panel  whose  term  expires  without  re-  Continuance 
appointment  continues  in  office  for  the  purpose  of  completing  I,"na)mpieted 
the  work  of  a  board  of  inquiry  to  which  the  member  was  assignments 
assigned  before  the  expiration  of  the  term. 


(10)  Notwithstanding  subsection  34  (1),  the  members  of  the  Members  of 
Police  Complaints  Board,  except  the  chairman,  constituted  complaints 
under  the  Metropolitan  Police  Force  Complaints  Project  Act,  Board  under 
1981  shall  act  as  members  of  boards  of  inquiry  under  this  Act  ^^^^'  ^'  ^^ 
until  such  time  as  the  panel  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  is 
appointed  and  members  of  the   Police   Complaints   Board 
appointed  from  the  groups  set  out  in  subsections  4  (4),  (5)  and 
(6),  respectively,  of  the  Metropolitan  Police  Force  Complaints 
Project  Act,  1981  shall  be  deemed  to  be  recommended  under 
subsections  (2),  (3)  and  (6)  of  this  section,  respectively. 


(11)  The  members  of  the  panel  shall  be  paid  such  remuner-  JJf™"^"^" 
ation  and  expenses  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council. 


ation 


4  Bill  4  METRO.  TORONTO  POLICE  FORCE  COMPLAINTS  1989 

6.  Subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Metropolitan  Police  Force"  in  the  second  and  third  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "police  force". 

7.  Subsection  6  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Metropolitan  Toronto"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "the  designated  municipality". 

8.  Subsection  11  (6)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
at  the  end  thereof  "the  chief  of  police,  the  complainant  and  the 
subject  officer". 

9.  Subsection  14  (7)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "higher"  in  the  second  line  "or,  if  none,  a  senior  officer 
who  is  not  a  member  of  the  police  association". 

10.  Section  16  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"the  officer  may  appeal"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "any  appeal  therefrom  shall  be  taken". 

11.  Section  21  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

Report  21. — (1)  Where,  after  making  a  review,  the  Commissioner 

is  of  the  opinion  that  a  police  practice  or  procedure  should  be 
altered,  the  Commissioner  shall  report  the  opinion  and  any 
recommendations  to  the  board  of  commissioners  of  police  of 
the  designated  municipality  or,  where  there  is  no  board,  the 
council,  to  the  chief  of  police  and  to  the  police  association,  if 
any. 

^^^"^  (2)  Where,  as  a  result  of  any  matter  dealt  with  under  this 

Act,  the  Commissioner  is  of  the  opinion  that  a  practice  or 
procedure  or  law  affecting  the  resolution  or  prevention  of 
public  complaints  should  be  altered  or  implemented,  the 
Commissioner  shall  report  the  opinion  and  any  recommenda- 
tions to  the  board  of  commissioners  of  police  of  the  desig- 
nated municipality  or,  where  there  is  no  board,  the  council,  to 
the  chief  of  police  and  to  the  police  association,  if  any. 

Idem  (3)  Within  ninety  days  of  receiving  a  report  under  subsec- 

tion (1)  or  (2),  the  board  of  commissioners  of  police  or  coun- 
cil, as  the  case  may  be,  shall  forward  the  report  along  with 
their  comments  and  any  comments  submitted  to  them  by  the 
chief  of  police  or  the  police  association,  to  the  Attorney  Gen- 
eral, the  Solicitor  General  and  the  Commissioner. 

12.  Subsection  22  (5)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  insert- 
ing after  "subsection  4  (3)"  in  the  fifth  line  "or  (4),  as  the  case 


1989  METRO.  TORONTO  POLICE  FORCE  COMPLAINTS  Bill  4 

may  be"  and  by  striking  out  "4  (4)"  in  the  seventh  line  and 
inserting  in  Ueu  thereof  "4  (6)  or  (7),  as  the  case  may  be". 

13. — (1)  Clause  23  (2)  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out '  Vhere  an  appeal"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  ''in  respect  of  an  appeal  that". 

(2)  Clause  23  (17)  (a)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Metropolitan  Police  Force"  in  the  first  and  second  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''police  force". 

(3)  Clause  23  (17)  (b)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Metropolitan  Police  Force"  in  the  first  and  second  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "police  force". 

(4)  Subsection  23  (20)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Metropolitan  Board  of  Commissioners  of  Police"  in  the 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "board  of  commissioners 
of  police  for  the  designated  municipaUty  or,  where  there  is  no 
board,  the  council". 

14.  Subsection  26  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Metropolitan  Police  Force"  in  the  second  and  third  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "police  force". 

15.  Section  29  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto"  in  the  second  and 
third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  designated 
municipality". 

16.  Section  31  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause: 

(ca)  designating  a  municipality  that  has  passed  a  by-law 
under  section  2a  as  a  municipality  to  which  this  Act 
applies. 

17.  Section  36  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  followii^ 
substituted  therefor: 

36.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Police  Force  Com-  short  title 
plaints  Act,  1984. 

18.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent.  "^"^ 

19.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Metropolitan  Toronto  Short  tiue 
Police  Force  Complaints  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  5  (royerninent  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  5 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Education  Act 


The  Hon.  C.  Ward 

Minister  of  Education 


1st  Reading       May  1st,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  Bill  provides  the  Minister  with  the  power  to  make  regulations  to  require  boards 
of  education  to  establish  and  operate  programs  in  languages  other  than  French  and 
English. 


Bins  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Education  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Education  Act,  being  chapter  129 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  32,  section  4,  1989,  chapter 
1,  section  2  and  1989,  chapter  2,  section  2,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraph: 

34.  requiring  boards  to  offer  programs  that  deal  with 
languages  other  than  English  or  French  and  gov- 
erning the  establishment  and  operation  of  such  pro- 
grams. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

»  ,  "  "         ment 

Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Education  Amendment  short  utie 
Act,  1989. 


Bills 

!nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  5 


(Chapter  33 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Education  Act 


The  Hon.  C.  Ward 
Minister  of  Education 


1st  Reading  May  1st,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  6th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bins  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Education  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  10  (1)  of  the  Education  Act,  being  chapter  129 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  32,  section  4,  1989,  chapter 
1,  section  2  and  1989,  chapter  2,  section  2,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraph: 

34.  requiring  boards  to  offer  programs  that  deal  with 
languages  other  than  English  or  French  and  gov- 
erning the  establishment  and  operation  of  such  pro- 
grams. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  £°™™*"" 
Assent. 


ment 


3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Education  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1989. 


Bill  6  Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  6 


An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  to  create 
Heritage  Day  and  Civic  Holiday  as  Public  Holidays 


Mr.  Fleet 


1st  Reading       May  4th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  establish  a  new  holiday  in  February  to  celebrate  I 
Heritage  Day  and  to  give  official  holiday  status  to  Civic  Holiday,  the  first  Monday  in 
August. 

The  Bill  also  gives  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  the  power  to  proclaim  that 
aspect  of  Canadian  or  Ontario  heritage  that  will  be  celebrated  each  year. 


Bill  6  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  to  create 
Heritage  Day  and  Civic  Holiday  as  Public  Holidays 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Clause  1  (1)  of  the  Employment  Standards  Act,  being 
chapter  137  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989,  chapter  4,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  "public  holiday"  means  New  Year's  Day,  Heritage 
Day,  being  the  third  Monday  in  February  in  each 
year.  Good  Friday,  Victoria  Day,  Canada  Day, 
Civic  Holiday,  being  the  first  Monday  in  August  in 
each  year,  Labour  Day,  Thanksgiving  Day  and 
Christmas  Day. 

2.  Clause  1  (1)  (a)  of  the  Retail  Business  Holidays  Act,  being 
chapter  453  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989,  chapter  3,  section  1, 
is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subclauses: 

(ia)  Heritage   Day,   being  the  third  Monday  in 
February  in  each  year. 


(iva)  Civic   Holiday,   being   the   first   Monday   in 
August  in  each  year. 

3.  Paragraph  11  of  section  30  of  the  Interpretation  Act, 
bemg  chapter  219  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out  ''Dominion  Day"  in  the  fifth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Heritage  Day,  being  the  third  Mon- 
day in  February  in  each  year,  Canada  Day,  Civic  Holiday, 
bemg  the  first  Monday  in  August  in  each  year". 


2  Bill  6  PUBLIC  HOLIDAYS  STATUTE  LAW  1989 

Proclamation  4,  jhc  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  proclama- 
tion establish  the  particular  aspect  of  the  heritage  of  Canada  or 
Ontario  to  be  commemorated  each  year  on  Heritage  Day. 

Commence-  5,  xhis  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

ment  .  . 

Assent. 

Short  title  5.  xhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Public  Holidays  Statute 

Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill? 


An  Act  respecting  Heritage  Day 


Mr.  McLean 


1st  Reading       May  4th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  name  the  third  Monday  in  the  month  of  February 
'Heritage  Day"  and  to  designate  this  day  as  a  holiday  in  the  Province  of  Ontario. 


Bill?  1989 


An  Act  respecting  Heritage  Day 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Where  the  third  Monday  in  the  month  of  February  in  Heritage 
any  year  is  proclaimed  a  public  holiday  in  a  municipality,  the  °^^ 
name  of  the  holiday  shall  be  Heritage  Day. 

2.  Any  Act,  regulation,  proclamation,  contract  or  docu-  other 
ment  that  refers  to  a  public  holiday  on  the  third  Monday  in  '^^^'^"'=" 
the  month  of  February  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  Heritage 

Day. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
Assent.  '"'"' 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Heritage  Day  Act,  1989.  short  title 


Bill  8  Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bills 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Licensing  of  Motor  Boat  Operators 


Mr.  McLean 


1st  Reading       May  8th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Bill,  which  applies  only  in  respect  of  motor  boats  propelled  by  engines  of  at 
least  twenty-five  horsepower,  prohibits  the  operation  of  such  a  motor  boat  by  any  person 
who  does  not  have  a  motor  boat  operator's  licence. 

The  Bill  requires  every  person  to  carry  a  motor  boat  operator's  licence  while  operat- 
ing a  motor  boat  to  which  the  Bill  applies  and  to  produce  it  when  requested  to  do  so  by 
a  police  officer.  If  unable  or  unwilling  to  produce  the  licence,  the  motor  boat  operator  is 
required  to  give  the  police  officer  his  or  her  correct  name  and  address. 

The  Bill  creates  the  offences  of  careless  operation  of  a  motor  boat  and  impaired 
operation  of  a  motor  boat. 

A  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  of  the  Bill  or  certain  regulationSc 
made  under  the  Bill  is  liable  to  pay  a  fine  not  exceeding  $1,000  and,  in  some  cases,  to 
have  his  or  her  motor  boat  operator's  licence  suspended  or  revoked. 


Bins  1989 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Licensing  of  Motor  Boat  Operators 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Transportation; 
"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 
"regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act. 

2.  This  Act  applies  only  in  respect  of  motor  boats  pro-  Application 
pelled  by  engines  of  at  least  twenty-five  horsepower. 

3.  No  person  shall  operate  a  motor  boat  unless,  ^'^^''^ 

•^  '^  licence 

required 

(a)  he  or  she  has  a  licence  issued  under  subsection 
4  (1);  or 

(b)  he  or  she  is  a  resident  of  another  province,  country 
or  state  and  has  a  licence  issued  by  that  province, 
country  or  state  authorizing  the  operation  of  a 
motor  boat. 

4. — (1)  The  Minister  or  any  person  authorized  in  writing  issuance  of 
by  the  Minister  shall  issue  a  motor  boat  operator's  licence  to    ^^^^^^ 
any  person  who  applies  in  accordance  with  the  regulations, 
pays  the  prescribed  fee,  and, 

(a)  is  at  least  twelve  years  of  age  and  has  successfully 
completed  a  motor  boat  operation  course  in  accord- 
ance with  the  regulations;  or 

(b)  is  at  least  sixteen  years  of  age  and  has  successfully 
completed  a  written  examination  in  accordance  with 
the  regulations. 


Bins 


MOTOR  BOAT  OPERATORS'  LICENSING 


1989 


Idem 


(2)  A  person  who  is  authorized  by  the  Minister  under  sub- 
section (1)  to  issue  licences  may  retain,  from  the  fee  paid  in 
respect  of  each  Ucence  issued,  an  amount  that  is  approved  in 
writing  by  the  Minister. 


Definition 


5. — (1)  In  this  section,  "licence"  means, 

(a)    a  licence  issued  under  subsection  4  (1);  or 


(b)  with  respect  to  a  resident  of  another  province, 
country  or  state,  a  licence  issued  by  that  province, 
country  or  state  authorizing  the  operation  of  a 
motor  boat. 


Operator  to 
carry  licence 


Operator  to 
identify  self 


(2)  Every  person  shall  carry  his  or  her  licence  at  all  times 
while  operating  a  motor  boat  and  shall  produce  it  when 
requested  to  do  so  by  a  police  officer. 

(3)  Every  person  who  is  unable  or  refuses  to  produce  a 
licence  in  accordance  with  subsection  (2)  shall  give  his  or  her 
correct  name  and  address  to  the  police  officer  upon  request. 


Arrest 

without 

warrant 


(4)  A  police  officer  who  on  reasonable  and  probable 
grounds  believes  that  a  person  has  contravened  subsection  (3) 
may  arrest  the  person  without  warrant. 


Careless 
operation 


6. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  motor  boat  without  due 
care  and  attention  or  without  reasonable  consideration  for 
others. 


Impaired 
operation 


Offences  and 
fines 


Suspension 
and 

revocation  of 
licences 


(2)  No  person  whose  ability  to  operate  a  motor  boat 
impaired  by  alcohol  or  a  drug  shall  operate  a  motor  boat. 


IS 


m 


7. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  section  3,  5  or  6  or 
a  regulation  made  under  clause  8  (d)  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $1,000. 

(2)  In  addition  to  any  fine  that  may  be  imposed  under  sub- 
section (1),  the  licence  of  any  person  who  is  convicted  of  con- 
travening section  5  or  6  or  a  regulation  made  under  clause 
8  (d)  may  be  suspended  for  a  period  of  up  to  two  years  or 
may  be  revoked. 


Regulations         g,  xhe  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations, 

(a)    providing  for  the  periodic  expiry  and  renewal  of 
motor  boat  operators'  licences; 


1989  MOTOR  BOAT  OPERATORS'  LICENSING  Bill  8  3 

(b)  establishing  procedures  for  obtaining  or  renewing 
motor  boat  operators'  licences; 

(c)  prescribing  fees  for  the  issuance  or  renewal  of 
motor  boat  operators'  licences; 

(d)  designating  classes  of  motor  boats  that  may  not  be 
operated  by  persons  under  sixteen  years  of  age; 

(e)  respecting  motor  boat  operation  courses  to  be  com- 
pleted by  applicants  for  motor  boat  operators' 
licences  who  are  under  the  age  of  sixteen; 

(f)  respecting  written  examinations  to  be  completed  by 
applicants  for  motor  boat  operators'  licences  who 
are  at  least  sixteen  years  of  age. 

9.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

.  ^  ment 

Assent. 

10.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Motor  Boat  Operators'  short  title 
Licensing  Act,  1989. 


i 


;U19  Private  Member's  Bill 


OD  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  9 


An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  to  create 
Heritage  Day  and  Civic  Holiday  as  Public  Holidays 


Mr.  Fleet 


1st  Reading       May  10th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  puqx)se  of  the  Bill  is  to  establish  a  new  holiday  in  February  to  celebrate 
Heritage  Day  and  to  give  official  holiday  status  to  Civic  Holiday,  the  first  Monday  in 
August. 

The  Bill  also  gives  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  the  power  to  proclaim  that 
aspect  of  Canadian  or  Ontario  heritage  that  will  be  celebrated  each  year. 


Bill  9  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  certain  Statutes  to  create 
Heritage  Day  and  Civic  Holiday  as  Public  Holidays 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Clause  1  (1)  of  the  Employment  Standards  Act,  being 
chapter  137  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989,  chapter  4,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  "public  holiday"  means  New  Year's  Day,  Heritage 
Day,  being  the  third  Monday  in  February  in  each 
year.  Good  Friday,  Victoria  Day,  Canada  Day, 
Civic  Holiday,  being  the  first  Monday  in  August  in 
each  year.  Labour  Day,  Thanksgiving  Day, 
Christmas  Day  and  the  26th  day  of  December. 

2.  Clause  1  (1)  (a)  of  the  Retail  Business  Holidays  Act,  being 
chapter  453  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989,  chapter  3,  section  1, 
is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subclauses: 

(ia)  Heritage   Day,   being  the  third  Monday  in 
February  in  each  year. 


(iva)  Civic   HoUday,   being  the   first   Monday   in 
August  in  each  year. 

3.  Paragraph  11  of  section  30  of  the  Interpretation  Act, 
bemg  chapter  219  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
amended  by  striking  out ' 'Dominion  Day"  in  the  Hfth  line  and 
mserting  in  lieu  thereof  ''Heritage  Day,  being  the  third  Mon- 
day in  February  in  each  year,  Canada  Day,  Civic  Holiday, 
being  the  first  Monday  in  August  in  each  year". 


2  Bill  9 

Proclamatioii 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


PUBLIC  HOLIDAYS  STATUTE  LAW 


1989 


4.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  prociama-  - 
tion  establish  the  particular  aspect  of  the  heritage  of  Canada  or  I 
Ontario  to  be  commemorated  each  year  on  Heritage  Day. 

5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Public  Holidays  Statute 
Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


1 


ill  10  Government  Bill 


ID  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  10 


An  Act  to  control  Automobile  Insurance  Rates 


The  Hon.  M.  Elston 

Minister  of  Financial  Institutions 


1st  Reading       May  11th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 
The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  set  out  in  the  Preamble. 


Bill  10 


1989 


An  Act  to  control  Automobile  Insurance  Rates 

Whereas,  pending  the  completion  of  the  review  of  alternative  Preamble 
insurance  products,  it  is  desirable  that  legislation  be  enacted 
to  control  premiums,  as  provided  in  this  Act; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.— (1)  In  this  Act, 


Definitions 


218,  198 


"automobile  insurance"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  section  1 

of  the  Insurance  Act,  except  that  it  does  not  include  insur-  ^•S;0.  i980, 
ance  for  any  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  that  may  be  operated 
legally  on  a  highway  without  a  permit  issued  under  section 
7  of  the  Highway  Traffic  Act  other  than  a  motorized  snow 
vehicle; 


"Board"  means  the  Ontario  Automobile  Insurance  Board; 

"capped  rate",  means,  in  respect  of  a  coverage  under  a  con- 
tract of  automobile  insurance,  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  the  premium  that  would  have  been  charged  for  the 
coverage  for  comparable  risks  for  a  term  commenc- 
ing on  the  17th  day  of  April,  1989  had  the  premium 
been  calculated  using  the  rules,  procedures  and  fac- 
tors used  by  the  insurer  on  that  date,  plus  an 
amount  equal  to  7.6  per  cent  of  that  premium, 

(b)  the  premium  that  would  be  charged  for  the  cover- 
age for  comparable  risks  using  the  Facility  Associa- 
tion rate  in  effect  at  the  beginning  of  the  term  of 
the  contact; 


'Facility  Association  rate"  means  the  premium  for  a  coverage 
determined  under  the  Plan  of  Operation  of  the  Facility 
Association  under  the  Compulsory  Automobile  Insurance  J^^X).  i980, 
Act; 


83 


Bill  10 


AUTOMOBILE  INSURANCE  RATES 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  218 


Facility 
Association 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  83 


"insurer"  means  an  insurer  licensed  under  the  Insurance  Act 
and  carrying  on  the  business  of  automobile  insurance  but 
does  not  include  an  insurer  whose  licence  is  limited  to  con- 
tracts  of  reinsurance;  J 

"regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act. 

(2)  The  Facility  Association  established  under  the  Compul- 
sory Automobile  Insurance  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  person 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  any  proceeding  before  the 
Board  or  a  court  under  this  Act  may  be  instituted  by  or 
against  it  in  its  own  name. 


Rates  capped  2. — (1)  Exccpt  as  permitted  by  the  regulations,  no  insurer 
shall  charge  any  premium  for  a  coverage  under  a  contract  of 
automobile  insurance  the  term  of  which  commences  after  the 
31st  day  of  May,  1989  that  exceeds  the  capped  rate  for  the 
coverage. 


Idem 


Function  of 
Board 

Information 


Idem 


(2)  Except  as  permitted  by  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  the 
Facility  Association  shall  not  increase  the  Facility  Association 
rate  in  respect  of  any  coverage. 

3.  The  Board  shall  monitor  for  compliance  with  this  Act. 

4. — (1)  An  insurer  shall  make  a  return  to  the  Board,  in 
such  form  and  at  such  times  as  the  Board  may  require,  show- 
ing such  information  with  respect  to  rates  charged  by  the 
insurer  in  relation  to  contracts  of  automobile  insurance 
together  with  such  other  information  concerning  such  rates 
and  contracts  as  the  Board  may  require. 

(2)  Every  return  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be  verified  by 
the  statutory  declaration  of  an  officer  of  the  insurer  and  the 
declaration  shall  be  in  such  form  as  the  Board  may  specify. 


Application  5. — (1)  Scctions  2  to  18  of  the  Ontario  Automobile  Insur- 
c.ST^'  ance  Board  Act,  1988  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to 
ss.  2-18  matters  arising  under  this  Act. 

Non-appii-  (2)  Scction  33  of  the  Ontario  Automobile  Insurance  Board 

i^Tc^^is,  Act,  1988  ceases  to  have  effect  until  a  day  to  be  named  by 
s-  33  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

Board  orders  (3)  jhc  ordcrs  of  the  Board  issued  the  1st  day  of  February, 
1989,  the  13th  day  of  February,  1989  and  the  16th  day  of 
March,  1989  shall  not  take  effect. 

Facility  5, — (1)  The  Facility  Association  may  increase  the  Facility 

^jsociation     ^ssociation  rate  in  respect  of  any  coverage  under  contracts  of 


1989 


AUTOMOBILE  INSURANCE  RATES 


Bill  10 


automobile  insurance  by  an  amount  not  exceeding  7.6  per 
cent  of  the  Facility  Association  rate  in  effect  on  the  17th  day 
of  April,  1989. 

(2)  The  Facility  Association  shall  file  all  rates  that  are 
increased  under  subsection  (1)  with  the  Board  before  the  rates 
take  effect. 


Filing 


(3)  A  rate  increase  under  this  section  may  apply  only  to  Effective 
contracts  of  automobile  insurance,  the  terms  of  which  com- 
mence after  the  31st  day  of  May,  1989. 

7. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  or  fails  to  comply  offences  and 
with  this  Act,  the  regulations  or  an  order  of  the  Board  is  ^^"^  '^^ 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $25,000,  in  the  case  of  an  individual,  and  not  more 
than  $100,000,  in  any  other  case. 

(2)  If  a  corporation  or  the  Facility  Association  contravenes  Ponies 
or  fails  to  comply  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  or  an  order  of 

the  Board,  every  officer  or  director  thereof  who  authorizes, 
permits  or  acquiesces  in  the  contravention  is  a  party  to  and 
guilty  of  the  offence  and,  on  conviction,  is  liable  to  the  pen- 
alty provided  for  the  offence  whether  or  not  the  corporation 
or  FaciHty  Association,  as  the  case  may  be,  has  been  prosecu- 
ted or  convicted. 

(3)  A  prosecution  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  shall  not  be  Consent 
instituted  except  with  the  consent  in  writing  of  the  Board. 

(4)  A  prosecution  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  shall  not  be  Limitation 
instituted  more  than  two  years  after  the  facts  upon  which  the  ^"° 
prosecution  is  based  first  came  to  the   knowledge  of  the 
Board. 


8. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 

(a)  permitting  insurers  to  increase  their  capped  rates  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations; 

(b)  exempting  insurers  and  the  Facility  Association 
from  the  requirements  of  this  Act  in  respect  of  such 
categories  of  automobile  insurance,  such  coverages 
or  such  classes  of  risk  exposure  as  may  be  set  out  in 
the  regulations; 

(c)  permitting  the  Facility  Association  to  increase  Facil- 
ity Association  rates  in  accordance  with  the  regu- 
lations. 


4  Bill  10  AUTOMOBILE  INSURANCE  RATES  1989 

Idem  (2)  A  regulation  may  be  general  or  particular  in  its  appli- 

cation. 

Conflict  with        9,  jf  there  is  a  conflict  between  a  provision  of  this  Act  or 
1988,  c.  18      ^^  ^  regulation  and  a  provision  of  the  Ontario  Automobile 
Insurance  Board  Act,  1988  or  an  order  of  the  Board  under 
that  Act,  the  provision  of  this  Act  or  of  the  regulation  pre- 
vails. 

Repeal  IQ.  This  Act  is  repealed  on  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990;  or 

(b)  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieuten- 
ant Governor. 

Commence-         u,  xhis  Act  shall  bc  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 
"""'  the  17th  day  of  April,  1989. 

Short  title  \2,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Automobile  Insurance 

Rates  Control  Act,  1989. 


4 

k 


UIO 

)  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  10 

(Chapter  34 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  control  Automobile  Insurance  Rates 


The  Hon.  M.  Elston 

Minister  of  Financial  Institutions 


1st  Reading  May  11th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  12th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  10 


1989 


An  Act  to  control  Automobile  Insurance  Rates 

Whereas,  pending  the  completion  of  the  review  of  alternative  Preamble 
insurance  products,  it  is  desirable  that  legislation  be  enacted 
to  control  premiums,  as  provided  in  this  Act; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.— (1)  In  this  Act, 


Definitions 


"automobile  insurance"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  section  1 
of  the  Insurance  Act,  except  that  it  does  not  include  insur- 
ance for  any  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  that  may  be  operated 
legally  on  a  highway  without  a  permit  issued  under  section 
7  of  the  Highway  Traffic  Act  other  than  a  motorized  snow 
vehicle; 


R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  218,  198 


"Board"  means  the  Ontario  Automobile  Insurance  Board; 

"capped  rate",  means,  in  respect  of  a  coverage  under  a  con- 
tract of  automobile  insurance,  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  the  premium  that  would  have  been  charged  for  the 
coverage  for  comparable  risks  for  a  term  commenc- 
ing on  the  17th  day  of  April,  1989  had  the  premium 
been  calculated  using  the  rules,  procedures  and  fac- 
tors used  by  the  insurer  on  that  date,  plus  an 
amount  equal  to  7.6  per  cent  of  that  premium, 


(b)  the  premium  that  would  be  charged  for  the  cover- 
age for  comparable  risks  using  the  Facility  Associa- 
tion rate  in  effect  at  the  beginning  of  the  term  of 
the  contact; 

'Facility  Association  rate"  means  the  premium  for  a  coverage 
determined  under  the  Plan  of  Operation  of  the  Facility 
Association  under  the  Compulsory  Automobile  Insurance  R so.  i980. 
Act',  '■'' 


Bill  10 


AUTOMOBILE  INSURANCE  RATES 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  218 


'insurer"  means  an  insurer  licensed  under  the  Insurance  Act 
and  carrying  on  the  business  of  automobile  insurance  but 
does  not  include  an  insurer  whose  licence  is  limited  to  con- 
tracts of  reinsurance; 


Facility 
Association 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  83 


"regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act. 

(2)  The  Facility  Association  established  under  the  Compul- 
sory Automobile  Insurance  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  person 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  any  proceeding  before  the 
Board  or  a  court  under  this  Act  may  be  instituted  by  or 
against  it  in  its  own  name. 

Rates  capped  2. — (1)  Except  as  permitted  by  the  regulations,  no  insurer 
shall  charge  any  premium  for  a  coverage  under  a  contract  of 
automobile  insurance  the  term  of  which  commences  after  the 
31st  day  of  May,  1989  that  exceeds  the  capped  rate  for  the 
coverage. 


Idem 


Function  of 
Board 


Information 


(2)  Except  as  permitted  by  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  the 
Facility  Association  shall  not  increase  the  Facility  Association 
rate  in  respect  of  any  coverage. 

3.  The  Board  shall  monitor  for  compliance  with  this  Act. 

4. — (1)  An  insurer  shall  make  a  return  to  the  Board,  in 
such  form  and  at  such  times  as  the  Board  may  require,  show- 
ing such  information  with  respect  to  rates  charged  by  the 
insurer  in  relation  to  contracts  of  automobile  insurance 
together  with  such  other  information  concerning  such  rates 
and  contracts  as  the  Board  may  require. 

(2)  Every  return  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be  verified  by 
the  statutory  declaration  of  an  officer  of  the  insurer  and  the 
declaration  shall  be  in  such  form  as  the  Board  may  specify. 

Application  5, — (1)  Scctions  2  to  18  of  the  Ontario  Automobile  Insur- 
?i8,^^'  ance  Board  Act,  1988  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to 
ss.  2-18  matters  arising  under  this  Act. 


Idem 


Non-appli- 
cation of 
1988,  c.  18, 
s.  33 


Board  orders 


(2)  Section  33  of  the  Ontario  Automobile  Insurance  Board 
Act,  1988  ceases  to  have  effect  until  a  day  to  be  named  by 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

(3)  The  orders  of  the  Board  issued  the  1st  day  of  February, 
1989,  the  13th  day  of  February,  1989  and  the  16th  day  of 
March,  1989  shall  not  take  effect. 

Facility  5, — (1)  Xhe  Facility  Association  may  increase  the  Facility 

^^ssociation     Associatiou  rate  in  respect  of  any  coverage  under  contracts  of 


1989 


AUTOMOBILE  INSURANCE  RATES 


Bill  10 


automobile  insurance  by  an  amount  not  exceeding  7.6  per 
cent  of  the  Facility  Association  rate  in  effect  on  the  17th  day 
of  April,  1989. 

(2)  The  Facility  Association  shall  file  all  rates  that  are  Fi'ins 
increased  under  subsection  (1)  with  the  Board  before  the  rates 
take  effect. 

(3)  A  rate  increase  under  this  section  may  apply  only  to  Effective 
contracts  of  automobile  insurance,  the  terms  of  which  com- 
mence after  the  31st  day  of  May,  1989. 

7. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  or  fails  to  comply  offences  and 
with  this  Act,  the  regulations  or  an  order  of  the  Board  is  p^"^^'^^ 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $25,000,  in  the  case  of  an  individual,  and  not  more 
than  $100,000,  in  any  other  case. 

(2)  If  a  corporation  or  the  Facility  Association  contravenes  P^rt'^s 
or  fails  to  comply  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  or  an  order  of 

the  Board,  every  officer  or  director  thereof  who  authorizes, 
permits  or  acquiesces  in  the  contravention  is  a  party  to  and 
guilty  of  the  offence  and,  on  conviction,  is  liable  to  the  pen- 
alty provided  for  the  offence  whether  or  not  the  corporation 
or  Facility  Association,  as  the  case  may  be,  has  been  prosecu- 
ted or  convicted. 

(3)  A  prosecution  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  shall  not  be  Consent 
instituted  except  with  the  consent  in  writing  of  the  Board. 

(4)  A  prosecution  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  shall  not  be  Limitation 
instituted  more  than  two  years  after  the  facts  upon  which  the  ^^™ 
prosecution  is  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
Board. 


8. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 

(a)  permitting  insurers  to  increase  their  capped  rates  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations; 

(b)  exempting  insurers  and  the  Facility  Association 
from  the  requirements  of  this  Act  in  respect  of  such 
categories  of  automobile  insurance,  such  coverages 
or  such  classes  of  risk  exposure  as  may  be  set  out  in 
the  regulations; 

(c)  permitting  the  Facility  Association  to  increase  Facil- 
ity Association  rates  in  accordance  with  the  regu- 
lations. 


4 

Idem 


Conflict  with 
1988,  c.  18 


Bill  10 


AUTOMOBILE  INSURANCE  RATES 


1989 


Repeal 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(2)  A  regulation  may  be  general  or  particular  in  its  appli- 
cation. 

9.  If  there  is  a  conflict  between  a  provision  of  this  Act  or 
of  a  regulation  and  a  provision  of  the  Ontario  Automobile 
Insurance  Board  Act,  1988  or  an  order  of  the  Board  under 
that  Act,  the  provision  of  this  Act  or  of  the  regulation  pre- 
vails, 

10.  This  Act  is  repealed  on  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990;  or 

(b)  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieuten- 
ant Governor, 

11.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 
the  17th  day  of  April,  1989. 

12.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Automobile  Insurance 
Rates  Control  Act,  1989. 


Ull 


Private  Member's  Bill 


)  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 
38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


BiUll 


An  Act  to  amend  the 

Change  of  Name  Act, 

1986 


Mr.  Fleet 


'st  Reading 
id  Reading 
rd  Reading 
yyal  Assent 


May  nth,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Projet  de  loi  11 


d'interet  prive 


2^  SESSION,  34=  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 
38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Projet  de  loi  11 


Loi  portant  modification  de  la 

Loi  de  1986  sur  le 

changement  de  nom 


M.  Fleet 


r^  lecture 

2^  lecture 

3^  lecture 

sanction  royale 


llmail989 


Imprime  avec  I'autorisation 

de  I'Assemblee  legislative  par 

®rimprimeur  de  la  Reine  pour  I'Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  Act  provides  that  when  a  spouse  whose  birth  was  registered  in  Ontario  changes 
his  or  her  surname  as  a  result  of  marriage,  his  or  her  birth  certificate  is  to  be  changed 
accordingly.  The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  repeal  that  provision. 


NOTE  EXPLICATIVE 

La  loi  prevoit  que  lorsqu'un  conjoint  dont  la  naissance  a  6t6  enregistree  en  Ontario 
change  son  nom  de  famille  par  suite  d'un  manage,  son  certificat  de  naissance  doit  etre 
modifi6  en  consequence.  L'objet  du  projet  de  loi  est  d'abroger  cette  disposition. 


Bill  11 


CHANGE  OF  NAME 


1989 


BiUll 


1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Change  of  Name  Act,  1986 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 


Certificate 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


1.  Clause  2  (1)  (a)  of  the  Change  of  Name  Act,  1986,  being 
chapter  7,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)    a  person  whose  birth  is  registered  in  Ontario  is 
entitled  to  be  recognized  by, 

(i)  the  name  appearing  on  the  person's  change  of 
name  certificate,  if  the  person's  name  has 
been  changed  under  section  3  of  this  Act,  or 

(ii)  in  all  other  cases,  the  name  appearing  on  the 
person's  birth  certificate  or  change  of  name 
certificate, 

unless  clause  (c)  applies, 

2.  Subsection  3  (4)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  thi 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  On  receiving  the  fee  and  documents,  the  Registrar; 
General  shall  register  the  change  of  name  and  issue  a  change 
of  name  certificate  to  the  person. 

3.  Section  9  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
''new  birth  certificate"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  *'birth  certificate  showing  the  new  name". 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Change  of  Name  Amend- 
ment Act,  1989. 


1989  CHANGEMENT  DE  NOM 


Projetdeloill  1989 

Loi  portant  modification  de  la 
Loi  de  1986  sur  le  changement  de  nom 


SA  MAJESTE,  sur  I'avis  et  avec  le  consentement  de 
I'Assemblee  legislative  de  la  province  de  1' Ontario,  decrete  ce 
qui  suit  : 

1  L'alinea  2  (1)  a)  de  la  Loi  de  1986  sur  le  changement  de 
nom,  qui  constitue  le  chapitre  7,  est  abroge  et  remplace  par  ce 
qui  suit : 

a)     la  personne  dont  la  naissance  a  ete  enregistree  en 
Ontario  a  le  droit  d'etre  connue  : 

(i)  sous  le  nom  qui  figure  dans  son  certificat  de 
changement  de  nom,  si  le  nom  de  la  personne 
a  ete  change  en  vertu  de  I'article  3  de  la  pre- 
sente  loi, 

(ii)  sous  le  nom  qui  figure  dans  son  certificat  de 
naissance  ou  de  changement  de  nom,  dans 
tous  les  autres  cas, 

h  moins  que  I'alinea  c)  ne  s'applique. 

2  Le  paragraphe  3  (4)  de  cette  loi  est  abroge  et  remplace 
par  ce  qui  suit : 

(4)  Lorsqu'il  regoit  les  droits  et  les  documents,  le  registraire  Certificat 
general  enregistre  le  changement  de  nom  et  delivre  a  la  per- 
sonne un  certificat  de  changement  de  nom. 

3  L'article  9  de  cette  loi  est  modifle  par  substitution,  aux 
mots  «nouveau  certiHcat  de  naissance»  a  la  quatrieme  ligne, 
des  mots  «certificat  de  naissance  dans  lequel  figure  le  nouveau 
nom». 

4  La  presente  loi  entre  en  vigueur  le  jour  ou  elle  recoit  la  ^/itree  en 
sanction  royale.  ^ 

5  Le  titre  abrege  de  la  presente  loi  est  Loi  de  1989  modifiant  Titre  abrege 
la  Loi  sur  le  changement  de  nom. 


J 


Bill  12  Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  12 


An  Act  respecting  Environmental  Rights  in  Ontario 


Mrs.  Grier 


1st  Reading       May  15th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
® Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  environmental  rights  in  Ontario.  The  Bill 
permits  an  action  to  be  brought  in  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  by  any  person  for  the 
protection  of  the  environment.  The  Bill  also  provides  for  public  notice  and  review  of  cer- 
tain approvals,  permits  or  other  environment-related  orders  before  the  approvals,  permits 
or  orders  come  into  force,  and  for  regular  review  by  the  Environmental  Assessment 
Board  of  all  regulations  affecting  the  environment.  In  addition,  the  Bill  prohibits  an 
employer  from  dismissing  an  employee  who  reports  to  any  person  an  act  that  contami- 
nates or  degrades  the  environment. 

The  Bill  also  amends  the  Environmental  Protection  Act  to  expand  the  scope  of  the 
protection  provided  to  employees  who  refuse  to  pollute,  by  adding  several  statutes  to  the 
list  set  out  in  subsection  134b  (2)  of  that  Act. 


Bill  12  1989 


An  Act  respecting  Environmental  Rights  in  Ontario 

WHEREAS  a  healthy  and  sustainable  environment  is  the  Preamble 
basis  of  the  health  and  well-being  of  the  people  of  Ontario; 

AND  WHEREAS  the  environment  of  Ontario  is  under 
stress  from  contamination  and  degradation; 

AND  WHEREAS  the  people  of  Ontario  face  substantial 
obstacles  to  their  ability  to  participate  in  environmental  deci- 
sion-making and  to  protect  their  common  interest  in  a  healthy 
and  sustainable  environment; 

AND  WHEREAS  it  is  desirable  to  remove  these  obstacles 
and  ensure  the  important  role  of  the  people  of  Ontario  and 
their  government  in  securing  a  healthy  environment  for  pres- 
ent and  future  generations; 

AND  WHEREAS  it  is  desirable  to  conserve  and  maintain 
the  resources  of  the  Province  for  the  benefit  of  present  and 
future  generations; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

PARTI 

INTERPRETATION  AND  PURPOSE 
1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"Board"  means  the  Environmental  Assessment  Board  estab- 
lished under  the  Environmental  Assessment  Act;  R  s.o.  i980, 

c.  140 

"contaminant"  means  any  soHd,  liquid,  gas,  odour,  heat, 
sound,  vibration,  radiation  or  combination  of  any  of  them 
resulting  directly  or  indirectly  from  the  activities  of  people 
which  may. 


Bill  12  ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  1989 

(a)  impair  the  quality  of  the  environment  or  the  public 
trust  therein  for  any  use  that  can  be  made  of  it, 

(b)  cause  injury  or  damage  to  property  or  to  plant  or 
animal  life, 

(c)  cause  harm  or  material  discomfort  to  any  person, 

(d)  adversely  affect  the  health  or  impair  the  safety  of 
any  person, 

(e)  render  any  property  or  plant  or  animal  life  unfit  for 
use  by  people, 

(f)  cause  loss  of  enjoyment  of  normal  use  of  property, 
or 

(g)  interfere  with  the  normal  conduct  of  business, 

and  "contaminate"  and  "contamination"  have  correspond- 
ing meanings; 

"Court"  means  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario; 

"degradation"  means  any  destruction  or  significant  decrease 
in  the  quality  of  the  environment  or  the  public  trust  therein 
other  than  a  change  resulting  from  contamination  and 
"degrade"  has  a  corresponding  meaning; 

"environment"  means, 

(a)  air,  land  or  water, 

(b)  plant  and  animal  life,  including  people, 

(c)  the  social,  economic  and  cultural  conditions  that 
influence  the  life  of  people  or  a  community, 

(d)  any  building,  structure,  machine  or  other  device  or 
thing  made  by  people, 

(e)  any  solid,  liquid,  gas,  odour,  heat,  sound,  vibration 
or  radiation  resulting  directly  or  indirectly  from  the 
activities  of  people,  or 

(f)  any  part  or  combination  of  the  foregoing  and  the 
inter-relationships  between  any  two  or  more  ofj 
them, 

in  or  of  Ontario; 


1989  ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  Bill  12  3 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  the  Environment; 

"public  trust"  means  the  collective  interest  of  residents  of  the 
Province  of  Ontario  in  the  quality  of  the  environment  and 
the  protection  thereof  and  the  heritage  therein  for  future 
generations; 

"regulation"  means  a  regulation  made  under  an  Act  hsted  in 
the  Schedule  to  this  Act. 

2.  The  purpose  of  this  Act  is  to  ensure  the  health  and  Purpose 
sustainability  of  the  environment  of  Ontario  and,  in  partic- 
ular, 

(a)  to  facilitate  the  participation  of  the  people  of 
Ontario  in  decisions  affecting  the  environment  and 
their  ability  to  protect  their  common  interest  in  a 
healthy  and  sustainable  environment; 

(b)  to  recognize  the  right  of  the  people  of  Ontario  to  an 
environment  that  is  adequate  for  their  health  and 
well-being  and  sustainable  into  the  future;  and 

(c)  to  recognize  the  obligations  of  the  Province  of 
Ontario  to  conserve  and  maintain  the  resources  of 
the  Province  for  present  and  future  generations. 

3. — (1)  The  people  of  Ontario  have  a  right  to  a  healthy  Environ- 
and  sustainable  environment,  including  clean  air  and  water,  to  ""^"^^  ^ 
the  conservation  of  the  natural,  scenic,  historic  and  aesthetic 
values  of  the  environment,  and  to  the  protection  of  ecosys- 
tems and  biological  diversity. 

(2)  The  Province  of  Ontario,  as  trustee  of  Ontario's  public  Wem 
lands,  waters  and  natural  resources,  shall  conserve  and  main- 
tain them  for  the  benefit  of  present  and  future  generations. 

(3)  It  is  hereby  declared  that  it  is  in  the  public  interest  to  Declaration 
provide  every  person  with  an  adequate  remedy  to  protect  and 
conserve  the  environment  and  the  public  trust  therein  from 
contamination  and  degradation. 

4. — (1)  A  person  who  considers  that  the  environment  is  Request  for 
being  contaminated  or  degraded  may  in  writing,  specifying  the  '"^^^*'s^*'°" 
nature  of  the  contamination  or  degradation,  request  that  the 
Minister  investigate  the  alleged  contamination  or  degradation. 

(2)  Where  the  Minister  receives  a  written  request  under  written 
subsection  (1)  and  is  satisfied  that  the  request  is  made  in  good  '^^^"^^^ 
faith  and  is  not  frivolous,  the  Minister  shall  make,  or  cause  to 


Bill  12 


ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS 


1989 


Report 


be  made,  any  investigation  that  he  or  she  considers  necessary 
of  the  alleged  contamination  or  degradation,  its  source,  its 
effect  on  the  environment  and  of  any  advisable  remedial 
action. 

(3)  The  Minister  shall  provide  a  copy  of  the  report  of  the 
investigation  to  the  person  who  requested  the  investigation 
within  ninety  days  of  the  date  of  the  request. 

PART  II 


Right  of 
action 


Idem 


Court  may 
determine 
standard 


Judicial 
review 


Citizen  suit 


Idem 


CAUSE  OF  ACTION 

5. — (1)  If  an  activity  has  contaminated  or  degraded,  or  is 
likely  to  contaminate  or  degrade,  the  environment,  any  per- 
son may  commence  an  action  in  the  Court  against  any  person 
who  is  responsible  for  the  activity. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  without  any  requirement  that  th< 
person  commencing  the  action  allege  or  establish  that  then 
has  been,  is  or  will  be  an  infringement  of  an  approval,  permit 
licence,  standard,  regulation,  rule  or  order  established  by  o 
under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule. 

(3)  In  an  action  commenced  under  this  section,  if  the  activ 
ity  complained  of  is  not  governed  by  a  standard  estabUshe( 
under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule,  the  Court  may  hear  evi 
dence  as  to  the  standard,  if  any,  that  should  apply  to  the 
defendant,  having  regard  to  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  the 
Court  may  order  the  defendant  to  comply  with  such  standard 
as  it  may  determine. 

(4)  If  an  activity  has  contaminated  or  degraded,  or  is  likely 
to  contaminate  or  degrade,  the  environment,  any  person  may 
apply  for  judicial  review  of  the  exercise  or  non-exercise  of  any 
power  or  the  fulfilment  or  non-fulfilment  of  any  duty  confer- 
red or  imposed  by  any  Act  on  the  Minister  of  the  Environ- 
ment or  any  other  Minister  responsible  for  regulatory,  fiscal 
or  proprietary  control  of  the  activity. 

6. — (1)  Any  person  may  commence  an  action  in  the  Court 
against  any  person  who  appears  to  be  in  violation  of  any  Act 
listed  in  the  Schedule  or  of  any  approval,  permit,  licence, 
standard,  regulation,  rule  or  order  established  under  an  Act 
listed  in  the  Schedule. 

(2)  No  action  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be  commenced  if 
the  responsible  Ministry  is  diligently  pursuing  enforcement 
action  against  the  potential  defendant. 


1989 


ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS 


Bill  12 


(3)  Damages  payable  under  this  section  shall  be  paid  to  the  ^'•^'" 
Government  of  Ontario. 

7.  Any  person  may  apply  for  judicial  review  under  subsec-  standing 
tion  5  (4)  or  may  bring  an  action  to  enforce  the  public's 
responsibility  to  protect  the  environment,  including  an  action 

in  nuisance  or  an  action  under  section  5. 

8.  In  the  trial  of  an  action  commenced  under  this  Act,  the  security  for 
Court  shall  not  order  the  posting  of  security  for  costs  in  an 
amount  in  excess  of  $1,000. 


9. — (1)  If  the  activity  of  the  defendant  that  is  the  subject-  Onus 
matter  of  an  action  is  not  governed  by  a  standard  established 
under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  or  under  subsection  5  (3) 
and  if  the  plaintiff  has  established  that  the  activity  of  the 
defendant  has  contaminated  or  degraded,  or  is  likely  to  con- 
taminate or  degrade,  the  quality  of  the  environment,  the  onus 
shall  be  on  the  defendant  to  establish  that  there  is  no  feasible 
and  prudent  alternative  to  the  activity  and  that  such  activity  is 
in  the  best  interests  of  the  public  having  regard  to  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act. 

(2)  It  shall  be  a  defence  to  an  action  commenced  under  this  Defence 
Act  that  the  activity  of  the  defendant  is  authorized  by  a  stan- 
dard established  by  or  under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule 
unless  the  plaintiff  can  establish,  on  a  balance  of  probabilities, 
that  the  activity  has  caused,  or  is  likely  to  cause,  severe  or 
irreparable  contamination  or  degradation  to  the  environment. 


(3)  It  shall  not  be  a  defence  to  an  action  commenced  under 
this  Act  that, 

(a)  the  defendant  is  not  the  sole  cause  of  the  alleged  or 
potential  contamination  or  degradation;  or 

(b)  it  cannot  be  established  that  the  contaminant  which 
the  defendant  discharged  or  deposited  or  permitted 
to  be  discharged  or  deposited  was  the  cause,  in  fact, 
of  the  contamination  or  degradation  of  the  environ- 
ment or  the  public  trust  therein,  if  the  effect  on  the 
environment  is  of  a  nature  consistent  with  the  con- 
taminant or  source  of  degradation  being  a  cause. 

10.  In  an  action  commenced  under  this  Act,  if  it  has  been 
established  that  the  activity  of  the  defendant  has  contaminated 
or  degraded,  or  is  likely  to  contaminate  or  degrade,  the  envi- 
ronment, the  Court  may  grant  either  an  interim  or  permanent 
injunction,  order  the  defendant  to  remedy  any  damage  caused 
by  the  defendant's  activity,  award  damages,  impose  conditions 


Prohibited 
defences 


Injunction, 
etc. 


Bill  12 


ONTARIO  ENTVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS 


1989 


on  the  defendant  or  make  such  other  order  as  the  Court  may 
consider  is  necessary. 

Reference  u. — (1)  The  Court  may,  on  the  motion  of  any  party  or  on 

its  own  motion,  refer  any  question,  except  the  final  determi- 
nation of  the  issue,  to  the  Board  and  the  Court  may  also  grant 
an  interim  injunction  or  such  other  temporary  relief  as  the 
Court  considers  necessary  for  the  protection  of  the  environ- 
ment or  the  public  trust  therein  pending  final  determination  of 
the  issue. 


Order 


Expert 


Costs 


(2)  When  the  Board  has  completed  its  review  and  consider- 
ation of  the  question  referred  to  it  under  subsection  (1),  the 
Board  shall  make  recommendations  concerning  the  matter  in 
question  to  the  Court,  and  the  Court  shall  review  the  recom- 
mendations and  make  such  order  as  it  considers  appropriate 
under  section  10. 

12. — (1)  In  any  action  under  this  Act,  the  Court  may 
appoint  an  expert,  who  shall  be  a  disinterested  person  and 
qualified  as  an  expert  in  the  relevant  field,  to  give  technical 
and  scientific  testimony  under  oath. 

(2)  The  Court  may  order  that  the  costs  of  the  expert  be 
paid  in  such  manner  and  by  such  persons  as  the  Court  consid- 
ers appropriate, 

PART  III 

CLASS  ACTIONS 


Class  actions 


Idem 


13. — (1)  In  an  action  under  this  Act,  the  Court  may  by 
order  permit  one  or  more  persons  to  act  as  representatives  of 
a  class  of  persons  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Court, 

(a)  a  question  arises  in  the  proceeding  that  is  common 
to  each  member  of  the  class; 

(b)  the  material  facts  giving  rise  to  the  claim  for  relief 
of  the  representatives  are  similar  or  related  to  the 
material  facts  giving  rise  to  a  claim  for  relief  of  the 
members  of  the  class;  and 

(c)  the  representatives  are  acting  in  good  faith  and  in 
the  interests  of  the  class. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  (1)  (b),  material  facts  relat- 
ing to  different  transactions  or  events  or  contracts  shall  not  be 
taken  to  be  dissimilar  or  unrelated  for  that  reason  alone. 


1989 


ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS 


Bill  12 


(3)  The  Court  may  provide  in  the  judgment  of  a  class  Judgment 
action  for  subsequent  determination  of  the  amount  and  distri- 
bution of  damages  assessed  against  the  defendant. 

(4)  If  damages  payable  to  members  of  the  class  remain  Uncollected 
uncollected  for  more  than  120  days  after  payment  by  the  ^^'"^^^^ 
defendant  into  the  Court,  the  amount  of  the  uncollected  dam- 
ages shall  be  applied  in  such  manner  as  the  Court  may  order. 

PART  IV 

INSTRUMENTS  AND  REGULATIONS 

14.— (1)   In  this  Part,  Definitions 

"appropriate  board"  means  any  board,  tribunal  or  commis- 
sion established  by  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  empow- 
ered to  hold  hearings  with  respect  to  a  matter  relating  to 
such  Act,  and  where  no  such  board  exists,  the  Board; 

"instrument"  means  any  licence,  permit,  approval,  certificate 
of  approval,  program  approval,  control  order  or  other 
order  made  under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  that  would 
permit  a  person  to  contaminate  or  degrade  the  environ- 
ment; 

"proper  authority"  means  any  authority  under  an  Act  listed  in 
the  Schedule  empowered  to  issue  an  instrument. 

(2)  Despite  any  other  Act,  no  instrument  is  effective  unless  Effect  of 
the  requirements  of  this  section  have  been  met.  contravention 


(3)  If  a  new  instrument  or  a  revision  to  an  existing  instru- 
ment is  proposed,  the  proper  authority  shall  give  notice  of  the 
proposal  by  publishing  it  in  The  Ontario  Gazette,  and  in  two 
newspapers  having  general  circulation  throughout  the  Prov- 
ince of  Ontario. 


Notice  of 
proposed 
instrument 


(4)  Any  person  may,  within  thirty  days  of  the  giving  of  submissions 
notice  or  within  such  longer  time  as  may  be  stated  in  the 
notice. 


(a)  make  written  submissions  to  the  proper  authority 
with  respect  to  the  proposed  provisions  of  the 
instrument;  and 

(b)  by  written  notice  to  the  proper  authority,  request  a 
hearing  by  the  appropriate  board  with  respect  to  the 
proposed  provisions  of  the  instrument. 


8 

Idem 
Idem 


Bill  12 


ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS 


1989 


Idem 


When 
instrument 
may  be 
issued 


Idem 


Review  of 
instrument 


Notice  of 
hearing 


(5)  The  proper  authority  shall  review  any  written  submis- 
sions and  shall  respond  in  writing  to  the  issues  raised  therein 
within  a  reasonable  period  of  time. 

(6)  If  a  request  for  a  hearing  has  been  made,  the  proper 
authority  shall  refer  the  matter  to  the  appropriate  board 
unless,  in  its  opinion,  the  request  is  not  made  in  good  faith  or 
is  frivolous  or  is  made  only  for  the  purpose  of  delay. 

(7)  If  the  proper  authority  has  declined  to  refer  the  matter 
to  the  appropriate  board  under  subsection  (6),  it  shall  give 
notice  of  its  decision,  together  with  written  reasons  therefor. 

(8)  If  there  is  no  request  for  a  hearing  under  subsection  (4), 
the  proper  authority  may  issue  the  proposed  instrument  not 
less  than  ten  days  after  the  time  for  filing  such  notice  has 
elapsed. 

(9)  If  there  is  a  request  for  a  hearing  under  subsection  (4 
but  the  proper  authority  declines  to  refer  the  matter  to  th( 
relevant  board,  the  proper  authority  may  issue  the  proposes 
instrument  not  less  than  twenty  days  after  the  time  for  filin 
such  notice  has  elapsed. 

(10)  Any  person  may  apply  to  the  Board  for  a  review  of  a] 
existing  instrument  in  respect  of  the  adequacy  of  the  instru 
ment  to  protect  the  environment  and  the  public  trust  thereii 
from  contamination  or  degradation,  having  particular  regard 
to  technological  advances  that  can  be  applied  in  the  Province 
of  Ontario,  and  the  Board  shall  hear  the  application  where  a 
prima  facie  case  has  been  made  that  the  instrument  should  be 
amended  or  revoked. 

(11)  Where  the  appropriate  board  holds  a  hearing  under 
subsection  (6)  or  (10),  the  appropriate  board  shall, 

(a)  appoint  a  time  and  place  for  the  hearing  at  a  city  or 
town  convenient  to  persons  likely  to  be  affected  by 
the  contamination  or  degradation; 

(b)  cause  notice  to  be  given  of  the  hearing, 

(i)  to  the  proper  authority, 

(ii)  to  any  person  who  submitted  notice  to  the 
proper  authority  under  subsection  (4), 

(iii)  to  any  person  who  submitted  notice  to  the 
Board  under  subsection  (10),  and 


1989 


ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS 


Bill  12 


(iv)  to  any  person  that  the  appropriate  board  may 
direct;  and 

(c)  publish  notice  of  the  hearing  in  The  Ontario  Gazette 
and  in  two  newspapers  having  general  circulation 
throughout  the  Province  of  Ontario, 

(12)  Subject  to  this  Act,  any  hearing  initiated  under  this  Procedure 
section  shall  be  conducted  according  to  the  rules  and  proce- 
dures that  apply  to  the  appropriate  board. 

(13)  The  appropriate  board  may  make  such  order  as  to  Costs 
costs  as  it  considers  just. 


(14)  Upon  the  completion  of  the  hearing,  the  appropriate 
board  may  make  such  recommendation,  order  or  decision  in 
respect  of  the  matter  referred  to  it  under  this  section  as  the 
appropriate  board  is  empowered  to  make  under  its  enabling 
Act. 


Recommen- 
dation, etc. 


(15)  The  proper  authority  may,  in  an  emergency  situation.  Emergencies 
issue  an  instrument  under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  with- 
out complying  with  the  other  provisions  of  this  section,  but 
such  an  instrument  shall  cease  to  be  effective  sixty  days  from 
the  date  on  which  it  is  issued. 

15. — (1)  In  this  section,  "regulation-making  authority"  Notice  of 
means  any  authority  empowered  to  make  any  regulation  reg^tLn 
under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule. 

(2)  Where  a  regulation-making  authority  proposes  to  make  Publication 
a  regulation  that  may  affect  the  environment,  it  shall  cause 

the  proposed  regulation  to  be  published  in  The  Ontario 
Gazette  at  least  sixty  days  before  it  proposes  to  file  the  regu- 
lation with  the  Registrar  of  Regulations  and  shall  request 
briefs  or  submissions  in  relation  to  the  proposed  regulation. 

(3)  The  regulation-making  authority  shall  review  and  con-  Review  of 
sider  the  submissions  received  within  the  sixty-day  period  and  ^"  ™^^'°"^ 
shall  respond  in  writing  to  the  issues  raised  therein  within  a 
reasonable  period  of  time. 

(4)  A  regulation  filed  in  contravention  of  subsection  (2)  Effect  of 

A^  ^  •    ^       ec     ^  contravention 

does  not  come  mto  effect. 


16. — (1)  In  1989  and  every  fifth  year  thereafter,  the  Board  J^^^fjj^^^^ 
shall  review  all  regulations  that  relate  to  the  quality  of  the  "^^^uations 
environment  having  regard  to  their  adequacy  to  protect  the 
environment  and  the  public  trust  therein  from  contamination 


10 


Bill  12 


ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS 


1989 


and  degradation,  having  particular  regard  to  technological 
advances  that  can  be  applied  in  the  Province  of  Ontario. 

Public  notice  (2)  The  Board  shall  give  public  notice  of  the  review  and, 
during  the  review,  may  receive  public  submissions  and  evi- 
dence to  the  extent  and  in  the  manner  that  it  considers  appro- 
priate. 

Report  (3)  Upon  Completion  of  the  review,  the  Board  shall  make  a 

report  thereon  to  the  Minister,  including  any  recommended 
changes  to  the  regulations,  and  the  Minister,  after  receiving 
the  report,  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the  Assembly  if  it 
is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  commencement  of  the  next 
session. 


No  discipline, 
dismissal, 
etc.,  by 
employer 


PARTY 

EMPLOYEE  RIGHTS 

17. — (1)  No  employer  shall, 

(a)  dismiss  or  threaten  to  dismiss  an  employee; 

(b)  discipUne  or  suspend  an  employee; 

(c)  impose  any  penalty  upon  an  employee;  or 

(d)  intimidate  or  coerce  an  employee, 

because  the  employee  has  reported  or  proposes  to  report  to 
any  person  an  act  that  contaminates  or  degrades  the  environ- 
ment. 


Complaint  (2)  A  pcrson  Complaining  of  a  contravention  of  subsection 

(1)  may  file  the  complaint  in  writing  with  the  Ontario  Labour 
Relations  Board, 

Application         (3)  Subsectious   134b   (4)   to   (15)   of  the   Environmental 
R.s.o.  1980,   Protection  Act  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  a  com- 

c.  141 


plaint  under  subsection  (2). 


PART  VI 


Other 

remedies 

preserved 

Conflict 


MISCELLANEOUS 

18.  Nothing  in  this  Act  affects  any  other  remedies  avail- 
able at  law. 

19.  If  there  is  a  conflict  between  any  provision  of  this  Act 
and  any  other  Act,  the  provision  of  this  Act  prevails. 


1989  ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  Bill  12  H 

20.  This  Act  binds  the  Crown.  Crown 

21.  Subsection  134b  (2)  of  the  Environmental  Protection 
Act,  being  chapter  141  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1983,  chapter  52, 
section  22,  is  amended  by  striking  out  *'or"  at  the  end  of 
clause  (h)  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

(j)     the  Conservation  Authorities  Act;  R  s.o.  i980, 

^"•^  '  c.  85 

(k)    the  Consolidated  Hearings  Act,  1981;  i98i,  c.  20 

(1)     the  Drainage  Act;  R.s.o.  i980, 

c.  126 

(m)  the  Lakes  and  Rivers  Improvement  Act;  R so.  1980, 

c.  229 

(n)    the  Mining  Act;  R.s.o.  i980, 

c.  268 

(o)    the  Niagara  Escarpment  Planning  and  Development  R so.  i980, 
Act;  ''■  316 

(p)    the  Ontario  Waste  Management  Corporation  Act,   i98i,  c.  21 
1981; 

(q)    the  Pits  and  Quarries  Control  Act;  or  R.s.o.  i980, 

c.  378 

(r)    the  Planning  Act,  1983,  i983,  c.  1 


22.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
Assent.  ""^"^ 

23,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Environ-  short  title 
mental  Rights  Act,  1989. 

SCHEDULE 

Conservation  Authorities  Act 

Consolidated  Hearings  Act,  1981 

Drainage  Act 

Environmental  Assessment  Act 

Environmental  Protection  Act 

Lakes  and  Rivers  Improvement  Act 

Mining  Act 

Niagara  Escarpment  Planning  and  Development  Act 


12  Bill  12  ONTARIO  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  1989 

Ontario  Waste  Management  Corporation  Act,  1981 

Ontario  Water  Resources  Act 

Pesticides  Act 

Pits  and  Quarries  Control  Act 

Planning  Act,  1983 


BiU  13  Private  Member's  BOl 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  13 


An  Act  respecting  Environmental  Rights  in  Ontario 


Mrs.  Grier 


1st  Reading       November  9th,  1987 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

Continued  from  the  1st  Session  by  an  Order  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  March  2nd,  1989. 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  environmental  rights  in  Ontario.  The  Bill 
permits  an  action  to  be  brought  in  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  by  any  person  for  the 
protection  of  the  environment.  The  Bill  also  provides  for  public  notice  and  review  of  cer- 
tain approvals,  permits  or  other  environment- related  orders  before  the  approvals,  permits 
or  orders  come  into  force.  Other  provisions  of  the  Bill  provide  for  public  access  to 
information  relating  to  environmental  decisions  and  for  regular  review  by  the  Environ- 
mental Assessment  Board  of  all  regulations  affecting  the  environment.  The  Bill  also  per- 
mits the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  establish  a  fund  to  assist  persons  and  public 
interest  groups  for  the  purpose  of  ensuring  that  points  of  view  representative  of  signifi- 
cant bodies  of  opinion  are  adequately  represented  in  environmental  proceedings. 


BiU  13  1989 

An  Act  respecting  Environmental  Rights  in  Ontario 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

PARTI 

INTERPRETATION  AND  PURPOSE 
1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"Board"  means  the  Environmental  Assessment  Board  estab- 
lished under  the  Environmental  Assessment  Act;  R.s.o.  1980, 

'  c.  140 

"contaminant"  means  any  solid,  liquid,  gas,  odour,  heat, 
sound,  vibration,  radiation  or  combination  of  any  of  them 
resulting  directly  or  indirectly  from  the  activities  of  people 
which  may, 

(a)  impair  the  quality  of  the  environment  or  the  public 
trust  therein  for  any  use  that  can  be  made  of  it, 

(b)  cause  injury  or  damage  to  property  or  to  plant  or 
animal  life, 

(c)  cause  harm  or  material  discomfort  to  any  person, 

(d)  adversely  affect  the  health  or  impair  the  safety  of 
any  person,  or 

(e)  render  any  property  or  plant  or  animal  life  unfit  for 
use  by  people, 

and  "contamination"  has  a  corresponding  meaning; 

"Court"  means  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario; 

"degradation"  refers  to  any  destruction  or  significant  decrease 
in  the  quality  of  the  environment  or  the  public  trust  therein 


Bill  13 


ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO 


1989 


Environ- 
mental 
rights 


Idem 


Declaration 


Other  than  a  change  resulting  from  contamination  and 
"degrade"  has  a  corresponding  meaning; 

"environment"  means, 

(a)  air,  land  or  water, 

(b)  plant  and  animal  life,  including  people, 

(c)  the  social,  economic  and  cultural  conditions  that 
influence  the  life  of  people  or  a  community, 

(d)  any  building,  structure,  machine  or  other  device  or 
thing  made  by  people, 

(e)  any  solid,  liquid,  gas,  odour,  heat,  sound,  vibration 
or  radiation  resulting  directly  or  indirectly  from  the 
activities  of  people,  or 

(f)  any  part  or  combination  of  the  foregoing  and  the 
inter-relationships  between  any  two  or  more  of 
them, 

inor  of  Ontario; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  the  Environment; 

"public  trust"  means  the  collective  interest  of  residents  of  the 
Province  of  Ontario  in  the  quality  of  the  environment  and 
the  protection  thereof  and  the  heritage  therein  for  future 
generations; 

"regulation"  means  a  regulation  made  under  an  Act  listed  in 
the  Schedule  to  this  Act. 

2. — (1)  The  people  of  Ontario  have  a  right  to  clean  air, 
pure  water  and  the  preservation  of  the  natural,  scenic,  historic 
and  aesthetic  values  of  the  environment. 

(2)  Ontario's  public  lands,  waters  and  natural  resources  are 
the  common  property  of  all  the  people,  including  generations 
yet  to  come,  and,  as  trustee  of  those  lands,  waters  and 
resources,  the  Government  of  Ontario  shall  conserve  and 
maintain  them  for  the  benefit  of  present  and  future  genera- 
tions. 

(3)  It  is  hereby  declared  that  it  is  in  the  public  interest  to 
provide  every  person  with  an  adequate  remedy  to  protect  and 
conserve  the  environment  and  the  public  trust  therein  from 
contamination  and  degradation. 


1989 


ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO 


Bill  13 


3. — (1)  A  person  who  considers  that  the  environment  is  Request  for 
being  contaminated  or  degraded  may  in  writing,  specifying  the  '"^^^^'^ation 
nature  of  the  contamination  or  degradation,  request  that  the 
Minister  investigate  the  alleged  contamination  or  degradation. 


(2)  Where  the  Minister  receives  a  written  request  under 
subsection  (1)  and  is  satisfied  that  the  request  is  made  in  good 
faith  and  is  not  frivolous,  the  Minister  shall  make,  or  cause  to 
be  made,  any  investigation  that  he  or  she  considers  necessary 
of  the  alleged  contamination  or  degradation,  its  source,  its 
effect  on  the  environment  and  of  any  advisable  remedial 
action. 


Written 
request 


(3)  Upon  an  investigation  referred  to  in  subsection  (2)  Report 
being  completed,  the  Minister  shall  provide  a  copy  of  the 
resulting  report  to  the  person  who  requested  the  investigation. 

PART  II 

CAUSE  OF  ACTION 

4. — (1)  Where  an  activity  has  contaminated  or  degraded  R'?''*  °^ 
or  an  activity  is  likely  to  commence,  is  commencing  or  is  con- 
tinuing that  threatens  to  contaminate  or  degrade  the  environ- 
ment, any  person  may  commence  an  action  in  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Ontario,  without  having  to  show  any  greater  or  dif- 
ferent right,  harm  or  interest  than  that  of  other  members  of 
the  public  or  any  pecuniary  or  proprietary  right  or  interest  in 
the  subject-matter  of  the  proceedings,  against, 

(a)  any  person  who  is  responsible  for  the  activity;  and 

(b)  any  Minister  responsible  for  regulatory,  fiscal  or 
proprietary  control  of  the  activity. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  without  any  requirement  that  the  ^'^^"^ 
person  commencing  the  action  allege  or  establish  that  there 
had  been  an  infringement  of  an  approval,  permit,  licence, 
standard,  regulation,  rule  or  order  established  by  or  under  an 
Act  listed  in  the  Schedule. 


(3)  In  an  action  commenced  under  this  section,  if  the  activ-  Jo""^  ^^y 
ity  complained  of  is  not  governed  by  any  legally  established  standard^ 
standard,  the  Court  may  hear  evidence  as  to  the  standard,  if 
any,  that  should  apply  to  the  defendant,  having  regard  to, 

(a)  the  right  of  the  people  of  Ontario  to  the  protection 
of  the  environment  and  the  public  trust  therein 
against  contamination  or  degradation; 


Bill  13 


ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO 


1989 


(b)  the  fulfillment  of  the  widest  range  of  beneficial  uses 
of  the  environment  without  contamination  or  degra- 
dation; and 

(c)  the  achievement  of  a  balance  between  population 
and  resource  use  that  will  permit  high  standards  of 
living  and  a  wide  sharing  of  life's  amenities, 

and  the  Court  may  order  the  defendant  to  comply  with  such 
standard  as  it  may  determine. 

Security  5, — (1)  At  any  time  prior  to  a  trial  of  the  issue  in  any 

o7 damages  action  commcnccd  under  this  Act,  any  defendant  or  third 
party  may  apply  to  the  Court  for  an  order  requiring  the  per- 
son bringing  the  action  to  post  security  for  costs  or  damages. 


Notice 


Limitation 
on  order 


Onus 


(2)  An  application  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be  on  notice^ 
to  all  parties  and  the  Court  may  hear  argument  concerning  the 
application  from  any  party  as  to, 

(a)  the  seriousness  of  the  offence  or  harm  alleged; 

(b)  the  consequences  to  the  defendant  of  the  ordej 
sought;  or 

(c)  any  other  matter  that  the  Court  considers  relevai 
to  the  posting  of  security  for  costs  or  damages. 

(3)  Upon  the  completion  of  the  hearing  referred  to  in  sub- 
section (2),  if  the  Court  is  satisfied  that  the  person  bringing 
the  action, 

(a)  has  a  prima  facie  case  to  bring  before  the  Court; 
and 

(b)  is  bringing  the  action  for  the  protection  of  the  envi- 
ronment or  the  public  trust  therein, 

the  Court  shall  not  order  the  posting  of  security  for  costs  or 
damages  in  an  amount  in  excess  of  $500. 

6. — (1)  Where  the  activity  of  the  defendant  that  is  the 
subject-matter  of  an  action  is  not  governed  by  a  standard 
established  by  or  under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  or  pur- 
suant to  subsection  3  (3)  and  where  the  plaintiff  has  estab- 
lished that  the  activity  of  the  defendant  has  contaminated  or 
degraded  or  is  likely  to  contaminate  or  degrade  the  quality  of 
the  environment,  the  onus  shall  be  on  the  defendant  to  estab- 
lish in  defence  that  there  is  no  feasible  and  prudent  alternative 
to  the  defendant's  activity  and  that  such  activity  is  in  the  best 


1989 


ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO 


Bill  13 


interests  of  the  public  having  regard  to  the  matters  set  out  in 
subsection  4  (3). 

(2)  It  shall  be  a  defence  to  an  action  commenced  under  this  Defence 
Act  that  the  activity  of  the  defendant  that  is  the  subject- 
matter  of  this  action  is  authorized  by  a  standard  established  by 

or  under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  unless  the  plaintiff  can 
establish,  on  a  balance  of  probabilities,  that  the  activity  has 
caused  or  is  likely  to  cause  severe  or  irreparable  contamina- 
tion or  degradation  to  the  environment. 

(3)  It  shall  not  be  a  defence  to  an  action  commenced  under  Prohibited 

*u-     A    *  *u   *  defences 

this  Act  that, 

(a)    the  defendant  is  not  the  sole  cause  of  the  alleged  or 
potential  contamination  or  degradation;  or 


Injunction, 
etc. 


(b)  it  cannot  be  established  that  the  contaminant  which 
the  defendant  discharged  or  deposited  or  permitted 
to  be  discharged  or  deposited  was  the  cause,  in  fact, 
of  the  contamination  or  degradation  of  the  environ- 
ment or  the  public  trust  therein,  where  the  effect  on 
the  environment  is  of  a  nature  consistent  with  the 
contaminant  or  source  of  degradation  being  the 
total  or  partial,  immediate  or  mediate  cause. 

7.  In  an  action  commenced  under  this  Act,  where  it  has 
been  established  that  the  activity  of  the  defendant  has  contam- 
inated or  degraded  or  is  likely  to  contaminate  or  degrade  the 
environment,  the  Court  may  grant  either  an  interim  or  per- 
manent injunction,  order  the  defendant  to  remedy  any  dam- 
age caused  by  his  activity,  award  damages,  impose  conditions 
on  the  defendant  or  make  such  other  order  as  the  Court  may 
consider  is  necessary. 

8. — (1)  The  Court  may, 

(a)    on  the  motion  of  any  party;  or 


(b)    on  its  own  motion, 

refer  any  question  or  questions,  except  the  final  determination 
of  the  issue  in  question,  to  the  Board  as  the  Court  may  con- 
sider appropriate  and  the  proceedings  before  the  Board  shall 
be  conducted  in  accordance  with  and  subject  to  the  provisions 
of  the  Statutory  Powers  Procedure  Act  and  when  so  referring,  RS.o.  i980, 
the  Court  may  also  grant  an  interim  injunction  or  such  other 
temporary  relief  as  the  Court  considers  necessary  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  environment  or  the  public  trust  therein  pending 


Reference 


6  Bill  13  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO  1989 

final  determination  of  the  issue  and,  in  so  referring,  the  Court 
shall  retain  jurisdiction  of  the  action. 

Order  (2)  When  the  Board  has  completed  its  review  and  consider- 

ation of  the  question  referred  to  it  under  subsection  (1),  the 
Board  shall  make  recommendations  concerning  the  matter  in 
question  to  the  Court,  and  the  Court  shall  review  the  recom- 
mendations and  make  such  order  as  it  considers  appropriate 
under  section  7. 

Inspector  9. — (1)  In  any   action  under  this  Act,   the   Court  may 

appoint  an  inspector,  who  shall  be  a  disinterested  person  and 
qualified  as  an  expert  in  the  relevant  field,  to  take  technical 
and  scientific  testimony  under  oath  and  make  a  record  thereof 
and  the  inspector  shall  report  his  or  her  findings  and  opinion 
thereon  to  the  Court  without  prejudice  to  the  right  of  any 
party  to  examine  the  inspector  or  any  person  who  has  given 
testimony  to  the  inspector. 

Costs  (2)  The  Court  may  order  that  the  costs  of  the  inspector  be 

paid  in  such  manner  and  by  such  persons  as  the  Court  consid- 
ers appropriate. 

PART  III 

PARTIES,  INTERVENORS  AMICUS  CURIAE,  CLASS  ACTIONS 

Parties,  JQ.  Whenever  a  proceeding  before  any  board,  tribunal, 

^^*^"  commission  or  court,  or  any  appeal  or  review  thereof,  is 

authorized  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  an  Act  listed  in 
the  Schedule,  the  board,  tribunal,  commission  or  court  may 
permit  any  person  to  join  as  a  party,  intervenor  or  amicus 
curiae  to  the  proceeding,  appeal  or  review  as  the  board,  tribu- 
nal, commission  or  court  may  consider  appropriate  having 
regard  to  the  purpose  of  this  Act. 


actions 


Class  11, — (1)  In  an  action  under  this  Act,  the  Court  may  by 

order  permit  one  or  more  persons  to  act  as  representatives  ot 
a  class  of  persons  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Court, 

(a)  the  claims  of  the  representative  party  are  typical  of 
the  claims  of  the  class; 

(b)  the  questions  of  law  or  fact  common  to  the  mem- 
bers of  the  class  predominate  over  any  questions 
affecting  only  individual  members; 

(c)  a  class  action  is  superior  to  other  available  methods 
for  the  fair  and  efficient  adjudication  of  the  contro- 
versy; and 


1989  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO  Bill  13  7 

(d)  the  representative  party  is  acting  in  good  faith  and  it 
is  prima  facie  in  the  interests  of  the  class  that  the 
action  be  maintained  as  a  class  action. 

(2)  The  Court  may  provide  in  the  judgment  of  a  class  Judgment 
action  for  subsequent  determination  of  the  amount  and  distri- 
bution of  damages  assessed  against  the  defendant. 

PART  IV 

INSTRUMENTS  AND  REGULATIONS 
12. — (1)   In  this  section,  Definitions 

"appropriate  board"  means  any  board,  tribunal  or  commis- 
sion established  by  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  empow- 
ered to  hold  hearings  with  respect  to  a  matter  relating  to 
such  Act,  and  where  no  such  board  exists,  the  Board; 

"instrument"  means  any  licence,  permit,  approval,  certificate 
of  approval,  program  approval,  control  order  or  other 
order  made  under  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  that  would 
permit  a  person  to  contaminate  or  degrade  the  environ- 
ment in  contravention  of  any  such  Act  or  the  regulations 
made  thereunder; 

"proper  authority"  means  any  authority  designated  by  an  Act 
listed  in  the  Schedule  empowered  to  issue  any  instrument 
pursuant  to  any  such  Act. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  any  other  Act,  no  instrument  shall  Notice  of 
have  force  and  effect  unless  the  proper  authority  has  given  SSmment 
notice  of  the  proposed  provisions  of  the  instrument  by  publi- 
cation in  The  Ontario  Gazette  and  in  two  newspapers  circulat- 
ing throughout  the  Province  of  Ontario  and  that  is  in  accord- 
ance with  the  other  provisions  of  this  section. 

(3)  Any  person  may,  within  thirty  days  of  the  giving  of  Submissions 
notice  or  within  such  longer  time  as  may  be  stated  in  the 

notice, 

(a)  make  written  submissions  to  the  proper  authority 
with  respect  to  the  proposed  provisions  of  the 
instrument;  and 

(b)  by  written  notice  to  the  proper  authority  request  a 
hearing  by  the  appropriate  board  with  respect  to  the 
proposed  provisions  of  the  instrument. 


8 

Idem 


Bill  13 


ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO 


1989 


Idem 


Where 
instrument 
may  be 
issued 


(4)  Where  the  proper  authority  has  received  notice  of  a 
request  for  a  hearing,  it  shall  refer  the  matter  to  the  appro- 
priate board  unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  authority,  the 
request  is  not  made  in  good  faith  or  is  frivolous  or  is  made 
only  for  the  purpose  of  delay. 

(5)  Where  the  proper  authority  has  declined  to  refer  the 
matter  to  the  appropriate  board  under  subsection  (4),  the 
proper  authority  shall  give  notice  for  a  hearing  under  subsec- 
tion (3),  together  with  written  reasons  therefor. 

(6)  Where  there  is  no  notice  of  a  request  for  a  hearing 
under  subsection  (3),  or  where  the  proper  authority  has 
declined  to  refer  the  matter  to  the  appropriate  board  under 
subsection  (4),  the  proper  authority  may  issue  the  proposed 
instrument, 


Review  of 
instrument 


(a)  where  there  is  no  notice  of  a  request  for  a  hearing, 
not  less  than  ten  days  after  the  time  for  fiUng  such 
notice  has  elapsed; 

(b)  where  the  proper  authority  has  declined  to  refer  the 
matter  to  the  relevant  board,  not  less  than  twenty 
days  after  the  time  for  filing  such  notice  has 
elapsed. 

(7)  Any  person  may  make  an  application  to  the  Board 
requesting  the  Board  to  review  an  existing  instrument  having 
regard  to  the  adequacy  of  the  instrument  to  protect  the  envi- 
ronment and  the  public  trust  therein  from  contamination  or 
degradation,  especially  in  the  light  of  technological  advances 
that  can  be  applied  in  the  Province  of  Ontario  and  the  Board 
shall  hear  the  application  where  a  prima  facie  case  has  been 
made  that  the  instrument  should  be  amended  or  revoked. 


Preliminary 
hearing 


Notice 


Notice  of 
hearing 


(8)  The  Board  shall  hold  a  preliminary  hearing  to  deter- 
mine whether  a  prima  facie  case  has  been  made  in  an  appli- 
cation under  subsection  (7)  unless  the  Board  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  application  is  not  made  in  good  faith  or  is  frivolous. 

(9)  Where  the  Board  decides  not  to  hold  a  preliminary 
hearing  under  subsection  (8),  or  where  the  Board  decides  that 
a  prima  facie  case  has  not  been  made  under  subsection  (7), 
the  Board  shall  give  notice  of  its  decision  to  the  person  mak- 
ing the  application,  together  with  written  reasons  therefor. 

(10)  Where  the  appropriate  board  holds  a  hearing  under 
subsection  (4)  or  (7),  the  appropriate  board  shall, 


1989  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO  Bill  13  9 

(a)  appoint  a  time  and  place  for  the  hearing  at  a  city  or 
town  convenient  to  persons  likely  to  be  affected  by 
the  contamination  or  degradation; 

(b)  cause  notice  to  be  given  of  the  hearing, 

(i)  to  the  proper  authority, 

(ii)  to  any  person  who  submitted  notice  to  the 
proper  authority  under  subsection  (3), 

(iii)  to  any  person  who  submitted  notice  to  the 
Board  under  subsection  (7), 

(iv)  to  any  person  as  the  appropriate  board  may 
direct,  and 

(v)  to  the  public,  by  publication  in  The  Ontario 
Gazette  and  in  two  newspapers  circulating 
throughout  the  Province  of  Ontario. 

(11)  Any  hearing  initiated  under  the  provisions  of  this  sec-  Procedure 
tion  shall  be  conducted  according  to  the  rules  and  procedures 

that  apply  to  the  appropriate  board,  including  the  rules  and 
procedures  established  by  this  Act. 

(12)  Upon  the  completion  of  the  hearing,  the  appropriate  Recom- 
board  may  make  such  recommendations,  order  or  decision  in  etc. 
respect  of  the  matter  referred  to  it  under  this  section  as  the 
board  is  empowered  to  make  pursuant  to  its  enabUng  Act. 

(13)  The  proper  authority  may,  in  an  emergency  situation,  Emergencies 
issue  an  instrument  that  it  is  empowered  to  issue  pursuant  to 

an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule  without  complying  with  the 
other  provisions  of  this  section  but,  where  the  authority  issues 
an  instrument  in  an  emergency  situation,  the  authority  shall 
take  steps  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this  section  within 
sixty  days  of  the  date  on  which  the  instrument  was  issued. 

13.— (1)  In  1987  and  every  fifth  year  thereafter,  the  Board  J^^^fjjjjf^ 
shall  review  all  regulations  that  relate  to  the  quality  of  the  '^^s"^^'""^ 
environment  having  regard  to  their  adequacy  to  protect  the 
environment  and  the  public  trust  therein  from  contamination 
and   degradation,   especially   in   the   light   of  technological 
advances  that  can  be  applied  in  the  Province  of  Ontario. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  give  public  notice  of  the  review  and,  ^^^}^^ 
during  the  review,  may  receive  public  submissions  and  evi- 
dence to  the  extent  and  in  the  manner  that  it  considers  appro- 
priate. 


10 


BUI  13 


ENTVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO 


1989 


Report 


Notice  of 
proposed 
regulation 


(3)  Upon  completion  of  the  review,  the  Board  shall  make  a 
report  thereon  to  the  designated  Minister,  including  in  the 
report  any  recommended  changes  to  the  regulations,  and  the 
designated  Minister,  after  receiving  the  report  shall  then  lay 
the  report  before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at 
the  commencement  of  the  next  ensuing  session. 

14. — (1)  In  this  section,  "regulation-making  authority" 
means  any  authority  designated  by  an  Act  listed  in  the 
Schedule  empowered  to  make  any  regulation  under  any  such 
Act. 


Publication 


Effect  of 
contravention 


(2)  Where  a  regulation-making  authority  proposes  to  make 
a  regulation,  it  shall  cause  the  proposed  regulation  to  be  pub- 
lished in  The  Ontario  Gazette  at  least  sixty  days  before  it  pro- 
poses to  file  the  regulation  with  the  Registrar  of  Regulations 
and  request  briefs  or  submissions  in  relation  to  the  proposed 
regulation. 

(3)  A  regulation  filed  in  contravention  of  subsection  (2) 
does  not  come  into  effect. 


PARTY 


ACCESS  TO  INFORMATION 


Definition 


Right  to 
information 


Right  to 
examine 


Idem 


15. — (1)  In  this  section,  "designated  Minister"  means  any 
minister  designated  by  an  Act  Usted  in  the  Schedule  to  admin- 
ister and  enforce  the  provisions  of  any  such  Act. 

(2)  Every  person  has  the  right  to  obtain  from  any  desig- 
nated Minister  any  available  information  concerning  the  quan- 
tity, quality  or  concentration  of  contaminants  emitted,  issued, 
discharged  or  deposited  by  any  source  of  contamination  or 
degradation. 

(3)  The  designated  Minister  shall  permit  any  person  who 
applies  therefor  to  examine  any  licence,  permit,  approval,  cer- 
tificate of  approval,  provisional  certificate  of  approval,  control 
order  or  other  order,  notice  of  intention  to  issue  a  control 
order,  program  approval,  provisional  certificate  of  approval, 
notice  of  violation  of  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule,  and  any 
information  in  support  of  any  such  document,  and,  on  pay- 
ment of  a  fee  not  to  exceed  ten  cents  per  page,  the  person 
shall  be  provided  with  a  copy  thereof. 

(4)  The  designated  Minister  shall  permit  any  person  who 
applies  therefor  to  examine  any  report  on  any  test,  observa- 
tion, inspection  or  analysis  carried  out  by  or  under  the  Minis- 
ter's authority  relating  to  any  operation  subject  to  an  Act 


1989  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO  Bill  13  11 

listed  in  the  Schedule  under  the  Minister's  jurisdiction,  and, 
on  payment  of  a  fee  not  to  exceed  ten  cents  per  page,  the  per- 
son shall  be  provided  with  a  copy  thereof. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  subsections  (3)  and  (4),  the  designated  where 
Minister  may  refuse  an  application  made  under  subsections  nla^  b"'^^ 
(3)  and  (4)  where,  in  his  or  her  opinion,  the  information  reduced 
sought  to  be  disclosed  contains, 

(a)  information  the  disclosure  of  which  would  be  injuri- 
ous to  law  enforcement  or  the  conduct  of  lawful 
investigations,  including  investigative  techniques  or 
plans  for  specific  lawful  investigations; 

(b)  information  containing  personal  information 
respecting  an  identifiable  individual  including,  with- 
out restricting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(i)  vital  statistics, 

(ii)  background  personal  information, 

(iii)  medical,  criminal,  educational  or  employment 
records  or  history, 

(iv)  the  personal  opinions  or  views  of  the  individ- 
ual, unless  those  opinions  or  views  are  given 
in  the  course  of  employment  in  the  public  ser- 
vice of  the  Government  of  Ontario; 

(c)  information  of  a  financial,  commercial,  scientific  or 
technical  sort, 

(i)  the  disclosure  of  which  could  reasonably  be 
expected  to  prejudice  significantly  the  compe- 
titive position,  or  interfere  significantly  with 
contractual  or  other  negotiations,  of  a  person, 
group  of  persons,  organization  or  government 
institution,  or 

(ii)  the  disclosure  of  which  could  reasonably  be 
expected  to  result  in  undue  financial  loss  or 
gain  by  a  person,  group  of  persons,  organiza- 
tion or  government  institution, 

and  which,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing,  includes  confidential  technology,  trade 
secrets,  marketing  information,  customer  lists, 
advertising  budgets  and  funding  sources;  or 


12 


Bill  13 


ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO 


1989 


Notice 


Hearing 


(d)  records  of  proposals  and  recommendations  to  and 
deliberations  and  proceedings  of  the  Executive 
Council  or  any  committee  thereof. 

(6)  Where  the  designated  Minister,  under  subsection  (5), 
refuses  an  application  for  disclosure  of  information,  he  or  she 
shall,  within  twenty  days,  so  inform  the  applicant,  together 
with  written  reasons  thereof,  and  the  Minister  shall  inform  the 
applicant  of  the  applicant's  right  of  appeal  to  the  Board. 

(7)  Any  applicant  may,  within  fifteen  days  of  receipt  of  a 
notice  under  subsection  (6),  by  written  notice  served  upon  the 
designated  Minister  and  the  Board,  require  a  hearing  before 
the  Board. 


Idem 


(8)  In  a  hearing  under  subsection  (7),  the  Board  shall  take 
every  precaution,  including,  when  appropriate,  receiving  rep- 
resentations without  notice  and  conducting  hearings  in  pri- 
vate, to  avoid  disclosure  by  the  Board  or  any  other  person  of 
any  information  the  disclosure  of  which  may  be  refused  under 
this  section. 


Onus 


Order 


Appeal 


(9)  In  a  hearing  under  subsection  (7),  the  onus  of  establish- 
ing that  access  to  the  information  may  be  refused  shall  be  on 
the  designated  Minister  concerned. 

(10)  At  the  conclusion  of  the  hearing,  the  Board  may  make 
such  order  as  it  considers  appropriate,  having  regard  to  the* 
provisions  of  this  section,  and  without  restricting  the  general- 
ity of  the  foregoing,  may, 

(a)  order  the  disclosure  of  all  or  part  of  the  information 
sought  to  be  disclosed;  or 

(b)  where  the  Board  has  determined  that  the  informa- 
tion should  not  be  disclosed,  order  that  a  non- 
confidential summary  of  all  or  any  part  of  the 
information  be  prepared. 

(11)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  of  Ontario  from 
a  decision  of  the  Board  on  a  point  of  law  or  jurisdiction. 


PART  VI 


PUBLIC  INTEREST  FUNDING 


Definition  15, — (1)  jn  this  sectiou,  "Fund"  means  the  Environmental 

Hearing  Assistance  Fund. 


1989 


ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO 


BUI  13 


13 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  establish  a  F""^ 
fund  to  be  known  as  the  Environmental  Hearing  Assistance 
Fund. 


(3)  Where  a  Fund  has  been  established  under  subsection  ^^^"^ 
(2),  the  moneys  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  Fund  shall  be 
paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  in  the  fiscal  year 
during  which  it  is  established  and  thereafter  shall  be  paid  out 

of  the  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legislature. 

(4)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  whenever  a  proceeding  Financial 
before  any  board,  tribunal,  commission  or  court,  or  any  ^^^'^^'^ 
appeal  or  review  thereof,  is  authorized  under  the  provisions  of 

this  Act  or  an  Act  listed  in  the  Schedule,  any  party  or  interve- 
ner who  engages  in  proceedings  for  the  purpose  of  protecting 
and  conserving  the  environment  may,  at  any  time,  make  an 
application  for  financial  assistance  to  the  Board. 

(5)  A  person  may  apply  under  subsection  (4)  only  where  ^'^^^ 
that  person, 

(a)  represents  an  interest  representative  of  significant 
bodies  of  opinions  that  would  otherwise  not  be  rep- 
resented at  the  proceedings;  and 


(b)    does   not    have    sufficient    financial   resources 
enable  him  to  adequately  represent  that  interest. 


to 


(6)  Where  a  Fund  is  available  and  the  Board  is  satisfied  ^^em 
financial  assistance  is  appropriate,  the  Board  may  order  that  a 
sum  be  paid  to  the  applicant  therefor  from  the  Fund  in  such 
manner,  at  such  times  and  in  such  amount  as  the  Board  con- 
siders appropriate. 

(7)  No  person  is  precluded  from  applying  under  subsection  ^^^^ 
(4)  by  reason  only  that  he  has  previously  received  financial 
assistance  under  subsection  (6). 

(8)  Where  it  appears  to  the  Board  that  several  parties  or  Consolidating 
intervenors  having  identical  or  substantially  similar  interests  ^pp''^*'""^ 
have  applied  for  financial  assistance  from  the  Board,  the 

Board  may  consohdate  the  applications  and  make  such  order 
concerning  payment  as  it  considers  appropriate. 


Matters 
to  be 


(9)  In  considering  the  sum  to  be  awarded  to  any  applicant, 
the  Board  shall  have  regard  to  all  the  attendant  costs  associ-  considered 
ated  with  participating  in  the  proceedings,  including, 

(a)    legal  fees; 


14  Bill  13  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO  1989 

(b)  disbursements; 

(c)  conduct  money; 

(d)  witness  fees; 

(e)  fees  for  relevant  reports  and  studies;  and 

(f)  any  other  cost  that  is  relevant  and  appropriate  to 
participation  in  the  proceedings. 

PART  VII 

EMPLOYEE  RIGHTS 

No  discipline,       jy. — (1)  No  employer  shall, 

dismissal, 
etc., 

by  employer  (a)  dismiss  or  threaten  to  dismiss  an  employee; 

(b)  discipline  or  suspend  an  employee;  «  --"4 

(c)  impose  any  penalty  upon  an  employee;  or 

(d)  intimidate  or  coerce  an  employee,  i 

because  the  employee  has  reported  or  proposes  to  report  to 
the  appropriate  authority  an  act  that  contaminates  or  degrades 
the  environment.  ^ 

Penalty  (2)  Where  an  employer  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 

Sfence  subscctiou  (1),  the  provincial  judge  making  the  conviction 

shall,  in  addition  to  the  penalty,  order  what  action  the 
employer  shall  take  or  what  the  employer  shall  refrain  from 
doing  and  such  order  may  include  the  reinstatement  in 
employment  of  the  employee  with  compensation  for  loss  of 
wages  and  other  benefits  to  be  assessed  against  the  employer. 

Offence  (3)  Evcry  person  who  contravenes  subsection  (1)  is  guilty 

of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $10,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both. 


PART  VIII 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Common  law       jg.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  be  construed  so  as  to 
pSnid       repeal,  remove  or  reduce  any  existing  remedy  available  at  law 
to  any  person. 


i 


1989  ENVIRONMENTAL  RIGHTS  IN  ONTARIO  BUI  13  15 

19.  Where  a  conflict  appears  between  any  other  Act,  Conflict 
including  the  Environmental  Protection  Act,  the  provision  of  RS.o.  i980, 
this  Act  shall  prevail.  ^-  ^^^ 

20.  This  Act  binds  the  Crown.  Crown 

21.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
Assent.  ""^"^ 

22.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Environmen-  Short  title 
tal  Rights  Act,  1989. 

SCHEDULE 

Conservation  Authorities  Act 

Consolidated  Hearings  Act,  1981 

Drainage  Act 

Environmental  Assessment  Act 

Environmental  Protection  Act 

Mining  Act 

Niagara  Escarpment  Planning  and  Development  Act 

Ontario  Waste  Management  Corporation  Act,  1981 

Ontario  Water  Resources  Act 

Pesticides  Act 

Pits  and  Quarries  Control  Act 

Planning  Act,  1983 


Bill  14  Private  Member's  Bill 


Jnd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  14 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Planning  Act,  1983 


Mr.  Johnston 
(Scarborough  West) 


1st  Reading       May  15th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

SECTION  1.    "Nuclear  weapons  material"  is  defined. 

SECTION  2.  This  adds  to  the  factors  that  the  Minister  must  consider  in  carrying  out  his 
or  her  responsibilities  under  the  Act  the  protection  of  the  public  from  the  possible  threat 
to  its  health,  social  fabric  and  environment  inherent  in  the  production  of  nuclear  weapons 
material. 


SECTION  3.    Self-explanatory. 

SECTION  4.  This  requires  the  approval  of  the  Minister  and  in  the  case  of  land  in  a 
local  municipality,  a  zoning  by-law  properly  passed  by  the  Council  of  that  municipality 
before  a  person  is  entitled  to  establish  or  convert  a  facility  for  or  to  the  production  of 
nuclear  weapons  material  on  any  parcel  of  land  in  Ontario. 

SECTION  5.  Section  66  of  the  Act  makes  it  an  offence  to  contravene  certain  provisions, 
with  maximum  fines  on  conviction  of  $20,000  for  a  first  offence  and  $10,000  for  each  day 
that  a  contravention  continues  after  the  first  conviction.  The  comparable  fines  for  a  cor- 
poration are  $50,000  and  $25,000  respectively.  Section  5  of  the  Bill  makes  this  provision 
apply  in  respect  of  a  person  contravening  section  4  of  the  Bill. 


BiU  14  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Planning  Act,  1983 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  y  being  chapter  1,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989,  chapter  5,  section  1, 
is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(ga)  "nuclear  weapons  material"  means  any  item  of 
weaponry,  munitions,  equipment  or  specialized  sup- 
plies or  services  intended  for  use  primarily  in  the 
production,  transportation  or  testing  of  nuclear 
weapons  or  associated  equipment  or  in  the  deploy- 
ment of  nuclear  weapons. 

2.  Section  2  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1989,  chapter  5,  section  2  is  further  amended  by  add- 
ing thereto  the  following  clause: 

(k)  the  protection  of  the  public  from  the  possible  threat 
to  its  health,  social  fabric  and  environment  inherent 
in  the  production  of  nuclear  weapons  material. 

3.  Section  16  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

(2)  Every  official  plan  shall  be  deemed  to  include  a  provi-  Deemed 
sion  that  no  new  facilities  shall  be  established  for  and  no  facil-  p"""^'*'"" 
ities  shall  be  converted  to  the  production  of  nuclear  weapons 
material. 

4.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

45a.  Unless  otherwise  approved  by  the  Minister  and  in  Nuclear 
the  case  of  land  in  a  local  municipality  also  authorized  by  a  mat^af 
by-law  in  force  under  section  34,  no  person  shall  establish  or  production 
convert  a  facility  for  or  to  the  production  of  nuclear  weapons 
material  on  any  parcel  of  land  in  Ontario. 


2  Bill  14  PLANNING  1989 

5.  Subsection  66  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "45"  in  the  first  line  "45a". 

Commence-  6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

"'"*  Assent. 

Short  tiue  7,  jhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Planning  Amendment 

Act,  1989. 


BiU  15  Government  BOl 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  15 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Barristers  Act 


The  Hon.  I.  Scott 
Attorney  General 


1st  Reading       November  10th,  1987 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

Continued  from  the  1st  Session  by  an  Order  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  March  2nd,  1989. 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 


SECTIONS  1  and  2.    The  provisions  repealed  provide  for  the  appointment  of  Queen's 
counsel  and  their  precedence  in  the  courts. 

SECTION  3.    The  common  law  office  of  Queen's  counsel  and  the  use  of  the  title  in  the 
practice  of  law  in  Ontario  are  abolished. 


BiU  15  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Barristers  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Section  2  of  the  Barristers  Act,  being  chapter  38  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

2.  Subsection  3  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

3.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
sections: 

4. — (1)  The  office  of  Her  Majesty's  counsel  learned  in  the  Q^.'s 
law,  or  Queen's  counsel,  is  aboUshed. 

(2)  All  letters  patent  appointing  members  of  the  bar  of  ^^^^"J?  . 
Ontario  to  be  Her  Majesty's  counsel  learned  in  the  law  are  '^^^  ^ 
cancelled. 

5. — (1)  No  person  shall  represent  himself  or  herself  to  be  ^^  °f . 
one  of  Her  Majesty's  counsel  learned  in  the  law,  or  Queen's    ^^•^^*'°" 
counsel,  or  other  like  designation,  in  the  practice  of  law  in 
Ontario. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  Effective 
1988.  "^^^^ 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent.  ■"'"' 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Barristers  Amendment  Short  tiue 
Act,  1989. 


Bill  16  Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  16 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Conversion 

of  Technologies  and  Skills  used  in  the 

Nuclear  Weapons  Industry  to  Civilian  Uses 


Mr.  Johnston 
(Scarborough  West) 


1st  Reading       May  15th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  prepare  for  the  termination  of  contracts  for  the  pro- 
duction, repair,  modification,  storage  or  handling  of  materials  used  for  nuclear  weapons 
by  encouraging  the  conversion  of  technologies  and  skills  developed  or  used  in  those 
nuclear  weapons  contracts  to  projects  that  serve  the  civilian  sector  and  by  preparing  for 
the  employment  of  individuals  whose  jobs  may  be  lost  by  the  termination  of  those 
nuclear  weapons  contracts. 

The  Bill  requires  a  company  that  enters  into  or  has  a  nuclear  weapons  contract  to 
establish  a  committee  to  assist  in  the  preparation  for  conversion  of  the  plant  to  civilian 
purposes  and  in  the  retraining  of  employees.  The  committees  are  to  be  composed  of 
equal  numbers  of  representatives  of  the  company  and  of  the  employees  and  in  some  cir- 
cumstances of  non-voting  representatives  from  the  community. 

The  Bill  provides  for  benefits  to  be  paid  to  employees  who  lose  their  jobs  as  a  result 
of  the  termination  of  a  nuclear  weapons  contract. 

A  company  that  enters  into  or  has  a  nuclear  weapons  contract  is  required  to  set  up  a 
fund  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  the  Bill  and  to  put  in  that  fund  annually  2.5  per  cent 
of  its  gross  revenue  from  that  contract  in  that  year.  Companies  and  committees  are  also 
to  seek  additional  sources  of  funding  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  the  Bill. 

The  Bill  gives  the  Minister  discretion  to  assist  committees  and  companies  in  prepar- 
ing for  and  carrying  out  conversion  plans  and  to  assist  them  financially  in  carrying  out 
their  purposes. 

The  Bill  makes  it  an  offence  to  contravene  any  provision  of  the  Act  and  the  maxi- 
mum penalty  for  a  contravention  is  set  at  $10,000  for  persons  other  than  corporations 
and  at  $100,000  for  corporations. 


Bill  16  1989 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Conversion 

of  Technologies  and  Skills  used  in  the 

Nuclear  Weapons  Industry  to  Civilian  Uses 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"committee"  means  an  economic  conversion  planning  com- 
mittee established  under  section  3; 

"conversion  plan"  means  a  plan  established  under  section  4; 

"facility"  means  a  facility  where  a  nuclear  weapons  contractor 
produces,  repairs,  modifies,  stores  or  handles  nuclear 
weapons  material  in  Ontario; 

"fund"  means  a  fund  established  under  section  7; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Industry,  Trade  and  Tech- 
nology; 

"nuclear  weapons  contract"  means  a  contract  under  which  a 
corporation,  agency  or  other  establishment  agrees  to  pro- 
duce, repair,  modify,  store  or  handle  nuclear  weapons 
material  in  Ontario; 

"nuclear  weapons  contractor"  or  "contractor"  means  a  cor- 
poration, agency  or  other  establishment  that  is  engaged  in 
or  enters  into  a  nuclear  weapons  contract; 

"nuclear  weapons  material"  means  any  item  of  weaponry, 
munitions,  equipment  or  specialized  supplies  or  services 
intended  for  use  primarily  in  the  production,  transportation 
or  testing  of  nuclear  weapons  or  associated  equipment  or  in 
the  deployment  of  nuclear  weapons. 


Bill  16 


NUCLEAR  WEAPONS  ECONOMIC  CONVERSION 


1989 


Economic 
conversion 
program 


Economic 

conversion 

planning 

committee 

established 


2.  A  nuclear  weapons  contractor  shall  establish  and  main- 
tain programs  in  accordance  with  this  Act  to  prepare  for  the 
termination  of  its  nuclear  weapons  contract  by  encouraging 
the  conversion  of  technologies  and  skills  developed  or  used  in 
that  contract  to  projects  that  serve  the  civiUan  sector  and  by 
preparing  for  the  employment  of  individuals  whose  jobs  may 
be  lost  by  the  termination  of  that  contract. 

3. — (1)  A  nuclear  weapons  contractor  shall  establish  an 
economic  conversion  planning  committee  at  each  of  its  facili- 
ties forthwith  upon  entering  into  a  nuclear  weapons  contract 
and  shall  cause  it  to  be  maintained  thereafter. 


Idem  (2)  Where  a  nuclear  weapons  contract  has  been  entered 

into  before  this  Act  comes  into  force,  the  contractor  shall 
establish  the  economic  conversion  planning  committee  forth- 
with upon  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act. 

Composition  (3)  A  Committee  shall  be  composed  of  not  fewer  than  sk 
members,  with  at  least  half  of  the  members  representing  the 
employees  at  the  facihty  and  the  remaining  members  repre- 
senting the  contractor. 


I 


Idem 


(4)  The  members  representing  the  employees  at  the  facility 
shall  be  selected  from  time  to  time, 


Community 
represent- 
atives 


Office 
space 


Committee 
work 


(a)  by  the  union  bargaining  units  if  the  employees  or 
some  of  them  are  represented  by  one  or  more  union 
bargaining  units;  or 

(b)  by  representatives  democratically  elected  by  the 
employees  if  none  of  them  are  represented  by  a 
union  bargaining  unit. 

(5)  The  Minister  shall  appoint  as  non-voting  members  of  a 
committee  not  more  than  three  persons  who  live  in  the  munic- 
ipality in  which  a  facility  is  located  and  whose  appointments 
are  approved  by  the  municipal  council. 

(6)  A  nuclear  weapons  contractor  shall  provide  free  of 
charge  to  its  committee  whatever  office  space,  furniture  and 
office  supplies  that  the  committee  reasonably  needs  to  carry 
out  its  functions. 

(7)  A  nuclear  weapons  contractor  shall  allow  members  of 
the  committee  to  attend  meetings  and  carry  on  their  duties  for 
the  committee  during  the  working  day  and  any  time  spent  for 
the  committee  shall  be  computed  as  working  time  for  the  pur- 
poses of  computing  remuneration  and  benefits. 


1989  NUCLEAR  WEAPONS  ECONOMIC  CONVERSION  Bill  16  3 

4. — (1)  It  is  the  function  of  a  committee  and  it  has  the  Functions 

/^   '  of 

power  to,  committee 

(a)  develop  and  review  a  comprehensive  plan, 

(i)  for  converting  the  facility  to  productive  activi- 
ties that  are  acceptable  to  the  contractor  and 
not  related  to  nuclear  weapons  purposes, 

(ii)  for  providing  the  benefits  required  by  this  Act 
for  those  employees  who  lose  their  jobs  as  a 
result  of  the  termination  of  the  nuclear  weap- 
ons contract,  and 

(iii)  for  assisting  those  employees  who  will  not  be 
employed  by  the  contractor  after  the  conver- 
sion in  finding  reasonable  alternative  employ- 
ment; 

(b)  oversee  the  implementation  of  the  plan  described  in 
clause  (a)  when  the  nuclear  weapons  contract  is  ter- 
minated or  completed; 

(c)  ensure  that  the  faciUty  provides  occupational 
retraining  and  re-employment  counselling  services, 
or  ensure  that  such  retraining  and  services  are  pro- 
vided by  an  agency  outside  the  facility,  for  all 
employees  whose  jobs  are  lost,  whether  temporarily 
or  permanently,  as  a  result  of  the  termination  or 
completion  of  a  nuclear  weapons  contract; 

(d)  assist  the  contractor  in  seeking  outside  sources  of 
funding,  as  needed,  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this 
Act;  and 

(e)  invest  any  money  held  in  the  fund  in  investments 
approved  under  the  Trustee  Act,  and  allocate  that  R  s.o.  i980, 
money  in  the  manner  provided  for  under  this  Act. 


512 


(2)  In  developing  a  conversion  plan,  the  committee  shall  Conversion 
attempt   to   maximize   the   extent   to   which   the   personnel  ^^^^ 
required  for  the  efficient  operation  of  the  converted  facility 
can  be  drawn  from  personnel  employed  by  the  facility  before 
the  conversion. 

5. — (1)  If  a  committee  is  not  able  to  agree  on  a  conversion  where  no 
plan,  the  committee  shall  make  a  report  to  the  Minister  con-  ^s'^^^'"^"* 
taining  the  recommendations  of  the  representatives  of  the 
employees  and  of  the  contractor  and  the  opinions  of  any  rep- 
resentatives of  the  community. 


4 


Bill  16 


NUCLEAR  WEAPONS  ECONOMIC  CONVERSION 


1989 


Minister 
to  decide 


(2)  If  the  Minister  receives  a  report  under  subsection  (1), 
he  or  she  shall  assist  the  committee,  and  where  the  Minister 
determines  after  such  assistance  that  the  committee  is  unable 
to  agree  on  a  conversion  plan,  the  Minister  shall  assist  the 
committee  in  whatever  way  he  or  she  considers  appropriate  in 
formulating  and  carrying  out  a  plan  for  providing  the  benefits 
required  under  section  6  and  assisting  employees  in  obtaining 
alternative  employment. 


Benefits 

to 

employees 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  U-1 


6.  If  an  employee  temporarily  or  permanently  loses  a  job 
as  a  result  of  the  termination  of  a  nuclear  weapons  contract 
and  the  employee  is  eUgible  to  receive  benefits  under  the 
Unemployment  Insurance  Act  (Canada),  the  contractor  shall 
pay  from  the  fund  to  that  employee  a  benefit  that  when  com- 
bined with  the  benefit  under  the  Unemployment  Insurance  Act 
(Canada)  is  sufficient  to  ensure  that  the  employee  maintains 
an  income  at  a  level  equal  to  90  per  cent  of  the  employee's 
annual  salary  or  wages  immediately  preceding  the  loss. 


Money 
for  plan 


7. — (1)  A  nuclear  weapons  contractor  shall  establish  a 
fund  to  assist  in  carrying  out  a  conversion  plan  and  shall  pay 
into  the  fund  annually  an  amount  equal  to  2.5  per  cent  of  the 
contractor's  gross  revenue  from  the  contract  for  that  year. 


Idem  ^2)  A  contractor,  with  the  assistance  of  the  committee, 

shall  attempt  to  obtain  whatever  additional  money  for  the 
fund  it  considers  necessary  to  carry  out  the  conversion  plan. 


Management 
of  fund 


(3)  The  committee  shall  manage  the  fund. 


Allocation 
of  money 


(4)  If  there  is  not  enough  money  in  a  fund  to  properly  capy 
out  a  conversion  plan,  the  committee  shall  apply  what  money 
there  is  in  the  fund  first  for  providing  the  benefits  to  employ- 
ees required  under  section  6,  second  for  assisting  employees 
who  lose  their  jobs  in  retraining  and  in  obtaining  alternative 
employment,  and  third  in  financing  any  retooling  of  the  facil- 
ity required  to  carry  out  the  conversion  plan. 


Idem 


(5)  If,  after  the  assistance  of  the  Minister,  a  committee  is 
unable  to  agree  on  a  conversion  plan,  it  shall  apply  the  money 
in  the  fund  first  for  providing  the  benefits  to  employees 
required  under  section  6  and  second  for  assisting  employees 
who  lose  their  jobs  in  retraining  and  in  obtaining  alternative 
employment. 


Minister 
to  assist 


8.  The  Minister  may  offer  whatever  assistance  he  or  she 
considers  appropriate  to  a  committee  or  a  contractor,  includ- 
ing, without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing. 


1989  NUCLEAR  WEAPONS  ECONOMIC  CONVERSION  Bill  16 

(a)  developing  and  coordinating  information  concern- 
ing, 

(i)  critical  issues  that  should  be  addressed  in  for- 
mulating a  conversion  plan, 

(ii)  organizations  and  individual  consultants  who 
might  be  of  assistance  to  committees  in  for- 
mulating a  conversion  plan, 

(iii)  the  issues  involved  in  the  retraining  of  person- 
nel, 

(iv)  the  requirements  of  programs  for  retraining  of 
various  classes  of  personnel,  and 

(v)  programs  that  are  available  for  the  retraining 
of  various  classes  of  personnel; 

(b)  providing  financial  assistance  by  way  of  a  grant  or  a 
loan  to  supplement  a  fund; 

(c)  assisting  a  committee  and  a  contractor  in  carrying 
out  the  conversion  plan. 

9. — (1)  A  nuclear  weapons  contractor  shall  cause  its  com-  j^^PP"  *° 
mittee  to  report  to  the  Minister  concerning  the  development 
and  implementation  of  its  plan  within  one  year  after  the  com- 
mittee is  established  and  yearly  thereafter. 

(2)  If,  after  receiving  a  report,  the  Minister  is  not  satisfied  ^^^^^l^^ 
with  the  progress  of  a  committee,  the  Minister  shall  assist  the 
committee  in  whatever  way  he  or  she  considers  appropriate  in 
carrying  out  its  functions. 


to  help 


10, — (1)  A  nuclear  weapons  contractor  shall  provide  to  the  Report  on 
Minister  upon  entering  into  a  nuclear  weapons  contract  and 
annually  thereafter  such  information  concerning  the  nuclear 
weapons  contract  as  the  Minister  may  require. 

(2)  Where  a  nuclear  weapons  contract  has  been  entered  Transition 
into  before  this  Act  comes  into  force,  the  contractor  shall  pro- 
vide the  information  required  under  subsection  (1)  forthwith 
after  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act  and  annually  there- 
after. 

11.  No  action  shall  be  instituted  against  a  member  of  a  Protection 
committee  for  an  act  done  in  good  faith  in  the  execution  or  iLbiiity 
intended  execution  of  the  person's  duty  or  for  an  alleged 


6 


Bill  16 


NUCLEAR  WEAPONS  ECONOMIC  CONVERSION 


1989 


Offence 


Idem 


Commence- 
ment 


neglect  or  default  in  the  execution  in  good  faith  of  the  per- 
son's duty. 

12. — (1)  A  person  who  contravenes  a  provision  of  this  Act 
and  a  director,  officer  or  employee  of  a  corporation  who 
authorizes,  permits  or  concurs  in  such  a  contravention  by  the 
corporation  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000. 

(2)  The  maximum  fine  that  may  be  imposed  on  a  corpora- 
tion is  $100,000  and  not  as  provided  in  subsection  (1). 

13.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  14,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Nuclear  Weapons 

Economic  Conversion  Act,  1989. 


;ill  17  Government  Bill 


VD  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  17 


An  Act  to  authorize  the  Raising  of  Money  on  the 
Credit  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 


The  Hon.  R.  Nixon 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 


I 


The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  authority  for  borrowing  $2,600,000,000  for  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund.  The  principal  borrowings  authorized  under  the  Ontario 
Loan  Act  in  recent  years  have  been  from  the  following  sources: 


1.  Canada  Pension  Plan 

2.  Teachers'  Superannuation  Fund 

3.  The  public  capital  market 


I 


The  Bill  provides  that  any  unused  borrowing  authority  will  expire  on  September  30, 
1990. 


Bill  17  1989 


An  Act  to  authorize  the  Raising  of  Money  on  the 
Credit  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  is  hereby  Lo^ns 
authorized  to  raise  from  time  to  time  by  way  of  loan  in  any 
manner  provided  by  the  Financial  Administration  Act  such  R  s.o.  i980 
sum  or  sums  of  money  as  are  considered  necessary  for  dis-  ^'  ^^^ 
charging  any  indebtedness  or  obligation  of  Ontario,  for  mak- 
ing any  payments  authorized  or  required  by  any  Act  to  be 
made  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  or  for  reimburs- 
ing the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  for  any  moneys  expended 
for  any  of  such  purposes,  provided  that  the  principal  amount 
of  any  securities  issued  and  temporary  loans  raised  under  the 
authority   of  this   Act   shall   not   exceed   in   the   aggregate 
$2,600,000,000. 

(2)  The  sum  of  money  authorized  to  be  raised  by  subsec-  Wem 
tion  (1)  for  the  purposes  mentioned  therein  shall  include  the 
principal  amounts  of  Province  of  Ontario  debentures  issued  to 
the  Teachers'  Superannuation  Fund  under  authority  of  the 
Teachers'  Superannuation  Act,  1983  but  shall  be  in  addition  to  i983,  c.  84 
all  sums  of  money  authorized  to  be  raised  by  way  of  loan 
under  any  other  Act. 

2.  No  money  shall  be  raised  by  way  of  loan  under  subsec-  Limitation 
tion  1  (1)  except  to  the  extent  authorized  by  order  of  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  made  on  or  before  the  30th 

day  of  September,  1990. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^°^™^"^^ 
Assent. 


ment 


4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Loan  Act,  short  title 
1989. 


I 


Bill  17 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  17 

(Chapter  35 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  authorize  the  Raising  of  Money  on  the 
Credit  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 


The  Hon.  R.  Nixon 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics 


1st  Reading  May  17th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  20th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  17 


1989 


Loans 
authorized 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  161 


An  Act  to  authorize  the  Raising  of  Money  on  the 
Credit  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1, — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  is  hereby 
authorized  to  raise  from  time  to  time  by  way  of  loan  in  any 
manner  provided  by  the  Financial  Administration  Act  such 
sum  or  sums  of  money  as  are  considered  necessary  for  dis- 
charging any  indebtedness  or  obligation  of  Ontario,  for  mak- 
ing any  payments  authorized  or  required  by  any  Act  to  be 
made  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  or  for  reimburs- 
ing the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  for  any  moneys  expended 
for  any  of  such  purposes,  provided  that  the  principal  amount 
of  any  securities  issued  and  temporary  loans  raised  under  the 
authority  of  this  Act  shall  not  exceed  in  the  aggregate 
$2,600,000,000. 


(2)  The  sum  of  money  authorized  to  be  raised  by  subsec-  ^^lem 
tion  (1)  for  the  purposes  mentioned  therein  shall  include  the 
principal  amounts  of  Province  of  Ontario  debentures  issued  to 
the  Teachers'  Superannuation  Fund  under  authority  of  the 
Teachers'  Superannuation  Act,  1983  but  shall  be  in  addition  to  i983,  c.  84 
all  sums  of  money  authorized  to  be  raised  by  way  of  loan 
under  any  other  Act. 

2.  No  money  shall  be  raised  by  way  of  loan  under  subsec-  Limitation 
tion  1  (1)  except  to  the  extent  authorized  by  order  of  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  made  on  or  before  the  30th 

day  of  September,  1990. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

A  ^  J  ■^        ment 

Assent. 


4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Loan  Act,  short  title 
1989. 


ill  18  Gk)vernment  Bill 


ID  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  18 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Improvement  Corporation  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  Nixon 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  remove  the  borrowing  limitation  on  the  Corporation 
contained  in  section  14  of  the  Act  in  order  to  allow  the  Corporation  to  borrow  Canada 
Pension  Plan  funds  to  offer  to  school  boards  as  announced  by  the  Treasurer  in  the  Bud- 
get. 


( 


BiU  18  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Improvement  Corporation  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Improvement 
Corporation  Act,  being  chapter  349  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  ''and  to  section  14" 
in  the  second  line. 

2.  Section  14  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent.  "^"^ 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Municipal  short  title 
Improvement  Corporation  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  18 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  18 

(Chapter  57 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Improvement  Corporation  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  Nixon 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics 


1st  Reading  May  17th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  20th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  November  22nd,  1989 

Royal  Assent  November  23rd,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Oueen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  18  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Improvement  Corporation  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Improvement 
Corporation  Act,  being  chapter  349  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "and  to  section  14" 
in  the  second  line. 

2.  Section  14  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
Assent.  ■"""' 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Municipal  short  title 
Improvement  Corporation  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


;iU  19  Government  Bill 


sfD  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  19 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Power  Corporation  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  Wong 
Minister  of  Energy 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 


The  Bill  imposes  the  debt  guarantee  fee  announced  in  the  Treasurer's  Budget  to 
require  Ontario  Hydro  to  pay  fees  to  the  Province  in  respect  of  guarantees  given  or 
advances  made  by  the  Province.  This  provision  applies  to  outstanding  as  well  as  future 
debt.  The  fees  will  be  paid  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  that  may  be  made  under 
the  proposed  subsection  55a  (3). 


BiU  19  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Power  Corporation  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The  Power  Corporation  Act^  being  chapter  384  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section: 

55a. — (1)  The  Corporation,  pursuant  to  the  regulations  Fees  re:  debt 
made  under  this  section,  shall  pay  annually  to  the  Treasurer 
of  Ontario  fees, 

(a)  in  respect  of  guarantees  given  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  under  this  Act;  and 

(b)  in   respect   of  sums   advanced   or   applied   under 
section  47. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  in  respect  of  guarantees  given  Application 
and  sums  advanced  or  applied  before  or  after  the  coming  into 

force  of  this  section. 

(3)  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make  Regulations 
regulations  respecting  the  calculation  of  the  fees  referred  to  in 
subsection  (1)  and  respecting  the  manner  in  which,  and  the 

time  at  which,  they  are  to  be  paid. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent.  ™^"' 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Power  Corporation  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


ill  19 

ID  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  19 

(Chapter  36 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Power  Corporation  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  Wong 
Minister  of  Energy 


1st  Reading  May  17th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  26th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  19  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Power  Corporation  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The  Power  Corporation  Act,  being  chapter  384  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section: 

55a. — (1)  The  Corporation,  pursuant  to  the  regulations  Fees  re:  debt 
made  under  this  section,  shall  pay  annually  to  the  Treasurer 
of  Ontario  fees, 

(a)  in  respect  of  guarantees  given  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  under  this  Act;  and 

(b)  in   respect   of  sums   advanced   or   applied   under 
section  47. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  in  respect  of  guarantees  given  Application 
and  sums  advanced  or  applied  before  or  after  the  coming  into 

force  of  this  section. 

(3)  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make  Regulations 
regulations  respecting  the  calculation  of  the  fees  referred  to  in 
subsection  (1)  and  respecting  the  manner  in  which,  and  the 

time  at  which,  they  are  to  be  paid. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Power  Corporation  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  20  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  20 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Payment  of  Development  Charges 


The  Hon.  J.  Eakins 
Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Planning  Act,  1983  currently  permits  municipalities  to  impose  lot  levies  on  plans 
of  subdivision,  and  on  consents  to  sever  land,  to  cover  some  of  the  costs  to  municipalities 
of  servicing  the  resultant  growth.  The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  permit  both  municipalities 
and  school  boards  to  impose  development  charges  on  all  types  of  development  that  will 
increase  the  need  for  municipal  services  or  school  facilities.  The  Bill  also  provides  author- 
ity for  agreements  between  owners  and  municipalities  to  allow  owners  under  certain  con- 
ditions to  develop  their  land  earlier  than  the  servicing  plans  of  the  municipalities  would 
otherwise  permit.  Municipalities  would  then  reimburse  those  owners  for  their  additional 
costs  from  development  charges  subsequently  received  from  other  owners  of  land  benefit- 
ing from  those  services. 

The  principal  provisions  of  the  Bill  are  as  follows: 

PART  I  —  Development  charges 

Municipalities  may  pass  by-laws  imposing  development  charges,  on  types  of  develop- 
ment specified  in  the  by-law,  for  the  municipal  services  specified.  Development  charges 
could  not  be  imposed  on  expansions  of  existing  dwelling  units,  or  on  the  creation  of 
additional  units  in  existing  residential  buildings,  if  done  in  accordance  with  the  regu- 
lations. Also,  development  charges  could  not  be  imposed  with  respect  to  certain  local 
services  which  are  normally  installed  by  the  person  developing  the  land. 

Procedures  are  established  for  passing  development  charge  by-laws  and  for  appealing 
them  to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board.  The  Board  could  lower  or  repeal  development 
charges,  but  not  increase  them.  If  an  appeal  is  successful,  municipalities  would  be 
required  to  refund  the  charges  already  paid. 

Development  charge  by-laws  would  expire  after  five  years.  Municipalities  could  pass 
new  by-laws  before  this  occurred. 

Owners  may  complain  to  municipal  councils  regarding  errors  in  the  calculation  of 
development  charges  and  may  appeal  council  decisions  to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board. 

A  development  charge  must  be  paid  before  a  building  permit  is  issued,  except  in 
specified  circumstances.  Municipalities  may  agree  to  permit  owners  to  provide  services  in 
lieu  of  paying  development  charges. 

Development  charges  are  generally  to  be  collected  by  lower  tier  municipalities, 
although  they  may  be  collected  by  upper  tier  municipalities  as  well. 

Development  charges  may  be  registered  as  liens  on  lands  subject  to  them. 

Unpaid  development  charges  are  to  be  added  to  municipal  tax  rolls  and  collected  as 
taxes. 

Municipalities  may  give  owners  a  credit  for  services  installed  under  existing  Planning 
Act,  1983  provisions,  and  under  other  specified  legislation. 

Municipalities  are  to  place  development  charge  funds  received  in  separate  reserve 
funds. 

Municipalities  must  pay  interest  on  refunds  of  development  charges. 

PART  II  —  Front-end  payment 

Municipalities  may  enter  into  agreements  with  owners  who  wish  to  accelerate  devel- 
opment of  their  lands,  and  to  have  those  owners  pay  municipalities  for  the  installation  of 
water,  sanitary  and  storm  sewers,  and  roads  required  to  accelerate  development,  to  col- 
lect the  extra  costs  from  other  owners  who  subsequently  benefit  from  those  services,  and 


to  reimburse  the  front-ending  owners  from  development  charges  subsequently  paid  by  the 
other  benefiting  owners. 

Owners  are  to  be  given  notice  of  front-end  agreements  and  to  be  permitted  to 
appeal  them  to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board. 

Agreements  may  be  registered  on  land  benefiting  from  them,  and  municipalities  may 
enforce  them  against  owners  and  subsequent  owners. 

Municipalities  may  enforce  agreements  against  owners  of  land  benefiting  from  ser- 
vices installed  under  the  agreements. 

PART  m  —  Education  development  charges 

School  boards  may  establish  by  by-law  an  education  development  charge  to  finance 
all  or  part  of  the  local  share  of  the  costs  of  new  schools  or  additions  to  schools  required 
because  of  growth.  The  education  development  charge  may  apply  to  residential  and  non- 
residential development. 

Notice  provisions  and  appeal  procedures  are  similar  to  those  contained  in  Part  II. 

The  Bill  also  provides  for  the  collection  of  the  education  development  charge  by  the 
municipality.  An  education  development  charges  account  shall  be  established  in  respect 
of  the  money  collected  under  the  charge  to  be  used  for  an  approved  capital  project. 

If  two  or  more  school  boards,  which  share  an  area  of  jurisdiction,  pass  a  by-law  to 
impose  an  education  development  charge  upon  the  same  area,  the  money  collected  is  to 
be  placed  in  a  joint  account  to  be  used  by  the  boards  as  directed  by  the  Minister  of  Edu- 
cation. 

Withdrawals  from  an  education  development  charges  account  can  only  be  made  for 
school  construction  projects  which  have  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Education  and 
have  been  recognized  for  capital  grant  purposes. 

PART  rv  —  General 

Existing  by-laws  providing  for  development  charges  are  to  terminate  within  specified 
periods. 

No  new  development  charges  may  be  imposed  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  but 
existing  agreements  providing  for  development  charges  are  to  remain  in  effect. 

Existing  referrals  or  appeals  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983  regarding  development 
charges  are  to  be  continued  and  disposed  of  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

Agreements  under  the  subdivision  and  consent  provisions  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
are  not  to  be  affected  by  this  Bill,  except  as  those  agreements  apply  to  charges  related  to 
development. 


Bill  20 


1989 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Payment  of  Development  Charges 


Section 

1.  Definitions 

2.  Administration 


CONTENTS 

Section 


PARTI 
DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 

3.  By-laws  respecting  development 
charges 

4.  Public  meeting 

5.  When  by-law  effective 

6.  Expiration  of  by-law 

7.  Amendments 

8.  Complaints 

9.  Charge  to  be  paid  before 
building  permit  issued 

10.  Upper  tier  municipalities 

11.  Lien 

12.  Collection 

13.  Credit  for  services 

14.  Credits 

15.  Multiple  approvals 

16.  Reserve  fund 

17.  Statement  of  treasurer 

18.  Interest 

19.  Regulations 

PART  II 
FRONT-END  PAYMENTS 

20.  Front-end  payment 

21.  Notice  of  agreement 

22.  O.M.B.  approval  not  required 

23.  Registration 

24.  Compliance  necessary 

25.  Conditions  of  agreement 

26.  Special  accounts 


27.  Special  account  for  section  25 
funds 

PART  III 

EDUCATION  DEVELOPMENT 
CHARGES 

28.  Definitions 

29.  Education  development  charge 
by-law 

30.  Public  meeting 

31.  When  by-law  effective 

32.  Expiration  of  by-law 

33.  Amendments 

34.  Charges 

35.  Complaints 

36.  Distribution  of  by-law 

37.  Lien 

38.  Collection 

39.  Transfer  of  money 

40.  Interest 

41.  Regulations 

PART  IV 
GENERAL 

42.  Existing  development  charges 
by-laws 

43.  Certain  agreements  under  1983, 
c.  1 

44.  Referrals  to  continue 

45.  Agreements  not  affected 

46.  No  right  of  petition 

47.  Conflicts 

48.  Commencement 

49.  Short  title 


2  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

Definitions  1,    In  this  Act, 

"area  municipality"  means, 

(a)  a  town,  other  than  a  separated  town,  township  or 
village  in  a  county,  and 

(b)  a  city,  town,  village  or  township  in  a  regional,  met- 
ropolitan or  district  municipality; 

"benefiting  area"  means  an  area  designated  for  development 
1983,  c.  1  in  an  official  plan  approval  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983 

and  defined  by  a  map,  plan  or  legal  description  in  a  front- 
ending  agreement  as  an  area  that  will  be  serviced  by  or 
receive  a  benefit  from  the  construction  of  a  front-end 
service; 

"capital  cost"  means  costs  incurred  or  proposed  to  be  incurred 
by  a  municipality, 

(a)  to  acquire  or  improve  land, 

(b)  to  acquire,  construct  or  improve  buildings,  struc- 
tures or  facilities,  and  ^^H 

(c)  to  undertake  studies  in  connection  with  any  of  the 
matters  in  clause  (a)  or  (b), 

required  for  the  provision  of  services,  including  interest  on 
borrowing  for  that  part  of  expenditures  made  under  clause 
(a)  or  (b)  that  is  growth-related,  but  does  not  include  costs 
incurred  or  proposed  to  be  incurred  to  acquire  vehicles, 
furniture,  office  equipment,  supplies,  inventory  or  similar 
items; 

"development  charge"  means  a  charge  imposed  with  respect 
to  growth-related  net  capital  costs  against  land  under  a 
by-law  passed  under  section  3; 

"development  charge  by-law"  means  a  by-law  passed  under 
section  3; 

"front-end  payment"  means  a  payment  made  by  an  owner, 
that  may  be  in  addition  to  a  development  charge  that  such 
owner  is  required  to  pay  under  a  development  charge 
by-law,  in  an  amount  agreed  upon  by  the  owner  and  munic- 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  3 

ipality,  to  cover  the  net  capital  cost  of  any  or  all  of  the 
front-end  services  required  to  enable  the  land  to  be  devel- 
oped by  the  owner; 

"front-end  services"  means  water  supply  services,  sanitary 
sewer  services,  storm  sewer  services  and  road  services,  for 
which  a  development  charge  may  be  imposed; 

"front-ending  agreement"  means  an  agreement  made  under 
section  20; 

"growth-related  net  capital  cost"  means  the  portion  of  the  net 
capital  cost  of  services  that  is  reasonably  attributable  to  the 
need  for  such  net  capital  cost  that  results  or  will  result  from 
development  in  all  or  a  defined  part  of  the  municipality; 

"municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village,  township, 
improvement  district  or  county  or  a  regional,  metropolitan 
or  district  municipality; 

"Municipal  Board"  means  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board; 

"net  capital  cost"  means  the  capital  cost  less  capital  grants, 
subsidies  and  other  contributions  made  to  the  municipality 
or  that  the  council  of  the  municipality  anticipates  will  be 
made,  in  respect  of  the  capital  cost; 

"owner"  means  the  owner  of  land  or  a  person  who  has  made 
application  for  an  approval  for  the  development  of  land 
upon  which  a  development  charge  is  imposed; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

"services"  means  services  designated  in  a  development  charge 
by-law; 

"upper  tier  municipality"  means  a  county  or  a  regional,  met- 
ropolitan or  district  municipality. 

2.  The  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  is  responsible  for  the  Adminis- 
administration  of  Parts  I,  II  and  IV  and  the  Minister  of  Edu- 
cation is  responsible  for  the  administration  of  Part  III. 

PARTI 

DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 

3. — (1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  for  By-iaws 
the  imposition  of  development  charges  against  land  if  the  devdopment 

charges 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


1983,  c.  1 


development  of  the  land  would  increase  the  need  for  services 
in  respect  of  that  land  and  the  development  requires, 

(a)  the  approval  of  a  zoning  by-law  or  of  an  amend- 
ment thereto  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983; 


(b)  the  approval  of  a  minor  variance  under  section  44  of 
the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(c)  the  approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section 
50  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(d)  a  consent  under  section  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983; 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  84 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  51 


(e)  the  approval  of  a  description  under  section  50  of  the 
Condominium  Act;  or 

(f)  the  approval  of  an  application  under  the  Building 
Code  Act  to  permit  the  erection  of  a  building  or 
structure. 


Exceptions  (2)  Subscction  (1)  docs  not  apply  in  respect  of  an  approval 

mentioned  in  clauses  (1)  (a)  to  (f)  that  would  have  the  effect 
only, 


(a)  of  permitting  the  enlargement  of  an  existing  dwell- 
ing unit;  or 

(b)  of  creating  one  or  two  additional  dwelling  units  as 
prescribed,  in  prescribed  categories  of  existing  resi- 
dential buildings. 

(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  shall, 

(a)  designate  those  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures 
upon  which  a  development  charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(b)  designate  the  areas  within  which  a  development 
charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(c)  establish  the  development  charge,  or  the  schedule 
of  development  charges,  to  be  imposed  in  respect  of 
the  designated  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures; 
and 


Mandatory 
provisions 


(d)    designate  services  for  which  a  development  charge 
may  be  imposed. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  may, 

(a)  provide  for  the  indexing  of  development  charges 
based  on  one  of  the  prescribed  indices;  and 

(b)  provide  that  a  development  charge  shall  be  payable 
in  money  or  by  the  provision  of  services  or  by  a 
combination  of  both  as  may  be  agreed  upon  under 
subsection  9  (4)  by  the  municipality  and  the  owner. 


Other 
provisions 


(5)  No  land,  except  land  used  for  the  purpose  of  an  ele-  Limited 
mentary  or  secondary  school  under  the  Education  Act  or  land  r  s7i980 
owned  by  and  used  for  the  purposes  of  a  municipality,  is  cc.  129, 31 
exempt  from  a  development  charge  under  a  by-law  passed 
under  subsection  (1)  by  reason  only  that  it  is  exempt  from  tax- 
ation under  section  3  of  the  Assessment  Act. 


to, 


(6)  No  development  charge  may  be  imposed  with  respect  Restriction 

development 
charges 

(a)  local  services  installed  at  the  expense  of  the  owner 
within   a   plan   of  subdivision   as   a   condition   of 
approval  under  section  50  of  the  Planning  Act,   i983,  c.  1 
1983; 

(b)  local  services  installed  at  the  expense  of  the  owner 
as  a  condition  of  approval  under  section  52  of  the 
Planning  Act,  1983;  or 

(c)  local  connections  to  water  mains,  sanitary  sewers 
and  storm  sewers. 


4. — (1)  Before    passing    a    development    charge    by-law,  P"t»'i.c 
except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the  Municipal  '"®^^"*^ 
Board  made  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  council, 

(a)  shall  hold  at  least  one  public  meeting; 

(b)  shall  give  notice  of  the  meeting  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed;  and 

(c)  shall  ensure  that  sufficient  information  is  made 
available  at  the  meeting  to  enable  the  public  to 
understand  generally  the  development  charges 
proposal. 

(2)  The  meeting  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  be  held  Right  to  be 
no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  requirements  for  the  giv- 
ing of  notice  have  been  complied  with  and  any  person  who 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Notice  of 
by-law 


Appeal 


Timing  of 
notice 


attends  the  meeting  may  make  representations  in  respect  of 
the  proposed  development  charges. 

(3)  If  the  council  passes  a  development  charge  by-law, 
except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the  Municipal 
Board  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  clerk  of  the  municipality 
shall,  not  later  than  fifteen  days  after  the  day  the  by-law  is 
passed,  give  written  notice  of  the  passing  of  the  by-law  in  the 
form  and  to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed  and  the 
notice  shall  specify  the  last  day  for  filing  a  notice  of  appeal 
under  subsection  (4). 

(4)  Any  person  or  organization  may,  not  later  than  twenty 
days  after  written  notice  under  subsection  (3)  is  given,  appeal 
to  the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  clerk  of  the  munici- 
pality a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  objection  to  the 
by-law  and  the  reasons  in  support  of  the  objection. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  the  written  notice 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  given, 

(a)    where  notice  is  given  by  publication  in  a  newspaper, 
on  the  day  that  the  publication  occurs; 


Record 


(b)  where  notice  is  given  by  personal  service,  on  the 
day  that  service  of  all  required  notices  is  completed; 

or  ^ 

m 

(c)  where  notice  is  given  by  mail,  on  the  day  that  the 
mailing  of  all  required  notices  is  completed. 

(6)  The  clerk  of  a  municipality  who  receives  a  notice  of 
appeal  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall  include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  by-law  certified  by  the  clerk; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  have  been  complied  with;  and 


Notice  and 
record  to 
O.M.B. 


(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  received  in  respect  of  the  by-law 
before  it  was  passed. 

(7)  The  clerk  shall  forward  the  notice  of  appeal  and  the 
record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  within  thirty 
days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide  such  other 
information  or  material  as  the  Board  may  require  in  respect  of 
the  appeal. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


(8)  An  affidavit  or  declaration  of  the  clerk  of  the  munici-  Affidavit, 
pality  that  notice  was  given  as  required  by  subsection  (3)  or  condusivT 
that  no  notice  of  appeal  was  filed  under  subsection  (4)  within  evidence 
the  time  allowed  for  appeal  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the  facts 

stated  therein. 

(9)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  of  which  Hearing 
notice  shall  be  given  to  such  persons  or  organizations  and  in 

such  manner  as  the  Board  may  determine. 


(10)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  where  it  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  objection  to  the  by-law  set  out  in  the  notice  of  appeal 
is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without  holding  a  full  hear- 
ing but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall  notify  the  appellant 
and  give  the  appellant  an  opportunity  to  make  representations 
as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 

(11)  The  Municipal  Board  may, 

(a)  dismiss  the  appeal;  or 

(b)  order  the  council  of  the  municipaUty  to  repeal  the 
by-law  in  whole  or  in  part  or  to  amend  the  by-law  in 
accordance  with  the  Board's  order. 


Early 

dismissal  of 
appeal 


Determi- 
nation by 
O.M.B. 


(12)  Despite  subsection  (11),  the  Municipal  Board  may  not  Restrictions 
order  the  amendment  of  a  by-law  so  as  to,  amendments 

(a)    increase   a   development   charge   imposed   by  the 
by-law;  or 


(b)    alter  the  term  of  the  by-law. 
5. — (1)  A  development  charge  by-law  comes  into  force  on  when  by-law 


the  day  it  is  passed. 


effective 


(2)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  the  council  of  a  munici-  Retroactive 
pality  to  repeal  a  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the  ^^^^^ 
by-law  that  is  repealed  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  repealed 

on  the  day  the  by-law  was  passed. 

(3)  If  a  by-law  is  repealed  in  whole  or  in  part  under  subsec-  Refund 
tion  4  (11),  the  municipality  shall  immediately  refund  all 
development  charges  paid  under  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is 
repealed. 

(4)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  the  council  of  a  munici-  Retroactive 
pality  to  amend  a  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the  ^'"^"'^'"^"*' 
by-law  that  is  amended  ceases  to  be  in  force,  and  the  amend- 


8 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Refunds 


Restrictions 
on  appeal 


Notice  of 
by-law 


Expiration  of 
by-law 


Idem 


Term  of 
by-law 


New  by-law 


Review  of 
policies 


Public 
meeting 


Procedures 


Amendments 


ment  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  day  the 
by-law  that  is  being  amended  was  passed. 

(5)  If  a  by-law  is  amended  in  whole  or  in  part  under  subsec- 
tion 4  (11),  the  municipality  shall  immediately  refund  the  dif- 
ference between  the  development  charge  paid  under  that  part 
of  the  by-law  that  is  amended  and  the  development  charge 
required  to  be  paid  under  the  amendment. 

(6)  A  repeal  or  amendment  made  under  subsection  4  (11)  is 
not  subject  to  appeal  under  subsection  4  (4). 

(7)  A  municipality  shall  give  notice  of  the  particulars  of  a 
development  charge  by-law  that  is  in  force  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  persons  prescribed. 

6. — (1)  A  development  charge  by-law  expires  five  years 
after  the  date  it  is  passed. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  council  of  a  municipality 
may, 

(a)  provide  in  the  by-law  for  a  term  of  less  than  five 
years;  or 

(b)  repeal  the  by-law. 

(3)  Amendments  to  a  by-law  by  council  under  subsection 
4  (11)  or  7  (1)  do  not  affect  the  term  of  the  by-law. 

(4)  Subject  to  subsections  (5),  (6)  and  (7),  the  council  of  a 
municipality  in  which  a  development  charge  by-law  is  in  force 
may  pass  a  new  development  charge  by-law. 

(5)  Before  passing  a  new  development  charge  by-law,  the 
council  shall  conduct  a  review  of  the  development  charge  poli- 
cies of  the  municipality. 

(6)  In  conducting  a  review  under  subsection  (5),  council 
shall  ensure  that  adequate  information  is  made  available  to 
the  public,  and  for  this  purpose  shall  hold  at  least  one  public 
meeting,  notice  of  which  shall  be  given  in  at  least  one  news- 
paper having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality. 

(7)  Sections  4  and  5  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to 
the  passing  of  a  by-law  under  subsection  (4). 

7. — (1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  which  has  passed  a 
development  charge  by-law  may  amend  the  by-law. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


(2)  Sections  4  and  5  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Procedures 
an  amendment  of  a  development  charge  by-law  under  subsec- 
tion (1). 

8. — (1)  An  owner  may  complain  in  writing  to  the  council  Complaints 
of  the  municipality  that, 

(a)  the  calculation  of  the  development  charge  imposed 
was  based  on  an  incorrect  number  of  units; 

(b)  the  amount  credited  to  an  owner  under  section  13  is 
incorrect; 

(c)  the  amount  of  a  previous  development  charge  being 
credited  under  section  14  is  incorrect;  or 

(d)  there  was  an  error  in  the  application  of  the  develop- 
ment charge  by-law. 

(2)  The  complaint  shall  state  the  name  and  address  where  I'lem 
notices  can  be  given  to  the  complainant  and  shall  state  the 
reasons  for  the  complaint. 

(3)  Council  shall  give  the  complainant  the  opportunity  to  Hearing 
make  representations  and   notice  of  the   hearing  shall  be 
mailed  to  the  complainant  by  the  clerk  not  less  than  fourteen 

days  before  the  date  the  complaint  is  to  be  considered. 

(4)  After  hearing  the  evidence  and  submissions  of  the  com-  Determi- 

_i   •         ^  •!  nation  by 

plamant,  council  may,  council 

(a)  confirm  the  development  charge;  or 

(b)  amend  the  development  charge  to  the  extent  that, 
in  the  opinion  of  council,  a  review  of  any  or  all  of 
the  matters  in  subsection  (1)  justifies  such  an 
amendment. 

(5)  The  clerk  of  the  municipality  shall,  not  later  than  fifteen  Notice  of 
days  after  the  day  a  decision  is  made  by  council,  give  written 

notice  of  the  decision  by  mail  to  the  complainant,  and  the 
notice  shall  specify  the  last  day  for  filing  an  appeal,  which 
date  shall  be  no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  date  the  let- 
ter is  mailed. 


(6)  The  complainant  may  appeal  the  decision  of  council  to  Appeal 
the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  clerk  of  the  municipal- 
ity a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  reasons  for  the  appeal. 


10 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Record  (7)  The  clcrk  of  the  municipality  who  receives  a  notice  of 

appeal  under  subsection  (6)  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall 
include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  development  charge  by-law  certified 
by  the  clerk; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  have  been 
complied  with;  and 

(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  in  support  of  the  complaint. 

(8)  The  clerk  shall  forward  the  notice  of  appeal  and  the 
record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  within  thirty 
days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide  such  other 
information  and  material  that  the  Board  may  require  in 
respect  of  the  appeal. 

(9)  The  parties  to  the  appeal  are  the  complainant  and  the 
municipality. 

(10)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  of  which 
notice  shall  be  given  to  the  parties  to  the  appeal. 

(11)  Despite  subsection  (10),  the  Municipal  Board  may, 
where  it  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  complaint  set  out  in  the 
notice  of  appeal  is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without 
holding  a  full  hearing  but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall 
notify  the  appellant  and  give  the  appellant  an  opportunity  to 
make  representations  as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 

Decision  by        (12)  The  Municipal  Board  may  make  any  decision  that 
^^■^  could  have  been  made  by  the  council  of  the  municipality. 


Notice  and 
record  to 
O.M.B. 


Parties 


Notice  of 
hearing 


Early 
dismissal 


Refund  (13)  jf  the  development  charge  is  amended  by  the  council 

or  by  the  Municipal  Board,  the  municipality  shall  immediately 
refund  the  difference  between  the  development  charge  paid 
that  was  in  dispute  and  the  amount  of  the  charge  required  by 
council  or  the  Municipal  Board  to  be  paid. 

Charge  to  be       9, — (1)  Despite  any  other  Act,  a  building  permit  shall  not 
building  ""^^     be  issucd  in  respect  of  the  erection  of  a  building  or  structure 
permit  issued  on  land  to  which  a  development  charge  by-law  applies  unless 
the  development  charge  has  been  paid. 

Exception  (2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  municipality  may,  in  a  devel- 

opment charge  by-law,  provide  that  a  development  charge 
with  respect  to  water  supply  services,  sanitary  sewer  services, 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


11 


Storm  sewer  services  and  road  services  shall  be  payable,  with 
respect  to  an  approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section 
50  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  immediately  upon  entering  into  i983,  c.  i 
the  subdivision  agreement. 

(3)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (2),  a  municipality  may  Exceptions  in 
enter  into  an  agreement  with  an  owner  providing  for  the  pay-  ^^'^^^™^"  ^ 
ment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  the  development  charge  on  dates 

later  than  the  issuing  of  a  building  permit  or  the  entering  into 
of  a  subdivision  agreement. 

(4)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (2),  a  municipality  may  by  Services  in 
agreement  permit  an  owner  to  provide  services  in  lieu  of  the  payment 
payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  development  charge. 

(5)  A  municipality  that  has  entered  an  agreement  under  interest 
subsection  (3)  may  charge  interest,  at  a  rate  stipulated  in  the 
agreement,  on  that  part  of  the  development  charge  not  paid  in 
accordance  with  subsection  (1). 

10. — (1)  If  a  development  charge  is  imposed  by  an  upper  ^PPf^  tier 
tier  municipality,  the  treasurer  of  the  upper  tier  municipality  '""'""p^"'^^ 
shall  certify  to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which 
the  land  is  located  that  the  charge  has  been  imposed,  and 
when  the  charge  is  due. 

(2)  The  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall  collect  the  Collection  of 
charge  imposed  by  the  upper  tier  municipality  when  due  and  cSJge?"'^"^ 
shall,  unless  an  extension  of  time  is  agreed  to  by  the  upper 

tier  municipality,  remit  the  amount  of  the  charge  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  upper  tier  municipality  on  or  before  the  25th  day 
of  the  month  following  the  month  in  which  the  charge  is 
received  by  the  area  municipality. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (2),  a  development  charge  imposed  i^'^m 
by  an  upper  tier  municipality  under  subsection  9  (2)  or  (3) 
may  be  collected  by  the  upper  tier  municipality. 

(4)  The  treasurer  of  an  upper  tier  municipality  that  has  col-  certification 
lected  a  development  charge  under  subsection  (3)  shall  certify 

to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which  the  land  is 
located  that  the  charge  has  been  collected. 


Idem 


(5)  If  building  permits  are  issued  by  an  upper  tier  munici- 
pality, the  chief  building  official  of  the  upper  tier  municipality 
shall  certify  to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which 
the  land  is  located  that  all  applicable  law  within  the  meaning 
of  the  Building  Code  Act,  except  the  payment  of  development  R  s.o.  i980, 
charges,  has  been  comphed  with. 


51 


12 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Idem  (6)  The   treasurer  of  the   area  municipality   shall,   upon 

receipt  of  the  certificate  under  subsection  (5)  and  upon  pay- 
ment of  all  development  charges  and  education  development 
charges  under  Part  III  imposed  on  the  development,  immedi- 
ately certify  to  the  chief  building  official  of  the  upper  tier 
municipality  that  all  development  charges  and  education 
development  charges  have  been  paid. 

Delegation  of      (7)  If  building  permits  are  issued  by  an  upper  tier  munici- 
^weT"       pality,  the  upper  tier  municipality  may,  if  agreed  to  by  the 
area  municipality,  collect  all  development  charges  and  educa- 
tion development  charges. 


Lien 


Charge  upon 
land 


Collection 


11. — (1)  A  municipality  that  has  passed  a  development 
charge  by-law  may  register  or  deposit,  as  the  case  may  be,  a 
lien  or  notice  thereof  on  the  land  upon  which  a  development 
charge  has  become  payable. 

(2)  The  development  charge  shall,  from  the  date  of  regis- 
tration or  deposit  under  subsection  (1),  be  a  charge  upon  the 
land  to  which  the  development  charge  applies. 

12. — (1)  If  the  development  charge  or  any  part  thereof 
imposed  by  a  municipality,  other  than  an  upper  tier  munici- 
pality, remains  unpaid  after  the  due  date,  the  amount  unpaid 
shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  and  shall  be  collected  as  taxes. 


Idem 


(2)  If  the  development  charge  or  any  part  thereof  imposed 
by  an  upper  tier  municipality  remains  unpaid  after  the  due 
date,  the  treasurer  of  the  upper  tier  municipality  shall  certify 
to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which  the  land  is 
located  that  the  amount  is  unpaid  and  the  amount  unpaid 
shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  of  the  area  municipality  and 
shall  be  collected  as  taxes. 


Credit  for 
services 


Idem 


Idem 


13. — (1)  A  municipality  that  permits  the  provision  of  ser- 
vices in  lieu  of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  develop- 
ment charge  shall  give  a  credit  for  an  amount  equal  to  the  rea- 
sonable cost  to  the  owner  of  providing  the  services. 

(2)  If  a  municipality  and  owner  enter  an  agreement  that 
permits  an  owner  to  provide  services  additional  to  or  of  a 
greater  size  or  capacity  than  is  required  under  a  development 
charge  by-law,  the  municipality  may  agree  to  give  a  credit  for 
an  amount  up  to  the  reasonable  cost  to  the  owner  of  providing 
the  services. 

(3)  A  credit  given  under  subsection  (2)  shall  not  be  charged 
to  a  reserve  fund  established  under  section  16. 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  13 

14. — (1)  If  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  has,  before  the  Credits 
coming  into  force  of  a  development  charge  by-law,  paid  all  or 
any  portion  of  a  charge  related  to  development  pursuant  to  an 
agreement  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  or  i983,  c.  i 
a  predecessor  thereof  with  respect  to  land  within  the  area  to 
which  the  by-law  applies,  the  municipality  shall  give  a  credit 
for  the  amount  of  the  charge  paid. 

(2)  If  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  has,  before  the  coming  idem 
into  force  of  a  development  charge  by-law,  provided  services 

in  lieu  of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  charge  related 
to  development  pursuant  to  an  agreement  under  section  50  or 
52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  or  a  predecessor  thereof  with 
respect  to  land  within  the  area  to  which  the  by-law  applies, 
the  municipality  shall  give  a  credit  for  an  amount  equal  to  the 
reasonable  cost  to  the  owner  or  to  the  former  owner  of  pro- 
viding the  services. 

(3)  If  an  owner  is  required  to  pay  a  charge  to  a  municipality  i^em 
under  a  by-law  passed  under  section  215  of  the  Municipal  Act,  R  s.o.  i980, 
section  4  of  The  City  of  Ottawa  Act,  1960-61  or  section  1  of  i%o-6i, 
The  City  of  Toronto  Act,   1961-62,  the   municipaUty  shall  c.  120; 
reduce  the  development  charge  payable  under  the  develop-  l^yji^' 
ment  charge   by-law   by   an   amount   equal   to   the   charge 
imposed  by  that  by-law. 

(4)  If  a  conflict  exists  between  the  provisions  of  a  develop-  Conflicts 
ment  charge  by-law  and  an  agreement  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion (1)  or  (2),  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  prevail  to  the 
extent  of  the  conflict. 

(5)  If  a  conflict  exists  between  the  provisions  of  a  develop-  ^^^^ 
ment  charge  by-law  and  any  other  agreement  between  a 
municipality  and  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  with  respect  to 
land  within  the  area  to  which  the  by-law  applies,  the  provi- 
sions of  the  agreement  prevail  to  the  extent  that  there  is  a 
conflict. 

15, — (1)  If  an  owner  requests  two  or  more   approvals  Multiple 
described  in  subsection  3  (1)  in  respect  of  land,  a  municipality  ^pp™^^* 
shall  not  levy  more  than  one  development  charge. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  if  an  owner  requests  an  idem 
approval  described  in  subsection  3  (1)  and  the  owner  subse- 
quently requests  one  or  more  additional  approvals  that  have 
the  effect  of  increasing  the  need  for  services  beyond  that  gen- 
erated by  the  initial  approval,  a  municipality  may  require  the 
payment  of  an  additional  development  charge  based  on  the 
increased  need  for  services. 


14 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPME^^^  charges 


1989 


Reserve  fund  15, — (1)  Payments  received  by  a  municipality  under  this 
Part  shall  be  maintained  in  a  separate  reserve  fund  or  funds 
and  shall  be  used  only  to  meet  the  growth-related  net  capital 
costs  of  those  services  for  which  the  development  charge  was 
imposed. 

R.s.o.  1980,       (2)  Subsections  165  (2),  (3)  and  (4)  of  the  Municipal  Act 
s  iS'  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  payments  received  by  a 

appUes  municipality  under  this  Part. 

Statement  of        jy.  The  treasurer  of  the  municipality  shall,  in  each  year, 
treasurer        ^^  ^^  before  such  date  as  council  may  direct,  furnish  to  the 
council  a  statement  in  respect  of  each  reserve  fund  established 
under  section  15  containing  the  information  prescribed. 


Interest 


Idem 


Idem 


Regulations 


18. — (1)  A  municipality  shall  pay  interest  to  persons  to 
whom  overpayments  are  refunded  under  subsection  5  (3), 
5  (5)  or  8  (13)  calculated  in  the  manner  prescribed. 

(2)  Interest  shall  be  calculated  from  the  time  that  the  over- 
payment was  collected  to  the  time  that  the  refund  is  paid. 

(3)  The  refund  shall  include  the  interest  owed. 

19.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  3,  the 
manner  in  which  development  charges  shall  be 
calculated; 

(b)  prescribing  the  number  of  additional  dwelling  units 
and  the  categories  of  existing  residential  buildings 
for  the  purposes  of  clause  3  (2)  (b); 

(c)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  3,  those  ser- 
vices for  which  development  charges  shall  not  be 
imposed; 

(d)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  clause  3  (4)  (a),  an 
index  or  indices  that  may  be  used; 

(e)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  (1),  the 
persons  that  are  to  be  given  notice  and  the  manner 
in  which  notice  is  to  be  given; 

(f)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  (3),  the 
persons  and  agencies  that  are  to  be  given  notice  and 
the  manner  and  form  in  which  notice  is  to  be  given; 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  15 

(g)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  5  (7),  the 
information  to  be  provided  in  the  notice  and  the 
persons  to  whom  notice  is  to  be  given; 

(h)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  13,  the  man- 
ner in  which  credits  shall  be  calculated; 

(i)  prescribing  the  information  to  be  provided  in  a 
statement  of  the  treasurer  under  section  17; 

(j)  prescribing  methods  of  calculating  and  establishing 
interest  rates  under  section  18; 

(k)  prescribing  anything  that  in  Parts  I,  II  and  IV  of 
this  Act  may  be  prescribed  by  regulation. 

PART  II 

FRONT-END  PAYMENTS 

20. — (1)  A  municipality  that  has  in  effect  a  development  Front-end 
charge  by-law  may  enter  into  a  front-ending  agreement  or  P^y"'^"* 
agreements  with  any  or  all  owners  within  a  benefiting  area 
providing  for  the  payment  by  the  owners  of  a  front-end 
payment. 

(2)  An  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  (1)  shall  Agreement 
contain, 

(a)  a  list  of  the  front-end  services  for  which  front-end 
payments  shall  be  made; 

(b)  the  estimated  cost  of  installing  the  services; 

(c)  the  proportion  of  the  front-end  payment  to  be  paid 
by  each  owner  who  is  a  party  to  the  agreement; 

(d)  the  agreement  of  the  owners  to  immediately  pay  to 
the  municipality  the  actual  costs  incurred  by  the 
municipality  in  the  installation  of  the  services  in 
accordance  with  the  proportions  determined  under 
clause  (c); 

(e)  the  agreement  of  the  municipality  to  immediately 
reimburse  the  owners  if  the  actual  cost  of  installing 
the  services  is  lower  than  the  estimated  cost  in 
accordance  with  the  proportions  determined  under 
clause  (c); 


16 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


(f)  a  description  of  the  benefiting  area  for  each  of  the 
services; 

(g)  the  manner  in  which  the  portion  of  the  front-end 
payment  that  each  owner  in  the  benefiting  area, 
other  than  the  parties  to  the  front-end  agreement,  is 
to  be  calculated;  and 

(h)  subject  to  clause  (g),  the  agreement  of  the  munici- 
pality to  require  each  owner  in  the  benefiting  area, 
other  than  an  owner  who  is  a  party  to  the  agree- 
ment, to  pay  the  owner's  portion  of  the  front-end 
payment. 


Idem 


Idem 


Notice  of 
agreement 


(3)  An  agreement  under  subsection  (2)  may  provide  that 
the  front-end  payment  shall  be  payable  in  money,  or  by  the 
provision  of  services  in  lieu  thereof,  or  by  a  combination  of 
both,  as  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  parties. 

(4)  An  agreement  under  subsection  (2)  shall  provide  the 
methods  by  which  amounts  payable  under  clause  (2)  (h)  shall 
be  adjusted. 

21. — (1)  The  municipality  shall  give  notice  by  mail  of  the 
front-ending  agreement  to  all  owners  within  the  benefiting 
area. 


Contents  of 
notice 


(2)  The  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  explain  the 
nature  and  purpose  of  the  agreement  and  shall  indicate  that 
the  agreement  can  be  viewed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk  during 
normal  office  hours. 


Objections 


Effective 
date  of 
agreement 


Objections  to 
O.M.B. 


Hearing  to 
O.M.B. 


(3)  Any  owner  to  whom  notice  of  the  agreement  is  given, 
except  a  party  to  the  agreement,  may  object  to  the  agreement 
by  filing  a  written  objection  with  the  clerk  of  the  municipality 
within  twenty-one  days  of  the  date  of  mailing  of  the  notice  of 
the  agreement. 

(4)  If  no  objection  is  filed  within  twenty-one  days,  the 
agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  effect  on  the 
date  it  was  fully  executed. 

(5)  If  an  objection  is  filed,  the  clerk  shall  immediately  for- 
ward it  to  the  Municipal  Board. 

(6)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  and  shall  con- 
firm the  agreement,  refuse  to  confirm  the  agreement  or  direct 
a  municipality  to  make  changes  to  the  agreement. 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  17 

(7)  If  an  objection  is  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  agree-  Effective 
ment  comes  into  effect  when  approved  by  the  Municipal  objectlon'^^ 
Board  or,  if  changes  are  directed  by  the  Board,  when  the 
municipality  and  the  other  parties  to  the  agreement  have  exe- 
cuted the  agreement  as  directed  to  be  changed  by  the  Board. 

(8)  The  parties  to  the  Municipal  Board  hearing  are  the  Parties 
municipality,  the  other  parties  to  the  agreement  and  the 
owners  who  filed  written  objections  within  the  period  referred 

to  in  subsection  (3). 

22.  Section  64  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  om.b 
not  apply  to  a  front-ending  agreement  or  to  special  accounts  required  "°* 
established  under  sections  26  and  27.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  347 

23.  A  notice  of  an  agreement  entered  into  under  section  Registration 
20  may  be  registered  against  the  land  in  the  benefiting  area, 

and  subject  to  the  Registry  Act  and  the  Land  Titles  Act,  the  R so.  i980, 
municipality,  ^-  ^'>  ^'^ 

(a)  may  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  against 
any  and  all  subsequent  owners  of  the  lands  owned 
by  the  parties  thereto;  and 

(b)  may  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  made 
under  clauses  20  (2)  (g)  and  (h)  and  section  25 
against  any  and  all  owners  and  subsequent  owners 
of  lands  in  the  benefiting  area. 

24.  If  a  front-ending  agreement  is  in  effect,  no  person  Compliance 
shall  undertake  any  development  that  requires  an  approval  "^'^^^^^^ 
mentioned  in  subsection  3  (1)  within  a  benefiting  area  until 
section  25  has  been  complied  with. 

25.  A  municipality  that  has  entered  into  a  front-ending  Conditions  of 
agreement,  ^^^^^'^^^ 

(a)  shall  require  an  owner  within  a  benefiting  area, 
other  than  a  party  to  the  agreement,  to  pay  the 
owner's  portion  of  the  front-end  payment  as  a  con- 
dition of  approval  of  any  development  on  that  por- 
tion of  the  owner's  land  located  within  the  benefit- 
ing area;  and 

(b)  may  require  all  owners  in  a  benefiting  area,  includ- 
ing owners  who  are  parties  to  the  agreement,  to  pay 
the  reasonable  costs  to  the  municipality  of  adminis- 
tering the  agreement,  including  the  cost  to  the 
municipality  of  consuhants  and  of  studies  required 
in  preparation  of  the  agreement. 


18 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Special 
accounts 


Idem 


Special 
account  for 
section  25 
funds 


Reimburse- 
ment 


Deduction 
from 

development 
charge 


26. — (1)  The  municipality  shall  place  all  money  received 
from  the  parties  to  the  front-ending  agreement  in  a  special 
account  and  shall  use  the  funds  in  such  account  only  for, 

(a)  paying  the  actual  net  cost  of  the  installation  of  the 
services  specified  in  the  agreement;  and 

(b)  reimbursing  to  the  parties  to  the  agreement  any 
funds  remaining  in  the  account  after  the  installation 
of  the  services  referred  to  in  clause  (a). 

(2)  The  municipality  shall  provide  annually  to  the  parties  to 
the  front-ending  agreement  a  statement  setting  out  the  partic- 
ulars of  payments  made  out  of  the  account,  the  balance 
remaining  in  the  account  and  additional  payments,  if  any,  that 
are  or  will  be  required  from  the  parties  pursuant  to  the 
agreement. 

27. — (1)  The  municipalities  shall  place  money  received 
under  section  25  in  a  special  account  and  shall,  immediately 
upon  receipt  of  the  money,  pay  it  over  to  the  parties  of  the 
front-ending  agreement  in  the  proportions  stated  in  the 
agreement. 

(2)  The  municipality  shall  reimburse  the  parties  to  the 
agreement  only  at  the  time  of  and  upon  the  payment  of  the 
money  referred  to  in  subsection  (1). 

(3)  Payments  made  under  subsection  (1)  with  respect  to 
services  referred  to  in  clause  20  (2)  (a)  shall  be  deducted  from 
the  amount  otherwise  payable  by  an  owner  pursuant  to  a 
development  charge  by-law. 

PART  III 


Definitions 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  129 


EDUCATION  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 

28.  In  this  Part, 

"board"  means  a  board  in  paragraph  3  of  subsection  1  (1)  of 
the  Education  Act,  other  than, 

(a)  a    board    established    under    section    70    of   the 
Education  Act, 

(b)  a  board  of  education  for  an  area  municipality  in  The 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto, 

(c)  The  Metropolitan  Toronto  French-Language  School 
Council,  and 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  19 

(d)    The     Ottawa-Carleton     French-language     School 
Board, 

but  includes  the  public  sector  and  the  Roman  Catholic  sec- 
tor of  The  Ottawa-Carleton  French-language  School  Board 
and  The  Metropolitan  Toronto  School  Board; 

"commercial  development"  means  an  approval  of  a  develop- 
ment other  than  a  residential  development; 

"education  capital  cost"  means  costs  incurred  or  proposed  to 
be  incurred  by  a  board, 

(a)  to  acquire  school  facilities, 

(b)  to  construct,  expand,  alter  or  improve  school  faciU- 
ties,  and 

(c)  to  undertake  studies  in  connection  with  any  of  the 
matters  in  clause  (a)  or  (b), 

to  provide  pupil  accommodation; 

"education  development  charge"  means  a  development  charge 
imposed  under  a  by-law  passed  under  section  29  respecting 
growth-related  net  education  capital  costs  incurred  or  pro- 
posed to  be  incurred  by  a  board; 

"education  development  charge  by-law"  means  a  by-law 
passed  under  subsection  29  (1); 

"education  development  charges  account"  means  an  account 
established  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  for  money 
collected  under  an  education  development  charge  by-law; 

"growth-related  net  education  capital  cost"  means  the  portion 
of  the  net  education  capital  cost  reasonably  attributable  to 
the  need  for  such  net  education  capital  cost  that  is  attrib- 
uted to  or  will  result  from  development  in  all  or  part  of  the 
area  of  jurisdiction  of  a  board; 

"net  education  capital  cost"  means  the  education  capital  cost 
reduced  by  any  capital  grants  and  subsidies  paid  or  that 
may  be  paid  to  the  board  in  respect  of  such  education 
capital  cost; 

"owner"  means  the  owner  of  the  land  or  a  person  who  has 
made  application  for  an  approval  for  the  development  of 
the  land  upon  which  an  education  development  charge  is 
imposed; 


20  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

"pupil  accommodation"  means  a  building  to  accommodate 
pupils  or  an  addition  or  alteration  to  a  building  that  enables 
the  building  to  accommodate  an  increased  number  of 
pupils; 

"residential  development"  means  an  approval  of  a  develop- 
ment that  provides  residential  accommodation; 

"school  facilities"  means  a  school  site  in  paragraph  53  of  sub- 
R.s.o.  1980,        section  1  (1)  of  the  Education  Act. 

c.  129 

Education  29. — (1)  A  board  may  pass  by-laws  for  the  imposition  of 

Sge^S-iaw  an  education  development  charge  against  land  in  the  area  of 
jurisdiction  of  the  board,  in  respect  of  residential  development 
or  residential  and  commercial  development,  if  there  is  resi- 
dential development  in  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  the  board 
that  would  increase  education  capital  costs  and  the  residential 
or  commercial  development  requires, 

(a)  the  approval  of  a  zoning  by-law  or  of  an  amend- 
1983,  c.  1  ment  thereto  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act, 

1983; 

(b)  the  approval  of  a  minor  variance  under  section  44  of 
the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(c)  the  approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section 
50  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(d)  a  consent  under  section  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983; 

(e)  the  approval  of  a  description  under  section  50  of  the 
R.s.o.  1980,  Condominium  Act;  or 

c.  84 

R.s.o.  1980,  (f)    the  approval  of  an  application  under  the  Building 

'^-  ^^  Code  Act  to  permit  the  erection  of  a  building  or 

structure. 

Exception  (2)  Subscction  (1)  docs  not  apply  in  respect  of  an  approval 

mentioned  in  clauses  (1)  (a)  to  (f)  that  would  have  the  effect 
only, 

(a)  of  permitting  the  enlargement  of  an  existing  dwell- 
ing unit;  or 

(b)  of  creating  one  or  two  additional  dwelling  units  as 
prescribed,  in  prescribed  categories  of  existing  resi- 
dential buildings. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


21 


(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  shall,  Contents  of 

(a)  designate  the  categories  of  residential  development 
and  commercial  development  upon  which  an  educa- 
tion development  charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(b)  designate  those  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures 
upon  which  an  education  development  charge  shall 
be  imposed; 

(c)  designate  the  areas  in  which  an  education  develop- 
ment charge  shall  be  imposed;  and 

(d)  in  accordance  with  the  regulations,  establish  the 
education  development  charge,  or  the  schedule  of 
education  development  charges,  to  be  imposed  in 
respect  of  the  designated  categories  of  development 
and  the  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures. 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  may  provide  for  indexing 
the  indexing  of  education  development  charges  based  on  one 

of  the  prescribed  indices. 

(5)  No  land,  except  land  used  for  the  purposes  of  an  ele-  Li™ted 
mentary  or  secondary  school  under  the  Education  Act  or  land  ^^"^  '°^gQ 
owned  by  and  used  for  the  purposes  of  a  municipality,  is  cc.  129, 31 
exempt  from  an  education  development  charge  under  a  by-law 

passed  under  subsection  (1)  by  reason  only  that  the  property 
is  exempt  from  taxation  under  section  3  of  the  Assessment 
Act. 


(6)  The  imposition  of  an  education  development  charge  by  Conditions 
a   board   is   subject   to   the   conditions   prescribed   by   the 
regulations. 

30, — (1)  Before  passing  an  education  development  charge  ^^^^^9 
by-law,  except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the  ""^^"^^ 
Municipal  Board  made  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  board, 

(a)  shall  hold  at  least  one  public  meeting; 

(b)  shall  give  notice  of  the  meeting  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed;  and 

(c)  shall  ensure  that  sufficient  information  is  made 
available  to  enable  the  public  to  understand  gener- 
ally the  education  development  charge  proposal. 

(2)  The  meeting  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  be  held  ^'ght  to  be 
no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  requirements  for  the  giv- 


22 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Notice  of 
by-law 


Appeal 


Timing  of 
notice 


Record 


Notice  and 
record  to 
O.M.B. 


ing  of  notice  have  been  complied  with  and  any  person  who  . 
attends  the  meeting  may  make  representations  in  respect  of  J 
the  proposed  education  development  charges. 

(3)  If  the  board  passes  an  education  development  charge 
by-law,  other  than  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the 
Municipal  Board  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  secretary  of  the 
board  shall,  not  later  than  fifteen  days  after  the  day  the 
by-law  is  passed,  give  written  notice  of  the  passing  of  the 
by-law  in  the  manner  and  in  the  form  and  to  the  persons  and 
organizations  prescribed  and  the  notice  shall  specify  the  last 
day  for  filing  a  notice  of  appeal  under  subsection  (4). 

(4)  Any  person  or  organization  may,  not  later  than  twenty 
days  after  written  notice  under  subsection  (3)  is  given,  appeal 
to  the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  secretary  of  the 
board  a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  objection  to  the 
by-law  and  the  reasons  in  support  of  the  objection. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  written  notice  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  given, 

(a)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  in  a  newspaper, 
on  the  day  that  the  publication  occurs; 

(b)  where  notice  is  given  by  mail,  on  the  day  that  the 
mailing  of  all  required  notices  is  completed;  or 

(c)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  and  by  mail,  on 
the  later  of  the  days  that  publication  occurs  or  mail- 
ing is  completed. 

(6)  The  secretary  of  the  board  who  receives  a  notice  ol 
appeal  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall  include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  by-law  certified  by  the  secretary; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  have  been  complied  with;  and 

(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  received  in  respect  of  the  by-law 
before  it  was  passed.  | 

(7)  The  secretary  of  the  board  shall  forward  the  notice  of 
appeal  and  the  record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board 
within  thirty  days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide 
such  other  information  or  material  as  the  Municipal  Board 
may  require  in  respect  of  the  appeal. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


23 


(8)  An  affidavit  or  declaration  of  the  secretary  of  the  board  Affidavit, 
that  notice  was  given  as  required  by  subsection  (3)  or  that  no  condusive" 
notice  of  appeal  was  filed  under  subsection  (4)  within  the  time  evidence 
allowed  for  appeal  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the  facts  stated 
therein. 

(9)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  of  which  Hearing 
notice  shall  be  given  to  such  persons  or  organizations  and  in 

such  manner  as  the  Municipal  Board  may  determine. 


(10)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  where  it  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  objection  to  the  by-law  set  out  in  the  notice  of  appeal 
is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without  holding  a  full  hear- 
ing but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall  notify  the  appellant 
and  give  the  appellant  the  opportunity  to  make  representa- 
tions as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 

(11)  The  Municipal  Board  may, 

(a)  dismiss  the  appeal;  or 

(b)  order  the  board  to  repeal  the  by-law  in  whole  or  in 
part  or  amend  the  by-law  in  accordance  with  the 
order. 


Early 

dismissal  of 
appeal 


Determi- 
nation by 
O.M.B. 


(12)  Despite  subsection  (11),  the  Municipal  Board  may  not  Restriction 
order  the  amendment  of  a  by-law  so  as  to. 


on 
amendments 


(a)  increase  an  education  development  charge  imposed 
by  the  by-law;  or 

(b)  alter  the  term  of  the  by-law. 

31. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  by-law  comes  ^hen  by-iaw 
into  force  on  the  fifth  day  following  the  day  it  is  passed  or  the 
day  specified  in  the  by-law,  whichever  is  later. 

(2)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  a  board  to  repeal  a  Retroactive 
by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is  ^^^^ 
repealed  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  repealed  on  the  day 

the  by-law  came  into  force. 

(3)  When  a  by-law  is  repealed  in  whole  or  in  part  under  Refunds 
subsection  30  (11),  the  treasurer  of  the  education  develop- 
ment charges  account  shall  immediately  refund  all  education 
development  charges  paid  pursuant  to  that  part  of  the  by-law 

that  is  repealed. 

(4)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  a  board  to  amend  a  Retroactive 
by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is  ^'"^^  ""^"^^ 


24 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


amended  ceases  to  be  in  force  and  the  amendment  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  date  the  by-law  came 
into  force. 


Refunds 


(5)  If  a  by-law  is  amended  in  whole  or  in  part  under  subsec- 
tion 30  (11),  the  treasurer  of  the  education  development 
charges  account  shall  immediately  refund  the  difference 
between  the  education  development  charge  paid  pursuant  to 
that  portion  of  the  by-law  that  is  amended  and  the  education 
development  charge  required  to  be  paid  pursuant  to  the 
amendment. 


Restrictions 
on  appeal 


(6)  A  repeal  or  amendment  made  under  subsection  30  (11) 
is  not  subject  to  appeal  under  subsection  30  (4). 


Direct  refund 


(7)  A  refund  under  this  section  shall  be  paid  to  the  owner 
and  the  treasurer  of  the  education  development  charges 
account  shall  inform  the  municipal  treasurer  of  the  amount  of 
the  refund. 


Expiration  of 
by-law 


32. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  by-law  expires 
five  years  after  the  date  it  comes  into  force. 


Idem 


(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  board  may, 


(a)    provide  in  the  by-law  for  a  term  of  less  than  five 
years;  or 


Concurrent 
terms 


(b)    repeal  the  by-law. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  if  an  education  development 
charge  by-law  is  in  force  in  respect  of  an  area,  the  term  of  an 
education  development  charge  by-law  passed  by  another 
board  with  respect  to  the  same  area  shall  expire  on  the  date  of 
expiration  of  the  first-mentioned  by-law. 


Change  of 
term 


(4)  Where  a  board  repeals  its  education  development 
charge  by-law  and  another  board  that  has  jurisdiction  in  all  or 
part  of  the  same  area  has  passed  a  by-law  that  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  would  expire  on  the  date  of  expiration  of  the  first- 
mentioned  by-law,  that  other  board  may  determine  that  the 
by-law  shall  be  in  effect  for  up  to  five  years  after  the  date  it 
comes  into  force  and,  where  it  does  so,  the  board  shall  give 
notice  of  its  determination  to  the  same  persons  and  in  the 
same  manner  as  provided  under  subsection  36  (1). 


Sation  (^^  Subject  to  subsections  (6),  (7)  and  (8),  a  board  that  has 

development    passcd  an  education  development  charge  by-law  that  is  in 
charge  by-law  forcc  may  pass  a  new  education  development  charge  by-law. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


25 


(6)  Before  passing  a  new  education  development  charge  Review  of 
by-law,  the  board  shall  conduct  a  review  of  the  education  p^'"^* 
development  charge  poUcies  of  the  board. 

(7)  In  conducting  a  review  under  subsection  (6),  the  board  ^^^^^9 
shall  ensure  that  adequate  information  is  made  available  to  '"^^^'"^ 
the  public,  and  for  this  purpose  shall  hold  at  least  one  public 
meeting,  notice  of  which  shall  be  given  in  at  least  one  news- 
paper having  general  circulation  in  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of 

the  board. 

(8)  Sections  30  and  36  apply  with  necessary  modifications  ^^^^ 
to  a  by-law  under  subsection  (5). 

33. — (1)  A  school  board  may  amend  an  education  devel-  Amendments 
opment  charge  by-law  and  the  amendment  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  come  into  force  on  the  day  the  by-law  that  is  being 
amended  came  into  force  and  the  part  of  the  by-law  that  is 
amended  ceases  to  be  in  force. 

(2)  Sections  30  and  36  apply  with  necessary  modifications  ^^^^ 
to  an  amendment  made  under  this  section. 


34. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  imposed  by  a  Charges 
board  with  respect  to  a  residential  development  is  the  amount 
payable  by  the  owner  to  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality 
under  the  education  development  charge  by-law. 

(2)  An  education  development  charge  imposed  by  a  board  Wem, 

•  ,i  ,,  -iji  ^  •  commercial 

With  respect  to  a  commercial  development  is,  development 

(a)  the  amount  obtained  by  applying  the  prescribed  per 
cent,  or  a  per  cent  determined  by  a  board  that  is 
within  a  prescribed  range  of  per  cents,  to  the 
declared  value  of  the  building  permit;  or 

(b)  the  amount  on  an  area,  unit  or  density  basis  calcu- 
lated in  the  manner  prescribed. 

(3)  A  building  permit  shall  not  be  issued  in  respect  of  the  ^^^J^ }°  ^^ 
erection  of  a  building  or  structure  on  land  to  which  an  educa-  building  ""^^ 
tion  development  charge  by-law  applies  unless  the  develop-  permit  issued 
ment  charge  has  been  paid. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (1),  and  subject  to  subsection  (5)  Facilities  in 
and  the  consent  of  the  Minister  of  Education,  a  board  may  by  paynS'ent 
agreement  permit  an  owner  to  provide  school  facilities  in  lieu 

of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  an  education  develop- 
ment charge  and  the  board  shall  advise  the  treasurer  of  the 


26 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


municipality  in  which  the  land  is  situate  of  the  amount  of  the 
credit. 


Necessary 
parties 


Complaints 


Procedures 
adopted 


Refunds 


(5)  If  more  than  one  board  has  jurisdiction  in  an  area  and 
one  or  more  boards  are  to  receive  school  facilities  under  sub- 
section (4),  all  the  boards  are  required  to  be  parties  to  the 
agreement, 

35. — (1)  An  owner  or  board  may  complain  in  writing  to 
the  council  of  the  municipality  in  which  the  land  is  situate  or 
an  owner  may  complain  to  the  board  in  respect  of  territory 
without  municipal  organization  that, 

(a)  the  calculation  of  the  education  development  charge 
imposed  was  based  on  an  incorrect  number  of  units; 

(b)  there  was  an  error  in  the  application  of  the  educa- 
tion development  charge  by-law;  or 

(c)  the  amount  credited  to  an  owner  under  subsection 
34  (4)  is  incorrect. 

(2)  Subsections  8  (2)  to  (13)  apply  with  necessary  modifica- 
tions to  a  complaint  under  subsection  (1). 

(3)  If  a  final  determination  of  a  complaint  has  been  made 
and  a  refund  is  due  to  the  owner,  the  treasurer  of  the  educa- 
tion development  charges  account  shall  pay  the  amount  of  the 
refund  to  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  who  shall  reim- 
burse the  owner. 


Idem 


Distribution 
of  by-law 


special 
account 


Territory 
without 
municipal 
organization 


(4)  If  a  final  determination  of  a  complaint  has  been  made 
and  a  refund  is  due  to  the  school  board,  the  treasurer  of  the 
municipality  shall  pay  the  amount  of  the  refund  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  education  development  charges  account. 

36. — (1)  A  board  that  passes  a  by-law  under  subsection 
29  (1)  shall  submit  to  the  treasurer  of  each  municipality  all  or 
part  of  which  is  made  subject  to  an  education  development 
charge  a  copy  of  the  by-law  and  provide  a  copy  to  the  secre- 
tary of  any  other  board  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  same  or 
part  of  the  same  area  of  the  board  that  passed  the  by-law  and 
forward  a  copy  to  the  Minister  of  Education. 

(2)  An  education  development  charges  account  shall  be 
established  on  or  before  the  fifth  day  following  the  enactment 
of  a  by-law  under  subsection  29  (1). 

(3)  Where  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  a  board  includes  terri- 
tory without  municipal  organization,  all  or  part  of  which  is 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  27 

made  subject  to  an  education  development  charge,  the  board 
shall  exercise  the  powers  and  duties  of  a  municipal  council  for 
such  territory  in  respect  of  collecting  the  charge  and  the  offic- 
ers of  the  board  have  the  same  powers  and  duties  as  similar 
officers  in  a  municipality. 


(4)  Where  an  education  development  charge  is  imposed  by  Collection  of 
a  board,  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  or  board,  as  the  '^  ^^^^ 
case  requires,  shall  collect  the  charge  imposed  when  due  and, 

on  or  before  the  25th  day  of  the  month  next  following  the 
month  in  which  the  charge  is  collected,  shall  deposit  the 
amount  of  the  charge  in  the  education  development  charges 
account  established  in  respect  of  the  by-law  under  which  the 
charge  is  imposed. 

(5)  On  or  before  the  fifth  day  of  the  month  following  a  statement 
month  in  which  a  deposit  is  made  under  subsection  (4),  the 
treasurer  of  the  municipality  shall  forward  to  the  treasurer  of 

the  board  or  the  treasurer  of  the  board  shall  prepare  a  state- 
ment setting  out  the  prescribed  information  in  respect  of  the 
period  that  began  on  the  26th  day  of  the  month  before  the 
preceding  month  and  that  ended  on  the  25th  day  of  the  pre- 
ceding month. 

(6)  If  two  or  more  boards  have  imposed  an  education  ^^^^ 
development  charge  by-law  upon  an  area,  the  statement  men- 
tioned in  subsection  (5)  shall  be  prepared  in  respect  of  the 
money  collected  and  forwarded  to  the  treasurer  of  each  board 
that  passed  a  by-law  under  which  the  money  was  collected. 

37. — (1)  A  board  that  has  passed  an  education  develop-  •-'«" 
ment  charge  by-law  may  register  or  deposit,  as  the  case 
requires,  a  lien  or  notice  thereof,  upon  the  land  with  respect 
to  which  the  education  development  charge  applies. 

(2)  The  education  development  charge  shall,  from  the  date  charge  upon 
of  registration  or  deposit,  be  a  charge  upon  the  land  of  the 
owner  to  which  the  education  development  charge  applies. 

38.  If  an   education   development   charge   or   any   part  Collection 
thereof  remains  unpaid  after  the  due  date,  the  amount  unpaid 

shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  of  the  municipality  and  shall  be 
collected  as  taxes  and  remitted  to  the  treasurer  of  the  educa- 
tion development  charges  account  established  in  respect  of  the 
by-law  under  which  the  education  development  charge  is 
imposed. 

39.  On  or  before  the  25th  day  of  the  month  next  following  Transfer  of 
the  month  in  which  an  education  development  charge  is  col-  '"""^^ 
lected  under  section  38,  the  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  trea- 


28  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

surer  of  the  education  development  charges  account  all  money 
received  in  payment  of  education  development  charges. 

Interest  40, — (1)  The    treasurer   of   the    education   development 

charges  account  shall  pay  interest  out  of  the  account  to  per- 
sons to  whom  overpayments  are  refunded  under  subsections 
31  (3)  and  (5)and  35  (3)  calculated  in  the  manner  prescribed. 

Period  during      (2)  Interest  shall  be  calculated  from  the  time  that  the  over- 
illterest  is       payment  was  collected  to  the  time  that  the  refund  is  paid. 

payable 

Regulations  41.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations that  may  have  general  or  particular  application  in 
respect  of  a  board, 

(a)  respecting  any  matter  that  is  referred  to  as  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  governing  the  estabhshment  and  administration  of 
the  education  development  charges  account; 

(d)  providing  for  the  application,  placement  in  a 
reserve,  withdrawal  and  use  of  the  money  deposited 
or  accrued  in  an  education  development  charges 
account; 

(e)  requiring  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Education 
to  any  factor,  criterion,  rate,  amount,  portion,  esti- 
mate or  project  used  in  determining  an  education 
development  charge; 

(f)  prescribing  the  manner  of  calculation  of  education 
development  charges  to  be  used  by  boards; 

(g)  providing  for  the  sharing  of  proceeds  where  more 
than  one  board  establishes  a  charge  in  respect  of  the 
same  area; 

(h)  prescribing  an  indexing  formula  or  formulae  for  the 
purposes  of  subsection  29  (4); 

(i)  prescribing  information  which  boards  must  provide 
to  other  boards  for  the  purposes  of  developing  edu- 
cation development  charges  under  this  Part; 

(j)  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  interest  is  to  be  cal- 
culated for  the  purposes  of  section  40; 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


29 


(k)  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  notice  shall  be 
given  wherever  notice  is  required  under  this  Part, 
the  persons  and  agencies  to  whom  notice  shall  be 
given,  and  the  form  of  the  notice; 

(1)  prescribing  the  terms  of  agreements  for  credit  in 
lieu  of  payment  of  education  development  charges, 
determining  the  amount  of  the  credit  and  governing 
the  allocation  of  the  credit  between  or  among 
boards. 

PART  IV 

GENERAL 

42. — (1)  A  by-law  providing  for  the  payment  of  charges  Existing 

related  to  development  that  is  in  effect  on  the  date  of  the  charges*™^"^ 

coming  into  force  of  this  Act  shall  remain  in  effect  until  the  by-laws 
earlier  of, 

(a)  the  repeal  of  the  by-law; 

(b)  the  coming  into  force  of  a  by-law  under  section  3; 

(c)  where  the  maximum  development  charge  payable 
under  an  existing  by-law  on  a  dwelling  unit  is  more 
than  $3,000,  one  year  after  the  date  of  the  coming 
into  force  of  this  Act;  or 

(d)  where  the  maximum  development  charge  payable 
under  an  existing  by-law  on  a  dwelling  unit  is  $3,000 
or  less,  two  years  after  the  date  of  the  coming  into 
force  of  this  Act. 


(2)  A  by-law  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  not  be 
amended  during  the  period  it  remains  in  effect. 


No 

amendments 

permitted 


43. — (1)  A  municipality  shall  not  enter  into  an  agreement  Certain 
under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  that  imposes  ST^"^^ 
a  charge  related  to  development  after  the  coming  into  force  of  i983,  c.  i 
this  Act. 

(2)  An  agreement  with  respect  to  charges  related  to  devel-  Wem 
opment  made  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
that  is  in  effect  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  remains 
in  effect. 

44. — (1)  A  request  made  before  the  coming  into  force  of  Referrals  to 
this  Act  for  a  referral  under  subsection  50  (17)  of  the  Planning 
Act,  1983  with  respect  to  a  condition  relating  to  a  charge 


30 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Appeals 
under 
1983,  c.  1 
continued 


related  to  development  shall  be  continued  and  disposed  of 
under  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

(2)  An  appeal  made  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this 
Act  under  subsection  52  (7)  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  with 
respect  to  a  condition  relating  to  a  charge  related  to  develop- 
ment shall  continue  and  be  disposed  of  under  the  Planning 
Act,  1983. 


Conflicts 


(3)  If  a  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  respecting  a  matter 
mentioned  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  conflicts  with  a  devel- 
opment charge  by-law,  the  decision  of  the  Board  prevails  to 
the  extent  of  the  conflict. 


Agreements 
not  affected 
1983,  c.  1 


45.  Except  as  stated  herein,  this  Act  does  not  affect  an 
agreement  made  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983. 


46.  Despite  section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board 


No  right  of 

R so"  1980    ^^^^  there  is  no  right  to  file  a  petition  under  that  section  in 

c.  347        '   respect  of  any  order  or  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  made 

in  respect  of  any  matter  appealed  to  the  Board  under  this  Act. 


Conflicts 


Commence- 
ment 


47.  In  the  event  of  conflict  between  the  provisions  of  this 
Act  and  any  other  general  or  special  Act,  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  prevail. 

48.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


49.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Development  Charges 
Act,  1989. 


Bill  20  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  20 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Payment  of  Development  Charges 


The  Hon.  J.  Sweeney 
Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  26th,  1989 

3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Finance  and  Economic  Affairs  Committee) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Planning  Act,  1983  currently  permits  municipalities  to  impose  lot  levies  on  plans 
of  subdivision,  and  on  consents  to  sever  land,  to  cover  some  of  the  costs  to  municipalities 
of  servicing  the  resultant  growth.  The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  permit  both  municipalities 
and  school  boards  to  impose  development  charges  on  all  types  of  development  that  will 
increase  the  need  for  municipal  services  or  school  facilities.  The  Bill  also  provides  author- 
ity for  agreements  between  owners  and  municipalities  to  allow  owners  under  certain  con- 
ditions to  develop  their  land  earlier  than  the  servicing  plans  of  the  municipalities  would 
otherwise  permit.  Municipalities  would  then  reimburse  those  owners  for  their  additional 
costs  from  development  charges  subsequently  received  from  other  owners  of  land  benefit- 
ing from  those  services. 

The  principal  provisions  of  the  Bill  are  as  follows: 

PART  I  —  Development  charges 

Municipalities  may  pass  by-laws  imposing  development  charges,  on  types  of  develop- 
ment specified  in  the  by-law,  for  the  municipal  services  specified.  Development  charges 
could  not  be  imposed  on  expansions  of  existing  dwelling  units,  or  on  the  creation  of 
additional  units  in  existing  residential  buildings,  if  done  in  accordance  with  the  regu- 
lations. Also,  development  charges  could  not  be  imposed  with  respect  to  certain  local 
services  which  are  normally  installed  by  the  person  developing  the  land. 

A  municipality  may  exempt  from  development  charges  categories  of  dwelling  units 
designated  as  affordable  housing  in  the  by-law  and  categories  of  institutions  designated  in 
the  by-law.  -^ 

Procedures  are  established  for  passing  development  charge  by-laws  and  for  appealing 
them  to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board.  The  Board  could  lower  or  repeal  development 
charges,  but  not  increase  them.  If  an  appeal  is  successful,  municipalities  would  be 
required  to  refund  the  charges  already  paid. 

Development  charge  by-laws  would  expire  after  five  years.  Municipalities  could  pass 
new  by-laws  before  this  occurred. 

Owners  may  complain  to  municipal  councils  regarding  errors  in  the  calculation  of 
development  charges  and  may  appeal  council  decisions  to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board. 

A  development  charge  must  be  paid  before  a  building  permit  is  issued,  except  in 
specified  circumstances.  Municipalities  may  agree  to  permit  owners  to  provide  services  in 
lieu  of  paying  development  charges. 

Development  charges  are  generally  to  be  collected  by  lower  tier  municipalities, 
although  they  may  be  collected  by  upper  tier  municipalities  as  well. 

Unpaid  development  charges  are  to  be  added  to  municipal  tax  rolls  and  collected  as 
taxes. 

Municipalities  may  give  owners  a  credit  for  services  installed  under  existing  Planning 
Act,  1983  provisions,  and  under  other  specified  legislation. 

Municipalities  are  to  place  development  charge  funds  received  in  separate  reserve 
funds. 

Municipalities  must  pay  interest  on  refunds  of  development  charges.  v 

PART  II  —  Front-end  payment 

Municipalities  may  enter  into  agreements  with  owners  who  wish  to  accelerate  devel- 
opment of  their  lands,  and  to  have  those  owners  install  services  or  pay  municipalities  for 


the  installation  of  services  required  to  accelerate  development,  to  collect  from  other 
owners  who  subsequently  benefit  from  those  services,  and  to  reimburse  the  front-ending 
owners  out  of  development  charges  subsequently  paid  by  the  other  benefiting  owners. 

Owners  are  to  be  given  notice  of  front-ending  agreements  and  to  be  permitted  to 
appeal  them  to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board. 

Agreements  may  be  registered  on  land  benefiting  from  them,  and  municipalities  may 
enforce  them  against  owners  and  subsequent  owners. 

Municipalities  may  enforce  agreements  against  owners  of  land  benefiting  from  ser- 
vices installed  under  the  agreements. 

PART  III  —  Education  development  charges 

School  boards  may  establish  by  by-law  an  education  development  charge  to  finance 
all  or  part  of  the  local  share  of  the  costs  of  new  schools  or  additions  to  schools  required 
[because  of  growth.  The  education  development  charge  applies  to  residential  and  non-resi- 
Idential  development. 

Notice  provisions  and  appeal  procedures  are  similar  to  those  contained  in  Part  II. 

The  Bill  also  provides  for  the  collection  of  the  education  development  charge  by  the 
municipality.  An  education  development  charges  account  shall  be  established  in  respect 
of  the  money  collected  under  the  charge  to  be  used  for  an  approved  capital  project. 

If  two  or  more  school  boards,  which  share  an  area  of  jurisdiction,  pass  a  by-law  to 
impose  an  education  development  charge  upon  the  same  area,  the  money  collected  is  to 
be  placed  in  a  joint  account  to  be  used  by  the  boards  as  directed  by  the  Minister  of  Edu- 
cation. 

Withdrawals  from  an  education  development  charges  account  can  only  be  made  for 
school  construction  projects  which  have  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Education  and 
have  been  recognized  for  capital  grant  purposes. 

P4RT  IV  —  General 

I  Existing  by-laws  or  resolutions  providing  for  development  charges  are  to  terminate 
within  a  maximum  of  two  years. 

No  new  development  charges  may  be  imposed  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983  after  a 
maximum  of  two  years,  but  existing  agreements  providing  for  development  charges  are  to 
remain  in  effect. 

Existing  referrals  or  appeals  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983  regarding  development 
charges  are  to  be  continued  and  disposed  of  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

Agreements  under  the  subdivision  and  consent  provisions  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
are  not  to  be  affected  by  this  Bill,  except  as  those  agreements  apply  to  charges  related  to 
development. 


Bill  20 


1989 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Payment  of  Development  Charges 


CONTENTS 


Section 

1.  Definitions 

2.  Administration 

PART  I 
DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 

3.  By-laws  respecting  development 
charges 

4.  Public  meeting 

5.  Date  by-law  effective 

6.  Expiration  of  by-law 

7.  Amendments 

8.  Complaints 

9.  When  charge  is  due 

10.  Upper  tier  municipalities 

11.  Notice  of  by-law 

12.  Collection 

13.  Credit  for  services 

14.  Credits 

15.  Multiple  requirements 

16.  Reserve  fund 

17.  Statement  of  treasurer 

18.  Interest 

19.  Regulations 

PART  II 
FRONT-END  PAYMENTS 

20.  Definition 

21.  Front-ending  agreement 

22.  Front-ending  agreement 

23.  O.M.B.  approval  not  required 

24.  Registration 

25.  Compliance  necessary 

26.  Payments  to  parties  to 
agreement 

27.  Special  accounts 


Section 

28.  Distribution  of  section  26  funds 

PART  III 

EDUCATION  DEVELOPMENT 
CHARGES 

29.  Definitions 

30.  Education  development  charge 
by-law 

31.  Public  meeting 

32.  When  by-law  effective 

33.  Expiration  of  by-law 

34.  Amendment 

35.  Payment  of  charge 

36.  Complaints 

37.  Distribution  of  by-law 

38.  Registration  of  notice 

39.  Collection 

40.  Transfer  of  money 

41.  Upper  tier  municipalities 

42.  Interest 

43.  Regulations 

PART  IV 
GENERAL 

44.  Existing  development  charges 
by-law 

45.  Certain  agreements  under  1983, 
c.  1 

46.  Referrals  to  continue 

47.  Agreements  not  affected 

48.  No  right  of  petition 

49.  Conflicts 

50.  Commencement 
5L  Short  title 


2  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

Definitions  J,    In  this  Act, 

"area  municipality"  means, 

(a)  a  town,  other  than  a  separated  town,  township  or 
village  in  a  county,  and 

(b)  a  city,  town,  village  or  township  in  a  regional,  met- 
ropolitan or  district  municipality; 

"benefiting  area"  means  an  area  defined  by  a  map,  plan  or 
legal  description  in  a  front-ending  agreement  as  an  area 
that  will  receive  a  benefit  from  the  construction  of  a 
service; 

"capital  cost"  means  costs  incurred  or  proposed  to  be  incurred 
by  a  municipality  or  a  local  board  thereof  directly  or  under 
an  agreement, 

(a)  to  acquire  land  or  an  interest  in  land, 

(b)  to  improve  land, 

(c)  to   acquire,   construct   or   improve   buildings   and 
structures, 

(d)  to  acquire,  construct  or  improve  facilities  including, 

(i)  rolling  stock,  furniture  and  equipment,  and 

(ii)  materials  acquired  for  circulation,  reference 
or  information  purposes  by  a  library  board  as 
1984,  c.  57  defined  in  the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984,  and 

(e)  to  undertake  studies  in  connection  with  any  of  the 
matters  in  clauses  (a)  to  (d), 

required  for  the  provision  of  services  designated  in  a  devel- 
opment charge  by-law  within  or  outside  the  municipality, 
including  interest  on  borrowing  for  those  expenditures 
under  clauses  (a),  (b),  (c)  and  (d)  that  are  growth-related; 

"development"  includes  redevelopment;  '^ 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20 

"development  charge"  means  a  charge  imposed  with  respect 
to  growth-related  net  capital  costs  against  land  under  a 
by-law  passed  under  section  3; 

"development  charge  by-law"  means  a  by-law  passed  under 
section  3; 

"front-end  payment"  means  a  payment  made  by  an  owner 
pursuant  to  a  front-ending  agreement,  which  may  be  in 
addition  to  a  development  charge  that  the  owner  is 
required  to  pay  under  a  development  charge  by-law,  to 
cover  the  net  capital  costs  of  the  services  designated  in  the 
agreement  that  are  required  to  enable  the  land  to  be 
developed;  -^t- 

"front-ending  agreement"  means  an  agreement  made  under 
section  21; 

"growth-related  net  capital  cost"  means  the  portion  of  the  net 
capital  cost  of  services  that  is  reasonably  attributable  to  the 
need  for  such  net  capital  cost  that  results  or  will  result  from 
development  in  all  or  a  defined  part  of  the  municipality; 

"local  board"  means  a  local  board  as  defined  in  the  Municipal  R  s.o.  i980, 
Affairs  Act,  other  than   a  board  defined   in  subsection 
29  (6);  ^ifc^ 

"municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village,  township, 
improvement  district  or  county  or  a  regional,  metropolitan 
or  district  municipality; 

"Municipal  Board"  means  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board; 

"net  capital  cost"  means  the  capital  cost  less  capital  grants, 
subsidies  and  other  contributions  made  to  a  municipality  or 
that  the  council  of  the  municipality  anticipates  will  be 
made,  including  conveyances  or  payments  under  sections 
41,  50  and  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  in  respect  of  the 
capital  cost;  ■^- 

"owner"  means  the  owner  of  land  or  a  person  who  has  made 
application  for  an  approval  for  the  development  of  land 
upon  which  a  development  charge  is  imposed; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

"services"  means  services  designated  in  a  development  charge 
by-law  or  in  an  agreement  made  under  section  21,  as 
applicable;  -^t- 


c.  307 


1983,  c.  1 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Adminis- 
tration 


By-laws 
respecting 
development 
charges 


1983,  c.  1 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  84 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  51 


Exceptions 


"upper  tier  municipality"  means  a  county  or  a  regional,  met- 
ropolitan or  district  municipality. 

2.  The  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  is  responsible  for  the 
administration  of  Parts  I,  II  and  IV  and  the  Minister  of  Edu- 
cation is  responsible  for  the  administration  of  Part  III. 

PARTI 

DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 

3. — (1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  for 
the  imposition  of  development  charges  against  land  if  the 
development  of  the  land  would  increase  the  need  for  services 
and  the  development  requires,  I 

(a)  the  passing  of  a  zoning  by-law  or  of  an  amendment 
thereto  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(b)  the  approval  of  a  minor  variance  under  section  44  of 
the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(c)  A  conveyance  of  land  to  which  a  by-law  passed 
under  subsection  49  (7)  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
appUes; 

(d)  the  approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section 
50  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(e)  a  consent  under  section  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983; 

(f)  the  approval  of  a  description  under  section  50  of  the 
Condominium  Act;  or 

(g)  the  issuing  of  a  permit  under  the  Building  Code  Act 
in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  an  action 
mentioned  in  clauses  (1)  (a)  to  (g)  that  would  have  the  effect 
only,  ^^ 

(a)  of  permitting  the  enlargement  of  an  existing  dwell- 
ing unit;  or 

(b)  of  creating  one  or  two  additional  dwelling  units  as 
prescribed,  in  prescribed  categories  of  existing  resi- 
dential buildings. 


Mandatory 
provisions 


(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  shall. 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  5 

(a)  designate  those  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures 
upon  which  a  development  charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(b)  designate  the  areas  within  which  a  development 
charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(c)  establish  the  development  charge,  or  the  schedule 
of  development  charges,  to  be  imposed  in  respect  of 
the  designated  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures; 
and 

(d)  designate  services  for  which  a  development  charge 
may  be  imposed. 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  may,  other 

^   '  -^  *  ^   ^  •'  provisions 

(a)  provide  for  the  indexing  of  development  charges 
based  on  one  of  the  prescribed  indices;  and 

(b)  provide  that  a  development  charge  shall  be  payable 
in  money  or  by  the  provision  of  services  or  by  a 
combination  of  both  as  may  be  agreed  upon  under 
subsection  9  (9)  by  the  municipality  and  the  owner. 

(5)  Despite  subsection  (3),  a  by-law  passed  under  subsec-  ''^em 
tion  (1)  may, 

(a)  designate  categories  of  institutions  for  the  purposes 
of  clause  (b); 

(b)  provide  for  a  full  or  partial  exemption  of  designated 
categories  of  institutions  from  the  payment  of  devel- 
opment charges; 

(c)  designate  categories  of  dwelling  units  as  affordable 
housing;  and 

(d)  provide  for  a  full  or  partial  exemption  of  designated 
categories  of  affordable  housing  from  the  payment 
of  development  charges. 

(6)  No  land,  except  land  owned  by  and  used  for  the  pur-  Limited 
poses  of  a  board  as  defined  in  subsection  29  (6)  or  a  munici-  ^^^""^ '"" 
pality,  is  exempt  from  a  development  charge  under  a  by-law 
passed  under  subsection  (1)  by  reason  only  that  it  is  exempt 

from  taxation  under  section  3  of  the  Assessment  Act.  "^  R  so.  i980, 

c.  31 

(7)  No  development  charge  may  be  imposed  with  respect  Restriction 

'■^'  development 

charges 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


1983,  c.  1 


(a)  local  services  installed  at  the  expense  of  the  owner 
within  a  plan  of  subdivision  as  a  condition  of 
approval  under  section  50  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983', 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


(b)  local  services  installed  at  the  expense  of  the  owner 
as  a  condition  of  approval  under  section  52  of  the 
Planning  Act,  1983;  or 

(c)  local  connections  to  water  mains,  sanitary  sewers 
and  storm  drainage  facilities  installed  at  the  expense 
of  the  owner  including  amounts  imposed  under  a 
by-law  passed  under  section  219  of  the  Municipal 
Act.  -^^ 


Public 
meeting 


Right  to  be 
heard 


Notice  of 
by-law 


Appeal 


4. — (1)  Before  passing  a  development  charge  by-law, 
except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the  Municipal 
Board  made  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  council, 

(a)  shall  hold  at  least  one  public  meeting; 

(b)  shall  give  notice  of  the  meeting  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed;  and 

(c)  shall  ensure  that  sufficient  information  is  made 
available  at  the  meeting  to  enable  the  public  to 
understand  generally  the  development  charges 
proposal. 

(2)  The  meeting  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  be  held 
no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  requirements  for  the  giv- 
ing of  notice  have  been  complied  with  and  any  person  who 
attends  the  meeting  may  make  representations  in  respect  of 
the  proposed  development  charges. 

(3)  If  the  council  passes  a  development  charge  by-law, 
except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the  Municipal 
Board  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  clerk  of  the  municipality 
shall,  not  later  than  fifteen  days  after  the  day  the  by-law  is 
passed,  give  written  notice  of  the  passing  of  the  by-law  in  the 
form  and  to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed  and  the 
notice  shall  specify  the  last  day  for  filing  a  notice  of  appeal 
under  subsection  (4). 

(4)  Any  person  or  organization  may,  not  later  than  twenty 
days  after  written  notice  under  subsection  (3)  is  given,  appeal 
to  the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  clerk  of  the  munici- 
pality a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  objection  to  the 
by-law  and  the  reasons  in  support  of  the  objection. 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  the  written  notice  Timing  of 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  given, 

(a)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  in  a  newspaper, 
on  the  day  that  the  publication  occurs; 

(b)  where  notice  is  given  by  personal  service,  on  the 
day  that  service  of  all  required  notices  is  completed; 
or 

(c)  where  notice  is  given  by  mail,  on  the  day  that  the 
mailing  of  all  required  notices  is  completed. 

(6)  A  clerk  of  a  municipality  who  receives  a  notice  of  Record 
appeal  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall  include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  by-law  certified  by  the  clerk; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  have  been  complied  with;  and 

(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  received  in  respect  of  the  by-law 
before  it  was  passed. 

(7)  The  clerk  shall  forward  the  notice  of  appeal  and  the  Notice  and 
record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  within  thirty  om.b^° 
days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide  such  other 
information  or  material  as  the  Board  may  require  in  respect  of 

the  appeal. 

(8)  An  affidavit  or  declaration  of  the  clerk  of  the  munici-  Affidavit, 
pality  that  notice  was  given  as  required  by  subsection  (3)  or  condSv"" 
that  no  notice  of  appeal  was  filed  under  subsection  (4)  within  evidence 
the  time  allowed  for  appeal  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the  facts 

stated  therein. 

(9)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  notice  of  Hearing 
which  shall  be  given  to  such  persons  or  organizations  and  in 

such  manner  as  the  Board  may  determine. 

(10)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  where  it  is  of  the  opinion  Jariy 
that  the  objection  to  the  by-law  set  out  in  the  notice  of  appeal  app'^ar' 
is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without  holding  a  full  hear- 
ing but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall  notify  the  appellant 

and  give  the  appellant  an  opportunity  to  make  representations 
as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 

(11)  The  Municipal  Board  may.  Determi- 

nation by 

O.M.B. 


8 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


(a)  dismiss  the  appeal; 

(b)  order  the  council  of  the  municipality  to  repeal  the 
by-law  in  whole  or  in  part  or  to  amend  the  by-law  in 
accordance  with  the  Board's  order;  or 

(c)  repeal  the  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part  or  amend  the 
by-law  in  such  manner  as  the  Board  may  determine. 


Restrictions 
on 


(12)  Despite  subsection  (11),  the  Municipal  Board  may  not 
amendments    amend  or  Order  the  amendment  of  a  by-law  so  as  to, 

(a)    increase   a   development  charge   imposed   by   the 
by-law;  or 


Date  by-law 
effective 


(b)    alter  the  term  of  the  by-law. 

5. — (1)  A  development  charge  by-law  comes  into  force  on 
the  date  it  is  passed  or  the  date  specified  in  the  by-law,  which- 
ever is  later. 


Retroactive 
repeal 


Refund 


Retroactive 
amendments 


(2)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  the  council  of  a  munici- 
pality to  repeal  a  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the 
by-law  that  is  repealed  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  repealed 
on  the  day  the  by-law  came  into  force. 

(3)  The  municipality  shall  refund  all  development  charges 
paid  under  the  by-law  or  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is 
repealed  under  subsection  4  (11), 

(a)  if  repealed  by  the  Municipal  Board,  within  thirty 
days  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  the  Board;  or 

(b)  if  repealed  by  the  council  of  the  municipality,  within 
thirty  days  of  the  date  of  repeal. 

(4)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  the  council  of  a  munici- 
pality to  amend  a  by-law,  the  amendment  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  come  into  force  on  the  day  the  by-law  came  into  force. 


Refunds 


(5)  The  municipality  shall  refund  the  difference  between 
the  development  charges  paid  under  that  part  of  the  by-law 
that  is  amended  under  subsection  4  (11)  and  the  development 
charges  required  to  be  paid  under  the  amendment,  i 

(a)  if  the  by-law  is  amended  by  the  Municipal  Board, 
within  thirty  days  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  the 
Board;  or 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  9 

(b)  if  the  by-law  is  amended  by  the  council  of  the 
municipality,  within  thirty  days  of  the  date  of  the 
amendment. 

(6)  A  repeal  or  amendment  made  under  subsection  4  (11)  is  Restrictions 
not  subject  to  appeal  under  subsection  4  (4).  °"  ^^^^ 

(7)  A  municipality  shall  give  notice  of  the  particulars  of  a  Notice  of  by- 
development  charge  by-law  that  is  in  force  in  the  manner  and 

to  the  persons  prescribed.  -^t- 

6. — (1)  A  development  charge  by-law  expires  five  years  Expiration  of 
after  the  date  it  comes  into  force.  ^'  ^^ 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  council  of  a  municipality  J^em 
may, 

(a)  provide  in  the  by-law  for  a  term  of  less  than  five 
years;  or 

(b)  repeal  the  by-law. 

(3)  Amendments  to  a  by-law  by  council  under  subsection  Term  of 
4  (11)  or  7  (1)  do  not  affect  the  term  of  the  by-law.  ^ 

(4)  Subject  to  subsections  (5),  (6)  and  (7),  the  council  of  a  New  by-iaw 
municipality  in  which  a  development  charge  by-law  is  in  force 

may  pass  a  new  development  charge  by-law. 

(5)  Before  passing  a  new  development  charge  by-law,  the  Review  of 
council  shall  conduct  a  review  of  the  development  charge  poli-  p°''^'" 
cies  of  the  municipality. 

(6)  In  conducting  a  review  under  subsection  (5),  council  P"''1'.c 
shall  ensure  that  adequate  information  is  made  available  to  '"^^^'"s 
the  public,  and  for  this  purpose  shall  hold  at  least  one  public 
meeting,  notice  of  which  shall  be  given  in  at  least  one  news- 
paper having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality. 

(7)  Sections  4  and  5  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Procedures 
the  passing  of  a  by-law  under  subsection  (4). 

7. — (1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  that  has  passed  a  Amendments 
development  charge  by-law  may  amend  the  by-law. 

(2)  Sections  4  and  5  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Procedures 
an  amendment  of  a  development  charge  by-law  under  subsec- 
tion (1). 


10  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 


Complaints  g, — (1)  An  owncr  may  complain  in  writing  to  the  council 

of  a  municipality  in  respect  of  the  development  charge 
imposed  by  the  municipality  on  the  owner's  development  that, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  development  charge  imposed  was 
incorrect  or  was  based  on  incorrect  data; 

(b)  the  amount  credited  to  the  owner  under  section  13 
is  incorrect; 

(c)  the  amount  of  a  previous  development  charge  being 
credited  under  section  14  is  incorrect;  or 

(d)  there  was  an  error  in  the  application  of  the  develop- 
ment charge  by-law. 

When  (2)  An  owner  may  not  submit  a  complaint  under  subsection 

beTSe' '°    (l)"after  ninety  days  following  the  latest  of, 

(a)  the  date  a  building  permit  is  issued; 

(b)  the  date  a  development  charge  is  payable  under 
subsection  9  (3);  or 

(c)  the  date  a  development  charge  is  payable  under  an 
agreement  under  subsection  9  (4)  or  (8).  -^^ 

Idem  Q)  xhc  complaint  shall  state  the  name  and  address  where 

notices  can  be  given  to  the  complainant  and  shall  state  the 
reasons  for  the  complaint. 

Hearing  (4)  jhc  couucil  shall  givc  the  complainant  the  opportunity 

to  make  representations  and  notice  of  the  hearing  shall  be 
mailed  to  the  complainant  by  the  clerk  not  less  than  fourteen 
days  before  the  date  the  complaint  is  to  be  considered. 

Determi-  (5)  After  hearing  the  evidence  and  submissions  of  the  com- 

councii  ^       plainant,  the  council  may, 

(a)  confirm  the  development  charge;  or  | 

(b)  amend  the  development  charge  to  the  extent  that, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  council,  a  review  of  any  or  all 
of  the  matters  in  subsection  (1)  justifies  such  an 
amendment.  - 

Notice  of  (6)  The  clerk  of  the  municipality  shall,  not  later  than  fifteen 

days  after  the  day  a  decision  is  made  by  the  council,  give  writ- 
ten notice  of  the  decision  by  mail  to  the  complainant,  and  the 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  11 

notice  shall  specify  the  last  day  for  filing  an  appeal,  which 
date  shall  be  no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  date  the  let- 
ter is  mailed. 

(7)  The  complainant  may  appeal  the  decision  of  the  council  Appeal 
to  the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  clerk  of  the  munici- 
pality a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  reasons  for  the  appeal. 

(8)  The  clerk  of  the  municipality  who  receives  a  notice  of  Record 
appeal  under  subsection  (7)  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall 
include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  development  charge  by-law  certified 
by  the  clerk; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  have  been 
complied  with;  and 

(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  in  support  of  the  complaint. 

(9)  The  clerk  shall  forward  the  notice  of  appeal  and  the  Notice  and 

^^"  record  to 

record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  within  thirty  o.m.b. 
days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide  such  other 
information  and  material  that  the   Board  may  require   in 
respect  of  the  appeal. 

(10)  The  parties  to  the  appeal  are  the  complainant  and  the  ^^^ies 
municipality. 

(11)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  notice  of  Not*Pf„°^ 
which  shall  be  given  to  the  parties  to  the  appeal. 


hearing 


(12)  Despite  subsection  (11),  the  Municipal  Board  may,  Jariy 
where  it  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  complaint  set  out  in  the    '^™**^ 
notice  of  appeal  is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without 
holding  a  full  hearing  but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall 
notify  the  appellant  and  give  the  appellant  an  opportunity  to 
make  representations  as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 

(13)  The  Municipal  Board  may  make  any  decision  that  ^^Jp}^^"  ^^ 
could  have  been  made  by  the  council  of  the  municipality. 

(14)  If  the  development  charge  is  amended  by  the  council  Refund 
or  by  the  Municipal  Board,  the  municipality  shall  immediately 
refund  the  difference  between  the  development  charge  paid 

that  was  in  dispute  and  the  amount  of  the  charge  required  by 
the  council  or  the  Municipal  Board  to  be  paid. 


12 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


When  charge 
is  due 


Effect  of 
non-payment 


Exception 


1983,  c.  1 


Agreement 

respecting 

payments 


Idem 


Payments 
non-trans- 
ferable 


9. — (1)  A  development  charge  is  payable  on  the  date  a 
building  permit  is  issued  in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure 
on  land  to  which  a  development  charge  appHes. 

(2)  Despite  any  other  Act,  a  municipality  is  not  required  to 
issue  a  building  permit  in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure  on 
land  to  which  a  development  charge  applies  unless  the  devel- 
opment charge  has  been  paid.  -^' 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  municipality  may,  in  a  devel- 
opment charge  by-law,  provide  that  a  development  charge 
with  respect  to  water  supply  services,  sanitary  sewer  services, 
storm  drainage  services,  transportation  services  and  electrical 
power  or  energy  services  shall  be  payable,  with  respect  to  an 
approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section  50  of  the 
Planning  Act,  1983,  immediately  upon  entering  into  the  subdi- 
vision agreement. 

(4)  A  municipality  may  enter  into  an  agreement  with  an 
owner  providing  for  the  payment  of  a  development  charge 
before  the  date  otherwise  required  for  payment  under  sub- 
section (1)  or  (3). 

(5)  Despite  any  provision  of  a  development  charge  by-law, 
an  owner  entering  into  an  agreement  under  subsection  (4)  is 
required  to  pay  only  the  development  charge  in  effect  on  the 
date  it  is  payable  under  the  agreement. 

(6)  The  payments  agreed  to  under  subsection  (4)  are  pay- 
able by  the  owner  entering  into  the  agreement  and  are  not 
transferable  to  a  subsequent  owner. 


Credits  non-        (jj  Credits  given  under  section  13  or  14  to  an  owner  who 
transferable     ^a^'gntered  into  an  agreement  under  subsection  (4)  are  not 


Exceptions  in 
agreements 


Services  in 
lieu  of 
payment 


Interest 


transferable  to  a  subsequent  owner.  -^ 

(8)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (3),  a  municipality  may 
enter  into  an  agreement  with  an  owner  providing  for  the  pay- 
ment of  all  or  any  portion  of  the  development  charge  on  dates 
later  than  the  issuing  of  a  building  permit  or  the  entering  into 
of  a  subdivision  agreement. 

(9)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (3),  a  municipality  may  by 
agreement  permit  an  owner  to  provide  services  in  lieu  of  the 
payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  development  charge. 

(10)  A  municipality  that  has  entered  into  an  agreement 
under  subsection  (8)  may  charge  interest,  at  a  rate  stipulated 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  13 

in  the  agreement,  on  that  part  of  the  development  charge  not 
paid  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1), 

10. — (1)  If  a  development  charge  is  imposed  by  an  upper  upper  tier 
tier  municipality,  the  treasurer  of  the  upper  tier  municipality  """"'"p^ '*'^* 
shall  certify  to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which 
the  land  is  located  that  the  charge  has  been  imposed,  the 
amount  of  the  charge,  the  manner  in  which  the  charge  is  to  be 
paid  and  when  the  charge  is  due. 

(2)  The  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall  collect  the  Collection  of 
charge  imposed  by  the  upper  tier  municipality  when  due  and  charges""^"* 
shall,  unless  an  extension  of  time  is  agreed  to  by  the  upper 

tier  municipality,  remit  the  amount  of  the  charge  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  upper  tier  municipality  on  or  before  the  25th  day 
of  the  month  following  the  month  in  which  the  charge  is 
received  by  the  area  municipality. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (2),  a  development  charge  imposed  ^'lem 
by  an  upper  tier  municipality  under  subsection  9  (3),  (4)  or  (8) 
may  be  collected  by  the  upper  tier  municipality. 

(4)  The  treasurer  of  an  upper  tier  municipality  that  has  col-  Certification 
lected  a  development  charge  under  subsection  (3)  shall  certify 

to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which  the  land  is 
located  that  the  charge  has  been  collected. 

(5)  If  building  permits  are  issued  by  an  upper  tier  munici-  I'lem 
pality,  the  chief  building  official  of  the  upper  tier  municipality 
shall  certify  to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which 

the  land  is  located  that  all  applicable  law  within  the  meaning 

of  the  Building  Code  Act,  except  the  payment  of  development  R  s.o.  i980, 

charges,  has  been  complied  with. 


c.  51 


(6)  The  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall,  upon  i^em 
receipt  of  the  certificate  under  subsection  (5)  and  upon  pay- 
ment of  all  development  charges  and  education  development 
charges  under  Part  III  imposed  on  the  development,  immedi- 
ately certify  to  the  chief  building  official  of  the  upper  tier 
municipality  that  all  development  charges  and  education 
development  charges  have  been  paid. 

(7)  If  building  permits  are  issued  by  an  upper  tier  munici-  Delegation  of 
pality,  the  upper  tier  municipality  may,  if  agreed  to  by  the 
area  municipality,  collect  all  development  charges  and  educa- 
tion development  charges. 


powers 


11.  A  municipality  that  has  passed  a  development  charge  Notice  of 
by-law  may  register  the  by-law  or  a  certified  copy  of  it  on  the    ^"  ^^ 
land  to  which  it  applies.  -A^ 


14 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Collection 


12. — (1)  If  the  development  charge  or  any  part  thereof 
imposed  by  a  municipality,  other  than  an  upper  tier  munici- 
pality, remains  unpaid  after  the  due  date,  the  amount  unpaid 
shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  and  shall  be  collected  as  taxes. 


Idem 


Credit  for 
services 


Idem 


(2)  If  the  development  charge  or  any  part  thereof  imposed 
by  an  upper  tier  municipality  remains  unpaid  after  the  due 
date,  the  treasurer  of  the  upper  tier  municipality  shall  certify 
to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which  the  land  is 
located  that  the  amount  is  unpaid  and  the  amount  unpaid 
shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  of  the  area  municipality  and 
shall  be  collected  as  taxes. 

13. — (1)  A  municipality  that  permits  the  provision  of  ser- 
vices in  lieu  of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  develop- 
ment charge  shall  give  a  credit  for  an  amount  equal  to  the  rea- 
sonable cost  to  the  owner  of  providing  the  services. 

(2)  If  a  municipality  and  owner  enter  an  agreement  that 
permits  an  owner  to  provide  services  additional  to  or  of  a 
greater  size  or  capacity  than  is  required  under  a  development 
charge  by-law,  the  municipality  may  agree  to  give  a  credit  for 
an  amount  up  to  the  reasonable  cost  to  the  owner  of  providing 
the  services. 


Idem 


(3)  A  credit  given  under  subsection  (2)  shall  not  be  charged 
to  a  reserve  fund  established  under  section  16. 


Credits 


1983,  c.  1 


Idem 


Idem 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302; 
1960-61, 
c.  120; 
1961-62, 
c.  171 


14. — (1)  If  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  has,  before  the 
coming  into  force  of  a  development  charge  by-law,  paid  all  or 
any  portion  of  a  charge  related  to  development  pursuant  to  an 
agreement  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  or 
a  predecessor  thereof  with  respect  to  land  within  the  area  to 
which  the  by-law  applies,  the  municipality  shall  give  a  credit 
for  the  amount  of  the  charge  paid. 

(2)  If  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  has,  before  the  coming 
into  force  of  a  development  charge  by-law,  provided  services 
in  lieu  of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  charge  related 
to  development  pursuant  to  an  agreement  under  section  50  or 
52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  or  a  predecessor  thereof  with 
respect  to  land  within  the  area  to  which  the  by-law  applies, 
the  municipality  shall  give  a  credit  for  an  amount  equal  to  the 
reasonable  cost  to  the  owner  or  to  the  former  owner  of  pro- 
viding the  services. 

(3)  If  an  owner  is  required  to  pay  a  charge  to  a  municipality 
under  a  by-law  passed  under  section  215  of  the  Municipal  Act, 
section  4  of  The  City  of  Ottawa  Act,  1960-61  or  section  1  of 
The  City  of  Toronto  Act,   1961-62,  the  municipality  shall 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


15 


reduce  the  development  charge  payable  under  the  develop- 
ment charge  by-law  by  an  amount  equal  to  the  charge 
imposed  by  that  by-law. 

(4)  If  a  conflict  exists  between  the  provisions  of  a  develop-  Conflicts 
ment  charge  by-law  and  an  agreement  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion (1)  or  (2),  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  prevail  to  the 
extent  of  the  conflict. 


(5)  If  a  conflict  exists  between  the  provisions  of  a  develop- 
ment charge  by-law  and  any  other  agreement  between  a 
municipality  and  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  with  respect  to 
land  within  the  area  to  which  the  by-law  applies,  the  provi- 
sions of  the  agreement  prevail  to  the  extent  that  there  is  a 
conflict. 


Idem 


15. — (1)  A  municipality  shall  not  levy  more  than  one  Multiple 
development  charge  on  land  to  which  a  development  charge  '^^'J""'^'"^"  ^ 
applies  even  though  two  or  more  of  the  actions  described  in 
clauses  3  (1)  (a)  to  (g)  are  required  before  that  land  can  be 
developed. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  if  two  or  more  of  the  actions  ^^^^ 
described  in  clauses  3  (1)  (a)  to  (g)  occur  at  different  times,  a 
municipality  may  require  the  payment  of  an  additional  devel- 
opment charge  if  the  subsequent  action  has  the  effect  of 
increasing  the  need  for  services. 

16. — (1)  Payments  received  by  a  municipality  under  this  Reserve  fund 
Part  shall  be  maintained  in  a  separate  reserve  fund  or  funds 
and  shall  be  used  only  to  meet  growth-related  net  capital  costs 
for  which  the  development  charge  was  imposed.  -^^ 

(2)  Subsections  165  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Municipal  Act  apply  R  s.o.  i980, 
with   necessarv   modifications   to   payments   received   by   a  I]  155' 


necessary 
municipality  under  this  Part. 


applies 


17.  The  treasurer  of  the  municipality  shall,  in  each  year,  statement  of 
on  or  before  such  date  as  council  may  direct,  furnish  to  the 
council  a  statement  in  respect  of  each  reserve  fund  established 
under  section  16  containing  the  information  prescribed. 

18. — (1)  A  municipality  shall  pay  interest  to  persons  to  interest 
whom  overpayments  are  refunded  under  subsection  5  (3), 
5  (5)  or  8  (14)  calculated  in  the  manner  prescribed. 


(2)  Interest  shall  be  calculated  from  the  time  that  the  over- 
payment was  collected  to  the  time  that  the  refund  is  paid. 


Idem 


(3)  The  refund  shall  include  the  interest  owed. 


Idem 


16 

Regulations 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Definition 


19.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  3,  the 
manner  in  which  development  charges  shall  be 
calculated; 

(b)  prescribing  the  number  of  additional  dwelling  units 
and  the  categories  of  existing  residential  buildings 
for  the  purposes  of  clause  3  (2)  (b); 

(c)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  3,  those  ser- 
vices for  which  development  charges  shall  not  be 
imposed; 

(d)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  clause  3  (4)  (a),  an 
index  or  indices  that  may  be  used; 

(e)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  (1),  the 
persons  that  are  to  be  given  notice  and  the  manner 
in  which  notice  is  to  be  given; 

(f)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  (3),  the 
persons  and  agencies  that  are  to  be  given  notice  and 
the  manner  and  form  in  which  notice  is  to  be  given; 

(g)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  5  (7),  the 
information  to  be  provided  in  the  notice  and  the 
persons  to  whom  notice  is  to  be  given; 

(h)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  13,  the  man- 
ner in  which  credits  shall  be  calculated; 

(i)  prescribing  the  information  to  be  provided  in  a 
statement  of  the  treasurer  under  section  17; 

(j)  prescribing  methods  of  calculating  and  establishing 
interest  rates  under  section  18; 

(k)  prescribing  anything  that  in  Parts  I,  II  and  IV  of 
this  Act  may  be  prescribed  by  regulation. 

PART  II 

FRONT-END  PAYMENTS 

20.  In  this  Part,  "benefiting  owner"  means  an  owner  of 
land  within  a  benefiting  area  other  than  an  owner  who  is  party 
to  a  front-ending  agreement. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


17 


21. — (1)  A  municipality  that  has  passed  a  development  Front-ending 
charge  by-law  may  enter  into  a  front-ending  agreement  or  ^^^^^^^^^ 
agreements  with  any  or  all  owners  within  a  benefiting  area 
providing  for  the  payment  by  those  owners  of  a  front-end  pay- 
ment or  for  the  installation  of  services  by  the  owners,  or  any 
combination  thereof. 


(2)  A  front-ending  agreement  shall  contain, 

(a)  a  list  of  the  services  for  which  front-end  payments 
shall  be  made  or  services  installed  by  the  owner; 

(b)  the  estimated  cost  of  installing  the  services; 

(c)  the  proportion  of  the  front-end  payment  or  the  cost 
of  the  installation  of  services  to  be  paid  by  each 
owner  who  is  a  party  to  the  agreement; 

(d)  the  agreement  of  the  owners  to  immediately  pay  to 
the  municipality  the  actual  costs  incurred  by  the 
municipality  in  the  installation  of  the  services  in 
accordance  with  the  proportions  determined  under 
clause  (c); 

(e)  the  agreement  of  the  municipality  to  immediately 
reimburse  the  owners  if  the  actual  cost  incurred  by 
the  municipality  in  the  installation  of  the  services  is 
lower  than  the  estimated  cost  in  accordance  with 
the  proportions  determined  under  clause  (c); 

(f)  a  description  of  the  benefiting  area  for  each  of  the 
services; 

(g)  a  list  of  the  services  in  the  agreement  for  which  a 
development  charge  is  payable; 

(h)  a  list  of  the  services  in  the  agreement  which  are  ser- 
vices described  in  subsection  3  (7); 

(i)  a  description  of  the  manner  in  which  the  portion  of 
the  payment  to  be  made  by  each  benefiting  owner 
with  respect  to  the  services  listed  in  clause  (g)  is  to 
be  calculated; 

(j)  if  the  agreement  provides  for  the  installation  of  ser- 
vices by  the  owners  who  are  parties  to  the  agree- 
ment, the  agreement  of  the  municipality  to  use  the 
reasonable  cost  to  the  owners  of  installing  the  ser- 
vices in  making  the  calculations  under  clause  (i); 


Contents  of 
agreement 


18 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Idem 


Idem 


Front-ending 
agreement 


(k)  the  agreement  of  the  municipality  to  require  each 
benefiting  owner  to  pay,  with  respect  to  the  services 
listed  in  clause  (g),  that  benefiting  owner's  portion 
of  the  front-end  payment;  and 

(1)  the  period  of  time  during  which  the  agreement  is  in 
force. 

(3)  A  front-ending  agreement  may  provide  that  the  reason- 
able costs  to  the  municipality  of  administering  the  agreement, 
including  the  cost  of  consultants  and  studies  required  in 
preparation  of  the  agreement,  are  to  be  included  in  calculating 
the  front-end  payment, 

(4)  A  front-ending  agreement  may  provide  for  the  indexing 
of  the  payments  required  to  be  made  by  the  benefiting  owner 
under  clause  (2)  (k). 

22. — (1)  The  municipality  shall  give  notice  of  the  front- 
ending  agreement, 

(a)  by  mailing  it  to  all  owners  within  the  benefiting 
area;  or 

(b)  by  publishing  it  in  a  newspaper  having  general  cir- 
culation in  the  municipality.  ^^fl^ 


Contents  of        (2)  The  noticc  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  explain  the 
"°^"^^  nature  and  purpose  of  the  agreement  and  shall  indicate  that 

the  agreement  can  be  viewed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk  during 

normal  office  hours. 

Objections  (3)  Any  owner  to  whom  notice  of  the  agreement  is  given, 

except  a  party  to  the  agreement,  may  object  to  the  agreement 
by  filing  a  written  objection  with  the  clerk  of  the  municipality 
within  twenty-one  days  of  the  date  of  the  giving  of  the  notice 
of  the  agreement. 


Notice 


Effective 
date  of 
agreement 


(4)  For  the  purposes 
deemed  to  be  given, 


of  subsection  (3),  notice  shall  be 


(a)  where  notice  is  given  by  mail,  on  the  day  the  mail- 
ing of  all  required  notices  is  completed;  or 

(b)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  in  a  newspaper, 
on  the  day  that  the  publication  occurs.  ^^ 

(5)  If  no  objection  is  filed  within  twenty-one  days,  the 
agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  effect  on  the 
date  it  was  fully  executed. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


19 


(6)  If  an  objection  is  filed,  the  clerk  shall  immediately  for-  S^'j?  o'°"^  *° 
ward  it  to  the  Municipal  Board. 

(7)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  and  shall  con-  [^^?,™s  ^° 
firm  the  agreement,  refuse  to  confirm  the  agreement  or  direct 

a  municipality  to  make  changes  to  the  agreement. 


Effective 
date  where 
objection 


(8)  If  an  objection  is  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  agree- 
ment comes  into  effect  when  approved  by  the  Municipal 
Board  or,  if  changes  are  directed  by  the  Board,  when  the 
municipality  and  the  other  parties  to  the  agreement  have  exe- 
cuted the  agreement  as  directed  to  be  changed  by  the  Board. 

(9)  The  parties  to  the  Municipal  Board  hearing  are  the  ^^^'^^ 
municipality,  the  other  parties  to  the  agreement  and  the 
owners  who  filed  written  objections  within  the  period  referred 

to  in  subsection  (3). 


(10)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  where  it  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  objection  to  the  agreement  is  insufficient,  dismiss  the 
objection  without  holding  a  full  hearing,  but  before  dismissing 
the  objection  it  shall  notify  the  objector  and  give  the  objector 
an  opportunity  to  make  representations  as  to  the  merits  of  the 
objection.  -^t- 


Early 

dismissal  of 
objection 


23.  Section  64  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  o.m.b 
not  apply  to  a  front-ending  agreement  or  to  special  accounts  reqiS  "°* 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347 


Registration 


R.S.O.  1980, 

cc.  445.  230 


established  under  sections  27  and  28. 

24.  An  agreement  entered  into  under  section  21  may  be 
registered  against  the  land  in  the  benefiting  area,  and  subject 
to  the  Registry  Act  and  the  Land  Titles  Act,  the  municipality, 

(a)  may  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  against 
any  and  all  subsequent  owners  of  the  lands  owned 
by  the  parties  thereto;  and 

(b)  may  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  made 
under  clauses  21  (2)  (d)  and  (k).  subsection  21  (4) 
and  section  26  against  any  and  all  owners  and  subse- 
quent owners  of  lands  in  the  benefiting  area. 

25.  If  a  front-ending  agreement  is  in  effect,  no  person  Compliance 
shall  undertake  any  development  that  requires  an  approval  "^'^^^^^'^ 
mentioned  in  subsection  3  (1)  within  a  benefiting  area  until 

section  26  has  been  complied  with. 

26.  A  municipality  that  has  entered  into  a  front-ending  Payments  to 
agreement  shall  require  a  benefiting  owner  to  pay  the  benefit-  agreement 
ing  owner's  portion  of  the  front-end  payment  as  a  condition  of 


20 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


an  approval  granted  during  the  term  of  the  agreement  of  any 
development  on  that  portion  of  the  benefiting  owner's  land 
located  within  the  benefiting  area.  -^^ 


Special 
accounts 


27. — (1)  The  municipality  shall  place  all  money  received 
from  the  parties  to  the  front-ending  agreement  in  a  special 
account  and  shall  use  the  funds  in  such  account  only  for, 


(a)  paying  the  actual  net  cost  of  the  installation  of  the 
services  specified  in  the  agreement;  and 

(b)  reimbursing  to  the  parties  to  the  agreement  any 
funds  remaining  in  the  account  after  the  installation 
of  the  services  referred  to  in  clause  (a). 


Idem 


Distribution 
of  section  26 
funds 


(2)  During  the  term  of  the  agreement  the  municipality  shall 
provide  annually  to  the  parties  to  the  front-ending  agreement 
a  statement  setting  out  the  particulars  of  payments  made  out 
of  the  account,  the  balance  remaining  in  the  account  and  addi- 
tional payments,  if  any,  that  are  or  will  be  required  from  the 
parties  pursuant  to  the  agreement. 

28. — (1)  The  municipality  shall  place  money  received 
under  section  26  in  a  special  account  and  shall,  immediately 
upon  receipt  of  the  money,  by  registered  mail, 


Payment  to 
party 


Payment  into 
court 


Notification 
of  payment 


(a)    notify  the  parties  to  the  front-ending  agreement  that 
the  money  is  available  to  be  paid  out;  and 


(b)    request  the  parties  to  give  directions  to  the 
pality  as  to  whom  the  money  is  to  be  paid. 


munici- 


(2)  Upon  receipt  of  a  direction  from  a  party  to  a  front- 
ending  agreement,  the  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  party 
named  in  the  direction  the  proportion  of  the  money  received 
by  the  municipality  to  which  the  party  is  entitled. 

(3)  If  within  ninety  days  of  mailing  the  notice  under  sub- 
section (1)  the  municipality  has  not  received  a  direction  from 
a  party,  the  municipality  may  pay  the  money  owing  to  that 
party  into  the  Supreme  Court. 

(4)  A  municipality  that  has  paid  money  into  court  under 
subsection  (3)  shall  immediately  notify  the  party  to  whom  the 
money  is  owing,  by  registered  mail  sent  to  the  party's  last 
known  address,  that. 


(a)    the  money  has  been  paid  into  court;  and 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  21 

(b)    the  party  must  apply  to  the  court  for  the  release  of 
the  money. 

(5)  If  the  party  to  whom  notice  was  sent,  or  an  heir,  succes-  Application 
sor  or  assign  thereof,  has  not  applied  to  the  court  under  clause  fundT 

(4)  (b)  within  twelve  months  of  the  mailing  of  the  notice,  the 
municipality  may  apply  to  the  court  for  the  release  of  the 
money  to  the  municipality. 

(6)  If  the  court  has  not  received  a  request  for  the  release  of  Release  of 
the   money   before   the   application   of  the   municipality   is 
received,  it  shall  release  the  money  to  the  municipality. 

(7)  The  municipality  may  place  money  released  by  the  Fund's  to 
court  in  its  general  account.  fccoum 

(8)  The  municipality  is  required  to  reimburse  the  parties  to  Limited 
the  agreement  only  when  the  money  referred  to  in  subsection  ^^^^'^^^  '  "^ 
(1)  is  paid  and  only  in  accordance  with  subsections  (1)  to  (4). 

(9)  Payments  made  under  subsection  (1)  with  respect  to  Deductions 
services  referred  to  in  clause  21  (2)  (g)  shall  be  deducted  from 

the  amount  otherwise  payable  by  an  owner  pursuant  to  a 
development  charge  by-law.  -^- 

PART  III 

EDUCATION  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 

29.— (D   In  this  Part,  Definitions 

"board"  means  a  board  described  in  paragraph  3  of  subsection 

1  (1)  of  the  Education  Act,  other  than,  R  s.o.  i980, 

^   ^  c.  129 

(a)  a    board    established    under    section    70    of    the 
Education  Act, 

(b)  a  board  of  education  for  an  area  municipality  in  The 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto, 

(c)  The  Metropolitan  Toronto  French-Language  School 
Council,  and 

(d)  The     Ottawa-Carleton     French-language     School 
Board, 

but  includes  the  public  sector  and  the  Roman  Catholic  sec- 
tor of  The  Ottawa-Carleton  French-language  School  Board 
and  The  Metropolitan  Toronto  School  Board; 


22  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

["commercial  development"  means  a  development  other  than 
I      a  residential  development; 

"education  capital  cost"  means  costs  incurred  or  proposed  to 
be  incurred  by  a  board, 

(a)  to  acquire  school  facilities  to  provide  pupil  accom- 
modation, 

(b)  to  construct,  expand,  alter  or  improve  school  facili- 
ties to  provide  pupil  accommodation, 

(c)  to  furnish  or  equip  the  school  facilities  described  in 
clauses  (a)  and  (b),  and 

(d)  to  undertake  studies  in  connection  with  any  of  the 
matters  in  clauses  (a),  (b)  and  (c);  ^^^ 

"education  development  charge"  means  a  development  charge 
imposed  under  a  by-law  passed  under  section  30  respecting 
growth-related  net  education  capital  costs  incurred  or  pro- 
posed to  be  incurred  by  a  board; 

"education  development  charge  by-law"  means  a  by-law 
passed  under  subsection  30  (1); 

"education  development  charges  account"  means  an  account 
established  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  for  money 
collected  under  an  education  development  charge  by-law; 

"growth-related  net  education  capital  cost"  means  the 
prescribed  portion  of  the  net  education  capital  cost  reason- 
ably attributable  to  the  need  for  such  net  education  capital 
cost  that  is  attributed  to  or  will  resuh  from  development  in 
all  or  part  of  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  a  board; 

"net  education  capital  cost"  means  the  education  capital  cost 
reduced  by  any  capital  grants  and  subsidies  paid  or  that 
may  be  paid  to  the  board  in  respect  of  such  education 
capital  cost; 

"owner"  means  the  owner  of  the  land  or  a  person  who  has 
made  application  for  an  approval  for  the  development  of 
the  land  upon  which  an  education  development  charge  is 
imposed; 

"pupil  accommodation"  means  a  building  to  accommodate 
pupils  or  an  addition  or  alteration  to  a  building  that  enables 
the  building  to  accommodate  an  increased  number  of 
pupils; 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  23 


I 


"school  facilities"  means  a  school  site  described  in  paragrap 

53  of  subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Education  Act.  RS.o.  i98o, 

.^^  ^   '  c.  129 

(2)  In  this  Part,  reference  to  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  a  interpretation 
board,  in  the  case  of  a  county  combined  separate  school  board 
or  a  district  combined  separate  school  board,  is  the  area  desig- 
nated by  the  regulations  made  under  the  Education  Act. 

30. — (1)  If  there  is  residential  development  in  the  area  of  Education 
jurisdiction  of  a  board  that  would  increase  education  capital  charge^^^iaw 
costs,  the  board  may  pass  by-laws  for  the  imposition  of  educa- 
tion development  charges  against  land  undergoing  residential 
and  commercial  development  in  that  area  if  the  residential 
and  commercial  development  require, 

(a)  the  passing  of  a  zoning  by-law  or  of  an  amendment 
thereto  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983;     i983,  c.  i 

(b)  the  approval  of  a  minor  variance  under  section  44  of 
the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(c)  a  conveyance  of  land  to  which  a  by-law  passed 
under  subsection  49  (7)  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
applies; 

(d)  the  approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section 
50  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(e)  a  consent  under  section  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983; 

(f)  the  approval  of  a  description  under  section  50  of  the 
Condominium  Act;  or  Rs.o.  i980, 

c.  84 

(g)  the  issuing  of  a  permit  under  the  Building  Code  Act  R so.  i980, 
in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure.  '^  ^^ 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  an  action  Exceptions 
mentioned  in  clauses  (1)  (a)  to  (g)  that  would  have  the  effect 

only,  -*^ 

(a)  of  permitting  the  enlargement  of  an  existing  dwell- 
ing unit;  or 

(b)  of  creating  one  or  two  additional  dwelling  units  as 
prescribed,  in  prescribed  categories  of  existing  resi- 
dential buildings. 

(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  shall.  Contents  of 

^    '  by-law 


24 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Indexing 


Limited 
exemption 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  31 


(a)  designate  the  categories  of  residential  development 
and  commercial  development  upon  which  an  educa- 
tion development  charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(b)  designate  those  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures 
upon  which  an  education  development  charge  shall 
be  imposed; 

(c)  designate  the  areas  in  which  an  education  develop- 
ment charge  shall  be  imposed;  and 

(d)  subject  to  the  regulations,  establish  the  education 
development  charges  to  be  imposed  in  respect  of 
the  designated  categories  of  development  and  the 
designated  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures. 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  may  provide  for 
the  indexing  of  education  development  charges  based  on  one 
of  the  prescribed  indices. 

(5)  No  land,  except  land  owned  by  and  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  a  board  or  a  municipality,  is  exempt  from  an  educa- 
tion development  charge  under  a  by-law  passed  under  sub- 
section (1)  by  reason  only  that  it  is  exempt  from  taxation 
under  section  3  of  the  Assessment  Act. 


Interpretation  (5)  jn  subscctiou  (5),  "board"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in 
section  29  except  that  it  includes  the  boards  described  in 
clauses  (a)  to  (d)  of  that  definition.  '^i^ 


Public 
meeting 


Conditions  Q)  xhc  imposition  of  an  education  development  charge  by 

a  board  is  subject  to  the  prescribed  conditions. 

31. — (1)  Before  passing  an  education  development  charge 
by-law,  except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the 
Municipal  Board  made  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  board, 

(a)  shall  hold  at  least  one  public  meeting; 

(b)  shall  give  notice  of  the  meeting  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed;  and 

(c)  shall  ensure  that  sufficient  information  is  made 
available  to  enable  the  public  to  understand  gener- 
ally the  education  development  charge  proposal. 

Right  to  be        (2)  The  meeting  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  be  held 
^^^  no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  requirements  for  the  giv- 

ing of  notice  have  been  complied  with  and  any  person  who 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


25 


attends  the  meeting  may  make  representations  in  respect  of 
the  proposed  education  development  charges. 

(3)  If  the  board  passes  an  education  development  charge 
by-law,  other  than  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the 
Municipal  Board  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  secretary  of  the 
board  shall,  not  later  than  fifteen  days  after  the  day  the 
by-law  is  passed,  give  written  notice  of  the  passing  of  the 
by-law  in  the  manner  and  in  the  form  and  to  the  persons  and 
organizations  prescribed  and  the  notice  shall  specify  the  last 
day  for  filing  a  notice  of  appeal  under  subsection  (4). 


Notice  of 
by-law 


(4)  Any  person  or  organization  may,  not  later  than  twenty  Appeal 
days  after  written  notice  under  subsection  (3)  is  given,  appeal 

to  the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  secretary  of  the 
board  a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  objection  to  the 
by-law  and  the  reasons  in  support  of  the  objection. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  written  notice  shall  Timing  of 


notice 


be  deemed  to  be  given, 

(a)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  in  a  newspaper, 
on  the  day  that  the  publication  occurs; 

(b)  where  notice  is  given  by  mail,  on  the  day  that  the 
mailing  of  all  required  notices  is  completed;  or 

(c)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  and  by  mail,  on 
the  later  of  the  days  that  publication  occurs  or  mail- 
ing is  completed. 

(6)  The  secretary  of  the  board  who  receives  a  notice  of  Record 
appeal  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall  include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  by-law  certified  by  the  secretary; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  have  been  complied  with;  and 

(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  received  in  respect  of  the  by-law 
before  it  was  passed. 

(7)  The  secretary  of  the  board  shall  forward  the  notice  of  Notice  and 
appeal  and  the  record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  om.b^° 
within  thirty  days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide 

such  other  information  or  material  as  the  Municipal  Board 
may  require  in  respect  of  the  appeal. 


26 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Affidavit, 
declaration 
conclusive 
evidence 


(8)  An  affidavit  or  declaration  of  the  secretary  of  the  board 
that  notice  was  given  as  required  by  subsection  (3)  or  that  no 
notice  of  appeal  was  filed  under  subsection  (4)  within  the  time 
allowed  for  appeal  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the  facts  stated 
therein. 


Hearing 


Eariy 

dismissal  of 
appeal 


Determi- 
nation by 
O.M.B. 


(9)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  notice  of 
which  shall  be  given  to  such  persons  or  organizations  and  in 
such  manner  as  the  Municipal  Board  may  determine. 

(10)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  where  it  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  objection  to  the  by-law  set  out  in  the  notice  of  appeal 
is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without  holding  a  full  hear- 
ing but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall  notify  the  appellant 
and  give  the  appellant  the  opportunity  to  make  representa- 
tions as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 

(11)  The  Municipal  Board  may, 

(a)  dismiss  the  appeal; 

(b)  order  the  board  to  repeal  the  by-law  in  whole  or  in 
part  or  to  amend  the  by-law  in  accordance  with  the 
Municipal  Board's  order;  or 

(c)  repeal  the  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part  or  amend  the 
by-law  in  such  manner  as  the  Municipal  Board  may 
determine.  -^^ 


Restriction  (12)  Despite  subsection  (11),  the  Municipal  Board  may  not 

amendments    amend  or  Order  the  amendment  of  a  by-law  so  as  to, 

(a)  increase  an  education  development  charge  imposed 
by  the  by-law;  or 

(b)  alter  the  term  of  the  by-law. 

^hen^^y-iaw  32. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  by-law  comes 
into  force  on  the  fifth  day  following  the  day  it  is  passed  or  the 
day  specified  in  the  by-law,  whichever  is  later. 

re^Sr^*"^         (2)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  a  board  to  repeal  a 
repea  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is 

repealed  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  repealed  on  the  day 

the  by-law  came  into  force. 


Refund 


(3)  The  treasurer  of  the  education  development  charges 
account  shall  refund  all  education  development  charges  paid 
under  the  by-law  or  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is  repealed 
under  subsection  31  (11), 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


27 


(a)  if  repealed  by  the  Municipal  Board,  within  thirty 
days  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  the  Municipal 
Board;  or 

(b)  if  repealed  by  the  board,  within  thirty  days  of  the 
date  of  repeal.  -^^ 

(4)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  a  board  to  amend  a  Retroactive 
by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is  ^""^^  '"^"^ 
amended  ceases  to  be  in  force  and  the  amendment  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  date  the  by-law  came 

into  force. 

(5)  The  treasurer  of  the  education  development  charges  Refunds 
account  shall  refund  the  difference  between  the  education 
development  charges  paid  under  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is 
amended  under  subsection  31  (11)  and  the  education  develop- 
ment charges  required  to  be  paid  under  the  amendment, 

(a)  if  the  by-law  is  amended  by  the  Municipal  Board, 
within  thirty  days  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  the 
Municipal  Board;  or 

(b)  if  the  by-law  is  amended  by  the  board,  within  thirty 
days  of  the  date  of  the  amendment.  -^^ 

(6)  A  repeal  or  amendment  made  under  subsection  31  (11)  Restrictions 


is  not  subject  to  appeal  under  subsection  31  (4). 


on  appeal 


(7)  A  refund  under  this  section  shall  be  paid  to  the  owner  direct  refund 
and  the   treasurer  of  the   education   development   charges 
account  shall  inform  the  municipal  treasurer  of  the  amount  of 
the  refund. 

33. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  by-law  expires  Expiration  of 
five  years  after  the  date  it  comes  into  force.  ^  ^* 


(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  board  may, 

(a)    provide  in  the  by-law  for  a  term  of  less  than  five 
years;  or 


Idem 


(b)    repeal  the  by-law. 

f(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  if  an  education  development  Concurrent 
large  by-law  is  in  force  in  respect  of  an  area,  the  term  of  an 
education   development   charge   by-law   passed   by   another 
board  with  respect  to  the  same  area  shall  expire  on  the  date  of 
expiration  of  the  first-mentioned  by-law. 


28 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Change  of 
term 


(4)  Where  a  board  repeals  its  education  development 
charge  by-law  and  another  board  that  has  jurisdiction  in  all  or 
part  of  the  same  area  has  passed  a  by-law  that  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  would  expire  on  the  date  of  expiration  of  the  first- 
mentioned  by-law,  that  other  board  may  determine  that  the 
by-law  shall  be  in  effect  for  up  to  five  years  after  the  date  it 
comes  into  force  and,  where  it  does  so,  the  board  shall  give 
notice  of  its  determination  to  the  same  persons  and  in  the 
same  manner  as  provided  under  subsection  37  (1). 


New  (5)  Subject  to  subsections  (6),  (7)  and  (8),  a  board  that  has 

deSpment    passcd  an  education  development  charge  by-law  that  is  in 
charge  by-law  forcc  may  pass  a  new  education  development  charge  by-law. 


Review  of 
policies 


Public 
meeting 


(6)  Before  passing  a  new  education  development  charge 
by-law,  the  board  shall  conduct  a  review  of  the  education 
development  charge  policies  of  the  board. 

(7)  In  conducting  a  review  under  subsection  (6),  the  board 
shall  ensure  that  adequate  information  is  made  available  to 
the  public,  and  for  this  purpose  shall  hold  at  least  one  public 
meeting,  notice  of  which  shall  be  given  in  at  least  one  news- 
paper having  general  circulation  in  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of 
the  board. 


Idem 


Amendment 


Idem 


(8)  Sections  31  and  37  apply  with  necessary  modifications 
to  a  by-law  under  subsection  (5). 

34. — (1)  A  school  board  may  amend  an  educatioa  devel- 
opment charge  by-law  and  the  amendment  shall  come  into 
force  on  the  fifth  day  following  the  date  the  amendment  is 
passed  and  the  part  of  the  by-law  that  is  amended  ceases  to  be 
in  force  on  that  day.  '^ 

(2)  Sections  31  and  37  apply  with  necessary  modifications 
to  an  amendment  made  under  this  section. 


Payment  of 

charge 


35. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  is  payable, 

(a)  to  the  municipality  in  which  the  development  takes 
place  on  the  date  a  building  permit  is  issued  in  rela- 
tion to  a  building  or  structure  on  land  to  which  an 
education  development  charge  applies;  or 

(b)  if  the  development  takes  place  in  territory  without 
municipal  organization,  to  the  board  that  imposed 
the  education  development  charge  thirty  days  after 
the  board  mails  a  notice  to  the  owner  setting  out 
the  amount  of  the  charge. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


29 


(2)  An  education  development  charge  imposed  by  a  board  commercial 
in  respect  of  commercial  development  is  the  amount  deter-    ^^^"P'"^"^ 
mined  in  the  manner  prescribed  or  calculated  using  the  for- 
mula prescribed. 

(3)  Despite  any  other  Act,  a  municipality  is  not  required  to  charge  to  be 
issue  a  building  permit  in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure  on  building ""^^ 
land  to  which  an  education  development  charge  by-law  applies  permit  issued 
unless  the  education  development  charge  has  been  paid. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (1),  and  subject  to  subsection  (5)  Facilities  in 
and  the  consent  of  the  Minister  of  Education,  a  board  may  by  paJnSent 
agreement  permit  an  owner  to  provide  school  facilities  in  lieu 

of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  an  education  develop- 
ment charge  and  the  board, 

(a)  shall  advise  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  in 
which  the  land  is  situate  of  the  amount  of  the  credit 
that  shall  be  applied  against  the  education  develop- 
ment charge;  or 


(b)  if  the  land  is  located  in  territory  without  municipal 
organization,  shall  provide  a  credit  to  the  owner 
against  the  educational  development  charge. 

(5)  If  more  than  one  board  has  jurisdiction  in  an  area  and  Necessary 
one  or  more  boards  are  to  receive  school  facilities  under  sub- 
section  (4),  all  of  the  boards  that  have  imposed  an  education 
development  charge  in  that  area  are  required  to  be  parties  to 
the  agreement. 

36. — (1)  An  owner  or  board  may  complain  in  writing  to  Complaints 
the  council  of  the  municipality  in  which  the  land  is  situate  or, 
where  the  land  is  situate  in  territory  without  municipal  organi- 
zation, an  owner  may  complain  to  the  board  that,  in  respect 
of  the  education  development  charge  of  that  owner, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  education  development  charge 
imposed  was  incorrect  or  based  on  incorrect  data; 

(b)  there  was  an  error  in  the  application  of  the  educa- 
tion development  charge  by-law;  or 

(c)  the  amount  credited  to  an  owner  under  subsection 
35  (4)  is  incorrect. 

(2)  An  owner  or  board  may  not  submit  a  complaint  under  when 
subsection  (1)  after  ninety  days  following  the  later  of,  ITmadT  '° 


30 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Procedures 
adopted 


Refunds 


(a)  the  date  a  building  permit  is  issued,  or  if  develop- 
ment takes  place  in  territory  without  municipal 
organization,  the  date  that  the  education  develop- 
ment charge  is  payable  under  clause  35  (1)  (b);  or 

(b)  the  date  an  agreement  is  entered  into  under  sub- 
section 35  (4).  "^^ 

(3)  Subsections  8  (3)  to  (14)  apply  with  necessary  modifica- 
tions to  a  complaint  under  subsection  (1). 

(4)  If  a  final  determination  of  a  complaint  has  been  made 
and" a  refund  is  due  to  the  owner,  the  treasurer  of  the  educa- 
tion development  charges  account  shall  pay  the  amount  of  the 
refund  to  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  who  shall  reim- 
burse the  owner. 


Idem  (5)  If  a  final  determination  of  a  complaint  has  been  made 

and" a  refund  is  due  to  the  school  board,  the  treasurer  of  the 
municipality  shall  pay  the  amount  of  the  refund  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  education  development  charges  account. 

Underpayments  (5)  If  a  final  determination  of  a  complaint  has  been  made 
and"  the  owner  is  required  to  pay  an  additional  amount,  the 
treasurer  of  the  municipality  or,  in  respect  of  territory  without 
municipal  organization,  the  treasurer  of  the  board,  shall  col- 
lect the  additional  amount  due  from  the  owner  and  shall  remit 
the  amount  to  the  treasurer  of  the  education  development 
charges  account.  ^^' 


Distribution 
of  by-law 


Special 
accounts 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  B-1 
1987,  c.  33 


Territory 
without 
municipal 
organization 


37. — (1)  A  board  that  passes  a  by-law  under  subsection 
30  (1)  shall  submit  to  the  treasurer  of  each  municipality  all  or 
part  of  which  is  made  subject  to  an  education  development 
charge  a  copy  of  the  by-law  and  provide  a  copy  to  the  secre- 
tary of  any  other  board  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  same  or 
part  of  the  same  area  of  the  board  that  passed  the  by-law  and 
forward  a  copy  to  the  Minister  of  Education. 

(2)  Educational  development  charges  accounts  shall  be 
established  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  and  deposited 
with  a  chartered  bank  listed  in  Schedule  A  to  the  Bank  Act 
(Canada)  or  a  trust  corporation  registered  under  the  Loan  and 
Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987.  ^^ 

(3)  Where  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  a  board  includes  terri- 
tory without  municipal  organization,  all  or  part  of  which  is 
made  subject  to  an  education  development  charge,  the  board 
shall  exercise  the  powers  and  duties  of  a  municipal  council  for 
such  territory  in  respect  of  collecting  the  charge  and  the  offic- 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


31 


ers  of  the  board  have  the  same  powers  and  duties  as  similar 
officers  in  a  municipality. 

(4)  Where  an  education  development  charge  is  imposed  by  Collection  of 
a  board,  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  or  board,  as  the  ^  ^^^^ 
case  requires,  shall  collect  the  charge  imposed  when  due  and, 

on  or  before  the  25th  day  of  the  month  next  following  the 
month  in  which  the  charge  is  collected,  shall  deposit  the 
amount  of  the  charge  in  the  education  development  charges 
account  established  in  respect  of  the  by-law  under  which  the 
charge  is  imposed. 

(5)  On  or  before  the  fifth  day  of  the  month  following  a  statement 
month  in  which  a  deposit  is  made  under  subsection  (4),  the 
treasurer  of  the  municipality  shall  forward  to  the  treasurer  of 

the  board  or  the  treasurer  of  the  board  shall  prepare  a  state- 
ment setting  out  the  prescribed  information  in  respect  of  the 
period  that  began  on  the  26th  day  of  the  month  before  the 
preceding  month  and  that  ended  on  the  25th  day  of  the  pre- 
ceding month. 


(6)  If  two  or  more  boards  have  imposed  an  education  I'Jem 
development  charge  by-law  upon  an  area,  the  statement  men- 
tioned in  subsection  (5)  shall  be  prepared  in  respect  of  the 
money  collected  and  forwarded  to  the  treasurer  of  each  board 
that  passed  a  by-law  under  which  the  money  was  collected. 

38.  A  board  that  has  passed  an  education  development  Registration 
charge  by-law  may  register  the  by-law  or  a  certified  copy  of  it 

on  the  land  to  which  it  applies.  -i^ 

39.  If  an   education   development   charge   or   any   part  Collection 
thereof  remains  unpaid  after  the  due  date,  the  amount  unpaid 

shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  of  the  municipality  or  board,  as 
the  case  requires  and  shall  be  collected  as  taxes  and  remitted 
to  the  treasurer  of  the  education  development  charges  account 
established  in  respect  of  the  by-law  under  which  the  education 
development  charge  is  imposed. 

40.  On  or  before  the  25th  day  of  the  month  next  following  Transfer  of 
the  month  in  which  an  education  development  charge  is  col-  '"""^^ 
lected  under  section  39,  the  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  education  development  charges  account  all  money 
received  in  payment  of  education  development  charges. 

41.  If  an  upper  tier  municipality  issues  building  permits,  upper  tier 
subsections  32  (7),  35  (1)  and  (4)  and  sections  36,  37  and  40  '"""'"p^I'*'^^ 
apply  to  the  upper  tier  municipality  and  not  to  the  area 
municipality,  -^t- 


32  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

Interest  42. — (1)  The    treasurer   of   the    education    development 

charges  account  shall  pay  interest  out  of  the  account  to  per- 
sons to  whom  overpayments  are  refunded  under  subsections 
32  (3)  and  (5)  and  36  (4)  calculated  in  the  manner  prescribed. 

Period  during      (2)  Interest  shall  be  calculated  from  the  time  that  the  over- 
Serest  is       payment  was  collected  to  the  time  that  the  refund  is  paid. 

payable  '^^ 

Payment  of         (3)  The  refund  shall  include  the  interest  owed.  -ii^ 

interest 

Regulations  43,  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations that  may  have  general  or  particular  application  in 
respect  of  a  board, 

(a)  respecting  any  matter  that  is  referred  to  as  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  governing  the  establishment  and  administration  of 
the  education  development  charges  account; 

(d)  providing  for  the  application,  placement  in  a 
reserve,  withdrawal  and  use  of  the  money  deposited 
in  or  accredited  to  an  education  development 
charges  account  and  requiring  the  approval  of  the 
Minister  in  respect  of  the  manner  in  which  or  the 
rate  at  which  the  money  is  withdrawn; 

(e)  prescribing  the  powers  of  the  treasurer  of  the  edu- 
cation development  charges  account  in  relation  to 
the  withdrawal  of  funds;  ^^ 

(f)  requiring  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Education 
to  any  factor,  criterion,  rate,  amount,  portion,  esti- 
mate or  project  used  in  determining  an  education 
development  charge; 

(g)  prescribing  the  manner  of  calculating  or  determin- 
ing education  development  charges  and  prescribing 
classes  of  persons  that  may  make  determinations 
necessary  for  the  calculation  of  education  develop- 
ment charges;  "^ 

(h)  providing  for  the  sharing  of  proceeds  where  more 
than  one  board  establishes  a  charge  in  respect  of  the 
same  area; 

(i)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  30  (4), 
an  index  or  indices  that  may  be  used; 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  33 

(j)  prescribing  information  which  boards  must  provide 
to  other  boards  and  to  the  Minister  for  the  purposes 
of  developing  education  development  charges  under 
this  Part; 

(k)  prescribing  methods  of  calculating  and  establishing 
interest  rates  under  section  42;  -^h 

(1)  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  notice  shall  be 
given  wherever  notice  is  required  under  this  Part, 
the  persons  and  agencies  to  whom  notice  shall  be 
given,  and  the  form  of  the  notice; 

(m)  prescribing  the  terms  of  agreements  for  credit  in 
lieu  of  payment  of  education  development  charges, 
determining  the  amount  of  the  credit  and  governing 
the  allocation  of  the  credit  between  or  among 
boards; 

(n)  requiring  a  board  to  exempt  an  owner  from  an  edu- 
cational development  charge  if  the  owner  meets  the 
prescribed  conditions.  -^fc- 

PART  IV 

GENERAL 

44. — (1)  A  by-law  or  resolution  providing  for  the  payment  Existing 

of  charges  related  to  development  that  is  in  effect  on  the  date  Sge^""^"* 

of  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act  shall  remain  in  effect  until  by-'aw 
the  earliest  of, 

(a)  the  repeal  of  the  by-law  or  resolution; 

(b)  the  coming  into  force  of  a  by-law  under  section  3; 
or 

(c)  two  years  after  the  date  of  the  coming  into  force  of 
this  Act,  -^- 

(2)  A  by-law  or  resolution  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  No 

shall  not  be  amended  during  the  period  it  remains  in  effect.        pSmhS"*' 

(3)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  with  respect  to  a  by-law  Exceptions 
referred  to  in  subsection  14  (3)  or  to  a  by-law  passed  under 
section  41  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

45* — (1)  A  municipality  shall  not  enter  into  an  agreement  Certain 
under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  that  imposes  K^"'' 

1983,  c.  1 


34 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


a  charge  related  to  a  development,  except  a  charge  referred  to 
in  subsection  3  (7),  after  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  coming  into  force  of  a  by-law  under  section  3; 
or 

(b)  two  years  after  the  date  of  the  coming  into  force  of 
this  Act. 


Idem 


Referrals  to 
continue 


Appeals 
under 
1983,  c.  1 
continued 


Conflicts 


(2)  An  agreement  with  respect  to  charges  related  to  devel- 
opment made  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
that  is  in  effect  on  the  earlier  of  the  dates  referred  to  in 
clauses  (1)  (a)  and  (b)  remains  in  effect.  -i^ 

46. — (1)  A  request  made  before  the  coming  into  force  of 
this  Act  for  a  referral  under  subsection  50  (17)  of  the  Planning 
Act,  1983  with  respect  to  a  condition  relating  to  a  charge 
related  to  development  shall  be  continued  and  disposed  of 
under  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

(2)  An  appeal  made  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this 
Act  under  subsection  52  (7)  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  with 
respect  to  a  condition  relating  to  a  charge  related  to  develop- 
ment shall  continue  and  be  disposed  of  under  the  Planning 
Act,  1983. 

(3)  If  a  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  respecting  a  matter 
mentioned  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  conflicts  with  a  devel- 
opment charge  by-law,  the  decision  of  the  Board  prevails  to 
the  extent  of  the  conflict. 


Agreements 
not  affected 
1983,  c.  1 


No  right  of 
petition 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347 


Conflicts 


Commence- 
ment 


47.  Except  as  stated  herein,  this  Act  does  not  affect  an 
agreement  made  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983. 

48.  Despite  section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board 
Act,  there  is  no  right  to  file  a  petition  under  that  section  in 
respect  of  any  order  or  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  made 
in  respect  of  any  matter  appealed  to  the  Board  under  this  Act. 

49.  In  the  event  of  conflict  between  the  provisions  of  this 
Act  and  any  other  general  or  special  Act,  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  prevail. 

50.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


51.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Development  Charges 
Act,  1989. 


Mil  20 

ND  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  20 

(Chapter  58 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Payment  of  Development  Charges 


The  Hon.  J.  Sweeney 

Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading 

May  17th,  1989 

2nd  Reading 

June  26th,  1989 

3rd  Reading 

November  22nd,  1989 

Royal  Assent 

November  23rd,  1989 

Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  20 


1989 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Payment  of  Development  Charges 


CONTENTS 


Section 

1 .  Definitions 

2.  Administration 

PARTI 
DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 

3.  By-laws  respecting  development 
charges 

4.  Public  meeting 

5.  Date  by-law  effective 

6.  Expiration  of  by-law 

7.  Amendments 

8.  Complaints 

9.  When  charge  is  due 

10.  Upper  tier  municipalities 
1  ] .  Notice  of  by-law 

12.  Collection 

13.  Credit  for  services 

14.  Credits 

15.  Multiple  requirements 

16.  Reserve  fund 

17.  Statement  of  treasurer 

18.  Interest 

19.  Regulations 

PART  II 
FRONT-END  PAYMENTS 

20.  Definition 

21.  Front-ending  agreement 

22.  Front-ending  agreement 

23.  O.M.B.  approval  not  required 

24.  Registration 

25.  Compliance  necessary 

26.  Payments  to  parties  to 
agreement 

27.  Special  accounts 


Section 

28.  Distribution  of  section  26  funds 

PART  III 

EDUCATION  DEVELOPMENT 
CHARGES 

29.  Definitions 

30.  Education  development  charge 
by-law 

31.  Public  meeting 

32.  When  by-law  effective 

33.  Expiration  of  by-law 

34.  Amendment 

35.  Payment  of  charge 

36.  Complaints 

37.  Distribution  of  by-law 

38.  Registration  of  notice 

39.  Collection 

40.  Transfer  of  money 

41.  Upper  tier  municipalities 

42.  Interest 

43.  Regulations 

PART  IV 
GENERAL 

44.  Existing  development  charges 
by-law 

45.  Certain  agreements  under  1983, 
c.  1 

46.  Referrals  to  continue 

47.  Agreements  not  affected 

48.  No  right  of  petition 

49.  Conflicts 

50.  Commencement 

51.  Short  title 


2  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

Definitions  1,    In  this  Act, 

"area  municipality"  means, 

(a)  a  town,  other  than  a  separated  town,  township  or 
village  in  a  county,  and 

(b)  a  city,  town,  village  or  township  in  a  regional,  met- 
ropolitan or  district  municipality; 

"benefiting  area"  means  an  area  defined  by  a  map,  plan  or 
legal  description  in  a  front-ending  agreement  as  an  area 
that  will  receive  a  benefit  from  the  construction  of  a 
service; 

"capital  cost"  means  costs  incurred  or  proposed  to  be  incurred 
by  a  municipality  or  a  local  board  thereof  directly  or  under 
an  agreement, 

(a)  to  acquire  land  or  an  interest  in  land, 

(b)  to  improve  land, 

(c)  to    acquire,   construct   or   improve   buildings   and 
structures, 

(d)  to  acquire,  construct  or  improve  facilities  including, 

(i)  rolling  stock,  furniture  and  equipment,  and 

(ii)  materials  acquired  for  circulation,  reference 
or  information  purposes  by  a  library  board  as 
1984,  c.  57  defined  in  the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984,  and 

(e)  to  undertake  studies  in  connection  with  any  of  the 
matters  in  clauses  (a)  to  (d), 

required  for  the  provision  of  services  designated  in  a  devel- 
opment charge  by-law  within  or  outside  the  municipality, 
including  interest  on  borrowing  for  those  expenditures 
under  clauses  (a),  (b),  (c)  and  (d)  that  are  growth-related; 

"development"  includes  redevelopment; 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20 

"development  charge"  means  a  charge  imposed  with  respect 
■^  to  growth-related  net  capital  costs  against  land  under  a 
H    by-law  passed  under  section  3; 

I 


levelopment  charge  by-law"  means  a  by-law  passed  under 
section  3; 


"front-end  payment"  means  a  payment  made  by  an  owner 
pursuant  to  a  front-ending  agreement,  which  may  be  in 
addition  to  a  development  charge  that  the  owner  is 
required  to  pay  under  a  development  charge  by-law,  to 
cover  the  net  capital  costs  of  the  services  designated  in  the 
agreement  that  are  required  to  enable  the  land  to  be  devel- 
oped; 

"front-ending  agreement"  means  an  agreement  made  under 
section  21 ; 

"growth-related  net  capital  cost"  means  the  portion  of  the  net 
capital  cost  of  services  that  is  reasonably  attributable  to  the 
need  for  such  net  capital  cost  that  results  or  will  result  from 
development  in  all  or  a  defined  part  of  the  municipality; 

"local  board"  means  a  local  board  as  defined  in  the  Municipal  R  s.o.  i980, 
Affairs  Act,  other  than   a   board   defined   in   subsection 
29  (6); 

"municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village,  township, 
improvement  district  or  county  or  a  regional,  metropolitan 
or  district  municipality; 

"Municipal  Board"  means  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board; 

"net  capital  cost"  means  the  capital  cost  less  capital  grants, 
subsidies  and  other  contributions  made  to  a  municipality  or 
that  the  council  of  the  municipality  anticipates  will  be 
made,  including  conveyances  or  payments  under  sections 
41,  50  and  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  in  respect  of  the  i983,  c.  i 
capital  cost; 

"owner"  means  the  owner  of  land  or  a  person  who  has  made 
application  for  an  approval  for  the  development  of  land 
upon  which  a  development  charge  is  imposed; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

"services"  means  services  designated  in  a  development  charge 
by-law  or  in  an  agreement  made  under  section  21,  as 
applicable; 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Adminis- 
tration 


"upper  tier  municipality"  means  a  county  or  a  regional,  met- 
ropolitan or  district  municipality. 

2.  The  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  is  responsible  for  the 
administration  of  Parts  I,  II  and  IV  and  the  Minister  of  Edu- 
cation is  responsible  for  the  administration  of  Part  III. 

PARTI 

DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


By-laws 
respecting 
development 
charges 


1983,  c.  1 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  84 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  51 


Exceptions 


Mandatory 
provisions 


3. — (1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  for 
the  imposition  of  development  charges  against  land  if  the 
development  of  the  land  would  increase  the  need  for  services 
and  the  development  requires, 

(a)  the  passing  of  a  zoning  by-law  or  of  an  amendment 
thereto  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(b)  the  approval  of  a  minor  variance  under  section  44  of 
the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(c)  A  conveyance  of  land  to  which  a  by-law  passed 
under  subsection  49  (7)  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
applies; 

(d)  the  approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section 
50  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(e)  a  consent  under  section  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983; 

(f)  the  approval  of  a  description  under  section  50  of  the 
Condominium  Act;  or 

(g)  the  issuing  of  a  permit  under  the  Building  Code  Act 
in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  an  action 
mentioned  in  clauses  (1)  (a)  to  (g)  that  would  have  the  effect 
only, 

(a)  of  permitting  the  enlargement  of  an  existing  dwell- 
ing unit;  or 

(b)  of  creating  one  or  two  additional  dwelling  units  as 
prescribed,  in  prescribed  categories  of  existing  resi- 
dential buildings. 

(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  shall, 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  5 

(a)  designate  those  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures 
upon  which  a  development  charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(b)  designate  the  areas  within  which  a  development 
charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(c)  establish  the  development  charge,  or  the  schedule 
of  development  charges,  to  be  imposed  in  respect  of 
the  designated  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures; 
and 

(d)  designate  services  for  which  a  development  charge 
may  be  imposed. 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  may,  o^he'- 

^   '  ■>  ^  y   '         J  provisions 

(a)  provide  for  the  indexing  of  development  charges 
based  on  one  of  the  prescribed  indices;  and 

(b)  provide  that  a  development  charge  shall  be  payable 
in  money  or  by  the  provision  of  services  or  by  a 
combination  of  both  as  may  be  agreed  upon  under 
subsection  9  (9)  by  the  municipality  and  the  owner. 

(5)  Despite  subsection  (3),  a  by-law  passed  under  subsec-  ^^^^ 
tion  (1)  may, 

(a)  designate  categories  of  institutions  for  the  purposes 
of  clause  (b); 

(b)  provide  for  a  full  or  partial  exemption  of  designated 
categories  of  institutions  from  the  payment  of  devel- 
opment charges; 

(c)  designate  categories  of  dwelling  units  as  affordable 
housing;  and 

(d)  provide  for  a  full  or  partial  exemption  of  designated 
categories  of  affordable  housing  from  the  payment 
of  development  charges. 

(6)  No  land,  except  land  owned  by  and  used  for  the  pur-  Limited 
poses  of  a  board  as  defined  in  subsection  29  (6)  or  a  munici-  ^^^^"^ '"" 
pality,  is  exempt  from  a  development  charge  under  a  by-law 

passed  under  subsection  (1)  by  reason  only  that  it  is  exempt 

from  taxation  under  section  3  of  the  Assessment  Act.  r.s.o.  1980. 

c.  31 

(7)  No  development  charge  may  be  imposed  with  respect  Restriction 

^'  development 

charges 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


1983,  c.  1 


(a)  local  services  installed  at  the  expense  of  the  owner 
within  a  plan  of  subdivision  as  a  condition  of 
approval  under  section  50  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983; 

(b)  local  services  installed  at  the  expense  of  the  owner 
as  a  condition  of  approval  under  section  52  of  the 
Planning  Act,  1983;  or 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


(c)  local  connections  to  water  mains,  sanitary  sewers 
and  storm  drainage  facilities  installed  at  the  expense 
of  the  owner  including  amounts  imposed  under  a 
by-law  passed  under  section  219  of  the  Municipal 
Act. 


Public 
meeting 


4. — (1)  Before  passing  a  development  charge  by-law, 
except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the  Municipal 
Board  made  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  council, 


Right  to  be 
heard 


Notice  of 
by-law 


Appeal 


(a)  shall  hold  at  least  one  public  meeting; 

(b)  shall  give  notice  of  the  meeting  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed;  and 

(c)  shall  ensure  that  sufficient  information  is  made 
available  at  the  meeting  to  enable  the  public  to 
understand  generally  the  development  charges 
proposal. 

(2)  The  meeting  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  be  held 
no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  requirements  for  the  giv- 
ing of  notice  have  been  complied  with  and  any  person  who 
attends  the  meeting  may  make  representations  in  respect  of 
the  proposed  development  charges. 

(3)  If  the  council  passes  a  development  charge  by-law, 
except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the  Municipal 
Board  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  clerk  of  the  municipality 
shall,  not  later  than  fifteen  days  after  the  day  the  by-law  is 
passed,  give  written  notice  of  the  passing  of  the  by-law  in  the 
form  and  to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed  and  the 
notice  shall  specify  the  last  day  for  filing  a  notice  of  appeal 
under  subsection  (4). 

(4)  Any  person  or  organization  may,  not  later  than  twenty 
days  after  written  notice  under  subsection  (3)  is  given,  appeal 
to  the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  clerk  of  the  munici- 
pality a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  objection  to  the 
by-law  and  the  reasons  in  support  of  the  objection. 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  ' 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  the  written  notice  Timing  of 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  given, 

(a)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  in  a  newspaper, 
on  the  day  that  the  publication  occurs; 

(b)  where  notice  is  given  by  personal  service,  on  the 
day  that  service  of  all  required  notices  is  completed; 
or 

(c)  where  notice  is  given  by  mail,  on  the  day  that  the 
mailing  of  all  required  notices  is  completed. 

(6)  A  clerk  of  a  municipality  who  receives  a  notice  of  Record 
appeal  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall  include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  by-law  certified  by  the  clerk; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  have  been  complied  with;  and 

(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  received  in  respect  of  the  by-law 
before  it  was  passed. 

(7)  The  clerk  shall  forward  the  notice  of  appeal  and  the  Notice  and 

record  to 

record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  within  thirty  o.m.b. 
days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide  such  other 
information  or  material  as  the  Board  may  require  in  respect  of 
the  appeal. 

(8)  An  affidavit  or  declaration  of  the  clerk  of  the  munici-  Affidavit, 
pality  that  notice  was  given  as  required  by  subsection  (3)  or  conclusive 
that  no  notice  of  appeal  was  filed  under  subsection  (4)  within  evidence 
the  time  allowed  for  appeal  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the  facts 

stated  therein. 

(9)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  notice  of  Hearing 
which  shall  be  given  to  such  persons  or  organizations  and  in 

such  manner  as  the  Board  may  determine. 

(10)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  where  it  is  of  the  opinion  ^ariy 
that  the  objection  to  the  by-law  set  out  in  the  notice  of  appeal  ap^'aT^ 
is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without  holding  a  full  hear- 
ing but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall  notify  the  appellant 

and  give  the  appellant  an  opportunity  to  make  representations 
as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 

(11)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  Determi- 

'^  •'  nation  by 

O.M.B. 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


(a)  dismiss  the  appeal; 

(b)  order  the  council  of  the  municipality  to  repeal  the 
by-law  in  whole  or  in  part  or  to  amend  the  by-law  in 
accordance  with  the  Board's  order;  or 

(c)  repeal  the  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part  or  amend  the 
by-law  in  such  manner  as  the  Board  may  determine. 

Restrictions         (12)  Despite  subsection  (11),  the  Municipal  Board  may  not 
amendments    amend  or  Order  the  amendment  of  a  by-law  so  as  to, 

(a)  increase  a  development  charge  imposed  by  the 
by-law;  or 

(b)  alter  the  term  of  the  by-law. 


Date  by-law 
effective 


5. — (1)  A  development  charge  by-law  comes  into  force  on 
the  date  it  is  passed  or  the  date  specified  in  the  by-law,  which- 
ever is  later. 


Retroactive 
repeal 


(2)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  the  council  of  a  munici- 
pality to  repeal  a  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the 
by-law  that  is  repealed  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  repealed 
on  the  day  the  by-law  came  into  force. 


Refund  (3)  xhe  municipality  shall  refund  all  development  charges 

paid  under  the  by-law  or  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is 
repealed  under  subsection  4  (11), 

(a)  if  repealed  by  the  Municipal  Board,  within  thirty 
days  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  the  Board;  or 

(b)  if  repealed  by  the  council  of  the  municipality,  within 
thirty  days  of  the  date  of  repeal. 

Retroactive         (4)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  the  council  of  a  munici- 
amendments    ^^j.^^  ^^  amend  3  by-law,  the  amendment  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  come  into  force  on  the  day  the  by-law  came  into  force. 


Refunds 


(5)  The  municipality  shall  refund  the  difference  between 
the  development  charges  paid  under  that  part  of  the  by-law 
that  is  amended  under  subsection  4  (11)  and  the  development 
charges  required  to  be  paid  under  the  amendment, 

(a)  if  the  by-law  is  amended  by  the  Municipal  Board, 
within  thirty  days  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  the 
Board;  or 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  9 

(b)  if  the  by-law  is  amended  by  the  council  of  the 
municipality,  within  thirty  days  of  the  date  of  the 
amendment. 

(6)  A  repeal  or  amendment  made  under  subsection  4  (11)  is  Restrictions 
not  subject  to  appeal  under  subsection  4  (4).  °"  ^^^^ 

(7)  A  municipality  shall  give  notice  of  the  particulars  of  a  Notice  of  by- 
development  charge  by-law  that  is  in  force  in  the  manner  and 

to  the  persons  prescribed. 

6. — (1)  A  development  charge  by-law  expires  five  years  Expiration  of 
after  the  date  it  comes  into  force.  ^'  ^^ 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  council  of  a  municipality  i^em 
may, 

(a)  provide  in  the  by-law  for  a  term  of  less  than  five 
years;  or 

(b)  repeal  the  by-law. 

(3)  Amendments  to  a  by-law  by  council  under  subsection  Term  of 
4  (1 1)  or  7  (1)  do  not  affect  the  term  of  the  by-law.  ^'  ^^ 

(4)  Subject  to  subsections  (5),  (6)  and  (7),  the  council  of  a  New  by-law 
municipality  in  which  a  development  charge  by-law  is  in  force 

may  pass  a  new  development  charge  by-law, 

(5)  Before  passing  a  new  development  charge  by-law,  the  Review  of 
council  shall  conduct  a  review  of  the  development  charge  poli-  ^  "^'^^ 
cies  of  the  municipality. 

(6)  In  conducting  a  review  under  subsection  (5),  council  P^^ic 
shall  ensure  that  adequate  information  is  made  available  to  "'^^''"^ 
the  public,  and  for  this  purpose  shall  hold  at  least  one  public 
meeting,  notice  of  which  shall  be  given  in  at  least  one  news- 
paper having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality. 

(7)  Sections  4  and  5  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Procedures 
the  passing  of  a  by-law  under  subsection  (4). 

7. — (1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  that  has  passed  a  Amendments 
development  charge  by-law  may  amend  the  by-law. 

(2)  Sections  4  and  5  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  Procedures 
an  amendment  of  a  development  charge  by-law  under  subsec- 
tion (1). 


10 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Complaints 


When 

complaint  to 
be  made 


Idem 


Hearing 


Determi- 
nation by 
council 


8. — (1)  An  owner  may  complain  in  writing  to  the  council 
of  a  municipality  in  respect  of  the  development  charge 
imposed  by  the  municipality  on  the  owner's  development  that, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  development  charge  imposed  was 
incorrect  or  was  based  on  incorrect  data; 

(b)  the  amount  credited  to  the  owner  under  section  13 
is  incorrect; 

(c)  the  amount  of  a  previous  development  charge  beinj 
credited  under  section  14  is  incorrect;  or 

(d)  there  was  an  error  in  the  application  of  the  develop- 
ment charge  by-law. 

(2)  An  owner  may  not  submit  a  complaint  under  subsection 
(1)  after  ninety  days  following  the  latest  of, 

(a)  the  date  a  building  permit  is  issued; 

(b)  the  date  a  development  charge  is  payable  under 
subsection  9  (3);  or 

(c)  the  date  a  development  charge  is  payable  under  at 
agreement  under  subsection  9  (4)  or  (8). 

(3)  The  complaint  shall  state  the  name  and  address  where 
notices  can  be  given  to  the  complainant  and  shall  state  the 
reasons  for  the  complaint. 

(4)  The  council  shall  give  the  complainant  the  opportunity 
to  make  representations  and  notice  of  the  hearing  shall  be 
mailed  to  the  complainant  by  the  clerk  not  less  than  fourteen 
days  before  the  date  the  complaint  is  to  be  considered. 

(5)  After  hearing  the  evidence  and  submissions  of  the  com- 
plainant, the  council  may, 

(a)  confirm  the  development  charge;  or 

(b)  amend  the  development  charge  to  the  extent  that, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  council,  a  review  of  any  or  all 
of  the  matters  in  subsection  (1)  justifies  such  an 
amendment. 


Notice  of 
decision 


(6)  The  clerk  of  the  municipality  shall,  not  later  than  fifteen 
days  after  the  day  a  decision  is  made  by  the  council,  give  writ- 
ten notice  of  the  decision  by  mail  to  the  complainant,  and  the 
notice  shall  specify  the  last  day  for  filing  an  appeal,  which 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  11 

date  shall  be  no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  date  the  let- 
ter is  mailed. 

(7)  The  complainant  may  appeal  the  decision  of  the  council  Appeal 
to  the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  clerk  of  the  munici- 
pality a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  reasons  for  the  appeal. 

(8)  The  clerk  of  the  municipality  who  receives  a  notice  of  Record 
appeal  under  subsection  (7)  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall 
include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  development  charge  by-law  certified 
by  the  clerk; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  have  been 
complied  with;  and 

(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  in  support  of  the  complaint. 

(9)  The  clerk  shall  forward  the  notice  of  appeal  and  the  Notice  and 

record  to 

record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  within  thirty  q.m.b. 
days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide  such  other 
information   and   material   that   the   Board   may   require   in 
respect  of  the  appeal. 

(10)  The  parties  to  the  appeal  are  the  complainant  and  the  Parties 
municipality. 

(11)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  notice  of  Notjff„°^ 
which  shall  be  given  to  the  parties  to  the  appeal. 


hearing 


(12)  Despite  subsection  (11),  the  Municipal  Board  may,  Early 
where  it  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  complaint  set  out  in  the 
notice  of  appeal  is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without 
holding  a  full  hearing  but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall 
notify  the  appellant  and  give  the  appellant  an  opportunity  to 
make  representations  as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 


(13)  The  Municipal  Board  may  make  any  decision  that  ^^^f  jj"  ^y 
could  have  been  made  by  the  council  of  the  municipality. 


Q.M.B. 


(14)  If  the  development  charge  is  amended  by  the  council  Refund 
or  by  the  Municipal  Board,  the  municipality  shall  immediately 
refund  the  difference  between  the  development  charge  paid 
that  was  in  dispute  and  the  amount  of  the  charge  required  by 
the  council  or  the  Municipal  Board  to  be  paid. 


12 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


When  charge 
is  due 


Effect  of 
non-payment 


Exception 


1983,  c.  1 


Agreement 

respecting 

payments 


Idem 


Payments 
non-trans- 
ferable 


Credits  non- 
transferable 


Exceptions  in 
agreements 


Services  in 
lieu  of 
payment 


Interest 


9. — (1)  A  development  charge  is  payable  on  the  date  a 
building  permit  is  issued  in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure 
on  land  to  which  a  development  charge  applies. 

(2)  Despite  any  other  Act,  a  municipality  is  not  required  to 
issue  a  building  permit  in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure  on 
land  to  which  a  development  charge  applies  unless  the  devel- 
opment charge  has  been  paid. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  municipality  may,  in  a  devel- 
opment charge  by-law,  provide  that  a  development  charge 
with  respect  to  water  supply  services,  sanitary  sewer  services, 
storm  drainage  services,  transportation  services  and  electrical 
power  or  energy  services  shall  be  payable,  with  respect  to  an 
approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section  50  of  the 
Planning  Act,  1983,  immediately  upon  entering  into  the  subdi- 
vision agreement. 

(4)  A  municipality  may  enter  into  an  agreement  with  an 
owner  providing  for  the  payment  of  a  development  charge 
before  the  date  otherwise  required  for  payment  under  sub- 
section (1)  or  (3).  . 

(5)  Despite  any  provision  of  a  development  charge  by-law," 
an  owner  entering  into  an  agreement  under  subsection  (4)  is 
required  to  pay  only  the  development  charge  in  effect  on  the 
date  it  is  payable  under  the  agreement. 

(6)  The  payments  agreed  to  under  subsection  (4)  are  pay- 
able by  the  owner  entering  into  the  agreement  and  are  not 
transferable  to  a  subsequent  owner. 

(7)  Credits  given  under  section  13  or  14  to  an  owner  who 
has  entered  into  an  agreement  under  subsection  (4)  are  not 
transferable  to  a  subsequent  owner. 

(8)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (3),  a  municipality  may 
enter  into  an  agreement  with  an  owner  providing  for  the  pay- 
ment of  all  or  any  portion  of  the  development  charge  on  dates 
later  than  the  issuing  of  a  building  permit  or  the  entering  into 
of  a  subdivision  agreement. 

(9)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (3),  a  municipality  may  by 
agreement  permit  an  owner  to  provide  services  in  lieu  of  the 
payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  development  charge. 

(10)  A  municipality  that  has  entered  into  an  agreement 
under  subsection  (8)  may  charge  interest,  at  a  rate  stipulated 
in  the  agreement,  on  that  part  of  the  development  charge  not 
paid  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1). 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


13 


10. — (1)  If  ^  development  charge  is  imposed  by  an  upper  Upper  tier 
tier  municipality,  the  treasurer  of  the  upper  tier  municipality  '""""^■p^ '*'^^ 
shall  certify  to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which 
the  land  is  located  that  the  charge  has  been  imposed,  the 
amount  of  the  charge,  the  manner  in  which  the  charge  is  to  be 
paid  and  when  the  charge  is  due. 


Collection  of 
development 
charges 


(2)  The  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall  collect  the 
charge  imposed  by  the  upper  tier  municipality  when  due  and 
shall,  unless  an  extension  of  time  is  agreed  to  by  the  upper 
tier  municipality,  remit  the  amount  of  the  charge  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  upper  tier  municipality  on  or  before  the  25th  day 
of  the  month  following  the  month  in  which  the  charge  is 
received  by  the  area  municipality. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (2),  a  development  charge  imposed  ^^^"^ 
by  an  upper  tier  municipality  under  subsection  9  (3),  (4)  or  (8) 
may  be  collected  by  the  upper  tier  municipality. 

(4)  The  treasurer  of  an  upper  tier  municipality  that  has  col-  Certification 
lected  a  development  charge  under  subsection  (3)  shall  certify 

to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which  the  land  is 
located  that  the  charge  has  been  collected. 

(5)  If  building  permits  are  issued  by  an  upper  tier  munici-  •'^em 
pality,  the  chief  building  official  of  the  upper  tier  municipality 
shall  certify  to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which 

the  land  is  located  that  all  applicable  law  within  the  meaning 

of  the  Building  Code  Act,  except  the  payment  of  development  R  s.o.  i980, 

charges,  has  been  complied  with. 


51 


(6)  The  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall,  upon  i^em 
receipt  of  the  certificate  under  subsection  (5)  and  upon  pay- 
ment of  all  development  charges  and  education  development 
charges  under  Part  III  imposed  on  the  development,  immedi- 
ately certify  to  the  chief  building  official  of  the  upper  tier 
municipality  that  all  development  charges  and  education 
development  charges  have  been  paid. 

(7)  If  building  permits  are  issued  by  an  upper  tier  munici-  Delegation  of 
pality,  the  upper  tier  municipality  may,  if  agreed  to  by  the  pow^eJ^" 
area  municipality,  collect  all  development  charges  and  educa- 
tion development  charges. 

11.  A  municipality  that  has  passed  a  development  charge  Noj'ce  of 
by-law  may  register  the  by-law  or  a  certified  copy  of  it  on  the    ^"  ^^ 
land  to  which  it  applies. 

12. — (1)  If  the  development  charge  or  any  part  thereof  Collection 
imposed  by  a  municipality,  other  than  an  upper  tier  munici- 


14 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


pality,  remains  unpaid  after  the  due  date,  the  amount  unpaid 
shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  and  shall  be  collected  as  taxes. 


Idem 


(2)  If  the  development  charge  or  any  part  thereof  imposed 
by  an  upper  tier  municipality  remains  unpaid  after  the  due 
date,  the  treasurer  of  the  upper  tier  municipality  shall  certify 
to  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  in  which  the  land  is 
located  that  the  amount  is  unpaid  and  the  amount  unpaid 
shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  of  the  area  municipality  and 
shall  be  collected  as  taxes. 


Credit  for 

services 


13. — (1)  A  municipality  that  permits  the  provision  of  ser- 
vices in  lieu  of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  develop- 
ment charge  shall  give  a  credit  for  an  amount  equal  to  the  rea- 
sonable cost  to  the  owner  of  providing  the  services. 


Idem 


(2)  If  a  municipality  and  owner  enter  an  agreement  that 
permits  an  owner  to  provide  services  additional  to  or  of  a 
greater  size  or  capacity  than  is  required  under  a  development' 
charge  by-law,  the  municipality  may  agree  to  give  a  credit  for 
an  amount  up  to  the  reasonable  cost  to  the  owner  of  providing! 
the  services. 


Idem 


(3)  A  credit  given  under  subsection  (2)  shall  not  be  charged 
to  a  reserve  fund  established  under  section  16. 


Credits 


1983,  c.  1 


Idem 


Idem 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302; 
1960-61, 
c.  120; 
1961-62, 
c.  171 


14. — (1)  If  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  has,  before  the 
coming  into  force  of  a  development  charge  by-law,  paid  all  or 
any  portion  of  a  charge  related  to  development  pursuant  to  an 
agreement  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  or 
a  predecessor  thereof  with  respect  to  land  within  the  area  to 
which  the  by-law  applies,  the  municipality  shall  give  a  credit 
for  the  amount  of  the  charge  paid. 

(2)  If  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  has,  before  the  coming 
into  force  of  a  development  charge  by-law,  provided  services 
in  lieu  of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  a  charge  related 
to  development  pursuant  to  an  agreement  under  section  50  or 
52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  or  a  predecessor  thereof  with 
respect  to  land  within  the  area  to  which  the  by-law  applies, 
the  municipality  shall  give  a  credit  for  an  amount  equal  to  the 
reasonable  cost  to  the  owner  or  to  the  former  owner  of  pro- 
viding the  services. 

(3)  If  an  owner  is  required  to  pay  a  charge  to  a  municipality 
under  a  by-law  passed  under  section  215  of  the  Municipal  Act, 
section  4  of  The  City  of  Ottawa  Act,  1960-61  or  section  1  of 
The  City  of  Toronto  Act,  1961-62,  the  municipality  shall 
reduce  the  development  charge  payable  under  the  develop- 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


15 


ment   charge   by-law   by   an   amount   equal   to   the   charge 
imposed  by  that  by-law. 

(4)  If  a  conflict  exists  between  the  provisions  of  a  develop- 
ment charge  by-law  and  an  agreement  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion (1)  or  (2),  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  prevail  to  the 
extent  of  the  conflict. 


Conflicts 


(5)  If  a  conflict  exists  between  the  provisions  of  a  develop- 
ment charge  by-law  and  any  other  agreement  between  a 
municipality  and  an  owner  or  a  former  owner  with  respect  to 
land  within  the  area  to  which  the  by-law  applies,  the  provi- 
sions of  the  agreement  prevail  to  the  extent  that  there  is  a 
conflict. 


Idem 


15. — (1)  A   municipality  shall   not   levy   more   than  one  Mu't.ip'e 
development  charge  on  land  to  which  a  development  charge  '^^^""^^'"^"^^ 
applies  even  though  two  or  more  of  the  actions  described  in 
clauses  3  (1)  (a)  to  (g)  are  required  before  that  land  can  be 
developed. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  if  two  or  more  of  the  actions  I'lem 
described  in  clauses  3  (1)  (a)  to  (g)  occur  at  different  times,  a 
municipality  may  require  the  payment  of  an  additional  devel- 
opment charge  if  the  subsequent  action  has  the  effect  of 
increasing  the  need  for  services. 

16. — (1)  Payments  received  by  a  municipality  under  this  Reserve  fund 
Part  shall  be  maintained  in  a  separate  reserve  fund  or  funds 
and  shall  be  used  only  to  meet  growth-related  net  capital  costs 
for  which  the  development  charge  was  imposed. 

(2)  Subsections  165  (2)  and  (3)  of  the  Municipal  Act  apply  R  s^o.  i980, 
with   necessary    modifications   to   payments   received   by   a  s  155' 
municipality  under  this  Part.  applies 


17.  The  treasurer  of  the  municipality  shall,  in  each  year,  statement  of 
on  or  before  such  date  as  council  may  direct,  furnish  to  the 
council  a  statement  in  respect  of  each  reserve  fund  established 
under  section  16  containing  the  information  prescribed. 

18. — (1)  A  municipality  shall  pay  interest  to  persons  to  interest 
whom  overpayments  are  refunded  under  subsection  5  (3), 
5  (5)  or  8  (14)  calculated  in  the  manner  prescribed. 


(2)  Interest  shall  be  calculated  from  the  time  that  the  over- 
payment was  collected  to  the  time  that  the  refund  is  paid. 

(3)  The  refund  shall  include  the  interest  owed. 


Idem 


Idem 


16 

Regulations 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Definition 


19.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  3,  the 
manner  in  which  development  charges  shall  be 
calculated; 

(b)  prescribing  the  number  of  additional  dwelling  units 
and  the  categories  of  existing  residential  buildings 
for  the  purposes  of  clause  3  (2)  (b); 

(c)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  3,  those  ser- 
vices for  which  development  charges  shall  not  be 
imposed; 

(d)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  clause  3  (4)  (a),  an 
index  or  indices  that  may  be  used; 

(e)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  (1),  the 
persons  that  are  to  be  given  notice  and  the  manner 
in  which  notice  is  to  be  given; 

(f)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  (3),  the  . 
persons  and  agencies  that  are  to  be  given  notice  and 
the  manner  and  form  in  which  notice  is  to  be  given; 

(g)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  5  (7),  the 
information  to  be  provided  in  the  notice  and  the 
persons  to  whom  notice  is  to  be  given; 

(h)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  section  13,  the  man- 
ner in  which  credits  shall  be  calculated; 

(i)  prescribing  the  information  to  be  provided  in  a 
statement  of  the  treasurer  under  section  17; 

(j)  prescribing  methods  of  calculating  and  establishing 
interest  rates  under  section  18; 

(k)  prescribing  anything  that  in  Parts  I,  II  and  IV  of 
this  Act  may  be  prescribed  by  regulation. 

PART  II 

FRONT-END  PAYMENTS 

20.  In  this  Part,  "benefiting  owner"  means  an  owner  of 
land  within  a  benefiting  area  other  than  an  owner  who  is  party 
to  a  front-ending  agreement. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


17 


21. — (1)  A  municipality  that  has  passed  a  development  Front-ending 
charge  by-law  may  enter  into  a  front-ending  agreement  or  ^^'"^^'"^" 
agreements  with  any  or  all  owners  within  a  benefiting  area 
providing  for  the  payment  by  those  owners  of  a  front-end  pay- 
ment or  for  the  installation  of  services  by  the  owners,  or  any 
combination  thereof. 


(2)  A  front-ending  agreement  shall  contain, 

(a)  a  list  of  the  services  for  which  front-end  payments 
shall  be  made  or  services  installed  by  the  owner; 

(b)  the  estimated  cost  of  installing  the  services; 

(c)  the  proportion  of  the  front-end  payment  or  the  cost 
of  the  installation  of  services  to  be  paid  by  each 
owner  who  is  a  party  to  the  agreement; 


Contents  of 
agreement 


(d)  the  agreement  of  the  owners  to  immediately  pay  to 
the  municipality  the  actual  costs  incurred  by  the 
municipality  in  the  installation  of  the  services  in 
accordance  with  the  proportions  determined  under 
clause  (c); 

(e)  the  agreement  of  the  municipality  to  immediately 
reimburse  the  owners  if  the  actual  cost  incurred  by 
the  municipality  in  the  installation  of  the  services  is 
lower  than  the  estimated  cost  in  accordance  with 
the  proportions  determined  under  clause  (c); 


(f)  a  description  of  the  benefiting  area  for  each  of  the 
services; 

(g)  a  list  of  the  services  in  the  agreement  for  which  a 
development  charge  is  payable; 

(h)  a  list  of  the  services  in  the  agreement  which  are  ser- 
vices described  in  subsection  3  (7); 

(i)  a  description  of  the  manner  in  which  the  portion  of 
the  payment  to  be  made  by  each  benefiting  owner 
with  respect  to  the  services  listed  in  clause  (g)  is  to 
be  calculated; 

(j)  if  the  agreement  provides  for  the  installation  of  ser- 
vices by  the  owners  who  are  parties  to  the  agree- 
ment, the  agreement  of  the  municipality  to  use  the 
reasonable  cost  to  the  owners  of  installing  the  ser- 
vices in  making  the  calculations  under  clause  (i); 


18 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Idem 


Idem 


Front-ending 
agreement 


(k)  the  agreement  of  the  municipality  to  require  each 
benefiting  owner  to  pay,  with  respect  to  the  services 
listed  in  clause  (g),  that  benefiting  owner's  portion 
of  the  front-end  payment;  and 

(1)  the  period  of  time  during  which  the  agreement  is  in 
force. 

(3)  A  front-ending  agreement  may  provide  that  the  reason- 
able costs  to  the  municipality  of  administering  the  agreement, 
including  the  cost  of  consultants  and  studies  required  in 
preparation  of  the  agreement,  are  to  be  included  in  calculating 
the  front-end  payment. 

(4)  A  front-ending  agreement  may  provide  for  the  indexing 
of  the  payments  required  to  be  made  by  the  benefiting  owner 
under  clause  (2)  (k). 

22. — (1)  The  municipality  shall  give  notice  of  the  front- 
ending  agreement, 


(a)  by  mailing  it  to  all  owners  within  the  benefiting 
area;  or 

(b)  by  publishing  it  in  a  newspaper  having  general  cir- 
culation in  the  municipality. 

Contents  of        (2)  The  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  explain  the 

notice  \    /  1. 

nature  and  purpose  of  the  agreement  and  shall  indicate  that 
the  agreement  can  be  viewed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk  during 
normal  office  hours. 


Objections 


Notice 


Effective 
date  of 

agreement 


(3)  Any  owner  to  whom  notice  of  the  agreement  is  given, 
except  a  party  to  the  agreement,  may  object  to  the  agreement 
by  filing  a  written  objection  with  the  clerk  of  the  municipality 
within  twenty-one  days  of  the  date  of  the  giving  of  the  notice 
of  the  agreement. 

(4)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (3),  notice  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  given, 

(a)  where  notice  is  given  by  mail,  on  the  day  the.  mail- 
ing of  all  required  notices  is  completed;  or 

(b)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  in  a  newspaper, 
on  the  day  that  the  publication  occurs. 

(5)  If  no  objection  is  filed  within  twenty-one  days,  the 
agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  effect  on  the 
date  it  was  fully  executed. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


19 


(6)  If  an  objection  is  filed,  the  clerk  shall  immediately  for- 
ward it  to  the  Municipal  Board. 


Objections  to 
O.M.B. 


(7)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  and  shall  con-  "^^""s  to 
firm  the  agreement,  refuse  to  confirm  the  agreement  or  direct 
a  municipality  to  make  changes  to  the  agreement. 


Effective 
date  where 
objection 


(8)  If  an  objection  is  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  agree- 
ment comes  into  effect  when  approved  by  the  Municipal 
Board  or,  if  changes  are  directed  by  the  Board,  when  the 
municipality  and  the  other  parties  to  the  agreement  have  exe- 
cuted the  agreement  as  directed  to  be  changed  by  the  Board. 


(9)  The  parties  to  the  Municipal  Board  hearing  are  the  Ponies 
municipality,  the  other  parties  to  the  agreement  and  the 
owners  who  filed  written  objections  within  the  period  referred 
to  in  subsection  (3). 


Early 

dismissal  of 
objection 


(10)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  where  it  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  objection  to  the  agreement  is  insufficient,  dismiss  the 
objection  without  holding  a  full  hearing,  but  before  dismissing 
the  objection  it  shall  notify  the  objector  and  give  the  objector 
an  opportunity  to  make  representations  as  to  the  merits  of  the 
objection. 


23.  Section  64  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  o.m.b. 
not  apply  to  a  front-ending  agreement  or  to  special  accounts  required  "°^ 
^^tablished  under  sections  27  and  28.  r.s.o.  198o, 

c.  347 

24.  An  agreement  entered  into  under  section  21  may  be  Registration 
registered  against  the  land  in  the  benefiting  area,  and  subject 

to  the  Registry  Act  and  the  Land  Titles  Act,  the  municipality,      R  s.o.  i980, 

CC.     ^rrj .,    ^jyj 

(a)  may  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  against 
any  and  all  subsequent  owners  of  the  lands  owned 
by  the  parties  thereto;  and 

(b)  may  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  made 
under  clauses  21  (2)  (d)  and  (k),  subsection  21  (4) 
and  section  26  against  any  and  all  owners  and  subse- 
quent owners  of  lands  in  the  benefiting  area. 

25.  If  a  front-ending  agreement  is  in  effect,  no  person  Compliance 
shall  undertake  any  development  that  requires  an  approval  "^'^"^^'^ 
mentioned  in  subsection  3  (1)  within  a  benefiting  area  until 

section  26  has  been  complied  with. 

26.  A  municipality  that  has  entered  into  a  front-ending  Payments  to 
agreement  shall  require  a  benefiting  owner  to  pay  the  benefit-  agreement 
ing  owner's  portion  of  the  front-end  payment  as  a  condition  of 


20 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Special 
accounts 


an  approval  granted  during  the  term  of  the  agreement  of  any 
development  on  that  portion  of  the  benefiting  owner's  land 
located  within  the  benefiting  area. 

27. — (1)  The  municipality  shall  place  all  money  received 
from  the  parties  to  the  front-ending  agreement  in  a  special 
account  and  shall  use  the  funds  in  such  account  only  for, 

(a)  paying  the  actual  net  cost  of  the  installation  of  the 
services  specified  in  the  agreement;  and 

(b)  reimbursing  to  the  parties  to  the  agreement  any 
funds  remaining  in  the  account  after  the  installation 
of  the  services  referred  to  in  clause  (a). 


Idem 


Distribution 
of  section  26 
funds 


(2)  During  the  term  of  the  agreement  the  municipality  shall 
provide  annually  to  the  parties  to  the  front-ending  agreement 
a  statement  setting  out  the  particulars  of  payments  made  out 
of  the  account,  the  balance  remaining  in  the  account  and  addi- 
tional payments,  if  any,  that  are  or  will  be  required  from  the 
parties  pursuant  to  the  agreement. 

28. — (1)  The  municipality  shall  place  money  received 
under  section  26  in  a  special  account  and  shall,  immediately 
upon  receipt  of  the  money,  by  registered  mail, 

(a)  notify  the  parties  to  the  front-ending  agreement  that 
the  money  is  available  to  be  paid  out;  and 

(b)  request  the  parties  to  give  directions  to  the  munici- 
pality as  to  whom  the  money  is  to  be  paid. 


Payment  to         (2)  Upon  receipt  of  a  direction  from  a  party  to  a  front- 
^^^^  ending  agreement,  the  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  party 

named  in  the  direction  the  proportion  of  the  money  received 
by  the  municipality  to  which  the  party  is  entitled. 

Payment  into       (3)  If  within  ninety  days  of  mailing  the  notice  under  sub- 
'^^"'^  section  (1)  the  municipality  has  not  received  a  direction  from 

a  party,  the  municipality  may  pay  the  money  owing  to  that 

party  into  the  Supreme  Court. 


Notification 
of  payment 


(4)  A  municipality  that  has  paid  money  into  court  under 
subsection  (3)  shall  immediately  notify  the  party  to  whom  the 
money  is  owing,  by  registered  mail  sent  to  the  party's  last 
known  address,  that, 

(a)    the  money  has  been  paid  into  court;  and 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  21 

(b)    the  party  must  apply  to  the  court  for  the  release  of 
the  money. 

(5)  If  the  party  to  whom  notice  was  sent,  or  an  heir,  succes-  Application 
sor  or  assign  thereof,  has  not  applied  to  the  court  under  clause  fundT 

(4)  (b)  within  twelve  months  of  the  mailing  of  the  notice,  the 
municipality  may  apply  to  the  court  for  the  release  of  the 
money  to  the  municipality. 

(6)  If  the  court  has  not  received  a  request  for  the  release  of  ^,^'^f  ^  ^^ 
the   money   before   the   application   of  the   municipality   is 
received,  it  shall  release  the  money  to  the  municipality. 


funds 


(7)  The  municipality  may  place  money  released  by  the  Funds  to 
court  in  its  general  account.  account 

(8)  The  municipality  is  required  to  reimburse  the  parties  to  l^j^^f. 
the  agreement  only  when  the  money  referred  to  in  subsection 
(1)  is  paid  and  only  in  accordance  with  subsections  (1)  to  (4). 


responsibility 


(9)  Payments  made  under  subsection  (1)  with  respect  to  Deductions 
services  referred  to  in  clause  21  (2)  (g)  shall  be  deducted  from 
the  amount  otherwise  payable  by  an  owner  pursuant  to  a 
development  charge  by-law. 

PART  III 

EDUCATION  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 
29.— (1)   In  this  Part,  Definitions 

"board"  means  a  board  described  in  paragraph  3  of  subsection 

1  (1)  of  the  Education  Act,  other  than,  R  so.  i980, 

^   '  c.  129 

(a)  a    board    established    under    section    70    of    the 
Education  Act, 

(b)  a  board  of  education  for  an  area  municipality  in  The 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto, 

(c)  The  Metropolitan  Toronto  French-Language  School 
Council,  and 

(d)  The     Ottawa-Carleton     French-language     School 
Board, 

but  includes  the  public  sector  and  the  Roman  Catholic  sec- 
tor of  The  Ottawa-Carleton  French-language  School  Board 
and  The  Metropolitan  Toronto  School  Board; 


22  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

"commercial  development"  means  a  development  other  than 
a  residential  development; 

"education  capital  cost"  means  costs  incurred  or  proposed  to 
be  incurred  by  a  board, 

(a)  to  acquire  school  facilities  to  provide  pupil  accom- 
modation, 

(b)  to  construct,  expand,  alter  or  improve  school  facili- 
ties to  provide  pupil  accommodation, 

(c)  to  furnish  or  equip  the  school  facilities  described  in 
clauses  (a)  and  (b),  and 

(d)  to  undertake  studies  in  connection  with  any  of  the 
matters  in  clauses  (a),  (b)  and  (c); 

"education  development  charge"  means  a  development  charge 
imposed  under  a  by-law  passed  under  section  30  respecting 
growth-related  net  education  capital  costs  incurred  or  pro- 
posed to  be  incurred  by  a  board; 

"education  development  charge  by-law"  means  a  by-law 
passed  under  subsection  30  (1); 

"education  development  charges  account"  means  an  account 
established  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  for  money 
collected  under  an  education  development  charge  by-law; 

"growth-related  net  education  capital  cost"  means  the  pre- 
scribed portion  of  the  net  education  capital  cost  reasonably 
attributable  to  the  need  for  such  net  education  capital  cost 
that  is  attributed  to  or  will  result  from  development  in  all 
or  part  of  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  a  board; 

"net  education  capital  cost"  means  the  education  capital  cost 
reduced  by  any  capital  grants  and  subsidies  paid  or  that 
may  be  paid  to  the  board  in  respect  of  such  education 
capital  cost; 

"owner"  means  the  owner  of  the  land  or  a  person  who  has 
made  application  for  an  approval  for  the  development  of 
the  land  upon  which  an  education  development  charge  is 
imposed; 

"pupil  accommodation"  means  a  building  to  accommodate 
pupils  or  an  addition  or  alteration  to  a  building  that  enables 
the  building  to  accommodate  an  increased  number  of 
pupils; 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  23 

"school  facilities"  means  a  school  site  described  in  paragraph 

53  of  subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Education  Act.  RS.o.  1980, 

^    ^  c.  129 

(2)  In  this  Part,  reference  to  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  a  interpretation 
board,  in  the  case  of  a  county  combined  separate  school  board 
or  a  district  combined  separate  school  board,  is  the  area  desig- 
nated by  the  regulations  made  under  the  Education  Act. 

30. — (1)  If  there  is  residential  development  in  the  area  of  Education 
jurisdiction  of  a  board  that  would  increase  education  capital  charge^^^iaw 
costs,  the  board  may  pass  by-laws  for  the  imposition  of  educa- 
tion development  charges  against  land  undergoing  residential 
and  commercial  development  in  that  area  if  the  residential 
and  commercial  development  require, 

(a)  the  passing  of  a  zoning  by-law  or  of  an  amendment 
thereto  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983;     i983,  c.  i 

(b)  the  approval  of  a  minor  variance  under  section  44  of 
the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(c)  a  conveyance  of  land  to  which  a  by-law  passed 
under  subsection  49  (7)  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
applies; 

(d)  the  approval  of  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section 
50  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983; 

(e)  a  consent  under  section  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983; 

(f)  the  approval  of  a  description  under  section  50  of  the 
Condominium  Act;  or  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  84 

(g)  the  issuing  of  a  permit  under  the  Building  Code  Act  RS.o.  i980, 
in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure.  ^' 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  an  action  Exceptions 
mentioned  in  clauses  (1)  (a)  to  (g)  that  would  have  the  effect 

only, 

(a)  of  permitting  the  enlargement  of  an  existing  dwell- 
ing unit;  or 

(b)  of  creating  one  or  two  additional  dwelling  units  as 
prescribed,  in  prescribed  categories  of  existing  resi- 
dential buildings. 

(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  shall.  Contents  of 


24 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


(a)  designate  the  categories  of  residential  development 
and  commercial  development  upon  which  an  educa- 
tion development  charge  shall  be  imposed; 

(b)  designate  those  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures 
upon  which  an  education  development  charge  shall 
be  imposed; 


Indexing 


(c)  designate  the  areas  in  which  an  education  develop- 
ment charge  shall  be  imposed;  and 

(d)  subject  to  the  regulations,  establish  the  education 
development  charges  to  be  imposed  in  respect  of 
the  designated  categories  of  development  and  the 
designated  uses  of  land,  buildings  or  structures. 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  may  provide  for 
the  indexing  of  education  development  charges  based  on  one 
of  the  prescribed  indices. 


Limited 
exemption 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  31 


(5)  No  land,  except  land  owned  by  and  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  a  board  or  a  municipality,  is  exempt  from  an  educa- 
tion development  charge  under  a  by-law  passed  under  sub- 
section (1)  by  reason  only  that  it  is  exempt  from  taxation 
under  section  3  of  the  Assessment  Act. 


Interpretation  (6)  jn  subsection  (5),  "board"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in 
section  29  except  that  it  includes  the  boards  described  in 
clauses  (a)  to  (d)  of  that  definition. 


Conditions 


Public 
meeting 


(7)  The  imposition  of  an  education  development  charge  by 
a  board  is  subject  to  the  prescribed  conditions. 

31. — (1)  Before  passing  an  education  development  charge 
by-law,  except  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the 
Municipal  Board  made  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  board, 

(a)  shall  hold  at  least  one  public  meeting; 

(b)  shall  give  notice  of  the  meeting  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  persons  and  organizations  prescribed;  and 

(c)  shall  ensure  that  sufficient  information  is  made 
available  to  enable  the  public  to  understand  gener- 
ally the  education  development  charge  proposal. 


hiafd  ^"^  ^^  ^^^  ^^^  meeting  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  be  held 
no  earlier  than  twenty  days  after  the  requirements  for  the  giv- 
ing of  notice  have  been  complied  with  and  any  person  who 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


25 


attends  the  meeting  may  make  representations  in  respect  of 
the  proposed  education  development  charges. 

(3)  If  the  board  passes  an  education  development  charge 
by-law,  other  than  a  by-law  passed  pursuant  to  an  order  of  the 
Municipal  Board  under  clause  (11)  (b),  the  secretary  of  the 
board  shall,  not  later  than  fifteen  days  after  the  day  the 
by-law  is  passed,  give  written  notice  of  the  passing  of  the 
by-law  in  the  manner  and  in  the  form  and  to  the  persons  and 
organizations  prescribed  and  the  notice  shall  specify  the  last 
day  for  filing  a  notice  of  appeal  under  subsection  (4), 


Notice  of 
by-law 


(4)  Any  person  or  organization  may,  not  later  than  twenty  Appeal 
days  after  written  notice  under  subsection  (3)  is  given,  appeal 

to  the  Municipal  Board  by  filing  with  the  secretary  of  the 
board  a  notice  of  appeal  setting  out  the  objection  to  the 
by-law  and  the  reasons  in  support  of  the  objection. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  written  notice  shall  Timing  of 
be  deemed  to  be  given, 

(a)    where  notice  is  given  by  publication  in  a  newspaper, 
on  the  day  that  the  publication  occurs; 


(b)  where  notice  is  given  by  mail,  on  the  day  that  the 
mailing  of  all  required  notices  is  completed;  or 

(c)  where  notice  is  given  by  publication  and  by  mail,  on 
the  later  of  the  days  that  publication  occurs  or  mail- 
ing is  completed. 

(6)  The  secretary  of  the  board  who  receives  a  notice  of  Record 
appeal  shall  compile  a  record  which  shall  include, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  by-law  certified  by  the  secretary; 

(b)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  certifying  that  the 
requirements  for  the  giving  of  notice  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  have  been  complied  with;  and 

(c)  the  original  or  a  true  copy  of  all  written  submissions 
and  material  received  in  respect  of  the  by-law 
before  it  was  passed. 

(7)  The  secretary  of  the  board  shall  forward  the  notice  of  Notice  and 
appeal  and  the  record  to  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  aM.B.° 
within  thirty  days  of  the  last  day  of  appeal  and  shall  provide 

such  other  information  or  material  as  the  Municipal  Board 
may  require  in  respect  of  the  appeal. 


26 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Affidavit, 
declaration 
conclusive 
evidence 


(8)  An  affidavit  or  declaration  of  the  secretary  of  the  board 
that  notice  was  given  as  required  by  subsection  (3)  or  that  no 
notice  of  appeal  was  filed  under  subsection  (4)  within  the  time 
allowed  for  appeal  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the  facts  stated 
therein. 


Hearing 


Early 

dismissal  of 
appeal 


Determi- 
nation by 
O.M.B. 


(9)  The  Municipal  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  notice  of 
which  shall  be  given  to  such  persons  or  organizations  and  in 
such  manner  as  the  Municipal  Board  may  determine. 

(10)  The  Municipal  Board  may,  where  it  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  objection  to  the  by-law  set  out  in  the  notice  of  appeal 
is  insufficient,  dismiss  the  appeal  without  holding  a  full  hear- 
ing but  before  dismissing  the  appeal  shall  notify  the  appellant 
and  give  the  appellant  the  opportunity  to  make  representa- 
tions as  to  the  merits  of  the  appeal. 

(11)  The  Municipal  Board  may, 

(a)  dismiss  the  appeal; 

(b)  order  the  board  to  repeal  the  by-law  in  whole  or  in 
part  or  to  amend  the  by-law  in  accordance  with  the 
Municipal  Board's  order;  or 

(c)  repeal  the  by-law  in  whole  or  in  part  or  amend  the 
by-law  in  such  manner  as  the  Municipal  Board  may 
determine. 


Restriction  (12)  Despite  subsection  (11),  the  Municipal  Board  may  not 

amendments    amend  or  Order  the  amendment  of  a  by-law  so  as  to, 

(a)  increase  an  education  development  charge  imposed 
by  the  by-law;  or 

(b)  alter  the  term  of  the  by-law. 

When  by-law       32. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  by-law  comes 
e  ective         .^^^  ^^^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^.^^j^  ^^^  following  the  day  it  is  passed  or  the 

day  specified  in  the  by-law,  whichever  is  later. 

(2)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  a  board  to  repeal  a 
by-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is 
repealed  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  repealed  on  the  day 
the  by-law  came  into  force. 

(3)  The  treasurer  of  the  education  development  charges 
account  shall  refund  all  education  development  charges  paid 
under  the  by-law  or  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is  repealed 
under  subsection  31  (11), 


Retroactive 
repeal 


Refund 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  27 

(a)  if  repealed  by  the  Municipal  Board,  within  thirty 
days  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  the  Municipal 
Board;  or 

(b)  if  repealed  by  the  board,  within  thirty  days  of  the 
date  of  repeal. 

(4)  If  the  Municipal  Board  orders  a  board  to  amend  a  Retroactive 
)y-law  in  whole  or  in  part,  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is  ^'"^"  '"^"^^ 
amended  ceases  to  be  in  force  and  the  amendment  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  date  the  by-law  came 

into  force. 

(5)  The  treasurer  of  the  education  development  charges  Refunds 
account  shall  refund  the  difference  between  the  education 
development  charges  paid  under  that  part  of  the  by-law  that  is 
amended  under  subsection  31  (11)  and  the  education  develop- 
ment charges  required  to  be  paid  under  the  amendment, 

(a)  if  the  by-law  is  amended  by  the  Municipal  Board, 
within  thirty  days  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  the 
Municipal  Board;  or 

(b)  if  the  by-law  is  amended  by  the  board,  within  thirty 
days  of  the  date  of  the  amendment. 

(6)  A  repeal  or  amendment  made  under  subsection  31  (11)  Restrictions 
is  not  subject  to  appeal  under  subsection  31  (4).  °"  ^^^^' 

(7)  A  refund  under  this  section  shall  be  paid  to  the  owner  direct  refund 
and   the   treasurer  of  the   education   development   charges 

account  shall  inform  the  municipal  treasurer  of  the  amount  of 
the  refund. 

33. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  by-law  expires  Expiration  of 
five  years  after  the  date  it  comes  into  force.  ''^"'^^ 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  board  may,  J^em 

(a)  provide  in  the  by-law  for  a  term  of  less  than  five 
years;  or 

(b)  repeal  the  by-law. 


terms 


(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  if  an  education  development  ^°^^^^^^^ 
charge  by-law  is  in  force  in  respect  of  an  area,  the  term  of  an 
education   development   charge   by-law   passed   by   another 
board  with  respect  to  the  same  area  shall  expire  on  the  date  of 
expiration  of  the  first-mentioned  by-law. 


28 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


Change  of 
term 


(4)  Where  a  board  repeals  its  education  development 
charge  by-law  and  another  board  that  has  jurisdiction  in  all  or 
part  of  the  same  area  has  passed  a  by-law  that  under  subsec- 
tion (3)  would  expire  on  the  date  of  expiration  of  the  first- 
mentioned  by-law,  that  other  board  may  determine  that  the 
by-law  shall  be  in  effect  for  up  to  five  years  after  the  date  it 
comes  into  force  and,  where  it  does  so,  the  board  shall  give 
notice  of  its  determination  to  the  same  persons  and  in  the 
same  manner  as  provided  under  subsection  37  (1). 


New  (5)  Subject  to  subsections  (6),  (7)  and  (8),  a  board  that  has 

devdoplllent    passcd  an  education  development  charge  by-law  that  is  in 
charge  by-law  force  may  pass  a  new  education  development  charge  by-law. 


Review  of 
policies 


(6)  Before  passing  a  new  education  development  charge 
by-law,  the  board  shall  conduct  a  review  of  the  education 
development  charge  policies  of  the  board. 


Public 
meeting 


(7)  In  conducting  a  review  under  subsection  (6),  the  board 
shall  ensure  that  adequate  information  is  made  available  to 
the  public,  and  for  this  purpose  shall  hold  at  least  one  public 
meeting,  notice  of  which  shall  be  given  in  at  least  one  news- 
paper having  general  circulation  in  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of 
the  board. 


Idem 


(8)  Sections  31  and  37  apply  with  necessary  modification^ 
to  a  by-law  under  subsection  (5). 


Amendment 


34. — (1)  A  school  board  may  amend  an  education  devel- 
opment charge  by-law  and  the  amendment  shall  come  into 
force  on  the  fifth  day  following  the  date  the  amendment  is 
passed  and  the  part  of  the  by-law  that  is  amended  ceases  to  be 
in  force  on  that  day. 


Idem 


(2)  Sections  31  and  37  apply  with  necessary  modifications 
to  an  amendment  made  under  this  section. 


Payment  of 
charge 


35. — (1)  An  education  development  charge  is  payable, 

(a)  to  the  municipality  in  which  the  development  takes 
place  on  the  date  a  building  permit  is  issued  in  rela- 
tion to  a  building  or  structure  on  land  to  which  an 
education  development  charge  applies;  or 

(b)  if  the  development  takes  place  in  territory  without 
municipal  organization,  to  the  board  that  imposed 
the  education  development  charge  thirty  days  after 
the  board  mails  a  notice  to  the  owner  setting  out 
the  amount  of  the  charge. 


1989 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


Bill  20 


29 


(2)  An  education  development  charge  imposed  by  a  board  Commercial 
in  respect  of  commercial  development  is  the  amount  deter-    ^^^"P""^"^ 
mined  in  the  manner  prescribed  or  calculated  using  the  for- 
mula prescribed. 

(3)  Despite  any  other  Act,  a  municipality  is  not  required  to  ^^-^I^ }°  ^^ 
issue  a  building  permit  in  relation  to  a  building  or  structure  on  building ""^^ 
land  to  which  an  education  development  charge  by-law  applies  permit  issued 
unless  the  education  development  charge  has  been  paid. 


(4)  Despite  subsection  (1),  and  subject  to  subsection  (5) 
and  the  consent  of  the  Minister  of  Education,  a  board  may  by 
agreement  permit  an  owner  to  provide  school  facilities  in  lieu 
of  the  payment  of  all  or  any  portion  of  an  education  develop- 
ment charge  and  the  board, 


Facilities  in 
lieu  of 
payment 


(a)  shall  advise  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  in 
which  the  land  is  situate  of  the  amount  of  the  credit 
that  shall  be  applied  against  the  education  develop- 
ment charge;  or 

(b)  if  the  land  is  located  in  territory  without  municipal 
organization,  shall  provide  a  credit  to  the  owner 
against  the  educational  development  charge. 


(5)  If  more  than  one  board  has  jurisdiction  in  an  area  and 
one  or  more  boards  are  to  receive  school  facilities  under  sub- 
section (4),  all  of  the  boards  that  have  imposed  an  education 
development  charge  in  that  area  are  required  to  be  parties  to 
the  agreement. 


Necessary 
parties 


36. — (1)  An  owner  or  board  may  complain  in  writing  to  Complaints 
the  council  of  the  municipality  in  which  the  land  is  situate  or, 
where  the  land  is  situate  in  territory  without  municipal  organi- 
zation, an  owner  may  complain  to  the  board  that,  in  respect 
of  the  education  development  charge  of  that  owner, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  education  development  charge 
imposed  was  incorrect  or  based  on  incorrect  data; 

(b)  there  was  an  error  in  the  application  of  the  educa- 
tion development  charge  by-law;  or 


(c)    the  amount  credited  to  an  owner  under  subsection 
35  (4)  is  incorrect. 

(2)  An  owner  or  board  may  not  submit  a  complaint  under  ^^en 
subsection  (1)  after  ninety  days  following  the  later  of,  beTad?  ^° 


30 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


(a)  the  date  a  building  permit  is  issued,  or  if  develop- 
ment takes  place  in  territory  without  municipal 
organization,  the  date  that  the  education  develop- 
ment charge  is  payable  under  clause  35  (1)  (b);  or 

(b)  the  date  an  agreement  is  entered  into  under  sub- 
section 35  (4). 


Procedures 
adopted 


(3)  Subsections  8  (3)  to  (14)  apply  with  necessary  modifica- 
tions to  a  complaint  under  subsection  (1). 


Refunds 


(4)  If  a  final  determination  of  a  complaint  has  been  made 
and  a  refund  is  due  to  the  owner,  the  treasurer  of  the  educa- 
tion development  charges  account  shall  pay  the  amount  of  the 
refund  to  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  who  shall  reim- 
burse the  owner. 


Idem 


(5)  If  a  final  determination  of  a  complaint  has  been  made 
and  a  refund  is  due  to  the  school  board,  the  treasurer  of  the 
municipality  shall  pay  the  amount  of  the  refund  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  education  development  charges  account. 


Underpayments  (5)  jf  g  final  determination  of  a  complaint  has  been  made 
and  the  owner  is  required  to  pay  an  additional  amount,  the 
treasurer  of  the  municipality  or,  in  respect  of  territory  without 
municipal  organization,  the  treasurer  of  the  board,  shall  col- 
lect the  additional  amount  due  from  the  owner  and  shall  remit 
the  amount  to  the  treasurer  of  the  education  development 
charges  account. 


Distribution 
of  by-law 


Special 
accounts 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  B-1 

1987,  c.  33 


37. — (1)  A  board  that  passes  a  by-law  under  subsection 
30  (1)  shall  submit  to  the  treasurer  of  each  municipality  all  or 
part  of  which  is  made  subject  to  an  education  development 
charge  a  copy  of  the  by-law  and  provide  a  copy  to  the  secre- 
tary of  any  other  board  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  same  or 
part  of  the  same  area  of  the  board  that  passed  the  by-law  and 
forward  a  copy  to  the  Minister  of  Education. 

(2)  Educational  development  charges  accounts  shall  be 
established  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  and  deposited 
with  a  chartered  bank  listed  in  Schedule  A  to  the  Bank  Act 
(Canada)  or  a  trust  corporation  registered  under  the  Loan  and 
Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987. 


Territory 
without 
municipal 
organization 


(3)  Where  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  a  board  includes  terri- 
tory without  municipal  organization,  all  or  part  of  which  is 
made  subject  to  an  education  development  charge,  the  board 
shall  exercise  the  powers  and  duties  of  a  municipal  council  for 
such  territory  in  respect  of  collecting  the  charge  and  the  offic- 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  31 

P 

ers  of  the  board  have  the  same  powers  and  duties  as  similar 
officers  in  a  municipality. 

(4)  Where  an  education  development  charge  is  imposed  by  Collection  of 
a  board,  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  or  board,  as  the  '^  ^"^^^ 
case  requires,  shall  collect  the  charge  imposed  when  due  and, 

on  or  before  the  25th  day  of  the  month  next  following  the 
month  in  which  the  charge  is  collected,  shall  deposit  the 
amount  of  the  charge  in  the  education  development  charges 
account  established  in  respect  of  the  by-law  under  which  the 
charge  is  imposed. 

(5)  On  or  before  the  fifth  day  of  the  month  following  a  statement 
month  in  which  a  deposit  is  made  under  subsection  (4),  the 
treasurer  of  the  municipality  shall  forward  to  the  treasurer  of 

the  board  or  the  treasurer  of  the  board  shall  prepare  a  state- 
ment setting  out  the  prescribed  information  in  respect  of  the 
period  that  began  on  the  26th  day  of  the  month  before  the 
preceding  month  and  that  ended  on  the  25th  day  of  the  pre- 
ceding month. 

(6)  If  two  or  more  boards  have   imposed  an  education  I'lem 
development  charge  by-law  upon  an  area,  the  statement  men- 
tioned in  subsection  (5)  shall  be  prepared  in  respect  of  the 
money  collected  and  forwarded  to  the  treasurer  of  each  board 
that  passed  a  by-law  under  which  the  money  was  collected. 

38.  A  board  that  has  passed  an  education  development  Registration 
charge  by-law  may  register  the  by-law  or  a  certified  copy  of  it 

on  the  land  to  which  it  applies. 

39.  If  an   education   development   charge   or   any   part  Collection 
thereof  remains  unpaid  after  the  due  date,  the  amount  unpaid 

shall  be  added  to  the  tax  roll  of  the  municipality  or  board,  as 
the  case  requires  and  shall  be  collected  as  taxes  and  remitted 
to  the  treasurer  of  the  education  development  charges  account 
established  in  respect  of  the  by-law  under  which  the  education 
development  charge  is  imposed. 

40.  On  or  before  the  25th  day  of  the  month  next  following  Transfer  of 
the  month  in  which  an  education  development  charge  is  col-  ""^"^^ 
lected  under  section  39,  the  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  education  development  charges  account  all  money 
received  in  payment  of  education  development  charges. 

41.  If  an  upper  tier  municipality  issues  building  permits,  ^pp^^.^^^L 
subsections  32  (7),  35  (1)  and  (4)  and  sections  36,  37  and  40  '""""^'P^'"'^^ 
apply  to  the  upper  tier  municipality  and  not  to  the  area 
municipality. 


32  Bill  20  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  1989 

Interest  42. — (1)  The    treasurer   of   the    education    development 

charges  account  shall  pay  interest  out  of  the  account  to  per- 
sons to  whom  overpayments  are  refunded  under  subsections 
32  (3)  and  (5)  and  36  (4)  calculated  in  the  manner  prescribed. 

Period  during      (2)  Interest  shall  be  calculated  from  the  time  that  the  over- 
hiterest  is       payment  was  collected  to  the  time  that  the  refund  is  paid. 

payable 

Payment  of         (3)  The  refund  shall  include  the  interest  owed. 

interest 

Regulations  43.  xhe  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations that  may  have  general  or  particular  application  in 
respect  of  a  board, 

(a)  respecting  any  matter  that  is  referred  to  as  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  governing  the  establishment  and  administration  of 
the  education  development  charges  account; 

(d)  providing  for  the  application,  placement  in  a 
reserve,  withdrawal  and  use  of  the  money  deposited 
in  or  accredited  to  an  education  development 
charges  account  and  requiring  the  approval  of  the 
Minister  in  respect  of  the  manner  in  which  or  the 
rate  at  which  the  money  is  withdrawn; 

(e)  prescribing  the  powers  of  the  treasurer  of  the  edu- 
cation development  charges  account  in  relation  to 
the  withdrawal  of  funds; 

(f)  requiring  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Education 
to  any  factor,  criterion,  rate,  amount,  portion,  esti- 
mate or  project  used  in  determining  an  education 
development  charge; 

(g)  prescribing  the  manner  of  calculating  or  determin- 
ing education  development  charges  and  prescribing 
classes  of  persons  that  may  make  determinations 
necessary  for  the  calculation  of  education  develop- 
ment charges; 

(h)  providing  for  the  sharing  of  proceeds  where  more 
than  one  board  establishes  a  charge  in  respect  of  the 
same  area; 

(i)  prescribing,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  30  (4), 
an  index  or  indices  that  may  be  used; 


1989  DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES  Bill  20  33 

(j)  prescribing  information  which  boards  must  provide 
to  other  boards  and  to  the  Minister  for  the  purposes 
of  developing  education  development  charges  under 
this  Part; 

(k)  prescribing  methods  of  calculating  and  establishing 
interest  rates  under  section  42; 

(1)  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  notice  shall  be 
given  wherever  notice  is  required  under  this  Part, 
the  persons  and  agencies  to  whom  notice  shall  be 
given,  and  the  form  of  the  notice; 

(m)  prescribing  the  terms  of  agreements  for  credit  in 
lieu  of  payment  of  education  development  charges, 
determining  the  amount  of  the  credit  and  governing 
the  allocation  of  the  credit  between  or  among 
boards; 

(n)  requiring  a  board  to  exempt  an  owner  from  an  edu- 
cational development  charge  if  the  owner  meets  the 
prescribed  conditions. 

PART  IV 

GENERAL 

44. — (1)  A  by-law  or  resolution  providing  for  the  payment  Existing 
of  charges  related  to  development  that  is  in  effect  on  the  date  charges""^"' 
of  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act  shall  remain  in  effect  until  by-'aw 
the  earliest  of, 

(a)  the  repeal  of  the  by-law  or  resolution; 

(b)  the  coming  into  force  of  a  by-law  under  section  3; 
or 

(c)  two  years  after  the  date  of  the  coming  into  force  of 
this  Act. 

(2)  A  by-law  or  resolution  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  No 
shall  not  be  amended  during  the  period  it  remains  in  effect.        permitted 

(3)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  with  respect  to  a  by-law  Exceptions 
referred  to  in  subsection  14  (3)  or  to  a  by-law  passed  under 
section  41  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

45. — (1)  A  municipality  shall  not  enter  into  an  agreement  Certain 
under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  that  imposes  Se™^"^^ 

1983,  c.  1 


34 


Bill  20 


DEVELOPMENT  CHARGES 


1989 


a  charge  related  to  a  development,  except  a  charge  referred  to 
in  subsection  3  (7),  after  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  coming  into  force  of  a  by-law  under  section  3; 
or 

(b)  two  years  after  the  date  of  the  coming  into  force  of 
this  Act. 


Idem 


Referrals  to 
continue 


Appeals 
under 
1983,  c.  1 
continued 


(2)  An  agreement  with  respect  to  charges  related  to  devel- 
opment made  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983 
that  is  in  effect  on  the  earlier  of  the  dates  referred  to  in 
clauses  (1)  (a)  and  (b)  remains  in  effect. 

46. — (1)  A  request  made  before  the  coming  into  force  of 
this  Act  for  a  referral  under  subsection  50  (17)  of  the  Planning 
Act,  1983  with  respect  to  a  condition  relating  to  a  charge 
related  to  development  shall  be  continued  and  disposed  of 
under  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

(2)  An  appeal  made  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this 
Act  under  subsection  52  (7)  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983  with 
respect  to  a  condition  relating  to  a  charge  related  to  develop- 
ment shall  continue  and  be  disposed  of  under  the  Planning 
Act,  1983. 


Conflicts 


(3)  If  a  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  respecting  a  matter 
mentioned  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  conflicts  with  a  devel- 
opment charge  by-law,  the  decision  of  the  Board  prevails  t( 
the  extent  of  the  conflict. 


Agreements 
not  affected 
1983,  c.  1 


47.  Except  as  stated  herein,  this  Act  does  not  affect  an 
agreement  made  under  section  50  or  52  of  the  Planning  Act, 
1983. 


No  right  of         48,  Despite  section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board 

R  s  o"  1980    ^<^^'  th^^^  ^^  "^  "S^^  ^^  ^*'^  ^  petition  under  that  section  in 

c.  347        '   respect  of  any  order  or  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  made 

in  respect  of  any  matter  appealed  to  the  Board  under  this  Act. 


Conflicts 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


49.  In  the  event  of  conflict  between  the  provisions  of  this 
Act  and  any  other  general  or  special  Act,  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  prevail. 

50.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

51.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Development  Charges 
Act,  1989. 


Bill  21  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  21 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  implement  the  Treasurer's  1989  Budget  proposal  to 
increase,  effective  May  18,  1989,  the  tax  on  clear  fuel  for  general  use  from  9.9  cents  to 
10.9  cents  per  litre  and  the  tax  on  clear  fuel  used  in  railway  equipment  from  3.1  cents  to 
3.4  cents  per  litre. 


J 


m 


Bill  21  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981,  being  chapter 
59,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  23, 
section  2,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  who  is  a  collector,  importer,  registered  Tax  on  clear 
consumer  or  purchaser  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer  a  tax  at  the 
rate  of, 


fuel 


(a)  10.9  cents  per  litre  on  each  litre  of  clear  fuel 
received  or  used  by  the  person  in  Ontario  to  gener- 
ate power  in  a  motor  vehicle  other  than  railway 
equipment  operated  on  rails  in  connection  with  a 
public  transportation  system;  and 

(b)  3.4  cents  per  litre  on  each  Utre  of  clear  fuel  received 
or  used  by  the  person  in  Ontario  to  propel  railway 
equipment  on  rails  where  such  equipment  is  oper- 
ated in  connection  with  and  as  part  of  a  public 
transportation  system. 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  commence- 
18th  day  of  May,  1989.  "*"' 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Fuel  Tax  Amendment  short  tiue 
Act,  1989. 


Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  21 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  26th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

SECTION  1.  The  definitions  are  complementary  to  the  amendments  set  out  in  sections  3 
and  4  of  the  Bill.  -^ 

SECTION  2.  This  amendment  implements  the  Treasurer's  1989  Budget  proposal  to 
increase,  effective  May  18,  1989,  the  tax  on  clear  fuel  for  general  use  from  9.9  cents  to 
10.9  cents  per  litre  and  the  tax  on  clear  fuel  used  in  railway  equipment  from  3.1  cents  to 
3.4  cents  per  litre. 

SECTION  3.  This  amendment  sets  out  the  collection  and  remittance  obligations  of 
importers,  and  requires  importers  who  are  not  collectors  to  account  for  the  tax  they  may 
be  obliged  to  collect  and  to  pay  at  the  point  of  entry  into  Ontario  to  officials  authorized 
by  the  Minister. 

SECTION  4.  This  amendment  permits  officials  authorized  by  the  Minister  at  border 
points  to  request  the  specified  information  from  those  transporting  bulk  fuel  and  to 
detain  a  motor  vehicle  until  correct  information  is  provided  and  until  the  required  remit- 
tance and  returns  are  made  by  the  importer.  '*' 


Bill  21  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Section  1  of  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981,  being  chapter 
59,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  23, 
section  1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clause: 

(ha)  "fuel  in  bulk"  means  fuel  transported  or  transferred 
by  any  means  other  than  in  a  fuel  tank  of  a  motor 
vehicle  in  which  fuel  for  generating  power  in  the 
motor  vehicle  is  kept, 

(2)  Clause  1  (j)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(j)  "importer"  means  a  person  who  brings  or  causes  to 
be  brought  into  Ontario  fuel  in  bulk.  -^^ 

2.  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  23,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  who  is  a  collector,  importer,  registered  J^^ »"  '^'ear 
consumer  or  purchaser  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer  a  tax  at  the 
rate  of, 

(a)  10.9  cents  per  litre  on  each  litre  of  clear  fuel 
received  or  used  by  the  person  in  Ontario  to  gener- 
ate power  in  a  motor  vehicle  other  than  railway 
equipment  operated  on  rails  in  connection  with  a 
public  transportation  system;  and 

(b)  3.4  cents  per  litre  on  each  litre  of  clear  fuel  received 
or  used  by  the  person  in  Ontario  to  propel  railway 
equipment  on  rails  where  such  equipment  is  oper- 
ated in  connection  with  and  as  part  of  a  public 
transportation  system. 


Bill  21 


FUEL  TAX 


1989 


Collection 
of  tax 


Transmission 
of  tax 


Security 


Payment 


3.  Subsections  11  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(5)  Every  importer  shall,  at  the  times  and  in  the  manner 
prescribed,  collect  from  any  wholesaler,  retail  dealer  or  pur- 
chaser, to  whom  the  importer  sells  fuel,  the  tax  collectable 
and  payable  under  this  Act  and,  for  that  purpose,  every 
importer  is  an  agent  of  the  Minister  for  the  collection  of  the 
tax  imposed  by  this  Act. 

(6)  Every  importer  who  is  a  collector  shall  remit  to  the 
Treasurer,  at  the  times  and  in  the  manner  prescribed,  the  tax 
collectable  and  payable  by  the  importer  in  respect  of  the  fuel 
imported  by  that  person. 

(7)  At  the  time  of  entry  into  Ontario  from  outside  Canada 
of  clear  fuel,  every  importer  who  is  not  a  collector  shall  remit 
to  the  Treasurer, 

(a)  an  amount  as  security  equal  to  the  tax  under  sub- 
section (5)  that  the  importer  would  be  obliged  to 
collect  on  such  clear  fuel  upon  resale  of  the  fuel  in 
Ontario;  and 

(b)  the  tax  payable  by  the  importer  under  subsection  4 
(1). 

(8)  The  remittance  required  by  subsection  (7)  shall  be 
made  to  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister  for  forwarding  to 
the  Treasurer  by  certified  cheque  or  money  order,  payable  to 
the  Treasurer. 


Returns 


Fuel  in  bulk 


(9)  Every  importer  shall,  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner 
prescribed,  deliver  to  the  Minister  or  to  a  person  authorized 
by  the  Minister  a  return  with  respect  to  the  fuel  imported  by 
the  importer. 

4.  Subsections  19  (1)  and  (2)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  carrying  fuel  in  bulk,  and  the  operator  of 
every  motor  vehicle  carrying  fuel  in  bulk,  shall,  when 
requested  by  the  Minister  or  any  person  authorized  by  the 
Minister,  give  written  evidence  to  the  requester  of  any  or  all 
of  the  following  information, 

(a)    the  name  and  address  of  any  person  from  whom  the 
fuel  was  obtained  and  the  name  and  address  of  any 


1989  FUEL  TAX  Bill  21 

person  to  whom  the  fuel  so  obtained  was  delivered 
or  is  to  be  delivered; 

(b)  the  quantity  of  fuel  delivered  or  to  be  delivered  to 
any  person; 

(c)  the  use  or  intended  use,  if  known,  to  be  made  of 
any  fuel  delivered  or  to  be  delivered  from  such 
motor  vehicle. 

(2)  The  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister  Detention 
may  detain  a  motor  vehicle  carrying  fuel  in  bulk  where, 

(a)  written  evidence  requested  under  subsection  (1)  is 
not  given; 

(b)  the  information  in  the  written  evidence  that  is  given 
is  false;  or 

(c)  the  importer  fails  to  comply  with  subsection  11  (7) 
or  fails  to  deliver  any  return  in  accordance  with  sub- 
section 11  (9). 

(2a)  The  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister  Time 
may  detain  a  motor  vehicle  under  subsection  (2)  until  the 
written  evidence  is  given,  the  true  information  is  given,  the 
remittance  required  by  subsection  11  (7)  is  delivered  or  the 
return  in  accordance  with  subsection  11  (9)  is  delivered,  as  the 
case  requires. 

(2b)  During  any  detention  under  subsection  (2),  the  Liability 
Crown,  or  any  person  acting  in  the  administration  and 
enforcement  of  this  Act,  is  not  liable  for  any  damage  to  the 
motor  vehicle,  its  contents,  cargo  or  freight,  or  to  its  owner  or 
driver  or  otherwise  that  may  occur  or  be  alleged  to  occur  by 
reason  of  the  detention  of  the  motor  vehicle  pending  compli- 
ance with  subsection  (1)  and  subsections  11  (7)  and  (9). 

5. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  commence- 
to  have  come  into  force  on  the  18th  day  of  May,  1989.  ™*" 

(2)  Sections  1,  3  and  4  shall  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  wem 
named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  -^^ 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Fuel  Tax  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1989. 


Bill  21 

^ND  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  21 

(Chapter  37 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading  May  17th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  26th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  21  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.— (1)  Section  1  of  the  Fuel  Tax  Act,  1981,  being  chapter 
59,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  23, 
section  1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clause: 

(ha)  "fuel  in  bulk"  means  fuel  transported  or  transferred 
by  any  means  other  than  in  a  fuel  tank  of  a  motor 
vehicle  in  which  fuel  for  generating  power  in  the 
motor  vehicle  is  kept. 

(2)  Clause  1  (j)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(j)  "importer"  means  a  person  who  brings  or  causes  to 
be  brought  into  Ontario  fuel  in  bulk. 

2.  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  23,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  who  is  a  collector,  importer,  registered  Tax  on  clear 
consumer  or  purchaser  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer  a  tax  at  the  ^"^' 
rate  of, 

(a)  10.9  cents  per  litre  on  each  litre  of  clear  fuel 
received  or  used  by  the  person  in  Ontario  to  gener- 
ate power  in  a  motor  vehicle  other  than  railway 
equipment  operated  on  rails  in  connection  with  a 
public  transportation  system;  and 

(b)  3.4  cents  per  litre  on  each  litre  of  clear  fuel  received 
or  used  by  the  person  in  Ontario  to  propel  railway 
equipment  on  rails  where  such  equipment  is  oper- 
ated in  connection  with  and  as  part  of  a  public 
transportation  system. 


Bill  21 


FUEL  TAX 


1989 


Collection 
of  tax 


Transmission 
of  tax 


Security 


Payment 


Returns 


Fuel  in  bulk 


3.  Subsections  11  (5)  and  (6)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(5)  Every  importer  shall,  at  the  times  and  in  the  manner 
prescribed,  collect  from  any  wholesaler,  retail  dealer  or  pur- 
chaser, to  whom  the  importer  sells  fuel,  the  tax  collectable 
and  payable  under  this  Act  and,  for  that  purpose,  every 
importer  is  an  agent  of  the  Minister  for  the  collection  of  the 
tax  imposed  by  this  Act. 

(6)  Every  importer  who  is  a  collector  shall  remit  to  the 
Treasurer,  at  the  times  and  in  the  manner  prescribed,  the  tax 
collectable  and  payable  by  the  importer  in  respect  of  the  fuel 
imported  by  that  person. 

(7)  At  the  time  of  entry  into  Ontario  from  outside  Canada 
of  clear  fuel,  every  importer  who  is  not  a  collector  shall  remit 
to  the  Treasurer, 

(a)  an  amount  as  security  equal  to  the  tax  under  sub- 
section (5)  that  the  importer  would  be  obliged  to 
collect  on  such  clear  fuel  upon  resale  of  the  fuel  in 
Ontario;  and 

(b)  the  tax  payable  by  the  importer  under  subsection  4 
(1). 

(8)  The  remittance  required  by  subsection  (7)  shall  be 
made  to  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister  for  forwarding  to 
the  Treasurer  by  certified  cheque  or  money  order,  payable  to 
the  Treasurer. 

(9)  Every  importer  shall,  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner 
prescribed,  deliver  to  the  Minister  or  to  a  person  authorized 
by  the  Minister  a  return  with  respect  to  the  fuel  imported  by 
the  importer. 

4.  Subsections  19  (1)  and  (2)  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  carrying  fuel  in  bulk,  and  the  operator  of 
every  motor  vehicle  carrying  fuel  in  bulk,  shall,  when 
requested  by  the  Minister  or  any  person  authorized  by  the 
Minister,  give  written  evidence  to  the  requester  of  any  or  all 
of  the  following  information, 

(a)  the  name  and  address  of  any  person  from  whom  the 
fuel  was  obtained  and  the  name  and  address  of  any 
person  to  whom  the  fuel  so  obtained  was  delivered 
or  is  to  be  delivered; 


1989 


FUEL  TAX 


Bill  21 


(b)  the  quantity  of  fuel  delivered  or  to  be  delivered  to 
any  person; 

(c)  the  use  or  intended  use,  if  known,  to  be  made  of 
any  fuel  delivered  or  to  be  delivered  from  such 

t  motor  vehicle. 

(2)  The  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister  Detention 
may  detain  a  motor  vehicle  carrying  fuel  in  bulk  where, 

(a)  written  evidence  requested  under  subsection  (1)  is 
not  given; 

(b)  the  information  in  the  written  evidence  that  is  given 
is  false;  or 

(c)  the  importer  fails  to  comply  with  subsection  11  (7) 
or  fails  to  deliver  any  return  in  accordance  with  sub- 
section 11  (9). 

(2a)  The  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister  Time 
may  detain  a  motor  vehicle  under  subsection  (2)  until  the 
written  evidence  is  given,  the  true  information  is  given,  the 
remittance  required  by  subsection  11  (7)  is  delivered  or  the 
return  in  accordance  with  subsection  11  (9)  is  delivered,  as  the 
case  requires. 

(2b)  During  any  detention  under  subsection  (2),  the  Liability 
Crown,  or  any  person  acting  in  the  administration  and 
enforcement  of  this  Act,  is  not  liable  for  any  damage  to  the 
motor  vehicle,  its  contents,  cargo  or  freight,  or  to  its  owner  or 
driver  or  otherwise  that  may  occur  or  be  alleged  to  occur  by 
reason  of  the  detention  of  the  motor  vehicle  pending  compli- 
ance with  subsection  (1)  and  subsections  11  (7)  and  (9). 

5. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  commence- 
to  have  come  into  force  on  the  18th  day  of  May,  1989.  "*"' 

(2)  Sections  1,  3  and  4  shall  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  i***™ 
named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Fuel  Tax  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1989. 


Bill  22  Government  Bill 


iND  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  22 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
® Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

GENERAL.  The  Bill  implements  the  proposals  contained  in  the  Treasurer's  Budget  of 
May  17,  1989  and,  in  addition,  contains  administrative  changes  and  clarifications. 

SECTION  1.  The  amendments  to  paragraph  4  of  section  1  of  the  Act  provide  that  tax 
paid  under  the  Excise  Act  (Canada)  and  under  sections  2b  and  2c  of  the  Act,  if  applic- 
able, are  included  in  the  fair  value  of  tangible  personal  property  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  the  amount  of  8  per  cent  retail  sales  tax. 

SECTION  2.  The  amendment  is  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of  sections  2b  and  2c 
by  sections  3  and  4  of  the  Bill. 

SECTIONS  3  and  4.  The  enactment  of  sections  2b  and  2c  implement  the  Treasurer's 
Budget  proposal  of  imposing  an  additional  tax  of  $5  on  the  purchase  of  new  pneumatic 
tires  and  an  additional  tax  ranging  between  $600  and  $3,500  on  the  purchase  of  new  fuel 
inefficient  passenger  cars  having  highway  fuel  consumption  ratings  of  9.5  litres  or  more 
per  100  kilometres. 

SECTION  5. — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  is  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of 
sections  2b  and  2c  by  sections  3  and  4  of  the  Bill  as  most  of  the  current  exemptions  from 
8  per  cent  retail  sales  tax  will  not  apply  to  the  tax  on  fuel  inefficient  cars. 

Subsection  2.  The  amendment  implements  the  Treasurer's  Budget  proposal  of  removing 
the  tax  exemption  on  the  purchase  of  agricultural  products  by  persons  other  than  farm- 
ers. 

Subsection  3.  The  amendment  is  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of  the  Natiorud 
Transportation  Act,  1987  (Canada)  which  replaced  part  of  the  Aeronautics  Act  (Canada). 

SECTION  6.  The  amendment  provides  that  any  person,  and  not  just  the  officers,  direc- 
tors or  agents  of  a  corporation,  who  is  involved  in  the  commission  of  an  offence  by  the 
corporation  may  be  prosecuted  for  the  offence. 

SECTION  7. — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  is  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of 
sections  2b  and  2c  by  sections  3  and  4  of  the  Bill. 

Subsection  2.  The  amendment  implements  the  Treasurer's  Budget  proposal  to  extend 
the  qualification  period  for  the  rebate  of  tax  on  motor  vehicles  converted  to  alternate 
fuels  to  180  days  where  the  purchaser  has  placed  a  written  order  for  the  conversion 
within  ninety  days  of  purchase. 

Subsections  3,  4,  5  and  6.  The  amendments  authorize  the  making  of  regulations  provid- 
ing for, 

(a)  a  rebate  of  tax  payable  under  section  2c  on  the  acquisition  of  a  new  fuel  ineffi- 
cient car  where  the  car  is  converted  to  operate  only  on  alternate  fuel; 

(b)  the  computation,  payment  and  collection  of  the  tax  on  new  tires  and  new  fuel 
inefficient  cars  when  the  car  is  leased  or  rented,  instead  of  owned,  by  a 
taxpayer;  and 

(c)  a  rebate  or  partial  rebate  of  tax  paid  on  the  purchase  of  motor  vehicles  to 
transport  the  physically  disabled. 


Bm22  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  (ba)  of  paragraph  4  of  section  1  of  the  Retail 
Sales  Tax  Act,  being  chapter  454  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989, 
chapter  15,  section  1,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  ** Excise 
Tax  Act  (Canada)"  in  the  second  line  *'or  the  Excise  Act 
(Canada)". 

(2)  Paragraph  4  of  section  1  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  36,  section  1,  1983, 
chapter  27,  section  1  and  1989,  chapter  15,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  ''and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (e),  by 
adding  ''and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (f)  and  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause: 

(g)    any  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser  under  section  2b 
or  2c, 


2.  Subsection  2  (14)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
at  the  end  thereof  "together  with  any  tax  payable  under 
section  2b  or  2c". 

3.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

2b. — (1)  Every  purchaser  of  a  new  pneumatic  tire,  other  Tax  on  new 
than  a  purchaser  referred  to  in  subsection  (2),  shall  pay  to  EJes"'"^^''^ 
Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax  of  $5  in  respect  of  the 
consumption  or  use  of  the  tire. 

(2)  The  purchaser  of  a  new  pneumatic  tire  is  exempt  from  Exemptions 
the  tax  imposed  by  this  section  if, 


2  Bill  22  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  1989 

(a)  the  tire  is  acquired  by  the  purchaser  as  part  of  tan- 
gible personal  property  acquired  by  the  purchaser 
and  the  purchaser  is  exempt  under  subsection  5  (1) 
from  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in  respect  of  the 
purchase  of  the  tangible  personal  property; 

(b)  the  tire  is  acquired  by  the  purchaser  in  replacement 
of  a  tire  described  in  clause  (a);  or 

(c)  the  tire  is  attached  to  or  is  designed  for  use  on  a 
bicycle,  a  tricycle  or  a  toy,  as  defined  by  the  Minis- 
ter. 

Definition  of       (3)  for  the  purposcs  of  this  section, 

"sale"  and  ^   ^ 

"first  sale" 

(a)  any  sale  of  tangible  personal  property  to  which  a 
tire  is  attached,  or  in  connection  with  which  the  tire 
is  supplied,  is  a  sale  of  the  tire; 

(b)  the  first  sale  of  a  pneumatic  tire  means  the  first  sale 
of  the  tire  that  is, 

(i)  a  retail  sale, 

(ii)  a  lease  or  rental  for  a  term  of  at  least  seven 
days  of  tangible  personal  property  to  which 
the  tire  is  attached,  or  in  connection  with 
which  the  tire  is  supplied,  or 

(iii)  a  transfer  by  a  vendor,  under  the  terms  of  a 
lease  or  rental  agreement  referred  to  in  sub- 
clause (ii),  of  the  tire  in  replacement  of 
another  tire; 

(c)  a  purchaser  shall  be  considered  to  acquire  a  new 
pneumatic  tire  on  the  date  on  which, 

(i)  the  purchaser  acquires  the  pneumatic  tire  at 
the  first  sale  of  the  tire,  if  the  first  sale  is  in 
Ontario, 

(ii)  the  purchaser  is  required  under  subsection 

2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in 

respect  of  tangible  personal  property,  other 

than  a  motor  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  is 

R.s.o.  1980,  required  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  to 

'^  ^^^  which  the  tire  is  attached  or  in  connection 

with  which  the  tire  is  used,  if  the  first  sale  of 
the  tire  was  outside  of  Ontario  within  the  pre- 
vious six  months,  or 


1989  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  Bill  22  3 

(iii)  the  purchaser  is  required  under  subsection 
2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in 
respect  of  a  motor  vehicle  for  which  a  permit 
is  required  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  to  Rs.o.  i980, 
which  the  tire  is  attached  or  in  connection  ^' 
with  which  the  tire  is  used,  if  the  motor 
vehicle  is  a  current  or  prior  year  model,  as 
defined  by  the  Minister,  and  the  first  sale  of 
the  tire  was  outside  of  Ontario. 

4.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section: 

2c. — (1)  Every  purchaser  of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car,  Tax  on  new 
other  than  a  car  which  is  a  settler's  effect  referred  to  in  para-  inefficient 
graph  71  of  subsection  5  (1)  or  tangible  personal  property  passenger 
referred  to  in  paragraph  73  of  subsection  5  (1),  shall  pay  to  ^^^ 
Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax  in  respect  of  the  con- 
sumption or  use  of  the  car  in  the  amount  determined  under 
subsection  (3). 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section.  Definition  of 

inefficient 

(a)  a  fuel  inefficient  car  is  a  passenger  car,  as  defined  far"  and 
by  the  Minister,  having  a  highway  fuel  consumption  inefficient 
rating,  as  determined  under  subsection  (4),  of  9.5  or  car" 
more  litres  of  gasoHne  or  diesel  fuel  per  100  kilome- 
tres; and 

(b)  a  purchaser  shall  be  considered  to  be  the  purchaser 
of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car  where, 

(i)  the  first  sale  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  a 
purchaser  is  in  Ontario  and  is  a  retail  sale  of 
the  car  to  the  purchaser  or  a  rental  or  lease  to 
the  purchaser  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  for  a 
term  of  at  least  one  year, 

(ii)  the  first  sales  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  pur- 
chasers are  in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day 
of  July,  1989,  and  are  leases  or  rentals  of  the 
car  for  terms  less  than  one  year,  and  the  pur- 
chaser acquires  the  car  at  such  a  sale  within 
180  days  of  the  first  such  sale, 

(iii)  the  first  sale  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  a 
purchaser  is  outside  of  Ontario  on  or  after  the 
1st  day  of  July,  1989,  and,  on  the  date  the 
purchaser  thereof  is  required  under  subsection 
2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2,  the 


4 


Bill  22 


RETAIL  SALES  TAX 


1989 


Amount  of 
tax 


car  is  a  current  or  prior  year  model  as  defined 
by  the  Minister. 

(3)  The  amount  of  tax  payable  under  subsection  (1)  by  a 
purchaser  of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car  shall  be  the  amount  of 
tax  appearing  in  the  following  table  opposite  the  range  of 
highway  fuel  consumption  ratings  which  includes  the  highway 
fuel  consumption  rating  of  the  car,  except  that  the  total 
amount  of  tax  payable  under  this  section  by  all  purchasers 
referred  to  in  subclause  (2)  (b)(ii)  in  respect  of  the  same  car 
shall  not  exceed  the  amount  of  tax  otherwise  determined 
under  this  subsection,  and  each  such  purchaser  shall  pay  such 
portion  of  the  total  amount  of  tax  which,  in  the  Minister's 
opinion,  reasonably  represents  the  use  of  the  car  by  that  pur- 
chaser during  the  180  days  referred  to  in  subclause  (2)  (b)(ii): 


Highway  Fuel  Consumption  Ratings 


Litres  per  100  kilometres 

9.5  -  12.0 
12.1  -  15.0 
15.1  -  18.0 

over  18.0 


Tax 

$600 
$1,200 
$2,200 
$3,500 


Highway  fuel       (4)  Por  the  purposcs  of  this  section,  the  highway  fuel  con- 
rat'ing™''^'""    sumption  rating  of  a  car  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  least  of, 

(a)  the  highway  fuel  consumption  rating  of  the  car  pro- 
vided by  the  manufacturer  thereof,  if  such  rating  is 
available  to  the  vendor  and  purchaser  of  the  car  at 
the  date  of  sale  of  the  car; 

(b)  the  highway  fuel  consumption  rating  most  recently 
published  by  the  Department  of  Transport 
(Canada)  of  cars  matching  the  description  of  the 
car,  if  such  a  publication  is  available  publicly  at  the 
date  of  sale  of  the  car;  or 


Rebates  and 
assessments 
of  additional 
tax 


(c)    18.1  litres  per  100  kilometres. 

(5)  Where  the  highway  fuel  consumption  rating  of  a  car  is 
subsequently  determined,  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  the  Min- 
ister, to  be  less  than  or  greater  than  the  rating  used  in  the 
determination  of  an  amount  of  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser 
under  this  section,  the  Minister  may, 

(a)  where  the  subsequent  rating  is  less,  rebate  with 
interest  to  the  purchaser,  upon  receipt  of  an  appli- 
cation therefor  in  the  manner  and  within  the  time 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  the  amount  of  tax  paid 


1989  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  Bill  22  5 

by  the  purchaser  under  this  section  in  excess  of  the 
amount  of  tax  that  would  have  been  determined 
using  the  subsequent  rating;  or 

(b)  where  the  subsequent  rating  is  greater,  assess  or 
reassess  the  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser  under  this 
section  together  with  interest  from  the  date  the  car 
was  acquired. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  ''this  Act"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"section  2". 

(2)  Paragraph  17  of  subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is 
repealed. 

(3)  Paragraph  26  of  subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "thereunder"  in  the  sixth  line  "or 
the  National  Transportation  Act,  1987  (Canada)  or  regulations 
made  thereunder,". 

6.  Section  40  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

40.  Any  officer,  director  or  agent  of  a  corporation,  or  any  officers,  etc. 
other  person,  who  directed,  authorized,  assented  to,  ^rporation 
acquiesced  in  or  participated  in  the  commission  of  any  act  by 
the  corporation  which  is  an  offence  under  this  Act,  or  the 
omission  of  any  act  the  omission  of  which  is  an  offence  under 
this  Act,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to 
the  punishment  provided  for  the  offence  whether  or  not  the 
corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted  of  any  offence 
under  this  Act. 

7. — (1)  Clause  45  (3)  (i)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
flie  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  66,  section  12,  is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "tax"  in  the  first  line  "imposed  by 
section  2". 

(2)  Subclauses  (ii)  and  (iii)  of  clause  45  (3)  (i)  of  the  said  Act, 
as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  66,  section 
12,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(ii)  a  vehicle  that  is  powered  by  a  gasoline  or  die- 
sel  engine  and  for  which  a  permit  is  required 
under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  and  any  tangi-  R  s.o.  1980, 
ble  personal  property  sold  as  a  conversion  kit, 
including  the  labour  provided  to  install  the 
conversion  kit,  where  the  purchaser  enters 
into  a  written  contract  for  the  conversion  of 


Bill  22  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  1989 

the  vehicle  within  ninety  days  of  the  date  of 
sale,  and  the  vehicle  is  in  fact  converted  to 
permit  it  to  operate  in  a  manner  described  in 
sub-subclause  (i)(A)  or  (B)  within  180  days  of 
the  date  of  sale  of  the  vehicle,  or 

(iii)  tangible  personal  property  sold  as  a  conver- 
sion kit  to  be  used  to  convert  any  vehicle 
powered  by  a  gasoHne  or  diesel  engine  into  a 
vehicle  that  operates  in  the  manner  described 
in  sub-subclause  (i)(A)  or  (B),  including  the 
labour  to  install  the  kit,  where  the  vehicle  is 
not  so  converted  within  180  days  of  the  date 
of  sale  of  the  vehicle. 


(3)  Subsection  45  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  36,  section  10,  1983,  chapter 
27,  section  16  and  1986,  chapter  66,  section  12,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(k)  providing  for  the  rebate  of  any  tax  paid  by  a  pur- 
chaser under  section  2c,  where  the  purchaser  is  enti- 
tled to  a  rebate  referred  to  in  subclause  (i)(ii),  in 
connection  with  the  conversion  of  the  vehicle  to 
permit  it  to  operate  in  the  manner  described  in  sub- 
subclause  (i)(i)(A). 

(4)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(1)  providing  for  the  computation,  payment  and  collec- 
tion of  tax  imposed  by  section  2b,  in  respect  of  the 
acquisition  of  tangible  personal  property  at  a  sale 
that  is  a  lease  or  rental  of  the  tangible  personal 
property,  in  a  manner  different  from  the  computa- 
tion, payment  and  collection  of  tax  described  in 
subsection  2  (6), 

(5)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(m)  providing  for  the  computation,  payment  and  collec- 
tion of  tax  imposed  by  section  2c,  in  respect  of  the 
acquisition  of  tangible  personal  property  at  a  sale 
that  is  a  lease  or  rental  of  the  tangible  personal 
property,  in  a  manner  different  from  the  computa- 
tion, payment  and  collection  of  tax  described  in 
subsection  2  (6). 


1989  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  Bill  22  ' 

(6)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(n)  providing  for  a  rebate  or  a  partial  rebate  of  tax  paid 
on  motor  vehicles  purchased  to  transport  physically 
disabled  persons. 

8. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (2)  to  (5),  this  Act  commence- 
comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Subsection  1  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  wem 
on  the  2nd  day  of  May,  1988. 

(3)  Subsection  7  (2)  comes  into  force  on  the  18th  day  of  wem 
May,  1989  and  applies  in  respect  of  motor  vehicles  purchased 

on,  before  or  after  that  date. 

(4)  Subsection  1  (2),  sections  2,  3  and  5  and  subsections  i^^™ 
7  (1),  (4)  and  (6)  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  June,  1989. 

(5)  Section  4  and  subsections  7  (3)  and  (5)  come  into  force  on  wem 
the  1st  day  of  July,  1989. 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amend-  short  tiue 
ment  Act,  1989, 


11122  Government  Bill 


[D  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  22 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  26th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Oueen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

GENERAL.  The  Bill  implements  the  proposals  contained  in  the  Treasurer's  Budget  of 
May  17,  1989  and,  in  addition,  contains  administrative  changes  and  clarifications. 

SECTION  1.  The  amendments  to  paragraph  4  of  section  1  of  the  Act  provide  that  tax 
paid  under  the  Excise  Act  (Canada)  and  under  sections  2b  and  2c  of  the  Act,  if  applic- 
able, are  included  in  the  fair  value  of  tangible  personal  property  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  the  amount  of  8  per  cent  retail  sales  tax. 

SECTION  2.  The  amendment  is  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of  sections  2b  and  2c 
by  sections  3  and  4  of  the  Bill. 

SECTIONS  3  and  4.  The  enactment  of  sections  2b  and  2c  implement  the  Treasurer's 
Budget  proposal  of  imposing  an  additional  tax  of  $5  on  the  purchase  of  new  pneumatic 
tires  and  an  additional  tax  ranging  between  $600  and  $3,500  on  the  purchase  of  new  fuel 
inefficient  passenger  cars. 

SECTION  5. — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  is  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of 
sections  2b  and  2c  by  sections  3  and  4  of  the  Bill  as  most  of  the  current  exemptions  from 
8  per  cent  retail  sales  tax  will  not  apply  to  the  tax  on  fuel  inefficient  cars. 

Subsection  2.  The  amendment  implements  the  Treasurer's  Budget  proposal  of  removing 
the  tax  exemption  on  the  purchase  of  agricultural  products  by  persons  other  than  farm- 


Subsection  3.  The  amendment  is  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of  the  National 
Transportation  Act,  1987  (Canada)  which  replaced  part  of  the  Aeronautics  Act  (Canada). 

SECTION  6.  The  amendment  provides  that  any  person,  and  not  just  the  officers,  direc- 
tors or  agents  of  a  corporation,  who  is  involved  in  the  commission  of  an  offence  by  the 
corporation  may  be  prosecuted  for  the  offence. 

SECTION  7. — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  is  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of 
sections  2b  and  2c  by  sections  3  and  4  of  the  Bill. 

Subsection  2.  The  amendment  implements  the  Treasurer's  Budget  proposal  to  extend 
the  qualification  period  for  the  rebate  of  tax  on  motor  vehicles  converted  to  alternate 
fuels  to  180  days  where  the  purchaser  has  placed  a  written  order  for  the  conversion 
within  ninety  days  of  purchase. 

Subsections  3,  4,  5  and  6.  The  amendments  authorize  the  making  of  regulations  provid- 
ing for, 

(a)  a  rebate  of  tax  payable  under  section  2c  on  the  acquisition  of  a  new  fuel  ineffi- 
cient car  where  the  car  is  converted  to  operate  only  on  alternate  fuel; 

(b)  the  computation,  payment  and  collection  of  the  tax  on  new  tires  and  new  fuel 
inefficient  cars  when  the  car  is  leased  or  rented,  instead  of  owned,  by  a 
taxpayer;  and 

(c)  a  rebate  or  partial  rebate  of  tax  paid  on  the  purchase  of  motor  vehicles  to 
transport  the  physically  disabled. 


BiU22  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  (ba)  of  paragraph  4  of  section  1  of  the  Retail 
Sales  Tax  Act^  being  chapter  454  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989, 
chapter  15,  section  1,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  ^''Excise 
Tax  Act  (Canada)"  in  the  second  line  "or  the  Excise  Act 
(Canada)". 

(2)  Paragraph  4  of  section  1  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  36,  section  1,  1983, 
chapter  27,  section  1  and  1989,  chapter  15,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  ^'and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (e),  by 
adding  ''and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (f)  and  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause: 

(g)    any  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser  under  section  2b 
or  2c, 


2.  Subsection  2  (14)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
at  the  end  thereof  ''together  with  any  tax  payable  under 
section  2b  or  2c". 

3.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

2b. — (1)  Every  purchaser  of  a  new  pneumatic  tire,  other  Tax  on  new 
than  a  purchaser  referred  to  in  subsection  (2),  shall  pay  to  ures"'"^"^ 
Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax  of  $5  in  respect  of  the 
consumption  or  use  of  the  tire. 

(2)  The  purchaser  of  a  new  pneumatic  tire  is  exempt  from  Exemptions 
the  tax  imposed  by  this  section  if. 


2  Bill  22  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  1989 

(a)  the  tire  is  acquired  by  the  purchaser  as  part  of  tan- 
gible personal  property  acquired  by  the  purchaser 
and  the  purchaser  is  exempt  under  subsection  5  (1) 
from  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in  respect  of  the 
purchase  of  the  tangible  personal  property; 

(b)  the  tire  is  acquired  by  the  purchaser  in  replacement 
of  a  tire  described  in  clause  (a);  or 

(c)  the  tire  is  attached  to  or  is  designed  for  use  on  any 
class  or  classes  of  tangible  personal  property  pre- 
scribed by  the  Minister.  -^iK 

Definition  of       (3)  Por  the  purposcs  of  this  section, 

ssie    sno 
"first  sale" 

(a)  any  sale  of  tangible  personal  property  to  which  a 
tire  is  attached,  or  in  connection  with  which  the  tire 
is  supplied,  is  a  sale  of  the  tire; 

(b)  the  first  sale  of  a  pneumatic  tire  means  the  first  sale 
of  the  tire  that  is, 

(i)  a  retail  sale, 

(ii)  a  lease  or  rental  for  a  term  of  at  least  seven 
days  of  tangible  personal  property  to  which 
the  tire  is  attached,  or  in  connection  with 
which  the  tire  is  suppUed,  or 

(iii)  a  transfer  by  a  vendor,  under  the  terms  of  a 
lease  or  rental  agreement  referred  to  in  sub- 
clause (ii),  of  the  tire  in  replacement  of 
another  tire; 

(c)  a  purchaser  shall  be  considered  to  acquire  a  new 
pneumatic  tire  on  the  date  on  which, 

(i)  the  purchaser  acquires  the  pneumatic  tire  at 
the  first  sale  of  the  tire,  if  the  first  sale  is  in 
Ontario, 

(ii)  the  purchaser  is  required  under  subsection 

2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in 

respect  of  tangible  personal  property,  other 

than  a  motor  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  is 

RS.o.  1980,  required  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  to 

"^^  ^^^  which  the  tire  is  attached  or  in  connection 

with  which  the  tire  is  used,  if  the  first  sale  of 
the  tire  was  outside  of  Ontario  within  the  pre- 
vious six  months,  or 


1989 


RETAIL  SALES  TAX 


Bill  22 


(iii)  the  purchaser  is  required  under  subsection 
2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in 
respect  of  a  motor  vehicle  for  which  a  permit 
is  required  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  to  R  s.o.  i980, 
which  the  tire  is  attached  or  in  connection 
with  which  the  tire  is  used,  if  the  motor 
vehicle  is  a  current  or  prior  year  model,  as 
defined  by  the  Minister,  and  the  first  sale  of 
the  tire  was  outside  of  Ontario. 


4.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section: 

2c. — (1)  Every  purchaser  of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car,  Tax  on  new 
other  than  a  car  which  is  a  settler's  effect  referred  to  in  para-  inefficient 
graph  71  of  subsection  5  (1)  or  tangible  personal  property  passenger 
referred  to  in  paragraph  73  of  subsection  5  (1),  shall  pay  to 
Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax  in  respect  of  the  con- 
sumption or  use  of  the  car  in  the  amount  determined  under 
subsection  (3). 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section, 
(a) 


Definition  of 

"fuel 

inefficient 

a  fuel  inefficient  car  is  a  passenger  car,  as  defined  far"  and 
by  the  Minister,  having  a  highway  fuel  consumption  inefficient 
rating,  as  determined  under  subsection  (4),  of  9.5  or  car" 
more  litres  of  gasoline  or  diesel  fuel  per  100  kilome- 
tres; and 

(b)    a  purchaser  shall  be  considered  to  be  the  purchaser 
of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car  where, 

(i)  the  first  sale  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  a 
purchaser  is  in  Ontario  and  is  a  retail  sale  of 
the  car  to  the  purchaser  or  a  rental  or  lease  to 
the  purchaser  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  for  a 
term  of  at  least  one  year, 

(ii)  the  first  sales  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  pur- 
chasers are  in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day 
of  July,  1989,  and  are  leases  or  rentals  of  the 
car  for  terms  less  than  one  year,  and  the  pur- 
chaser acquires  the  car  at  such  a  sale  within 
180  days  of  the  first  such  sale, 

(iii)  the  first  sale  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  a 
purchaser  is  outside  of  Ontario  on  or  after  the 
1st  day  of  July,  1989,  and,  on  the  date  the 
purchaser  thereof  is  required  under  subsection 
2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2,  the 


Bill  22 


RETAIL  SALES  TAX 


1989 


Amount  of 
tax 


car  is  a  current  or  prior  year  model  as  defined 
by  the  Minister. 

(3)  The  amount  of  tax  payable  under  subsection  (1)  by  a 
purchaser  of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car  shall  be  the  amount  of 
tax  appearing  in  the  following  table  opposite  the  range  of 
highway  fuel  consumption  ratings  which  includes  the  highway 
fuel  consumption  rating  of  the  car,  except  that  the  total 
amount  of  tax  payable  under  this  section  by  all  purchasers 
referred  to  in  subclause  (2)  (b)(ii)  in  respect  of  the  same  car 
shall  not  exceed  the  amount  of  tax  otherwise  determined 
under  this  subsection,  and  each  such  purchaser  shall  pay  such 
portion  of  the  total  amount  of  tax  which,  in  the  Minister's 
opinion,  reasonably  represents  the  use  of  the  car  by  that  pur- 
chaser during  the  180  days  referred  to  in  subclause  (2)  (b)(ii): 


Highway  Fuel  Consumption  Ratings 


Litres  per  100  kilometres 

9.5  -  12.0 
12.1  -  15.0 
15.1  -  18.0 

over  18.0 


Tax 

$600 
$1,200 
$2,200 
$3,500 


Highway  fuel       (4)  Por  the  purposes  of  this  section,  the  highway  fuel  con- 
Sr^*'""    sumption  rating  of  a  passenger  car  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the 
lesser  of, 

(a)  the  highway  fuel  consumption  rating  most  recently 
published  by  the  Department  of  Transport  (Cana- 
da) of  cars  matching  the  description  of  the  passen- 
ger car,  if  such  a  publication  is  available  publicly  at 
the  date  of  sale  of  the  passenger  car;  or 


Rebates  and 
assessments 
of  additional 
tax 


(b)    18.1  litres  per  100  kilometres.  -^ 

(5)  Where  the  highway  fuel  consumption  rating  of  a  car  is 
subsequently  determined,  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  the  Min- 
ister, to  be  less  than  or  greater  than  the  rating  used  in  the 
determination  of  an  amount  of  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser 
under  this  section,  the  Minister  may, 

(a)  where  the  subsequent  rating  is  less,  rebate  with 
interest  to  the  purchaser,  upon  receipt  of  an  appli- 
cation therefor  in  the  manner  and  within  the  time 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  the  amount  of  tax  paid 
by  the  purchaser  under  this  section  in  excess  of  the 
amount  of  tax  that  would  have  been  determined 
using  the  subsequent  rating;  or 


1989  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  Bill  22  5 

(b)  where  the  subsequent  rating  is  greater,  assess  or 
reassess  the  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser  under  this 
section  together  with  interest  from  the  date  the  car 
was  acquired. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  ''this  Act"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"section  2". 

(2)  Paragraph  17  of  subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is 
repealed. 

(3)  Paragraph  26  of  subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "thereunder"  in  the  sixth  line  "or 
the  National  Transportation  Act,  1987  (Canada)  or  regulations 
made  thereunder,". 

6.  Section  40  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

40.  Any  officer,  director  or  agent  of  a  corporation,  or  any  officers,  etc. 
other  person,  who  directed,  authorized,  assented  to,  corporation 
acquiesced  in  or  participated  in  the  commission  of  any  act  by 
the  corporation  which  is  an  offence  under  this  Act,  or  the 
omission  of  any  act  the  omission  of  which  is  an  offence  under 
this  Act,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  Uable  to 
the  punishment  provided  for  the  offence  whether  or  not  the 
corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted  of  any  offence 
under  this  Act. 

7. — (1)  Clause  45  (3)  (i)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  66,  section  12,  is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "tax"  in  the  first  line  "imposed  by 
section  2". 

(2)  Subclauses  (ii)  and  (iii)  of  clause  45  (3)  (i)  of  the  said  Act, 
as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  66,  section 
12,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(ii)  a  vehicle  that  is  powered  by  a  gasoline  or  die- 
sel  engine  and  for  which  a  permit  is  required 
under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  and  any  tangi-  R  s^o  i980, 
ble  personal  property  sold  as  a  conversion  kit, 
including  the  labour  provided  to  install  the 
conversion  kit,  where  the  purchaser  enters 
into  a  written  contract  for  the  conversion  of 
the  vehicle  within  ninety  days  of  the  date  of 
sale,  and  the  vehicle  is  in  fact  converted  to 
permit  it  to  operate  in  a  manner  described  in 


c.  198 


Bill  22  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  1989 

sub-subclause  (i)(A)  or  (B)  within  180  days  of 
the  date  of  sale  of  the  vehicle,  or 

(iii)  tangible  personal  property  sold  as  a  conver- 
sion kit  to  be  used  to  convert  any  vehicle 
powered  by  a  gasoline  or  diesel  engine  into  a 
vehicle  that  operates  in  the  manner  described 
in  sub-subclause  (i)(A)  or  (B),  including  the 
labour  to  install  the  kit,  where  the  vehicle  is 
not  so  converted  within  180  days  of  the  date 
of  sale  of  the  vehicle. 


(3)  Subsection  45  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  36,  section  10,  1983,  chapter 
27,  section  16  and  1986,  chapter  66,  section  12,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(k)  providing  for  the  rebate  of  any  tax  paid  by  a  pur- 
chaser under  section  2c,  where  the  purchaser  is  enti- 
tled to  a  rebate  referred  to  in  subclause  (i)(ii),  in 
connection  with  the  conversion  of  the  vehicle  to 
permit  it  to  operate  in  the  manner  described  in  sub- 
subclause  (i)(i)(A). 

(4)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(1)  providing  for  the  computation,  payment  and  collec- 
tion of  tax  imposed  by  section  2b,  in  respect  of  the 
acquisition  of  tangible  personal  property  at  a  sale 
that  is  a  lease  or  rental  of  the  tangible  personal 
property,  in  a  manner  different  from  the  computa- 
tion, payment  and  collection  of  tax  described  in 
subsection  2  (6). 

(5)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(m)  providing  for  the  computation,  payment  and  collec- 
tion of  tax  imposed  by  section  2c,  in  respect  of  the 
acquisition  of  tangible  personal  property  at  a  sale 
that  is  a  lease  or  rental  of  the  tangible  personal 
property,  in  a  manner  different  from  the  computa- 
tion, payment  and  collection  of  tax  described  in 
subsection  2  (6). 

(6)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 


1989 


RETAIL  SALES  TAX 


Bill  22 


(n)  providing  for  a  rebate  or  a  partial  rebate  of  tax  paid 
on  motor  vehicles  purchased  to  transport  physically 
disabled  persons. 

8. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (2)  to  (5),  this  Act  commence- 
comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  "'" 

(2)  Subsection  1  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  i^^™ 
on  the  2nd  day  of  May,  1988. 

(3)  Subsection  7  (2)  comes  into  force  on  the  18th  day  of  w*™ 
May,  1989  and  applies  in  respect  of  motor  vehicles  purchased 

on,  before  or  after  that  date. 

(4)  Subsection  1  (2),  sections  2,  3  and  5  and  subsections  wem 
7  (1),  (4)  and  (6)  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  June,  1989. 

(5)  Section  4  and  subsections  7  (3)  and  (5)  come  into  force  on  wem 
the  1st  day  of  July,  1989. 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amend-  Short  title 
ment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  22 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  22 

(Chapter  38 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading  May  17th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  26th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  22  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  (ba)  of  paragraph  4  of  section  1  of  the  Retail 
Sales  Tax  Act,  being  chapter  454  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989, 
chapter  15,  section  1,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  *^ Excise 
Tax  Act  (Canada)"  in  the  second  line  "or  the  Excise  Act 
(Canada)". 

(2)  Paragraph  4  of  section  1  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  36,  section  1,  1983, 
chapter  27,  section  1  and  1989,  chapter  15,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (e),  by 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  (f)  and  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause: 

(g)    any  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser  under  section  2b 
or  2c, 


2.  Subsection  2  (14)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
at  the  end  thereof  "together  with  any  tax  payable  under 
section  2b  or  2c". 

3.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

2b. — (1)  Every  purchaser  of  a  new  pneumatic  tire,  other  Tax  on  new 
than  a  purchaser  referred  to  in  subsection  (2),  shall  pay  to  rires"""^  "^ 
Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax  of  $5  in  respect  of  the 
consumption  or  use  of  the  tire. 

(2)  The  purchaser  of  a  new  pneumatic  tire  is  exempt  from  Exemptions 
the  tax  imposed  by  this  section  if, 


2  Bill  22  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  1989 

(a)  the  tire  is  acquired  by  the  purchaser  as  part  of  tan- 
gible personal  property  acquired  by  the  purchaser 
and  the  purchaser  is  exempt  under  subsection  5  (1) 
from  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in  respect  of  the 
purchase  of  the  tangible  personal  property; 

(b)  the  tire  is  acquired  by  the  purchaser  in  replacement 
of  a  tire  described  in  clause  (a);  or 

(c)  the  tire  is  attached  to  or  is  designed  for  use  on  any 
class  or  classes  of  tangible  personal  property  pre- 
scribed by  the  Minister. 

Definition  of       (3)  Por  the  purposcs  of  this  section, 

"sale"  and  ^   ^ 

"first  sale" 

(a)  any  sale  of  tangible  personal  property  to  which  a 
tire  is  attached,  or  in  connection  with  which  the  tire 
is  supplied,  is  a  sale  of  the  tire; 

(b)  the  first  sale  of  a  pneumatic  tire  means  the  first  sale 
of  the  tire  that  is, 

(i)  a  retail  sale, 

(ii)  a  lease  or  rental  for  a  term  of  at  least  seven 
days  of  tangible  personal  property  to  which 
the  tire  is  attached,  or  in  connection  with 
which  the  tire  is  supplied,  or 

(iii)  a  transfer  by  a  vendor,  under  the  terms  of  a 
lease  or  rental  agreement  referred  to  in  sub- 
clause (ii),  of  the  tire  in  replacement  of 
another  tire; 

(c)  a  purchaser  shall  be  considered  to  acquire  a  new 
pneumatic  tire  on  the  date  on  which, 

(i)  the  purchaser  acquires  the  pneumatic  tire  at 
the  first  sale  of  the  tire,  if  the  first  sale  is  in 
Ontario, 

(ii)  the  purchaser  is  required  under  subsection 
2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in 
respect  of  tangible  personal  property,  other 
than  a  motor  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  is 
R.s^o.  1980.  required  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  to 

which  the  tire  is  attached  or  in  connection 
with  which  the  tire  is  used,  if  the  first  sale  of 
the  tire  was  outside  of  Ontario  within  the  pre- 
vious six  months,  or 


c.  198 


1989 


RETAIL  SALES  TAX 


Bill  22 


(iii)  the  purchaser  is  required  under  subsection 
2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2  in 
respect  of  a  motor  vehicle  for  which  a  permit 
is  required  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  to 
which  the  tire  is  attached  or  in  connection 
with  which  the  tire  is  used,  if  the  motor 
vehicle  is  a  current  or  prior  year  model,  as 
defined  by  the  Minister,  and  the  first  sale  of 
the  tire  was  outside  of  Ontario. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  198 


4.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section: 


2c. — (1)  Every  purchaser  of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car,  ^^x  on  new 
other  than  a  car  which  is  a  settler's  effect  referred  to  in  para-  inefficient 
graph  71  of  subsection  5  (1)  or  tangible  personal  property  passenger 
referred  to  in  paragraph  73  of  subsection  5  (1),  shall  pay  to  ^^'^^ 
Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax  in  respect  of  the  con- 
sumption or  use  of  the  car  in  the  amount  determined  under 
subsection  (3). 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section, 
(a) 


Definition  of 

"fuel 
inefficient 

a  fuel  inefficient  car  is  a  passenger  car,  as  defined  far"  and 
by  the  Minister,  having  a  highway  fuel  consumption  inSci^ent 
rating,  as  determined  under  subsection  (4),  of  9.5  or  car' 
more  litres  of  gasoUne  or  diesel  fuel  per  100  kilome- 
tres; and 


(b)    a  purchaser  shall  be  considered  to  be  the  purchaser 
of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car  where, 

(i)  the  first  sale  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  a 
purchaser  is  in  Ontario  and  is  a  retail  sale  of 
the  car  to  the  purchaser  or  a  rental  or  lease  to 
the  purchaser  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  for  a 
term  of  at  least  one  year, 

(ii)  the  first  sales  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  pur- 
chasers are  in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day 
of  July,  1989,  and  are  leases  or  rentals  of  the 
car  for  terms  less  than  one  year,  and  the  pur- 
chaser acquires  the  car  at  such  a  sale  within 
180  days  of  the  first  such  sale, 

(iii)  the  first  sale  of  the  fuel  inefficient  car  to  a 
purchaser  is  outside  of  Ontario  on  or  after  the 
1st  day  of  July,  1989,  and,  on  the  date  the 
purchaser  thereof  is  required  under  subsection 
2  (14)  to  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  section  2,  the 


Bill  22 


RETAIL  SALES  TAX 


1989 


car  is  a  current  or  prior  year  model  as  defined 
by  the  Minister. 


Amount  of 
tax 


(3)  The  amount  of  tax  payable  under  subsection  (1)  by  a 
purchaser  of  a  new  fuel  inefficient  car  shall  be  the  amount  of 
tax  appearing  in  the  following  table  opposite  the  range  of 
highway  fuel  consumption  ratings  which  includes  the  highway 
fuel  consumption  rating  of  the  car,  except  that  the  total 
amount  of  tax  payable  under  this  section  by  all  purchasers 
referred  to  in  subclause  (2)  (b)(ii)  in  respect  of  the  same  car 
shall  not  exceed  the  amount  of  tax  otherwise  determined 
under  this  subsection,  and  each  such  purchaser  shall  pay  such 
portion  of  the  total  amount  of  tax  which,  in  the  Minister's 
opinion,  reasonably  represents  the  use  of  the  car  by  that  pur- 
chaser during  the  180  days  referred  to  in  subclause  (2)  (b)(ii): 


Highway  Fuel  Consumption  Ratings 


Litres  per  100  kilometres 

9.5  -  12.0 
12.1  -  15.0 
15.1  -  18.0 

over  18.0 


Tax 

$600 
$1,200 
$2,200 
$3,500 


Highway  fuel       (^4)  Por  the  purposcs  of  this  section,  the  highway  fuel  con- 
rating"'''  "'"    sumption  rating  of  a  passenger  car  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the 
lesser  of, 

(a)  the  highway  fuel  consumption  rating  most  recently 
published  by  the  Department  of  Transport  (Cana- 
da) of  cars  matching  the  description  of  the  passen- 
ger car,  if  such  a  publication  is  available  publicly  at 
the  date  of  sale  of  the  passenger  car;  or 

(b)  18.1  litres  per  100  kilometres. 


Rebates  and 
assessments 
of  additional 
tax 


(5)  Where  the  highway  fuel  consumption  rating  of  a  car  is 
subsequently  determined,  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  the  Min- 
ister, to  be  less  than  or  greater  than  the  rating  used  in  the 
determination  of  an  amount  of  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser 
under  this  section,  the  Minister  may. 


(a)  where  the  subsequent  rating  is  less,  rebate  with 
interest  to  the  purchaser,  upon  receipt  of  an  appli- 
cation therefor  in  the  manner  and  within  the  time 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  the  amount  of  tax  paid 
by  the  purchaser  under  this  section  in  excess  of  the 
amount  of  tax  that  would  have  been  determined 
using  the  subsequent  rating;  or 


1989  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  Bill  22  5 

(b)  where  the  subsequent  rating  is  greater,  assess  or 
reassess  the  tax  payable  by  the  purchaser  under  this 
section  together  with  interest  from  the  date  the  car 
was  acquired. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strik- 
ing out  ''this  Acf  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"section  2". 

(2)  Paragraph  17  of  subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is 
repealed. 

(3)  Paragraph  26  of  subsection  5  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "thereunder"  in  the  sixth  line  "or 
the  National  Transportation  Act,  1987  (Canada)  or  regulations 
made  thereunder,". 

6.  Section  40  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

40.  Any  officer,  director  or  agent  of  a  corporation,  or  any  officers,  etc. 
other  person,  who  directed,  authorized,  assented  to,  corporation 
acquiesced  in  or  participated  in  the  commission  of  any  act  by 
the  corporation  which  is  an  offence  under  this  Act,  or  the 
omission  of  any  act  the  omission  of  which  is  an  offence  under 
this  Act,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to 
the  punishment  provided  for  the  offence  whether  or  not  the 
corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted  of  any  offence 
under  this  Act. 

7. — (1)  Clause  45  (3)  (i)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  66,  section  12,  is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "tax"  in  the  first  line  "imposed  by 
section  2". 

(2)  Subclauses  (ii)  and  (iii)  of  clause  45  (3)  (i)  of  the  said  Act, 
as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  66,  section 
12,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(ii)  a  vehicle  that  is  powered  by  a  gasoline  or  die- 
sel  engine  and  for  which  a  permit  is  required 
under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  and  any  tangi-  R  s^o  i980, 
ble  personal  property  sold  as  a  conversion  kit, 
including  the  labour  provided  to  install  the 
conversion  kit,  where  the  purchaser  enters 
into  a  written  contract  for  the  conversion  of 
the  vehicle  within  ninety  days  of  the  date  of 
sale,  and  the  vehicle  is  in  fact  converted  to 
permit  it  to  operate  in  a  manner  described  in 


198 


Bill  22  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  1989 

sub-subclause  (i)(A)  or  (B)  within  180  days  of 
the  date  of  sale  of  the  vehicle,  or 

(iii)  tangible  personal  property  sold  as  a  conver- 
sion kit  to  be  used  to  convert  any  vehicle 
powered  by  a  gasoline  or  diesel  engine  into  a 
vehicle  that  operates  in  the  manner  described 
in  sub-subclause  (i)(A)  or  (B),  including  the 
labour  to  install  the  kit,  where  the  vehicle  is 
not  so  converted  within  180  days  of  the  date 
of  sale  of  the  vehicle, 


(3)  Subsection  45  (3)  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1982,  chapter  36,  section  10,  1983,  chapter 
27,  section  16  and  1986,  chapter  66,  section  12,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(k)  providing  for  the  rebate  of  any  tax  paid  by  a  pur- 
chaser under  section  2c,  where  the  purchaser  is  enti- 
tled to  a  rebate  referred  to  in  subclause  (i)(ii),  in 
connection  with  the  conversion  of  the  vehicle  to 
permit  it  to  operate  in  the  manner  described  in  sub- 
subclause  (i)(i)(A). 

(4)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(1)  providing  for  the  computation,  payment  and  collec- 
tion of  tax  imposed  by  section  2b,  in  respect  of  the 
acquisition  of  tangible  personal  property  at  a  sale 
that  is  a  lease  or  rental  of  the  tangible  personal 
property,  in  a  manner  different  from  the  computa- 
tion, payment  and  collection  of  tax  described  in 
subsection  2  (6). 

(5)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(m)  providing  for  the  computation,  payment  and  collec- 
tion of  tax  imposed  by  section  2c,  in  respect  of  the 
acquisition  of  tangible  personal  property  at  a  sale 
that  is  a  lease  or  rental  of  the  tangible  personal 
property,  in  a  manner  different  from  the  computa- 
tion, payment  and  collection  of  tax  described  in 
subsection  2  (6). 

(6)  The  said  subsection  45  (3)  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 


1989  RETAIL  SALES  TAX  Bill  22 

(n)  providing  for  a  rebate  or  a  partial  rebate  of  tax  paid 
on  motor  vehicles  purchased  to  transport  physically 
disabled  persons. 

8. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (2)  to  (5),  this  Act  commence- 
comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  "*° 

(2)  Subsection  1  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  wem 
on  the  2nd  day  of  May,  1988. 

(3)  Subsection  7  (2)  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  wem 
on  the  18th  day  of  May,  1989  and  applies  in  respect  of  motor 
vehicles  purchased  on,  before  or  after  that  date. 

(4)  Subsection  1  (2),  sections  2,  3  and  5  and  subsections  i^^m 
7  (1),  (4)  and  (6)  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 

the  1st  day  of  June,  1989. 

(5)  Section  4  and  subsections  7  (3)  and  (5)  shall  be  deemed  to  wem 
have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1989. 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amend-  short  title 
ment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  23  Government  BiU 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  23 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

GENERAL.  The  Bill  implements  the  proposals  contained  in  the  Treasurer's  Budget  of 
May  17,  1989  and  makes  administrative  amendments  and  clarifications. 

SECTION  1.  The  amendments  are  consequential  upon  the  enactment  of  section  7a  of 
the  Act  by  section  4  of  the  Bill. 

SECTION  2.  The  amendments  implement  the  Treasurer's  Budget  proposal  of  extending 
the  additional  rate  of  one-half  of  1  per  cent  to  all  conveyances  of  land  where  the  value  of 
the  consideration  for  the  conveyance  exceeds  $250,000. 

The  amendments  implement  the  Treasurer's  Budget  proposal  to  increase  the  rates  of  land 
transfer  tax  as  follows: 

(a)  where  the  value  of  the  consideration  for  a  conveyance  of  any  land,  not  just  sin- 
gle family  residential  land,  exceeds  $250,000,  the  tax  on  the  amount  in  excess 
of  $250,000  will  be  L5  per  cent;  and 

(b)  where  the  value  of  the  consideration  for  a  conveyance  of  land  that  contains  at 
least  one  and  not  more  than  two  single  family  residences  exceeds  $400,000,  the 
tax  on  the  amount  in  excess  of  $400,000  will  be  2  per  cent. 

SECTION  3.  The  re-enactment  of  subsection  4  (1)  of  the  Act  is  consequential  upon  the 
increase  in  the  tax  rates. 

SECTION  4.  The  enactment  of  section  7a  of  the  Act  will  implement  the  Treasurer's 
Budget  proposal  of  providing  for  a  full  or  partial  refund  of  land  transfer  tax  paid  on  the 
acquisition  of  a  first  home  by  a  qualifying  planholder  of  an  Ontario  home  ownership  sav- 
ings plan.  Where  the  purchase  price  of  the  home  does  not  exceed  $150,000,  the  full 
amount  of  the  land  transfer  tax  applicable  to  the  home  will  be  refunded.  Where  the  pur- 
chase price  is  between  $150,000  and  $200,000,  a  partial  refund  at  a  decUning  rate  will  be 
available. 

SECTION  5.  The  amendment  provides  that  the  Minister  may  assess  tax  later  than  the 
general  four-year  limitation  period  where  the  taxpayer  has  failed  to  deliver  a  return 
required  by  the  Act  and  accordingly  has  failed  to  report  to  the  Minister  that  a  taxable 
disposition  has  occurred. 

SECTION  6. — Subsection  1.  The  amendments  permit  the  Minister  to  approve  different 
versions  of  any  prescribed  form,  both  to  ensure  uniformity  and  to  ensure  that  any  form 
required  by  the  Act  to  be  attached  to  a  registered  conveyance  will  be  in  a  form  accept- 
able for  registration  by  the  Land  Titles  Offices  and  Registry  Offices. 

Subsection  2.  The  amendments  clarify  the  regulation-making  authority  of  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  and  further  provide  that  the  method  of  calculating  the  cost  of  con- 
struction or  acquisition  of  an  eligible  home  may  be  prescribed  for  the  purposes  of  deter- 
mining the  amount  of  any  tax  refund  under  section  7a  of  the  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  4 
of  the  Bill. 


Bill  23  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  231  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1983,  chapter  20,  section 
1  and  1985,  chapter  21,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by  add- 
ing thereto  the  following  clauses: 

(gb)  "Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan"  means  an 
Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan  under  the 
Ontario  Home  Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act,  1988;       i988,  c.  35 

(gc)  "Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan  tax  credit", 
of  an  individual  for  a  taxation  year,  means  the 
deduction  allowed  to  the  individual  under 
subsection  7  (2a)  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  for  the  tax-  R so.  i980, 

c    213 

ation  year  of  the  individual  as  determined  under 
that  Act; 


cc.  230,  445 


(ia)  "registration",  of  a  conveyance,  means  registration 

under  the  Land  Titles  Act  or  the  Registry  Act,  and  R  s^o.  i980, 
"registered"  has  a  corresponding  meaning. 

2. — (1)  Clause  2  (1)  (c)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(c)    at  the  rate  of, 

(i)  one-half  of  1  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the 
consideration  for  the  conveyance  up  to  and 
including  $55,000, 


Bill  23  LAND  TRANSFER  TAX  1989 

(ii)  1  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  consideration 
which  exceeds  $55,000  up  to  and  including 
$250,000,  and 

(iii)  1.5  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  consideration 
which  exceeds  $250,000;  and 


(2)  Clause  2  (1)  (d)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(d)  where  the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  convey- 
ance exceeds  $400,000  and  the  conveyance  is  a  con- 
veyance of  land  that  contains  at  least  one  and  not 
more  than  two  single  family  residences,  an  addi- 
tional tax  of  one-half  of  1  per  cent  of  the  amount  by 
which  the  value  of  the  consideration  exceeds 
$400,000. 

(3)  Subsection  2  (la)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  2,  is  repealed; 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Apportion-         (J a)  Where,  in  respect  of  a  conveyance  of  land, 

consideration 

(a)  subsection  (2)  does  not  apply; 

(b)  the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance 
exceeds  $400,000;  and 

(c)  a  part  of  the  land  being  conveyed  is  used  for  a 
purpose  other  than  residential  purposes, 

the  Minister  may,  to  the  extent  that  he  considers  it  practic- 
able, determine  what  amount  of  the  value  of  the  consideration 
for  the  conveyance  is  reasonably  attributable  to  the  land  used 
in  connection  with  a  single  family  residence,  and  the  person 
tendering  the  conveyance  for  registration  is,  despite  sub- 
section (1),  liable  to  the  additional  tax  of  one-half  of  1  per 
cent  only  upon  the  amount  by  which  the  value  of  the  consider- 
ation determined  by  the  Minister  to  be  attributable  to  land 
used  in  connection  with  a  single  family  residence  exceeds 
$400,000. 

(4)  Subsection  2  (6)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


1989 


LAND  TRANSFER  TAX 


Bill  23 


(6)  Where  only  a  part  of  the  land  being  conveyed  is  unre- 
stricted land  and  the  conveyance  is  to  or  in  trust  for  any  non- 
resident person,  the  Minister  may,  to  the  extent  the  Minister 
considers  it  practicable,  determine  what  amount  of  the  value 
of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance  is  reasonably  attribut- 
able to  the  unrestricted  land  being  conveyed,  and  the  person 
tendering  the  conveyance  for  registration  is,  despite  sub- 
section (1)  or  (2),  Uable  to  a  tax, 


Apportion- 
ment of 
consideration 


(a)  with  respect  to  the  amount  of  the  value  of  the  con- 
sideration determined  by  the  Minister  to  be  reason- 
ably attributable  to  the  unrestricted  land  being 
conveyed,  computed  at  the  rate  of, 

(i)  1  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  by  the 
Minister  which  does  not  exceed  $250,000, 

(ii)  1.5  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  by  the 
Minister  which  exceeds  $250,000,  and 

(iii)  any  tax  required  to  be  calculated  under  clause 
(1)  (d)  or  subsection  (la),  whichever  is  the 
lesser,  on  the  amount  determined  by  the 
Minister;  and 

(b)  computed  at  the  rate  of  20  per  cent  of  the  amount 
of  the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance 
that  is  determined  by  the  Minister  not  to  be  reason- 
ably attributable  to  the  unrestricted  land  being 
conveyed. 

3.  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  3,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  There  shall  be  filed  with  the  collector  and  attached  by  Contents  of 
the  collector  to  the  conveyance  to  which  it  relates  an  affidavit  fo  com'ider- 
in  the  prescribed  form  setting  out,  ation 

(a)  the  true  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  convey- 
ance; 

(b)  the  true  amount  in  cash  and  the  value  of  any  prop- 
erty or  security  included  in  the  value  of  the  consid- 
eration; 


(c)    the  amount  or  value  of  any  lien  or  encumbrance 
subject  to  which  the  conveyance  was  made; 


4  Bill  23  LAND  TRANSFER  TAX  1989 

(d)  whether  the  transferee  to  whom  the  land  is  being 
conveyed  is  a  non-resident  person  or  the  trustee  of 
a  non-resident  person; 

(e)  where  the  value  of  the  conveyance  exceeds 
$400,000,  whether  the  land  being  conveyed  contains 
at  least  one  and  not  more  than  two  single  family 
residences;  and 

(f)  any  other  information  prescribed  by  the  Minister 
that  in  the  Minister's  opinion  is  required  for  the 
purpose  of  administering  and  enforcing  this  Act. 

4.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

Refund  on  y^, — (1)  Where,  in  respect  of  a  conveyance  of  land, 

purchase  or  ^   ' 

eligible  home 

198" c  35  (^)    subsection  2  (2)  does  not  apply; 

(b)  the  tax  payable  under  subsection  2  (1)  was  paid  with 
respect  to  the  conveyance  and  the  conveyance  was 
registered  after  the  17th  day  of  May,  1989; 

(c)  a  transferee  named  in  the  conveyance  was  a  plan- 
holder  of  an  Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan 
and  the  assets  of  that  plan  have  been  released  under 
section  5  of  the  Ontario  Home  Ownership  Savings 
Plan  Act,  1988  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  the 
qualifying  eligible  home  of  the  transferee  under  that 
Act; 

(d)  the  qualifying  eligible  home  of  the  transferee 
referred  to  in  clause  (c)  now  forms  part  of  the  land 
subject  to  the  conveyance;  and 

(e)  the  transferee,  or  his  or  her  spouse,  within  the 
meaning  of  the  Ontario  Home  Ownership  Savings 
Plan  Act,  1988,  if  the  transferee  is  married, 

(i)  is  entitled  to  receive  an  Ontario  home  owner- 
ship savings  plan  tax  credit  for  the  taxation 
year  in  which  the  assets  of  the  transferee's 
Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan  were 
released  for  the  purpose  described  in  clause 
(c),  or  would  have  been  entitled  to  such  a  tax 
credit  for  that  taxation  year  if  the  transferee 
had  made  a  contribution  to  the  plan  in  that 
taxation  year,  or  would  have  been  so  entitled 


1989  LAND  TRANSFER  TAX  Bill  23  ' 

but  for  subsection  3  (2)  of  the   Ontario  Home  i988,  c.  35 
Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act,  1988,  or 

(ii)  was  entitled  to  receive  and  did  receive  an 
Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan  tax 
credit  for  either  of  the  two  taxation  years  end- 
ing before  the  date  the  assets  of  the  plan  were 
released  for  the  purpose  described  in  clause 
(c), 

the  Minister  may,  upon  application  therefor  within  the  pre- 
scribed time  and  in  the  prescribed  manner,  refund  to  the 
transferee  the  amount  of  tax  determined  under  subsection  (2) 
with  respect  to  the  conveyance,  without  interest  thereon, 
where  the  Minister  is  satisfied  that  the  qualifying  eligible 
home  had  a  total  purchase  price  of  not  more  than  $200,000, 

(2)  The  amount  of  tax  which  may  be  refunded  to  a  trans-  ^™°""^  °^ 
feree  under  subsection  (1)  is, 

(a)  where  the  total  purchase  price  of  the  qualifying  eli- 
gible home  does  not  exceed  $150,000,  the  amount 
of  the  tax  paid  under  subsection  2  (1),  or,  if  the 
transferee  is  not  the  only  transferee  named  in  the 
conveyance,  the  portion  of  such  tax  applicable  to 
the  transferee's  interest  acquired  under  the  convey- 
ance including,  where  the  transferee  is  married  to  a 
spouse  within  the  meaning  of  the  Ontario  Home  i988,  c.  35 
Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act,  1988,  the  spouse's 
interest  acquired  under  the  conveyance;  and 

(b)  where  the  total  purchase  price  of  the  qualifying  eli- 
gible home  exceeds  $150,000  but  does  not  exceed 
$200,000,  the  percentage  of  the  tax  paid  under  sub- 
section 2  (1)  appearing  on  the  following  table  beside 
the  range  of  total  purchase  prices  which  includes  the 
total  purchase  price  of  the  transferee's  qualifying 
eUgible  home,  except  that  if  the  transferee  is  not  the 
only  transferee  named  in  the  conveyance,  the 
amount  of  the  refund  shall  not  exceed  the  percent- 
age determined  under  this  clause  of  the  portion  of 
the  tax  applicable  to  the  transferee's  interest 
acquired  under  the  conveyance  including,  where  the 
transferee  is  married  to  a  spouse  within  the  meaning 
of  the  Ontario  Home  Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act, 
1988,  the  spouse's  interest  acquired  under  the  con- 
veyance: 


Bill  23 


LAND  TRANSFER  TAX 


1989 


Total  Purchase  Price  Percentage  of  Tax  Paid 


$150,001  -  $155,500 
$155,501  -  $161,000 
$161,001  -  $166,500 


$166,501 
$172,001 
$177,501 
$183,001 
$188,501 
$194,001 


$172,000 
$177,500 
$183,000 
$188,500 
$194,000 
$200,000 


90  per  cent 
80  per  cent 
70  per  cent 
60  per  cent 
50  per  cent 
40  per  cent 
30  per  cent 
20  per  cent 
10  per  cent 


Total  (3)  Subject  to  subsection  (4),  "total  purchase  price  of  a 

pri^^Sned   qualifying  eligible  home"  for  the  purposes  of  this  section 
means, 

(a)  where  the  conveyance  is  of  land  upon  which  there  is 
1988,  c.  35  an  eligible  home  under  the  Ontario  Home  Owner- 
ship Savings  Plan  Act,  1988  at  the  time  of  registra- 
tion of  the  conveyance,  the  value  of  the  considera- 
tion for  the  conveyance;  or 

(b)  where  the  conveyance  is  of  land  upon  which  there 
was  not  yet  an  eligible  home  under  the  Ontario 
Home  Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act,  1988  at  the  time 
of  registration  of  the  conveyance,  the  aggregate  of 
the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance 
and  the  total  cost  for  the  construction  or  acquisition 
of  the  eligible  home  which  subsequently  forms  part 
of  the  land. 


Where  part 
of  land 
not  for 
residential 
use 


(4)  Where  a  part  of  the  land  conveyed  is  not  used  for  resi- 
dential purposes  at  the  time  of  the  application  for  a  refund 
under  this  section,  the  Minister  may,  to  the  extent  that  the 
Minister  considers  it  practicable,  determine  what  amount  of 
the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance  is  reason- 
ably attributable  to  the  land  used  in  connection  with  the  trans- 
feree's qualifying  eligible  home  and,  for  the  purposes  of  deter- 
mining the  total  purchase  price  of  the  qualifying  eligible  home 
and  the  amount  of  the  refund  payable  under  this  section,  the 
value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  the  amount  so  determined  by  the  Minister  and  the 
amount  of  tax  paid  under  subsection  2  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  the  amount  of  such  tax  which  would  have  been  payable 
thereon. 


Offence 


(5)  Any  person  who  makes  or  assists  in  making  a  statement 
in  any  application  for  a  refund  under  this  section,  or  in  any 
document  provided  to  the  Minister  in  connection  therewith, 
that,  at  the  time  and  in  the  light  of  the  circumstances  under 
which  it  was  made,  is  false  or  misleading  in  respect  of  any 
material  fact  or  that  omits  to  state  any  material  fact  the  omis- 


1989 


LAND  TRANSFER  TAX 


Bill  23 


sion  of  which  makes  the  statement  false  or  misleading  is  guilty 
of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $2,000. 

(6)  Where  a  refund  is  made  under  this  section  to  a  trans-  Recovery  of 
feree  and  it  is  subsequently  determined  that  the  transferee  was  wrongly 
not  entitled  to  the  refund,  or  was  entitled  only  to  a  refund  in  a  obtained 
lesser  amount,  the  amount  of  the  refund  to  which  the  trans- 
feree was  not  entitled  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  be 
deemed  to  be  tax  imposed  by  section  2  which  was  required  to 
have  been  paid  by  the  transferee  on  the  date  the  refund  was 
made  to  the  transferee  by  the  Minister. 

5.  Subsection  10  (4)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  The  Minister  may  assess  or  reassess  any  person  for  any  Limitation  on 
tax  payable  by  the  person  under  this  Act  within  four  years  ^^^^^^'"^'^ 
from  the  day  the  tax  became  payable,  except  that,  where  the 
Minister  establishes  that  a  person  has  made  any  misrepresen- 
tation that  is  attributable  to  neglect,  carelessness  or  wilful 
default,  or  has  committed  any  fraud,  in  supplying  any  infor- 
mation under  this  Act,  in  making  any  affidavit  required  by 
this  Act,  or  in  omitting  to  disclose  any  information,  or  the 
person  has  failed  to  deliver  any  return  required  by  this  Act, 
the  Minister  may  assess  or  reassess  at  any  time  the  Minister 
considers  reasonable  the  tax  payable  by  such  person. 

6. — (1)  Subsection  18  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


(1)  The  Minister  may  make  regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use; 

(b)  providing  for  the  approval  by  the  Minister  or  a 
person  designated  by  the  Minister  of  prescribed 
forms  containing  variations; 

(c)  providing  that  a  variation  of  a  prescribed  form  is 
void  unless  approved  by  the  Minister  or  a  person 
designated  by  the  Minister. 

(2)  Subsection  18  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clauses: 

(ga)  prescribing  any  matter  required  by  this  Act  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations; 


Regulations 


8  Bill  23  LAND  TRANSFER  TAX  1989 

(gb)  defining  any  word  or  expression  used  in  this  Act 
that  has  not  already  been  expressly  defined  in  this 
Act; 

(gc)  providing  for  the  method  of  calculating  the  total 
cost  for  the  construction  or  acquisition  of  an  eligible 
home  for  the  purposes  of  section  7a. 

Commence-         7, — (1)  Exccpt  as  provided  in  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  this 
Act  conies  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


ment 


Idem  (2)  Sections  2  and  3  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  June, 

1989. 

Idem  (3)  Section  4  comes  into  force  on  the  18th  day  of  May,  1989. 

Short  title  8,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Land  Transfer  Tax 

Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  23 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  23 

(Chapter  39 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading  May  17th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  26th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


\ 


Bill  23  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Land  Transfer  Tax  Act,  being 
chapter  231  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1983,  chapter  20,  section 
1  and  1985,  chapter  21,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by  add- 
ing thereto  the  following  clauses: 

(gb)  "Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan"  means  an 
Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan  under  the 
Ontario  Home  Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act,  1988;       1988,  c.  35 

(gc)  "Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan  tax  credit", 
of  an  individual  for  a  taxation  year,  means  the 
deduction  allowed  to  the  individual  under 
subsection  7  (2a)  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  for  the  tax-  R  s.o.  i980, 

c   213 

ation  year  of  the  individual  as  determined  under 
that  Act; 


cc.  230,  445 


(ia)  "registration",  of  a  conveyance,  means  registration 

under  the  Land  Titles  Act  or  the  Registry  Act,  and  ^^;,2;  ^^^^' 
"registered"  has  a  corresponding  meaning, 

2. — (1)  Clause  2  (1)  (c)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(c)    at  the  rate  of, 

(i)  one-half  of  1  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the 
consideration  for  the  conveyance  up  to  and 
including  $55,000, 


Bill  23  LAND  TRANSFER  TAX  1989 

(ii)  1  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  consideration 
which  exceeds  $55,000  up  to  and  including 
$250,000,  and 

(iii)  1.5  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  consideration 
which  exceeds  $250,000;  and 


(2)  Clause  2  (1)  (d)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(d)  where  the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  convey- 
ance exceeds  $400,000  and  the  conveyance  is  a  con- 
veyance of  land  that  contains  at  least  one  and  not 
more  than  two  single  family  residences,  an  addi- 
tional tax  of  one-half  of  1  per  cent  of  the  amount  by 
which  the  value  of  the  consideration  exceeds 
$400,000. 

(3)  Subsection  2  (la)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Apportion-         (la)  Where,  in  respect  of  a  conveyance  of  land, 

consideration 

(a)  subsection  (2)  does  not  apply; 

(b)  the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance 
exceeds  $400,000;  and 

(c)  a  part  of  the  land  being  conveyed  is  used  for  a 
purpose  other  than  residential  purposes, 

the  Minister  may,  to  the  extent  that  he  considers  it  practic- 
able, determine  what  amount  of  the  value  of  the  consideration 
for  the  conveyance  is  reasonably  attributable  to  the  land  used 
in  connection  with  a  single  family  residence,  and  the  person 
tendering  the  conveyance  for  registration  is,  despite  sub- 
section (1),  liable  to  the  additional  tax  of  one-half  of  1  per 
cent  only  upon  the  amount  by  which  the  value  of  the  consider- 
ation determined  by  the  Minister  to  be  attributable  to  land 
used  in  connection  with  a  single  family  residence  exceeds 
$400,000. 

(4)  Subsection  2  (6)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


1989  LAND  TRANSFER  TAX  BUI  23  3 

(6)  Where  only  a  part  of  the  land  being  conveyed  is  unre-  Apportion- 
stricted  land  and  the  conveyance  is  to  or  in  trust  for  any  non-  ^nsideration 
resident  person,  the  Minister  may,  to  the  extent  the  Minister 
considers  it  practicable,  determine  what  amount  of  the  value 
of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance  is  reasonably  attribut- 
able to  the  unrestricted  land  being  conveyed,  and  the  person 
tendering  the  conveyance  for  registration  is,  despite  sub- 
section (1)  or  (2),  liable  to  a  tax, 

(a)  with  respect  to  the  amount  of  the  value  of  the  con- 
sideration determined  by  the  Minister  to  be  reason- 
ably attributable  to  the  unrestricted  land  being 
conveyed,  computed  at  the  rate  of, 

(i)  1  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  by  the 
Minister  which  does  not  exceed  $250,000, 

(ii)  1.5  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  by  the 
Minister  which  exceeds  $250,000,  and 


I 


(iii)  any  tax  required  to  be  calculated  under  clause 
(1)  (d)  or  subsection  (la),  whichever  is  the 
lesser,  on  the  amount  determined  by  the 
Minister;  and 

(b)  computed  at  the  rate  of  20  per  cent  of  the  amount 
of  the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance 
that  is  determined  by  the  Minister  not  to  be  reason- 
ably attributable  to  the  unrestricted  land  being 
conveyed. 


3.  Subsection  4  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  21,  section  3,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  There  shall  be  filed  with  the  collector  and  attached  by  Contents  of 
the  collector  to  the  conveyance  to  which  it  relates  an  affidavit  to  wnsider- 
in  the  prescribed  form  setting  out,  ation 

(a)  the  true  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  convey- 
ance; 

(b)  the  true  amount  in  cash  and  the  value  of  any  prop- 
erty or  security  included  in  the  value  of  the  consid- 
eration; 

(c)  the  amount  or  value  of  any  lien  or  encumbrance 
subject  to  which  the  conveyance  was  made; 


4  Bill  23  LAND  TRANSFER  TAX  1989 

(d)  whether  the  transferee  to  whom  the  land  is  being 
conveyed  is  a  non-resident  person  or  the  trustee  of 
a  non-resident  person; 

(e)  where  the  value  of  the  conveyance  exceeds 
$400,000,  whether  the  land  being  conveyed  contains 
at  least  one  and  not  more  than  two  single  family 
residences;  and 

(f)  any  other  information  prescribed  by  the  Minister 
that  in  the  Minister's  opinion  is  required  for  the 
purpose  of  administering  and  enforcing  this  Act. 

4.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 

Refund  on  y^, — (^j)  Where,  in  respect  of  a  conveyance  of  land, 

eligible  home 

mi\  35  (^)    subsection  2  (2)  does  not  apply; 

(b)  the  tax  payable  under  subsection  2  (1)  was  paid  with 
respect  to  the  conveyance  and  the  conveyance  was 
registered  after  the  17th  day  of  May,  1989; 

(c)  a  transferee  named  in  the  conveyance  was  a  plan- 
holder  of  an  Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan 
and  the  assets  of  that  plan  have  been  released  under 
section  5  of  the  Ontario  Home  Ownership  Savings 
Plan  Act,  1988  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  the 
qualifying  eligible  home  of  the  transferee  under  that 
Act; 

(d)  the  qualifying  eligible  home  of  the  transferee 
referred  to  in  clause  (c)  now  forms  part  of  the  land 
subject  to  the  conveyance;  and 

(e)  the  transferee,  or  his  or  her  spouse,  within  the 
meaning  of  the  Ontario  Home  Ownership  Savings 
Plan  Act,  1988,  if  the  transferee  is  married, 

(i)  is  entitled  to  receive  an  Ontario  home  owner- 
ship savings  plan  tax  credit  for  the  taxation 
year  in  which  the  assets  of  the  transferee's 
Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan  were 
released  for  the  purpose  described  in  clause 
(c),  or  would  have  been  entitled  to  such  a  tax 
credit  for  that  taxation  year  if  the  transferee 
had  made  a  contribution  to  the  plan  in  that 
taxation  year,  or  would  have  been  so  entitled 


1989  LAND  TRANSFER  TAX  Bill  23  i 

but  for  subsection  3  (2)  of  the   Ontario  Home  1988,  c.  35 
Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act,  1988,  or 

(ii)  was  entitled  to  receive  and  did  receive  an 
Ontario  home  ownership  savings  plan  tax 
credit  for  either  of  the  two  taxation  years  end- 
ing before  the  date  the  assets  of  the  plan  were 
released  for  the  purpose  described  in  clause 
(c), 


the  Minister  may,  upon  application  therefor  within  the  pre- 
scribed time  and  in  the  prescribed  manner,  refund  to  the 
transferee  the  amount  of  tax  determined  under  subsection  (2) 
with  respect  to  the  conveyance,  without  interest  thereon, 
where  the  Minister  is  satisfied  that  the  qualifying  eligible 
home  had  a  total  purchase  price  of  not  more  than  $200,000. 


(2)  The  amount  of  tax  which  may  be  refunded  to  a  trans- 
feree under  subsection  (1)  is, 


Amount  of 
refund 


(a)  where  the  total  purchase  price  of  the  qualifying  eli- 
gible home  does  not  exceed  $150,000,  the  amount 
of  the  tax  paid  under  subsection  2  (1),  or,  if  the 
transferee  is  not  the  only  transferee  named  in  the 
conveyance,  the  portion  of  such  tax  applicable  to 
the  transferee's  interest  acquired  under  the  convey- 
ance including,  where  the  transferee  is  married  to  a 
spouse  within  the  meaning  of  the  Ontario  Home  i988,  c.  35 
Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act,  1988,  the  spouse's 
interest  acquired  under  the  conveyance;  and 

(b)  where  the  total  purchase  price  of  the  qualifying  eli- 
gible home  exceeds  $150,000  but  does  not  exceed 
$200,000,  the  percentage  of  the  tax  paid  under  sub- 
section 2  (1)  appearing  on  the  following  table  beside 
the  range  of  total  purchase  prices  which  includes  the 
total  purchase  price  of  the  transferee's  qualifying 
eligible  home,  except  that  if  the  transferee  is  not  the 
only  transferee  named  in  the  conveyance,  the 
amount  of  the  refund  shall  not  exceed  the  percent- 
age determined  under  this  clause  of  the  portion  of 
the  tax  applicable  to  the  transferee's  interest 
acquired  under  the  conveyance  including,  where  the 
transferee  is  married  to  a  spouse  within  the  meaning 
of  the  Ontario  Home  Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act, 
1988,  the  spouse's  interest  acquired  under  the  con- 
veyance: 


Bill  23 


LAND  TRANSFER  TAX 


1989 


Total  Purchase  Price  Percentage  of  Tax  Paid 


$150,001  -  $155,500 
$155,501  -  $161,000 
$161,001  -  $166,500 
$166,501  -  $172,000 
$172,001  -  $177,500 
$177,501  -  $183,000 
$183,001  -  $188,500 
$188,501  -  $194,000 
$194,001  -  $200,000 


90  per  cent 
80  per  cent 
70  per  cent 
60  per  cent 
50  per  cent 
40  per  cent 
30  per  cent 
20  per  cent 
10  per  cent 


Total  (3)  Subject  to  subsection  (4),  "total  purchase  price  of  a 

price  ddfined   qualifying  eligible  home"  for  the  purposes  of  this  section 
means, 

(a)  where  the  conveyance  is  of  land  upon  which  there  is 
1988,  c.  35  an  eligible  home  under  the  Ontario  Home  Owner- 
ship Savings  Plan  Act,  1988  at  the  time  of  registra- 
tion of  the  conveyance,  the  value  of  the  considera- 
tion for  the  conveyance;  or 

(b)  where  the  conveyance  is  of  land  upon  which  there 
was  not  yet  an  eligible  home  under  the  Ontario 
Home  Ownership  Savings  Plan  Act,  1988  at  the  time 
of  registration  of  the  conveyance,  the  aggregate  of 
the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance 
and  the  total  cost  for  the  construction  or  acquisition 
of  the  eligible  home  which  subsequently  forms  part 
of  the  land. 


Where  part 
of  land 
not  for 
residential 
use 


Offence 


(4)  Where  a  part  of  the  land  conveyed  is  not  used  for  resi- 
dential purposes  at  the  time  of  the  application  for  a  refund 
under  this  section,  the  Minister  may,  to  the  extent  that  the 
Minister  considers  it  practicable,  determine  what  amount  of 
the  value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance  is  reason- 
ably attributable  to  the  land  used  in  connection  with  the  trans- 
feree's qualifying  eligible  home  and,  for  the  purposes  of  deter- 
mining the  total  purchase  price  of  the  qualifying  eligible  home 
and  the  amount  of  the  refund  payable  under  this  section,  the 
value  of  the  consideration  for  the  conveyance  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  the  amount  so  determined  by  the  Minister  and  the 
amount  of  tax  paid  under  subsection  2  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  the  amount  of  such  tax  which  would  have  been  payable 
thereon. 


I 


(5)  Any  person  who  makes  or  assists  in  making  a  statement 
in  any  application  for  a  refund  under  this  section,  or  in  any 
document  provided  to  the  Minister  in  connection  therewith, 
that,  at  the  time  and  in  the  light  of  the  circumstances  under 
which  it  was  made,  is  false  or  misleading  in  respect  of  any 
material  fact  or  that  omits  to  state  any  material  fact  the  omis- 


1989 


LAND  TRANSFER  TAX 


Bill  23 


sion  of  which  makes  the  statement  false  or  misleading  is  guilty 
of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $2,000. 

(6)  Where  a  refund  is  made  under  this  section  to  a  trans-  Recovery  of 
feree  and  it  is  subsequently  determined  that  the  transferee  was  wrongly 
not  entitled  to  the  refund,  or  was  entitled  only  to  a  refund  in  a  obtained 
lesser  amount,  the  amount  of  the  refund  to  which  the  trans- 
feree was  not  entitled  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  be 
deemed  to  be  tax  imposed  by  section  2  which  was  required  to 
have  been  paid  by  the  transferee  on  the  date  the  refund  was 
made  to  the  transferee  by  the  Minister. 

5.  Subsection  10  (4)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  The  Minister  may  assess  or  reassess  any  person  for  any  Limitation  on 
tax  payable  by  the  person  under  this  Act  within  four  years  ^**^^*'"^" 
from  the  day  the  tax  became  payable,  except  that,  where  the 
Minister  establishes  that  a  person  has  made  any  misrepresen- 
tation that  is  attributable  to  neglect,  carelessness  or  wilful 
default,  or  has  committed  any  fraud,  in  supplying  any  infor- 
mation under  this  Act,  in  making  any  affidavit  required  by 
this  Act,  or  in  omitting  to  disclose  any  information,  or  the 
person  has  failed  to  deliver  any  return  required  by  this  Act, 
the  Minister  may  assess  or  reassess  at  any  time  the  Minister 
considers  reasonable  the  tax  payable  by  such  person. 

6. — (1)  Subsection  18  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


(1)  The  Minister  may  make  regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use; 

(b)  providing  for  the  approval  by  the  Minister  or  a 
person  designated  by  the  Minister  of  prescribed 
forms  containing  variations; 

(c)  providing  that  a  variation  of  a  prescribed  form  is 
void  unless  approved  by  the  Minister  or  a  person 
designated  by  the  Minister. 

(2)  Subsection  18  (2)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clauses: 


Regulations 


(ga)  prescribing  any  matter  required  by  this  Act  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations; 


Bill  23 


LAND  TRANSFER  TAX 


1989 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


Idem 


Short  title 


(gb)  defining  any  word  or  expression  used  in  this  Act 
that  has  not  already  been  expressly  defined  in  this 
Act; 

(gc)  providing  for  the  method  of  calculating  the  total 
cost  for  the  construction  or  acquisition  of  an  eligible 
home  for  the  purposes  of  section  7a. 

7. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  this 
Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  2  and  3  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force 
on  the  1st  day  of  June,  1989. 

(3)  Section  4  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
18th  day  of  May,  1989. 

8.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Land  Transfer  Tax 
Amendment  Act,  1989, 


J 


Bill  24  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  24 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  implement  the  Treasurer's  1989  Budget  proposals 
related  to  the  taxation  of  unleaded  and  leaded  gasoline,  propane  and  aviation  fuel.  The 
changes  are  summarized  below. 

Subsection  2  (1)  —  Unleaded  and  Leaded  Gasoline. 

Effective  May  18,  1989,  the  tax  rate  on  unleaded  gasoline  will  increase  by  1  cent  from 
9.3  to  10.3  cents  per  litre.  This  rate  will  increase  by  an  additional  1  cent  to  11.3  cents 
per  litre  effective  January  1,  1990. 

The  tax  rate  on  leaded  gasoline  will  increase,  effective  May  18,  1989,  by  1  cent  from 
12.3  to  13.3  cents  per  litre.  This  rate  will  increase  by  an  additional  1  cent  to  14.3  cents 
per  litre  effective  January  1,  1990. 

Subsection  2  (2)  —  Aviation  Fuel 

Effective  May  18,  1989,  the  tax  rate  on  aviation  fuel  will  increase  by  0.22  cents  from  1.88  ; 
to  2.1  cents  per  litre.  ; 

i 

Subsection  2  (3)  —  Propane  \ 

i 

Effective  July  1,  1989,  a  new  tax  will  be  imposed  on  propane  used  in  licensed  motor  | 
vehicles.  Initially,  the  tax  rate  on  propane  will  be  2.3  cents  per  litre.  This  rate  will  1 
increase  to  4.3  cents  per  litre  effective  January  1,  1990.  1 

Sections  1  and  3  —  Miscellaneous  amendments.  i 


The  amendments  are  complementary  to  the  imposition  of  a  tax  on  propane  as  set  out  in 
subsection  2  (3)  of  the  Bill. 


BiU24  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  1  (d)  of  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
186  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  ''or"  at  the  end  of  subclause  (iii),  by  repealing 
subclause  (iv)  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

(iv)  ethanol,  methanol  or  natural  gas,  or 

(v)  propane,  except  when  used  or  intended  to  be  used 
in  a  motor  vehicle  licensed  or  required  to  be 
licensed  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act.  RS.o.  i980, 

(2)  Section  1  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  1  and  1988,  chapter  66,  sec- 
tion 1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clause: 

(ga)  "propane"  means  any  product  commonly  known  as 
liquified  petroleum  gas  that  conforms  to  Grade  1  or 
Grade  2,  as  described  in  the  Standard 
CAN/CGSB-3.14-M88  of  the  National  Standards  of 
Canada  as  published  by  the  Canadian  General  Stan- 
dards Board  or  that  conforms  to  such  other  Hquified 
petroleum  gas  standard  as  is  published  in  replace- 
ment thereof  by  the  Canadian  General  Standards 
Board  and  includes  any  substance  added  thereto. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  2  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  2  and 
amended  by  1988,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  purchaser  of  gasoline  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer,  Tax  on 
a  tax  at  the  rate  of,  ^''°''"' 


Bill  24 


GASOLINE  TAX 


1989 


(a)  10.3  cents  per  litre  on  all  gasoline  purchased  by,  or 
delivered  to,  the  purchaser  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1990;  and 

(b)  11.3  cents  per  litre  on  all  gasoline  purchased  by,  or 
delivered  to,  the  purchaser  after  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1989. 

(2)  Subsection  2  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  2,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  *'1.88"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "2.1". 

(3)  Section  2  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1981,  chapter  11,  section  2,  1985,  chapter  24,  section 
2  and  1988,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  add- 
ing thereto  the  following  subsection: 

Tax  on  (2b)  Evcry  purchaser  of  propane  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer, 

propane         ^^  ^jj  propane  purchased  by,  or  delivered  to,  the  purchaser 
for  use  in  a  motor  vehicle  licensed  or  required  to  be  licensed 
R.s.o.  1980,   under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  a  tax  at  the  rate  of, 

(a)  2.3  cents  per  litre  on  propane  purchased  or 
delivered  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990; 

(b)  4.3  cents  per  litre  on  propane  purchased  or 
delivered  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 

3.  Clauses  1  (e),  (h),  (j)  and  (1),  subsections  2  (4),  3  (1), 
4  (1),  4  (2),  6  (1),  6  (2),  6  (3)  and  6  (4),  clause  7  (1)  (b),  subsec- 
tions 10  (2)  and  20  (2),  section  31  and  clause  32  (2)  (b)  of  the 
said  Act  are  amended  by  striking  out  ''gasoline  or  aviation 
fuel"  wherever  that  expression  occurs  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  ''gasoline,  aviation  fuel  or  propane". 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


4. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  this  Act  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  come  into  force  on  the  18th  day  of  May,  1989. 

(2)  Section  1,  subsection  2  (3)  and  section  3  come  into  force 
on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1989  and  apply  in  respect  of  propane 
purchased  or  delivered  after  the  30th  day  of  June,  1989. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  GasoUne  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1989. 


Bill  24  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  24 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 

Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading       May  17th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  26th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  implement  the  Treasurer's  1989  Budget  proposals 
related  to  the  taxation  of  unleaded  and  leaded  gasoline,  propane  and  aviation  fuel.  The 
changes  are  summarized  below. 

Subsection  2  (1)  —  Unleaded  and  Leaded  Gasoline 

Effective  May  18,  1989,  the  tax  rate  on  unleaded  gasoline  will  increase  by  1  cent  from 
9.3  to  10.3  cents  per  litre.  This  rate  will  increase  by  an  additional  1  cent  to  11.3  cents 
per  litre  effective  January  1,  1990. 

The  tax  rate  on  leaded  gasoline  will  increase,  effective  May  18,  1989,  by  1  cent  from 
12.3  to  13.3  cents  per  litre.  This  rate  will  increase  by  an  additional  1  cent  to  14.3  cents 
per  litre  effective  January  1,  1990. 

Subsection  2  (2)  —  Aviation  Fuel 

Effective  May  18,  1989,  the  tax  rate  on  aviation  fuel  will  increase  by  0.22  cents  from  1.88 
to  2.1  cents  per  litre. 

Subsection  2  (3)  —  Propane 

Effective  July  1,  1989,  a  new  tax  will  be  imposed  on  propane  used  in  licensed  motor 
vehicles.  Initially,  the  tax  rate  on  propane  will  be  2.3  cents  per  litre.  This  rate  will 
increase  to  4.3  cents  per  litre  effective  January  1,  1990. 

SECTION  3.  This  amendment  sets  out  the  collection  and  remittance  obligations  of 
importers  and  requires  importers  who  are  not  collectors  to  account  for  the  tax  they  are 
obliged  to  collect  or  to  pay  at  the  point  of  entry  into  Ontario  to  officials  authorized  by 
the  Minister. 

SECTION  4.  This  amendment  permits  officials  authorized  by  the  Minister  at  border 
points  to  request  the  specified  information  from  those  transporting  bulk  aviation  fuel, 
bulk  gasoline  or  bulk  propane  and  to  detain  the  motor  vehicle  until  correct  information  is 
provided  and  until  the  required  remittance  and  returns  are  made  by  the  importer.        -*■ 

SECTIONS  1  and  5  —  Miscellaneous  amendments 

The  amendments  are  complementary  to  the  imposition  of  a  tax  on  propane  as  set  out  in 
subsection  2  (3)  of  the  Bill. 


Bill  24  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  1  (d)  of  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
186  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  *'or"  at  the  end  of  subclause  (iii),  by  repealing 
subclause  (iv)  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subclauses: 

(iv)  ethanol,  methanol  or  natural  gas,  or 

(v)  propane,  except  when  used  or  intended  to  be  used 
in  a  motor  vehicle  licensed  or  required  to  be 
licensed  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act.  r.s.o.  i980, 

(2)  Clause  1  (e)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(e)  "importer"  means  a  person  who  brings  or  causes  to 
be  brought  into  Ontario  gasoline  in  bulk,  aviation 
fuel  in  bulk  or  propane  in  bulk.  -itt- 

(3)  Section  1  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  1  and  1988,  chapter  66,  sec- 
tion 1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clauses: 

(ba)  "aviation  fuel  in  bulk"  means  aviation  fuel  stored, 
transported  or  transferred  by  any  means  other  than 
in  a  fuel  tank  of  an  aircraft  or  a  motor  vehicle  in 
which  aviation  fuel  for  generating  power  in  an  air- 
craft or  the  motor  vehicle  is  kept; 


(da)  "gasoline  in  bulk"  means  gasoline  stored,  trans- 
ported or  transferred  by  any  means  other  than  in  a 


Bill  24  GASOLINE  TAX  1989 

fuel  tank  of  a  motor  vehicle  in  which  gasoline  for 
generating  power  in  the  motor  vehicle  is  kept;    -^^ 


(ga)  "propane"  means  any  product  commonly  known  as 
liquified  petroleum  gas  that  conforms  to  Grade  1  or 
Grade  2,  as  described  in  the  Standard 
CAN/CGSB-3.14-M88  of  the  National  Standards  of 
Canada  as  published  by  the  Canadian  General  Stan- 
dards Board  or  that  conforms  to  such  other  liquified 
petroleum  gas  standard  as  is  published  in  replace- 
ment thereof  by  the  Canadian  General  Standards 
Board  and  includes  any  substance  added  thereto; 

(gb)  "propane  in  bulk"  means  propane  stored,  trans- 
ported or  transferred  by  any  means  other  than  in  a 
fuel  tank  of  a  motor  vehicle  in  which  propane  for 
generating  power  in  the  motor  vehicle  is  kept.     -^^ 

2. — (1)  Subsection  2  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  2  and 
amended  by  1988,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Tax  on  (^"j  Every  purchaser  of  gasoline  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer, 

gaso  ine  ^  ^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^^^^  ^^^ 

(a)  10.3  cents  per  Htre  on  all  gasoline  purchased  by,  or 
delivered  to,  the  purchaser  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1990;  and 

(b)  11.3  cents  per  litre  on  all  gasoline  purchased  by,  or 
delivered  to,  the  purchaser  after  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1989. 

(2)  Subsection  2  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  2,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  '^1.88"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "2.1". 

(3)  Section  2  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1981,  chapter  11,  section  2,  1985,  chapter  24,  section 
2  and  1988,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  add- 
ing thereto  the  following  subsection: 

Tax  on  (2b)  Every  purchaser  of  propane  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer, 

propane         ^^  ^^j  propauc  purchascd  by,  or  delivered  to,  the  purchaser 
for  use  in  a  motor  vehicle  licensed  or  required  to  be  licensed 
R.s^o.  1980,   under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  a  tax  at  the  rate  of. 


1989 


GASOLINE  TAX 


Bill  24 


(a)  2.3  cents  per  litre  on  propane  purchased  or 
delivered  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990; 

(b)  4.3  cents  per  litre  on  propane  purchased  or 
delivered  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 

3.  Section  4  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

4. — (1)  Every  importer  shall,  at  the  times  and  in  the  man-  collection 
ner  prescribed,  collect  from  every  wholesaler,  retailer  or  pur- 
chaser to  whom  the  importer  sells  aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or 
propane,  the  tax  collectable  and  payable  under  this  Act  and, 
for  that  purpose,  every  importer  is  an  agent  of  the  Minister 
for  the  collection  of  the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act. 

(2)  Every  importer  who  is  a  collector  shall  remit  to  the  Transmission 
Treasurer,  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner  prescribed,  the  tax 
collectable  and  payable  with  respect  to  the  aviation  fuel, 
gasoline  and  propane  imported  by  that  person. 

(3)  At  the  time  of  entry  into  Ontario  from  outside  Canada  Security 
of  aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane,  every  importer  who  is 

not  a  collector  shall  remit  to  the  Treasurer, 

(a)  an  amount  as  security  equal  to  the  tax  that  the 
importer  would  be  obliged  to  collect  under  sub- 
section (1)  on  the  resale  in  Ontario  of  the  aviation 
fuel,  gasoline  or  propane;  and 

(b)  the  tax  payable  by  the  importer  under  subsection 
2(1). 

(4)  The  remittance  required  by  subsection   (3)   shall  be  Payment 
made  to  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister  for  forwarding  to 

the  Treasurer  by  certified  cheque  or  money  order,  payable  to 
the  Treasurer. 

(5)  Every  importer  shall,  at  the  times  and  in  the  manner  Returns 
prescribed,  deliver  to  the  Minister  or  to  a  person  authorized 

by  the  Minister  a  return  with  respect  to  the  aviation  fuel, 
gasoline  and  propane  imported  by  the  importer. 

4.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 


16a. — (1)  Every  person  carrying  aviation  fuel  in  bulk, 
gasoline  in  bulk  or  propane  in  bulk  and  the  operator  of  every 
motor  vehicle  carrying  such  products,  shall,  when  requested 
by  the  Minister  or  any  person  authorized  by  the  Minister,  give 


Fuel  in  bulk 


Bill  24 


GASOLINE  TAX 


1989 


written  evidence  to  the  requester  of  any  or  all  of  the  following 
information, 

(a)  the  name  and  address  of  any  person  from  whom  the 
aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane  was  obtained  and 
the  name  and  address  of  any  person  to  whom  the 
aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane  so  obtained  was 
delivered  or  is  to  be  delivered; 

(b)  the  quantity  of  aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane 
delivered  or  to  be  delivered  to  any  person; 

(c)  the  use  or  intended  use,  if  known,  to  be  made  of 
any  aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane  delivered  or 
to  be  delivered  from  such  motor  vehicle. 

Detention  (2)  The  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister 

may  detain  a  motor  vehicle  carrying  aviation  fuel  in  bulk, 
gasoline  in  bulk  or  propane  in  bulk  where, 

(a)  written  evidence  requested  under  subsection  (1)  is 
not  given; 

(b)  the  information  in  the  written  evidence  that  is  given 
is  false;  or 

(c)  the  importer  fails  to  comply  with  section  4  or  fails 
to  deliver  any  return  in  accordance  with  section  4. 


Time 


Liability 


(3)  The  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister 
may  detain  a  motor  vehicle  under  subsection  (2)  until  the 
written  evidence  is  given,  the  true  information  is  given,  the 
remittance  required  under  section  4  is  delivered  or  the  return 
in  accordance  with  section  4  is  delivered,  as  the  case  requires. 

(4)  During  any  detention  under  subsection  (2),  the  Crown, 
or  any  person  acting  in  the  administration  and  enforcement  of 
this  Act,  is  not  liable  for  any  damages  to  the  motor  vehicle,  its 
contents,  cargo  or  freight,  or  to  its  owner  or  driver  or  other- 
wise that  may  occur  or  be  alleged  to  occur  by  reason  of  the 
detention  of  the  motor  vehicle  pending  compliance  with 
section  4  and  subsection  (1).  ^^^ 

5.  Clauses  1  (e),  (h),  (j)  and  (1),  subsections  2  (4),  3  (1), 
4  (1),  4  (2),  6  (1),  6  (2),  6  (3)  and  6  (4),  clause  7  (1)  (b),  subsec- 
tions 10  (2)  and  20  (2),  section  31  and  clause  32  (2)  (b)  of  the 
said  Act  are  amended  by  striliing  out  ' 'gasoline  or  aviation 
fuel"  wherever  that  expression  occurs  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  ''gasoline,  aviation  fuel  or  propane". 


1989  GASOLINE  TAX  Bill  24 

6. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (2)  and  (3).  this  Act  shall  be  Commence- 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  18th  day  of  May,  1989.     '"*'" 

(2)  Subsection  1  (1),  subsection  2  (3)  and  section  5  shall  be  wem 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1989 
and  apply  in  respect  of  propane  purchased  or  delivered  after 

the  30th  day  of  June,  1989. 

(3)  Subsections  1  (2)  and  (3)  and  sections  3  and  4  come  into  wem 
force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant 
Gk)vernor.  -Ah 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Gasoline  Tax  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1989. 


Bill  24 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  24 

(Chapter  45 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading  May  17th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  26th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  26th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  26th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  24  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  1  (d)  of  the  Gasoline  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
186  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  **or"  at  the  end  of  subclause  (iii),  by  repealing 
subclause  (iv)  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subclauses: 

(iv)  ethanol,  methanol  or  natural  gas,  or 

(v)  propane,  except  when  used  or  intended  to  be  used 
in  a  motor  vehicle  licensed  or  required  to  be 
licensed  under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act.  R  so.  i980, 

(2)  Clause  1  (e)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(e)  "importer"  means  a  person  who  brings  or  causes  to 
be  brought  into  Ontario  gasoline  in  bulk,  aviation 
fuel  in  bulk  or  propane  in  bulk. 

(3)  Section  1  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  1  and  1988,  chapter  66,  sec- 
tion 1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clauses: 

(ba)  "aviation  fuel  in  bulk"  means  aviation  fuel  stored, 
transported  or  transferred  by  any  means  other  than 
in  a  fuel  tank  of  an  aircraft  or  a  motor  vehicle  in 
which  aviation  fuel  for  generating  power  in  an  air- 
craft or  the  motor  vehicle  is  kept; 


(da)  "gasoline  in  bulk"  means  gasoline  stored,  trans- 
ported or  transferred  by  any  means  other  than  in  a 


Bill  24  GASOLINE  TAX  1989 

fuel  tank  of  a  motor  vehicle  in  which  gasoline  for 
generating  power  in  the  motor  vehicle  is  kept; 


(ga)  "propane"  means  any  product  commonly  known  as 
liquified  petroleum  gas  that  conforms  to  Grade  1  or 
Grade  2,  as  described  in  the  Standard 
CAN/CGSB-3.14-M88  of  the  National  Standards  of 
Canada  as  published  by  the  Canadian  General  Stan- 
dards Board  or  that  conforms  to  such  other  liquified 
petroleum  gas  standard  as  is  published  in  replace- 
ment thereof  by  the  Canadian  General  Standards 
Board  and  includes  any  substance  added  thereto; 

(gb)  "propane  in  bulk"  means  propane  stored,  trans- 
ported or  transferred  by  any  means  other  than  in  a 
fuel  tank  of  a  motor  vehicle  in  which  propane  for 
generating  power  in  the  motor  vehicle  is  kept. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  2  (1)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  2  and 
amended  by  1988,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

Tax  on  (X)  Every  purchaser  of  gasoline  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer, 

gaso  ine  ^  ^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^^^^  ^^^ 

(a)  10.3  cents  per  litre  on  all  gasoline  purchased  by,  or 
delivered  to,  the  purchaser  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1990;  and 

(b)  11.3  cents  per  litre  on  all  gasoUne  purchased  by,  or 
delivered  to,  the  purchaser  after  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1989. 

(2)  Subsection  2  (2)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1985,  chapter  24,  section  2,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  '^1.88''  in  the  second  Hne  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  *'2.1". 

(3)  Section  2  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1981,  chapter  11,  section  2,  1985,  chapter  24,  section 
2  and  1988,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  add- 
ing thereto  the  following  subsection: 

Tax  on  (2b)  Every  purchaser  of  propane  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer, 

propane         ^^  ^^^  propane  purchased  by,  or  delivered  to,  the  purchaser 
for  use  in  a  motor  vehicle  licensed  or  required  to  be  licensed 
R.s  o.  1980,   under  the  Highway  Traffic  Act,  a  tax  at  the  rate  of, 


1989 


GASOLINE  TAX 


Bill  24 


Collection 
of  tax 


(a)  2.3  cents  per  litre  on  propane  purchased  or 
delivered  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990; 

(b)  4.3  cents  per  litre  on  propane  purchased  or 
delivered  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 

3.  Section  4  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

4. — (1)  Every  importer  shall,  at  the  times  and  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed,  collect  from  every  wholesaler,  retailer  or  pur- 
chaser to  whom  the  importer  sells  aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or 
propane,  the  tax  collectable  and  payable  under  this  Act  and, 
for  that  purpose,  every  importer  is  an  agent  of  the  Minister 
for  the  collection  of  the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act. 

(2)  Every  importer  who  is  a  collector  shall  remit  to  the  Transmission 
Treasurer,  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner  prescribed,  the  tax 
collectable  and  payable  with  respect  to  the  aviation  fuel, 
gasoline  and  propane  imported  by  that  person. 

(3)  At  the  time  of  entry  into  Ontario  from  outside  Canada  Security 
of  aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane,  every  importer  who  is 

not  a  collector  shall  remit  to  the  Treasurer, 

(a)  an  amount  as  security  equal  to  the  tax  that  the 
importer  would  be  obliged  to  collect  under  sub- 
section (1)  on  the  resale  in  Ontario  of  the  aviation 
fuel,  gasoline  or  propane;  and 

(b)  the  tax  payable  by  the  importer  under  subsection 
2(1). 

(4)  The  remittance  required  by  subsection  (3)   shall  be  Payment 
made  to  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister  for  forwarding  to 

the  Treasurer  by  certified  cheque  or  money  order,  payable  to 
the  Treasurer. 

(5)  Every  importer  shall,  at  the  times  and  in  the  manner  Returns 
prescribed,  deliver  to  the  Minister  or  to  a  person  authorized 

by  the  Minister  a  return  with  respect  to  the  aviation  fuel, 
gasoline  and  propane  imported  by  the  importer. 

4.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section: 


16a. — (1)  Every  person  carrying  aviation  fuel  in  bulk,  F"ei  in  bulk 
gasohne  in  bulk  or  propane  in  bulk  and  the  operator  of  every 
motor  vehicle  carrying  such  products,  shall,  when  requested 
by  the  Minister  or  any  person  authorized  by  the  Minister,  give 


Bill  24 


GASOLINE  TAX 


1989 


written  evidence  to  the  requester  of  any  or  all  of  the  following 
information, 

(a)  the  name  and  address  of  any  person  from  whom  the 
aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane  was  obtained  and 
the  name  and  address  of  any  person  to  whom  the 
aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane  so  obtained  was 
delivered  or  is  to  be  delivered; 

(b)  the  quantity  of  aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane 
delivered  or  to  be  delivered  to  any  person; 

(c)  the  use  or  intended  use,  if  known,  to  be  made  of 
any  aviation  fuel,  gasoline  or  propane  delivered  or 
to  be  delivered  from  such  motor  vehicle. 


Detention 


Time 


Liability 


(2)  The  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister 
may  detain  a  motor  vehicle  carrying  aviation  fuel  in  bulk, 
gasoline  in  bulk  or  propane  in  bulk  where, 

(a)  written  evidence  requested  under  subsection  (1)  is 
not  given; 

(b)  the  information  in  the  written  evidence  that  is  given 
is  false;  or 

(c)  the  importer  fails  to  comply  with  section  4  or  fails 
to  deliver  any  return  in  accordance  with  section  4. 

(3)  The  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  the  Minister 
may  detain  a  motor  vehicle  under  subsection  (2)  until  the 
written  evidence  is  given,  the  true  information  is  given,  the 
remittance  required  under  section  4  is  delivered  or  the  return 
in  accordance  with  section  4  is  delivered,  as  the  case  requires. 

(4)  During  any  detention  under  subsection  (2),  the  Crown, 
or  any  person  acting  in  the  administration  and  enforcement  of 
this  Act,  is  not  liable  for  any  damages  to  the  motor  vehicle,  its 
contents,  cargo  or  freight,  or  to  its  owner  or  driver  or  other- 
wise that  may  occur  or  be  alleged  to  occur  by  reason  of  the 
detention  of  the  motor  vehicle  pending  compliance  with 
section  4  and  subsection  (1). 

5.  Clauses  1  (e),  (h),  (j)  and  (1),  subsections  2  (4),  3  (1), 
4  (1),  4  (2),  6  (1),  6  (2),  6  (3)  and  6  (4),  clause  7  (1)  (b),  subsec- 
tions 10  (2)  and  20  (2),  section  31  and  clause  32  (2)  (b)  of  the 
said  Act  are  amended  by  striking  out  *' gasoline  or  aviation 
fuel"  wherever  that  expression  occurs  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  ^'gasoline,  aviation  fuel  or  propane". 


1989  GASOLINE  TAX  Bill  24 

6.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  this  Act  shall  be  commence- 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  18th  day  of  May,  1989.     "*"' 

(2)  Subsection  1  (1),  subsection  2  (3)  and  section  5  shall  be  i^^™ 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1989 
and  apply  in  respect  of  propane  purchased  or  delivered  after 

the  30th  day  of  June,  1989. 

(3)  Subsections  1  (2)  and  (3)  and  sections  3  and  4  come  into  w«™ 
force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant 
Governor. 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Gasoline  Tax  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1989. 


BiU  25  Private  Member's  BUI 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  25 


An  Act  to  protect  and  enhance  the 
Quality  of  Drinking  Water  in  Ontario 


Mrs.  Grier 


1st  Reading       May  18th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Bill  is  intended  to  protect  and  enhance  drinking  water  quality  in  Ontario. 

It  provides  opportunities  for  public  involvement  in  the  making  of  regulations  to  set 
maximum  permissible  levels  for  contaminants  and  other  substances  in  drinking  water. 
These  regulations  would  apply  to  both  public  and  private  water  systems. 

The  operator  of  a  public  water  system  is  required  to  monitor  water  quality  regularly 
and  notify  the  users  of  the  system  as  well  as  the  Minister  of  the  Environment  of  the 
results.  Any  user  of  a  private  water  system  may  have  the  water  tested  by  the  Ministry  of 
the  Environment. 

It  is  an  offence  for  the  operator  of  a  public  water  system  to  provide  water  which 
contravenes  the  regulations  or  to  fail  to  comply  with  monitoring  and  notice  requirements. 
It  is  an  offence  for  anyone  to  pollute  a  public  or  private  water  system. 

The  Bill  permits  water  users  to  sue  to  recover  damages  for  contraventions  of  the  Act 
and  gives  any  person  standing  to  seek  judicial  review  against  the  Minister  of  the  Environ- 
ment. 

The  Minister  is  authorized  to  commission  research  into  matters  related  to  drinking 
water  quality  and  an  advisory  council  is  created  to  assist  the  Minister. 


Bill  25  1989 


An  Act  to  protect  and  enhance  the 
Quality  of  Drinking  Water  in  Ontario 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"Board"  means  the  Water  Review  Board; 

"contaminant"  means  any  biological,  chemical  or  physical 
agent  or  combination  thereof  prescribed  as  a  contaminant; 

"Gazette"  means  The  Ontario  Gazette; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  the  Environment; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

"private  water  system"  means  any  water  system  that  has  fewer 
than  fifteen  service  connections  or  regularly  serves  fewer 
than  twenty-five  individuals; 

"public  water  supplier"  means  a  person  who  operates  a  public 
water  system; 

"public  water  system"  means  any  water  system  that  has  fifteen 
or  more  service  connections  or  regularly  serves  twenty-five 
or  more  individuals; 

"substance"  means  anything  that  affects  the  odour,  appear- 
ance or  taste  of  drinking  water  and  is  prescribed  as  a  sub- 
stance; 


user",  when  used  in  connection  with  a  water  system  or  pub- 
lic water  supplier,  means  a  person  who  obtains  water  from 
the  system  or  suppHer; 


2  Bill  25  ONTARIO  SAFE  DRINKING  WATER  1989 

"water  system"  means  any  works  for  the  collection,  supply 
and  distribution  of  water  that  may  be  used  as  drinking 
water. 

Purpose  2.  The  purpose  of  this  Act  is  the  protection  and  enhance- 

ment of  drinking  water  quality  throughout  Ontario. 

DUTIES  OF  SUPPLIERS 

Duties  of  3,  Every  public  water  supplier  shall, 

supplier 

(a)  conduct  complete  water  tests  in  accordance  with  the 
regulations,  monthly  or  more  frequently  as  may  be 
prescribed  by  regulation,  to  establish  contaminant 
and  substance  levels  and  compHance  with  prescribed 
standards; 

(b)  promptly  publish  the  results  of  all  tests  conducted 
under  clause  (a)  in  a  newspaper  that  is  published  in 
the  community  where  the  supplier's  regular  users 
reside; 

(c)  supply  the  results  of  all  tests  conducted  under  clause 
(a)  to  every  user  together  with  the  regular  water 
bill; 

(d)  promptly  report  the  results  of  all  tests  conducted 
under  clause  (a)  to  the  Minister; 

(e)  keep  full  records  of  all  tests  conducted  under  clause 
(a)  and  make  them  available  to  any  person  upon 
request; 

(f)  where  a  test  reveals  that  maximum  permitted  con- 
taminant levels  or  maximum  permitted  substance 
levels  are  exceeded  or  prescribed  standards  are  not 
adhered  to, 

(i)  take  immediate  steps  to  cause  the  water  to 
comply  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  and 

(ii)  make  an  alternate  supply  of  safe  drinking 
water  available  to  all  users  until  the  main  sup- 
ply complies  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

PUBLIC  INVOLVEMENT  IN  REGULATION-MAKING 

re  ufations  ^'—(^)  Th®  Minister  shall  within  180  days  after  the  day 

concerning      this  Act  comes  into  force  publish  in  the  Gazette  a  notice  set- 
contaminants 


1989 


ONTARIO  SAFE  DRINKING  WATER 


Bill  25 


ting  forth  proposed  regulations  under  clause  14  (2)  (b)  and 
calling  for  briefs  and  submissions  in  connection  therewith. 

(2)  Any  person  may  within  ninety  days  after  the  publication  objection 
of  a  notice  under  subsection  (1)  or  (6)  require  the  Board  to 

hold  a  hearing  into  any  of  the  proposed  regulations  by  deliver- 
ing a  notice  of  objection  to  the  Board. 

(3)  The  Board  shall  hold  any  hearing  required  under  sub-  Hearing 
section  (2)  expeditiously  and  may  consoHdate  any  such  hear- 
ings where  common  issues  are  raised. 

(4)  Upon  completion  of  all  hearings  under  subsection  (2),  Report 
the  Board  shall  report  its  findings  and  conclusions  to  the  Min- 
ister and  shall  provide  a  copy  of  the  report  to  every  person 

who  delivered  a  notice  of  objection  under  subsection  (2). 

(5)  Regulations  under  clause  14  (2)  (b)  shall  come  into  Effective 
force  on  or  before  a  day  fifteen  months  after  the  coming  into 

force  of  this  Act. 


(6)  Before  further  regulations  are  made  or  existing  regu- 
lations are  revoked  or  amended  under  clause  14  (2)  (b),  the 
Minister  shall  publish  in  the  Gazette  a  notice  setting  forth  the 
proposed  regulations  and  calling  for  briefs  and  submissions  in 
connection  therewith. 


Further 
regulations 


5.— (1)  The  Minister  shall  within  240  days  after  the  day  J^'^^^jj^^j^^ 
this  Act  comes  into  force  publish  in  the  Gazette  a  notice  set-  concem?ng 
ting  forth  proposed  regulations  under  clause  14  (2)  (c)  and  substances 
calling  for  briefs  and  submissions  in  connection  therewith. 

(2)  Regulations  under  clause  14  (2)  (c)  shall  come  into  Effective 
force  on  or  before  a  day  fifteen  months  after  the  coming  into 

force  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Before  further  regulations  are  made  or  existing  regu-  Further 
lations  are  revoked  or  amended  under  clause  14  (2)  (c),  the  ""^^"^^'""^ 
Minister  shall  publish  in  the  Gazette  a  notice  setting  forth  the 
proposed  regulations  and  calling  for  briefs  and  submissions  in 
connection  therewith. 

OFFENCES 


6. — (1)  No  public  water  supplier  shall  cause  or  permit  to  JjjPPf^y'"^ 
be  supplied  to  users,  water^ 

(a)    water  containing  any  contaminant  that  exceeds  the 
applicable  maximum  permitted  level;  or 


Bill  25 


ONTARIO  SAFE  DRINKING  WATER 


1989 


(b)  water  containing  any  substance  that  contravenes  a 
prescribed  standard  or  exceeds  the  applicable  maxi- 
mum permitted  level. 


Polluting 

water 

system 


(2)  No  person  shall  deposit  in,  add  to,  emit  or  discharge 
into  a  public  water  system  or  a  private  water  system  any  con- 
taminant or  substance  so  as  to  cause  the  water  to  exceed  the 
maximum  permitted  level  for  the  contaminant  or  substance  or 
to  contravene  a  prescribed  standard. 


Penalties 


7.  Any  person  who  contravenes  this  Act  or  the  regulations 
is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  Uable  to, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  contravention  of  section  6  that 
relates  to  a  contaminant,  a  fine  not  exceeding 
$50,000;  and 

(b)  in  the  case  of  any  other  contravention,  a  fine  not 
exceeding  $25,000. 

PRIVATE  REMEDIES 


Action  for 
damages 


Judicial 
review 


8. — (1)  Any  person  may,  by  action,  recover  damages 
caused  by  a  contravention  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  from 
the  person  who  committed  the  contravention. 

(2)  Any  person  may  apply  for  judicial  review  of  the  Minis- 
ter's exercise  or  non-exercise  of  any  power  or  fulfilment  or 
non-fulfilment  of  any  duty  conferred  or  imposed  on  the  Minis- 
ter by  this  Act,  whether  or  not  the  person  applying  is  specially 
affected  or  has  suffered  special  damages. 


WATER  REVIEW  BOARD  AND  WATER  ADVISORY  COUNCIL 


Water 
Review 
Board 
established 


9. — (1)  The  Water  Review  Board  is  hereby  established 
and  shall  consist  of  not  fewer  than  five  persons  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  who  shall  hold  office 
during  pleasure  and  none  of  whom  shall  be  members  of  the 
public  service. 


Chairman 
and  vice- 
chairman 


Quorum 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  one" 
of  the  members  of  the  Board  as  chairman  and  another  of  the 
members  as  vice-chairman. 

(3)  Three  members  of  the  Board  constitute  a  quorum. 


I 


Remuneration 


(4)  The  members  of  the  Board  may  be  paid  such  remunera- 
tion and  expenses  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  from 
time  to  time  determines. 


1989  ONfTARIO  SAFE  DRINKING  WATER  Bill  25  5 

(5)  The  chairman  may  authorize  one  member  of  the  Board  on^  member 
to  conduct  a  hearing  by  the  Board  and  the  member  has  all  the  5iSg"  "^^ 
powers  of  the  Board  for  the  purpose  of  the  hearing. 

(6)  The  report  of  such  member  may  be  adopted  as  the  deci-  Report 
sion  of  the  Board  by  two  other  members  of  the  Board,  one  of 
whom  shall  be  the  chairman  or  vice-chairman  or  may  be 
otherwise  dealt  with  as  the  Board  considers  proper. 

10. — (1)  The  Water  Advisory  Council  is  hereby  estab-  water 
lished  and  shall  consist  of  not  fewer  than  ten  and  not  more  coundP 
than  fifteen  persons  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  established 
Council,  each  to  hold  office  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  three 
years. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  one  chairman 
of  the  members  of  the  Council  as  chairman  and  another  of  the  irSan 
members  as  vice-chairman. 

(3)  The  composition  of  the  Council  shall  be  such  as  to  pro-  Members 
vide  for  competent  and  knowledgeable  persons  in  matters 
relating  to  drinking  water  quality. 

(4)  A  retiring  member  of  the  Council  is  eligible  for  reap-  Reappoim- 
pointment.  '"^"'^ 

(5)  The  members  of  the  Council  may  be  paid  such  remun-  Remuneration 
eration  and  expenses  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 

from  time  to  time  may  determine. 

11.  The  Water  Advisory  Council,  through  its  chairman,  Duties  of 
shall,  ^°"""' 

(a)  advise  the  Minister  as  to  the  results  of  current 
research  related  to, 

(i)  drinking  water  quality,  and 

(ii)  contaminants  and  substances  and  their  effects; 
and 

(b)  consider  any  matter  affecting  drinking  water  quality 
that  the  Council  or  the  Minister  considers  advisable 
and  advise  the  Minister  thereon. 

STUDIES 

12.  The  Minister  shall  cause  research  to  be  conducted  Research 
into, 


Bill  25 


ONTARIO  SAFE  DRINKING  WATER 


1989 


(a)  the  causes,  diagnosis,  treatment,  control  and  pre- 
vention of  health  effects  associated  with  contami- 
nants or  substances; 

(b)  the  quality,  quantity  and  availability  of  private 
water  supplies; 

(c)  the  sources  of  surface  and  ground  water  contamina- 
tion; and 


Testing  of 
private 
water 
system 


Regulations 


Idem 


Commence- 
ment 


(d)    methods  of  treating  or  purifying  drinking  water. 

13.  The  Minister  shall,  at  the  request  of  any  user  of  a  pri- 
vate water  system,  cause  the  water  to  be  tested  in  accordance 
with  the  regulations  to  establish  contaminant  and  substance 
levels  and  comphance  with  prescribed  standards. 

14. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
such  regulations  as  are  advisable  to  protect  and  enhance 
drinking  water  quality  throughout  Ontario. 

(2)  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  subsection  (1),  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regulations, 

(a)  designating  any  biological,  chemical  or  physical 
agents  or  combinations  thereof  as  contaminants  and 
prescribing  maximum  permissible  contaminant  lev- 
els; 

(b)  designating  anything  as  a  substance,  prescribing 
standards  for  substances  in  water  and  prescribing 
maximum  permissible  substance  levels; 

(c)  respecting  procedures  for  water  tests  to  be  con- 
ducted under  clause  3  (a)  and  section  13; 

(d)  prescribing  greater  frequencies  than  monthly  for 
water  tests  to  be  conducted  under  clause  3  (a)  and 
prescribing  the  circumstances  under  which  such 
more  frequent  tests  shall  be  conducted. 

15.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


16.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Safe  Drinking 
Water  Act,  1989. 


Bill  26  Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  26 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Health  Protection  and  Promotion  Act,  1983 


Mrs.  Grier 


1st  Reading       May  18th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  prohibit  the  sale  of  irradiated  food  and  food  which  con- 
tains ingredients  which  have  been  irradiated. 


Bm26  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the 
Health  Protection  and  Promotion  Act,  1983 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The  Health  Protection  and  Promotion  Act,  1983 ^  being 
chapter  10,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

17a. — (1)  In  this  section,  Definition 

"ionizing  radiation"  means, 

(a)  gamma  radiation  from  a  Cobalt-60  or  Cesium- 137 
source, 

(b)  X-rays  generated  from  a  machine  operated  at  or 
below  an  energy  level  of  5  MeV, 

(c)  electrons  generated  from  a  machine  operated  at  or 
below  an  energy  level  of  10  MeV,  and 

(d)  such  other  radiation  as  is  designated  by  regulation. 

(2)  No  person  shall  sell  or  offer  for  sale  any  food  which  has  Saie  of 
been  treated  with  ionizing  radiation,  food'^  ^ 

(3)  No  person  shall  sell  or  offer  for  sale  any  food  which  idem 
contains  any  ingredient  that  has  been  treated  with  ionizing 
radiation. 

2.  Subsection  95  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(da)  designating  levels  and  types  of  radiation  for  the 
purposes  of  section  17a. 

3.  Subsection  99  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Bill  26 


HEALTH  PROTECTION  &  PROMOTION 


1989 


Offence, 
sections  of 
Act 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(3)  Any  person  who  contravenes  section  16, 17,  17a,  18,  20, 
38  or  39,  subsection  40  (9),  subsection  41  (1),  subsection 
73  (2)  or  section  104  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  tlie  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Health  Protection  and 
Promotion  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  27 


Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  27 


An  Act  to  designate  an  Avian  Emblem  for  Ontario 


Mr.  Ballinger 


1st  Reading       May  23rd,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 
The  Bill  would  adopt  the  common  loon  as  the  avian  emblem  of  Ontario. 


Bill  27  1989 


An  Act  to  designate  an  Avian  Emblem  for  Ontario 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The  bird  known  as  the  common  loon  {Gavia  immer)  is  ^^i^n 
adopted  as  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  avian  emblem  of  onS  °^ 
the  Province  of  Ontario. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Avian  Emblem  Act,  short  title 
1989. 


Bill  28  Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  28 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Employment  Standards  Act 


Mr.  Johnston 

(Scarborough  West) 


1st  Reading       May  25th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  amend  the  pregnancy  leave  provision  of  the  Act  and  to 
add  provisions  regarding  paternity  leave  and  adoption  leave.  The  amendments  are 
intended  to  permit  employees  in  Ontario  to  take  advantage  of  the  proposed  expanded 
parental  benefits  under  federal  unemployment  insurance  legislation. 

SECTION  1.  Changes  the  heading  under  Part  XI  of  the  Act  from  "Pregnancy  Leave"  to 
"Parental  Leave"  to  reflect  the  inclusion  in  Part  XI  of  paternity  leave  and  adoption  leave 
provisions. 

SECTION  2.  Divides  section  35  of  the  Act  into  two  subsections  for  greater  clarity.  The 
prohibition  against  an  employer  dismissing  an  employee  who  is  entitled  to  leave  is 
expanded  to  cover  all  types  of  leave  under  Part  XI  of  the  Act. 

SECTION  3. — Subsection  1.  Amends  the  pregnancy  leave  provision  in  subsection  36  (1) 
by  reducing  the  minimum  period  of  employment  required  for  eligibility  for  leave  from 
twelve  months  and  eleven  weeks  to  six  months. 

Subsection  2.  New  subsection  36  (3a)  is  added  to  clarify  when  the  pregnancy  leave  may 
commence.  The  provision  provides  that  an  employee  may,  in  her  notice  to  the  employer, 
specify  any  day  within  the  eleven-week  period  immediately  preceding  the  estimated  day 
of  her  delivery,  regardless  of  whether  the  actual  date  of  her  delivery  is  before  or  after 
the  estimated  day  of  her  delivery.  The  provision  is  intended  to  provide  flexibility  in  situa- 
tions where  the  child  is  bom  earlier  than  the  estimated  day  of  delivery. 

SECTION  4.  New  section  37a  provides  that  an  employee  entitled  to  pregnancy  leave 
under  section  36  or  37  is  entitled  to  a  further  leave  of  twelve  weeks,  subject  to  the  limi- 
tation set  out  in  new  section  37c. 

New  section  37b  provides  for  a  period  of  paternity  leave  of  twelve  weeks,  subject  to 
the  limitation  set  out  in  new  section  37c. 

New  section  37c  provides  that  the  aggregate  amount  of  leave  of  absence  that  may  be 
taken  by  any  two  employees  under  sections  37a  and  37b  in  respect  of  the  birth  of  any 
one  child  shall  not  exceed  fourteen  weeks.  Subject  to  this  limitation,  the  mother  and 
father  of  a  child  are  to  decide  how  they  will  use  the  periods  of  leave  available  under  sec- 
tions 37a  and  37b. 

New  section  37d  provides  for  a  period  of  adoption  leave  of  twelve  weeks.  This  is 
subject  to  the  limitation  that  the  aggregate  amount  of  leave  of  absence  that  may  be  taken 
by  any  two  employees  under  the  section  in  respect  of  the  adoption  of  any  one  child  shall 
not  exceed  fourteen  weeks. 

SECTION  5.  Section  38  of  the  Act  is  rewritten  to  include  references  to  both  male  and 
female  employees. 


UU28 


1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Employment  Standards  Act 


iR  MAJESTT,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The  heading  immediately  preceding  section  35  of  the 
Employment  Standards  Act,  being  chapter  137  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  struck  out  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 

PART  XI 

PARENTAL  LEAVE 

2.  Section  35  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


35. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  no  employer  shall  ter- 
minate the  employment  of  or  lay  off  an  employee  who  is  enti- 
tled to  a  leave  of  absence  under  this  Part. 


Prohibition 


(2)  An  employer  may  require  an  employee  who  is  pregnant  Employer 

to  commence  a  leave  of  absence  under  section  36  at  such  time  ^mmence-^ 

as  the  duties  of  her  position  cannot  reasonably  be  performed  ment  of 

by  a  pregnant  woman  or  the  performance  of  her  work  is  mate-  f/a^^"*^^ 
rially  affected  by  the  pregnancy. 

3. — (1)  Subsection  36  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


(1)  An  employee  who  is  pregnant  and  who  has  been 
employed  by  her  employer  for  a  period  of  at  least  six  months 
immediately  preceding  the  estimated  day  of  her  delivery, 
whether  such  employment  commenced  before  or  after  the 
coming  into  force  of  this  subsection,  shall  be  entitled  upon  her 
application  therefor  to  a  leave  of  absence  of  at  least  seventeen 
weeks  from  her  employment  or  such  shorter  leave  of  absence 
as  the  employee  may  request  commencing  during  the  period 


Pregnancy 
leave 


Bill  28 


EMPLOYMENT  STANDARDS 


1989 


When 
pregnancy 
leave  may 
commence 


Further  leave 


Notice 


Leave  may 
be  shortened 


Special 
entitlement 
to  leave 


Paternity 
leave 


of  eleven  weeks  immediately  preceding  the  estimated  day  of 
her  delivery. 

(2)  Section  36  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

(3a)  In  giving  notice  under  subsection  (3),  an  employee 
may  specify  any  day  within  the  period  of  eleven  weeks  imme- 
diately preceding  the  estimated  day  of  her  delivery,  regardless 
of  whether  the  actual  date  of  her  delivery  is  before  or  after 
the  estimated  day  of  her  delivery. 

4.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sections: 

37a. — (1)  Subject  to  section  37c,  an  employee  entitled  to 
a  leave  of  absence  under  section  36  or  37  shall  be  entitled 
upon  her  application  therefor  to  a  further  leave  of  absence  of 
at  least  twelve  weeks  from  her  employment  or  such  shorter 
leave  of  absence  as  the  employee  may  request  commencing,  as 
the  employee  elects, 

(a)  on  the  expiry  of  any  leave  of  absence  from  employ- 
ment taken  by  her  under  section  36  or  37;  or 

(b)  on  the  day  the  child  comes  into  her  actual  care  and 
custody. 

(2)  The  employee  shall  give  her  employer  two  weeks  notice 
in  writing  of  the  day  upon  which  she  intends  to  commence  her 
leave  of  absence  under  subsection  (1). 

(3)  An  employee  may,  with  the  consent  of  her  employer, 
shorten  the  duration  of  the  leave  of  absence  requested  under 
subsection  (1). 

(4)  An  employee  who  fails  to  comply  with  subsection  (2) 
shall  nevertheless  be  entitled,  upon  application  to  her 
employer  therefor,  to  the  leave  to  which  she  is  entitled  under 
subsection  (1)  or  such  portion  of  it  as  has  not  yet  expired  at 
the  time  the  application  is  made. 

37b. — (1)  Subject  to  section  37c,  an  employee  who  has 
become  the  father  of  a  child  and  who  has  been  employed  by 
his  employer  for  a  period  of  at  least  six  months,  whether  such 
employment  commenced  before  or  after  the  coming  into  force 
of  this  subsection,  shall  be  entitled  upon  his  application  there- 
for to  a  leave  of  absence  of  at  least  twelve  weeks  from  his 
employment  or  such  shorter  leave  of  absence  as  the  employee 
may  request  commencing,  as  the  employee  elects,  . 


1989 


EMPLOYMENT  STANDARDS 


Bill  28 


(a)  on  the  day  the  child  is  bom; 

(b)  after  the  birth  of  the  child  but  during,  or  on  the 
expiry  of,  any  leave  of  absence  from  employment 
taken  under  this  Act,  an  Act  of  the  Parliament  of 
Canada  or  any  other  Legislature,  or  any  collective 
agreement,  by  a  female  employee  in  respect  of  the 
child;  or 

(c)  on  the  day  the  child  comes  into  his  actual  care  and 
custody. 

(2)  The  employee  shall  give  his  employer  two  weeks  notice  Notice 
in  writing  of  the  day  upon  which  he  intends  to  commence  his 
leave  of  absence. 

(3)  An  employee  may,  with  the  consent  of  his  employer,  Leave  may 
shorten  the  duration  of  the  leave  of  absence  requested  under 
subsection  (1). 

(4)  An  employee  who  fails  to  comply  with  subsection  (2)  Special 

cntitlctncnt 

shall    nevertheless    be    entitled,    upon    application    to    his  to  leave 
employer  therefor,  to  the  paternity  leave  to  which  he  is  enti- 
tled under  subsection  (1)  or  such  portion  of  it  as  has  not  yet 
expired  at  the  time  the  application  is  made. 

37c.  The  aggregate  amount  of  leave  of  absence  from  Limit  on 
employment  that  may  be  taken  by  any  two  employees  under  fe^a^ve^by^two 
sections  37a  and  37b  in  respect  of  the  birth  of  any  one  child  employees 
shall  not  exceed  fourteen  weeks. 


37d. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  an  employee  who  has  Adoption 
adopted  a  child  under  the  law  of  any  province  and  who  has 
been  employed  by  his  or  her  employer  for  a  period  of  at  least 
six  months,  whether  such  employment  commenced  before  or 
after  the  coming  into  force  of  this  subsection,  shall  be  entitled 
upon  his  or  her  application  therefor  to  a  leave  of  absence  of  at 
least  twelve  weeks  from  his  or  her  employment  or  such 
shorter  leave  of  absence  as  the  employee  may  request  com- 
mencing, as  the  employee  elects, 

(a)  on  the  day  the  child  comes  into  the  employee's 
actual  care  and  custody; 

(b)  at  any  time  during,  or  on  the  expiry  of,  any  leave  of 
absence  from  employment  taken  under  this  Act,  an 
Act  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  any  other  Legis- 
lature, or  any  collective  agreement,  by  any  other 
person  in  respect  of  the  child;  or 


Bill  28 


EMPLOYMENT  STANDARDS 


1989 


(c)  at  any  time  during  the  ninety  days  immediately  fol- 
lowing the  day  on  which  the  child  comes  into  the 
employee's  actual  care  and  custody. 


Notice 


(2)  The  employee  shall  give  his  or  her  employer  two  weeks 
notice  in  writing  of  the  day  upon  which  he  or  she  intends  to 
commence  the  leave  of  absence. 


Leave  may         (3)  An  employee  may,  with  the  consent  of  his  or  her 

be  shortened   ^jj^pj^ygj.^   shortcu   the   duration   of  the   leave   of  absence 

requested  under  subsection  (1). 


Special 
entitlement 
to  leave 


(4)  An  employee  who  fails  to  comply  with  subsection  (2) 
shall  nevertheless  be  entitled,  upon  application  to  his  or  her 
employer  therefor,  to  the  adoption  leave  to  which  he  or  she  is 
entitled  under  subsection  (1)  or  such  portion  of  it  as  has  not 
yet  expired  at  the  time  the  application  is  made. 


Limit  on  (5)  The    aggregate    amount    of   leave    of   absence    from 

adlptfon^  employment  that  may  be  taken  by  any  two  employees  under 

leave  by  two  this  scction  iu  respcct  of  the  adoption  of  any  one  child  shall 

employees  ^^^  Qxcecd  fourteen  weeks. 


5.  Section  38  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Reinstate- 
ment and 
preservation 
of  seniority 


38. — (1)  An  employee  who  intends  to  resume  his  or  her 
employment  on  the  expiration  of  a  leave  of  absence  grantee 
under  this  Part  shall  so  advise  his  or  her  employer  and  on  the 
employee's  return  to  work  the  employer  shall  reinstate  the 
employee  to  his  or  her  position  or  provide  the  employee  with 
alternative  work  of  a  comparable  nature  at  not  less  than'^is  oi 
her  wages  at  the  time  the  leave  of  absence  began  and  withou 
loss  of  seniority  or  benefits  accrued  to  the  commencement  o: 
the  leave  of  absence. 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  employer  has  suspended  or  discontinuec 
operations  during  the  leave  of  absence  and  has  not  resumed 
operations  upon  the  expiry  thereof,  the  employer  shall,  upon 
resumption  of  operations,  reinstate  the  employee  to  his  or  her 
employment  or  to  alternate  work  in  accordance  with  an  estab- 
lished seniority  system  or  practice  of  the  employer  in  existence 
at  the  time  the  leave  of  absence  began  with  no  loss  of  senior- 
ity or  benefits  accrued  to  the  commencement  of  the  leave  of 
absence,  and  in  the  absence  of  such  a  system  or  practice  shall 
reinstate  the  employee  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1). 


1989  EMPLOYMENT  STANDARDS  Bill  28  t 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent.  ">«"* 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Employment  Standards  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


BUI  29 


Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  29 


An  Act  to  amend  the 
Teachers'  Superannuation  Act,  1983 


Mr.  Cureatz 


1st  Reading 

2nd  Reading 

3rd  Reading 

Royal  Assent 


May  29th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  Bill  amends  the  Act  to  add  a  provision  permitting  a  refund  of  pension  contribu- 
tions to  be  made  to  the  personal  representative  of  a  deceased  contributor  where  the 
spouse  or  child  of  the  contributor  cannot  be  found.  The  provision  authorizes  the  Teach- 
ers' Superannuation  Commission  to  make  such  a  refund  if  it  is  satisfied  that  reasonable 
inquiries  have  been  made  to  find  the  spouse  or  child  and  more  than  one  year  has  passed 
since  the  death  of  the  contributor.  The  provision  is  similar  to  section  37  of  the  Public 
Service  Superannuation  Act. 


BiU29  1989 

An  Act  to  amend  the 
Teachers'  Superannuation  Act,  1983 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The  Teachers'  Superannuation  Act,  1983,  being  chapter 
84,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

47a. — (1)  If  a  spouse  or  child  of  a  person  who  was  Refund  to 
employed  in  education  and  has  died  cannot  be  found  and  the  represen- 
Commission  is  satisfied  that  reasonable  inquiries  have  been  tative  where 
made  to  find  the  spouse  or  child  and  more  than  one  year  has  cff^  ^'^ 
passed  since  the  death,  the  Commission  may,  despite  any  cannot 
other  provision  of  this  Act,  direct  that  the  refund  that  would  ^  ^°""*^ 
be  payable  out  of  the  Fund  under  section  47  to  the  personal 
representative  had  the  person  died  leaving  no  spouse  and  no 
child  be  paid  to  the  personal  representative  upon  such  terms 
and  conditions  as  the  Commission  directs. 

(2)  If  a  spouse  or  child  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  is  sub-  where 
sequently  found  and  a  claim  is  made  for  any  amount  payable  cwmat^e^r 
under  this  Act,  the  Commission  may  direct  that  the  amount,  found 
less  any  refund  paid  under  subsection  (1),  be  paid  to  the 
spouse  or  child,  as  the  case  may  be. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent.  ™"' 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Teachers'  Superannua-  Short  title 
Hon  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  30  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  30 


An  Act  respecting 
Funeral  Directors  and  Establishments 


The  Hon.  W.  Wrye 

Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


1st  Reading       June  12th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Funeral  Directors  and  Establishments  Act,  1989  replaces  the  Funeral  Services  Act 
and  the  Prearranged  Funeral  Services  Act. 

Some  features  of  the  Bill  are  as  follows: 

1.  Funeral  establishments,  funeral  directors  and  transfer  services  will  be  licensed 
by  the  Board  of  Funeral  Services  (the  Board). 

2.  The  Board  will  report  to  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations. 

3.  The  Board  will  continue  to  consist  of  funeral  directors  and  lay  people 
appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

4.  The  Board  is  responsible  for  the  education,  licensing  and  discipline  of  funeral 
directors,  funeral  establishments  and  transfer  services. 

5.  Decisions  of  the  Board  may  be  appealed  to  The  Commercial  Registration 
Appeal  Tribunal  (CRAT). 

6.  An  individual  who  meets  the  requirements  of  the  Act  will  be  licensed  as  a 
funeral  director  in  one  of  two  categories,  those  who  perform  embalming  and 
those  who  choose  not  to  perform  embalming. 

7.  Embalming,  visitation  or  the  arranging  of  a  funeral  is  only  available  to  the  pub- 
lic through  a  licensed  funeral  establishment. 

8.  A  funeral  establishment  must  be  managed  and  directly  supervised  by  a  licensed 
funeral  director. 

9.  A  transfer  service  may  only  provide  for  the  removal,  transportation  or  delivery 
of  remains  and  the  filing  of  necessary  documentation.  A  transfer  service  need 
not  be  under  the  direction  of  a  licensed  funeral  director. 

10.  The  Bill  also  provides  for  inspections,  freezing  of  assets,  appointment  of  receiv- 
ers and  managers  and  restraining  and  cease  and  desist  orders. 

11.  Telephone  and  door-to-door  solicitation  for  the  sale  of  funeral  services  or  sup- 
plies is  prohibited. 

12.  The  Bill  provides  for  regulations  to  deal  with  itemized  price  lists  and  consumer 
information. 

13.  The  regulations  also  provide  authority  to  prohibit  funeral  establishments  from 
being  located  on  or  operated  in  connection  with  cemeteries  or  crematoria. 

14.  Funeral  establishments  and  transfer  services  will  be  required  under  the  regu- 
lations to  contribute  to  a  compensation  fund  to  compensate  consumers  in  the 
event  of  a  defalcation. 

15.  A  board  of  trustees  will  administer  the  compensation  fund. 

16.  All  moneys  received  for  a  prepaid  funeral  will  be  held  together  with  income 
accrued  in  trust  for  the  beneficiary  until  it  is  dispersed  in  accordance  with  the 
Act. 

17.  All  prepaid  contracts  may  be  cancelled  at  any  time  prior  to  the  services  being 
delivered.  If  the  contract  is  cancelled  within  thirty  days  of  signing,  no  adminis- 
tration fee  may  be  charged. 


Bill  30  1989 


An  Act  respecting 
Funeral  Directors  and  Establishments 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.     In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"beneficiary"  means  a  person  for  whom  funeral  services  or 
supplies,  or  both,  are  to  be  provided  under  a  contract  or 
prepaid  contract; 

"Board"  means  the  Board  of  Funeral  Services; 

"cemetery"  means  a  cemetery  within  the  meaning  of  the  i989,  c.  ... 
Cemeteries  Act,  1989; 

"Compensation  Fund"  means  the  Prepaid  Funeral  Services 
Compensation  Fund  established  under  the  regulations; 

"contract"  means  an  agreement  wherein  a  person  provides  or 
agrees  to  provide  funeral  services  or  supplies,  or  both,  and 
includes  prepaid  contracts; 

"depository"  means  a  chartered  bank,  loan  or  trust  company. 
Province  of  Ontario  Savings  Office  or  a  credit  union  as 
defined  in  the  Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  Populaires  Act:        R  s.o.  i980, 

-^  '  c.  102 

"Director"  means  a  director  appointed  under  the  Ministry  of  Rso.  i980, 
Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act;  ^'  ^^"^ 

"disbursements"  means  payments  actually  made  by  a  funeral 
director  or  a  person  who  operates  a  funeral  establishment 
on  behalf  of  a  purchaser  of  funeral  services  or  supplies,  or 
both; 

"embalming"  means  the  preservation  and  disinfection  of  all  or 
part  of  a  dead  human  body  by  any  means  other  than  by 
refrigeration; 


2  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

"equity  share"  means  a  share  of  a  class  of  shares  that  carries  a 
voting  right  either  under  all  circumstances  or  under  some 
circumstances  that  have  occurred  and  are  continuing; 

"funeral"  means  a  rite  or  ceremony  in  connection  with  the 
death  of  a  person  where  the  body  is  present; 

"funeral  director"  means  an  individual  who  provides  or 
directs  the  providing  of  funeral  services; 

"funeral  establishment"  means  premises  where  funeral  ser- 
vices are  supplied; 

"funeral  services"  means  the  care  and  preparation  of  dead 
human  bodies  and  the  co-ordination  of  rites  and  ceremo- 
nies with  respect  to  dead  human  bodies,  but  does  not 
include  services  provided  by  a  cemetery  owner  under  the 
1989,  c.  ...  Cemeteries  Act,  1989; 

"funeral  suppUes"  means  goods  that  are  used  in  connection 
with  the  care  and  preparation  of  dead  human  bodies  or  the 
disposition  of  dead  human  bodies; 

"income"  means  the  interest  or  money  earned,  including  the 
compounding  thereof,  by  the  investment  of  funds  received 
under  a  prepaid  contract; 

"licence"  means  a  licence  issued  under  this  Act  anc 
"licensed"  has  a  corresponding  meaning; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercia 
Relations; 

"prearrangement"  means  an  arrangement  for  the  provision  oi 
specific  funeral  services,  supplies  or  transportation  of 
dead  human  body  on  the  death  of  a  person  who  is  alive  at 
the  time  the  arrangement  is  made; 

"prepaid  contract"  means  an  agreement  whereby  a  person 
contracts  with  a  purchaser  to  provide  or  make  provision  for 
funeral  services,  funeral  supplies,  or  both,  or  for  the  trans- 
portation of  a  dead  human  body,  including  disbursements, 
upon  the  death  of  a  beneficiary,  if  any  payment  for  the 
contract  is  made  prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary  or  the 
purchaser  enters  into  an  insurance  contract  or  plan  under 
which  a  licensee  is  to  receive  directly  or  indirectly  the  pro- 
ceeds of  the  insurance  policy  upon  the  death  of  the  benefi- 
ciary; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30 

"prepayment"  means  the  payment  or  the  guarantee  of  a  pay- 
ment pursuant  to  a  prepaid  contract; 

"prepayment  funds"  means  the  money  deposited  in  trust 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  income  therefrom 
and  includes  the  proceeds  of  an  insurance  policy  received 
by  a  Hcensee; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

"Registrar"  means  the  Registrar  of  the  Board; 

"regulations"  means  regulations  made  under  this  Act; 

"transfer  service"  means  a  service  to  the  public  with  respect 
to  the  disposition  of  dead  human  bodies,  including  the 
transportation  of  dead  human  bodies  and  the  fiUing  out  of 
the  necessary  documentation  with  respect  to  the  disposition 
of  dead  human  bodies; 

"Tribunal"  means  The  Commercial  Registration  Appeal 
Tribunal. 

2. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  appointed  by  the  Board  Registrar 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  The  Registrar  may  exercise  the  powers  and  shall  per-  Powers  of 


form  the  duties  conferred  or  imposed  on  the  Registrar  by  or 
under  this  Act  under  the  supervision  of  the  Board. 


Registrar 


(3)  The  Registrar  shall  maintain  one  or  more  registers  in  Registers 
which  is  entered  every  person  who  is  licensed  under  this  Act, 
identifying  the  conditions  and   limitations  attached  to  the 
licence,  and  shall  note  on  the  register  every  revocation,  sus- 
pension and  cancellation  or  termination  of  a  licence  and  such 

other  information  as  the  DiscipHne  Committee  directs. 

(4)  Any  person  has  the  right,  during  normal  business  hours,  inspection 
to  inspect  the  registers  maintained  by  the  Registrar. 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  provide  to  any  person,  upon  pay-  Copies 
ment  of  a  reasonable  charge  therefor,  a  copy  of  any  part  of 

the  registers  maintained  by  the  Registrar. 

3. — (1)  The  Board  of  Funeral  Services,  a  body  corporate,  Boa^d 
is  continued  as  a  corporation  without  share  capital. 

(2)  The  principal  object  of  the  Board  is  to  regulate  the  Principal 
practices  of  funeral  directors  and  persons  who  operate  funeral  °  ^^"^ 
estabUshments  and  transfer  services  in  accordance  with  this 


4  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMEhTTS  1989 

Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws  in  order  that  the  public 
interest  may  be  served  and  protected. 

Additional  (3)  Por  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  its  principal  object,  the 

o  jects  Board  has  the  following  additional  objects: 

1.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards  of 
knowledge  and  skill  among  funeral  directors  and 
persons  who  operate  funeral  estabUshments  and 
transfer  services. 

2.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards  of 
qualification  and  standards  of  practice  for  funeral 
directors  and  persons  who  operate  funeral  establish- 
ments and  transfer  services. 

3.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards  of 
professional  ethics  among  funeral  directors  and  per- 
sons who  operate  funeral  establishments  and  trans- 
fer services. 

4.  To  administer  the  Compensation  Fund. 

5.  To  oversee  and  inspect  trust  accounts  that  funera 
establishments  and  transfer  services  are  required  b; 
law  to  establish  or  maintain. 

6.  To  mediate  complaints  between  consumers  am 
licensees. 

7.  To  establish  and  develop  standards  for  funera 
establishments. 

8.  To  perform  such  other  duties  and  exercise  sucl 
other  powers  as  are  imposed  or  conferred  on  th< 
Board  by  or  under  any  Act. 

Capacity  and       (4)  por  the  purpose  of  Carrying  out  its  objects,  the  Boar< 
fiSard^  °        has  the  capacity  and  the  powers  of  a  natural  person. 

Duties  of  (5)  The  Board  shall, 


Board 


(a)  review  the  operation  of  this  Act  and  the  regulation 
and  make  recommendations  to  the  Minister  there- 
on; 

(b)  approve  or  set  courses  of  study  and  examinations 
for  the  qualification  of  applicants  for  licences;  and 

(c)  carry  out  such  duties  as  are  prescribed.  -f 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


4. — (1)  The  Board  shall  be  composed  of  the  following  Composition 
members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council: 

1.  A  prescribed  number  of  funeral  directors,  one  of 
whom, 

i.  is  not  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  establish- 
ment, 

ii.  is  not  a  director  of  a  corporation  that  is 
licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  establishment,  or 

iii.  does  not  direct  the  operation  of  a  funeral 
establishment. 

2.  A   prescribed   number   of   persons   who    are   not 
funeral  directors. 

(2)  The  members  of  the  Board  shall  be  appointed  to  hold  Term  of 
office  for  a  term  not  exceeding  three  years  and  may  be  reap- 
pointed   for    further    successive    terms,    but    shall    not    be 
appointed  or  reappointed  for  more  than  six  successive  years. 

(3)  A  vacancy  on  the  Board  caused  by  the  death,  resigna-  vacancy 
tion,  removal  or  incapacity  to  act  of  a  member  may  be  filled 

by  the  appointment  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  of 
a  person  to  hold  office  for  the  unexpired  portion  of  the  term 
of  office  of  such  member. 

(4)  Five  members  of  the  Board,  at  least  two  of  whom  shall  Quorum 
be  members  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  (1), 
constitute  a  quorum. 

(5)  The  Board  shall  appoint  a  chairperson  and  vice-chair-  officers 
person  and  such  other  officers  as  are  considered  necessary 

from  among  the  members  of  the  Board. 


(6)  The  members  of  the  Board, 

(a)  appointed  under  paragraph  1  of  subsection  (1)  shall 
be  paid  by  the  Board  such  expenses  and  remunera- 
tion as  are  prescribed;  and 


Expenses  and 
remuneration 
of  members 
of  Board 


(b)  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  (1)  shall 
be  paid,  out  of  the  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by 
the  Legislature,  such  expenses  and  remuneration  as 
are  determined  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council. 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTTS 


1989 


Staff  (7)  The  Board  may  employ  such  employees  and  retain  such 

assistance  as  is  necessary  to  perform  the  work  of  the  Board 
and  may  determine  their  salary,  remuneration  and  terms  and 
conditions  of  employment. 


Meetings  of 
Board 


(8)  The  Board  shall  meet  at  least  four  times  a  year. 


Continuation       (^9)  xhc  members  of  the  Board  who  were  in  office  immedi- 
members        ^tcly  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act  are  continued  in 

office  until  the  expiration  of  their  terms  or  until  their  offices 

otherwise  become  vacant. 


Annual 
report 


(10)  The  Board  shall  deliver  to  the  Minister  each  year  an 
annual  report  on  the  affairs  of  the  Board  and  on  the  operation 
of  the  Compensation  Fund. 


Idem 


(11)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  annual  report  to  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
session. 


Powers  of 
Minister 


5.  The  Minister  may,  in  addition  to  any  other  powers  and 
duties  conferred  on  the  Minister  by  or  under  any  Act, 


(a)  review  the  activities  of  the  Board; 

(b)  request  the  Board  to  undertake  activities  that,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  are  necessary  and 
advisable  to  carry  out  the  intent  of  this  Act; 

(c)  advise  the  Board  with  respect  to  the  implementa- 
tion of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  with  respect 
to  the  methods  used  or  proposed  to  be  used  by  the 
Board  to  implement  policies  and  to  enforce  its 
by-laws  and  procedures. 


By-laws  5, — (1)  The  Board  may  pass  by-laws  relating  to  the  admin- 

istrative and  domestic  affairs  of  the  Board  not  inconsistent 
with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and,  without  limiting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing, 

1.  specifying  the  seal  of  the  Board; 

2.  providing  for  the  execution  of  documents  by  the 
Board; 


I 


3.      respecting  banking  and  finance; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  7 

4.  fixing  the  financial  year  of  the  Board  and  providing 
for  the  audit  of  the  accounts  and  transactions  of  the 
Board; 

5.  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conducting  of 
meetings  of  the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board 
and  the  duties  of  members  of  the  Board  and  com- 
mittees of  the  Board; 

6.  providing  for  a  code  of  ethics; 

7.  delegating  to  the  Executive  Committee  such  powers 
and  duties  of  the  Board  as  are  set  out  in  the  by- 
laws, other  than  the  power  to  make,  amend  or 
revoke  regulations  and  by-laws; 

8.  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conducting  of 
meetings  of  licensees; 

9.  providing  for  the  use  of  forms; 

10.  providing  procedures  for  the  making,  amending  and 
revoking  of  the  by-laws; 

11.  respecting  management  of  the  property  of  the 
Board; 

12.  providing  for  the  appointment,  composition,  powers 
and  duties  of  committees  in  addition  to  those  com- 
mittees established  under  subsection  7  (1); 

13.  respecting  the  application  of  the  funds  of  the  Board 
and  the  investment  and  reinvestment  of  any  of  its 
funds  not  immediately  required,  and  for  the  safe- 
keeping of  its  securities; 

14.  respecting  membership  of  the  Board  in  other  organ- 
izations, the  payment  of  annual  assessments  and 
provision  for  representatives  at  meetings; 

15.  respecting  the  appointment  of  inspectors  by  the 
Registrar  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

16.  providing  for  meetings  of  the  Board  and  commit- 
tees, except  in  a  proceeding  in  respect  of  a  licence, 
by  means  of  conference  telephone  or  other  commu- 
nications equipment  by  means  of  which  all  persons 
participating  in  the  meeting  can  hear  each  other, 
and  a  member  of  the  Board  or  committee  partici- 
pating in  a  meeting  in  accordance  with  such  by-law 


8  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

shall  be  deemed  to  be  present  in  person  at  the 
meeting; 

17.  providing  that  the  Board  or  a  committee  may  act 
upon  a  resolution  consented  to  by  the  signatures  of 
all  members  of  the  Board  or  the  committee  except 
in  a  proceeding  in  respect  of  a  licence,  and  a  resolu- 
tion so  consented  to  in  accordance  with  such  a  by- 
law is  as  valid  and  effective  as  if  passed  at  a  meeting 
of  the  Board  or  the  committee  duly  called,  consti- 
tuted and  held  for  that  purpose; 

18.  providing  for  the  payment  of  necessary  expenses  of 
the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board  in  the  con- 
duct of  their  business; 

19.  providing  for  the  Board  to  enter  into  arrangements 
on  behalf  of  licensees  with  respect  to  the  bonding  of 
licensees  and  requiring  the  payment  and  remittance 
of  premiums  in  connection  therewith,  setting  levies 
that  shall  be  paid  by  licensees  and  exempting  licen- 
sees or  any  class  thereof  from  all  or  any  part  of  such 
levy; 

20.  providing  for  the  establishment  of  group  insurance, 
plans,  other  than  for  professional  liability,  in  which! 
licensees  may  participate  on  a  voluntary  basis; 

21.  regarding  such  other  matters  as  are  entailed  in  car- 
rying on  the  business  of  the  Board. 

Distribution        (2)  A  copy  of  the  by-laws  made  under  subsection  (1)  and 
^"^^^       amendments  thereto, 

(a)  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  Minister; 

(b)  shall  be  forwarded  to  each  licensee;  and 

(c)  shall  be  available  for  public  inspection  in  the  office 
of  the  Board. 

Minister  may  (3)  At  any  time  bcforc  or  after  receiving  a  copy  of  a  by-law 
amend  °'  made  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  may,  by  an  order  in 
by-laws  writing,  rcvokc  or  amend  the  by-law. 

Idem  (4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  a  by-law  is  effective  until  so 

revoked  or  amended  by  the  Minister  and  no  act  done  or  right 
acquired  under  any  such  by-law  before  revocation  or  amend- 
ment by  the  Minister  is  prejudicially  affected  by  the  revoca- 
tion or  amendment. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  9 

7. — (1)  The  Board  shall  establish  and  appoint  the  follow-  Estabiish- 

^   '.^^  '■  '^  ment  of 

ing  committees:  committees 

1.  Executive  Committee. 

2.  Licensing  Committee. 

3.  Complaints  Committee. 

4.  Discipline  Committee. 

5.  Compensation  Fund  Committee. 

(2)  The  Board  may  establish  such  other  committees  in  addi-  ^^^^ 
tion  to  those  established  under  subsection  (1)  as  the  Board 
from  time  to  time  considers  necessary. 

(3)  If  one  or  more  vacancies  occur  in  the  membership  of  a  vacancies 
committee,  the  members  remaining  constitute  the  committee 

so  long  as  their  number  is  not  fewer  than  a  quorum  of  the 
committee. 

8. — (1)  The  Executive  Committee  shall  be  composed  of  Executive 
three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4(1). 

(2)  Two  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  constitute  a  Quorum 
quorum. 

(3)  The  Board  may  delegate  to  the  Executive  Committee  Powers  of 

Executive 

the  authority  to  exercise  any  power  or  perform  any  duty  of  committee 
the  Board,  other  than  to  make,  amend  or  revoke  a  by-law. 

(4)  Subject  to  rat  fication  by  the  Board  at  its  next  ensuing  urgent 
meeting,  the  Executive  Committee  may  take  action  upon  any  '"^  ^'^ 
other  matter  that  requires  immediate  attention  between  meet- 
ings of  the  Board,  other  than  to  make,  amend  or  revoke  a 
by-law. 

9. — (1)  The  Licensing  Committee  shall  be  composed  of  Licensing 
three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom     ^"^™  ^^ 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4(1). 

(2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Licensing  Chairperson 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 

(3)  Two  members  of  the  Licensing  Committee  constitute  a  Quorum 
quorum. 


10 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Complaints 
Committee 


10. — (1)  The  Complaints  Committee  shall  be  composed  of 
three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4(1). 


Idem 


(2)  No  person  who  is  a  member  of  the  Discipline  Commit- 
tee shall  be  a  member  of  the  Complaints  Committee. 


Chairperson        (3)  Yhc  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Complaints 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 

Quorum  (4)  Xwo  members  of  the  Complaints  Committee  constitute 

a  quorum. 


Discipline 
Committee 


11. — (1)  The  Discipline  Committee  shall  be  composed  of 
four  members  of  the  Board,  two  of  whom  shall  be  persons 
appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  4  (1). 


Chairperson        (2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Discipline 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 


Quorum 


(3)  Three  members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  constitute 
a  quorum. 


Majority  vote  (4)  All  disciplinary  decisions  of  the  Discipline  Committee^ 
require  the  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Disci- 
pline Committee  present  at  the  hearing. 

Disability  of        (5)  jf  tj^g  Discipline  Committee  commences  a  hearing  and  a 
mem  er         member  of  the  Discipline  Committee  is  unable  to  continue  to 

act,  the  remaining  members  may  complete  the  hearing  despite^ 

the  absence  of  the  member. 

compen-  12. — (1)  The   Compensation   Fund   Committee   shall   be 

Committee      composcd  of  three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board, 

two  of  whom  shall  be  persons  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of, 

subsection  4  (1). 


Chairperson        (2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Compensa- 
tion Fund  Committee  to  be  chairperson. 


Quorum 


(3)  Two  members  of  the  Compensation  Fund  Committee 
constitute  a  quorum. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
Licensing 
Committee 

Recommen- 
dations 


13. — (1)  The  Licensing  Committee  shall  consider  all  mat- 
ters that  are  referred  to  it  by  the  Registrar  under  section  22. 

(2)  The  Licensing  Committee  may  make  recommendations 
to  the  Registrar  with  respect  to. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  11 

(a)  the  eligibility  of  an  applicant  for  a  licence  or  a 
renewal  of  a  licence; 

(b)  issuing  or  refusing  to  issue  a  licence  to  an  applicant 
for  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence; 

(c)  issuing  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence  to  an 
applicant  subject  to  conditions; 

(d)  suspending  or  revoking  the  licence  of  a  licensee; 

(e)  the  desirability  of  requiring  an  applicant  for  a 
licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence  or  a  licensee  to 
take  and  pass  such  additional  training  or  part 
thereof  that  may  be  prescribed;  or 

(f)  exempting  an  applicant  for  a  license  or  a  renewal  of 
a  licence  or  a  licensee  from  any  licensing  require- 
ment. 

14. — (1)  The  Complaints  Committee  shall  consider  and  Duties  of 
investigate  complaints  regarding  the  conduct  or  actions  of  any  commfttee 
licensee,  but  no  action  shall  be  taken  by  the  Complaints  Com- 
mittee under  subsection  (2)  unless, 

(a)  a  written  complaint  has  been  filed  with  the  Regis- 
trar and  the  licensee  whose  conduct  or  actions  are 
being  investigated  has  been  notified  of  the  com- 
plaint and  given  at  least  two  weeks  in  which  to  sub- 
mit in  writing  to  the  Committee  any  explanations  or 
representations  the  licensee  may  wish  to  make  con- 
cerning the  matter;  and 

(b)  the  Committee  has  examined  or  has  made  every 
reasonable  effort  to  examine  all  records  and  other 
documents  relating  to  the  complaint. 

(2)  The  Complaints   Committee   in  accordance  with  the  '''em 
information  it  receives  may, 

(a)  consider  all  or  part  of  the  matter; 

(b)  direct  that  all  or  part  of  the  matter  be  referred  to 
the  Discipline  Committee;  and 

(c)  subject  to  subsection  (9),  take  or  recommend  such 
action  that  it  considers  appropriate  in  the  circum- 
stances and  that  is  not  inconsistent  with  this  Act, 
the  regulations  or  the  by-laws. 


12 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Notice 


Hearing 


Notice 


Decisions  (3)  The  Complaints  Committee  shall  advise  the  Registrar  in 

and  reasons     ^jj^jjjg  Qf  jjjg  action  it  proposcs  to  take  or  recommend  and  its 
reasons  therefor. 

(4)  Subsection  (3)  does  not  apply  to  a  matter  that  is  refer- 
red to  the  Discipline  Committee. 

(5)  The  Complaints  Committee  is  not  required  to  hold  a 
hearing  or  to  afford  any  person  an  opportunity  for  a  hearing 
or  to  make  oral  submissions  before  it  prior  to  it  taking  action 
or  making  a  recommendation  under  this  section. 

(6)  The  Registrar  shall  send  to  the  complainant  and  to  the 
person  complained  against  by  prepaid  first  class  mail  a  copy  of 
the  proposal  of  the  Complaints  Committee  and  its  reasons 
therefor,  if  any,  together  with  notice  that  informs  the  person 
to  whom  it  is  sent  that  the  person  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by 
the  Tribunal  if  the  person  mails  or  delivers  to  the  Registrar 
and  to  the  Tribunal,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  notice  is 
served  on  the  person,  notice  in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  and 
the  person  may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 

(7)  If  a  complainant  or  the  person  complained  against  does 
not  require  a  hearing  by  the  Tribunal,  the  Complaints  Com- 
mittee may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated  in  the  notice  to  the 
complainant  or  the  person  complained  against. 

(8)  If  the  complainant  or  the  person  complained  against 
requires  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and 
hold  a  hearing. 

(9)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order 
direct  the  Complaints  Committee  to  carry  out  the  proposal  or 
refrain  from  carrying  out  the  proposal  and  to  take  such  action 
as  the  Tribunal  considers  the  Complaints  Committee  ought  to 
take  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and,  for 
such  purposes,  the  Tribunal  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  thai; 
of  the  Complaints  Committee. 

(10)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  as 
it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(11)  The  Registrar,  the  person  who  required  the  hearing 
and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal  may  specify  are  parties 
to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal  under  this  section. 

Reference  by       15,  Dcspitc  subscctiou  14  (1),  the  Board  or  the  Executive 
SutiVe       Committee  may  direct  the  Discipline  Committee  to  hold  a 
Committee      hearing  and  determine  any  allegation  of  professional  miscon- 
duct or  incompetence  on  the  part  of  a  funeral  director. 


No  hearing 


Hearing 


Order 


Conditions 


Parties 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  13 

16. — (1)  The  Discipline  Committee  shall,  Duties  of 

^   ^  Discipline 

Committee 

(a)  when  so  directed  by  the  Board,  Executive  Commit- 
tee or  Complaints  Committee,  hear  and  determine 
allegations  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompe- 
tence against  a  funeral  director; 

(b)  hear  and  determine  matters  referred  to  it  by  the 
Board,  Registrar,  Executive  Committee  or  Com- 
plaints Committee  under  this  Act  with  respect  to 
funeral  directors;  and 

(c)  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  it  by 
the  Board, 

(2)  A  funeral  director  may  be  found  guilty  of  professional  Professional 
misconduct  by  the  Discipline  Committee  if,  miscon  uc 

(a)  the  funeral  director  has  been  found  guilty  of  an 
offence  that  is  relevant  to  the  funeral  director's  suit- 
ability to  practise  as  a  funeral  director,  upon  proof 
of  such  conviction;  or 

(b)  the  funeral  director  has  been  guilty  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Discipline  Committee  of  professional  miscon- 
duct as  prescribed. 

(3)  The  Discipline  Committee  may  find  a  funeral  director  incompetence 
to  be  incompetent  if  in  its  opinion, 

(a)  the  funeral  director  has  displayed  in  the  providing 
or  in  directing  the  providing  of  funeral  services  or 
funeral  supplies  or  in  performing  or  supervising  the 
performing  of  an  embalming,  a  lack  of  knowledge, 
skill  or  judgment  of  a  nature  or  to  an  extent  that 
demonstrates  the  funeral  director  is  unfit  to  con- 
tinue as  a  funeral  director; 

(b)  the  funeral  director  is  suffering  from  a  physical  or 
mental  condition  or  disorder  of  a  nature  and  extent 
that  makes  it  desirable  in  the  interest  of  the  public 
that  the  funeral  director  no  longer  be  permitted  to 
continue  as  a  funeral  director. 

(4)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  finds  a  funeral  director  ^"^'^^'^j^J 
guihy  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompetence,  it  may  by  committee 
order  do  any  of  the  following  things  or  any  combination  of  the 
following  things: 

1.      Revoke  the  licence  of  the  funeral  director. 


14 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


2.  Suspend  the  licence  of  the  funeral  director  for  a 
stated  period. 

3.  Impose  restrictions  on  the  licence  of  the  funeral 
director  for  a  period  and  subject  to  the  conditions 
specified  by  the  Discipline  Committee. 

4.  Reprimand  the  funeral  director  and  direct  that  the 
fact  of  the  reprimand  be  recorded  on  the  applicable 
register. 

5.  Impose  such  fine  as  the  Discipline  Committee  con- 
siders appropriate  to  a  maximum  of  $10,000  to  be 
paid  by  the  funeral  director  to  the  Treasurer  oi 
Ontario  for  payment  into  the  Consolidated  Revenue 
Fund. 

6.  Direct  that  the  imposition  of  a  penalty  be  susi 
pended  or  postponed  for  the  period  and  upon  the 
terms  specified  by  the  Discipline  Committee. 


Costs 


Stay  on 
appeal  for 
incompetence 


Stay  on 
appeal  for 
professional 
misconduct 


Service  of 
decision  of 
Discipline 
Committee 


Continuation 
on  expiry  of 
Committee 
membership 


(5)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  is  of  the  opinion  that  the 
commencement  of  the  proceedings  was  unwarranted,  the 
Committee  may  order  that  the  Board  reimburse  the  funeral 
director  for  the  funeral  director's  costs  or  such  portion  thereof 
as  the  Discipline  Committee  fixes. 

(6)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  revokes,  suspends  or 
restricts  a  licence  on  the  grounds  of  incompetence,  the  deci- 
sion takes  effect  immediately  despite  the  fact  that  an  appeal  is 
taken  from  the  decision,  unless  the  court  to  which  the  appeal 
is  taken  otherwise  orders  and,  where  the  court  is  satisfied  that 
it  is  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  the  court  may  so  order. 

(7)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  revokes,  suspends  or 
restricts  a  licence  on  grounds  other  than  for  incompetence,  the 
order  does  not  take  effect  until  the  time  for  appeal  from  the 
order  has  expired  without  an  appeal  being  taken  or,  if  taken, 
the  appeal  has  been  disposed  of  or  abandoned,  unless  the  Dis- 
cipline Committee  otherwise  orders,  and,  where  the  Commit- 
tee considers  that  it  is  appropriate  for  the  protection  of  the 
public,  the  Committee  may  so  order. 

(8)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  finds  a  funeral  director 
guilty  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompetence,  a  copy  of 
the  decision  shall  be  served  upon  the  person  complaining  in 
respect  of  the  conduct  or  action  of  the  funeral  director. 

(9)  If  a  proceeding  is  commenced  before  the  Discipline 
Committee  and  the  term  of  office  on  the  Board  or  on  the 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


15 


Committee  of  a  member  sitting  for  the  hearing  expires  or  is 
terminated  before  the  proceeding  is  disposed  of  but  after  evi- 
dence has  been  heard,  the  member  shall  be  deemed  to  remain 
a  member  of  the  Discipline  Committee  for  the  purpose  of 
completing  the  disposition  of  the  proceeding  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  if  his  or  her  term  of  office  had  not  expired  or  been  ter- 
minated. 

17. — (1)  In  proceedings  before  the  Discipline  Committee,  Parties  to 
the  Board  and  the  funeral  director  whose  conduct  is  being  proceedhigs 
investigated  in  the  proceedings  are  parties  to  the  proceedings. 

(2)  A  funeral  director  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  Examination 
in  proceedings   before   the   Discipline   Committee   shall  be  documentary 
afforded  an  opportunity  to  examine  before  the  hearing  any  evidence 
written  or  documentary  evidence  that  will  be  produced  or  any 
report  the  contents  of  which  will  be  given  in  evidence  at  the 
hearing. 


(3)  Members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  holding  a  hear- 
ing shall  not  have  taken  part  before  the  hearing  in  any  investi- 
gation of  the  subject-matter  of  the  hearing  other  than  as  a 
member  of  the  Board  considering  the  referral  of  the  matter  to 
the  Discipline  Committee  or  at  a  previous  hearing  of  the 
Committee. 


Members 
holding 
hearing  not 
to  have 
taken  part  in 
investigation, 
etc. 


(4)  Members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  shall  not  commu- 
nicate directly  or  indirectly  in  relation  to  the  subject-matter  of 
the  hearing  with  any  person  or  with  any  party  or  representa- 
tive of  a  party  except  upon  notice  to  and  opportunity  for  all 
parties  to  participate. 


No 

communi- 
cation 


(5)  The  Discipline  Committee  may  seek  legal  advice  from  Advice 
an  adviser  independent  from  the  parties  and,  in  such  case,  the 
nature  of  the  advice  shall  be  made  known  to  the  parties  in 
order  that  they  may  make  submissions  as  to  the  law. 

(6)  The  oral  evidence  taken  before  the  Discipline  Commit-  Recording  of 
tee  shall  be  recorded  and,  if  so  required,  copies  or  a  transcript 

thereof  shall  be  furnished  only  to  the  parties  at  the  cost  to  the 
parties. 


(7)  Documents  and  things  put  in  evidence  at  a  hearing  of  Release  of 
the  Discipline  Committee  shall,  upon  the  request  of  the  per-  e^dmcT^'^ 
son  who  produced  them,  be  released  to  the  person  by  the 
Committee  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  matter  in  issue 
has  been  finally  determined. 


16 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Appeal  to  18, — (1)  A  party  to  proceedings  before   the   Discipline 

Tnbunai  Committee  may  appeal  from  its  decision  or  order  to  the 
Tribunal. 

Application  (2)  Subscctions  14  (6)  to  (11)  apply  with  necessary  modifi- 
cations to  an  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  from  a  decision  or  order 
of  the  Discipline  Committee. 


Licence 
required 


19. — (1)  No  person  shall  act  or  imply  that  the  person  is 
available  to  act  as  a  funeral  director  unless  the  person  is 
licensed  to  do  so. 


Idem 


IS 


(2)  No  person  shall  operate  or  imply  that  the  person 
available  to  operate  a  funeral  establishment  unless  the  persoi 
is  licensed  to  do  so. 


Idem 


(3)  No  person  shall  operate  or  imply  that  the  person 
available  to  operate  a  transfer  service  unless, 


(a)  the  person  is  licensed  to  do  so;  or 

(b)  the  person  is  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  establish- 
ment and  the  transfer  service  is  operated  as  part  of 
the  normal  operation  of  the  funeral  establishment. 


Idem 


(4)  No  person  other  than  a  funeral  director  who  is  licensed 
to  do  so  shall  perform  or  imply  that  the  person  is  available  to 
perform  embalming. 


Place  of 
business 


Funeral 
services 


Idem 


(5)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  except 
at  a  place  that  is  named  in  the  licence  of  the  person. 

(6)  No  funeral  director  shall  offer  funeral  services  except 
through  an  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment. 

(7)  No  funeral  director  shall  offer  funeral  services  to  the 
public  except  through  an  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment 
who  is  licensed  to  do  so. 


Funeral  (g)  No  Operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  shall  employ  a 

esta  IS  ment  pgj.gQjj  ^^  ^  funeral  director  unless  the  person  is  licensed  as  a 
funeral  director. 


Direction  and 
management 


(9)  Every  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  shall  ensure 
that  the  funeral  establishment  is  managed  and  directly  super- 
vised by  a  funeral  director  who  is  responsible  for  the  conduct 
or  misconduct  of  any  person  to  whom  the  funeral  director 
delegates  responsibilities. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


17 


(10)  No  funeral  director  shall  manage  and  directly  super-  Wem 
vise  the  operation  of  more  than  one  funeral  establishment 
except  as  prescribed. 

(11)  Each  corporation  that  is  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  corporation 
establishment  shall  ensure  that  at  least  one  of  the  directors  of 

the  corporation  is  a  funeral  director. 

(12)  Subsections  (1)  and  (4)  do  not  apply,  Exceptions 

(a)  to  a  student  in  a  training  program  who  is  working 
under  the  supervision  and  in  the  presence  of  a 
funeral  director;  or 

(b)  to  a  student  who  is  enrolled  in  a  recognized  course 
of  funeral  services  education  and  who  is  working 
under  the  supervision  and  in  the  presence  of  the 
instructor  of  the  course. 

(13)  Subsection  (4)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  employed  in  w^™ 
|a    recognized    school    of   medicine    or    anatomy    while    so 

I  employed. 

20. — (1)  A  person  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a  licence  Application 
[to  operate  a  funeral  estabUshment  or  to  operate  a  transfer 
I  service. 

(2)  A  person  who  has  successfully  completed  the  educa-  ^^^^ 
tional  requirements  that  are  prescribed  may  apply  to  the 
Registrar  for  a  licence  as  a  funeral  director. 

(3)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  Requirement 
licence  as  a  funeral  director  or  to  operate  a  funeral  establish- 
ment or  to  operate  a  transfer  service  except  if, 

(a)  the  applicant  cannot  reasonably  be  expected  to  be 
financially  responsible  in  the  conduct  of  the  appli- 
cant's business; 


(b)  the  past  and  present  conduct  of  the  applicant,  the 
officers  or  directors  of  the  applicant  or  persons 
holding  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the  equity  shares 
of  the  applicant  affords  reasonable  grounds  for 
belief  that  the  applicant  will  not  operate  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law  and  with  integrity  and  honesty; 

(c)  the  applicant  or  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  appU- 
cant  makes  a  false  statement  or  provides  a  false 
statement  in  an  application  for  a  licence; 


18 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


(d)  the  applicant  is  carrying  on  activities  that  are,  or 
will  be  if  the  applicant  is  licensed,  in  contravention 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(e)  the  applicant  will,  if  licensed,  be  carrying  on  activi- 
ties under  this  Act  and  the  regulations  that  are  in 
contravention  of  another  Act  or  a  municipal  by-law; 
or 

(f)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  that  operates  a  funeral 
establishment,  no  director  of  the  corporation  is  a 
funeral  director. 


Issue 


Conditions 


(4)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  as  a  funeral  director, 
to  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  to  operate  a  transfer  ser- 
vice, as  the  case  requires,  to  every  applicant  therefor  who 
pays  the  fee  that  is  prescribed,  complies  with  the  regulations 
and  is  not  disentitled  under  subsection  (3). 

(5)  A  licence  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con- 
sented to  by  the  applicant,  imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or  pre- 
scribed. 


Refusal  to 
issue 


Refusal  to 
renew 


Proposal 


Notice 


21. — (1)  Subject  to  section  22,  the  Registrar  may  refuse  to 
issue  a  licence  to  an  applicant  if  the  applicant  is  not  entitled  to 
a  licence  under  subsection  20  (3). 

(2)  Subject  to  section  22,  the  Registrar  may  refuse  to  renew 
or  may  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence, 

(a)  for  any  reason  that  would  disentitle  the  licensee  to  a 
licence  under  subsection  20  (3)  if  the  licensee  were 
an  applicant; 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  in  breach  of  a  condition  of  the 
licence;  or 

(c)  if  the  licensee  is  a  corporation  and  the  shareholders 
of  the  corporation  have  changed  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  extent  prescribed. 

22. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  proposes  to  refuse  to  issue  or 
renew  a  licence,  proposes  to  issue  a  licence  subject  to  condi- 
tions or  proposes  to  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence,  the  Registrar 
shall  serve  notice  of  the  proposal,  together  with  written  rea- 
sons therefor,  on  the  applicant  or  the  licensee. 

(2)  A  notice  under  subsection  (1)  shall  inform  the  applicant 
or  licensee  that  the  applicant  or  licensee  is  entitled  to  a  hear- 
ing by  the  Tribunal  if  the  applicant  or  licensee  mails  or  deliv- 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


19 


ers  to  the  Registrar  and  to  the  Tribunal,  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  notice  is  served  on  the  applicant  or  licensee,  notice 
in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  and  the  applicant  or  licensee 
may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 

(3)  If  an  applicant  or  registrant  does  not  require  a  hearing  No  hearing 
by  the  Tribunal,  the  Registrar  may  carry  out  the  proposal 

stated  in  the  notice  to  the  applicant  or  licensee. 

(4)  If  an  applicant  or  registrant  requires  a  hearing,  the  Hearing 
Tribunal  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  a  hearing. 

(5)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order  o^der 
direct  the  Registrar  to  carry  out  the  proposal  or  refrain  from 
carrying  out  the  proposal  and  to  take  such  action  as  the  Tribu- 
nal considers  the  Registrar  ought  to  take  in  accordance  with 

this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  for  such  purposes  the  Tribu- 
nal may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of  the  Registrar. 

(6)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  or  conditions 
to  the  licence  as  it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act. 

(7)  The    Registrar,    the    applicant   or    licensee    who    has  Parties 
required  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal 

may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal 
under  this  section. 

(8)  The  Registrar  may  cancel  a  licence  upon  the  request  in  Cancellation 
writing  of  the  licensee  and  the  surrender  of  the  licence  by  the 
licensee. 

(9)  The  Registrar  may  refer  any  matter  that  deals  with  Referral 
licensing  to  the  Licensing  Committee  for  their  recommenda- 
tions. 


23. — (1)  A  person  who  is  refused  a  licence  or  who  is  Application 
refused  a  renewal  of  a  licence  may  apply  in  writing  to  the 
Registrar  for  the  issuance  of  a  licence  only  if  at  least  one  year 
has  passed  since  the  refusal. 

(2)  A  person  whose  licence  is  revoked  under  this  Act  or  wem 
whose  registration  was  cancelled  under  a  predecessor  of  this 

Act  may  apply  in  writing  to  the  Registrar  for  the  issuance  of  a 
licence  only  if  at  least  one  year  has  passed  since  the  revoca- 
tion or  cancellation. 

(3)  A  person  whose  licence  is  suspended  under  this  Act  or  i^em 
whose  registration  was  suspended  under  a  predecessor  of  this 
Act,  for  more  than  one  year,  may  apply  in  writing  to  the  Reg- 


20 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


istrar  for  the  removal  of  the  suspension  only  if  at  least  one 
year  has  passed  since  the  suspension. 


Temporary 
order 


24. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  proposes  to  suspend  or  revoke  a 
licence,  the  Registrar  may,  if  the  Registrar  considers  it  to  be 
necessary  in  the  public  interest,  by  order,  temporarily  suspend 
the  licence  and  the  order  shall  take  effect  immediately. 


Hearing  (2)  If  a  hearing  is  required  with  respect  to  a  proposal  to 

suspend  or  revoke  a  licence,  the  order  expires  fifteen  days 
after  the  date  of  the  notice  requiring  the  hearing  unless  the 
hearing  is  commenced,  in  which  case  the  Tribunal  holding  the 
hearing  may  extend  the  time  of  expiration  until  the  hearing  is 
concluded. 


No  licence 


(3)  If  the  Registrar  by  order  temporarily  suspends  a  licence 
under  this  section  or  subsection  22  (2),  the  licensee  shall  dur- 
ing the  term  of  the  suspension  be  considered  not  to  be 
licensed  under  this  Act. 


stay 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  274 


25.  Despite  the  fact  that  a  licensee  appeals  from  an  order 
of  the  Tribunal  under  section- 11  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer 
and  Commercial  Relations  Act,  the  order  takes  effect  immedi- 
ately but  the  Tribunal  may  grant  a  stay  until  the  disposition  of 
the  appeal. 


Continuation  26.  If  in  the  time  prescribed  therefor  or,  if  no  time  is  pre- 
scribed before  the  expiry  of  the  licensee's  licence,  a  licensee 
applies  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  renewal  of  the  licence 
and  pays  the  fee  prescribed,  the  licence  shall  be  deemed  to 
continue, 

(a)  until  the  renewal  is  granted;  or 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  served  with  a  notice  that  the  Regis- 
trar proposes  to  refuse  to  grant  the  renewal,  until 
the  time  for  giving  notice  requiring  a  hearing  has 
expired  and,  if  a  hearing  is  required,  until  the 
Tribunal  has  made  its  order. 


Advertising  27. — (1)  If  the  Director  or  the  Registrar  believes,  on  rea- 
sonable and  probable  grounds,  that  a  person  licensed  under 
this  Act  has  made  a  false  or  misleading  public  representation 
or  that  a  representation  is  in  contravention  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations,  the  Director  or  the  Registrar  shall  order  the  per- 
son to  stop  making  the  representation  and  in  the  order  shall 
set  out  the  reasons  for  the  order. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


21 


(2)  A  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1)  Compliance 
shall  immediately  comply  with  the  order  and  shall  refrain  from 
making  the  representation,  in  any  form,  in  the  future. 


(3)  Any  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  order  to  the  Tribunal. 

(4)  The  Tribunal  may  issue  a  stay  of  any  order  made  by  the  stay  of  order 
Registrar  under  subsection  (1). 


28.  If  a  person  is  entitled  to  the  repayment  of  money  paid  Repayment 
for  or  on  account  of  funeral  services,  the  operator  of  the 
funeral  establishment,  the  funeral  director  who  managed  or 
manages  the  operation  of  the  funeral  estabUshment  and  any 
funeral  director  in  the  employ  of  the  operator  of  the  funeral 
establishment  who  received  the  money  or  any  part  thereof  are 
liable  jointly  and  severally  with  any  other  person  who  is  liable 
for  the  repayment  of  the  money. 


29.  A  licence  is  not  required  with  respect  to  rites  and  cer- 
emonies traditionally  provided  at  a  place  of  worship. 


Place  of 
worship 


30. — (1)  No  person  other  than  a  person  who  is  licensed  to 
operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  a  transfer  service  and  who 
is  a  participant  in  good  standing  in  the  Compensation  Fund 
shall  enter  into  or  offer  to  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  with  a 
purchaser. 


Prepaid 
contracts 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  selling  funeral  Wem 
supplies  under  the  authority  of  the  Cemeteries  Act,  1989.  i989,  c.  ... 

31. — (1)  No  licensee  shall  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  Contracts 
that  contains  a  provision  for  the  payment  of  interment  rights 
in  a  cemetery  lot. 

(2)  All  goods  or  services  for  which  a  licensee  accepts  pay-  One  contract 
ment  in  respect  of  one  beneficiary  shall  be  included  in  one 
prepaid  contract. 

(3)  No  licensee  shall  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  that  Guarantee 
guarantees  the  price  of  any  goods  or  services  in  the  contract 

unless  the  price  of  all  goods  and  services  included  in  the  con- 
tract are  guaranteed. 


32. — (1)  Prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary,  the  pur-  Cancellation 
chaser  of  a  contract  may  cancel  the  contract  at  any  time 
except  if  the  contract  provides  otherwise. 


22 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


Prearrange- 
ment  fees 


Trust 


Cancellation 


Deductions 


Application 


Repayment 


Costs 


(2)  Prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary  but  after  the  death 
of  the  purchaser,  the  beneficiary  or  the  beneficiary's  personal 
representative  may  cancel  the  contract  at  any  time. 

(3)  After  the  death  of  the  beneficiary,  only  the  beneficiar- 
y's personal  representative  may  at  any  time  cancel  the  con- 
tract prior  to  the  delivery  of  all  the  services  contracted  for. 

(4)  Subsections  (1),  (2)  and  (3)  apply  to  contracts  entered 
into  before  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

33.  No  person  shall  charge  or  accept  any  payment  with 
respect  to  a  prearrangement. 

34. — (1)  Every  person  who  receives  a  payment  under  a 
prepaid  contract  shall  hold  the  amount  of  the  payment 
together  with  all  income  accrued  thereon  in  trust  until  it  is  dis- 
bursed in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

(2)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled,  the  person  holding 
the  funds  in  trust  under  the  contract  shall  forthwith  pay  the 
funds  and  all  income  accrued  thereon  to, 

(a)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  prior  to  the 
death  of  the  beneficiary,  the  purchaser  or  the  per- 
son set  out  in  the  contract; 

(b)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  prior  to  the 
death  of  the  beneficiary  but  after  the  death  of  the 
purchaser,  the  beneficiary;  or 

(c)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  after  the  death  of 
the  beneficiary,  the  estate  of  the  beneficiary. 

(3)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  after  thirty  days  of  the 
entering  into  of  the  contract,  the  person  paying  under  sub- 
section (2)  may  deduct  from  the  amount  paid  such  fees  as  are 
prescribed. 

(4)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  payment  made  to  an 
insurer  under  an  insurance  contract  or  plan. 

35. — (1)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  fulfilled,  the  balance,  if 
any,  of  the  prepayment  funds  that  are  in  excess  of  the  cost  of 
delivering  the  services  and  supplies  contracted  for  shall  be 
paid  to  the  beneficiary's  estate  forthwith  despite  any  contrary 
provision  in  the  contract. 

(2)  The  cost  of  delivering  the  services  and  supplies  required 
under  a  prepaid  contract  shall  not  exceed  the  amount  that 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  23 

would  Otherwise  be  charged  for  the  same  services  and  supplies 
if  there  had  not  been  prepayment. 

36. — (1)  A  prepaid  contract  is  not  enforceable  by  an  oper-  Contract 
ator  of  a  funeral  establishment  or  transfer  service  unless,  requirements 

(a)  it  is  written,  signed  by  both  parties  and  complies 
with  the  regulations; 

(b)  it  sets  out  the  purchaser's  cancellation  rights  under 
this  Act;  and 

(c)  the  owner  delivers  a  signed  copy  of  the  contract  to 
the  purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made. 

(2)  An  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  or  transfer  ser-  Refund  with 
vice  who  receives  money  under  a  contract  that  is  not  enforce-  '"^^'^^^^ 
able  because  of  the  application  of  this  section  shall  refund  to 

the  purchaser,  immediately  upon  written  demand,  with  inter- 
est at  the  prescribed  rate,  all  money  received. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  after  the  supplies  and  ser-  Exception 
vices  have  been  provided  under  the  contract. 

37.  Every  licensee  shall  make  such  information  as  is  pre-  P"*'1''^   . 
scribed  available  to  the  public  in  the  manner  and  form  pre-  '"°™^'°" 
scribed. 

38.— -(1)  No  person  shall  contact,  in  any  way,  a  person  in  ^°'',^.'JJ."8. 
a  hospital,  nursing  home  or  such  other  institution  as  is  pre-  ^^° 
scribed  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  be  made. 

(2)  No  person  shall  contact,  by  telephone  or  in  person,  a  ^^em 
person  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  be  made. 

(3)  This  section  does  not  prohibit.  Exception 

(a)  a  contact  made  at  the  request  of  the  person  being 
contacted;  or 

(b)  a  contact  with  a  licensee. 

39. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  Prohibition 
or  transfer  service  in  conjunction  with  the  owner  of  a  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium  in  a  manner  that  is  prescribed. 

(2)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  ^^^"^ 
transfer  service  from  locations  that  are  prescribed. 


24 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Restraining         4©, — (1)  If  the  Director  or  the  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that 
°^  "  a  person  is  not  complying  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations, 

despite  the  imposition  of  a  penalty  in  respect  of  the  non- 
compliance and  despite  the  fact  that  another  remedy  may  be 
available,  the  Director  or  the  Board  may  apply  to  a  judge  of 
the  High  Court  for  an  order  directing  the  person  to  comply. 


Idem 


(2)  Upon  an  application  under  subsection  (1),  the  judge 
may  make  the  order  applied  for  or  such  other  order  as  the 
judge  thinks  appropriate. 


Idem 


(3)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order 
made  under  subsection  (2). 


Freezing 
assets 


41. — (1)  If  the  Director  has  reasonable  and  probable 
grounds  to  believe  that  a  licensee  is  doing  or  is  about  to  do 
something  that  will  jeopardize  the  public  interest,  the  Director 
may  direct  any  person  holding,  having  on  deposit  or  control- 
ling assets  of  the  licensee  or  trust  funds  under  the  control  of 
the  licensee  to  hold  the  assets  or  trust  funds  until  further 
instructions  are  received  from  the  Director  to  release  a  partic- 
ular asset  or  trust  fund  from  the  direction. 


Scope  of 
direction 


(2)  In  the  case  of  a  bank  or  a  corporation,  a  direction 
under  subsection  (1)  applies  only  to  the  offices,  branches  or 
agencies  thereof  named  in  the  direction. 


Application         (3)  Any  pcrsou  named  in  a  direction  issued  under  sub- 

ror  Qircctions 

section  (1),  if  in  doubt  as  to  the  application  of  the  direction  to 
particular  assets  or  trust  funds,  may  apply  to  the  Director  for 
an  order  of  clarification. 


Revocation 
or 

amendment 
of  direction 


(4)  On  an  application  of  a  licensee  or  any  other  person  hav- 
ing an  interest  therein,  the  Director  may  make  an  order  on 
such  conditions  as  are  set  out  in  the  order  revoking  the  direc- 
tion or  consenting  to  the  release  of  a  particular  asset  or  trust 
fund  from  the  direction. 


Appeal  (5)  A  person  affected  by  a  direction  or  order  of  the  Direc- 

tor made  under  this  section  or  a  refusal  to  make  an  order  may 
appeal  to  the  Tribunal. 

Application  (6)  Subsections  14  (6)  to  (11)  apply  with  necessary  modifi- 
cations to  an  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  from  a  direction  or  order 
of  the  Director. 


Inspectors  42. — (1)  The  Registrar  or  a  Director  may  appoint  inspec- 

tors for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  there  is  compli- 
ance with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  25 

(2)  An  inspector  exercising  a  power  under  this  Act  shall,  on  Certificate  of 
request,  produce  his  or  her  certificate  of  appointment.  appointment 

43. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  ensuring  compUance  with  this  inspections 
Act  and  the  regulations,  an  inspector  may, 

(a)  enter  any  place  at  any  reasonable  time; 

(b)  request  the  production  for  inspection  of  documents 
or  things  that  may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection; 

(c)  inspect  and,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove, 
for  the  purpose  of  making  copies  or  extracts,  docu- 
ments or  things  relevant  to  the  inspection; 

(d)  inquire  into  negotiations,  transactions,  loans  or  bor- 
rowings of  a  licensee  and  into  assets  owned,  held  in 
trust,  acquired  or  disposed  of  by  a  licensee  that  are 
relevant  to  an  inspection; 

(e)  conduct  such  tests  as  are  reasonably  necessary  to 
determine  this  Act  and  the  regulations;  and 

(f)  remove  materials  or  substances  for  examination  or 
test  purposes  subject  to  the  licensee  or  other  occu- 
pant of  the  premises  being  notified  thereof. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  confer  a  power  of  Entry,  to 
entry  to  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dweUing  without  the  con-  ^^  '"^^ 
sent  of  the  occupier. 

(3)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  issue  a  warrant  authorizing  warrant 
the  person  named  in  the  warrant, 

(a)  to  do  anything  set  out  in  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (e)  or 

(f); 

(b)  to  search  for  and  seize  any  document  or  thing 
relevant  to  the  inspection;  or 

(c)  to  enter  and  search  a  room  actually  used  as  a 
dwelling. 

(4)  A  warrant  may  be  issued  under  subsection  (3)  if  the  jus-  Requirements 
tice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  on  information  under  oath  that,  in  to^s^Se'^^" 
the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under, 

(a)  clause  (3)  (a),  an  inspector  has  been  prevented  from 
doing  anything  permitted  under  clause  (1)  (a),  (c), 
(e)  or  (f)  or  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe 


26 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHME>rrS 


1989 


that  an  inspector  may  be  prevented  from  doing  any 
of  those  things; 

(b)  clause  (3)  (b),  to  search  for  and  seize  a  document  or 
thing  that  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe  will 
afford  evidence  relevant  to  a  contravention  of  this 
Act  or  the  regulations;  or 

(c)  clause  (3)  (c),  it  is  necessary  that  a  room  actually 
used  as  a  dwelling  be  entered  for  the  purposes  of 
carrying  out  an  inspection  or  there  is,  in  such  a 
room,  a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable 
ground  to  believe  is  relevant  to  an  inspection  under 
this  Act. 


Execution  of 
warrant 


(5)  A  warrant  issued  under  this  section  shall  specify  the 
hours  and  days  during  which  it  may  be  executed. 


Expiry  (6)  Uuless  renewed,  a  warrant  under  this  section  expires 

not  later  than  thirty  days  after  the  date  on  which  it  is  made. 


Notice  not 
required 


(7)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  issued  or  renewed 
before  or  after  expiry  upon  application  without  notice. 


Experts  (g)  An  inspector  is  entitled  to  call  upon  such  experts  as  are 

necessary  to  assist  the  inspector  in  carrying  out  an  inspection 
under  this  Act. 


Assistance 


(9)  A  person  doing  anything  under  the  authority  of  a  war- 
rant issued  under  this  section  is  authorized  to  call  on  such 
police  officers  to  assist  and  to  use  such  force  as  is  necessary  in 
the  execution  of  the  warrant. 


Copies  (10)  An  inspector  taking  material  in  order  to  copy  it  shall 

make  the  copy  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  shall  promptly 
return  the  material  taken. 


Admissibility 
of  copies 


(11)  Copies  of,  or  extracts  from,  documents  and  things 
removed  under  this  section  and  certified  as  being  true  copies 
of,  or  extracts  from,  the  originals  by  the  person  who  made 
them  are  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same  extent  as,  and 
have  the  same  evidentiary  value  as,  the  documents  or  things 
of  which  they  are  copies  or  extracts. 


Obstruction 
of  inspector 


44. — (1)  No  person  shall  obstruct  an  inspector  in  carrying 
out  an  inspection  under  this  Act  or  withhold,  destroy,  conceal 
or  refuse  to  provide  any  relevant  information  or  thing 
required  for  the  purpose  of  the  inspection. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


27 


(2)  It  is  a  condition  of  each  licence  issued  under  this  Act  Facilitating 


that   the 
licence. 


licensee   facilitate   an   inspection   relevant   to   the 


inspection 


45. — (1)  The  Director  or  Registrar  may  apply  to  a  judge  Appointment 
or  a  local  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  for  the  appointment  of  and^manager 
a  receiver  and  manager  of  an  involved  funeral  establishment 
or  transfer  service  if, 

(a)  the  Director  or  Registrar  has  reasonable  and  proba- 
ble grounds  to  believe  that  a  person  registered 
under  this  Act  has  failed  or  is  about  to  fail  to  pro- 
vide contracted  and  paid  for  funeral  services  to  a 
cUent; 

(b)  the  Director  or  Registrar  is  advised  that  a  proposal 
to  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence  under  section  21  or 
to  temporarily  suspend  a  licence  under  section  24 
has  been  made;  or 

(c)  the  Director  has  directed  or  is  about  to  make  a 
direction  under  section  41. 


(2)  A  judge,  upon  an  application  being  made  under  sub- 
section (1),  without  notice  or,  if  the  judge  considers  that 
notice  should  be  given,  upon  such  notice  as  the  judge  stipu- 
lates, may,  if  it  is  considered  in  the  public  interest  and  subject 
to  the  Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada),  appoint  a  receiver  and  man- 
ager to  take  possession  and  control  of  the  business  of  the  per- 
son in  respect  of  whom  an  action  referred  to  in  subsection  (1) 
applies  for  a  period  not  exceeding  sixty  days. 


Idem 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  B-3 


(3)  An  appointment  made  under  subsection  (2)  may  be  Extension 
extended,  upon  an  application  without  notice,  for  an  addi- 
tional period  not  exceeding  sixty  days. 

(4)  A  receiver  and  manager  appointed  under  subsection  (2)  Receiver  and 
shall  take  possession  and  control  of  the  assets  of  the  business  laking^'^ 
and  shall  thereafter  conduct  the  business  and  take  such  steps  control 

as  in  the  opinion  of  the  receiver  and  manager  should  be  taken 
toward  its  rehabilitation. 


(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  the  receiver  and  '"^^m 
manager  have  all  the  powers  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
corporation,  if  the  business  is  a  corporation,  or  of  a  sole  pro- 
prietor or  all  partners  if  the  business  is  not  a  corporation  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  receiver 
and  manager  may, 


28 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Enforcement 
of  order 


Rules  of 
practice 


Regulations 


(a)  exclude  the  directors,  officers,  servants  and  agents 
of  the  business  from  the  premises  and  property  of 
the  business;  and 

(b)  carry  on,  manage  and  conduct  the  operations  of  the 
business  and  in  the  name  of  the  business  preserve, 
maintain,  realize,  dispose  of  and  add  to  the  prop- 
erty of  the  business  and  receive  the  incomes  and 
revenues  of  the  business. 

(6)  An  order  made  under  this  section  may  be  enforced  in 
the  same  manner  as  any  order  or  judgment  of  the  Supreme 
Court  and  may  be  varied  or  discharged  upon  an  application 
made  by  notice. 

(7)  Upon  an  application  being  made  under  this  section,  the 
rules  of  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court  apply. 

46. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

1.  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  trust  accounts  shall 
be  kept  and  accounted  for; 

2.  providing  for  the  inspection  of  trust  accounts; 

3.  prescribing  the  duties  of  depositories  with  respect  t( 
trust  funds  held  under  this  Act; 


4.  requiring  receipts  to  be  given  by  licensees  witl 
respect  to  contracts; 

5.  providing  for  the  establishment,  maintenance  anc 
administration  of  the  Compensation  Fund; 

6.  prescribing  provisions  that  relate  to  the  investinj 
and  paying  out  of  moneys  from  the  Compensatioi 
Fund; 

7.  providing  for  the  payment  of  levies  into  the  Com 
pensation  Fund  and  prescribing  the  amounts  o 
levies; 

8.  providing  for  appeals  from  a  refusal  to  pay  out  of 
the  Compensation  Fund; 

9.  governing  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  trustee 
administering  the  Compensation  Fund; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  29 

10.  requiring  the  purchase  of  bonds  for  the  purpose  of 
indemnifying  the  Compensation  Fund; 

11.  prescribing  the  terms  and  amounts  of  bonds; 

12.  providing  for  payment  out  of  the  Compensation 
Fund  of  claims  and  procedures  to  be  followed  with 
respect  thereto; 

13.  requiring  participation  in  the  Compensation  Fund 
by  licensees; 

14.  on  any  matter  relating  generally  to  the  purchase, 
renewal  or  terms  of  a  bond  or  the  disposition  of 
payments  received  thereunder; 

15.  governing  the  form  and  content  of  contracts  and 
receipts,  including  the  cancellation  of  contracts; 

16.  prescribing  the  terms  that  a  contract  shall  be 
deemed  to  contain; 

17.  prescribing  conditions  under  which  contracts  may  be 
assigned  and  prohibiting  assignments  that  are  not  in 
accordance  with  the  prescribed  conditions; 

18.  regulating,  limiting  or  prohibiting  the  soliciting  of 
contracts; 

19.  governing  the  term  during  which  each  class  or  type 
of  licence  is  valid; 

20.  exempting  any  person  or  thing  or  class  of  person  or 
thing  from  the  application  of  any  provision  of  this 
Act  or  the  regulations  and  prescribing  conditions 
for  any  exemption; 

21.  authorizing  persons,  other  than  funeral  directors,  to 
perform  specified  acts  in  the  providing  of  funeral 
services  under  the  supervision  or  direction  of  a 
funeral  director; 

22.  governing  the  books,  accounts,  records  and  infor- 
mation that  shall  be  kept  by  licensees  and  that  shall 
be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 

23.  prescribing  fees  and  requiring  the  payment  of  fees; 

24.  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 


30  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

25.  prescribing  educational  requirements  and  testing 
requirements  on  an  initial  and  ongoing  basis  for 
licensees  and  employees  of  licensees; 

26.  governing  applications  for  licences  and  renewals  of 
licences; 

27.  prescribing  classes  of  licences; 

28.  governing  the  requirements  and  qualifications  for 
the  issuing  of  licences  and  prescribing  the  conditions 
for  obtaining  and  maintaining  a  licence; 

29.  governing  standards  of  practice  and  operation  for 
licensees; 

30.  respecting  the  methods  and  materials  that  may  be 
used  in  providing  funeral  services; 

31.  prohibiting  or  governing  the  advertising  of  funeral 
services  or  funeral  supplies  and  prohibiting  or  gov- 
erning the  display  of  funeral  supplies  to  the  public; 

32.  governing  the  construction,  location,  equipment, 
maintenance,  repairs,  additions  and  alterations  to 
funeral  establishments  and  governing  the  informa- 
tion, plans  and  materials  to  be  furnished  to  the 
Registrar  with  respect  thereto; 

33.  governing  the  equipment  and  practices  with  respect 
to  the  embalming,  transportation,  preparation  and 
disposal  of  dead  human  bodies; 

34.  regulating,  controlling  and  prohibiting  the  use  of 
terms,  titles  or  designations  by  licensees; 

35.  prescribing  practices  or  actions  that  are  evidence  of 
incompetence  or  lack  of  honesty  and  integrity; 

36.  governing  the  availability  and  display  of  funeral 
services  and  funeral  supplies; 

37.  prescribing  specifications  and  minimum  require- 
ments for  funeral  services  and  funeral  supplies; 

38.  prescribing,  for  any  notice  required  to  be  given 
under  this  Act,  the  type  of  notice  and  the  manner  in 
which  it  is  to  be  given; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  31 

39.  governing  the  payment  of  money  into  and  out  of 
trust  funds,  including  the  time  within  which  and  the 
circumstances  under  which  payments  are  to  be 
made; 

40.  providing  for  the  maintenance  and  inspection  of 
registers  of  persons  who  are  licensed; 

41.  prescribing  anything  that  is  referred  to  in  this  Act  as 
being  prescribed. 

(2)  A  regulation  made  under  this  Act  may  be  of  limited  Limited 

^ ,.      ,  •  application 

application,  ^^ 

(3)  A  regulation  made  under  this  section  may  be  retro-  Retroactive 
active  in  effect  and  may  apply  to  contracts  entered  into  before 

this  Act  comes  into  force. 

47. — (1)  Every  person  who,  Offence 

(a)  furnishes  false,  misleading  or  incomplete  informa- 
tion in  an  application  under  this  Act  or  in  a  state- 
ment or  return  required  to  be  furnished  under  this 
Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  a  direction  or  order  made  under 
this  Act;  or 

(c)  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(2)  Every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  concurs  i^em 
in  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(3)  An  individual  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  ^^^^ 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  on  a  sub- 
sequent conviction  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year. 

(4)  A  corporation  that  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  i«iem 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $40,000. 

(5)  No  proceeding  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced  Limitation 
more  than  two  years  after  the  facts  upon  which  the  proceed- 
ings are  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Director. 

(6)  A  statement  as  to  the  time  when  the  facts  upon  which  Certificate  as 
proceedings  are  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the 


32 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Restitution 


Director  purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Director  is,  without 
proof  of  the  office  or  signature  of  the  Director,  admissible  in 
evidence  in  any  proceeding,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the 
contrary,  as  evidence  of  the  facts  stated  therein. 

(7)  If  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Act, 
the  court  making  the  conviction  may,  in  addition  to  any  other 
penalty,  order  the  person  convicted  to  make  compensation  or 
restitution  in  relation  thereto. 


Matters 
confidential 


48. — (1)  Every  person  employed  in  the  administration  of 
this  Act,  including  any  person  making  an  inspection  under  this 
Act  and  any  member  of  the  Board  or  a  committee  of  the 
Board,  shall  preserve  secrecy  with  respect  to  all  matters  that 
come  to  the  person's  knowledge  in  the  course  of  the  person's 
duties,  employment,  inquiry  or  inspection  and  shall  not  com- 
municate any  such  information  to  any  other  person  except, 

(a)  as  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  or  any  pro- 
ceedings under  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 


(b)  to  the  person's  counsel; 

(c)  with  the  consent  of  the  person  to  whom  the  infor- 
mation relates;  or 

(d)  to  an  employee  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations  or  to  an  employee  of  another 
ministry  who  requires  the  information  in  the  perfor- 
mance of  his  or  her  duties  and  if  disclosure  is  neces- 
sary for  the  administration  of  this  Act  or  any  other 
Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder  administered  by 
the  Minister. 


Idem 


(2)  The  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 
or  another  ministry  may  disclose  information  in  its  custody  or 
control  to  an  employee  of  the  Board  if, 

(a)  the  personal  information  is  reasonably  required  to 
verify  the  truth  of  the  contents  of  an  application  for, 
or  an  application  for  renewal  of,  a  licence  or  to  ver- 
ify the  truth  of  any  other  information  supplied  in 
support  of  any  such  application;  or 

(b)  the  Ministry  or  agency  of  the  Ministry  has  reason- 
able grounds  to  believe  that  the  personal  informa- 
tion is  relevant  to  a  person's  qualification  to  hold  a 
licence. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


33 


(3)  No  person  to  whom  subsection  (1)  applies  shall  be  Testimony  in 
required  to  give  testimony  in  any  civil  suit  or  proceeding  with 
regard  to  information  obtained  by  the  person  in  the  course  of 
the  person's  duties,  employment,  inquiry,  investigation  or 
inspection  except  in  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  or  the 
regulations. 


49.  A  statement  as  to, 

(a)  the  licensing  or  non-licensing  of  any  person; 

(b)  the  fiUng  or  non-fiUng  of  any  document  or  material 
required  or  permitted  to  be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 
or 

(c)  any  other  matter  pertaining  to  licensing,  non- 
licensing,  filing  or  non-filing, 

containing  information  from  the  records  kept  by  the  Registrar 
under  this  Act  purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Registrar 
under  the  seal  of  the  Board  is,  without  proof  of  the  office  or 
signature  of  the  Registrar,  admissible  in  evidence  in  any  pro- 
ceeding, in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  as  evi- 
dence of  the  facts  stated  therein. 


Certificate  as 
evidence 


50. — (1)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  under  this  Service 
Act  or  the  regulations  is  sufficiently  given,  served  or  delivered 
if  delivered  personally  or  sent  by  first  class  mail  addressed  to 
the  person  to  whom  it  is  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  at 
that  person's  last  known  address. 

(2)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  sent  by  first  class  ^^^^ 
mail  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
given,  served  or  delivered  on  the  fifth  day  after  the  day  of 
mailing,  unless  the  person  to  whom  it  is  sent  establishes  that 
the  notice,  order  or  other  document  was  not  received  until  a 
later  date  because  of  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause 
beyond  that  person's  control. 


51. — (1)  A  funeral  director  who  is  registered  with  the 
Board  of  Funeral  Services  under  the  Funeral  Services  Act  on 
the  date  this  Act  comes  into  force  is  deemed  to  be  licensed  as 
a  funeral  director  until  the  expiration  of  the  licence,  unless  the 
licence  is  sooner  surrendered,  suspended  or  revoked. 

(2)  A  person  who  is  licensed  with  the  Board  of  Funeral 
Services  under  the  Funeral  Services  Act  to  establish  and  main- 
tain a  funeral  services  establishment  on  the  date  this  Act 
comes  into  force  is  deemed  to  be  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral 


Transition 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  180 


Idem 


34 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Funeral 
Services 
Review 
Board  not 
continued 


establishment  until  the  expiration  of  the  licence,  unless  the 
licence  is  sooner  surrendered,  suspended  or  revoked. 

52.  The  board  known  as  the  Funeral  Services  Review 
Board  is  dissolved  and  any  matter  before  the  Board  on  the 
date  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be  dealt  with  by  the 
Tribunal. 


Repeals  53,  The  foUowing  are  repealed: 

1.      The  Funeral  Services  Act,  being  chapter  180  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


2.  Section    3    of   the    Mobility    Rights    Statute    Law 
Amendment  Act,  1985,  being  chapter  5. 

3.  The  Prearranged  Funeral  Services  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 387  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980. 

54.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

55.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Funeral  Directors  and 
Establishments  Act,  1989. 


Bill  30  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  30 


An  Act  respecting 
Funeral  Directors  and  Establishments 


The  Hon.  G.  Sorbara 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


1st  Reading       June  12th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  21st,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Resources  Development  Committee) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Funeral  Directors  and  Establishments  Act,  1989  replaces  the  Funeral  Services  Act 
and  the  Prearranged  Funeral  Services  Act. 

Some  features  of  the  Bill  are  as  follows: 

1.  Funeral  establishments,  funeral  directors  and  transfer  services  will  be  licensed 
by  the  Board  of  Funeral  Services  (the  Board). 

2.  The  Board  will  report  to  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations. 

3.  The  Board  will  continue  to  consist  of  funeral  directors  and  lay  people 
appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

4.  The  Board  is  responsible  for  the  education,  licensing  and  discipline  of  funeral 
directors,  funeral  establishments  and  transfer  services. 

5.  Decisions  of  the  Board  may  be  appealed  to  The  Commercial  Registration 
Appeal  Tribunal  (CRAT). 

6.  An  individual  who  meets  the  requirements  of  the  Act  will  be  licensed  as  a 
funeral  director  in  one  of  two  categories,  those  who  perform  embalming  and 
those  who  choose  not  to  perform  embalming. 

7.  Embalming,  visitation  or  the  arranging  of  a  funeral  is  only  available  to  the  pub- 
lic through  a  licensed  funeral  establishment. 

8.  A  funeral  establishment  must  be  managed  and  directly  supervised  by  a  licensed 
funeral  director. 

9.  A  transfer  service  may  only  provide  for  the  removal,  transportation  or  delivery, 
of  remains  and  the  filing  of  necessary  documentation.  A  transfer  service  need 
not  be  under  the  direction  of  a  licensed  funeral  director. 

10.  The  Bill  also  provides  for  inspections,  freezing  of  assets,  appointment  of  receiv- 
ers and  managers  and  restraining  and  cease  and  desist  orders. 

11.  Telephone  and  door-to-door  solicitation  for  the  sale  of  funeral  services  or  sup- 
plies is  prohibited. 

12.  The  Bill  provides  for  regulations  to  deal  with  itemized  price  lists  and  consumer 
information. 

13.  The  regulations  also  provide  authority  to  prohibit  funeral  establishments  from 
being  located  on  or  operated  in  connection  with  cemeteries  or  crematoria. 

14.  Funeral  establishments  and  transfer  services  will  be  required  under  the  regu- 
lations to  contribute  to  a  compensation  fund  to  compensate  consumers  in  the 
event  of  a  defalcation. 

15.  A  board  of  trustees  will  administer  the  compensation  fund. 

16.  All  moneys  received  for  a  prepaid  funeral  will  be  held  together  with  income 
accrued  in  trust  for  the  beneficiary  until  it  is  dispersed  in  accordance  with  the 
Act. 

17.  All  prepaid  contracts  may  be  cancelled  at  any  time  prior  to  the  services  being 
delivered.  If  the  contract  is  cancelled  within  thirty  days  of  signing,  no  adminis- 
tration fee  may  be  charged. 


Bill  30  1989 


An  Act  respecting 
Funeral  Directors  and  Establishments 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.     In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"beneficiary"  means  a  person  for  whom  funeral  services  or 
supplies,  or  both,  are  to  be  provided  under  a  contract  or 
prepaid  contract; 

"Board"  means  the  Board  of  Funeral  Services; 

"cemetery"  means  a  cemetery  within  the  meaning  of  the  ^989,  c.  ... 
Cemeteries  Act,  1989; 

"Compensation  Fund"  means  the  Prepaid  Funeral  Services 
Compensation  Fund  established  under  the  regulations; 

"contract"  means  an  agreement  wherein  a  person  provides  or 
agrees  to  provide  funeral  services  or  supplies,  or  both  or 
for  the  transportation  of  a  dead  human  bodv.  and  includes 
prepaid  contracts; 

"depository"  means  a  chartered  bank,  loan  or  trust  company. 
Province  of  Ontario  Savings  Office  or  a  credit  union  as 
defined  in  the  Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  Populaires  Act;        R so.  i980, 

^  '  c.  102 

"Director"  means  a  director  appointed  under  the  Ministry  of  R so.  i980, 
Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act; 

"disbursements"  means  payments  actually  made  by  a  funeral 
director  or  a  person  who  operates  a  funeral  establishment 
on  behalf  of  a  purchaser  of  funeral  services  or  supplies,  or 
both; 


2  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

"embalming"  means  the  preservation  and  disinfection  of  all  or 
part  of  a  dead  human  body  by  any  means  other  than  by 
refrigeration; 

"equity  share"  means  a  share  of  a  class  of  shares  that  carries  a 
voting  right  either  under  all  circumstances  or  under  some 
circumstances  that  have  occurred  and  are  continuing; 

"funeral"  means  a  rite  or  ceremony  in  connection  with  the 
death  of  a  person  where  the  body  is  present; 

"funeral  director"  means  an  individual  who  provides  or 
directs  the  providing  of  funeral  services; 

"funeral  establishment"  means  premises  where  funeral  ser- 
vices are  supplied; 

"funeral  services"  means  the  care  and  preparation  of  dead 
human  bodies  and  the  co-ordination  of  rites  and  ceremo- 
nies with  respect  to  dead  human  bodies,  but  does  not 
include  services  provided  by  a  cemetery  or  crematoriuni 
1989,  c.  ...  owner  under  the  Cemeteries  Act,  1989; 

"funeral  supplies"  means  goods  that  are  used  in  connection 
with  the  care  and  preparation  of  dead  human  bodies  or  the 
disposition  of  dead  human  bodies; 

"income"  means  the  interest  or  money  earned,  including  the 
compounding  thereof,  by  the  investment  of  funds  receivec 
under  a  prepaid  contract; 

"licence"  means  a  licence  issued  under  this  Act  anc 
"licensed"  has  a  corresponding  meaning; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations; 

"prearrangement"  means  an  arrangement  for  the  provision  of 
specific  funeral  services,  supplies  or  transportation  of  a 
dead  human  body  on  the  death  of  a  person  who  is  alive  at 
the  time  the  arrangement  is  made; 

"prepaid  contract"  means  an  agreement  whereby  a  person 
contracts  with  a  purchaser  to  provide  or  make  provision  for 
funeral  services,  funeral  supplies,  or  both,  or  for  the  trans- 
portation of  a  dead  human  body,  including  disbursements, 
upon  the  death  of  a  beneficiary,  if  any  payment  for  the 
contract  is  made  prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary  or  the 
purchaser  enters  into  an  insurance  contract  or  plan  under 
which  a  licensee  is  to  receive  directly  or  indirectly  the  pro- 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30 

ceeds  of  the  insurance  policy  upon  the  death  of  the  benefi- 
ciary; 

"prepayment"  means  the  payment  or  the  guarantee  of  a  pay- 
ment pursuant  to  a  prepaid  contract; 

"prepayment  funds"  means  the  money  deposited  in  trust 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  income  therefrom 
and  includes  the  proceeds  of  an  insurance  policy  received 
by  a  licensee; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

"Registrar"  means  the  Registrar  of  the  Board; 

"regulations"  means  regulations  made  under  this  Act; 

"transfer  service"  means  a  service  to  the  pubUc  with  respect 
to  the  disposition  of  dead  human  bodies,  including  the 
transportation  of  dead  human  bodies  and  the  filling  out  of 
the  necessary  documentation  with  respect  to  the  disposition 
of  dead  human  bodies; 

"Tribunal"  means  The  Commercial  Registration  Appeal 
Tribunal. 

2. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  appointed  by  the  Board  Registrar 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  The  Registrar  may  exercise  the  powers  and  shall  per-  Powers  of 
form  the  duties  conferred  or  imposed  on  the  Registrar  by  or  ^^^'^'"'^ 
under  this  Act  under  the  supervision  of  the  Board. 

(3)  The  Registrar  shall  maintain  one  or  more  registers  in  Registers 
which  is  entered, 

(a)  the  name  of  every  person  licensed  under  this  Act; 

(b)  any  conditions  and  limitations  imposed  on  a  licence 
by  the  Registrar,  a  Committee  or  the  Tribunal; 

(c)  the  fact  and  date  of  each  revocation,  suspension, 
cancellation  or  termination  of  a  licence; 

(d)  the  fact  and  amount  of  each  fine  imposed  by  the 
Discipline  Committee,  except  if  the  Discipline  Com- 
mittee directs  that  no  entry  with  respect  to  a  fine  be 
made; 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


(e)  the  fact  of  each  reprimand  made  by  the  Discipline 
Committee,  except  if  the  Discipline  Committee 
directs  that  no  entry  with  respect  to  the  reprimand 
be  made;  and 

(f)  such  other  information  in  addition  to  that  set  out  in 
clauses  (a)  to  (e)  as  is  prescribed.  "^' 

Inspection  (4)  Any  pcrson  has  the  right,  during  normal  business  hours, 

to  inspect  the  registers  maintained  by  the  Registrar. 

Copies  (5)  The  Registrar  shall  provide  to  any  person,  upon  pay- 

ment of  a  reasonable  charge  therefor,  a  copy  of  any  part  of 
the  registers  maintained  by  the  Registrar. 


Board  3, — (1)  jhc  Board  of  Funeral  Services,  a  body  corporate, 

is  continued  as  a  corporation  without  share  capital. 


Principal 
object 


Additional 
objects 


(2)  The  principal  object  of  the  Board  is  to  regulate  the 
practices  of  funeral  directors  and  persons  who  operate  funera 
establishments  and  transfer  services  in  accordance  with  thii 
Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws  in  order  that  the  publi 
interest  may  be  served  and  protected. 

(3)  For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  its  principal  object,  th( 
Board  has  the  following  additional  objects: 


1.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards 
knowledge  and  skill  among  funeral  directors  an 
persons  who  operate  funeral  establishments  an 
transfer  services. 


o 


2.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards  of 
qualification  and  standards  of  practice  for  funeral 
directors  and  persons  who  operate  funeral  establish- 
ments and  transfer  services. 

3.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards  of 
professional  ethics  among  funeral  directors  and  per- 
sons who  operate  funeral  establishments  and  trans- 
fer services. 

4.  To  administer  the  Compensation  Fund. 

5.  To  oversee  and  inspect  trust  accounts  that  funeral 
establishments  and  transfer  services  are  required  by 
law  to  establish  or  maintain. 


6.     To   mediate   complaints   between   consumers  and 
licensees. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  5 

7,  To  establish  and  develop  standards  for  funeral 
establishments. 

8.  To  perform  such  other  duties  and  exercise  such 
other  powers  as  are  imposed  or  conferred  on  the 
Board  by  or  under  any  Act. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  its  objects,  the  Board  Capacity  and 
has  the  capacity  and  the  powers  of  a  natural  person.  ^ard^  ° 

(5)  The  Board  shall,  Duties  of 

^   '  Board 

(a)  review  the  operation  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
and  make  recommendations  to  the  Minister  there- 
on; 

(b)  approve  or  set  courses  of  study  and  examinations 
for  the  qualification  of  applicants  for  licences;  and 

(c)  carry  out  such  duties  as  are  prescribed. 

4. — (1)  The  Board  shall  be  composed  of  the  following  Composition 
members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council: 

1.  A  prescribed  number  of  funeral  directors,  one  of 
whom, 

i.  is  not  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  establish- 
ment, 

ii.  is  not  a  director  of  a  corporation  that  is 
licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  establishment, 
and 

iii.  does  not  direct  the  operation  of  a  funeral 
establishment. 

2.  A  prescribed  number  of  persons  who  are  not 
funeral  directors. 

(2)  The  members  of  the  Board  shall  be  appointed  to  hold  Term  of 
office  for  a  term  not  exceeding  three  years  and  may  be  reap-  ^  "^^ 
pointed    for    further    successive    terms,    but    shall    not    be 
appointed  or  reappointed  for  more  than  six  successive  years. 

(3)  A  vacancy  on  the  Board  caused  by  the  death,  resigna-  vacancy 
tion,  removal  or  incapacity  to  act  of  a  member  may  be  filled 

by  the  appointment  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  of 
a  person  to  hold  office  for  the  unexpired  portion  of  the  term 
of  office  of  such  member. 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Quorum 


Officers 


(4)  Five  members  of  the  Board,  at  least  two  of  whom  shall 
be  members  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  (1), 
constitute  a  quorum. 

(5)  The  Board  shall  appoint  a  chairperson  and  vice-chair- 
person and  such  other  officers  as  are  considered  necessary 
from  among  the  members  of  the  Board. 


Expenses  and 
remuneration 
of  members 
of  Board 


(6)  The  members  of  the  Board, 

(a)  appointed  under  paragraph  1  of  subsection  (1)  shall 
be  paid  by  the  Board  such  expenses  and  remunera- 
tion as  are  prescribed;  and 


(b)  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  (1)  shall 
be  paid,  out  of  the  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by 
the  Legislature,  such  expenses  and  remuneration  as 
are  determined  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council. 


Staff 


Meetings  of 
Board 


(7)  The  Board  may  employ  such  employees  and  retain  such 
assistance  as  is  necessary  to  perform  the  work  of  the  Board 
and  may  determine  their  salary,  remuneration  and  terms  anc 
conditions  of  employment. 

(8)  The  Board  shall  meet  at  least  four  times  a  year. 

(9)  The  members  of  the  Board  who  were  in  office  immedi- 


in 


Continuation 

members        ately  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act  are  continued 

office  until  the  expiration  of  their  terms  or  until  their  offices 
otherwise  become  vacant. 


Annual 
report 


Idem 


(10)  The  Board  shall  deliver  to  the  Minister  each  year  an 
annual  report  on  the  affairs  of  the  Board  and  on  the  operation 
of  the  Compensation  Fund. 

(11)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  annual  report  to  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
session. 


Powers  of 
Minister 


5.  The  Minister  may,  in  addition  to  any  other  powers  and 
duties  conferred  on  the  Minister  by  or  under  any  Act, 


(a)  review  the  activities  of  the  Board; 

(b)  request  the  Board  to  undertake  activities  that,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  are  necessary  and 
advisable  to  carry  out  the  intent  of  this  Act; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30 

(c)  advise  the  Board  with  respect  to  the  implementa- 
tion of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  with  respect 
to  the  methods  used  or  proposed  to  be  used  by  the 
Board  to  implement  policies  and  to  enforce  its 
by-laws  and  procedures. 

6. — (1)  The  Board  may  pass  by-laws  relating  to  the  admin-  By-laws 
istrative  and  domestic  affairs  of  the  Board  not  inconsistent 
with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and,  without  limiting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing, 

1.  specifying  the  seal  of  the  Board; 

2.  providing  for  the  execution  of  documents  by  the 
Board; 

3.  respecting  banking  and  finance; 

4.  fixing  the  financial  year  of  the  Board  and  providing 
for  the  audit  of  the  accounts  and  transactions  of  the 
Board; 

5.  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conducting  of 
meetings  of  the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board 
and  the  duties  of  members  of  the  Board  and  com- 
mittees of  the  Board; 

6.  providing  for  a  code  of  ethics; 

7.  delegating  to  the  Executive  Committee  such  powers 
and  duties  of  the  Board  as  are  set  out  in  the  by- 
laws, other  than  the  power  to  make,  amend  or 
revoke  regulations  and  by-laws; 

8.  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conducting  of 
meetings  of  licensees; 

9.  providing  for  the  use  of  forms; 

10.  providing  procedures  for  the  making,  amending  and 
revoking  of  the  by-laws; 

11.  respecting  management  of  the  property  of  the 
Board; 

12.  providing  for  the  appointment,  composition,  powers 
and  duties  of  committees  in  addition  to  those  com- 
mittees established  under  subsection  7  (1); 


8  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

13.  respecting  the  application  of  the  funds  of  the  Board 
and  the  investment  and  reinvestment  of  any  of  its 
funds  not  immediately  required,  and  for  the  safe- 
keeping of  its  securities; 

14.  respecting  membership  of  the  Board  in  other  organ- 
izations, the  payment  of  annual  assessments  and, 
provision  for  representatives  at  meetings; 

15.  respecting  the  appointment  of  inspectors  by  the 
Registrar  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

16.  providing  for  meetings  of  the  Board  and  commit- 
tees, except  in  a  proceeding  in  respect  of  a  licencCj 
by  means  of  conference  telephone  or  other  commu^ 
nications  equipment  by  means  of  which  all  persons 
participating  in  the  meeting  can  hear  each  otherj 
and  a  member  of  the  Board  or  committee  particle 
pating  in  a  meeting  in  accordance  with  such  by-lav( 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  present  in  person  at  th( 
meeting; 

17.  providing  that  the  Board  or  a  committee  may  ac 
upon  a  resolution  consented  to  by  the  signatures  o 
all  members  of  the  Board  or  the  committee  excep 
in  a  proceeding  in  respect  of  a  licence,  and  a  resolu- 
tion so  consented  to  in  accordance  with  such  a  by 
law  is  as  valid  and  effective  as  if  passed  at  a  meetinj 
of  the  Board  or  the  committee  duly  called,  consti 
tuted  and  held  for  that  purpose; 

18.  providing  for  the  payment  of  necessary  expenses  o: 
the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board  in  the  con 
duct  of  their  business; 

19.  providing  for  the  Board  to  enter  into  arrangement 
on  behalf  of  licensees  with  respect  to  the  bonding  o 
licensees  and  requiring  the  payment  and  remittance 
of  premiums  in  connection  therewith,  setting  levies 
that  shall  be  paid  by  licensees  and  exempting  licen 
sees  or  any  class  thereof  from  all  or  any  part  of  suet 
levy; 

20.  providing  for  the  establishment  of  group  insurance 
plans,  other  than  for  professional  liability,  in  which 
licensees  may  participate  on  a  voluntary  basis; 

21.  regarding  such  other  matters  as  are  entailed  in  car- 
rying on  the  business  of  the  Board. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  9 

(2)  A  copy  of  the  by-laws  made  under  subsection  (1)  and  Distribution 

J  y \u        4.  ^    ^  of  by-laws 

amendments  thereto,  ' 

(a)  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  Minister; 

(b)  shall  be  forwarded  to  each  licensee;  and 

(c)  shall  be  available  for  public  inspection  in  the  office 
of  the  Board. 

(3)  At  any  time  before  or  after  receiving  a  copy  of  a  by-law  Minister  may 
made  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  may,  by  an  order  in  amend  °^ 
writing,  revoke  or  amend  the  by-law.  by-laws 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  a  by-law  is  effective  until  so  ^''em 
revoked  or  amended  by  the  Minister  and  no  act  done  or  right 
acquired  under  any  such  by-law  before  revocation  or  amend- 
ment by  the  Minister  is  prejudicially  affected  by  the  revoca- 
tion or  amendment. 

7. — (1)  The  Board  shall  establish  and  appoint  the  follow-  Estabiish- 

^   '.^^  ^^  ment  of 

ing  committees:  committees 

1.  Executive  Committee. 

2.  Licensing  Committee. 

3.  Complaints  Committee. 

4.  Discipline  Committee. 

5.  Compensation  Fund  Committee. 

(2)  The  Board  may  establish  such  other  committees  in  addi-  '''em 
tion  to  those  established  under  subsection  (1)  as  the  Board 
from  time  to  time  considers  necessary. 

(3)  If  one  or  more  vacancies  occur  in  the  membership  of  a  vacancies 
committee,  the  members  remaining  constitute  the  committee 

so  long  as  their  number  is  not  fewer  than  a  quorum  of  the 
committee. 

8. — (1)  The  Executive  Committee  shall  be  composed  of  Executive 
three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4(1). 

(2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Executive  chairperson 
Committee  to  be  chairperson.  -^^ 


10 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Quorum  Q)  Two  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  constitute  a 

quorum. 


Powers  of 
Executive 
Committee 


(4)  The  Board  may  delegate  to  the  Executive  Committee 
the  authority  to  exercise  any  power  or  perform  any  duty  of 
the  Board,  other  than  to  make,  amend  or  revoke  a  by-law. 


Urgent 
matters 


Licensing 
Committee 


Chairperson 


Quorum 


Complaints 
Committee 


Chairperson 


Quorum 


Discipline 
Committee 


Chairperson 


(5)  Subject  to  ratification  by  the  Board  at  its  next  ensuing 
meeting,  the  Executive  Committee  may  take  action  upon  any 
other  matter  that  requires  immediate  attention  between  meet- 
ings of  the  Board,  other  than  to  make,  amend  or  revoke  a 
by-law. 

9. — (1)  The  Licensing  Committee  shall  be  composed  of 
three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4  (1). 

(2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Licensing 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 

(3)  Two  members  of  the  Licensing  Committee  constitute  a 
quorum. 

10. — (1)  The  Complaints  Committee  shall  be  composed  of 
three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4(1). 

(2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Complaints 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 

(3)  Two  members  of  the  Complaints  Committee  constitute 
a  quorum. 

11. — (1)  The  Discipline  Committee  shall  be  composed  of 
four  members  of  the  Board,  two  of  whom  shall  be  persons 
appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  4  (1). 

(2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Discipline 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 


Quorum  (3)  Three  members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  constitute 

a  quorum. 

Majority  vote  (4)  All  disciplinary  decisions  of  the  Discipline  Committee 
require  the  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Disci- 
pline Committee  present  at  the  hearing. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  11 

(5)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  commences  a  hearing  and  a  Disability  of 
member  of  the  Discipline  Committee  is  unable  to  continue  to  ""^"^  ^^ 
act,  the  remaining  members  may  complete  the  hearing  despite 
the  absence  of  the  member, 

12. — (1)  The   Compensation   Fund   Committee   shall   be  Compen- 
composed  of  three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  committee 
two  of  whom  shall  be  persons  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of 
subsection  4  (1), 

(2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Compensa-  Chairperson 
tion  Fund  Committee  to  be  chairperson. 

(3)  Two  members  of  the  Compensation  Fund  Committee  Quorum 
constitute  a  quorum. 

13. — (1)  The  Licensing  Committee  shall  consider  all  mat-  Powers  and 
ters  that  are  referred  to  it  by  the  Registrar  under  section  22.       uci^siSg 

Committee 

(2)  The  Licensing  Committee  may  make  recommendations  Recommen- 
to  the  Registrar  with  respect  to,  '*^"°"' 

(a)  the  eligibility  of  an  applicant  for  a  licence  or  a 
renewal  of  a  licence; 

(b)  issuing  or  refusing  to  issue  a  licence  to  an  applicant 
for  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence; 

(c)  issuing  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence  to  an 
applicant  subject  to  conditions; 

(d)  suspending  or  revoking  the  licence  of  a  licensee; 

(e)  the  desirability  of  requiring  an  applicant  for  a 
licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence  or  a  licensee  to 
take  and  pass  such  additional  training  or  part 
thereof  that  may  be  prescribed;  or 

(f)  exempting  an  applicant  for  a  license  or  a  renewal  of 
a  licence  or  a  licensee  from  any  licensing  require- 
ment. 

14. — (1)  The  Complaints  Committee  shall  consider  and  Duties  of 
investigate  complaints  regarding  the  conduct  or  actions  of  any  commfttee 
licensee,  but  no  action  shall  be  taken  by  the  Complaints  Com- 
mittee under  subsection  (2)  unless, 

(a)  a  written  complaint  has  been  filed  with  the  Regis- 
trar and  the  licensee  whose  conduct  or  actions  are 
being  investigated  has  been  notified  of  the  com- 


12 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


plaint  and  given  at  least  two  weeks  in  which  to  sub- 
mit in  writing  to  the  Committee  any  explanations  or 
representations  the  licensee  may  wish  to  make  con- 
cerning the  matter;  and 


Idem 


(b)  the  Committee  has  examined  or  has  made  every 
reasonable  effort  to  examine  all  records  and  other 
documents  relating  to  the  complaint. 

(2)  The   Complaints   Committee   in  accordance  with  the 
information  it  receives  may, 


(a)  consider  all  or  part  of  the  matter; 

(b)  direct  that  all  or  part  of  the  matter  be  referred  to 
the  Discipline  Committee;  and 

(c)  subject  to  subsection  (9),  take  or  recommend  such 
action  that  it  considers  appropriate  in  the  circum- 
stances and  that  is  not  inconsistent  with  this  Act, 
the  regulations  or  the  by-laws. 

Decisions  (3)  xhc  Complaiuts  Committee  shall  advise  the  Registrar  in 

and  reasons  i^/         ^  ,,         \.        .,  ...  1         1  • 

writing  of  the  action  it  proposes  to  take  or  recommend  and  its 
reasons  therefor. 


Notice 


(4)  Subsections  (3)  and  (6)  do  not  apply  to  a  matter  that  is , 
referred  to  the  Discipline  Committee.  ^ 


Hearing  (5^  j\^q  Complaiuts  Committee  is  not  required  to  hold  a 

hearing  or  to  afford  any  person  an  opportunity  for  a  hearing 
or  to  make  oral  submissions  before  it  prior  to  it  taking  action 
or  making  a  recommendation  under  this  section. 


Notice  (^5^  Yhe  Registrar  shall  send  to  the  complainant  and  to  the 

person  complained  against  by  prepaid  first  class  mail  a  copy  of  • 
the  proposal  of  the  Complaints  Committee  and  its  reasons 
therefor,  if  any,  together  with  notice  that  informs  the  person 
to  whom  it  is  sent  that  the  person  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by 
the  Tribunal  if  the  person  mails  or  delivers  to  the  Registrar 
and  to  the  Tribunal,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  notice  is 
served  on  the  person,  notice  in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  and 
the  person  may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 

No  hearing  (7)  jf  ^  complainant  or  the  person  complained  against  does 
not  require  a  hearing  by  the  Tribunal,  the  Complaints  Com- 
mittee may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated  in  the  notice  to  the 
complainant  or  the  person  complained  against. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


13 


(8)  If  the  complainant  or  the  person  complained  against  Hearing 
requires  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and 

hold  a  hearing. 

(9)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order  Of'ier 
direct  the  Complaints  Committee  to  carry  out  the  proposal  or 
refrain  from  carrying  out  the  proposal  and  to  take  such  action 

as  the  Tribunal  considers  the  Complaints  Committee  ought  to 
take  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and,  for 
such  purposes,  the  Tribunal  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that 
of  the  Complaints  Committee. 

(10)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  as  Conditions 
it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(11)  The  Registrar,  the  person  who  required  the  hearing  Ponies 
and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal  may  specify  are  parties 

to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal  under  this  section. 

15.  Despite  subsection  14  (1),  the  Board  or  the  Executive  Reference  by 

Committee  may  direct  the  Discipline  Committee  to  hold  a  Executive 

hearing  and  determine  any  allegation  of  professional  miscon-  Committee 
duct  or  incompetence  on  the  part  of  a  funeral  director. 


16. — (1)  The  Discipline  Committee  shall, 

(a)  when  so  directed  by  the  Board,  Executive  Commit- 
tee or  Complaints  Committee,  hear  and  determine 
allegations  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompe- 
tence against  a  funeral  director; 


Duties  of 
Discipline 
Committee 


(b)  hear  and  determine  matters  referred  to  it  by  the 
Board,  Registrar,  Executive  Committee  or  Com- 
plaints Committee  under  this  Act  with  respect  to 
funeral  directors;  and 

(c)  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  it  by 
the  Board. 


(2)  A  funeral  director  may  be  found  guilty  of  professional  ^';°j^^^„^^°'^f' 
misconduct  by  the  Discipline  Committee  if,  ""^  ""  " ' 


misconduct 


(a)  the  funeral  director  has  been  found  guilty  of  an 
offence  that  is  relevant  to  the  funeral  director's  suit- 
ability to  practise  as  a  funeral  director,  upon  proof 
of  such  conviction;  or 

(b)  the  funeral  director  has  been  guilty  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Discipline  Committee  of  professional  miscon- 
duct as  prescribed. 


14  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

Incompetence  (3)  xhc  Discipline  Committee  may  find  a  funeral  director 
to  be  incompetent  if  in  its  opinion, 

(a)  the  funeral  director  has  displayed  in  the  providing 
or  in  directing  the  providing  of  funeral  services  or 
funeral  supplies  or  in  performing  or  supervising  the 
performing  of  an  embalming,  a  lack  of  knowledge, 
skill  or  judgment  of  a  nature  or  to  an  extent  that 
demonstrates  the  funeral  director  is  unfit  to  con- 
tinue as  a  funeral  director; 

(b)  the  funeral  director  is  suffering  from  a  physical  or 
mental  condition  or  disorder  of  a  nature  and  extent 
that  makes  it  desirable  in  the  interest  of  the  public 
that  the  funeral  director  no  longer  be  permitted  to 
continue  as  a  funeral  director. 

Examinations  Q)  jf  the  Discipline  Committee  is  required  to  hear  and 
determine  allegations  of  incompetence  under  clause  (3)  (b), 
the  Discipline  Committee  may  require  the  funeral  director 
who  is  the  subject  of  the  hearing  to  submit  to  a  physical  or 
mental  examination,  or  both,  by  such  persons  as  the  Board 
designates. 

Suspension  of      (5)  jf  a  funeral  director  fails  to  submit  to  an  examination 

licence  \^^' 

required  under  this  section,  the  Discipline  Committee  may 
order  that  the  licence  of  the  funeral  director  be  suspended 
until  the  funeral  director  submits  to  the  examination. 

Evidence  (5)  \  legally  quaUficd  medical  practitioner  who  conducts  a 

physical  or  mental  examination  required  under  this  section  is 
not  compellable  to  produce  at  the  hearing  his  or  her  case  his- 
tories, notes  or  any  other  records  that  may  constitute  medical 
evidence. 

Report  Q)  ^  persou  who  conducts  an  examination  under  this  sec- 

tion shall  upon  completing  the  examination  forthwith  prepare 
and  deliver  to  the  Registrar  a  report  that  contains  facts,  find- 
ings and  conclusions  and  suggested  treatment,  if  any. 

''*«'"  (8)  A  report  that  is  prepared  as  a  result  of  an  examination 

that  is  conducted  under  this  section  shall  be  delivered  by  the 
Registrar  to  the  funeral  director, 

(a)  if  the  examination  is  required  prior  to  the  hearing, 
at  least  five  days  prior  to  the  commencement  of  the 
hearing;  or 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


15 


(b)  if  the  examination  is  required  during  the  course  of 
the  hearing,  at  least  five  days  prior  to  its  introduc- 
tion as  evidence. 

(9)  A  report  that  is  prepared  as  a  resuh  of  an  examination  wem 
that  is  conducted  under  this  section  is  receivable  as  evidence 
without  proof  of  its  making  or  the  signature  of  the  person 
making  the  report. 


(10)  A  party  to  the  hearing  who  is  not  tendering  a  report  as  R'ght  ^ 
evidence  has  the  right  to  summon  and  cross  examine  the  per 
son  who  made  the  report  on  the  contents  of  the  report.      -^ 


cross 
examine 


(U)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  finds  a  funeral  director  Powers  of 
guilty  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompetence,  it  may  by  commttee 
order  do  any  of  the  following  things  or  any  combination  of  the 
following  things: 

1 .  Revoke  the  licence  of  the  funeral  director. 

2.  Suspend  the  licence  of  the  funeral  director  for  a 
stated  period. 

3.  Impose  restrictions  on  the  licence  of  the  funeral 
director  for  a  period  and  subject  to  the  conditions 
specified  by  the  Discipline  Committee. 

4.  Reprimand  the  funeral  director. 

5.  Impose  such  fine  as  the  Discipline  Committee  con- 
siders appropriate  to  a  maximum  of  $10,000  to  be 
paid  by  the  funeral  director  to  the  Treasurer  of 
Ontario  for  payment  into  the  Consolidated  Revenue 
Fund. 


6.  Direct  that  the  imposition  of  a  penalty  be  sus- 
pended or  postponed  for  the  period  and  upon  the 
terms  specified  by  the  Discipline  Committee. 

(12)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  imposes  a  fine  or  repri-  Entry  on 
mands   a  funeral  director,   the   Discipline   Committee   may  ^^^^^^^^ 
direct  that  the  fine  or  the  reprimand  not  be  entered  in  the 
applicable  register.  ^A^ 

(13)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  Costs 
commencement  of  the   proceedings  was   unwarranted,   the 
Committee  may  order  that  the  Board  reimburse  the  funeral 
director  for  the  funeral  director's  costs  or  such  portion  thereof 

as  the  DiscipUne  Committee  fixes. 


16 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Stay  on 
appeal  for 
incompetence 


(14)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  revokes,  suspends  or 
restricts  a  licence  on  the  grounds  of  incompetence,  the  deci- 
sion takes  effect  immediately  despite  the  fact  that  an  appeal  is 
taken  from  the  decision,  unless  the  Tribunal  otherwise  orders 
and,  where  the  Tribunal  is  satisfied  that  it  is  appropriate  in 
the  circumstances,  the  Tribunal  may  so  order.  -^^ 


Stay  on 
appeal  for 
professional 
misconduct 


(15)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  revokes,  suspends  or 
restricts  a  licence  on  grounds  other  than  for  incompetence,  the 
order  does  not  take  effect  until  the  time  for  appeal  from  the 
order  has  expired  without  an  appeal  being  taken  or,  if  taken, 
the  appeal  has  been  disposed  of  or  abandoned,  unless  the  Dis- 
cipline Committee  otherwise  orders,  and,  where  the  Commit- 
tee considers  that  it  is  appropriate  for  the  protection  of  the 
public,  the  Committee  may  so  order. 


Service  of 
decision  of 
Discipline 
Committee 


(16)  If  the  DiscipHne  Committee  finds  a  funeral  director 
guilty  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompetence,  a  copy  of 
the  decision  shall  be  served  upon  the  person  complaining  in 
respect  of  the  conduct  or  action  of  the  funeral  director. 


Continuation 
on  expiry  of 
Committee 
membership 


(17)  If  a  proceeding  is  commenced  before  the  Discipline 
Committee  and  the  term  of  office  on  the  Board  or  on  the 
Committee  of  a  member  sitting  for  the  hearing  expires  or  is 
terminated  before  the  proceeding  is  disposed  of  but  after  evi- 
dence has  been  heard,  the  member  shall  be  deemed  to  remain 
a  member  of  the  Discipline  Committee  for  the  purpose  of 
completing  the  disposition  of  the  proceeding  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  if  his  or  her  term  of  office  had  not  expired  or  been  ter- 
minated. 


Parties  to 
discipline 
proceedings 


17. — (1)  In  proceedings  before  the  Discipline  Committee, 
the  Board  and  the  funeral  director  whose  conduct  is  being 
investigated  in  the  proceedings  are  parties  to  the  proceedings. 


Examination 
of 

documentary 
evidence 


(2)  A  funeral  director  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated 
in  proceedings  before  the  Disciphne  Committee  shall  be 
afforded  an  opportunity  to  examine  before  the  hearing  any 
written  or  documentary  evidence  that  will  be  produced  or  any 
report  the  contents  of  which  will  be  given  in  evidence  at  the 
hearing. 


Members 
holding 
hearing  not 
to  have 
taken  part  in 
investigation, 
etc. 


(3)  Members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  holding  a  hear- 
ing shall  not  have  taken  part  before  the  hearing  in  any  investi- 
gation of  the  subject-matter  of  the  hearing  other  than  as  a 
member  of  the  Board  considering  the  referral  of  the  matter  to 
the  Discipline  Committee  or  at  a  previous  hearing  of  the 
Committee. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


17 


(4)  Members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  shall  not  commu- 


No 


nicate  directly  or  indirectly  in  relation  to  the  subject-matter  of  catToT"' 
the  hearing  with  any  person  or  with  any  party  or  representa- 
tive of  a  party  except  upon  notice  to  and  opportunity  for  all 
parties  to  participate. 

(5)  The  Discipline  Committee  may  seek  legal  advice  from  Advice 
an  adviser  independent  from  the  parties  and,  in  such  case,  the 
nature  of  the  advice  shall  be  made  known  to  the  parties  in 
order  that  they  may  make  submissions  as  to  the  law. 

(6)  The  oral  evidence  taken  before  the  Discipline  Commit-  Recording  of 
tee  shall  be  recorded  and,  if  so  required,  copies  or  a  transcript 

thereof  shall  be  furnished  only  to  the  parties  at  the  cost  to  the 
parties. 

(7)  Documents  and  things  put  in  evidence  at  a  hearing  of  Release  of 
the  Discipline  Committee  shall,  upon  the  request  of  the  per-  evkience^^'^ 
son  who  produced  them,  be  released  to  the  person  by  the 
Committee  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  matter  in  issue 

has  been  finally  determined. 

18. — (1)  A  party  to  proceedings  before   the   Discipline  Appeal  to 
Committee  may  appeal  from  its  decision  or  order  to  the 
Tribunal. 


(2)  Subsections  14  (6)  to  (11)  apply  with  necessary  modifi-  Application 
cations  to  an  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  from  a  decision  or  order 
of  the  Discipline  Committee. 

19. — (1)  No  person  shall  act  or  imply  that  the  person  is  Licence 


available  to  act  as 
licensed  to  do  so. 


a  funeral  director  unless  the  person  is 


required 


(2)  No  person  shall  operate  or  imply  that  the  person  is  i^em 
available  to  operate  a  funeral  establishment  unless  the  person 
is  licensed  to  do  so. 


(3)  No  person  shall  operate  or  imply  that  the  person  is  I'^em 
available  to  operate  a  transfer  service  unless, 

(a)  the  person  is  licensed  to  do  so;  or 

(b)  the  person  is  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  establish- 
ment and  the  transfer  service  is  operated  as  part  of 
the  normal  operation  of  the  funeral  establishment. 

(4)  No  person  other  than  a  funeral  director  who  is  licensed  w^m 
to  do  so  shall  perform  or  imply  that  the  person  is  available  to 
perform  embalming. 


18 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Place  of 
business 


Funeral 
services 


(5)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or 
transfer  service  except  at  a  place  that  is  named  in  the  licence 
of  the  person. 

(6)  No  funeral  director  shall  offer  funeral  services  except 
through  a  licensed  funeral  establishment. 


Idem  (7)  No  funeral  director  shall  offer  funeral  services  to  the 

public  except  through  an  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment 
who  is  licensed  to  do  so. 

Funeral  (g)  No  Operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  shall  employ  a 

establishment  p^j-^^j^  ^^  ^  funeral  director  unless  the  person  is  licensed  as  a 
funeral  director. 


Direction  and 
management 


(9)  Every  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  shall  ensure 
that  the  funeral  establishment  is  managed  and  directly  super- 
vised by  a  funeral  director  who  is  responsible  for  the  conduct 
or  misconduct  of  any  person  to  whom  the  funeral  director 
delegates  responsibilities. 


Idem 


Corporation 


(10)  No  funeral  director  shall  manage  and  directly  super- 
vise the  operation  of  more  than  one  funeral  establishment 
except  as  prescribed. 

(11)  Each  corporation  that  is  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral 
establishment  shall  ensure  that  at  least  one  of  the  directors  of 
the  corporation  is  a  funeral  director. 


Exceptions         (12)  Subscctions  (1)  and  (4)  do  not  apply, 

(a)  to  a  student  in  a  training  program  who  is  working 
under  the  supervision  and  in  the  presence  of  a 
funeral  director;  or 

(b)  to  a  student  who  is  enrolled  in  a  recognized  course 
of  funeral  services  education  and  who  is  working 
under  the  supervision  and  in  the  presence  of  the 
instructor  of  the  course. 


Idem 


(13)  Subsection  (4)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  employed  in 
a  recognized  school  of  medicine  or  anatomy  while  so 
employed. 


Application  20. — (1)  A  persou  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a  licence 
to  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  to  operate  a  transfer 
service. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  19 

(2)  A  person  who  has  successfully  completed  the  educa-  Jdem 
tional  requirements  that  are  prescribed  may  apply  to  the 
Registrar  for  a  licence  as  a  funeral  director. 

(3)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  Requirement 
licence  as  a  funeral  director  or  to  operate  a  funeral  establish- 
ment or  to  operate  a  transfer  service  except  if, 

(a)  the  applicant  cannot  reasonably  be  expected  to  be 
competent  or  financially  responsible  in  the  conduct 
of  the  applicant's  business; 

(b)  the  past  or  present  conduct  of  the  persons  referred 
to  in  subsection  (4)  affords  reasonable  grounds  for 
belief  that  the  applicant  will  not  operate  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law  and  with  integrity  and  honesty; 

(c)  the  applicant  or  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  appli- 
cant makes  a  false  statement  or  provides  a  false 
statement  in  an  application  for  a  licence; 

(d)  the  applicant  is  carrying  on  activities  that  are,  or 
will  be  if  the  applicant  is  licensed,  in  contravention 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(e)  the  applicant  will,  if  licensed,  be  carrying  on  activi- 
ties under  this  Act  and  the  regulations  that  are  in 
contravention  of  another  Act  or  a  municipal  by-law; 
or 

(f)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  that  operates  a  funeral 
establishment,  no  director  of  the  corporation  is  a 
funeral  director. 

(4)  Clause  (3)  (b)  applies  to  the  following  persons:  J'lem 

1.  The  applicant. 

2.  An  officer  or  director  of  the  applicant. 

3.  A  person  holding  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the 
equity  shares  of  the  applicant  or  an  officer  or  direc- 
tor of  such  person. 

4.  Any  person  having  a  beneficial  interest  in  the  oper- 
ation of  the  business  of  the  applicant  or  licensee. 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  as  a  funeral  director,  '«»"« 
to  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  to  operate  a  transfer  ser- 
vice, as  the  case  requires,  to  every  applicant  therefor  who 


20 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Conditions 


Refusal  to 
issue 


Refusal  to 
renew 


pays  the  fee  that  is  prescribed,  complies  with  this  Act  and  the 
regulations  and  is  not  disentitled  under  subsection  (3). 

(6)  A  licence  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con- 
senTed  to  by  the  applicant,  imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or  pre- 
scribed. 

21. — (1)  Subject  to  section  22,  the  Registrar  may  refuse  to 
issue  a  licence  to  an  applicant  if  the  applicant  is  not  entitled  to 
a  licence  under  subsection  20  (3). 

(2)  Subject  to  section  22,  the  Registrar  may  refuse  to  renew 
or  may  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence, 

(a)  for  any  reason  that  would  disentitle  the  licensee  to  a 
licence  under  subsection  20  (3)  if  the  licensee  were 
an  applicant; 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  in  breach  of  a  condition  of  the 
licence;  or 


Fees 


Proposal 


Notice 


No  hearing 


Hearing 


(c)  if  the  licensee  is  a  corporation  and  the  shareholders 
of  the  corporation  have  changed  in  the  manner  anc 
to  the  extent  prescribed. 

(3)  Subject  to  section  22,  the  Registrar  shall  refuse  to  issue 
or  renew  a  licence  if  the  applicant  has  not  paid  the  fee  that  iS 
prescribed.  ^ 

22. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  proposes  to  refuse  to  issue  oi 
renew  a  licence,  proposes  to  issue  a  licence  subject  to  condi- 
tions or  proposes  to  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence,  the  Registrar 
shall  serve  notice  of  the  proposal,  together  with  written  rea- 
sons therefor,  on  the  applicant  or  the  licensee. 

(2)  A  notice  under  subsection  (1)  shall  inform  the  applicant 
or  licensee  that  the  applicant  or  licensee  is  entitled  to  a  hear- 
ing by  the  Tribunal  if  the  applicant  or  licensee  mails  or  deliv- 
ers to  the  Registrar  and  to  the  Tribunal,  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  notice  is  served  on  the  applicant  or  licensee,  notice 
in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  and  the  applicant  or  licensee 
may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 

(3)  If  an  applicant  or  licensee  does  not  require  a  hearing  by 
the  Tribunal,  the  Registrar  may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated 
in  the  notice  to  the  applicant  or  licensee. 

(4)  If  an  applicant  or  licensee  requires  a  hearing,  the 
Tribunal  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  a  hearing. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


21 


(5)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order  order 
direct  the  Registrar  to  carry  out  the  proposal  or  refrain  from 
carrying  out  the  proposal  and  to  take  such  action  as  the  Tribu- 
nal considers  the  Registrar  ought  to  take  in  accordance  with 

this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  for  such  purposes  the  Tribu- 
nal may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of  the  Registrar. 

(6)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  or  Conditions 
to  the  licence  as  it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act. 


(7)  The  Registrar,  the  applicant  or  licensee  who  has 
required  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal 
may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal 
under  this  section. 


Parties 


(8)  The  Registrar  may  cancel  a  licence  upon  the  request  in  Cancellation 
writing  of  the  licensee  and  the  surrender  of  the  licence  by  the 
licensee. 

(9)  The  Registrar  may  refer  any  matter  that  deals  with  Referral 
licensing  to  the  Licensing  Committee  for  their  recommenda- 
tions. 


23. — (1)  A  person  who  is  refused  a  licence  or  who  is  Application 
refused  a  renewal  of  a  licence  may  apply  in  writing  to  the 
Registrar  for  the  issuance  of  a  licence  only  if  at  least  one  year 
has  passed  since  the  refusal. 


(2)  A  person  whose  licence  is  revoked  under  this  Act  or 
whose  registration  was  cancelled  under  a  predecessor  of  this 
Act  may  apply  in  writing  to  the  Registrar  for  the  issuance  of  a 
licence  only  if  at  least  one  year  has  passed  since  the  revoca- 
tion or  cancellation. 


Idem 


(3)  A  person  whose  licence  is  suspended  under  this  Act  or  ^^^^ 
whose  registration  was  suspended  under  a  predecessor  of  this 
Act,  for  more  than  one  year,  may  apply  in  writing  to  the  Reg- 
istrar for  the  removal  of  the  suspension  only  if  at  least  one 
year  has  passed  since  the  suspension. 

24. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  proposes  to  suspend  or  revoke  a  Temporary 
licence,  the  Registrar  may,  if  the  Registrar  considers  it  to  be 
necessary  in  the  public  interest,  by  order,  temporarily  suspend 
the  licence  and  the  order  shall  take  effect  immediately. 

(2)  If  a  hearing  is  required  with  respect  to  a  proposal  to  Hearing 
suspend  or  revoke  a  licence,  the  order  expires  fifteen  days 
after  the  date  of  the  notice  requiring  the  hearing  unless  the 
hearing  is  commenced,  in  which  case  the  Tribunal  holding  the 


22 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


No  licence 


Stay 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  274 


Continuation 


Advertising 


Compliance 
with  order 


Appeal 


hearing  may  extend  the  time  of  expiration  until  the  hearing  is 
concluded. 

(3)  If  the  Registrar  by  order  temporarily  suspends  a  licence 
under  this  section  or  section  22.  the  licensee  shall  during  the 
term  of  the  suspension  be  considered  not  to  be  licensed  under 
this  Act. 

25.  Despite  the  fact  that  a  licensee  appeals  from  an  order 
of  the  Tribunal  under  section  11  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer 
and  Commercial  Relations  Act,  the  order  takes  effect  immedi- 
ately but  the  Tribunal  may  grant  a  stay  until  the  disposition  of 
the  appeal. 

26.  If  in  the  time  prescribed  therefor  or,  if  no  time  is  pre- 
scribed before  the  expiry  of  the  licensee's  licence,  a  licensee 
applies  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  renewal  of  the  licence 
and  pays  the  fee  prescribed,  the  licence  shall  be  deemed  to 
continue, 

(a)  until  the  renewal  is  granted;  or 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  served  with  a  notice  that  the  Regis- 
trar proposes  to  refuse  to  grant  the  renewal,  until 
the  time  for  giving  notice  requiring  a  hearing  has 
expired  and,  if  a  hearing  is  required,  until  the 
Tribunal  has  made  its  order. 

27. — (1)  If  the  Director  or  the  Registrar  believes,  on  rea- 
sonable and  probable  grounds,  that  a  person  licensed  under 
this  Act  has  made  a  false  or  misleading  public  representation 
or  that  a  representation  is  in  contravention  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations,  the  Director  or  the  Registrar  shall  order  the  per- 
son to  stop  making  the  representation  and  in  the  order  shall 
set  out  the  reasons  for  the  order. 

(2)  A  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1) 
shall  immediately  comply  with  the  order  and  shall  refrain  from 
making  the  representation,  in  any  form,  in  the  future. 

(3)  Any  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1) 
may  appeal  the  order  to  the  Tribunal. 


Stay  of  order  (4)  The  Tribunal  may  issue  a  stay  of  any  order  made  by  the 
Director  or  Registrar  under  subsection  (1). 

Repayment  28.  If  a  pcrson  is  entitled  to  the  repayment  of  money  paid 
for  or  on  account  of  funeral  services,  the  operator  of  the 
funeral  establishment,  the  funeral  director  who  managed  or 
manages  the  operation  of  the  funeral  establishment  and  any 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


23 


funeral  director  in  the  employ  of  the  operator  of  the  funeral 
establishment  who  received  the  money  or  any  part  thereof  are 
liable  jointly  and  severally  with  any  other  person  who  is  liable 
for  the  repayment  of  the  money. 

29.  A  licence  is  not  required  with  respect  to  rites  and  cer-  Place  of 
emonies  traditionally  provided  at  a  place  of  worship.  ^""^^  '^ 

30. — (1)  No  person  other  than  a  person  who  is  licensed  to  Prepaid 
operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  a  transfer  service  and  who 
is  a  participant  in  good  standing  in  the  Compensation  Fund 
shall  enter  into  or  offer  to  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  with  a 
purchaser. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  selling  funeral  wem 
supplies  under  the  authority  of  the  Cemeteries  Act,  1989.  i989,  c.  ... 

31. — (1)  No  licensee  shall  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  Contracts 
that  contains  a  provision  for  the  payment  of  interment  rights 
in  a  cemetery  lot. 

(2)  All  goods  or  services  for  which  a  licensee  accepts  pay-  One  contract 
ment  in  respect  of  one  beneficiary  shall  be  included  in  one 
prepaid  contract. 

(3)  No  licensee  shall  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  that  Guarantee 
guarantees  the  price  of  any  goods  or  services  in  the  contract 

unless  the  price  of  all  goods  and  services  included  in  the  con- 
tract are  guaranteed. 


32. — (1)  Prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary,  the  pur- 
chaser or  a  person  designated  in  the  contract  by  the  purchaser 
may  cancel  the  contract  at  any  time.  '^' 


Cancellation 


(2)  Prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary  but  after  the  death  i^em 
of  the  purchaser,  the  beneficiary  or  the  beneficiary's  personal 
representative  may  cancel  the  contract  at  any  time. 

(3)  After  the  death  of  the  beneficiary,  only  the  beneficiar-  ^^^^ 
y's  personal  representative  may  at  any  time  cancel  the  con- 
tract prior  to  the  delivery  of  all  the  services  contracted  for. 

(4)  Subsections  (1),  (2)  and  (3)  apply  to  contracts  entered  i^em 
into  before  this  Act  comes  into  force. 


33.  No  person  shall  charge  or  accept  any  payment  with  Prearrange- 
respect  to  a  prearrangement. 

34. — (1)  Every  person  who  receives  a  payment  under  a  Trust 
prepaid   contract   shall   hold   the   amount   of  the   payment 


24 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Cancellation 


together  with  all  income  accrued  thereon  in  trust  until  it  is  dis- 
bursed in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

(2)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled,  the  person  holding 
the  funds  in  trust  under  the  contract  shall  forthwith  pay  the 
funds  and  all  income  accrued  thereon  to, 

(a)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  prior  to  the 
death  of  the  beneficiary,  the  purchaser  or  the  per- 
son set  out  in  the  contract; 


(b)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  prior  to  the 
death  of  the  beneficiary  but  after  the  death  of  the 
purchaser,  the  beneficiary;  or 

(c)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  after  the  death  of 
the  beneficiary,  the  estate  of  the  beneficiary. 


Deductions 


(3)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  after  thirty  days  of  the 
entering  into  of  the  contract,,  the  person  paying  under  sub- 
section (2)  may  deduct  from  the  amount  paid  such  fees  as  are 
prescribed. 


Application 


Repayment 


Costs 


(4)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  payment  made  to  an 
insurer  under  an  insurance  contract  or  plan. 

35. — (1)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  fulfilled,  the  balance,  if 
any,  of  the  prepayment  funds  that  are  in  excess  of  the  cost  of 
delivering  the  services  and  supplies  contracted  for  shall  be 
paid  to  the  beneficiary's  estate  forthwith  despite  any  contrary 
provision  in  the  contract. 

(2)  The  cost  of  delivering  the  services  and  supplies  required 
under  a  prepaid  contract  shall  not  exceed  the  amount  that 
would  otherwise  be  charged  for  the  same  services  and  supplies 
if  there  had  not  been  prepayment. 


Contract 
requirements 


36. — (1)  A  prepaid  contract  is  not  enforceable  by  an  oper- 
ator of  a  funeral  establishment  or  transfer  service  unless, 


(a)  it  is  written,  signed  by  both  parties  and  complies 
with  the  regulations; 

(b)  it  sets  out  the  purchaser's  cancellation  rights  under 
this  Act;  and 


(c)    the  operator  delivers  a  signed  copy  of  the  contract 
to  the  purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  25 

(2)  An  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  or  transfer  ser-  Refund  with 


interest 


vice  who  receives  money  under  a  contract  that  is  not  enforce- 
able because  of  the  application  of  this  section  shall  refund  to 
the  purchaser,  immediately  upon  written  demand,  with  inter- 
est at  the  prescribed  rate,  all  money  received. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  after  the  supplies  and  ser-  Exception 
vices  have  been  provided  under  the  contract. 

37.  Every  licensee  shall  make  such  information  as  is  pre-  P"''!''^   . 
scribed  available  to  the  public  in  the  manner  and  form  pre-  '"°™^'°" 
scribed. 

38. — (1)  No  person  shall  contact,  in  any  way,  a  person  in  Soliciting 
a  hospital,  nursing  home  or  such  other  institution  as  is  pre-  ''^  '  "^ 
scribed  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  be  made. 

(2)  No  person  shall  contact,  by  telephone  or  in  person,  a  i^^em 
person  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  be  made. 

(3)  This  section  does  not  prohibit.  Exception 

(a)  a  contact  made  at  the  request  of  the  person  being 
contacted;  or 

(b)  a  contact  with  a  licensee. 

39. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  Prohibition 
or  transfer  service  in  conjunction  with  the  owner  of  a  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium  in  a  manner  that  is  prescribed. 

(2)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  ^^^™ 
transfer  service  from  locations  that  are  prescribed. 

40. — (1)  If  the  Director  or  the  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that  Restraining 
a  person  is  not  complying  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations, 
despite  the  imposition  of  a  penalty  in  respect  of  the  non- 
compliance and  despite  the  fact  that  another  remedy  may  be 
available,  the  Director  or  the  Board  may  apply  to  a  judge  of 
the  High  Court  for  an  order  directing  the  person  to  comply. 

(2)  Upon  an  application  under  subsection  (1),  the  judge  ^^^^ 
may  make  the  order  applied  for  or  such  other  order  as  the 
judge  thinks  appropriate. 

(3)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order  i^em 
made  under  subsection  (2). 

41. — (1)  If  the   Director   has   reasonable    and   probable  Freezing 
grounds  to  believe  that  a  licensee  is  doing  or  is  about  to  do 


26 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


something  that  will  jeopardize  the  public  interest,  the  Director 
may  direct  any  person  holding,  having  on  deposit  or  control- 
ling assets  of  the  licensee  or  trust  funds  under  the  control  of 
the  licensee  to  hold  the  assets  or  trust  funds  until  further 
instructions  are  received  from  the  Director  to  release  a  partic- 
ular asset  or  trust  fund  from  the  direction. 


Scope  of 
direction 


(2)  In  the  case  of  a  bank  or  a  corporation,  a  direction 
under  subsection  (1)  applies  only  to  the  offices,  branches  or 
agencies  thereof  named  in  the  direction. 


Application  (3)  Any  pcrson  named  in  a  direction  issued  under  sub- 
section (1),  if  in  doubt  as  to  the  application  of  the  direction  to 
particular  assets  or  trust  funds,  may  apply  to  the  Director  for 
an  order  of  clarification. 


Revocation 
or 

amendment 
of  direction 


(4)  On  an  application  of  a  licensee  or  any  other  person  hav- 
ing an  interest  therein,  the  Director  may  make  an  order  on 
such  conditions  as  are  set  out  in  the  order  revoking  the  direc- 
tion or  consenting  to  the  release  of  a  particular  asset  or  trust 
fund  from  the  direction. 


Appeal  (5)  A  person  affected  by  a  direction  or  order  of  the  Direc- 

tor made  under  this  section  or  a  refusal  to  make  an  order  may 
appeal  to  the  Tribunal. 

Application  (5)  Subsections  14  (6)  to  (11)  apply  with  necessary  modifi- 
cations to  an  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  from  a  direction  or  order 
of  the  Director. 

Inspectors  42. — (1)  The  Registrar  or  a  Director  may  appoint  inspec- 

tors for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  there  is  compli- 
ance with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

Certificate  of       (2)  An  inspector  exercising  a  power  under  this  Act  shall,  on 
appomtment    j-^q^gg^^  producc  Ws  or  her  certificate  of  appointment. 

Inspections  43, — (J)  por  the  purposc  of  ensuring  compliance  with  this 

Act  and  the  regulations,  an  inspector  may, 

(a)  enter  any  place  at  any  reasonable  time; 

(b)  request  the  production  for  inspection  of  documents 
or  things  that  may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection; 


(c)  inspect  and,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove, 
for  the  purpose  of  making  copies  or  extracts,  docu- 
ments or  things  relevant  to  the  inspection; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  27 

(d)  inquire  into  negotiations,  transactions,  loans  or  bor- 
rowings of  a  licensee  and  into  assets  owned,  held  in 
trust,  acquired  or  disposed  of  by  a  licensee  that  are 
relevant  to  an  inspection; 

(e)  conduct  such  tests  as  are  reasonably  necessary:  and 

(f)  remove  materials  or  substances  for  examination  or 
test  purposes  subject  to  the  licensee  or  other  occu- 
pant of  the  premises  being  notified  thereof. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  confer  a  power  of  Entry  to 
entry  to  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwelling  without  the  con-  '^'^^"'"^^ 
sent  of  the  occupier. 

(3)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  issue  a  warrant  authorizing  warrant 
the  person  named  in  the  warrant, 

(a)  to  do  anything  set  out  in  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (e)  or 

(f); 

(b)  to  search  for  and  seize  any  document  or  thing 
relevant  to  the  inspection;  or 

(c)  to  enter  and  search  a  room  actually  used  as  a 
dwelling. 

(4)  A  warrant  may  be  issued  under  subsection  (3)  if  the  jus-  Requirements 
tice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  on  information  under  oath  that,  in  S^s^S"^"^ 
the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under, 

(a)  clause  (3)  (a),  an  inspector  has  been  prevented  from 
doing  anything  permitted  under  clause  (1)  (a),  (c), 
(e)  or  (f)  or  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe 
that  an  inspector  may  be  prevented  from  doing  any 
of  those  things; 

(b)  clause  (3)  (b),  to  search  for  and  seize  a  document  or 
thing  that  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe  will 
afford  evidence  relevant  to  a  contravention  of  this 
Act  or  the  regulations;  or 

(c)  clause  (3)  (c),  it  is  necessary  that  a  room  actually 
used  as  a  dwelling  be  entered  for  the  purposes  of 
carrying  out  an  inspection  or  there  is,  in  such  a 
room,  a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable 
ground  to  believe  is  relevant  to  an  inspection  under 
this  Act. 


28 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Execution  of 
warrant 


Expiry 


Notice  not 
required 


Experts 


(5)  A  warrant  issued  under  this  section  shall  specify  the 
hours  and  days  during  which  it  may  be  executed. 

(6)  Unless  renewed,  a  warrant  under  this  section  expires 
not  later  than  thirty  days  after  the  date  on  which  it  is  made. 

(7)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  issued  or  renewed 
before  or  after  expiry  upon  application  without  notice. 

(8)  An  inspector  is  entitled  to  call  upon  such  experts  as  are 
necessary  to  assist  the  inspector  in  carrying  out  an  inspection 
under  this  Act. 


Assistance 


(9)  A  person  doing  anything  under  the  authority  of  a  war- 
rant issued  under  this  section  is  authorized  to  call  on  such 
police  officers  to  assist  and  to  use  such  force  as  is  necessary  in 
the  execution  of  the  warrant. 


Copies  (10)  An  inspector  taking  material  in  order  to  copy  it  shall 

make  the  copy  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  shall  promptly 
return  the  material  taken. 


Admissibility 
of  copies 


Obstruction 
of  inspector 


Facilitating 
inspection 


(11)  Copies  of,  or  extracts  from,  documents  and  things 
removed  under  this  section  and  certified  as  being  true  copies 
of,  or  extracts  from,  the  originals  by  the  person  who  made 
them  are  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same  extent  as,  and 
have  the  same  evidentiary  value  as,  the  documents  or  things 
of  which  they  are  copies  or  extracts. 

44. — (1)  No  person  shall  obstruct  an  inspector  in  carrying 
out  an  inspection  under  this  Act  or  withhold,  destroy,  conceal 
or  refuse  to  provide  any  relevant  information  or  thing 
required  for  the  purpose  of  the  inspection. 

(2)  It  is  a  condition  of  each  licence  issued  under  this  Act 
that  the  licensee  facilitate  an  inspection  relevant  to  the 
licence. 


Appointment 
of  receiver 
and  manager 


45. — (1)  The  Director  or  Registrar  may  apply  to  a  judge 
or  a  local  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  for  the  appointment  of 
a  receiver  and  manager  of  an  involved  funeral  establishment 
or  transfer  service  if, 

(a)  the  Director  or  Registrar  has  reasonable  and  proba- 
ble grounds  to  believe  that  a  person  licensed  under 
this  Act  has  failed  or  is  about  to  fail  to  provide  con- 
tracted and  paid  for  funeral  services  to  a  client; 

(b)  the  Director  or  Registrar  is  advised  that  a  proposal 
to  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence  under  section  21  or 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


29 


Idem 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  B-3 


to  temporarily  suspend  a  licence  under  section  24 
has  been  made;  or 

(c)    the  Director  has  directed  or  is  about  to  make  a 
direction  under  section  41. 

(2)  A  judge,  upon  an  application  being  made  under  sub- 
section (1),  without  notice  or,  if  the  judge  considers  that 
notice  should  be  given,  upon  such  notice  as  the  judge  stipu- 
lates, may,  if  it  is  considered  in  the  public  interest  and  subject 
to  the  Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada),  appoint  a  receiver  and  man- 
ager to  take  possession  and  control  of  the  business  of  the  per- 
son in  respect  of  whom  an  action  referred  to  in  subsection  (1) 
applies  for  a  period  not  exceeding  sixty  days. 


(3)  An  appointment  made  under  subsection  (2)  may  be  Extension 
extended,  upon  an  application  without  notice,  for  an  addi- 
tional period  not  exceeding  sixty  days. 

(4)  A  receiver  and  manager  appointed  under  subsection  (2)  Receiver  and 
shall  take  possession  and  control  of  the  assets  of  the  business  TSf^ 
and  shall  thereafter  conduct  the  business  and  take  such  steps  control 

as  in  the  opinion  of  the  receiver  and  manager  should  be  taken 
toward  its  rehabilitation. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  the  receiver  and  Wem 
manager  have  all  the  powers  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
corporation,  if  the  business  is  a  corporation,  or  of  a  sole  pro- 
prietor or  all  partners  if  the  business  is  not  a  corporation  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  receiver 
and  manager  may, 

(a)  exclude  the  directors,  officers,  servants  and  agents 
of  the  business  from  the  premises  and  property  of 
the  business;  and 

(b)  carry  on,  manage  and  conduct  the  operations  of  the 
business  and  in  the  name  of  the  business  preserve, 
maintain,  realize,  dispose  of  and  add  to  the  prop- 
erty of  the  business  and  receive  the  incomes  and 
revenues  of  the  business. 


(6)  An  order  made  under  this  section  may  be  enforced  in  Enforcement 
the  same  manner  as  any  order  or  judgment  of  the  Supreme 

Court  and  may  be  varied  or  discharged  upon  an  application 
made  by  notice. 

(7)  Upon  an  application  being  made  under  this  section,  the  R^'^s  of 
rules  of  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court  apply.  practice 


30  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

Regulations         45, — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

1.  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  trust  accounts  shall 
be  kept  and  accounted  for; 

2.  providing  for  the  inspection  of  trust  accounts; 

3.  prescribing  the  duties  of  depositories  with  respect  to 
trust  funds  held  under  this  Act; 

4.  requiring  receipts  to  be  given  by  licensees  with 
respect  to  contracts; 

5.  providing  for  the  establishment,  maintenance  and 
administration  of  the  Compensation  Fund; 

6.  prescribing  provisions  that  relate  to  the  investing 
and  paying  out  of  moneys  from  the  Compensation 
Fund; 

7.  providing  for  the  payment  of  levies  into  the  Com- 
pensation Fund  and  prescribing  the  amounts  of 
levies; 

8.  providing  for  appeals  from  a  refusal  to  pay  out  of 
the  Compensation  Fund; 

9.  governing  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  trustee 
administering  the  Compensation  Fund; 

10.  requiring  the  purchase  of  bonds  for  the  purpose  of 
indemnifying  the  Compensation  Fund; 

11.  prescribing  the  terms  and  amounts  of  bonds; 

12.  providing  for  payment  out  of  the  Compensation 
Fund  of  claims  and  procedures  to  be  followed  with 
respect  thereto; 

13.  requiring  participation  in  the  Compensation  Fund 
by  licensees; 

14.  on  any  matter  relating  generally  to  the  purchase, 
renewal  or  terms  of  a  bond  or  the  disposition  of 
payments  received  thereunder; 

15.  governing  the  form  and  content  of  contracts  and 
receipts,  including  the  cancellation  of  contracts; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  31 

16.  prescribing  the  terms  that  a  contract  shall  be 
deemed  to  contain; 

17.  prescribing  conditions  under  which  contracts  may  be 
assigned  and  prohibiting  assignments  that  are  not  in 
accordance  with  the  prescribed  conditions; 

18.  regulating,  limiting  or  prohibiting  the  soliciting  of 
contracts; 

19.  governing  the  term  during  which  each  class  or  type 
of  licence  is  valid; 

20.  exempting  any  person  or  thing  or  class  of  person  or 
thing  from  the  application  of  any  provision  of  this 
Act  or  the  regulations  and  prescribing  conditions 
for  any  exemption; 

21.  authorizing  persons,  other  than  funeral  directors,  to 
perform  specified  acts  in  the  providing  of  funeral 
services  under  the  supervision  or  direction  of  a 
funeral  director; 

22.  governing  the  books,  accounts,  records  and  infor- 
mation that  shall  be  kept  by  licensees  and  that  shall 
be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 

23.  prescribing  fees  and  requiring  the  payment  of  fees; 

24.  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

25.  prescribing  educational  requirements  and  testing 
requirements  on  an  initial  and  ongoing  basis  for 
licensees  and  employees  of  licensees; 

26.  governing  applications  for  licences  and  renewals  of 
licences; 

27.  prescribing  classes  of  licences; 

28.  governing  the  requirements  and  qualifications  for 
the  issuing  of  licences  and  prescribing  the  conditions 
for  obtaining  and  maintaining  a  licence; 

29.  governing  standards  of  practice  and  operation  for 
licensees; 

30.  respecting  the  methods  and  materials  that  may  be 
used  in  providing  funeral  services; 


32 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Limited 
application 


Retroactive 


31.  prohibiting  or  governing  the  advertising  of  funeral 
services  or  funeral  suppUes  and  prohibiting  or  gov- 
erning the  display  of  funeral  supplies  to  the  public; 

32.  governing  the  construction,  location,  equipment, 
maintenance,  repairs,  additions  and  alterations  to 
funeral  establishments  and  governing  the  informa- 
tion, plans  and  materials  to  be  furnished  to  the 
Registrar  with  respect  thereto; 

33.  governing  the  equipment  and  practices,  including 
hygienic  practices,  with  respect  to  the  embalming, 
transportation,  preparation  and  disposal  of  dead 
human  bodies; 

34.  regulating,  controlling  and  prohibiting  the  use  of 
terms,  titles  or  designations  by  licensees; 

35.  prescribing  practices  or  actions  that  are  evidence  of 
incompetence  or  lack  of  honesty  and  integrity; 

36.  governing  the  availability  and  display  of  funeral 
services  and  funeral  supplies; 

37.  prescribing  specifications  and  minimum  require- 
ments for  funeral  services  and  funeral  supplies; 

38.  prescribing,  for  any  notice  required  to  be  given 
under  this  Act,  the  type  of  notice  and  the  manner  in 
which  it  is  to  be  given; 

39.  governing  the  payment  of  money  into  and  out  of 
trust  funds,  including  the  time  within  which  and  the 
circumstances  under  which  payments  are  to  be 
made; 

40.  providing  for  the  maintenance  and  inspection  of 
registers  of  persons  who  are  licensed; 

41.  prescribing  anything  that  is  referred  to  in  this  Act  as 
being  prescribed. 

(2)  A  regulation  made  under  this  Act  may  be  of  limited 
application. 

(3)  A  regulation  made  under  this  section  may  be  retro- 
active in  effect  and  may  apply  to  contracts  entered  into  before 
this  Act  comes  into  force. 


Offence 


47. — (1)  Every  person  who, 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


33 


(a)  furnishes  false,  misleading  or  incomplete  informa- 
tion in  an  application  under  this  Act  or  in  a  state- 
ment or  return  required  to  be  furnished  under  this 
Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  a  direction  or  order  made  under 
this  Act;  or 

(c)  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(2)  Every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  concurs  wem 
in  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(3)  An  individual  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  ^em 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  on  a  sub- 
sequent conviction  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year. 

(4)  A  corporation  that  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  ^'^em 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $40,000. 

(5)  No  proceeding  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced  Limitation 
more  than  two  years  after  the  facts  upon  which  the  proceed- 
ings are  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Director. 


(6)  A  statement  as  to  the  time  when  the  facts  upon  which 
proceedings  are  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
Director  purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Director  is,  without 
proof  of  the  office  or  signature  of  the  Director,  admissible  in 
evidence  in  any  proceeding,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the 
contrary,  as  evidence  of  the  facts  stated  therein. 


Certificate  as 
evidence 


(7)  If  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Act,  Restitution 
the  court  making  the  conviction  may,  in  addition  to  any  other 
penalty,  order  the  person  convicted  to  make  compensation  or 
restitution  in  relation  thereto. 


48. — (1)  Every  person  employed  in  the  administration  of 
this  Act,  including  any  person  making  an  inspection  under  this 
Act  and  any  member  of  the  Board  or  a  committee  of  the 
Board,  shall  preserve  secrecy  with  respect  to  all  matters  that 
come  to  the  person's  knowledge  in  the  course  of  the  person's 
duties,  employment,  inquiry  or  inspection  and  shall  not  com- 
municate any  such  information  to  any  other  person  except, 


Matters 
confidential 


34 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


(a)  as  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  or  any  pro- 
ceedings under  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  to  the  person's  counsel; 

(c)  with  the  consent  of  the  person  to  whom  the  infor- 
mation relates;  or 


Idem 


Testimony  in 
civil  suit 


Certificate  as 
evidence 


(d)  to  an  employee  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations  or  to  an  employee  of  another 
ministry  who  requires  the  information  in  the  perfor- 
mance of  his  or  her  duties  and  if  disclosure  is  neces- 
sary for  the  administration  of  this  Act  or  any  other 
Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder  administered  by 
the  Minister. 

(2)  The  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 
or  another  ministry  may  disclose  information  in  its  custody  or 
control  to  an  employee  of  the  Board  if, 

(a)  the  personal  information  is  reasonably  required  to 
verify  the  truth  of  the  contents  of  an  application  for, 
or  an  application  for  renewal  of,  a  licence  or  to  ver- 
ify the  truth  of  any  other  information  supplied  in 
support  of  any  such  application;  or 

(b)  the  Ministry  or  agency  of  the  Ministry  has  reason- 
able grounds  to  believe  that  the  personal  informa- 
tion is  relevant  to  a  person's  qualification  to  hold  a 
licence. 

(3)  No  person  to  whom  subsection  (1)  applies  shall  be 
required  to  give  testimony  in  any  civil  suit  or  proceeding  with 
regard  to  information  obtained  by  the  person  in  the  course  of 
the  person's  duties,  employment,  inquiry,  investigation  or 
inspection  except  in  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  or  the 
regulations. 

49.  A  statement  as  to, 

(a)  the  licensing  or  non-licensing  of  any  person; 

(b)  the  filing  or  non-filing  of  any  document  or  material 
required  or  permitted  to  be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 
or 

(c)  any  other  matter  pertaining  to  licensing,  non- 
licensing,  filing  or  non-filing, 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


35 


containing  information  from  the  records  kept  by  the  Registrar 
under  this  Act  purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Registrar 
under  the  seal  of  the  Board  is,  without  proof  of  the  office  or 
signature  of  the  Registrar,  admissible  in  evidence  in  any  pro- 
ceeding, in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  as  evi- 
dence of  the  facts  stated  therein. 

50. — (1)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  under  this  Service 
Act  or  the  regulations  is  sufficiently  given,  served  or  delivered 
if  delivered  personally  or  sent  by  first  class  mail  addressed  to 
the  person  to  whom  it  is  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  at 
that  person's  last  known  address. 

(2)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  sent  by  first  class  i^^^m 
mail  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
given,  served  or  delivered  on  the  fifth  day  after  the  day  of 
mailing,  unless  the  person  to  whom  it  is  sent  establishes  that 
the  notice,  order  or  other  document  was  not  received  until  a 
later  date  because  of  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause 
beyond  that  person's  control. 


51. — (1)  A  funeral  director  who  is  registered  with  the 


Transition 


Board  of  Funeral  Services  under  the  Funeral  Services  Act  on  R so.  i980, 
the  date  this  Act  comes  into  force  is  deemed  to  be  licensed  as  '^ 
a  funeral  director  until  the  expiration  of  the  licence,  unless  the 
licence  is  sooner  surrendered,  suspended  or  revoked. 

(2)  A  person  who  is  licensed  with  the  Board  of  Funeral  ^^^-^ 
Services  under  the  Funeral  Services  Act  to  establish  and  main- 
tain a  funeral  services  establishment  on  the  date  this  Act 
comes  into  force  is  deemed  to  be  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral 
establishment  until  the  expiration  of  the  licence,  unless  the 
licence  is  sooner  surrendered,  suspended  or  revoked. 

52.  The  board  known  as  the  Funeral  Services  Review  Funeral 

Services 

Board  is  dissolved  and  any  matter  before  the  Board  on  the  Review 
date  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be  dealt  with  by  the  Board  not 
Tribunal.  '""^'""^'^ 


53.  The  following  are  repealed: 


Repeals 


1.  The  Funeral  Services  Act,  being  chapter  180  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980. 

2.  Section    3    of   the    Mobility    Rights    Statute    Law 
Amendment  Act,  1985,  being  chapter  5. 


The  Prearranged  Funeral  Services  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 387  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980. 


36  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

Commence-         54.  xhis  Act  comcs  into  forcc  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 
'"^"^  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

Short  title  55,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Funeral  Directors  and 

Establishments  Act,  1989. 


Bill  30 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  30 

(Chapter  49 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  respecting 
Funeral  Directors  and  Establishments 


The  Hon.  G.  Sorbara 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


1st  Reading  June  12th,  1989 

2nd  Reading  June  21st,  1989 

3rd  Reading  October  16th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  October  16th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  30  1989 


An  Act  respecting 
Funeral  Directors  and  Establishments 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.     In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"beneficiary"  means  a  person  for  whom  funeral  services  or 
supplies,  or  both,  are  to  be  provided  under  a  contract  or 
prepaid  contract; 

"Board"  means  the  Board  of  Funeral  Services; 

"cemetery"  means  a  cemetery  within  the  meaning  of  the  1^89,  c.  so 
Cemeteries  Act,  1989; 

"Compensation  Fund"  means  the  Prepaid  Funeral  Services 
Compensation  Fund  established  under  the  regulations; 

"contract"  means  an  agreement  wherein  a  person  provides  or 
agrees  to  provide  funeral  services  or  supplies,  or  both  or 
for  the  transportation  of  a  dead  human  body,  and  includes 
prepaid  contracts; 

"depository"  means  a  chartered  bank,  loan  or  trust  company. 
Province  of  Ontario  Savings  Office  or  a  credit  union  as 
defined  in  the  Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  Populaires  Act;        R.s.o.  i980, 

^  '  c.  102 

"Director"  means  a  director  appointed  under  the  Ministry  of  R  s.o.  i980, 
Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act; 

"disbursements"  means  payments  actually  made  by  a  funeral 
director  or  a  person  who  operates  a  funeral  establishment 
on  behalf  of  a  purchaser  of  funeral  services  or  supplies,  or 
both; 


2  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

"embalming"  means  the  preservation  and  disinfection  of  all  or 
part  of  a  dead  human  body  by  any  means  other  than  by 
refrigeration; 

"equity  share"  means  a  share  of  a  class  of  shares  that  carries  a 
voting  right  either  under  all  circumstances  or  under  some 
circumstances  that  have  occurred  and  are  continuing; 

"funeral"  means  a  rite  or  ceremony  in  connection  with  the 
death  of  a  person  where  the  body  is  present; 

"funeral  director"  means  an  individual  who  provides  or 
directs  the  providing  of  funeral  services; 

"funeral  establishment"  means  premises  where  funeral  ser- 
vices are  supplied; 

"funeral  services"  means  the  care  and  preparation  of  dead 
human  bodies  and  the  co-ordination  of  rites  and  ceremo- 
nies with  respect  to  dead  human  bodies,  but  does  not 
include  services  provided  by  a  cemetery  or  crematorium 
1989,  c.  50  owner  under  the  Cemeteries  Act,  1989; 

"funeral  supplies"  means  goods  that  are  used  in  connectioi^ 
with  the  care  and  preparation  of  dead  human  bodies  or  the 
disposition  of  dead  human  bodies; 

"income"  means  the  interest  or  money  earned,  including  the 
compounding  thereof,  by  the  investment  of  funds  receivec 
under  a  prepaid  contract; 

"licence"  means  a  licence  issued  under  this  Act  anc 
"licensed"  has  a  corresponding  meaning; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations; 

"prearrangement"  means  an  arrangement  for  the  provision  of 
specific  funeral  services,  supplies  or  transportation  of  a 
dead  human  body  on  the  death  of  a  person  who  is  alive  at 
the  time  the  arrangement  is  made; 

"prepaid  contract"  means  an  agreement  whereby  a  person 
contracts  with  a  purchaser  to  provide  or  make  provision  for 
funeral  services,  funeral  supplies,  or  both,  or  for  the  trans- 
portation of  a  dead  human  body,  including  disbursements, 
upon  the  death  of  a  beneficiary,  if  any  payment  for  the 
contract  is  made  prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary  or  the 
purchaser  enters  into  an  insurance  contract  or  plan  under 
which  a  licensee  is  to  receive  directly  or  indirectly  the  pro- 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30 

ceeds  of  the  insurance  policy  upon  the  death  of  the  benefi- 
ciary; 

"prepayment"  means  the  payment  or  the  guarantee  of  a  pay- 
ment pursuant  to  a  prepaid  contract; 

"prepayment  funds"  means  the  money  deposited  in  trust 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  income  therefrom 
and  includes  the  proceeds  of  an  insurance  policy  received 
by  a  licensee; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

"Registrar"  means  the  Registrar  of  the  Board; 

"regulations"  means  regulations  made  under  this  Act; 

"transfer  service"  means  a  service  to  the  public  with  respect 
to  the  disposition  of  dead  human  bodies,  including  the 
transportation  of  dead  human  bodies  and  the  filling  out  of 
the  necessary  documentation  with  respect  to  the  disposition 
of  dead  human  bodies; 

"Tribunal"  means  The  Commercial  Registration  Appeal 
Tribunal. 

2. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  appointed  by  the  Board  Registrar 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  The  Registrar  may  exercise  the  powers  and  shall  per-  Powers  of 
form  the  duties  conferred  or  imposed  on  the  Registrar  by  or     ^^^^"^^^ 
under  this  Act  under  the  supervision  of  the  Board. 

(3)  The  Registrar  shall  maintain  one  or  more  registers  in  Registers 
which  is  entered, 

(a)  the  name  of  every  person  licensed  under  this  Act; 

(b)  any  conditions  and  limitations  imposed  on  a  licence 
by  the  Registrar,  a  Committee  or  the  Tribunal; 

(c)  the  fact  and  date  of  each  revocation,  suspension, 
cancellation  or  termination  of  a  licence; 

(d)  the  fact  and  amount  of  each  fine  imposed  by  the 
Discipline  Committee,  except  if  the  Discipline  Com- 
mittee directs  that  no  entry  with  respect  to  a  fine  be 
made; 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Inspection 


Copies 


Board 
continued 


Principal 
object 


Additional 
objects 


(e)  the  fact  of  each  reprimand  made  by  the  Discipline 
Committee,  except  if  the  Discipline  Committee 
directs  that  no  entry  with  respect  to  the  reprimand 
be  made;  and 

(f)  such  other  information  in  addition  to  that  set  out  in 
clauses  (a)  to  (e)  as  is  prescribed. 

(4)  Any  person  has  the  right,  during  normal  business  hours, 
to  inspect  the  registers  maintained  by  the  Registrar. 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  provide  to  any  person,  upon  pay- 
ment of  a  reasonable  charge  therefor,  a  copy  of  any  part  of 
the  registers  maintained  by  the  Registrar. 

3. — (1)  The  Board  of  Funeral  Services,  a  body  corporate, 
is  continued  as  a  corporation  without  share  capital. 

(2)  The  principal  object  of  the  Board  is  to  regulate  the 
practices  of  funeral  directors  and  persons  who  operate  funeral 
establishments  and  transfer  services  in  accordance  with  this 
Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws  in  order  that  the  public 
interest  may  be  served  and  protected. 

(3)  For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  its  principal  object,  the 
Board  has  the  following  additional  objects: 

1.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards  of 
knowledge  and  skill  among  funeral  directors  and 
persons  who  operate  funeral  estabhshments  and 
transfer  services. 

2.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards  of 
qualification  and  standards  of  practice  for  funeral 
directors  and  persons  who  operate  funeral  establish- 
ments and  transfer  services. 

3.  To  establish,  maintain  and  develop  standards  of 
professional  ethics  among  funeral  directors  and  per- 
sons who  operate  funeral  establishments  and  trans- 
fer services. 

4.  To  administer  the  Compensation  Fund. 

5.  To  oversee  and  inspect  trust  accounts  that  funeral 
establishments  and  transfer  services  are  required  by 
law  to  establish  or  maintain. 


6.     To   mediate   complaints   between   consumers  and 
licensees. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  5 

7.  To  establish  and  develop  standards  for  funeral 
establishments. 

8.  To  perform  such  other  duties  and  exercise  such 
other  powers  as  are  imposed  or  conferred  on  the 
Board  by  or  under  any  Act. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  its  objects,  the  Board  Capacity  and 
has  the  capacity  and  the  powers  of  a  natural  person.  Board^  ° 

(5)  The  Board  shall,  Duties  of 

^   '  Board 

(a)  review  the  operation  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
and  make  recommendations  to  the  Minister  there- 
on; 

(b)  approve  or  set  courses  of  study  and  examinations 
for  the  qualification  of  applicants  for  licences;  and 

(c)  carry  out  such  duties  as  are  prescribed. 

4. — (1)  The  Board  shall  be  composed  of  the  following  composition 
members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council: 

1.  A  prescribed  number  of  funeral  directors,  one  of 
whom, 

i.  is  not  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  estabhsh- 
ment, 

ii.  is  not  a  director  of  a  corporation  that  is 
licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  establishment, 
and 

iii.  does  not  direct  the  operation  of  a  funeral 
establishment. 

2.  A  prescribed  number  of  persons  who  are  not 
funeral  directors. 

(2)  The  members  of  the  Board  shall  be  appointed  to  hold  Term  of 
office  for  a  term  not  exceeding  three  years  and  may  be  reap-  °  '^ 
pointed    for    further    successive    terms,    but    shall    not    be 
appointed  or  reappointed  for  more  than  six  successive  years. 

(3)  A  vacancy  on  the  Board  caused  by  the  death,  resigna-  vacancy 
tion,  removal  or  incapacity  to  act  of  a  member  may  be  filled 

by  the  appointment  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  of 
a  person  to  hold  office  for  the  unexpired  portion  of  the  term 
of  office  of  such  member. 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Quorum 


Officers 


(4)  Five  members  of  the  Board,  at  least  two  of  whom  shall 
be  members  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  (1), 
constitute  a  quorum. 

(5)  The  Board  shall  appoint  a  chairperson  and  vice-chair- 
person and  such  other  officers  as  are  considered  necessary 
from  among  the  members  of  the  Board. 


Expenses  and 
remuneration 
of  members 
of  Board 


(6)  The  members  of  the  Board, 

(a)  appointed  under  paragraph  1  of  subsection  (1)  shall 
be  paid  by  the  Board  such  expenses  and  remunera- 
tion as  are  prescribed;  and 

(b)  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  (1)  shall 
be  paid,  out  of  the  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by 
the  Legislature,  such  expenses  and  remuneration  as 
are  determined  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council. 


Staff  (7)  The  Board  may  employ  such  employees  and  retain  such 

assistance  as  is  necessary  to  perform  the  work  of  the  Board 
and  may  determine  their  salary,  remuneration  and  terms  and 
conditions  of  employment. 

(8)  The  Board  shall  meet  at  least  four  times  a  year. 

Continuation       (9)  xhc  members  of  the  Board  who  were  in  office  immedi- 
members        atcly  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act  are  continued  in 

office  until  the  expiration  of  their  terms  or  until  their  offices 

otherwise  become  vacant. 


Meetings  of 
Board 


Annual 
report 


Idem 


(10)  The  Board  shall  deliver  to  the  Minister  each  year  an 
annual  report  on  the  affairs  of  the  Board  and  on  the  operation 
of  the  Compensation  Fund. 

(11)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  annual  report  to  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
session. 


Powers  of 
Minister 


5.  The  Minister  may,  in  addition  to  any  other  powers  and 
duties  conferred  on  the  Minister  by  or  under  any  Act, 

(a)  review  the  activities  of  the  Board; 

(b)  request  the  Board  to  undertake  activities  that,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  are  necessary  and 
advisable  to  carry  out  the  intent  of  this  Act; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  7 

(c)  advise  the  Board  with  respect  to  the  implementa- 
tion of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  with  respect 
to  the  methods  used  or  proposed  to  be  used  by  the 
Board  to  implement  policies  and  to  enforce  its 
by-laws  and  procedures. 

6. — (1)  The  Board  may  pass  by-laws  relating  to  the  admin-  By-laws 
istrative  and  domestic  affairs  of  the  Board  not  inconsistent 
with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and,  without  limiting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing, 

1.  specifying  the  seal  of  the  Board; 

2.  providing  for  the  execution  of  documents  by  the 
Board; 

3.  respecting  banking  and  finance; 

4.  fixing  the  financial  year  of  the  Board  and  providing 
for  the  audit  of  the  accounts  and  transactions  of  the 
Board; 

5.  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conducting  of 
meetings  of  the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board 
and  the  duties  of  members  of  the  Board  and  com- 
mittees of  the  Board; 

6.  providing  for  a  code  of  ethics; 

7.  delegating  to  the  Executive  Committee  such  powers 
and  duties  of  the  Board  as  are  set  out  in  the  by- 
laws, other  than  the  power  to  make,  amend  or 
revoke  regulations  and  by-laws; 

8.  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conducting  of 
meetings  of  licensees; 

9.  providing  for  the  use  of  forms; 

10.  providing  procedures  for  the  making,  amending  and 
revoking  of  the  by-laws; 

11.  respecting  management  of  the  property  of  the 
Board; 

12.  providing  for  the  appointment,  composition,  powers 
and  duties  of  committees  in  addition  to  those  com- 
mittees established  under  subsection  7  (1); 


8  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

13.  respecting  the  application  of  the  funds  of  the  Board 
and  the  investment  and  reinvestment  of  any  of  its 
funds  not  immediately  required,  and  for  the  safe- 
keeping of  its  securities; 

14.  respecting  membership  of  the  Board  in  other  organ- 
izations, the  payment  of  annual  assessments  and 
provision  for  representatives  at  meetings; 

15.  respecting  the  appointment  of  inspectors  by  the 
Registrar  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

16.  providing  for  meetings  of  the  Board  and  commit- 
tees, except  in  a  proceeding  in  respect  of  a  licence, 
by  means  of  conference  telephone  or  other  commu- 
nications equipment  by  means  of  which  all  persons 
participating  in  the  meeting  can  hear  each  other, 
and  a  member  of  the  Board  or  committee  partici- 
pating in  a  meeting  in  accordance  with  such  by-law 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  present  in  person  at  the 
meeting; 

17.  providing  that  the  Board  or  a  committee  may  act 
upon  a  resolution  consented  to  by  the  signatures  of 
all  members  of  the  Board  or  the  committee  except 
in  a  proceeding  in  respect  of  a  licence,  and  a  resolu- 
tion so  consented  to  in  accordance  with  such  a  by- 
law is  as  valid  and  effective  as  if  passed  at  a  meeting 
of  the  Board  or  the  committee  duly  called,  consti- 
tuted and  held  for  that  purpose; 

18.  providing  for  the  payment  of  necessary  expenses  of 
the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board  in  the  con- 
duct of  their  business; 

19.  providing  for  the  Board  to  enter  into  arrangements 
on  behalf  of  licensees  with  respect  to  the  bonding  of 
licensees  and  requiring  the  payment  and  remittance 
of  premiums  in  connection  therewith,  setting  levies 
that  shall  be  paid  by  licensees  and  exempting  licen- 
sees or  any  class  thereof  from  all  or  any  part  of  such 
levy; 

20.  providing  for  the  establishment  of  group  insurance 
plans,  other  than  for  professional  liability,  in  which 
licensees  may  participate  on  a  voluntary  basis; 

21.  regarding  such  other  matters  as  are  entailed  in  car- 
rying on  the  business  of  the  Board. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  9 

(2)  A  copy  of  the  by-laws  made  under  subsection  (1)  and  Distribution 

^   '^  J  /  •\,         ^  •'  ^   -^  of  by-laws 

amendments  thereto, 

(a)  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  Minister; 

(b)  shall  be  forwarded  to  each  licensee;  and 

(c)  shall  be  available  for  public  inspection  in  the  office 
of  the  Board. 

(3)  At  any  time  before  or  after  receiving  a  copy  of  a  by-law  Minister  may 
made  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  may,  by  an  order  in  amend  °^ 
writing,  revoke  or  amend  the  by-law.  by-laws 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  a  by-law  is  effective  until  so  ''•^m 
revoked  or  amended  by  the  Minister  and  no  act  done  or  right 
acquired  under  any  such  by-law  before  revocation  or  amend- 
ment by  the  Minister  is  prejudicially  affected  by  the  revoca- 
tion or  amendment. 

7. — (1)  The  Board  shall  establish  and  appoint  the  follow-  Estabiish- 

^   ^.^  '■  '■  ment  of 

ing  committees:  committees 

1.  Executive  Committee. 

2.  Licensing  Committee. 

3.  Complaints  Committee. 

4.  Discipline  Committee. 

5.  Compensation  Fund  Committee. 

(2)  The  Board  may  establish  such  other  committees  in  addi-  J^^^m 
tion  to  those  estabhshed  under  subsection  (1)  as  the  Board 
from  time  to  time  considers  necessary. 

(3)  If  one  or  more  vacancies  occur  in  the  membership  of  a  vacancies 
committee,  the  members  remaining  constitute  the  committee 

so  long  as  their  number  is  not  fewer  than  a  quorum  of  the 
committee. 

8.— (1)  The  Executive  Committee  shall  be  composed  of  g^^^J^^^^ 
three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4(1). 

(2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Executive  chairperson 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 


10 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Quorum  (3)  x^q  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  constitute  a 

quorum. 


Powers  of 
Executive 
Committee 


Urgent 
matters 


(4)  The  Board  may  delegate  to  the  Executive  Committee 
the  authority  to  exercise  any  power  or  perform  any  duty  of 
the  Board,  other  than  to  make,  amend  or  revoke  a  by-law. 

(5)  Subject  to  ratification  by  the  Board  at  its  next  ensuing 
meeting,  the  Executive  Committee  may  take  action  upon  any 
other  matter  that  requires  immediate  attention  between  meet- 
ings of  the  Board,  other  than  to  make,  amend  or  revoke  a 
by-law. 


Licensing 
Committee 


9. — (1)  The  Licensing  Committee  shall  be  composed  of 
three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4(1). 


Chairperson        (2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Licensing 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 


Quorum 


(3)  Two  members  of  the  Licensing  Committee  constitute  a 
quorum. 


§Z!fttee  !••— (1)  The  Complaints  Committee  shall  be  composed  of 

three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  person  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection 
4  (1). 

Chairperson        ^2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Complaints 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 


Quorum 


(3)  Two  members  of  the  Complaints  Committee  constitute 
a  quorum. 


Discipline 
Committee 


11. — (1)  The  Discipline  Committee  shall  be  composed  of 
four  members  of  the  Board,  two  of  whom  shall  be  persons 
appointed  under  paragraph  2  of  subsection  4  (1). 


Chairperson        ^2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Discipline 
Committee  to  be  chairperson. 


Quorum 


(3)  Three  members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  constitute 
a  quorum. 


Majority  vote  (4)  ^n  disciplinary  decisions  of  the  Discipline  Committee 
require  the  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Disci- 
pline Committee  present  at  the  hearing. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  11 

(5)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  commences  a  hearing  and  a  Disability  of 
member  of  the  Discipline  Committee  is  unable  to  continue  to  "^"^  ^^ 
act,  the  remaining  members  may  complete  the  hearing  despite 
the  absence  of  the  member. 

12. — (1)  The   Compensation   Fund   Committee   shall   be  Compen- 
composed  of  three  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Board,  col^ittee 
two  of  whom  shall  be  persons  appointed  under  paragraph  2  of 
subsection  4  (1). 

(2)  The  Board  shall  name  one  member  of  the  Compensa-  chairperson 
tion  Fund  Committee  to  be  chairperson, 

(3)  Two  members  of  the  Compensation  Fund  Committee  Quorum 
constitute  a  quorum. 

13. — (1)  The  Licensing  Committee  shall  consider  all  mat-  Povyers  and 
ters  that  are  referred  to  it  by  the  Registrar  under  section  22.       LkSing 

Committee 

(2)  The  Licensing  Committee  may  make  recommendations  Recommen- 
to  the  Registrar  with  respect  to, 

(a)  the  eligibility  of  an  applicant  for  a  licence  or  a 
renewal  of  a  licence; 

(b)  issuing  or  refusing  to  issue  a  licence  to  an  applicant 
for  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence; 

(c)  issuing  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence  to  an 
applicant  subject  to  conditions; 

(d)  suspending  or  revoking  the  licence  of  a  licensee; 

(e)  the  desirability  of  requiring  an  applicant  for  a 
licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  licence  or  a  licensee  to 
take  and  pass  such  additional  training  or  part 
thereof  that  may  be  prescribed;  or 

(f)  exempting  an  applicant  for  a  license  or  a  renewal  of 
a  licence  or  a  licensee  from  any  licensing  require- 
ment. 

14. — (1)  The  Complaints  Committee  shall  consider  and  Sm^Unts 
investigate  complaints  regarding  the  conduct  or  actions  of  any  commhtee 
licensee,  but  no  action  shall  be  taken  by  the  Complaints  Com- 
mittee under  subsection  (2)  unless, 

(a)  a  written  complaint  has  been  filed  with  the  Regis- 
trar and  the  licensee  whose  conduct  or  actions  are 
being  investigated  has  been  notified  of  the  com- 


12 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Idem 


plaint  and  given  at  least  two  weeks  in  which  to  sub- 
mit in  writing  to  the  Committee  any  explanations  or 
representations  the  licensee  may  wish  to  make  con- 
cerning the  matter;  and 

(b)  the  Committee  has  examined  or  has  made  every 
reasonable  effort  to  examine  all  records  and  other 
documents  relating  to  the  complaint. 

(2)  The   Complaints  Committee   in  accordance  with  the 
information  it  receives  may, 


(a)  consider  all  or  part  of  the  matter; 

(b)  direct  that  all  or  part  of  the  matter  be  referred  to 
the  Discipline  Committee;  and 

(c)  subject  to  subsection  (9),  take  or  recommend  such 
action  that  it  considers  appropriate  in  the  circum- 
stances and  that  is  not  inconsistent  with  this  Act, 
the  regulations  or  the  by-laws. 

Decisions  (3)  YhQ  Complaiuts  Committee  shall  advise  the  Registrar  in 

and  reasons  ■.•  c  .^  .■        •.  ,  .         ,  . 

writing  of  the  action  it  proposes  to  take  or  recommend  and  its 
reasons  therefor. 


Notice 


Hearing 


(4)  Subsections  (3)  and  (6)  do  not  apply  to  a  matter  that  is 
referred  to  the  Discipline  Committee. 

(5)  The  Complaints  Committee  is  not  required  to  hold  a 
hearing  or  to  afford  any  person  an  opportunity  for  a  hearing 
or  to  make  oral  submissions  before  it  prior  to  it  taking  action 
or  making  a  recommendation  under  this  section. 


Notice 


No  hearing 


(6)  The  Registrar  shall  send  to  the  complainant  and  to  the 
person  complained  against  by  prepaid  first  class  mail  a  copy  of 
the  proposal  of  the  Complaints  Committee  and  its  reasons 
therefor,  if  any,  together  with  notice  that  informs  the  person 
to  whom  it  is  sent  that  the  person  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by 
the  Tribunal  if  the  person  mails  or  delivers  to  the  Registrar 
and  to  the  Tribunal,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  notice  is 
served  on  the  person,  notice  in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  and 
the  person  may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 

(7)  If  a  complainant  or  the  person  complained  against  does 
not  require  a  hearing  by  the  Tribunal,  the  Complaints  Com- 
mittee may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated  in  the  notice  to  the 
complainant  or  the  person  complained  against. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


13 


(8)  If  the  complainant  or  the  person  complained  against 
requires  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and 
hold  a  hearing. 


Hearing 


(9)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order  Order 
direct  the  Complaints  Committee  to  carry  out  the  proposal  or 
refrain  from  carrying  out  the  proposal  and  to  take  such  action 

as  the  Tribunal  considers  the  Complaints  Committee  ought  to 
take  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and,  for 
such  purposes,  the  Tribunal  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that 
of  the  Complaints  Committee. 

(10)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  as  Conditions 
it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(11)  The  Registrar,  the  person  who  required  the  hearing  Parties 
and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal  may  specify  are  parties 

to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal  under  this  section. 

15.  Despite  subsection  14  (1),  the  Board  or  the  Executive  Reference  by 

Committee  may  direct  the  Discipline  Committee  to  hold  a  Executive 

hearing  and  determine  any  allegation  of  professional  miscon-  Committee 
duct  or  incompetence  on  the  part  of  a  funeral  director. 


16. — (1)  The  Discipline  Committee  shall, 

(a)  when  so  directed  by  the  Board,  Executive  Commit- 
tee or  Complaints  Committee,  hear  and  determine 
allegations  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompe- 
tence against  a  funeral  director; 

(b)  hear  and  determine  matters  referred  to  it  by  the 
Board,  Registrar,  Executive  Committee  or  Com- 
plaints Committee  under  this  Act  with  respect  to 
funeral  directors;  and 

(c)  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  it  by 
the  Board. 


Duties  of 
Discipline 
Committee 


(2)  A  funeral  director  may  be  found  guilty  of  professional  Professional 

•  t?        "^  J.  niisco  ncliict 

misconduct  by  the  Discipline  Committee  if, 

(a)  the  funeral  director  has  been  found  guilty  of  an 
offence  that  is  relevant  to  the  funeral  director's  suit- 
ability to  practise  as  a  funeral  director,  upon  proof 
of  such  conviction;  or 

(b)  the  funeral  director  has  been  guihy  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Discipline  Committee  of  professional  miscon- 
duct as  prescribed. 


14  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

Incompetence  (3)  The  Discipline  Committee  may  find  a  funeral  director 
to  be  incompetent  if  in  its  opinion, 

(a)  the  funeral  director  has  displayed  in  the  providing 
or  in  directing  the  providing  of  funeral  services  or 
funeral  supplies  or  in  performing  or  supervising  the 
performing  of  an  embalming,  a  lack  of  knowledge, 
skill  or  judgment  of  a  nature  or  to  an  extent  that 
demonstrates  the  funeral  director  is  unfit  to  con- 
tinue as  a  funeral  director; 

(b)  the  funeral  director  is  suffering  from  a  physical  or 
mental  condition  or  disorder  of  a  nature  and  extent 
that  makes  it  desirable  in  the  interest  of  the  public 
that  the  funeral  director  no  longer  be  permitted  to 
continue  as  a  funeral  director. 

Examinations  (4)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  is  required  to  hear  and 
determine  allegations  of  incompetence  under  clause  (3)  (b), 
the  Discipline  Committee  may  require  the  funeral  director 
who  is  the  subject  of  the  hearing  to  submit  to  a  physical  or 
mental  examination,  or  both,  by  such  persons  as  the  Board 
designates. 

Suspension  of  (5)  If  a  funeral  director  fails  to  submit  to  an  examination 
required  under  this  section,  the  Discipline  Committee  may 
order  that  the  licence  of  the  funeral  director  be  suspended 
until  the  funeral  director  submits  to  the  examination. 

Evidence  (6)  A  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner  who  conducts  a 

physical  or  mental  examination  required  under  this  section  is 
not  compellable  to  produce  at  the  hearing  his  or  her  case  his- 
tories, notes  or  any  other  records  that  may  constitute  medical 
evidence. 

Report  (7)  A  person  who  conducts  an  examination  under  this  sec- 

tion shall  upon  completing  the  examination  forthwith  prepare 
and  deliver  to  the  Registrar  a  report  that  contains  facts,  find- 
ings and  conclusions  and  suggested  treatment,  if  any. 

Idem  (8)  A  report  that  is  prepared  as  a  resuh  of  an  examination 

that  is  conducted  under  this  section  shall  be  delivered  by  the 
Registrar  to  the  funeral  director, 

(a)  if  the  examination  is  required  prior  to  the  hearing, 
at  least  five  days  prior  to  the  commencement  of  the 
hearing;  or 


licence 


1989 


FXWERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


15 


(b)  if  the  examination  is  required  during  the  course  of 
the  hearing,  at  least  five  days  prior  to  its  introduc- 
tion as  evidence. 

(9)  A  report  that  is  prepared  as  a  result  of  an  examination  ^'^^^ 
that  is  conducted  under  this  section  is  receivable  as  evidence 
without  proof  of  its  making  or  the  signature  of  the  person 
making  the  report. 


(10)  A  party  to  the  hearing  who  is  not  tendering  a  report  as  R|ght  to 
evidence  has  the  right  to  summon  and  cross  examine  the  per 
son  who  made  the  report  on  the  contents  of  the  report. 


cross 
examine 


(11)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  finds  a  funeral  director  Powers  of 
guilty  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompetence,  it  may  by  committee 
order  do  any  of  the  following  things  or  any  combination  of  the 
following  things: 

1.  Revoke  the  licence  of  the  funeral  director. 

2.  Suspend  the  licence  of  the  funeral  director  for  a 
stated  period. 

3.  Impose  restrictions  on  the  licence  of  the  funeral 
director  for  a  period  and  subject  to  the  conditions 
specified  by  the  Discipline  Committee. 

4.  Reprimand  the  funeral  director. 

5.  Impose  such  fine  as  the  Discipline  Committee  con- 
siders appropriate  to  a  maximum  of  $10,000  to  be 
paid  by  the  funeral  director  to  the  Treasurer  of 
Ontario  for  payment  into  the  Consolidated  Revenue 
Fund. 


6.  Direct  that  the  imposition  of  a  penahy  be  sus- 
pended or  postponed  for  the  period  and  upon  the 
terms  specified  by  the  Discipline  Committee. 

(12)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  imposes  a  fine  or  repri-  Entry  on 
mands  a  funeral  director,   the   Discipline   Committee   may 
direct  that  the  fine  or  the  reprimand  not  be  entered  in  the 
applicable  register. 

(13)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  Costs 
commencement  of  the  proceedings  was  unwarranted,   the 
Committee  may  order  that  the  Board  reimburse  the  funeral 
director  for  the  funeral  director's  costs  or  such  portion  thereof 

as  the  Discipline  Committee  fixes. 


16 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Stay  on 
appeal  for 
incompetence 


(14)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  revokes,  suspends  or 
restricts  a  licence  on  the  grounds  of  incompetence,  the  deci- 
sion takes  effect  immediately  despite  the  fact  that  an  appeal  is 
taken  from  the  decision,  unless  the  Tribunal  otherwise  orders 
and,  where  the  Tribunal  is  satisfied  that  it  is  appropriate  in 
the  circumstances,  the  Tribunal  may  so  order. 


Stay  on 
appeal  for 
professional 
misconduct 


(15)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  revokes,  suspends  or 
restricts  a  licence  on  grounds  other  than  for  incompetence,  the 
order  does  not  take  effect  until  the  time  for  appeal  from  the 
order  has  expired  without  an  appeal  being  taken  or,  if  taken, 
the  appeal  has  been  disposed  of  or  abandoned,  unless  the  Dis- 
cipline Committee  otherwise  orders,  and,  where  the  Commit- 
tee considers  that  it  is  appropriate  for  the  protection  of  the 
public,  the  Committee  may  so  order. 


Service  of 
decision  of 
Discipline 
Committee 


(16)  If  the  Discipline  Committee  finds  a  funeral  director 
guilty  of  professional  misconduct  or  incompetence,  a  copy  of 
the  decision  shall  be  served  upon  the  person  complaining  in 
respect  of  the  conduct  or  action  of  the  funeral  director. 


Continuation 
on  expiry  of 
Committee 
membership 


(17)  If  a  proceeding  is  commenced  before  the  Discipline 
Committee  and  the  term  of  office  on  the  Board  or  on  the 
Committee  of  a  member  sitting  for  the  hearing  expires  or  is 
terminated  before  the  proceeding  is  disposed  of  but  after  evi- 
dence has  been  heard,  the  member  shall  be  deemed  to  remain 
a  member  of  the  Discipline  Committee  for  the  purpose  of 
completing  the  disposition  of  the  proceeding  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  if  his  or  her  term  of  office  had  not  expired  or  been  ter- 
minated. 


Parties  to 
discipline 
proceedings 


17. — (1)  In  proceedings  before  the  Discipline  Committee, 
the  Board  and  the  funeral  director  whose  conduct  is  being 
investigated  in  the  proceedings  are  parties  to  the  proceedings. 


Examination 
of 

documentary 
evidence 


(2)  A  funeral  director  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated 
in  proceedings  before  the  Discipline  Committee  shall  be 
afforded  an  opportunity  to  examine  before  the  hearing  any 
written  or  documentary  evidence  that  will  be  produced  or  any 
report  the  contents  of  which  will  be  given  in  evidence  at  the 
hearing. 


Members 
holding 
hearing  not 
to  have 
taken  part  in 
investigation, 
etc. 


(3)  Members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  holding  a  hear- 
ing shall  not  have  taken  part  before  the  hearing  in  any  investi- 
gation of  the  subject-matter  of  the  hearing  other  than  as  a 
member  of  the  Board  considering  the  referral  of  the  matter  to 
the  Discipline  Committee  or  at  a  previous  hearing  of  the 
Committee. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


17 


of 


(4)  Members  of  the  Discipline  Committee  shall  not  commu-  No 
nicate  directly  or  indirectly  in  relation  to  the  subject-matter  of  catToT  ' 
the  hearing  with  any  person  or  with  any  party  or  representa- 
tive of  a  party  except  upon  notice  to  and  opportunity  for  all 
parties  to  participate. 

(5)  The  Discipline  Committee  may  seek  legal  advice  from  Advice 
an  adviser  independent  from  the  parties  and,  in  such  case,  the 
nature  of  the  advice  shall  be  made  known  to  the  parties  in 
order  that  they  may  make  submissions  as  to  the  law. 

(6)  The  oral  evidence  taken  before  the  Discipline  Commit-  Recording 
tee  shall  be  recorded  and,  if  so  required,  copies  or  a  transcript 
thereof  shall  be  furnished  only  to  the  parties  at  the  cost  to  the 
parties. 


(7)  Documents  and  things  put  in  evidence  at  a  hearing  of  Release  of 

QOCllIT16nt£irV 

the  Discipline  Committee  shall,  upon  the  request  of  the  per-  evidence 
son  who  produced  them,  be  released  to  the  person  by  the 
Committee  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  matter  in  issue 
has  been  finally  determined. 

18. — (1)  A  party  to   proceedings  before   the   Discipline  ^p^^^I° 
Committee  may  appeal  from  its  decision  or  order  to  the 
Tribunal. 

(2)  Subsections  14  (6)  to  (11)  apply  with  necessary  modifi-  Application 
cations  to  an  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  from  a  decision  or  order 
of  the  Discipline  Committee. 

19. — (1)  No  person  shall  act  or  imply  that  the  person  is  Licence 
available  to  act  as  a  funeral  director  unless  the  person  is  ^^^^^^^ 
licensed  to  do  so. 

(2)  No  person  shall  operate  or  imply  that  the  person  is  I'lem 
available  to  operate  a  funeral  establishment  unless  the  person 
is  licensed  to  do  so. 


(3)  No  person  shall  operate  or  imply  that  the  person  is  I'lem 
available  to  operate  a  transfer  service  unless, 

(a)  the  person  is  licensed  to  do  so;  or 

(b)  the  person  is  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral  establish- 
ment and  the  transfer  service  is  operated  as  part  of 
the  normal  operation  of  the  funeral  establishment. 

(4)  No  person  other  than  a  funeral  director  who  is  licensed  'dem 
to  do  so  shall  perform  or  imply  that  the  person  is  available  to 
perform  embalming. 


18 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Place  of 
business 


(5)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or 
transfer  service  except  at  a  place  that  is  named  in  the  licence 
of  the  person. 


Funeral 
services 


Idem 


(6)  No  funeral  director  shall  offer  funeral  services  except 
through  a  licensed  funeral  establishment. 

(7)  No  funeral  director  shall  offer  funeral  services  to  the 
public  except  through  an  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment 
who  is  licensed  to  do  so. 


Funeral  (g)  Nq  Operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  shall  employ  a 

establishment  pg^^^jj  ^^  ^  funeral  director  unless  the  person  is  licensed  as  a 
funeral  director. 


Direction  and 
management 


(9)  Every  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  shall  ensure 
that  the  funeral  establishment  is  managed  and  directly  super- 
vised by  a  funeral  director  who  is  responsible  for  the  conduct 
or  misconduct  of  any  person  to  whom  the  funeral  director 
delegates  responsibilities. 


Idem  (10)  No  funeral  director  shall  manage  and  directly  super- 

vise the  operation  of  more  than  one  funeral  establishment 
except  as  prescribed. 

Corporation  (n)  Each  Corporation  that  is  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral 
estabHshment  shall  ensure  that  at  least  one  of  the  directors  of 
the  corporation  is  a  funeral  director. 

Exceptions         (12)  Subsections  (1)  and  (4)  do  not  apply, 

(a)  to  a  student  in  a  training  program  who  is  working 
under  the  supervision  and  in  the  presence  of  a 
funeral  director;  or 

(b)  to  a  student  who  is  enrolled  in  a  recognized  course 
of  funeral  services  education  and  who  is  working 
under  the  supervision  and  in  the  presence  of  the 
instructor  of  the  course. 


Idem 


(13)  Subsection  (4)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  employed  in 
a  recognized  school  of  medicine  or  anatomy  while  so 
employed. 


Application  20. — (1)  A  person  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a  licence 
to  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  to  operate  a  transfer 
service. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  19 

(2)  A  person  who  has  successfully  completed  the  educa-  ^^^^ 
tional  requirements  that  are  prescribed  may  apply  to  the 
Registrar  for  a  licence  as  a  funeral  director. 

(3)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of  a  Requirement 
licence  as  a  funeral  director  or  to  operate  a  funeral  establish- 
ment or  to  operate  a  transfer  service  except  if, 

(a)  the  applicant  cannot  reasonably  be  expected  to  be 
competent  or  financially  responsible  in  the  conduct 
of  the  applicant's  business; 

(b)  the  past  or  present  conduct  of  the  persons  referred 
to  in  subsection  (4)  affords  reasonable  grounds  for 
belief  that  the  applicant  will  not  operate  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law  and  with  integrity  and  honesty; 

(c)  the  applicant  or  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  appli- 
cant makes  a  false  statement  or  provides  a  false 
statement  in  an  application  for  a  licence; 

(d)  the  applicant  is  carrying  on  activities  that  are,  or 
will  be  if  the  applicant  is  licensed,  in  contravention 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(e)  the  appUcant  will,  if  licensed,  be  carrying  on  activi- 
ties under  this  Act  and  the  regulations  that  are  in 
contravention  of  another  Act  or  a  municipal  by-law; 
or 

(f)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  that  operates  a  funeral 
establishment,  no  director  of  the  corporation  is  a 
funeral  director. 

(4)  Clause  (3)  (b)  applies  to  the  following  persons:  ^<iem 

1.  The  applicant. 

2.  An  officer  or  director  of  the  applicant. 

3.  A  person  holding  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the 
equity  shares  of  the  applicant  or  an  officer  or  direc- 
tor of  such  person. 

4.  Any  person  having  a  beneficial  interest  in  the  oper- 
ation of  the  business  of  the  applicant  or  licensee. 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  as  a  funeral  director,  issue 
to  operate  a  funeral  estabUshment  or  to  operate  a  transfer  ser- 
vice, as  the  case  requires,  to  every  applicant  therefor  who 


20 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Conditions 


Refusal  to 
issue 


Refusal  to 
renew 


Fees 


Proposal 


Notice 


No  hearing 


Hearing 


pays  the  fee  that  is  prescribed,  complies  with  this  Act  and  the 
regulations  and  is  not  disentitled  under  subsection  (3). 

(6)  A  licence  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con- 
sented to  by  the  applicant,  imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or  pre- 
scribed. 

21. — (1)  Subject  to  section  22,  the  Registrar  may  refuse  to 
issue  a  licence  to  an  applicant  if  the  applicant  is  not  entitled  to 
a  licence  under  subsection  20  (3). 

(2)  Subject  to  section  22,  the  Registrar  may  refuse  to  renew 
or  may  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence, 

(a)  for  any  reason  that  would  disentitle  the  licensee  to  a 
licence  under  subsection  20  (3)  if  the  licensee  were 
an  applicant; 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  in  breach  of  a  condition  of  the 
licence;  or 

(c)  if  the  licensee  is  a  corporation  and  the  shareholders 
of  the  corporation  have  changed  in  the  manner  and 
to  the  extent  prescribed. 

(3)  Subject  to  section  22,  the  Registrar  shall  refuse  to  issue 
or  renew  a  licence  if  the  applicant  has  not  paid  the  fee  that  is 
prescribed. 

22. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  proposes  to  refuse  to  issue  or 
renew  a  licence,  proposes  to  issue  a  licence  subject  to  condi- 
tions or  proposes  to  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence,  the  Registrar 
shall  serve  notice  of  the  proposal,  together  with  written  rea- 
sons therefor,  on  the  applicant  or  the  licensee. 

(2)  A  notice  under  subsection  (1)  shall  inform  the  applicant 
or  licensee  that  the  applicant  or  licensee  is  entitled  to  a  hear- 
ing by  the  Tribunal  if  the  applicant  or  licensee  mails  or  deliv- 
ers to  the  Registrar  and  to  the  Tribunal,  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  notice  is  served  on  the  applicant  or  licensee,  notice 
in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  and  the  applicant  or  licensee 
may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 

(3)  If  an  applicant  or  licensee  does  not  require  a  hearing  by 
the  Tribunal,  the  Registrar  may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated 
in  the  notice  to  the  applicant  or  licensee. 

(4)  If  an  applicant  or  licensee  requires  a  hearing,  the 
Tribunal  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  a  hearing. 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


21 


(5)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order  order 
direct  the  Registrar  to  carry  out  the  proposal  or  refrain  from 
carrying  out  the  proposal  and  to  take  such  action  as  the  Tribu- 
nal considers  the  Registrar  ought  to  take  in  accordance  with 

this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  for  such  purposes  the  Tribu- 
nal may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of  the  Registrar. 

(6)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  or  Conditions 
to  the  licence  as  it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act. 

(7)  The    Registrar,    the    applicant    or   licensee   who    has  Paries 
required  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal 

may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal 
under  this  section. 

(8)  The  Registrar  may  cancel  a  licence  upon  the  request  in  Cancellation 
writing  of  the  licensee  and  the  surrender  of  the  licence  by  the 
licensee. 

(9)  The  Registrar  may  refer  any  matter  that  deals  with  Referral 
licensing  to  the  Licensing  Committee  for  their  recommenda- 
tions. 


23. — (1)  A  person  who  is  refused  a  licence  or  who  is  Application 
refused  a  renewal  of  a  licence  may  apply  in  writing  to  the 
Registrar  for  the  issuance  of  a  licence  only  if  at  least  one  year 
has  passed  since  the  refusal. 


(2)  A  person  whose  licence  is  revoked  under  this  Act  or 
whose  registration  was  cancelled  under  a  predecessor  of  this 
Act  may  apply  in  writing  to  the  Registrar  for  the  issuance  of  a 
licence  only  if  at  least  one  year  has  passed  since  the  revoca- 
tion or  cancellation. 


Idem 


(3)  A  person  whose  licence  is  suspended  under  this  Act  or  ^^^^ 
whose  registration  was  suspended  under  a  predecessor  of  this 
Act,  for  more  than  one  year,  may  apply  in  writing  to  the  Reg- 
istrar for  the  removal  of  the  suspension  only  if  at  least  one 
year  has  passed  since  the  suspension. 

24. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  proposes  to  suspend  or  revoke  a  Temporary 
licence,  the  Registrar  may,  if  the  Registrar  considers  it  to  be 
necessary  in  the  public  interest,  by  order,  temporarily  suspend 
the  licence  and  the  order  shall  take  effect  immediately. 

(2)  If  a  hearing  is  required  with  respect  to  a  proposal  to  Hearing 
suspend  or  revoke  a  licence,  the  order  expires  fifteen  days 
after  the  date  of  the  notice  requiring  the  hearing  unless  the 
hearing  is  commenced,  in  which  case  the  Tribunal  holding  the 


22 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


No  licence 


Stay 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  274 


Continuation 


hearing  may  extend  the  time  of  expiration  until  the  hearing  is 
concluded. 

(3)  If  the  Registrar  by  order  temporarily  suspends  a  licence 
under  this  section  or  section  22,  the  licensee  shall  during  the 
term  of  the  suspension  be  considered  not  to  be  licensed  under 
this  Act. 

25.  Despite  the  fact  that  a  licensee  appeals  from  an  order 
of  the  Tribunal  under  section  11  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer 
and  Commercial  Relations  Act,  the  order  takes  effect  immedi- 
ately but  the  Tribunal  may  grant  a  stay  until  the  disposition  of 
the  appeal. 

26.  If  in  the  time  prescribed  therefor  or,  if  no  time  is  pre- 
scribed before  the  expiry  of  the  licensee's  licence,  a  licensee 
applies  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  renewal  of  the  licence 
and  pays  the  fee  prescribed,  the  licence  shall  be  deemed  to 
continue, 

(a)  until  the  renewal  is  granted;  or 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  served  with  a  notice  that  the  Regis- 
trar proposes  to  refuse  to  grant  the  renewal,  until 
the  time  for  giving  notice  requiring  a  hearing  has 
expired  and,  if  a  hearing  is  required,  until  the 
Tribunal  has  made  its  order. 

Advertising  27. — (1)  If  the  Director  or  the  Registrar  believes,  on  rea- 
sonable and  probable  grounds,  that  a  person  licensed  under 
this  Act  has  made  a  false  or  misleading  public  representation 
or  that  a  representation  is  in  contravention  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations,  the  Director  or  the  Registrar  shall  order  the  per- 
son to  stop  making  the  representation  and  in  the  order  shall 
set  out  the  reasons  for  the  order. 

Compliance        (2)  A  pcrson  who  rcccivcs  an  order  under  subsection  (1) 
with  order      ^^^^^  immediately  comply  with  the  order  and  shall  refrain  from 
making  the  representation,  in  any  form,  in  the  future. 

Appeal  (3)  Any  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1) 

may  appeal  the  order  to  the  Tribunal. 

Stay  of  order  (4)  xhc  Tribunal  may  issue  a  stay  of  any  order  made  by  the 
Director  or  Registrar  under  subsection  (1). 

Repayment  28.  If  a  person  is  entitled  to  the  repayment  of  money  paid 
for  or  on  account  of  funeral  services,  the  operator  of  the 
funeral  establishment,  the  funeral  director  who  managed  or 
manages  the  operation  of  the  funeral  establishment  and  any 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


23 


funeral  director  in  the  employ  of  the  operator  of  the  funeral 
establishment  who  received  the  money  or  any  part  thereof  are 
liable  jointly  and  severally  with  any  other  person  who  is  liable 
for  the  repayment  of  the  money. 

29.  A  licence  is  not  required  with  respect  to  rites  and  cer-  Place  of 
emonies  traditionally  provided  at  a  place  of  worship.  "^^^^  *^ 


30. — (1)  No  person  other  than  a  person  who  is  Hcensed  to  Prepaid 
operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  a  transfer  service  and  who  '^""^'^^'^^^ 
is  a  participant  in  good  standing  in  the  Compensation  Fund 
shall  enter  into  or  offer  to  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  with  a 
purchaser. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  selling  funeral  idem 
supplies  under  the  authority  of  the  Cemeteries  Act,  1989.  i989,  c.  50 

31. — (1)  No  licensee  shall  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  contracts 
that  contains  a  provision  for  the  payment  of  interment  rights 
in  a  cemetery  lot. 

(2)  All  goods  or  services  for  which  a  licensee  accepts  pay-  one  contract 
ment  in  respect  of  one  beneficiary  shall  be  included  in  one 
prepaid  contract. 

(3)  No  licensee  shall  enter  into  a  prepaid  contract  that  Guarantee 
guarantees  the  price  of  any  goods  or  services  in  the  contract 

unless  the  price  of  all  goods  and  services  included  in  the  con- 
tract are  guaranteed. 

32. — (1)  Prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary,  the  pur-  Cancellation 
chaser  or  a  person  designated  in  the  contract  by  the  purchaser 
may  cancel  the  contract  at  any  time. 

(2)  Prior  to  the  death  of  the  beneficiary  but  after  the  death  "em 
of  the  purchaser,  the  beneficiary  or  the  beneficiary's  personal 
representative  may  cancel  the  contract  at  any  time. 


(3)  After  the  death  of  the  beneficiary,  only  the  beneficiar- 
y's personal  representative  may  at  any  time  cancel  the  con- 
tract prior  to  the  delivery  of  all  the  services  contracted  for. 


Idem 


(4)  Subsections  (1),  (2)  and  (3)  apply  to  contracts  entered  w^m 
into  before  this  Act  comes  into  force. 


33.  No  person  shall  charge  or  accept  any  payment  with  Prearrange- 
respect  to  a  prearrangement. 

34, — (1)  Every  person  who  receives  a  payment  under  a  Trust 
prepaid   contract   shall   hold   the   amount   of  the   payment 


24 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


together  with  all  income  accrued  thereon  in  trust  until  it  is  dis- 
bursed in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


Cancellation 


(2)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled,  the  person  holding 
the  funds  in  trust  under  the  contract  shall  forthwith  pay  the 
funds  and  all  income  accrued  thereon  to, 


(a)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  prior  to  the 
death  of  the  beneficiary,  the  purchaser  or  the  per- 
son set  out  in  the  contract; 


Deductions 


Application 


Repayment 


Costs 


Contract 
requirements 


(b)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  prior  to  the 
death  of  the  beneficiary  but  after  the  death  of  the 
purchaser,  the  beneficiary;  or 

(c)  if  the  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  after  the  death  of 
the  beneficiary,  the  estate  of  the  beneficiary. 

(3)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  cancelled  after  thirty  days  of  the 
entering  into  of  the  contract,  the  person  paying  under  sub- 
section (2)  may  deduct  from  the  amount  paid  such  fees  as  are^ 
prescribed. 

(4)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  payment  made  to  an 
insurer  under  an  insurance  contract  or  plan. 

35. — (1)  If  a  prepaid  contract  is  fulfilled,  the  balance,  if 
any,  of  the  prepayment  funds  that  are  in  excess  of  the  cost  of 
delivering  the  services  and  supplies  contracted  for  shall  be 
paid  to  the  beneficiary's  estate  forthwith  despite  any  contrary 
provision  in  the  contract. 

(2)  The  cost  of  delivering  the  services  and  supplies  required 
under  a  prepaid  contract  shall  not  exceed  the  amount  that 
would  otherwise  be  charged  for  the  same  services  and  supplies 
if  there  had  not  been  prepayment. 

36. — (1)  A  prepaid  contract  is  not  enforceable  by  an  oper- 
ator of  a  funeral  establishment  or  transfer  service  unless, 

(a)  it  is  written,  signed  by  both  parties  and  complies 
with  the  regulations; 

(b)  it  sets  out  the  purchaser's  cancellation  rights  under 
this  Act;  and 

(c)  the  operator  delivers  a  signed  copy  of  the  contract 
to  the  purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made. 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  25 

(2)  An  operator  of  a  funeral  establishment  or  transfer  ser-  Refund  with 
vice  who  receives  money  under  a  contract  that  is  not  enforce-  '"^^"^^^^ 
able  because  of  the  application  of  this  section  shall  refund  to 

the  purchaser,  immediately  upon  written  demand,  with  inter- 
est at  the  prescribed  rate,  all  money  received. 

(3)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  after  the  supphes  and  ser-  Exception 
vices  have  been  provided  under  the  contract. 

37.  Every  licensee  shall  make  such  information  as  is  pre-  P^^iic 
scribed  available  to  the  public  in  the  manner  and  form  pre-  '"^*'™^*'°" 
scribed. 

38. — (1)  No  person  shall  contact,  in  any  way,  a  person  in  Soliciting 
a  hospital,  nursing  home  or  such  other  institution  as  is  pre-  P'^"^'^"^'^ 
scribed  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  be  made. 

(2)  No  person  shall  contact,  by  telephone  or  in  person,  a  Wem 
person  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  be  made. 

(3)  This  section  does  not  prohibit.  Exception 

(a)  a  contact  made  at  the  request  of  the  person  being 
contacted;  or 

(b)  a  contact  with  a  licensee. 

39. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  Prohibition 
or  transfer  service  in  conjunction  with  the  owner  of  a  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium  in  a  manner  that  is  prescribed. 

(2)  No  person  shall  operate  a  funeral  establishment  or  Wem 
transfer  service  from  locations  that  are  prescribed. 

40. — (1)  If  the  Director  or  the  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that  Restraining 
a  person  is  not  complying  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  °^  ^^ 
despite  the  imposition  of  a  penalty  in  respect  of  the  non- 
compliance and  despite  the  fact  that  another  remedy  may  be 
available,  the  Director  or  the  Board  may  apply  to  a  judge  of 
the  High  Court  for  an  order  directing  the  person  to  comply. 

(2)  Upon  an  application  under  subsection  (1),  the  judge  Wem 
may  make  the  order  applied  for  or  such  other  order  as  the 
judge  thinks  appropriate. 

(3)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order  '''em 
made  under  subsection  (2). 

41. — (1)  If  the   Director   has   reasonable   and   probable  Freezing 
grounds  to  believe  that  a  licensee  is  doing  or  is  about  to  do 


26 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


something  that  will  jeopardize  the  public  interest,  the  Director 
may  direct  any  person  holding,  having  on  deposit  or  control- 
ling assets  of  the  licensee  or  trust  funds  under  the  control  of 
the  licensee  to  hold  the  assets  or  trust  funds  until  further 
instructions  are  received  from  the  Director  to  release  a  partic- 
ular asset  or  trust  fund  from  the  direction. 


Scope  of 
direction 


(2)  In  the  case  of  a  bank  or  a  corporation,  a  direction 
under  subsection  (1)  applies  only  to  the  offices,  branches  or 
agencies  thereof  named  in  the  direction. 


Application 
for  directions 


(3)  Any  person  named  in  a  direction  issued  under  sub- 
section (1),  if  in  doubt  as  to  the  application  of  the  direction  to 
particular  assets  or  trust  funds,  may  apply  to  the  Director  for 
an  order  of  clarification. 


Revocation 


amendment 
of  direction 


(4)  On  an  application  of  a  licensee  or  any  other  person  hav- 
ing an  interest  therein,  the  Director  may  make  an  order  on 
such  conditions  as  are  set  out  in  the  order  revoking  the  direc- 
tion or  consenting  to  the  release  of  a  particular  asset  or  trust 
fund  from  the  direction. 


Appeal  (5)  A  person  affected  by  a  direction  or  order  of  the  Direc- 

tor made  under  this  section  or  a  refusal  to  make  an  order  may^ 
appeal  to  the  Tribunal, 

Application  (6)  Subsections  14  (6)  to  (11)  apply  with  necessary  modifi- 
cations to  an  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  from  a  direction  or  order 
of  the  Director. 

Inspectors  42. — (1)  The  Registrar  or  a  Director  may  appoint  inspec- 

tors for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  there  is  compli- 
ance with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

Certificate  of       (2)  An  inspector  exercising  a  power  under  this  Act  shall,  on 
appomtment    j-^'q^gg^^  producc  his  or  her  certificate  of  appointment. 

Inspections  43^ — (1)  Por  the  purposc  of  ensuring  compliance  with  this 

Act  and  the  regulations,  an  inspector  may, 

(a)  enter  any  place  at  any  reasonable  time; 

(b)  request  the  production  for  inspection  of  documents 
or  things  that  may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection; 


(c)  inspect  and,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove, 
for  the  purpose  of  making  copies  or  extracts,  docu- 
ments or  things  relevant  to  the  inspection; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  27 

(d)  inquire  into  negotiations,  transactions,  loans  or  bor- 
rowings of  a  licensee  and  into  assets  owned,  held  in 
trust,  acquired  or  disposed  of  by  a  licensee  that  are 
relevant  to  an  inspection; 

(e)  conduct  such  tests  as  are  reasonably  necessary;  and 

(f)  remove  materials  or  substances  for  examination  or 
test  purposes  subject  to  the  licensee  or  other  occu- 
pant of  the  premises  being  notified  thereof. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  confer  a  power  of  Entry  to 
entry  to  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwelling  without  the  con-  ''^^""^^s 
sent  of  the  occupier. 

(3)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  issue  a  warrant  authorizing  warrant 
the  person  named  in  the  warrant, 

(a)  to  do  anything  set  out  in  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (e)  or 

(f); 

(b)  to  search  for  and  seize  any  document  or  thing 
relevant  to  the  inspection;  or 

(c)  to  enter  and  search  a  room  actually  used  as  a 
dwelling. 

(4)  A  warrant  may  be  issued  under  subsection  (3)  if  the  jus-  Requirements 
tice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  on  information  under  oath  that,  in  to^ssue^^"* 
the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under, 

(a)  clause  (3)  (a),  an  inspector  has  been  prevented  from 
doing  anything  permitted  under  clause  (1)  (a),  (c), 
(e)  or  (f)  or  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe 
that  an  inspector  may  be  prevented  from  doing  any 
of  those  things; 

(b)  clause  (3)  (b),  to  search  for  and  seize  a  document  or 
thing  that  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe  will 
afford  evidence  relevant  to  a  contravention  of  this 
Act  or  the  regulations;  or 

(c)  clause  (3)  (c),  it  is  necessary  that  a  room  actually 
used  as  a  dwelUng  be  entered  for  the  purposes  of 
carrying  out  an  inspection  or  there  is,  in  such  a 
room,  a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable 
ground  to  believe  is  relevant  to  an  inspection  under 
this  Act. 


28 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Execution  of       (5)  A  Warrant  issued  under  this  section  shall  specify  the 
warrant  hours  and  days  during  which  it  may  be  executed. 


Expiry 


Notice  not 
required 


Experts 


(6)  Unless  renewed,  a  warrant  under  this  section  expires 
not  later  than  thirty  days  after  the  date  on  which  it  is  made. 

(7)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  issued  or  renewed 
before  or  after  expiry  upon  application  without  notice. 

(8)  An  inspector  is  entitled  to  call  upon  such  experts  as  are 
necessary  to  assist  the  inspector  in  carrying  out  an  inspection 
under  this  Act. 


Assistance 


(9)  A  person  doing  anything  under  the  authority  of  a  war- 
rant issued  under  this  section  is  authorized  to  call  on  such 
police  officers  to  assist  and  to  use  such  force  as  is  necessary  in 
the  execution  of  the  warrant. 


Copies  (10)  An  inspector  taking  material  in  order  to  copy  it  shall 

make  the  copy  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  shall  promptly 
return  the  material  taken. 


Admissibility 
of  copies 


Obstruction 
of  inspector 


Facilitating 
inspection 


(11)  Copies  of,  or  extracts  from,  documents  and  things 
removed  under  this  section  and  certified  as  being  true  copies 
of,  or  extracts  from,  the  originals  by  the  person  who  made 
them  are  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same  extent  as,  and 
have  the  same  evidentiary  value  as,  the  documents  or  things 
of  which  they  are  copies  or  extracts. 

44. — (1)  No  person  shall  obstruct  an  inspector  in  carrying 
out  an  inspection  under  this  Act  or  withhold,  destroy,  conceal 
or  refuse  to  provide  any  relevant  information  or  thing 
required  for  the  purpose  of  the  inspection. 

(2)  It  is  a  condition  of  each  licence  issued  under  this  Act 
that  the  licensee  facilitate  an  inspection  relevant  to  the 
licence. 


Appointment 
of  receiver 
and  manager 


45. — (1)  The  Director  or  Registrar  may  apply  to  a  judge 
or  a  local  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  for  the  appointment  of 
a  receiver  and  manager  of  an  involved  funeral  establishment 
or  transfer  service  if, 

(a)  the  Director  or  Registrar  has  reasonable  and  proba- 
ble grounds  to  believe  that  a  person  licensed  under 
this  Act  has  failed  or  is  about  to  fail  to  provide  con- 
tracted and  paid  for  funeral  services  to  a  client; 

(b)  the  Director  or  Registrar  is  advised  that  a  proposal 
to  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence  under  section  21  or 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


29 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  B-3 


to  temporarily  suspend  a  licence  under  section  24 
has  been  made;  or 

(c)    the  Director  has  directed  or  is  about  to  make  a 
direction  under  section  41. 

(2)  A  judge,  upon  an  application  being  made  under  sub-  I'^em 
section  (1),  without  notice  or,  if  the  judge  considers  that 
notice  should  be  given,  upon  such  notice  as  the  judge  stipu- 
lates, may,  if  it  is  considered  in  the  public  interest  and  subject 
to  the  Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada),  appoint  a  receiver  and  man- 
ager to  take  possession  and  control  of  the  business  of  the  per- 
son in  respect  of  whom  an  action  referred  to  in  subsection  (1) 
applies  for  a  period  not  exceeding  sixty  days. 

(3)  An  appointment  made  under  subsection  (2)  may  be  Extension 
extended,  upon  an  application  without  notice,  for  an  addi- 
tional period  not  exceeding  sixty  days. 

(4)  A  receiver  and  manager  appointed  under  subsection  (2)  Receiver  and 
shall  take  possession  and  control  of  the  assets  of  the  business  TSf"^ 
and  shall  thereafter  conduct  the  business  and  take  such  steps  control 

as  in  the  opinion  of  the  receiver  and  manager  should  be  taken 
toward  its  rehabilitation. 


(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4),  the  receiver  and  Wem 
manager  have  all  the  powers  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
corporation,  if  the  business  is  a  corporation,  or  of  a  sole  pro- 
prietor or  all  partners  if  the  business  is  not  a  corporation  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  receiver 
and  manager  may, 

(a)  exclude  the  directors,  officers,  servants  and  agents 
of  the  business  from  the  premises  and  property  of 
the* business;  and 

(b)  carry  on,  manage  and  conduct  the  operations  of  the 
business  and  in  the  name  of  the  business  preserve, 
maintain,  realize,  dispose  of  and  add  to  the  prop- 
erty of  the  business  and  receive  the  incomes  and 
revenues  of  the  business. 


(6)  An  order  made  under  this  section  may  be  enforced  in  Enforcement 
the  same  manner  as  any  order  or  judgment  of  the  Supreme 

Court  and  may  be  varied  or  discharged  upon  an  application 
made  by  notice. 

(7)  Upon  an  application  being  made  under  this  section,  the  Rules  of 
rules  of  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court  apply.  practice 


30  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

Regulations         45. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

1.  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  trust  accounts  shall 
be  kept  and  accounted  for; 

2.  providing  for  the  inspection  of  trust  accounts; 

3.  prescribing  the  duties  of  depositories  with  respect  to 
trust  funds  held  under  this  Act; 

4.  requiring  receipts  to  be  given  by  licensees  with 
respect  to  contracts; 

5.  providing  for  the  establishment,  maintenance  and 
administration  of  the  Compensation  Fund; 

6.  prescribing  provisions  that  relate  to  the  investing 
and  paying  out  of  moneys  from  the  Compensation 
Fund; 

7.  providing  for  the  payment  of  levies  into  the  Com- 
pensation Fund  and  prescribing  the  amounts  of 
levies; 

8.  providing  for  appeals  from  a  refusal  to  pay  out  of 
the  Compensation  Fund; 

9.  governing  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  trustee 
administering  the  Compensation  Fund; 

10.  requiring  the  purchase  of  bonds  for  the  purpose  of 
indemnifying  the  Compensation  Fund; 

11.  prescribing  the  terms  and  amounts  of  bonds; 

12.  providing  for  payment  out  of  the  Compensation 
Fund  of  claims  and  procedures  to  be  followed  with 
respect  thereto; 

13.  requiring  participation  in  the  Compensation  Fund 
by  licensees; 

14.  on  any  matter  relating  generally  to  the  purchase, 
renewal  or  terms  of  a  bond  or  the  disposition  of 
payments  received  thereunder; 

15.  governing  the  form  and  content  of  contracts  and 
receipts,  including  the  cancellation  of  contracts; 


1989  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  Bill  30  31 

16.  prescribing  the  terms  that  a  contract  shall  be 
deemed  to  contain; 

17.  prescribing  conditions  under  which  contracts  may  be 
assigned  and  prohibiting  assignments  that  are  not  in 
accordance  with  the  prescribed  conditions; 

18.  regulating,  limiting  or  prohibiting  the  soliciting  of 
contracts; 

19.  governing  the  term  during  which  each  class  or  type 
of  licence  is  valid; 

20.  exempting  any  person  or  thing  or  class  of  person  or 
thing  from  the  application  of  any  provision  of  this 
Act  or  the  regulations  and  prescribing  conditions 
for  any  exemption; 

21.  authorizing  persons,  other  than  funeral  directors,  to 
perform  specified  acts  in  the  providing  of  funeral 
services  under  the  supervision  or  direction  of  a 
funeral  director; 

22.  governing  the  books,  accounts,  records  and  infor- 
mation that  shall  be  kept  by  licensees  and  that  shall 
be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 

23.  prescribing  fees  and  requiring  the  payment  of  fees; 

24.  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

25.  prescribing  educational  requirements  and  testing 
requirements  on  an  initial  and  ongoing  basis  for 
licensees  and  employees  of  licensees; 

26.  governing  applications  for  licences  and  renewals  of 
licences; 

27.  prescribing  classes  of  licences; 

28.  governing  the  requirements  and  qualifications  for 
the  issuing  of  licences  and  prescribing  the  conditions 
for  obtaining  and  maintaining  a  licence; 

29.  governing  standards  of  practice  and  operation  for 
licensees; 

30.  respecting  the  methods  and  materials  that  may  be 
used  in  providing  funeral  services; 


32 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Limited 
application 


Retroactive 


31.  prohibiting  or  governing  the  advertising  of  funeral 
services  or  funeral  supplies  and  prohibiting  or  gov- 
erning the  display  of  funeral  supplies  to  the  public; 

32.  governing  the  construction,  location,  equipment, 
maintenance,  repairs,  additions  and  alterations  to 
funeral  establishments  and  governing  the  informa- 
tion, plans  and  materials  to  be  furnished  to  the 
Registrar  with  respect  thereto; 

33.  governing  the  equipment  and  practices,  including 
hygienic  practices,  with  respect  to  the  embalming, 
transportation,  preparation  and  disposal  of  dead 
human  bodies; 

34.  regulating,  controlling  and  prohibiting  the  use  of 
terms,  titles  or  designations  by  licensees; 

35.  prescribing  practices  or  actions  that  are  evidence  ofj 
incompetence  or  lack  of  honesty  and  integrity; 

36.  governing  the  availability  and  display  of  funeral 
services  and  funeral  supplies; 

37.  prescribing  specifications  and  minimum  require- 
ments for  funeral  services  and  funeral  supplies; 

38.  prescribing,  for  any  notice  required  to  be  giveni 
under  this  Act,  the  type  of  notice  and  the  manner  in 
which  it  is  to  be  given; 

39.  governing  the  payment  of  money  into  and  out  of^ 
trust  funds,  including  the  time  within  which  and  the 
circumstances   under  which   payments   are   to  be 
made; 

40.  providing  for  the  maintenance  and  inspection  of 
registers  of  persons  who  are  licensed; 

41.  prescribing  anything  that  is  referred  to  in  this  Act  as 
being  prescribed. 

(2)  A  regulation  made  under  this  Act  may  be  of  limited 
application. 

(3)  A  regulation  made  under  this  section  may  be  retro- 
active in  effect  and  may  apply  to  contracts  entered  into  before 
this  Act  comes  into  force. 


Offence 


47. — (1)  Every  person  who, 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


33 


(a)  furnishes  false,  misleading  or  incomplete  informa- 
tion in  an  application  under  this  Act  or  in  a  state- 
ment or  return  required  to  be  furnished  under  this 
Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  a  direction  or  order  made  under 
this  Act;  or 

(c)  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(2)  Every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  concurs  ^^^"^ 
in  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(3)  An  individual  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  ''^em 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  on  a  sub- 
sequent conviction  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year. 

(4)  A  corporation  that  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  i^^em 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $40,000. 

(5)  No  proceeding  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced  Limitation 
more  than  two  years  after  the  facts  upon  which  the  proceed- 
ings are  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Director. 


(6)  A  statement  as  to  the  time  when  the  facts  upon  which 
proceedings  are  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
Director  purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Director  is,  without 
proof  of  the  office  or  signature  of  the  Director,  admissible  in 
evidence  in  any  proceeding,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the 
contrary,  as  evidence  of  the  facts  stated  therein. 


Certificate  as 
evidence 


(7)  If  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Act,  Restitution 
the  court  making  the  conviction  may,  in  addition  to  any  other 
penahy,  order  the  person  convicted  to  make  compensation  or 
restitution  in  relation  thereto. 


48. — (1)  Every  person  employed  in  the  administration  of  Matters 
this  Act,  including  any  person  making  an  inspection  under  this 
Act  and  any  member  of  the  Board  or  a  committee  of  the 
Board,  shall  preserve  secrecy  with  respect  to  all  matters  that 
come  to  the  person's  knowledge  in  the  course  of  the  person's 
duties,  employment,  inquiry  or  inspection  and  shall  not  com- 
municate any  such  information  to  any  other  person  except, 


34 


Bill  30 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


1989 


Idem 


(a)  as  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  or  any  pro- 
ceedings under  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  to  the  person's  counsel; 

(c)  with  the  consent  of  the  person  to  whom  the  infor- 
mation relates;  or 

(d)  to  an  employee  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations  or  to  an  employee  of  another 
ministry  who  requires  the  information  in  the  perfor- 
mance of  his  or  her  duties  and  if  disclosure  is  neces- 
sary for  the  administration  of  this  Act  or  any  other 
Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder  administered  by 
the  Minister. 

(2)  The  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 
or  another  ministry  may  disclose  information  in  its  custody  or 
control  to  an  employee  of  the  Board  if, 

(a)  the  personal  information  is  reasonably  required  to 
verify  the  truth  of  the  contents  of  an  application  for, 
or  an  application  for  renewal  of,  a  licence  or  to  ver- 
ify the  truth  of  any  other  information  supplied  in 
support  of  any  such  application;  or 

(b)  the  Ministry  or  agency  of  the  Ministry  has  reason- 
able grounds  to  believe  that  the  personal  informa- 
tion is  relevant  to  a  person's  qualification  to  hold  a 
licence. 

Testimony  in  (3)  Nq  pcrson  to  whom  subscctiou  (1)  applies  shall  be 
civil  suit  required  to  give  testimony  in  any  civil  suit  or  proceeding  with 
regard  to  information  obtained  by  the  person  in  the  course  of 
the  person's  duties,  employment,  inquiry,  investigation  or 
inspection  except  in  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  or  the 
regulations. 


Certificate  as 
evidence 


49.  A  statement  as  to, 

(a)  the  licensing  or  non-licensing  of  any  person; 

(b)  the  filing  or  non-filing  of  any  document  or  material 
required  or  permitted  to  be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 
or 


(c)    any   other   matter   pertaining   to    licensing, 
licensing,  filing  or  non-filing, 


non- 


1989 


FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS 


Bill  30 


35 


containing  information  from  the  records  kept  by  the  Registrar 
under  this  Act  purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Registrar 
under  the  seal  of  the  Board  is,  without  proof  of  the  office  or 
signature  of  the  Registrar,  admissible  in  evidence  in  any  pro- 
ceeding, in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  as  evi- 
dence of  the  facts  stated  therein. 

50. — (1)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  under  this  service 
Act  or  the  regulations  is  sufficiently  given,  served  or  delivered 
if  delivered  personally  or  sent  by  first  class  mail  addressed  to 
the  person  to  whom  it  is  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  at 
that  person's  last  known  address. 

(2)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  sent  by  first  class  ^^^^ 
mail  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
given,  served  or  delivered  on  the  fifth  day  after  the  day  of 
mailing,  unless  the  person  to  whom  it  is  sent  establishes  that 
the  notice,  order  or  other  document  was  not  received  until  a 
later  date  because  of  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause 
beyond  that  person's  control. 

51. — (1)  A  funeral  director  who  is  registered  with  the  Transition 
Board  of  Funeral  Services  under  the  Funeral  Services  Act  on  R so.  i980, 
the  date  this  Act  comes  into  force  is  deemed  to  be  licensed  as 
a  funeral  director  until  the  expiration  of  the  licence,  unless  the 
licence  is  sooner  surrendered,  suspended  or  revoked. 

(2)  A  person  who  is  licensed  with  the  Board  of  Funeral  I'^em 
Services  under  the  Funeral  Services  Act  to  estabUsh  and  main- 
tain a  funeral  services  establishment  on  the  date  this  Act 
comes  into  force  is  deemed  to  be  licensed  to  operate  a  funeral 
establishment  until  the  expiration  of  the  licence,  unless  the 
licence  is  sooner  surrendered,  suspended  or  revoked. 

52.  The  board  known  as  the  Funeral  Services  Review  Funeral 

Services 

Board  is  dissolved  and  any  matter  before  the  Board  on  the  Review 
date  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be  dealt  with  by  the  Board  not 

rri  •.  1  continued 

Tnbunal. 


53.  The  following  are  repealed: 


Repeals 


1.  The  Funeral  Services  Act,  being  chapter  180  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980. 

2.  Section    3    of   the    Mobility    Rights    Statute    Law 
Amendment  Act,  1985,  being  chapter  5. 


3.     The  Prearranged  Funeral  Services  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 387  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980. 


36  Bill  30  FUNERAL  DIRECTORS  &  ESTABLISHMENTS  1989 

Commence-         54,  xhis  Act  comcs  into  forcc  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 
""^"^  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

Short  title  55,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Funeral  Directors  and 

Establishments  Act,  1989. 


Gk)vernment  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  31 


An  Act  to  revise  the  Cemeteries  Act 


The  Hon.  W.  Wrye 

Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


1st  Reading       June  12th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Bill  revises  the  existing  Cemeteries  Act. 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  regulate  the  establishment  and  management  of  cemeter- 
ies and  crematoria  and  to  provide  a  larger  measure  of  consumer  protection.  The  main 
features  of  the  Bill  are: 

1.  Appointment  of  a  Registrar  to  administer  the  Act. 

2.  Municipal  control  of  the  establishment,  alteration  and  enlargement  of  cemeter- 
ies and  crematoria,  with  appeal  of  municipal  decisions  to  the  Ontario  Municipal 
Board. 

3.  Providing  for  the  licensing  of  owners  of  cemeteries  and  crematoria  and  of  sales 
representatives. 

4.  Provisions  govern  contracts  for  the  sale  of  interment  rights,  supplies  and  ser- 
vices by  owners  of  cemeteries  and  crematoria,  providing  information  disclosure 
and  rights  of  cancellation  for  pre-need  purchases. 

5.  Telephone  and  door-to-door  solicitation  for  the  sale  of  interment  rights,  ceme- 
tery supplies  and  services  is  prohibited. 

6.  Provisions  are  made  to  protect  unmarked  burial  sites,  resolve  their  status  and. 
settle  disputes  regarding  their  disposition. 

7.  Provisions  regarding  Care  and  Maintenance  Trust  Funds  (formerly  Perpetual 
Care)  are  expanded  to  apply  to  monuments. 

8.  Provisions  governing  cemetery  abandonment  are  streamlined,  giving  municipali- 
ties full  title  to  abandoned  sites  and  associated  trust  funds. 


Bill  31  1989 

An  Act  to  revise  the  Cemeteries  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"burial  site"  means  land  containing  human  remains  that  has 
not  been  approved  or  consented  to  as  a  cemetery; 

"by-laws",  when  used  in  relation  to  a  cemetery,  means  the 
rules  under  which  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  operated; 

"cemetery"  means  land  set  aside  to  be  used  for  the  interment 
of  human  remains  and  includes  a  mausoleum,  columbarium 
or  other  structure  intended  for  the  interment  of  human 
remains; 

"cemetery  services"  means, 

(a)    in  respect  of  a  lot, 

(i)  opening  and  closing  of  a  grave, 

(ii)  interring  or  disinterring  human  remains, 

(iii)  providing  temporary  storage  in  a  receiving 
vault, 

(iv)  construction  of  a  foundation  for  a  marker, 

(v)  setting  of  corner  posts, 

(vi)  providing, 

(A)  a  tent  or  canopy, 

(B)  carrying  and  lowering  devices,  and 

(C)  ground  cover, 


Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

for  an  interment  service,  and 

(vii)  preparing  flower  beds  and  planting  flowers 
and  shrubs, 

(b)  in  respect  of  a  crypt  or  compartment  in  a  mauso- 
leum, 

(i)  opening,  closing  and  sealing  of  the  crypt  or 
compartment, 

(ii)  providing  temporary  storage  in  a  vault  or 
crypt, 

(iii)  providing  a  tent  or  canopy  for  an  interment 
service,  and 

(iv)  providing  elevating  devices, 

(c)  in  respect  of  a  niche  or  compartment  in  a  colum- 
barium, 

(i)  opening,  closing  and  sealing  of  the  niche  or 
compartment,  and 

(ii)  providing  a  tent  or  canopy  for  an  interment 
service, 

(d)  in  respect  of  a  crematorium,  all  services  provided  by 
the  owner  of  the  crematorium  at  the  crematorium, 
and 

(e)  in  respect  of  a  cemetery,  such  other  services  as  are 
provided  by  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  at  the 
cemetery; 

"cemetery  supplies"  includes  interment  vaults,  markers,  flow- 
ers, liners,  urns,  shrubs  and  artificial  wreaths  and  other 
articles  intended  to  be  placed  in  a  cemetery; 

"columbarium"  means  a  structure  designed  for  the  purpose  of 
interring  cremated  human  remains  in  sealed  compartments; 

"commercial  cemetery"  means  a  cemetery  operated  for  the 
purpose  of  making  a  profit  for  the  owner; 

"crematorium"  means  a  building  fitted  with  appliances  for  the 
purpose  of  cremating  human  remains  and  includes  every- 
thing incidental  and  ancillary  thereto; 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  3 

"Director"  means  a  Director  appointed  under  the  Ministry  of  Rs.o.  i980, 
Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act;  *^  ^^'^ 

"equity  share"  means  a  share  of  a  class  of  shares  that  carries  a 
voting  right  either  under  all  circumstances  or  under  some 
circumstances  that  have  occurred  and  are  continuing; 

"human  remains"  means  a  dead  human  body  and  includes  a 
cremated  human  body; 

"income"  means  the  interest  or  money  earned,  including  the 
compounding  thereof,  by  the  investment  of  funds; 

"inter"  means  the  burial  of  human  remains  and  includes  the 
placing  of  human  remains  in  a  lot; 

"interment  rights"  includes  the  right  to  require  or  direct  the 
interment  of  human  remains  in  a  lot; 

"interment  rights  holder"  means  a  person  with  interment 
rights  with  respect  to  a  lot  and  includes  a  purchaser  of 
interment  rights  under  the  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  or  a  predecessor 
of  that  Act; 

"land  registry  office"  means  the  land  registry  office  or  the 
land  titles  office  in  the  area  in  which  a  cemetery  is  located; 

"lot"  means  an  area  of  land  in  a  cemetery  containing,  or  set 
aside  to  contain,  human  remains  and  includes  a  tomb,  crypt 
or  compartment  in  a  mausoleum  and  a  niche  or  compart- 
ment in  a  columbarium; 

"marker"  means  any  monument,  tombstone,  plaque,  head- 
stone, cornerstone,  or  other  structure  or  ornament  affixed 
to  or  intended  to  be  affixed  to  a  burial  lot,  mausoleum 
crypt,  columbarium  niche  or  other  structure  or  place 
intended  for  the  deposit  of  human  remains; 

"mausoleum"  means  a  building  or  structure,  other  than  a 
columbarium,  used  as  a  place  for  the  interment  of  the 
human  remains  in  sealed  crypts  or  compartments; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations; 

"municipality"  means  the  corporation  or  other  entity  having 
municipal  jurisdiction  in  the  area  in  which  a  cemetery  is 
located  and  includes  a  county  government,  police  village. 


4  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

regional   municipality,    city,    town,   village,    township   or 
improvement  district  or  the  council  thereof; 

"owner"  means  an  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  a  crematorium; 

"person"  includes  a  board  of  trustees,  local  council  of  a 
municipality  or  other  organization  or  group  of  persons 
organized  for  the  purpose  of  operating  or  managing  a 
cemetery; 

"plot"  means  two  or  more  lots  in  which  the  rights  to  inter 
have  been  sold  as  a  unit; 

"pre-need  supplies  or  services"  means  cemetery  supplies  or 
services  that  are  not  required  to  be  provided  until  the  death 
of  a  person  alive  at  the  time  the  arrangements  are  made; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  under 
this  Act; 

"Registrar"  means  the  Registrar  appointed  under  this  Act; 

"sales  representative"  means, 

(a)  a  person  who  sells  or  offers  for  sale  interment  rights 
or  cemetery  supplies  or  services  on  behalf  of  a  com- 
mercial cemetery,  or 

(b)  a  person  whose  primary  employment  is  selling  inter- 
ment rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services; 

"Tribunal"  means  The  Commercial  Registration  Appeal 
Tribunal; 

"trust  fund"  means  a  trust  fund  established  for  the  purpose  of 
this  Act. 

CONSENT  TO  ESTABLISH  CEMETERY  OR  CREMATORIUM 

Consent  for         2.  No  pcrsou  shall  establish,  aher  or  increase  the  capacity 
cemeery,       ^^  ^  cemetery  or  crematorium  without  the  consent  of  the 
Registrar. 

Application         3, — (1)  An    applicant    for    consent    shall    apply    to    the 
Registrar  and, 

(a)    pay  the  prescribed  fee; 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


(b)  submit  the  prescribed  documents  showing  the  layout 
of  the  cemetery  and  the  location  of  existing  or  pro- 
posed plots,  lots,  structures  and  fixtures;  and 

(c)  if  the  applicant  is  the  owner  of  a  commercial  ceme- 
tery or  a  cemetery  of  a  class  prescribed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  this  clause,  pay  a  deposit  in  a  prescribed 
amount  into  a  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund. 

(2)  If  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  proposed  to  be  estab-  Approval 
lished  or  already  exists  in  an  area  with  municipal  organization,  ^^^^^^^ 
the  appUcant,  before  applying  for  the  consent  of  the  Regis- 
trar, must  obtain  the  approval  to  the  proposal  of  the  appro- 
priate municipality. 

(3)  If  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  to  be  established  or  idem 
enlarged  to  encroach  on  land,  in  an  area  without  municipal 
organization,  that  is  Crown  land  at  the  time  of  the  application 

for  consent,  the  applicant,  before  applying  for  the  consent  of 
the  Registrar,  must  obtain  the  approval  to  the  proposal  of  the 
Minister  of  Natural  Resources. 

4.    A  municipality  that  receives  a  request  for  an  approval  P"^'?^ 
required  by  subsection  3  (2)  may  hold  public  hearings  to    ^^™^ 
determine  if  the  approval  is  in  the  public  interest. 

5. — (1)  A    municipality,    upon    receiving    a    request    for  Decision 
approval,  shall  give  or  refuse  to  give  the  approval  within  a 
reasonable  time  after  receiving  the  request. 


(2)  In  considering  a  request  for  an  approval,  the  principle  ^^^^'^ 
factor  shall  be  the  public  interest. 

(3)  A  municipality  shall,  upon  arriving  at  a  decision  on  an  Notice  of 
application, 

(a)  send  a  copy  of  the  decision  together  with  the  rea- 
sons for  it  to  the  Registrar  and  to  the  applicant;  and 

(b)  publish  notice  of  the  decision  in  a  local  newspaper. 

(4)  The  applicant.  Registrar  or  any  person  with  an  interest  Appeal 
therein  may,  within  fifteen  days  after  publication  of  the  notice 

of  the  decision,  refer  the  decision  of  a  municipality  to  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  for  a  hearing. 

(5)  Despite  subsection  (4),  if  an  applicant  or  the  Registrar  i^em 
does  not  receive  a  copy  of  a  decision  until  after  the  decision  is 
published,  the  fifteen  days  referred  to  in  subsection  (4)  apply 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Repre- 
sentation 


Board 
decision 


Idem 


Certificate  of 
consent 


after  the  applicant  or  Registrar,  as  the  case  may  be,  receives 
the  copy. 

(6)  The  Registrar  is  entitled  to  make  representations  to  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  in  any  appeal  under  subsection  (4). 

6. — (1)  The  Ontario  Municipal  Board  may  reverse  the 
decision  appealed  from  and  substitute  its  own  decision. 

(2)  A  decision  of  the  Board  that  is  substituted  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  decision  of  the  munici- 
pality. 

7. — (1)  The  Registrar  shall  give  a  certificate  of  consent  to 
the  establishment,  alteration  or  increase  in  the  capacity  of  a 
cemetery  or  crematorium,  as  the  case  may  be,  if, 

(a)    the  applicant  has  the  approval  of  the  municipality  or 
the  Minister  of  Natural  Resources; 


Notice  of 
refusal  to 
issue 


(b)  the  applicant  is  licensed  to  own  that  cemetery  and  is 
and  will  be  on  the  granting  of  the  licence  in  compli- 
ance with  the  requirements  of  this  Act  and  the  regu- 
lations and  the  laws  intended  for  the  protection  of 
the  environment  and  of  health;  and 

(c)  where  neither  approval  referred  to  in  clause  (a)  is 
required,  the  Registrar  is  satisfied  that  the  consent 
is  in  the  public  interest. 

(2)  The  Registrar,  on  refusing  to  give  a  certificate  of  con- 
sent, shall  advise  the  applicant,  in  writing,  of, 


Appeal 


(a)  the  reason  for  the  refusal;  and 

(b)  the  applicant's  right  to  appeal. 

(3)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2) 
may  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteen  days  after  receiving 
the  notice. 


Order  by 
Tribunal 


Idem 


(4)  If  the  Tribunal  finds  that  the  applicant  is  in  compliance 
with  clauses  (1)  (a)  and  (b)  or  that  giving  the  consent  is  in  the 
public  interest,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  Tribunal  shall  order 
the  Registrar  to  issue  the  certificate  of  consent  applied  for  or 
a  consent  in  a  modified  version. 

(5)  Upon  receiving  an  order  under  subsection  (4),  the  Reg- 
istrar shall  issue  the  certificate  as  ordered. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  1 

(6)  A   certificate    of   consent    shall   contain    a    sufficient  Registration 
description  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  so  that  the  certifi- 
cate may  be  registered  in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office. 

(7)  Upon  registration  of  a  certificate  of  consent,  the  land  Effect  of 
described  therein  becomes  a  cemetery.  registration 

CLOSING  CEMETERY 

8. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  9,  10,  11,  12  and  13,  closing 
a  reference  to  a  cemetery  includes  any  part  of  a  cemetery.  cemetery 

(2)  The  Registrar  may  order  a  cemetery  closed  if  the  clos-  i^Jem 
ing  is  in  the  public  interest. 

(3)  An  order  shall  not  be  made  under  subsection  (2)  until.     Notice 

(a)  notice  of  the  intention  to  make  the  order  is  given  in 
the  manner  and  to  the  persons  prescribed;  and 

(b)  interested  persons  are  given  the  opportunity  to 
make  submissions  to  the  Registrar  within  such  time 
as  is  prescribed. 

(4)  Notice  is  not  required  if,  Wem 

(a)  the  request  is  from  the  owner; 

(b)  no  interments  have  been  made  in  the  cemetery  to 
be  closed;  and 

(c)  the  consent  of  all  affected  interment  rights  holders 
has  been  obtained. 

9. — (1)  In  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery,  the  Registrar  c>rder 
may, 

(a)  declare  a  cemetery  or  a  portion  thereof  closed; 

(b)  require  the  owner  to  disinter  all  human  remains 
therein  and  specify  the  manner  of  disinterment  and 
the  manner  and  place  of  reinterring  or  dealing  with 
the  remains; 

(c)  require  the  owner  to  remove  any  markers  and  relo- 
cate them  to  a  specified  place;  and 

(d)  require  the  owner  to  provide  or  acquire  equivalent 
interment  rights  for  all  holders  of  interment  rights 
with  respect  to  unused  lots  in  the  cemetery. 


8 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Substitution 


Notice 


(2)  In  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery,  the  Registrar  may  des- 
ignate another  person  to  do  anything  that  the  owner  may  be 
required  to  do. 

(3)  The  Registrar  shall  give  every  person  who  made  a  sub- 
mission notice  of  the  order  and  at  the  same  time  advise  the 
person  of  the  right  of  appeal. 

Coming  into        (4)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery 
^°^'^  comes  into  force  thirty  days  after  it  is  made  unless  there  is  an 

appeal  filed  before  the  order  comes  into  force  or  the  order 

sets  out  a  later  date. 


Idem 


(5)  If  submissions  were  made  in  respect  of  the  order,  the 
order  comes  into  force  thirty  days  after  notice  has  been  given 
to  each  person  who  made  a  submission  unless  there  is  an 
appeal  filed  before  the  order  comes  into  force  or  the  order 
sets  out  a  later  date. 


Idem 


Appeal 


Certificate 


(6)  An  order  that  is  appealed  comes  into  force  upon  being 
upheld  by  the  Tribunal. 

10.  A  person  with  an  interest  therein  may  appeal,  to  the 
Tribunal, 

(a)  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery  any  time  before  the 
order  comes  into  force;  or 

(b)  a  refusal  to  order  a  cemetery  closed. 

11. — (1)  The  Registrar,  upon  being  satisfied  that  the 
requirements  in  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery  have  been  com- 
plied with,  shall  issue  a  certificate,  with  a  legal  description  of 
the  land  involved,  that  the  cemetery  is  closed. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  applicant  therefor  is  entitled 
to  a  certificate  that  a  cemetery  is  closed  if  the  cemetery  had 
been  closed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  but  a  cer- 
tificate issued  under  subsection  59  (7)  of  the  Cemeteries  Act, 
being  chapter  59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  or 
a  predecessor  of  that  subsection  has  not  been  registered. 

Registration        (3)  A  Certificate  issued  under  this  section  may  be  registered 
in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office. 

(4)  Upon  registration  of  a  certificate  of  closing,  the  land 
described  therein  ceases  to  be  a  cemetery. 


Idem 


Effect  of 
registration 


Maintenance        12. — (1)  Where  any  money  has  been  paid  into  a  care  and 
^""'^  maintenance  fund  with  respect  to  a  cemetery  that  is  to  be 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


closed,  the  Registrar  shall  direct  that  money  to  be  transferred 
to  the  trustee  of  the  fund  maintained  by  the  owner  of  the 
cemetery  into  which  the  human  remains  are  to  be  reinterred 
or  where  the  interment  rights  are  to  be  exercised. 

(2)  The  amount  transferred  under  subsection  (1)  is  a  credit  ^^^^ 
against  the  amount  required  to  be  paid  into  the  fund  by  the 
owner  of  the  cemetery  into  which  the  human  remains  are  to 
be  reinterred  or  where  the  interment  rights  are  to  be  exer- 
cised. 


13.  Where  any  money  has  been  paid  into  a  pre-need 
assurance  fund  with  respect  to  interment  rights  in  a  cemetery 
that  is  to  be  closed,  the  Registrar  shall  direct  that  money  to  be 
paid  to  the  trustee  of  the  fund  maintained  by  the  owner  of  the 
cemetery  where  alternative  interment  rights  have  been  made 
available  for  the  holders  of  interment  rights  in  the  cemetery  to 
be  closed. 


Pre-need 
assurance 
fund 


LICENCES 


14.  No  person  shall  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  unless  Licence 


licensed  under  this  Act  to  own  that  cemetery  or  crematorium. 


required 


15. — (1)  A  person  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a  licence  Licence  to 
to  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(2)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  except  if,  Requirements 

(a)  the  applicant  cannot  reasonably  be  expected  to  be 
financially  responsible  in  the  operation  of  a  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium; 

(b)  the  past  or  present  conduct  of  the  applicant,  the 
officers  or  directors  of  the  applicant  or  persons 
holding  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the  equity  shares 
of  the  applicant  affords  reasonable  grounds  for 
belief  that  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  will  not  be 
managed  in  accordance  with  the  law  and  with  integ- 
rity and  honesty; 

(c)  the  applicant  or  managing  employees  of  the  appU- 
cant  do  not  have  the  experience  and  competence 
required  to  manage  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  in 
accordance  with  the  law; 

(d)  the  applicant  is  carrying  on  activities  that  are,  or 
will  be  if  the  applicant  is  licensed,  in  contravention 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 


10 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(e)  the  applicant  will,  if  licensed,  be  carrying  on  activi- 
ties under  this  Act  that  are  in  contravention  of 
another  Act  or  a  municipal  by-law; 


Issue  of 
licence 


(f)  the  applicant  is  unable  to  provide  the  resources  and 
facilities  required  to  manage  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium; or 

(g)  the  applicant  or  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  appli- 
cant has  made  a  false  statement  or  provided  false 
information  in  an  application  for  a  licence. 

(3)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  to  own  an  identified 
cemetery  or  crematorium  to  an  applicant  therefor  who  pays 
the  prescribed  fee,  complies  with  the  regulations  and  is  not 
disentitled  under  subsection  (2). 


Conditions  (4)  ^  licence  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con- 

Hcence"^  °     seutcd  to  by  the   applicant,   imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or 

prescribed. 


Notice  (5)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  issue  a  licence,  the 

Registrar  shall  give  the  applicant  notice  of  and  reasons  for  the 
intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  applicant  of  th< 
right  to  appeal. 

Appeal  (5)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (5' 

may  appeal  the  intended  refusal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteei 
days  after  receiving  the  notice. 


Refusal  to 
issue  licence 


(7)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (6),  the  Registra 
may  refuse  to  issue  the  licence  applied  for. 


Revocation 
of  owner's 
licence 


16. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  revoke  or  refuse  to  renew 
licence  to  own  a  cemetery  or  a  crematorium  if, 

(a)  the  conduct  or  situation  of  the  licensee  is  such  as  tc 
disentitle  the  licensee  from  being  granted  a  licence; 

(b)  where  the  licensee  is  a  corporation,  the  share- 
holders of  the  corporation  have  changed  in  the 
manner  and  to  the  extent  prescribed;  or 

(c)  the  Registrar  has  reasonable  and  probable  grounds 
to  believe  that  the  continued  operation  of  the  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium  by  the  licensee, 


(i)  creates   a   risk   to   public   health,   safety  or 
decency,  or 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


11 


(ii)  will  result  in  a  financial  loss  by  members  of 
the  public  because  provisions  of  this  Act  or 
the  regulations  are  not  being  complied  with. 

(2)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  revoke  or  to  refuse  to  renew  Notice 
a  licence,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  licensee  notice  of  and 
reasons  for  the  intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the 
licensee  of  the  right  to  appeal. 

(3)  Any  licensee  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  re  ocation  or  refusal  to  the  Tribunal 
within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(4)  If  an  appeal  has  been  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  Delay 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  the  licence  unless  the  Tribunal 
determines  that  the  licence  should  be  revoked. 

(5)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  Registrar  where  no 
may  revoke  the  licence  after  the  time  for  appeal  has  expired.      ^^^^ 

(6)  Section  14  does  not  apply  to  an  owner  whose  licence  is  Exception  to 
revoked  so  long  as  the  Registrar  is  satisfied  that  the  owner  is  requSent 
making     reasonable     efforts     to     sell     the     cemetery     or 
crematorium. 


17. — (1)  The  Director  may  appoint  a  manager  to  operate  a  Appointment 
cemetery  or  crematorium  in  the  place  of  the  owner  if,  °  manager 

(a)  the  Director  has  reasonable  and  probable  grounds, 
based  on  a  statement  under  oath,  to  believe  that  the 
owner  is  doing  or  is  about  to  do  something  in  the 
operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  that, 

(i)  creates  or  is  likely  to  create  a  risk  to  public 
health,  safety  or  decency,  or 

(ii)  is  causing  or  is  likely  to  cause  financial  loss  to 
members  of  the  public;  or 

(b)  the  owner's  licence  is  revoked. 

(2)  A  manager  appointed  under  subsection  (1)  has  all  the  Powers  of 
powers  of  the  owner  with  respect  to  the  operation  of  the  cem-  ^^^^^^^ 
etery  or  crematorium  including  the  power  to  exclude  the 
owner  and,  if  the  owner  is  a  corporation,  the  directors  or 
officers  of  the  corporation,  from  the  premises  of  the  business. 

(3)  From  the  appointment  of  a  manager  under  subsection  Effect  of 
(1)  until   the   appointment   is   cancelled,   the   owner  being  ^pp"'"*'"^"^ 
replaced  does  not  have  the  authority  to  deal  with  any  assets  or 


12  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

trust  funds  relating  to  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  and  shall 
not  be  involved  in  the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crema- 
torium. 

Appeal  (4)  Any  person  affected  by  an  appointment  of  a  manager 

may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court-  for  an  order  can- 
celling the  appointment  and  the  order  may  include  such  direc- 
tions and  conditions  as  seem  appropriate. 

Selling  18, — (1)  No  person  shall  sell  interment  rights  unless  that 

righ™^°        person  does  so  as  an  agent  acting  on  behalf  of  a  licensed 

owner. 

Selling  (2)  No  pcrson  shall  act  as  a  sales  representative  on  behalf 

of  an  owner  unless  that  person  is  licensed  as  a  sales  represent- 
ative and  represents  an  owner  specified  in  the  sales  represent- 
ative's licence. 


supplies,  etc. 


Exception  for      (3)  Subsectious  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  preclude 

person  licensed  as  an  owner  from  selling  rights,  services  or 
supplies  to  be  used  in  or  provided  at  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium owned  by  that  person. 

Licence  to  19, — (1)  An  individual  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a 

licence  to  act  as  a  sales  representative  on  behalf  of  an  owner. 

Requirements      (2)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  except  if, 

for  licence  \   /  1  1 

(a)  the  past  or  present  conduct  of  the  applicant  affords 
reasonable  and  probable  grounds  for  beheving  that 
the  applicant  will  not  carry  on  business  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law  and  with  integrity  and  honesty; 

(b)  the  applicant,  in  receiving  the  licence,  would  be  in  a 
position  of  apparent  conflict  of  interest; 

(c)  the  applicant  does  not  have  a  position  with  a 
licensed  owner  or  a  commitment  to  be  hired  by  a 
licensed  owner  upon  receiving  a  licence;  or 

(d)  the  applicant  has  made  a  false  statement  or  pro- 
vided false  information  in  an  application  for  a 
licence. 

Past  conduct  (3)  A  couvictiou  for  au  offence  that  involves  misrepresenta- 
tion or  a  lack  of  integrity  or  honesty  is  evidence,  in  the 
absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  that  the  person  convicted 
will  not  carry  on  business  in  accordance  with  the  law  and  with 
integrity  and  honesty  within  the  meaning  of  clause  (2)  (a). 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


13 


(4)  An  applicant's  intention  to  work  for  more  than  one  Conflict  of 
owner  is  evidence,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary, 
of  an  apparent  conflict  of  interest. 


(5)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  to  act  as  a  sales  rep-  issue  of 


resentative  to  every  applicant  therefor  who  pays  the  pre- 
scribed fee,  complies  with  the  regulations  and  is  not  disen- 
titled under  subsection  (2). 


licence 


(6)  A  licence  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con-  Conditions 
sented  to  by  the  licensee,  imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or  pre-  ?Sce"^  *° 
scribed. 

(7)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  issue  a  licence,  the  Notice 
Registrar  shall  give  the  applicant  notice  of  and  reasons  for  the 
intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  applicant  of  the 
right  to  appeal. 

(8)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (7)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  refusal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteen 

days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(9)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (8),  the  Registrar  Refusal  to 
may  refuse  to  issue  the  licence. 

20. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  Revoking, 

renew  a  sales  representative's  licence  if  the  conduct  or  situa-  refuslng'to  °^ 

tion  of  the  licensee  is  such  as  to  disentitle  the  licensee  from  renew  sales 
being  granted  a  licence. 

(2)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  Notice 
renew  a  licence,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  licensee  notice  of 

and  reasons  for  the  intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the 
licensee  of  the  right  to  appeal. 

(3)  If  there  are  grounds  to  suspend  a  licence  and  the  Regis-  immediate 
trar  considers  it  to  be  in  the  public  interest  that  the  licence  be  ^"^p^"^*°" 
suspended  immediately,  the  Registrar  may,  by  order,  suspend 

a  sales  representative's  licence  with  the  order  taking  effect 
when  it  is  made. 

(4)  An  immediate  suspension  expires  fifteen  days  after  it  is  i^em 
appealed  to  the  Tribunal  unless,   before  the  fifteen  days 
expire,  the  Tribunal  extends  the  suspension. 


(5)  Any  licensee  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  revocation  or  suspension  to  the 
Tribunal  within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice. 


14 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Idem 


Delay 


Where  no 
appeal 


Application 


Idem 


(6)  Any  licensee  whose  licence  is  suspended  under  sub- 
section (3)  may  appeal  the  suspension  to  the  Tribunal. 

(7)  If  an  appeal  has  been  filed  under  subsection  (5),  the 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  or  suspend  the  licence  unless  the 
Tribunal  determines  that  the  licence  should  be  revoked  or  sus- 
pended. 

(8)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (5),  the  Registrar 
may  revoke  or  suspend  the  licence  after  the  time  for  appeal 
has  expired. 

21. — (1)  A  person  who  is  refused  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of 
a  licence  under  this  Act  may  apply  for  a  licence  only  after  one 
year  has  passed  since  the  refusal. 

(2)  A  person  whose  licence  is  revoked  under  this  Act  may 
apply  for  a  licence  only  after  one  year  has  passed  since  the 
revocation. 


Continuation        22.  The   licence  of  a   licensee  who   has   applied  for  a 
renewal  of  the  licence  continues  until, 

(a)  the  renewal  is  granted;  or 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  served  with  a  notice  that  the  Regis- 
trar intends  to  refuse  to  renew,  the  time  for  appeal 
has  expired  or,  if  an  appeal  is  required,  the  matter 
has  been  finally  determined. 

CONSUMER  PROTECTION 


Interment 
rights 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


23. — (1)  An  interment  rights  holder  may  require,  by  writ- 
ten demand,  the  owner  to  repurchase  the  rights  at  any  time 
before  they  are  used. 

(2)  Every  owner  who  receives  a  demand  made  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  repurchase  the  interment  rights  within  thirty 
days  after  receiving  the  demand. 

(3)  The  repurchase  price  of  interment  rights  shall  be  deter- 
mined in  the  prescribed  manner. 

(4)  An  interment  rights  holder  or  the  personal  representa- 
tive of  the  holder  has  the  right  to  inter  any  human  remains  in 
a  lot  or  other  facility  approved  under  this  Act  in  accordance 
with  the  by-laws  governing  the  facility. 

(5)  An  interment  rights  holder  or  the  personal  representa- 
tive of  the  holder  may  erect  a  commemorative  marker  on  a  lot 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


15 


or  other  receptacle  for  human  remains  if  the  erection  of  the 
marker  is  not  in  contravention  of  the  by-laws  governing  the 
facility. 

(6)  Every  person  has  the  right  to  reasonable  access  to  a  lot  wem 
at  any  time  except  as  prohibited  by  the  by-laws  governing  the 
facility. 

(7)  An  interment  rights  holder  and  the  relatives  of  any  per-  idem 
son  whose  remains  are  interred  in  a  cemetery  have  the  right  to 
decorate  the  appropriate  lot  if  the  decoration  is  not  in  contra- 
vention of  the  by-laws  governing  the  facility. 

(8)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  require  repurchase  of  Exception 
interment  rights  in  a  plot  in  which  any  interment  rights  have 

been  exercised. 

24. — (1)  A  purchaser  of  pre-need  supplies  or  services  from  Pre-need 
an  owner  may  cancel,  by  written  notice  to  the  owner,  the  con-  suppHes  °^ 
tract  to  purchase  at  any  time  before  the  services  or  the  sup- 
plies are  provided  or  if  the  owner  contravenes  subsection  (5). 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  or  (5)  does  not  apply  if  the  supplies  or  wem 
services  are  provided  within  thirty  days  after  the  contract  is 
made  because  of  the  death  of  the  person  for  whom  the  sup- 
plies or  services  were  contracted. 


(3)  Subject  to  subsection  (4),  an  owner  who  receives  a 
notice  that  a  contract  is  cancelled  under  this  section  shall 
refund  to  the  purchaser  all  money,  together  with  all  income 
thereon,  received  under  the  contract  within  thirty  days  after 
receiving  the  notice. 


Idem 


(4)  An  owner  to  whom  this  section  applies  may  retain  a  I'lem 
service  fee  determined  in  the  prescribed  manner  unless  the 
contract  is  cancelled  within  thirty  days  after  it  is  made. 


(5)  No  owner  shall  provide  pre-need  supplies  or  services  Prohibition 
under  a  contract  within  the  thirty-day  period  immediately 
following  the  day  the  contract  is  made. 

(6)  This  section  applies  to  contracts  for  pre-need  supplies  Application 
or  services  whether  the  contracts  were  made  before  or  after 

this  section  comes  into  force. 

25. — (1)  A  contract  for  the  purchase  of  interment  rights  or  contract 
cemetery  supplies  or  services  is  not  enforceable  by  an  owner  '^^'i"''^^'"^"  ^ 
unless, 


16 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(a)  it  is  written,  signed  by  both  parties  and  complies 
with  the  regulations; 

(b)  it  sets  out  the  purchaser's  cancellation  rights  under 
this  Act  and  whether  or  not  cemetery  supplies  or 
services  are  to  be  provided  before  the  death  of  the 
person  for  whom  they  are  contracted; 

(c)  the  owner  complies  with  subsections  (2)  and  (3); 
and 


Idem 


Idem 


Refund  with 
interest 


Idem 


(d)    the  owner  delivers  a  signed  copy  of  the  contract  to_ 
the  purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made. 

(2)  An  owner  who  sells  interment  rights  must  deliver  to  the 
purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made  a  copy  of  the 
by-laws  of  the  cemetery  and  a  certificate  of  interment  rights. 

(3)  An  owner  who  sells  pre-need  supplies  or  services  musf 
set  out  in  the  contract  exactly  what  the  suppUes  or  services  are 
and  the  price  charged  for  them. 

(4)  An  owner  who  receives  money  under  a  contract  that  is 
not  enforceable  because  of  the  application  of  this  section  shall 
refund  to  the  purchaser,  immediately  upon  written  demand, 
with  interest  at  the  prescribed  rate,  all  money  received. 

(5)  Subsection  (4)  applies  even  though  the  owner  has  paid 
the  money  into  a  trust  fund  that  is  not  accessible  to  the 
owner. 


Exception  (g)  Subscction  (4)  does  not  apply,  in  the  case  of  interment 

rights,  after  the  rights  are  used  or,  in  the  case  of  cemetery 
suppUes  or  services,  after  the  supplies  or  services  are  pro- 
vided. 


Public 
information 


Price  list 


26.  Every  owner  shall  make  such  information  as  is 
prescribed  available  to  the  public  in  the  manner  and  form 
prescribed. 

27. — (1)  Every  owner  shall  file  with  the  Registrar  a  price 
list  of  all  interment  rights  and  cemetery  services  and  supplies 
that  may  be  sold  and  all  charges  that  may  be  made  by  that 
owner. 


Idem 


(2)  No  owner  shall  charge  or  collect  or  receive  money  for 
interment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services  that  is  more 
than  the  price  for  the  rights,  supplies  or  services  filed  by  the 
owner  with  the  Registrar  and  not  disallowed. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


17 


(3)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  a  price  list,  may  disallow,  Approval  of 
within  thirty  days  after  the  list  is  filed,  any  price  that,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Registrar,  is  excessive  or  significantly  higher 

than  current  market  price  for  the  supplies,  services  or  rights 
within  the  applicable  area. 

(4)  The  Registrar  shall  give  immediate  written  notice  to  the  Notice  of 
owner  who  filed  the  price  list  of  any  price  on  the  list  that  is 
disallowed  and,  in  the  notice,  shall  give  the  reasons  for  the 
disallowance. 

(5)  If  the  Registrar  disallows  a  price  on  a  price  list,  the  Appeal 
owner  who  filed  the  list  may  appeal  the  disallowance  to  the 
Tribunal. 

(6)  An  owner  who  has  charged  any  person  a  price  that  is  Repayment 
disallowed  by  the  Registrar  shall  pay,  forthwith,  to  that  per- 
son the  difference  between  the  price  charged  and  the  price 
allowed. 

28. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  believes,  on  reasonable  and  prob-  Advertising 
able  grounds,  that  any  person  licensed  under  this  Act  has 
made  a  false  or  misleading  public  representation  or  a  repre- 
sentation that  is  in  contravention  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, the  Registrar  shall  order  that  person  to  stop  making 
the  representation  and,  in  the  order,  shall  set  out  the  reasons 
for  the  order. 

(2)  A  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1)  Compliance 
shall  immediately  comply  with  the  order  and  shall  refrain  from 
making  the  representation,  in  any  form,  in  the  future. 

(3)  Any  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  order  to  the  Tribunal. 

(4)  The  Tribunal  may  issue  a  stay  of  any  order  made  by  the  stay  of  order 
Registrar  under  subsection  (1). 

29. — (1)  No  person  shall  contact,  in  any  way,  a  person  in  ^"'i^*?'"^^ 
a  hospital,  nursing  home  or  such  other  institution  as  is  pre-  p""*^  '  '^ 
scribed  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  for  the 
purchase  of  interment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services 
be  made. 


(2)  No  person  shall  contact,  by  telephone  or  in  person,  a  ^^^^m 
person  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  for  the 
purchase  of  interment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services 
be  made. 


18 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Exception 


Regulations 


Abandoned 

interment 

rights 

Idem 


Inquiry 


Declaration 


Notice 


(3)  This  section  does  not  prohibit  any  contact  made  at  the 
request  of  the  person  being  contacted. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations defining  "contract"  for  the  purpose  of  this  section. 

30. — (1)  A  cemetery  owner  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for^ 
a  declaration  that  interment  rights  are  abandoned. 

(2)  An  application  may  be  made  under  subsection  (1)  only 
in  respect  of  interment  rights  that  had  been  sold  at  leasl 
twenty  years  before  the  application  and  have  not  been  used. 

(3)  The  Registrar,  on  receiving  an  application  under  sub" 
section  (1),  shall  make  such  inquiry  and  direct  the  applicant  to 
give  such  notices  as  seem  reasonable  in  the  circumstances. 

(4)  Upon  being  satisfied  that  the  rights  are  abandoned,  the 
Registrar  shall  issue  a  declaration  to  that  effect. 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  give  notice  of  the  declaration  or  the 
decision  to  not  make  the  declaration  to  the  applicant  and  to 
every  person  who  has  indicated  to  the  Registrar  an  interest  in 
the  matter. 


Appeal  (6)  Any  person  who  has  an  interest  in  the  matter  may 

appeal  the  decision  of  the  Registrar  to  the  Tribunal  within 
thirty  days  after  notice  of  the  decision  is  given  under  sub- 
section (5). 

Right  to  sell        31,  A  cemetery  owner  may  resell  interment  rights  that 
righ"s°"^       have  been  declared  abandoned, 

(a)  if  there  is  no  appeal,  at  the  end  of  the  time  for 
appeal;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  an  appeal,  when  the  appeal  has  been 
finally  determined  supporting  the  declaration. 

Rights  32. — (1)  Any  person  whose  interment  rights  have  been 

proSion       resold  after  being  declared  abandoned  may  apply  to  the 
Registrar  for  redress. 


Idem 


(2)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  an  application  under  sub- 
section (1),  shall  order  the  cemetery  owner  or  the  owner's 
successor,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  provide,  subject  to  sub- 
section (6),  better  or  equivalent  interment  rights  in  that  ceme- 
tery or  to  refund  an  amount  determined  as  prescribed. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  19 

(3)  Any  person  whose  interment  rights  have  been  declared  ^'^em 
abandoned  but  have  not  been  resold  may  apply  to  the  Regis- 
trar to  have  those  rights  restored. 

(4)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  an  application  under  sub-  ^dem 
section  (3),  shall  order  that  the  declaration  be  cancelled  and 
that  the  rights  be  restored  to  the  person  entitled  thereto. 

(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  interment  Exception 
rights  in  cemeteries  that  are  abandoned. 

(6)  If  the  cemetery  referred  to  in  subsection  (2)  is  one  in  ^^^^ 
which  interment  rights  are  not  available  but  the  owner  owns  a 
cemetery  in  which  interment  rights  are  available,  the  applicant 
shall  be  given  the  option  of  accepting  better  or  equivalent 
interment  rights  in  that  cemetery. 

33. — (1)  If  a  marker  has  been  erected  on  a  lot  that  is  the  Markers 
subject-matter  of  a  declaration  of  abandonment,  the  cemetery 
owner  shall  remove  and  store  it  at  the  owner's  expense  for  at 
least  twenty  years. 

(2)  If  an  order  is  made  under  subsection  32  (2)  to  provide  i^em 
alternate  interment  rights,  the  cemetery  owner  shall  re-erect 

the  marker  at  the  new  site  at  the  owner's  expense. 

(3)  If  subsection  (2)  does  not  apply,  the  cemetery  owner  idem 
may  dispose  of  the  marker  at  the  expiration  of  the  twenty- 
year  period. 

34. — (1)  A  cemetery  owner  who  has  available  space  shall  Assisted 
provide,  upon  receiving  a  written  instruction  from  a  welfare  cemetery 
administrator, 

(a)  a  lot  for  the  interment  of  the  remains  of  any  person 
referred  to  in  the  instruction; 

(b)  opening  and  closing  services  in  conjunction  with  the 
interment;  and 

(c)  such  other  related  services  as  are  prescribed. 

(2)  A  crematorium  owner  shall  provide,  upon  receiving  a  Crematorium 
written  instruction  from  a  welfare  administrator, 

(a)  a  crematorium  service  for  the  remains  of  any  person 
referred  to  in  the  instruction;  and 

(b)  such  other  related  services  as  are  prescribed. 


20 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Exception  (3)  Subscctions  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  require  a  reli- 

gious organization  to  inter  or  cremate  the  remains  of  a  person 
who  is  disentitled  to  burial  or  cremation  in  a  cemetery  or 
crematorium  owned  by  that  organization. 

Payment  (4)  An  owncr  who  provides  a  service  under  this  section  is 

entitled  to  be  paid  the  prescribed  amount  for  the  service  by 
the  welfare  administrator. 


Welfare 
administrator 


(5)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations defining  "welfare  administrator"  for  the  purpose  of. 
this  section  and  designating  persons  by  title  or  job  description 
who  are  considered  welfare  administrators  for  this  purpose. 


TRUST  FUNDS 


Care  and 
maintenance 
trust  funds 
1987,  c.  33 


35. — (1)  Every  cemetery  owner  who  sells,  assigns  or  trans- 
fers interment  rights  shall  establish  with  a  corporation  reg- 
istered under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987,  with 
that  corporation  as  trustee,  a  trust  fund  designated  the  "Care 
and  Maintenance  Fund"  for  the  purpose  of  providing  money 
for  the  care  and  maintenance  of  the  cemetery. 


Payments 
into  fund 


(2)  An  owner  who  is  required  to  establish  a  fund  under  this 
section  shall  pay  into  the  fund  prescribed  amounts  within  the: 
prescribed  times. 


Payments  out       (3)  A  trustcc  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall 

°^  ^^^  pay  the  income  from  the  fund,  after  deducting  therefrom  the 

trustee's  fees,  to  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  involved. 


Use  of 
money 


Capital 
portion 


Idem 


(4)  An  owner  receiving  money  pursuant  to  subsection  (3) 
shall  use  the  money  for  the  upkeep  of  the  cemetery  and  the 
markers  and  structures  therein  in  the  prescribed  manner. 

(5)  No  trustee  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall 
pay  out  any  of  the  capital  portion  of  the  fund. 

(6)  Subsection  (5)  does  not  apply  to  preclude  a  trustee  from 
transferring  the  fund,  with  the  consent  of  the  Registrar,  to 
another  trustee. 


Municipal 
owners 


Pre-need 
assurance 
trust  funds 
1987,  c.  33 


(7)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  that  is  a  municipality 
may  act  as  the  trustee  of  a  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund  estab- 
lished by  that  municipality. 

36. — (1)  Every  owner  who  sells  pre-need  cemetery  sup- 
plies or  services  shall  establish  with  a  corporation  registered 
under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987,  with  that 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


21 


corporation  as  trustee,  a  trust  fund  designated  as  the 
need  Assurance  Fund". 


'Pre- 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  to  an  owner  in  respect  of  sales  wem 
made  by  a  person  that  the  owner  is  associated  or  affiliated 
with  in  a  manner  that  is  prescribed. 

(3)  An  owner  who  is  required  to  establish  a  fund  under  this  Payments 
section  shall  pay  into  the  fund  all  money  received  for  pre-need 
supplies  or  services  within  the  prescribed  times. 

(4)  A  trustee  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall  Trust  funds 
hold  all  money  received  for  the  benefit  of  the  purchaser  until 

that  portion  of  the  contract  in  respect  of  which  the  money  was 
paid  is  completed. 

(5)  When  a  portion  of  a  contract  is  completed,  the  trustee  ^'^^"^ 
shall  pay  to  the  owner  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  the  current  market  price  filed  with  the  Registrar  for 
the  supplies  or  services;  or 

(b)  an  amount  equal  to  the  payments  made  for  the  sup- 
plies or  services  together  with  income  accrued  on 
those  payments. 

(6)  If  the  amount  referred  to  in  clause  (5)  (b)  exceeds  the  Wem 
price  referred  to  in  clause  (5)  (a),  the  trustee  shall  pay  the 
amount  of  the  excess  to  the  owner. 

(7)  If  a  contract  in  respect  of  which  money  is  held  in  the  Pno^       ^ 
trust  fund  is  cancelled,  the  trustee  shall  pay,  to  the  owner,  the 
amount  of  the  initial  payments  together  with  income  accrued 

on  that  amount. 


(8)  Subject  to  subsection  24  (4)  (retention  of  service  fee),  ^JJ^^JJr*" 
an  owner  who  receives  a  payment  under  subsection  (7)  shall  ^^^^  ^^'^ 
pay  the  amount  to  the  purchaser  involved  within  twenty  days 

after  receiving  the  payment. 

(9)  An  owner  who  receives  a  payment  under  subsection  (6)  ^^^^ 
shall  pay  the  amount  to  the  purchaser  or,  if  an  interment  has 
taken  place,  to  the  estate  of  the  person  interred  within  twenty 
days  after  receiving  the  payment. 

(10)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  that  is  a  municipality  Municipal 
may  act  as  the  trustee  of  a  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund  estab- 
lished by  that  municipality. 


22 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Restrictions  37,  No  investment  of  money  in  a  trust  established  pur- 
agreS^lnts  suant  to  this  Act  shall  be  made  except  as  permitted  under  sec- 
R.s.o.  1980,  tion  26,  27  or  28  of  the  Trustee  Act  despite  any  other  authori- 
zation or  direction  in  the  trust  agreement. 


c.  512 


Marker 
installation 


38. — (1)  Every  person  installing  a  marker  in  a  cemetery 
shall  pay  to  the  cemetery  owner  the  prescribed  amount. 


Payment  into       (2)  An  owncr  receiving  money  pursuant  to  subsection  (1) 
^"'^  shall  pay  the  money  into  the  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund 

established  for  that  cemetery. 

Idem  (3)  An    owner   who    does    not    receive    payment    under 

subsection  (1)  for  a  marker  shall  pay  into  the  Care  and 
Maintenance  Fund  a  prescribed  amount. 


Trust  funds         39. — (1)  AH  moucy  received  by  an  owner  that  is  required 

5wne?^  to  be  paid  into  a  trust  fund  but  that  is  not  immediately  turned 

over  to  a  trustee  of  a  trust  fund  shall  be  deposited  by  the 

owner  in  a  trust  account  with  a  credit  union  or  caisse  popu- 

R.s.o.  1980,   laire  registered  under  the  Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  Popu- 

"-  ^^^  laires  Act,  a  chartered  bank  of  Canada,  the  Province  of 

Ontario  Savings  Office  or  a  trust  or  loan  corporation  reg- 

1987,  c.  33      istered  under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987. 


Idem 


(2)  Money  deposited  by  an  owner  in  a  trust  account  under 
subsection  (1)  shall  be  placed  by  the  owner  into  a  trust  fund 
or  otherwise  paid  out  in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations within  the  time  prescribed. 


Providing  40. — (1)  The  Registrar  or  the  Public  Trustee  may  require 

mformation,      ^^^  ^^^^^  ^^  \.ruS,iQQ  tO  provide, 

(a)  any  information  on  trust  accounts  or  trust  funds  that 
the  owner  or  trustee  is  involved  with;  and 

(b)  audited  financial  statements  on  any  trust  account  or 
trust  fund  relating  to  a  cemetery  or  crematorium 
that  the  owner  or  trustee  is  involved  with. 


Idem 


(2)  Every  owner  or  trustee  who  receives  a  request  pursuant 
to  subsection  (1)  shall  forthwith  provide  all  the  information  or 
statement  required  or  an  explanation  as  to  why  it  is  not  possi- 
ble to  provide  the  information  or  statement. 


Surrogate 
Court 


41.— (1)  The  Registrar  or  the  Public  Trustee  may  apply  to 
the  Surrogate  Court  to  pass  the  accounts  of  any  trust  fund. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


23 


(2)  The  court,  on  passing  any  account,  may  review  and  pass  Wem 
upon  any  agreement  made  by  an  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
matorium. 

(3)  The  court,  on  passing  any  account,  may  make  any  order  i<Jem 
that  it  considers  necessary  to  ensure  that  the  trust  is  carried 
out. 

42.  No  cemetery  or  crematorium  owner  shall  charge  or  No  compen- 
jceive   any   compensation   or   payment   for   the   effort   or  owner  ° 
'expense  of  establishing  or  maintaining  a  trust  fund. 

43. — (1)  Despite  subsections  35  (1)  and  36  (1),  an  owner  use  of  Public 
^ho  does  not  have  a  practical  alternative  may  require  the     ^^^^ 
iPublic  Trustee  to  act  as  a  trustee  for  that  owner's  Care  and 
laintenance  Fund  or  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund. 

(2)  The  Registrar  and  the  Public  Trustee  have  an  interest  in  interested 
trust  funds.  ^^"^'^^ 

CEMETERY  AND  CREMATORIUM  OPERATIONS 


44. — (1)  Every  cemetery  owner  shall  maintain,  without 
:harge  to  interment  rights  holders,  the  grounds  of  the  ceme- 
tery, including  all  lots,  structures  and  markers,  to  ensure  the 
safety  of  the  public  and  to  preserve  the  dignity  of  the  ceme- 


Maintenance 
by  cemetery 
owner 


(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  of  a  non-commercial  Exception 
jmetery  may  charge  interment  rights   holders,   at   a  rate 
approved  by  the  Registrar,  for  the  maintenance  of  lots  and 
larkers  that  were  sold  before  1955  if  there  were  no  trust 
mds  collected  for  that  purpose. 

45.  No  owner  shall  carry  on  business,  in  a  manner  pre-  operating 
;ribed,  in  conjunction  with  a  person  licensed  to  operate  a  Establishment, 
meral  establishment  or  transfer  service.  etc- 


46.  Every  cemetery  owner  shall  ensure  that  all  interments  ^°°^  o^der 
the  cemetery  are  carried  out  in  a  decent  and  orderly  man- 

ler  and  that  quiet  and  good  order  are  maintained  in  the  ceme- 
tery at  all  times. 

47.  No  person  shall  inter  human  remains  except  in  a  cem-  interment  in 
Jtery  that  has  been  consented  to  by  the  Registrar  and  is  on™^^*^ 
)wned  by  an  owner  licensed  under  this  Act. 

48.  If  a  marker  in  a  cemetery  presents  a  risk  to  public  Repairing 
safety  because  it  is  unstable,  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  shall  "^^^ 


24 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


do  whatever  is  necessary  by  way  of  repairing,  resetting  or  lay- 
ing down  the  marker  so  as  to  remove  the  risk. 

Mortgage  on        49, — (1)  No  encumbrance  or  charge  on  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
cemetery        matorium  is  enforceable  unless  it  was  given  as  security  for 
money  borrowed  for, 

(a)  the  purpose  of  improving  the  facilities  provided; 

(b)  the  purpose  of  acquiring  land  for  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
matorium; or 


Restriction 


By-laws 


Owner's 

by-laws 


When 
effective 


Prescribed 
bv-laws 


Notice  of 
by-laws 


Approval  by 
Registrar 


Revocation 
of  by-laws 


Idem 


Notice  of 
disallowance 
or  revocation 


(c)    a  purpose,  approved  by  the  Registrar,  relating  to 
the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(2)  No  encumbrancer  claiming  an  interest  in  a  cemetery  or 
crematorium  may  deal  with  the  cemetery  or  crematorium 
except  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

50. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium except  in  accordance  with  the  by-laws  applying  to  that 
cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(2)  An  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  may  make  by- 
laws affecting  the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(3)  No  by-law  made  by  an  owner  is  effective  until  it  is  filed 
with  and  approved  by  the  Registrar. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations prescribing  by-laws  that  apply  to  cemeteries  or  crema- 
toria or  to  any  prescribed  classes  of  cemeteries  or  crematoria. 

(5)  An  owner  filing  a  by-law  shall  give  such  notice  as  is  pre- 
scribed to  such  classes  of  persons  as  are  prescribed. 

(6)  A  by-law  filed  with  the  Registrar  under  this  section 
shall  be  approved  by  the  Registrar  unless  the  approval  is  not 
in  the  public  interest  or  the  effect  of  the  by-law  is  to  give  the 
owner  an  unreasonable  or  unfair  competitive  advantage  over 
another  supplier  of  cemetery  services  or  supplies. 

(7)  The  Registrar  may  revoke  any  by-law  that  the  Registrar 
could  have  refused  to  approve  under  subsection  (6). 

(8)  Subsection  (7)  applies  even  though  the  Registrar  has 
previously  approved  the  by-law. 

(9)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  approve  or  revoke  a 
by-law,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  owner  notice  of  the  inten- 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  25 

tion  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  owner  of  the  right  to 
appeal. 

(10)  An  owner  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (9)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  refusal  or  revocation  to  the  Tribunal 
within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(11)  If  an  appeal  is  filed  against  an  intended  revocation,  the  ^eiay  in 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  the  by-law  unless  the  Tribunal 
determines  that  the  by-law  should  be  revoked. 

(12)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  against  an  intended  revocation,  the  where  no 
Registrar  may  revoke  the  by-law  after  the  time  for  appeal  has  ^^^^ 
expired. 

51. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  no  person  shall  disinter  Disinterment 
any  human  remains  without, 

(a)  the  prior  consent  of  the  interment  rights  holder;  and 

(b)  notifying  the  proper  medical  officer  of  health. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  disinterment  ordered  where 

,     ^   ''  ^   ^  ^^  -^  consent  not 

I'yj  required 

(a)  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction; 

(b)  a  coroner  appointed  under  the  Coroners  Act;  or  r.s.o.  i980, 

(c)  the   Attorney   General   or   Solicitor   General   for 
Ontario. 

(3)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  (1)  (a),  the  consent  of  the  ^dem 
Registrar  may  be  substituted  for  that  of  the  interment  rights 
holder  if, 

(a)  the  whereabouts  of  an  interment  rights  holder  are 
not  known; 

(b)  the  interment  rights  holder  is  not  readily  ascertaina- 
ble; or 

(c)  the  interment  rights  holder  is  not  able  to  consent. 

(4)  No   person   shall   disinter   human   remains   except   in  ^|J|^p''^"'=® 
accordance  with  the  regulations.  regulations 

(5)  Clause  (1)  (b)  does  not  apply  to  the  disinterment  of  ere-  Exception 
mated  human  remains. 


26 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Consent  of 
Registrar 


Notice  of 
intention 


52. — (1)  The  Registrar,  before  consenting  to  a  disinter- 
ment, shall  consider  whether  any  known  person  may  have  an 
interest  in  the  disposition  of  the  remains  and,  if  there  may  be 
such  a  person,  shall  order  that  notice  of  the  intention  to  disin- 
ter be  given. 

(2)  A  notice  of  intention  to  disinter  shall  be  given  in  the 
manner  and  form  set  out  in  the  order. 


Objections 


Idem 


Conditions 
for  consent 


Notice  of 
decision 


Appeal 


Delay 


Where  no 
appeal 


Attendance 
by  medical 
officer 

Diseases 
1983,  c.  10 


Certificate 
required 


(3)  Any  person  objecting  to  a  disinterment  may  file  a  writ- 
ten objection  with  the  Registrar  at  any  time  before  the  con- 
sent of  the  Registrar  is  given. 

(4)  If  any  person  files  an  objection  to  a  disinterment,  the 
Registrar  shall  determine  whether  that  person  has  an  interest 
in  the  remains  and,  if  so,  shall  ascertain  the  person's  wishes. 

(5)  In  giving  a  consent  to  a  disinterment,  the  Registrar  shall 
take  into  account  the  wishes  of  any  person  with  an  interest  in 
the  remains  and  make  the  consent  subject  to  such  conditions 
as  the  Registrar  considers  appropriate. 

(6)  Notice  of  the  Registrar's  decision  shall  be  given  to  the 
person  who  applied  for  the  consent,  to  any  person  to  whom 
notice  is  given  under  subsection  (1)  and  to  any  person  filing 
an  objection. 

(7)  A  person  receiving  a  notice  under  subsection  (6)  may 
appeal,  to  the  Tribunal,  the  Registrar's  decision  within  fifteen 
days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(8)  If  an  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (7),  the  Registrar 
shall  not  consent  to  the  disinterment  unless  the  Tribunal 
determines  that  the  disinterment  should  proceed. 

(9)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (6),  the  Registrar 
may  consent  to  the  disinterment  after  the  time  for  appeal  has 
expired. 

53. — (1)  A  medical  officer  of  health  has  the  authority  to 
attend  at,  supervise  and  direct  a  disinterment. 

(2)  If  a  medical  officer  of  health  determines  that  remains 
are  those  of  a  person  who  died  of  a  communicable  disease 
within  the  meaning  of  the  Health  Protection  and  Promotion 
Act,  1983,  the  remains  shall  not  be  deah  with  in  any  way 
except  as  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  under  that  Act. 

54.  No  person  shall  remove  human  remains  from  a  ceme- 
tery unless  a  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  of  health  or  the 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


27 


cemetery  owner  confirming  that  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
have  been  compHed  with  is  affixed  to  the  container, 

55.  A  burial  certificate  under  the  Vital  Statistics  Act  is  not  R  s.o.  i980, 


required  to  reinter  human  remains  that  have  been  disinterred  doSnot 
in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations.  apply 

56. — (1)  No  person  shall  cremate  human  remains  except  Cremation 
in  a  crematorium  that  has  been  established  with  the  consent  of 
the  Registrar  and  is  owned  by  an  owner  licensed  under  this 
Act. 

(2)  No  person  shall  cremate  human  remains,  Prohibitions 

(a)  for  which  there  is  not  a  coroner's  certificate  sup- 
plied by  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations; 

(b)  in  a  container  made  of,  or  containing,  non-flamma- 
ble or  hazardous  material  or  a  prescribed  material; 
or 

(c)  in  which  a  pacemaker  or  other  prescribed  device  is 
implanted. 

(3)  Except  if  required  by  a  welfare  administrator,  a  crema-  Rig^^  *« 
torium  owner  has  the  right  to  refuse  to  cremate  any  human  ^^^^^ 
remains. 


57.  Every  crematorium  owner  shall  ensure  that  all  crema-  Good  order 
tions  in  the  crematorium  are  carried  out  in  a  decent  and 
orderly  manner  and  that  quiet  and  good  order  are  maintained 
in  the  crematorium  at  all  times. 

58. — (1)  Any  person  who  purchases  a  cremation  service  Deposit  re 
shall  deposit,  at  the  request  of  the  crematorium  owner,  a  pre-    '^'^^ 
scribed  amount  with  the  owner  to  cover  the  cost  of  interring 
the  cremated  remains. 

(2)  An  owner  receiving  money  under  subsection  (1)  shall  Held  in  trust 
hold  the  money  in  trust. 

(3)  If  the  cremated  remains  are  claimed  by  the  interment  Refund 
rights  holder  within  one  year  after  the  cremation,  the  owner 

shall  refund  the  money  to  the  person  entitled  thereto  at  the 
time  of  the  claim. 

(4)  If,  after  one  year,  the  cremated  remains  have  not  been  Owner's 
claimed  and  the  owner  has  made  reasonable  efforts  to  contact  *^°'"p^"^^*'°" 
the  representatives  of  the  deceased,  the  owner  may  inter  them 


28 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


and  is  then  entitled  to  the  money  held  in  trust  as  compensa- 
tion. 


Neglected 
cemetery 


Repairs 


59. — (1)  A  municipality  may  order  a  cemetery  owner  who 
does  not  keep  the  cemetery  in  good  order  and  repair  to 
restore  it  to  good  order  and  repair. 

(2)  If  an  owner  does  not  restore  a  cemetery  as  specified  in 
an  order  given  under  subsection  (1)  within  such  reasonable 
time  as  is  set  out  in  the  order,  the  municipality  may  have  the 
required  work  done  and  recover  the  costs  thereof  from  the 
owner. 


Abandoned 
cemeteries 


Application 


Notice  of 
application 


Costs 


60. — (1)  An  application  to  declare  a  cemetery  abandoned 
may  be  made  to  a  judge  of  the  District  Court  if  the  owner  of 
the  cemetery, 

(a)  cannot  be  found  or  is  unknown; 

(b)  is  unable  to  maintain  it; 

(c)  was  a  corporation  that  was  dissolved;  or 

(d)  is  not  licensed  as  an  owner  under  this  Act. 

(2)  An  application  to  declare  a  cemetery  abandoned  maj 
be  made  by  the  owner  of  the  cemetery,  the  municipality  oi 
the  Registrar. 

(3)  If  the  application  is  not  made  by  the  Registrar,  the  per- 
son making  the  application  must  give  notice  of  the  applicatior^ 
to  the  Registrar. 

(4)  The  municipality  is  responsible  for  the  cost  of  an  appli- 
cation under  this  section  including  the  cost  of  a  survey  of  the 
land  involved. 


Declaration 


Municipality 
becomes 


(5)  A  judge  to  whom  an  application  is  made  under  sub- 
section (1),  upon  being  satisfied  that  there  is  a  basis  for  the 
appUcation,  shall,  by  order,  declare  the  cemetery  that  is  the 
subject-matter  of  the  application  to  be  abandoned. 

(6)  Upon  a  declaration  that  a  cemetery  is  abandoned  being 
registered  in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office,  the  munici- 
pality becomes  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  with  all  the  rights 
and  obligations  in  respect  to  the  cemetery  and  the  assets, 
funds  and  trust  accounts  related  thereto  that  the  previous 
owner  had. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  29 

(7)  A  declaration  under  this  section  may  exempt  the  munic-  Exemptions 
ipality  being  declared  the  owner  from  any  provision  of  this 

Act  or  the  regulations  that  it  would  be  inappropriate,  in  the 
circumstances,  for  a  new  owner  to  be  subject  to. 

(8)  Upon  an  application  being  made  to  declare  a  cemetery  Maintenance 
abandoned,  the  municipality  within  which  the  cemetery  is  situ- 
ated is  responsible  for  the  maintenance  of  the  cemetery  until 

the  application  is  disposed  of. 

61.  The  Registrar  may  require  any  owner  who  has  an  ^uai  interest 
interest  in  a  cemetery  that  appears  to  be  abandoned  or  neg- 
lected to  maintain  that  cemetery  as  a  condition  of  retaining  a 
licence  to  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

ADMINISTRATION 

62. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  appointed  for  the  pur-  Registrar 
poses  of  this  Act. 

(2)  There    shall    be    one    or    more    Deputy    Registrars  ^fP.f2, 
appointed  who  may  exercise  such  powers  and  perform  such 
duties  of  the  Registrar  as  are  delegated  by  the  Registrar. 


Registrars 


(3)  The  Registrar,  Deputy  Registrars  and  all  other  employ-  Application 
ees  necessary  for  the  administration  of  this  Act  shall  be  r.s.o.  1980, 
appointed  under  the  Public  Service  Act.  c.  4i8 

63. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  appoint  inspectors  to  carry  inspectors 
out  inspections  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  there 
is  compliance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

(2)  An  inspector  exercising  a  power  under  this  Act  shall,  on  Certificate  of 
request,  produce  his  or  her  certificate  of  appointment.  ^^^'"  '"^^ 

64. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  ensuring  compliance  with  this  inspections 
Act  and  the  regulations,  an  inspector  may, 

(a)  enter  any  place  at  any  reasonable  time; 

(b)  request  the  production  for  inspection  of  documents 
or  things  that  may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection; 

(c)  inspect  and,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove 
documents  or  things  relevant  to  the  inspection  for 
the  purpose  of  making  copies  or  extracts; 

(d)  inquire  into  negotiations,  transactions,  loans  or  bor- 
rowings   of   a    licensee    and    into    assets    owned. 


30  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

acquired  or  disposed  of  by  a  licensee  that  are  rele- 
vant to  an  inspection; 

(e)  conduct  such  tests  as  are  reasonably  necessary  to 
determine  the  integrity  of  a  structure,  fence  or 
marker  in  a  cemetery;  and 

(f)  remove  materials  or  substances  for  examination  or 
test  purposes  subject  to  the  licensee  or  other  occu- 
pant of  the  premises  being  notified  thereof. 

Entry  to  (2)  Subscction  (1)  docs  not  apply  to  confer  a  power  of 

dwellings        gntiy  to  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dweUing  without  the  con- 
sent of  the  occupier. 

Warrant  (3)  A  justicc  of  the  pcace  may  issue  a  warrant  authorizing 

the  person  named  in  the  warrant, 

(a)  to  do  anything  set  out  in  cjause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (e)  or 

(f); 

(b)  to  enter  and  search  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwell- 
ing; or 

(c)  to  search  for  and  seize  any  document  or  thing  rele^ 
vant  to  the  inspection. 

Requirements      (4)  \  warrant  may  be  issued  under  subsection  (3)  if  the  jus- 

to^s^u"^"^     tice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  on  information  under  oath  that  in 

the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under, 

(a)  clause  (3)  (a),  an  inspector  has  been  prevented  from^ 
doing  anything  permitted  under  clause  (1)  (a),  (c), 
(e)  or  (f)  or  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe 
that  an  inspector  may  be  prevented  from  doing  any 
of  those  things; 

(b)  clause  (3)  (b),  it  is  necessary  that  a  room  actually 
used  as  a  dwelling  be  entered  for  the  purposes  of 
carrying  out  an  inspection  or  there  is,  in  such  a 
room,  a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable 
ground  to  believe  is  relevant  to  an  inspection  under 
this  Act;  or 

(c)  clause  (3)  (c),  it  is  necessary  to  search  for  and  seize 
a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable  ground 
to  believe  will  afford  evidence  relevant  to  a  contra- 
vention of  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


31 


(5)  A  warrant  issued  under  this  section  shall  specify  the  Execution  of 
hours  and  days  during  which  it  may  be  executed. 

(6)  Unless  renewed,  a  warrant  under  this  section  expires  Expiry 
not  later  than  thirty  days  after  the  date  on  which  it  is  made. 

(7)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  issued  or  renewed  Notice  not 
upon  application  without  notice.  require 

(8)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  renewed  for  any  Renewal  of 
reason  for  which  it  may  be  issued.  warrant 

(9)  A  person  doing  any  thing  under  the  authority  of  a  war-  Assistance 
rant  issued  under  this  section  is  authorized  to  call  on  such 

police  officers  to  assist  and  to  use  such  force  as  is  necessary  in 
the  execution  of  the  warrant. 

(10)  An  inspector  carrying  out  an  inspection,  with  or  with-  Use  of 
out  a  warrant,  may  be  accompanied  by  such  persons  with  ^^^^ 
expertise  in  the  subject-matter  of  the  inspection  as  the  inspec- 
tor considers  necessary. 

(11)  An  investigator  taking  material  in  order  to  copy  it  shall  Copies 
make  the  copy  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  shall  promptly 
return  the  material  taken. 


(12)  Copies  of,  or  extracts  from,  documents  and  things 
removed  under  this  section  and  certified  as  being  true  copies 
of,  or  extracts  from,  the  originals  by  the  person  who  made 
them  are  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same  extent  as,  and 
have  the  same  evidentiary  value  as,  the  documents  or  things 
of  which  they  are  copies  or  extracts. 


Admissibility 
of  copies 


65.— -(1)  No  person  shall  obstruct  an  inspector  in  carrying  obstruction 
out  an  inspection  under  this  Act  or  withhold,  destroy,  conceal  °  '"^p^'^^"'^ 
or   refuse   to   provide   any   relevant    information   or   thing 
required  for  the  purpose  of  the  inspection. 

(2)  It  is  a  condition  of  each  licence  issued  under  this  Act  Facilitating 
that  the   licensee   facilitate   an  inspection  relevant  to  that  '"^p^*^'"" 
licence. 


66. — (1)  If  the  Director  has  reasonable  and  probable  Freezing 
grounds  to  believe  that  the  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium is  doing  or  is  about  to  do  something  that  will  jeopardize 
the  public  interest  or  the  proper  care  and  maintenance  of  a 
cemetery,  the  Director  may  direct  any  person  holding,  having 
on  deposit  or  controlling  assets  of  the  owner  or  trust  funds 
under  the  control  of  the  owner  to  hold  the  assets  or  trust 


32 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


funds  until  further  instructions  are  received  from  the  Director 
to  release  a  particular  asset  or  trust  fund  from  the  direction. 


Scope  of 
direction 


(2)  In  the  case  of  a  bank  or  a  corporation,  a  direction 
under  subsection  (1)  applies  only  to  the  offices,  branches  or 
agencies  thereof  named  in  the  direction. 


Application         (3)  Any  persou  named  in  a  direction  issued  under  sub- 
or  irections  ^g^^j^jj  ^^^^  j£  ^jj  doubt  as  to  the  application  of  the  direction  to 

particular  assets  or  trust  funds,  may  apply  to  the  Director  for 

an  order  of  clarification. 


Revocation 
or 

amendment 
of  direction 


(4)  On  an  application  of  the  owner  or  any  other  person 
having  an  interest  therein,  the  Director  may  make  an  order  on 
such  conditions  as  are  set  out  in  the  order  revoking  the  direc- 
tion or  consenting  to  the  release  of  a  particular  asset  or  trust 
fund  from  the  direction. 


Appeal  (5)  Any  person  affected  by  a  direction  or  order  of  the 

Director  made  under  this  section  or  a  refusal  to  make  an 
order  may  appeal  to  the  Tribunal. 


Restraining 
order 


Idem 


Idem 


67. — (1)  If  the  Director  is  of  the  opinion  that  any  person  is 
not  complying  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  despite  the 
imposition  of  any  penalty  in  respect  of  the  non-compliance 
and  in  addition  to  any  other  remedy  available,  the  Director 
may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  for  an  order  directing 
the  person  to  comply. 

(2)  Upon  an  application  under  subsection  (1),  the  judge 
may  make  the  order  applied  for  or  such  other  order  as  the 
judge  thinks  appropriate. 

(3)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order 
made  under  subsection  (2). 


BURIAL  SITES 


Disturbing 
burial  site 
prohibited 


68.  No  person  shall  disturb  or  order  the  disturbance  of  a 
burial  site  or  artifacts  associated  with  the  human  remains 
except. 


Unmarked 
burial  sites 


(a)  on  instruction  by  the  coroner;  or 

(b)  pursuant  to  a  site  disposition  agreement. 

69.  Any  person  discovering  or  having  knowledge  of  a 
burial  site  shall  immediately  notify  the  police  or  coroner. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


33 


i 


70. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  order  the  owner  of  land  on  investigation 
which  a  burial  site  is  discovered  to  cause  an  investigation  to  be 
made  to  determine  the  origin  of  the  site. 

(2)  Section  68  does  not  apply  to  a  person  investigating  the  wem 
nature  or  origin  of  the  site  who  is  disturbing  the  site  in  the 
course  of  the  investigation. 

(3)  A  person  conducting  an  investigation  shall  do  so  with  idem 
le  minimum  disturbance  to  the  site  that  is  reasonable  in  the 

■circumstances. 

(4)  If  the  Registrar  is  of  the  opinion  that  an  investigation  ^^^^ 
under  subsection  (1)  would  impose  an  undue  financial  burden 

on  the  land  owner,  the  Registrar  shall  undertake  the  investiga- 
tion. 

71. — (1)  As  soon  as  the  origin  of  a  burial  site  is  deter-  Declaration 
mined,  the  Registrar  shall  declare  the  site  to  be, 

(a)  an  unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery; 

(b)  an  unapproved  cemetery;  or 

(c)  an  irregular  burial  site. 

(2)   For  the  purpose  of  subsection  (1),  interpretation 


(a)  an  irregular  burial  site  is  a  burial  site  that  was  not 
set  aside  with  the  apparent  intention  of  interring 
therein  human  remains; 


(b)  an  unapproved  cemetery  is  land  set  aside  with  the 
apparent  intention  of  interring  therein,  in  accord- 
ance with  cultural  affinities,  human  remains  and 
containing  remains  identified  as  those  of  persons 
who  were  not  one  of  Canada's  aboriginal  peoples; 

(c)  an  unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery  is  land 
set  aside  with  the  apparent  intention  of  interring 
therein,  in  accordance  with  cultural  affinities, 
human  remains  and  containing  remains  identified  as 
those  of  persons  who  were  one  of  Canada's  aborigi- 
nal peoples. 

72. — (1)  The  Registrar,  on  declaring  a  burial  site  to  be  an  site 
unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery  or  an  unapproved  agreement 
cemetery,  shall  serve  notice  of  the  declaration  on  such  persons 
or  class  of  persons  as  are  prescribed. 


34 

Idem 
Idem 
Idem 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Arbitrated 
settlement 


Irregular 
burial  site 


Charges 


War  Graves 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  All  persons  served  with  notice  under  subsection  (1) 
shall  enter  into  negotiations  with  a  view  of  entering  into  a  site 
disposition  agreement. 

(3)  If  a  site  disposition  agreement  is  not  made  within  the 
prescribed  time,  the  Registrar  shall  refer  the  matter  to  arbitra- 
tion. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  the  Registrar,  if  of  the  opinion 
that  an  agreement  may  be  reached,  may  defer  referring  the 
matter  to  arbitration  so  long  as  there  appears  to  be  a  reason- 
able prospect  of  an  agreement  being  reached. 

73.  The  persons  named  in  an  arbitrated  settlement  who 
have  been  given  the  opportunity  to  fully  participate  in  the 
arbitration  process  are  bound  by  the  settlement  whether  they 
chose  to  participate  or  not. 

14, — (1)  An  owner  of  land  that  contains  an  irregular  bur- 
ial site  shall  ensure  that  the  remains  found  in  the  site  are 
interred  in  a  cemetery. 

(2)  No  owner  of  a  cemetery  interring  human  remains  for  an 
owner  of  land  to  whom  this  section  applies  may  charge  more 
than  the  prescribed  amount  for  the  interment. 

75. — (1)  No  person  shall  alter  or  move  the  remains  or 
marker  of  a  Canadian  or  Allied  veteran  or  a  Commonwealth 
War  Burial  without  the  agreement  of  the  Department  of  Vet- 
erans Affairs  (Federal),  the  Commonwealth  War  Graves 
Commission  or  such  other  persons  and  associations  as  are  pre- 
scribed. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  only  if  the  Department  of  Veter- 
ans Affairs  (Federal)  contributed  to  the  cost  of  the  interment. 

(3)  If  an  agreement  is  not  reached,  the  person  who  wants 
to  make  the  alteration  or  move  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for 
directions. 

(4)  When  an  application  is  made  under  subsection  (3),  the 
Registrar  shall  instruct  the  applicant  to  give  notice  of  the 
application  to  such  persons  and  associations  as  the  Registrar 
considers  may  have  an  interest  in  the  matter. 

(5)  All  persons  and  associations  receiving  a  notice  under 
subsection  (4)  may  make  submissions  on  the  matter  to  the 
Registrar  in  such  form  and  manner  as  the  Registrar  instructs. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  35 

(6)  After  considering  all  submissions  made,  the  Registrar  i<iem 
shall  direct  the  applicant  on  the  manner  of  dealing  with  the 
remains  or  marker  in  question. 

(7)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  altering  or  ^^em 
moving  remains  or  markers  in  accordance  with  the  direction 

of  the  Registrar. 

76. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 

1.  prescribing  documents,  information  and  notices  to 
be  provided  in  the  course  of  an  application; 

2.  prescribing  fees  and  requiring  the  payment  of  fees; 

3.  providing  for  the  manner  in  which  a  deposit 
required  for  approval  shall  be  applied  or  returned; 

4.  prescribing  classes  of  cemeteries; 

5.  prescribing,  for  any  notice  required  to  be  given 
under  this  Act,  the  type  of  notice  and  the  manner  in 
which  it  is  to  be  given; 

6.  prescribing  requirements  and  standards  for  the 
placing  and  spacing  of  interments,  markers, 
fixtures,  fences  or  other  structures  in  a  cemetery; 

7.  prescribing  the  minimum  depth  of  coverage  for  in- 
ground  burials; 

8.  prescribing  the  drains,  sewers  and  other  structures 
for  the  flow  of  water  required  in  a  cemetery; 

9.  governing  mausolea,  columbaria  and  other  struc- 
tures on  or  in  a  cemetery  and  establishing  construc- 
tion standards; 

10.  prescribing  classes  and  types  of  licences; 

11.  governing  the  issue  of  licences  and  providing  for  the 
renewal  of  licences; 

12.  governing  the  term  during  which  each  class  or  type 
of  licence  is  valid; 

13.  prescribing  conditions  that  attach  to  any  class  or 
type  of  licence; 


36  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

14.  providing  for  posting  of  bonds  and  prescribing  the 
amounts  thereof; 

15.  providing  for  the  forfeiture  of  posted  bonds  and  for 
the  distribution  of  the  proceeds  of  forfeited  bonds; 

16.  prescribing  practices  or  actions  that  are  evidence  of 
incompetence  or  lack  of  honesty  and  integrity; 

17.  requiring  the  approval  of  the  Registrar  for  promo- 
tional and  sales  material  and  prescribing  the  criteria 
for  approval; 

18.  prescribing  the  type  of  promotional  and  sales 
material  that  requires  the  approval  of  the  Registrar 
and  providing  for  its  submission  to  the  Registrar; 

19.  governing  and  prohibiting  the  use  of  any  promo- 
tional or  sales  material  or  any  practice; 

20.  prescribing  records  and  information  to  be  kept  by 
licensees; 

21.  providing  for  and  requiring  the  submission  of  rec- 
ords and  information  and  providing  for  access  by 
agents  of  the  Registrar  to  records  and  information; 

22.  prescribing  the  form  of  and  conditions  to  be 
included  in  contracts  for  the  sale  of  interment  rights 
and  cemetery  supplies  and  services; 

23.  prescribing  the  information  to  be  supplied  to  pur- 
chasers of  interment  rights  and  cemetery  supplies 
and  services; 

24.  prescribing  the  form  of  and  information  to  be 
included  in  certificates  of  interment  rights; 

25.  prescribing  information  to  be  provided  to  the  pub- 
lic, any  person  or  any  class  of  persons  and  prescrib- 
ing the  manner  of  providing  that  information; 

26.  governing  advertising  and  the  manner  of  soliciting 
business; 

27.  requiring  the  use  of  any  prescribed  forms; 

28.  providing  for  and  requiring  the  submission  of  rec- 
ords and  information  and  providing  for  access  by 
agents  of  the  Registrar  to  records  and  information; 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  37 

29.  governing  the  use  of  contracts  and  certificates; 

30.  governing  the  uses  to  which  owners  may  apply 
income  from  Care  and  Maintenance  Funds; 

31.  prescribing  records  and  information  on  trust  funds 
to  be  provided  to  purchasers  of  interment  rights  and 
pre-need  supplies  or  services; 

32.  governing  the  establishment,  maintenance  and  oper- 
ation of  trust  funds  including  the  Care  and  Mainten- 
ance Fund  and  the  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund; 

33.  governing  the  payment  of  money  into  and  out  of 
trust  funds  including  the  time  within  which  and  the 
circumstance  under  which  payments  are  to  be 
made; 

34.  prescribing  fees  that  may  be  retained  by  trustees  in 
respect  of  any  type  of  trust  fund; 

35.  governing  the  interment,  disinterment,  disposition 
and  removal  of  human  remains; 

36.  governing  the  preparation  of  disinterred  human 
remains  for  transportation  including  prescribing  the 
design  and  material  of  container  to  be  used; 

37.  prescribing  standards  for  the  construction  and 
installation  of  markers  and  other  cemetery  supplies 
and  requiring  compliance  with  the  standards; 

38.  governing  the  standards  of  care  and  maintenance 
required  for  a  cemetery; 

39.  governing  the  procedure  for  approving  by-laws 
made  by  owners  and  for  revoking  any  by-laws  made 
by  owners; 

40.  prescribing  the  criteria  that  the  Registrar  shall  use 
in  approving  by-laws; 

41.  governing  the  manner  of  conducting  cremations  and 
dealing  with  cremated  remains; 

42.  prescribing  amounts  to  be  deposited,  in  trust,  to 
compensate  for  disposing  of  cremated  remains  and 
regulating  the  handling  of  the  trust  moneys; 


38  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

43.  governing  the  location  and  ownership  of  cemeteries 
and  crematoria; 

44.  governing  prices  and  the  range  of  prices  that  may  be 
included  on  price  lists  filed  with  the  Registrar  by 
owners; 

45.  prescribing  procedures  to  be  followed  in  dealing 
with  burial  sites  and  requiring  that  they  be  fol- 
lowed; 

46.  governing  arbitration  in  the  absence  of  a  site  dispo- 
sition agreement  and  requiring  compliance  with  pre- 
scribed procedure; 

47.  prescribing  the  subject-matters  to  be  contained  in  a 
site  disposition  agreement  or  arbitration  settlement 
and  requiring  their  inclusion; 

48.  exempting  any  person  or  class  of  persons,  any  cem- 
etery or  class  of  cemetery  or  any  thing  or  class  of 
thing  from  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations; 

49.  prescribing  conditions  subsequent  or  precedent  for  a 
prescribed  exemption  and  providing  that  an  exemp- 
tion may  be  subject  to  the  Registrar  being  satisfied 
that  it  is  not  contrary  to  the  public  interest; 

50.  prescribing  what  constitutes  notice  in  any  provision 
where  notice  is  required  to  be  given; 

51.  governing  the  time  for  giving  any  notice  for  which  a 
time  is  not  set  out  in  this  Act  and  delegating  to  the 
Registrar  power  to  extend  any  prescribed  time; 

52.  prescribing  any  thing  that  is  referred  to  in  this  Act 
as  being  prescribed. 

Limitation  (2)  Any  regulation  may  be  general  or  specific  or  of  limited 

application. 

Interfering  77,  nq  pcrsou  shall  causc  or  commit  a  nuisance  in  a  ceme- 

oemetery        tcry  or  wilfully  and  unlawfully  disturb  persons  assembled  for 
the  purpose  of  interring  human  remains  in  a  cemetery. 

Cause  of  jg^ — (1)  Any  person  who,  in  a  cemetery,  damages  or 

moves  any  tree,  plant,  marker,  fence,  structure  or  other  thing 
usually  erected,  planted  or  placed  in  a  cemetery  is  liable  to 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  39 

the  cemetery  owner  and  any  interment  rights  holder  who,  as  a 
result,  incurs  damage. 

(2)  In  an  action  under  subsection  (1),  the  amount  of  dam-  wem 
ages  shall  be  the  amount  required  to  restore  the  cemetery  to 

the  state  that  it  was  in  before  any  thing  was  damaged  or 
moved  by  the  person  Uable. 

(3)  Any  person  collecting  damages  under  this  section  shall  ^dem 
use  the  full  amount  collected  to  restore  the  cemetery. 

79. — (1)  Every  person  who,  offence 

(a)  furnishes  false,  misleading  or  incomplete  informa- 
tion in  an  application  under  this  Act  or  in  a  state- 
ment or  return  required  to  be  furnished  under  this 
Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  an  order  made  under  this  Act; 
or 

(c)  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(2)  Every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  concurs  ^^^"^ 
in  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(3)  An  individual  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  ^^^^ 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and,  on  a  sub- 
sequent conviction,  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year. 

(4)  A  corporation  that  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  i^em 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $40,000. 

(5)  Subject  to  subsection  (6),  no  proceeding  under  this  sec-  Limitation 
tion  shall  be  commenced  more  than  two  years  after  the 
offence  was  committed. 

(6)  No  proceeding  under  clause  (1)  (a)  or  subsection  35  (2)  wem 
or  36  (3)  shall  be  commenced  more  than  one  year  after  the 
facts  upon  which  the  proceeding  is  based  first  came  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  Registrar. 

(7)  If  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Act,  Restitution 
the  court  making  the  conviction  may,  in  addition  to  any  other 
penalty,  order  the  person  convicted  to  make  compensation  or 
restitution  in  relation  thereto. 


40 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Certificate  as 
evidence 


Municipal 
powers 


Idem 


Tribunal 


Order 


80.  A  Statement  as  to, 

(a)  the  consent  or  lack  of  consent  to  establish,  alter  or 
increase  the  capacity  of  a  cemetery  or  crematorium; 

(b)  the  licensing  or  non-licensing  of  any  person; 

(c)  the  filing  or  non-filing  of  any  document  or  material 
required  or  permitted  to  be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 

(d)  the  time  when  the  facts  upon  which  proceedings  are 
based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Registrar; 
or 

(e)  any  other  matter  pertaining  to  licensing,  non- 
licensing,  filing  or  non-filing, 

purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Registrar  is,  without  proof  of 
the  office  or  signature  of  the  Registrar,  admissible  in  evidence 
in  any  proceeding,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary, 
of  the  facts  stated  therein. 

81. — (1)  A  municipality  may  expropriate, 

(a)  a  cemetery  or  part  thereof,  whether  the  cemetery 
exists  within  or  outside  the  municipality;  and 

(b)  land  on  which  to  establish  or  enlarge  a  cemetery. 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  author- 
izing, 

(a)  the  purchase  of  a  cemetery  or  part  thereof  that  is 
situated  within  the  municipality; 

(b)  the  acquisition  of  land  within  the  municipality  or  in 
an  adjacent  township  or  unorganized  territory  for  a 
cemetery  or  for  the  enlargement  of  an  existing 
cemetery  owned  by  the  municipality;  or 

(c)  the  sale,  transfer  or  lease  of  a  cemetery  or  part 
thereof. 

82.— (1)  If  there  is  an  appeal  under  this  Act  to  the 
Tribunal,  it  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  a  hearing. 

(2)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order 
direct  the  Registrar  to  take  an  intended  action  or  to  refrain 
from  taking  an  action  or  to  take  such  action  as  the  Tribunal 
considers  that  the  Registrar  ought  to  take  and  for  such  pur- 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


41 


poses  the  Tribunal  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of  the 
Registrar. 

(3)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  or  conditions 
to  the  licence  as  it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act. 


(4)  The  Registrar,  the  applicant  or  licensee  who  has 
required  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal 
may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal 
under  this  Act. 


Parties 


83. — (1)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  under  this  Service 
Act  or  the  regulations  is  sufficiently  given,  served  or  delivered 
if  delivered  personally  or  sent  by  first  class  mail  addressed  to 
the  person  to  whom  it  is  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  at 
that  person's  last  known  address. 

(2)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  sent  by  first  class  I'Jem 
mail  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
given,  served  or  delivered  on  the  fifth  day  after  the  day  of 
mailing,  unless  the  person  to  whom  it  is  sent  establishes  that 
the  notice,  order  or  other  document  was  not  received  until  a 
later  date  because  of  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause 
beyond  that  person's  control. 

84.  Despite  the  fact  that  a  licensee  appeals  from  an  order  stay 

of  the  Tribunal  under  section  11  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  RS.o.  1980, 
and  Commercial  Relations  Act,  the  order  takes  effect  immedi- 
ately but  the  Tribunal  may  grant  a  stay  until  the  disposition  of 
the  appeal. 

85.  The  Registrar  may,  at  any  time,  cancel  a  licence  upon  Surrender  of 
the  written  request  of  the  licensee  and  the  surrender  of  the 

licence  by  the  licensee. 

86. — (1)  An  approval  given  under  the   Cemeteries  Act,  Transition 
being  chapter  59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980, 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  consent  given  under  this  Act. 

(2)  Every  person  who  is  an  owner  on  the  day  this  Act  ^^^^ 
comes  into  force  shall  be  deemed  to  be  licensed  under  this 
Act  to  own  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 


(3)  Every  person  who  was  employed  as  a  sales  representa- 
tive selling  interment  rights,  cemetery  supplies  or  cemetery 
services  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  licensed  as  a  sales  representative  under  this  Act  repre- 
senting the  owner  employing  that  person. 


Idem 


42 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(4)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  subsections  (2)  and  (3)  cease 
to  apply  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(5)  If  a  person  who  is  deemed,  under  subsection  (2)  or  (3), 
to  be  licensed  under  this  Act  applies  for  a  comparable  licence 
under  this  Act  within  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
the  deemed  licence  remains  in  force  until  the  application  is 
finally  disposed  of. 

(6)  Funds  set  up  under  the  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  for, 

(a)  perpetual  care  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Care  and 
Maintenance  Fund;  and 

(b)  pre-need  supplies  or  services  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
a  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund. 


Act  prevails         gy.  xhis  Act  prevails  over  the  Ontario  Heritage  Act,  beinj 
chapter  337  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980. 

88.  Section  1  of  The  Toronto  General  Burying  Grounds  Act 
1977,  being  chapter  110,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi 
luted  therefor: 


Power  to 
acquire  land 


Repeal 


Coimnence- 
ment 


Short  title 


1.  The  Trustees  of  the  Toronto  General  Burying  Ground 
may,  in  addition  to  its  existing  powers  to  acquire  and  hole 
land,  acquire  and  hold  land  and  may  exercise  all  its  corporate 
powers  with  reference  thereto. 

89.  The  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59  of  the  Revise( 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

90.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  b^ 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

91.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Cemeteries  Act,  1989. 


Bill  31  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  31 


An  Act  to  revise  the  Cemeteries  Act 


The  Hon.  G.  Sorbara 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


1st  Reading       June  12th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       June  21st,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Resources  Development  Committee) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Bill  revises  the  existing  Cemeteries  Act. 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  regulate  the  establishment  and  management  of  cemeter- 
ies and  crematoria  and  to  provide  a  larger  measure  of  consumer  protection.  The  main 
features  of  the  Bill  are: 

1.  Appointment  of  a  Registrar  to  administer  the  Act. 

2.  Municipal  control  of  the  establishment,  alteration  and  enlargement  of  cemeter- 
ies and  crematoria,  with  appeal  of  municipal  decisions  to  the  Ontario  Municipal 
Board. 

3.  Providing  for  the  licensing  of  owners  of  cemeteries  and  crematoria  and  of  sales 
representatives. 

4.  Provisions  govern  contracts  for  the  sale  of  interment  rights,  supplies  and  ser- 
vices by  owners  of  cemeteries  and  crematoria,  providing  information  disclosure  _ 
and  rights  of  cancellation  for  pre-need  purchases. 

5.  Telephone  and  door-to-door  solicitation  for  the  sale  of  interment  rights,  ceme- 
tery supplies  and  services  is  prohibited. 

6.  Provisions  are  made  to  protect  unmarked  burial  sites,  resolve  their  status  and 
settle  disputes  regarding  their  disposition. 

7.  Provisions  regarding  Care  and  Maintenance  Trust  Funds  (formerly  Perpetual 
Care)  are  expanded  to  apply  to  monuments. 

8.  Provisions  governing  cemetery  abandonment  are  streamlined,  giving  municipali- 
ties full  title  to  abandoned  sites  and  associated  trust  funds. 


Bill  31  1989 

An  Act  to  revise  the  Cemeteries  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"burial  site"  means  land  containing  human  remains  that  has 
not  been  approved  or  consented  to  as  a  cemetery  in  accor- 
dance with  this  Act  or  a  predecessor  of  this  Act: 

"by-laws",  when  used  in  relation  to  a  cemetery,  means  the 
rules  under  which  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  operated; 

"cemetery"  means  land  set  aside  to  be  used  for  the  interment 
of  human  remains  and  includes  a  mausoleum,  columbarium 
or  other  structure  intended  for  the  interment  of  human 
remains; 

"cemetery  services"  means, 

(a)    in  respect  of  a  lot, 

(i)  opening  and  closing  of  a  grave, 

(ii)  interring  or  disinterring  human  remains, 

(iii)  providing  temporary  storage  in  a  receiving 
vault, 

(iv)  construction  of  a  foundation  for  a  marker, 

(v)  setting  of  corner  posts, 

(vi)  providing, 

(A)  a  tent  or  canopy, 

(B)  carrying  and  lowering  devices,  and 


Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

(C)  ground  cover, 

for  an  interment  service,  and 

(vii)  preparing  flower  beds  and  planting  flowers 
and  shrubs, 

(b)  in  respect  of  a  crypt  or  compartment  in  a  mauso- 
leum, 

(i)  opening,  closing  and  sealing  of  the  crypt  or 
compartment, 

(ii)  providing  temporary  storage   in  a  vault  or 
crypt, 

(iii)  providing  a  tent  or  canopy  for  an  interment 
service,  and 

(iv)  providing  elevating  devices, 

(c)  in  respect  of  a  niche  or  compartment  in  a  colum-j 
barium, 

(i)  opening,  closing  and  sealing  of  the  niche  oi 
compartment,  and 

(ii)  providing  a  tent  or  canopy  for  an  interment 
service, 

(d)  in  respect  of  a  crematorium,  all  services  provided  by 
the  owner  of  the  crematorium  at  the  crematorium, 
and 

(e)  in  respect  of  a  cemetery,  such  other  services  as  are 
provided  by  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  at  the 
cemetery; 

"cemetery  supplies"  includes  interment  vaults,  markers,  flow- 
ers, liners,  urns,  shrubs  and  artificial  wreaths  and  other 
articles  intended  to  be  placed  in  a  cemetery; 

"columbarium"  means  a  structure  designed  for  the  purpose  of 
interring  cremated  human  remains  in  sealed  compartments; 

"commercial  cemetery"  means  a  cemetery  operated  for  the 
purpose  of  making  a  profit  for  the  owner; 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  3 

"crematorium"  means  a  building  fitted  with  appliances  for  the 
purpose  of  cremating  human  remains  and  includes  every- 
thing incidental  and  ancillary  thereto; 

"Director"  means  a  Director  appointed  under  the  Ministry  of  RS.o.  i980, 
Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act; 

"equity  share"  means  a  share  of  a  class  of  shares  that  carries  a 
voting  right  either  under  all  circumstances  or  under  some 
circumstances  that  have  occurred  and  are  continuing; 

"human  remains"  means  a  dead  human  body  and  includes  a 
cremated  human  body; 

"income"  means  the  interest  or  money  earned,  including  the 
compounding  thereof,  by  the  investment  of  funds; 

"inter"  means  the  burial  of  human  remains  and  includes  the 
placing  of  human  remains  in  a  lot; 

"interment  rights"  includes  the  right  to  require  or  direct  the 
interment  of  human  remains  in  a  lot; 

"interment  rights  holder"  means  a  person  with  interment 
rights  with  respect  to  a  lot  and  includes  a  purchaser  of 
interment  rights  under  the  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  or  a  predecessor 
of  that  Act; 

"land  registry  office"  means  the  land  registry  office  or  the 
land  titles  office  in  the  area  in  which  a  cemetery  is  located; 

"lot"  means  an  area  of  land  in  a  cemetery  containing,  or  set 
aside  to  contain,  human  remains  and  includes  a  tomb,  crypt 
or  compartment  in  a  mausoleum  and  a  niche  or  compart- 
ment in  a  columbarium; 

"marker"  means  any  monument,  tombstone,  plaque,  head- 
stone, cornerstone,  or  other  structure  or  ornament  affixed 
to  or  intended  to  be  affixed  to  a  burial  lot,  mausoleum 
crypt,  columbarium  niche  or  other  structure  or  place 
intended  for  the  deposit  of  human  remains; 

"mausoleum"  means  a  building  or  structure,  other  than  a 
columbarium,  used  as  a  place  for  the  interment  of  the 
human  remains  in  sealed  crypts  or  compartments; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations; 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


"municipality"  means  the  corporation  or  other  entity  having 
municipal  jurisdiction  in  the  area  in  which  a  cemetery  is 
I     located  and  includes  a  police  village,  city,  town,  village, 
I     township  or  improvement  district  or  the  council  thereof; 

"owner"  means  an  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  a  crematorium; 

"person"  includes  a  board  of  trustees,  local  council  of  a 
municipality  or  other  organization  or  group  of  persons 
organized  for  the  purpose  of  operating  or  managing  a 
cemetery; 

"plot"  means  two  or  more  lots  in  which  the  rights  to  intei 
have  been  sold  as  a  unit; 

"pre-need  supplies  or  services"  means  cemetery  supplies  oi 
services  that  are  not  required  to  be  provided  until  the  death 
of  a  person  alive  at  the  time  the  arrangements  are  made; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  undei 
this  Act; 

"Registrar"  means  the  Registrar  appointed  under  this  Act; 

"sales  representative"  means, 

(a)  a  person  who  sells  or  offers  for  sale  interment  right 
or  cemetery  supplies  or  services  on  behalf  of  a  com 
mercial  cemetery,  or 

(b)  a  person  whose  primary  employment  is  selling  inter- 
ment rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services; 

"Tribunal"  means  The  Commercial  Registration  Appeal 
Tribunal; 

"trust  fund"  means  a  trust  fund  established  for  the  purpose  of 
this  Act. 


Consent  for 

cemetery, 

etc. 


Application 
for  consent 


CONSENT  TO  ESTABLISH  CEMETERY  OR  CREMATORIUM 

2.  No  person  shall  establish,  aher  or  increase  the  capacity 
of  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  without  the  consent  of  the 
Registrar. 

3. — (1)  An  applicant  for  consent  shall  apply  to  the 
Registrar  and, 

(a)    pay  the  prescribed  fee; 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


(b)  submit  the  prescribed  documents  showing  the  layout 
of  the  cemetery  and  the  location  of  existing  or  pro- 
posed plots,  lots,  structures  and  fixtures;  and 

(c)  if  the  applicant  is  the  owner  of  a  commercial  ceme- 
tery or  a  cemetery  of  a  class  prescribed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  this  clause,  pay  a  deposit  in  a  prescribed 
amount  into  a  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund, 

(2)  If  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  proposed  to  be  estab- 
lished or  already  exists  in  an  area  with  municipal  organization, 
the  applicant,  before  applying  for  the  consent  of  the  Regis- 
trar, must  obtain  the  approval  to  the  proposal  of  the  appro- 
priate municipality. 


Approval 
required 


(3)  If  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  to  be  established  or  wem 
enlarged  to  encroach  on  land,  in  an  area  without  municipal 
organization,  that  is  Crown  land  at  the  time  of  the  application 
for  consent,  the  applicant,  before  applying  for  the  consent  of 
the  Registrar,  must  obtain  the  approval  to  the  proposal  of  the 
Minister  of  Natural  Resources. 


4.    A  municipality  that  receives  a  request  for  an  approval  P"til'c 
required  by  subsection  3  (2)  may  hold  public  hearings  to    ^^""^^ 
determine  if  the  approval  is  in  the  public  interest. 


Decision 


5. — (1)  A  municipality,  upon  receiving  a  request  for 
approval,  shall  give  or  refuse  to  give  the  approval  within  a 
reasonable  time  after  receiving  the  request. 


(2)  In  considering  a  request  for  an  approval,  the  principal  ^^^^^^ 
factor  shall  be  the  public  interest. 

(3)  A  municipality  shall,  upon  arriving  at  a  decision  on  an  Notice  of 
application, 

(a)  send  a  copy  of  the  decision  together  with  the  rea- 
sons for  it  to  the  Registrar  and  to  the  applicant;  and 

(b)  publish  notice  of  the  decision  in  a  local  newspaper. 

(4)  The  applicant.  Registrar  or  any  person  with  an  interest  Appeal 
therein  may,  within  fifteen  days  after  publication  of  the  notice 

of  the  decision,  refer  the  decision  of  a  municipality  to  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  for  a  hearing. 

(5)  Despite  subsection  (4),  if  an  applicant  or  the  Registrar  ^'^^^ 
does  not  receive  a  copy  of  a  decision  until  after  the  decision  is 
published,  the  fifteen  days  referred  to  in  subsection  (4)  apply 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Repre- 
sentation 


Board 
decision 


Idem 


Certificate  of 
consent 


after  the  applicant  or  Registrar,  as  the  case  may  be,  receives 
the  copy. 

(6)  The  Registrar  is  entitled  to  make  representations  to  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  in  any  appeal  under  subsection  (4). 

6. — (1)  The  Ontario  Municipal  Board  may  reverse  the 
decision  appealed  from  and  substitute  its  own  decision. 

(2)  A  decision  of  the  Board  that  is  substituted  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  decision  of  the  munici- 
pality. 

7. — (1)  The  Registrar  shall  give  a  certificate  of  consent  to 
the  establishment,  aUeration  or  increase  in  the  capacity  of  a 
cemetery  or  crematorium,  as  the  case  may  be,  if, 

(a)    the  applicant  has  the  approval  of  the  municipality  or 
the  Minister  of  Natural  Resources; 


Notice  of 
refusal  to 
issue 


Appeal 


Order  by 
Tribunal 


Idem 


(b)  the  applicant  is  licensed  to  own  that  cemetery  and  is 
and  will  be  on  the  granting  of  the  Ucence  in  compli- 
ance with  the  requirements  of  this  Act  and  the  regu- 
lations and  the  laws  intended  for  the  protection  of 
the  environment  and  of  health;  and 

(c)  where  neither  approval  referred  to  in  clause  (a)  is 
required,  the  Registrar  is  satisfied  that  the  consent 
is  in  the  public  interest. 

(2)  The  Registrar,  on  refusing  to  give  a  certificate  of  con- 
sent, shall  advise  the  applicant,  in  writing,  of, 

(a)  the  reason  for  the  refusal;  and 

(b)  the  applicant's  right  to  appeal. 

(3)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2) 
may  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteen  days  after  receiving 
the  notice. 

(4)  If  the  Tribunal  finds  that  the  applicant  is  in  compliance 
with  clauses  (1)  (a)  and  (b)  or  that  giving  the  consent  is  in  the 
public  interest,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  Tribunal  shall  order 
the  Registrar  to  issue  the  certificate  of  consent  applied  for  or 
a  consent  in  a  modified  version. 

(5)  Upon  receiving  an  order  under  subsection  (4),  the  Reg- 
istrar shall  issue  the  certificate  as  ordered. 


1989  CEMETERIES  BUI  31  7 

(6)  A   certificate    of   consent    shall    contain    a    sufficient  Registration 
description  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  so  that  the  certifi- 
cate may  be  registered  in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office. 

(7)  Upon  registration  of  a  certificate  of  consent,  the  land  Effect  of 
described  therein  becomes  a  cemetery.  registration 

CLOSING  CEMETERY 

8. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  9,  10,  11,  12  and  13,  closing 
a  reference  to  a  cemetery  includes  any  part  of  a  cemetery.  cemetery 

(2)  The  Registrar  may  order  a  cemetery  closed  if  the  clos-  J^em 
ing  is  in  the  public  interest. 

(3)  An  order  shall  not  be  made  under  subsection  (2)  until,     Notice 

(a)  notice  of  the  intention  to  make  the  order  is  given  in 
the  manner  and  to  the  persons  prescribed;  and 

(b)  interested  persons  are  given  the  opportunity  to 
make  submissions  to  the  Registrar  within  such  time 
as  is  prescribed. 

(4)  Notice  is  not  required  if,  Wem 

(a)  the  request  is  from  the  owner; 

(b)  no  interments  have  been  made  in  the  cemetery  to 
be  closed;  and 

(c)  the  consent  of  all  affected  interment  rights  holders 
has  been  obtained. 

9. — (1)  In  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery,  the  Registrar  order 
may, 

(a)  declare  a  cemetery  or  a  portion  thereof  closed; 

(b)  require  the  owner  to  disinter  all  human  remains 
therein  and  specify  the  manner  of  disinterment  and 
the  manner  and  place  of  reinterring  or  dealing  with 
the  remains; 

(c)  require  the  owner  to  remove  any  markers  and  relo- 
cate them  to  a  specified  place;  and 

(d)  require  the  owner  to  provide  or  acquire  equivalent 
interment  rights  for  all  holders  of  interment  rights 
with  respect  to  unused  lots  in  the  cemetery. 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Substitution  (2)  In  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery,  the  Registrar  may  des- 
ignate another  person  to  do  anything  that  the  owner  may  be 
required  to  do. 

Notice  (3)  The  Registrar  shall  give  every  person  who  made  a  sub- 

mission notice  of  the  order  and  at  the  same  time  advise  the 
person  of  the  right  of  appeal. 

Coming  into        (4)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery 
^^^'^  comes  into  force  thirty  days  after  it  is  made  unless  there  is  an 

appeal  filed  before  the  order  comes  into  force  or  the  order 

sets  out  a  later  date. 


Idem 


(5)  If  submissions  were  made  in  respect  of  the  order,  the 
order  comes  into  force  thirty  days  after  notice  has  been  given 
to  each  person  who  made  a  submission  unless  there  is  an 
appeal  filed  before  the  order  comes  into  force  or  the  order 
sets  out  a  later  date. 


Idem 


Appeal 


(6)  An  order  that  is  appealed  comes  into  force  upon  being 
upheld  by  the  Tribunal. 

10.  A  person  with  an  interest  therein  may  appeal,  to  the 
Tribunal, 

(a)    an  order  to  close  a  cemetery  any  time  before  the 
order  comes  into  force;  or 


Certificate 


Idem 


Registration 


Effect  of 
registration 


(b)    a  refusal  to  order  a  cemetery  closed. 

11. — (1)  The  Registrar,  upon  being  satisfied  that  the 
requirements  in  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery  have  been  com- 
plied with,  shall  issue  a  certificate,  with  a  legal  description  of 
the  land  involved,  that  the  cemetery  is  closed. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  applicant  therefor  is  entitled 
to  a  certificate  that  a  cemetery  is  closed  if  the  cemetery  had 
been  closed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  but  a  cer- 
tificate issued  under  subsection  59  (7)  of  the  Cemeteries  Act, 
being  chapter  59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  or 
a  predecessor  of  that  subsection  has  not  been  registered. 

(3)  A  certificate  issued  under  this  section  may  be  registered 
in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office. 

(4)  Upon  registration  of  a  certificate  of  closing,  the  land 
described  therein  ceases  to  be  a  cemetery. 


Maintenance        12. — (1)  Where  any  money  has  been  paid  into  a  care  and 
^""'^  maintenance  fund  with  respect  to  a  cemetery  that  is  to  be 


p 


1989  CEMETERIES  BUI  31  9 

closed,  the  Registrar  shall  direct  that  money  to  be  transferred 
to  the  trustee  of  the  fund  maintained  by  the  owner  of  the 
cemetery  into  which  the  human  remains  are  to  be  reinterred 
or  where  the  interment  rights  are  to  be  exercised. 

(2)  The  amount  transferred  under  subsection  (1)  is  a  credit  wem 
against  the  amount  required  to  be  paid  into  the  fund  by  the 
owner  of  the  cemetery  into  which  the  human  remains  are  to 
be  reinterred  or  where  the  interment  rights  are  to  be  exer- 
cised. 

13.  Where  any  money  has  been  paid  into  a  pre-need  Pre-need 
assurance  fund  with  respect  to  interment  rights  in  a  cemetery  S'^^"'^^ 
that  is  to  be  closed,  the  Registrar  shall  direct  that  money  to  be 

paid  to  the  trustee  of  the  fund  maintained  by  the  owner  of  the 
cemetery  where  alternative  interment  rights  have  been  made 
available  for  the  holders  of  interment  rights  in  the  cemetery  to 
be  closed. 

LICENCES 

14.  No  person  shall  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  unless  Licence 
licensed  under  this  Act  to  own  that  cemetery  or  crematorium.    '^^^^"^ 

15. — (1)  A  person  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a  licence  Licence  to 
to  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(2)  An  appHcant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  except  if.  Requirements 

(a)  the  applicant  cannot  reasonably  be  expected  to  be 
financially  responsible  in  the  operation  of  a  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium; 

(b)  the  past  or  present  conduct  of  the  persons  referred 
to  in  subsection  (3)  affords  reasonable  grounds  for 
belief  that  the  applicant  will  not  operate  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law  and  with  integrity  and  honesty; 

(c)  the  applicant  or  managing  employees  of  the  appli- 
cant do  not  have  the  experience  and  competence 
required  to  manage  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  in 
accordance  with  the  law; 

(d)  the  applicant  is  carrying  on  activities  that  are,  or 
will  be  if  the  applicant  is  licensed,  in  contravention 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(e)  the  appHcant  will,  if  licensed,  be  carrying  on  activi- 
ties under  this  Act  that  are  in  contravention  of 
another  Act  or  a  municipal  by-law; 


10 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(f)  the  applicant  is  unable  to  provide  the  resources  and 
facilities  required  to  manage  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium; or 


Idem 


(g)  the  applicant  or  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  appli- 
cant has  made  a  false  statement  or  provided  false 
information  in  an  application  for  a  licence. 

(3)  Clause  (2)  (b)  appUes  to  the  following  persons: 


1.  The  applicant. 

2.  An  officer  or  director  of  the  applicant. 

3.  A  person  holding  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the 
equity  shares  of  the  applicant  or  an  officer  or  direc- 
tor of  such  person. 

4.  Any  person  having  a  beneficial  interest  in  the  oper- 
ation of  the  business  of  the  applicant  or  licensee. 


Issue  of 
licence 


(4)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  to  own  an  identified 
cemetery  or  crematorium  to  an  applicant  therefor  who  pays 
the  prescribed  fee,  complies  with  the  regulations  and  is  not 
disentitled  under  subsection  (2). 


Conditions         (^5)  A  Hccnce  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con- 
Hcen?e"^^°     scnted  to  by  the   applicant,   imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or 
prescribed. 


Notice 


(6)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  issue  a  licence,  the 
Registrar  shall  give  the  applicant  notice  of  and  reasons  for  the 
intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  applicant  of  the 
right  to  appeal. 


Appeal  Q)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (6) 

may  appeal  the  intended  refusal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteen 
days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

Refusal  to  (g)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (7),  the  Registrar 

may  refuse  to  issue  the  licence  applied  for. 


16. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  revoke  or  refuse  to  renew  a 


Revocation 

hcence^'^  ^      licence  to  own  a  cemetery  or  a  crematorium  if. 


(a)    the  conduct  or  situation  of  the  licensee  is  such  as  to 
disentitle  the  licensee  from  being  granted  a  licence; 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


11 


(b)  where  the  licensee  is  a  corporation,  the  share- 
holders of  the  corporation  have  changed  in  the 
manner  and  to  the  extent  prescribed;  or 

(c)  the  Registrar  has  reasonable  and  probable  grounds 
to  believe  that  the  continued  operation  of  the  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium  by  the  licensee, 

(i)  creates   a   risk   to   public   health,   safety   or 
decency,  or 

(ii)  will  result  in  a  financial  loss  by  members  of 
the  public  because  provisions  of  this  Act  or 
the  regulations  are  not  being  complied  with. 

(2)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  revoke  or  to  refuse  to  renew  Notice 
a  licence,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  licensee  notice  of  and 
reasons  for  the  intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the 
licensee  of  the  right  to  appeal. 

(3)  Any  licensee  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  revocation  or  refusal  to  the  Tribunal 
within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(4)  If  an  appeal  has  been  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  Delay 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  the  licence  unless  the  Tribunal 
determines  that  the  licence  should  be  revoked. 

(5)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  Registrar  where  no 
may  revoke  the  licence  after  the  time  for  appeal  has  expired. 


appeal 


(6)  Section  14  does  not  apply  to  an  owner  whose  licence  is  Exception  to 
revoked  so  long  as  the  Registrar  is  satisfied  that  the  owner  is  requSent 
making     reasonable     efforts     to     sell     the     cemetery     or 
crematorium. 


17. — (1)  The  Director  may  appoint  a  manager  to  operate  a  Appointment 


cemetery  or  crematorium  in  the  place  of  the  owner  if, 

(a)  the  Director  has  reasonable  and  probable  grounds, 
based  on  a  statement  under  oath,  to  believe  that  the 
owner  is  doing  or  is  about  to  do  something  in  the 
operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  that, 

(i)  creates  or  is  likely  to  create  a  risk  to  public 
health,  safety  or  decency,  or 

(ii)  is  causing  or  is  likely  to  cause  financial  loss  to 
members  of  the  pubUc;  or 


of  manager 


12 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Powers  of 
manager 


(b)    the  owner's  licence  is  revoked. 

(2)  A  manager  appointed  under  subsection  (1)  has  all  the 
powers  of  the  owner  with  respect  to  the  operation  of  the  cem- 
etery or  crematorium  including  the  power  to  exclude  the 
owner  and,  if  the  owner  is  a  corporation,  the  directors  or 
officers  of  the  corporation,  from  the  premises  of  the  business. 


Effect  of 
appointment 


(3)  From  the  appointment  of  a  manager  under  subsection 
(1)  until  the  appointment  is  cancelled,  the  owner  being 
replaced  does  not  have  the  authority  to  deal  with  any  assets  or 
trust  funds  relating  to  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  and  shall 
not  be  involved  in  the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crema- 
torium. 


Appeal  (4)  Any  person  affected  by  an  appointment  of  a  manager 

may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  for  an  order  can- 
celHng  the  appointment  and  the  order  may  include  such  direc- 
tions and  conditions  as  seem  appropriate. 


Selling 

interment 

rights 


18. — (1)  No  person  shall  sell  interment  rights  unless  that 
person  does  so  as  an  agent  acting  on  behalf  of  a  licensed 
owner. 


Selling 
supplies,  etc. 


(2)  No  person  shall  act  as  a  sales  representative  on  behalf 
of  an  owner  unless  that  person  is  licensed  as  a  sales  represent- 
ative and  represents  an  owner  specified  in  the  sales  represent- 
ative's licence. 


Exception  for  (3)  Subscctions  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  preclude  a 
person  licensed  as  an  owner  from  selling  rights,  services  or 
supplies  to  be  used  in  or  provided  at  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium owned  by  that  person. 


Licence  to 
sell 


Requirements 
for  licence 


19. — (1)  An  individual  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a 
licence  to  act  as  a  sales  representative  on  behalf  of  an  owner. 

(2)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  except  if, 

(a)  the  past  or  present  conduct  of  the  applicant  affords 
reasonable  and  probable  grounds  for  believing  that 
the  applicant  will  not  carry  on  business  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law  and  with  integrity  and  honesty; 

(b)  the  applicant,  in  receiving  the  licence,  would  be  in  a 
position  of  apparent  conflict  of  interest; 

(c)  the  applicant  does  not  have  a  position  with  a 
licensed  owner  or  a  commitment  to  be  hired  by  a 
licensed  owner  upon  receiving  a  licence;  or 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


13 


(d)  the  applicant  has  made  a  false  statement  or  pro- 
vided false  information  in  an  application  for  a 
licence. 

(3)  A  conviction  for  an  offence  that  involves  misrepresenta-  Past  conduct 
tion  or  a  lack  of  integrity  or  honesty  is  evidence,  in  the 
absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  that  the  person  convicted 

will  not  carry  on  business  in  accordance  with  the  law  and  with 
integrity  and  honesty  within  the  meaning  of  clause  (2)  (a). 

(4)  An  applicant's  intention  to  work  for  more  than  one  Conflict  of 
owner  is  evidence,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  '"^^'^^^^ 
of  an  apparent  conflict  of  interest. 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  to  act  as  a  sales  rep-  i?sue  of 
resentative  to  every  applicant  therefor  who  pays  the  pre- 
scribed fee,  complies  with  the  regulations  and  is  not  disen- 
titled under  subsection  (2). 

(6)  A  licence  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con-  Conditions 
sented  to  by  the  licensee,  imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or  pre-  Scence"^  ^° 
scribed. 


(7)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  issue  a  licence,  the 
Registrar  shall  give  the  applicant  notice  of  and  reasons  for  the 
intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  applicant  of  the 
right  to  appeal. 


Notice 


(8)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (7)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  refusal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteen 

days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(9)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (8),  the  Registrar  Refusal  to 

c  .      '  .1       t  ■  issue  licence 

may  refuse  to  issue  the  licence. 


20. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  Revoking, 

renew  a  sales  representative's  licence  if  the  conduct  or  situa-  refusln/to  °^ 

tion  of  the  licensee  is  such  as  to  disentitle  the  licensee  from  renew  sales 

being  granted  a  licence.  '^'^^"'^^ 

(2)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  Notice 
renew  a  licence,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  licensee  notice  of 
and  reasons  for  the  intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the 
licensee  of  the  right  to  appeal. 


(3)  If  there  are  grounds  to  suspend  a  licence  and  the  Regis- 
trar considers  it  to  be  in  the  public  interest  that  the  licence  be 
suspended  immediately,  the  Registrar  may,  by  order,  suspend 
a  sales  representative's  licence  with  the  order  taking  effect 
when  it  is  made. 


Immediate 
suspension 


14 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Idem 


Appeal 


Idem 


Delay 


Where  no 
appeal 


Application 


Idem 


(4)  An  immediate  suspension  expires  fifteen  days  after  it  is 
appealed  to  the  Tribunal  unless,  before  the  fifteen  days 
expire,  the  Tribunal  extends  the  suspension. 

(5)  Any  licensee  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2) 
may  appeal  the  intended  revocation  or  suspension  to  the 
Tribunal  within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice, 

(6)  Any  licensee  whose  licence  is  suspended  under  sub- 
section (3)  may  appeal  the  suspension  to  the  Tribunal. 

(7)  If  an  appeal  has  been  filed  under  subsection  (5),  the 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  or  suspend  the  licence  unless  the 
Tribunal  determines  that  the  licence  should  be  revoked  or  sus- 
pended. 

(8)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (5),  the  Registrar 
may  revoke  or  suspend  the  licence  after  the  time  for  appeal 
has  expired. 

21. — (1)  A  person  who  is  refused  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of 
a  licence  under  this  Act  may  apply  for  a  licence  only  after  one 
year  has  passed  since  the  refusal. 

(2)  A  person  whose  licence  is  revoked  under  this  Act  may 
apply  for  a  licence  only  after  one  year  has  passed  since  the 
revocation. 


Continuation        22.  The  liccnce  of  a  licensee  who  has  applied  for  a 
renewal  of  the  licence  continues  until, 

(a)  the  renewal  is  granted;  or 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  served  with  a  notice  that  the  Regis- 
trar intends  to  refuse  to  renew,  the  time  for  appeal 
has  expired  or,  if  an  appeal  is  required,  the  matter 
has  been  finally  determined. 

CONSUMER  PROTECTION 


Interment 
rights 


Idem 


Idem 


23. — (1)  An  interment  rights  holder  may  require,  by  writ- 
ten demand,  the  owner  to  repurchase  the  rights  at  any  time 
before  they  are  used. 

(2)  Every  owner  who  receives  a  demand  made  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  repurchase  the  interment  rights  within  thirty 
days  after  receiving  the  demand. 

(3)  The  repurchase  price  of  interment  rights  shall  be  deter- 
mined in  the  prescribed  manner. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


15 


(4)  An  interment  rights  holder  or  the  personal  representa- 
tive of  the  holder  has  the  right  to  inter  any  human  remains  in 
a  lot  or  other  facility  approved  under  this  Act  in  accordance 
with  the  by-laws  governing  the  facility. 


Idem 


(5)  An  interment  rights  holder  or  the  personal  representa-  ^^^^ 
tive  of  the  holder  may  erect  a  commemorative  marker  on  a  lot 

or  other  receptacle  for  human  remains  if  the  erection  of  the 
marker  is  not  in  contravention  of  the  by-laws  governing  the 
facility. 

(6)  Every  person  has  the  right  to  reasonable  access  to  a  lot  Wem 
at  any  time  except  as  prohibited  by  the  by-laws  governing  the 
facility. 

(7)  An  interment  rights  holder  and  the  relatives  of  any  per-  wem 
son  whose  remains  are  interred  in  a  cemetery  have  the  right  to 
decorate  the  appropriate  lot  if  the  decoration  is  not  in  contra- 
vention of  the  by-laws  governing  the  facility. 

(8)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  require  repurchase  of  Exception 
interment  rights  in  a  plot  in  which  any  interment  rights  have 

been  exercised. 


24. — (1)  A  purchaser  of  pre-need  supplies  or  services  from  Pre-need 

1    u  -i^  ^-       i  ^u  xu  servic*^  ' 

an  owner  may  cancel,  by  written  notice  to  the  owner,  the  con-  suppi 
tract  to  purchase  at  any  time  before  the  services  or  the  sup 
plies  are  provided  or  if  the  owner  contravenes  subsection  (5). 


services  or 
ies 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  or  (5)  does  not  apply  if  the  supplies  or  w^m 
services  are  provided  within  thirty  days  after  the  contract  is 
made  because  of  the  death  of  the  person  for  whom  the  sup- 
plies or  services  were  contracted. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  (4),  an  owner  who  receives  a  ^^^^ 
notice  that  a  contract  is  cancelled  under  this  section  shall 
refund  to  the  purchaser  all  money,  together  with  all  income 
thereon,  received  under  the  contract  within  thirty  days  after 
receiving  the  notice. 

(4)  An  owner  to  whom  this  section  applies  may  retain  a  i^^em 
service  fee  determined  in  the  prescribed  manner  unless  the 
contract  is  cancelled  within  thirty  days  after  it  is  made. 


(5)  No  owner  shall  provide  pre-need  supplies  or  services  Prohibition 
under  a  contract  within  the  thirty-day  period  immediately 
following  the  day  the  contract  is  made. 


16 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Application  (6)  xhis  scction  applies  to  contracts  for  pre-need  supplies 
or  services  whether  the  contracts  were  made  before  or  after 
this  section  comes  into  force. 


Contract 
requirements 


25. — (1)  A  contract  for  the  purchase  of  interment  rights  or 
cemetery  supplies  or  services  is  not  enforceable  by  an  owner 
unless, 


(a)  it  is  written,  signed  by  both  parties  and  compHes 
with  the  regulations; 

(b)  it  sets  out  the  purchaser's  cancellation  rights  under 
this  Act  and  whether  or  not  cemetery  supplies  or 
services  are  to  be  provided  before  the  death  of  the 
person  for  whom  they  are  contracted; 

(c)  the  owner  compUes  with  subsections  (2)  and  (3); 
and 


(d)    the  owner  delivers  a  signed  copy  of  the  contract  to 
the  purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made. 

(2)  An  owner  who  sells  interment  rights  must  deliver  to  the 
purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made  a  copy  of  the, 
by-laws  of  the  cemetery  and  a  certificate  of  interment  rights. 

(3)  An  owner  who  sells  pre-need  supplies  or  services  must 
set  out  in  the  contract  exactly  what  the  supplies  or  services  are 
and  the  price  charged  for  them. 


Refund  with  (4)  An  owner  who  receives  money  under  a  contract  that  is 
not  enforceable  because  of  the  application  of  this  section  shall 
refund  to  the  purchaser,  immediately  upon  written  demand, 
with  interest  at  the  prescribed  rate,  all  money  received. 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(5)  Subsection  (4)  applies  even  though  the  owner  has  paid 
the  money  into  a  trust  fund  that  is  not  accessible  to  the 
owner. 


Exception  (5)  Subscction  (4)  docs  not  apply,  in  the  case  of  interment 

rights,  after  the  rights  are  used  or,  in  the  case  of  cemetery 
supplies  or  services,  after  the  supplies  or  services  are  pro- 
vided. 


Public 
information 


Price  list 


26.  Every  owner  shall  make  such  information  as  is 
prescribed  available  to  the  public  in  the  manner  and  form 
prescribed. 

27. — (1)  Every  owner  shall  file  with  the  Registrar  a  price 
list  of  all  interment  rights  and  cemetery  services  and  supplies 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


17 


that  may  be  sold  and  all  charges  that  may  be  made  by  that 
owner. 

(2)  No  owner  shall  charge  or  collect  or  receive  money  for  ^dem 
interment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services  that  is  more 
than  the  price  for  the  rights,  supplies  or  services  filed  by  the 
owner  with  the  Registrar  and  not  disallowed. 

(3)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  a  price  list,  may  disallow,  Approval  of 
within  thirty  days  after  the  list  is  filed,  any  price  that,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Registrar,  is  excessive  or  significantly  higher 

than  current  market  price  for  the  supplies,  services  or  rights 
within  the  applicable  area. 

(4)  The  Registrar  shall  give  immediate  written  notice  to  the  Notice  of 
[owner  who  filed  the  price  list  of  any  price  on  the  list  that  is 

disallowed  and,  in  the  notice,  shall  give  the  reasons  for  the 
disallowance. 

(5)  If  the  Registrar  disallows  a  price  on  a  price  list,  the  Appeal 
owner  who  filed  the  list  may  appeal  the  disallowance  to  the 
Tribunal. 

(6)  An  owner  who  has  charged  any  person  a  price  that  is  Repayment 
disallowed  by  the  Registrar  shall  pay,  forthwith,  to  that  per- 
son the  difference  between  the  price  charged  and  the  price 
allowed. 

28. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  believes,  on  reasonable  and  prob-  Advertising 
able  grounds,  that  any  person  licensed  under  this  Act  has 
made  a  false  or  misleading  public  representation  or  a  repre- 
sentation that  is  in  contravention  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, the  Registrar  shall  order  that  person  to  stop  making 
the  representation  and,  in  the  order,  shall  set  out  the  reasons 
for  the  order. 


(2)  A  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1)  Compliance 

witn  order 

shall  immediately  comply  with  the  order  and  shall  refrain  from 
making  the  representation,  in  any  form,  in  the  future. 

(3)  Any  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  order  to  the  Tribunal. 

(4)  The  Tribunal  may  issue  a  stay  of  any  order  made  by  the  stay  of  order 
Registrar  under  subsection  (1). 

29.— (1)  No  person  shall  contact,  in  any  way,  a  person  in  ^°'j?JJ"^j 
a  hospital,  nursing  home  or  such  other  institution  as  is  pre-  p™  '  '^ 
scribed  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  for  the 


18 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


purchase  of  interment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services 
be  made. 


Idem 


(2)  No  person  shall  contact,  by  telephone  or  in  person,  a 
person  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  for  the 
purchase  of  interment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services 
be  made. 


Exception 


Regulations 


Abandoned 

interment 

rights 

Idem 


Inquiry 


Declaration 


Notice 


(3)  This  section  does  not  prohibit  any  contact  made  at  the 
request  of  the  person  being  contacted. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations defining  "contract"  for  the  purpose  of  this  section. 

30. — (1)  A  cemetery  owner  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for 
a  declaration  that  interment  rights  are  abandoned. 

(2)  An  application  may  be  made  under  subsection  (1)  only 
in  respect  of  interment  rights  that  had  been  sold  at  least 
twenty  years  before  the  application  and  have  not  been  used. 

(3)  The  Registrar,  on  receiving  an  application  under  sub- 
section (1),  shall  make  such  inquiry  and  direct  the  applicant  to 
give  such  notices  as  seem  reasonable  in  the  circumstances. 

(4)  Upon  being  satisfied  that  the  rights  are  abandoned,  the 
Registrar  shall  issue  a  declaration  to  that  effect, 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  give  notice  of  the  declaration  or  the 
decision  to  not  make  the  declaration  to  the  applicant  and  to 
every  person  who  has  indicated  to  the  Registrar  an  interest  in 
the  matter. 


Appeal 


Right  to  sell 

abandoned 

rights 


Rights 

holder's 

protection 


(6)  Any  person  who  has  an  interest  in  the  matter  may 
appeal  the  decision  of  the  Registrar  to  the  Tribunal  within 
thirty  days  after  notice  of  the  decision  is  given  under  sub- 
section (5). 

31.  A  cemetery  owner  may  resell  interment  rights  that 
have  been  declared  abandoned, 

(a)  if  there  is  no  appeal,  at  the  end  of  the  time  for 
appeal;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  an  appeal,  when  the  appeal  has  been 
finally  determined  supporting  the  declaration. 

32. — (1)  Any  person  whose  interment  rights  have  been 
resold  after  being  declared  abandoned  may  apply  to  the 
Registrar  for  redress. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


19 


(2)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  an  application  under  sub-  Wem 
section  (1),  shall  order  the  cemetery  owner  or  the  owner's 
successor,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  provide,  subject  to  sub- 
section (6),  better  or  equivalent  interment  rights  in  that  ceme- 
tery or  to  refund  an  amount  determined  as  prescribed. 

(3)  Any  person  whose  interment  rights  have  been  declared  ^'^em 
abandoned  but  have  not  been  resold  may  apply  to  the  Regis- 
trar to  have  those  rights  restored. 


Idem 


(4)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  an  application  under  sub- 
section (3),  shall  order  that  the  declaration  be  cancelled  and 
that  the  rights  be  restored  to  the  person  entitled  thereto. 


(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  interment  Exception 
rights  in  cemeteries  that  are  abandoned. 

(6)  If  the  cemetery  referred  to  in  subsection  (2)  is  one  in  idem 
which  interment  rights  are  not  available  but  the  owner  owns  a 
cemetery  in  which  interment  rights  are  available,  the  applicant 
shall  be  given  the  option  of  accepting  better  or  equivalent 
interment  rights  in  that  cemetery. 

33. — (1)  If  a  marker  has  been  erected  on  a  lot  that  is  the  Markers 
subject-matter  of  a  declaration  of  abandonment,  the  cemetery 
owner  shall  remove  and  store  it  at  the  owner's  expense  for  at 
least  twenty  years. 

(2)  If  an  order  is  made  under  subsection  32  (2)  to  provide  i^^em 
ahernate  interment  rights,  the  cemetery  owner  shall  re-erect 

the  marker  at  the  new  site  at  the  owner's  expense. 

(3)  If  subsection  (2)  does  not  apply,  the  cemetery  owner  We^ 
may  dispose  of  the  marker  at  the  expiration  of  the  twenty- 
year  period. 

34. — (1)  A  cemetery  owner  who  has  available  space  shall  ^^^i^^^ 
provide,  upon  receiving  a  written  instruction  from  a  welfare  cemetery 
administrator, 

(a)  a  lot  for  the  interment  of  the  remains  of  any  person 
referred  to  in  the  instruction; 

(b)  opening  and  closing  services  in  conjunction  with  the 
interment;  and 


(c)    such  other  related  services  as  are  prescribed. 

(2)  A  crematorium  owner  shall  provide,  upon  receiving  a  crematorium 
written  instruction  from  a  welfare  administrator. 


20 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(a)  a  crematorium  service  for  the  remains  of  any  person 
referred  to  in  the  instruction;  and 

(b)  such  other  related  services  as  are  prescribed. 

Exception  (3)  Subsections  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  require  a  reli- 

gious organization  to  inter  or  cremate  the  remains  of  a  person 
who  is  disentitled  to  burial  or  cremation  in  a  cemetery  or 
crematorium  owned  by  that  organization. 

Payment  (4)  An  owner  who  provides  a  service  under  this  section  is 

entitled  to  be  paid  the  prescribed  amount  for  the  service  by 
the  welfare  administrator. 

Welfare  (5)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 

a  mimstrator  j^^^^j^^  defining  "welfare  administrator"  for  the  purpose  of 
this  section  and  designating  persons  by  title  or  job  description 
who  are  considered  welfare  administrators  for  this  purpose. 

TRUST  FUNDS 


Care  and 
maintenance 
trust  funds 
1987,  c.  33 


Payments 
into  fund 


Payments  out 
of  fund 


Use  of 
money 


Capital 
portion 


Idem 


Municipal 
owners 


35. — (1)  Every  cemetery  owner  who  sells,  assigns  or  trans- 
fers interment  rights  shall  establish  with  a  corporation  reg- 
istered under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987,  with 
that  corporation  as  trustee,  a  trust  fund  designated  the  "Care 
and  Maintenance  Fund"  for  the  purpose  of  providing  money 
for  the  care  and  maintenance  of  the  cemetery. 

(2)  An  owner  who  is  required  to  establish  a  fund  under  this 
section  shall  pay  into  the  fund  prescribed  amounts  within  the 
prescribed  times. 

(3)  A  trustee  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall 
pay  the  income  from  the  fund,  after  deducting  therefrom  the 
trustee's  fees,  to  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  involved. 

(4)  An  owner  receiving  money  pursuant  to  subsection  (3) 
shall  use  the  money  for  the  upkeep  of  the  cemetery  and  the 
markers  and  structures  therein  in  the  prescribed  manner. 

(5)  No  trustee  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall 
pay  out  any  of  the  capital  portion  of  the  fund. 

(6)  Subsection  (5)  does  not  apply  to  preclude  a  trustee  from 
transferring  the  fund,  with  the  consent  of  the  Registrar,  to 
another  trustee. 

(7)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  that  is  a  municipality 
may  act  as  the  trustee  of  a  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund  estab- 
lished by  that  municipality. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


21 


36. — (1)  Every  owner  who  sells  pre-need  cemetery  sup- 
plies or  services  shall  establish  with  a  corporation  registered 
under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987,  with  that 
corporation  as  trustee,  a  trust  fund  designated  as  the  "Pre- 
need  Assurance  Fund". 


Pre-need 
assurance 
trust  funds 
1987,  c.  33 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  to  an  owner  in  respect  of  sales  i^em 
made  by  a  person  that  the  owner  is  associated  or  affihated 
with  in  a  manner  that  is  prescribed. 

(3)  An  owner  who  is  required  to  establish  a  fund  under  this  Payments 
section  shall  pay  into  the  fund  all  money  received  for  pre-need  '"^°  ^"'^ 
supplies  or  services  within  the  prescribed  times. 

(4)  A  trustee  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall  Trust  funds 
hold  all  money  received  for  the  benefit  of  the  purchaser  until 

that  portion  of  the  contract  in  respect  of  which  the  money  was 
paid  is  completed. 

(5)  When  a  portion  of  a  contract  is  completed,  the  trustee  ^^^^ 
shall  pay  to  the  owner  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  the  current  market  price  filed  with  the  Registrar  for 
the  supplies  or  services;  or 

(b)  an  amount  equal  to  the  payments  made  for  the  sup- 
plies or  services  together  with  income  accrued  on 
those  payments. 

(6)  If  the  amount  referred  to  in  clause  (5)  (b)  exceeds  the  Wem 
price  referred  to  in  clause  (5)  (a),  the  trustee  shall  pay  the 
amount  of  the  excess  to  the  owner. 

(7)  If  a  contract  in  respect  of  which  money  is  held  in  the  P"or 
trust  fund  is  cancelled,  the  trustee  shall  pay,  to  the  owner,  the 
amount  of  the  initial  payments  together  with  income  accrued 

on  that  amount. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsection  24  (4)  (retention  of  service  fee),  ^J^^'j^^J^/'' 
an  owner  who  receives  a  payment  under  subsection  (7)  shall  ''"'^'^  ^^"^ 
pay  the  amount  to  the  purchaser  involved  within  twenty  days 

after  receiving  the  payment. 


(9)  An  owner  who  receives  a  payment  under  subsection  (6)  ^<^^™ 
shall  pay  the  amount  to  the  purchaser  or,  if  an  interment  has 
taken  place,  to  the  estate  of  the  person  interred  within  twenty 
days  after  receiving  the  payment. 


22 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Municipal 
owners 


(10)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  that  is  a  municipality 
may  act  as  the  trustee  of  a  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund  estab- 
lished by  that  municipality. 


Restrictions 
on  trust 
agreements 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  512 

Marker 
installation 


37.  No  investment  of  money  in  a  trust  established  pur- 
suant to  this  Act  shall  be  made  except  as  permitted  under  the 
Trustee  Act.  ■^- 

38. — (1)  Every  person  installing  a  marker  in  a  cemetery 
shall  pay  to  the  cemetery  owner  the  prescribed  amount. 


Payment  into 
fund 


Idem 


Trust  funds 
held  by 
owner 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  102 


1987,  c.  33 
Idem 


Providing 

information, 

etc. 


(2)  An  owner  receiving  money  pursuant  to  subsection  (1) 
shall  pay  the  money  into  the  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund 
established  for  that  cemetery. 

(3)  An  owner  who  does  not  receive  payment  under 
subsection  (1)  for  a  marker  shall  pay  into  the  Care  and 
Maintenance  Fund  a  prescribed  amount. 

39. — (1)  All  money  received  by  an  owner  that  is  required 
to  be  paid  into  a  trust  fund  but  that  is  not  immediately  turned 
over  to  a  trustee  of  a  trust  fund  shall  be  deposited  by  the 
owner  in  a  trust  account  with  a  credit  union  or  caisse  popu- 
laire  registered  under  the  Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  Popu- 
laires  Act,  a  chartered  bank  of  Canada,  the  Province  of 
Ontario  Savings  Office  or  a  trust  or  loan  corporation  reg- 
istered under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987. 

(2)  Money  deposited  by  an  owner  in  a  trust  account  under 
subsection  (1)  shall  be  placed  by  the  owner  into  a  trust  fund 
or  otherwise  paid  out  in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations within  the  time  prescribed. 

40. — (1)  The  Registrar  or  the  Public  Trustee  may  require 
any  owner  or  trustee  to  provide, 

(a)  any  information  on  trust  accounts  or  trust  funds  that 
the  owner  or  trustee  is  involved  with;  and 

(b)  audited  financial  statements  on  any  trust  account  or 
trust  fund  relating  to  a  cemetery  or  crematorium 
that  the  owner  or  trustee  is  involved  with. 


Idem 


Surrogate 
Court 


(2)  Every  owner  or  trustee  who  receives  a  request  pursuant 
to  subsection  (1)  shall  forthwith  provide  all  the  information  or 
statement  required  or  an  explanation  as  to  why  it  is  not  possi- 
ble to  provide  the  information  or  statement. 

41. — (1)  The  Registrar  or  the  Public  Trustee  may  apply  to 
the  Surrogate  Court  to  pass  the  accounts  of  any  trust  fund. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


23 


(2)  The  court,  on  passing  any  account,  may  review  and  pass  Wem 
feupon  any  agreement  made  by  an  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
[matorium. 

(3)  The  court,  on  passing  any  account,  may  make  any  order  wem 
|that  it  considers  necessary  to  ensure  that  the  trust  is  carried 

)Ut. 


42.  No  cemetery  or  crematorium  owner  shall  charge  or  No  compen- 
receive   any   compensation   or   payment   for   the   effort   or  owneV" 
lexpense  of  establishing  or  maintaining  a  trust  fund. 


43. — (1)  Despite  subsections  35  (1)  and  36  (1),  an  owner  use  of  Public 
kwho  does  not  have  a  practical  ahernative  may  require  the     ™^^^ 
[Public  Trustee  to  act  as  a  trustee  for  that  owner's  Care  and 
[aintenance  Fund  or  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund. 

(2)  The  Registrar  and  the  Public  Trustee  have  an  interest  in  interested 
fall  trust  funds.  ^^'^"^^ 

CEMETERY  AND  CREMATORIUM  OPERATIONS 


44. — (1)  Every  cemetery  owner  shall  maintain,  without 

:harge  to  interment  rights  holders,  the  grounds  of  the  ceme- 

[tery,  including  all  lots,  structures  and  markers,  to  ensure  the 

ifety  of  the  public  and  to  preserve  the  dignity  of  the  ceme- 

sry. 


Maintenance 
by  cemetery 
owner 


(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  of  a  non-commercial  Exception 
^cemetery   may  charge   interment  rights   holders,   at   a   rate 
approved  by  the  Registrar,  for  the  maintenance  of  lots  and 
markers  that  were  sold  before  1955  if  there  were  no  trust 
funds  collected  for  that  purpose, 

45.  No  owner  shall  carry  on  business,  in  a  manner  pre-  Operating 
scribed,  in  conjunction  with  a  person  licensed  to  operate  a  Establishment, 
funeral  establishment  or  transfer  service.  etc. 

46.  Every  cemetery  owner  shall  ensure  that  all  interments  ^°°^  "■^'•^'^ 
in  the  cemetery  are  carried  out  in  a  decent  and  orderly  man- 
ner and  that  quiet  and  good  order  are  maintained  in  the  ceme- 
tery at  all  times. 


47.  No  person  shall  inter  human  remains  except  in  a  cem-  interment  in 
etery  that  has  been  consented  to  by  the  Registrar  and  is  onty^^^'^ 
owned  by  an  owner  licensed  under  this  Act. 


48.  If  a  marker  in  a  cemetery  presents  a  risk  to  public 
safety  because  it  is  unstable,  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  shall 


Repairing 
markers 


24 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


do  whatever  is  necessary  by  way  of  repairing,  resetting  or  lay- 
ing down  the  marker  so  as  to  remove  the  risk. 

Mortgage  on        49, — (1)  Nq  encumbrance  or  charge  on  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
cemetery        matorium  is  enforceable  unless  it  was  given  as  security  for 
money  borrowed  for, 

(a)  the  purpose  of  improving  the  facilities  provided; 

(b)  the  purpose  of  acquiring  land  for  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
matorium; or 


Restriction 


(c)    a  purpose,  approved  by  the  Registrar,  relating  to 
the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(2)  No  encumbrancer  claiming  an  interest  in  a  cemetery  or 
crematorium  may  deal  with  the  cemetery  or  crematorium 
except  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 


By-laws 


Owner's 
by-laws 


50. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium except  in  accordance  with  the  by-laws  applying  to  that 
cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(2)  An  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  may  make  by- 
laws affecting  the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 


When 
effective 


Prescribed 
by-laws 


Notice  of 
by-laws 


Approval  by 
Registrar 


Revocation 
of  by-laws 


Idem 


Notice  of 
disallowance 
or  revocation 


(3)  No  by-law  made  by  an  owner  is  effective  until  it  is  filed 
with  and  approved  by  the  Registrar. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations prescribing  by-laws  that  apply  to  cemeteries  or  crema- 
toria or  to  any  prescribed  classes  of  cemeteries  or  crematoria. 

(5)  An  owner  filing  a  by-law  shall  give  such  notice  as  is  pre- 
scribed to  such  classes  of  persons  as  are  prescribed. 

(6)  A  by-law  filed  with  the  Registrar  under  this  section 
shall  be  approved  by  the  Registrar  unless  the  approval  is  not 
in  the  public  interest  or  the  effect  of  the  by-law  is  to  give  the 
owner  an  unreasonable  or  unfair  competitive  advantage  over 
another  supplier  of  cemetery  services  or  supplies. 

(7)  The  Registrar  may  revoke  any  by-law  that  the  Registrar 
could  have  refused  to  approve  under  subsection  (6). 

(8)  Subsection  (7)  applies  even  though  the  Registrar  has 
previously  approved  the  by-law. 

(9)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  approve  or  revoke  a 
by-law,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  owner  notice  of  the  inten- 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  25 

tion  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  owner  of  the  right  to 
appeal. 

(10)  An  owner  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (9)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  refusal  or  revocation  to  the  Tribunal 
within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice. 


(11)  If  an  appeal  is  filed  against  an  intended  revocation,  the  Delay  in 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  the  by-law  unless  the  Tribunal  '^^^°^^^'°' 
determines  that  the  by-law  should  be  revoked. 


(12)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  against  an  intended  revocation,  the  where  no 
Registrar  may  revoke  the  by-law  after  the  time  for  appeal  has  ^^^^^ 
expired. 

51. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  no  person  shall  disinter  Disinterment 
any  human  remains  without, 

(a)  the  prior  consent  of  the  interment  rights  holder;  and 

(b)  notifying  the  proper  medical  officer  of  health. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  disinterment  ordered  where 

u   ^   ^  ^   ^  ^^  -^  consent  not 

"y'  required 

(a)  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction; 

(b)  a  coroner  appointed  under  the  Coroners  Act;  RS.o.  i980, 

(c)  the    Attorney    General   or   Solicitor   General   for 
Ontario;  or 

(d)  the  Registrar  under  section  9.  -^^ 

(3)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  (1)  (a),  the  consent  of  the  ^^^"^ 
Registrar  may  be  substituted  for  that  of  the  interment  rights 
holder  if, 

(a)  the  whereabouts  of  an  interment  rights  holder  are 
not  known; 

(b)  the  interment  rights  holder  is  not  readily  ascertaina- 
ble; or 

(c)  the  interment  rights  holder  is  not  able  to  consent. 

(4)  No   person   shall   disinter   human   remains   except   in  J^j^P''^"*^^ 
accordance  with  the  regulations.  regulations 


26 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Exception  (5)  ciausc  (1)  (b)  docs  not  apply  to  the  disinterment  of  cre- 

mated human  remains. 


Consent  of 
Registrar 


Notice  of 
intention 


52. — (1)  The  Registrar,  before  consenting  to  a  disinter- 
ment, shall  consider  whether  any  known  person  may  have  an 
interest  in  the  disposition  of  the  remains  and,  if  there  may  be 
such  a  person,  shall  order  that  notice  of  the  intention  to  disin- 
ter be  given, 

(2)  A  notice  of  intention  to  disinter  shall  be  given  in  the 
manner  and  form  set  out  in  the  order. 


Objections 


Idem 


Conditions 
for  consent 


Notice  of 
decision 


Appeal 


Delay 


Where  no 
appeal 


Attendance 
by  medical 
officer 

Diseases 
1983,  c.  10 


(3)  Any  person  objecting  to  a  disinterment  may  file  a  writ- 
ten objection  with  the  Registrar  at  any  time  before  the  con- 
sent of  the  Registrar  is  given. 

(4)  If  any  person  files  an  objection  to  a  disinterment,  the 
Registrar  shall  determine  whether  that  person  has  an  interest 
in  the  remains  and,  if  so,  shall  ascertain  the  person's  wishes. 

(5)  In  giving  a  consent  to  a  disinterment,  the  Registrar  shall 
take  into  account  the  wishes  of  any  person  with  an  interest  in 
the  remains  and  make  the  consent  subject  to  such  conditions 
as  the  Registrar  considers  appropriate. 

(6)  Notice  of  the  Registrar's  decision  shall  be  given  to  the 
person  who  applied  for  the  consent,  to  any  person  to  whom 
notice  is  given  under  subsection  (1)  and  to  any  person  filing 
an  objection. 

(7)  A  person  receiving  a  notice  under  subsection  (6)  may 
appeal,  to  the  Tribunal,  the  Registrar's  decision  within  fifteen 
days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(8)  If  an  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (7),  the  Registrar 
shall  not  consent  to  the  disinterment  unless  the  Tribunal 
determines  that  the  disinterment  should  proceed. 

(9)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (6),  the  Registrar 
may  consent  to  the  disinterment  after  the  time  for  appeal  has 
expired. 

53._(1)  A  medical  officer  of  health  has  the  authority  to 
attend  at,  supervise  and  direct  a  disinterment. 

(2)  If  a  medical  officer  of  heahh  determines  that  remains 
are  those  of  a  person  who  died  of  a  communicable  disease 
within  the  meaning  of  the  Health  Protection  and  Promotion 
Act,  1983,  the  remains  shall  not  be  dealt  with  in  any  way 
except  as  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  under  that  Act 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


27 


54,  No  person  shall  remove  human  remains  from  a  ceme-  Certificate 
tery  unless  a  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  of  health  or  the  '^^'^""^^ 
cemetery  owner  confirming  that  this  Act  and  the  regulations 

have  been  complied  with  is  affixed  to  the  container. 

55.  A  burial  certificate  under  the  Vital  Statistics  Act  is  not  R so.  i980, 
required  to  reinter  human  remains  that  have  been  disinterred  does  not 

in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  apply 

56. — (1)  No  person  shall  cremate  human  remains  except  Cremation 
in  a  crematorium  that  has  been  established  with  the  consent  of 
the  Registrar  and  is  owned  by  an  owner  licensed  under  this 

Act. 


(2)  No  person  shall  cremate  human  remains, 

(a)  for  which  there  is  not  a  coroner's  certificate  sup- 
plied by  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations; 

(b)  in  a  container  made  of,  or  containing,  non-flamma- 
ble or  hazardous  material  or  a  prescribed  material; 
or 


Prohibitions 


(c)    in  which  a  pacemaker  or  other  prescribed  device  is 
implanted. 

(3)  Except  if  required  by  a  welfare  administrator  or  for  the  Right  to 
purpose  of  compliance  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations  made 
under  this  Act,  a  crematorium  owner  has  the  right  to  refuse  to 
cremate  any  human  remains. 


57.  Every  crematorium  owner  shall  ensure  that  all  crema- 
tions in  the  crematorium  are  carried  out  in  a  decent  and 
orderly  manner  and  that  quiet  and  good  order  are  maintained 
in  the  crematorium  at  all  times. 


Good  order 


58. — (1)  Any  person  who  purchases  a  cremation  service  Deposit  re 
shall  deposit,  at  the  request  of  the  crematorium  owner,  a  pre-    ^^^^^ 
scribed  amount  with  the  owner  to  cover  the  cost  of  interring 
the  cremated  remains. 


(2)  An  owner  receiving  money  under  subsection  (1)  shall  Held  in  trust 
hold  the  money  in  trust. 

(3)  If  the  cremated  remains  are  claimed  by  the  interment  Refund 
rights  holder  within  one  year  after  the  cremation,  the  owner 

shall  refund  the  money  to  the  person  entitled  thereto  at  the 
time  of  the  claim. 


28 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Owner's 
compensation 


Neglected 
cemetery 


Appeal 


Idem 


Idem 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  484 
does  not 
apply 

Repairs 


Abandoned 
cemeteries 


Application 


Notice  of 
application 


(4)  If,  after  one  year,  the  cremated  remains  have  not  been 
claimed  and  the  owner  has  made  reasonable  efforts  to  contact 
the  representatives  of  the  deceased,  the  owner  may  inter  them 
and  is  then  entitled  to  the  money  held  in  trust  as  compensa- 
tion. 

59. — (1)  A  municipality  may  order  a  cemetery  owner  who 
does  not  keep  the  cemetery  in  good  order  and  repair  to 
restore  it  to  good  order  and  repair. 

(2)  An  owner  may  appeal,  to  the  Registrar,  an  order  to 
restore  within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  order. 

(3)  The  Registrar,  on  receiving  an  appeal,  shall  invite  sub- 
missions from  the  owner  and  the  municipality  and  shall  make 
such  other  inquiries  as  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances. 

(4)  After  considering  submissions  made  and  the  circum- 
stances, the  Registrar  shall  confirm  or  reverse  the  order  of  the 
municipality  or  substitute  his  or  her  order  for  that  of  the 
municipality. 

(5)  The  Statutory  Powers  Procedure  Act  does  not  apply  to 
an  appeal  under  this  section.  "^^ 

(6)  If  an  owner  does  not  restore  a  cemetery  as  specified  in 
an  order  given  under  subsection  (1)  within  such  reasonable 
time  as  is  set  out  in  the  order,  the  municipality  may  have  the 
required  work  done  and  recover  the  costs  thereof  from  the 
owner. 

60. — (1)  An  application  to  declare  a  cemetery  abandoned 
may  be  made  to  a  judge  of  the  District  Court  if  the  owner  of 
the  cemetery, 

(a)  cannot  be  found  or  is  unknown; 

(b)  is  unable  to  maintain  it; 

(c)  was  a  corporation  that  was  dissolved;  or 

(d)  is  not  Hcensed  as  an  owner  under  this  Act. 

(2)  An  application  to  declare  a  cemetery  abandoned  may 
be  made  by  the  owner  of  the  cemetery,  the  municipality  or 
the  Registrar. 

(3)  An  applicant  under  subsection  (2)  must  give  notice  of 
the  application  to  the  other  persons  referred  to  in  subsection 
(2).  ♦ 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


29 


(4)  The  municipality  is  responsible  for  the  cost  of  an  appli-  Costs 
cation  under  this  section  including  the  cost  of  a  survey  of  the 
land  involved. 

(5)  Despite  subsection  (4),  an  owner  who  makes  an  unsuc-  ^em 
cessful  application  is  responsible  for  the  costs  referred  to  in 
subsection  (4).  -^t- 

(6)  A  judge  to  whom  an  application  is  made  under  sub-  Declaration 
section  (1),  upon  being  satisfied  that  there  is  a  basis  for  the 
appUcation,  shall,  by  order,  declare  the  cemetery  that  is  the 
subject-matter  of  the  application  to  be  abandoned. 


(7)  Upon  a  declaration  that  a  cemetery  is  abandoned  being  Municipality 


registered  in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office,  the  munici- 
pality becomes  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  with  all  the  rights 
and  obligations  in  respect  to  the  cemetery  and  the  assets, 
funds  and  trust  accounts  related  thereto  that  the  previous 
owner  had. 


becomes 
owner 


(8)  A  declaration  under  this  section  may  exempt  the  munic-  Exemptions 
ipality  being  declared  the  owner  from  any  provision  of  this 

Act  or  the  regulations  that  it  would  be  inappropriate,  in  the 
circumstances,  for  a  new  owner  to  be  subject  to. 

(9)  Upon  an  application  being  made  to  declare  a  cemetery  Maintenance 
abandoned,  the  municipality  within  which  the  cemetery  is  situ- 
ated is  responsible  for  the  maintenance  of  the  cemetery  until 

the  application  is  disposed  of. 

61.  The  Registrar  may  require  any  owner  who  has  an  ^uai  interest 
interest  in  a  cemetery  that  appears  to  be  abandoned  or  neg- 
lected to  maintain  that  cemetery  as  a  condition  of  retaining  a 
licence  to  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

ADMINISTRATION 

62. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  appointed  for  the  pur-  Registrar 
poses  of  this  Act. 

(2)  There    shall    be    one    or    more    Deputy    Registrars  Deputy 
appointed  who  may  exercise  such  powers  and  perform  such     ^^^^^^ 
duties  of  the  Registrar  as  are  delegated  by  the  Registrar. 


(3)  The  Registrar,  Deputy  Registrars  and  all  other  employ- 
ees necessary  for  the  administration  of  this  Act  shall  be 
appointed  under  the  Public  Service  Act. 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


30 

Inspectors 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


63. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  appoint  inspectors  to  carry 
out  inspections  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  there 
is  compliance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


Certificate  of       (2)  An  inspcctor  cxercising  a  power  under  this  Act  shall,  on 
appointment    j-gq^g^^^  producc  his  or  her  certificate  of  appointment. 


Inspections 


Entry  to 
dwellings 


Warrant 


64. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  ensuring  comphance  with  this 
Act  and  the  regulations,  an  inspector  may, 

(a)  enter  any  place  at  any  reasonable  time; 

(b)  request  the  production  for  inspection  of  documents 
or  things  that  may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection; 

(c)  inspect  and,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove 
documents  or  things  relevant  to  the  inspection  for 
the  purpose  of  making  copies  or  extracts; 

(d)  inquire  into  negotiations,  transactions,  loans  or  bor- 
rowings of  a  licensee  and  into  assets  owned, 
acquired  or  disposed  of  by  a  licensee  that  are  rele- 
vant to  an  inspection; 

(e)  conduct  such  tests  as  are  reasonably  necessary  to 
determine  the  integrity  of  a  structure,  fence  or 
marker  in  a  cemetery;  and 

(f)  remove  materials  or  substances  for  examination  or 
test  purposes  subject  to  the  licensee  or  other  occu- 
pant of  the  premises  being  notified  thereof. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  confer  a  power  of 
entry  to  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwelUng  without  the  con- 
sent of  the  occupier. 

(3)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  issue  a  warrant  authorizing 
the  person  named  in  the  warrant, 

(a)  to  do  anything  set  out  in  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (e)  or 

(f); 

(b)  to  enter  and  search  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwell- 
ing; or 

(c)  to  search  for  and  seize  any  document  or  thing  rele- 
vant to  the  inspection. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


31 


(4)  A  warrant  may  be  issued  under  subsection  (3)  if  the  jus-  Requirements 
tice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  on  information  under  oath  that  in  to^ssu"^" 
the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under, 

(a)  clause  (3)  (a),  an  inspector  has  been  prevented  from 
doing  anything  permitted  under  clause  (1)  (a),  (c), 
(e)  or  (f)  or  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe 
that  an  inspector  may  be  prevented  from  doing  any 
of  those  things; 

(b)  clause  (3)  (b),  it  is  necessary  that  a  room  actually 
used  as  a  dwelling  be  entered  for  the  purposes  of 
carrying  out  an  inspection  or  there  is,  in  such  a 
room,  a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable 
ground  to  beUeve  is  relevant  to  an  inspection  under 
this  Act;  or 

(c)  clause  (3)  (c),  it  is  necessary  to  search  for  and  seize 
a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable  ground 
to  believe  will  afford  evidence  relevant  to  a  contra- 
vention of  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 

(5)  A  warrant  issued  under  this  section  shall  specify  the  Execution  of 
hours  and  days  during  which  it  may  be  executed. 

(6)  Unless  renewed,  a  warrant  under  this  section  expires  Expiry 
not  later  than  thirty  days  after  the  date  on  which  it  is  made. 

(7)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  issued  or  renewed  Notice  not 
upon  application  without  notice. 

(8)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  renewed  for  any  Renewal  of 
reason  for  which  it  may  be  issued. 

(9)  A  person  doing  anything  under  the  authority  of  a  war-  Assistance 
rant  issued  under  this  section  is  authorized  to  call  on  such 

police  officers  to  assist  and  to  use  such  force  as  is  necessary  in 
the  execution  of  the  warrant. 


(10)  An  inspector  carrying  out  an  inspection,  with  or  with- 
out a  warrant,  may  be  accompanied  by  such  persons  with 
expertise  in  the  subject-matter  of  the  inspection  as  the  inspec- 
tor considers  necessary. 


Use  of 
experts 


(11)  An  investigator  taking  material  in  order  to  copy  it  shall  Copies 
make  the  copy  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  shall  promptly 
return  the  material  taken. 


(12)  Copies  of,  or  extracts  from,  documents  and  things  ^j'^^'^-^^'^'^y 
removed  under  this  section  and  certified  as  being  true  copies  °  "^"^'^^ 


32 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


of,  or  extracts  from,  the  originals  by  the  person  who  made 
them  are  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same  extent  as,  and 
have  the  same  evidentiary  value  as,  the  documents  or  things 
of  which  they  are  copies  or  extracts. 


Obstruction 
of  inspector 


Facilitating 
inspection 


65. — (1)  No  person  shall  obstruct  an  inspector  in  carrying 
out  an  inspection  under  this  Act  or  withhold,  destroy,  conceal 
or  refuse  to  provide  any  relevant  information  or  thing 
required  for  the  purpose  of  the  inspection. 

(2)  It  is  a  condition  of  each  licence  issued  under  this  Act 
that  the  licensee  facihtate  an  inspection  relevant  to  that 
licence. 


Freezing 
assets 


Scope  of 
direction 


66. — (1)  If  the  Director  has  reasonable  and  probable 
grounds  to  believe  that  the  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium is  doing  or  is  about  to  do  something  that  will  jeopardize 
the  public  interest  or  the  proper  care  and  maintenance  of  a 
cemetery,  the  Director  may  direct  any  person  holding,  having 
on  deposit  or  controlling  assets  of  the  owner  or  trust  funds 
under  the  control  of  the  owner  to  hold  the  assets  or  trust 
funds  until  further  instructions  are  received  from  the  Director 
to  release  a  particular  asset  or  trust  fund  from  the  direction. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  bank  or  a  corporation,  a  direction 
under  subsection  (1)  applies  only  to  the  offices,  branches  or 
agencies  thereof  named  in  the  direction. 


Application         (3)  Any  person  named  in  a  direction  issued  under  sub- 
for  directions  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^  |£  ^^  ^^^^^  ^^  ^^  the  application  of  the  direction  to 

particular  assets  or  trust  funds,  may  apply  to  the  Director  for 
an  order  of  clarification. 


Revocation 


amendment 
of  direction 


(4)  On  an  application  of  the  owner  or  any  other  person 
having  an  interest  therein,  the  Director  may  make  an  order  on 
such  conditions  as  are  set  out  in  the  order  revoking  the  direc- 
tion or  consenting  to  the  release  of  a  particular  asset  or  trust 
fund  from  the  direction. 


Appeal  (5)  Any  person  affected  by  a  direction  or  order  of  the 

Director  made  under  this  section  or  a  refusal  to  make  an 
order  may  appeal  to  the  Tribunal. 

Restraining  57, — (1)  If  the  Director  is  of  the  opinion  that  any  person  is 

"^^"^^  not  complying  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  despite  the 

imposition  of  any  penalty  in  respect  of  the  non-compliance 
and  in  addition  to  any  other  remedy  available,  the  Director 
may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  for  an  order  directing 
the  person  to  comply. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  33 

I 

*       (2)  Upon  an  application  under  subsection  (1),  the  judge  ^^^^ 
may  make  the  order  applied  for  or  such  other  order  as  the 
judge  thinks  appropriate. 

(3)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order  I'lem 
made  under  subsection  (2). 

BURIAL  SITES 

68.  No  person  shall  disturb  or  order  the  disturbance  of  a  Disturbing 
burial  site  or  artifacts  associated  with  the  human  remains  prohiUed 
except, 

(a)  on  instruction  by  the  coroner;  or 

(b)  pursuant  to  a  site  disposition  agreement. 

69.  Any  person  discovering  or  having  knowledge  of  a  Unmarked 
burial  site  shall  immediately  notify  the  police  or  coroner. 

70. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  order  the  owner  of  land  on  investigation 
which  a  burial  site  is  discovered  to  cause  an  investigation  to  be 
made  to  determine  the  origin  of  the  site. 

(2)  Section  68  does  not  apply  to  a  person  investigating  the  I'lem 
nature  or  origin  of  the  site  who  is  disturbing  the  site  in  the 
course  of  the  investigation. 

(3)  A  person  conducting  an  investigation  shall  do  so  with  i^em 
the  minimum  disturbance  to  the  site  that  is  reasonable  in  the 
circumstances. 

(4)  If  the  Registrar  is  of  the  opinion  that  an  investigation  Wem 
under  subsection  (1)  would  impose  an  undue  financial  burden 

on  the  land  owner,  the  Registrar  shall  undertake  the  investiga- 
tion. 
i 

71. — (1)  As  soon  as  the  origin  of  a  burial  site  is  deter-  Declaration 
mined,  the  Registrar  shall  declare  the  site  to  be, 

(a)  an  unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery; 

(b)  an  unapproved  cemetery;  or 

(c)  an  irregular  burial  site. 

(2)   For  the  purpose  of  subsection  (1),  interpretation 


34 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(a)  an  irregular  burial  site  is  a  burial  site  that  was  not 
set  aside  with  the  apparent  intention  of  interring 
therein  human  remains; 

(b)  an  unapproved  cemetery  is  land  set  aside  with  the 
apparent  intention  of  interring  therein,  in  accord- 
ance with  cultural  affinities,  human  remains  and 
containing  remains  identified  as  those  of  persons 
who  were  not  one  of  the  aboriginal  peoples  of 
Canada: 


Definition 


(c)  an  unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery  is  land 
set  aside  with  the  apparent  intention  of  interring 
therein,  in  accordance  with  cultural  affinities, 
human  remains  and  containing  remains  identified  as 
those  of  persons  who  were  one  of  the  aboriginal 
peoples  of  Canada: 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section  and  section  72,  "unap- 
proved" means  not  approved  in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  a 
predecessor  of  this  Act,  -^^ ; 


Site 

disposition 

agreement 


72. — (1)  The  Registrar,  on  declaring  a  burial  site  to  be  an 
unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery  or  an  unapproved 
cemetery,  shall  serve  notice  of  the  declaration  on  such  persons 
or  class  of  persons  as  are  prescribed. 


Idem 


(2)  All  persons  served  with  notice  under  subsection  (1) 
shall  enter  into  negotiations  with  a  view  of  entering  into  a  site 
disposition  agreement. 


Idem 


(3)  If  a  site  disposition  agreement  is  not  made  within  the 
prescribed  time,  the  Registrar  shall  refer  the  matter  to  arbitra- 
tion. 


Idem 


(4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  the  Registrar,  if  of  the  opinion 
that  an  agreement  may  be  reached,  may  defer  referring  the 
matter  to  arbitration  so  long  as  there  appears  to  be  a  reason- 
able prospect  of  an  agreement  being  reached. 


Arbitrated 
settlement 


73.  The  persons  named  in  an  arbitrated  settlement  who 
have  been  given  the  opportunity  to  fully  participate  in  the 
arbitration  process  are  bound  by  the  settlement  whether  they 
chose  to  participate  or  not. 


Irregular 
burial  site 


74. — (1)  An  owner  of  land  that  contains  an  irregular  bur- 
ial site  shall  ensure  that  the  remains  found  in  the  site  are 
interred  in  a  cemetery. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


35 


(2)  No  owner  of  a  cemetery  interring  human  remains  for  an  charges 
owner  of  land  to  whom  this  section  applies  may  charge  more 
than  the  prescribed  amount  for  the  interment. 

75. — (1)  No  person  shall  alter  or  move  the  remains  or  war  Graves 
marker  of  a  Canadian  or  Allied  veteran  or  a  Commonwealth 
War  Burial  without  the  agreement  of  the  Department  of  Vet- 
erans Affairs  (Federal),  the  Commonwealth  War  Graves 
Commission  or  such  other  persons  and  associations  as  are  pre- 
scribed. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  with  respect  to  the  alteration  or  idem 
removal  of  the  remains  or  a  marker  of  a  Canadian  or  Allied 
veteran  only  if  the  Department  of  Veterans  Affairs  (Federal) 
contributed  to  the  cost  of  the  interment.  -^^ 

(3)  If  an  agreement  is  not  reached,  the  person  who  wants  'dem 
to  make  the  alteration  or  move  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for 
directions. 

(4)  When  an  application  is  made  under  subsection  (3),  the  i^em 
Registrar  shall  instruct  the  applicant  to  give  notice  of  the 
application  to  such  persons  and  associations  as  the  Registrar 
considers  may  have  an  interest  in  the  matter. 

(5)  All  persons  and  associations  receiving  a  notice  under  ''^em 
subsection  (4)  may  make  submissions  on  the  matter  to  the 
Registrar  in  such  form  and  manner  as  the  Registrar  instructs. 

(6)  After  considering  all  submissions  made,  the  Registrar  ^'^^^ 
shall  direct  the  applicant  on  the  manner  of  dealing  with  the 
remains  or  marker  in  question. 

(7)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  altering  or  ^'^^^ 
moving  remains  or  markers  in  accordance  with  the  direction 

of  the  Registrar. 

76. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 


1.  prescribing  documents,  information  and  notices  to 
be  provided  in  the  course  of  an  application; 

2.  prescribing  fees  and  requiring  the  payment  of  fees; 

3.  providing    for    the    manner    in    which    a    deposit 
required  for  approval  shall  be  appUed  or  returned; 

4.  prescribing  classes  of  cemeteries; 


36  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

5.  prescribing,  for  any  notice  required  to  be  given 
under  this  Act,  the  type  of  notice  and  the  manner  in 
which  it  is  to  be  given; 

6.  prescribing  requirements  and  standards  for  the 
placing  and  spacing  of  interments,  markers, 
fixtures,  fences  or  other  structures  in  a  cemetery; 

7.  prescribing  the  minimum  depth  of  coverage  for  in- 
ground  burials; 

8.  prescribing  the  drains,  sewers  and  other  structures 
for  the  flow  of  water  required  in  a  cemetery; 

9.  governing  mausolea,  columbaria  and  other  struc- 
tures on  or  in  a  cemetery  and  establishing  construc- 
tion standards; 

10.  prescribing  classes  and  types  of  licences; 

11.  governing  the  issue  of  licences  and  providing  for  the 
renewal  of  licences; 

12.  governing  the  term  during  which  each  class  or  type 
of  licence  is  valid; 

13.  prescribing  conditions  that  attach  to  any  class  or 
type  of  licence; 

14.  providing  for  posting  of  bonds  and  prescribing  the 
amounts  thereof; 

15.  providing  for  the  forfeiture  of  posted  bonds  and  for 
the  distribution  of  the  proceeds  of  forfeited  bonds; 

16.  prescribing  practices  or  actions  that  are  evidence  of 
incompetence  or  lack  of  honesty  and  integrity; 

17.  requiring  the  approval  of  the  Registrar  for  promo- 
tional and  sales  material  and  prescribing  the  criteria 
for  approval; 

18.  prescribing  the  type  of  promotional  and  sales 
material  that  requires  the  approval  of  the  Registrar 
and  providing  for  its  submission  to  the  Registrar; 

19.  governing  and  prohibiting  the  use  of  any  promo- 
tional or  sales  material  or  any  practice; 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  37 

20.  prescribing  records  and  information  to  be  kept  by 
licensees; 

21.  providing  for  and  requiring  the  submission  of  rec- 
ords and  information  and  providing  for  access  by 
agents  of  the  Registrar  to  records  and  information; 

22.  prescribing  the  form  of  and  conditions  to  be 
included  in  contracts  for  the  sale  of  interment  rights 
and  cemetery  supplies  and  services; 

23.  prescribing  the  information  to  be  supplied  to  pur- 
chasers of  interment  rights  and  cemetery  suppHes 
and  services; 

24.  prescribing  the  form  of  and  information  to  be 
included  in  certificates  of  interment  rights; 

25.  prescribing  information  to  be  provided  to  the  pub- 
lic, any  person  or  any  class  of  persons  and  prescrib- 
ing the  manner  of  providing  that  information; 

26.  governing  advertising  and  the  manner  of  soliciting 
business; 

27.  requiring  the  use  of  any  prescribed  forms; 

28.  governing  the  use  of  contracts  and  certificates; 

29.  governing  the  uses  to  which  owners  may  apply 
income  from  Care  and  Maintenance  Funds; 

30.  prescribing  records  and  information  on  trust  funds 
to  be  provided  to  purchasers  of  interment  rights  and 
pre-need  supplies  or  services; 

31.  governing  the  establishment,  maintenance  and  oper- 
ation of  trust  funds  including  the  Care  and  Mainten- 
ance Fund  and  the  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund; 

32.  governing  the  payment  of  money  into  and  out  of 
trust  funds  including  the  time  within  which  and  the 
circumstance  under  which  payments  are  to  be 
made; 

33.  prescribing  fees  that  may  be  retained  by  trustees  in 
respect  of  any  type  of  trust  fund; 

34.  governing  the  interment,  disinterment,  disposition 
and  removal  of  human  remains; 


38  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

35.  governing  the  preparation  of  disinterred  human 
remains  for  transportation  including  prescribing  the 
design  and  material  of  container  to  be  used; 

36.  prescribing  standards  for  the  construction,  installa- 
tion, stabilization  and  preservation  of  markers  and 
other  cemetery  supplies  and  requiring  compliance 
with  the  standards; 

37.  governing  the  standards  of  care  and  maintenance 
required  for  a  cemetery; 

38.  governing  the  procedure  for  approving  by-laws 
made  by  owners  and  for  revoking  any  by-laws  made 
by  owners; 

39.  prescribing  the  criteria  that  the  Registrar  shall  use 
in  approving  by-laws; 

40.  governing  the  manner  of  conducting  cremations  and 
dealing  with  cremated  remains; 

41.  prescribing  amounts  to  be  deposited,  in  trust,  to 
compensate  for  disposing  of  cremated  remains  and 
regulating  the  handling  of  the  trust  moneys; 

42.  governing  the  location  and  ownership  of  cemeteries 
and  crematoria; 

43.  governing  prices  and  the  range  of  prices  that  may  be 
included  on  price  lists  filed  with  the  Registrar  by 
owners; 

44.  prescribing  procedures  to  be  followed  in  dealing 
with  burial  sites  and  requiring  that  they  be  fol- 
lowed; 

45.  governing  arbitration  in  the  absence  of  a  site  dispo- 
sition agreement  and  requiring  compliance  with  pre- 
scribed procedure; 

4^.  prescribing  the  subject-matters  to  be  contained  in  a 
site  disposition  agreement  or  arbitration  settlement 
and  requiring  their  inclusion; 

47.  exempting  any  person  or  class  of  persons,  any  cem- 
etery or  class  of  cemetery  or  anything  or  class  of 
thing  from  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations; 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  39 

48.  prescribing  conditions  subsequent  or  precedent  for  a 
prescribed  exemption  and  providing  that  an  exemp- 
tion may  be  subject  to  the  Registrar  being  satisfied 
that  it  is  not  contrary  to  the  public  interest; 

49.  prescribing  what  constitutes  notice  in  any  provision 
where  notice  is  required  to  be  given; 

50.  governing  the  time  for  giving  any  notice  for  which  a 
time  is  not  set  out  in  this  Act  and  delegating  to  the 
Registrar  power  to  extend  any  prescribed  time; 

51.  prescribing  anything  that  is  referred  to  in  this  Act  as 
being  prescribed. 

(2)  Any  regulation  may  be  general  or  specific  or  of  limited  Limitation 
appHcation. 

77.  No  person  shall  cause  or  commit  a  nuisance  in  a  ceme-  interfering 
tery  or  wilfully  and  unlawfully  disturb  persons  assembled  for  Cemetery 
the  purpose  of  interring  human  remains  in  a  cemetery. 

78. — (1)  Any  person  who,   in  a  cemetery,  damages  or  Cause  of 
moves  any  tree,  plant,  marker,  fence,  structure  or  other  thing 
usually  erected,  planted  or  placed  in  a  cemetery  is  hable  to 
the  cemetery  owner  and  any  interment  rights  holder  who,  as  a 
resuh,  incurs  damage. 

(2)  In  an  action  under  subsection  (1),  the  amount  of  dam-  i^em 
ages  shall  be  the  amount  required  to  restore  the  cemetery  to 

the  state  that  it  was  in  before  anything  was  damaged  or  moved 
by  the  person  liable. 

(3)  Any  person  collecting  damages  under  this  section  shall  ^^^^ 
use  the  full  amount  collected  to  restore  the  cemetery. 

79. — (1)  Every  person  who,  Offence 

(a)  furnishes  false,  misleading  or  incomplete  informa- 
tion in  an  application  under  this  Act  or  in  a  state- 
ment or  return  required  to  be  furnished  under  this 
Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  an  order  made  under  this  Act; 
or 

(c)  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence. 


40 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  concurs 
in  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(3)  An  individual  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and,  on  a  sub- 
sequent conviction,  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year. 

(4)  A  corporation  that  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $40,000. 


Limitation 


(5)  Subject  to  subsection  (6),  no  proceeding  under  this  sec- 
tion shall  be  commenced  more  than  two  years  after  the 
offence  was  committed. 


Idem 


(6)  No  proceeding  under  clause  (1)  (a)  or  subsection  35  (2) 
or  36  (3)  or  section  68  shall  be  commenced  more  than  one 
year  after  the  facts  upon  which  the  proceeding  is  based  first 
came  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Registrar. 


Restitution 


(7)  If  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Act, 
the  court  making  the  conviction  may,  in  addition  to  any  other 
penalty,  order  the  person  convicted  to  make  compensation  or 
restitution  in  relation  thereto. 


Certificate  as 
evidence 


80.  A  statement  as  to, 

(a)  the  consent  or  lack  of  consent  to  establish,  alter  or 
increase  the  capacity  of  a  cemetery  or  crematorium; 

(b)  the  licensing  or  non-licensing  of  any  person; 

(c)  the  filing  or  non-filing  of  any  document  or  material 
required  or  permitted  to  be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 

(d)  the  time  when  the  facts  upon  which  proceedings  are 
based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Registrar; 
or 

(e)  any  other  matter  pertaining  to  licensing,  non- 
licensing,  fiUng  or  non-filing, 

purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Registrar  is,  without  proof  of 
the  office  or  signature  of  the  Registrar,  admissible  in  evidence 
in  any  proceeding,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary, 
of  the  facts  stated  therein. 


Municipal 
powers 


81. — (1)  A  municipality  may  expropriate, 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


41 


(a)  a  cemetery  or  part  thereof,  whether  the  cemetery 
exists  within  or  outside  the  municipality;  and 

(b)  land  on  which  to  establish  or  enlarge  a  cemetery. 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  author-  Wem 
izing, 

(a)  the  purchase  of  a  cemetery  or  part  thereof  that  is 
situated  within  the  municipality; 

(b)  the  acquisition  of  land  within  the  municipality  or  in 
an  adjacent  township  or  unorganized  territory  for  a 
cemetery  or  for  the  enlargement  of  an  existing 
cemetery  owned  by  the  municipality;  or 

(c)  the  sale,  transfer  or  lease  of  a  cemetery  or  part 
thereof. 

82. — (1)  If  there   is   an   appeal   under  this   Act   to  the  Tribunal 
Tribunal,  it  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  a  hearing. 

(2)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order  Order 
direct  the  Registrar  to  take  an  intended  action  or  to  refrain 
from  taking  an  action  or  to  take  such  action  as  the  Tribunal 
considers  that  the  Registrar  ought  to  take  and  for  such  pur- 
poses the  Tribunal  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of  the 
Registrar. 

(3)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  or  Conditions 
to  the  licence  as  it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act. 

(4)  The    Registrar,    the    applicant   or   Hcensee   who    has  Ponies 
required  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal 

may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal 
under  this  Act. 

83. — (1)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  under  this  Service 
Act  or  the  regulations  is  sufficiently  given,  served  or  delivered 
if  delivered  personally  or  sent  by  first  class  mail  addressed  to 
the  person  to  whom  it  is  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  at 
that  person's  last  known  address. 


(2)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  sent  by  first  class 
mail  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
given,  served  or  delivered  on  the  fifth  day  after  the  day  of 
mailing,  unless  the  person  to  whom  it  is  sent  establishes  that 
the  notice,  order  or  other  document  was  not  received  until  a 


Idem 


42 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Stay 

R.S.O. 

c.  274 


1980, 


later  date  because  of  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause 
beyond  that  person's  control. 

84.  Despite  the  fact  that  a  licensee  appeals  from  an  order 
of  the  Tribunal  under  section  11  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer 
and  Commercial  Relations  Act,  the  order  takes  effect  immedi- 
ately but  the  Tribunal  may  grant  a  stay  until  the  disposition  of 
the  appeal. 


Surrender  of  g5,  xhc  Registrar  may,  at  any  time,  cancel  a  licence  upon 
the  written  request  of  the  licensee  and  the  surrender  of  the 
licence  by  the  licensee. 


Transition 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


86. — (1)  An  approval  given  under  the  Cemeteries  Act, 
being  chapter  59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980, 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  consent  given  under  this  Act. 

(2)  Every  person  who  is  an  owner  on  the  day  this  Act 
comes  into  force  shall  be  deemed  to  be  licensed  under  this 
Act  to  own  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(3)  Every  person  who  was  employed  as  a  sales  representa- 
tive selling  interment  rights,  cemetery  supplies  or  cemetery 
services  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  licensed  as  a  sales  representative  under  this  Act  repre- 
senting the  owner  employing  that  person. 

(4)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  subsections  (2)  and  (3)  cease 
to  apply  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(5)  If  a  person  who  is  deemed,  under  subsection  (2)  or  (3), 
to  be  licensed  under  this  Act  applies  for  a  comparable  licence 
under  this  Act  within  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
the  deemed  licence  remains  in  force  until  the  application  is 
finally  disposed  of. 

(6)  Funds  set  up  under  the  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  for. 


(a)  perpetual  care  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Care  and 
Maintenance  Fund;  and 

(b)  pre-need  supplies  or  services  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
a  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund. 


Act  prevails  gy.  x^is  Act  prevails  over  Part  VI  of  the  Ontario  Heritage 
Act,  being  chapter  337  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  43 

88.  Section  1  of  The  Toronto  General  Burying  Grounds  Act, 
1977,  being  chapter  110,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

1.  The  Trustees  of  the  Toronto  General  Burying  Grounds  Po^er  to 
may,  in  addition  to  its  existing  powers  to  acquire  and  hold  ^^°^^^^^  '^"'^ 
land,  acquire  and  hold  land  and  may  exercise  all  its  corporate 
powers  with  reference  thereto. 

89.  The  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59  of  the  Revised  Repeal 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

90.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  '"^"^ 

91.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Cemeteries  Act,  1989.     short  title 


Bill  31 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  31 

(Chapter  50 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  revise  the  Cemeteries  Act 


The  Hon.  G.  Sorbara 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


1st  Reading 

2nd  Reading 

3rd  Reading 

Royal  Assent 


June  12th,  1989 
June  21st,  1989 
October  16th,  1989 
October  16th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  31  1989 

An  Act  to  revise  the  Cemeteries  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"burial  site"  means  land  containing  human  remains  that  has 
not  been  approved  or  consented  to  as  a  cemetery  in  accor- 
dance with  this  Act  or  a  predecessor  of  this  Act; 

"by-laws",  when  used  in  relation  to  a  cemetery,  means  the 
rules  under  which  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  operated; 

"cemetery"  means  land  set  aside  to  be  used  for  the  interment 
of  human  remains  and  includes  a  mausoleum,  columbarium 
or  other  structure  intended  for  the  interment  of  human 
remains; 

"cemetery  services"  means, 

(a)    in  respect  of  a  lot, 

(i)  opening  and  closing  of  a  grave, 

(ii)  interring  or  disinterring  human  remains, 

(iii)  providing  temporary  storage  in  a  receiving 
vault, 

(iv)  construction  of  a  foundation  for  a  marker, 

(v)  setting  of  corner  posts, 

(vi)  providing, 

(A)  a  tent  or  canopy, 

(B)  carrying  and  lowering  devices,  and 


Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

(C)  ground  cover, 

for  an  interment  service,  and 

(vii)  preparing  flower  beds  and  planting  flowers 
and  shrubs, 

(b)  in  respect  of  a  crypt  or  compartment  in  a  mauso- 
leum, 

(i)  opening,  closing  and  sealing  of  the  crypt  or 
compartment, 

(ii)  providing  temporary  storage  in  a  vault  or 
crypt, 

(iii)  providing  a  tent  or  canopy  for  an  interment 
service,  and 

(iv)  providing  elevating  devices, 

(c)  in  respect  of  a  niche  or  compartment  in  a  colum- 
barium, 

(i)  opening,  closing  and  seaUng  of  the  niche  or 
compartment,  and 

(ii)  providing  a  tent  or  canopy  for  an  interment 
service, 

(d)  in  respect  of  a  crematorium,  all  services  provided  by 
the  owner  of  the  crematorium  at  the  crematorium, 
and 

(e)  in  respect  of  a  cemetery,  such  other  services  as  ard 
provided  by  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  at  the 
cemetery; 

"cemetery  supplies"  includes  interment  vaults,  markers,  flow- 
ers, liners,  urns,  shrubs  and  artificial  wreaths  and  other 
articles  intended  to  be  placed  in  a  cemetery; 

"columbarium"  means  a  structure  designed  for  the  purpose  of 
interring  cremated  human  remains  in  sealed  compartments; 

"commercial  cemetery"  means  a  cemetery  operated  for  the 
purpose  of  making  a  profit  for  the  owner; 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  3 

"crematorium"  means  a  building  fitted  with  appliances  for  the 
purpose  of  cremating  human  remains  and  includes  every- 
thing incidental  and  ancillary  thereto; 

"Director"  means  a  Director  appointed  under  the  Ministry  of  R  s.o.  i980, 
Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act;  ^'  ^'^'^ 

"equity  share"  means  a  share  of  a  class  of  shares  that  carries  a 
voting  right  either  under  all  circumstances  or  under  some 
circumstances  that  have  occurred  and  are  continuing; 

"human  remains"  means  a  dead  human  body  and  includes  a 
cremated  human  body; 

"income"  means  the  interest  or  money  earned,  including  the 
compounding  thereof,  by  the  investment  of  funds; 

"inter"  means  the  burial  of  human  remains  and  includes  the 
placing  of  human  remains  in  a  lot; 

"interment  rights"  includes  the  right  to  require  or  direct  the 
interment  of  human  remains  in  a  lot; 

"interment  rights  holder"  means  a  person  with  interment 
rights  with  respect  to  a  lot  and  includes  a  purchaser  of 
interment  rights  under  the  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  or  a  predecessor 
of  that  Act; 

"land  registry  office"  means  the  land  registry  office  or  the 
land  titles  office  in  the  area  in  which  a  cemetery  is  located; 

"lot"  means  an  area  of  land  in  a  cemetery  containing,  or  set 
aside  to  contain,  human  remains  and  includes  a  tomb,  crypt 
or  compartment  in  a  mausoleum  and  a  niche  or  compart- 
ment in  a  columbarium; 

"marker"  means  any  monument,  tombstone,  plaque,  head- 
stone, cornerstone,  or  other  structure  or  ornament  affixed 
to  or  intended  to  be  affixed  to  a  burial  lot,  mausoleum 
crypt,  columbarium  niche  or  other  structure  or  place 
intended  for  the  deposit  of  human  remains; 

"mausoleum"  means  a  building  or  structure,  other  than  a 
columbarium,  used  as  a  place  for  the  interment  of  the 
human  remains  in  sealed  crypts  or  compartments; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations; 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


"municipality"  means  the  corporation  or  other  entity  having 
municipal  jurisdiction  in  the  area  in  which  a  cemetery  is 
located  and  includes  a  police  village,  city,  town,  village, 
township  or  improvement  district  or  the  council  thereof; 

"owner"  means  an  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  a  crematorium; 

"person"  includes  a  board  of  trustees,  local  council  of  a 
municipality  or  other  organization  or  group  of  persons 
organized  for  the  purpose  of  operating  or  managing  a 
cemetery; 

"plot"  means  two  or  more  lots  in  which  the  rights  to  inter 
have  been  sold  as  a  unit; 

"pre-need  supplies  or  services"  means  cemetery  supplies  or 
services  that  are  not  required  to  be  provided  until  the  death 
of  a  person  alive  at  the  time  the  arrangements  are  made; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  under 
this  Act; 

"Registrar"  means  the  Registrar  appointed  under  this  Act; 

"sales  representative"  means, 

(a)  a  person  who  sells  or  offers  for  sale  interment  rights 
or  cemetery  supplies  or  services  on  behalf  of  a  com- 
mercial cemetery,  or 

(b)  a  person  whose  primary  employment  is  selling  inter- 
ment rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services; 

"Tribunal"  means  The  Commercial  Registration  Appeal 
Tribunal; 

"trust  fund"  means  a  trust  fund  established  for  the  purpose  of 
this  Act. 

CONSENT  TO  ESTABLISH  CEMETERY  OR  CREMATORIUM 


Consent  for 

cemetery, 
etc. 


Application 
for  consent 


2.  No  person  shall  establish,  alter  or  increase  the  capacity 
of  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  without  the  consent  of  the 
Registrar, 

3, — (1)  An  applicant  for  consent  shall  apply  to  the 
Registrar  and. 


(a)    pay  the  prescribed  fee; 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


(b)  submit  the  prescribed  documents  showing  the  layout 
of  the  cemetery  and  the  location  of  existing  or  pro- 
posed plots,  lots,  structures  and  fixtures;  and 

(c)  if  the  applicant  is  the  owner  of  a  commercial  ceme- 
tery or  a  cemetery  of  a  class  prescribed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  this  clause,  pay  a  deposit  in  a  prescribed 
amount  into  a  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund. 

(2)  If  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  proposed  to  be  estab-  Approval 
lished  or  already  exists  in  an  area  with  municipal  organization,  ^^'^^"^ 
the  applicant,  before  applying  for  the  consent  of  the  Regis- 
trar, must  obtain  the  approval  to  the  proposal  of  the  appro- 
priate municipality. 

(3)  If  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  is  to  be  established  or  idem 
enlarged  to  encroach  on  land,  in  an  area  without  municipal 
organization,  that  is  Crown  land  at  the  time  of  the  application 

for  consent,  the  applicant,  before  applying  for  the  consent  of 
the  Registrar,  must  obtain  the  approval  to  the  proposal  of  the 
Minister  of  Natural  Resources. 

4.    A  municipality  that  receives  a  request  for  an  approval  ^"^'1^ 
required  by  subsection  3  (2)  may  hold  public  hearings  to    ®^""^^ 
determine  if  the  approval  is  in  the  public  interest. 

5. — (1)  A    municipality,    upon    receiving    a    request    for  Decision 
approval,  shall  give  or  refuse  to  give  the  approval  within  a 
reasonable  time  after  receiving  the  request. 

(2)  In  considering  a  request  for  an  approval,  the  principal  P^^'i^ 
factor  shall  be  the  public  interest. 

(3)  A  municipality  shall,  upon  arriving  at  a  decision  on  an  Notice  of 
application. 


(a)  send  a  copy  of  the  decision  together  with  the  rea- 
sons for  it  to  the  Registrar  and  to  the  applicant;  and 

(b)  publish  notice  of  the  decision  in  a  local  newspaper. 

^  (4)  The  applicant,  Registrar  or  any  person  with  an  interest  Appeal 
therein  may,  within  fifteen  days  after  publication  of  the  notice 
of  the  decision,  refer  the  decision  of  a  municipality  to  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  for  a  hearing. 

(5)  Despite  subsection  (4),  if  an  applicant  or  the  Registrar  ''lem 
does  not  receive  a  copy  of  a  decision  until  after  the  decision  is 
pubhshed,  the  fifteen  days  referred  to  in  subsection  (4)  apply 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Repre- 
sentation 


Board 
decision 


Idem 


after  the  applicant  or  Registrar,  as  the  case  may  be,  receives 
the  copy. 

(6)  The  Registrar  is  entitled  to  make  representations  to  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  in  any  appeal  under  subsection  (4). 

6. — (1)  The  Ontario  Municipal  Board  may  reverse  the 
decision  appealed  from  and  substitute  its  own  decision. 

(2)  A  decision  of  the  Board  that  is  substituted  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  decision  of  the  munici- 
pality. 


Certificate  of       7. — (J)  xhc  Registrar  shall  give  a  certificate  of  consent  to 

"'"^^^  the  establishment,  aheration  or  increase  in  the  capacity  of  a 

cemetery  or  crematorium,  as  the  case  may  be,  if, 

(a)  the  applicant  has  the  approval  of  the  municipality  or 
the  Minister  of  Natural  Resources; 

1 

(b)  the  applicant  is  licensed  to  own  that  cemetery  and  is 

and  will  be  on  the  granting  of  the  licence  in  compli- 
ance with  the  requirements  of  this  Act  and  the  regu- 
lations and  the  laws  intended  for  the  protection  o^ 
the  environment  and  of  health;  and 


Notice  of 
refusal  to 
issue 


Appeal 


(c)  where  neither  approval  referred  to  in  clause  (a)  is 
required,  the  Registrar  is  satisfied  that  the  consent 
is  in  the  public  interest. 

(2)  The  Registrar,  on  refusing  to  give  a  certificate  of  con- 
sent, shall  advise  the  applicant,  in  writing,  of, 

(a)  the  reason  for  the  refusal;  and 

(b)  the  applicant's  right  to  appeal. 

(3)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2) 
may  appeal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteen  days  after  receiving 
the  notice. 


Order  by 
Tribunal 


(4)  If  the  Tribunal  finds  that  the  applicant  is  in  compliance 
with  clauses  (1)  (a)  and  (b)  or  that  giving  the  consent  is  in  the 
public  interest,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  Tribunal  shall  order 
the  Registrar  to  issue  the  certificate  of  consent  applied  for  or 
a  consent  in  a  modified  version. 


Idem 


(5)  upon  receiving  an  order  under  subsection  (4),  the  Reg- 
istrar shall  issue  the  certificate  as  ordered. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  1 

(6)  A    certificate    of   consent    shall   contain    a    sufficient  Registration 
description  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  so  that  the  certifi- 
cate may  be  registered  in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office. 

(7)  Upon  registration  of  a  certificate  of  consent,  the  land  Eff?ct  of 
described  therein  becomes  a  cemetery.  registration 

CLOSING  CEMETERY 

8. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  9,  10,  11,  12  and  13,  closing 
a  reference  to  a  cemetery  includes  any  part  of  a  cemetery.  cemetery 

(2)  The  Registrar  may  order  a  cemetery  closed  if  the  clos-  Wem 
ing  is  in  the  public  interest. 

(3)  An  order  shall  not  be  made  under  subsection  (2)  until.     Notice 

(a)  notice  of  the  intention  to  make  the  order  is  given  in 
the  manner  and  to  the  persons  prescribed;  and 

(b)  interested  persons  are  given  the  opportunity  to 
make  submissions  to  the  Registrar  within  such  time 
as  is  prescribed. 

(4)  Notice  is  not  required  if,  idem 

(a)  the  request  is  from  the  owner; 

(b)  no  interments  have  been  made  in  the  cemetery  to 
be  closed;  and 

(c)  the  consent  of  all  affected  interment  rights  holders 
has  been  obtained. 

9. — (1)  In  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery,  the  Registrar  Order 
may, 

(a)  declare  a  cemetery  or  a  portion  thereof  closed; 

(b)  require  the  owner  to  disinter  all  human  remains 
therein  and  specify  the  manner  of  disinterment  and 
the  manner  and  place  of  reinterring  or  dealing  with 
the  remains; 

(c)  require  the  owner  to  remove  any  markers  and  relo- 
cate them  to  a  specified  place;  and 

(d)  require  the  owner  to  provide  or  acquire  equivalent 
interment  rights  for  all  holders  of  interment  rights 
with  respect  to  unused  lots  in  the  cemetery. 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Substitution 


Notice 


Coming  into 
force 


(2)  In  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery,  the  Registrar  may  des- 
ignate another  person  to  do  anything  that  the  owner  may  be 
required  to  do. 

(3)  The  Registrar  shall  give  every  person  who  made  a  sub- 
mission notice  of  the  order  and  at  the  same  time  advise  the 
person  of  the  right  of  appeal. 

(4)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery 
comes  into  force  thirty  days  after  it  is  made  unless  there  is  an 
appeal  filed  before  the  order  comes  into  force  or  the  order 
sets  out  a  later  date. 


Idem 


Idem 


Appeal 


(5)  If  submissions  were  made  in  respect  of  the  order,  the 
order  comes  into  force  thirty  days  after  notice  has  been  given 
to  each  person  who  made  a  submission  unless  there  is  an 
appeal  filed  before  the  order  comes  into  force  or  the  order 
sets  out  a  later  date. 

(6)  An  order  that  is  appealed  comes  into  force  upon  being 
upheld  by  the  Tribunal. 

10.  A  person  with  an  interest  therein  may  appeal,  to  the 
Tribunal, 


Certificate 


Idem 


Registration 


Effect  of 
registration 


(a)  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery  any  time  before  the 
order  comes  into  force;  or 

(b)  a  refusal  to  order  a  cemetery  closed. 

11. — (1)  The  Registrar,  upon  being  satisfied  that  the 
requirements  in  an  order  to  close  a  cemetery  have  been  com- 
plied with,  shall  issue  a  certificate,  with  a  legal  description  of 
the  land  involved,  that  the  cemetery  is  closed. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  applicant  therefor  is  entitled 
to  a  certificate  that  a  cemetery  is  closed  if  the  cemetery  had 
been  closed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  but  a  cer- 
tificate issued  under  subsection  59  (7)  of  the  Cemeteries  Act, 
being  chapter  59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  or 
a  predecessor  of  that  subsection  has  not  been  registered. 

(3)  A  certificate  issued  under  this  section  may  be  registered 
in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office. 

(4)  Upon  registration  of  a  certificate  of  closing,  the  land 
described  therein  ceases  to  be  a  cemetery. 


Maintenance        12. — (1)  Where  any  money  has  been  paid  into  a  care  and 
maintenance  fund  with  respect  to  a  cemetery  that  is  to  be 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


closed,  the  Registrar  shall  direct  that  money  to  be  transferred 
to  the  trustee  of  the  fund  maintained  by  the  owner  of  the 
cemetery  into  which  the  human  remains  are  to  be  reinterred 
or  where  the  interment  rights  are  to  be  exercised, 

(2)  The  amount  transferred  under  subsection  (1)  is  a  credit 
against  the  amount  required  to  be  paid  into  the  fund  by  the 
owner  of  the  cemetery  into  which  the  human  remains  are  to 
be  reinterred  or  where  the  interment  rights  are  to  be  exer- 
cised. 


Idem 


13.  Where  any  money  has  been  paid  into  a  pre-need  Pre-need 
assurance  fund  with  respect  to  interment  rights  in  a  cemetery  S'^^"'^^ 
that  is  to  be  closed,  the  Registrar  shall  direct  that  money  to  be 
paid  to  the  trustee  of  the  fund  maintained  by  the  owner  of  the 
cemetery  where  alternative  interment  rights  have  been  made 
available  for  the  holders  of  interment  rights  in  the  cemetery  to 
be  closed. 

LICENCES 


14.  No  person  shall  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  unless  Licence 


licensed  under  this  Act  to  own  that  cemetery  or  crematorium. 


required 


15. — (1)  A  person  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a  licence  Licence  to 

.  X      •  own 

to  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium. 


(2)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  except  if, 

(a)  the  applicant  cannot  reasonably  be  expected  to  be 
financially  responsible  in  the  operation  of  a  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium; 

(b)  the  past  or  present  conduct  of  the  persons  referred 
to  in  subsection  (3)  affords  reasonable  grounds  for 
belief  that  the  applicant  will  not  operate  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law  and  with  integrity  and  honesty; 

(c)  the  applicant  or  managing  employees  of  the  appH- 
cant  do  not  have  the  experience  and  competence 
required  to  manage  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  in 
accordance  with  the  law; 

(d)  the  applicant  is  carrying  on  activities  that  are,  or 
will  be  if  the  applicant  is  licensed,  in  contravention 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(e)  the  applicant  will,  if  licensed,  be  carrying  on  activi- 
ties under  this  Act  that  are  in  contravention  of 
another  Act  or  a  municipal  by-law; 


Requirements 


10 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(f)  the  applicant  is  unable  to  provide  the  resources  and 
facilities  required  to  manage  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium; or 

(g)  the  applicant  or  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  appli- 
cant has  made  a  false  statement  or  provided  false 
information  in  an  application  for  a  licence. 


Idem 


(3)  Clause  (2)  (b)  applies  to  the  following  persons: 


1.  The  applicant. 

2.  An  officer  or  director  of  the  applicant. 

3.  A  person  holding  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the 
equity  shares  of  the  applicant  or  an  officer  or  direc- 
tor of  such  person. 

4.  Any  person  having  a  beneficial  interest  in  the  oper- 
ation of  the  business  of  the  applicant  or  licensee. 


Issue  of 
licence 


(4)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  to  own  an  identified 
cemetery  or  crematorium  to  an  applicant  therefor  who  pays 
the  prescribed  fee,  complies  with  the  regulations  and  is  not 
disentitled  under  subsection  (2). 


Conditions  (5)  A  Uccnce  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con- 

£nJS"^^°     sented  to  by  the   applicant,   imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or 
prescribed. 


Notice 


Appeal 


(6)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  issue  a  licence,  the 
Registrar  shall  give  the  applicant  notice  of  and  reasons  for  the 
intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  applicant  of  the 
right  to  appeal. 

(7)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (6) 
may  appeal  the  intended  refusal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteen 
days  after  receiving  the  notice. 


Refusal  to  (g)  jf  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (7),  the  Registrar 

issue  licence  ^^^  rcfusc  to  issuc  the  liccnce  applied  for. 

Revocation  j^, — (1)  Xhc  Registrar  may  revoke  or  refuse  to  renew  a 

Hcence  ^"^  *  liccncc  to  owu  a  Cemetery  or  a  crematorium  if. 


(a)    the  conduct  or  situation  of  the  licensee  is  such  as  to 
disentitle  the  licensee  from  being  granted  a  licence; 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


11 


(b)  where  the  licensee  is  a  corporation,  the  share- 
holders of  the  corporation  have  changed  in  the 
manner  and  to  the  extent  prescribed;  or 

(c)  the  Registrar  has  reasonable  and  probable  grounds 
to  believe  that  the  continued  operation  of  the  ceme- 
tery or  crematorium  by  the  licensee, 

(i)  creates   a   risk   to   public   health,   safety   or 
decency,  or 

(ii)  will  result  in  a  financial  loss  by  members  of 
the  public  because  provisions  of  this  Act  or 
the  regulations  are  not  being  complied  with. 

(2)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  revoke  or  to  refuse  to  renew  Notice 
licence,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  licensee  notice  of  and 

reasons  for  the  intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the 
licensee  of  the  right  to  appeal. 

(3)  Any  licensee  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  revocation  or  refusal  to  the  Tribunal 
within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(4)  If  an  appeal  has  been  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  Delay 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  the  licence  unless  the  Tribunal 
determines  that  the  licence  should  be  revoked. 

(5)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (3),  the  Registrar  where  no 
may  revoke  the  licence  after  the  time  for  appeal  has  expired.      ""~" 


appeal 


(6)  Section  14  does  not  apply  to  an  owner  whose  licence  is  Exception  to 
revoked  so  long  as  the  Registrar  is  satisfied  that  the  owner  is  requSent 
making     reasonable     efforts     to     sell     the     cemetery     or 
crematorium. 


17. — (1)  The  Director  may  appoint  a  manager  to  operate  a  Appointment 


cemetery  or  crematorium  in  the  place  of  the  owner  if, 

(a)  the  Director  has  reasonable  and  probable  grounds, 
based  on  a  statement  under  oath,  to  believe  that  the 
owner  is  doing  or  is  about  to  do  something  in  the 
operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  that, 

(i)  creates  or  is  likely  to  create  a  risk  to  public 
health,  safety  or  decency,  or 

(ii)  is  causing  or  is  likely  to  cause  financial  loss  to 
members  of  the  public;  or 


of  manager 


12 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Powers  of 
manager 


(b)    the  owner's  licence  is  revoked. 

(2)  A  manager  appointed  under  subsection  (1)  has  all  the 
powers  of  the  owner  with  respect  to  the  operation  of  the  cem- 
etery or  crematorium  including  the  power  to  exclude  the 
owner  and,  if  the  owner  is  a  corporation,  the  directors  or 
officers  of  the  corporation,  from  the  premises  of  the  business. 


Effect  of 
appointment 


(3)  From  the  appointment  of  a  manager  under  subsection 
(1)  until  the  appointment  is  cancelled,  the  owner  being 
replaced  does  not  have  the  authority  to  deal  with  any  assets  or 
trust  funds  relating  to  the  cemetery  or  crematorium  and  shall 
not  be  involved  in  the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crema- 
torium. 


Appeal  (4)  Any  person  affected  by  an  appointment  of  a  manager 

may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  for  an  order  can- 
celUng  the  appointment  and  the  order  may  include  such  direc- 
tions and  conditions  as  seem  appropriate. 


Selling 

interment 

rights 


18. — (1)  No  person  shall  sell  interment  rights  unless  that 
person  does  so  as  an  agent  acting  on  behalf  of  a  licensed 
owner. 


Selling 
supplies,  etc. 


(2)  No  person  shall  act  as  a  sales  representative  on  behalf 
of  an  owner  unless  that  person  is  licensed  as  a  sales  represent- 
ative and  represents  an  owner  specified  in  the  sales  represent- 
ative's licence. 


Exception  for  (3)  Subscctious  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  preclude  a 
person  licensed  as  an  owner  from  seUing  rights,  services  or 
supplies  to  be  used  in  or  provided  at  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium owned  by  that  person. 


Licence  to 
sell 


Requirements 
for  licence 


19. — (1)  An  individual  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  a 
licence  to  act  as  a  sales  representative  on  behalf  of  an  owner. 

(2)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  a  licence  except  if, 

(a)  the  past  or  present  conduct  of  the  applicant  affords 
reasonable  and  probable  grounds  for  believing  that 
the  applicant  will  not  carry  on  business  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law  and  with  integrity  and  honesty; 


(b)  the  applicant,  in  receiving  the  licence,  would  be  in  a 
position  of  apparent  conflict  of  interest; 

(c)  the  applicant  does  not  have  a  position  with  a 
licensed  owner  or  a  commitment  to  be  hired  by  a 
licensed  owner  upon  receiving  a  licence;  or 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


13 


(d)  the  applicant  has  made  a  false  statement  or  pro- 
vided false  information  in  an  application  for  a 
licence. 

(3)  A  conviction  for  an  offence  that  involves  misrepresenta-  Past  conduct 
Hon  or  a  lack  of  integrity  or  honesty  is  evidence,  in  the 
absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  that  the  person  convicted 

will  not  carry  on  business  in  accordance  with  the  law  and  with 
integrity  and  honesty  within  the  meaning  of  clause  (2)  (a). 

(4)  An  applicant's  intention  to  work  for  more  than  one  Conflict  of 
owner  is  evidence,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  '"^^"^^^^ 
of  an  apparent  conflict  of  interest. 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  to  act  as  a  sales  rep-  ^^sue  of 
resentative  to  every  applicant  therefor  who  pays  the  pre-  ^^'^^^ 
scribed  fee,  complies  with  the  regulations  and  is  not  disen- 
titled under  subsection  (2). 

(6)  A  licence  is  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  con-  Conditions 
sented  to  by  the  licensee,  imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or  pre-  EJe"^ ^° 
scribed. 

(7)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  issue  a  licence,  the  Notice 
Registrar  shall  give  the  applicant  notice  of  and  reasons  for  the 
intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  applicant  of  the 
right  to  appeal. 

(8)  An  applicant  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (7)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  intended  refusal  to  the  Tribunal  within  fifteen 

days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(9)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (8),  the  Registrar  Refusal  to 

_  j*_         .      *  .ti      !•  issue  licence 

may  refuse  to  issue  the  licence. 

20. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  Revoking, 

renew  a  sales  representative's  licence  if  the  conduct  or  situa-  Sslng'to  °^ 

tion  of  the  licensee  is  such  as  to  disentitle  the  licensee  from  ^new  sales 

being  granted  a  licence.  '"^^"'^^ 

(2)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  Notice 
renew  a  licence,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  licensee  notice  of 
and  reasons  for  the  intention  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the 
licensee  of  the  right  to  appeal. 


(3)  If  there  are  grounds  to  suspend  a  licence  and  the  Regis- 
trar considers  it  to  be  in  the  public  interest  that  the  licence  be 
suspended  immediately,  the  Registrar  may,  by  order,  suspend 
a  sales  representative's  licence  with  the  order  taking  effect 
when  it  is  made. 


Immediate 
suspension 


14 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Idem 


Appeal 


Idem 


Delay 


Where  no 
appeal 


Application 


Idem 


(4)  An  immediate  suspension  expires  fifteen  days  after  it  is 
appealed  to  the  Tribunal  unless,  before  the  fifteen  days 
expire,  the  Tribunal  extends  the  suspension. 

(5)  Any  licensee  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (2) 
may  appeal  the  intended  revocation  or  suspension  to  the 
Tribunal  within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(6)  Any  licensee  whose  licence  is  suspended  under  sub- 
section (3)  may  appeal  the  suspension  to  the  Tribunal. 

(7)  If  an  appeal  has  been  filed  under  subsection  (5),  the 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  or  suspend  the  licence  unless  the 
Tribunal  determines  that  the  licence  should  be  revoked  or  sus- 
pended. 

(8)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (5),  the  Registrar 
may  revoke  or  suspend  the  licence  after  the  time  for  appeal 
has  expired. 

21. — (1)  A  person  who  is  refused  a  licence  or  a  renewal  of 
a  licence  under  this  Act  may  apply  for  a  licence  only  after  one 
year  has  passed  since  the  refusal. 

(2)  A  person  whose  licence  is  revoked  under  this  Act  may 
apply  for  a  licence  only  after  one  year  has  passed  since  the 
revocation. 


Continuation        22.  The   liccnce  of  a  licensee  who   has  applied  for  a 
renewal  of  the  licence  continues  until, 

(a)  the  renewal  is  granted;  or 

(b)  if  the  licensee  is  served  with  a  notice  that  the  Regis- 
trar intends  to  refuse  to  renew,  the  time  for  appeal 
has  expired  or,  if  an  appeal  is  required,  the  matter 
has  been  finally  determined. 

CONSUMER  PROTECTION 


Interment 
rights 


Idem 


Idem 


23. — (1)  An  interment  rights  holder  may  require,  by  writ- 
ten demand,  the  owner  to  repurchase  the  rights  at  any  time 
before  they  are  used. 

(2)  Every  owner  who  receives  a  demand  made  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  repurchase  the  interment  rights  within  thirty 
days  after  receiving  the  demand. 

(3)  The  repurchase  price  of  interment  rights  shall  be  deter- 
mined in  the  prescribed  manner. 


m9 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


15 


(4)  An  interment  rights  holder  or  the  personal  representa- 
tive of  the  holder  has  the  right  to  inter  any  human  remains  in 
a  lot  or  other  facility  approved  under  this  Act  in  accordance 
with  the  by-laws  governing  the  facility. 


Idem 


(5)  An  interment  rights  holder  or  the  personal  representa- 
tive of  the  holder  may  erect  a  commemorative  marker  on  a  lot 
or  other  receptacle  for  human  remains  if  the  erection  of  the 
marker  is  not  in  contravention  of  the  by-laws  governing  the 
facility. 


Idem 


(6)  Every  person  has  the  right  to  reasonable  access  to  a  lot  i^em 
at  any  time  except  as  prohibited  by  the  by-laws  governing  the 
facility. 

(7)  An  interment  rights  holder  and  the  relatives  of  any  per-  Wem 
son  whose  remains  are  interred  in  a  cemetery  have  the  right  to 
decorate  the  appropriate  lot  if  the  decoration  is  not  in  contra- 
vention of  the  by-laws  governing  the  facility. 

(8)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  require  repurchase  of  Exception 
interment  rights  in  a  plot  in  which  any  interment  rights  have 

been  exercised. 

24. — (1)  A  purchaser  of  pre-need  supplies  or  services  from  Pre-need 

,    ,  ...  .^'       1     .^1  .^1  services  or 

an  owner  may  cancel,  by  written  notice  to  the  owner,  the  con-  supplies 
tract  to  purchase  at  any  time  before  the  services  or  the  sup- 
plies are  provided  or  if  the  owner  contravenes  subsection  (5). 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  or  (5)  does  not  apply  if  the  supplies  or  w^m 
services  are  provided  within  thirty  days  after  the  contract  is 
made  because  of  the  death  of  the  person  for  whom  the  sup- 
plies or  services  were  contracted. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  (4),  an  owner  who  receives  a  Wem 
notice  that  a  contract  is  cancelled  under  this  section  shall 
refund  to  the  purchaser  all  money,  together  with  all  income 
thereon,  received  under  the  contract  within  thirty  days  after 
receiving  the  notice. 

(4)  An  owner  to  whom  this  section  applies  may  retain  a  w^m 
service  fee  determined  in  the  prescribed  manner  unless  the 
contract  is  cancelled  within  thirty  days  after  it  is  made. 


(5)  No  owner  shall  provide  pre-need  supplies  or  services  Prohibition 
under  a  contract  within  the  thirty-day  period  immediately 
following  the  day  the  contract  is  made. 


16 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Application  (5)  jhig  scction  applies  to  contracts  for  pre-need  supplies 
or  services  whether  the  contracts  were  made  before  or  after 
this  section  comes  into  force. 


Contract 
requirements 


25. — (1)  A  contract  for  the  purchase  of  interment  rights  or 
cemetery  supplies  or  services  is  not  enforceable  by  an  owner 
unless, 


(a)  it  is  written,  signed  by  both  parties  and  complies 
with  the  regulations; 

(b)  it  sets  out  the  purchaser's  cancellation  rights  under 
this  Act  and  whether  or  not  cemetery  supplies  or 
services  are  to  be  provided  before  the  death  of  the 
person  for  whom  they  are  contracted; 

(c)  the  owner  comphes  with  subsections  (2)  and  (3); 
and 


(d)    the  owner  delivers  a  signed  copy  of  the  contract  to 
the  purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made. 

(2)  An  owner  who  sells  interment  rights  must  deliver  to  the 
purchaser  at  the  time  the  contract  is  made  a  copy  of  the 
by-laws  of  the  cemetery  and  a  certificate  of  interment  rights. 

(3)  An  owner  who  sells  pre-need  supplies  or  services  must 
set  out  in  the  contract  exactly  what  the  supplies  or  services  are 
and  the  price  charged  for  them. 


Refund  with        (4)  ^jj  owncr  who  rcccives  money  under  a  contract  that  is 

interest 

not  enforceable  because  of  the  application  of  this  section  shall 
refund  to  the  purchaser,  immediately  upon  written  demand, 
with  interest  at  the  prescribed  rate,  all  money  received. 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(5)  Subsection  (4)  applies  even  though  the  owner  has  paid 
the  money  into  a  trust  fund  that  is  not  accessible  to  the 
owner. 


Exception  ^^j  Subscction  (4)  docs  not  apply,  in  the  case  of  interment 

rights,  after  the  rights  are  used  or,  in  the  case  of  cemetery 
supplies  or  services,  after  the  supplies  or  services  are  pro- 
vided. 


Public 
information 


Price  list 


26,  Every  owner  shall  make  such  information  as  is 
prescribed  available  to  the  public  in  the  manner  and  form 
prescribed. 

27. — (1)  Every  owner  shall  file  with  the  Registrar  a  price 
list  of  all  interment  rights  and  cemetery  services  and  supplies 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


17 


that  may  be  sold  and  all  charges  that  may  be  made  by  that 
owner. 

(2)  No  owner  shall  charge  or  collect  or  receive  money  for  I'lem 
iterment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services  that  is  more 

than  the  price  for  the  rights,  supplies  or  services  filed  by  the 
owner  with  the  Registrar  and  not  disallowed. 

(3)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  a  price  list,  may  disallow.  Approval  of 
within  thirty  days  after  the  list  is  filed,  any  price  that,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Registrar,  is  excessive  or  significantly  higher 

than  current  market  price  for  the  supplies,  services  or  rights 
within  the  applicable  area. 

(4)  The  Registrar  shall  give  immediate  written  notice  to  the  Notice  of 
owner  who  filed  the  price  list  of  any  price  on  the  list  that  is    '^^  o^ance 
disallowed  and,  in  the  notice,  shall  give  the  reasons  for  the 
disallowance. 

(5)  If  the  Registrar  disallows  a  price  on  a  price  hst,  the  Appeal 
owner  who  filed  the  list  may  appeal  the  disallowance  to  the 
Tribunal. 

(6)  An  owner  who  has  charged  any  person  a  price  that  is  Repayment 
disallowed  by  the  Registrar  shall  pay,  forthwith,  to  that  per- 
son the  difference  between  the  price  charged  and  the  price 
allowed. 

28. — (1)  If  the  Registrar  believes,  on  reasonable  and  prob-  Advertising 
able  grounds,  that  any  person  licensed  under  this  Act  has 
made  a  false  or  misleading  public  representation  or  a  repre- 
sentation that  is  in  contravention  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, the  Registrar  shall  order  that  person  to  stop  making 
the  representation  and,  in  the  order,  shall  set  out  the  reasons 
for  the  order. 


(2)  A  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1)  J??^P'Jj"f 
shall  immediately  comply  with  the  order  and  shall  refrain  from 
making  the  representation,  in  any  form,  in  the  future. 

(3)  Any  person  who  receives  an  order  under  subsection  (1)  Appeal 
may  appeal  the  order  to  the  Tribunal. 

(4)  The  Tribunal  may  issue  a  stay  of  any  order  made  by  the  stay  of  order 
Registrar  under  subsection  (1). 

29. — (1)  No  person  shall  contact,  in  any  way,  a  person  in  ^^^^jjjj|j 
a  hospital,  nursing  home  or  such  other  institution  as  is  pre-  p™  *  '  ^ 
scribed  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  for  the 


18 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


purchase  of  interment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services 
be  made. 


Idem 


(2)  No  person  shall  contact,  by  telephone  or  in  person,  a 
person  for  the  purpose  of  suggesting  that  a  contract  for  the 
purchase  of  interment  rights  or  cemetery  supplies  or  services 
be  made. 


Exception 


Regulations 


Abandoned 

interment 

rights 

Idem 


Inquiry 


Declaration 


Notice 


(3)  This  section  does  not  prohibit  any  contact  made  at  the 
request  of  the  person  being  contacted. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations defining  "contract"  for  the  purpose  of  this  section. 

30. — (1)  A  cemetery  owner  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for 
a  declaration  that  interment  rights  are  abandoned. 

(2)  An  application  may  be  made  under  subsection  (1)  only 
in  respect  of  interment  rights  that  had  been  sold  at  least 
twenty  years  before  the  application  and  have  not  been  used. 

(3)  The  Registrar,  on  receiving  an  application  under  sub- 
section (1),  shall  make  such  inquiry  and  direct  the  applicant  to 
give  such  notices  as  seem  reasonable  in  the  circumstances. 

(4)  Upon  being  satisfied  that  the  rights  are  abandoned,  the 
Registrar  shall  issue  a  declaration  to  that  effect. 

(5)  The  Registrar  shall  give  notice  of  the  declaration  or  the 
decision  to  not  make  the  declaration  to  the  applicant  and  to 
every  person  who  has  indicated  to  the  Registrar  an  interest  in 
the  matter. 


Appeal  (5)  Any  person  who  has  an  interest  in  the  matter  may 

appeal  the  decision  of  the  Registrar  to  the  Tribunal  within 
thirty  days  after  notice  of  the  decision  is  given  under  sub- 
section (5). 

Right  to  sell        jj,  A  Cemetery  owner  may  resell  interment  rights  that 

abandoned        i  i  j     i        j     l      j         j 

rights  have  been  declared  abandoned, 

(a)  if  there  is  no  appeal,  at  the  end  of  the  time  for 
appeal;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  an  appeal,  when  the  appeal  has  been 
finally  determined  supporting  the  declaration. 


Rights 

holder's 

protection 


32. — (1)  Any  person  whose  interment  rights  have  been 
resold  after  being  declared  abandoned  may  apply  to  the 
Registrar  for  redress. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


19 


(2)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  an  application  under  sub-  I'^em 
section  (1),  shall  order  the  cemetery  owner  or  the  owner's 
successor,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  provide,  subject  to  sub- 
section (6),  better  or  equivalent  interment  rights  in  that  ceme- 
tery or  to  refund  an  amount  determined  as  prescribed. 

(3)  Any  person  whose  interment  rights  have  been  declared  I'lem 
abandoned  but  have  not  been  resold  may  apply  to  the  Regis- 
trar to  have  those  rights  restored. 

(4)  The  Registrar,  upon  receiving  an  application  under  sub-  wem 
section  (3),  shall  order  that  the  declaration  be  cancelled  and 
that  the  rights  be  restored  to  the  person  entitled  thereto. 

(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  interment  Exception 
rights  in  cemeteries  that  are  abandoned. 

(6)  If  the  cemetery  referred  to  in  subsection  (2)  is  one  in  Wem 
which  interment  rights  are  not  available  but  the  owner  owns  a 
cemetery  in  which  interment  rights  are  available,  the  applicant 
shall  be  given  the  option  of  accepting  better  or  equivalent 
interment  rights  in  that  cemetery. 

33. — (1)  If  a  marker  has  been  erected  on  a  lot  that  is  the  Markers 
subject-matter  of  a  declaration  of  abandonment,  the  cemetery 
owner  shall  remove  and  store  it  at  the  owner's  expense  for  at 
least  twenty  years. 

(2)  If  an  order  is  made  under  subsection  32  (2)  to  provide  w^m 
alternate  interment  rights,  the  cemetery  owner  shall  re-erect 

the  marker  at  the  new  site  at  the  owner's  expense. 

(3)  If  subsection  (2)  does  not  apply,  the  cemetery  owner  I'lem 
may  dispose  of  the  marker  at  the  expiration  of  the  twenty- 
year  period. 

34. — (1)  A  cemetery  owner  who  has  available  space  shall  Assisted 
provide,  upon  receiving  a  written  instruction  from  a  welfare  cemetery 
administrator, 

(a)  a  lot  for  the  interment  of  the  remains  of  any  person 
referred  to  in  the  instruction; 

(b)  opening  and  closing  services  in  conjunction  with  the 
interment;  and 

(c)  such  other  related  services  as  are  prescribed. 

(2)  A  crematorium  owner  shall  provide,  upon  receiving  a  Crematorium 
written  instruction  from  a  welfare  administrator. 


20 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(a)  a  crematorium  service  for  the  remains  of  any  person 
referred  to  in  the  instruction;  and 

(b)  such  other  related  services  as  are  prescribed. 

Exception  (3)  Subscctions  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  require  a  reli- 

gious organization  to  inter  or  cremate  the  remains  of  a  person 
who  is  disentitled  to  burial  or  cremation  in  a  cemetery  or 
crematorium  owned  by  that  organization. 

Payment  (4)  ^u  owner  who  provides  a  service  under  this  section  is 

entitled  to  be  paid  the  prescribed  amount  for  the  service  by 
the  welfare  administrator. 


Welfare 
administrator 


(5)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations defining  "welfare  administrator"  for  the  purpose  of 
this  section  and  designating  persons  by  title  or  job  description 
who  are  considered  welfare  administrators  for  this  purpose. 


TRUST  FUNDS 


Care  and 
maintenance 
trust  funds 
1987,  c.  33 


Payments 
into  fund 


35. — (1)  Every  cemetery  owner  who  sells,  assigns  or  trans- 
fers interment  rights  shall  establish  with  a  corporation  reg- 
istered under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987,  with 
that  corporation  as  trustee,  a  trust  fund  designated  the  "Care 
and  Maintenance  Fund"  for  the  purpose  of  providing  money 
for  the  care  and  maintenance  of  the  cemetery. 

(2)  An  owner  who  is  required  to  establish  a  fund  under  this 
section  shall  pay  into  the  fund  prescribed  amounts  within  the 
prescribed  times. 


Payments  out 
of  fund 


Use  of 
money 


Capital 
portion 


Idem 


(3)  A  trustee  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall 
pay  the  income  from  the  fund,  after  deducting  therefrom  the 
trustee's  fees,  to  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  involved. 

(4)  An  owner  receiving  money  pursuant  to  subsection  (3) 
shall  use  the  money  for  the  upkeep  of  the  cemetery  and  the 
markers  and  structures  therein  in  the  prescribed  manner. 

(5)  No  trustee  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall 
pay  out  any  of  the  capital  portion  of  the  fund. 

(6)  Subsection  (5)  does  not  apply  to  preclude  a  trustee  from 
transferring  the  fund,  with  the  consent  of  the  Registrar,  to 
another  trustee. 


Municipal 
owners 


(7)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  that  is  a  municipality 
may  act  as  the  trustee  of  a  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund  estab- 
lished by  that  municipality. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


21 


36. — (1)  Every  owner  who  sells  pre-need  cemetery  sup- 
plies or  services  shall  estabUsh  with  a  corporation  registered 
under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987,  with  that 
corporation  as  trustee,  a  trust  fund  designated  as  the  "Pre- 
need  Assurance  Fund". 


Pre-need 
assurance 
trust  funds 
1987,  c.  33 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  to  an  owner  in  respect  of  sales  I'^em 
made  by  a  person  that  the  owner  is  associated  or  affiliated 
with  in  a  manner  that  is  prescribed. 

(3)  An  owner  who  is  required  to  establish  a  fund  under  this  Payments 
section  shall  pay  into  the  fund  all  money  received  for  pre-need 
suppUes  or  services  within  the  prescribed  times. 

(4)  A  trustee  of  a  fund  established  under  this  section  shall  Trust  funds 
hold  all  money  received  for  the  benefit  of  the  purchaser  until 

that  portion  of  the  contract  in  respect  of  which  the  money  was 
paid  is  completed. 

(5)  When  a  portion  of  a  contract  is  completed,  the  trustee  ^^^^ 
shall  pay  to  the  owner  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  the  current  market  price  filed  with  the  Registrar  for 
the  supplies  or  services;  or 

(b)  an  amount  equal  to  the  payments  made  for  the  sup- 
plies or  services  together  with  income  accrued  on 
those  payments. 

(6)  If  the  amount  referred  to  in  clause  (5)  (b)  exceeds  the  idem 
price  referred  to  in  clause  (5)  (a),  the  trustee  shall  pay  the 
amount  of  the  excess  to  the  owner. 

(7)  If  a  contract  in  respect  of  which  money  is  held  in  the  ^"""".j^j  ^ 
trust  fund  is  cancelled,  the  trustee  shall  pay,  to  the  owner,  the 
amount  of  the  initial  payments  together  with  income  accrued 

on  that  amount. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsection  24  (4)  (retention  of  service  fee),  ^2^"^/° 
an  owner  who  receives  a  payment  under  subsection  (7)  shall  ^^^^  ^^^'^ 
pay  the  amount  to  the  purchaser  involved  within  twenty  days 

after  receiving  the  payment. 


(9)  An  owner  who  receives  a  payment  under  subsection  (6)  ^^^^ 
shall  pay  the  amount  to  the  purchaser  or,  if  an  interment  has 
taken  place,  to  the  estate  of  the  person  interred  within  twenty 
days  after  receiving  the  payment. 


22 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Municipal 
owners 


Restrictions 
on  trust 
agreements 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  512 

Marker 
installation 


Payment  into 
fund 


Idem 


Trust  funds 
held  by 
owner 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  102 


1987,  c.  33 
Idem 


Providing 

information, 

etc. 


(10)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  that  is  a  municipality 
may  act  as  the  trustee  of  a  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund  estab- 
lished by  that  municipality. 

37.  No  investment  of  money  in  a  trust  established  pur- 
suant to  this  Act  shall  be  made  except  as  permitted  under  the 
Trustee  Act. 

38. — (1)  Every  person  installing  a  marker  in  a  cemetery 
shall  pay  to  the  cemetery  owner  the  prescribed  amount. 

(2)  An  owner  receiving  money  pursuant  to  subsection  (1) 
shall  pay  the  money  into  the  Care  and  Maintenance  Fund 
established  for  that  cemetery. 

(3)  An  owner  who  does  not  receive  payment  under 
subsection  (1)  for  a  marker  shall  pay  into  the  Care  and 
Maintenance  Fund  a  prescribed  amount. 

39. — (1)  All  money  received  by  an  owner  that  is  required 
to  be  paid  into  a  trust  fund  but  that  is  not  immediately  turned 
over  to  a  trustee  of  a  trust  fund  shall  be  deposited  by  the 
owner  in  a  trust  account  with  a  credit  union  or  caisse  popu- 
laire  registered  under  the  Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  Popu- 
laires  Act,  a  chartered  bank  of  Canada,  the  Province  of 
Ontario  Savings  Office  or  a  trust  or  loan  corporation  reg- 
istered under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  1987. 

(2)  Money  deposited  by  an  owner  in  a  trust  account  under 
subsection  (1)  shall  be  placed  by  the  owner  into  a  trust  fund 
or  otherwise  paid  out  in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations within  the  time  prescribed. 

40. — (1)  The  Registrar  or  the  Public  Trustee  may  require 
any  owner  or  trustee  to  provide, 

(a)  any  information  on  trust  accounts  or  trust  funds  that 
the  owner  or  trustee  is  involved  with;  and 

(b)  audited  financial  statements  on  any  trust  account  or 
trust  fund  relating  to  a  cemetery  or  crematorium 
that  the  owner  or  trustee  is  involved  with. 


Idem 


Surrogate 
Court 


(2)  Every  owner  or  trustee  who  receives  a  request  pursuant 
to  subsection  (1)  shall  forthwith  provide  all  the  information  or 
statement  required  or  an  explanation  as  to  why  it  is  not  possi- 
ble to  provide  the  information  or  statement. 

41. — (1)  The  Registrar  or  the  Public  Trustee  may  apply  to 
the  Surrogate  Court  to  pass  the  accounts  of  any  trust  fund. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


23 


(2)  The  court,  on  passing  any  account,  may  review  and  pass  i<iem 
upon  any  agreement  made  by  an  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
matorium. 

(3)  The  court,  on  passing  any  account,  may  make  any  order  Wem 
Jhat  it  considers  necessary  to  ensure  that  the  trust  is  carried 

It. 

42.  No  cemetery  or  crematorium  owner  shall  charge  or  No  compen- 
I  receive   any   compensation   or   payment   for   the   effort   or  owneV" 
[expense  of  establishing  or  maintaining  a  trust  fund. 

43. — (1)  Despite  subsections  35  (1)  and  36  (1),  an  owner  use  of  Public 
[who  does  not  have  a  practical  alternative  may  require  the     ™*^^ 
[Public  Trustee  to  act  as  a  trustee  for  that  owner's  Care  and 
[^Maintenance  Fund  or  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund. 

(2)  The  Registrar  and  the  Public  Trustee  have  an  interest  in  interested 
I  all  trust  funds.  ^^"^'^ 

CEMETERY  AND  CREMATORIUM  OPERATIONS 

44. — (1)  Every  cemetery  owner  shall  maintain,  without  Maintenance 
[charge  to  interment  rights  holders,  the  grounds  of  the  ceme-  owner"^*^'^ 
tery,  including  all  lots,  structures  and  markers,  to  ensure  the 
safety  of  the  public  and  to  preserve  the  dignity  of  the  ceme- 
tery. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  an  owner  of  a  non-commercial  Exception 
cemetery  may  charge   interment   rights   holders,   at   a   rate 
approved  by  the  Registrar,  for  the  maintenance  of  lots  and 
markers  that  were  sold  before  1955  if  there  were  no  trust 
funds  collected  for  that  purpose. 

45.  No  owner  shall  carry  on  business,  in  a  manner  pre-  operating 
scribed,  in  conjunction  with  a  person  licensed  to  operate  a  establishment, 
funeral  establishment  or  transfer  service.  etc. 

46.  Every  cemetery  owner  shall  ensure  that  all  interments  ^°°^  °^^^^ 
in  the  cemetery  are  carried  out  in  a  decent  and  orderly  man- 
ner and  that  quiet  and  good  order  are  maintained  in  the  ceme- 
tery at  all  times. 


47.  No  person  shall  inter  human  remains  except  in  a  cem- 
etery that  has  been  consented  to  by  the  Registrar  and  is  only 
owned  by  an  owner  licensed  under  this  Act. 


Interment  in 
cemetery 


48.  If  a  marker  in  a  cemetery  presents  a  risk  to  public  ^^^^™^ 
safety  because  it  is  unstable,  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  shall 


24 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Mortgage  on 
cemetery 


do  whatever  is  necessary  by  way  of  repairing,  resetting  or  lay- 
ing down  the  marker  so  as  to  remove  the  risk. 

49. — (1)  No  encumbrance  or  charge  on  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
matorium is  enforceable  unless  it  was  given  as  security  for 
money  borrowed  for, 

(a)  the  purpose  of  improving  the  facilities  provided; 

(b)  the  purpose  of  acquiring  land  for  a  cemetery  or  cre- 
matorium; or 


Restriction 


(c)    a  purpose,  approved  by  the  Registrar,  relating  to 
the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(2)  No  encumbrancer  claiming  an  interest  in  a  cemetery  or 
crematorium  may  deal  with  the  cemetery  or  crematorium 
except  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 


By-laws 


Owner's 
by-laws 


When 
effective 


Prescribed 
by-laws 


Notice  of 
by-laws 


Approval  by 
Registrar 


Revocation 
of  by-laws 


Idem 


Notice  of 
disallowance 
or  revocation 


50. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium except  in  accordance  with  the  by-laws  applying  to  that 
cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(2)  An  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  crematorium  may  make  by- 
laws affecting  the  operation  of  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(3)  No  by-law  made  by  an  owner  is  effective  until  it  is  filed 
with  and  approved  by  the  Registrar. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations prescribing  by-laws  that  apply  to  cemeteries  or  crema- 
toria or  to  any  prescribed  classes  of  cemeteries  or  crematoria. 

(5)  An  owner  filing  a  by-law  shall  give  such  notice  as  is  pre- 
scribed to  such  classes  of  persons  as  are  prescribed. 

(6)  A  by-law  filed  with  the  Registrar  under  this  section 
shall  be  approved  by  the  Registrar  unless  the  approval  is  not 
in  the  public  interest  or  the  effect  of  the  by-law  is  to  give  the 
owner  an  unreasonable  or  unfair  competitive  advantage  over 
another  supplier  of  cemetery  services  or  supplies. 

(7)  The  Registrar  may  revoke  any  by-law  that  the  Registrar 
could  have  refused  to  approve  under  subsection  (6). 

(8)  Subsection  (7)  applies  even  though  the  Registrar  has 
previously  approved  the  by-law. 

(9)  If  the  Registrar  intends  to  refuse  to  approve  or  revoke  a 
by-law,  the  Registrar  shall  give  the  owner  notice  of  the  inten- 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  25 

^tion  and,  at  the  same  time,  advise  the  owner  of  the  right  to 
Ippeal. 

(10)  An  owner  who  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  (9)  Appeal 
lay  appeal  the  intended  refusal  or  revocation  to  the  Tribunal 
dthin  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(11)  If  an  appeal  is  filed  against  an  intended  revocation,  the  Delay  in 
Registrar  shall  not  revoke  the  by-law  unless  the  Tribunal  '^^^°'^^*'°° 
letermines  that  the  by-law  should  be  revoked. 

(12)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  against  an  intended  revocation,  the  where  no 
Registrar  may  revoke  the  by-law  after  the  time  for  appeal  has  ^^^^^ 
expired. 

51. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  no  person  shall  disinter  Disinterment 
any  human  remains  without, 

(a)  the  prior  consent  of  the  interment  rights  holder;  and 

(b)  notifying  the  proper  medical  officer  of  health. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  disinterment  ordered  where 

,  ^  ii.-  consent  not 

''y»  required 

(a)  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction; 

(b)  a  coroner  appointed  under  the  Coroners  Act;  r.s.o.  1980, 

(c)  the    Attorney    General   or   Solicitor   General   for 
Ontario;  or 

(d)  the  Registrar  under  section  9. 

(3)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  (1)  (a),  the  consent  of  the  ^^^^ 
Registrar  may  be  substituted  for  that  of  the  interment  rights 
holder  if, 

(a)  the  whereabouts  of  an  interment  rights  holder  are 
not  known; 

(b)  the  interment  rights  holder  is  not  readily  ascertaina- 
ble; or 

(c)  the  interment  rights  holder  is  not  able  to  consent. 

(4)  No   person   shall   disinter   human   remains   except   in  JPj^P^'^"'^^ 
accordance  with  the  regulations.  regulations 


26 

Exception 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(5)  Clause  (1)  (b)  does  not  apply  to  the  disinterment  of  cre- 
mated human  remains. 


Consent  of 
Registrar 


Notice  of 
intention 


Objections 


Idem 


Conditions 
for  consent 


Notice  of 
decision 


Appeal 


Delay 


Where  no 
appeal 


Attendance 
by  medical 
officer 

Diseases 


1983,  c.  10 


52. — (1)  The  Registrar,  before  consenting  to  a  disinter- 
ment, shall  consider  whether  any  known  person  may  have  an 
interest  in  the  disposition  of  the  remains  and,  if  there  may  be 
such  a  person,  shall  order  that  notice  of  the  intention  to  disin- 
ter be  given. 

(2)  A  notice  of  intention  to  disinter  shall  be  given  in  the 
manner  and  form  set  out  in  the  order. 

(3)  Any  person  objecting  to  a  disinterment  may  file  a  writ- 
ten objection  with  the  Registrar  at  any  time  before  the  con- 
sent of  the  Registrar  is  given. 

(4)  If  any  person  files  an  objection  to  a  disinterment,  the 
Registrar  shall  determine  whether  that  person  has  an  interest 
in  the  remains  and,  if  so,  shall  ascertain  the  person's  wishes. 

(5)  In  giving  a  consent  to  a  disinterment,  the  Registrar  shall 
take  into  account  the  wishes  of  any  person  with  an  interest  in 
the  remains  and  make  the  consent  subject  to  such  conditions 
as  the  Registrar  considers  appropriate. 

(6)  Notice  of  the  Registrar's  decision  shall  be  given  to  the 
person  who  applied  for  the  consent,  to  any  person  to  whom 
notice  is  given  under  subsection  (1)  and  to  any  person  filing 
an  objection. 

(7)  A  person  receiving  a  notice  under  subsection  (6)  may 
appeal,  to  the  Tribunal,  the  Registrar's  decision  within  fifteen 
days  after  receiving  the  notice. 

(8)  If  an  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (7),  the  Registrar 
shall  not  consent  to  the  disinterment  unless  the  Tribunal 
determines  that  the  disinterment  should  proceed. 

(9)  If  no  appeal  is  filed  under  subsection  (6),  the  Registrar 
may  consent  to  the  disinterment  after  the  time  for  appeal  has 
expired. 

53. — (1)  A  medical  officer  of  health  has  the  authority  to 
attend  at,  supervise  and  direct  a  disinterment. 

(2)  If  a  medical  officer  of  health  determines  that  remains 
are  those  of  a  person  who  died  of  a  communicable  disease 
within  the  meaning  of  the  Health  Protection  and  Promotion 
Act,  1983,  the  remains  shall  not  be  dealt  with  in  any  way 
except  as  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  under  that  Act. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


27 


54.  No  person  shall  remove  human  remains  from  a  ceme-  Certificate 
tery  unless  a  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  of  health  or  the  '^^'^"''^^ 
cemetery  owner  confirming  that  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
have  been  complied  with  is  affixed  to  the  container. 


55.  A  burial  certificate  under  the  Vital  Statistics  Act  is  not  R  s.o.  i980, 
required  to  reinter  human  remains  that  have  been  disinterred  does  not 


in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


apply 


56. — (1)  No  person  shall  cremate  human  remains  except  Cremation 
in  a  crematorium  that  has  been  established  with  the  consent  of 
the  Registrar  and  is  owned  by  an  owner  licensed  under  this 
Act. 


(2)  No  person  shall  cremate  human  remains, 


Prohibitions 


(a)  for  which  there  is  not  a  coroner's  certificate  sup- 
plied by  the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations; 

(b)  in  a  container  made  of,  or  containing,  non-flamma- 
ble or  hazardous  material  or  a  prescribed  material; 
or 

(c)  in  which  a  pacemaker  or  other  prescribed  device  is 
implanted. 

(3)  Except  if  required  by  a  welfare  administrator  or  for  the  Rig^t  to 
purpose  of  compliance  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations  made 
under  this  Act,  a  crematorium  owner  has  the  right  to  refuse  to 
cremate  any  human  remains. 


57.  Every  crematorium  owner  shall  ensure  that  all  crema- 
tions in  the  crematorium  are  carried  out  in  a  decent  and 
orderly  manner  and  that  quiet  and  good  order  are  maintained 
in  the  crematorium  at  all  times. 


Good  order 


58. — (1)  Any  person  who  purchases  a  cremation  service 
shall  deposit,  at  the  request  of  the  crematorium  owner,  a  pre- 
scribed amount  with  the  owner  to  cover  the  cost  of  interring 
the  cremated  remains. 


Deposit  re 
disfwsal 


(2)  An  owner  receiving  money  under  subsection  (1)  shall  Held  in  trust 
hold  the  money  in  trust. 

(3)  If  the  cremated  remains  are  claimed  by  the  interment  Refund 
rights  holder  within  one  year  after  the  cremation,  the  owner 

shall  refund  the  money  to  the  person  entitled  thereto  at  the 
time  of  the  claim. 


28 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Owner's 
compensation 


Neglected 
cemetery 


Appeal 


Idem 


Idem 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  484 
does  not 
apply 

Repairs 


Abandoned 
cemeteries 


Application 


Notice  of 
application 


(4)  If,  after  one  year,  the  cremated  remains  have  not  been 
claimed  and  the  owner  has  made  reasonable  efforts  to  contact 
the  representatives  of  the  deceased,  the  owner  may  inter  them 
and  is  then  entitled  to  the  money  held  in  trust  as  compensa- 
tion. 

59. — (1)  A  municipality  may  order  a  cemetery  owner  who 
does  not  keep  the  cemetery  in  good  order  and  repair  to 
restore  it  to  good  order  and  repair. 

(2)  An  owner  may  appeal,  to  the  Registrar,  an  order  to 
restore  within  fifteen  days  after  receiving  the  order. 

(3)  The  Registrar,  on  receiving  an  appeal,  shall  invite  sub- 
missions from  the  owner  and  the  municipality  and  shall  make 
such  other  inquiries  as  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances. 

(4)  After  considering  submissions  made  and  the  circum- 
stances, the  Registrar  shall  confirm  or  reverse  the  order  of  the 
municipality  or  substitute  his  or  her  order  for  that  of  the 
municipality. 

(5)  The  Statutory  Powers  Procedure  Act  does  not  apply  to 
an  appeal  under  this  section. 

(6)  If  an  owner  does  not  restore  a  cemetery  as  specified  in 
an  order  given  under  subsection  (1)  within  such  reasonable 
time  as  is  set  out  in  the  order,  the  municipality  may  have  the 
required  work  done  and  recover  the  costs  thereof  from  the 
owner. 

60. — (1)  An  application  to  declare  a  cemetery  abandoned 
may  be  made  to  a  judge  of  the  District  Court  if  the  owner  of 
the  cemetery, 

(a)  cannot  be  found  or  is  unknown; 

(b)  is  unable  to  maintain  it; 

(c)  was  a  corporation  that  was  dissolved;  or 

(d)  is  not  licensed  as  an  owner  under  this  Act. 

(2)  An  application  to  declare  a  cemetery  abandoned  may 
be  made  by  the  owner  of  the  cemetery,  the  municipality  or 
the  Registrar. 

(3)  An  applicant  under  subsection  (2)  must  give  notice  of 
the  application  to  the  other  persons  referred  to  in  subsection 
(2). 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


29 


(4)  The  municipality  is  responsible  for  the  cost  of  an  appli-  costs 
cation  under  this  section  including  the  cost  of  a  survey  of  the 
land  involved, 

(5)  Despite  subsection  (4),  an  owner  who  makes  an  unsuc-  wem 
cessful  application  is  responsible  for  the  costs  referred  to  in 
subsection  (4). 

(6)  A  judge  to  whom  an  application  is  made  under  sub-  Declaration 
section  (1),  upon  being  satisfied  that  there  is  a  basis  for  the 
application,  shall,  by  order,  declare  the  cemetery  that  is  the 
subject-matter  of  the  application  to  be  abandoned. 

(7)  Upon  a  declaration  that  a  cemetery  is  abandoned  being  Municipality 
registered  in  the  appropriate  land  registry  office,  the  munici-  owneT^^ 
pality  becomes  the  owner  of  the  cemetery  with  all  the  rights 

and  obligations  in  respect  to  the  cemetery  and  the  assets, 
funds  and  trust  accounts  related  thereto  that  the  previous 
owner  had. 

(8)  A  declaration  under  this  section  may  exempt  the  munic-  Exemptions 
ipality  being  declared  the  owner  from  any  provision  of  this 

Act  or  the  regulations  that  it  would  be  inappropriate,  in  the 
circumstances,  for  a  new  owner  to  be  subject  to. 

(9)  Upon  an  application  being  made  to  declare  a  cemetery  Maintenance 
abandoned,  the  municipality  within  which  the  cemetery  is  situ- 
ated is  responsible  for  the  maintenance  of  the  cemetery  until 

the  application  is  disposed  of. 

61.  The  Registrar  may  require  any  owner  who  has  an  D"^^  interest 
interest  in  a  cemetery  that  appears  to  be  abandoned  or  neg- 
lected to  maintain  that  cemetery  as  a  condition  of  retaining  a 
licence  to  own  a  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

ADMINISTRATION 

62.— (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  appointed  for  the  pur-  Registrar 
poses  of  this  Act. 

(2)  There  shall  be  one  or  more  Deputy  Registrars  ^^p^J^^j.^ 
appointed  who  may  exercise  such  powers  and  perform  such  ^^^  ^^^^ 
duties  of  the  Registrar  as  are  delegated  by  the  Registrar. 


(3)  The  Registrar,  Deputy  Registrars  and  all  other  employ-  Application 
ees  necessary  for  the  administration  of  this  Act  shall  be  r.s.o.  i980, 
appointed  under  the  Public  Service  Act.  c.  4i8 


30 

Inspectors 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


63. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  appoint  inspectors  to  carry 
out  inspections  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  there 
is  compliance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


Certificate  of       (2)  An  inspector  exercising  a  power  under  this  Act  shall,  on 
annn.ntment    j-^q^g^^^  producc  Ws  or  hcr  ccrtificatc  of  appointment. 


appointment 
Inspections 


Entry  to 
dwellings 


Warrant 


64. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  ensuring  compliance  with  this 
Act  and  the  regulations,  an  inspector  may, 

(a)  enter  any  place  at  any  reasonable  time; 

(b)  request  the  production  for  inspection  of  documents 
or  things  that  may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection; 

(c)  inspect  and,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove 
documents  or  things  relevant  to  the  inspection  for 
the  purpose  of  making  copies  or  extracts; 

(d)  inquire  into  negotiations,  transactions,  loans  or  bor- 
rowings of  a  licensee  and  into  assets  owned, 
acquired  or  disposed  of  by  a  licensee  that  are  rele- 
vant to  an  inspection; 

(e)  conduct  such  tests  as  are  reasonably  necessary  to 
determine  the  integrity  of  a  structure,  fence  or 
marker  in  a  cemetery;  and 

(f)  remove  materials  or  substances  for  examination  or 
test  purposes  subject  to  the  licensee  or  other  occu- 
pant of  the  premises  being  notified  thereof. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  confer  a  power  of 
entry  to  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwelUng  without  the  con- 
sent of  the  occupier. 

(3)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  issue  a  warrant  authorizing 
the  person  named  in  the  warrant, 

(a)  to  do  anything  set  out  in  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (e)  or 

(f); 

(b)  to  enter  and  search  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwell- 
ing; or 

(c)  to  search  for  and  seize  any  document  or  thing  rele- 
vant to  the  inspection. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


31 


(4)  A  warrant  may  be  issued  under  subsection  (3)  if  the  jus-  Requirements 
tice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  on  information  under  oath  that  in  to^ssu™ 
the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under, 

(a)  clause  (3)  (a),  an  inspector  has  been  prevented  from 
doing  anything  permitted  under  clause  (1)  (a),  (c), 
(e)  or  (f)  or  there  is  reasonable  ground  to  believe 
that  an  inspector  may  be  prevented  from  doing  any 
of  those  things; 

(b)  clause  (3)  (b),  it  is  necessary  that  a  room  actually 
used  as  a  dwelling  be  entered  for  the  purposes  of 
carrying  out  an  inspection  or  there  is,  in  such  a 
room,  a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable 
ground  to  believe  is  relevant  to  an  inspection  under 
this  Act;  or 

(c)  clause  (3)  (c),  it  is  necessary  to  search  for  and  seize 
a  document  or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable  ground 
to  believe  will  afford  evidence  relevant  to  a  contra- 
vention of  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 

(5)  A  warrant  issued  under  this  section  shall  specify  the  Execution  of 
lours  and  days  during  which  it  may  be  executed. 

(6)  Unless  renewed,  a  warrant  under  this  section  expires  Expiry 
)t  later  than  thirty  days  after  the  date  on  which  it  is  made. 

(7)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  issued  or  renewed  ^°^}^^^°^ 
upon  application  without  notice. 


required 


(8)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  renewed  for  any  Renewal  of 
reason  for  which  it  may  be  issued. 

(9)  A  person  doing  anything  under  the  authority  of  a  war-  Assistance 
rant  issued  under  this  section  is  authorized  to  call  on  such 

police  officers  to  assist  and  to  use  such  force  as  is  necessary  in 
the  execution  of  the  warrant. 


(10)  An  inspector  carrying  out  an  inspection,  with  or  with-  Use  of 
out  a  warrant,  may  be  accompanied  by  such  persons  with  ^^^^^^ 
expertise  in  the  subject-matter  of  the  inspection  as  the  inspec- 
tor considers  necessary. 

(11)  An  investigator  taking  material  in  order  to  copy  it  shall  Copies 
make  the  copy  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  shall  promptly 
return  the  material  taken. 

(12)  Copies  of,  or  extracts  from,  documents  and  things  Admissibility 
removed  under  this  section  and  certified  as  being  true  copies  °  '^"^'^^ 


32 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


of,  or  extracts  from,  the  originals  by  the  person  who  made 
them  are  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same  extent  as,  and 
have  the  same  evidentiary  value  as,  the  documents  or  things 
of  which  they  are  copies  or  extracts. 


Obstruction 
of  inspector 


65. — (1)  No  person  shall  obstruct  an  inspector  in  carrying 
out  an  inspection  under  this  Act  or  withhold,  destroy,  conceal 
or  refuse  to  provide  any  relevant  information  or  thing 
required  for  the  purpose  of  the  inspection. 


Facilitating 
inspection 


(2)  It  is  a  condition  of  each  licence  issued  under  this  Act 
that  the  licensee  facilitate  an  inspection  relevant  to  that 
licence. 


Freezing 

assets 


66. — (1)  If  the  Director  has  reasonable  and  probable 
grounds  to  believe  that  the  owner  of  a  cemetery  or  cremato- 
rium is  doing  or  is  about  to  do  something  that  will  jeopardize 
the  public  interest  or  the  proper  care  and  maintenance  of  a 
cemetery,  the  Director  may  direct  any  person  holding,  having 
on  deposit  or  controlling  assets  of  the  owner  or  trust  funds 
under  the  control  of  the  owner  to  hold  the  assets  or  trust 
funds  until  further  instructions  are  received  from  the  Director 
to  release  a  particular  asset  or  trust  fund  from  the  direction. 


Scope  of 
direction 


(2)  In  the  case  of  a  bank  or  a  corporation,  a  direction 
under  subsection  (1)  applies  only  to  the  offices,  branches  or 
agencies  thereof  named  in  the  direction. 


Application  (3)  Any  pcrson  named  in  a  direction  issued  under  sub- 
section (1),  if  in  doubt  as  to  the  application  of  the  direction  to 
particular  assets  or  trust  funds,  may  apply  to  the  Director  for 
an  order  of  clarification. 


Revocation 


amendment 
of  direction 


(4)  On  an  application  of  the  owner  or  any  other  person 
having  an  interest  therein,  the  Director  may  make  an  order  on 
such  conditions  as  are  set  out  in  the  order  revoking  the  direc- 
tion or  consenting  to  the  release  of  a  particular  asset  or  trust 
fund  from  the  direction. 


Appeal  (5)  Any  person  affected  by  a  direction  or  order  of  the 

Director  made  under  this  section  or  a  refusal  to  make  an 
order  may  appeal  to  the  Tribunal. 

Restraining         57, — (1)  jf  t^g  Director  is  of  the  opinion  that  any  person  is 
°^^^^  not  complying  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  despite  the 

imposition  of  any  penalty  in  respect  of  the  non-compliance 
and  in  addition  to  any  other  remedy  available,  the  Director 
may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  for  an  order  directing 
the  person  to  comply. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  33 

(2)  upon  an  application  under  subsection  (1),  the  judge  ^^^^ 
may  make  the  order  applied  for  or  such  other  order  as  the 
judge  thinks  appropriate. 

(3)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Divisional  Court  from  an  order  ^''em 
made  under  subsection  (2). 

BURIAL  SITES 

68.  No  person  shall  disturb  or  order  the  disturbance  of  a  Disturbing 
burial  site  or  artifacts  associated  with  the  human  remains  proWbited 
except, 

(a)  on  instruction  by  the  coroner;  or 

(b)  pursuant  to  a  site  disposition  agreement. 

69.  Any  person  discovering  or  having  knowledge  of  a  Unmarked 
burial  site  shall  immediately  notify  the  police  or  coroner. 

70. — (1)  The  Registrar  may  order  the  owner  of  land  on  investigation 
which  a  burial  site  is  discovered  to  cause  an  investigation  to  be 
made  to  determine  the  origin  of  the  site. 

(2)  Section  68  does  not  apply  to  a  person  investigating  the  i^em 
nature  or  origin  of  the  site  who  is  disturbing  the  site  in  the 
course  of  the  investigation. 

(3)  A  person  conducting  an  investigation  shall  do  so  with  w^m 
the  minimum  disturbance  to  the  site  that  is  reasonable  in  the 
circumstances. 

(4)  If  the  Registrar  is  of  the  opinion  that  an  investigation  Wem 
under  subsection  (1)  would  impose  an  undue  financial  burden 

on  the  land  owner,  the  Registrar  shall  undertake  the  investiga- 
tion. 

71. — (1)  As  soon  as  the  origin  of  a  burial  site  is  deter-  Declaration 
mined,  the  Registrar  shall  declare  the  site  to  be, 

(a)  an  unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery; 

(b)  an  unapproved  cemetery;  or 

(c)  an  irregular  burial  site. 

(2)   For  the  purpose  of  subsection  (1),  interpretation 


34 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


(a)  an  irregular  burial  site  is  a  burial  site  that  was  not 
set  aside  with  the  apparent  intention  of  interring 
therein  human  remains; 

(b)  an  unapproved  cemetery  is  land  set  aside  with  the 
apparent  intention  of  interring  therein,  in  accord- 
ance with  cultural  affinities,  human  remains  and 
containing  remains  identified  as  those  of  persons 
who  were  not  one  of  the  aboriginal  peoples  of  Can- 
ada; 

(c)  an  unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery  is  land 
set  aside  with  the  apparent  intention  of  interring 
therein,  in  accordance  with  cultural  affinities, 
human  remains  and  containing  remains  identified  as 
those  of  persons  who  were  one  of  the  aboriginal 
peoples  of  Canada. 


Definition 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section  and  section  72,  "unap- 
proved" means  not  approved  in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  a 
predecessor  of  this  Act. 


Site 

disposition 

agreement 


72. — (1)  The  Registrar,  on  declaring  a  burial  site  to  be  an 
unapproved  aboriginal  peoples  cemetery  or  an  unapproved 
cemetery,  shall  serve  notice  of  the  declaration  on  such  persons 
or  class  of  persons  as  are  prescribed. 


Idem 


(2)  All  persons  served  with  notice  under  subsection  (1) 
shall  enter  into  negotiations  with  a  view  of  entering  into  a  site 
disposition  agreement. 


Idem 


(3)  If  a  site  disposition  agreement  is  not  made  within  the 
prescribed  time,  the  Registrar  shall  refer  the  matter  to  arbitra- 
tion. 


Idem 


(4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  the  Registrar,  if  of  the  opinion 
that  an  agreement  may  be  reached,  may  defer  referring  the 
matter  to  arbitration  so  long  as  there  appears  to  be  a  reason- 
able prospect  of  an  agreement  being  reached. 


Arbitrated 
settlement 


73.  The  persons  named  in  an  arbitrated  settlement  who 
have  been  given  the  opportunity  to  fully  participate  in  the 
arbitration  process  are  bound  by  the  settlement  whether  they 
chose  to  participate  or  not. 


Irregular 
burial  site 


74. — (1)  An  owner  of  land  that  contains  an  irregular  bur- 
ial site  shall  ensure  that  the  remains  found  in  the  site  are 
interred  in  a  cemetery. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  35 

(2)  No  owner  of  a  cemetery  interring  human  remains  for  an  Charges 
owner  of  land  to  whom  this  section  applies  may  charge  more 
than  the  prescribed  amount  for  the  interment. 

75. — (1)  No  person  shall  alter  or  move  the  remains  or  war  Graves 
marker  of  a  Canadian  or  AUied  veteran  or  a  Commonwealth 
War  Burial  without  the  agreement  of  the  Department  of  Vet- 
erans Affairs  (Federal),  the  Commonwealth  War  Graves 
Commission  or  such  other  persons  and  associations  as  are  pre- 
scribed. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  applies  with  respect  to  the  alteration  or  i^em 
removal  of  the  remains  or  a  marker  of  a  Canadian  or  Allied 
veteran  only  if  the  Department  of  Veterans  Affairs  (Federal) 
contributed  to  the  cost  of  the  interment. 

(3)  If  an  agreement  is  not  reached,  the  person  who  wants  I'lem 
to  make  the  alteration  or  move  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for 
directions. 

(4)  When  an  application  is  made  under  subsection  (3),  the  ^dem 
Registrar  shall  instruct  the  applicant  to  give  notice  of  the 
application  to  such  persons  and  associations  as  the  Registrar 
considers  may  have  an  interest  in  the  matter. 

(5)  All  persons  and  associations  receiving  a  notice  under  Wem 
subsection  (4)  may  make  submissions  on  the  matter  to  the 
Registrar  in  such  form  and  manner  as  the  Registrar  instructs. 

(6)  After  considering  all  submissions  made,  the  Registrar  Wem 
shall  direct  the  applicant  on  the  manner  of  deaUng  with  the 
remains  or  marker  in  question. 

(7)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  person  altering  or  i^em 
moving  remains  or  markers  in  accordance  with  the  direction 

of  the  Registrar. 

76. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 

1.  prescribing  documents,  information  and  notices  to 
be  provided  in  the  course  of  an  application; 

2.  prescribing  fees  and  requiring  the  payment  of  fees; 

3.  providing    for    the    manner    in    which    a    deposit 
required  for  approval  shall  be  applied  or  returned; 

4.  prescribing  classes  of  cemeteries; 


36  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

5.  prescribing, .  for  any  notice  required  to  be  given 
under  this  Act,  the  type  of  notice  and  the  manner  in 
which  it  is  to  be  given; 

6.  prescribing  requirements  and  standards  for  the 
placing  and  spacing  of  interments,  markers, 
fixtures,  fences  or  other  structures  in  a  cemetery; 

7.  prescribing  the  minimum  depth  of  coverage  for  in- 
ground  burials; 

8.  prescribing  the  drains,  sewers  and  other  structures 
for  the  flow  of  water  required  in  a  cemetery; 

9.  governing  mausolea,  columbaria  and  other  struc- 
tures on  or  in  a  cemetery  and  establishing  construc- 
tion standards; 

10.  prescribing  classes  and  types  of  licences; 

11.  governing  the  issue  of  licences  and  providing  for  the 
renewal  of  licences; 

12.  governing  the  term  during  which  each  class  or  type 
of  licence  is  valid; 

13.  prescribing  conditions  that  attach  to  any  class  or 
type  of  licence; 

14.  providing  for  posting  of  bonds  and  prescribing  the 
amounts  thereof; 

15.  providing  for  the  forfeiture  of  posted  bonds  and  for 
the  distribution  of  the  proceeds  of  forfeited  bonds; 

16.  prescribing  practices  or  actions  that  are  evidence  of 
incompetence  or  lack  of  honesty  and  integrity; 

17.  requiring  the  approval  of  the  Registrar  for  promo- 
tional and  sales  material  and  prescribing  the  criteria 
for  approval; 

18.  prescribing  the  type  of  promotional  and  sales 
material  that  requires  the  approval  of  the  Registrar 
and  providing  for  its  submission  to  the  Registrar; 

19.  governing  and  prohibiting  the  use  of  any  promo- 
tional or  sales  material  or  any  practice; 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  37 

20.  prescribing  records  and  information  to  be  kept  by 
licensees; 

21.  providing  for  and  requiring  the  submission  of  rec- 
ords and  information  and  providing  for  access  by 
agents  of  the  Registrar  to  records  and  information; 

22.  prescribing  the  form  of  and  conditions  to  be 
included  in  contracts  for  the  sale  of  interment  rights 
and  cemetery  supplies  and  services; 

23.  prescribing  the  information  to  be  supplied  to  pur- 
chasers of  interment  rights  and  cemetery  supplies 
and  services; 

24.  prescribing  the  form  of  and  information  to  be 
included  in  certificates  of  interment  rights; 

25.  prescribing  information  to  be  provided  to  the  pub- 
lic, any  person  or  any  class  of  persons  and  prescrib- 
ing the  manner  of  providing  that  information; 

26.  governing  advertising  and  the  manner  of  soHciting 
business; 

27.  requiring  the  use  of  any  prescribed  forms; 

28.  governing  the  use  of  contracts  and  certificates; 

29.  governing  the  uses  to  which  owners  may  apply 
income  from  Care  and  Maintenance  Funds; 

30.  prescribing  records  and  information  on  trust  funds 
to  be  provided  to  purchasers  of  interment  rights  and 
pre-need  supplies  or  services; 

31.  governing  the  establishment,  maintenance  and  oper- 
ation of  trust  funds  including  the  Care  and  Mainten- 
ance Fund  and  the  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund; 

32.  governing  the  payment  of  money  into  and  out  of 
trust  funds  including  the  time  within  which  and  the 
circumstance  under  which  payments  are  to  be 
made; 

33.  prescribing  fees  that  may  be  retained  by  trustees  in 
respect  of  any  type  of  trust  fund; 

34.  governing  the  interment,  disinterment,  disposition 
and  removal  of  human  remains; 


38  Bill  31  CEMETERIES  1989 

35.  governing  the  preparation  of  disinterred  human 
remains  for  transportation  including  prescribing  the 
design  and  material  of  container  to  be  used; 

36.  prescribing  standards  for  the  construction,  installa- 
tion, stabilization  and  preservation  of  markers  and 
other  cemetery  supplies  and  requiring  compliance 
with  the  standards; 

37.  governing  the  standards  of  care  and  maintenance 
required  for  a  cemetery; 

38.  governing  the  procedure  for  approving  by-laws 
made  by  owners  and  for  revoking  any  by-laws  made 
by  owners; 

39.  prescribing  the  criteria  that  the  Registrar  shall  use 
in  approving  by-laws; 

40.  governing  the  manner  of  conducting  cremations  and 
dealing  with  cremated  remains; 

41.  prescribing  amounts  to  be  deposited,  in  trust,  to 
compensate  for  disposing  of  cremated  remains  and 
regulating  the  handling  of  the  trust  moneys; 

42.  governing  the  location  and  ownership  of  cemeteries 
and  crematoria; 

43.  governing  prices  and  the  range  of  prices  that  may  be 
included  on  price  lists  filed  with  the  Registrar  by 
owners; 

44.  prescribing  procedures  to  be  followed  in  dealing 
with  burial  sites  and  requiring  that  they  be  fol- 

^     lowed; 

45.  governing  arbitration  in  the  absence  of  a  site  dispo- 
sition agreement  and  requiring  compliance  with  pre- 
scribed procedure; 

46.  prescribing  the  subject-matters  to  be  contained  in  a 
site  disposition  agreement  or  arbitration  settlement 
and  requiring  their  inclusion; 

47.  exempting  any  person  or  class  of  persons,  any  cem- 
etery or  class  of  cemetery  or  anything  or  class  of 
thing  from  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations; 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  39 

48.  prescribing  conditions  subsequent  or  precedent  for  a 
prescribed  exemption  and  providing  that  an  exemp- 
tion may  be  subject  to  the  Registrar  being  satisfied 
that  it  is  not  contrary  to  the  public  interest; 

49.  prescribing  what  constitutes  notice  in  any  provision 
where  notice  is  required  to  be  given; 

50.  governing  the  time  for  giving  any  notice  for  which  a 
time  is  not  set  out  in  this  Act  and  delegating  to  the 
Registrar  power  to  extend  any  prescribed  time; 

51.  prescribing  anything  that  is  referred  to  in  this  Act  as 
being  prescribed. 

(2)  Any  regulation  may  be  general  or  specific  or  of  limited  Limitation 
application. 

77.  No  person  shall  cause  or  commit  a  nuisance  in  a  ceme-  interfering 
tery  or  wilfully  and  unlawfully  disturb  persons  assembled  for  Cemetery 
the  purpose  of  interring  human  remains  in  a  cemetery. 

78. — (1)  Any  person  who,  in  a  cemetery,  damages  or  ^^use  of 
moves  any  tree,  plant,  marker,  fence,  structure  or  other  thing 
usually  erected,  planted  or  placed  in  a  cemetery  is  liable  to 
the  cemetery  owner  and  any  interment  rights  holder  who,  as  a 
result,  incurs  damage. 

(2)  In  an  action  under  subsection  (1),  the  amount  of  dam-  i^em 
ages  shall  be  the  amount  required  to  restore  the  cemetery  to 

the  state  that  it  was  in  before  anything  was  damaged  or  moved 
by  the  person  liable. 

(3)  Any  person  collecting  damages  under  this  section  shall  ''•em 
use  the  full  amount  collected  to  restore  the  cemetery. 

79. — (1)  Every  person  who,  offence 

(a)  furnishes  false,  misleading  or  incomplete  informa- 
tion in  an  application  under  this  Act  or  in  a  state- 
ment or  return  required  to  be  furnished  under  this 
Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  an  order  made  under  this  Act; 
or 

(c)  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence. 


40 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


Idem 


(2)  Every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  concurs 
in  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 


Idem 


(3)  An  individual  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and,  on  a  sub- 
sequent conviction,  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $20,000  and  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year. 


Idem 


(4)  A  corporation  that  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $40,000. 


Limitation 


(5)  Subject  to  subsection  (6),  no  proceeding  under  this  sec- 
tion shall  be  commenced  more  than  two  years  after  the 
offence  was  committed. 


Idem 


(6)  No  proceeding  under  clause  (1)  (a)  or  subsection  35  (2) 
or  36  (3)  or  section  68  shall  be  commenced  more  than  one 
year  after  the  facts  upon  which  the  proceeding  is  based  first 
came  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Registrar. 


Restitution 


(7)  If  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Act, 
the  court  making  the  conviction  may,  in  addition  to  any  other 
penalty,  order  the  person  convicted  to  make  compensation  or 
restitution  in  relation  thereto. 


Certificate  as 
evidence 


80.  A  statement  as  to, 

(a)  the  consent  or  lack  of  consent  to  establish,  alter  or 
increase  the  capacity  of  a  cemetery  or  crematorium; 

(b)  the  licensing  or  non-licensing  of  any  person; 

(c)  the  filing  or  non-filing  of  any  document  or  material 
required  or  permitted  to  be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 

(d)  the  time  when  the  facts  upon  which  proceedings  are 
based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Registrar; 
or 

(e)  any  other  matter  pertaining  to  licensing,  non- 
licensing,  filing  or  non-filing, 

purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Registrar  is,  without  proof  of 
the  office  or  signature  of  the  Registrar,  admissible  in  evidence 
in  any  proceeding,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary, 
of  the  facts  stated  therein. 


Municipal 
powers 


81. — (1)  A  municipality  may  expropriate. 


1989 


CEMETERIES 


Bill  31 


41 


(a)  a  cemetery  or  part  thereof,  whether  the  cemetery 
exists  within  or  outside  the  municipality;  and 

(b)  land  on  which  to  establish  or  enlarge  a  cemetery. 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  author-  wem 
izing, 

(a)  the  purchase  of  a  cemetery  or  part  thereof  that  is 
situated  within  the  municipality; 

(b)  the  acquisition  of  land  within  the  municipality  or  in 
an  adjacent  township  or  unorganized  territory  for  a 
cemetery  or  for  the  enlargement  of  an  existing 
cemetery  owned  by  the  municipality;  or 

(c)  the  sale,  transfer  or  lease  of  a  cemetery  or  part 
thereof. 

82. — (1)  If  there   is   an  appeal  under  this   Act  to  the  Tribunal 
Tribunal,  it  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  a  hearing. 

(2)  After  holding  a  hearing,  the  Tribunal  may  by  order  Order 
direct  the  Registrar  to  take  an  intended  action  or  to  refrain 
from  taking  an  action  or  to  take  such  action  as  the  Tribunal 
considers  that  the  Registrar  ought  to  take  and  for  such  pur- 
poses the  Tribunal  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of  the 
Registrar. 

(3)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  conditions  to  its  order  or  Conditions 
to  the  licence  as  it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act. 

(4)  The    Registrar,    the    applicant    or   licensee   who    has  p^^^^^ 
required  the  hearing  and  such  other    ersons  as  the  Tribunal 

may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal 
under  this  Act. 


83. — (1)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  under  this  service 
Act  or  the  regulations  is  sufficiently  given,  served  or  delivered 
if  delivered  personally  or  sent  by  first  class  mail  addressed  to 
the  person  to  whom  it  is  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  at 
that  person's  last  known  address. 

(2)  A  notice,  order  or  other  document  sent  by  first  class  ^''em 
mail  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
given,  served  or  delivered  on  the  fifth  day  after  the  day  of 
mailing,  unless  the  person  to  whom  it  is  sent  establishes  that 
the  notice,  order  or  other  document  was  not  received  until  a 


42 


Bill  31 


CEMETERIES 


1989 


later  date  because  of  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause 
beyond  that  person's  control. 


stay 

R.S.O.  1980, 

c.  274 


84.  Despite  the  fact  that  a  licensee  appeals  from  an  order 
of  the  Tribunal  under  section  11  of  the  Ministry  of  Consumer 
and  Commercial  Relations  Act,  the  order  takes  effect  immedi- 
ately but  the  Tribunal  may  grant  a  stay  until  the  disposition  of 
the  appeal. 


Surrender  of        §5,  j\iq  Registrar  may,  at  any  time,  cancel  a  licence  upon 
icence  ^^^  written  rcqucst  of  the  licensee  and  the  surrender  of  the 

licence  by  the  licensee. 


Transition 


86. — (1)  An  approval  given  under  the  Cemeteries  Act, 
being  chapter  59  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980, 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  consent  given  under  this  Act. 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Every  person  who  is  an  owner  on  the  day  this  Act 
comes  into  force  shall  be  deemed  to  be  licensed  under  this 
Act  to  own  the  cemetery  or  crematorium. 

(3)  Every  person  who  was  employed  as  a  sales  representa- 
tive selling  interment  rights,  cemetery  suppHes  or  cemetery 
services  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  licensed  as  a  sales  representative  under  this  Act  repre- 
senting the  owner  employing  that  person. 

(4)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  subsections  (2)  and  (3)  cease 
to  apply  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(5)  If  a  person  who  is  deemed,  under  subsection  (2)  or  (3), 
to  be  licensed  under  this  Act  applies  for  a  comparable  licence 
under  this  Act  within  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
the  deemed  licence  remains  in  force  until  the  application  is 
finally  disposed  of. 


Idem 


(6)  Funds  set  up  under  the  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  for, 


(a)  perpetual  care  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Care  and 
Maintenance  Fund;  and 

(b)  pre-need  supplies  or  services  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
a  Pre-need  Assurance  Fund. 


Act  prevails  gy.  jhis  Act  prevails  over  Part  VI  of  the  Ontario  Heritage 
Act,  being  chapter  337  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980. 


1989  CEMETERIES  Bill  31  43 

88.  Section  1  of  The  Toronto  General  Burying  Grounds  Act, 
1977,  being  chapter  110,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

1.  The  Trustees  of  the  Toronto  General  Burying  Grounds  Power  to 
may,  in  addition  to  its  existing  powers  to  acquire  and  hold  ^'^^""^^  ^^^^ 
land,  acquire  and  hold  land  and  may  exercise  all  its  corporate 
powers  with  reference  thereto. 

89.  The  Cemeteries  Act,  being  chapter  59  of  the  Revised  Repeal 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  repealed. 

90.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  "^"^ 

91.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Cemeteries  Act,  1989.     short  title 


Bill  32  Private  Member's  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  32 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act 


Ms  Bryden 


1st  Reading       June  12th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  make  void  any  provision  in  a  tenancy  agreement  pro- 
hibiting a  tenant  from  keeping  a  pet  in  a  rented  residential  premises.  An  exception  is 
provided  in  the  case  of  rental  of  a  condominium  unit  if  the  declaration  for  that  condo- 
minium prohibits  owners  from  keeping  pets. 


Bm32  1989 


P' 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act,  being  chapter  232  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section: 

97a. — (1)  Any  provision  in  a  tenancy  agreement  prohibit-  Provisions 
ing  a  tenant  from  keeping  a  pet  in  residential  premises  is  void.    peirvoiT 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  tenancy  agreement  in  Exception 
respect  of  a  unit  of  a  corporation  to  which  the  Condominium  RS.o.  1980, 
Act  applies  if  the  declaration  for  that  corporation  prohibits  the  ^' 
keeping  of  pets  in  units  of  the  corporation. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  33  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  33 


An  Act  to  revise  the 
Ontario  Mineral  Exploration  Program  Act 


The  Hon.  S.  Conway 

Minister  of  Mines 


1st  Reading       June  15th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  the  establishment  of  incentive  programs  for 
the  exploration  and  development  of  mineral  resources  in  Ontario.  The  Bill  replaces  the 
existing  Act.  The  Bill  permits  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations 
establishing  incentive  programs  and  prescribing  eligibility  conditions.  Programs  estab- 
lished under  the  Act  will  be  administered  by  the  Minister  of  Mines. 


Bill  33  1989 

An  Act  to  revise  the 
Ontario  Mineral  Exploration  Program  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"development"  means  preparing  a  deposit  of  a  prescribed 
mineral  resource  for  production; 

"exploration"  means  prospecting  or  exploring  for  a  prescribed 
mineral  resource; 

"incentive"  means  a  grant,  loan,  payment  or  other  financial 
concession  made  under  this  Act; 

"incentive  program"  means  a  program  prescribed  under  this 
Act  to  encourage  exploration  or  development  in  Ontario; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Mines; 

"Ministry"  means  the  Ministry  of  the  Minister; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

"project"  means  a  project  of  exploration  or  development  in 
Ontario; 

"regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act. 

2.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  incentive 
lations  to  establish  incentive  programs.  programs 

3.  The  Minister  may  designate  a  project  under  an  incen-  Designation 
tive  program  for  a  specified  period.  °  ^^^^'^ 

4.  The  Minister  may  provide  an  incentive  to  any  person  incentives 
who, 


Bill  33 


ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM 


1989 


(a)  is  ordinarily  resident  in  Canada;  and 

(b)  meets  the  prescribed  eligibility  conditions  of  an 
incentive  program. 

Incentive  not       5,  An  incentive  under  this  Act  may  not  be  assigned, 
assigna  e,      charged,  attached,  anticipated  or  given  as  security,  and  any 

transaction  purporting  to  assign,  charge,  anticipate  or  give  as 

security  an  incentive  is  void. 

infomiation  5, — (1)  Exccpt  as  provided  in  subsections  (2),  (3)  and  (4), 
all  information  obtained  under  this  Act  by  an  employee  or 
agent  of  the  Ministry  is  privileged  and  confidential  and  no 
such  employee  or  agent  shall  knowingly  communicate  or  allow 
to  be  communicated  to  any  person  not  legally  entitled  thereto 
any  such  information,  or  allow  any  person  not  legally  entitled 
to  do  so  to  inspect  or  have  access  to  any  statement  or  other 
writing  containing  such  information. 

Exception  (2)  Any  information  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  obtained 

by  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  Ministry  in  the  administration 
of  this  Act  may  be  communicated  to  an  employee  of, 

(a)  the  Department  of  National  Revenue  of  Canada;  or 

(b)  the  Ministry  of  Revenue  or  the  Ministry  of  Treasury 
and  Economics. 


Idem 


Idem 


(3)  The  name  of  a  person  who  has  received  incentives 
under  this  Act  and  the  aggregate  of  incentives  received  by  the 
person  may  be  published  or  disclosed  by  the  Minister. 

(4)  One  year  or  more  after  the  expiry  of  the  designation  of 
a  project  designated  under  this  Act,  the  Minister  may  disclose 
any  technical  reports,  maps,  plans  or  other  particulars  of  the 
project  that  were  submitted  with  any  application  relating  to 
the  project. 


Return  of 
incentive 
where  not 
entitled 


7. — (1)  A  person  who  receives  an  incentive  to  which  the 
person  is  not  entitled  or  a  payment  in  excess  of  an  incentive  to 
which  the  person  is  entitled  shall  forthwith  return  to  the  Min- 
ister the  amount  or  excess  amount,  as  the  case  may  be. 


Recovery  of 
incentive 
where  not 
entitled 


(2)  If  a  person  receives  an  incentive  to  which  the  person  is 
not  entitled  or  a  payment  in  excess  of  an  incentive  to  which 
the  person  is  entitled,  the  amount  or  excess  amount,  as  the 
case  may  be,  may  be  recovered  in  any  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction  as  a  debt  due  to  the  Crown  in  proceedings  com- 
menced at  any  time,  and,  where  applicable,  the  amount  of 


1989  ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM  Bill  33  3 

any  such  indebtedness  may  be  recovered  in  the  manner  pro- 
vided for  in  the  Financial  Administration  Act.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  161 

8. — (1)  Every  person  is  guilty  of  an  offence  who,  offence 

(a)  knowingly  furnishes  false  or  misleading  information 
in  an  application  or  statement  required  by  this  Act 
or  the  regulations; 

(b)  knowingly  fails  to  disclose  any  information  that  is 
required  to  be  disclosed  by  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations; 

(c)  knowingly  contravenes  subsection  7  (1);  or 

(d)  contravenes  subsection  6  (1)  or  12  (1). 

(2)  If  a  corporation  commits  an  offence  under  this  Act,  director  or 
every  director  or  officer  of  the  corporation  who  authorizes,  corporation 
permits  or  acquiesces  in  the  commission  of  the  offence  is  a 

party  to  and  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable 
to  the  penalty  provided  for  the  offence  whether  or  not  the 
corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted. 

(3)  An  individual  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  individual 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000. 

(4)  A  corporation  that  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Corporation 
Act  is  Hable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $50,000. 

(5)  No  proceeding  in  respect  of  an  offence  under  this  Act  Limitation 
shall  be  commenced  more  than  five  years  after  the  offence 

was  committed. 

9.^1)  The  Minister  may,  for  any  purpose  relating  to  the  Request  for 
administration  or  enforcement  of  this  Act,  require  from  any  o"  document 
person  whose  project  has  been  designated  under  this  Act  any 
information,  or  the  production  of  any  document,  within  such 
reasonable  time  as  is  stipulated  in  the  request. 

(2)  If  a  person  does  not  comply  within  a  reasonable  time  ^^?,  f?* 
with  a  request  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  may  by  writ-  u^nVaJure 
ten  notice  declare  the  person  to  be  ineligible  for  incentives.        *«  comply 

(3)  For  purposes  of  section  7,  a  person  declared  under  sub-  Return  of 
section  (2)  to  be  inehgible  for  incentives  shall  be  deemed  not 

to  be  entitled  to  any  incentives  received  in  respect  of  the 
project  to  which  the  request  under  subsection  (1)  relates. 


Bill  33 


ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM 


1989 


Appointment 
of  persons  to 
make 
inspections 

Certificate  of 
appointment 


Inspections 


Entry  to 
dwellings 


Warrant 


10. — (1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  persons  to  make 
inspections  under  this  Act. 

(2)  A  person  appointed  under  subsection  (1)  exercising  a 
power  under  this  Act  shall,  on  request,  produce  his  or  her  cer- 
tificate of  appointment. 

11. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  ensuring  compUance  with  this 
Act  and  the  regulations,  a  person  appointed  under  subsection 
10  (1)  may, 

(a)  enter  any  place  at  any  reasonable  time  where, 

(i)  any  business  associated  with  a  project  desig- 
nated under  this  Act  is  carried  on  or  any 
property  relating  to  such  a  project  is  kept, 

(ii)  anything  is  done  in  connection  with  a  business 
referred  to  in  subclause  (i),  or 

(iii)  any  document  relating  to  a  business  referred 
to  in  subclause  (i)  is  kept; 

(b)  request  the  production  for  inspection  of  documents 
or  things  that  may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection; 

(c)  examine  or  audit  any  document  or  thing  produced 
in  response  to  a  request  under  clause  (b); 

(d)  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove  from  a  place 
documents  or  things  produced  in  response  to  a 
request  under  clause  (b)  for  the  purpose  of  making 
copies  or  extracts;  and 

V       (e)    examine  any  land,  property,  process  or  matter  that 
may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  confer  a  power  of 
entry  to  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dweUing  without  the  con- 
sent of  the  occupier  except  under  the  authority  of  a  warrant 
issued  under  this  section. 

(3)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  issue  a  warrant  authorizing 
the  person  named  in  the  warrant, 

(a)  to  do  anything  set  out  in  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (d)  or 
(e);  or 

(b)  to  enter  and  search  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwell- 
ing. 


1989  ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM  Bill  33 

(4)  A  warrant  may  be  issued  under  subsection  (3)  if  the  ius-  Requirements 
tice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  on  information  under  oath  that, 


for  warrant 
to  issue 


(a)  in  the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under  clause 
(3)  (a),  a  person  appointed  under  subsection  10  (1) 
has  been  prevented  from  doing  anything  permitted 
under  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (d)  or  (e)  or  there  is  rea- 
sonable ground  to  believe  that  such  a  person  may 
be  prevented  from  doing  any  of  those  things;  or 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under  clause 
(3)  (b),  it  is  necessary  that  a  room  actually  used  as  a 
dwelling  be  entered  for  the  purposes  of  carrying  out 
an  inspection  or  there  is,  in  such  a  room,  a  docu- 
ment or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable  ground  to 
believe  will  afford  evidence  relevant  to  an  inspec- 
tion under  this  Act. 

(5)  A  warrant  issued  under  this  section  shall  specify  the  Execution  of 
hours  and  days  during  which  it  may  be  executed.  warrant 

(6)  Unless  renewed,  a  warrant  under  this  section  expires  Expiry 
not  later  than  thirty  days  after  the  date  on  which  it  is  made. 

(7)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  issued  or  renewed  Notice  not 
upon  application  without  notice.  require 

(8)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  renewed,  before  or  Renewal  of 
after  expiry,  for  any  reason  for  which  it  may  be  issued. 

(9)  A  person  doing  anything  under  the  authority  of  a  war-  Assistance 
rant  issued  under  this  section  is  authorized  to  call  on  such 

police  officers  to  assist  and  to  use  such  force  as  is  necessary  in 
the  execution  of  the  warrant. 

(10)  A  person  taking  material  in  order  to  copy  it  shall  make  Copies 
the  copy  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  shall  promptly  return 

the  material  taken. 

(11)  Copies  of,  or  extracts  from,  documents  and  things  Admissibility 
removed  under  this  section  and  certified  as  being  true  copies  °  '^"^'^^ 
of,  or  extracts  from,  the  originals  by  the  person  who  made 

them  are  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same  extent  as,  and 
have  the  same  evidentiary  value  as,  the  documents  or  things 
of  which  they  are  copies  or  extracts. 

12. — (1)  No  person  shall  obstruct  a  person  carrying  out  an  Obstruction 
inspection  under  this  Act  or  withhold,  destroy,  conceal  or  ref- 
use to  provide  any  relevant  information  or  thing  required  for 
the  purpose  of  the  inspection. 


Bill  33 


ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM 


1989 


Facilitating 
inspection 


(2)  It  is  a  condition  of  every  project  designated  under  this 
Act  that  the  person  who  applied  for  designation  of  the  project 
facilitate  any  inspection  relating  to  the  project. 


Advisory  13, — (1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  advisory  committees  to 

committees      ^dvisc  him  or  her  on  any  matters  relating  to  this  Act. 


Idem 


(2)  The  Minister  may  fix  the  terms  of  reference  of  an  advi- 
sory committee. 


Idem 


(3)  The  Minister  may  appoint  the  chairperson  and  members 
of  an  advisory  committee  and  fix  their  remuneration  and 
expenses. 


Delegation  of 
powers  and 
duties 


Regulations 


14.  Where,  under  this  Act,  a  power  is  granted  to  or  vested 
in  or  a  duty  is  imposed  upon  the  Minister,  the  Minister  may 
delegate  in  writing  that  power  or  the  obligation  to  perform 
that  duty  to  the  Deputy  Minister  of  Mines,  to  an  employee  of 
the  Ministry  or  to  any  other  public  servant,  subject  to  the  con- 
ditions set  out  in  the  delegation. 

15. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  J 
regulations. 


Regulations 
may  be 
retroactive 


General, 
specific  or 
limited 
regulation 

Repeals 


(a)  prescribing  the  eligibility  conditions  of  any  incentive 
program; 

(b)  prescribing  the  evidence  to  be  furnished  by  a  person 
applying  for  an  incentive  or  designation  of  a 
project; 

(c)  prescribing  anything  that  is  referred  to  in  this  Act  as 
prescribed; 

(d)  defining  any  word  or  expression  for  the  purposes  or 
this  Act  and  the  regulations  that  has  not  already 
been  expressly  defined  in  this  Act. 

(2)  A  regulation  is,  if  it  so  provides,  effective  with  ref- 
erence to  a  period  before  it  was  filed. 

(3)  Any  regulation  may  be  general  or  specific  or  of  limited 
application. 

16.  The  Ontario  Mineral  Exploration  Program  Act,  being 
chapter  346  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980  and  sec- 
tion 46  of  the  Equality  Rights  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act, 
1986,  being  chapter  64,  are  repealed. 


1989  ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM  Bill  33 

17.  Despite  section  16,  the  Ontario  Mineral  Exploration  Transition 
Program  Act,  being  chapter  346  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  continues  to  apply  to  any  program  of  mineral 
exploration  designated  by  the  Minister  under  subsection  2  (1) 
of  the  said  Act. 

P18.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
.  ■  •'        ment 

Assent. 

19.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the   Ontario  Mineral  Short  Title 
Exploration  Program  Act,  1989. 


Jill  33 


ND  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  33 

(Chapter  40 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  revise  the 
Ontario  Mineral  Exploration  Program  Act 


The  Hon.  S.  Conway 

Minister  of  Mines 


1st  Reading 

2nd  Reading 

3rd  Reading 

Royal  Assent 


June  15th,  1989 
July  12th,  1989 
July  13th,  1989 
July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  33  1989 

An  Act  to  revise  the 
Ontario  Mineral  Exploration  Program  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  Definitions 

"development"  means  preparing  a  deposit  of  a  prescribed 
mineral  resource  for  production; 

"exploration"  means  prospecting  or  exploring  for  a  prescribed 
mineral  resource; 

"incentive"  means  a  grant,  loan,  payment  or  other  financial 
concession  made  under  this  Act; 

"incentive  program"  means  a  program  prescribed  under  this 
Act  to  encourage  exploration  or  development  in  Ontario; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Mines; 

"Ministry"  means  the  Ministry  of  the  Minister; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

"project"  means  a  project  of  exploration  or  development  in 
Ontario; 

"regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act. 

2.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  incentive 

,  ^.  ,,.,..  •'  ^        programs 

lations  to  establish  mcentive  programs, 

3.  The  Minister  may  designate  a  project  under  an  incen-  Designation 

..  J.  •>•    J  •    J  of  project 

tive  program  for  a  specified  period. 

4.  The  Minister  may  provide  an  incentive  to  any  person  incentives 
who, 


Bill  33 


ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM 


1989 


(a)  is  ordinarily  resident  in  Canada;  and 

(b)  meets  the  prescribed  eligibility  conditions  of  an 
incentive  program. 


Incentive  not 

assignable, 

etc. 


5.  An  incentive  under  this  Act  may  not  be  assigned, 
charged,  attached,  anticipated  or  given  as  security,  and  any 
transaction  purporting  to  assign,  charge,  anticipate  or  give  as 
security  an  incentive  is  void. 


Information 
confidential 


Exception 


6. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (2),  (3)  and  (4), 
all  information  obtained  under  this  Act  by  an  employee  or 
agent  of  the  Ministry  is  privileged  and  confidential  and  no 
such  employee  or  agent  shall  knowingly  communicate  or  allow 
to  be  communicated  to  any  person  not  legally  entitled  thereto 
any  such  information,  or  allow  any  person  not  legally  entitled 
to  do  so  to  inspect  or  have  access  to  any  statement  or  other 
writing  containing  such  information. 

(2)  Any  information  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  obtained 
by  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  Ministry  in  the  administration 
of  this  Act  may  be  communicated  to  an  employee  of, 

(a)  the  Department  of  National  Revenue  of  Canada;  or 

(b)  the  Ministry  of  Revenue  or  the  Ministry  of  Treasury 
and  Economics. 


Idem 


Idem 


Return  of 
incentive 
where  not 
entitled 


(3)  The  name  of  a  person  who  has  received  incentives 
under  this  Act  and  the  aggregate  of  incentives  received  by  the 
person  may  be  published  or  disclosed  by  the  Minister. 

(4)  One  year  or  more  after  the  expiry  of  the  designation  of 
a  project  designated  under  this  Act,  the  Minister  may  disclose 
any  technical  reports,  maps,  plans  or  other  particulars  of  the 
project  that  were  submitted  with  any  application  relating  to 
the  project. 

7. — (1)  A  person  who  receives  an  incentive  to  which  the 
person  is  not  entitled  or  a  payment  in  excess  of  an  incentive  to 
which  the  person  is  entitled  shall  forthwith  return  to  the  Min- 
ister the  amount  or  excess  amount,  as  the  case  may  be. 


Recovery  of 
incentive 
where  not 
entitled 


(2)  If  a  person  receives  an  incentive  to  which  the  person  is 
not  entitled  or  a  payment  in  excess  of  an  incentive  to  which 
the  person  is  entitled,  the  amount  or  excess  amount,  as  the 
case  may  be,  may  be  recovered  in  any  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction  as  a  debt  due  to  the  Crown  in  proceedings  com- 
menced at  any  time,  and,  where  applicable,  the  amount  of 


1989  ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM  Bill  33  3 

any  such  indebtedness  may  be  recovered  in  the  manner  pro- 
vided for  in  the  Financial  Administration  Act.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  161 

8. — (1)  Every  person  is  guilty  of  an  offence  who,  offence 

(a)  knowingly  furnishes  false  or  misleading  information 
in  an  application  or  statement  required  by  this  Act 
or  the  regulations; 

(b)  knowingly  fails  to  disclose  any  information  that  is 
required  to  be  disclosed  by  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations; 

(c)  knowingly  contravenes  subsection  7  (1);  or 

(d)  contravenes  subsection  6  (1)  or  12  (1). 

(2)  If  a  corporation  commits  an  offence  under  this  Act,  Director  or 
every  director  or  officer  of  the  corporation  who  authorizes,  rar^rat/on 
permits  or  acquiesces  in  the  commission  of  the  offence  is  a 

party  to  and  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable 
to  the  penalty  provided  for  the  offence  whether  or  not  the 
corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted. 

(3)  An  individual  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  individual 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000. 

(4)  A  corporation  that  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Corporation 
Act  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $50,000. 

(5)  No  proceeding  in  respect  of  an  offence  under  this  Act  Limitation 
shall  be  commenced  more  than  five  years  after  the  offence 

was  committed. 

9. — (1)  The  Minister  may,  for  any  purpose  relating  to  the  Request  for 
administration  or  enforcement  of  this  Act,  require  from  any  o"  document 
person  whose  project  has  been  designated  under  this  Act  any 
information,  or  the  production  of  any  document,  within  such 
reasonable  time  as  is  stipulated  in  the  request. 

(2)  If  a  person  does  not  comply  within  a  reasonable  time  ^^^,  °^ 
with  a  request  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  may  by  writ-  upon  failure 
ten  notice  declare  the  person  to  be  ineligible  for  incentives.        to  comply 

(3)  For  purposes  of  section  7,  a  person  declared  under  sub-  Return  of 

incentive 

section  (2)  to  be  ineligible  for  incentives  shall  be  deemed  not 
to  be  entitled  to  any  incentives  received  in  respect  of  the 
project  to  which  the  request  under  subsection  (1)  relates. 


Bill  33 


ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM 


1989 


Appointment 
of  persons  to 
make 
inspections 

Certificate  of 
appointment 


Inspections 


Entry  to 
dwellings 


Warrant 


10. — (1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  persons  to  make 
inspections  under  this  Act. 

(2)  A  person  appointed  under  subsection  (1)  exercising  a 
power  under  this  Act  shall,  on  request,  produce  his  or  her  cer- 
tificate of  appointment. 

11. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  ensuring  compliance  with  this 
Act  and  the  regulations,  a  person  appointed  under  subsection 
10  (1)  may, 

(a)  enter  any  place  at  any  reasonable  time  where, 

(i)  any  business  associated  with  a  project  desig- 
nated under  this  Act  is  carried  on  or  any 
property  relating  to  such  a  project  is  kept, 

(ii)  anything  is  done  in  connection  with  a  business 
referred  to  in  subclause  (i),  or 

(iii)  any  document  relating  to  a  business  referred 
to  in  subclause  (i)  is  kept; 

(b)  request  the  production  for  inspection  of  documents 
or  things  that  may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection; 

(c)  examine  or  audit  any  document  or  thing  produced 
in  response  to  a  request  under  clause  (b); 

(d)  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove  from  a  place 
documents  or  things  produced  in  response  to  a 
request  under  clause  (b)  for  the  purpose  of  making 
copies  or  extracts;  and 

(e)  examine  any  land,  property,  process  or  matter  that 
may  be  relevant  to  the  inspection. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  confer  a  power  of 
entry  to  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwelling  without  the  con- 
sent of  the  occupier  except  under  the  authority  of  a  warrant 
issued  under  this  section.  » 

(3)  A  justice  of  the  peace  may  issue  a  warrant  authorizing 
the  person  named  in  the  warrant, 

(a)  to  do  anything  set  out  in  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (d)  or 
(e);  or 

(b)  to  enter  and  search  a  room  actually  used  as  a  dwell- 
ing. 


1989  ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM  Bill  33  5 

(4)  A  warrant  may  be  issued  under  subsection  (3)  if  the  jus-  Requirements 
tice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  on  information  under  oath  that,       fo^s^u"^"* 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under  clause 
(3)  (a),  a  person  appointed  under  subsection  10  (1) 
has  been  prevented  from  doing  anything  permitted 
under  clause  (1)  (a),  (c),  (d)  or  (e)  or  there  is  rea- 
sonable ground  to  believe  that  such  a  person  may 
be  prevented  from  doing  any  of  those  things;  or 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  warrant  to  be  issued  under  clause 
(3)  (b),  it  is  necessary  that  a  room  actually  used  as  a 
dwelling  be  entered  for  the  purposes  of  carrying  out 
an  inspection  or  there  is,  in  such  a  room,  a  docu- 
ment or  thing  that  there  is  reasonable  ground  to 
believe  will  afford  evidence  relevant  to  an  inspec- 
tion under  this  Act. 

(5)  A  warrant  issued  under  this  section  shall  specify  the  Execution  of 
hours  and  days  during  which  it  may  be  executed. 

(6)  Unless  renewed,  a  warrant  under  this  section  expires  E'^p't 
not  later  than  thirty  days  after  the  date  on  which  it  is  made. 

(7)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  issued  or  renewed  Notj^e 
upon  application  without  notice. 


required 


(8)  A  warrant  under  this  section  may  be  renewed,  before  or  Renewal  of 
after  expiry,  for  any  reason  for  which  it  may  be  issued. 

(9)  A  person  doing  anything  under  the  authority  of  a  war-  Assistance 
rant  issued  under  this  section  is  authorized  to  call  on  such 

police  officers  to  assist  and  to  use  such  force  as  is  necessary  in 
the  execution  of  the  warrant. 

(10)  A  person  taking  material  in  order  to  copy  it  shall  make  Copies 
the  copy  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  shall  promptly  return 

the  material  taken. 

(11)  Copies  of,  or  extracts  from,  documents  and  things  '^f^™*^"'*^ 
removed  under  this  section  and  certified  as  being  true  copies  °  '^°'"^^ 
of,  or  extracts  from,  the  originals  by  the  person  who  made 

them  are  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same  extent  as,  and 
have  the  same  evidentiary  value  as,  the  documents  or  things 
of  which  they  are  copies  or  extracts. 

12. — (1)  No  person  shall  obstruct  a  person  carrying  out  an  obstruction 
inspection  under  this  Act  or  withhold,  destroy,  conceal  or  ref- 
use to  provide  any  relevant  information  or  thing  required  for 
the  purpose  of  the  inspection. 


Bill  33 


ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM 


1989 


Facilitating 
inspection 


(2)  It  is  a  condition  of  every  project  designated  under  this 
Act  that  the  person  who  applied  for  designation  of  the  project 
facilitate  any  inspection  relating  to  the  project. 


Advisory 
committees 


13. — (1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  advisory  committees  to 
advise  him  or  her  on  any  matters  relating  to  this  Act. 


Idem  (2)  The  Minister  may  fix  the  terms  of  reference  of  an  advi- 

sory committee. 


Idem 


Delegation  of 
powers  and 
duties 


Regulations 


Regulations 
may  be 
retroactive 


General, 
specific  or 
limited 
regulation 

Repeals 


(3)  The  Minister  may  appoint  the  chairperson  and  members 
of  an  advisory  committee  and  fix  their  remuneration  and 
expenses. 

14.  Where,  under  this  Act,  a  power  is  granted  to  or  vested 
in  or  a  duty  is  imposed  upon  the  Minister,  the  Minister  may 
delegate  in  writing  that  power  or  the  obligation  to  perform 
that  duty  to  the  Deputy  Minister  of  Mines,  to  an  employee  of 
the  Ministry  or  to  any  other  public  servant,  subject  to  the  con- 
ditions set  out  in  the  delegation. 

15. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  the  eligibility  conditions  of  any  incentive 
program; 

(b)  prescribing  the  evidence  to  be  furnished  by  a  person 
applying  for  an  incentive  or  designation  of  a 
project; 

(c)  prescribing  anything  that  is  referred  to  in  this  Act  as 
prescribed; 

(d)  defining  any  word  or  expression  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act  and  the  regulations  that  has  not  akeady 
been  expressly  defined  in  this  Act. 

(2)  A  regulation  is,  if  it  so  provides,  effective  with  ref- 
erence to  a  period  before  it  was  filed. 

(3)  Any  regulation  may  be  general  or  specific  or  of  limited 
application. 

16.  The  Ontario  Mineral  Exploration  Program  Act,  being 
chapter  346  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980  and  sec- 
tion 46  of  the  Equality  Rights  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act, 
1986,  being  chapter  64,  are  repealed. 


1989 


ONTARIO  MINERAL  EXPLORATION  PROGRAM 


Bill  33 


17.  Despite  section  16,  the  Ontario  Mineral  Exploration  Transition 
Program  Act,  being  chapter  346  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1980,  continues  to  apply  to  any  program  of  mineral 
exploration  designated  by  the  Minister  under  subsection  2  (1) 

of  the  said  Act. 

18.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

A  .  ment 

Assent. 


19.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Ontario  Mineral  short  title 
Exploration  Program  Act,  1989. 


i 


m  34 


Government  Bill 


ND  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  34 


An  Act  to  amend  the  District  Municipality 
of  Muskoka  Act  and  the  Education  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  Eakins 
Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading 

2nd  Reading 

3rd  Reading 

Royal  Assent 


June  19th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
® Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  the  establishment  of  uniform  upper  tier  and 
school  mill  rates  throughout  the  District  Area. 

The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  will  be  required  to  estabUsh  each  year  one 
uniform  residential  and  farm  mill  rate  and  one  uniform  commercial  mill  rate  to  apply 
throughout  the  District  Area.  Each  of  the  school  boards  operating  within  the  District  will 
also  establish  uniform  residential  and  farm  and  uniform  commercial  mill  rates  to  apply 
within  their  particular  area  of  jurisdiction.  In  order  to  accomplish  this  purpose,  it  is  nec- 
essary to  introduce  complementary  amendments  to  the  Education  Act. 

The  Bill  will  also  require  that  the  portion  of  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  and  telephone 
and  telegraph  payments  received  by  each  area  municipality  that  relate  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  District  Municipality  and  the  school  boards  shall  be  paid  directly  to  those 
bodies. 

The  Bill  will  also  require  that  the  Ministry  of  Revenue  conduct  an  update  of  the 
assessment  base  in  1992  and  at  least  every  four  years  thereafter  to  reflect  the  subsequent 
changes  in  market  value. 

Subsections  214  (17)  and  214b  (4)  of  the  Education  Act,  concerning  the  apportion- 
ment of  sums  required  by  public  school  and  separate  school  boards,  are  also  amended  in 
connection  with  school  boards  with  jurisdiction  within  The  Regional  Municipality  of 
Waterloo. 


Bm34  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  District  Municipality 
of  Muskoka  Act  and  the  Education  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Section  71  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act, 
being  chapter  121  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

71.    In  this  Part,  Definitions 

"commercial  assessment"  means  the  total,  according  to  the 
last  returned  assessment  roll,  of, 

(a)  the  assessment  of  real  property  that  is  used  as  the 
basis  for  computing  business  assessment  including 
the  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  rented  and 
occupied  or  used  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada 
or  any  province  or  any  board,  commission,  corpora- 
tion or  other  agency  thereof,  or  by  any  municipal 
corporation  or  the  District  Corporation  or  local 
board  thereof, 

(b)  business  assessment,  and 

(c)  the  assessment  for  mineral  lands,  pipe  lines  and  rail- 
way lands,  other  than  railway  lands  actually  in  use 
for  residential  and  farming  purposes; 

"district  rating  by-law"  means  a  by-law  passed  under  sub- 
section 74  (2); 

"public  school  board"  means  a  divisional  board,  as  defined  in 

paragraph  19  of  subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Education  Act,  that  R  s^o  i980, 
has  jurisdiction  in  the  District  Area; 

"rateable  property"  includes  business  and  other  assessment 

made  under  the  Assessment  Act;  ^-^P-  ^^^' 

c.  31 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


"residential  and  farm  assessment"  means  the  total  assessment 
for  real  property  according  to  the  last  returned  assessment 
roll  except  the  assessments  for  real  property  mentioned  in 
clauses  (a)  and  (c)  of  the  definition  of  "commercial  assess- 
ment"; 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  129 


"separate  school  board"  means  a  separate  school  board,  as 
defined  in  paragraph  59a  of  subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Educa- 
tion Act,  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  District  Area; 


"weighted  assessment"  means,  for  the  relevant  area,  the  total 
of, 

(a)  the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  residential 
and  farm  assessment  by  85  per  cent,  and 

(b)  the  commercial  assessment. 

2.  Section  74  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  45,  section  14,  and  sections  75,  76,  77 
and  78  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Definition 


74. — (1)  In  this  section,  "general  district  levy"  means  a 
sum  sufficient, 


(a)  for  payment  of  the  estimated  current  annual 
expenditures  as  adopted  under  section  73;  and 

(b)  for  payment  of  all  debts  of  the  District  Corporation 
falHng  due  within  the  year  as  well  as  amounts 
required  to  be  raised  for  sinking  funds  and  principal 
and  interest  payments  or  sinking  fund  requirements 
in  respect  of  debenture  debt  of  area  municipalities 
for  the  payment  of  which  the  District  Corporation  is 
liable  under  this  Act, 

but  excludes  those  amounts  for  water  and  sewage  purposes 
that  are  to  be  raised  by  a  special  rate  or  rates  in  accordance 
with  sections  24  and  25. 


District 
rating  by-law 


(2)  For  purposes  of  raising  the  general  district  levy,  the 
District  Council,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June  in  1989 
and  on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  March  in  each  subsequent 
year,  shall  pass  a  by-law  directing  the  council  of  each  area 
municipality  to  levy  a  separate  rate,  as  specified  in  the  by-law, 
on  the  residential  and  farm  assessment  in  the  area  municipal- 
ity rateable  for  district  purposes  and  on  the  commercial  assess- 
ment in  the  area  municipality  rateable  for  district  purposes. 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


(3)  The  rate  that  the  District  Council  shall  direct  to  be  lev-  Determi- 
ied  in  each  year  on  commercial  assessment  under  subsection  coimnerdai 
(2)  shall  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  general  district  levy  rate 

by  1 ,000  and  dividing  the  product  by  the  weighted  assessments 
for  all  the  area  municipalities. 

(4)  The  rate  that  the  District  Council  shall  direct  to  be  lev-  Determi- 
ied  on  the  residential  and  farm  assessment  under  subsection  residential 
(2)  shall  be  85  per  cent  of  the  rate  that  it  directs  to  be  levied  rate 

on  commercial  assessment. 

(5)  In  each  year,  the  council  of  each  area  municipaUty  shall  ^rea  munid- 
levy,  in  accordance  with  the  district  rating  by-law  passed  for  adopt  rates 
that  year,  the  rates  specified  in  the  by-law. 

(6)  The  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  exempt  from  Tax-exempt 
taxation  for  district  purposes  by  virtue  of  any  Act  or  by  virtue  ^^^  property 
of  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  an  area  municipality 

under  any  Act  shall  not  be  included  when  determining  the 
total  of  the  weighted  assessment  for  the  purposes  of  sub- 
section (3). 

(7)  The  full  value  of  all  rateable  property  shall  be  used  in  F"»  value  to 

«     ,  •      •  DC  UScQ 

determmmg, 

(a)    the  rates  to  be  levied  under  subsections  (3)  and  (4); 
and 


(b)  the  assessment  on  which  the  levy  shall  be  made 
under  subsection  (5), 

and,  notwithstanding  any  other  Act,  but  subject  to  section  22 

of  the  Assessment  Act,  no  fixed  assessment  applies  thereto.         R.s.o.  i980, 

(8)  A  district  ratine  by-law  shall  specify  the  amount  to  be  instalment 

.       ,  .  •    •      f.  t.      c      t  1     •  J       and  advance 

raised  in  an  area  municipahty  as  a  result  of  a  levy  being  made  payments 
in  that  area  municipality  in  accordance  with  the  by-law  and 
the  by-law, 

(a)  may  require  specified  portions  of  that  amount  to  be 
paid  to  the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  on 
or  before  specified  dates;  and 

(b)  may  provide  that  the  District  Corporation  shall  pay 
interest  at  a  rate  to  be  determined  by  the  District 
Council  on  any  payment  required,  or  portion  there- 
of, made  in  advance  by  any  area  municipality. 

(9)  The  amount  specified  to  be  raised  in  an  area  municipal-  Payment 
ity  pursuant  to  a  district  rating  by-law  shall  be  deemed  to  be 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


Default 


taxes  and  is  a  debt  of  the  area  municipality  to  the  District 
Corporation  and  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall 
pay  the  amount  owing  by  the  area  municipality  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  District  Corporation  on  or  before  the  dates  and  in 
the  portions  specified  in  the  district  rating  by-law. 

(10)  If  an  area  municipality  fails  to  make  any  payment,  or 
portion  thereof,  as  provided  in  the  district  rating  by-law,  the 
area  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  District  Corporation  interest 
on  the  amount  in  default  at  the  rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum 
from  the  due  date  of  the  payment,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the 
District  Council  may  by  by-law  determine,  from  the  date  pay- 
ment is  due  until  it  is  made. 


Extension  of 
time 


Determi- 
nation of 
school  rates 


(11)  The  Minister  by  order  may  extend  the  time  for  passing 
a  district  rating  by-law  in  any  year  and  such  an  order  may  be 
made  notwithstanding  that  the  time  limit  set  out  in  subsection 
(2)  has  expired. 

74a. — (1)  In  each  year.  The  Muskoka  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, The  Nipissing  District  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School 
Board,  The  Simcoe  County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School 
Board  and  The  West  Parry  Sound  Board  of  Education  shall 
determine  for  the  part  of  an  area  municipality  which  is  within 
the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  the  board  the  rates  to  be  levied  by 
the  applicable  area  municipality  to  provide  the  sums  required 
for  elementary  and  secondary  school  purposes,  as  the  case 
may  be,  in  that  year  and  shall  specify  the  amount  that  is  to  be 
provided  in  that  year  by  the  application  of  those  rates. 


Idem  (2)  The  determinations  required  by  subsection  (1)  shall  be 

R.s.o.  1980,   made  in  accordance  with  subsection  222  (1)  of  the  Education 

c.  129  .    ^ 

Act, 


Direction  to 
area  munici- 
palities 


Area  munici- 
pality to  levy 
and  collect 


(3)  On  or  before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year.  The 
Muskoka  Board  of  Education,  The  Nipissing  District  Roman 
Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Simcoe  County  Roman 
Catholic  Separate  School  Board  and  The  West  Parry  Sound 
Board  of  Education  shall  direct  the  council  of  each  applicable 
area  municipality  to  levy  the  rates  determined  by  the  partic- 
ular board  under  subsection  (1)  in  respect  of  the  area  munici- 
pality or  the  part  thereof  which  is  within  the  area  of  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  board  and  shall  advise  the  area  municipality  of  the 
amount  of  money  to  be  raised  by  levying  those  rates. 

(4)  In  each  year,  the  council  of  an  area  municipality  shall 
levy  rates  in  accordance  with  the  directions  under  subsection 
(3)  upon  all  property  in  the  area  municipality  rateable  for 
public  school  board  or  separate  school  board  purposes,  as  may 
be  appropriate. 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


(5)  The  full  value  of  all  applicable  rateable  property  shall  F""  ^aiue  to 
be  used  in  determining,  ^  "^^ 

(a)  the  weighted  assessment  for  each  area  municipality 
for  purposes  of  apportioning  among  the  applicable 
area  municipalities  the  sums  required  for  school 
purposes  by  the  school  boards  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (3); 

(b)  the  rates  mentioned  in  subsection  (1);  and 

(c)  the  assessment  upon  which  the  rates  are  to  be  levied 

under  sections  128,  133  and  215  of  the  Education  R  s.o.  1980, 
Act,         ,  ''■'^'''' 

and  notwithstanding  any  other  Act,  but  subject  to  section  22 
of  the  Assessment  Act,  no  fixed  assessment  applies  thereto. 

(6)  For  the  purposes  of  determining  and  levying  rates  under  Definitions  in 
this  section,  a  reference  in  the  Education  Act  to  "commercial  c.  129,  s.  220 
assessment"  or  "residential  and  farm  assessment"  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  such  assessments  as  defined  in 

this  Part  and  not  as  defined  in  section  220  of  that  Act. 

(7)  Subsection  219  (2)  of  the  Education  Act  does  not  apply  Non- 

to  the  determination  of  rates  under  subsection  (1).  R^s.'a'Tm 

c.  129, 
s.  219  (2) 

(8)  Except  as  provided  in  this  section,  the  Education  Act  Application 
continues  to  apply  to  the  levying  of  rates  and  collecting  of  r.s.o.  i980, 
taxes  for  each  public  school  board  and  separate  school  board  c.  129 
having  jurisdiction  in  part  of  the  District  Area. 


74b. — (1)  In  this  section. 


Definitions 


"area  municipality  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  area 

municipality  purposes  under  section  164  of  the  Municipal  R so.  i980, 
Act,  including  the  sums  required  for  any  board,  commission 
or  other  body,  but  excluding  those  amounts  required  to  be 
raised  for  district  and  school  purposes; 

"special  area  municipality  levy"  means  an  amount  to  be  raised 
by  an  area  municipality  that  is  not  included  in  the  area 
municipality  levy,  but  excluding  those  amounts  required  to 
be  raised  for  district  and  school  purposes. 

(2)  The  council  of  each  area  municipality,  in  each  year  in  Area  mumd- 
accordance  with  subsections  (3)  and  (4),  shall  levy  separate  ^^'^ 
rates  on  the  whole  of  the  rateable  commercial  assessment  and 
on  the  whole  of  the  rateable  residential  and  farm  assessment 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


in  respect  of  the  area  municipality  levy  and  the  special  area 
municipality  levy. 

Determi-  (3)  jhc  ratcs  to  be  levied  in  each  year  on  commercial 

commercial     asscssmeut  for  cach  separate  levy  specified  in  subsection  (2) 
rates  shall  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum  required  for  each 

such  levy  by  1,000  and  dividing  the  product, 

(a)  by  the  weighted  assessment  for  the  area  municipal- 
ity, in  the  case  of  an  area  municipality  levy;  and 

(b)  by  the  weighted  assessment  determined  on  the  basis 
of  the  assessment  that  is  rateable  for  the  purpose  of 
raising  the  special  area  municipality  levy,  in  the  case 
of  a  special  area  municipality  levy. 


Determi- 
nation of 
residential 
rates 


(4)  The  rates  to  be  levied  in  each  year  on  residential  and 
farm  assessment  for  each  separate  levy  specified  in  subsection 
(2)  shall  be  85  per  cent  of  the  rate  to  be  levied  on  commercial 
assessment  in  accordance  with  subsection  (3). 


^°°ication  of      ^^^  Scctiou  158  of  the  Municipal  Act  and  section  7  of  the 
R.s.o.  1980,   Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act  do  not  apply  to  an  area 

c.  302,  s.  158  municipality. 

and  c.  359,  ^       ^ 

s.  7 

"^Ht^  k""''^'        ^^^  ^  reference  in  any  other  Act  to  a  levy  by  a  local  munic- 
paiy  evy      jpaijty  under  section  158  of  the  Municipal  Act  shall,  with 

respect  to  an  area  municipahty,  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference 

to  a  levy  under  this  section. 


Tax-exempt 
real  property 


(7)  The  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  exempt  from 
taxation  for  area  municipality  purposes  by  virtue  of  any  Act 
or  by  virtue  of  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  an  area 
municipality  under  any  Act  shall  not  be  included  when  deter- 
mining the  weighted  assessment  for  purposes  of  clause  (3)  (a) 
or  (b). 


Interim 
financing, 
District 
Council 


74c. — (1)  The  District  Council,  before  the  adoption  of  the 
estimates  for  the  year,  may  by  by-law  requisition  from  each 
area  municipality  a  sum  not  exceeding  50  per  cent  of  the 
amount  that  under  subsection  74  (8)  was,  in  the  district  rating 
by-law  for  the  preceding  year,  specified  to  be  raised  in  the 
particular  area  municipality  and  subsections  74  (8),  (9)  and 
(10)  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  amount  requi- 
sitioned. 


hi'staim  nt  ^^^  ^^^  amouut  of  any  requisition  made  under  subsection 

reduced         (1)  i^i  any  year  upon  an  area  municipality  shall  be  deducted 

when  determining  the  amount  of  the  portions  to  be  paid  in 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


that  year  by  the  area  municipality  to  the  treasurer  of  the 
District  Corporation  under  the  district  rating  by-law  author- 
ized by  clause  74  (8)  (a). 

74d. — (1)  The  council  of  an  area  municipality  may  for  any  J"*^"™ 
year,  before  the  adoption  of  the  estimates  for  the  year,  levy  areTmunid- 
such  rates  as  it  may  determine  on  the  rateable  commercial  paiwes 
assessment  and  on  the  rateable  residential  and  farm  assess- 
ment in  the  area  municipality. 

(2)  A  by-law  for  levying  rates  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be  By-law  in 
passed  in  the  year  that  the  rates  are  to  be  levied  or  may  be  preceding"^  ° 
passed  in  December  of  the  preceding  year  if  it  provides  that  it  year 
does  not  come  into  force  until  a  specified  day  in  the  following 

year. 

(3)  The  rate  that  may  be  levied  on  any  assessment  under  Determi- 
subsection  (1)  shall  not  exceed  50  per  cent  of  the  total  of  the  "ate^"  ° 
rates  that  were  levied  or  would  have  been  levied  on  that 
assessment  for  all  purposes  in  the  preceding  year. 

(4)  If  the  assessment  roll  for  taxation  in  the  current  year  Assessment 
has  not  been  returned,  the  rate  levied  under  subsection  (1) 

may  be  levied  on  the  assessment  according  to  the  assessment 
roll  used  for  taxation  purposes  in  the  preceding  year. 

(5)  The  amount  of  any  levy  made  on  an  assessment  under  interim  levy 
subsection  (1)  shall  be  deducted  from  the  total  amount  levied  from  final 
on  that  assessment  for  that  year  under  sections  74,  74a  and  len 

74b. 

(6)  If  the  taxes  levied  on  an  assessment  for  real  property  or  ^"'^j^*'"^^^ 
on  a  business  assessment  under  this  section  exceed  the  taxes  final  levy 
to  be  levied  on  that  assessment  for  the  year  under  sections  74, 

74a  and  74b,  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall,  not 
later  than  twenty-one  days  following  the  giving  of  a  notice  of 
demand  of  taxes  payable,  refund  to  the  person  assessed  that 
portion  of  the  taxes  paid  in  excess  of  the  amount  payable  for 
the  year  pursuant  to  a  levy  made  under  sections  74,  74a  and 
74b. 

(7)  The  provisions  of  the  Municipal  Act  with  respect  to  the  Application 
levy  of  rates  and  the  collection  of  taxes  apply  with  necessary  r.s.o.  i980, 
modifications  to  the  levy  of  rates  and  collection  of  taxes  under  c.  302 

this  section. 


74e.  If  a  direction  has  been  made  under  subsection  78  (1)  l^^J^°^ 
that  a  new  assessment  roll  be  returned  for  taxation  in  the  cur- 
rent year,  the  Minister  by  order. 


8  Bill  34  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  1989 

(a)  may  prescribe  the  maximum  sum  that  may  be  requi- 
sitioned from  each  area  municipality  under  sub- 
section 74c  (1);  and 

(b)  may  prescribe  the  maximum  rates  that  may  be  lev- 
ied by  the  council  of  each  area  municipality  under 
subsection  74d  (1). 

Definitions  75. — (1)  In  this  scction, 

"payment  in  lieu  of  taxes"  means  an  amount  that  an  area 
municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  under, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (a)    subsection  26  (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Assessment  Act, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (b)    subsection  7  (6)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act, 

but  not  including  that  portion  payable  to  a  school 
board  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (10)  of  that 
Act, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (c)    section  160  and  subsection  160a  (3)  of  the   Munici- 

pal Act, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (d)    subsection  4  (1),  (2)  or  (3)  of  the  Municipal  Tax 

Assistance  Act, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (e)    section  42  of  the  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act, 

c.  361  ^   ^  ' 

R.S.O.  1980,  (f)    subsection  46  (2),  (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Power 

Corporation  Act,  but  not  including  that  portion  pay- 
able to  a  school  board  in  accordance  with  sub- 
section 46  (9)  of  that  Act, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (g)    section  10  or  11  of  the  Trees  Act, 

c.  510  ^°^  ' 

f'u^u^^^'  (^^    ^^^  Municipal  Grants  Act  (Canada),  or 

(i)  any  Act  of  Ontario  or  of  Canada  or  any  agreement 
where  the  payment  is  from  any  government  or  gov- 
ernment agency  and  is  in  lieu  of  taxes  on  real  prop- 
erty or  business  assessment,  but  not  including  a  pay- 
ment referred  to  in  sections  498  and  498a  of  the 
Municipal  Act; 

"taxes  for  district  purposes"  means  the  sum  of  the  taxes  levied 
by  an  area  municipality  for  district  purposes  as  specified  in 
the  district  rating  by-law  under  subsection  74  (2)  and  in 
respect  of  water  and  sewer  purposes  under  sections  24  and 
25,  excluding  any  adjustments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the 
Assessment  Act; 


1989  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  Bill  34  9 

"taxes  for  local  purposes"  means  the  taxes  levied  by  an  area 
municipality  for  local  purposes  under  subsection  74b  (2), 
excluding  any  adjustments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the 
Assessment  Act;  RS.o.  1980, 

c.  31 

"total  taxes  for  all  purposes"  means  the  sum  of  the  taxes  for 
local  purposes,  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  and  the  taxes 
levied  by  the  area  municipality  for  school  purposes  under 
subsection  74a  (1),  excluding  any  adjustments  under  section 
32  or  33  of  the  Assessment  Act. 

(2)  If  an  area  municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  a  payment  '^•^^a  munid- 
in  lieu  of  taxes  for  any  year,  it  shall  pay  to  the  treasurer  of  the  share^*  ^° 
District  Corporation  a  portion  equal  to  the  amount  obtained  payments  in 
by  multiplying  the  amount  that  the  area  municipality  is  eligi-  ''^"  °^  ^^^^* 
ble  to  receive  by  the  quotient,  correct  to  five  decimal  places, 
obtained  by  dividing  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the 

year  by  the  total  of, 

(a)  the  taxes  for  local  purposes  for  the  year;  and 

(b)  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the  year. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (2),  if  an  area  municipality  sharing  of 
is  eligible  to  receive  a  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  for  any  year  payments 
under, 

(a)  subsection  26  (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Assessment  Act; 

(b)  section  42  of  the  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act;  R  s.o.  i980, 

^    ^  '  c.  361 

(c)  subsection  46  (2),  (3),   (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Power  RS.o.  i980, 
Corporation  Act,  but  not  including  that  portion  pay- 
able to  a  school  board  in  accordance  with  sub- 
section 46  (9)  of  that  Act; 

(d)  section  10  or  11  of  the  Trees  Act;  or  R  s^o.  i980, 

(e)  the  Municipal  Grants  Act  (Canada),  ^  mS's^^^^' 

and  the  calculation  of  the  payment  is  based  in  part  on  the 
rates  that  were  levied  for  school  purposes,  then  the  portion  to 
be  paid  under  subsection  (2)  shall  be  calculated  by  multiplying 
the  amount  that  the  area  municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  by 
the  quotient,  correct  to  five  decimal  places,  obtained  by  divid- 
ing the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the  year  by  the  total 
taxes  for  all  purposes  for  the  year. 

(4)  The  treasurer  of  each  area  municipality  shall,  on  or  Treasurer  to 
before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year,  send  a  statement  to  esdmaL  of 

share 


10 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  209,  384 


the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  and  each  school 
board  showing  an  estimate  of  the  amount  that  the  area  munic- 
ipality will  be  required  to  pay  to  the  District  Corporation  for 
the  year  under  subsection  (2)  and  to  each  school  board  under 
subsection  7  (10)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act  and  under 
subsection  46  (9)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act. 


Allocation  of       (5)  jf  an  area  municipality  is  required  to  pay  a  portion  of  a 
!i?J"S"taxe"s    payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  to  the  District  Corporation  under 
subsection  (2),  or  to  a  school  board,  the  provisions  of, 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  31 


(a)  subsections  26  (7)  and  (9)  of  the  Assessment  Act; 

(b)  subsection  7  (10)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act; 


(c)  subsections    160    (12)    and    (16)    and    subsection 
R.S.O.  1980,  160a  (4)  of  the  Municipal  Act;  and 

(d)  subsection  46  (7)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act, 

with  respect  to  the  equalization  of  assessment  or  allocation 
and  deposit  of  payments  shall  not  apply  to  that  entitlement. 

Payment  of  75, — (i^  Each  area  municipality  shall  pay  a  portion  of  the 
telephone  tax  Icvied  by  it  under  subsections  161  (12)  and  (13)  of  the 
and  telegraph  Municipal  Act  to  the  District  Corporation  and  the  appropriate 
public  school  boards  in  the  proportion  that  the  taxes  levied  by 
it  on  commercial  assessment  in  the  year  for  each  such  body 
bears  to  the  total  taxes  levied  by  it  in  the  year  on  commercial 
assessment  for  all  purposes,  other  than  separate  school  board 
purposes. 

Exclusion  of  (2)  In  determining  the  taxes  levied  on  commercial  assess- 
to  collector's  mcut  Under  subsection  (1),  there  shall  be  excluded  any  adjust- 
roii  ments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the  Assessment  Act. 

Statement  by  (3)  jhc  treasurer  of  each  area  municipality  shall,  on  or 
before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year,  send  a  statement  to 
the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  and  the  appropriate 
public  school  boards  showing  an  estimate  of  the  amount  which 
the  area  municipality  will  be  required  to  pay  to  that  body  for 
the  year  under  subsection  (1). 

r'^s  o'T9S  ^^^  Subsections  161  (18)  to  (24)  of  the  Municipal  Act  do  not 
c.  302,  '  apply  if  payments  are  made  by  an  area  municipality  under 
s.  161 '(18-24)  subsection  (1). 


Payment  in 
lieu  and 
telephone 
and  telegraph 
levies 


77. — (1)  An  amount  payable  by  an  area  municipality  to, 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


11 


(a)  the  District  Corporation  under  subsection  75  (2)  or 
76(1); 

(b)  a  public  school  board  under  subsection  76  (1);  or 


(c)    a  school  board  under  subsection  7   (10)   of  the 

Housing    Development   Act   or    under    subsection  ^^^O;  1980, 
46  (9)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act, 


cc.  209,  384 


is  a  debt  of  the  area  municipality  to  the  District  Corporation 
or  school  board,  as  the  case  may  be,  and,  subject  to  sub- 
sections (2)  and  (3),  instalments  are  payable  on  account 
thereof  as  follows: 

1.  A  first  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount  pay- 
able for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding  year, 
on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  March. 

2.  A  second  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount 
payable  for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding 
year,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June. 

3.  A  third  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount 
payable  for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding 
year,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  September. 

4.  A  fourth  instalment  of  the  balance  of  the  entitle- 
ment for  the  year,  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of 
December. 

(2)  The  District  Council  may  by  by-law  provide  for  an  Alternative 
alternative  number  of  instalments  and  due  dates  for  amounts  L^heduk 
payable  by  area  municipalities  to  the  District  Corporation 
under  subsection  (1). 


(3)  If  a  school  board  having  jurisdiction  within  the  District  wem 
Area  has  established  an  agreement  which  applies  to  one  or 
more  area  municipalities  in  accordance  with  subsection  215  (3) 
of  the  Education  Act,  the  number  of  instalments  and  due 
dates  specified  in  that  agreement  shall  apply  with  necessary 
modifications  to  those  amounts  otherwise  payable  to  the 
school  board  under  subsection  (1). 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  129 


(4)  An  amount  payable  by  an  area  municipality  under  sub-  General 
section  75  (2)  or  76  (1)  or  under  subsection  7  (10)  of  the 
Housing  Development  Act  or  under  subsection  46  (9)  of  the  ^-S;,^^  ^^^' 
Power  Corporation  Act  shall  be  credited  by  the  District  Cor- 
poration or  school  board  to  its  general  revenues. 


cc.  209,  384 


12 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


Default  (5)  If  an  area  municipality  fails  to  make  any  payment  as 

provided  under  subsection  (1)  or  as  altered  under  subsection 
(2)  or  (3),  the  area  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  District  Cor- 
poration or  school  board,  as  applicable,  interest  on  the 
amount  past  due  at  the  rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  at 
such  lower  rate  as  the  school  board  or  District  Corporation 
may  by  by-law  determine  from  time  to  time. 

Overpayment  (6)  jf  the  total  amouut  paid  for  the  year  under  subsection 
(1),  (2)  or  (3)  exceeds  the  total  amount  payable  for  that  pur- 
pose in  the  year,  the  area  municipality  shall  notify  the  District 
Corporation  or  the  school  board,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  the 
amount  of  the  overpayment  and  the  District  Corporation  or 
school  board  shall  forthwith  pay  that  amount  to  the  area 
municipality. 


District-wide 

assessment 

update 


78. — (1)  If  the  Minister  of  Revenue  considers  that  any 
parcel  or  parcels  of  real  property  within  the  District  Area  are 
assessed  inequitably  with  respect  to  the  assessment  of  any 
other  parcel  or  parcels  of  real  property  in  the  District  Area, 
the  Minister  of  Revenue  may  direct  that  such  changes  be 
made  in  the  assessment  to  be  contained  in  the  assessment  roll 
next  to  be  returned  for  each  area  municipality  as  will,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue,  eliminate  or  reduce  ine- 
qualities in  the  assessment  of  real  property  in  the  District 
Area. 


Date  for  new 

assessment 
roll 


When 

direction 

effective 

Application 
of  new 
assessment 
roll 


(2)  If  a  direction  is  made  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister 
of  Revenue  may,  for  that  purpose,  name  a  day  upon  which 
the  assessment  commissioner  for  the  District  Area  shall  return 
a  new  assessment  roll  for  the  assessment  at  market  value  of 
real  property  in  all  area  municipalities  in  the  District  Area. 

(3)  A  direction  under  subsection  (1)  is  effective  upon  publi- 
cation of  a  notice  of  the  direction  in  The  Ontario  Gazette. 

(4)  If  the  assessment  roll  of  an  area  municipality  for  taxa- 
tion in  any  year  is  changed  pursuant  to  a  direction  of  the 
Minister  of  Revenue  under  subsection  (1), 


(a)  the  assessment  roll  to  be  returned  for  that  area 
municipality  for  taxation  in  that  year  shall  be  the 
assessment  roll  as  so  changed  and  not  the  assess- 
ment roll  that  would  otherwise  have  been  returned; 
and 


R.S.O. 

c.  31 


1980, 


(b)  the  assessment  roll  to  be  returned  in  each  year 
following  that  year  shall  be  the  assessment  roll 
returned  under  clause  (a)  as  amended,  added  to,  or 
otherwise  altered  under  the  Assessment  Act  up  to 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


13 


the  date  when  the  assessment  roll  is  returned  in 
each  such  following  year. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (4),  if  the  assessor  is  of  the  Exception 
|opinion  that  an  assessment  to  be  shown  on  the  assessment  roll 

fto  be  returned  is  inequitable  with  respect  to  the  assessment  of 
f similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  the  assessor  may  alter  the 
rvalue  of  the  assessment  to  the  extent  necessary  to  make  the 
[assessment  equitable  with  the  assessment  of  such  similar  real 
[property. 

(6)  For  the  purpose  of  every  Act,  the  assessment  roll  of  an  status  of 
[area   municipality   returned   under  subsection   (4)   shall  be  J^Jf^^""^"* 
fdeemed  to  be  the  assessment  roll  of  the  area  municipality 
i  returned  under  the  Assessment  Act.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  31 

(7)  In  1992  for  purposes  of  taxation  in  1993,  the  Minister  of  Mandatory 
jtRevenue  shall  make  a  direction  under  subsection  (1)  for  IffSatedroii 

:hanges  to  be  made  to  the  assessment  rolls  of  the  area  munici-  ^  i992 
[palities. 

(8)  In  every  fourth  year  following  the  most  recent  direction  Mandatory 
lunder  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  make  a  u^atldroii 
direction  under  subsection  (1)  for  changes  to  be  made  to  the  every  fourth 
assessment  rolls  of  the  area  municipalities.  ^^^^ 

(9)  The  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  not  make  a  direction  Resolution 
mder  subsection  (1)  unless  the  District  Council  by  resolution  '^^'^""'^ 

Ihas  requested  that  a  direction  be  made,  but  a  resolution  is  not 
Irequired  for  a  direction  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue  required 
(under  subsection  (7)  or  (8). 

(10)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (1)  and  (11),  the  J'o^J^'°^Lq^ 
Assessment  Act  and  the  alterations,  corrections,  additions  and  c.  si 
amendments  authorized  by  that  Act  apply  to  an  assessment 

roll  returned  under  subsection  (4). 

(11)  Subsections  63  (1)  and  (3)  and  sections  64  and  65  of  ^^^em 
the  Assessment  Act  do  not  apply  to  an  area  municipality  or  to 

the  assessment  roll  of  any  area  municipality  in  respect  of  1989 
and  subsequent  years. 

(12)  The  Assessment  Review  Board,  the  Municipal  Board  Po^ej-s  on 
or  any  court,  in  determining  the  value  at  which  any  real  prop-  ^^^^ 
erty  shall  be  assessed  in  any  complaint,  appeal,  proceeding  or 
action,  shall  have  reference  to  the  value  at  which  similar  real 
property  in  the  vicinity  is  assessed,  and  the  amount  of  any 
assessment  of  real  property  shall  not  be  altered  unless  the 
Assessment  Review  Board,  Municipal  Board  or  court  is  satis- 
fied that  the  assessment  is  inequitable  with  respect  to  the 


14 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


No 

amendment 

to  collector's 

roll 

R.S.O.  1980, 

c.  31 


assessment  of  similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  and  in  that 
event  the  assessment  of  the  real  property  shall  not  be  altered 
to  any  greater  extent  than  is  necessary  to  make  the  assessment 
equitable  with  the  assessment  of  such  similar  real  property. 

(13)  No  amendment  shall  be  made  to  the  assessment  or  a 
collector's  roll  under  clause  33  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act  until 
the  cumulative  value  of  the  increase  since  the  date  of  the  most 
recent  change  to  the  assessment  roll  under  a  direction  of  the 
Minister  of  Revenue  under  subsection  (1)  is  at  least  in  the 
sum  of  $5,000  at  market  value. 


Table  of 
rates  for  pipe 
lines 


(14)  For  purposes  of  subsection  24  (16)  of  ih&Assessment 
Act,  changes  made  in  the  assessment  roll  of  an  area  munici- 
pality under  a  direction  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  assessment  update  of  all 
property  within  the  area  municipality  under  section  70  of  the 
Assessment  Act. 


Rights  of 

appeal 

preserved 


(15)  Nothing  in  section  74,  74a  or  74b  in  any  way  deprives 
any  person  of  any  right  of  appeal  provided  for  in  the 
Assessment  Act  or  affects  the  operation  of  subsection  36  (6)  of 
that  Act. 


Direction 
may  be 
retroactive 


Pollution 
control  fund 


Transition 
R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  302,  129 


Transition 


R.S.O. 
c.  121 


1980, 


(16)  A  direction  made  under  subsection  (1)  may  be  made 
retroactive  to  the  1st  day  of  December  of  the  year  preceding 
the  year  in  which  it  was  made. 

3.  Subsection  82  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  District  Council  shall  establish  and  maintain  a  pol- 
lution control  fund  and  shall  contribute  to  such  fund,  in  each 
year,  the  sum  equivalent  to  a  sum  calculated  at  one-quarter  of 
one  mill  in  the  dollar  upon  the  total  residential  and  farm 
assessment  and  commercial  assessment  for  all  area  municipali- 
ties in  that  year. 

4.  Notwithstanding  subsection  164  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act 
or  subsection  216  (2)  of  the  Education  Acty  if  the  amount  levied 
by  an  area  municipality  for  district  purposes  or  school  pur- 
poses in  1988  differs  from  the  sum  the  area  municipality  ought 
to  have  levied  for  district  purposes  or  school  purposes,  the  area 
municipality  shall  debit  or  credit  such  deficit  or  surplus,  as 
applicable,  to  the  general  funds  of  the  municipality  and  not 
revise  the  rates  to  be  levied  for  such  body  in  1989. 

5. — (1)  Nothing  in  this  Act  affects  the  validity  of  an  interim 
levy  made  by  the  District  Council  or  by  the  council  of  an  area 
municipality  under  section  76  of  the  District  Municipality  of 


1989  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  Bill  34  15 

Muskoka  Act  as  it  existed  before  the  coining  into  force  of  this 
Act. 

(2)  Subsections  74  (8),  (9)  and  (10),  as  re-enacted  by  section  wem 
2  of  this  Act,  and  subsection  74c  (2),  as  enacted  by  section  2  of 
this  Act,  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act  apply  with  ^-^.o-  *'^' 
necessary  modifications  to  an  interim  levy  made  by  the  District 
Council  in  1989. 


121 


(3)  Subsections  74d  (4),  (5)  and  (6),  as  enacted  by  section  2  we™ 
of  this  Act,  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act  apply 
with  necessary  modiflcations  to  an  interim  levy  made  by  an 
area  municipality  in  1989. 

6. — (1)  Subsection  130  (10)  of  the  Education  Acty  being 
chapter  129  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(10)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  The  Haldimand-Norfolk  Non- 
Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Nipissing  Dis-  ^pp"^^*'°" 
trict  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Simcoe 
County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Sudbury 
District  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Water- 
loo County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board  or  to  a 
separate  school  board  having  jurisdiction  wholly  or  partly  in  a 
county  where  an  assessment  update  has  been  carried  out 
under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act.  R  so.  i980, 


c.  302 


(2)  Subsection  214  (7)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  46,  section  2,  is  repealed. 

(3)  Subsection  214  (17)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  46,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(17)  Subsections  (2)  to  (16)  do  not  apply  to  an  area  munici- 
pality in  The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk,  The  Regional  Municipal- 
ity of  Sudbury,  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo  or  to  a 
local  municipality  in  a  county  where  an  assessment  update  has 
been  carried  out  under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal 
Act. 

(4)  Clause  214b  (2)  (b)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Non- 
application 


16 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


Non- 
application 


Conflict 


R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  121,  435, 
441,  442, 
302 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(b)  The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  or 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo. 

(5)  Subsection  214b  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1987,  chapter  17,  section  3,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  '^The  Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand- 
Norfolk"  in  the  ninth  and  tenth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  ^'The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  or  The  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Waterloo". 

(6)  Subsection  222  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  to  an  area  municipality  in 
The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Haldimand-Norfolk,  The  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury,  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo  or  a  local 
municipality  in  a  county  where  an  assessment  update  has  been 
carried  out  under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act. 

(7)  Section  225  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

225.  In  the  event  of  a  conflict  between  any  provision  in 
sections  220  to  224  and  any  provision  in  any  other  Act,  other 
than  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act,  the  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  Act,  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Sudbury  Act,  the  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo 
Act  and  section  368d  of  the  Municipal  Act,  the  provisions  in 
sections  220  to  224  prevail. 

7.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  January,  1989. 

8.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  District  Municipality  of 
Muskoka  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


BiU34 


Gk>vernment  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  34 


An  Act  to  amend  the  District  Municipality 
of  Muskoka  Act  and  the  Education  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  Sweeney 
Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading       June  19th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       December  14th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  the  establishment  of  uniform  upper  tier  anc 
school  mill  rates  throughout  the  District  Area. 

The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  will  be  required  to  establish  each  year  one 
uniform  residential  and  farm  mill  rate  and  one  uniform  commercial  mill  rate  to  apply 
throughout  the  District  Area.  Each  of  the  school  boards  operating  within  the  District  wil 
also  establish  uniform  residential  and  farm  and  uniform  commercial  mill  rates  to  apply 
within  their  particular  area  of  jurisdiction.  In  order  to  accomplish  this  purpose,  it  is  nec- 
essary to  introduce  complementary  amendments  to  the  Education  Act. 

The  Bill  will  also  require  that  the  portion  of  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  and  telephon«| 
and  telegraph  payments  received  by  each  area  municipality  that  relate  to  the  require 
ments  of  the  District  Municipality  and  the  school  boards  shall  be  paid  directly  to  thosi 
bodies. 

The  Bill  will  also  require  that  the  Ministry  of  Revenue  conduct  an  update  of  th 
assessment  base  in  1992  and  at  least  every  four  years  thereafter  to  reflect  the  subsequer 
changes  in  market  value. 

Subsections  214  (17)  and  214b  (4)  of  the  Education  Act,  concerning  the  apportior 
ment  of  sums  required  by  public  school  and  separate  school  boards,  are  also  amended  ii 
connection  with  school  boards  with  jurisdiction  within  The  Regional  Municipality 
Waterloo. 


Bill  34  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  District  Municipality 
of  Muskoka  Act  and  the  Education  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1,  Section  71  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act, 
being  chapter  121  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

71.    In  this  Part,  Definitions 

"commercial  assessment"  means  the  total,  according  to  the 
last  returned  assessment  roll,  of, 

(a)  the  assessment  of  real  property  that  is  used  as  the 
basis  for  computing  business  assessment  including 
the  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  rented  and 
occupied  or  used  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada 
or  any  province  or  any  board,  commission,  corpora- 
tion or  other  agency  thereof,  or  by  any  municipal 
corporation  or  the  District  Corporation  or  local 
board  thereof, 

(b)  business  assessment,  and 

(c)  the  assessment  for  mineral  lands,  pipe  lines  and  rail- 
way lands,  other  than  railway  lands  actually  in  use 
for  residential  and  farming  purposes; 

"district  rating  by-law"  means  a  by-law  passed  under  sub- 
section 74  (2); 

"public  school  board"  means  a  divisional  board,  as  defined  in 

paragraph  19  of  subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Education  Act,  that  ^^-o  '^^^' 
has  jurisdiction  in  the  District  Area; 

"rateable  property"  includes  business  and  other  assessment 

made  under  the  Assessment  Act:  ^^P  ^^^^' 

c.  31 


2  Bill  34  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  1989 

"residential  and  farm  assessment"  means  the  total  assessment 
for  real  property  according  to  the  last  returned  assessment 
roll  except  the  assessments  for  real  property  mentioned  in 
clauses  (a)  and  (c)  of  the  definition  of  "commercial  assess- 
ment"; 

"separate  school  board"  means  a  separate  school  board,  as 
R.s.o.  1980,        defined  in  paragraph  59a  of  subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Educa- 
tion Act,  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  District  Area; 

"weighted  assessment"  means,  for  the  relevant  area,  the  total 
of, 

(a)  the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  residentia 
and  farm  assessment  by  85  per  cent,  and 

(b)  the  commercial  assessment. 

2.  Section  74  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  45,  section  14,  and  sections  75,  76,  77 
and  78  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Definition  74^ — (J)  In  this  scction,  "general  district  levy"  means 

sum  sufficient, 

(a)  for  payment  of  the  estimated  current  annua 
expenditures  as  adopted  under  section  73;  and 

(b)  for  payment  of  all  debts  of  the  District  Corporation 
falling  due  within  the  year  as  well  as  amounts 
required  to  be  raised  for  sinking  funds  and  principal 
and  interest  payments  or  sinking  fund  requirements 
in  respect  of  debenture  debt  of  area  municipalities 
for  the  payment  of  which  the  District  Corporation  is 
liable  under  this  Act, 

but  excludes  those  amounts  for  water  and  sewage  purposes 
that  are  to  be  raised  by  a  special  rate  or  rates  in  accordance 
with  sections  24  and  25. 

^rfr^Mv  la..,  (^)  ^^^  purposes  of  raising  the  general  district  levy,  the 
District  Council,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June  in  1989 
and  on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  March  in  each  subsequent 
year,  shall  pass  a  by-law  directing  the  council  of  each  area 
municipality  to  levy  a  separate  rate,  as  specified  in  the  by-law, 
on  the  residential  and  farm  assessment  in  the  area  municipal- 
ity rateable  for  district  purposes  and  on  the  commercial  assess- 
ment in  the  area  municipality  rateable  for  district  purposes. 


rating  by-law 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


(3)  The  rate  that  the  District  Council  shall  direct  to  be  lev- 
ied in  each  year  on  commercial  assessment  under  subsection 
(2)  shall  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  general  district  levy 
by  1 ,000  and  dividing  the  product  by  the  weighted  assessments 
for  all  the  area  municipalities. 


Determi- 
nation of 
commercial 
rate 


(4)  The  rate  that  the  District  Council  shall  direct  to  be  lev-  Determi- 
ied  on  the  residential  and  farm  assessment  under  subsection  residential 
(2)  shall  be  85  per  cent  of  the  rate  that  it  directs  to  be  levied  rate 

on  commercial  assessment. 

(5)  In  each  year,  the  council  of  each  area  municipality  shall  -^■'ea  munici- 
levy,  in  accordance  with  the  district  rating  by-law  passed  for  adojn  rates 
that  year,  the  rates  specified  in  the  by-law. 

(6)  The  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  exempt  from  Tax-exempt 

•         c        J-   ^   •  1-i  e  A  !■  real  property 

taxation  for  district  purposes  by  virtue  of  any  Act  or  by  virtue 
of  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  an  area  municipality 
under  any  Act  shall  not  be  included  when  determining  the 
total  of  the  weighted  assessment  for  the  purposes  of  sub- 
section (3). 

(7)  The  full  value  of  all  rateable  property  shall  be  used  in  F""  ^3]"^  to 
determining, 

(a)  the  rates  to  be  levied  under  subsections  (3)  and  (4); 
and 

(b)  the  assessment  on  which  the  levy  shall  be  made 
under  subsection  (5), 


and,  notwithstanding  any  other  Act,  but  subject  to  section  22 

of  the  Assessment  Act,  no  fixed  assessment  applies  thereto.  RS.o.  i980. 

^^  c.  31 

(8)  A  district  rating  by-law  shall  specify  the  amount  to  be  '"^''''^^"^ 
raised  in  an  area  municipality  as  a  result  of  a  levy  being  made  payments 
in  that  area  municipality  in  accordance  with  the  by-law  and 

the  by-law, 

(a)  may  require  specified  portions  of  that  amount  to  be 
paid  to  the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  on 
or  before  specified  dates;  and 

(b)  may  provide  that  the  District  Corporation  shall  pay 
interest  at  a  rate  to  be  determined  by  the  District 
Council  on  any  payment  required,  or  portion  there- 
of, made  in  advance  by  any  area  municipality. 

(9)  The  amount  specified  to  be  raised  in  an  area  municipal-  Payment 
ity  pursuant  to  a  district  rating  by-law  shall  be  deemed  to  be 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


Default 


taxes  and  is  a  debt  of  the  area  municipality  to  the  District 
Corporation  and  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall 
pay  the  amount  owing  by  the  area  municipality  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  District  Corporation  on  or  before  the  dates  and  in 
the  portions  specified  in  the  district  rating  by-law. 

(10)  If  an  area  municipality  fails  to  make  any  payment,  or 
portion  thereof,  as  provided  in  the  district  rating  by-law,  the 
area  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  District  Corporation  interest 
on  the  amount  in  default  at  the  rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum 
from  the  due  date  of  the  payment,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the 
District  Council  may  by  by-law  determine,  from  the  date  pay- 
ment is  due  until  it  is  made. 


Extension  of 
time 


Determi- 
nation of 
school  rates 


(11)  The  Minister  by  order  may  extend  the  time  for  passing 
a  district  rating  by-law  in  any  year  and  such  an  order  may  be 
made  notwithstanding  that  the  time  limit  set  out  in  subsection 
(2)  has  expired. 

74a. — (1)  In  each  year.  The  Muskoka  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, The  Nipissing  District  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School 
Board,  The  Simcoe  County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School 
Board  and  The  West  Parry  Sound  Board  of  Education  shall 
determine  for  the  part  of  an  area  municipality  which  is  within 
the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  the  board  the  rates  to  be  levied  by 
the  applicable  area  municipality  to  provide  the  sums  required 
for  elementary  and  secondary  school  purposes,  as  the  case 
may  be,  in  that  year  and  shall  specify  the  amount  that  is  to  be 
provided  in  that  year  by  the  application  of  those  rates. 

Idem  (2)  The  determinations  required  by  subsection  (1)  shall  be 

R.s.o.  1980.    made  in  accordance  with  subsection  222  (1)  of  the  Education 

c.  129  .    , 

Act. 


Direction  to 
area  munici- 
palities 


Area  munici- 
pality to  levy 
and  collect 


(3)  On  or  before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year.  The 
Muskoka  Board  of  Education,  The  Nipissing  District  Roman 
Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Simcoe  County  Roman 
Catholic  Separate  School  Board  and  The  West  Parry  Sound 
Board  of  Education  shall  direct  the  council  of  each  applicable 
area  municipality  to  levy  the  rates  determined  by  the  partic- 
ular board  under  subsection  (1)  in  respect  of  the  area  munici- 
pality or  the  part  thereof  which  is  within  the  area  of  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  board  and  shall  advise  the  area  municipality  of  the 
amount  of  money  to  be  raised  by  levying  those  rates. 

(4)  In  each  year,  the  council  of  an  area  municipality  shall 
levy  rates  in  accordance  with  the  directions  under  subsection 
(3)  upon  all  property  in  the  area  municipality  rateable  for 
public  school  board  or  separate  school  board  purposes,  as  may 
be  appropriate. 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


(5)  The  full  value  of  all  applicable  rateable  property  shall  F""  ^^ju^  to 
be  used  in  determining. 


be  used 


(a)  the  weighted  assessment  for  each  area  municipality 
for  purposes  of  apportioning  among  the  applicable 
area  municipalities  the  sums  required  for  school 
purposes  by  the  school  boards  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (3); 

(b)  the  rates  mentioned  in  subsection  (1);  and 

(c)  the  assessment  upon  which  the  rates  are  to  be  levied 

under  sections  128,  133  and  215  of  the  Education  RS.o.  i980. 
Act,  -•  '2^'  '' 

and  notwithstanding  any  other  Act,  but  subject  to  section  22 
of  the  Assessment  Act,  no  fixed  assessment  applies  thereto. 

(6)  For  the  purposes  of  determining  and  levying  rates  under  Definitions  in 
this  section,  a  reference  in  the  Education  Act  to  "commercial  c.  129,  s.  226 
assessment"  or  ''residential  and  farm  assessment"  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  such  assessments  as  defined  in 
this  Part  and  not  as  defined  in  section  220  of  that  Act. 


(7)  Subsection  219  (2)  of  the  Education  Act  does  not  apply  ^on- 

to  the  determination  of  rates  under  subsection  (1).  R's.'a'igiso. 

c.  129, 
s.  219  (2) 

(8)  Except  as  provided  in  this  section,  the  Education  Act  Application 
continues  to  apply  to  the  levying  of  rates  and  collecting  of  r.s.o.  i980. 
taxes  for  each  public  school  board  and  separate  school  board  c.  129 
having  jurisdiction  in  part  of  the  District  Area. 


74b. — (1)  In  this  section. 


Definitions 


"area  municipality  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  area 

municipality  purposes  under  section  164  of  the  Municipal  f^^o.  i980. 
Act,  including  the  sums  required  for  any  board,  commission 
or  other  body,  but  excluding  those  amounts  required  to  be 
raised  for  district  and  school  purposes; 

"special  area  municipality  levy"  means  an  amount  to  be  raised 
by  an  area  municipality  that  is  not  included  in  the  area 
municipality  levy,  but  excluding  those  amounts  required  to 
be  raised  for  district  and  school  purposes. 

(2)  The  council  of  each  area  municipality,  in  each  year  in  Area  munici- 
accordance  with  subsections  (3)  and  (4),  shall  levy  separate  ''^'^ 
rates  on  the  whole  of  the  rateable  commercial  assessment  and 
on  the  whole  of  the  rateable  residential  and  farm  assessment 


6 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


Determi- 
nation of 
commercial 
rates 


Determi- 
nation of 
residential 
rates 


in  respect  of  the  area  municipality  levy  and  the  special  area 
municipality  levy. 

(3)  The  rates  to  be  levied  in  each  year  on  commercial 
assessment  for  each  separate  levy  specified  in  subsection  (2) 
shall  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum  required  for  each 
such  levy  by  1 ,000  and  dividing  the  product, 

(a)  by  the  weighted  assessment  for  the  area  municipal- 
ity, in  the  case  of  an  area  municipality  levy;  and 

(b)  by  the  weighted  assessment  determined  on  the  basis 
of  the  assessment  that  is  rateable  for  the  purpose  of 
raising  the  special  area  municipality  levy,  in  the  case 
of  a  special  area  municipality  levy. 

(4)  The  rates  to  be  levied  in  each  year  on  residential  and 
farm  assessment  for  each  separate  levy  specified  in  subsection 
(2)  shall  be  85  per  cent  of  the  rate  to  be  levied  on  commercial 
assessment  in  accordance  with  subsection  (3). 


Non- 
application  of 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302,  s.  158 
and  c.  359. 
s.  7 

Area  munici- 
pality levy 


Tax-exempt 
real  property 


Interim 
financing. 
District 
Council 


(5)  Section  158  of  the  Municipal  Act  and  section  7  of  the 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act  do  not  apply  to  an  area 
municipality. 

(6)  A  reference  in  any  other  Act  to  a  levy  by  a  local  munic- 
ipality under  section  158  of  the  Municipal  Act  shall,  with 
respect  to  an  area  municipality,  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  a  levy  under  this  section. 

(7)  The  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  exempt  from 
taxation  for  area  municipality  purposes  by  virtue  of  any  Act 
or  by  virtue  of  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  an  area 
municipality  under  any  Act  shall  not  be  included  when  deter- 
mining the  weighted  assessment  for  purposes  of  clause  (3)  (a) 
or  (b). 

74c. — (1)  The  District  Council,  before  the  adoption  of  the 
estimates  for  the  year,  may  by  by-law  requisition  from  each 
area  municipality  a  sum  not  exceeding  50  per  cent  of  the 
amount  that  under  subsection  74  (8)  was,  in  the  district  rating 
by-law  for  the  preceding  year,  specified  to  be  raised  in  the 
particular  area  municipality  and  subsections  74  (8),  (9)  and 
(10)  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  amount  requi- 
sitioned. 


Final 

instalment 

reduced 


(2)  The  amount  of  any  requisition  made  under  subsection 
(1)  in  any  year  upon  an  area  municipality  shall  be  deducted 
when  determining  the  amount  of  the  portions  to  be  paid  in 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


that  year  by  the  area  municipality  to  the  treasurer  of  the 
District  Corporation  under  the  district  rating  by-law  author- 
ized by  clause  74  (8)  (a). 

74d. — (1)  The  council  of  an  area  municipality  may  for  any  interim 
year,  before  the  adoption  of  the  estimates  for  the  year,  levy  areTrmfnici- 
such  rates  as  it  may  determine  on  the  rateable  commercial  pa'ities 
assessment  and  on  the  rateable  residential  and  farm  assess- 
ment in  the  area  municipality. 

(2)  A  by-law  for  levying  rates  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be  By-iaw  in 
passed  in  the  year  that  the  rates  are  to  be  levied  or  may  be  preceding^  ° 
passed  in  December  of  the  preceding  year  if  it  provides  that  it  year 
does  not  come  into  force  until  a  specified  day  in  the  following 

year. 

(3)  The  rate  that  may  be  levied  on  any  assessment  under  Determi- 
subsection  (1)  shall  not  exceed  50  per  cent  of  the  total  of  the  rate°"  ° 
rates  that  were  levied  or  would  have  been  levied  on  that 
assessment  for  all  purposes  in  the  preceding  year. 

(4)  If  the  assessment  roll  for  taxation  in  the  current  year  Assessment 
has  not  been  returned,  the  rate  levied  under  subsection  (1) 

may  be  levied  on  the  assessment  according  to  the  assessment 
roll  used  for  taxation  purposes  in  the  preceding  year. 

(5)  The  amount  of  any  levy  made  on  an  assessment  under  interim  levy 
subsection  (1)  shall  be  deducted  from  the  total  amount  levied  from  final 
on  that  assessment  for  that  year  under  sections  74,  74a  and  'evy 

74b. 

(6)  If  the  taxes  levied  on  an  assessment  for  real  property  or  Interim  levy 

^    '  ,        .  11-  •  1     1  in  excess  of 

on  a  busmess  assessment  under  this  section  exceed  the  taxes  final  levy 
to  be  levied  on  that  assessment  for  the  year  under  sections  74, 
74a  and  74b,  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall,  not 
later  than  twenty-one  days  following  the  giving  of  a  notice  of 
demand  of  taxes  payable,  refund  to  the  person  assessed  that 
portion  of  the  taxes  paid  in  excess  of  the  amount  payable  for 
the  year  pursuant  to  a  levy  made  under  sections  74,  74a  and 
74b. 


(7)  The  provisions  of  the  Municipal  Act  with  respect  to  the  Application 

levy  of  rates  and  the  collection  of  taxes  apply  with  necessary  r.s.o.  i980. 

modifications  to  the  levy  of  rates  and  collection  of  taxes  under  c.  302 
this  section. 

74e.   If  a  direction  has  been  made  under  subsection  78  (1)  f^^er  of 

Minister 

that  a  new  assessment  roll  be  returned  for  taxation  in  the  cur- 
rent year,  the  Minister  by  order. 


8  Bill  34  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  1989 

(a)  may  prescribe  the  maximum  sum  that  may  be  requi- 
sitioned from  each  area  municipality  under  sub- 
section 74c  (1);  and 

(b)  may  prescribe  the  maximum  rates  that  may  be  lev- 
ied by  the  council  of  each  area  municipality  under 
subsection  74d  (1). 

Definitions  75, — (])  In  this  section, 

"payment  in  lieu  of  taxes"  means  an  amount  that  an  area 
municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  under, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (a)    subsection  26  (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Assessment  Act, 

c.  31 

R.S.O.  1980.  (b)    subsection  7  (6)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act, 

'^^  ^^  but  not  including  that  portion  payable  to  a  school 

board  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (10)  of  that 

Act, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (c)    section  160  and  subsection  160a  (3)  of  the    Munici- 


c.  302 


pal  Act, 


R.s.o.  1980,  (d)    subsection  4  (1),  (2)  or  (3)  of  the  Municipal  Tax 


c.  311 


Assistance  Act, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (e)    section  42  of  the  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act, 

c.  361  ^   ' 

R.s.o.  1980,  (f)     subsection  46   (2),   (3),   (4)   or  (5)   of  the   Power 

*^-  ^^'^  Corporation  Act,  but  not  including  that  portion  pay- 

able to  a  school   board   in  accordance  with  sub- 
section 46  (9)  of  that  Act, 

R.s.o.  1980.  (a)    section  10  or  1 1  of  the  Trees  Act, 

c.  510  ^^^ 

R.s.c.  1985.  (h)    the  Municipal  Grants  Act  (Canada),  or 

(i)  any  Act  of  Ontario  or  of  Canada  or  any  agreement 
where  the  payment  is  from  any  government  or  gov- 
ernment agency  and  is  in  lieu  of  taxes  on  real  prop- 
erty or  business  assessment,  but  not  including  a  pay- 
ment referred  to  in  sections  498  and  498a  of  the 
Municipal  Act; 

"taxes  for  district  purposes"  means  the  sum  of  the  taxes  levied 
by  an  area  municipality  for  district  purposes  as  specified  in 
the  district  rating  by-law  under  subsection  74  (2)  and  in 
respect  of  water  and  sewer  purposes  under  sections  24  and 
25,  excluding  any  adjustments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the 
Assessment  Act; 


1989  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  Bill  34  9 

"taxes  for  local  purposes"  means  the  taxes  levied  by  an  area 
municipality  for  local  purposes  under  subsection  74b  (2), 
excluding  any  adjustments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the 
Assessment  Act;  Rs.o.  1980, 

c.  31 

"total  taxes  for  all  purposes"  means  the  sum  of  the  taxes  for 
local  purposes,  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  and  the  taxes 
levied  by  the  area  municipality  for  school  purposes  under 
subsection  74a  (1),  excluding  any  adjustments  under  section 
32  or  33  of  the  Assessment  Act. 

(2)  If  an  area  municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  a  payment  Area  munid- 
in  lieu  of  taxes  for  any  year,  it  shall  pay  to  the  treasurer  of  the  ^harT^  *° 
District  Corporation  a  portion  equal  to  the  amount  obtained  payments  in 
by  multiplying  the  amount  that  the  area  municipality  is  eligi-  ''^"  °^  ^^^^^ 
ble  to  receive  by  the  quotient,  correct  to  five  decimal  places, 
obtained  by  dividing  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the 

year  by  the  total  of, 

(a)  the  taxes  for  local  purposes  for  the  year;  and 

(b)  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the  year. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (2),  if  an  area  municipality  sharing  of 
is  eligible  to  receive  a  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  for  any  year  payments 
under, 

(a)  subsection  26  (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Assessment  Act; 

(b)  section  42  of  the  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act;  R  so.  i980, 

c.  361 


(c)    subsection  46  (2),   (3),   (4)  or  (5)  of  the   Power  R  s.o 


1980. 


c.  384 


Corporation  Act,  but  not  including  that  portion  pay- 
able to  a  school  board  in  accordance  with  sub- 
section 46  (9)  of  that  Act; 

(d)  section  10  or  1 1  of  the  Trees  Act;  or  RS.o.  i980. 

^    ^  '  c.  510 

(e)  the  Municipal  Grants  Act  (Canada),  '^  mSs'^^^' 

and  the  calculation  of  the  payment  is  based  in  part  on  the 
rates  that  were  levied  for  school  purposes,  then  the  portion  to 
be  paid  under  subsection  (2)  shall  be  calculated  by  multiplying 
the  amount  that  the  area  municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  by 
the  quotient,  correct  to  five  decimal  places,  obtained  by  divid- 
ing the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the  year  by  the  total 
taxes  for  all  purposes  for  the  year. 

(4)  The  treasurer  of  each  area  municipality  shall,  on  or  Treasurer  to 
before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year,  send  a  statement  to  est'imafe  of 

share 


10 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980. 
cc.  209.  384 


the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  and  each  school 
board  showing  an  estimate  of  the  amount  that  the  area  munic- 
ipality will  be  required  to  pay  to  the  District  Corporation  for 
the  year  under  subsection  (2)  and  to  each  school  board  under 
subsection  7  (10)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act  and  under 
subsection  46  (9)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act. 


Allocation  of       (5)  If  an  area  municipality  is  required  to  pay  a  portion  of  a 
UeuTnax'e"     payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  to  the  District  Corporation  under 
subsection  (2),  or  to  a  school  board,  the  provisions  of, 


R.S.O.  1980. 
c.  31 


(a)  subsections  26  (7)  and  (9)  of  the  Assessment  Act; 

(b)  subsection  7  (10)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act; 


(c)  subsections    160    (12)    and    (16)    and    subsection 
R  s.o.  1980.  160a  (4)  of  the  Municipal  Act;  and 

(d)  subsection  46  (7)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act, 

with  respect  to  the  equalization  of  assessment  or  allocation 
and  deposit  of  payments  shall  not  apply  to  that  entitlement. 

Payment  of         75^ — (])  Each  area  municipality  shall  pay  a  portion  of  the 

telephone        tax  levied  by  it  under  subsections  161   (12)  and  (13)  of  the 

and  telegraph  Municipal  Act  to  the  District  Corporation  and  the  appropriate 

'^^  public  school  boards  in  the  proportion  that  the  taxes  levied  by 

it  on  commercial  assessment  in  the  year  for  each  such  body 

bears  to  the  total  taxes  levied  by  it  in  the  year  on  commercial 

assessment  for  all  purposes,  other  than  separate  school  board 

purposes. 


(2)  In  determining  the  taxes  levied  on  commercial  assess- 


Exclusion  of 

to^coiiectors    Hient  Under  subsection  (1),  there  shall  be  excluded  any  adjust- 
ro"  ments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the  Assessment  Act. 


Statement  by 
treasurer 


(3)  The  treasurer  of  each  area  municipality  shall,  on  or 
before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year,  send  a  statement  to 
the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  and  the  appropriate 
public  school  boards  showing  an  estimate  of  the  amount  which 
the  area  municipality  will  be  required  to  pay  to  that  body  for 
the  year  under  subsection  (1). 


Exclusion  of  (4)  Subsections  161  (18)  to  (24)  of  the  Municipal  Act  do  not 
c  302  "  apply  if  payments  are  made  by  an  area  municipality  under 
s.  161  (18-24)  subsection  (1). 


Payment  in 
lieu  and 
telephone 
and  telegraph 
levies 


77. — (1)  An  amount  payable  by  an  area  municipality  to. 


1989  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  Bill  34  11 

(a)  the  District  Corporation  under  subsection  75  (2)  or 
76(1); 

(b)  a  public  school  board  under  subsection  76  (1);  or 


(c)    a   school   board   under   subsection   7   (10)   of  the 

Housing    Development    Act    or    under    subsection  RS.o.  i980, 
46  (9)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act, 

is  a  debt  of  the  area  municipality  to  the  District  Corporation 
or  school  board,  as  the  case  may  be,  and,  subject  to  sub- 
sections (2)  and  (3),  instalments  are  payable  on  account 
thereof  as  follows: 

1.  A  first  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount  pay- 
able for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding  year, 
on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  March. 

2.  A  second  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount 
payable  for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding 
year,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June. 

3.  A  third  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount 
payable  for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding 
year,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  September. 

4.  A  fourth  instalment  of  the  balance  of  the  entitle- 
ment for  the  year,  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of 
December. 

(2)  The   District  Council   may  by  by-law  provide  for  an  Alternative 
alternative  number  of  instalments  and  due  dates  for  amounts  Schedule 
payable  by  area  municipalities  to  the   District  Corporation 

under  subsection  (1). 

(3)  If  a  school  board  having  jurisdiction  within  the  District  ^^^^ 
Area  has  established  an  agreement  which  applies  to  one  or 
more  area  municipalities  in  accordance  with  subsection  215  (3) 

of  the  Education  Act,  the  number  of  instalments  and  due  ^-^.^  '^^^■ 
dates  specified  in  that  agreement  shall  apply  with  necessary 
modifications   to   those   amounts   otherwise   payable   to   the 
school  board  under  subsection  (1). 

(4)  An  amount  payable  by  an  area  municipality  under  sub-  General 

1  ^  revenues 

section  75  (2)  or  76  (1)  or  under  subsection  7  (10)  of  the 
Housing  Development  Act  or  under  subsection  46  (9)  of  the  ^-^-^  'l^^*- 
Power  Corporation  Act  shall  be  credited  by  the  District  Cor- 
poration or  school  board  to  its  general  revenues. 


12 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


Default 


(5)  If  an  area  municipality  fails  to  make  any  payment  as 
provided  under  subsection  (1)  or  as  altered  under  subsection 
(2)  or  (3),  the  area  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  District  Cor- 
poration or  school  board,  as  applicable,  interest  on  the 
amount  past  due  at  the  rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  at 
such  lower  rate  as  the  school  board  or  District  Corporation 
may  by  by-law  determine  from  time  to  time. 


Overpayment  (5)  jf  the  total  amount  paid  for  the  year  under  subsection 
(1),  (2)  or  (3)  exceeds  the  total  amount  payable  for  that  pur- 
pose in  the  year,  the  area  municipality  shall  notify  the  District 
Corporation  or  the  school  board,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  the 
amount  of  the  overpayment  and  the  District  Corporation  or 
school  board  shall  forthwith  pay  that  amount  to  the  area 
municipality. 


District-wide 

assessment 

update 


78, — (1)  If  the  Minister  of  Revenue  considers  that  any 
parcel  or  parcels  of  real  property  within  the  District  Area  are 
assessed  inequitably  with  respect  to  the  assessment  of  any 
other  parcel  or  parcels  of  real  property  in  the  District  Area, 
the  Minister  of  Revenue  may  direct  that  such  changes  be 
made  in  the  assessment  to  be  contained  in  the  assessment  roll 
next  to  be  returned  for  each  area  municipality  as  will,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue,  eliminate  or  reduce  ine- 
qualities in  the  assessment  of  real  property  in  the  District 
Area. 


Date  for  new 

assessment 

roil 


(2)  If  a  direction  is  made  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister 
of  Revenue  may,  for  that  purpose,  name  a  day  upon  which 
the  assessment  commissioner  for  the  District  Area  shall  return 
a  new  assessment  roll  for  the  assessment  at  market  value  of 
real  property  in  all  area  municipalities  in  the  District  Area. 


When 

directit)n 

effective 


(3)  A  direction  under  subsection  (1)  is  effective  upon  publi- 
cation of  a  notice  of  the  direction  in  The  Ontario  Gazette. 


Application  (4)  Jf  the  asscssmcnt  roll  of  an  area  municipality  for  taxa- 
assessment  tion  in  any  year  is  changed  pursuant  to  a  direction  of  the 
roll  Minister  of  Revenue  under  subsection  (1), 

(a)  the  assessment  roll  to  be  returned  for  that  area 
municipality  for  taxation  in  that  year  shall  be  the 
assessment  roll  as  so  changed  and  not  the  assess- 
ment roll  that  would  otherwise  have  been  returned; 
and 


R.S.O.   1980. 
c.  31 


(b)  the  assessment  roll  to  be  returned  in  each  year 
following  that  year  shall  be  the  assessment  roll 
returned  under  clause  (a)  as  amended,  added  to,  or 
otherwise  altered  under  the  Assessment  Act  up  to 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


13 


the  date  when  the  assessment  roll  is  returned  in 
each  such  following  year. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (4),  if  the  assessor  is  of  the  Exception 
opinion  that  an  assessment  to  be  shown  on  the  assessment  roll 

to  be  returned  is  inequitable  with  respect  to  the  assessment  of 
similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  the  assessor  may  alter  the 
value  of  the  assessment  to  the  extent  necessary  to  make  the 
assessment  equitable  with  the  assessment  of  such  similar  real 
property. 

(6)  For  the  purpose  of  every  Act,  the  assessment  roll  of  an  Status  of 
area    municipality    returned    under   subsection    (4)   shall    be  ^^^j"^'"^" 
deemed  to  be  the  assessment  roll  of  the  area  municipality 
returned  under  the  Assessment  Act.  r.s.o.  i980. 

.^^  c.  31 

(7)  In  1993  for  purposes  of  taxation  in  1994,  the  Minister  of  Mandatory 
Revenue   shall   make   a  direction   under  subsection   (1)   for  ITpdatedroii 
changes   to   be   made   to   the   assessment   rolls   of  the   area  'n  '993 
municipalities.                                                                           -^^ 

(8)  In  every  fourth  year  following  the  most  recent  direction  Mandatory 
under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  make  a  updat"ed  roii 
direction  under  subsection  (1)  for  changes  to  be  made  to  the  every  fourth 
assessment  rolls  of  the  area  municipalities.  ^^^^ 


(9)  The  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  not  make  a  direction 
under  subsection  (1)  unless  the  District  Council  by  resolution 
has  requested  that  a  direction  be  made,  but  a  resolution  is  not 
required  for  a  direction  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue  required 
under  subsection  (7)  or  (8). 


Resolution 
required 


(10)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (1)  and  (11),  the  ^  s^g'^^JJ^^ 
Assessment  Act  and  the  alterations,  corrections,  additions  and  c.  3i 
amendments  authorized  by  that  Act  apply  to  an  assessment 

roll  returned  under  subsection  (4). 

(11)  Subsections  63  (1)  and  (3)  and  sections  64  and  65  of  i^em 
the  Assessment  Act  do  not  apply  to  an  area  municipality  or  to 

the  assessment  roll  of  any  area  municipality  in  respect  of  1989 
and  subsequent  years. 


(12)  The  Assessment  Review  Board,  the  Municipal  Board 
or  any  court,  in  determining  the  value  at  which  any  real  prop- 
erty shall  be  assessed  in  any  complaint,  appeal,  proceeding  or 
action,  shall  have  reference  to  the  value  at  which  similar  real 
property  in  the  vicinity  is  assessed,  and  the  amount  of  any 
assessment  of  real  property  shall  not  be  altered  unless  the 
Assessment  Review  Board,  Municipal  Board  or  court  is  satis- 
fied that  the  assessment  is  inequitable  with  respect  to  the 


Powers  on 
appeal 


14 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


No 

amendment 

to  collectors 

roll 

R.S.O.  1980. 

c.  31 


assessment  of  similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  and  in  that 
event  the  assessment  of  the  real  property  shall  not  be  altered 
to  any  greater  extent  than  is  necessary  to  make  the  assessment 
equitable  with  the  assessment  of  such  similar  real  property. 

(13)  No  amendment  shall  be  made  to  the  assessment  or  a 
collector's  roll  under  clause  33  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act  until 
the  cumulative  value  of  the  increase  since  the  date  of  the  most 
recent  change  to  the  assessment  roll  under  a  direction  of  the 
Minister  of  Revenue  under  subsection  (1)  is  at  least  in  the 
sum  of  $5,000  at  market  value. 


Table  of 
rates  for  pipe 
lines 


(14)  For  purposes  of  subsection  24  (16)  of  XhcAssessment 
Act,  changes  made  in  the  assessment  roll  of  an  area  munici- 
pality under  a  direction  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  assessment  update  of  all 
property  within  the  area  municipality  under  section  70  of  the 
Assessment  Act. 


Rights  of 

appeal 

preserved 


(15)  Nothing  in  section  74,  74a  or  74b  in  any  way  deprives 
any  person  of  any  right  of  appeal  provided  for  in  the 
Assessment  Act  or  affects  the  operation  of  subsection  36  (6)  of 
that  Act. 


Direction 
may  be 
retroactive 


Deeming 

R.S.O.  1980. 
c.  302 


Pollution 
control  fund 


Transition 
R.S.O.  1980. 
cc.  302.  129 


(16)  A  direction  made  under  subsection  (1)  may  be  made 
retroactive  to  the  1st  day  of  December  of  the  year  preceding 
the  year  in  which  it  was  made. 

(17)  For  the  purposes  of  sections  362  and  363  of  the 
Municipal  Act,  the  District  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
a  municipality.  -^^ 

3.  Subsection  82  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  District  Council  shall  establish  and  maintain  a  pol- 
lution control  fund  and  shall  contribute  to  such  fund,  in  each 
year,  the  sum  equivalent  to  a  sum  calculated  at  one-quarter  of 
one  mill  in  the  dollar  upon  the  total  residential  and  farm 
assessment  and  commercial  assessment  for  all  area  municipali- 
ties in  that  year. 

4.  Notwithstanding  subsection  164  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act 
or  subsection  216  (2)  of  the  Education  Act,  if  the  amount  levied 
by  an  area  municipality  for  district  purposes  or  school  pur- 
poses in  1988  differs  from  the  sum  the  area  municipality  ought 
to  have  levied  for  district  purposes  or  school  purposes,  the  area 
municipality  shall  debit  or  credit  such  deficit  or  surplus,  as 
applicable,  to  the  general  funds  of  the  municipality  and  not 
revise  the  rates  to  be  levied  for  such  body  in  1989. 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


15 


5. — (1)  Nothing  in  this  Act  affects  the  validity  of  an  interim  Transition 
levy  made  by  the  District  Council  or  by  the  council  of  an  area 
municipality  under  section  76  of  the  District  Municipality  of  '*-^;9'  *^^' 
Muskoka  Act  as  it  existed  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this 
Act. 


c.  121 


(2)  Subsections  74  (8),  (9)  and  (10),  as  re-enacted  by  section  "em 
2  of  this  Act,  and  subsection  74c  (2),  as  enacted  by  section  2  of 
this  Act,  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act  apply  with  ^■^;^^-  •^*'' 
necessary  modifications  to  an  interim  levy  made  by  the  District 
Council  in  1989. 


121 


(3)  Subsections  74d  (4),  (5)  and  (6),  as  enacted  by  section  2  "em 
of  this  Act,  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act  apply 
with  necessary  modifications  to  an  interim  levy  made  by  an 
area  municipality  in  1989. 

6. — (1)  Subsection  130  (10)  of  the  Education  Act,  being 
chapter  129  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(10)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  The  Haldimand-Norfolk  Non 


Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Nipissing  Dis- 
trict Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Simcoe 
County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Sudbury 
District  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Water- 
loo County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board  or  to  a 
separate  school  board  having  jurisdiction  wholly  or  partly  in  a 
county  where  an  assessment  update  has  been  carried  out 
under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  214  (7)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  46,  section  2,  is  repealed. 

(3)  Subsection  214  (17)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  46,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(17)  Subsections  (2)  to  (16)  do  not  apply  to  an  area  munici- 
pality in  The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regiona 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk,  The  Regional  Municipal 
ity  of  Sudbury,  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo  or  to  a 
local  municipality  in  a  county  where  an  assessment  update  has 
been  carried  out  under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal 
Act. 


application 


R.S.O.  1980. 
c.  302 


Non- 
application 


(4)  Clause  214b  (2)  (b)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


16 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


(b)  The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  or 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo. 

(5)  Subsection  214b  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1987,  chapter  17,  section  3,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "The  Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand- 
Norfolk"  in  the  ninth  and  tenth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  or  The  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Waterloo". 


Non- 
application 


Conflict 


R.S.O.   1980. 
cc.   121.  435. 
441.  442. 
.%2 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(6)  Subsection  222  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  to  an  area  municipality  in 
The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Haldimand-Norfolk,  The  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury,  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo  or  a  local 
municipality  in  a  county  where  an  assessment  update  has  been 
carried  out  under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act. 

(7)  Section  225  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

225.  In  the  event  of  a  conflict  between  any  provision  in 
sections  220  to  224  and  any  provision  in  any  other  Act,  other 
than  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act,  the  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  Act,  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Sudbury  Act,  the  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo 
Act  and  section  368d  of  the  Municipal  Act,  the  provisions  in 
sections  220  to  224  prevail. 

7.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  January,  1989. 

8.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  District  Municipality  of 
Muskoka  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


i 


11134 


D  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  34 

(Chapter  74 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  District  Municipality 
of  Muskoka  Act  and  the  Education  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  Sweeney 
Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading 

2nd  Reading 

3rd  Reading 

Royal  Assent 


June  19th,  1989 
December  14th,  1989 
December  19th,  1989 
December  19th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  34  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  District  Municipality 
of  Muslioka  Act  and  the  Education  Act 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Section  71  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act, 
being  chapter  121  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

71.    In  this  Part,  Definitions 

"commercial  assessment"  means  the  total,  according  to  the 
last  returned  assessment  roll,  of. 


I 


(a)  the  assessment  of  real  property  that  is  used  as  the 
basis  for  computing  business  assessment  including 
the  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  rented  and 
occupied  or  used  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada 
or  any  province  or  any  board,  commission,  corpora- 
tion or  other  agency  thereof,  or  by  any  municipal 
corporation  or  the  District  Corporation  or  local 
board  thereof, 

(b)  business  assessment,  and 

(c)  the  assessment  for  mineral  lands,  pipe  lines  and  rail- 
way lands,  other  than  railway  lands  actually  in  use 
for  residential  and  farming  purposes; 

"district  rating  by-law"  means  a  by-law  passed  under  sub- 
section 74  (2); 

"public  school  board"  means  a  divisional  board,  as  defined  in 

paragraph  19  of  subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Education  Act,  that  RS^o  i980, 
has  jurisdiction  in  the  District  Area; 

"rateable  property"  includes  business  and  other  assessment 

made  under  the  Assessment  Act;  ^  s.o.  i980, 

c.  31 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


"residential  and  farm  assessment"  means  the  total  assessment 
for  real  property  according  to  the  last  returned  assessment 
roll  except  the  assessments  for  real  property  mentioned  in 
clauses  (a)  and  (c)  of  the  definition  of  "commercial  assess- 
ment"; 


"separate  school  board"  means  a  separate  school  board,  as 
R.s.o.  1980,        defined  in  paragraph  59a  of  subsection  1  (1)  of  the  Educa- 
tion Act,  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  District  Area; 


c.  129 


"weighted  assessment"  means,  for  the  relevant  area,  the  total 
of, 

(a)  the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  residential 
and  farm  assessment  by  85  per  cent,  and 

(b)  the  commercial  assessment. 

2.  Section  74  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1984,  chapter  45,  section  14,  and  sections  75,  76,  77 
and  78  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Definition 


74. — (1)  In  this  section,  "general  district  levy"  means  a 
sum  sufficient. 


(a)  for  payment  of  the  estimated  current  annual 
expenditures  as  adopted  under  section  73;  and 

(b)  for  payment  of  all  debts  of  the  District  Corporation 
falHng  due  within  the  year  as  well  as  amounts 
required  to  be  raised  for  sinking  funds  and  principal 
and  interest  payments  or  sinking  fund  requirements 
in  respect  of  debenture  debt  of  area  municipalities 
for  the  payment  of  which  the  District  Corporation  is 
liable  under  this  Act, 

but  excludes  those  amounts  for  water  and  sewage  purposes 
that  are  to  be  raised  by  a  special  rate  or  rates  in  accordance 
with  sections  24  and  25. 


District 
rating  by-law 


(2)  For  purposes  of  raising  the  general  district  levy,  the 
District  Council,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June  in  1989 
and  on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  March  in  each  subsequent 
year,  shall  pass  a  by-law  directing  the  council  of  each  area 
municipality  to  levy  a  separate  rate,  as  specified  in  the  by-law, 
on  the  residential  and  farm  assessment  in  the  area  municipal- 
ity rateable  for  district  purposes  and  on  the  commercial  assess- 
ment in  the  area  municipality  rateable  for  district  purposes. 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


(3)  The  rate  that  the  District  Council  shall  direct  to  be  lev-  Determi- 
ied  in  each  year  on  commercial  assessment  under  subsection  Smmerciai 
(2)  shall  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  general  district  levy  rate 

by  1 ,000  and  dividing  the  product  by  the  weighted  assessments 
for  all  the  area  municipalities. 

(4)  The  rate  that  the  District  Council  shall  direct  to  be  lev-  Determi- 
ied  on  the  residential  and  farm  assessment  under  subsection  SenSai 
(2)  shall  be  85  per  cent  of  the  rate  that  it  directs  to  be  levied  ^te 

on  commercial  assessment. 

(5)  In  each  year,  the  council  of  each  area  municipality  shall  Area  munid- 
levy,  in  accordance  with  the  district  rating  by-law  passed  for  Sopt  rates 
that  year,  the  rates  specified  in  the  by-law. 

(6)  The  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  exempt  from  Tax-exempt 
taxation  for  district  purposes  by  virtue  of  any  Act  or  by  virtue  ^^^^  property 
of  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  an  area  municipality 

under  any  Act  shall  not  be  included  when  determining  the 
total  of  the  weighted  assessment  for  the  purposes  of  sub- 
section (3). 

(7)  The  full  value  of  all  rateable  property  shall  be  used  in  F""  ^aiue  to 
determining,  ^  "^^ 

(a)    the  rates  to  be  levied  under  subsections  (3)  and  (4); 
and 


(b)  the  assessment  on  which  the  levy  shall  be  made 
under  subsection  (5), 

and,  notwithstanding  any  other  Act,  but  subject  to  section  22 

of  the  Assessment  Act,  no  fixed  assessment  applies  thereto.         R.s.o.  i980, 

'  ^^  c.  31 

(8)  A  district  rating  by-law  shall  specify  the  amount  to  be  instalment 

•^    J  .  •   •      1-^  1^      /•      I  .     •  J      and  advance 

raised  in  an  area  municipality  as  a  result  of  a  levy  being  made  payments 
in  that  area  municipality  in  accordance  with  the  by-law  and 
the  by-law, 

(a)  may  require  specified  portions  of  that  amount  to  be 
paid  to  the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  on 
or  before  specified  dates;  and 

(b)  may  provide  that  the  District  Corporation  shall  pay 
interest  at  a  rate  to  be  determined  by  the  District 
Council  on  any  payment  required,  or  portion  there- 
of, made  in  advance  by  any  area  municipality. 

(9)  The  amount  specified  to  be  raised  in  an  area  municipal-  Payment 
ity  pursuant  to  a  district  rating  by-law  shall  be  deemed  to  be 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


Default 


taxes  and  is  a  debt  of  the  area  municipality  to  the  District 
Corporation  and  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall 
pay  the  amount  owing  by  the  area  municipality  to  the  trea- 
surer of  the  District  Corporation  on  or  before  the  dates  and  in 
the  portions  specified  in  the  district  rating  by-law. 

(10)  If  an  area  municipality  fails  to  make  any  payment,  or 
portion  thereof,  as  provided  in  the  district  rating  by-law,  the 
area  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  District  Corporation  interest 
on  the  amount  in  default  at  the  rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum 
from  the  due  date  of  the  payment,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the 
District  Council  may  by  by-law  determine,  from  the  date  pay- 
ment is  due  until  it  is  made. 


Extension  of 
time 


Determi- 
nation of 
school  rates 


Idem 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  129 


(11)  The  Minister  by  order  may  extend  the  time  for  passing 
a  district  rating  by-law  in  any  year  and  such  an  order  may  be 
made  notwithstanding  that  the  time  limit  set  out  in  subsection 
(2)  has  expired. 

74a. — (1)  In  each  year.  The  Muskoka  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, The  Nipissing  District  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School 
Board,  The  Simcoe  County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School 
Board  and  The  West  Parry  Sound  Board  of  Education  shall 
determine  for  the  part  of  an  area  municipality  which  is  within 
the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  the  board  the  rates  to  be  levied  by 
the  applicable  area  municipality  to  provide  the  sums  required 
for  elementary  and  secondary  school  purposes,  as  the  case 
may  be,  in  that  year  and  shall  specify  the  amount  that  is  to  be 
provided  in  that  year  by  the  application  of  those  rates. 

(2)  The  determinations  required  by  subsection  (1)  shall  be 
made  in  accordance  with  subsection  222  (1)  of  the  Education 
Act. 


Direction  to 
area  munici- 
palities 


Area  munici- 
pality to  levy 
and  collect 


(3)  On  or  before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year,  The 
Muskoka  Board  of  Education,  The  Nipissing  District  Roman 
Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Simcoe  County  Roman 
Catholic  Separate  School  Board  and  The  West  Parry  Sound 
Board  of  Education  shall  direct  the  council  of  each  applicable 
area  municipality  to  levy  the  rates  determined  by  the  partic- 
ular board  under  subsection  (1)  in  respect  of  the  area  munici- 
pality or  the  part  thereof  which  is  within  the  area  of  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  board  and  shall  advise  the  area  municipality  of  the 
amount  of  money  to  be  raised  by  levying  those  rates. 

(4)  In  each  year,  the  council  of  an  area  municipality  shall 
levy  rates  in  accordance  with  the  directions  under  subsection 
(3)  upon  all  property  in  the  area  municipality  rateable  for 
public  school  board  or  separate  school  board  purposes,  as  may 
be  appropriate. 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


(5)  The  full  value  of  all  applicable  rateable  property  shall  F""  value  to 


,,..,-_•  be  used 

be  used  in  determining, 

(a)  the  weighted  assessment  for  each  area  municipality 
for  purposes  of  apportioning  among  the  applicable 
area  municipalities  the  sums  required  for  school 
purposes  by  the  school  boards  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (3); 

(b)  the  rates  mentioned  in  subsection  (1);  and 

(c)  the  assessment  upon  which  the  rates  are  to  be  levied 

under  sections  128,  133  and  215  of  the  Education  RS.o.  i980, 
Act,  ^- '''''' 

and  notwithstanding  any  other  Act,  but  subject  to  section  22 
of  the  Assessment  Act,  no  fixed  assessment  applies  thereto. 

(6)  For  the  purposes  of  determining  and  levying  rates  under  R^o'^^'^qoi" 
this  section,  a  reference  in  the  Education  Act  to  "commercial  c.  129,  s.  226 
assessment"  or  "residential  and  farm  assessment"  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  such  assessments  as  defined  in 

this  Part  and  not  as  defined  in  section  220  of  that  Act. 

(7)  Subsection  219  (2)  of  the  Education  Act  does  not  apply  Non- 

to  the  determination  of  rates  under  subsection  (1).  R^s.a  Tm 

c.  129, 

s.  219  (2) 

(8)  Except  as  provided  in  this  section,  the  Education  Act  Application 
continues  to  apply  to  the  levying  of  rates  and  collecting  of  r.s.o.  i980, 
taxes  for  each  public  school  board  and  separate  school  board  c.  129 
having  jurisdiction  in  part  of  the  District  Area. 


74b. — (1)  In  this  section. 


Definitions 


'area  municipality  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  area 
municipality  purposes  under  section  164  of  the  Municipal  ^^^^  ^^^' 
Act,  including  the  sums  required  for  any  board,  commission 
or  other  body,  but  excluding  those  amounts  required  to  be 
raised  for  district  and  school  purposes; 

'special  area  municipality  levy"  means  an  amount  to  be  raised 
by  an  area  municipality  that  is  not  included  in  the  area 
municipality  levy,  but  excluding  those  amounts  required  to 
be  raised  for  district  and  school  purposes. 


(2)  The  council  of  each  area  municipality,  in  each  year  in  Area 
accordance  with  subsections  (3)  and  (4),  shall  levy  separate 
rates  on  the  whole  of  the  rateable  commercial  assessment  and 
on  the  whole  of  the  rateable  residential  and  farm  assessment 


munici- 
pality levies 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


in  respect  of  the  area  municipality  levy  and  the  special  area 
municipality  levy. 


Detemii-  (3)  The  rates  to  be  levied  in  each  year  on  commercial 

commercial      assessmcnt  for  each  separate  levy  specified  in  subsection  (2) 
rates  shall  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum  required  for  each 

such  levy  by  1,000  and  dividing  the  product, 

(a)  by  the  weighted  assessment  for  the  area  municipal- 
ity, in  the  case  of  an  area  municipality  levy;  and 

(b)  by  the  weighted  assessment  determined  on  the  basis 
of  the  assessment  that  is  rateable  for  the  purpose  of 
raising  the  special  area  municipality  levy,  in  the  case 
of  a  special  area  municipality  levy. 


Determi- 
nation of 
residential 
rates 


(4)  The  rates  to  be  levied  in  each  year  on  residential  and 
farm  assessment  for  each  separate  levy  specified  in  subsection 
(2)  shall  be  85  per  cent  of  the  rate  to  be  levied  on  commercial 
assessment  in  accordance  with  subsection  (3). 


Non 


(5)  Section  158  of  the  Municipal  Act  and  section  7  of  the 
FfsS^Toso,   Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act  do  not  apply  to  an  area 


c.  302,  s.  158  municipality. 

and  c.  359,  ^       •' 


s.  7 

Area  munici- 
pality levy 


Tax-exempt 
real  property 


Interim 
financing. 
District 
Council 


(6)  A  reference  in  any  other  Act  to  a  levy  by  a  local  munic- 
ipality under  section  158  of  the  Municipal  Act  shall,  with 
respect  to  an  area  municipality,  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  a  levy  under  this  section. 

(7)  The  assessment  for  real  property  that  is  exempt  from 
taxation  for  area  municipality  purposes  by  virtue  of  any  Act 
or  by  virtue  of  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  an  area 
municipality  under  any  Act  shall  not  be  included  when  deter- 
mining the  weighted  assessment  for  purposes  of  clause  (3)  (a) 
or  (b). 

74c. — (1)  The  District  Council,  before  the  adoption  of  the 
estimates  for  the  year,  may  by  by-law  requisition  from  each 
area  municipality  a  sum  not  exceeding  50  per  cent  of  the 
amount  that  under  subsection  74  (8)  was,  in  the  district  rating 
by-law  for  the  preceding  year,  specified  to  be  raised  in  the 
particular  area  municipality  and  subsections  74  (8),  (9)  and 
(10)  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  amount  requi- 
sitioned. 


Final  (2)  The  amount  of  any  requisition  made  under  subsection 

redS"*       (1)  in  any  year  upon  an  area  municipality  shall  be  deducted 

when  determining  the  amount  of  the  portions  to  be  paid  in 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


that  year  by  the  area  municipality  to  the  treasurer  of  the 
District  Corporation  under  the  district  rating  by-law  author- 
ized by  clause  74  (8)  (a). 

74d. — (1)  The  council  of  an  area  municipality  may  for  any  Jp^erim 
year,  before  the  adoption  of  the  estimates  for  the  year,  levy  areTmunici- 
such  rates  as  it  may  determine  on  the  rateable  commercial  paiities 
assessment  and  on  the  rateable  residential  and  farm  assess- 
ment in  the  area  municipality. 

(2)  A  by-law  for  levying  rates  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be  By-iaw  in 
passed  in  the  year  that  the  rates  are  to  be  levied  or  may  be  preceding"^  ° 
passed  in  December  of  the  preceding  year  if  it  provides  that  it  year 
does  not  come  into  force  until  a  specified  day  in  the  following 

year. 

(3)  The  rate  that  may  be  levied  on  any  assessment  under  Determi- 

nation  of 

subsection  (1)  shall  not  exceed  50  per  cent  of  the  total  of  the  rate 
rates  that  were  levied  or  would  have  been  levied  on  that 
assessment  for  all  purposes  in  the  preceding  year. 

(4)  If  the  assessment  roll  for  taxation  in  the  current  year  Assessment 
has  not  been  returned,  the  rate  levied  under  subsection  (1) 

may  be  levied  on  the  assessment  according  to  the  assessment 
roll  used  for  taxation  purposes  in  the  preceding  year. 

(5)  The  amount  of  any  levy  made  on  an  assessment  under  interim  levy 
subsection  (1)  shall  be  deducted  from  the  total  amount  levied  from'^ffnai 
on  that  assessment  for  that  year  under  sections  74,  74a  and  levy 
74b. 


(6)  If  the  taxes  levied  on  an  assessment  for  real  property  or  interim  levy 

t       •  .  1.1-  ,  •  J   ^1       ^  in  excess  of 


on  a  business  assessment  under  this  section  exceed  the  taxes 
to  be  levied  on  that  assessment  for  the  year  under  sections  74, 
74a  and  74b,  the  treasurer  of  the  area  municipality  shall,  not 
later  than  twenty-one  days  following  the  giving  of  a  notice  of 
demand  of  taxes  payable,  refund  to  the  person  assessed  that 
portion  of  the  taxes  paid  in  excess  of  the  amount  payable  for 
the  year  pursuant  to  a  levy  made  under  sections  74,  74a  and 
74b. 


final  levy 


(7)  The  provisions  of  the  Municipal  Act  with  respect  to  the  Amplication 
levy  of  rates  and  the  collection  of  taxes  apply  with  necessary  r.s.o.  1980, 
modifications  to  the  levy  of  rates  and  collection  of  taxes  under  e.  302 
this  section. 


74e.  If  a  direction  has  been  made  under  subsection  78  (1)  ^^^J^ 
that  a  new  assessment  roll  be  returned  for  taxation  in  the  cur- 
rent year,  the  Minister  by  order. 


8  Bill  34  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  1989 

(a)  may  prescribe  the  maximum  sum  that  may  be  requi- 
sitioned from  each  area  municipahty  under  sub- 
section 74c  (1);  and 

(b)  may  prescribe  the  maximum  rates  that  may  be  lev- 
ied by  the  council  of  each  area  municipality  under 
subsection  74d  (1). 

Definitions  75._(i)  In  this  scctiou, 

"payment  in  lieu  of  taxes"  means  an  amount  that  an  area 
municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  under, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (a)    subsection  26  (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Assessment  Act, 

RS.O.  1980,  (b)    subsection  7  (6)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act, 

but  not  including  that  portion  payable  to  a  school 
board  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (10)  of  that 
Act, 

RS.O.  1980,  (c)    section  160  and  subsection  160a  (3)  of  the   Munici- 

pal Act, 

R.S.O.  1980,  (d)    subsection  4  (1),  (2)  or  (3)  of  the  Municipal  Tax 

Assistance  Act, 

RS-O.  1980,  (e)    section  42  of  the  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act, 

R.s^o.  1980,  (f)    subsection  46  (2),   (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Power 

Corporation  Act,  but  not  including  that  portion  pay- 
able to  a  school  board  in  accordance  with  sub- 
section 46  (9)  of  that  Act, 

R.s.o.  1980,  (g)    section  10  or  11  of  the  Trees  Act, 

c.  510 

^•^c.  1985,  (^h)    the  Municipal  Grants  Act  (Canada),  or 

(i)  any  Act  of  Ontario  or  of  Canada  or  any  agreement 
where  the  payment  is  from  any  government  or  gov- 
ernment agency  and  is  in  lieu  of  taxes  on  real  prop- 
erty or  business  assessment,  but  not  including  a  pay- 
ment referred  to  in  sections  498  and  498a  of  the 
Municipal  Act; 

"taxes  for  district  purposes"  means  the  sum  of  the  taxes  levied 
by  an  area  municipality  for  district  purposes  as  specified  in 
the  district  rating  by-law  under  subsection  74  (2)  and  in 
respect  of  water  and  sewer  purposes  under  sections  24  and 
25,  excluding  any  adjustments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the 
Assessment  Act; 


1989  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  Bill  34  9 

"taxes  for  local  purposes"  means  the  taxes  levied  by  an  area 
municipality  for  local  purposes  under  subsection  74b  (2), 
excluding  any  adjustments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the 
Assessment  Act;  RS.o.  1980, 

c.  31 

"total  taxes  for  all  purposes"  means  the  sum  of  the  taxes  for 
local  purposes,  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  and  the  taxes 
levied  by  the  area  municipality  for  school  purposes  under 
subsection  74a  (1),  excluding  any  adjustments  under  section 
32  or  33  of  the  Assessment  Act. 

(2)  If  an  area  municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  a  payment  Area  munici- 
in  lieu  of  taxes  for  any  year,  it  shall  pay  to  the  treasurer  of  the  shar?*  *° 
District  Corporation  a  portion  equal  to  the  amount  obtained  payments  in 
by  multiplying  the  amount  that  the  area  municipality  is  eligi-  '^"  °  ^^^^^ 
ble  to  receive  by  the  quotient,  correct  to  five  decimal  places, 
obtained  by  dividing  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the 

year  by  the  total  of, 

(a)  the  taxes  for  local  purposes  for  the  year;  and 

(b)  the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the  year. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (2),  if  an  area  municipality  sharing  of 
is  eligible  to  receive  a  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  for  any  year  payments 
under, 


I 


(a)  subsection  26  (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Assessment  Act; 

(b)  section  42  of  the  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act;  R  s^o  i980, 

(c)  subsection  46  (2),  (3),  (4)  or  (5)  of  the  Power  RS^o.  i980, 
Corporation  Act,  but  not  including  that  portion  pay- 
able to  a  school  board  in  accordance  with  sub- 
section 46  (9)  of  that  Act; 

(d)  section  10  or  11  of  the  Trees  Act;  or  R  S-O.  i980, 

^  c.  510 

(e)  the  Municipal  Grants  Act  (Canada),  f  m^i3^^^^' 

and  the  calculation  of  the  payment  is  based  in  part  on  the 
rates  that  were  levied  for  school  purposes,  then  the  portion  to 
be  paid  under  subsection  (2)  shall  be  calculated  by  multiplying 
the  amount  that  the  area  municipality  is  eligible  to  receive  by 
the  quotient,  correct  to  five  decimal  places,  obtained  by  divid- 
ing the  taxes  for  district  purposes  for  the  year  by  the  total 
taxes  for  all  purposes  for  the  year. 

(4)  The  treasurer  of  each  area  municipality  shall,  on  or  '^l^^^^l"  ^" 
before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year,  send  a  statement  to  elthliate  of 

share 


10 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  209,  384 


the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  and  each  school 
board  showing  an  estimate  of  the  amount  that  the  area  munic- 
ipality will  be  required  to  pay  to  the  District  Corporation  for 
the  year  under  subsection  (2)  and  to  each  school  board  under 
subsection  7  (10)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act  and  under 
subsection  46  (9)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act. 


Allocation  of       (5)  If  an  area  municipality  is  required  to  pay  a  portion  of  a 
iie5"S"taxe"s    payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  to  the  District  Corporation  under 
subsection  (2),  or  to  a  school  board,  the  provisions  of, 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  31 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


(a)  subsections  26  (7)  and  (9)  of  the  Assessment  Act; 

(b)  subsection  7  (10)  of  the  Housing  Development  Act; 

(c)  subsections    160    (12)    and    (16)    and    subsection 
160a  (4)  of  the  Municipal  Act;  and 

(d)  subsection  46  (7)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act, 

with  respect  to  the  equalization  of  assessment  or  allocation 
and  deposit  of  payments  shall  not  apply  to  that  entitlement. 

Payment  of  75, — (1)  Each  area  municipality  shall  pay  a  portion  of  the 
SShSn?  tax  levied  by  it  under  subsections  161  (12)  and  (13)  of  the 
and  telegraph  Municipal  Act  to  the  District  Corporation  and  the  appropriate 
public  school  boards  in  the  proportion  that  the  taxes  levied  by 
it  on  commercial  assessment  in  the  year  for  each  such  body 
bears  to  the  total  taxes  levied  by  it  in  the  year  on  commercial 
assessment  for  all  purposes,  other  than  separate  school  board 
purposes. 


tax 


Exclusion  of  (2)  In  determining  the  taxes  levied  on  commercial  assess- 
lo'^Siiertof's  ment  under  subsection  (1),  there  shall  be  excluded  any  adjust- 
roii  ments  under  section  32  or  33  of  the  Assessment  Act. 


Statement  by 
treasurer 


(3)  The  treasurer  of  each  area  municipality  shall,  on  or 
before  the  1st  day  of  March  in  each  year,  send  a  statement  to 
the  treasurer  of  the  District  Corporation  and  the  appropriate 
public  school  boards  showing  an  estimate  of  the  amount  which 
the  area  municipality  will  be  required  to  pay  to  that  body  for 
the  year  under  subsection  (1). 


Exclusion  of  (4)  Subsections  161  (18)  to  (24)  of  the  Municipal  Act  do  not 
R.s^o.  1980,  ^ppjy  .^  payments  are  made  by  an  area  municipality  under 
s.'  161 '(18-24)  subsection  (1). 


Payment  in 
lieu  and 
telephone 
and  telegraph 
levies 


77. — (1)  An  amount  payable  by  an  area  municipality  to. 


1989 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


Bill  34 


11 


(a)  the  District  Corporation  under  subsection  75  (2)  or 
76(1); 

(b)  a  public  school  board  under  subsection  76  (1);  or 

(c)  a  school  board   under  subsection  7   (10)   of  the 
Housing   Development   Act   or   under    subsection  R  s^o.  i980, 
46  (9)  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act, 


cc.  209,  384 


is  a  debt  of  the  area  municipality  to  the  District  Corporation 
or  school  board,  as  the  case  may  be,  and,  subject  to  sub- 
sections (2)  and  (3),  instalments  are  payable  on  account 
thereof  as  follows: 

1.  A  first  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount  pay- 
able for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding  year, 
on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  March. 

2.  A  second  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount 
payable  for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding 
year,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June. 

3.  A  third  instalment  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount 
payable  for  the  same  purposes  in  the  preceding 
year,  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  September. 

4.  A  fourth  instalment  of  the  balance  of  the  entitle- 
ment for  the  year,  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of 
December. 


(2)  The  District  Council  may  by  by-law  provide  for  an  Alternative 
alternative  number  of  instalments  and  due  dates  for  amounts  ^c^heduie 
payable  by  area  municipalities  to  the  District  Corporation 

under  subsection  (1). 

(3)  If  a  school  board  having  jurisdiction  within  the  District  ^^^^ 
Area  has  established  an  agreement  which  applies  to  one  or 
more  area  municipalities  in  accordance  with  subsection  215  (3) 

of  the  Education  Act,  the  number  of  instalments  and  due  R  s  o.  i980, 
dates  specified  in  that  agreement  shall  apply  with  necessary 
modifications  to  those   amounts  otherwise   payable  to   the 
school  board  under  subsection  (1). 

(4)  An  amount  payable  by  an  area  municipality  under  sub-  General 

1  "^  revenues 

section  75  (2)  or  76  (1)  or  under  subsection  7  (10)  of  the 
Housing  Development  Act  or  under  subsection  46  (9)  of  the  ^-^^nq  ^^m' 
Power  Corporation  Act  shall  be  credited  by  the  District  Cor- 
poration or  school  board  to  its  general  revenues. 


12 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


Default  (5)  If  an  area  municipality  fails  to  make  any  payment  as 

provided  under  subsection  (1)  or  as  altered  under  subsection 
(2)  or  (3),  the  area  municipality  shall  pay  to  the  District  Cor- 
poration or  school  board,  as  applicable,  interest  on  the 
amount  past  due  at  the  rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  at 
such  lower  rate  as  the  school  board  or  District  Corporation 
may  by  by-law  determine  from  time  to  time. 

Overpayment  (5)  jf  t^g  total  amouut  paid  for  the  year  under  subsection 
(1),  (2)  or  (3)  exceeds  the  total  amount  payable  for  that  pur- 
pose in  the  year,  the  area  municipality  shall  notify  the  District 
Corporation  or  the  school  board,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  the 
amount  of  the  overpayment  and  the  District  Corporation  or 
school  board  shall  forthwith  pay  that  amount  to  the  area 
municipality. 


District-wide 

assessment 

update 


78. — (1)  If  the  Minister  of  Revenue  considers  that  any 
parcel  or  parcels  of  real  property  within  the  District  Area  are 
assessed  inequitably  with  respect  to  the  assessment  of  any 
other  parcel  or  parcels  of  real  property  in  the  District  Area, 
the  Minister  of  Revenue  may  direct  that  such  changes  be 
made  in  the  assessment  to  be  contained  in  the  assessment  roll 
next  to  be  returned  for  each  area  municipality  as  will,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue,  eliminate  or  reduce  ine- 
qualities in  the  assessment  of  real  property  in  the  District 
Area. 


Date  for  new 

assessment 

roU 


When 

direction 

effective 


(2)  If  a  direction  is  made  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister 
of  Revenue  may,  for  that  purpose,  name  a  day  upon  which 
the  assessment  commissioner  for  the  District  Area  shall  return 
a  new  assessment  roll  for  the  assessment  at  market  value  of 
real  property  in  all  area  municipalities  in  the  District  Area. 

(3)  A  direction  under  subsection  (1)  is  effective  upon  publi- 
cation of  a  notice  of  the  direction  in  The  Ontario  Gazette. 


Application 
of  new 
assessment 
roU 


(4)  If  the  assessment  roll  of  an  area  municipality  for  taxa- 
tion in  any  year  is  changed  pursuant  to  a  direction  of  the 
Minister  of  Revenue  under  subsection  (1), 


(a)  the  assessment  roll  to  be  returned  for  that  area 
municipality  for  taxation  in  that  year  shall  be  the 
assessment  roll  as  so  changed  and  not  the  assess- 
ment roll  that  would  otherwise  have  been  returned; 
and 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  31 


(b)  the  assessment  roll  to  be  returned  in  each  year 
following  that  year  shall  be  the  assessment  roll 
returned  under  clause  (a)  as  amended,  added  to,  or 
otherwise  altered  under  the  Assessment  Act  up  to 


1989  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  Bill  34  13 

the  date  when  the  assessment  roll  is  returned  in 
each  such  following  year. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (4),  if  the  assessor  is  of  the  Exception 
opinion  that  an  assessment  to  be  shown  on  the  assessment  roll 

to  be  returned  is  inequitable  with  respect  to  the  assessment  of 
similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  the  assessor  may  alter  the 
value  of  the  assessment  to  the  extent  necessary  to  make  the 
assessment  equitable  with  the  assessment  of  such  similar  real 
property, 

(6)  For  the  purpose  of  every  Act,  the  assessment  roll  of  an  status  of 
area   municipality   returned   under  subsection   (4)   shall  be  J^Jf**""^"* 
deemed  to  be  the  assessment  roll  of  the  area  municipality 
returned  under  the  Assessment  Act.  r.s.o.  i980, 

c.  31 

(7)  In  1993  for  purposes  of  taxation  in  1994,  the  Minister  of  Mandatory 
Revenue  shall  make  a  direction  under  subsection  (1)  for  u^j^^edroii 
changes  to  be  made  to  the  assessment  rolls  of  the  area  munici-  i"  i993 
palities. 

(8)  In  every  fourth  year  following  the  most  recent  direction  Mandatory 
under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  make  a  i^^edrou 
direction  under  subsection  (1)  for  changes  to  be  made  to  the  every  fourth 
assessment  rolls  of  the  area  municipalities. 


year 


(9)  The  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  not  make  a  direction  Resolution 
under  subsection  (1)  unless  the  District  Council  by  resolution  '^^''""^® 
has  requested  that  a  direction  be  made,  but  a  resolution  is  not 
required  for  a  direction  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue  required 

under  subsection  (7)  or  (8). 

(10)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (1)  and  (11),  the  rTq^S^^ 
Assessment  Act  and  the  alterations,  corrections,  additions  and  c.  si 
amendments  authorized  by  that  Act  apply  to  an  assessment 

roll  returned  under  subsection  (4). 

(11)  Subsections  63  (1)  and  (3)  and  sections  64  and  65  of  wem 
the  Assessment  Act  do  not  apply  to  an  area  municipality  or  to 

the  assessment  roll  of  any  area  municipality  in  respect  of  1989 
and  subsequent  years. 

(12)  The  Assessment  Review  Board,  the  Municipal  Board  Powej-s  on 
or  any  court,  in  determining  the  value  at  which  any  real  prop-  ^^^^ 
erty  shall  be  assessed  in  any  complaint,  appeal,  proceeding  or 
action,  shall  have  reference  to  the  value  at  which  similar  real 
property  in  the  vicinity  is  assessed,  and  the  amount  of  any 
assessment  of  real  property  shall  not  be  altered  unless  the 
Assessment  Review  Board,  Municipal  Board  or  court  is  satis- 
fied that  the  assessment  is  inequitable  with  respect  to  the 


14 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


No 

amendment 

to  collector's 

roil 

R.S.O.  1980, 

c.  31 


assessment  of  similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  and  in  that 
event  the  assessment  of  the  real  property  shall  not  be  altered 
to  any  greater  extent  than  is  necessary  to  make  the  assessment 
equitable  with  the  assessment  of  such  similar  real  property. 

(13)  No  amendment  shall  be  made  to  the  assessment  or  a 
collector's  roll  under  clause  33  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act  until 
the  cumulative  value  of  the  increase  since  the  date  of  the  most 
recent  change  to  the  assessment  roll  under  a  direction  of  the 
Minister  of  Revenue  under  subsection  (1)  is  at  least  in  the 
sum  of  $5,000  at  market  value. 


Table  of 
rates  for  pipe 
lines 


(14)  For  purposes  of  subsection  24  (16)  of  theAssessment 
Act,  changes  made  in  the  assessment  roll  of  an  area  munici- 
pality under  a  direction  of  the  Minister  of  Revenue  under  sub- 
section (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  assessment  update  of  all 
property  within  the  area  municipality  under  section  70  of  the 
Assessment  Act. 


Rights  of 

appeal 

preserved 


(15)  Nothing  in  section  74,  74a  or  74b  in  any  way  deprives 
any  person  of  any  right  of  appeal  provided  for  in  the 
Assessment  Act  or  affects  the  operation  of  subsection  36  (6)  of 
that  Act. 


Direction 
may  be 
retroactive 


Deeming 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


Pollution 
control  fund 


Transition 
R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  302,  129 


(16)  A  direction  made  under  subsection  (1)  may  be  made 
retroactive  to  the  1st  day  of  December  of  the  year  preceding 
the  year  in  which  it  was  made. 

(17)  For  the  purposes  of  sections  362  and  363  of  the 
Municipal  Act,  the  District  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
a  municipality. 

3.  Subsection  82  (3)  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  District  Council  shall  establish  and  maintain  a  pol- 
lution control  fund  and  shall  contribute  to  such  fund,  in  each 
year,  the  sum  equivalent  to  a  sum  calculated  at  one-quarter  of 
one  mill  in  the  dollar  upon  the  total  residential  and  farm 
assessment  and  commercial  assessment  for  all  area  municipali- 
ties in  that  year. 

4.  Notwithstanding  subsection  164  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act 
or  subsection  216  (2)  of  the  Education  Act,  if  the  amount  levied 
by  an  area  municipality  for  district  purposes  or  school  pur- 
poses in  1988  differs  from  the  sum  the  area  municipality  ought 
to  have  levied  for  district  purposes  or  school  purposes,  the  area 
municipality  shall  debit  or  credit  such  deficit  or  surplus,  as 
applicable,  to  the  general  funds  of  the  municipality  and  not 
revise  the  rates  to  be  levied  for  such  body  in  1989. 


1989  DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA  Bill  34  15 

5. — (1)  Nothing  in  this  Act  affects  the  validity  of  an  interim  Transition 
levy  made  by  the  District  Council  or  by  the  council  of  an  area 
municipality  under  section  76  of  the  District  Municipality  of  ^s.o.  i980, 
Muskoka  Act  as  it  existed  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  '^'  ^^^ 
Act. 

(2)  Subsections  74  (8),  (9)  and  (10),  as  re-enacted  by  section  "em 
2  of  this  Act,  and  subsection  74c  (2),  as  enacted  by  section  2  of 
this  Act,  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act  apply  with 
necessary  modifications  to  an  interim  levy  made  by  the  District 
Council  in  1989. 

(3)  Subsections  74d  (4),  (5)  and  (6),  as  enacted  by  section  2  wem 
of  this  Act,  of  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act  apply 
with  necessary  modiflcations  to  an  interim  levy  made  by  an 
area  municipality  in  1989. 

6. — (1)  Subsection  130  (10)  of  the  Education  Act,  being 
chapter  129  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(10)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  The  Haldimand-Norfolk  Non- 
Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Nipissing  Dis-  ^pp"^^*'°" 
trict  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Simcoe 
County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Sudbury 
District  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board,  The  Water- 
loo County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board  or  to  a 
separate  school  board  having  jurisdiction  wholly  or  partly  in  a 
county  where  an  assessment  update  has  been  carried  out 
under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act.  RS.o.  i980, 

(2)  Subsection  214  (7)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  46,  section  2,  is  repealed. 

(3)  Subsection  214  (17)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  46,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(17)  Subsections  (2)  to  (16)  do  not  apply  to  an  area  munici-  Non-  ^  ^  ^ 
pality  in  The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regional  ^pp'^^'°" 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk,  The  Regional  Municipal- 
ity of  Sudbury,  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo  or  to  a 
local  municipality  in  a  county  where  an  assessment  update  has 
been  carried  out  under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal 
Act. 

(4)  Clause  214b  (2)  (b)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


16 


Bill  34 


DISTRICT  MUN.  OF  MUSKOKA 


1989 


(b)  The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  or 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo. 

(5)  Subsection  214b  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1987,  chapter  17,  section  3,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  **The  Regional  Municipality  of  Haldimand- 
Norfolk"  in  the  ninth  and  tenth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  **The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  or  The  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Waterloo". 


Non- 
application 


Conflict 


R.S.O.  1980, 

cc.  121,  435, 
441,  442, 
302 


(6)  Subsection  222  (4)  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  Subsection  (2)  does  not  apply  to  an  area  municipality  in 
The  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka,  The  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Haldimand-Norfolk,  The  Regional  Municipality  of 
Sudbury,  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo  or  a  local 
municipality  in  a  county  where  an  assessment  update  has  been 
carried  out  under  subsection  368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act. 

(7)  Section  225  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1988,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

225.  In  the  event  of  a  conflict  between  any  provision  in 
sections  220  to  224  and  any  provision  in  any  other  Act,  other 
than  the  District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act,  the  Regional 
Municipality  of  Haldimand-Norfolk  Act,  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Sudbury  Act,  the  Regional  Municipality  of  Waterloo 
Act  and  section  368d  of  the  Municipal  Act,  the  provisions  in 
sections  220  to  224  prevail. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


7.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  January,  1989. 

8.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  District  Municipality  of 
Muskoka  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1989. 


Bill  35  Government  BiU 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  35 


An  Act  respecting  the 

amalgamation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 

Town  of  Clearwater  and  the  addition  of  the 

amalgamated  City  to  the  County  of  Lambton 


The  Hon.  J.  Eakins 
Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading       June  20th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
® Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  amalgamate  the  City  of  Sarnia  with  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  to  make  the  amalgamated  City  part  of 
the  County  for  municipal  purposes. 

The  council  of  the  amalgamated  City  shall  consist  of  eight  members,  elected  on  a 
ward  basis,  four  of  whom  shall  also  sit  on  County  Council.  The  council  of  the  County 
shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  each  local  municipality  and  the  four  members  elected  by 
ward  from  the  City.  The  distribution  of  votes  on  County  Council  is  set  out  in  subsection 

18  (2). 

Under  Part  VII  certain  powers  that  are  usually  conferred  on  local  municipalities 
may,  if  prescribed  by  the  Minister,  be  assumed  by  the  County.  The  County  is  also 
responsible  for  waste  management,  county  roads  and  certain  other  roads  described  in 
section  54,  health  and  social  services  and  public  libraries. 

A  board  of  arbitrators  is  appointed  under  section  80  to  deal  with  disputes  in  respect 
of  any  adjustments  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  result  from  the  amalgamation  and  transfer 
of  responsibilities. 


Bill  35 


1989 


An  Act  respecting  the 

amalgamation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 

Town  of  Clearwater  and  the  addition  of  the 

amalgamated  City  to  the  County  of  Lambton 


CONTENTS 


Section 

1.  Definitions 


PARTI 
LOCAL  MUNICIPALITIES 

2.  Amalgamation 

3.  Name  of  City  to  be  put  to  a 
vote 

4.  Composition  of  interim  City 
council 

5.  Wards 

6.  Composition  of  councils 

7.  O.M.B.  order 

8.  By-laws,  resolutions  of  former 
municipalities 

9.  Assets  and  liabilities  transferred 
to  City 

10.  Taxes,  charges,  rates  transferred 

to  City 
IL  Dissolution  of  committees  of 

adjustment 

12.  Dissolution  of  committees, 
boards  under  1982,  c.  7 

13.  Repeal  of  certain  by-laws, 
resolutions,  appointments 

14.  Fire  departments 

15.  Offer  of  employment 

16.  Dissolution  of  police  villages 

PART  II 
COUNTY  COUNCIL 

17.  Application 

18.  Interim  County  Council 

19.  Composition  of  County  Council 

20.  County  warden 

21.  Vacancies 

22.  Offer  of  employment 

23.  By-laws,  resolutions  continued 

24.  Assets  and  liabilities  transferred 
to  County 


Section 

Part  III 
FORMER  MUNICIPALITIES 

25.  Agreement 

PART  IV 
SARNIA  HYDRO 

26.  Hydro  Commission 

PART  V 
POLICE 

27.  Boards  of  Commissioners  of 
Police 

28.  Local  board 

29.  Estimates 

30.  Transfer  of  assets,  liabilities 

31.  Continuation  of  by-laws, 
resolutions 

32.  Responsibility  for  County 
enforcement 

33.  Transfer  of  police  personnel 

PART  VI 
BOUNDARY  ADJUSTMENTS 

34.  Application  of  1981,  c.  70 

35.  Boundary  application  committee 

36.  Guidelines 

37.  Duties  of  committee 

38.  County  proposal 

39.  Action  by  Minister 

40.  Order 

PART  VII 

ASSUMPTION  OF  LOCAL 

POWERS  BY  THE  COUNTY 

41.  Local  power 

42.  Transfer  of  rights,  obligations, 
etc. 

43.  Agreements 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


44.  Rates 

45.  Repeal  of  by-law 

46.  Disputes 

47.  Regulations 

PART  VIII 
WASTE  DISPOSAL 

48.  Definition 

49.  County  waste  facilities 

50.  Waste  disposal,  County 
responsibility 

51.  Agreements 

52.  Adoption  of  certain  provisions 

53.  Disputes 

PART  IX 
COUNTY  ROAD  SYSTEM 

54.  County  roads 

55.  Dissolution  of  roads  commission 

56.  Assumption  of  highways  by 
County 

57.  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  421,  ss.  58,  59 
do  not  apply 

58.  Bridges 

59.  Minister's  order 

PARTX 

HEALTH  AND  SOCIAL 

SERVICES 

60.  Lambton  Health  Unit 

61.  County  responsible  under 
R.S.O.  1980,  c.  188 

62.  Homes  for  the  aged 

63.  1984,  c.  55  does  not  apply  to 
local  municipality 

64.  Information  to  be  provided  to 
County 

PART  XI 
PUBLIC  LIBRARIES 

65.  County  library  board 


Section 

66.  Debt  transferred  to  County 

67.  Transfer  of  employees 

PART  XII 
FINANCES 

68.  Definitions 

69.  Prescribed  equalization  factor 

70.  Annual  merged  area 
apportionment 

71.  Interim  levy 

72.  Merged  areas  under  R.S.O. 
1980,  c.  129 

73.  Where  county-wide  assessment 

74.  Direction  of  Minister  of 
Revenue 

75.  1991  City  rates 

76.  Adjustments  of  grant  total 

77.  Appropriations 

78.  Adjustments  of  grants  under 
R.S.O.  1980,  c.  359 

79.  Definitions 

PART  XIII 
MISCELLANEOUS 

80.  Board  of  arbitrators 

81.  County  responsible  for  industrial 
sites 

82.  By-laws  respecting  emergency 
measures 

83.  Amendment  to  official  plan 

84.  Double  majority  vote 

85.  Regulations  respecting 
employees 

86.  Repeal  of  ss.  4  and  18 

87.  Repeals 

88.  Commencement 

89.  Short  title 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 


Definitions 


1.  In  this  Act, 


"City"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia- 
Clearwater  as  created  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  former 
municipalities  under  section  2; 

"City  of  Sarnia"  means  the  former  municipality  of  The 
Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia; 


"County"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  County  of  Lambton; 
"County  Council"  means  the  council  of  the  County; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  3 

"former  municipalities"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of 
Sarnia  and  The  Corporation  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  as 
they  existed  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991; 

"local  municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village  and  township 
forming  part  of  the  County  for  municipal  purposes  but  does 
not  include  a  former  municipality; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs; 

"Municipal  Board"  means  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board; 

"municipality"  means  a  municipality,  as  defined  in  the  Munic-  R so.  i980, 
ipal  Affairs  Act,  and  a  metropolitan,  regional  or  district  ^'  ^^^ 
municipality  and  the  County  of  Oxford  or  a  local  board  of 
a  metropolitan,  regional  or  district  municipality  or  of  the 
County  of  Oxford; 

"pre-election  period"  means  the  period  from  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1991  until  the  30th  day  of  November,  1991,  inclu- 
sive; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

"Town  of  Clearwater"  means  the  former  municipality  of  The 
Corporation  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater. 

PARTI 

LOCAL  MUNICIPALITIES 

2.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  The  Corporation  Amalga- 


mation 


of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  The  Corporation  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  are  amalgamated  under  the  name  of  "The  Cor- 
poration of  the  City  of  Sarnia-Clearwater". 

(2)  Despite  section  5  of  the  Territorial  Division  Act,  the  ^ity  forms 
City  forms  part  of  the  County  for  municipal  purposes.  Coumy 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  497 

(3)  The  City  shall  not  apply  for  the  annexation  or  amalga-  F"ture 
mation  of  any  land  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  2016,  unless  ^^on^ 
the  County  Council  and  the  council  of  every  local  municipality  annexation 
the  lands  of  which  are  part  of  the  proposed  annexation  or  ^  agreement 
amalgamation  agree,  by  resolution,  to  the  proposed  appli- 
cation being  made. 


4  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

Name  of  City       3, — (1)  The  City  shall  submit  the  question  "Do  you  want 
L^vote''"^  ^°    the  new  City  to  be  named  Sarnia"  to  the  electors  of  the  City 
at  the  1991  regular  election. 


Change  of  (2)  If  the  majority  of  votes  cast  in  response  to  the  question 

"^'"^  are  in  the  affirmative,  the  name  of  the  City  shall  become  The 

Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  effective  the  1st  day  of 

January,  1992. 

Idem  (3)  After  the  1st  day  of  January,  1992,  the  Minister  may  by 

order  alter  the  name  of  the  City. 

Composition  4, — (1)  Despite  subsection  30  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act, 
City" council  during  the  pre-election  period,  the  council  of  the  City  shall  be 
R.s.o.  1980,   composed  of, 

c.  302 

(a)  a  mayor,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was  the 
mayor  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990; 

(b)  a  deputy  mayor,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was 
the  mayor  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  31st 
day  of  December,  1990; 

(c)  a  reeve,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was  the  reeve 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990; 

(d)  a  deputy  reeve,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was 
the  deputy  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1990;  and 

(e)  twelve  other  members, 

(i)  eight  of  whom  shall  be  the  persons  who  were 
the  members  of  the  council,  except  the 
mayor,  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  on  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1990,  and 

(ii)  four  of  whom  shall  be  the  persons  who  were 
the  members  of  the  council,  except  the 
mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve,  of  the  Town 
of  Clearwater  on  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1990. 

First  meeting       (2)  The  first  meeting  of  the  council  shall  be  held  not  later 
than  the  8th  day  of  January,  1991. 

One  vote  (3)  Each  member  of  council  has  one  vote. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


(4)  Despite  section  72  of  the  Municipal  Act,  if  the  mayor  of  Acting  mayor 
the  City  is  absent  from  the  municipality  or  is  unable  or  unwill-  ^^^^  ^^^^' 
ing  to  act  or  the  office  of  mayor  is  vacant,  the  deputy  mayor 
shall  act  in  the  place  of  the  mayor  and,  while  so  acting,  has  all 
the  rights  and  powers  of  the  mayor. 

5. — (1)  The  City  shall  consist  of  four  wards  as  described  in  wards 
the  Schedule. 


(2)  All  wards  in  the  former  municipalities  are  dissolved. 

6.— (1)  Despite  sections  30,  31,  32,  34  and  36  of  the 
Municipal  Act,  but  subject  to  section  7,  the  council  of  each 
local  municipality  shall  be  composed  of  a  mayor,  who  shall  be 
elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  local  munici- 
pality and  who  shall  be  the  head  of  the  council,  and  the 
following  other  members: 

1.  The  City — eight  members  consisting  of, 

i.  four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  wards, 
one  from  each  ward,  as  members  of  the  coun- 
cil of  the  City  and  of  the  County  Council,  and 

ii.  four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  wards, 
one  from  each  ward,  as  members  of  the  coun- 
cil of  the  City. 

2.  A  town — six  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  a 
general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  town. 


Dissolution 
of  former 
wards 

Composition 
of  councils 


3.  A  township — four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by 
a  general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  township. 

4.  A  village — four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  a 
general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  village. 

(2)  Each  member  of  the  council  of  a  local  municipality  has  on^  vote 
one  vote. 


7. — (1)  Upon  the  application  of  a  local  municipality  under  °J^^^- 
subsection  13  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  or  upon  the  petition  of 
electors  under  subsection  13  (3)  of  that  Act,  the  Municipal 
Board  may,  by  order, 

(a)  divide  or  redivide  the  local  municipality  into  wards 
and  designate  the  name  or  number  each  ward  shall 
bear  and  declare  the  date  when  the  division  or 
redivision  takes  effect; 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(b)  alter  or  dissolve  any  or  all  of  the  wards  in  the  local 
municipality  and  declare  the  date  when  the  altera- 
tion or  dissolution  takes  effect;  and 

(c)  vary  the  composition  of  the  council  of  the  local 
municipality. 

Limitation  on      (2)  No  Order  made  under  subsection  (1), 

(a)  shall  take  effect  before  the  1st  day  of  December, 
1994;  or 

(b)  shall  alter  the  total  number  of  members  who  repre- 
sent the  local  municipality  on  the  County  Council  or 
the  number  of  votes  assigned  to  the  members  under 
this  Act. 


Idem 


Where 
inquiry  by 
Minister 


(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  mayor  of  the  local  munici- 
pality shall  continue  to  be  elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the 
electors  of  the  local  municipality  and  shall  be  the  head  of 
council  of  the  local  municipality  and  a  member  of  the  County 
Council. 

1 

(4)  Where  the  Minister  is  inquiring  into  the  structure, 
organiz;3tion  and  methods  of  operation  of  a  local  municipality* 
or  the  County,  the  Minister  may  give  notice  to  the  Municipal 
Board  of  the  inquiry  and  request  that  any  application  or  peti- 
tion made  under  subsection  (1)  be  deferred  until  the  inquiry 
has  been  completed. 


Idem 


(5)  If  notice  is  given  under  subsection  (4),  all  proceedings 
in  the  application  or  petition  are  stayed  until  the  Minister 
gives  notice  to  the  Municipal  Board  that  they  may  be  contin- 
ued. 


No  board  of 
control 


(6)  A  local  municipality  shall  not  have  a  board  of  control. 


By-laws,  g, — n\  Evcry  by-law  and  resolution  of  a  former  municipal- 

rcsoiutioiis  oi  \   /  •'      •'  i 

former  ity  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  by-law  or  resolution  of  the  City 

municipalities  and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  area  of  the  former  municipal- 
ity until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)    the  date  it  is  amended  or  repealed  by  the  council  of 
the  City;  or 


By-laws, 
official  plans 
under 
1983,  c.  1 


(b)   the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  any  by-law  of  a  former  munici- 
pality passed  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  or  a 
predecessor  of  that  section,  and  any  official  plan  of  a  former 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


municipality  approved  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  or  a  pre-  i983,  c.  i 
decessor  of  that  Act,  shall  remain  in  force  until  amended  or 
repealed. 


(3)  If  a  former  municipality  has  commenced  procedures  to 
enact  a  by-law  that  requires  the  approval  of  a  minister  of  the 
Crown,  the  Municipal  Board  or  a  provincial  agency  and  the 
approval  has  not  been  obtained  before  the  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1990,  the  council  of  the  City  may  continue  the  procedures 
to  enact  the  by-law  and  subsection  (1)  applies  with  necessary 
modifications  to  the  by-law. 


By-laws  that 

require 

approval 


(4)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend-  By-laws, 

^    '  1     r  resolutions 

ment  or  repeal  of,  not  affected 


(a)    by-laws  or  resolutions  of  the  former  municipalities 

passed  under  section  45,  58  or  61  of  the  Drainage  ^•S;0.  i980, 
Act  or  a  predecessor  of  those  sections;  and 


126 


(b)  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights,  privileges, 
franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  not 
have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  councils  of  the 
former  municipalities. 

9.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  assets  and  j^ssets  ^"^^ 
liabilities  of  the  former  municipalities  and  their  local  boards  transferred  to 
become  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  City  or  a  local  board  city 
thereof  without  compensation,  and  the  City  and  its  local 
boards  stand  in  the  place  of  the  former  municipalities  and 
their  local  boards. 


All  taxes,  charges  or  rates  levied  by  a  former  munici-  ^^es^ 
under  any  general  or  special  Act  that  are  due  and  tra^ns^ferre'd  m 


10. 

pality 

unpaid  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990  shall,  after  that 
date,  be  taxes,  charges  or  rates  due  and  payable  to  the  City 
and  may  be  collected  and  recovered  by  the  City  as  if  the  tax- 
es, charges  or  rates  had  been  imposed  by  the  City 


City 


11.— (1)  Subject   to   subsection   (4),   on  the   1st   day  of  Dissolution 

January,  1991,  the  committees  of  adjustment  of  the  former  committees 

municipalities  are  dissolved.  °^  adjustment 

(2)  The  City  shall  establish  a  committee  of  adjustment  ^Iblrsh 
under  section  43  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983.  committee  of 

adjustment 

(3)  All  applications  to  the  committees  of  adjustment  of  the  Applications 

\   /  ir  I  •'  ^  continucQ 

former  municipalities  shall  be  deemed  to  be  applications  to 
and  shall  be  continued  by  the  committee  of  adjustment  of  the 
City. 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Continuing 
matters 


(4)  The  committees  of  adjustment  dissolved  under  sub- 
section (1)  and  the  terms  of  office  of  the  members  of  the  com- 
mittees shall  continue  to  the  31st  day  of  January,  1991  for  the 
purpose  of  making  a  decision  on  any  application  for  which  a 
hearing  is  completed  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 


Dissolution 
of 

committees, 
boards  under 
1982,  c.  7, 
R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  80,  417 


12. — (1)  The  council  of  the  City  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
recreation  committee  under  the  Ministry  of  Tourism  and 
Recreation  Act,  1982,  a  committee  of  management  of  a  com- 
munity recreation  centre  under  the  Community  Recreation 
Centres  Act  and  a  board  of  park  management  under  the 
Public  Parks  Act  and  all  such  committees  and  boards  of  the 
former  municipalities  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1991. 


Idem 


(2)  All  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  boards  and  commit- 
tees dissolved  under  subsection  (1)  are  continued  as  by-laws 
and  resolutions  of  the  City,  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the 
earlier  of. 


(a)    the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the  City; 
or 


Certain 
by-laws, 
resolutions 
continue 


(b)    the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend- 
ment or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights, 
privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could 
not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  boards  and  committees 
dissolved  under  subsection  (1). 


Repeal  of 

certain 

by-laws, 

resolutions, 

appointments 


13. — (1)  Despite  section  8, 

(a)  the  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  City  of  Samia 
establishing  and  appointing  members  to  the  Canada 
Day  Committee,  Committee  of  Parks  and  Rec- 
reation, Committee  of  Management  of  Marshall 
Gowland  Manor,  Planning  Advisory  Committee, 
Sarnia  Heritage  Committee  and  the  Sarnia  Museum 
Board,  all  of  the  City  of  Sarnia,  are  repealed; 

(b)  the  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  establishing  and  appointing  members  to 
the  Planning  Advisory  Committee  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  are  repealed;  and 

(c)  the  terms  of  office  of  the  appointees  of  the  City  of 
Sarnia  to  the  Property  Standards  Committee  of  the 
City  of  Sarnia  are  terminated. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  9 

(2)  Nothing   in   this   section   prevents   the   City   from   or  Appointments 
reUeves  the  City  of  any  responsibihty  for  establishing  or 
making  appointments  to  boards  and  committees. 

14. — (1)  Despite  section  8,  the  City,  on  or  before  the  31st  Fire 
day  of  January,  1991 ,  shall,  departments 

(a)  repeal  the  by-laws  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  establishing  their  respective  fire 
departments;  and 

(b)  establish  a  fire  department  for  the  City. 

(2)  Every  person  who  is  a  member  of  the  fire  department  Fire  fighters 
of  the  City  of  Sarnia  or  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  1st  day 

of  July,  1990  and  continues  to  be  a  member  until  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1990  becomes  a  member  of  the  fire  department 
established  under  clause  (1)  (b). 

(3)  In  subsection  (2),  "member"  means  a  full-time  fire  Definition 
fighter  and  a  volunteer  fire  fighter  as  defined  in  the  Fire  R so.  i980, 

T^  .  *       A     ^  c.   164 

Departments  Act. 


15.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  City  or  a  ^^^^^ 


of 


local  board  thereof  shall  offer  to  employ  every  person  who  ^'"P"^'"^" 
was  employed  by  a  former  municipality  or  a  local  board 
thereof  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990  and  who  continued  to  be 
so  employed  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990. 

16. — (1)  The  Police  Village  of  Inwood  and  the  Police  ^'''^"ce"" 
Village  of  Florence  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  viUages^^ 
1991. 

(2)  The  Municipal  Board,  upon  the  application  of  a  local  Further 
municipality  or  a  local  board  thereof  or  of  its  own  motion,  ^^^^ 
may  exercise  the  powers  under  section  25  of  the  Municipal  ^^-^^  ^^^'^' 
Act  consequent  upon  the  dissolutions. 

(3)  Sections  94  and  95  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  No  further 
do  not  apply  to  decisions  or  orders  made  in  the  exercise  of  the  ^^q  ^qsq, 
powers  under  subsection  (2).  c.  347 

PART  II 

COUNTY  COUNCIL 

17.  This  Part  applies  despite  sections  27,  28  and  29  of  the  Application 
Municipal  Act.  f-^^.  mo, 


10  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

Interim  18. — (1)  During    the    pre-election    period,    the    County 

Council  Council  shall  have  thirty-seven  members  consisting  of, 

(a)  the  mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  City; 

(b)  the  reeve  of  the  Village  of  Alvinston,  the  Village  of 
Arkona,  the  Village  of  Oil  Springs  and  the  Village 
of  Thedford;  and 

(c)  the  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Forest, 
the  Town  of  Petrolia,  the  Village  of  Grand  Bend, 
the  Village  of  Point  Edward,  the  Village  of 
Watford,  the  Village  of  Wyoming,  the  Township  of 
Bosanquet,  the  Township  of  Brooke,  the  Township 
of  Dawn,  the  Township  of  Enniskillen,  the  Town- 
ship of  Euphemia,  the  Township  of  Moore,  the 
Township  of  Plympton,  the  Township  of  Sombra 
and  the  Township  of  Warwick. 

Distribution        (2)  The  members  of  the  County  Council  under  subsection 
of  votes         ^^^  ^j^^jj  ^^^^  ^  ^^^^j  ^^  seventy-three  votes  of  which, 

(a)  the  mayor  of  the  City  shall  have  ten  votes; 

(b)  the  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  City  shall  each 
have  nine  votes; 

(c)  the  reeve  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet  and  the 
Township  of  Moore  shall  each  have  three  votes; 

(d)  the  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Petrolia,  the  Township  of 
Enniskillen,  the  Township  of  Plympton  and  the 
Township  of  Sombra  shall  each  have  two  votes; 

(e)  the  deputy  reeve  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet,  the 
Township  of  Moore  and  the  Township  of  Plympton 
shall  each  have  two  votes;  and 

(f)  all  other  members  shall  have  one  vote. 

First  meeting  (3)  xhg  first  meeting  of  the  County  Council  shall  be  held 
after  the  council  of  the  City  has  held  its  first  meeting  under 
subsection  4  (2)  but,  in  any  event,  not  later  than  the  15th  day 
of  January,  1991. 

Warden  (4)  Despite  subsection  51  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  the 

?  302  ^^^°'   County  Council  established  under  subsection  (1)  shall,  at  the 

first  meeting  at  which  a  majority  of  the  members  is  present, 

elect  one  of  its  members  to  be  warden. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


11 


(5)  The  term  of  the  warden  of  the  County  holding  office  on  Term  of 
the  30th  day  of  November,  1990  is  extended  until  a  new  °^^^^ 
warden  is  elected  under  subsection  (4). 


19. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  be  composed  of, 

(a)  the  mayor  of  each  local  municipality;  and 

(b)  the  four  county  ward  members  of  the  council  of  the 
City. 


Composition 
of  County 
Council 


(2)  The  members  of  the  County  Council  under  subsection  Distribution 
(1)  shall  have  a  total  of  thirty-seven  votes  of  which, 

(a)  the  mayor  and  each  county  ward  member  of  the 
council  of  the  City  shall  have  three  votes; 

(b)  the  mayor  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet,  the 
Township  of  Moore  and  the  Township  of  Plympton 
shall  each  have  two  votes;  and 

(c)  all  other  members  shall  have  one  vote. 

(3)  The  County  Council  shall  review  the  distribution  of  Review 
votes  under  subsection   (2)   on  or  before  the   1st  day  of 
January,  2001. 

20.  The  warden  of  the  County  Council  shall  bear  the  title  County 

e  ^  J  warden 

of  county  warden. 

21.  The  seat  of  a  mayor  of  a  local  municipality  and  the  vacancies 
seat  of  a  county  ward  member  of  the  council  of  the  City 
becomes  vacant  if  his  or  her  seat  on  the  County  Council  is 
declared  vacant  by  the  County  Council. 


Offer  of 
employment 


22.  The  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  shall  offer  to 
employ  every  person  who,  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990,  was 
employed  in  any  undertaking  carried  on  by  or  on  behalf  of 
any  former  or  local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  that  is 
assumed  by  the  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  under  this 
Act  and  who  continues  to  be  so  employed  until  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990. 


23. — (1)  Every  by-law  and  resolution  of  a  former  or  local  By-iaws, 

\   /  J      J  resolutions 

municipality  in  respect  of  any  undertaking  carried  on  by  or  on  continued 
behalf  of  a  former  or  local  municipahty  that  is  assumed  by  the 
County  under  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  by-law  or  reso- 
lution of  the  County  and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  area  of 
the  former  or  local  municipality  until  the  earher  of. 


12 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


By-laws  that 

require 

approval 


By-laws, 
resolutions 
not  affected 


Assets  and 
liabilities 
transferred  to 
County 


(a)  the  date  it  is  amended  or  repealed  by  the  council  of 
the  County;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(2)  If  a  former  or  local  municipality  has  commenced  proce- 
dures to  enact  a  by-law  that  requires  the  approval  of  a  minis- 
ter of  the  Crown,  the  Municipal  Board  or  a  provincial  agency 
and  the  approval  has  not  been  obtained  before  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990,  the  council  of  the  County  may  continue  the 
procedures  to  enact  the  by-law  and  subsection  (1)  applies  with 
necessary  modifications  to  the  by-law. 

(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend- 
ment or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights, 
privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could 
not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  councils  of  the  former 
municipalities. 

24.  All  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  former  or  local  munici- 
pality or  a  local  board  thereof  in  respect  of  any  undertaking 
carried  on  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  former  or  local  municipality 
or  local  board  thereof  that  is  assumed  by  the  County  or  a 
local  board  thereof  under  this  Act  become  assets  and  liabili- 
ties of  the  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  without  compensa- 
tion, and  the  County  and  its  local  boards  stand  in  the  place  of 
the  former  or  local  municipalities  and  their  local  boards. 

PART  III 


FORMER  MUNICIPALITIES 

Agreement  25. — (1)  The  City  of  Samia  and  the  Town  of  Clearwater 

shall  enter  into  an  agreement  with  respect  to, 

(a)  fee  structures; 

(b)  capital  improvements; 

(c)  the  adequacy  of  public  buildings; 

(d)  maintenance  of  current  levels  of  services; 

(e)  shared  capital  expenditures; 

(f)  impost  fees; 

(g)  capital  improvements; 
(h)  cash  in  lieu  of  parkland; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  13 

(i)  organizational  structures; 

(j)  the  financing  of  capital  expenditures; 

(k)  capital  budgets; 

(1)  equipment  reserve  accounts; 

(m)  contributions  to  reserve  accounts; 

(n)  shoreline  protection; 

(o)  public  transit; 

(p)  rural  water  supply; 

(q)  water  meters;  and 

(r)  major  recreation  complexes. 

(2)  The  councils  of  the  County,  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Joint 
Town  of  Clearwater  shall  establish  a  joint  implementation  '^°'"'"'  ^^ 
committee  to  make  recommendations  with  respect  to  the 
agreement  and  any  other  matter  set  out  in  this  Act. 

(3)  The  joint  committee  shall  submit  its  recommendations  Recommen- 
to  the  Minister  on  or  before  the  1st  day  of  May,  1990.  submhled  to^ 

Minister 

(4)  Subject  to  any  other  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Or'ier 
Council  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  by  recommen- 
order  give  effect  to  any  recommendation  of  the  joint  com-  dations 
mittee. 

PART  IV 

SARNIA  HYDRO 


26. — (1)  A  hydro-electric  power  commission  for  the  City  Hydro  . 

commission 

is  hereby  established  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  shall 

be  deemed  to  be  a  commission  established  under  Part  III  of 

the  Public  Utilities  Act  and  a  municipal  commission  within  the  ^•^.°:  ^^^' 

meaning  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act. 

(2)  Despite  section  41  of  the  Public  Utilities  Act,  the  hydro-  composition 
electric  power  commission  shall,  commission 

(a)    during  the  pre-election  period,  be  composed  of, 

(i)  the   members   of  the   commission   dissolved 
under  subsection  (5),  and 


14 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(ii)  the  deputy  mayor  and  reeve  of  the  City;  and 
(b)    after  the  pre-election  period,  be  composed  of, 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  308 


Term  of 
office 


Delegate  of 
mayor 


(i)  the  mayor  of  the  City,  and 

(ii)  four  other  members  who  are  qualified  electors 
in  the  City  under  the  Municipal  Elections  Act 
who  shall  be  elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the 
electors  of  the  City. 

(3)  A  member  of  the  commission  shall  hold  office  for  the 
same  term  as  the  members  of  council  or  until  the  successor  of 
the  member  is  elected  or  appointed. 

(4)  The  council  of  the  City  may  by  by-law,  passed  with  the 
written  consent  of  the  mayor,  appoint  a  delegate  from  among 
the  members  of  the  council  to  represent  the  mayor  on  the 
commission. 


Dissolution 


Transfer  of 

assets, 

liabilities 


Purchase  of 

retail 

distribution 

facilities  from 

Ontario 

Hydro 


(5)  The  Hydro-Electric  Commission  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  is 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 

(6)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  assets  of  the  Town 
of  Clearwater,  the  assets  under  the  control  and  management 
of  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection  (5)  and  the  lia- 
bilities of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  and  of  such  commission 
that  relate  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of  electrical  power 
become  assets  under  the  control  and  management  of  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  commission  established  under  subsection  (1), 
without  compensation. 

(7)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  commission  estab- 
lished under  subsection  (1)  shall  acquire  the  retail  distribution 
facilities  within  the  Town  of  Clearwater  used  by  Ontario 
Hydro  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990  in  the  retail  distri- 
bution of  power,  including  equipment  leased  by  Ontario 
Hydro  to  retail  customers  within  the  Town  of  Clearwater  for 
the  use  of  such  power,  and  the  price  of  the  facilities  shall  be 
equal  to  the  original  cost  of  the  facilities  less  the  sum  of  the 
accumulated  net  retail  equity  of  the  customers  supplied  with 
power  through  the  facilities  and  the  accumulated  depreciation 
associated  with  the  facilities. 


Definitions         (g)  In  subsectiou  (7), 


'accumulated  net  retail  equity"  means  the  portion  of  the 
equity  accumulated  through  debt  retirement  appropriations 
recorded  for  the  rural  power  district  relating  to  Ontario 
Hydro's  rural  retail  system  plus  the  portion  of  the  balance 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  15 

recorded  for  rural  retail  customers  in  the  Stabilization  of 
Rates  and  Contingencies  Account,  in  the  books  of  Ontario 
Hydro; 

"retail  distribution  facilities"  means  works  for  the  transmis- 
sion and  supply  of  power  at  voltages  less  than  50  kilo  volts 
other  than  works  located  within  a  transformer  station  that 
transforms  power  from  voltages  greater  than  50  kilovolts  to 
voltages  less  than  50  kilovolts. 

(9)  All  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  continuation 
and  of  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection  (5)  that  resoiu'S 
relate  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of  electrical  power  are 
continued  as  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  commission  estab- 
lished under  subsection  (1),  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the 

earlier  of, 

(a)  the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the 
commission;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(10)  Nothing   in   this   section   repeals   or   authorizes   the  Certain 
amendment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  reso^utbns 
rights,  privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  ^main 
could   not   have   been   lawfully   repealed   by   the   Town   of  ^^^^^^'^^ 
Clearwater  or  by  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection 

(5). 

PARTY 
POLICE 

27.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  The  Board  of  ^^^^.^""^ 
Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  City  of  Samia  and  The  Board  siolJ^™  of 
of  Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  are  Poi'ce 
amalgamated  and  the  new  board  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
board  established  under  section  8  of  the  Police  Act.  RS  o.  i980, 

c.  381 

(2)  Despite  section  8  of  the  Police  Act,  from  the  1st  day  of  J^ij^terim 
January,  1990  to  the  30th  day  of  November,  1991,  inclusive, 

the  board  shall  be  composed  of  the  members  of  the  boards 
amalgamated  under  this  section. 

(3)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  December,  1991,  the  board  J°3'j*'°" 
shall  be  composed  of  those  members  provided  for  under 

section  8  of  the  Police  Act. 


16 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Temporary 
name 


(4)  During  1990,  the  board  shall  be  called  "The  Board  of 
Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town 
of  Clearwater". 


Police  service 


(5)  During  1990,  the  board  is  responsible  for  providing 
police  service  for  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and,  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  its  powers  under 
any  general  or  special  Act,  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amalgamated  as  a  city 
municipality. 


Idem 


(6)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  is 
responsible  for  providing  police  service  for  the  City. 


Local  board  28. — (1)  During  1990,  the  board  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
local  board  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  not  of  the  Town  a 
Clearwater. 


Rights 
protected 


(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  resident  or  elector  of  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  has  the  same  rights  and  privileges  as  a 
resident  or  elector  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  relating  to  police 
matters. 


Transfer  to 
City 


(3)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  shall  con- 
tinue as  the  board  of  commissioners  of  police  of  the  City  and 
a  local  board  of  the  City. 


Estimates 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  381 


29. — (1)  The  board  shall,  in  preparing  its  1990  estimates 
under  subsection  14  (2)  of  the  Police  Act,  show  separately  the 
amount  required  to  provide  police  service  in  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and  in  the  City  of  Sarnia. 


Idem 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


Disagree- 
ments 


(2)  The  amount  of  the  estimates  for  providing  police  ser- 
vice in  the  Town  of  Clearwater  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  debt 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  falling  due  in  1990  for  the  purposes 
of  section  164  of  the  Municipal  Act,  and  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  shall  pay  this  amount  to  the  City  of  Sarnia  no  later 
than  the  30th  day  of  June,  1990. 

(3)  If  there  is  a  disagreement  between  the  City  of  Sarnia 
and  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  how  the  estimates  are  broken 
down  under  subsection  (1),  the  City  of  Sarnia  or  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  may  refer  the  matter  to  the  Ontario  Police 
Commission  and  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Police  Commis- 
sion is  final. 


Transfer  of 

assets, 

liabilities 


30.  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  the  assets  under  the 
control  and  management  of  the  boards  amalgamated  under 
subsection  27  (1)  and  all  Uabilities  of  such  boards  become 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  17 

assets  under  the  control  and  management  of  and  liabilities  of 
the  board,  without  compensation. 

31. — (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  all  by-laws  and  continuation 
resolutions   of  the   boards   amalgamated   under   subsection  resoiutS 
27  (1)  are  continued  as  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  board 
and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  former  municipality  for  which 
they  were  passed  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the 
board;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990. 

(2)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend-  Cenain 

ment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights,  resoSns 

privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  remain 

not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  boards  amalgamated  ^^^^^^^"^ 
under  subsection  27  (1). 

32.  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  ^^p^^^^' 
and  the  members  of  the  police  force  of  the  City  shall  have  the  couity"'^ 
same  duties  with  respect  to  by-laws  of  the  County  as  they  do  enforcement 
with  respect  to  by-laws  of  the  City. 

33.  Every  person  who  is  a  member  of  the  police  force  of  Transfer  of 

DOllCC 

the  Town  of  Clearwater  or  of  the  police  force  of  the  City  of  personnel 
Sarnia  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1989,  and  who  continues  to  be  a 
member  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  becomes  on 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  a  member  of  the  police  force 
created  by  the  amalgamation  under  subsection  27  (1). 

PART  VI 

BOUNDARY  ADJUSTMENTS 

34. — (1)  This  Part  applies  to  applications  made  to  the  Application 
Minister  under  section  2  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotia-  i98i,  c.  70 
tions  Act,  1981,  that  are  being  processed  on  the  day  this  Part 
comes  into  force,  and  to  future  applications  made  under  that 
section  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  to  resolve  an 
intermunicipal  boundary  issue  or  an  intermunicipal  boundary- 
related  issue  in  the  County. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  an  issue  involving  a  ^em 
boundary  of  the  County  unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister, 
that  issue  is  of  a  minor  nature. 


18 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


1981,  c.  70 
does  not 
apply 


Exception 


(3)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Part,  the  Municipal 
Boundary  Negotiations  Act,  1981  does  not  apply  to  an  appli- 
cation to  which  this  Part  applies. 

(4)  Sections  15  to  21  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotia- 
tions Act,  1981  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  an  appli- 
cation to  which  this  Part  applies  and  to  an  order  made  under 
section  40. 


Boundary 

application 

committee 


Composition 
of  committee 


Presiding 
officer 


Guidelines 


Duties  of 
committee 


Idem 


35. — (1)  The  warden  of  County  Council  shall,  within 
thirty  days  of  this  Part  coming  into  force,  appoint  a  boundary 
application  committee. 

(2)  The  committee  shall  have  five  members  consisting  of, 

(a)  the  warden; 

(b)  two  members  of  County  Council  representing  towns 
or  villages;  and 

(c)  two  members  of  County  Council  representing 
townships. 

(3)  The  members  of  the  committee  shall  appoint  a 
presiding  officer. 

36.  The  committee  shall  establish  guidelines  for  consider 
ing  boundary  applications  in  consultation  with  the  Ministry  o; 
Municipal  Affairs. 

37. — (1)  For  each  application  to  which  this  Part  applies, 
the  committee  shall,  having  regard  for  the  guideUnes  estab- 
lished under  section  36, 

(a)  determine  and  inquire  into  the  issues  raised  by  the 
application; 

(b)  determine  the  party  municipalities  which  have  a 
substantial  interest  in  the  issues  raised;  and 

(c)  obtain  the  opinion  of  the  party  municipalities  and  of 
any  local  board  that  the  committee  considers  is 
affected  by  the  application,  on  the  issues  raised  by 
the  application. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsections  (4)  and  (5),  the  committee  shall 
prepare  and  submit  to  County  Council  a  report  setting  out, 

(a)    the  issues; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  19 

(b)  the  party  municipalities  in  respect  of  each  issue; 

(c)  the  extent  of  agreement  or  disagreement  on  the 
issues; 

(d)  any  agreement  the  party  municipalities  have 
reached  on  any  of  the  issues; 

(e)  the  recommendations  of  the  committee  on  how  the 
issues  raised  by  the  application  should  be  resolved; 
and 

(f)  any  other  matters  the  committee  considers  appro- 
priate. 


1(3)  The   committee    may   make    recommendations    under  Recommen- 
Tlause  (2)  (e)  with  respect  to, 


dations 


(a)  the  matters  set  out  in  paragraphs  1  to  24  of  section 

14  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotiations  Act,   i98i,  c.  70 
1981; 

(b)  the  name  of  a  local  municipality;  and 

(c)  in  the  event  the  committee  recommends  an  amalga- 
mation, how  the  County  Council  votes  of  the 
mayors  of  the  municipalities  being  amalgamated 
should  be  distributed  to  the  local  municipalities, 
other  than  the  City,  that  would  exist  after  such 
amalgamation. 

(4)  The  committee  shall,  before  preparing  its  report,  hold  P"biic 
at  least  one  public  meeting  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  '"^^^'"^ 
information,  comments  or  opinions  regarding  the  application. 

(5)  The  committee  shall,  after  preparing  its  report  and  ^'^^^ 
before  submitting  it  to  County  Council,  hold  at  least  one  pub- 
lic meeting  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  submissions  and  com- 
ments from  the  public  in  respect  of  the  contents  of  the  report. 

(6)  The  committee  may  amend  its  report  after  the  public  Amendments 

to  report 

meeting  required  under  subsection  (5)  and  before  submitting 
it  to  County  Council. 

(7)  Notice  of  a  public  meeting  required  under  subsection  Notice  of 
(4)  or  (5)  shall  be  given  at  least  fifteen  days  in  advance  of  '"^^'"^ 
each  meeting  by  publishing  it  in  a  newspaper  having  general 
circulation  in  the  party  municipalities. 


20 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


County 
proposal 


38. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  consider  the  report  of 
the  committee  and  shall,  within  sixty  days  after  receiving  the 
report  and  having  regard  to  the  guidelines  established  by  the 
committee  under  section  36,  submit  to  the  Minister  a  proposal 
with  respect  to  the  resolution  of  the  issues  raised  by  the  appli- 
cation. 


Recommen- 
dations 


Action  by 
Minister 


(2)  The    proposal    may    contain    recommendations    with 
respect  to  the  matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3). 

39.  The  Minister  shall,  within  sixty  days  of  receipt  of  the 
proposal, 

(a)  submit  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  a 
recommendation  with  respect  to  one  or  more  of  the 
matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3); 

(b)  refer  any  issue  back  to  County  Council  or  the  com- 
mittee for  further  consideration; 

(c)  terminate  further  consideration  of  the  application; 

(d)  refer  any  issue  to  the  Municipal  Board  to  hear  any 
party  municipality  and,  after  a  hearing,  to  make 
recommendations  thereon;  or 


Order 


(e)    take  such  other  action  as  the  Minister  considers 
appropriate. 

40.  Upon  receipt  of  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister, 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  order  provide  for 
one  or  more  of  the  matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3). 


PART  VII 

ASSUMPTION  OF  LOCAL  POWERS  BY  THE  COUNTY 

Local  power  41, — (1)  jn  this  Part,  "local  power"  means  a  power  that  is 
conferred  by  any  general  or  special  Act  on  local  municipalities 
or  local  boards  thereof  and  that  is  prescribed  by  the  Minister. 


Assumption 
of  local 
power 

Double 
majority  vote 


(2)  The  County  Council  may  pass  by-laws  to  assume  any 
local  power  for  all  of  the  local  municipalities. 

(3)  No  by-law  under  subsection  (2)  shall  be  passed  or 
repealed  unless, 

(a)    a  majority  of  all  the  votes  on  County  Council  are 
cast  in  its  favour;  and 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


21 


Idem 


(b)  members  of  County  Council  representing  a  majority 
of  the  local  municipalities  cast  their  votes  in  its 
favour. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  (3)  (b),  the  members  of 
County  Council  representing  the  City  shall  only  be  considered 
to  have  cast  their  votes  in  favour  of  a  by-law  if  at  least  three 
of  the  City  representatives  cast  their  votes  in  its  favour. 


(5)  When  a  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (2)  comes  into  Effect  of 
effect,  'y-'^" 

(a)  the  County  is  responsible  for  the  local  powers 
assumed  by  the  County  in  all  of  the  local  municipal- 
ities; 

(b)  the  County  has  the  powers  conferred  by  any  general 
or  special  Act  upon  the  local  municipalities  or  local 
boards  thereof  related  to  the  local  powers  assumed 
by  the  County; 

(c)  no  local  municipality  shall  exercise  the  local  powers 
assumed  by  the  County  and  any  by-law  or  other 
measure  of  a  local  municipality  under  that  power  is 
of  no  effect;  and 

(d)  no  local  municipality  shall  provide  any  service  or 
facility  under  the  local  power  assumed  by  the 
County  within  the  County  without  the  consent  of 
County  Council,  which  consent  may  be  given  upon 
such  conditions,  including  the  payment  of  compen- 
sation, as  may  be  agreed  upon. 

(6)  If  consent  is  refused  under  clause  (5)  (d)  or  the  council  ^pp^^'  *° 
)f  the  local  municipality  and  the  County  Council  fail  to  agree 

on  the  conditions  related  to  the  consent,  the  applicant  may 
appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  which  shall  hear  and  determine 
the  matter, 

(7)  The  Municipal  Board  may  impose  such  conditions  as  it  decision  of 

•  1  •  II        !••  r    I       ^  r       ■    ■      t  n         J    Boafd  final 

considers  appropriate  and  the  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board 
is  final. 


(8)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not  ^„°^^|^^^' 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (7). 


42. — (1)  All  rights,  obligations,  assets  and  liabilities  of  a 
local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  pertaining  to  the 
local  powers  assumed  by  the  County  are  vested  in  the  County 
and  financial  adjustments,  calculated  in  accordance  with  such 


appeal 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347 
Transfer  of 
rights,  obliga- 
tions, etc. 


22 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Assumption 
by  County  of 
debt 


Interest 


Agreements 


Idem 


Rates 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


Idem 


criteria  as  may  be  prescribed,  shall  be  made  between  the 
County  and  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof. 

(2)  The  County  shall  pay  to  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  thereof  on  or  before  the  due  date  all  amounts  of  princi- 
pal and  interest  becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of 
that  local  municipality  or  local  board  in  respect  of  the  local 
powers  assumed  by  the  County. 

(3)  If  the  County  fails  to  make  any  payment  required  under 
subsection  (2)  on  or  before  the  due  date,  the  local  municipal- 
ity or  local  board  may  charge  the  County  interest  at  the  rate 
of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the  local 
municipality  or  local  board  determines,  from  the  due  date 
until  payment  is  made. 

43. — (1)  If  a  local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  had 
entered  into  an  agreement  with  any  municipality  or  other  per- 
son in  respect  of  the  local  power  assumed  by  the  County,  the 
County  shall  be  bound  by  the  agreement  and  the  local  munici- 
pality or  local  board  thereof  is  relieved  of  all  liability  under 
the  agreement. 

(2)  The  County  Council  may  enter  into  agreements  with 
any  municipality  or  other  person  for  establishing,  construct- 
ing, operating  or  managing,  at  their  joint  expense  and  for 
their  joint  benefit,  any  service  or  facihty  that  is  within  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  County  Council  as  a  result  of  the  passage  of 
the  by-law  under  subsection  41  (2). 

44. — (1)  Despite  sections  368  and  368e  of  the  Municipal 
Act,  the  County  Council  may  by  by-law  provide  for  imposing 
on  and  collecting  from  the  local  municipalities  for  which  it  is 
providing  services  or  facilities  under  the  assumed  local  powers 
a  rate  sufficient  to  pay  the  whole,  or  such  portion  as  the  by- 
law may  specify,  of  the  expenditures  and  capital  costs  includ- 
ing debenture  charges  related  to  the  services  or  facilities  and 
such  rate  may  vary  on  any  basis  the  County  Council  considers 
appropriate  and  specifies  in  the  by-law. 

(2)  All  rates  under  subsection  (1)  constitute  a  debt  of  the 
local  municipality  to  the  County  and  are  payable  at  such  times 
and  in  such  amounts  as  may  be  specified  by  by-law  of  the 
County  Council. 


Collection  of       (3)  Despite  sections  368  and  368e  of  the  Municipal  Act,  a 
local  municipality  may, 

(a)    pay  the  whole  or  part  of  the  amount  chargeable  to 
it  under  this  section  out  of  its  general  funds; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  23 

(b)  pass  by-laws  for  collecting  the  whole  or  part  of  the 
amount  chargeable  to  it  under  this  section  in  the 
same  manner  as  that  local  municipality  could  have 
collected  the  amount  if  the  local  power  had  not 
been  assumed  by  the  County;  and 

(c)  include  the  whole  or  any  part  of  an  amount  charge- 
able to  it  under  this  section  as  part  of  the  cost  of  an 
urban  service  within  an  urban  service  area  estab- 
lished in  the  local  municipality  under  any  general  or 
special  Act. 

45. — (1)  When    a    by-law    under    subsection   41    (2)    is  Repeal  of 
repealed;  "y-^^" 

(a)  the  local  powers  assumed  by  the  County  revert  to 
the  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  thereof  as 
they  exist  on  the  day  the  by-law  is  repealed; 

(b)  all  rights,  obligations,  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
County  or  local  board  thereof  pertaining  to  the 
local  powers  are  vested  in  the  local  municipalities  or 
local  boards  thereof; 

(c)  financial  adjustments,  calculated  in  accordance  with 
such  criteria  as  may  be  prescribed,  shall  be  made 
between  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  and  the 
local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof;  and 

(d)  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof  shall 
pay  to  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  on  or 
before  the  due  date  all  amounts  of  principal  and 
interest  becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of 
the  County  or  local  board  thereof  in  respect  of  the 
local  powers  reverting  to  the  local  municipalities  or 
local  boards  thereof. 

(2)  If  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof  fail  to  interest 
lake  any  payment  required  under  clause  (1)  (d)  on  or  before 

the  due  date,  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  may  charge 
the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof  interest  at  the 
rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the 
County  or  local  board  thereof  determines,  from  the  due  date 
until  payment  is  made. 

(3)  If  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  had  entered  into  an  Agreements 
agreement  with  any  municipality  or  other  person  in  respect  of 

the  local  power  reverting  to  the  local  municipalities  or  local 
boards  thereof,  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof 


24 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


are  bound  by  the  agreement  and  the  County  or  local  board 
thereof  is  relieved  of  all  liability  under  the  agreement. 

Disputes  45, — (1)  If  a  dispute  arises  in  respect  of  the  financial 

adjustments  or  the  vesting  of  assets  and  liabilities  under  sub- 
section 42  (1)  or  clause  45  (1)  (b),  or  the  transfer  of  agree- 
ments under  subsection  43  (1)  or  subsection  45  (3),  the 
County,  local  municipality  or  local  board  affected  may  apply 
to  the  Municipal  Board  for  a  resolution  of  the  dispute  and  the 
Municipal  Board  shall  hear  and  determine  the  matter  and  its 
decision  is  final. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347,  s.  94 
does  not 
apply 

Regulations 


(2)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (1). 

47. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 


(a)  providing  for  the  security  of  employment,  the  pro- 
tection of  benefits,  including  seniority  and  pensions, 
and  early  retirement  options  for  employees  affected 
by  by-laws  passed  or  repealed  under  this  section; 

(b)  prescribing  the  criteria  for  determining  the  amount 
of  and  the  manner  of  payment  of  the  financial 
adjustments  under  subsections  42  (2)  and  45  (1)  and 
for  providing  which  body  shall  pay  and  which  body 
shall  receive  the  payments  made  under  those  sub- 
sections. 


Minister's 
order 


(2)  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  local  powers  to 
which  this  Part  applies. 


PART  VIII 


WASTE  DISPOSAL 


Definition 


48.  In  this  Part,  "waste"  means  garbage,  refuse,  domestic 
waste,  industrial  solid  waste  or  municipal  refuse  and  such 
other  waste  as  may  be  designated  by  by-law  of  the  County 
Council. 


coumy^waste  49. — (1)  Qn  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the 
County  shall  provide  facilities  for  receiving,  dumping  and  dis- 
posing of  waste  and  no  local  municipahty  or  local  board 
thereof  shall  provide  such  facilities. 


County 
powers 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (1),  the  County  Council 
has  the  powers  conferred  by  any  general  or  special  Act  upon 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


25 


the  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  thereof  for  the  receiv- 
ing, dumping  and  disposing  of  waste. 

(3)  The  County  Council  may,  for  each  local  municipality.  Designated 
designate  one  or  more  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dumping  ^^"'"'^^ 
and  disposing  of  waste  or  any  class  thereof. 

(4)  If  a  designation  has  been  made,  a  local  municipality  I'^em 
shall  not  utilize  any  facilities  except  the  facilities  that  have 
been  designated  for  that  local  municipality. 

50. — (1)  No  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dumping  and  dis-  waste 
posing  of  waste  shall  be  provided  in  the  County  by  any  cSty' 
municipality  or  other  person  without  the  consent  of  the  responsibility 
County  Council,  which  consent  may  be  given  upon  such 
terms,  including  the  payment  of  compensation,  as  may  be 
agreed  upon. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  prevent  any  person  or  Existing 
any  municipality  which  does  not  form  part  of  the  County  for 
municipal  purposes  from  providing  facilities  for  the  receiving, 
dumping  and  disposing  of  waste  if  such  facilities  were  being 
lawfully  provided  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  so  long  as 
that  facility  continues  to  operate  without  interruption. 


(3)  If  the  County  Council  refuses  its  consent  under  sub- 
section (1)  or  the  applicant  and  the  County  Council  fail  to 
agree  on  the  terms  related  to  the  consent,  the  applicant  may 
appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  which  shall  hear  and  determine 
the  matter  and  may  impose  such  conditions  as  the  Board  con- 
siders appropriate. 

(4)  The  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  is  final. 


Disagree- 
ments to 
O.M.B. 


Decision  final 


(5)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not  ^  s^o.  ^i980, 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (3).  does  not 

apply 

51.  The  County  Council  may  enter  into  agreements  with  Agreements 
any  municipality  or  other  person  for  establishing,  construct- 
ing, operating  or  managing,  at  their  joint  expense  and  for 

their  joint  benefit,  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dumping  and 
disposing  of  waste. 

52.  Section  42,  subsection  43  (1),  section  44  and  clause  Adoption  of 

certain 

47  (1)  (b)  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  powers  provisions 
granted  to  the  County  under  this  Part  to  provide  facilities  for 
receiving,  dumping  and  disposing  of  waste. 

53.  If  a  dispute  arises  in  respect  of  the  financial  adjust-  Disputes 
ments  or  the  vesting  of  assets  and  liabilities,  or  the  transfer  of 


26 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


agreements  under  this  Part,  the  board  of  arbitrators  estab- 
lished under  section  80  has  the  power  to  hear  and  determine 
the  matter. 

PART  IX 

COUNTY  ROAD  SYSTEM 

County  roads  54,  Qu  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  all  roads 
under  the  jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  County  shall  continue 
to  form  part  of  the  county  road  system  together  with, 

(a)  the  roads  that  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990 
are  under  the  jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  Samia 
Suburban  Roads  Commission; 

(b)  the  roads  within  the  City  prescribed  by  the 
Minister;  and 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  421 


(c)  the  roads  that  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990 
are  covered  by  an  agreement  under  section  58  of 
the  Public  Transportation  and  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act. 


55. — (1)  The  Sarnia  Suburban  Roads  Commission  is  dis- 


Dissolution 

commission  solved  ou  the  Ist  day  of  January,  1991  and  the  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  commission  are  transferred  to  the  County  on 
that  date. 


Transfer  of 

benefits, 

liabilities 


(2)  The  County  has,  in  respect  of  the  roads  included  in  the 
county  road  system,  all  the  rights,  powers  and  benefits  con- 
ferred and  is  subject  to  all  liabilities  imposed  by  statute, 
by-law,  contract  or  otherwise  upon  the  Sarnia  Suburban 
Roads  Commission. 


Assumption 
of  highways 
by  County 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 

Consent 
required 


Connecting 
roads 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  421,  ss. 
58,  59  do 
not  apply 


56.— (1)  Despite  subsections  270  (1),  (2)  and  (4)  of  the 
Municipal  Act,  the  County  Council  may  by  by-law  assume  as  a 
county  road  any  highway  within  a  local  municipality. 

(2)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  does  not  take 
effect  until  assented  to  by  the  council  of  the  local  municipal- 
ity. 

(3)  The  County  Council  may  by  by-law  assume  as  a  county 
road  any  highway  in  a  local  municipality  that  connects  with  a 
county  road. 

57. — (1)  Sections  58  and  59  of  the  Public  Transportation 
and  Highway  Improvement  Act  do  not  apply  to  the  County  or 
the  local  municipalities. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


27 


(2)  All  existing  agreements  between  the  County  and  a  local  Existing 
municipality  under  section  58  of  the  Public  Transportation  and  ^s''^^'"^"*^ 
Highway  Improvement  Act  are  terminated  on  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1991. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


58.— (1)  Despite  subsections  278  (1)  and  (2)  of  the  Bridges 
Municipal  Act,  a  bridge  that,  on  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1990,  is  under  the  exclusive  or  joint  jurisdiction  and  control  of 
County  Council  is  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  transferred 
to  and  vested  in  the  council  of  the  local  municipality  that  has 
jurisdiction  over  the  highway  on  which  the  bridge  is  situate. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  bridges.  Limitation 

k(a)    on  county  roads; 
(b)    on  a  boundary  line  between  local  municipalities;  or 
(c)    on  a  county  boundary  line. 

59.  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  roads  within  ^™f^^'''^ 
the  City  which  are  county  roads. 

PARTX 

HEALTH  AND  SOCIAL  SERVICES 

60. — (1)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the 
Lambton  Health  Unit  shall  be  composed  of, 

(a)  not  more  than  six  members  appointed  from  and  by 
the  County  Council;  and 

(b)  not  more  than  two  persons  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Minister  of  Health. 


order 


Lambton 
Health  Unit 


(2)  Despite  any  other  Act,  the  expenses  incurred  by  the  County 

Lambton  Health  Unit  in  establishing  and  maintaining  the  for^x"pens^es 

heahh  unit  and  performing  its  functions  under  the  Health  i983,  c.  lo 
Protection  and  Promotion  Act,  1983  or  any  other  Act  shall  be 
paid  by  the  County. 

61.  For  the  purposes  of  the  General  Welfare  Assistance  County 

rcsDonsiDlc 

Act,  no  local  municipality  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  municipal-  under 

ity  and  the  County  shall  have  sole  responsibility  as  a  County  R  s  o.  iqso, 

for  all  matters  provided  for  in  that  Act. 

62.— (1)  The   homes   for   the   aged   known   as   Twilight  JJ^'^^'J"' 

Haven,  North  Lambton  and  Marshall  Gowland,  and  all  assets  ^  ^^^ 


28 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


and  liabilities  thereof,  vest  solely  in  the  County  on  and  after 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 


No  local 
municipality 
has  authority 
under 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  203 

Costs 


(2)  No  local  municipality  has  authority  to  establish,  erect  or 
maintain  a  home  for  the  aged  under  the  Homes  for  the  Aged 
and  Rest  Homes  Act. 

(3)  The  costs  of  operating  and  maintaining  Twilight  Haven, 
North  Lambton  and  Marshall  Gowland  shall  form  part  of  the 
levy  under  section  164  of  the  Municipal  Act. 

1984,  c.  55  53,  No  local  municipality  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  munici- 

Q06S  not 

apply  to  local  pality  for  the  purposes  of  the  Child  and  Family  Services  Act, 

municipality      I  Q§4 . 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


Information 
to  be 

provided  to 
County 


64.  Every  local  municipality  and  every  officer  or 
employee  thereof  shall,  at  the  request  of  the  officers  of  the 
County  who  are  responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  Acts 
referred  to  in  this  Part,  furnish  to  the  County  officers  any 
information  they  may  require  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


PART  XI 


PUBLIC  LIBRARIES 


County 
library  board 


1984,  c.  57 


Composition 
of  board 


Transfer  of 
assets, 
liabilities  to 
county 
library  board 


Continuation 
of  by-laws, 
etc. 


65. — (1)  A  county  library  board  for  the  entire  County  to 
be  known  as  "The  Lambton  County  Library  Board"  is  hereby 
established  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  county  library  board  established  under  Part  I 
of  the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984. 


(2)  Subsection  9   (5)  of  the  Public 
applies  to  the  county  library  board. 


Libraries  Act,   1984 


(3)  All  library  boards  of  the  County,  local  municipalities 
and  former  municipalities  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1991  and  their  assets  and  liabilities  are  transferred  to 
the  county  library  board  established  under  subsection  (1), 
without  compensation. 

(4)  All  by-laws,  rules,  regulations  and  fees  passed  or  estab- 
lished by  the  boards  dissolved  under  subsection  (3)  are  contin- 
ued as  by-laws,  rules,  regulations  and  fees  of  the  county 
library  board  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the  earlier  of, 

I 

(a)  the  date  they  are   amended  or  repealed  by  the 
board;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


29 


(5)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend-  Cenain 
ment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  conferring  rights,  privileges,  fran-  conSed 
chises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  not  have  been 
lawfully  repealed  by  a  board  dissolved  under  subsection  (3). 


66.  The  County  shall  pay  to  each  local  municipality,  on  or  Debt 


before  the  due  date,  all  amounts  of  principal  and  interest 
becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of  each  local  munici- 
pality in  respect  of  public  libraries  and,  if  the  County  fails  to 
pay  the  amounts  before  the  due  date,  the  local  municipality 
may  charge  the  County  interest  at  the  annual  rate  of  15  per 
cent,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the  local  municipality  determines, 
from  the  due  date  until  payment  is  made. 

67.  Every  person  who  was  an  employee  of  a  board  dis- 
solved under  this  Part  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990,  and  con- 
tinues to  be  employed  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990, 
becomes,  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  an  employee  of  the 
county  library  board. 

PART  XII 

FINANCES 


transferred  to 
County 


Transfer  of 
employees 


68.  In  this  Part, 

"average  municipal  commercial  mill  rate"  means,  in  respect  of 
a  local  municipality,  the  rate  obtained  by  dividing  the  total 
of  taxes  levied  for  all  purposes,  other  than  for  school  pur- 
poses and  other  than  under  sections  32  and  33  of  the 
Assessment  Act,  on  the  commercial  assessment  for  the  pre- 
ceding year  by  the  total  commercial  assessment  for  the  pre- 
ceding year  and  multiplying  the  result  by  1,000; 


Definitions 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  31 


"commercial  assessment"  means  commercial  assessment  as 

defined  in  clause  1  (1)  (b)  of  the  Ontario  Unconditional  ^■^■^-  ^^^' 
Grants  Act; 

"discounted  assessment"  means,  for  a  local  municipality  or  for 
a  merged  area,  the  sum  of, 

(a)  the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  residential 
and  farm  assessment  for  that  local  municipality  or 
that  merged  area  by  0.5131,  and 

(b)  the  commercial  assessment  for  that  local  municipal- 
ity or  that  merged  area; 

"discounted   equalized   assessment"   means,   for   each   local 
municipality,  the  sum  of  the  discounted  assessment  and  the 


30 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


equivalent  assessment  of  that  local  municipality  divided  by 
its  prescribed  equalization  factor  and  multiplied  by  100; 

"discounted  equalized  assessment  for  each  merged  area" 
means  the  discounted  assessment  of  the  merged  area 
divided  by  its  prescribed  equalization  factor  and  multiplied 
by  100; 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


"equivalent  assessment"  means,  for  a  local  municipality,  that 
portion  of  its  payments  in  heu  of  taxes  in  the  preceding 
year,  as  defined  in  clause  365  (1)  (j)  of  the  Municipal  Act, 
not  allocated  for  school  purposes,  divided  by  the  average 
municipal  commercial  mill  rate  and  multiplying  the  result 
by  1,000; 


"merged  area"  means  the  area  of  the  City  of  Samia  or  the 
area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater; 

"net  county  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  County  pur- 
poses under  subsection  365  (6)  of  the  Municipal  Act  includ- 
ing the  sums  required  for  any  board,  commission  or  other 
body,  apportioned  to  each  local  municipality  by  the 
County; 

"net  lower  tier  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  the  pur- 
poses of  a  local  municipality  under  section  164  of  the 
Municipal  Act  including  the  sums  required  for  any  board, 
commission  or  other  body,  but  excluding  amounts  required 
to  be  raised  for  County  and  school  purposes  or  for  a  special 
rate  imposed  under  section  79; 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


"residential  and  farm  assessment"  means  residential  and  farm 
assessment  as  defined  in  clause  7  (1)  (e)  of  the  Ontario 
Unconditional  Grants  Act. 


TuSkSn         ^^' — ^^^  ^^^  purposes  of  apportioning  the  net  county  levy 
factor^^ '°"     or  the  net  lower  tier  levy  among  the  respective  merged  areas, 
the  Minister  may,  in  each  year,  prescribe  the  equalization  fac- 
tor to  apply  for  that  year  to  each  local  municipality  within  the 
County  and  each  merged  area. 

^^^f  (2)  Despite  subsection  365  (6)  of  theMunicipal  Act,  the 

ap^rtwnment  treasurer  of  the  County  shall  determine, 

(a)  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  of  each  local 
municipality  in  the  County; 

(b)  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  of  the  County; 
and 


apportioned 
R.S.O.  1980, 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  31 

(c)  the  percentage  share  of  apportionment,  correct  to 
three  decimal  places,  for  each  local  municipality  by 
dividing  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  for 
each  local  municipality  by  the  discounted  equalized 
assessment  of  the  County  and  multiplying  the  result 
by  100. 

70. — (1)  In  each  year,  the  Ministry  of  Municipal  Affairs  Annual 
shall  calculate  and  notify  the  City  of  the  discounted  equalized  ^p^nio^lnt 
assessment  for  each  merged  area. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  7  (2)  of  the  Ontario  Unconditional  "ow  levies 
Grants  Act,  the  net  county  levy  and  the  net  lower  tier  levy  of 
the  City  shall  be  levied  against  the  whole  rateable  property,  c!  359 
including  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the  City  and  appor- 
tioned between  the  merged  areas  of  the  City  in  the  proportion 

that  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  for  each  merged 
area  bears  to  the  total  discounted  equalized  assessment  of 
both  merged  areas. 

(3)  The  rates  to  be  levied  in  each  merged  area  of  the  City  Determi- 
shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (3)  of  the  rates"  ° 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act. 

71.— (1)  Despite  section  70,  the  council  of  the  City  may  by  ^"terini  levy 
by-law  in  any  year,  before  the  adoption  of  the  estimates  for 
that  year,  levy  in  each  of  the  merged  areas,  on  the  whole  of 
the  assessment  for  real  property,  including  business  assess- 
ment in  the  merged  area,  according  to  the  last  returned 
assessment  roll,  a  sum  not  exceeding  50  per  cent  of  that  which 
would  be  produced  by  applying  to  such  assessment  the  total 
rate  for  all  purposes  levied  in  the  merged  area  in  the  preced- 
ing year  on  residential  real  property  of  public  school  support- 
ers. 

(2)  The  amount  of  any  levy  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be  Adjustments 
deducted  from  the  amount  of  the  levy  made  under  subsection 

70  (2). 

(3)  Subsection  159  (5)  of  the  Municipal  Act  applies  to  levies  Application 
made  under  subsection  (1).  r.s.o.  i980, 

c.  302, 
s.  159  (5) 

72.— (1)  For  the  purposes  of  levying  taxes  under  Part  IV  Merged  areas 

of  the  Education  Act,  the  merged  areas  shall  be  deemed  to  be  r.s.o.  1980, 

municipalities,  and  the  council  of  the  City  shall  be  deemed  to  c.  129 
be  the  council  of  each  merged  area. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  each  year  Regulations 
make  regulations  providing  for  the  apportionment  of  the  sums 


32 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


required  by  the  Lambton  County  Board  of  Education  and  The 
Lambton  County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board 
with  respect  to  any  local  municipality  or  merged  area  or  parts 
thereof  that  are  wholly  or  partly  within  their  area  of  jurisdic- 
tion. 


Where 
county-wide 
assessment 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


73.  Sections  69,  70,  71  and  72  of  this  Part  and  sections 
365,  366  and  368  of  the  Municipal  Act  cease  to  apply  to  the 
County  and  the  local  municipalities  if  the  County  has  been 
subject  to  an  assessment  update  under  section  368b  of  the 
Municipal  Act. 


Direction  of 
Minister  of 
Revenue 


74. — (1)  Despite  subsections  368b  (3)  and  (3a)  of  the 
Municipal  Act,  in  1991,  for  the  purposes  of  taxation  in  1992, 
the  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  make  a  direction  under  sub- 
section 368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act  for  changes  to  be  made 
to  the  assessment  rolls  of  the  local  municipalities. 


Grants 


(2)  If  the  Minister  is  of  the  opinion  that  taxes  for  school 
purposes  in  a  local  municipality  may  be  unduly  increased 
because  of  changes  made  to  the  assessment  rolls  of  local 
municipalities  as  a  result  of  a  direction  under  subsection  (1), 
the  Minister  may  make  a  grant  to  the  local  municipality  under 
such  terms  as  the  Minister  considers  necessary  in  the  circum- 
stances. 


Grant  to  be 
used  to 
reduce 
increases 


Certain 
by-laws  not 
affected 


(3)  If,  in  any  year,  a  local  municipality  receives  a  grant 
under  subsection  (2),  the  local  municipality  shall,  in  that  year, 
use  the  grant  to  reduce  the  increases  in  the  amounts  the  local 
municipality  is  required  to  levy  for  school  purposes. 

(4)  Nothing  in  this  Part  prevents  or  restricts  a  local  munici- 
pality from  passing  by-laws  under  section  362  or  363  of  the 
Municipal  Act. 


1991  City 
rates 


75.— (1)  In  1991,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the 
assessment  for  real  property  and  business  assessment  accord- 
ing to  the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the 
merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for 
general  purposes  which  shall  not  be  increased  over  the  1990 
rates  by  more  than  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  3.5  per  cent  of  the  rates  of  taxation  for  general 
purposes  in  the  Town  of  Clearwater  in  1990;  and 

(b)  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calendar  year  of  1990,  as 
determined  by  the  Consumer  Price  Index  published 
by  Statistics  Canada. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


33 


(2)  In  1992,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assess- 
ment for  real  property  and  business  assessment  according  to 
the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses which  shall  limit  the  aggregate  levy  for  general  purposes 
upon  the  merged  area  to  the  lesser  of, 


1992  City 
rates 


(a)  103.5  per  cent  of  the  dollar  amount  levied  for  gen- 
eral purposes  in  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  in  1991;  and 

(b)  100  per  cent  plus  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calen- 
dar year  of  1991,  as  determined  by  the  Consumer 
Price  Index  published  by  Statistics  Canada,  of  the 
dollar  amount  levied  for  general  purposes  in  the 
merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  in  1991. 


(3)  In  1993,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assess- 
ment for  real  property  and  business  assessment  according  to 
the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses which  shall  not  be  increased  over  the  1992  rates  by 
more  than  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  3.5  per  cent  of  the  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses in  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater 
in  1992;  and 


1993  City 
rates 


(b)  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calendar  year  of  1992,  as 
determined  by  the  Consumer  Price  Index  published 
by  Statistics  Canada. 


(4)  In  1994,  1995,  1996,  1997,  1998,  1999  and  2000,  the  f^^^^'^^^^ 
council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  Min-  yeaS''"^" 
ister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assessment  for  real  property 

and  business  assessment  according  to  the  last  returned  assess- 
ment roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clear- 
water rates  of  taxation  for  general  purposes  which  are  differ- 
ent from  the  rates  which  would  have  been  levied  for  such 
purposes  but  for  this  subsection. 

(5)  If  the  Minister  has  made  an  order  under  this  section  where  taxes 
which  results  in  a  reduction  in  the  taxes  which  would  have 
otherwise  been  levied  in  any  year,  the  amount  of  the  reduc- 
tion shall  be  charged  to  the  general  funds  of  the  City  in  that 

year. 


34 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Adjustments 
of  grant  total 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


76. — (1)  The  Minister  may  by  order  on  such  conditions  as 
the  Minister  considers  appropriate  provide  for  payments  to  be 
made  to  the  City  so  that  in  each  of  the  years  1991,  1992  and 
1993  the  total  of  all  grants  received  by  the  City  under  the 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act  pertaining  to  the  merged 
area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  and  payments  under  this  sub- 
section is  not  less  than  the  total  of  all  grants  received  by  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  under  the  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Act  in  1990. 


Minister's 
order 


(2)  The  Minister  may  by  order  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  2000,  on  such  conditions  as  the  Minister  considers 
appropriate,  make  grants  or  loans  to  the  County  and  the  local 
municipalities  to  achieve  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Appropri- 
ations 


77.  The  money  required  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  money  appropriated  therefor  by  the 
Legislature. 


Adjustments 
of  grants 
under 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


78. — (1)  A  grant  under  the  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Act  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipality  in  any  year  in  which 
an  incorporation,  a  major  boundary  change  or  a  major  change 
in  responsibility  for  the  delivery  of  any  service  took  place  dur- 
ing that  year  shall  be  revised  to  reflect  the  incorporation,  the 
boundary  change  or  the  change  in  the  delivery  of  services. 


Adjustment 
of  grants  by 
Minister 


(2)  If,  in  any  year,  there  is  an  overpayment  or  underpay- 
ment of  grants  paid  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipality  as  a 
result  of  a  revision  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  shall 
adjust  any  grant  paid  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipahty  in 
the  immediately  following  year  by  the  amount  of  the  overpay- 
ment or  underpayment. 


Definitions 


79. — (1)  In  this  section. 


By-laws 

respecting 

urban 


"urban  service"  means  a  service  of  the  City  not  being  pro- 
vided generally  throughout  the  City  or  not  benefiting  lands 
in  the  City  equally,  and  includes  any  liability  incurred  by  a 
former  municipality  with  respect  to  such  service; 

"urban  service  area"  means  the  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  designated  in  a 
by-law  under  clause  (2)  (c)  or  in  an  order  under  clause 
(5)  (c). 

(2)  The  council  of  the  City  may,  with  the  approval  of  the 
Municipal  Board,  by  by-law, 


(a)    identify  an  urban  service; 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


35 


(b)  define  which  costs  of  the  City  are  related  to  that 
urban  service; 

(c)  designate  upon  what  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the 
City  the  related  costs  should  be  raised;  and 

(d)  levy  a  special  rate  on  that  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  to  raise 
the  whole  or  part  of  the  related  costs. 


(3)  The  rates  to  be  levied  within  each  urban  service  area  Determi- 
shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (3)  of  the  "ates"  °^ 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  359 

(4)  The  council  of  the  City  may  establish,  amend  or  dis-  Dissolution 
solve  any  number  of  urban  service  areas  designated  under  sei^kTareas 
subsection  (2). 


(5)  Before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  Minister,  upon  Minister's 
the  joint  application  of  the  councils  of  the  City  of  Samia  and 

the  Town  of  Clearwater,  may  make  an  order  to  be  effective 
no  earlier  than  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  that, 

(a)  identifies  an  urban  service; 

(b)  defines  which  costs  of  the  City  will  relate  to  that 
urban  service;  and 

(c)  designates  upon  what  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the  City 
the  related  costs  shall  be  raised. 

(6)  Where  an  order  under  subsection  (5)  creating  an  urban  ^""^ 
service  area  is  in  force  and  has  not  been  amended  under  sub-  approval  not 
section  (7),  the  council  of  the  City  may  pass  a  by-law  under  required 
clause  (2)  (d)  related  to  that  urban  service  area  without  the 
approval  of  the  Municipal  Board. 

(7)  The  council  of  the  City  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Amendments 
Municipal  Board,  by  by-law  amend  or  repeal  an  order  under  ordeTby  city 
subsection  (5). 

PART  XIII 


MISCELLANEOUS 


80. — (1)  The  Minister  shall  appoint  three  persons  as  a 
board  of  arbitrators  to  make  adjustments  of  assets  and  liabili- 
ties arising  from  any  amalgamation,  dissolution,  other  than 


Board  of 
arbitrators 


36 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


the  dissolution  of  a  police  village,  and  transfer  of  functions  or 
services  under  Parts  I,  II,  V,  VIII,  IX,  X,  XI  and  this  Part. 

Certain  ^^^^  (2)  Scctious  3  to  5,  7,  9  to  11  and  13  to  15  of  the 
R™^o.°i980,  Arbitrations  Act  and  the  Schedule  to  that  Act  apply  to  an 
c.  25  apply      arbitration  under  this  section. 

Decisions  of  (3)  The  dccisions  of  the  board  of  arbitrators  are  binding  on 
bSfding  the  County,  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  and  are  not 

subject  to  appeal. 

Hearing  (4)  jhc  board  of  arbitrators  shall  hold  a  hearing  with 

respect  to  any  matter  set  out  in  subsection  (1)  that  is  in 
dispute. 


County 
responsible 
for  industrial 
sites 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


81. — (1)  Paragraph  50  of  section  210  of  the  Municipal  Act 
applies  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  County  and  no 
local  municipality  shall  exercise  the  powers  set  out  in  that 
paragraph  except  in  respect  of  lands  acquired  or  held  by  a 
local  municipality  on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1990. 


Restrictions 

respecting 

publicity, 

regional 

economic 

development 

agreements 

R.S.O.  1980, 

c.  302 

Expenditures 
for  publicity 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  (3),  no  local  municipality  shall 
exercise  any  powers  under  paragraphs  22  and  58  of  section 
208  of  the  Municipal  Act  after  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1990. 


(3)  The  County  and  a  local  municipality  may  pool  their 
funds  and  act  jointly  for  the  purposes  of  paragraph  22  of 
section  208  of  the  Municipal  Act. 


By-laws  gj, — (1)  When  County  Council  has  passed  a  by-law  under 

emSgenc^y      subclauses  209  (b)  (ii)  and  (iii)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  any 
measures        by-law  passcd  by  the  council  of  a  local  municipality  under 
those  subclauses  is  of  no  effect. 


Idem 


(2)  When  a  by-law  passed  by  County  Council  under  sub- 
clause 209  (b)  (ii)  of  the  Municipal  Act  is  in  force,  the  County 
may  pass  by-laws, 

(a)  with  the  consent  of  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  concerned,  for  appointing  heads  of  depart- 
ments and  alternates  to  be  members  of  or  advisors 
to  the  emergency  measures  planning  committee  or 
any  subcommittee  thereof; 

(b)  with  the  consent  of  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  concerned,   for  training  employees  of  the 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


37 


local  municipality  or  local  board  in  their  emergency 
functions; 

(c)  for  appointing  members  of  the  emergency  measures 
planning  committee  or  of  any  subcommittee  thereof 
to  be  in  charge  of  the  departments  or  utilities 
throughout  the  County,  as  provided  in  the  by-law, 
when  an  emergency  occurs; 

(d)  for  acquiring  alternative  headquarters  for  the 
County  Government  outside  the  County;  and 

(e)  for  obtaining  and  distributing  emergency  materials, 
equipment  and  supplies. 

(3)  The  County  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  regional  municipal-  Deeming 

ity  and  the  local  municipalities  shall  be  deemed  to  be  area  respecdng 

municipalities  of  that  regional  municipality  for  the  purposes  of  i983,  c.  so 
the  Emergency  Plans  Act,  1983. 

83.  The  County  Council,  before  the  31st  day  of  Decem-  Amendment 

to  official 

ber,  1992,  shall  prepare,  adopt  and  forward  to  the  Minister  plan 
for  approval  an  amendment  to  the  official  plan  of  the  County 
to    cover    the    area    of    the    former    municipality    of   The 
Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia. 

84. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  not  request  an  amend-  Double 
ment  to  this  Act  unless,  majority  vote 


(a)  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  on  County  Council  are 
cast  in  favour  of  the  request;  and 

(b)  members  of  County  Council  representing  a  majority 
of  the  local  municipalities  cast  their  votes  in  favour 
of  the  request. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  (1)  (b),  subsection  41  (4)  ^^^^ 
applies  with  necessary  modifications. 

85. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  upon  Regulations 
the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  make  regulations  provid-  empioyee^s 
ing  for  the  security  of  employment,  the  protection  of  benefits, 
including  seniority  and  pensions,  and  early  retirement  options 
for  employees  affected  by  this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  employees  affected  by  Limitation 
a  by-law  passed  or  repealed  under  Part  VII. 

86.  Sections  4  and  18  of  this  Act  are  repealed  on  the  1st  ^^^p^^^^^J^s 
day  of  December,  1991. 


38  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

Repeals  87.   The  City  of  Sarnia  Act,  1925,  being  chapter  103,  The 

City  of  Sarnia  Act,  1977,  being  chapter  101  and  the  County  of 
Lambton  Act,  1981,  being  chapter  92,  are  repealed  on  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1991. 

Commence-         88.— (1)  This  Act,  exccpt  sections  5,  6,  7,  13,  19,  20  and 
men  2^^  Parts  IX  and  X  and  section  87,  comes  into  force  on  the 

day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

Wem  (2)  Sections  5  and  13,  Parts  IX  and  X  and  section  87  come 

into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 

Idem  (3)  Sections  6,  7,  19,  20  and  21  come  into  force  on  the  1st 

day  of  December,  1991. 

Transition,  (4)  Dcspitc  subscction  (3),  the  regular  elections  to  be  held 

dictions  in  1991  under  the  Municipal  Elections  Act  in  the  area  munici- 

R.s.o.  1980,  palities  shall  be  conducted  as  if  sections  6,  7  and  19  were  in 

c.  308  force. 

Short  title  89.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Sarnia- Lambton  Act, 

1989. 

SCHEDULE 

WARD  1 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  and  the 
northerly  prolongation  thereof  to  a  point  distant  500  metres  measured 
northerly  from  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  Lake  Huron; 

Thence  easterly  and  parallel  with  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  the  said 
Lake  to  the  easterly  boundary  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  easterly  boundary  of  the  said  Town  to  the  south 
easterly  angle  of  the  said  Town; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  said  Town  to  the  place 
of  beginning. 

WARD  2 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  centre  line  of  the  King's  Highway  No. 
402  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Blackwell  Sideroad  and  the 
northerly  prolongation  thereof  to  a  point  distant  500  metres  measured 
northerly  from  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  Lake  Huron; 

Thence  westerly  and  parallel  with  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  the  said 
Lake  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of  Ontario  and 
the  United  States  of  America; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  39 

Thence  southerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  northerly 
boundary  of  the  Village  of  Point  Edward; 

Thence  easterly  and  southerly  along  the  northerly  and  easterly  boundaries 
of  the  said  Village  to  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue  to  the  centre  line 
of  Indian  Road  North; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  North  to  the  centre 
line  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  402; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  said  King's  Highway  to  the 
place  of  beginning. 

WARDS 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  westerly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Sarnia 
and  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue  to  the  centre  line 
of  Indian  Road  North; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  North  to  the  centre 
line  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  402; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  said  King's  Highway  to  the 
centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  to  the 
northerly  limit  of  Concession  V  of  the  former  Township  of  Samia; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  northerly  limit  of  the  said  Concession  to  the 
easterly  limit  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  40; 

Thence  westerly  to  and  along  the  centre  line  of  Wellington  Street  to  the 
centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South  to  the  centre 
line  of  London  Road; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  centre  line  of  London  Road  and  the  westerly 
prolongation  thereof  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of 
Ontario  and  the  United  States  of  America; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  southerly 
boundary  of  the  Village  of  Point  Edward; 

Thence  easterly  and  northerly  following  the  boundaries  between  the  Village 
of  Point  Edward  and  the  City  of  Samia  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

WARD  4 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  to  the 
northerly  limit  of  Concession  V  of  the  former  Township  of  Sarnia; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  northerly  limit  of  the  said  Concession  to  the 
easterly  limit  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  40; 


40  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

Thence  westerly  to  and  along  the  centre  line  of  Wellington  Street  to  the 
centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South  to  the  centre 
line  of  London  Road; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  centre  line  of  London  Road  and  the  westerly 
prolongation  thereof  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of 
Ontario  and  the  United  States  of  America; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  southerly 
boundary  of  the  City  of  Sarnia; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  thi( 
Town  of  Clearwater  to  the  place  of  beginning. 


Bill  35  Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  35 


An  Act  respecting  the 

amalgamation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 

Town  of  Clearwater  and  the  addition  of  the 

amalgamated  City  to  the  County  of  Lambton 


The  Hon.  J.  Eakins 
Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading       June  20th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       July  12th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  puqx)se  of  the  Bill  is  to  amalgamate  the  City  of  Sarnia  with  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  to  make  the  amalgamated  City  part  of 
the  County  for  municipal  purposes. 

The  council  of  the  amalgamated  City  shall  consist  of  eight  members,  elected  on  a 
ward  basis,  four  of  whom  shall  also  sit  on  County  Council.  The  council  of  the  County 
shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  each  local  municipality  and  the  four  members  elected  by 
ward  from  the  City.  The  distribution  of  votes  on  County  Council  is  set  out  in  subsection 
18  (2). 

Under  Part  VII  certain  powers  that  are  usually  conferred  on  local  municipalities' 
may,  if  prescribed  by  the  Minister,  be  assumed  by  the  County.  The  County  is  also 
responsible  for  waste  management,  county  roads  and  certain  other  roads  described  in, 
section  54,  health  and  social  services  and  public  libraries. 

A  board  of  arbitrators  is  appointed  under  section  80  to  deal  with  disputes  in  respect  i 
of  any  adjustments  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  result  from  the  amalgamation  and  transfer 
of  responsibilities. 


Bill  35 


1989 


An  Act  respecting  the 

amalgamation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 

Town  of  Clearwater  and  the  addition  of  the 

amalgamated  City  to  the  County  of  Lambton 


CONTENTS 


Section 

1.  Definitions 


PARTI 
LOCAL  MUNICIPALITIES 

2.  Amalgamation 

3.  Name  of  City  to  be  put  to  a 
vote 

4.  Composition  of  interim  City 
council 

5.  Wards 

6.  Composition  of  councils 

7.  O.M.B.  order 

8.  By-laws,  resolutions  of  former 
municipalities 

9.  Assets  and  liabilities  transferred 
to  City 

10.  Taxes,  charges,  rates  transferred 
to  City 

11.  Dissolution  of  committees  of 
adjustment 

12.  Dissolution  of  committees, 
boards  under  1982,  c.  7 

13.  Repeal  of  certain  by-laws, 
resolutions,  appointments 

14.  Fire  departments 

15.  Offer  of  employment 

16.  Dissolution  of  police  villages 

PART  II 
COUNTY  COUNCIL 

17.  Application 

18.  Interim  County  Council 

19.  Composition  of  County  Council 

20.  Election  of  warden 

21.  Vacancies 

22.  Offer  of  employment 

23.  By-laws,  resolutions  continued 

24.  Assets  and  liabilities  transferred 
to  County 


Section 

Part  III 
FORMER  MUNICIPALITIES 

25.  Agreement 

PART  IV 
SARNIA  HYDRO 

26.  Hydro  Commission 

PART  V 
POLICE 

27.  Boards  of  Commissioners  of 
Police 

28.  Local  board 

29.  Estimates 

30.  Transfer  of  assets,  liabilities 

31.  Continuation  of  by-laws, 
resolutions 

32.  Responsibility  for  County 
enforcement 

33.  Transfer  of  police  personnel 

PART  VI 
BOUNDARY  ADJUSTMENTS 

34.  Application  of  1981,  c.  70 

35.  Boundary  application  committee 

36.  Guidelines 

37.  Duties  of  committee 

38.  County  proposal 

39.  Action  by  Minister 

40.  Order 

PART  VII 

ASSUMPTION  OF  LOCAL 

POWERS  BY  THE  COUNTY 

41.  Local  power 

42.  Transfer  of  rights,  obligations, 
etc. 

43.  Agreements 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Section 

44.  Rates 

45.  Repeal  of  by-law 

46.  Disputes 

47.  Regulations 

PART  VIII 
WASTE  DISPOSAL 

48.  Definition 

49.  County  waste  facilities 

50.  Waste  disposal,  County 
responsibility 

51.  Agreements 

52.  Adoption  of  certain  provisions 

53.  Disputes 

PART  IX 
COUNTY  ROAD  SYSTEM 

54.  County  roads 

55.  Dissolution  of  roads  commission 

56.  Assumption  of  highways  by 
County 

57.  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  421,  ss.  58,  59 
do  not  apply 

58.  Bridges 

59.  Minister's  order 

PARTX 

HEALTH  AND  SOCIAL 

SERVICES 

60.  Lambton  Health  Unit 

61.  County  responsible  under 
R.S.O.  1980,  c.  188 

62.  Homes  for  the  aged 

63. 1984,  c.  55  does  not  apply  to 
local  municipality 

64.  Information  to  be  provided  to 
County 

PART  XI 
PUBLIC  LIBRARIES 

65.  County  library  board 


Section 

66.  Debt  transferred  to  County 

67.  Transfer  of  employees 

PART  XII 

FINANCES 

68.  Definitions 

69.  Prescribed  equalization  factor 

70.  Annual  merged  area 
apportionment 

71.  Interim  levy 

72.  Merged  areas  under  R.S.O. 
1980,  c.  129 

73.  Where  county-wide  assessment 

74.  Direction  of  Minister  of 
Revenue 

75.  1991  City  rates 

76.  Adjustments  of  grant  total 

77.  Appropriations 

78.  Adjustments  of  grants  under 
R.S.O.  1980,  c.  359 

79.  Definitions 

PART  XIII 
MISCELLANEOUS 

80.  Board  of  arbitrators 

81.  Industrial  sites 

82.  By-laws  respecting  emergency 
measures 

83-  Amendment  to  official  plan 

84.  Double  majority  vote 

85.  Regulations  respecting 
employees 

86.  Repeal  of  ss.  4  and  18 

87.  Repeals 

88.  Commencement 

89.  Short  title 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 


Definitions  J,    In  this  Act, 


"City"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia- 
Clearwater  as  created  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  former 
municipalities  under  section  2; 

"City  of  Sarnia"  means  the  former  municipality  of  The 
Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  3 

"County"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  County  of  Lambton; 

"County  Council"  means  the  council  of  the  County; 

"former  municipalities"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of 
Sarnia  and  The  Corporation  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  as 
they  existed  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991; 

"local  municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village  and  township 
forming  part  of  the  County  for  municipal  purposes  but  does 
not  include  a  former  municipality; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs; 

"Municipal  Board"  means  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board; 

"municipality"  means  a  municipality,  as  defined  in  the  Munic-  R  s.o.  i980, 
ipal  Affairs  Act,  and  a  metropolitan,  regional  or  district  '^ 
municipality  and  the  County  of  Oxford  or  a  local  board  of 
a  metropolitan,  regional  or  district  municipality  or  of  the 
County  of  Oxford; 

"pre-election  period"  means  the  period  from  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1991  until  the  30th  day  of  November,  1991,  inclu- 
sive; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

"Town  of  Clearwater"  means  the  former  municipality  of  The 
Corporation  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater. 

PART  I 

LOCAL  MUNICIPALITIES 

2.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  The  Corporation  ;J;^^^s^- 
of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  The  Corporation  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  are  amalgamated  under  the  name  of  "The  Cor- 
poration of  the  City  of  Samia-Clearwater". 

(2)  Despite  section  5  of  the  Territorial  Division  Act,  the  ^^^[Jj™^ 
City  forms  part  of  the  County  for  municipal  purposes.  County 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  497 

(3)  The  City  shall  not  apply  for  the  annexation  or  amalga-  ^^^^j"^^ 
mation  of  any  land  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  2016,  unless  SS, 

the  County  Council  and  the  council  of  every  local  municipality  f^^^^'^gg'^g^^ 
the  lands  of  which  are  part  of  the  proposed  annexation  or    ^  agreemen 


4  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

amalgamation  agree,  by  resolution,  to  the  proposed  appli- 
cation being  made. 

Name  of  City       3, — (1)  The  City  shall  submit  the  question  "Do  you  want 
?vote^"^  ^'^    the  new  City  to  be  named  Sarnia"  to  the  electors  of  the  City 
at  the  1991  regular  election. 


Change  of  (2)  If  the  majority  of  votes  cast  in  response  to  the  question 

"^"^  are  in  the  affirmative,  the  name  of  the  City  shall  become  The 

Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  effective  the  1st  day  of 

January,  1992. 

Idem  (3)  After  the  1st  day  of  January,  1992,  the  Minister  may  by 

order  alter  the  name  of  the  City. 

Composition  4, — (1)  Despite  subsection  30  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act, 
citycouncii  during  the  pre-election  period,  the  council  of  the  City  shall  be 
R.s.o.  1980,   composed  of, 

c.  302 

(a)  a  mayor,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was  the 
mayor  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990; 

(b)  a  deputy  mayor,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was 
the  mayor  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  31st 
day  of  December,  1990; 

(c)  a  reeve,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was  the  reeve 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990; 

(d)  a  deputy  reeve,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was 
the  deputy  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1990;  and 

(e)  twelve  other  members, 

(i)  eight  of  whom  shall  be  the  persons  who  were 
the  members  of  the  council,  except  the 
mayor,  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  on  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1990,  and 

(ii)  four  of  whom  shall  be  the  persons  who  were 
the  members  of  the  council,  except  the 
mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve,  of  the  Town 
of  Clearwater  on  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1990. 

First  meeting       (2)  The  first  meeting  of  the  council  shall  be  held  not  later 
than  the  8th  day  of  January,  1991. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  5 

(3)  Each  member  of  council  has  one  vote,  one  vote 

(4)  Despite  section  72  of  the  Municipal  Act,  if  the  mayor  of  Acting  mayor 
the  City  is  absent  from  the^  municipality  or  is  unable  or  unwill-  ^1^2  ^^^' 
ing  to  act  or  the  office  of  mayor  is  vacant,  the  deputy  mayor 

shall  act  in  the  place  of  the  mayor  and,  while  so  acting,  has  all 
the  rights  and  powers  of  the  mayor. 

5. — (1)  The  City  shall  consist  of  four  wards  as  described  in  wards 
the  Schedule. 

(2)  All  wards  in  the  former  municipalities  are  dissolved.         Dissolution 

^   ^  of  former 

wards 

6.— (1)  Despite  sections  30,  31,  32,  34  and  36  of  the  composition 

of  coiincils 

Municipal  Act,  but  subject  to  section  7,  the  council  of  each 
local  municipality  shall  be  composed  of  a  mayor,  who  shall  be 
elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  local  munici- 
pality and  who  shall  be  the  head  of  the  council,  and  the 
following  other  members: 

1.  The  City — eight  members  consisting  of, 

i.  four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  wards, 
one  from  each  ward,  as  members  of  the  coun- 
cil of  the  City  and  of  the  County  Council,  and 

ii.  four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  wards, 
one  from  each  ward,  as  members  of  the  coun- 
cil of  the  City. 

2.  A  town — six  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  a 
general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  town. 

3.  A  township — four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by 
a  general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  township. 

4.  A  village — four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  a 
general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  village. 

(2)  Each  member  of  the  council  of  a  local  municipality  has  one  vote 
one  vote. 

(3)  Despite  section  37  of  the  Municipal  Act,  a  person  is  ^^f^'jf^^^ 
qualified  to  be  elected  or  hold  office  under  paragraph  1  of  hold  office 
subsection  (1)  if,  in  addition  to  being  qualified  under  section 

37  of  the  Municipal  Act,  that  person  at  any  time  during  the 
period  commencing  on  the  Tuesday  following  the  first 
Monday  in  September  in  an  election  year  and  ending  on  the 
Monday  in  October  that  precedes  polling  day  by  twenty-eight 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


days  is  a  resident  in  or  is  the  owner  or  tenant  of  land  in  or  is 
the  spouse  of  such  an  owner  or  tenant  in  the  ward  in  which 
that  person  is  seeking  to  be  elected  or  to  hold  office.  -i^h 

?rikr^  7. — (1)  Upon  the  appHcation  of  a  local  municipality  under 

R  s  o  1980    subsection  13  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  or  upon  the  petition  of 
c.  302        '   electors  under  subsection  13  (3)  of  that  Act,  the  Municipal 
Board  may,  by  order, 

(a)  divide  or  redivide  the  local  municipality  into  wards 
and  designate  the  name  or  number  each  ward  shall 
bear  and  declare  the  date  when  the  division  or 
redivision  takes  effect; 

(b)  alter  or  dissolve  any  or  all  of  the  wards  in  the  local 
municipality  and  declare  the  date  when  the  altera- 
tion or  dissolution  takes  effect;  and 

(c)  vary  the  composition  of  the  council  of  the  local 
municipality. 


Limitation  on 
order 


(2)  No  order  made  under  subsection  (1), 

(a)  shall  take  effect  before  the  1st  day  of  December,i 
1994;  or 

(b)  shall  alter  the  total  number  of  members  who  repre- 
sent the  local  municipality  on  the  County  Council  or 
the  number  of  votes  assigned  to  the  members  under 
this  Act, 


Idem 


(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  mayor  of  the  local  munici- 
pality shall  continue  to  be  elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the 
electors  of  the  local  municipality  and  shall  be  the  head  of 
council  of  the  local  municipality  and  a  member  of  the  County 
Council. 


Where 
inquiry  by 
Minister 


Idem 


(4)  Where  the  Minister  is  inquiring  into  the  structure, 
organization  and  methods  of  operation  of  a  local  municipality 
or  the  County,  the  Minister  may  give  notice  to  the  Municipal 
Board  of  the  inquiry  and  request  that  any  application  or  peti- 
tion made  under  subsection  (1)  be  deferred  until  the  inquiry 
has  been  completed. 

(5)  If  notice  is  given  under  subsection  (4),  all  proceedings 
in  the  application  or  petition  are  stayed  until  the  Minister 
gives  notice  to  the  Municipal  Board  that  they  may  be  contin- 
ued. 


No  board  of 
control 


(6)  A  local  municipality  shall  not  have  a  board  of  control. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


8. — (1)  Every  by-law  and  resolution  of  a  former  municipal-  By-iaws, 

ity  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  by-law  or  resolution  of  the  City  ^0™°"'  °^ 

and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  area  of  the  former  municipal-  municipalities 
ity  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)    the  date  it  is  amended  or  repealed  by  the  council  of 
the  City;  or 


By-laws, 
official  plans 
under 
1983,  c.  1 


(b)    the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  any  by-law  of  a  former  munici- 
pality passed  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  or  a 
predecessor  of  that  section,  and  any  official  plan  of  a  former 
municipality  approved  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  or  a  pre- 
decessor of  that  Act,  shall  remain  in  force  until  amended  or 
repealed. 


(3)  If  a  former  municipality  has  commenced  procedures  to  By-iaws  that 
enact  a  by-law  that  requires  the  approval  of  a  minister  of  the  approval 
Crown,  the  Municipal  Board  or  a  provincial  agency  and  the 
approval  has  not  been  obtained  before  the  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1990,  the  council  of  the  City  may  continue  the  procedures 
to  enact  the  by-law  and  subsection  (1)  appUes  with  necessary 
modifications  to  the  by-law. 


By-laws, 
resolutions 
not  affected 


(4)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend- 
ment or  repeal  of, 

(a)  by-laws  or  resolutions  of  the  former  municipalities 

passed  under  section  45,  58  or  61  of  the  Drainage  R  s.o.  i980. 
Act  or  a  predecessor  of  those  sections;  and 

(b)  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights,  privileges, 
franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  not 
have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  councils  of  the 
former  municipalities. 

9.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  assets  and  Assess  and 
liabilities  of  the  former  municipalities  and  their  local  boards  transferred  to 
become  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  City  or  a  local  board  city 
thereof  without  compensation,  and  the  City  and  its  local 
boards  stand  in  the  place  of  the  former  municipalities  and 
their  local  boards. 


10.  All  taxes,  charges  or  rates  levied  by  a  former  munici- 
pality under  any  general  or  special  Act  that  are  due  and 
unpaid  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990  shall,  after  that 
date,  be  taxes,  charges  or  rates  due  and  payable  to  the  City 
and  may  be  collected  and  recovered  by  the  City  as  if  the  tax- 
es, charges  or  rates  had  been  imposed  by  the  City. 


Taxes, 

charges,  rates 
transferred  to 
City 


8 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Dissolution  11, — (1)  Subject  to   subscction   (4),   on  the   1st  day  of 

committees      January,  1991,  the  committees  of  adjustment  of  the  former 
of  adjustmem  municipalities  are  dissolved. 


City  to 
establish 
committee  of 
adjustment 

Applications 
continued 


Continuing 
matters 


Dissolution 
of 

committees, 
boards  under 
1982,  c.  7, 
R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  80,  417 


(2)  The  City  shall  establish  a  committee  of  adjustment 
under  section  43  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

(3)  All  applications  to  the  committees  of  adjustment  of  the 
former  municipalities  shall  be  deemed  to  be  applications  to 
and  shall  be  continued  by  the  committee  of  adjustment  of  the 
City. 

(4)  The  committees  of  adjustment  dissolved  under  sub- 
section (1)  and  the  terms  of  office  of  the  members  of  the  com- 
mittees shall  continue  to  the  31st  day  of  January,  1991  for  the 
purpose  of  making  a  decision  on  any  application  for  which  a 
hearing  is  completed  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 

12. — (1)  The  council  of  the  City  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
recreation  committee  under  the  Ministry  of  Tourism  and 
Recreation  Act,  1982,  a  committee  of  management  of  a  com- 
munity recreation  centre  under  the  Community  Recreation 
Centres  Act  and  a  board  of  park  management  under  the 
Public  Parks  Act  and  all  such  committees  and  boards  of  the 
former  municipalities  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1991. 


Idem 


(2)  All  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  boards  and  commit- 
tees dissolved  under  subsection  (1)  are  continued  as  by-laws 
and  resolutions  of  the  City,  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the 
earlier  of. 


(a)    the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the  City; 
or 


Certain 
by-laws, 
resolutions 
continue 


Repeal  of 

certain 

by-laws, 

resolutions, 

appointments 


(b)    the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend- 
ment or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights, 
privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could 
not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  boards  and  committees 
dissolved  under  subsection  (1). 

13. — (1)  Despite  section  8, 

(a)  the  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  City  of  Samia 
establishing  and  appointing  members  to  the  Canada 
Day  Committee,  Committee  of  Parks  and  Rec- 
reation, Committee  of  Management  of  Marshall 
Gowland  Manor,   Planning  Advisory  Committee, 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


Sarnia  Heritage  Committee  and  the  Samia  Museum 
Board,  all  of  the  City  of  Sarnia,  are  repealed; 

(b)  the  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  establishing  and  appointing  members  to 
the  Planning  Advisory  Committee  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  are  repealed;  and 

(c)  the  terms  of  office  of  the  appointees  of  the  City  of 
Sarnia  to  the  Property  Standards  Committee  of  the 
City  of  Sarnia  are  terminated. 

(2)  Nothing   in  this   section   prevents   the   City  from  or  Appointments 
relieves  the  City  of  any  responsibility  for  establishing  or 
making  appointments  to  boards  and  committees. 


14. — (1)  Despite  section  8,  the  City,  on  or  before  the  31st  ^"^ 


day  of  January,  1991,  shall, 

(a)  repeal  the  by-laws  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  establishing  their  respective  fire 
departments;  and 

(b)  establish  a  fire  department  for  the  City. 


departments 


(2)  Every  person  who  is  a  member  of  the  fire  department  F'^e  fighters 
of  the  City  of  Sarnia  or  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  1st  day 

of  July,  1990  and  continues  to  be  a  member  until  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1990  becomes  a  member  of  the  fire  department 
established  under  clause  (1)  (b). 

(3)  In  subsection  (2),  "member"  means  a  full-time  fire  Definition 
fighter  and  a  volunteer  fire  fighter  as  defined  in  the  Fire  R  s.o.  i980. 
Departments  Act. 


15.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  City  or  a  o^er  of  ^^ 
local  board  thereof  shall  offer  to  employ  every  person  who  ^'"p^^"'^" 
was  employed  by  a  former  municipality  or  a  local  board 
thereof  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990  and  who  continued  to  be 
so  employed  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990. 

16.— (1)  The  Police  Village  of  Inwood  and  the  Police  ^/''°j|;!^°" 
Village  of  Florence  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  Jmage?^ 
1991. 


(2)  The  Municipal  Board,  upon  the  application  of  a  local  Further 
municipality  or  a  local  board  thereof  or  of  its  own  motion,  ^°^^^^ 
may  exercise  the  powers  under  section  25  of  the  Municipal  R  s  o.  i980, 
Act  consequent  upon  the  dissolutions. 


10 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(3)  Sections  94  and  95  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act 


No  further 

rTo  1980    ^^  ^^^  ^Pply  to  decisions  or  orders  made  in  the  exercise  of  the 
c.  347  powers  under  subsection  (2). 


PART  II 


COUNTY  COUNCIL 


Application         \j^  xhis  Part  applies  despite  sections  27,  28  and  29  of  the 
R.s.o.  1980,   Municipal  Act. 

c.  302  ^ 


Interim 
County 
Council 


Distribution 
of  votes 


18. — (1)  During    the    pre-election    period,    the    County 
Council  shall  have  thirty-seven  members  consisting  of, 

(a)  the  mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  City; 

(b)  the  reeve  of  the  Village  of  Alvinston,  the  Village  of 
Arkona,  the  Village  of  Oil  Springs  and  the  Village 
of  Thedford;  and 

(c)  the  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Forest, 
the  Town  of  PetroHa,  the  Village  of  Grand  Bend, 
the  Village  of  Point  Edward,  the  Village  of 
Watford,  the  Village  of  Wyoming,  the  Township  ot 
Bosanquet,  the  Township  of  Brooke,  the  Township 
of  Dawn,  the  Township  of  Enniskillen,  the  Town^ 
ship  of  Euphemia,  the  Township  of  Moore,  the 
Township  of  Plympton,  the  Township  of  Sombra 
and  the  Township  of  Warwick. 

(2)  The  members  of  the  County  Council  under  subsection 
(1)  shall  have  a  total  of  seventy-three  votes  of  which, 

(a)  the  mayor  of  the  City  shall  have  ten  votes; 

(b)  the  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  City  shall  each 
have  nine  votes; 

(c)  the  reeve  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet  and  the 
Township  of  Moore  shall  each  have  three  votes; 

(d)  the  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Petrolia,  the  Township  of 
Enniskillen,  the  Township  of  Plympton  and  the 
Township  of  Sombra  shall  each  have  two  votes; 

(e)  the  deputy  reeve  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet,  the 
Township  of  Moore  and  the  Township  of  Plympton 
shall  each  have  two  votes;  and 


(f)    all  other  members  shall  have  one  vote. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  611135  11 

(3)  The  first  meeting  of  the  County  Council  shall  be  held  F'^st  meeting 
after  the  council  of  the  City  has  held  its  first  meeting  under 
subsection  4  (2)  but,  in  any  event,  not  later  than  the  15th  day 

of  January,  1991. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  51   (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  the  warden 
County  Council  established  under  subsection  (1)  shall,  at  the  f'^^'  ^^^' 
first  meeting  at  which  a  majority  of  the  members  is  present, 

elect  one  of  its  members  to  be  warden  and,  for  such  election, 
each  member  of  County  Council  shall  have  one  vote. 

(5)  The  term  of  the  warden  of  the  County  holding  office  on  Term  of 
the  30th  day  of  November,  1990  is  extended  until  a  new 
warden  is  elected  under  subsection  (4). 

19. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  be  composed  of,  composition 

Council 

(a)  the  mayor  of  each  local  municipality;  and 

(b)  the  four  county  ward  members  of  the  council  of  the 
City. 

(2)  The  members  of  the  County  Council  under  subsection  Distribution 
(1)  shall  have  a  total  of  thirty-seven  votes  of  which, 

(a)  the  mayor  and  each  county  ward  member  of  the 
council  of  the  City  shall  have  three  votes; 

(b)  the  mayor  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet,  the 
Township  of  Moore  and  the  Township  of  Plympton 
shall  each  have  two  votes;  and 

(c)  all  other  members  shall  have  one  vote. 

(3)  The  County  Council  shall  review  the  distribution  of  Review 
votes  under  subsection   (2)   on  or  before  the   1st  day  of 
January,  2001. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  18  (2)  and  subsection  (2)  of  this  ^/'^^f^f  J 
section,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  the  Lieu-  mayors 
tenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  order  provide  for  the 
manner  in  which  the  County  Council  votes  of  the  mayors  of 
municipalities  being  amalgamated  should  be  distributed  to  the 

local  municipalities,  other  than  the  City,  that  would  exist  after 
such  amalgamation. 

20.— (1)  Despite  subsections  19  (2),  for  the  purposes  of  E^ej^o"  o^ 
electing  the  warden  of  County  Council,  each  member  shall 
have  one  vote. 


12 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


County 
warden 


Vacancies 


Offer  of 
employment 


By-laws, 

resolutions 

continued 


By-laws  that 

require 

approval 


By-laws, 
resolutions 
not  affected 


Assets  and 
liabilities 
transferred  to 
County 


(2)  The  warden  of  the  County  Council  shall  bear  the  title  of 
county  warden.  -^^ 

21.  The  seat  of  a  mayor  of  a  local  municipality  and  the 
seat  of  a  county  ward  member  of  the  council  of  the  City 
becomes  vacant  if  his  or  her  seat  on  the  County  Council  is 
declared  vacant  by  the  County  Council. 

22.  The  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  shall  offer  to 
employ  every  person  who,  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990,  was 
employed  in  any  undertaking  carried  on  by  or  on  behalf  of 
any  former  or  local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  that  is 
assumed  by  the  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  under  this 
Act  and  who  continues  to  be  so  employed  until  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990. 

23. — (1)  Every  by-law  and  resolution  of  a  former  or  local 
municipality  in  respect  of  any  undertaking  carried  on  by  or  on 
behalf  of  a  former  or  local  municipality  that  is  assumed  by  the 
County  under  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  by-law  or  reso- 
lution of  the  County  and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  area  of 
the  former  or  local  municipality  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  date  it  is  amended  or  repealed  by  the  council  of 
the  County;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(2)  If  a  former  or  local  municipahty  has  commenced  proce- 
dures to  enact  a  by-law  that  requires  the  approval  of  a  minis- 
ter of  the  Crown,  the  Municipal  Board  or  a  provincial  agency 
and  the  approval  has  not  been  obtained  before  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990,  the  council  of  the  County  may  continue  the 
procedures  to  enact  the  by-law  and  subsection  (1)  applies  with 
necessary  modifications  to  the  by-law. 

(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend- 
ment or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights, 
privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could 
not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  councils  of  the  former 
municipalities. 

24.  All  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  former  or  local  munici- 
pality or  a  local  board  thereof  in  respect  of  any  undertaking 
carried  on  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  former  or  local  municipality 
or  local  board  thereof  that  is  assumed  by  the  County  or  a 
local  board  thereof  under  this  Act  become  assets  and  liabili- 
ties of  the  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  without  compensa- 
tion, and  the  County  and  its  local  boards  stand  in  the  place  of 
the  former  or  local  municipalities  and  their  local  boards. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  13 

PART  III 

FORMER  MUNICIPALITIES 

25. — (1)  The  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town  of  Clearwater  Agreement 
shall  enter  into  an  agreement  with  respect  to, 

(a)  fee  structures; 

(b)  capital  improvements; 

(c)  the  adequacy  of  public  buildings; 

(d)  maintenance  of  current  levels  of  services; 

(e)  shared  capital  expenditures; 

(f)  impost  fees; 

(g)  capital  improvements; 
(h)  cash  in  lieu  of  parkland; 
(i)  organizational  structures; 

(j)  the  financing  of  capital  expenditures; 

(k)  capital  budgets; 

(1)  equipment  reserve  accounts; 

(m)  contributions  to  reserve  accounts; 

(n)  shoreline  protection; 

(o)  public  transit; 

(p)  rural  water  supply; 

(q)  water  meters;  and 

(r)  major  recreation  complexes. 

(2)  The  councils  of  the  County,  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Jo'"^ 
Town  of  Clearwater  shall  establish  a  joint  implementation  '^°'" 
committee  to  make  recommendations  with  respect  to  the 
agreement  and  any  other  matter  set  out  in  this  Act. 

(3)  The  joint  committee  shall  submit  its  recommendations  J^^^JJ^^'^o^be 
to  the  Minister  on  or  before  the  1st  day  of  May,  1990.  subSed  to 

Minister 


14 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Order 
effecting 
recommen- 
dations 


(4)  Subject  to  any  other  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  by 
order  give  effect  to  any  recommendation  of  the  joint  com- 
mittee. 


PART  IV 


SARNIA  HYDRO 


Hydro 
commission 


R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  423,  384 


Composition 

of 

commission 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  308 


Term  of 
office 


Delegate  of 
mayor 


26. — (1)  A  hydro-electric  power  commission  for  the  City 
is  hereby  established  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  a  commission  established  under  Part  III  of 
the  Public  Utilities  Act  and  a  municipal  commission  within  the 
meaning  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act. 

(2)  Despite  section  41  of  the  Public  Utilities  Act,  the  hydro- 
electric power  commission  shall, 

(a)  during  the  pre-election  period,  be  composed  of, 

(i)  the   members   of  the   commission   dissolved 
under  subsection  (5),  and 

(ii)  the  deputy  mayor  and  reeve  of  the  City;  and 

(b)  after  the  pre-election  period,  be  composed  of, 

(i)  the  mayor  of  the  City,  and 

(ii)  four  other  members  who  are  qualified  electors 
in  the  City  under  the  Municipal  Elections  Act 
who  shall  be  elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the 
electors  of  the  City. 

(3)  A  member  of  the  commission  shall  hold  office  for  the 
same  term  as  the  members  of  council  or  until  the  successor  of 
the  member  is  elected  or  appointed. 

(4)  The  council  of  the  City  may  by  by-law,  passed  with  the 
written  consent  of  the  mayor,  appoint  a  delegate  from  among 
the  members  of  the  council  to  represent  the  mayor  on  the 
commission. 


Dissolution 


Transfer  of 

assets, 

liabilities 


(5)  The  Hydro-Electric  Commission  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  is 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 

(6)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  assets  of  the  Town 
of  Clearwater,  the  assets  under  the  control  and  management 
of  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection  (5)  and  the  lia- 
bilities of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  and  of  such  commission 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


15 


that  relate  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of  electrical  power 
become  assets  under  the  control  and  management  of  and  Ua- 
bilities  of  the  commission  established  under  subsection  (1), 
without  compensation. 

(7)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  commission  estab-  ^Ji^S^^^^  °^ 
lished  under  subsection  (1)  shall  acquire  the  retail  distribution 
facilities  within  the  Town  of  Clearwater  used  by  Ontario 
Hydro  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990  in  the  retail  distri- 
bution of  power,  including  equipment  leased  by  Ontario 
Hydro  to  retail  customers  within  the  Town  of  Clearwater  for 
the  use  of  such  power,  and  the  price  of  the  facilities  shall  be 
equal  to  the  original  cost  of  the  facilities  less  the  sum  of  the 
accumulated  net  retail  equity  of  the  customers  supplied  with 
power  through  the  facilities  and  the  accumulated  depreciation 
associated  with  the  facilities. 


retail 

distribution 
facilities  from 
Ontario 
Hydro 


(8)  In  subsection  (7), 


Definitions 


"accumulated  net  retail  equity"  means  the  portion  of  the 
equity  accumulated  through  debt  retirement  appropriations 
recorded  for  the  rural  power  district  relating  to  Ontario 
Hydro's  rural  retail  system  plus  the  portion  of  the  balance 
recorded  for  rural  retail  customers  in  the  Stabilization  of 
Rates  and  Contingencies  Account,  in  the  books  of  Ontario 
Hydro; 

"retail  distribution  facilities"  means  works  for  the  transmis- 
sion and  supply  of  power  at  voltages  less  than  50  kilovolts 
other  than  works  located  within  a  transformer  station  that 
transforms  power  from  voltages  greater  than  50  kilovolts  to 
voltages  less  than  50  kilovolts. 

(9)  All  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  S°J^*""J^^'°" 
land  of  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection  (5)  that  resolutions' 
S  relate  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of  electrical  power  are 
I  continued  as  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  commission  estab- 
^  lished  under  subsection  (1),  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the 
^earher  of, 

(a)    the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the 
commission;  or 


(b)    the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(10)  Nothing   in   this   section   repeals   or   authorizes   the  ^^^^^^ 

amendment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  re^soSns 

rights,  privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  ^^gJ'P^ 
could   not   have   been   lawfully   repealed   by  the   Town  of 


16 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Clearwater  or  by  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection 
(5). 

PART  V 

POLICE 


Boards  of 
Commis- 
sioners of 
Police 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  381 

Interim 
board 


27.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  The  Board  of 
Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  The  Board 
of  Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  are 
amalgamated  and  the  new  board  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
board  established  under  section  8  of  the  Police  Act. 

(2)  Despite  section  8  of  the  Police  Act,  from  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1990  to  the  30th  day  of  November,  1991,  inclusive, 
the  board  shall  be  composed  of  the  members  of  the  boards 
amalgamated  under  this  section. 


Composition 
of  board 


(3)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  December,  1991,  the  board 
shall  be  composed  of  those  members  provided  for  under 
section  8  of  the  Police  Act. 


Temporary 
name 


(4)  During  1990,  the  board  shall  be  called  "The  Board  of 
Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town 
of  Clearwater". 


Police  service 


Idem 


Local  board 


(5)  During  1990,  the  board  is  responsible  for  providing 
police  service  for  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and,  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  its  powers  under 
any  general  or  special  Act,  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amalgamated  as  a  city 
municipality. 

(6)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  is 
responsible  for  providing  police  service  for  the  City. 

28. — (1)  During  1990,  the  board  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
local  board  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  not  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater. 


Rights 
protected 


(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  resident  or  elector  of  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  has  the  same  rights  and  privileges  as  a 
resident  or  elector  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  relating  to  police 
matters. 


Transfer  to 
City 


(3)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  shall  con- 
tinue as  the  board  of  commissioners  of  police  of  the  City  and 
a  local  board  of  the  City. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  17 

29. — (1)  The  board  shall,  in  preparing  its  1990  estimates  Estimates 
under  subsection  14  (2)  of  the  Police  Act,  show  separately  the  ^  sx).  i980, 
amount  required  to  provide  police  service  in  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and  in  the  City  of  Sarnia. 


c.  381 


(2)  The  amount  of  the  estimates  for  providing  police  ser-  idem 
vice  in  the  Town  of  Clearwater  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  debt 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  falling  due  in  1990  for  the  purposes 
of  section    164   of  the   Municipal  Act,   and   the   Town   of  RS;0.  i980, 
Clearwater  shall  pay  this  amount  to  the  City  of  Sarnia  no  later 
than  the  30th  day  of  June,  1990. 


c.  302 


(3)  If  there  is  a  disagreement  between  the  City  of  Sarnia  oisagree- 
and  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  how  the  estimates  are  broken  ^^^  ^ 
down  under  subsection  (1),  the  City  of  Sarnia  or  the  Town  of 
Clearwater   may   refer   the    matter   to   the    Ontario   Police 
Commission  and  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Police  Commis- 
sion is  final. 

30.  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  the  assets  under  the  Transfer  of 
control  and  management  of  the  boards  amalgamated  under  liabilities 
subsection  27  (1)  and  all  liabilities  of  such  boards  become 
assets  under  the  control  and  management  of  and  liabilities  of 
the  board,  without  compensation. 

31.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  all  by-laws  and  ^f°J*'1^^^^'°" 
resolutions   of   the   boards   amalgamated   under   subsection  resolutions' 
27  (1)  are  continued  as  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  board 
and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  former  municipality  for  which 
they  were  passed  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the 
board;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990. 

(2)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend-  Certain 
ment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights,  resotut^ns 
privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  remain 
not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  boards  amalgamated 
under  subsection  27  (1). 

32.  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  ^^^^^^^ 
and  the  members  of  the  police  force  of  the  City  shall  have  the  county 
same  duties  with  respect  to  by-laws  of  the  County  as  they  do  enforcement 
with  respect  to  by-laws  of  the  City. 

33.  Every  person  who  is  a  member  of  the  police  force  of  ^^^"^^^"^  °^ 
the  Town  of  Clearwater  or  of  the  police  force  of  the  City  of  personnel 
Sarnia  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1989,  and  who  continues  to  be  a 


18 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


member  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  becomes  on 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  a  member  of  the  police  force 
created  by  the  amalgamation  under  subsection  27  (1). 

PART  VI 

BOUNDARY  ADJUSTMENTS 


Application 

of 

1981,  c.  70 


Idem 


34. — (1)  This  Part  applies  to  applications  made  to  the 
Minister  under  section  2  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotia- 
tions Act,  1981,  that  are  being  processed  on  the  day  this  Part 
comes  into  force,  and  to  future  applications  made  under  that 
section  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  to  resolve  an 
intermunicipal  boundary  issue  or  an  intermunicipal  boundary- 
related  issue  in  the  County. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  an  issue  involving  a 
boundary  of  the  County  unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister, 
that  issue  is  of  a  minor  nature. 


1981,  c.  70 
does  not 
apply 


Exception 


(3)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Part,  the  Municipal 
Boundary  Negotiations  Act,  1981  does  not  apply  to  an  appli- 
cation to  which  this  Part  applies. 

(4)  Sections  15  to  21  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotia- 
tions Act,  1981  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  an  appli- 
cation to  which  this  Part  applies  and  to  an  order  made  under 
section  40. 


Boundary 

application 

committee 


Composition 
of  committee 


Presiding 
officer 


Guidelines 


35. — (1)  The  warden  of  County  Council  shall,  within 
thirty  days  of  this  Part  coming  into  force,  appoint  a  boundary 
application  committee. 

(2)  The  committee  shall  have  five  members  consisting  of, 

(a)  the  warden; 

(b)  two  members  of  County  Council  representing  towns 
or  villages;  and 

(c)  two    members    of    County    Council    representing 
townships. 

(3)  The  members  of  the  committee  shall  appoint  a 
presiding  officer. 

36.  The  committee  shall  establish  guidelines  for  consider- 
ing boundary  applications  in  consultation  with  the  Ministry  of 
Municipal  Affairs. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  19 

37. — (1)  For  each  application  to  which  this  Part  applies,  Duties  of 
the  committee  shall,  having  regard  for  the  guideUnes  estab-  '^"'"'"'"^^ 
lished  under  section  36, 

(a)  determine  and  inquire  into  the  issues  raised  by  the 
application; 

(b)  determine  the  party  municipalities  which  have  a 
substantial  interest  in  the  issues  raised;  and 

(c)  obtain  the  opinion  of  the  party  municipalities  and  of 
any  local  board  that  the  committee  considers  is 
affected  by  the  application,  on  the  issues  raised  by 
the  application. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsections  (4)  and  (5),  the  committee  shall  wem 
prepare  and  submit  to  County  Council  a  report  setting  out, 

(a)  the  issues; 

(b)  the  party  municipalities  in  respect  of  each  issue; 

(c)  the  extent  of  agreement  or  disagreement  on  the 
issues; 

(d)  any  agreement  the  party  municipalities  have 
reached  on  any  of  the  issues; 

(e)  the  recommendations  of  the  committee  on  how  the 
issues  raised  by  the  application  should  be  resolved; 
and 

(f)  any  other  matters  the  committee  considers  appro- 
priate. 

(3)  The   committee    may   make    recommendations    under  Recommen- 
clause  (2)  (e)  with  respect  to, 

(a)  the  matters  set  out  in  paragraphs  1  to  24  of  section 

14  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotiations  Act,   i98i,  c.  70 
1981; 

(b)  the  name  of  a  local  municipality;  and 

(c)  in  the  event  the  committee  recommends  an  amalga- 
mation, how  the  County  Council  votes  of  the 
mayors  of  the  municipalities  being  amalgamated 
should  be  distributed  to  the  local  municipalities, 
other  than  the  City,  that  would  exist  after  such 
amalgamation. 


20 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Public 
meeting 


Idem 


Amendments 
to  report 


Notice  of 
meeting 


County 
proposal 


Recommen- 
dations 


Action  by 

Minister 


Order 


(4)  The  committee  shall,  before  preparing  its  report,  hold 
at  least  one  public  meeting  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
information,  comments  or  opinions  regarding  the  application. 

(5)  The  committee  shall,  after  preparing  its  report  and 
before  submitting  it  to  County  Council,  hold  at  least  one  pub- 
lic meeting  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  submissions  and  com- 
ments from  the  public  in  respect  of  the  contents  of  the  report. 

(6)  The  committee  may  amend  its  report  after  the  public 
meeting  required  under  subsection  (5)  and  before  submitting 
it  to  County  Council. 

(7)  Notice  of  a  public  meeting  required  under  subsection 
(4)  or  (5)  shall  be  given  at  least  fifteen  days  in  advance  of 
each  meeting  by  publishing  it  in  a  newspaper  having  general 
circulation  in  the  party  municipalities. 

38. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  consider  the  report  of 
the  committee  and  shall,  within  sixty  days  after  receiving  the 
report  and  having  regard  to  the  guidelines  established  by  the 
committee  under  section  36,  submit  to  the  Minister  a  proposal 
with  respect  to  the  resolution  of  the  issues  raised  by  the  appli- 
cation. 

(2)  The  proposal  may  contain  recommendations  with 
respect  to  the  matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3). 

39.  The  Minister  shall,  within  sixty  days  of  receipt  of  the 
proposal, 

(a)  submit  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  a 
recommendation  with  respect  to  one  or  more  of  the 
matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3); 

(b)  refer  any  issue  back  to  County  Council  or  the  com- 
mittee for  further  consideration; 

(c)  terminate  further  consideration  of  the  application; 

(d)  refer  any  issue  to  the  Municipal  Board  to  hear  any 
party  municipality  and,  after  a  hearing,  to  make 
recommendations  thereon;  or 

(e)  take  such  other  action  as  the  Minister  considers 
appropriate. 

40.  Upon  receipt  of  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister, 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  order  provide  for 
one  or  more  of  the  matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3). 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  21 

PART  VII 

ASSUMPTION  OF  LOCAL  POWERS  BY  THE  COUNTY 

41. — (1)  In  this  Part,  "local  power"  means  a  power  that  is  Local  power 
conferred  by  any  general  or  special  Act  on  local  municipalities 
or  local  boards  thereof  and  that  is  prescribed  by  the  Minister, 

(2)  The  County  Council  may  pass  by-laws  to  assume  any  Assumption 
local  power  for  all  of  the  local  municipalities.  ^vJeT 

(3)  No  by-law  under  subsection  (2)  shall  be  passed  or  Double 

1    J        1  majority  vote 

repealed  unless,  ^     ^ 

(a)  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  on  County  Council  are 
cast  in  its  favour;  and 

(b)  members  of  County  Council  representing  a  majority 
of  the  local  municipalities  cast  their  votes  in  its 
favour. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  (3)  (b),  the  members  of  i^^m 
County  Council  representing  the  City  shall  only  be  considered 

to  have  cast  their  votes  in  favour  of  a  by-law  if  at  least  three 
of  the  City  representatives  cast  their  votes  in  its  favour. 

(5)  When  a  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (2)  comes  into  Effect  of 
effect,  ^^ 

(a)  the  County  is  responsible  for  the  local  powers 
assumed  by  the  County  in  all  of  the  local  municipal- 
ities; 

(b)  the  County  has  the  powers  conferred  by  any  general 
or  special  Act  upon  the  local  municipalities  or  local 
boards  thereof  related  to  the  local  powers  assumed 
by  the  County; 

(c)  no  local  municipality  shall  exercise  the  local  powers 
assumed  by  the  County  and  any  by-law  or  other 
measure  of  a  local  municipality  under  that  power  is 
of  no  effect;  and 

(d)  no  local  municipality  shall  provide  any  service  or 
facility  under  the  local  power  assumed  by  the 
County  within  the  County  without  the  consent  of 
County  Council,  which  consent  may  be  given  upon 
such  conditions,  including  the  payment  of  compen- 
sation, as  may  be  agreed  upon. 


22 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Appeal  to 
O.M.B. 


(6)  If  consent  is  refused  under  clause  (5)  (d)  or  the  council 
of  the  local  municipality  and  the  County  Council  fail  to  agree 
on  the  conditions  related  to  the  consent,  the  applicant  may 
appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  which  shall  hear  and  determine 
the  matter. 


Decision  of  (7)  The  Municipal  Board  may  impose  such  conditions  as  it 
considers  appropriate  and  the  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board 
is  final. 


No  further 
appeal 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347 
Transfer  of 
rights,  obliga- 
tions, etc. 


Assumption 
by  County  of 
debt 


Interest 


(8)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (7). 

42. — (1)  All  rights,  obligations,  assets  and  liabilities  of  a 
local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  pertaining  to  the 
local  powers  assumed  by  the  County  are  vested  in  the  County 
and  financial  adjustments,  calculated  in  accordance  with  such 
criteria  as  may  be  prescribed,  shall  be  made  between  the 
County  and  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof. 

(2)  The  County  shall  pay  to  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  thereof  on  or  before  the  due  date  all  amounts  of  princi- 
pal and  interest  becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of 
that  local  municipality  or  local  board  in  respect  of  the  local 
powers  assumed  by  the  County. 

(3)  If  the  County  fails  to  make  any  payment  required  under 
subsection  (2)  on  or  before  the  due  date,  the  local  municipal- 
ity or  local  board  may  charge  the  County  interest  at  the  rate 
of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the  local 
municipality  or  local  board  determines,  from  the  due  date 
until  payment  is  made, 

43. — (1)  If  a  local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  had 
entered  into  an  agreement  with  any  municipality  or  other  per- 
son in  respect  of  the  local  power  assumed  by  the  County,  the 
County  shall  be  bound  by  and  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  the 
agreement  and  the  local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  is 
relieved  of  all  liability  under  the  agreement. 

(2)  The  County  Council  may  enter  into  agreements  with 
any  municipality  or  other  person  for  establishing,  construct- 
ing, operating  or  managing  any  service  or  facility  that  is  within 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  County  Council  as  a  result  of  the  pas- 
sage of  the  by-law  under  subsection  41  (2). 

Rates  44, — (1)  Despite  sections  368  and  368e  of  the  Municipal 

f  302  ^^^'  ^^^'  ^^^  County  Council  may  by  by-law  provide  for  imposing 

on  and  collecting  from  the  local  municipalities  for  which  it  is 

providing  services  or  facilities  under  the  assumed  local  powers 


Agreements 


Idem 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  23 

a  rate  sufficient  to  pay  the  whole,  or  such  portion  as  the  by- 
law may  specify,  of  the  expenditures  and  capital  costs  includ- 
ing debenture  charges  related  to  the  services  or  facilities  and 
such  rate  may  vary  on  any  basis  the  County  Council  considers 
appropriate  and  specifies  in  the  by-law. 

(2)  All  rates  under  subsection  (1)  constitute  a  debt  of  the  ''lem 
local  municipality  to  the  County  and  are  payable  at  such  times 
and  in  such  amounts  as  may  be  specified  by  by-law  of  the 
County  Council. 

(3)  Despite  sections  368  and  368e  of  the  Municipal  Act,  a  collection  of 
local  municipality  may,  J^^^'^  ^^^ 

c.  m 

(a)  pay  the  whole  or  part  of  the  amount  chargeable  to 
it  under  this  section  out  of  its  general  funds; 

(b)  pass  by-laws  for  collecting  the  whole  or  part  of  the 
amount  chargeable  to  it  under  this  section  in  the 
same  manner  as  that  local  municipality  could  have 
collected  the  amount  if  the  local  power  had  not 
been  assumed  by  the  County;  and 

(c)  include  the  whole  or  any  part  of  an  amount  charge- 
able to  it  under  this  section  as  part  of  the  cost  of  an 
urban  service  within  an  urban  service  area  estab- 
lished in  the  local  municipality  under  any  general  or 
special  Act. 

45. — (1)  When    a    by-law    under    subsection    41    (2)    is  Repeal  of 

,    J  ^   '^  -^  ^   ■'  by-law 

repealed, 

(a)  the  local  powers  assumed  by  the  County  revert  to 
the  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  thereof  as 
they  exist  on  the  day  the  by-law  is  repealed; 

(b)  all  rights,  obligations,  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
County  or  local  board  thereof  pertaining  to  the 
local  powers  are  vested  in  the  local  municipalities  or 
local  boards  thereof; 

(c)  financial  adjustments,  calculated  in  accordance  with 
such  criteria  as  may  be  prescribed,  shall  be  made 
between  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  and  the 
local  municipaUties  or  local  boards  thereof;  and 

(d)  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof  shall 
pay  to  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  on  or 
before  the  due  date  all  amounts  of  principal  and 
interest  becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of 


24 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


the  County  or  local  board  thereof  in  respect  of  the 
local  powers  reverting  to  the  local  municipalities  or 
local  boards  thereof. 


Interest 


(2)  If  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof  fail  to 
make  any  payment  required  under  clause  (1)  (d)  on  or  before 
the  due  date,  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  may  charge 
the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof  interest  at  the 
rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the 
County  or  local  board  thereof  determines,  from  the  due  date 
until  payment  is  made. 


Agreements  (3)  jf  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  had  entered  into  an 
agreement  with  any  municipality  or  other  person  in  respect  of 
the  local  power  reverting  to  the  local  municipalities  or  local 
boards  thereof,  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof 
are  bound  by  the  agreement  and  the  County  or  local  board 
thereof  is  relieved  of  all  liability  under  the  agreement. 

Disputes  45, — (1)  If  a  dispute  arises  in  respect  of  the  financial 

adjustments  or  the  vesting  of  assets  and  Uabilities  under  sub- 
section 42  (1)  or  clause  45  (1)  (b),  or  the  transfer  of  agree- 
ments under  subsection  43  (1)  or  subsection  45  (3),  the 
County,  local  municipality  or  local  board  affected  may  appl) 
to  the  Municipal  Board  for  a  resolution  of  the  dispute  and  the 
Municipal  Board  shall  hear  and  determine  the  matter  and  its 
decision  is  final. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347,  s.  94 
does  not 
apply 

Regulations 


(2)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not" 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (1). 

47. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations. 


(a)  providing  for  the  security  of  employment,  the  pro- 
tection of  benefits,  including  seniority  and  pensions, 
and  early  retirement  options  for  employees  affected 
by  by-laws  passed  or  repealed  under  this  section; 

(b)  prescribing  the  criteria  for  determining  the  amount 
of  and  the  manner  of  payment  of  the  financial 
adjustments  under  subsections  42  (2)  and  45  (1)  and 
for  providing  which  body  shall  pay  and  which  body 
shall  receive  the  payments  made  under  those  sub- 
sections. 


Minister's 
order 


(2)  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  local  powers  to 
which  this  Part  applies. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 

PART  VIII 


Bill  35 


25 


WASTE  DISPOSAL 

48.  In  this  Part,  "waste"  means  garbage,  refuse,  domestic  Definition 
waste,  industrial  solid  waste  or  municipal  refuse  and  such 
other  waste  as  may  be  designated  by  by-law  of  the  County 
Council. 

49. — (1)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  County  waste 
County  shall  provide  facilities  for  receiving,  dumping  and  dis-    ^"^"'^^ 
posing  of  waste  and  no  local  municipality  or  local  board 
thereof  shall  provide  such  facilities. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (1),  the  County  Council  county 
has  the  powers  conferred  by  any  general  or  special  Act  upon  p"^^'^ 
the  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  thereof  for  the  receiv- 
ing, dumping  and  disposing  of  waste. 

(3)  The  County  Council  may,  for  each  local  municipality.  Designated 
designate  one  or  more  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dumping 

and  disposing  of  waste  or  any  class  thereof. 

(4)  If  a  designation  has  been  made,  a  local  municipality  i^em 
shall  not  utilize  any  facilities  except  the  facilities  that  have 
been  designated  for  that  local  municipality. 

50. — (1)  No  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dumping  and  dis-  Yi'^^te 
posing  of  waste  shall  be  provided  in  the  County  by  any  county' 
municipality  or  other  person  without   the   consent   of  the  responsibility 
County   Council,   which  consent   may  be   given  upon  such 
terms,  including  the  payment  of  compensation,  as  may  be 
agreed  upon. 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  prevent  any  person  or 
any  municipality  which  does  not  form  part  of  the  County  for 
municipal  purposes  from  providing  facilities  for  the  receiving, 
dumping  and  disposing  of  waste  if  such  facilities  were  being 
lawfully  provided  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  so  long  as 
that  facility  continues  to  operate  without  interruption. 

(3)  If  the  County  Council  refuses  its  consent  under  sub- 
section (1)  or  the  applicant  and  the  County  Council  fail  to 
agree  on  the  terms  related  to  the  consent,  the  applicant  may 
appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  which  shall  hear  and  determine 
the  matter  and  may  impose  such  conditions  as  the  Board  con- 
siders appropriate. 

(4)  The  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  is  final. 


Existing 
facilities 


Disagree- 
ments to 
O.M.B. 


Decision  final 


26 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347,  s.  94 
does  not 
apply 

Agreements 


(5)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (3). 

51.  The  County  Council  may  enter  into  agreements  with 
any  municipality  or  other  person  for  establishing,  construct- 
ing, operating  or  managing,  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dump- 
ing and  disposing  of  waste. 


Adoption  of        52.  Section  42,  subsection  43  (1),  section  44  and  clause  , 
provisions       47  (1)  (b)  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  powers 

granted  to  the  County  under  this  Part  to  provide  facilities  for 

receiving,  dumping  and  disposing  of  waste. 

Disputes  53,  If  a  dispute  arises  in  respect  of  the  financial  adjust- 

ments or  the  vesting  of  assets  and  liabilities,  or  the  transfer  of 
agreements  under  this  Part,  the  board  of  arbitrators  estab- 
lished under  section  80  has  the  power  to  hear  and  determine 
the  matter. 

PART  IX 

COUNTY  ROAD  SYSTEM 

i 

County  roads  54.  Qn  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  all  roads 
under  the  jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  County  shall  continue  > 
to  form  part  of  the  county  road  system  together  with,  ' 

(a)  the  roads  that  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990 
are  under  the  jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  Sarnia 
Suburban  Roads  Commission; 

(b)  the  roads  within  the  City  prescribed  by  the 
Minister;  and 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  421 


(c)  the  roads  that  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990 
are  covered  by  an  agreement  under  section  58  of 
the  Public  Transportation  and  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act. 


Dissolution  55, — (1)  xhe  Sarnia  Suburban  Roads  Commission  is  dis- 

commission  solved  on  the  Ist  day  of  January,  1991  and  the  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  commission  are  transferred  to  the  County  on 
that  date. 


Transfer  of 

benefits, 

liabilities 


(2)  The  County  has,  in  respect  of  the  roads  included  in  the 
county  road  system,  all  the  rights,  powers  and  benefits  con- 
ferred and  is  subject  to  all  liabilities  imposed  by  statute, 
by-law,  contract  or  otherwise  upon  the  Sarnia  Suburban 
Roads  Commission. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  27 

56. — (1)  Despite  subsections  270  (1),  (2)  and  (4)  of  the  Assumption 
Municipal  Act,  the  County  Council  may  by  by-law  assume  as  a  bj  Snty  ^ 
county  road  any  highway  within  a  local  municipality.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  302 

(2)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  does  not  take  Consent 
effect  until  assented  to  by  the  council  of  the  local  municipal-  ^^^"^'^ 
ity. 

(3)  The  County  Council  may  by  by-law  assume  as  a  county  Connecting 
road  any  highway  in  a  local  municipality  that  connects  with  a  ^°^'^^ 
county  road. 


57.— (1)  Sections  58  and  59  of  the  Public  Transportation  RS.o.  i980, 
and  Highway  Improvement  Act  do  not  apply  to  the  County  or  58,^59' do 
the  local  municipalities.  not  apply 


(2)  All  existing  agreements  between  the  County  and  a  local  jp^'^jf^^s 
municipality  under  section  58  of  the  Public  Transportation  and 
Highway  Improvement  Act  are  terminated  on  the  1st  day  of  c.m 
January,  1991. 


agreements 
R.S.O.  1980, 


i 


58.— (1)  Despite    subsections    278    (1)    and    (2)    of   the  Badges 
Municipal  Act,  a  bridge  that,  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  R so.  i980, 
1990,  is  under  the  exclusive  or  joint  jurisdiction  and  control  of  '^'  ^^^ 
County  Council  is  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  transferred 
to  and  vested  in  the  council  of  the  local  municipality  that  has 
jurisdiction  over  the  highway  on  which  the  bridge  is  situate. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  bridges,  Limitation 

(a)  on  county  roads; 

(b)  on  a  boundary  line  between  local  municipalities;  or 

(c)  on  a  county  boundary  Hne. 

59.  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  roads  within  Ministers 
the  City  which  are  county  roads. 

PARTX 

HEALTH  AND  SOCIAL  SERVICES 

60.— (1)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  \^^^^^^^ 
Lambton  Health  Unit  shall  be  composed  of, 

(a)    not  more  than  six  members  appointed  from  and  by 
the  County  Council;  and 


28 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(b)  not  more  than  two  persons  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Minister  of  Health. 


County 
responsible 
for  expenses 
1983,  c.  10 


(2)  Despite  any  other  Act,  the  expenses  incurred  by  the 
Lambton  Health  Unit  in  establishing  and  maintaining  the 
health  unit  and  performing  its  functions  under  the  Health 
Protection  and  Promotion  Act,  1983  or  any  other  Act  shall  be 
paid  by  the  County. 


County  51,  por  the  purposes  of  the  General  Welfare  Assistance 

under  Act,  uo  local  municipality  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  municipal- 

R.s.o.  1980,   ity  and  the  County  shall  have  sole  responsibility  as  a  County 
for  all  matters  provided  for  in  that  Act. 


Homes  for 
the  aged 


62. — (1)  The  homes  for  the  aged  known  as  Twilight 
Haven,  North  Lambton  and  Marshall  Gowland,  and  all  assets 
and  liabilities  thereof,  vest  solely  in  the  County  on  and  after 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 


No  local 
municipality 
has  authority 
under 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  203 
Costs 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


(2)  No  local  municipality  has  authority  to  establish,  erect  or 
maintain  a  home  for  the  aged  under  the  Homes  for  the  Aged 
and  Rest  Homes  Act. 

(3)  The  costs  of  operating  and  maintaining  Twilight  Haven, 
North  Lambton  and  Marshall  Gowland  shall  form  part  of  the 
levy  under  section  164  of  the  Municipal  Act. 


1984,  c.  55  53,  No  local  municipality  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  munici- 

ctocs  not 

apply  to  local  pality  for  the  purposes  of  the  Child  and  Family  Services  Act, 

municipality  J  9§^ , 


Information 
to  be 

provided  to 
County 


64.  Every  local  municipality  and  every  officer  or 
employee  thereof  shall,  at  the  request  of  the  officers  of  the 
County  who  are  responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  Acts 
referred  to  in  this  Part,  furnish  to  the  County  officers  any 
information  they  may  require  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


PART  XI 


PUBLIC  LIBRARIES 


County 
library  board 


1984,  c.  57 


65. — (1)  A  county  library  board  for  the  entire  County  to 
be  known  as  "The  Lambton  County  Library  Board"  is  hereby 
established  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  county  library  board  established  under  Part  I 
of  the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


29 


(2)  Subsection  9  (6)  of  the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984  does  i984,  c.  57, 
not  apply  in  the  County. 


9(6) 
does  not 
apply 

Apportion- 
ment of 


(3)  All  local  municipalities  shall  be  deemed  to  be  partici- 
pating municipalities  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  26  (1)  of  coun\y"\evy 
the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984. 


(4)  All  library  boards  of  the  County,  local  municipalities  Transfer  of 
and  former  municipalities  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  uaMities  to 
January,  1991  and  their  assets  and  liabilities  are  transferred  to  county 

the  county  library  board  established  under  subsection  (1),  ^""^^^^^^^^ 
without  compensation. 

(5)  All  by-laws,  rules,  regulations  and  fees  passed  or  estab-  Continuation 
lished  by  the  boards  dissolved  under  subsection  (4)  are  contin-  etc.  ^  ^*^' 
ued  as  by-laws,  rules,  regulations  and  fees  of  the  county 

library  board  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  date  they  are   amended  or  repealed  by  the 
board;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(6)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend-  Certain 
ment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  conferring  rights,  privileges,  fran-  continued 
chises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  not  have  been 
lawfully  repealed  by  a  board  dissolved  under  subsection  (4). 

66.  The  County  shall  pay  to  each  local  municipality,  on  or  Debt 

trsnsrcrrccl  to 

before  the  due  date,  all  amounts  of  principal  and  interest  county 
becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of  each  local  munici- 
pality in  respect  of  public  libraries  and,  if  the  County  fails  to 
pay  the  amounts  before  the  due  date,  the  local  municipality 
may  charge  the  County  interest  at  the  annual  rate  of  15  per 
cent,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the  local  municipaUty  determines, 
from  the  due  date  until  payment  is  made. 


67.  Every  person  who  was  an  employee  of  a  board  dis- 
solved under  this  Part  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990,  and  con- 
tinues to  be  employed  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990, 
becomes,  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  an  employee  of  the 
county  library  board. 

PART  XII 

FINANCES 


Transfer  of 
employees 


68.  In  this  Part, 


Definitions 


30  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

"average  municipal  commercial  mill  rate"  means,  in  respect  of 
a  local  municipality,  the  rate  obtained  by  dividing  the  total 
of  taxes  levied  for  all  purposes,  other  than  for  school  pur- 
poses and  other  than  under  sections  32  and  33  of  the 
R.s.o.  1980,  Assessment  Act,  on  the  commercial  assessment  for  the  pre- 
ceding year  by  the  total  commercial  assessment  for  the  pre- 
ceding year  and  multiplying  the  result  by  1,000; 


c.  31 


"commercial  assessment"  means  commercial  assessment  as 
R.s.o.  1980,        defined  in  clause  1  (1)  (b)  of  the  Ontario  Unconditional 
Grants  Act; 

"discounted  assessment"  means,  for  a  local  municipality  or  for 
a  merged  area,  the  sum  of, 

(a)  the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  residential 
and  farm  assessment  for  that  local  municipality  or 
that  merged  area  by  0.5131,  and 

(b)  the  commercial  assessment  for  that  local  municipal- 
ity or  that  merged  area; 

"discounted  equalized  assessment"  means,  for  each  local 
municipality,  the  sum  of  the  discounted  assessment  and  the 
equivalent  assessment  of  that  local  municipality  divided  by 
its  prescribed  equalization  factor  and  multiplied  by  100; 

"discounted  equalized  assessment  for  each  merged  area" 
means  the  discounted  assessment  of  the  merged  area 
divided  by  its  prescribed  equalization  factor  and  multiplied 
by  100; 

"equivalent  assessment"  means,  for  a  local  municipality,  that 
portion  of  its  payments  in  lieu  of  taxes  in  the  preceding 
R.s^o.  1980,  year,  as  defined  in  clause  365  (1)  (j)  of  the  Municipal  Act, 
not  allocated  for  school  purposes,  divided  by  the  average 
municipal  commercial  mill  rate  and  multiplying  the  result 
by  1,000; 

"merged  area"  means  the  area  of  the  City  of  Samia  or  the 
area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater; 

"net  county  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  County  pur- 
poses under  subsection  365  (6)  of  the  Municipal  Act  includ- 
ing the  sums  required  for  any  board,  commission  or  other 
body,  apportioned  to  each  local  municipality  by  the 
County; 

"net  lower  tier  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  the  pur- 
poses of  a  local  municipality  under  section  164  of  the 


c.  302 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


31 


Municipal  Act  including  the  sums  required  for  any  board,  Rs.o.  i980, 
commission  or  other  body,  but  excluding  amounts  required  ^'  ^^^ 
to  be  raised  for  County  and  school  purposes  or  for  a  special 
rate  imposed  under  section  79; 


"residential  and  farm  assessment"  means  residential  and  farm 
assessment  as  defined  in  clause  7  (1)  (e)  of  the  Ontario 
Unconditional  Grants  Act. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


69. — (1)  For  purposes  of  apportioning  the  net  county  levy  Prescribed 
or  the  net  lower  tier  levy  among  the  respective  merged  areas,  Sr^^^'"" 
the  Minister  may,  in  each  year,  prescribe  the  equalization  fac- 
tor to  apply  for  that  year  to  each  local  municipality  within  the 
County  and  each  merged  area. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  365  (6)  of  theMunicipal  Act,  the  Annual 
treasurer  of  the  County  shall  determine,  apjxKtionment 

(a)  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  of  each  local 
municipality  in  the  County; 

(b)  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  of  the  County; 
and 


(c)  the  percentage  share  of  apportionment,  correct  to 
three  decimal  places,  for  each  local  municipality  by 
dividing  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  for 
each  local  municipality  by  the  discounted  equalized 
assessment  of  the  County  and  multiplying  the  result 
by  100. 

70. — (1)  In  each  year,  the  Ministry  of  Municipal  Affairs  Annual 
shall  calculate  and  notify  the  City  of  the  discounted  equalized  ^^jj^nionment 
assessment  for  each  merged  area. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  7  (2)  of  the  Ontario  Unconditional 
Grants  Act,  the  net  county  levy  and  the  net  lower  tier  levy  of 
the  City  shall  be  levied  against  the  whole  rateable  property, 
including  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the  City  and  appor- 
tioned between  the  merged  areas  of  the  City  in  the  proportion 
that  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  for  each  merged 
area  bears  to  the  total  discounted  equalized  assessment  of 
both  merged  areas. 

(3)  The  rates  to  be  levied  in  each  merged  area  of  the  City  ^^^^™^^ 
shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (3)  of  the  rates 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act. 


How  levies 
apportioned 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


71.— (1)  Despite  section  70,  the  council  of  the  City  may  by  interim  levy 
by-law  in  any  year,  before  the  adoption  of  the  estimates  for 


32 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


that  year,  levy  in  each  of  the  merged  areas,  on  the  whole  of 
the  assessment  for  real  property,  including  business  assess- 
ment in  the  merged  area,  according  to  the  last  returned 
assessment  roll,  a  sum  not  exceeding  50  per  cent  of  that  which 
would  be  produced  by  applying  to  such  assessment  the  total 
rate  for  all  purposes  levied  in  the  merged  area  in  the  preced- 
ing year  on  residential  real  property  of  public  school  support- 
ers. 

Adjustments  (2)  The  amouut  of  any  levy  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be 
deducted  from  the  amount  of  the  levy  made  under  subsection 
70  (2). 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302, 
s.  159  (5) 

Merged  areas 
under 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  129 


(3)  Subsection  159  (5)  of  the  Municipal  Act  applies  to  levies 
made  under  subsection  (1). 


72. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  levying  taxes  under  Part  IV 
of  the  Education  Act,  the  merged  areas  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
municipalities,  and  the  council  of  the  City  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  the  council  of  each  merged  area. 


Regulations 


Where 

county-wide 

assessment 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


Direction  of 
Minister  of 
Revenue 


Grants 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  each  year 
make  regulations  providing  for  the  apportionment  of  the  sums 
required  by  the  Lambton  County  Board  of  Education  and  The 
Lambton  County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board 
with  respect  to  any  local  municipality  or  merged  area  or  parts 
thereof  that  are  wholly  or  partly  within  their  area  of  jurisdic- 
tion. 

73.  Sections  69,  70,  71  and  72  of  this  Part  and  sections 
365,  366  and  368  of  the  Municipal  Act  cease  to  apply  to  the 
County  and  the  local  municipalities  if  the  County  has  been 
subject  to  an  assessment  update  under  section  368b  of  the 
Municipal  Act. 

74. — (1)  Despite  subsections  368b  (3)  and  (3a)  of  the 
Municipal  Act,  in  1991,  for  the  purposes  of  taxation  in  1992, 
the  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  make  a  direction  under  sub- 
section 368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act  for  changes  to  be  made 
to  the  assessment  rolls  of  the  local  municipalities. 

(2)  If  the  Minister  is  of  the  opinion  that  taxes  for  school 
purposes  in  a  local  municipality  may  be  unduly  increased 
because  of  changes  made  to  the  assessment  rolls  of  local 
municipalities  as  a  result  of  a  direction  under  subsection  (1), 
the  Minister  may  make  a  grant  to  the  local  municipality  under 
such  terms  as  the  Minister  considers  necessary  in  the  circum- 
stances. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


33 


1991  City 
rates 


(3)  If,  in  any  year,  a  local  municipality  receives  a  grant  Grant  to  be 
under  subsection  (2),  the  local  municipality  shall,  in  that  year,  rldud" 
use  the  grant  to  reduce  the  increases  in  the  amounts  the  local  increases 
municipality  is  required  to  levy  for  school  purposes. 

(4)  Nothing  in  this  Part  prevents  or  restricts  a  local  munici-  Certain 
pality  from  passing  by-laws  under  section  362  or  363  of  the  affeS"°* 
Municipal  Act.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  302 

75. — (1)  In  1991,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the 
assessment  for  real  property  and  business  assessment  accord- 
ing to  the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the 
merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for 
general  purposes  which  shall  not  be  increased  over  the  1990 
rates  by  more  than  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  3.5  per  cent  of  the  rates  of  taxation  for  general 
purposes  in  the  Town  of  Clearwater  in  1990;  and 

(b)  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calendar  year  of  1990,  as 
determined  by  the  Consumer  Price  Index  published 
by  Statistics  Canada, 


(2)  In  1992,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner  i992  city 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assess- 
ment for  real  property  and  business  assessment  according  to 
the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses which  shall  limit  the  aggregate  levy  for  general  purposes 
upon  the  merged  area  to  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  103.5  per  cent  of  the  dollar  amount  levied  for  gen- 
eral purposes  in  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  in  1991;  and 


(b)  100  per  cent  plus  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calen- 
dar year  of  1991,  as  determined  by  the  Consumer 
Price  Index  published  by  Statistics  Canada,  of  the 
dollar  amount  levied  for  general  purposes  in  the 
merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  in  1991. 

(3)  In  1993,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner  1^1^'^^ 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assess- 
ment for  real  property  and  business  assessment  according  to 
the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses which  shall  not  be  increased  over  the  1992  rates  by 
more  than  the  lesser  of. 


34 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(a)  3.5  per  cent  of  the  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses in  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater 
in  1992;  and 

(b)  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calendar  year  of  1992,  as 
determined  by  the  Consumer  Price  Index  published 
by  Statistics  Canada. 


Rates, 

subsequent 

years 


(4)  In  1994,  1995,  1996,  1997,  1998,  1999  and  2000,  the 
council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  Min- 
ister, levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assessment  for  real  property 
and  business  assessment  according  to  the  last  returned  assess- 
ment roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clear- 
water rates  of  taxation  for  general  purposes  which  are  differ- 
ent from  the  rates  which  would  have  been  levied  for  such 
purposes  but  for  this  subsection. 


Where  taxes 
reduced 


(5)  If  the  Minister  has  made  an  order  under  this  section 
which  results  in  a  reduction  in  the  taxes  which  would  have 
otherwise  been  levied  in  any  year,  the  amount  of  the  reduc- 
tion shall  be  charged  to  the  general  funds  of  the  City  in  that 
year. 


Adjustments 
of  grant  total 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


76. — (1)  The  Minister  may  by  order  on  such  conditions  as 
the  Minister  considers  appropriate  provide  for  payments  to  be 
made  to  the  City  so  that  in  each  of  the  years  1991,  1992  and 
1993  the  total  of  all  grants  received  by  the  City  under  the 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act  pertaining  to  the  merged 
area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  and  payments  under  this  sub- 
section is  not  less  than  the  total  of  all  grants  received  by  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  under  the  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Act  in  1990. 


Minister's 
order 


(2)  The  Minister  may  by  order  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  2000,  on  such  conditions  as  the  Minister  considers 
appropriate,  make  grants  or  loans  to  the  County  and  the  local 
municipalities  to  achieve  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Appropri- 
ations 


77.  The  money  required  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  money  appropriated  therefor  by  the 
Legislature. 


Adjustments 
of  grants 
under 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


78. — (1)  A  grant  under  the  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Act  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipality  in  any  year  in  which 
an  incorporation,  a  major  boundary  change  or  a  major  change 
in  responsibility  for  the  delivery  of  any  service  took  place  dur- 
ing that  year  shall  be  revised  to  reflect  the  incorporation,  the 
boundary  change  or  the  change  in  the  delivery  of  services. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


35 


(2)  If,  in  any  year,  there  is  an  overpayment  or  underpay-  Adjustment 
ment  of  grants  paid  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipality  as  a  umlsif  ^^ 
result  of  a  revision  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  shall 
adjust  any  grant  paid  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipality  in 
the  immediately  following  year  by  the  amount  of  the  overpay- 
ment or  underpayment. 


79. — (1)  In  this  section, 


Definitions 


"urban  service"  means  a  service  of  the  City  not  being  pro- 
vided generally  throughout  the  City  or  not  benefiting  lands 
in  the  City  equally,  and  includes  any  Uability  incurred  by  a 
former  municipality  with  respect  to  such  service; 

"urban  service  area"  means  the  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  designated  in  a 
by-law  under  clause  (2)  (c)  or  in  an  order  under  clause 
(5)  (c). 

(2)  The  council  of  the  City  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  By-laws 
Municipal  Board,  by  by-law,  ST*"^ 

services 

(a)  identify  an  urban  service; 

(b)  define  which  costs  of  the  City  are  related  to  that 
urban  service; 

(c)  designate  upon  what  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the 
City  the  related  costs  should  be  raised;  and 

(d)  levy  a  special  rate  on  that  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  to  raise 
the  whole  or  part  of  the  related  costs. 

(3)  The  rates  to  be  levied  within  each  urban  service  area  Determi- 
shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (3)  of  the  "ates"  ° 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  359 

(4)  The  council  of  the  City  may  establish,  amend  or  dis-  ^/^^°^^Jj°" 
solve  any  number  of  urban  service  areas  designated  under  service  areas 
subsection  (2). 

(5)  Before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  Minister,  upon  JJjfjf^^'" 
the  joint  application  of  the  councils  of  the  City  of  Samia  and 

the  Town  of  Clearwater,  may  make  an  order  to  be  effective 
no  earlier  than  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  that, 

(a)    identifies  an  urban  service; 


36 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(b)  defines  which  costs  of  the  City  will  relate  to  that 
urban  service;  and 

(c)  designates  upon  what  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the  City 
the  related  costs  shall  be  raised. 


Where 
O.M.B. 
approval  not 
required 


(6)  Where  an  order  under  subsection  (5)  creating  an  urban 
service  area  is  in  force  and  has  not  been  amended  under  sub- 
section (7),  the  council  of  the  City  may  pass  a  by-law  under 
clause  (2)  (d)  related  to  that  urban  service  area  without  the 
approval  of  the  Municipal  Board. 


Amendments       (7)  j]^q  couucil  of  the  City  may,  with  the  approval  of  the 
ordeTby  City  Municipal  Board,  by  by-law  amend  or  repeal  an  order  under 
subsection  (5). 


PART  XIII 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Board  of 
arbitrators 


80. — (1)  The  Minister  shall  appoint  three  persons  as  a 
board  of  arbitrators  to  make  adjustments  of  assets  and  liabili- 
ties arising  from  any  amalgamation,  dissolution,  other  than 
the  dissolution  of  a  police  village,  and  transfer  of  functions  or 
services  under  Parts  I,  II,  V,  VIII,  IX,  X,  XI  and  this  Part. 


(2)  Sections  3  to  5,  7,   9  to   11   and   13  to   15   of  the 


Certain 

rS!o.°1980,   Arbitrations  Act  and  the  Schedule  to  that  Act  apply  to  an 
c.  25  apply      arbitration  under  this  section. 


Decisions  of        (3)  x^g  decisious  of  the  board  of  arbitrators  are  binding  on 
binding  the  County,  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  and  are  not 

subject  to  appeal. 


Hearing  (4)  xhc  board  of  arbitrators  shall  hold  a  hearing  with 

respect  to  any  matter  set  out  in  subsection  (1)  that  is  in 
dispute. 


81.  Paragraph  50  of  section  210  of  the  Municipal  Act 


Industrial 

R?o  1980    applies  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  County. 

c.  302 

By-laws 
respecting 
emergency 
measures 


82. — (1)  If  there  is  a  conflict  between  a  by-law  passed  by 
County  Council  under  subclause  209  (b)  (ii)  or  (iii)  of  the 
Municipal  Act  and  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  a  local 
municipality  under  those  subclauses,  the  by-law  of  County 
Council  prevails  to  the  extent  of  the  conflict.  '^ 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  37 


(2)  When  a  by-law  passed  by  County  Council  under  sub-  i^em 
clause  209  (b)  (ii)  of  the  Municipal  Act  is  in  force,  the  County  R  s.o.  i980, 
may  pass  by-laws,  ^'  ^^^ 

(a)  with  the  consent  of  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  concerned,  for  appointing  heads  of  depart- 
ments and  alternates  to  be  members  of  or  advisors 
to  the  emergency  measures  planning  committee  or 
any  subcommittee  thereof; 

(b)  with  the  consent  of  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  concerned,  for  training  employees  of  the 
local  municipality  or  local  board  in  their  emergency 
functions; 

(c)  for  appointing  members  of  the  emergency  measures 
planning  committee  or  of  any  subcommittee  thereof 
to  be  in  charge  of  the  departments  or  utilities 
throughout  the  County,  as  provided  in  the  by-law, 
when  an  emergency  occurs; 

(d)  for  acquiring  alternative  headquarters  for  the 
County  Government  outside  the  County;  and 

(e)  for  obtaining  and  distributing  emergency  materials, 
equipment  and  supplies. 

(3)  The  County  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  regional  municipal-  Deeming 
ity  and  the  local  municipalities  shall  be  deemed  to  be  area  reTpecdng 
municipalities  of  that  regional  municipality  for  the  purposes  of  i983,  c.  3o 
the  Emergency  Plans  Act,  1983. 

83.  The  County  Council,  before  the  31st  day  of  Decem-  ^^'^^^Jj^f"^ 
ber,  1992,  shall  prepare,  adopt  and  forward  to  the  Minister  p*ian  '"^ 
for  approval  an  amendment  to  the  official  plan  of  the  County 
to    cover    the    area    of    the    former    municipality    of   The 
Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia. 

84. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  not  request  an  amend-  Double 

^  ^     X-      A    ^        t  majonty  vote 

ment  to  this  Act  unless, 

(a)  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  on  County  Council  are 
cast  in  favour  of  the  request;  and 

(b)  members  of  County  Council  representing  a  majority 
of  the  local  municipalities  cast  their  votes  in  favour 
of  the  request. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  (1)  (b),  subsection  41  (4)  Wem 
applies  with  necessary  modifications. 


38 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Regulations 

respecting 

employees 


85. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  upon 
the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  make  regulations  provid- 
ing for  the  security  of  employment,  the  protection  of  benefits, 
including  seniority  and  pensions,  and  early  retirement  options 
for  employees  affected  by  this  Act. 


Limitation 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  employees  affected  by 
a  by-law  passed  or  repealed  under  Part  VII. 


Repeal  of 

ss.  4  and  18 


86.  Sections  4  and  18  of  this  Act  are  repealed  on  the  1st 
day  of  December,  1991. 


Repeals  gy.   jh^  City  of  Samiu  Act,  1925,  being  chapter  103,  The 

City  of  Sarnia  Act,  1977,  being  chapter  101  and  the  County  of 
Lambton  Act,  1981,  being  chapter  92,  are  repealed  on  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1991. 


Commence- 
ment 


88.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  5,  6,  7,  13,  19,  20  and 
21,  Parts  IX  and  X  and  section  87,  comes  into  force  on  the 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


Idem 


(2)  Sections  5  and  13,  Parts  IX  and  X  and  section  87  come 
into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 


Idem 


(3)  Sections  6,  7,  19,  20  and  21  come  into  force  on  the  1st 
day  of  December,  1991. 


Transition, 
regular 
elections 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  308 


(4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  the  regular  elections  to  be  held 
in  1991  under  the  Municipal  Elections  Act  in  the  area  munici- 
palities shall  be  conducted  as  if  sections  6,  7  and  19  were  in 
force. 


Short  title  89,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Sarnia- Lambton  Act, 

1989. 

SCHEDULE 

WARD  1 


Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  and  the 
northerly  prolongation  thereof  to  a  point  distant  500  metres  measured 
northerly  from  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  Lake  Huron; 

Thence  easterly  and  parallel  with  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  the  said 
Lake  to  the  easterly  boundary  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  easterly  boundary  of  the  said  Town  to  the  south 
easterly  angle  of  the  said  Town; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  39 

Thence  westerly  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  said  Town  to  the  place 
of  beginning. 

WARD  2 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  centre  line  of  the  King's  Highway  No. 
402  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Blackwell  Sideroad  and  the 
northerly  prolongation  thereof  to  a  point  distant  500  metres  measured 
northerly  from  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  Lake  Huron; 

Thence  westerly  and  parallel  with  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  the  said 
Lake  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of  Ontario  and 
the  United  States  of  America; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  northerly 
boundary  of  the  Village  of  Point  Edward; 

Thence  easterly  and  southerly  along  the  northerly  and  easterly  boundaries 
of  the  said  Village  to  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue  to  the  centre  line 
of  Indian  Road  North; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  North  to  the  centre 
line  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  402; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  said  King's  Highway  to  the 
place  of  beginning. 

WARD  3 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  westerly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Samia 
and  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue  to  the  centre  line 
of  Indian  Road  North; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  North  to  the  centre 
line  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  402; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  said  King's  Highway  to  the 
centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  to  the 
northerly  limit  of  Concession  V  of  the  former  Township  of  Samia; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  northerly  limit  of  the  said  Concession  to  the 
easterly  limit  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  40; 

Thence  westerly  to  and  along  the  centre  line  of  Wellington  Street  to  the 
centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South  to  the  centre 
line  of  London  Road; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  centre  line  of  London  Road  and  the  westerly 
prolongation  thereof  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of 
Ontario  and  the  United  States  of  America; 


40  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

Thence  northerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  southerly 
boundary  of  the  Village  of  Point  Edward; 

Thence  easterly  and  northerly  following  the  boundaries  between  the  Village 
of  Point  Edward  and  the  City  of  Sarnia  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

WARD  4 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  to  the 
northerly  limit  of  Concession  V  of  the  former  Township  of  Sarnia; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  northerly  limit  of  the  said  Concession  to  the 
easterly  limit  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  40; 

Thence  westerly  to  and  along  the  centre  line  of  Wellington  Street  to  the 
centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South  to  the  centre 
line  of  London  Road; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  centre  line  of  London  Road  and  the  westerly 
prolongation  thereof  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of 
Ontario  and  the  United  States  of  America; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  southerly 
boundary  of  the  City  of  Sarnia; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  to  the  place  of  beginning. 


Bill  35 

2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  35 

(Chapter  41 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  respecting  the 

amalgamation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 

Town  of  Clearwater  and  the  addition  of  the 

amalgamated  City  to  the  County  of  Lambton 


The  Hon.  J.  Eakins 
Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 


1st  Reading 

June  20th,  1989 

2nd  Reading 

July  12th,  1989 

3rd  Reading 

July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent 

July  13th,  1989 

Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  35 


1989 


An  Act  respecting  the 

amalgamation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 

Town  of  Clearwater  and  the  addition  of  the 

amalgamated  City  to  the  County  of  Lambton 


CONTENTS 


Section 

1 .  Definitions 


PARTI 
LOCAL  MUNICIPALITIES 

2.  Amalgamation 

3.  Name  of  City  to  be  put  to  a 
vote 

4.  Composition  of  interim  City 
council 

5.  Wards 

6.  Composition  of  councils 

7.  O.M.B.  order 

8.  By-laws,  resolutions  of  former 
municipalities 

9.  Assets  and  liabilities  transferred 
to  City 

10.  Taxes,  charges,  rates  transferred 

to  City 
n.  Dissolution  of  committees  of 

adjustment 

12.  Dissolution  of  committees, 
boards  under  1982,  c.  7 

13.  Repeal  of  certain  by-laws, 
resolutions,  appointments 

14.  Fire  departments 

15.  Offer  of  employment 

16.  Dissolution  of  police  villages 

PART  II 
COUNTY  COUNCIL 

17.  Application 

18.  Interim  County  Council 

19.  Composition  of  County  Council 

20.  Election  of  warden 

21.  Vacancies 

22.  Offer  of  employment 

23.  By-laws,  resolutions  continued 

24.  Assets  and  liabilities  transferred 
to  County 


Section 

Part  III 
FORMER  MUNICIPALITIES 

25.  Agreement 

PART  IV 
SARNIA  HYDRO 

26.  Hydro  Commission 

PART  V 
POLICE 

27.  Boards  of  Commissioners  of 
Police 

28.  Local  board 

29.  Estimates 

30.  Transfer  of  assets,  liabilities 

31.  Continuation  of  by-laws, 
resolutions 

32.  Responsibility  for  County 
enforcement 

33.  Transfer  of  police  personnel 

PART  VI 
BOUNDARY  ADJUSTMENTS 

34.  Application  of  1981 ,  c.  70 

35.  Boundary  application  committee 

36.  Guidelines 

37.  Duties  of  committee 

38.  County  proposal 

39.  Action  by  Minister 

40.  Order 

PART  VII 

ASSUMPTION  OF  LOCAL 

POWERS  BY  THE  COUNTY 

41.  Local  power 

42.  Transfer  of  rights,  obligations, 
etc. 

43.  Agreements 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Section 

44.  Rates 

45.  Repeal  of  by-law 

46.  Disputes 

47.  Regulations 

PART  VIII 
WASTE  DISPOSAL 

48.  Definition 

49.  County  waste  facilities 

50.  Waste  disposal,  County 
responsibility 

51.  Agreements 

52.  Adoption  of  certain  provisions 

53.  Disputes 

PART  IX 
COUNTY  ROAD  SYSTEM 

54.  County  roads 

55.  Dissolution  of  roads  commission 

56.  Assumption  of  highways  by 
County 

57.  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  421,  ss.  58,  59 
do  not  apply 

58.  Bridges 

59.  Minister's  order 

PARTX 

HEALTH  AND  SOCIAL 

SERVICES 

60.  Lambton  Health  Unit 

61.  County  responsible  under 
R.S.O.  1980,  c.  188 

62.  Homes  for  the  aged 

63.  1984,  c.  55  does  not  apply  to 
local  municipality 

64.  Information  to  be  provided  to 
County 

PART  XI 
PUBLIC  LIBRARIES 

65.  County  library  board 


Section 

66.  Debt  transferred  to  County 

67.  Transfer  of  employees 

PART  XII 
FINANCES 

68.  Definitions 

69.  Prescribed  equalization  factor 

70.  Annual  merged  area 
apportionment 

71.  Interim  levy 

72.  Merged  areas  under  R.S.O. 
1980,  c.  129 

73.  Where  county-wide  assessment 

74.  Direction  of  Minister  of 
Revenue 

75.  1991  City  rates 

76.  Adjustments  of  grant  total 

77.  Appropriations 

78.  Adjustments  of  grants  under 
R.S.O.  1980,  c.  359 

79.  Definitions 

PART  XIII 
MISCELLANEOUS 

80.  Board  of  arbitrators 

81.  Industrial  sites 

82.  By-laws  respecting  emergency 
measures 

83.  Amendment  to  official  plan 

84.  Double  majority  vote 

85.  Regulations  respecting 
employees 

86.  Repeal  of  ss.  4  and  18 

87.  Repeals 

88.  Commencement 

89.  Short  title 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 


Definitions 


1.  In  this  Act, 


"City"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia- 
Clearwater  as  created  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  former 
municipalities  under  section  2; 


"City  of  Sarnia"   means  the   former  municipality  of  The 
Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  3 

"County"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  County  of  Lambton; 

"County  Council"  means  the  council  of  the  County; 

"former  municipalities"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of 
Sarnia  and  The  Corporation  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  as 
they  existed  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991; 

"local  municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village  and  township 
forming  part  of  the  County  for  municipal  purposes  but  does 
not  include  a  former  municipality; 

"Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs; 

"Municipal  Board"  means  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board; 

"municipality"  means  a  municipality,  as  defined  in  the  Munic-  RS.o.  i980, 
ipal  Affairs  Act,  and  a  metropolitan,  regional  or  district  '^  ^^^ 
municipality  and  the  County  of  Oxford  or  a  local  board  of 
a  metropolitan,  regional  or  district  municipality  or  of  the 
County  of  Oxford; 

"pre-election  period"  means  the  period  from  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1991  until  the  30th  day  of  November,  1991,  inclu- 
sive; 

"prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

"Town  of  Clearwater"  means  the  former  municipality  of  The 
Corporation  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater. 

PARTI 

LOCAL  MUNICIPALITIES 

2.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  The  Corporation  ;J;^?j8^- 
of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  The  Corporation  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  are  amalgamated  under  the  name  of  "The  Cor- 
poration of  the  City  of  Sarnia-Clearwater". 

(2)  Despite  section  5  of  the  Territorial  Division  Act,  the  ^'^^^^^"^^ 
City  forms  part  of  the  County  for  municipal  purposes.  County 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  497 

(3)  The  City  shall  not  apply  for  the  annexation  or  amalga-  ^^^l\_ 
mation  of  any  land  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  2016,  unless  Son, 
the  County  Council  and  the  council  of  every  local  municipality  annexation 
the  lands  of  which  are  part  of  the  proposed  annexation  or    ^  ^^^^"^^^^ 


4  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

amalgamation  agree,  by  resolution,  to  the  proposed  appli- 
cation being  made. 

Name  of  City       3. — (1)  xhe  Citv  shall  submit  the  question  "Do  you  want 

to   DC  DUt  to  \     /  -^  J.  J 

a  vote  the  new  City  to  be  named  Sarnia"  to  the  electors  of  the  City 

at  the  1991  regular  election. 

Change  of  (2)  If  the  majority  of  votes  cast  in  response  to  the  question 

"^'"^  are  in  the  affirmative,  the  name  of  the  City  shall  become  The 

Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  effective  the  1st  day  of 

January,  1992. 

Idem  (3)  After  the  1st  day  of  January,  1992,  the  Minister  may  by 

order  alter  the  name  of  the  City. 

Composition  4, — (1)  Despitc  subsection  30  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act, 
City" council  during  the  pre-election  period,  the  council  of  the  City  shall  be 
R.s.o.  1980,   composed  of, 

c.  302 

(a)  a  mayor,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was  the 
mayor  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990; 

(b)  a  deputy  mayor,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was 
the  mayor  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  31st 
day  of  December,  1990; 

(c)  a  reeve,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was  the  reeve 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990; 

(d)  a  deputy  reeve,  who  shall  be  the  person  who  was 
the  deputy  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1990;  and 

(e)  twelve  other  members, 

(i)  eight  of  whom  shall  be  the  persons  who  were 
the  members  of  the  council,  except  the 
mayor,  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  on  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1990,  and 

(ii)  four  of  whom  shall  be  the  persons  who  were 
the  members  of  the  council,  except  the 
mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve,  of  the  Town 
of  Clearwater  on  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1990. 

First  meeting       (2)  The  first  meeting  of  the  council  shall  be  held  not  later 
than  the  8th  day  of  January,  1991. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  5 

(3)  Each  member  of  council  has  one  vote.  one  vote 

(4)  Despite  section  72  of  the  Municipal  Act,  if  the  mayor  of  Acting  mayor 
the  City  is  absent  from  the  municipality  or  is  unable  or  unwill-  f^S'  ^^^' 
ing  to  act  or  the  office  of  mayor  is  vacant,  the  deputy  mayor 

shall  act  in  the  place  of  the  mayor  and,  while  so  acting,  has  all 
the  rights  and  powers  of  the  mayor. 

5. — (1)  The  City  shall  consist  of  four  wards  as  described  in  wards 
the  Schedule. 

(2)  All  wards  in  the  former  municipalities  are  dissolved.         Dissolution 

of  former 
wards 

6. — (1)  Despite  sections  30,  31,  32,  34  and  36  of  the  Composition 
Municipal  Act,  but  subject  to  section  7,  the  council  of  each  °  '^""""^ 
local  municipality  shall  be  composed  of  a  mayor,  who  shall  be 
elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  local  munici- 
pality and  who  shall  be  the  head  of  the  council,  and  the 
following  other  members: 

1.  The  City — eight  members  consisting  of, 

i.  four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  wards, 
one  from  each  ward,  as  members  of  the  coun- 
cil of  the  City  and  of  the  County  Council,  and 

ii.  four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  wards, 
one  from  each  ward,  as  members  of  the  coun- 
cil of  the  City. 

2.  A  town — six  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  a 
general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  town. 

3.  A  township — four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by 
a  general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  township. 

4.  A  village — four  members  who  shall  be  elected  by  a 
general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  village. 

(2)  Each  member  of  the  council  of  a  local  municipality  has  one  vote 
one  vote. 

(3)  Despite  section  37  of  the  Municipal  Act,  a  person  is  Quaiifi- 
qualified  to  be  elected  or  hold  office  under  paragraph  1  of  hold  office 
subsection  (1)  if,  in  addition  to  being  qualified  under  section 

37  of  the  Municipal  Act,  that  person  at  any  time  during  the 
period  commencing  on  the  Tuesday  following  the  first 
Monday  in  September  in  an  election  year  and  ending  on  the 
Monday  in  October  that  precedes  polling  day  by  twenty-eight 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


days  is  a  resident  in  or  is  the  owner  or  tenant  of  land  in  or  is 
the  spouse  of  such  an  owner  or  tenant  in  the  ward  in  which 
that  person  is  seeking  to  be  elected  or  to  hold  office, 

o.M.B.  7. — (1)  Upon  the  application  of  a  local  municipality  under 

R  s%  1980    subsection  13  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  or  upon  the  petition  of 
c.  302        '   electors  under  subsection  13  (3)  of  that  Act,  the  Municipal 
Board  may,  by  order, 

(a)  divide  or  redivide  the  local  municipality  into  wards 
and  designate  the  name  or  number  each  ward  shall 
bear  and  declare  the  date  when  the  division  or 
redivision  takes  effect; 

(b)  alter  or  dissolve  any  or  all  of  the  wards  in  the  local 
municipality  and  declare  the  date  when  the  altera- 
tion or  dissolution  takes  effect;  and 

(c)  vary  the  composition  of  the  council  of  the  local 
municipality. 


Limitation  on 
order 


(2)  No  order  made  under  subsection  (1), 

(a)  shall  take  effect  before  the  1st  day  of  December, 
1994;  or 

(b)  shall  alter  the  total  number  of  members  who  repre- 
sent the  local  municipality  on  the  County  Council  or 
the  number  of  votes  assigned  to  the  members  under 
this  Act. 


Idem 


(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  mayor  of  the  local  munici- 
pality shall  continue  to  be  elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the 
electors  of  the  local  municipality  and  shall  be  the  head  of 
council  of  the  local  municipality  and  a  member  of  the  County 
Council. 


Where 
inquiry  by 
Minister 


Idem 


(4)  Where  the  Minister  is  inquiring  into  the  structure, 
organization  and  methods  of  operation  of  a  local  municipality 
or  the  County,  the  Minister  may  give  notice  to  the  Municipal 
Board  of  the  inquiry  and  request  that  any  application  or  peti- 
tion made  under  subsection  (1)  be  deferred  until  the  inquiry 
has  been  completed. 

(5)  If  notice  is  given  under  subsection  (4),  all  proceedings 
in  the  application  or  petition  are  stayed  until  the  Minister 
gives  notice  to  the  Municipal  Board  that  they  may  be  contin- 
ued. 


No  board  of 
control 


(6)  A  local  municipality  shall  not  have  a  board  of  control. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  7 

8. — (1)  Every  by-law  and  resolution  of  a  former  municipal-  By-iaws, 

ity  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  by-law  or  resolution  of  the  City  former'°"^  ° 

and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  area  of  the  former  municipal-  municipalities 
ity  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  date  it  is  amended  or  repealed  by  the  council  of 
the  City;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  any  by-law  of  a  former  munici-  %'^^*', 
pality  passed  under  section  34  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  or  a  under  ^^"^ 
predecessor  of  that  section,  and  any  official  plan  of  a  former  i983,  c.  i 
municipality  approved  under  the  Planning  Act,  1983,  or  a  pre- 
decessor of  that  Act,  shall  remain  in  force  until  amended  or 
repealed. 

(3)  If  a  former  municipality  has  commenced  procedures  to  By-laws  that 
enact  a  by-law  that  requires  the  approval  of  a  minister  of  the  approval 
Crown,  the  Municipal  Board  or  a  provincial  agency  and  the 
approval  has  not  been  obtained  before  the  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1990,  the  council  of  the  City  may  continue  the  procedures 

to  enact  the  by-law  and  subsection  (1)  applies  with  necessary 
modifications  to  the  by-law. 

(4)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend-  By-laws, 

^   '  ,     r  resolutions 

ment  or  repeal  of,  not  affected 

(a)  by-laws  or  resolutions  of  the  former  municipalities 

passed  under  section  45,  58  or  61  of  the  Drainage  Rso.  i980, 
Act  or  a  predecessor  of  those  sections;  and 

(b)  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights,  privileges, 
franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  not 
have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  councils  of  the 
former  municipalities. 

9.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  assets  and  ,f/^5|Jig^"'* 
liabilities  of  the  former  municipalities  and  their  local  boards  transferred  to 
become  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  City  or  a  local  board  city 
thereof  without  compensation,  and  the  City  and  its  local 

boards  stand  in  the  place  of  the  former  municipalities  and 
their  local  boards. 

10.  All  taxes,  charges  or  rates  levied  by  a  former  munici-  Jaxe^^^^  ^^^^^ 
pality  under  any  general  or  special  Act  that  are  due  and  transferred  to 
unpaid  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990  shall,  after  that  city 
date,  be  taxes,  charges  or  rates  due  and  payable  to  the  City 

and  may  be  collected  and  recovered  by  the  City  as  if  the  tax- 
es, charges  or  rates  had  been  imposed  by  the  City. 


8 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Dissolution  jj, — (1)  Subjcct   to   subscction   (4),   on  the   1st   day  of 

committees      January,  1991,  the  committees  of  adjustment  of  the  former 
of  adjustment  municipalities  are  dissolved. 


City  to 
establish 
committee  of 
adjustment 

Applications 
continued 


Continuing 
matters 


Dissolution 
of 

committees, 
boards  under 
1982,  c.  7, 
R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  80,  417 


(2)  The  City  shall  establish  a  committee  of  adjustment 
under  section  43  of  the  Planning  Act,  1983. 

(3)  All  applications  to  the  committees  of  adjustment  of  the 
former  municipalities  shall  be  deemed  to  be  applications  to 
and  shall  be  continued  by  the  committee  of  adjustment  of  the 
City. 

(4)  The  committees  of  adjustment  dissolved  under  sub- 
section (1)  and  the  terms  of  office  of  the  members  of  the  com- 
mittees shall  continue  to  the  31st  day  of  January,  1991  for  the 
purpose  of  making  a  decision  on  any  application  for  which  a 
hearing  is  completed  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 

12. — (1)  The  council  of  the  City  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
recreation  committee  under  the  Ministry  of  Tourism  and 
Recreation  Act,  1982,  a  committee  of  management  of  a  com- 
munity recreation  centre  under  the  Community  Recreation 
Centres  Act  and  a  board  of  park  management  under  the 
Public  Parks  Act  and  all  such  committees  and  boards  of  the 
former  municipalities  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1991. 


Idem 


(2)  All  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  boards  and  commit- 
tees dissolved  under  subsection  (1)  are  continued  as  by-laws 
and  resolutions  of  the  City,  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the 
earlier  of, 

(a)    the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the  City; 
or 


Certain 
by-laws, 
resolutions 
continue 


Repeal  of 

certain 

by-laws, 

resolutions, 

appointments 


(b)    the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend- 
ment or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights, 
privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could 
not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  boards  and  committees 
dissolved  under  subsection  (1). 

13. — (1)  Despite  section  8, 

(a)  the  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  City  of  Samia 
establishing  and  appointing  members  to  the  Canada 
Day  Committee,  Committee  of  Parks  and  Rec- 
reation, Committee  of  Management  of  Marshall 
Gowland   Manor,   Planning  Advisory  Committee, 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


Sarnia  Heritage  Committee  and  the  Sarnia  Museum 
Board,  all  of  the  City  of  Sarnia,  are  repealed; 

(b)  the  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  establishing  and  appointing  members  to 
the  Planning  Advisory  Committee  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  are  repealed;  and 

(c)  the  terms  of  office  of  the  appointees  of  the  City  of 
Sarnia  to  the  Property  Standards  Committee  of  the 
City  of  Sarnia  are  terminated. 

(2)  Nothing   in   this   section   prevents   the   City  from   or  Appointments 
relieves  the  City  of  any  responsibility  for  establishing  or 
making  appointments  to  boards  and  committees. 

14. — (1)  Despite  section  8,  the  City,  on  or  before  the  31st  F'^e 
day  of  January,  1991,  shall,  epartmems 

(a)  repeal  the  by-laws  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  establishing  their  respective  fire 
departments;  and 

(b)  establish  a  fire  department  for  the  City. 

(2)  Every  person  who  is  a  member  of  the  fire  department  F'^e  fighters 
of  the  City  of  Sarnia  or  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  the  1st  day 

of  July,  1990  and  continues  to  be  a  member  until  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1990  becomes  a  member  of  the  fire  department 
established  under  clause  (1)  (b). 

(3)  In  subsection  (2),  "member"  means  a  full-time  fire  Definition 
fighter  and  a  volunteer  fire  fighter  as  defined  in  the  Fire  R  s^  i^so, 
Departments  Act. 


15.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  City  or  a 
local  board  thereof  shall  offer  to  employ  every  person  who 
was  employed  by  a  former  municipality  or  a  local  board 
thereof  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990  and  who  continued  to  be 
so  employed  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990. 


Offer  of 
employment 


16. — (1)  The  Police  Village  of  Inwood  and  the  Police 


Dissolution 

Village  of  Florence  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  viiiages^^ 
1991. 


(2)  The  Municipal  Board,  upon  the  application  of  a  local  Further 
municipality  or  a  local  board  thereof  or  of  its  own  motion, 
may  exercise  the  powers  under  section  25  of  the  Municipal  R  s^o  i^so, 
Act  consequent  upon  the  dissolutions. 


10  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

No  ^rther  (3)  Scctions  94  and  95  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act 

rTo  1980    ^^  ^^^  ^Pply  to  decisions  or  orders  made  in  the  exercise  of  the 
c.  347        '   powers  under  subsection  (2). 

PART  II 

COUNTY  COUNCIL 

Application         jy.  jhis  Part  applies  despite  sections  27,  28  and  29  of  the 
R.s.o.  1980,   Municipal  Act. 

Interim  jg, — (1)  During    the    pre-election    period,    the    County 

Council  Council  shall  have  thirty-seven  members  consisting  of, 

(a)  the  mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  City; 

(b)  the  reeve  of  the  Village  of  Alvinston,  the  Village  of 
Arkona,  the  Village  of  Oil  Springs  and  the  Village 
of  Thedford;  and 

(c)  the  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Forest, 
the  Town  of  Petrolia,  the  Village  of  Grand  Bend, 
the  Village  of  Point  Edward,  the  Village  of 
Watford,  the  Village  of  Wyoming,  the  Township  of 
Bosanquet,  the  Township  of  Brooke,  the  Township 
of  Dawn,  the  Township  of  Enniskillen,  the  Town- 
ship of  Euphemia,  the  Township  of  Moore,  the 
Township  of  Plympton,  the  Township  of  Sombra 
and  the  Township  of  Warwick. 

Distribution        (2)  The  members  of  the  County  Council  under  subsection 

oi  votes 

(1)  shall  have  a  total  of  seventy-three  votes  of  which, 

(a)  the  mayor  of  the  City  shall  have  ten  votes; 

(b)  the  reeve  and  deputy  reeve  of  the  City  shall  each 
have  nine  votes; 

(c)  the  reeve  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet  and  the 
Township  of  Moore  shall  each  have  three  votes; 

(d)  the  reeve  of  the  Town  of  Petrolia,  the  Township  of 
Enniskillen,  the  Township  of  Plympton  and  the 
Township  of  Sombra  shall  each  have  two  votes; 

(e)  the  deputy  reeve  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet,  the 
Township  of  Moore  and  the  Township  of  Plympton 
shall  each  have  two  votes;  and 

(f)  all  other  members  shall  have  one  vote. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  11 

(3)  The  first  meeting  of  the  County  Council  shall  be  held  Rrst  meeting 
after  the  council  of  the  City  has  held  its  first  meeting  under 
subsection  4  (2)  but,  in  any  event,  not  later  than  the  15th  day 

of  January,  1991, 

(4)  Despite  subsection  51  (1)  of  the  Municipal  Act,  the  warden 
County  Council  established  under  subsection  (1)  shall,  at  the  ^3^2  ^^^^' 
first  meeting  at  which  a  majority  of  the  members  is  present, 

elect  one  of  its  members  to  be  warden  and,  for  such  election, 
each  member  of  County  Council  shall  have  one  vote. 

(5)  The  term  of  the  warden  of  the  County  holding  office  on  Term  of 
the  30th  day  of  November,  1990  is  extended  until  a  new  °^^"^^ 
warden  is  elected  under  subsection  (4). 

19. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  be  composed  of.  Composition 

Council 

(a)  the  mayor  of  each  local  municipality;  and 

(b)  the  four  county  ward  members  of  the  council  of  the 
City. 

(2)  The  members  of  the  County  Council  under  subsection  Distribution 
(1)  shall  have  a  total  of  thirty-seven  votes  of  which, 

(a)  the  mayor  and  each  county  ward  member  of  the 
council  of  the  City  shall  have  three  votes; 

(b)  the  mayor  of  the  Township  of  Bosanquet,  the 
Township  of  Moore  and  the  Township  of  Plympton 
shall  each  have  two  votes;  and 

(c)  all  other  members  shall  have  one  vote. 

(3)  The  County  Council  shall  review  the  distribution  of  Review 
votes  under  subsection   (2)   on  or  before   the   1st  day  of 
January,  2001. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  18  (2)  and  subsection  (2)  of  this  J/'^^^^'^^^'^T' 
section,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  the  Lieu-  mayors 
tenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  order  provide  for  the 
manner  in  which  the  County  Council  votes  of  the  mayors  of 
municipalities  being  amalgamated  should  be  distributed  to  the 

local  municipalities,  other  than  the  City,  that  would  exist  after 
such  amalgamation. 

20.— (1)  Despite  subsections  19  (2),  for  the  purposes  of  ^^^^.J^"  °^ 
electing  the  warden  of  County  Council,  each  member  shall 
have  one  vote. 


12 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


County 
warden 


Vacancies 


Offer  of 
employment 


By-laws, 

resolutions 

continued 


By-laws  that 

require 

approval 


By-laws, 

resolutions 
not  affected 


Assets  and 
liabilities 
transferred  to 
County 


(2)  The  warden  of  the  County  Council  shall  bear  the  title  of 
county  warden. 

21.  The  seat  of  a  mayor  of  a  local  municipality  and  the 
seat  of  a  county  ward  member  of  the  council  of  the  City 
becomes  vacant  if  his  or  her  seat  on  the  County  Council  is 
declared  vacant  by  the  County  Council. 

22.  The  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  shall  offer  to 
employ  every  person  who,  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990,  was 
employed  in  any  undertaking  carried  on  by  or  on  behalf  of 
any  former  or  local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  that  is 
assumed  by  the  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  under  this 
Act  and  who  continues  to  be  so  employed  until  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990. 

23. — (1)  Every  by-law  and  resolution  of  a  former  or  local 
municipality  in  respect  of  any  undertaking  carried  on  by  or  on 
behalf  of  a  former  or  local  municipality  that  is  assumed  by  the 
County  under  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  by-law  or  reso- 
lution of  the  County  and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  area  of 
the  former  or  local  municipality  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  date  it  is  amended  or  repealed  by  the  council  of 
the  County;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(2)  If  a  former  or  local  municipality  has  commenced  proce- 
dures to  enact  a  by-law  that  requires  the  approval  of  a  minis- 
ter of  the  Crown,  the  Municipal  Board  or  a  provincial  agency 
and  the  approval  has  not  been  obtained  before  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1990,  the  council  of  the  County  may  continue  the 
procedures  to  enact  the  by-law  and  subsection  (1)  applies  with 
necessary  modifications  to  the  by-law. 

(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend- 
ment or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights, 
privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could 
not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  councils  of  the  former 
municipalities. 

24.  All  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  former  or  local  munici- 
pality or  a  local  board  thereof  in  respect  of  any  undertaking 
carried  on  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  former  or  local  municipality 
or  local  board  thereof  that  is  assumed  by  the  County  or  a 
local  board  thereof  under  this  Act  become  assets  and  liabili- 
ties of  the  County  or  a  local  board  thereof  without  compensa- 
tion, and  the  County  and  its  local  boards  stand  in  the  place  of 
the  former  or  local  municipalities  and  their  local  boards. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  13 

PART  III 

FORMER  MUNICIPALITIES 

25. — (1)  The  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town  of  Clearwater  Agreement 
shall  enter  into  an  agreement  with  respect  to, 

(a)  fee  structures; 

(b)  capital  improvements; 

(c)  the  adequacy  of  public  buildings; 

(d)  maintenance  of  current  levels  of  services; 

(e)  shared  capital  expenditures; 

(f)  impost  fees; 

(g)  capital  improvements; 
(h)  cash  in  lieu  of  parkland; 
(i)  organizational  structures; 

(j)  the  financing  of  capital  expenditures; 

(k)  capital  budgets; 

(1)  equipment  reserve  accounts; 

(m)  contributions  to  reserve  accounts; 

(n)  shoreline  protection; 

(o)  public  transit; 

(p)  rural  water  supply; 

(q)  water  meters;  and 

(r)  major  recreation  complexes. 

(2)  The  councils  of  the  County,  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  J^iH^^j^^ 
Town  of  Clearwater  shall  establish  a  joint  implementation 
committee  to  make  recommendations  with  respect  to  the 
agreement  and  any  other  matter  set  out  in  this  Act. 

(3)  The  joint  committee  shall  submit  its  recommendations  ^^^^^^^"be 
to  the  Minister  on  or  before  the  1st  day  of  May,  1990.  submitted  to 

Minister 


14 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Order 
effecting 
recommen- 
dations 


(4)  Subject  to  any  other  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  by 
order  give  effect  to  any  recommendation  of  the  joint  com- 
mittee. 


PART  IV 


SARNIA  HYDRO 


Hydro 
commission 


R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  423,  384 


Composition 

of 

commission 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  308 


Term  of 
office 


Delegate  of 
mayor 


26. — (1)  A  hydro-electric  power  commission  for  the  City 
is  hereby  established  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  a  commission  established  under  Part  III  of 
the  Public  Utilities  Act  and  a  municipal  commission  within  the 
meaning  of  the  Power  Corporation  Act. 

(2)  Despite  section  41  of  the  Public  Utilities  Act,  the  hydro- 
electric power  commission  shall, 

(a)  during  the  pre-election  period,  be  composed  of, 

(i)  the   members   of  the   commission   dissolved 
under  subsection  (5),  and 

(ii)  the  deputy  mayor  and  reeve  of  the  City;  and 

(b)  after  the  pre-election  period,  be  composed  of, 

(i)  the  mayor  of  the  City,  and 

(ii)  four  other  members  who  are  qualified  electors 
in  the  City  under  the  Municipal  Elections  Act 
who  shall  be  elected  by  a  general  vote  of  the 
electors  of  the  City, 

(3)  A  member  of  the  commission  shall  hold  office  for  the 
same  term  as  the  members  of  council  or  until  the  successor  of 
the  member  is  elected  or  appointed. 

(4)  The  council  of  the  City  may  by  by-law,  passed  with  the 
written  consent  of  the  mayor,  appoint  a  delegate  from  among 
the  members  of  the  council  to  represent  the  mayor  on  the 
commission. 


Dissolution 


(5)  The  Hydro-Electric  Commission  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  is 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 


(6)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  assets  of  the  Town 


Transfer  of 

occgfc 

liabilities  of  Clearwater,  the  assets  under  the  control  and  management 
of  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection  (5)  and  the  lia- 
bilities of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  and  of  such  commission 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


15 


that  relate  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of  electrical  power 
become  assets  under  the  control  and  management  of  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  commission  established  under  subsection  (1), 
without  compensation. 


Ontario 
Hydro 


(7)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  commission  estab-  Purchase  of 
lished  under  subsection  (1)  shall  acquire  the  retail  distribution  distribution 
facilities  within  the  Town  of  Clearwater  used  by  Ontario  facilities  from 
Hydro  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990  in  the  retail  distri- 
bution of  power,  including  equipment  leased  by  Ontario 
Hydro  to  retail  customers  within  the  Town  of  Clearwater  for 
the  use  of  such  power,  and  the  price  of  the  facilities  shall  be 
equal  to  the  original  cost  of  the  facilities  less  the  sum  of  the 
accumulated  net  retail  equity  of  the  customers  supplied  with 
power  through  the  facilities  and  the  accumulated  depreciation 
associated  with  the  facilities. 


(8)  In  subsection  (7), 


Definitions 


"accumulated  net  retail  equity"  means  the  portion  of  the 
equity  accumulated  through  debt  retirement  appropriations 
recorded  for  the  rural  power  district  relating  to  Ontario 
Hydro's  rural  retail  system  plus  the  portion  of  the  balance 
recorded  for  rural  retail  customers  in  the  Stabilization  of 
Rates  and  Contingencies  Account,  in  the  books  of  Ontario 
Hydro; 

"retail  distribution  facilities"  means  works  for  the  transmis- 
sion and  supply  of  power  at  voltages  less  than  50  kilovolts 
other  than  works  located  within  a  transformer  station  that 
transforms  power  from  voltages  greater  than  50  kilovolts  to 
voltages  less  than  50  kilovolts. 

(9)  All  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  Jf^^^'l^^^^'"" 
and  of  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection  (5)  that  resoLtfons 
relate  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of  electrical  power  are 
continued  as  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  commission  estab- 
lished under  subsection  (1),  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the 
earlier  of. 


(a)  the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the 
commission;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(10)  Nothing   in   this   section   repeals   or   authorizes   the  Certmn 

amendment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  re^soiutions 

rights,  privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  ^^J^^j'JJ,^ 
could   not   have   been   lawfully   repealed   by  the   Town  of 


16 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Clearwater  or  by  the  commission  dissolved  under  subsection 
(5). 

PARTY 

POLICE 


Boards  of 
Commis- 
sioners of 
Police 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  381 

Interim 
board 


27.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  The  Board  of 
Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  The  Board 
of  Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  are 
amalgamated  and  the  new  board  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
board  established  under  section  8  of  the  Police  Act. 

(2)  Despite  section  8  of  the  Police  Act,  from  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1990  to  the  30th  day  of  November,  1991,  inclusive, 
the  board  shall  be  composed  of  the  members  of  the  boards 
amalgamated  under  this  section. 


Composition 
of  board 


(3)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  December,  1991,  the  board 
shall  be  composed  of  those  members  provided  for  under 
section  8  of  the  Police  Act. 


Temporary 
name 


(4)  During  1990,  the  board  shall  be  called  "The  Board  of 
Commissioners  of  Police  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town 
of  Clearwater". 


Police  service 


(5)  During  1990,  the  board  is  responsible  for  providing 
police  service  for  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and,  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  its  powers  under 
any  general  or  special  Act,  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amalgamated  as  a  city 
municipality. 


Idem 


(6)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  is 
responsible  for  providing  police  service  for  the  City. 


Local  board 


28.— (1)  During  1990,  the  board  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
local  board  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  not  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater. 


Rights 
protected 


(2)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  resident  or  elector  of  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  has  the  same  rights  and  privileges  as  a 
resident  or  elector  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  relating  to  police 
matters. 


Transfer  to 
City 


(3)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  shall  con- 
tinue as  the  board  of  commissioners  of  police  of  the  City  and 
a  local  board  of  the  City. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


17 


29. — (1)  The  board  shall,  in  preparing  its  1990  estimates  Estimates 

under  subsection  14  (2)  of  the  Police  Act,  show  separately  the  R so.  i980, 

amount  required  to  provide  police  service  in  the  Town  of  ^'  ^^^ 
Clearwater  and  in  the  City  of  Sarnia. 


(2)  The  amount  of  the  estimates  for  providing  police  ser-  ^em 
vice  in  the  Town  of  Clearwater  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  debt 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  falling  due  in  1990  for  the  purposes 
of  section    164   of  the   Municipal  Act,   and   the   Town   of  RS;0.  i980, 
Clearwater  shall  pay  this  amount  to  the  City  of  Sarnia  no  later 
than  the  30th  day  of  June,  1990. 


302 


(3)  If  there  is  a  disagreement  between  the  City  of  Sarnia  D'sagree- 
and  the  Town  of  Clearwater  on  how  the  estimates  are  broken  '"^^  ^ 
down  under  subsection  (1),  the  City  of  Sarnia  or  the  Town  of 
Clearwater   may   refer   the   matter   to   the    Ontario   Police 
Commission  and  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Police  Commis- 
sion is  final. 

30.  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  the  assets  under  the  Transfer  of 
control  and  management  of  the  boards  amalgamated  under  uawiities 
subsection  27  (1)  and  all  liabilities  of  such  boards  become 
assets  under  the  control  and  management  of  and  liabilities  of 
the  board,  without  compensation. 


Continuation 
of  by-laws, 
resolutions 


31. — (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  all  by-laws  and 
resolutions  of  the  boards  amalgamated  under  subsection 
27  (1)  are  continued  as  by-laws  and  resolutions  of  the  board 
and  shall  remain  in  force  in  the  former  municipality  for  which 
they  were  passed  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)    the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the 
board;  or 


(b)    the  31st  day  of  December,  1990. 

(2)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend-  '^^^^^^ 
ment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  or  resolutions  conferring  rights,  re^soSns 
privileges,  franchises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  remain 
not  have  been  lawfully  repealed  by  the  boards  amalgamated 
under  subsection  27  (1). 

32.  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  board  ^^^^^^ 
and  the  members  of  the  police  force  of  the  City  shall  have  the  coumy 
same  duties  with  respect  to  by-laws  of  the  County  as  they  do  enforcement 
with  respect  to  by-laws  of  the  City, 

33.  Every  person  who  is  a  member  of  the  police  force  of  ^^J"^^^'^  °^ 
the  Town  of  Clearwater  or  of  the  police  force  of  the  City  of  Jersomei 
Sarnia  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1989,  and  who  continues  to  be  a 


18 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


member  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  becomes  on 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  a  member  of  the  police  force 
created  by  the  amalgamation  under  subsection  27  (1). 

PART  VI 


Application 
1981,  c.  70 


Idem 


BOUNDARY  ADJUSTMENTS 

34. — (1)  This  Part  applies  to  applications  made  to  the 
Minister  under  section  2  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotia- 
tions Act,  1981,  that  are  being  processed  on  the  day  this  Part 
comes  into  force,  and  to  future  applications  made  under  that 
section  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  to  resolve  an 
intermunicipal  boundary  issue  or  an  intermunicipal  boundary- 
related  issue  in  the  County. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  an  issue  involving  a 
boundary  of  the  County  unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister, 
that  issue  is  of  a  minor  nature. 


1981,  c.  70 
does  not 
apply 


Exception 


(3)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Part,  the  Municipal 
Boundary  Negotiations  Act,  1981  does  not  apply  to  an  appli- 
cation to  which  this  Part  appUes. 

(4)  Sections  15  to  21  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotia- 
tions Act,  1981  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  an  appli- 
cation to  which  this  Part  applies  and  to  an  order  made  under 
section  40. 


Boundary 

application 

committee 


Composition 
of  committee 


Presiding 
officer 


Guidelines 


35. — (1)  The  warden  of  County  Council  shall,  within 
thirty  days  of  this  Part  coming  into  force,  appoint  a  boundary 
application  committee. 

(2)  The  committee  shall  have  five  members  consisting  of, 

(a)  the  warden; 

(b)  two  members  of  County  Council  representing  towns 
or  villages;  and 

(c)  two    members    of    County    Council    representing 
townships. 

(3)  The  members  of  the  committee  shall  appoint  a 
presiding  officer. 

36.  The  committee  shall  establish  guidelines  for  consider- 
ing boundary  applications  in  consuhation  with  the  Ministry  of 
Municipal  Affairs. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  19 

37. — (1)  For  each  application  to  which  this  Part  applies,  Duties  of 
the  committee  shall,  having  regard  for  the  guidelines  estab-  '^"'"'"'"^^ 
lished  under  section  36, 

(a)  determine  and  inquire  into  the  issues  raised  by  the 
application; 

(b)  determine  the  party  municipalities  which  have  a 
substantial  interest  in  the  issues  raised;  and 

(c)  obtain  the  opinion  of  the  party  municipalities  and  of 
any  local  board  that  the  committee  considers  is 
affected  by  the  application,  on  the  issues  raised  by 
the  application. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsections  (4)  and  (5),  the  committee  shall  wem 
prepare  and  submit  to  County  Council  a  report  setting  out, 

(a)  the  issues; 

(b)  the  party  municipalities  in  respect  of  each  issue; 

(c)  the  extent  of  agreement  or  disagreement  on  the 
issues; 

(d)  any  agreement  the  party  municipalities  have 
reached  on  any  of  the  issues; 

(e)  the  recommendations  of  the  committee  on  how  the 
issues  raised  by  the  application  should  be  resolved; 
and 

(f)  any  other  matters  the  committee  considers  appro- 
priate. 

(3)  The   committee    may   make    recommendations   under  Recommen- 

1  /^\  /   \       .  1  dations 

clause  (2)  (e)  with  respect  to, 

(a)  the  matters  set  out  in  paragraphs  1  to  24  of  section 
14  of  the  Municipal  Boundary  Negotiations  Act,   i98i,  c.  70 
1981; 

(b)  the  name  of  a  local  municipality;  and 

(c)  in  the  event  the  committee  recommends  an  amalga- 
mation, how  the  County  Council  votes  of  the 
mayors  of  the  municipalities  being  amalgamated 
should  be  distributed  to  the  local  municipalities, 
other  than  the  City,  that  would  exist  after  such 
amalgamation. 


20 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Public 
meeting 


Idem 


Amendments 
to  report 


Notice  of 
meeting 


County 
proposal 


Recommen- 
dations 


Action  by 
Minister 


Order 


(4)  The  committee  shall,  before  preparing  its  report,  hold 
at  least  one  public  meeting  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
information,  comments  or  opinions  regarding  the  application, 

(5)  The  committee  shall,  after  preparing  its  report  and 
before  submitting  it  to  County  Council,  hold  at  least  one  pub- 
lic meeting  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  submissions  and  com- 
ments from  the  public  in  respect  of  the  contents  of  the  report. 

(6)  The  committee  may  amend  its  report  after  the  public 
meeting  required  under  subsection  (5)  and  before  submitting 
it  to  County  Council. 

(7)  Notice  of  a  public  meeting  required  under  subsection 
(4)  or  (5)  shall  be  given  at  least  fifteen  days  in  advance  of 
each  meeting  by  publishing  it  in  a  newspaper  having  general 
circulation  in  the  party  municipalities. 

38. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  consider  the  report  of 
the  committee  and  shall,  within  sixty  days  after  receiving  the 
report  and  having  regard  to  the  guideUnes  established  by  the 
committee  under  section  36,  submit  to  the  Minister  a  proposal 
with  respect  to  the  resolution  of  the  issues  raised  by  the  appli- 
cation. 

(2)  The  proposal  may  contain  recommendations  with 
respect  to  the  matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3). 

39.  The  Minister  shall,  within  sixty  days  of  receipt  of  the 
proposal, 

(a)  submit  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  a 
recommendation  with  respect  to  one  or  more  of  the 
matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3); 

(b)  refer  any  issue  back  to  County  Council  or  the  com- 
mittee for  further  consideration; 

(c)  terminate  further  consideration  of  the  application; 

(d)  refer  any  issue  to  the  Municipal  Board  to  hear  any 
party  municipality  and,  after  a  hearing,  to  make 
recommendations  thereon;  or 

(e)  take  such  other  action  as  the  Minister  considers 
appropriate. 

40.  Upon  receipt  of  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister, 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  order  provide  for 
one  or  more  of  the  matters  set  out  in  subsection  37  (3). 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  21 

PART  VII 
ASSUMPTION  OF  LOCAL  POWERS  BY  THE  COUNTY 

41. — (1)  In  this  Part,  "local  power"  means  a  power  that  is  Local  power 
conferred  by  any  general  or  special  Act  on  local  municipalities 
or  local  boards  thereof  and  that  is  prescribed  by  the  Minister. 

(2)  The  County  Council  may  pass  by-laws  to  assume  any  Assumption 
local  power  for  all  of  the  local  municipalities.  pow°^r^' 

(3)  No  by-law  under  subsection  (2)  shall  be  passed  or  Double 
repealed  unless,  majority  vote 

(a)  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  on  County  Council  are 
cast  in  its  favour;  and 

(b)  members  of  County  Council  representing  a  majority 
of  the  local  municipalities  cast  their  votes  in  its 
favour. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  (3)  (b),  the  members  of  ^^em 
County  Council  representing  the  City  shall  only  be  considered 

to  have  cast  their  votes  in  favour  of  a  by-law  if  at  least  three 
of  the  City  representatives  cast  their  votes  in  its  favour. 

(5)  When  a  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (2)  comes  into  Effect  of 


effect, 


by-law 


(a)  the  County  is  responsible  for  the  local  powers 
assumed  by  the  County  in  all  of  the  local  municipal- 
ities; 

(b)  the  County  has  the  powers  conferred  by  any  general 
or  special  Act  upon  the  local  municipalities  or  local 
boards  thereof  related  to  the  local  powers  assumed 
by  the  County; 

(c)  no  local  municipality  shall  exercise  the  local  powers 
assumed  by  the  County  and  any  by-law  or  other 
measure  of  a  local  municipality  under  that  power  is 
of  no  effect;  and 

(d)  no  local  municipality  shall  provide  any  service  or 
facility  under  the  local  power  assumed  by  the 
County  within  the  County  without  the  consent  of 
County  Council,  which  consent  may  be  given  upon 
such  conditions,  including  the  payment  of  compen- 
sation, as  may  be  agreed  upon. 


22 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Appeal  to 
O.M.B. 


(6)  If  consent  is  refused  under  clause  (5)  (d)  or  the  council 
of  the  local  municipality  and  the  County  Council  fail  to  agree 
on  the  conditions  related  to  the  consent,  the  applicant  may 
appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  which  shall  hear  and  determine 
the  matter. 


Decision  of  (^7)  xhc  Municipal  Board  may  impose  such  conditions  as  it 
considers  appropriate  and  the  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board 
is  final. 


No  further 
appeal 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347 
Transfer  of 
rights,  obliga- 
tions, etc. 


Assumption 
by  County  of 
debt 


Interest 


Agreements 


Idem 


(8)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (7). 

42. — (1)  All  rights,  obUgations,  assets  and  liabilities  of  a 
local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  pertaining  to  the 
local  powers  assumed  by  the  County  are  vested  in  the  County 
and  financial  adjustments,  calculated  in  accordance  with  such 
criteria  as  may  be  prescribed,  shall  be  made  between  the 
County  and  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof. 

(2)  The  County  shall  pay  to  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  thereof  on  or  before  the  due  date  all  amounts  of  princi- 
pal and  interest  becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of 
that  local  municipality  or  local  board  in  respect  of  the  loca| 
powers  assumed  by  the  County. 

(3)  If  the  County  fails  to  make  any  payment  required  under 
subsection  (2)  on  or  before  the  due  date,  the  local  municipal- 
ity or  local  board  may  charge  the  County  interest  at  the  rate 
of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the  local 
municipality  or  local  board  determines,  from  the  due  date 
until  payment  is  made. 

43. — (1)  If  a  local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  had 
entered  into  an  agreement  with  any  municipality  or  other  per- 
son in  respect  of  the  local  power  assumed  by  the  County,  the 
County  shall  be  bound  by  and  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  the 
agreement  and  the  local  municipality  or  local  board  thereof  is 
relieved  of  all  liability  under  the  agreement. 

(2)  The  County  Council  may  enter  into  agreements  with 
any  municipality  or  other  person  for  establishing,  construct- 
ing, operating  or  managing  any  service  or  facility  that  is  within 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  County  Council  as  a  result  of  the  pas- 
sage of  the  by-law  under  subsection  41  (2). 


Rates  44, — (1)  Despite  sections  368  and  368e  of  the  Municipal 

f'm  ^^^^'  ^^^'  ^^^  County  Council  may  by  by-law  provide  for  imposing 

on  and  collecting  from  the  local  municipalities  for  which  it  is 

providing  services  or  facilities  under  the  assumed  local  powers 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  23 

a  rate  sufficient  to  pay  the  whole,  or  such  portion  as  the  by- 
law may  specify,  of  the  expenditures  and  capital  costs  includ- 
ing debenture  charges  related  to  the  services  or  faciUties  and 
such  rate  may  vary  on  any  basis  the  County  Council  considers 
appropriate  and  specifies  in  the  by-law. 

(2)  All  rates  under  subsection  (1)  constitute  a  debt  of  the  idem 
local  municipality  to  the  County  and  are  payable  at  such  times 
and  in  such  amounts  as  may  be  specified  by  by-law  of  the 
County  Council. 

(3)  Despite  sections  368  and  368e  of  the  Municipal  Act,  a  collection  of 
local  municipality  may,  ^''*^'' 


rates 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


t 


(a)  pay  the  whole  or  part  of  the  amount  chargeable  to 
it  under  this  section  out  of  its  general  funds; 

(b)  pass  by-laws  for  collecting  the  whole  or  part  of  the 
amount  chargeable  to  it  under  this  section  in  the 
same  manner  as  that  local  municipality  could  have 
collected  the  amount  if  the  local  power  had  not 
been  assumed  by  the  County;  and 

(c)  include  the  whole  or  any  part  of  an  amount  charge- 
able to  it  under  this  section  as  part  of  the  cost  of  an 
urban  service  within  an  urban  service  area  estab- 
lished in  the  local  municipality  under  any  general  or 
special  Act. 

45. — (1)  When    a    by-law    under    subsection    41    (2)    is  ^ep^^'  "^ 


repealed, 


by-law 


(a)  the  local  powers  assumed  by  the  County  revert  to 
the  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  thereof  as 
they  exist  on  the  day  the  by-law  is  repealed; 

(b)  all  rights,  obligations,  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
County  or  local  board  thereof  pertaining  to  the 
local  powers  are  vested  in  the  local  municipalities  or 
local  boards  thereof; 

(c)  financial  adjustments,  calculated  in  accordance  with 
such  criteria  as  may  be  prescribed,  shall  be  made 
between  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  and  the 
local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof;  and 

(d)  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof  shall 
pay  to  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  on  or 
before  the  due  date  all  amounts  of  principal  and 
interest  becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of 


24 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


the  County  or  local  board  thereof  in  respect  of  the 
local  powers  reverting  to  the  local  municipalities  or 
local  boards  thereof. 


Interest 


(2)  If  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof  fail  to 
make  any  payment  required  under  clause  (1)  (d)  on  or  before 
the  due  date,  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  may  charge 
the  local  municipaHties  or  local  boards  thereof  interest  at  the 
rate  of  15  per  cent  per  annum,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the 
County  or  local  board  thereof  determines,  from  the  due  date 
until  payment  is  made. 


Agreements  (3)  jf  the  County  or  local  board  thereof  had  entered  into  an 
agreement  with  any  municipality  or  other  person  in  respect  of 
the  local  power  reverting  to  the  local  municipalities  or  local 
boards  thereof,  the  local  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof 
are  bound  by  the  agreement  and  the  County  or  local  board 
thereof  is  relieved  of  all  liability  under  the  agreement. 

Disputes  45^ — (1)  Jf  a  dispute  arises  in  respect  of  the  financial 

adjustments  or  the  vesting  of  assets  and  liabilities  under  sub- 
section 42  (1)  or  clause  45  (1)  (b),  or  the  transfer  of  agree- 
ments under  subsection  43  (1)  or  subsection  45  (3),  the 
County,  local  municipality  or  local  board  affected  may  apply; 
to  the  Municipal  Board  for  a  resolution  of  the  dispute  and  the 
Municipal  Board  shall  hear  and  determine  the  matter  and  itj^ 
decision  is  final. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347,  s.  94 
does  not 
apply 

Regulations 


(2)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (1). 

47. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 


(a)  providing  for  the  security  of  employment,  the  pro- 
tection of  benefits,  including  seniority  and  pensions, 
and  early  retirement  options  for  employees  affected 
by  by-laws  passed  or  repealed  under  this  section; 

(b)  prescribing  the  criteria  for  determining  the  amount 
of  and  the  manner  of  payment  of  the  financial 
adjustments  under  subsections  42  (2)  and  45  (1)  and 
for  providing  which  body  shall  pay  and  which  body 
shall  receive  the  payments  made  under  those  sub- 
sections. 


Minister's 
order 


(2)  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  local  powers  to 
which  this  Part  applies. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 

PART  VIII 


Bill  35 


25 


WASTE  DISPOSAL 

48.  In  this  Part,  "waste"  means  garbage,  refuse,  domestic  Definition 
waste,  industrial  solid  waste  or  municipal  refuse  and  such 
other  waste  as  may  be  designated  by  by-law  of  the  County 
Council. 


49. — (1)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  County  waste 
County  shall  provide  facilities  for  receiving,  dumping  and  dis-    ^'^^  "'^^ 
posing  of  waste  and  no  local  municipality  or  local  board 
thereof  shall  provide  such  facilities. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (1),  the  County  Council  County 
has  the  powers  conferred  by  any  general  or  special  Act  upon  p°^^^^ 
the  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  thereof  for  the  receiv- 
ing, dumping  and  disposing  of  waste. 

(3)  The  County  Council  may,  for  each  local  municipality,  Designated 
designate  one  or  more  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dumping 

and  disposing  of  waste  or  any  class  thereof. 

(4)  If  a  designation  has  been  made,  a  local  municipality  Wem 
shall  not  utilize  any  facilities  except  the  facilities  that  have 
been  designated  for  that  local  municipality. 

50. — (1)  No  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dumping  and  dis-  waste 
posing  of  waste  shall  be  provided  in  the  County  by  any  county' 
municipality  or  other  person  without  the   consent   of  the  responsibility 
County  Council,  which  consent  may  be  given  upon  such 
terms,  including  the  payment  of  compensation,  as  may  be 
agreed  upon. 


Existing 
facilities 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  prevent  any  person  or 
any  municipality  which  does  not  form  part  of  the  County  for 
municipal  purposes  from  providing  facilities  for  the  receiving, 
dumping  and  disposing  of  waste  if  such  facilities  were  being 
lawfully  provided  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  so  long  as 
that  facility  continues  to  operate  without  interruption. 


(3)  If  the  County  Council  refuses  its  consent  under  sub-  ^^^^f/ ^^' 
section  (1)  or  the  applicant  and  the  County  Council  fail  to  o.m.b. 
agree  on  the  terms  related  to  the  consent,  the  applicant  may 
appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  which  shall  hear  and  determine 
the  matter  and  may  impose  such  conditions  as  the  Board  con- 
siders appropriate. 


(4)  The  decision  of  the  Municipal  Board  is  final. 


Decision  final 


26 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  347,  s.  94 
does  not 
apply 

Agreements 


(5)  Section  94  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act  does  not 
apply  to  a  decision  made  under  subsection  (3). 

51.  The  County  Council  may  enter  into  agreements  with 
any  municipality  or  other  person  for  establishing,  construct- 
ing, operating  or  managing,  facilities  for  the  receiving,  dump- 
ing and  disposing  of  waste. 


Adoption  of        52.  Scction  42,  subsection  43  (1),  section  44  and  clause 
provisions       47  (1)  (b)  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  powers 

granted  to  the  County  under  this  Part  to  provide  facilities  for 

receiving,  dumping  and  disposing  of  waste. 

Disputes  53,  If  a  dispute  arises  in  respect  of  the  financial  adjust- 

ments or  the  vesting  of  assets  and  liabilities,  or  the  transfer  of 
agreements  under  this  Part,  the  board  of  arbitrators  estab- 
lished under  section  80  has  the  power  to  hear  and  determine 
the  matter. 

PART  IX 

COUNTY  ROAD  SYSTEM 

County  roads  54,  Qu  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  all  roads 
under  the  jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  County  shall  continue 
to  form  part  of  the  county  road  system  together  with, 

(a)  the  roads  that  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990 
are  under  the  jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  Sarnia 
Suburban  Roads  Commission; 

(b)  the  roads  within  the  City  prescribed  by  the 
Minister;  and 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  421 


(c)  the  roads  that  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990 
are  covered  by  an  agreement  under  section  58  of 
the  Public  Transportation  and  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act. 


Dissolution  55, — (1)  xhe  Sarnia  Suburban  Roads  Commission  is  dis- 

commission     solved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  the  assets  and  Ua- 

bilities  of  the  commission  are  transferred  to  the  County  on 

that  date. 


Transfer  of 

benefits, 

liabilities 


(2)  The  County  has,  in  respect  of  the  roads  included  in  the 
county  road  system,  all  the  rights,  powers  and  benefits  con- 
ferred and  is  subject  to  all  liabilities  imposed  by  statute, 
by-law,  contract  or  otherwise  upon  the  Sarnia  Suburban 
Roads  Commission. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  27 

56.^1)  Despite  subsections  270  (1),  (2)  and  (4)  of  the  Assumption 
Municipal  Act,  the  County  Council  may  by  by-law  assume  as  a  by  SmT 
county  road  any  highway  within  a  local  municipality.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  302 

(2)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  (1)  does  not  take  consent 
effect  until  assented  to  by  the  council  of  the  local  municipal-  ^^^^"^'^ 
ity. 

(3)  The  County  Council  may  by  by-law  assume  as  a  county  Connecting 
road  any  highway  in  a  local  municipality  that  connects  with  a  ^^'^^ 
county  road. 

57.— (1)  Sections  58  and  59  of  the  Public  Transportation  RS.o.  i980, 
and  Highway  Improvement  Act  do  not  apply  to  the  County  or  58,^59' do 
the  local  municipalities.  not  apply 

(2)  All  existing  agreements  between  the  County  and  a  local  Existing 
municipality  under  section  58  of  the  Public  Transportation  and  ^^s^o^illo 
Highway  Improvement  Act  are  terminated  on  the  1st  day  of  c.  421 
January,  1991. 


58.— (1)  Despite    subsections    278    (1)    and    (2)    of   the  Bridges 
Municipal  Act,  a  bridge  that,  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  R so.  i980, 
1990,  is  under  the  exclusive  or  joint  jurisdiction  and  control  of  ^' 
County  Council  is  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  transferred 
to  and  vested  in  the  council  of  the  local  municipality  that  has 
jurisdiction  over  the  highway  on  which  the  bridge  is  situate. 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  bridges.  Limitation 

(a)  on  county  roads; 

(b)  on  a  boundary  line  between  local  municipalities;  or 

(c)  on  a  county  boundary  line. 

59.  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  roads  within  Jjjj^j^^^"^'^ 
the  City  which  are  county  roads. 

PARTX 

HEALTH  AND  SOCIAL  SERVICES 

60.— (1)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  Jf^^,JJ™„jt 
Lambton  Health  Unit  shall  be  composed  of, 

(a)    not  more  than  six  members  appointed  from  and  by 
the  County  Council;  and 


28 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(b)  not  more  than  two  persons  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Minister  of  Health. 


County 
responsible 
for  expenses 
1983,  c.  10 


(2)  Despite  any  other  Act,  the  expenses  incurred  by  the 
Lambton  Health  Unit  in  establishing  and  maintaining  the 
health  unit  and  performing  its  functions  under  the  Health 
Protection  and  Promotion  Act,  1983  or  any  other  Act  shall  be 
paid  by  the  County. 


S""Sibie  ^^'  ^^^  ^^^  purposes  of  the  General  Welfare  Assistance  _ 

under"*^  ^      Act,  no  local  municipality  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  municipal- 
RS-O-  1980,   ity  and  the  County  shall  have  sole  responsibility  as  a  County 
for  all  matters  provided  for  in  that  Act, 


Homes  for 
the  aged 


62. — (1)  The  homes  for  the  aged  known  as  Twilight 
Haven,  North  Lambton  and  Marshall  Gowland,  and  all  assets 
and  liabilities  thereof,  vest  solely  in  the  County  on  and  after 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 


No  local 
municipality 
ha   authority 
under 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  203 
Costs 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


(2)  No  local  municipality  has  authority  to  establish,  erect  or 
maintain  a  home  for  the  aged  under  the  Homes  for  the  Aged^ 
and  Rest  Homes  Act. 

(3)  The  costs  of  operating  and  maintaining  Twilight  Haven, 
North  Lambton  and  Marshall  Gowland  shall  form  part  of  the 
levy  under  section  164  of  the  Municipal  Act. 


1984,  c.  55  53,  No  local  municipality  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  munici- 

docs  not 

apply  to  local  pality  for  the  purposes  of  the  Child  and  Family  Services  Act, 

municipality  1984. 


Information 
to  be 

provided  to 
County 


64.  Every  local  municipality  and  every  officer  or 
employee  thereof  shall,  at  the  request  of  the  officers  of  the 
County  who  are  responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  Acts 
referred  to  in  this  Part,  furnish  to  the  County  officers  any 
information  they  may  require  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


PART  XI 


PUBLIC  LIBRARIES 


County 
library  board 


1984,  c.  57 


65. — (1)  A  county  library  board  for  the  entire  County  to 
be  known  as  "The  Lambton  County  Library  Board"  is  hereby 
established  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991  and  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  county  library  board  established  under  Part  I 
of  the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


29 


(2)  Subsection  9  (6)  of  the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984  does  i984,  c.  57, 
not  apply  in  the  County.  ^■J/JJ,t 

apply 

(3)  All  local  municipalities  shall  be  deemed  to  be  partici-  Apponion- 
pating  municipalities  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  26  (1)  of  TOumy°levy 
the  Public  Libraries  Act,  1984. 

(4)  All  library  boards  of  the  County,  local  municipalities  Transfer  of 
and  former  municipalities  are  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  Siit'ies  to 
January,  1991  and  their  assets  and  liabilities  are  transferred  to  county 

the  county  library  board  established  under  subsection  (1),  ^^'^^y^^'^ 
without  compensation. 

(5)  All  by-laws,  rules,  regulations  and  fees  passed  or  estab-  Continuation 
lished  by  the  boards  dissolved  under  subsection  (4)  are  contin-  etc.  ^  ^^*' 
ued  as  by-laws,  rules,  regulations  and  fees  of  the  county 

library  board  and  shall  remain  in  force  until  the  earlier  of, 

(a)  the  date  they  are  amended  or  repealed  by  the 
board;  or 

(b)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1992. 

(6)  Nothing  in  this  section  repeals  or  authorizes  the  amend-  Certain 
ment  or  repeal  of  by-laws  conferring  rights,  privileges,  fran-  continued 
chises,  immunities  or  exemptions  that  could  not  have  been 
lawfully  repealed  by  a  board  dissolved  under  subsection  (4). 

66.  The  County  shall  pay  to  each  local  municipality,  on  or  Debt 
before  the  due  date,  all  amounts  of  principal  and  interest  county"^^ 
becoming  due  upon  any  outstanding  debt  of  each  local  munici- 
pality in  respect  of  public  libraries  and,  if  the  County  fails  to 
pay  the  amounts  before  the  due  date,  the  local  municipality 
may  charge  the  County  interest  at  the  annual  rate  of  15  per 
cent,  or  such  lower  rate  as  the  local  municipality  determines, 
from  the  due  date  until  payment  is  made. 


67.  Every  person  who  was  an  employee  of  a  board  dis- 
solved under  this  Part  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1990,  and  con- 
tinues to  be  employed  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1990, 
becomes,  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  an  employee  of  the 
county  library  board. 


Transfer  of 
employees 


PART  XII 


FINANCES 


68.  In  this  Part, 


Definitions 


30  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

"average  municipal  commercial  mill  rate"  means,  in  respect  of 
a  local  municipality,  the  rate  obtained  by  dividing  the  total 
of  taxes  levied  for  all  purposes,  other  than  for  school  pur- 
poses and  other  than  under  sections  32  and  33  of  the 
R.s.o.  1980,  Assessment  Act,  on  the  commercial  assessment  for  the  pre- 
ceding year  by  the  total  commercial  assessment  for  the  pre- 
ceding year  and  multiplying  the  result  by  1,000; 


c.  31 


"commercial  assessment"  means  commercial  assessment  as 
R.s  o.  1980,        defined  in  clause  1  (1)  (b)  of  the  Ontario  Unconditional 
Grants  Act; 

"discounted  assessment"  means,  for  a  local  municipality  or  for 
a  merged  area,  the  sum  of, 

(a)  the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  residential 
and  farm  assessment  for  that  local  municipality  or 
that  merged  area  by  0.5131,  and 

(b)  the  commercial  assessment  for  that  local  municipal- 
ity or  that  merged  area; 

"discounted  equalized  assessment"  means,  for  each  local 
municipality,  the  sum  of  the  discounted  assessment  and  the 
equivalent  assessment  of  that  local  municipality  divided  by 
its  prescribed  equalization  factor  and  multiplied  by  100; 

"discounted  equalized  assessment  for  each  merged  area" 
means  the  discounted  assessment  of  the  merged  area 
divided  by  its  prescribed  equalization  factor  and  multiplied 
by  100; 

"equivalent  assessment"  means,  for  a  local  municipality,  that 
portion  of  its  payments  in  lieu  of  taxes  in  the  preceding 
R.s.o.  1980,  year,  as  defined  in  clause  365  (1)  (j)  of  the  Municipal  Act, 
not  allocated  for  school  purposes,  divided  by  the  average 
municipal  commercial  mill  rate  and  multiplying  the  result 
by  1,000; 

"merged  area"  means  the  area  of  the  City  of  Samia  or  the 
area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater; 

"net  county  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  County  pur- 
poses under  subsection  365  (6)  of  the  Municipal  Act  includ- 
ing the  sums  required  for  any  board,  commission  or  other 
body,  apportioned  to  each  local  municipality  by  the 
County; 

"net  lower  tier  levy"  means  the  amount  required  for  the  pur- 
poses of  a  local  municipality  under  section  164  of  the 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


31 


Municipal  Act  including  the  sums  required  for  any  board,  RS.o.  1980, 
commission  or  other  body,  but  excluding  amounts  required  '^  ^^^ 
to  be  raised  for  County  and  school  purposes  or  for  a  special 
rate  imposed  under  section  79; 


"residential  and  farm  assessment"  means  residential  and  farm 

assessment  as  defined  in  clause  7  (1)  (e)  of  the  Ontario  ^■^£-  i980, 
Unconditional  Grants  Act. 


359 


69. — (1)  For  purposes  of  apportioning  the  net  county  levy  Prescribed 
or  the  net  lower  tier  levy  among  the  respective  merged  areas,  Sl^^^'^" 
the  Minister  may,  in  each  year,  prescribe  the  equalization  fac- 
tor to  apply  for  that  year  to  each  local  municipality  within  the 
County  and  each  merged  area. 

(2)  Despite  subsection  365  (6)  of  theMunicipal  Act,  the  Annual 
treasurer  of  the  County  shall  determine,  ?p^"iSonnient 

(a)  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  of  each  local 
municipality  in  the  County; 

(b)  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  of  the  County; 
and 

(c)  the  percentage  share  of  apportionment,  correct  to 
three  decimal  places,  for  each  local  municipality  by 
dividing  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  for 
each  local  municipality  by  the  discounted  equalized 
assessment  of  the  County  and  multiplying  the  result 
by  100. 

70. — (1)  In  each  year,  the  Ministry  of  Municipal  Affairs  Annual 
shall  calculate  and  notify  the  City  of  the  discounted  equalized  ^^{Jlrtionmem 
assessment  for  each  merged  area. 


How  levies 
apportioned 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


(2)  Despite  subsection  7  (2)  of  the  Ontario  Unconditional 
Grants  Act,  the  net  county  levy  and  the  net  lower  tier  levy  of 
the  City  shall  be  levied  against  the  whole  rateable  property, 
including  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the  City  and  appor- 
tioned between  the  merged  areas  of  the  City  in  the  proportion 
that  the  discounted  equalized  assessment  for  each  merged 
area  bears  to  the  total  discounted  equalized  assessment  of 
both  merged  areas. 


(3)  The  rates  to  be  levied  in  each  merged  area  of  the  City  ^^^^JJ^^j 
shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (3)  of  the  rates 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act. 


71.— (1)  Despite  section  70,  the  council  of  the  City  may  by  i"terim  levy 
by-law  in  any  year,  before  the  adoption  of  the  estimates  for 


32 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


that  year,  levy  in  each  of  the  merged  areas,  on  the  whole  of 
the  assessment  for  real  property,  including  business  assess- 
ment in  the  merged  area,  according  to  the  last  returned 
assessment  roll,  a  sum  not  exceeding  50  per  cent  of  that  which 
would  be  produced  by  applying  to  such  assessment  the  total 
rate  for  all  purposes  levied  in  the  merged  area  in  the  preced- 
ing year  on  residential  real  property  of  public  school  support- 
ers. 

Adjustments  (2)  The  amount  of  any  levy  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be 
deducted  from  the  amount  of  the  levy  made  under  subsection 
70  (2). 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302, 
s.  159  (5) 

Merged  areas 
under 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  129 


(3)  Subsection  159  (5)  of  the  Municipal  Act  applies  to  levies 
made  under  subsection  (1). 

72. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  levying  taxes  under  Part  IV 
of  the  Education  Act,  the  merged  areas  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
municipalities,  and  the  council  of  the  City  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  the  council  of  each  merged  area. 


Regulations  (2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  each  year 
make  regulations  providing  for  the  apportionment  of  the  sums 
required  by  the  Lambton  County  Board  of  Education  and  The 
Lambton  County  Roman  Catholic  Separate  School  Board 
with  respect  to  any  local  municipaUty  or  merged  area  or  parts 
thereof  that  are  wholly  or  partly  within  their  area  of  jurisdic- 
tion. 


Where 

county-wide 

assessment 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  302 


73.  Sections  69,  70,  71  and  72  of  this  Part  and  sections 
365,  366  and  368  of  the  Municipal  Act  cease  to  apply  to  the 
County  and  the  local  municipalities  if  the  County  has  been 
subject  to  an  assessment  update  under  section  368b  of  the 
Municipal  Act. 


Direction  of 
Minister  of 
Revenue 


74. — (1)  Despite  subsections  368b  (3)  and  (3a)  of  the 
Municipal  Act,  in  1991,  for  the  purposes  of  taxation  in  1992, 
the  Minister  of  Revenue  shall  make  a  direction  under  sub- 
section 368b  (2)  of  the  Municipal  Act  for  changes  to  be  made 
to  the  assessment  rolls  of  the  local  municipalities. 


Grants 


(2)  If  the  Minister  is  of  the  opinion  that  taxes  for  school 
purposes  in  a  local  municipality  may  be  unduly  increased 
because  of  changes  made  to  the  assessment  rolls  of  local 
municipalities  as  a  result  of  a  direction  under  subsection  (1), 
the  Minister  may  make  a  grant  to  the  local  municipality  under 
such  terms  as  the  Minister  considers  necessary  in  the  circum- 
stances. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


33 


(3)  If,  in  any  year,  a  local  municipality  receives  a  grant  Grant  to  be 
under  subsection  (2),  the  local  municipality  shall,  in  that  year,  reduc? 
use  the  grant  to  reduce  the  increases  in  the  amounts  the  local  increases 
municipality  is  required  to  levy  for  school  purposes. 

(4)  Nothing  in  this  Part  prevents  or  restricts  a  local  munici-  Certain 
pality  from  passing  by-laws  under  section  362  or  363  of  the  affeS"°* 
Municipal  Act.  r.s.o.  1980, 

c.  302 

75.— (1)  In  1991,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  man-  i99i  city 
ner  prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the  ^^^^^ 
assessment  for  real  property  and  business  assessment  accord- 
ing to  the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the 
merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for 
general  purposes  which  shall  not  be  increased  over  the  1990 
rates  by  more  than  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  3.5  per  cent  of  the  rates  of  taxation  for  general 
purposes  in  the  Town  of  Clearwater  in  1990;  and 

(b)  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calendar  year  of  1990,  as 
determined  by  the  Consumer  Price  Index  published 
by  Statistics  Canada. 

(2)  In  1992,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner  i992  city 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assess- 
ment for  real  property  and  business  assessment  according  to 
the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses which  shall  limit  the  aggregate  levy  for  general  purposes 
upon  the  merged  area  to  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  103.5  per  cent  of  the  dollar  amount  levied  for  gen- 
eral purposes  in  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  in  1991 ;  and 


(b)  100  per  cent  plus  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calen- 
dar year  of  1991,  as  determined  by  the  Consumer 
Price  Index  published  by  Statistics  Canada,  of  the 
dollar  amount  levied  for  general  purposes  in  the 
merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  in  1991. 

(3)  In  1993,  the  council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner  J^/^^'^y 
prescribed  by  the  Minister,  levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assess- 
ment for  real  property  and  business  assessment  according  to 
the  last  returned  assessment  roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area 
of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses which  shall  not  be  increased  over  the  1992  rates  by 
more  than  the  lesser  of. 


34 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(a)  3.5  per  cent  of  the  rates  of  taxation  for  general  pur- 
poses in  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater 
in  1992;  and 

(b)  the  rate  of  inflation  for  the  calendar  year  of  1992,  as 
determined  by  the  Consumer  Price  Index  published 
by  Statistics  Canada. 


Rates, 

subsequent 

years 


(4)  In  1994,  1995,  1996,  1997,  1998,  1999  and  2000,  the 
council  of  the  City  shall,  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  Min- 
ister, levy  on  the  whole  of  the  assessment  for  real  property 
and  business  assessment  according  to  the  last  returned  assess- 
ment roll  pertaining  to  the  merged  area  of  the  Town  of  Clear- 
water rates  of  taxation  for  general  purposes  which  are  differ- 
ent from  the  rates  which  would  have  been  levied  for  such 
purposes  but  for  this  subsection. 


Where  taxes 
reduced 


(5)  If  the  Minister  has  made  an  order  under  this  section 
which  results  in  a  reduction  in  the  taxes  which  would  have 
otherwise  been  levied  in  any  year,  the  amount  of  the  reduc- 
tion shall  be  charged  to  the  general  funds  of  the  City  in  that 
year. 


Adjustments 
of  grant  total 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


76. — (1)  The  Minister  may  by  order  on  such  conditions  as 
the  Minister  considers  appropriate  provide  for  payments  to  be 
made  to  the  City  so  that  in  each  of  the  years  1991,  1992  and 
1993  the  total  of  all  grants  received  by  the  City  under  the 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act  pertaining  to  the  merged 
area  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater  and  payments  under  this  sub- 
section is  not  less  than  the  total  of  all  grants  received  by  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  under  the  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Act  in  1990. 


Minister's 
order 


(2)  The  Minister  may  by  order  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  2000,  on  such  conditions  as  the  Minister  considers 
appropriate,  make  grants  or  loans  to  the  County  and  the  local 
municipalities  to  achieve  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Appropri- 
ations 


77.  The  money  required  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  money  appropriated  therefor  by  the 
Legislature. 


Adjustments 
of  grants 
under 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  359 


78. — (1)  A  grant  under  the  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Act  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipality  in  any  year  in  which 
an  incorporation,  a  major  boundary  change  or  a  major  change 
in  responsibility  for  the  delivery  of  any  service  took  place  dur- 
ing that  year  shall  be  revised  to  reflect  the  incorporation,  the 
boundary  change  or  the  change  in  the  delivery  of  services. 


1989 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


Bill  35 


35 


(2)  If,  in  any  year,  there  is  an  overpayment  or  underpay- 
ment of  grants  paid  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipality  as  a 
result  of  a  revision  under  subsection  (1),  the  Minister  shall 
adjust  any  grant  paid  to  the  County  or  a  local  municipality  in 
the  immediately  following  year  by  the  amount  of  the  overpay- 
ment or  underpayment. 

79, — (1)  In  this  section, 


Adjustment 
of  grants  by 
Minister 


Definitions 


"urban  service"  means  a  service  of  the  City  not  being  pro- 
vided generally  throughout  the  City  or  not  benefiting  lands 
in  the  City  equally,  and  includes  any  liability  incurred  by  a 
former  municipality  with  respect  to  such  service; 

"urban  service  area"  means  the  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  designated  in  a 
by-law  under  clause  (2)  (c)  or  in  an  order  under  clause 
(5)  (c). 

(2)  The  council  of  the  City  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  By-laws 
Municipal  Board,  by  by-law,  SS^*'"^ 

services 

(a)  identify  an  urban  service; 

(b)  define  which  costs  of  the  City  are  related  to  that 
urban  service; 


(c)  designate  upon  what  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the 
City  the  related  costs  should  be  raised;  and 

(d)  levy  a  special  rate  on  that  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  the  business  assessment  thereon,  to  raise 
the  whole  or  part  of  the  related  costs. 

(3)  The  rates  to  be  levied  within  each  urban  service  area  Determi-^ 
shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  (3)  of  the  rates 
Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act.  r.s.o.  i980, 

c.  359 

(4)  The  council  of  the  City  may  establish,  amend  or  dis-  ^/^°£j;°" 
solve  any  number  of  urban  service  areas  designated  under  service  areas 
subsection  (2). 

(5)  Before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  the  Minister,  upon  JJ™f"'' 
the  joint  application  of  the  councils  of  the  City  of  Samia  and 

the  Town  of  Clearwater,  may  make  an  order  to  be  effective 
no  earlier  than  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991,  that, 

(a)    identifies  an  urban  service; 


36 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


(b)  defines  which  costs  of  the  City  will  relate  to  that 
urban  service;  and 

(c)  designates  upon  what  area  or  rateable  property, 
including  business  assessment  thereon,  of  the  City 
the  related  costs  shall  be  raised. 


Where 
O.M.B. 

approval  not 
required 


(6)  Where  an  order  under  subsection  (5)  creating  an  urban 
service  area  is  in  force  and  has  not  been  amended  under  sub- 
section (7),  the  council  of  the  City  may  pass  a  by-law  under 
clause  (2)  (d)  related  to  that  urban  service  area  without  the 
approval  of  the  Municipal  Board. 


Amendments       (7)  xhc  couucil  of  the  City  may,  with  the  approval  of  the 
ordeTby  City  Municipal  Board,  by  by-law  amend  or  repeal  an  order  under 
subsection  (5). 


PART  XIII 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Board  of 
arbitrators 


80. — (1)  The  Minister  shall  appoint  three  persons  as  a 
board  of  arbitrators  to  make  adjustments  of  assets  and  liabili- 
ties arising  from  any  amalgamation,  dissolution,  other  than 
the  dissolution  of  a  police  village,  and  transfer  of  functions  or 
services  under  Parts  I,  II,  V,  VIII,  IX,  X,  XI  and  this  Part. 


(2)  Sections  3  to  5,  7,  9  to   11   and   13  to   15  of  the 


Certain 

K^*s!o°i9^,   Arbitrations  Act  and  the  Schedule  to  that  Act  apply  to  an 
c.  25  apply      arbitration  under  this  section. 


Decisions  of        (3)  xhe  dccisions  of  the  board  of  arbitrators  are  binding  on 
binding  the  Couuty,  local  municipalities  and  local  boards  and  are  not 

subject  to  appeal. 

Hearing  (4)  j]^q  board  of  arbitrators  shall  hold  a  hearing  with 

respect  to  any  matter  set  out  in  subsection  (1)  that  is  in 
dispute. 


Industrial  gj.  Paragraph  50  of  section  210  of  the  Municipal  Act 

R  s  o  1980    ^PPli^s  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  County. 

c.  302 

By-laws  §2. — (1)  If  there  is  a  conflict  between  a  by-law  passed  by 

emergenc^y      County  Couucil  uuder  subclausc  209  (b)  (ii)  or  (iii)  of  the 

measures        Municipal  Act  and  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  a  local 

municipality  under  those  subclauses,  the  by-law  of  County 

Council  prevails  to  the  extent  of  the  conflict. 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  37 


(2)  When  a  by-law  passed  by  County  Council  under  sub-  idem 
clause  209  (b)  (ii)  of  the  Municipal  Act  is  in  force,  the  County  R  s.o.  i980, 
may  pass  by-laws,  ^-  ^^^ 

(a)  with  the  consent  of  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  concerned,  for  appointing  heads  of  depart- 
ments and  ahernates  to  be  members  of  or  advisors 
to  the  emergency  measures  planning  committee  or 
any  subcommittee  thereof; 

(b)  with  the  consent  of  the  local  municipality  or  local 
board  concerned,  for  training  employees  of  the 
local  municipality  or  local  board  in  their  emergency 
functions; 

(c)  for  appointing  members  of  the  emergency  measures 
planning  committee  or  of  any  subcommittee  thereof 
to  be  in  charge  of  the  departments  or  utilities 
throughout  the  County,  as  provided  in  the  by-law, 
when  an  emergency  occurs; 

(d)  for  acquiring  ahernative  headquarters  for  the 
County  Government  outside  the  County;  and 

(e)  for  obtaining  and  distributing  emergency  materials, 
equipment  and  supplies. 

(3)  The  County  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  regional  municipal-  Deeming 
ity  and  the  local  municipalities  shall  be  deemed  to  be  area  ^cTpecdng 
municipalities  of  that  regional  municipality  for  the  purposes  of  i983,  c.  30 
the  Emergency  Plans  Act,  1983. 

83.  The  County  Council,  before  the  31st  day  of  Decem-  ^'^"JffJ^Jf"^ 
ber,  1992,  shall  prepare,  adopt  and  forward  to  the  Minister  p°an 
for  approval  an  amendment  to  the  official  plan  of  the  County 
to    cover    the    area    of    the    former    municipality    of   The 
Corporation  of  the  City  of  Sarnia. 

84. — (1)  The  County  Council  shall  not  request  an  amend-  Double 
ment  to  this  Act  unless. 


majority  vote 


(a)  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  on  County  Council  are 
cast  in  favour  of  the  request;  and 

(b)  members  of  County  Council  representing  a  majority 
of  the  local  municipalities  cast  their  votes  in  favour 
of  the  request. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  (1)  (b),  subsection  41  (4)  wem 
applies  with  necessary  modifications. 


38 


Bill  35 


SARNIA-LAMBTON 


1989 


Regulations 

respecting 

employees 


85. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  upon 
the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  make  regulations  provid- 
ing for  the  security  of  employment,  the  protection  of  benefits, 
including  seniority  and  pensions,  and  early  retirement  options 
for  employees  affected  by  this  Act. 


Limitation 


Repeal  of 

ss.  4  and  18 


(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  employees  affected  by 
a  by-law  passed  or  repealed  under  Part  VII. 

86.  Sections  4  and  18  of  this  Act  are  repealed  on  the  1st 
day  of  December,  1991. 


Repeals  gy.   jhe  City  of  Sarnia  Act,  1925,  being  chapter  103,  The 

City  of  Sarnia  Act,  1977,  being  chapter  101  and  the  County  of 
Lambton  Act,  1981,  being  chapter  92,  are  repealed  on  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1991. 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


88.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  5,  6,  7,  13,  19,  20  and 
21,  Parts  IX  and  X  and  section  87,  comes  into  force  on  the 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  5  and  13,  Parts  IX  and  X  and  section  87  come 
into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1991. 


Idem 


Transition, 
regular 
elections 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  308 


(3)  Sections  6,  7,  19,  20  and  21  come  into  force  on  the  1st 
day  of  December,  1991. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  the  regular  elections  to  be  held 
in  1991  under  the  Municipal  Elections  Act  in  the  area  munici- 
palities shall  be  conducted  as  if  sections  6,  7  and  19  were  in 
force. 


Short  title  89,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Sarnia- Lambton  Act, 

1989. 

SCHEDULE 

WARD  1 


Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  and  the 
northerly  prolongation  thereof  to  a  point  distant  500  metres  measured 
northerly  from  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  Lake  Huron; 

Thence  easterly  and  parallel  with  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  the  said 
Lake  to  the  easterly  boundary  of  the  Town  of  Clearwater; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  easterly  boundary  of  the  said  Town  to  the  south 
easterly  angle  of  the  said  Town; 


1989  SARNIA-LAMBTON  Bill  35  39 

Thence  westerly  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  said  Town  to  the  place 
of  beginning. 

WARD  2 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  centre  line  of  the  King's  Highway  No. 
402  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Blackwell  Sideroad  and  the 
northerly  prolongation  thereof  to  a  point  distant  500  metres  measured 
northerly  from  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  Lake  Huron; 

Thence  westerly  and  parallel  with  the  southerly  high  water  mark  of  the  said 
Lake  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of  Ontario  and 
the  United  States  of  America; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  northerly 
boundary  of  the  Village  of  Point  Edward; 

Thence  easterly  and  southerly  along  the  northerly  and  easterly  boundaries 
of  the  said  Village  to  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue  to  the  centre  Hne 
of  Indian  Road  North; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  North  to  the  centre 
line  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  402; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  said  King's  Highway  to  the 
place  of  beginning. 

WARD  3 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  westerly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Sarnia 
and  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Michigan  Avenue  to  the  centre  line 
of  Indian  Road  North; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  North  to  the  centre 
line  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  402; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  said  King's  Highway  to  the 
centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  to  the 
northerly  limit  of  Concession  V  of  the  former  Township  of  Sarnia; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  northerly  limit  of  the  said  Concession  to  the 
easterly  Hmit  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  40; 

Thence  westerly  to  and  along  the  centre  line  of  Wellington  Street  to  the 
centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South  to  the  centre 
line  of  London  Road; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  centre  line  of  London  Road  and  the  westerly 
prolongation  thereof  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of 
Ontario  and  the  United  States  of  America; 


40  Bill  35  SARNIA-LAMBTON  1989 

Thence  northerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  southerly 
boundary  of  the  Village  of  Point  Edward; 

Thence  easterly  and  northerly  following  the  boundaries  between  the  Village 
of  Point  Edward  and  the  City  of  Sarnia  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

WARD  4 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  Town  of 
Clearwater  and  the  centre  line  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  Hne  of  the  Blackwell  Sideroad  to  the 
northerly  limit  of  Concession  V  of  the  former  Township  of  Sarnia; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  northerly  limit  of  the  said  Concession  to  the 
easterly  limit  of  the  King's  Highway  No.  40; 

Thence  westerly  to  and  along  the  centre  line  of  Wellington  Street  to  the 
centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Indian  Road  South  to  the  centre 
line  of  Lx)ndon  Road; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  centre  line  of  London  Road  and  the  westerly 
prolongation  thereof  to  the  International  Boundary  between  the  Province  of 
Ontario  and  the  United  States  of  America; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  said  International  Boundary  to  the  southerly 
boundary  of  the  City  of  Sarnia; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Sarnia  and  the 
Town  of  Clearwater  to  the  place  of  beginning. 


Bill  36 


Government  Bill 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  36 


An  Act  to  revise  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act 


The  Hon.  M.  Elston 
Chairman  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet 


1st  Reading       June  20th,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Bill  will  continue  the  existing  pension  plan  established  under  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act  (which  contains  the  basic  pension  plan)  and  the  Superannuation 
Adjustment  Benefits  Act  (which  requires  inflation  adjustments  for  benefits  payable  under 
the  basic  plan). 

Changes  will  be  made  respecting  who  is  eligible  to  become  a  member  of  the  plan, 
the  level  of  contributions  required  under  the  plan  and  certain  rules  governing  pension 
transfers  and  the  purchase  of  credit  under  the  plan.  Certain  provisions  of  the  pension 
plan  (concerning  entitlement  to  benefits  and  the  administration  of  the  plan)  will  be 
changed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987.  Additional  technical 
changes  are  made  with  respect  to  the  administration  of  the  plan. 

Three  alternative  mechanisms  for  amending  the  plan  will  be  provided.  Initially,  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  will  be  able  to  amend  the  plan  by  order.  The  Bill  will 
permit  the  Government  to  enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  members  to  establish  joint 
control  or  member  control  over  the  plan.  Amendments  to  the  plan  will  then  be  made 
according  to  the  terms  of  the  agreement.  Ownership  of  surplus  and  responsibiUty  for  def- 
icits that  may  arise  under  the  plan  will  be  concomitant  with  control  over  the  plan. 

A  Public  Service  Pension  Board  will  be  created  to  administer  the  plan  and  the  pen- 
sion fund.  Custody  of  the  pension  fund  will  be  transferred  from  the  Treasurer  to  the 
Board.  The  Treasurer  will  be  responsible  for  paying  any  deficit  that  may  exist  when  the 
pension  fund  is  transferred  to  the  Board. 

The  Bill  is  structured  as  an  Act  with  two  Schedules.  The  Act  contains  the  particulars 
of  the  continuation  of  the  pension  plan  (sections  3  to  5),  the  amending  mechanisms  (sec- 
tion 6),  the  transfer  of  the  pension  fund  from  the  Treasurer  to  the  Board  (sections  7  to 
11)  and  transitional  provisions  (sections  12  to  14).  Schedule  1  contains  the  details  of  the 
pension  plan  (sections  1  to  28)  and  establishes  the  Board  (sections  29  to  38).  Schedule  2 
lists  the  amount  of  the  Treasurer's  special  monthly  payments  to  liquidate  the  unfunded 
liability  of  the  plan  as  it  exists  when  custody  of  the  pension  fund  is  transferred  to  the 
Board. 

Changes  to  the  pension  plan: 

The  following  are  the  key  changes  in  the  terms  of  the  pension  plan: 

1.  Substantive  changes,  other  than  those  required  by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act, 
1987,  include: 

(a)  Contract  employees  and  unclassified  part-time  employees,  who  are  not 
eligible  to  become  members  of  the  existing  pension  plan,  have  the  option 
of  joining  the  plan.  (Section  2  of  Schedule  1) 

(b)  The  rate  of  a  member's  required  contributions  increases  by  1  per  cent  of 
the  member's  salary.  This  increase  is  matched  by  an  increase  in  the 
employer's  contributions.  (Section  6  of  Schedule  1) 

(c)  The  rules  governing  the  purchase  of  credit  for  past  service  are  simplified 
and  the  purchase  of  credit  for  certain  service  in  the  private  sector  is  per- 
mitted. (Section  11  of  Schedule  1) 

(d)  A  pensioner  who  marries  after  retirement  may  elect  to  provide  a  survivor 
pension  for  a  spouse,  with  a  corresponding  reduction  in  the  amount  of 
the  member's  pension.  (Section  21  of  Schedule  1) 

2.  Changes  required  by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  include: 


(a)  A  person's  entitlement  to  a  pension  relating  to  employment  after  Decem- 
ber 31,  1986  vests  and  his  or  her  contributions  are  locked  in  after  two 
years  of  continuous  membership  in  the  plan.  {Section  13  of  Schedule  1) 

(b)  The  "50  per  cent  rule"  applies,  ensuring  that  a  member's  contributions 
under  the  plan  plus  interest  do  not  exceed  50  per  cent  of  the  commuted 
value  of  the  pension  the  member  receives  for  employment  since  January 
1,  1987.  {Section  13  of  Schedule  1) 

(c)  The  amount  of  a  spouse's  survivor  pension  is  increased  from  50  per  cent 
to  60  per  cent  of  the  member's  pension,  with  a  corresponding  reduction 
in  the  amount  of  the  member's  pension.  (The  member  and  spouse  can 
waive  the  increase.)  {Section  19  of  Schedule  1) 

(d)  A  spouse  or  beneficiary  or  the  estate  of  a  member  entitled  to  a  pension, 
who  dies  before  beginning  to  receive  it,  is  entitled  to  a  benefit  based  on 
the  member's  employment  after  December  31,  1986.  {Section  22  of 
Schedule  1) 


Bill  36 


1989 


An  Act  to  revise  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act 


CONTENTS  OF  ACT 


Section 


1.  Definitions 

2.  Application 

3.  Plan  continued 

4.  Plan  documents 

5.  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Fund  continued 

6.  Future  revision  of  Plan 

7.  Transfer  of  SAF  Account 

8.  Initial  unfunded  liability 

9.  Interim  payments  of  unfunded 
liability 

10.  Initial  valuation 


Section 

11.  Subsequent  valuations 

12.  Payment  of  pensions  under 
other  Acts 

13.  Expiry  of  appointments 

14.  Continued  application 

15.  Superannuation  Adjustment 
Benefits  Act  ceases  to  apply 

16.  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Act  repealed 

17.  Commencement 

18.  Short  title 


CONTENTS  OF  SCHEDULE  1 


Section 


10. 
11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 


Definitions 

Plan  members 

Termination  of  membership 

Persons  not  entitled  to  be 

members 

Contributions  to  and  payments 

from  Fund 

Contributions  by  members 

Contributions  by  employer 

Leave  of  absence  with  pay 

Continued  membership  on 

release  from  employment 

Long  term  income  protection 

Prior  service  with  the  Crown, 

etc. 

Contribution,  salary  and  service 

record 

Refunds  before  twenty-four 

months  membership 

Disability  pension 

Pension  at  age  sixty-five 

Deferred  pension 

Computation  of  pension 

Application  for  pension 

Pension  to  surviving  spouse 


Section 

20.  Increased  survivor  pension 

21.  Post-retirement  marriage 

22.  Survivor  pension  on  death 
before  payment  of  pension 

23.  Survivor  pension  for  pre-1987 
credit 

24.  Inflation  adjustment 

25.  Pre-retirement  part-time 
employment 

26.  Re-employment  of  pensioner 

27.  Void  transactions 

28.  Payment  to  estate 

29.  Board  to  be  corporation 

30.  Remuneration 

31.  Duty  of  Board 

32.  Powers  of  Board 

33.  Committees 

34.  Quorum 

35.  Expenses 

36.  Annual  report 

37.  Report  re  O.P.P.  early 
retirement  benefit 

38.  Indemnification 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


CONTENTS  OF  SCHEDULE  2 
Interim  payments  of  unfunded  liability 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

Definitions  1,  In  this  Act,  "actuary",  "Board",  "Crown",  "Fund", 

"member",  "Minister",  "pension",  "pension  benefit", 
"Plan",  "salary"  and  "Treasurer"  have  the  same  meaning  as 
in  section  1  of  Schedule  1. 


Application 


Plan 
continued 

R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  419,  490 


2.  Subject  to  subsection  14  (2),  this  Act  applies  to  every 
person  employed  in  the  service  of  the  Crown  after  the  31st 
day  of  December,  1989. 

3.  The  pension  plan  contained  in  the  provisions  of  the] 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  and  the  regulations  there- 
under, including  the  benefits  provided  under  the 
Superannuation  Adjustment  Benefits  Act  in  relation  to  pen- 
sions provided  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  is 
continued  as  the  Public  Service  Pension  Plan  as  revised  by  this 
Act  and  set  out  in  Schedule  1. 


Plan 
documents 


4.  The  terms  of  the  Plan  are  those  set  out  in  Schedule  1, 
in  this  Act  and  in  such  other  documents  concerning  the  Plan 
as  are  created  under  this  Act  or  Schedule  1. 


5. — (1)  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  estab- 
lished under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  is  contin- 


Public 
Service 
Superan- 
nuation Fund  ued  as  the  Public  Service  Pension  Fund  to  provide  benefits  in 

"'"'^™''*       respect  of  the  Plan. 


Board  to 
administer 


Future 
revision  of 
Plan 


(2)  The  Plan  and  the  Fund  shall  be  administered  by  the 
Board  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  Plan. 

6. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  by  order  may 
amend  the  Plan  and,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing,  may, 

(a)  determine  the  methods  or  assumptions  to  be  used  to 
calculate  any  pension  benefit  provided  under  the 
Plan; 

(b)  rescind  the  Plan  and  replace  it  with  another  pension 
plan; 

(c)  extend,  modify  or  restrict  the  conditions  upon 
which  persons  may  become  members  of  the  Plan; 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


¥ 


(d)  establish  a  separate  pension  plan  or  plans  for  any 
class  or  classes  of  persons  who  are  members  of  the 
Plan,  and  direct  the  transfer  from  the  Fund  to  any 
fund  related  to  such  separately  established  pension 
plan  or  plans  of  any  amount  specified  to  represent 
the  value,  as  determined  by  an  actuarial  valuation, 
of  the  pension  benefits  of  persons  who  will  be  mem- 
bers of  such  separately  established  pension  plan  or 
plans; 

(e)  increase  or  prospectively  reduce,  eliminate  or  mod- 
ify any  pension  benefit  set  out  in  the  Plan  or  the 
rate  or  amount  of  contribution  to  be  made  under 
the  Plan; 

(f)  regulate  the  administration  of  the  Plan  and  the  com- 
position, duties  and  powers  of  the  Board; 

(g)  exercise  with  respect  to  any  plan  established  under 
this  section  the  powers  conferred  by  this  section. 

(2)  To  the  extent  that  an  amendment  of  the  Plan  made  Limitation  re 
under  subsection  (1)  conflicts  with  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,   j^!,"  ^'"j" 
1987  in  a  matter  in  which  the  conflict  is  not  authorized  by  this 
Act  or  Schedule  1,  the  amendment  is  void. 


(3)  If  the  Crown  enters  into  an  agreement  for  an  indefinite  Agreement 
term  with  representatives  of  a  majority  of  the  members  with  resfwnsibiuty 
respect  to, 

(a)  the  joint  management  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund  by 
the  Crown  and  representatives  of  the  members; 

(b)  the  sharing  between  the  Crown  and  the  members  of 
surpluses  and  deficiencies  in  the  Fund; 

(c)  prior  consultation  between  the  Crown  and  the  rep- 
resentatives to  determine  if  agreement  can  be 
reached  between  them  concerning  any  change  in 
benefits  under  the  Plan  or  in  the  rate  or  amount  of 
contributions  to  the  Fund  from  the  Crown  or  the 
members;  and 

(d)  mediation  procedures  following  a  failure  to  agree 
on  a  change  in  benefits  under  the  Plan  or  in  the  rate 
or  amount  of  contributions  to  the  Fund, 

the  powers  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  shall,  while  the  agree- 
ment remains  in  force,  be  exercised  only  in  accordance  with 
the  agreement. 


4 

Idem 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(4)  An  agreement  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  may  also 
provide  that,  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  agreement,  sub- 
sections 11  (2)  and  (5)  cease  to  apply  while  the  agreement  is 
in  force. 


Agreement 
for  member 
responsibility 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  446 

Transfer  of 
SAF  Account 


R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  419,  490 


(5)  If  it  is  agreed  between  the  Crown  and  representatives  of 
a  majority  of  members  that  the  management  of  the  Plan,  the 
entitlement  to  surpluses  in  the  Fund  and  the  liability  for  defi- 
ciencies in  the  Fund  will  be  permanently  assumed  by  the 
members  from  time  to  time  of  the  Plan  and  that  the  Uability 
of  the  Crown  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  will  be  limited  to  a 
specified  amount  or  to  a  specified  percentage  of  members' 
contributions  or  salaries,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
may  provide  by  order  that  the  powers  mentioned  in  subsection 
(1)  shall  be  exercised  thereafter  only  in  accordance  with  the 
agreement  and  by  the  person,  persons  or  entity  specified  in 
the  agreement. 

(6)  The  Regulations  Act  does  not  apply  with  respect  to  an 
order  amending  the  Plan. 

7.— (1)  As  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Trea- 
surer shall  transfer  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund 
Account  maintained  in  the  Consohdated  Revenue  Fund  under 
the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  the  total  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  in 
the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Fund  Account  maintained  in 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under  the  Superannuation 
Adjustment  Benefits  Act. 


Transfer  of 
O.P.P. 
Supple- 
mentary 
Benefits 
Account 


(2)  As  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Treasurer 
shall  transfer  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund 
Account  maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under 
the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  the  total  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Supplementary  Bene- 
fits Account  maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 
under  Order  in  Council  196/85. 


Interest 


(3)  As  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Treasurer 
shall  pay  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account 
maintained  in  the  Consohdated  Revenue  Fund  under  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  interest  at  the  rates  and  on 
the  terms  determined  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
on  the  cash  balances  that  from  time  to  time  stood  to  the  credit 
of, 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


(a)  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account 
maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 
under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act; 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  BUI  36  5 

(b)  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  in 
the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Fund  Account 
maintained    in   the    Consolidated    Revenue    Fund 

under  the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Benefits  Act;  RS.o.  1980, 
and  "■  "^^ 

(c)  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Supplementary  Bene- 
fits Account  mentioned  in  subsection  (2), 

in  the  period  from  the  1st  day  of  April,  1989  to  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1989. 

(4)  Interest  payable  by  the  Treasurer  on  assets  held  on  the  wem 
1st  day  of  April,  1989  in  the  accounts  referred  to  in  clauses 

(3)  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  shall  be  accrued  to  the  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1989  and  paid  as  of  that  date  to  the  Public  Service  Super- 
annuation Fund  Account  despite  a  later  time  for  payment 
specified  in  any  instrument  that  provides  for  payment  of  the 
interest,  and  the  payment  made  to  the  Account  reduces  the 
liability  of  the  Treasurer  under  the  instrument  for  interest  by 
the  amount  paid. 

(5)  Payments  by  the  Treasurer  made  under  subsections  (3)  ^^^^ 
and  (4)  shall  be  made  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 

(6)  As  of  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  the  Treasurer  shall  J'^^^^^'  °^ 
transfer  to  the  custody  and  control  of  the  Board  the  total  Account 
amount  of  the  assets  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989  of  the 

Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  maintained  in 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under  the  Public  Service  R  s.o.  i980, 
Superannuation  Act,  including  assets  and  payments  transferred 
or  made  to  that  account  under  this  section,  by  issuing  to  the 
Board  debentures  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  that  are  equal  to 
the  amount  of  the  assets  and  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Trea- 
surer, provide  for  the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on 
terms  substantially  equivalent  to  those  on  which  the  assets  are 
held  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 

(7)  All  Uabilities  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  of  the  I'l^^^'^^l^  ^^ 
accounts  mentioned  in  subsections  (1),  (2)  and  (6)  are  liabili-  Fund 

ties  of  the  Fund  on  and  after  that  date  and,  as  of  that  date, 
the  accounts  cease  to  exist  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 

(8)  During  the  period  from  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989  J^^p^I^^^ 
to  the  30th  day  of  June,  1990,  the  Treasurer  may  establish  aphorized 
outside    the    ConsoUdated    Revenue    Fund    an    account   or 
accounts  for  such  temporary  period  as  the  Treasurer  considers 
advisable  to  facilitate  the  orderly  transfer  to  the  Board  of  the 

assets  of  the  Fund  and  the  administration  of  the  Plan. 


c.  419 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Debentures  (9)  Por  the  purpose  of  subsection  (6),  the  Treasurer  may, 
on  behalf  of  Ontario,  issue  to  the  Fund  debentures  of  Ontario 
in  such  amounts,  upon  such  terms  as  to  the  payment  of  princi- 
pal and  interest,  maturing  at  such  time  or  times  and  either 
with  or  without  the  privilege  of  prepayment  of  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  principal  amount  of  any  such  debenture  as 
will,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Treasurer,  meet  the  requirements  of 
this  section,  and  any  debenture  may  provide  that  it  is  not 
assignable  or  transferrable. 


Investments 
authorized 
1987,  c.  35 


(10)  Despite  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  and  regulations 
thereunder,  the  receipt  and  holding  by  the  Board  of  deben- 
tures issued  under  this  section  shall  not  be  considered  impru- 
dent or  unreasonable  or  contrary  to  that  Act  and  regulations 
thereunder,  and  the  nature,  amount  and  terms  of  the  deben- 
tures may  be  taken  into  account  by  the  Board  and  any  com- 
mittee of  the  Board  in  determining  future  investments  of  the 
assets  of  the  Plan. 


Application         (n)  Scction  82  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  does  not 
1987,  c.  35      apply  to  the  transfers  described  in  this  section. 


Initial 

unfunded 

liability 


8. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  9  and  10  and  sub- 
section 11  (3), 

"actuarial  gain"  and  "actuarial  loss"  mean,  respectively,  the 
sum,  if  positive,  or  the  sum,  if  negative,  of, 

(a)  the  gain  to  the  Plan  during  the  period  since  the 
review  date  of  the  immediately  preceding  going 
concern  valuation  resulting  from  the  difference 
between  actual  experience  and  the  experience 
expected  by  the  actuarial  assumptions  on  which  that 
valuation  was  based, 

(b)  the  amount  by  which  the  going  concern  liabilities 
decrease  as  a  result  of  an  amendment  to  the  Plan, 
and 


(c)  the  amount  by  which  the  going  concern  liabilities 
decrease  or  the  going  concern  assets  increase  as  a 
result  of  a  change  in  actuarial  methods  or  assump- 
tions upon  which  the  current  going  concern  valua- 
tion is  based,  as  of  the  review  date  for  a  going  con- 
cern valuation, 

but  clause  (a),  (b)  or  (c)  or  any  combination  thereof  shall 
be  counted  as  a  negative  in  the  calculation  of  the  sum  if, 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36 

(d)  the  experience  of  the  Plan  results  in  a  loss  rather 
than  a  gain, 

(e)  an  amendment  increases  the  going  concern  liabili- 
ties, or 

(f)  a  change  in  actuarial  methods  or  assumptions 
results  in  an  increase  in  going  concern  liabilities  or  a 
decrease  in  going  concern  assets,  as  the  case  may 
be; 

"going  concern  assets"  means  the  value  of  the  assets  of  the 
Plan,  including  accrued  and  receivable  income  and  the 
present  value  of  future  contributions  and  investment 
income,  determined  on  the  basis  of  a  going  concern 
valuation; 

"going  concern  liabilities"  means  the  present  value  of  the 
expenses  of  the  Plan  and  the  accrued  and  unaccrued  bene- 
fits of  the  Plan  determined  on  the  basis  of  a  going  concern 
valuation; 

"going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability"  means  the  excess 
of  going  concern  liabilities  over  going  concern  assets; 

"going  concern  valuation"  means  a  valuation  of  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Plan  using  methods  and  actuarial  assumptions 
considered  by  the  actuary  who  valued  the  Plan  to  be  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  actuarial  principles  and 
practices  for  the  valuation  of  a  continuing  pension  plan; 

"initial  valuation"  means  the  going  concern  valuation  of  the 
Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  required  by  section 
10; 

"past  service  unfunded  actuarial  Hability"  means  the  amount 
of  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  that  results 
from  the  provision  of  benefits  with  respect  to  prior  employ- 
ment for  which  no  benefit  was  provided  at  the  time  of  the 
employment  or  from  an  amendment  to  the  Plan  that  pro- 
vides benefits  for  employment  prior  to  the  date  of  the 
amendment  if  the  employment  had  not  previously  been  rec- 
ognized for  purposes  of  the  provision  of  pension  benefits; 

"review  date"  means  the  last  date  of  the  period  under  review 
in  a  report  required  under  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  or 
regulations  thereunder; 

"solvency  assets"  means  the  sum  determined  in  accordance 
with  subsections  (2)  and  (3)  of. 


1987,  c.  35 


Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  1989 

(a)  the  market  value  of  investments  held  by  the  Plan  or 
a  value  related  to  the  market  value  by  means  of  an 
averaging  method  that  stabilizes  short-term  fluctua- 
tions of  the  market  values  over  a  period  of  not 
more  than  five  years,  plus  any  cash  balances  and 
accrued  or  receivable  income  items  established 
before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1988, 

(b)  the  present  value  of  any  special  payments  required 
to  liquidate  any  past  service  unfunded  actuarial  lia- 
bility established  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1988, 

(c)  the  present  value  of  any  special  payments  other 
than  those  referred  to  in  clause  (b)  established  on 
or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1988  that  are  sched- 
uled for  payment  within  five  years  after  the  review 
date,  and 

(d)  the  present  value  of  future  special  payments  result-^ 
ing  from  the  initial  valuation; 

"solvency  deficiency"  means  the  excess  of  the  solvency  liabili- 
ties over  the  solvency  assets; 

"solvency  gain"  means  the  sum,  if  positive,  of, 

(a)  the  gain  to  the  Plan  during  the  period  since  the 
review  date  of  the  immediately  preceding  valuation 
of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  habilities  resulting 
from  the  difference  between  actual  experience  and 
the  experience  expected  by  the  actuarial  assump- 
tions on  which  that  valuation  was  based,  and 

(b)  the  amount  by  which  the  solvency  habilities 
decrease  or  the  solvency  assets  increase  during  the 
period  since  the  review  date  of  the  immediately  pre- 
ceding valuation  of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  lia- 
bilities as  a  result  of  a  change  in  the  actuarial  meth- 
ods or  assumptions  upon  which  the  current 
valuation  of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  liabilities 
is  based, 

but  either  of  clause  (a)  or  (b)  shall  be  counted  as  a  negative 
in  the  calculation  of  the  sum  if  the  experience  of  the  Plan 
results  in  a  loss  rather  than  a  gain  or  if  a  change  in  actuarial 
methods  or  assumptions  results  in  an  increase  in  solvency 
liabilities  or  a  decrease  in  solvency  assets,  as  the  case  may 
be; 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


"solvency  liabilities"  means  an  amount  that  is  not  less  than 
the  liabilities  of  the  Plan  determined  as  if  the  Plan  had 
been  wound  up,  taking  into  account  Habilities  for  the 
adjustment  for  inflation  under  the  Plan  and  the  require- 
ments of  section  75  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987. 


1987,  c.  35 


(2)  The  present  values  referred  to  in  clauses  (b),  (c)  and  Present 
(d)  of  the  definition  of  "solvency  assets"  shall  be  determined  Sivency^ 
on  the  basis  of  the  assumed  interest  rate  used  in  determining  assets 
whether  there  is  a  solvency  deficiency. 

(3)  In  calculating  the  solvency  assets,  if  there  is  no  market  if  "o  market 
value  for  an  investment  of  the  Plan  and  the  investment  is  ^^"^ 
issued  or  guaranteed  by  a  government,  the  book  value  of  the 
investment  may  be  used  instead  of  market  value. 

(4)  The  provisions  of  this  section  and  of  sections  9,  10  and  Conflicting 
11  prevail  over  any  conflicting  provisions  of  the  Pension  Bene-  p™^'^'°"* 
fits  Act,  1987  or  of  a  regulation  made  under  that  Act. 

9, — (1)  For  each  month  in  the  period  commencing  with  interim 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  ESS  ° 
the  month  in  which  the  initial  valuation  is  approved  by  the  liability 
Pension  Commission  of  Ontario,  the  Treasurer  shall  pay  to 
the  Fund  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  amount 
shown  for  that  month  in  Schedule  2. 

(2)  The  Treasurer  may,  with  the  appropriate  adjustment  Prepayment 
for  interest,  at  any  time  prepay  one  or  more  of  the  outstand- 
ing payments  shown  in  Schedule  2. 

(3)  Payments  made  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  shall  be  Application 
credited  against  any  special  payments  that  are  to  be  made  in  payments 
the  same  period  to  liquidate  a  going  concern  unfunded  actuar- 
ial liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation,  and  any  amount 

by  which  the  payments  made  under  those  subsections  are  less 
than  the  special  payments  for  that  period  as  a  result  of  the  ini- 
tial valuation  shall  be  paid  by  the  Treasurer  to  the  Fund  from 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  within  fifteen  months  follow- 
ing the  month  when  the  initial  valuation  is  approved  by  the 
Pension  Commission  of  Ontario. 

10. — (1)  As  soon  as  practicable  after  the  31st  day  of  ^^iJj^Jj^j^ 
December,  1989,  the  Board  shall  cause  to  be  prepared  a  going  "^"^  ''"^ 
concern  valuation  of  the  Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990,  and  the  valuation  shall  include  the  adjustment  of  pen- 
sions for  inflation  under  the  Plan. 


(2)  The  initial  valuation  shall, 


Idem 


10 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Liability 
liquidated 


(a)  comply  with  this  section  and  section  11; 

(b)  be  delivered  by  the  actuary  to  the  Board  and  to  the 
Minister  and  the  Treasurer,  and  shall  be  filed  with 
the  Pension  Commission  of  Ontario  by  the  Board 
only  after  the  Minister  and  the  Treasurer  have 
approved  in  writing  the  initial  valuation;  and 

(c)  for  all  purposes  of  the  Plan  determine  the  going 
concern  unfunded  actuarial  hability  or  surplus  of 
the  Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990. 

(3)  Any  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liabiUty  disclosed 
by  the  initial  valuation  shall  be  liquidated  by  a  series  of  special 
payments  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  to  be  made 
over  the  forty  years  commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990. 


Calculation 
of  special 
payments 


Present  value 
of  special 
payments 


Schedule  of 
payments 


(4)  Each  special  payment  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  shall 
be  calculated  as  a  constant  percentage  of  the  projected  future 
earnings  from  employment  used  to  calculate  pension  benefits 
during  the  forty  years  commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990  of  all  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Plan  on  that  date 
and  of  those  who  are  expected  to  join  the  Plan  during  those 
forty  years. 

(5)  The  present  value,  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  of 
the  full  series  of  special  payments  shall  equal  the  amount  of 
the  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  to  be  liquidated. 

(6)  The  actuary  shall  prepare  and  submit  with  the  initial 
valuation  a  schedule  showing  the  dollar  amount  of  each  spe- 
cial payment  in  the  first  six  years  of  the  series  and  the  formula 
by  which  the  dollar  amount  of  the  remaining  special  payments 
in  the  series  is  determined. 


Prepayments 
and 

additional 
payments 


(7)  The  Treasurer  may,  at  any  time,  prepay  a  part  or  all  of 
any  outstanding  special  payments  or  may  make  additional 
payments  to  the  Fund  to  be  applied,  with  appropriate  adjust- 
ments for  interest,  as  the  Treasurer  shall  direct  to  reduce  the 
going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  ini- 
tial valuation,  and  every  such  payment  may  be  paid  out  of  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 


Consistent 
assumptions 


(8)  Subject  to  subsection  (4), 

(a)  the  projected  future  earnings  from  employment 
used  to  calculate  pension  benefits  shall  be  deter- 
mined using  actuarial  assumptions  consistent  with 
those  made  in  the  initial  valuation; 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  11 

(b)  the  present  value  of  the  series  of  special  payments 
shall  be  determined  using  the  interest  rate  used  in 
the  initial  valuation;  and 

(c)  all  other  actuarial  assumptions  made  in  the  determi- 
nation of  the  series  of  special  payments  shall  be,  so 
far  as  possible,  consistent  with  actuarial  assumptions 
made  in  the  initial  valuation. 


valuations 


11. — (1)  A  going  concern  valuation  of  the  Plan  made  after  Subsequent 
the  initial  valuation  shall  include  the  present  value  of  the  out- 
standing special  payments  calculated  under  section  10  that 
remain  to  be  made  to  liquidate  the  going  concern  unfunded 
actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation,  and  the 
actuary  shall  prepare  and  submit  with  the  valuation  a  schedule 
showing  the  amount,  determined  from  the  formula  mentioned 
in  subsection  10  (6),  of  each  remaining  special  payment  for 
the  next  six  years  or  for  the  period  of  time  for  which  special 
payments  remain  to  be  made,  whichever  is  shorter. 


of  actuarial 
gain 


(2)  Any  actuarial  gain  disclosed  by  a  going  concern  valua-  Application 
tion  made  after  the  initial  valuation  shall  be  applied  in  the  fol  ' 
lowing  order  and  manner: 

1.  The  amount  of  the  gain  shall  first  be  applied  to 
reduce,  and  to  eliminate  if  possible,  the  payments 
required  to  liquidate  any  unamortized  balance  of  a 
solvency  deficiency  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation 
or  a  subsequent  valuation. 

2.  When  no  solvency  deficiency  remains,  the  amount 
of  the  gain  shall  be  applied  to  reduce,  and  to  elimi- 
nate if  possible,  a  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial 
liability  disclosed  by  a  valuation  after  the  initial 
valuation. 

3.  When  no  other  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial 
liability  remains,  the  amount  of  the  gain  shall  be 
applied  to  reduce,  and  to  eliminate  if  possible,  the 
unliquidated  amount  of  the  going  concern  unfunded 
actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation. 

(3)  In  determining  any  solvency  gain  or  solvency  deficiency  ^P^^gJ^j^  ^ 
of  the  Plan,  solvency  assets  shall  include  the  present  value  of  ^oivoicy^  ^ 
future  special  payments  resulting  from  the  initial  valuation.         asset 

(4)  When  the  special  payments  made  as  a  result  of  the  ini-  when  special 

^  D3vnicnts 

tial  valuation,  the  prepayments  and  additional  payments  made  cease 
under  subsection  10  (7),  and  the  actuarial  gains  applied  under 
paragraph  3  of  subsection  (2)  have  liquidated  the  going  con- 


12 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


cern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valua- 
tion, no  further  special  payments  shall  be  made,  notwithstand- 
ing that  the  period  of  forty  years  used  in  the  initial  valuation 
has  not  then  expired. 


Minister  to 

approve 

valuation 


(5)  No  valuation  of  the  Plan  after  the  initial  valuation  shall 
be  filed  by  the  Board  with  the  Pension  Commission  of 
Ontario,  unless  the  valuation  has  been  approved  in  writing  by 
the  Minister. 


Payment  of 
pensions 
under  other 
Acts 

R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  419,  490 


12.  Every  allowance,  annuity,  deferred  annuity  or  other 
payment  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  or  a 
predecessor  Act  or  under  the  Superannuation  Adjustment 
Benefits  Act,  including  any  payment  authorized  to  be  made 
from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund,  that,  before  the  1st  day 
of  January,  1990,  a  person  is  receiving,  is  entitled  to  receive, 
or  is  entitled  to  receive  with  the  payment  thereof  deferred 
until  the  year  1990  or  later,  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Fund  in 
accordance  with  the  Act  under  which  entitlement  to  the  pay- 
ment arose. 


Expiry  of 
appointments 


13.  On  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  term  of 
appointment  of  any  person  under  the  Public  Service  Superan- 
nuation Act  as  a  member  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Board  expires. 


Continued 
application 


14. — (1)  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as  it  read 
on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  continues  to  apply  to  the 
computation  or  payment  of  every  allowance,  annuity,  defer- 
red annuity  or  payment  to  the  payment  of  which  a  person  has 
become  entitled  under  that  Act  prior  to  that  date,  and  contin- 
ues to  apply  in  respect  of  every  person  who,  within  the  mean- 
ing of  that  Act,  has  ceased  to  be  a  contributor  before  that 
date  and  is  entitled  to  a  deferred  annuity  under  that  Act. 


Exception 
for  re- 
employment 


(2)  A  person  who  is  re-employed  in  the  service  of  the 
Crown  or  who  becomes  a  member  of  the  Plan,  on  or  after  the 
1st  day  of  January,  1990,  for  a  prescribed  period  of  time  and 
in  prescribed  circumstances,  terms  or  conditions,  and  who  is 
required  by,  or  entitled  under,  the  Plan  to  contribute  to  the 
Fund  in  respect  of  such  re-employment,  may  participate  in  the 
Plan  to  the  extent  prescribed  with  respect  to  the  computation 
or  payment  of  a  pension  or  other  payment  and  subsection  (1) 
does  not  apply  in  the  circumstances. 


Regulations  (3)  fhe  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations prescribing  a  period  or  periods  of  time  and  prescribing 
circumstances,  terms  or  conditions  and  the  extent  of  participa- 
tion in  the  Plan  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  (2). 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  13 

15.  The  provisions  of  the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Ben-  R so.  1980, 
efits  Act  relating  to  the  payment  of,  or  contribution  for,  fotppiy^^^^^ 
adjustment  benefits  or  any  other  benefit  described  in  that  Act 

in  respect  of  any  allowance,  annuity,  deferred  annuity  or 

other  payment  arising  under  the  Public  Service  Superannua-  R  s.o.  i980, 

tion  Act  cease  to  apply  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  ^'  ^^'^ 

1990. 

16.  The  following  are  repealed  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  Repeals 
1990: 

1.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  being  chap- 
ter 419  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980. 

2.  Item  13  of  the  Schedule  to  the  Revised  Statutes 
Amendment  Act,  1981,  being  chapter  66. 

3.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 

1983,  being  chapter  44. 

4.  Section  3  of  the  Provincial  Judges  and  Masters  Stat- 
ute Law  Amendment  Act,  1983,  being  chapter  78. 

5.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 

1984,  being  chapter  22. 

6.  Section  74  of  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986,  being  chap- 
ter 4. 

7.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 
1986,  being  chapter  12. 

8.  Section   60   of  the    Equality   Rights   Statute   Law 
Amendment  Act,  1986,  being  chapter  64. 

17.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  31st  day  of  Decern-  commence- 
ber,  1989. 

18.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Public  Service  Pension  short  title 
Act,  1989. 


14  Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  1989 

SCHEDULE  1 

PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  PLAN 

Definitions  1.  In  this  Schedule, 

"actuary"  means  a  Fellow  of  the  Canadian  Institute  of  Actuaries; 

"annual  salary  rate"  means  the  hourly,  weekly  or  other  rate  at  which  a  per- 
son's salary  is  paid  expressed  as  an  annual  salary  according  to  such  con- 
sistently applied  formula  as  the  Board  considers  appropriate  having 
regard  to  the  hours  regularly  worked  by  a  full-time  employee  in  the 
position  occupied  by  the  person  for  whom  the  annual  salary  rate  is 
determined  or  in  a  comparable  position; 

"average  annual  salary"  means  the  average  of  the  member's  annual  salary 
rate  in  each  month  of  the  period  of  sixty  consecutive  months  of  mem- 
bership in  the  Plan  that  produces  the  highest  average,  but  if  the  member 
does  not  have  a  period  of  sixty  consecutive  months  of  membership  in 
the  Plan,  "average  annual  salary"  means  the  average  of  the  member's 
annual  salary  rate  in  each  month  of  the  member's  longest  period  of  con- 
secutive months  of  membership  in  the  Plan; 

"average  year's  maximum  pensionable  earnings",  with  respect  to  any  mem- 
ber, means  the  average  of  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable  Earnings 
R.S.C.  1985,  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  for  the  year  in  which  the  member  ceases 

c.  C-8  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  for  each  of  the  two  preceding  years; 

"Board"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Board  referred  to  in  this  Sched- 
ule; 

1986,  c.  4         "child"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986; 

"continuous",  in  relation  to  employment,  membership  or  service,  means 
without  regard  to  periods  of  temporary  suspension  of  the  employment, 
membership  or  service,  and  without  regard  to  periods  of  lay-off  from 
employment; 

"credit",  when  used  in  reference  to  credit  in  the  Plan,  means  the  total 
period  of  time,  calculated  in  years  of  full-time  employment,  for  which 
contributions  are  made  to  the  Fund  on  behalf  of  the  member  or  for 
which  a  member  is  employed  and  for  which  contributions  to  the  Fund 
have  been  made,  and  where  the  member's  employment  is  less  than  full- 
time  employment,  credit  shall  be  given  on  the  basis  of  the  proportion  of 
full-time  employment  represented  by  the  member's  employment  for 
which  contributions  are  made  to  the  Fund; 

"Crown"  means  the  Crown  in  right  of  Ontario; 

"employer"  means  the  Crown  and  an  agency,  board,  commission,  founda- 
tion or  organization  designated  by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  as  an  employer  for  the  purpose  of  the  Plan; 

"former  member"  means  a  person  who  has  ceased  to  hold  a  position,  office 
or  designation  that  entitles  the  person  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  and 
who, 

(a)  is  entitled,  either  immediately  or  at  a  future  time,  to  payment  of 
a  pension  under  the  Plan,  or 

(b)  is  entitled  to  receive  any  other  payment  under  the  Plan; 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  15 

"Fund"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Fund; 
"member"  means  a  person, 

(a)  who  is  required  to  join  the  Plan, 

(b)  who  is  designated  for  the  purpose  of  section  9  of  the  Plan,  or 

(c)  who  is  not  required  to  join  the  Plan,  but  is  entitled  to  join  the 
Plan  and  has  elected  to  do  so, 

but  does  not  include  a  former  member; 

"Minister"  means  the  Chairman  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet; 

"pension"  means  a  pension  benefit  that  is  being  paid  to  a  person  under  the 
Plan; 

"pension  benefit"  means  the  aggregate  monthly,  annual  or  other  periodic 
amounts,  if  any,  to  which  a  member  will  become  entitled  under  the  Plan 
on  or  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  or  to  which  any  other  person  will 
become  entitled  under  the  Plan  upon  the  death  of  a  member  or  former 
member; 

"Plan"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Plan  set  out  in  this  Schedule; 

"salary",  in  relation  to  a  member,  means  the  amount  of  money  payable  to 
a  member  and  computed  by  reference  to  the  hours,  days,  weeks  or 
other  specific  periods  of  time  for  which  the  member  is  employed,  but 
does  not  include  overtime  pay  or  any  payment  to  the  member  in  lieu  of 
a  benefit  provided  by  the  employer  or  any  payment  determined  by  the 
Board  not  to  be  part  of  a  member's  salary; 

"spouse"  means  either  of  a  man  and  woman  who, 

(a)  are  married  to  each  other,  or 

(b)  are  not  married  to  each  other  and  are  living  together  in  a  conju- 
gal relationship, 

(i)  continuously  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  three  years,  or 

(ii)  in  a  relationship  of  some  permanence,  if  they  are  the  natu- 
ral or  adoptive  parents,  as  defined  in  the  Family  Law  Act,    1986,  c.  4 
1986,  of  a  child; 

"Treasurer"  means  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics. 

2. — (1)  The  following  persons  and  classes  of  persons  who  have  not   Plan 
attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  are  members  of  the  Plan:  members 

1.  Persons  who  are  civil  servants  within  the   meaning  of  the   Public   R.S.O.  1980, 
Service  Act.  c.  418 

2.  Employees  of  any  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organiza- 
tion that  is  established  under  an  Act  of  the  Legislature  and  that  is 
designated  by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  one 
whose  employees  are  required  to  be  members  of  the  Plan. 

3.  Persons  employed  in  the  Office  of  the  Provincial  Auditor. 


16 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


Persons  required  by  any  Act  of  the  Legislature  to  be  members  of  this 
Plan  or  the  pension  plan  established  by  the  Public  Service  Superannu- 
ation Act  or  a  predecessor  Act. 


5.  Any  person  employed  in  a  capacity  or  position  that  is  designated  by 
order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  requiring  the 
employee  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 

Elective  (2)   Persons   to  whom  subsection   (1)   does   not  apply   and   who  are 

membership      employed, 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


(a)  by  the  Crown  under  the  Public  Service  Act; 

(b)  by  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization  desig- 
nated by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  one  whose 
employees  may  be  members  of  the  Plan;  or 

(c)  by  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization  the  per- 
manent and  full-time  probationary  staff  of  which  are  by  any  Act 
required  to  be  members  of  the  Plan, 

are  entitled  to  be  members  of  the  Plan  upon  filing  with  the  Board  a  written 
election  to  be  a  member,  and  after  fulfilling  any  conditions  specified  in  the 
order  mentioned  in  clause  (b). 


Idem 


Termination 

of 

membership 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


Persons  not 
entitled  to  be 
members 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 


(3)  A  person  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to 
membership  on  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization 
is,  when  the  appointment  so  permits  or  the  position  has  been  designated  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  the  purpose  of  this  subsection,  enti- 
tled to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  upon  filing  with  the  Board  a  written  elec- 
tion to  be  a  member,  and  after  fulfilling  any  conditions  specified  in  the 
appointment  or  designation. 

3.  A  member  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  upon  termination  by 
death  or  otherwise  of  the  employment,  office  or  circumstances  that  required 
or  entitled  him  or  her  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  or  upon  attaining  the 
maximum  age  for  contributors  to  a  pension  fund  or  plan  specified  under  the 
provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  regulations  made  there- 
under for  the  registration  under  that  Act  of  a  pension  fund  or  plan. 

4.  A  person  is  not  entitled  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  if  the  person, 

(a)  is  a  member  of,  or  a  contributor  to,  a  pension  plan  to  which  the 
Crown  contributes  other  than  this  Plan  or  the  Canada  Pension  Plan; 
or 


Contributions 
to  and 
payments 
from  Fund 


(b)  has  attained  the  maximum  age  for  contributors  to  a  pension  fund  or 
plan  specified  under  the  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
and  regulations  made  thereunder  for  the  registration  under  that  Act 
of  a  pension  fund  or  plan. 

5. — (1)  Subject  to  section  7,  contributions  required  to  be  made  under 
this  Plan  by  the  Crown  or  by  any  member,  including  interest  required  to  be 
paid  to  the  Fund,  shall  be  paid  into  the  Fund,  and  any  payment  required  by 
the  Plan  to  be  made  to  any  person  shall  be  made  out  of  the  Fund,  and  all 
moneys  not  required  to  be  paid  out  shall  be  invested  to  meet  the  obliga- 
tions and  liabilities  of  the  Plan. 


Fiscal  year  (2)  The  fiscal  year  of  the  Plan  is  the  twelve-month  period  commencing 

on  the  1st  day  of  January  in  each  year. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


17 


6. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  every  member  shall  contribute  to  the   Contributions 
Fund  from  the  salary  paid  to  the  member  for  the  calendar  year,  by  members 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 


(a)  8  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  that  does  not  exceed  the  Year's 
Basic  Exemption  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan; 

(b)  6.2  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  that  exceeds  the  Year's  Basic 
Exemption  and  does  not  exceed  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable 
Earnings  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  and 

(c)  8  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  in  excess  of  the  Year's  Maximum 
Pensionable  Earnings  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan. 

(2)  In  addition  to  the  contribution  required  by  subsection  (1),  every   Additional 
member  employed  in  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  shall  contribute  to   contribution 
the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  2  per  cent  of  the  salary  paid  to  him  or  her  for 

the  calendar  year. 

(3)  The  contributions  to  be  made  by  a  member  to  the  Fund  shall  be  Deduction  of 
deducted  from  the  member's  salary  by  the  person  who  pays  the  member's  contributions 
salary,  and  shall  be  paid  to  the  credit  of  the  Fund  within  fifteen  days  from 

the  date  the  contribution  was  deducted  or  within  such  longer  time  as  the 
Board  authorizes  in  writing. 

(4)  A  member  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Plan  for  the  time  in  respect   Credit  for 
of  which  contributions  to  the  Fund   are   made  by  or  on  behalf  of  the   contributions 
member. 


(5)  A  member  may  cease  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on  or  after  attain- 
ing sixty-five  years  of  age. 


When  no 

contribution 

required 


(6)  Interest  calculated  as  determined  by  the  Board  shall  be  credited  to   Interest 
each  member  in  each  year  of  the  Plan  on  the  amount  of  contributions, 
including   interest    previously   credited    to   the    member,    standing   to   the 
member's  credit  in  the  Fund. 


7. — (1)  Unless  otherwise  expressly  stated  in  the  Plan,  for  each  month   Contributions 
the  employer  shall  pay  into  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  by  employer 
contributions  paid  into  the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  members  in  that  month. 

(2)  If  the  salary  of  members  who  are  contributing  to  the  Fund  is  paid  Special  funds 
by  a  board,  commission,  foundation,  agency,  branch  or  division  that  has  a 
special  fund  or  appropriation  designated  or  granted  by  the  Lieutenant  Gov- 
ernor in  Council  or  the  Assembly  for  the  payment  of  the  employer's  contri- 
butions under  the  Plan,  contributions  required  to  be  made  by  the  employer 
shall  be  made  from  that  fund  or  appropriation  in  accordance  with  such  for- 
mula as  may  be  determined  by  the  Minister  for  the  purpose. 


employer 
contributions 


(3)  Any  amount  in  the  Fund  that  is  indicated  by  an  actuarial  valuation   Surplus  may 
for  the  purpose  of  the  Plan  to  be  surplus  to  the  requirements  of  the  Plan   reduce 
while  it  continues  in  existence  may,  at  the  direction  of  the  Minister,  be 
applied  to  the  payment  of  the  contributions  to  be  made  by  the  employer 
under  subsection  (1)  for  so  long  as  there  is  no  going  concern  unfunded  actu- 
arial liability  or  solvency  deficiency,  as  defined  in  subsection  8  (1)  of  this 

Act,  in  the  Plan. 

(4)  Any  amount  in  the  Fund  that  is  indicated  by  an  actuarial  valuation   Surplus 
for  the  purpose  of  the  Plan  to  be  surplus  to  the  requirements  of  the  Plan 

while  it  continues  in  existence  or  upon  its  wind  up  may,  to  the  extent  per- 
mitted by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  be  withdrawn  by  the  employer   1987,  c.  35 
from  the  Fund. 


18 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Deficiency 


Limitation 


Unfunded 
liabilities 


Leave  of 
absence  with 
pay 

Leave  of 
absence 
without  pay 


(5)  If  in  any  year  the  amount  of  cash  and  assets  capable  of  sale  in  the 
Fund  is  insufficient  to  meet  the  payments  out  of  the  Fund  in  the  year  after 
the  sale  of  the  assets  capable  of  sale,  the  Treasurer  shall  pay  from  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  an  amount  sufficient  to  make  up  the  deficien- 
cy. 

(6)  Subsection  (5)  ceases  to  apply  if  an  agreement  mentioned  in  sub- 
section 6  (5)  of  this  Act  is  in  force. 

(7)  Subject  to  this  Act,  the  employer  shall  pay  into  the  Fund  the 
amount  indicated  in  an  actuarial  valuation  to  be  required  to  meet  any 
unfunded  liabilities  of  the  Plan. 

8. — (1)  If  a  member  has  been  granted  a  leave  of  absence  from  employ- 
ment and  continues  to  receive  a  part  or  all  of  his  or  her  salary  during  the 
leave,  the  member  shall  make  the  contributions  required  by  section  6. 

(2)  If  a  member  is  granted  a  leave  of  absence  from  employment  and 
receives  no  salary  during  the  leave,  no  credit  shall  be  given  to  the  member 
in  the  Plan  for  the  period  of  the  leave  of  absence  unless  the  member  contri- 
butes to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  section  11. 


Continued 
membership 
on  release 
from 
employment 


Contributions 


Long  term 
income 
protection 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


Contribution 
on  behalf  of 
disabled 
member 


Amount 


Part-time 
employment 


9. — (1)  A  member  who  is  released  from  employment  and  who  is  desig- 
nated by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  the  purpose  of  this  section 
continues  to  be  entitled  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this 
section  until  the  end  of  the  month  in  which  the  member  becomes  eligible 
for  a  pension  under  section  15,  or  until  the  expiration  of  five  years  from  the 
member's  release  from  employment,  whichever  first  occurs. 

(2)  Contributions  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  mentioned  in  subsection 

(1)  shall  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  member's  annual  salary  rate  immedi- 
ately before  the  member  was  released  from  employment. 

10. — (1)  In  this  section,  "long  term  income  protection  plan"  means  the 
Long  Term  Income  Protection  Plan  from  time  to  time  applicable  to  mem- 
bers who  are  public  servants,  as  defined  in  the  Public  Service  Act,  to  miti- 
gate the  loss  of  income  resulting  from  a  lengthy  disability,  and  includes  any 
plan  that  applies  to  members  who  are  not  public  servants  if  the  Board  con- 
siders the  plan  to  be  substantially  similar  to  the  Long  Term  Income  Protec- 
tion Plan  applicable  to  public  servants. 

(2)  If  a  member  qualifies  for  a  benefit  under  a  long  term  income  pro- 
tection plan  as  a  result  of  a  disability  incurred  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of 
July,  1974,  the  employer  that  employed  the  member  on  the  date  when  the 
member  qualified  for  the  benefit  shall,  subject  to  subsection  (6),  contribute 
to  the  Fund  on  behalf  of  the  member  the  amounts  set  out  in  subsections 
(3),  (4)  and  (5)  while  the  member  continues  to  quahfy  for  the  benefit. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  (4),  the  contributions  mentioned  in  subsection 

(2)  shall  be  calculated  in  accordance  with  section  6  and  paid  on  the  annual 
salary  rate  of  the  member  immediately  before  the  disability  was  incurred  in 
respect  of  which  he  or  she  qualifies  for  a  benefit. 

(4)  If  the  member  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  was,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Board,  employed  on  a  part-time  basis  in  the  month  before  the  disability 
was  incurred,  the  contributions  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  shall  be  calcu- 
lated in  accordance  with  section  6  and  paid  only  for  that  part  of  each  month 
in  which  the  member  continues  to  qualify  for  the  benefit  that  is  equal  to  the 
ratio  that,  in  the  twelve  months  ending  on  the  last  day  of  the  month  imme- 
diately preceding  the  month  when  the  disability  was  incurred,  the  member's 
part-time  employment  is  of  full-time  employment  in  the  position  occupied 
by  the  member  or  in  a  comparable  position. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


19 


(5)  The  annual  salary  rate  on  which  contributions  under  this  section  are 
based  shall  be  increased  in  each  year  following  the  year  in  which  the  mem- 
ber first  qualified  for  a  benefit  by  the  same  percentage  as  would  be  applic- 
able if  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  immediately  before  the  cessa- 
tion of  employment  as  a  result  of  disability  were  increased  in  each 
subsequent  year  during  which  the  member  remains  entitled  to  benefits 
under  the  Long  Term  Income  Protection  Plan  in  the  same  manner  as  an 
adjusted  pension  is  increased  in  each  year  by  the  adjustment  for  inflation 
under  section  24. 


Increased 
contribution 


(6)  Subsections  (2),  (3),  (4)  and  (5)  continue  to  apply  whether  or  not 
the  member  is  in  receipt  of  the  benefit  under  the  Long  Term  Income  Pro- 
tection Plan,  but  those  subsections  cease  to  apply  when  the  member  ceases 
to  be  a  member,  accrues  thirty-five  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  or  attains 
sixty- five  years  of  age,  whichever  first  occurs. 

(7)  A  person  on  whose  behalf  contributions  are  made  under  subsection 
(2)  continues  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  to  accrue  credit  in  the  Plan 
for  the  time  in  respect  of  which  contributions  are  made  on  his  or  her  behalf 
under  this  section. 


When 

contributions 

cease 


Continued 
membership 


(8)  The  annual  salary  rate  on  which  contributions  are  based  under  this   Average 
section  shall  be  included  in  the  computation  of  the  average  annual  salary  of  annual  salary 
a  member  on  whose  behalf  contributions  are  made  under  this  section. 

11. — (1)  On  such  terms  and  conditions  as  are  fixed  by  the  Board,  a   Prior  service 
member  may  purchase  credit  in  the  Plan,  with  the 

Crown,  etc. 

(a)  for  a  period  of  active  service  during  World  War  II  or  the  Korean  War 
in  His  or  Her  Majesty's  naval,  army  or  air  forces,  in  the  Canadian  or 
British  merchant  marine,  or  in  any  naval,  army  or  air  force  that  was 
allied  with  His  or  Her  Majesty's  forces  and  that  is  designated  by 
order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council; 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


(b)  for  a  period  of  service  with  the  Crown  for  which  the  member  has  no 
credit  in  the  Plan  and  no  claim  for  pension  benefits  from  the  Plan; 

(c)  for  a  period  of  service  with  an  employer,  other  than  the  Crown,  that 
is  prior  to  the  member's  becoming  a  member  if, 

(i)  the  other  employer's  plan  is  or  was  a  pension  plan  registered 
under  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  and 

(ii)  the  period  for  which  credit  was  given  in  the  other  plan  is 
reduced  by  the  period  for  which  credit  is  purchased  so  that 
credit  in  the  Plan  is  not  given  for  any  part  of  the  period  for 
which  credit  is  retained  in  the  other  plan; 

(d)  for  a  leave  of  absence  without  pay  for  more  than  one  month  for  spe- 
cial or  educational  purposes;  or 

(e)  for  a  leave  of  absence  without  pay  for  more  than  one  month  because 
of  illness,  pregnancy  or  adoption  of  a  child. 

(2)  To  purchase  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (c),  a  member  shall  pay    Payment 
to  the  Fund  the  amount  determined  by  the  Board  on  the  recommendation 

of  the  actuary  to  be  equal  to  the  actuarial  value  of  the  benefits  to  which  the 
member  will  become  entitled  on  obtaining  the  credit. 

(3)  To  purchase  the  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (b)  or  (e),  a  mem-   Idem 
ber  shall  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  product  of. 


20 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(a)  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  on  the  date  when  the  member's 
written  application  containing  all  information  required  by  the  Board 
for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  is  received  by  the  Board; 

(b)  the  contribution  rates  determined  under  subsection  6  (1);  and 

(c)  the  length  in  years  of  the  period  of  prior  service  for  which  credit  is 
purchased. 

Idem  (4)  To  purchase  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (a)  or  (d),  a  member 

shall  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  product  of, 

(a)  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  on  the  date  when  the  member's 
written  application  containing  all  information  required  by  the  Board 
for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  is  received  by  the  Board; 

(b)  twice  the  contribution  rates  determined  under  subsection  6  (1);  and 

(c)  the  length  in  years  of  the  period  of  prior  service  for  which  credit  is 
purchased. 

Limitation  (5)  Any  credit  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  may  be  purchased  only  if 

application  therefor  is  made  to  the  Board  in  writing  within  twenty-four 
months  after  the  latest  of, 

(a)  the  day  on  which  the  member  for  whom  credit  is  to  be  purchased 
became  a  member  of  the  Plan; 

(b)  the  last  day  of  the  most  recent  continuous  period  for  which  credit  is 
being  purchased;  and 

(c)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 


Transfer 
agreements 


Instalments 


Matching 
payments  not 
required 

Contribution, 
salary  and 
service 
record 


Refunds 

before 

twenty-four 

months 

membership 


(6)  Despite  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  where  the  Minister  has  entered  into 
a  written  agreement  for  the  transfer  to  the  Plan  of  credit  for  a  member's 
service  with  an  employer  to  whom  the  Plan  does  not  extend,  the  member 
shall  pay  or  cause  to  be  paid  into  the  Fund  the  amount  provided  for  in  the 
agreement  for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  that  is  being  transferred. 

(7)  If  the  amount  payable  by  a  member  to  purchase  credit  under  this 
section  exceeds  $500,  the  amount  may  be  paid  in  such  number  of  instal- 
ments of  principal  and  interest  over  a  period  of  not  more  than  five  years  as 
the  Board  permits  in  accordance  with  terms  and  conditions  established  for 
instalment  payments  and  for  the  completion  of  payment  on  the  death  or 
retirement  from  employment  of  the  member. 

(8)  The  employer  is  not  required  to  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal 
to  a  payment  made  by  any  person  under  subsection  (2),  (4)  or  (6). 

12.  The  Board  shall  cause  a  record  to  be  kept  of  each  member's  contri- 
butions to  the  Fund,  of  the  total  period  of  service  for  which  a  member  has 
credit  in  the  Plan,  and  of  the  annual  salary  rates  of  each  member  while  a 
member  and  of  all  other  information  necessary  for  the  administrative, 
actuarial  and  financial  requirements  of  the  Plan. 

13. — (1)  A  member  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and 
who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  completing  a  continuous 
period  of  twenty-four  months  of  membership  and  with  credit  in  the  Plan  of 
less  than  two  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of 
subsections  (11)  and  (12),  as  the  case  requires. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


21 


(2)  A  member  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who 
ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of 
twenty-four  months  of  membership  or  with  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in 
the  Plan  and  before  completing  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and 
with  credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  pro- 
vided by  subsection  (11). 

(3)  A  member  who,  for  reasons  other  than  the  member's  death  or  disa- 
bility, ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  attaining  forty-five  years  of 
age  and  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of  ten  or  more  years  of  mem- 
bership or  with  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  is  entitled  to  the 
refund  provided  by  subsection  (11)  if  the  member  does  not  elect  a  deferred 
pension  in  respect  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  service  or  membership 
prior  to  the  1st  day  of  January,  1987. 

(4)  A  member  who  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who  ceases 
to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  completing  a  continuous  period  of 
twenty-four  months  of  membership  and  with  credit  in  the  Plan  of  less  than 
two  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of  subsections 
(11)  and  (12),  as  the  case  requires,  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  sub- 
section (13). 

(5)  A  member  who  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who  ceases 
to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of  twenty- 
four  months  of  membership  or  with  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan 
and  before  completing  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and  with  credit 
in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  sub- 
section (11)  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  subsection  (13). 

(6)  When  the  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (1), 
(2),  (4)  or  (5)  occurs  because  of  the  death  of  the  member,  and  the  member 
is  not  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  or  by  a 
spouse  from  whom  the  member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart  at  the  mem- 
ber's death,  the  refund  mentioned  in  those  subsections,  but  not  a  payment 
described  in  subsection  (13),  shall  be  paid  to  the  member's  estate. 

(7)  If  a  member  dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  after  completing 
a  continuous  period  of  ten  or  more  years  of  membership  or  with  ten  or 
more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  and,  if  the  member  is  not  survived  by  a 
child  or  children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  or  by  a  spouse  from  whom  the 
member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart  at  the  member's  death,  the  mem- 
ber's estate  is  entitled  to  be  paid  the  refund  provided  by  subsection  (11). 

(8)  Despite  subsections  (1),  (2),  (4)  and  (5),  if  the  cessation  of  mem- 
bership referred  to  in  those  subsections  occurs  because  of  the  death  of  the 
member,  and  the  member  is  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen 
years  of  age  or  by  a  spouse  from  whom  the  member  is  not  living  separate 
and  apart,  the  spouse,  or  if  there  is  no  such  spouse  surviving,  the  child  or 
children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  is  or  are,  as  the  case  requires,  entitled, 

(a)  if  the  death  is  a  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (1) 
or  (4),  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of  subsections  (11) 
and  (12)  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  subsection  (13);  or 

(b)  if  the  death  is  a  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (2) 
or  (5),  to  the  refund  provided  by  subsection  (11)  and  to  the  payment 
provided  by  subsection  (13). 

(9)  The  amount,  if  any,  by  which  the  total  of  contributions  made  to  the 
Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  and  the  interest  credited  to  the  member 
under  subsection  6  (6)  exceeds  the  total  payments  made  from  the  Fund  to 
the  member,  to  the  member's  spouse  from  whom  the  member  is  not  living 


Refund 
before  ten 
years 
membership 


Refund 
before  age 
forty-five 


Refund  after 
age  sixty-five 


Idem 


Refund  on 
death  where 
no  survivor 


Idem 


Refund  on 
death  to 
survivor 


Refund  when 
contributions 
exceed 
pension 


22 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Refund  for 

disabled 

member 


Pre-1987 

service 

refund 


Post-1986 

service 

refund 


Additional 
payment 


separate  and  apart  at  the  member's  death  and  to  the  member's  child  or 
children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  at  the  member's  death  shall  be  paid  to 
the  member's  estate. 

(10)  Despite  subsections  (1),  (2),  (4)  and  (5),  a  member  with  credit  in 
the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  and  with  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous 
membership  in  the  Plan  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  because  of  a  mental  or 
physical  incapacity  that  is  found  by  the  Board  to  have  rendered  the  member 
unable  to  perform  his  or  her  duties  is  entitled  to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  the 
amount,  if  any,  by  which, 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  the  amounts  mentioned  in  subsections  (11) 
and  (12)  as  are  applicable  and  of  the  additional  amount  mentioned  in 
subsection  (13), 

exceeds, 

(b)  the  aggregate  of  the  amount  of  the  commuted  value  of  any  pension 
benefit  for  which  the  member  is  eligible  and  the  amount  of  any 
refund  to  which  the  member  is  entitled  under  subsection  (14). 

(11)  A  person  entitled  to  a  refund  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  total  of  the  contribu- 
tions made  to  the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  member  in  respect  of 
employment  or  service  for  any  period  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1987, 
together  with  interest  credited  to  the  member  under  subsection  6  (6). 

(12)  A  person  entitled  to  a  refund  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  total  of  the  contribu- 
tions made  to  the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  member  in  respect  of 
employment  or  service  for  any  period  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986, 
together  with  interest  credited  to  the  member  under  subsection  6  (6). 

(13)  A  person  entitled  to  a  payment  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  additional  amount  equal  to, 

(a)  the  amount  of  a  refund  to  which  the  person  is  also  entitled  under 
either  or  both  of  subsections  (11)  and  (12), 


less. 


50  per  cent 
rule 


(b)  any  portion  of  the  amount  of  the  refund  that  is  attributable  to  a  pay- 
ment made  by  the  person  under  subsection  11  (2),  (4)  or  (6)  and 
interest  credited  to  the  member  in  respect  thereof. 

(14)  The  amount  by  which  the  total  of  the  contributions,  other  than 
contributions  made  under  subsection  11  (2),  (4)  or  (6),  made  to  the  Fund 
by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  in  respect  of  employment  or  service  for  any 
period  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986  and  the  interest  credited  to  the 
member  under  subsection  6  (6)  exceeds  one-half  of  the  commuted  value, 
excluding  credit  in  the  Plan  for  contributions  made  under  subsection  11  (2), 
(4)  or  (6),  of  the  pension  or  deferred  pension  in  respect  of  that  employment 
or  service  to  which  the  member  is  entitled  upon  ceasing  to  be  a  member 
shall  be  refunded  to  the  former  member. 


Lump  sum 
payments 

Credit 
reduced 


(15)  A  payment  or  refund  to  be  made  under  this  section  shall  be  paid 
in  a  lump  sum  payment. 

(16)  A  refund  made  under  this  section,  other  than  subsection  (14), 
reduces  the  member's  or  former  member's  credit  in  the  Plan  by  the  period 
of  time  in  respect  of  which  the  refund  is  calculated. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


23 


Disability 
pension 


Review  by 
Board 


(17)  For  the  purpose  of  subsections  (6),  (7),  (8)  and  (9),  a  child  shall   Interpretation 
not  be  deemed  to  have  attained  eighteen  years  of  age  if  the  child  would 
not,  for  the  purpose  of  section  23,  be  deemed  to  have  attained  that  age. 

14. — (1)  Every  member  with  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  or  with  ten  or 
more  years  of  continuous  membership  in  the  Plan  who  is  found  by  the 
Board  to  be  unable  to  perform  his  or  her  duties  by  reason  of  mental  or 
physical  incapacity  is  entitled  to  a  disability  pension  under  this  section  upon 
applying  therefor  to  the  Board  and  upon  resigning  from  employment. 

(2)  The  Board  may  at  any  time  review  the  case  of  any  former  member 
to  whom  a  pension  under  subsection  (1)  is  paid  and,  if,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Board,  the  former  member  has  recovered  sufficiently  to  perform  his  or 
her  former  duties,  or  to  perform  other  duties  in  the  public  service,  the 
Board  shall  report  the  case  to  the  Human  Resources  Secretariat  and  to  the 
ministry,  agency  or  other  organizational  unit  where  the  former  member  was 
employed  immediately  before  his  or  her  disability,  and  the  former  member 
shall  be  considered  for  re-employment. 

(3)  If  a  former  member  to  whom  a  pension  under  this  section  is  paid  is 
offered  re-employment  after  the  review  referred  to  in  subsection  (2),  the 
former  member  ceases  to  be  entitled  to  receive  payment  of  any  further  pen- 
sion under  this  section  whether  or  not  the  offer  of  re-employment  is 
accepted. 

(4)  The  termination  of  the  payment  of  a  pension  under  this  section  in 
accordance  with  subsection  (3)  does  not  affect  a  former  member's  right  to 
apply  for  a  pension  for  which  he  or  she  is  eligible  under  any  other  provision 
of  the  Plan. 


Re- 
employment 


Other 
pension 
entitlement 
not  affected 


Pension  at 
age  SLXty-five 


15. — (1)  Every  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  contin- 
uous membership  in  the  Plan  or  who  has  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the 
Plan  and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  on  or  after  attaining 
sixty-five  years  of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with 
the  Plan,  except  that,  if  the  member  has  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous 
membership  and  has  credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years,  the  pension 
shall  be  computed  only  on  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or 
service  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986. 

(2)  Every  member  who  has  at  least  twenty  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan 
and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  on  or  after  attaining  sixty  years 
of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(3)  Every  member  who  has  credit  in  the  Plan  for  a  period  of  time  that, 
when  added  to  the  member's  age  on  the  date  the  member  ceases  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan,  totals  at  least  ninety  years  is  entitled  to  a  pension 
computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(4)  Every  member  who  has  at  least  thirty  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan, 
who  is  a  member  of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  when  he  or  she 
ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the 
Plan  on  or  after  attaining  fifty  years  of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  com- 
puted in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(5)  Payment  of  a  pension  to  which  a  member  is  entitled  under  this  sec-   Payment 
tion  shall  commence  in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member 

ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 


Pension  at 
age  sixty 


Ninety-year 
rule 


Retirement 
from  O.P.P. 


16. — (1)  Every  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  contin- 
uous membership  in  the  Plan  or  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan, 
who  ceases  to  be  a  member,  and  who  is  neither  in  receipt  of  a  pension  pro- 
vided for  in  section  14  nor  entitled  to  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  15 


Deferred 
pension 


24 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan,  except  that, 
if  the  member  has  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and  has 
credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years,  the  pension  shall  be  computed 
only  on  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or  service  after  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1986. 


Payment  of 
pension 
under 
subs.  (1) 


(2)  Payment  of  the  pension  provided  for  in  subsection  (1)  shall  com- 
mence in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  former  member  will 
attain  sixty-five  years  of  age  or,  if  the  former  member  so  elects  in  writing  to 
the  Board,  payment  of  the  pension  shall,  subject  to  the  reductions  men- 
tioned in  section  17,  commence  in  the  month  following  any  month  that  is 
not  earlier  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  fifty-five 
years  of  age  or  later  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain 
sixty-five  years  of  age. 


Pre- 1966 
credit 


(3)  Every  member  who,  on  ceasing  to  be  a  member,  has  credit  in  the 
Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period  of  time  commencing  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1966  and  ending  with  the  day  the  member  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
and  who  is  neither  in  receipt  of  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  14  nor 
entitled  to  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  15,  is  entitled  to  a  pension 
computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 


Payment  of 
pension 
under 
subs.  (3) 


(4)  Payment  of  the  pension  provided  for  in  subsection  (3)  shall  com- 
mence in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  former  member  will 
attain  sixty  years  of  age  or,  if  the  former  member  so  elects  in  writing  to  the 
Board,  payment  of  the  pension  shall,  subject  to  the  reductions  mentioned  in 
section  17,  commence  in  the  month  following  any  month  that  is  not  earlier 
than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  fifty  years  of  age  or 
later  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  sixty  years  of  age. 


Revocation 
of  election 


(5)  An  election  made  under  subsection  (2)  or  (4)  may,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Board,  be  revoked  by  the  member  or  former  member  and  a 
fresh  election  in  writing  to  the  Board  may  be  made  if  the  commencement  of 
payment  therein  provided  for  is  neither  earlier  than  the  month  following  the 
month  when  the  fresh  election  is  delivered  to  the  Board  nor  earlier  than  is 
permitted  by  subsection  (2)  or  (4),  whichever  is  applicable,  and  is  not  later 
than  the  latest  month  permitted  by  subsection  (2)  or  (4),  whichever  is 
applicable,  but  no  election  may  be  revoked  after  payment  of  the  pension  is 
due  to  commence. 


Transfer  of 
commuted 
value  of 
pension 

1987,  c.  35 


(6)  A  former  member  who  is  entitled  to  a  pension  under  subsection  (1) 
or  (3)  and  who  has  not  attained  fifty-five  years  of  age  in  the  case  of  a  pen- 
sion mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  or  has  not  attained  fifty  years  of  age  in  the 
case  of  a  pension  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  may  require  the  commuted 
value  of  the  pension  to  be  paid,  subject  to  section  43  of  the  Pension 
Benefits  Act,  1987  and  to  the  regulations  made  under  that  Act, 

(a)  to  the  pension  fund  of  another  pension  plan  that  agrees  to  accept  the 

payment; 

(b)  into  a  retirement  savings  arrangement  prescribed  under  the  Pension 
Benefits  Act,  1987;  or 

(c)  for  the  purchase  for  the  former  member  of  a  deferred  life  annuity 
under  which  payments  will  not  commence  before  the  former  member 
attains  fifty-five  years  of  age,  if  the  pension  the  commuted  value  of 
which  is  paid  is  mentioned  in  subsection  (1),  or  fifty  years  of  age,  if 
the  pension  the  commuted  value  of  which  is  paid  is  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (3),  and  if  the  contract  to  purchase  the  annuity  meets  the 
requirements  prescribed  under  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


25 


17. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  15  (1)  and  16  (1)  and  to  the  other  sub-   Computation 
sections  of  this  section,  the  annual  amount  of  every  pension  payable  to  a   of  pension 
former  member  is  2  per  cent  of  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary 
multiplied  by  the  former  member's  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan,  including  any 
fraction  of  a  year,  to  a  maximum  of  thirty-five  years. 

(2)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  former  member  who.   Pension  for 
on  ceasing  to  be  a  member,  has  credit  in  the  Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period   pre-1966 
of  time  commencing  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1966  and  ending  with   '^^^^^^ 
the  day  the  member  ceases  to  be  a  member,  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five 
years  of  age,  and  while  the  former  member  is  not  in  receipt  of  a  disability 
pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  shall  be  computed  in  accordance   R.S.C.  1985, 
with  subsection  (1)  as  though  the  reference  to  sixty  consecutive  months  in   c.  C-8 
determining  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary  were  a  reference  to 
thirty-six  consecutive  months  and  shall  be  paid,  subject  to  the  reduction 
required  by  subsection  (5),  until  the  former  member  attains  sixty-five  years 
of  age  or  receives  a  disability  pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan,  and 
upon  the  occurrence  of  either  of  those  events,  the  former  member's  pension 
shall  be  recomputed  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  without  reference  to 
this  subsection. 


(3)  When  a  former  member, 

(a)  who  is  in  receipt  of  a  pension  attains  sixty-five  years  of  age  or 
receives  a  disability  pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  or 

(b)  who  is  not  in  receipt  of  a  pension  commences  to  receive  a  pension  on 
or  after  attaining  sixty-five  years  of  age, 

the  annual  amount  of  the  pension  computed  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be 
reduced  by  the  product  of, 

(c)  0.7  per  cent  of  the  lesser  of, 

(i)  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary,  and 

(ii)  the  former  member's  average  year's  maximum  pensionable  earn- 
ings; and 

(d)  the  number  of  years,  including  any  fraction  of  a  year,  of  the  former 
member's  credit  in  the  Plan  for  service  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1966  to  a  maximum  of  thirty-five  years. 

(4)  The  annual  amount  of  every  pension  provided  for  in  subsection 
16  (1)  shall,  after  computation  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1),  be 
reduced  by  five-twelfths  of  1  per  cent  thereof  for  each  month  in  the  period 
commencing  with  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  payment  of  the  pen- 
sion is  to  commence  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  the  month  when  the 
former  member  will  attain  sixty-five  years  of  age,  and  when  the  reduction 
required  by  subsection  (3)  is  calculated,  the  reduction  required  by  this  sub- 
section applies  only  to  the  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  after  giving 
effect  to  the  reduction  required  by  subsection  (3)  and  shall,  if  applicable,  be 
recalculated  on  that  basis. 


CPP 

reduction 


Early 

retirement 

reduction 


(5)  The  annual  amount  of  every  pension  provided  for  in  subsection   Idem,  pre- 
16   (3)   shall,   after   computation   in   accordance   with   subsection   (2),   be    1966  credit 
reduced  as  required  by  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as  it  read  on   R.S.O.  1980, 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1965,  and  the  reduction  shall  continue  until  the   c.  490 
former  member  attains  sixty-five  years  of  age  or  receives  a  disability  pen- 
sion under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  and,  upon  the  occurrence  of  either  of 
those  events,  the  former  member's  pension  shall  be  recomputed  in  accord- 
ance with  subsection  (1)  and  reduced  as  required  by  subsection  (3),  and  the 


26 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Guarantee 
for  pre-1966 
crecUt 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  490 


Reduction 
for  survivor 
pension 


annual  amount  of  pension  payable  after  that  reduction  shall  be  further 
reduced  by  five-twelfths  of  1  per  cent  thereof  for  each  month  in  the  period 
commencing  with  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  payment  of  the  pen- 
sion commenced  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  the  month  when  the  for- 
mer member  attained  sixty  years  of  age. 

(6)  If  the  annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  sub- 
section (1), 

(a)  less  the  reduction  required  by  subsection  (3)  and,  if  applicable,  sub- 
section (5);  and 

(b)  plus, 

(i)  the  annual  amount  of  any  disability  pension  to  the  former  mem- 
ber from  the  Canada  Pension  Plan,  or 

(ii)  the  annual  amount  of  pension  that  the  former  member  would 
have  received  from  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  if  that  pension 
commenced  only  on  the  former  member's  attaining  sixty-five 
years  of  age, 

other  than  the  part  of  that  pension  derived  from  contributions  made 
to  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  after  the  former  member  ceased  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan, 

that  is  payable  to  a  former  member  who, 

(c)  has  credit  in  the  Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period  of  time  commencing 
before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1966  and  ending  with  the  day  the  for- 
mer member  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan;  and 

(d)  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  or  is  receiving  a  disability  pension 
under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan, 

is  less  than  the  annuity  or  annual  amount  of  allowance  that  would  be  pay- 
able to  the  former  member  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as 
it  read  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1965,  in  respect  of  the  former  mem- 
ber's credit  in  the  Plan,  the  amount  of  the  difference  shall  be  added  to  the 
annual  amount  of  the  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1) 
that  is  payable  after  making  the  reductions  required  by  subsection  (3)  and, 
if  applicable,  subsection  (5). 

(7)  If,  on  the  first  day  of  the  month  when  payment  of  the  pension  to  a 
former  member  is  to  commence,  the  former  member  has  a  spouse  from 
whom  the  former  member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart,  the  annual 
amount  of  the  former  member's  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  this 
section,  other  than  this  subsection,  shall  be  reduced  in  such  manner  as  the 
Board  approves  to  reflect  the  following  rules: 

1.  Determine  the  present  value  of  the  pension  payable  to  the  former 
member  and  the  spouse  on  the  assumption  that  a  survivor  pension  is 
payable  to  the  spouse  equal  to  one-half  of  the  former  member's  pen- 
sion computed  in  accordance  with  this  section,  other  than  this  subsec- 
tion, that  the  survivor  pension  is  payable  for  the  lifetime  of  the  sur- 
viving spouse,  and  that,  if  the  spouse  was  not  the  spouse  of  the 
former  member  when  the  former  member  ceased  to  be  a  member  of 
the  Plan,  no  survivor  pension  is  payable  to  the  spouse. 

2.  Determine  the  reduction  in  the  amount  of  the  former  member's 
annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  this  section, 
other  than  this  subsection,  that  is  required  in  order  to  provide  to  the 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


27 


spouse  of  the  former  member,  at  the  present  value  determined  under 
paragraph  1,  the  survivor  pension  provided  by  subsection  19  (1). 

3.  Reduce  the  annual  amount  of  the  former  member's  pension  computed 
in  accordance  with  this  section,  other  than  this  subsection,  by  the 
amount  of  the  reduction  determined  under  paragraph  2. 

(8)  If  a  computation  under  this  section  involves  a  part  of  a  year,  the   Computation 
part  shall  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  full  months,  and,  of  partial 

year 

(a)  any  part  of  a  month  that  is  less  than  fifteen  days  shall  be  disregarded; 
and 


(b)  any  part  of  a  month  that  is  fifteen  days  or  more  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  a  month. 

18. — (1)  The  Board  is  not  required  to  commence  payment  of  a  pension   Application 
to  which  a  person  is  entitled  under  the  Plan  until  a  written  application  is   for  pension 
delivered  to  the  Board  setting  out  such  information  as  is  prescribed  and 
such  information  as  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  necessary  to  establish 
the  person's  entitlement  to  the  pension  and  the  amount  thereof. 

(2)  Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided  in  this  Plan,  a  pension,  Payment 

(a)  is  payable  in  monthly  instalments  for  life;  and 

(b)  ceases  to  be  payable  after  the  month  when  the  person  in  receipt  of 
the  pension  dies  or  entitlement  to  payment  of  the  pension  ceases. 

(3)  If  a  person  is  entitled  to  be  paid  a  pension  the  annual  amount  of  Commutation 
which,  before  the  reductions  mentioned  in  subsections  17  (4)  and  (5),  is  not  of  pension 
more  than, 

(a)  2  per  cent  of  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable  Earnings  as  prescribed 

by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  or  R.S.C.  1985, 

c.  C-8 

(b)  such  greater  amount  as  is  permitted  by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,    1987,  c.  35 
1987, 

in  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is 
payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  the  Board  may  pay  the  com- 
muted value  of  the  pension  to  the  person. 


19. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  if,  on  the  first  day  of  the   Pension  to 
month  in  which  payment  of  a  pension  to  a  former  member  is  to  commence,   surviving 
the  former  member  has  a  spouse  from  whom  the  former  member  is  not  liv-   ^P^"^^ 
ing  separate  and  apart,  the  spouse  is,  if  he  or  she  survives  the  death  of  the 
former  member,   entitled  to  be  paid  for  his  or  her  lifetime  an  annual 
amount  of  pension  equal  to  60  per  cent  of  the  annual  amount  of  pension 
that  the  former  member  is  entitled  to  receive  in  the  month  when  the  former 
member  dies,  and  payment  thereof  shall  commence  in  the  month  following 
the  month  when  the  former  member  dies. 

(2)  If  a  survivor  pension  under  subsection  (1)  is  payable  as  the  result  of  Death  before 
the  death  of  a  former  member  before  attaining  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  ^ge  sixty-five 
before  the  reduction  of  his  or  her  pension  in  accordance  with  subsection 
17  (3),  the  annual  amount  of  pension  on  which  the  survivor  pension  is 
based  shall  be  reduced  in  accordance  with  that  subsection  as  though  the  for- 
mer member  had  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  immediately  before  his  or 
her  death. 


28 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Waiver  of 

survivor 

pension 


1986,  c.  4 

Revocation 
of  waiver  or 
election 


Reduction 
not  to  be 
made 


(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  member  or  former  member  and  the 
spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the  member  or  for- 
mer member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart, 

(a)  may  elect  that  the  spouse  receive  a  survivor  pension  under  subsection 
(1)  of  50  per  cent  rather  than  60  per  cent  if  the  member  or  former 
member  and  the  spouse  are  not  or  were  not  living  separate  and  apart 
when  the  member  or  former  member  ceases  or  ceased  to  be  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Plan;  or 

(b)  may  waive  the  spouse's  entitlement  to  a  survivor  pension  under  sub- 
section (1)  if  the  member  or  former  member  and  the  spouse  are  or 
were  living  separate  and  apart  when  the  member  or  former  member 
ceases  or  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan, 

by  delivering  to  the  Board  within  twelve  months  prior  to  the  month  when 
payment  of  the  pension  to  the  member  or  former  member  is  to  commence  a 
written  direction  in  the  form  approved  by  the  Board  and  signed  by  both  of 
them  or  a  certified  copy  of  a  domestic  contract,  within  the  meaning  of  Part 
IV  of  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986,  containing  the  election  or  waiver. 

(4)  Persons  who  have  delivered  a  waiver  or  election  under  subsection 
(3)  may  jointly  cancel  the  waiver  or  election  by  written  notice  of  cancella- 
tion signed  by  them  and  delivered  to  the  Board  before  the  month  when  the 
pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  member  or  former  member. 

(5)  The  reduction  required  by  subsection  17  (7)  shall  not  be  made  if  an  ] 
election  or  waiver  made  as  permitted  by  subsection  (3)  is  in  force  in  the- 
month  when  the  pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  member  o| 
former  member. 


Survivor 
pension  to 
child  on 
death  of 
spouse 


Increased 

survivor 

pension 


Idem 


When 

direction  not 
valid 


Actuarial 
reduction  of 
pension 


(6)  On  the  death  of  a  spouse  to  whom  a  survivor  pension  is  paid  under 
this  section,  section  20  or  23,  an  annual  amount  of  pension  equal  to  that 
survivor  pension  is  payable  to  or  among  such  of  the  child  or  children  of  the 
former  member  on  whose  death  the  survivor  pension  became  payable  to  the 
spouse  as  are,  at  the  death  of  the  spouse,  under  eighteen  years  of  age  until 
each  child  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age,  and  the  share  of  the 
children  who  attain  that  age  or  die  under  that  age  accrues  to  the  child  or 
children,  if  any,  remaining  under  that  age. 

20. — (1)  The  amount  of  the  survivor  pension  payable  under  section  19 
may  be  increased  to  65  per  cent,  70  per  cent  or  75  per  cent  of  the  pension 
of  the  former  member,  after  taking  into  account  the  reduction  required  by 
subsection  (4),  by  a  written  direction  signed  by  the  member  or  former 
member  on  whose  pension  the  survivor  pension  is  based  specifying  the  per- 
centage to  which  the  survivor  pension  is  to  be  increased,  and  the  direction 
shall  be  delivered  to  the  Board  at  least  two  years  prior  to  the  month  when 
payment  of  the  pension  to  the  member  or  former  member  is  to  commence. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  accept  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  that 
is  delivered  to  the  Board  after  the  time  mentioned  in  that  subsection  and 
before  the  month  when  the  pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  mem- 
ber or  former  member  if  the  Board  is  satisfied  that  the  member  or  former 
member  is  in  good  health  having  regard  to  his  or  her  age. 

(3)  A  direction  delivered  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  or  accepted 
in  accordance  with  subsection  (2)  is  of  no  effect  if  the  member  who  gives  it 
dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan. 

(4)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  section 
17  payable  to  a  former  member  who  has  given  a  valid  direction  delivered  in 
accordance  with  subsection  (1)  or  accepted  in  accordance  with  subsection 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


29 


(2)  shall  be  actuarially  reduced  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Board  to 
reflect  the  increased  survivor  pension  specified  in  the  direction  and  the 
increased  survivor  pension  shall  be  paid  in  lieu  of  that  provided  for  in 
section  19. 

(5)  A  person  who  gives  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  Revocation 
may  revoke  the  direction  by  a  written  revocation  delivered  to  the  Board  of  direction 
before  the  month  when  payment  of  the  person's  pension  is  to  commence. 

21. — (1)  A  former  member  who,  after  commencing  to  receive  a  pension   Post- 
and  when  the  former  member  has  no  spouse  entitled  to  a  survivor  pension   retirement 
under  section  19,  becomes  the  spouse  of  a  person  who  would  not  be  enti-   ™^"^^ge 
tied  on  the  death  of  the  former  member  to  a  survivor  pension  under  section 
19  may  in  writing  direct  the  Board  to  pay  to  the  person,  if  he  or  she  sur- 
vives the  death  of  the  former  member,  a  survivor  pension  for  life  of  50  per 
cent,  55  per  cent,  60  per  cent,  65  per  cent,  70  per  cent  or  75  per  cent  of 
the  pension  received  by  the  former  member  immediately  before  his  or  her 
death. 

(2)  A  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  must  be  delivered  to  the   Time  limit 
Board, 

(a)  within  ninety  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  former  member 
became  the  spouse  of  the  person  to  whom  the  survivor  pension  is 
directed  to  be  paid;  or 

(b)  if  immediately  before  the  person  becomes  the  spouse  of  the  former 
member  there  is  a  child  of  the  former  member  who  would  be  entitled 
on  the  former  member's  death  to  receive  a  pension,  within  ninety 
days  after  the  date  the  child  ceases  to  be  entitled  to  receive  the 
pension. 

(3)  The  Board  may  accept  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  and   Exception 
delivered  after  the  time  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  if  the  Board  is  satisfied 

that  the  former  member  giving  the  direction  is  in  good  health  having  regard 
to  his  or  her  age. 

(4)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  former  member  who  Actuarial 
has  given  a  valid  direction  in  accordance  with  this  section  shall  be  actuari-  reduction  of 
ally  reduced  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Board  to  reflect  the  survivor  pen-  P^"^^*"^ 
sion  directed  to  be  paid  and,  subject  to  subsection  (5),  the  survivor  pension 

shall  be  paid  in  the  percentage  specified  in  the  direction  to  the  spouse  if  he 
or  she  survives  the  death  of  the  former  member. 


(5)  A  survivor  pension  under  this  section  shall  not  be  paid  while  there   Prior  interest 
is  a  child  of  the  deceased  former  member  entitled  to  receive  a  pension  as  a   of  child 
result  of  the  death  of  the  former  member. 


22. — (1)  If  a  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  continu-   Survivor 

ous  membership  or  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan,  pension  on 

'^  ■"  death  before 

/  X    ..         ,  ..  ,         ,   .     T^.  payment  of 

(a)  dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan;  or  pension 

(b)  dies  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  before  the  begin- 
ning of  the  month  when  payment  of  his  or  her  pension  is  to  com- 
mence, 

the  commuted  value,  as  determined  by  the  Board,  of  the  member's  or  for- 
mer member's  pension  benefit  determined  immediately  prior  to  his  or  her 
death  and  on  the  basis  only  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment 
or  service  after  1986  is  payable. 


30 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(c)  to  the  spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the 
member  or  former  member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart; 

(d)  if  no  payment  under  clause  (c)  can  be  made,  or  if  the  member  or  for- 
mer member  has  no  spouse  who  survives  the  date  of  death  of  the 
member  or  former  member,  to  the  beneficiary  designated  in  accord- 
ance with  this  section  by  the  member  or  former  member;  or 

(e)  if  no  payment  can  be  made  under  clause  (c)  or  (d),  to  the  estate  of 
the  member  or  former  member. 


Payment  to 
spouse 


Election  by 
spouse 


Waiver  of 

spouse's 

entitlement 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  (3),  the  commuted  value  payable  under  sub- 
section (1)  to  the  spouse  of  a  member  or  former  member  shall  be  paid  in 
the  form  of  an  immediate  pension  for  the  lifetime  of  the  spouse,  and  the 
commuted  value  of  the  pension  so  payable  shall  be  equal  to  the  commuted 
value  payable  under  subsection  (1),  and  payment  thereof  shall  commence  in 
the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member  or  former  member  dies. 

(3)  The  spouse  to  whom  an  immediate  pension  is  payable  under  sub- 
section (2)  may,  in  writing  in  the  approved  form  delivered  to  the  Board  in 
the  time  fixed  by  the  Board,  elect  to  receive  the  commuted  value  payable 
under  subsection  (1)  in  the  form  of, 

(a)  a  single  lump  sum  payment  equal  to  the  commuted  value  payable 
under  subsection  (1);  or 

(b)  a  deferred  pension  the  commuted  value  of  which  is  equal  to  the  com- 
muted value  payable  under  subsection  (1). 

(4)  A  member  or  former  member  and  his  or  her  spouse  may,  by  writ- 
ten waiver  in  the  approved  form  delivered  to  the  Board  in  the  time  fixed  by 
the  Board,  waive  the  spouse's  entitlement  under  subsection  (1)  and,  while 
the  waiver  is  in  effect,  that  subsection  shall  be  applied  as  if  the  member  or 
former  member  does  not  have  a  sp)Ouse  on  the  date  of  the  death  of  the 
member  or  former  member. 


Designation 
of  beneficiary 


Survivor 
pension  for 
pre-1987 
credit 


(5)  The  designation  of  a  beneficiary  for  the  purpose  of  this  section  shaU 
be  made  and  delivered  to  the  Board  in  such  form  and  manner  as  the  Board 
requires. 

23. — (1)  If  a  member  who  has  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan 
or  has  ten  or  more  years  of  continuous  membership  in  the  Plan  dies  while  a 
member  of  the  Plan,  or  dies  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and 
before  the  beginning  of  the  month  when  payment  of  his  or  her  pension  is  to 
commence,  an  annual  amount  of  pension  equal  to  one-half  of  the  member's 
or  former  member's  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  section  17  as 
though  the  member  or  former  member  had  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age 
and  on  the  basis  only  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or 
service  before  1987  is  payable, 

(a)  to  the  spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the 
member  or  former  member,  at  his  or  her  death  and  at  the  cessation 
of  his  or  her  membership  in  the  Plan,  was  not  living  separate  and 
apart;  or 

(b)  if  no  payment  under  clause  (a)  can  be  made,  to  or  among  such  of  the 
child  or  children  of  the  member  or  former  member  as  are,  at  the 
death  of  the  member  or  former  member,  under  eighteen  years  of  age 
until  each  child  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age,  and  the  share 
of  each  of  the  children  who  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age 
accrues  to  the  child  or  children,  if  any,  remaining  under  that  age. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


31 


(2)  Payment  of  a  survivor  pension  under  this  section  shall  commence  in   Payment 
the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member  or  former  member  dies, 

and  the  survivor  pension  payable  to  a  spouse  under  this  section  is  payable 
for  the  Ufe  of  the  spouse. 

(3)  For  the  purpose  of  this  section  and  subsection  19  (6),  a  child  who   Exception  for 
has  attained  eighteen  years  of  age  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  attained  that   higher 

age  if,  since  attaining  that  age,  the  child  has  been,  in  the  opinion  of  the   ^'lucation 
Board,  continuously  in  full-time  attendance  at  either  or  both  of, 

(a)  a  secondary  school;  or 

(b)  for  five  years  following  secondary  school,  a  post-secondary  educa- 
tional institution  that  is  recognized  as  such  by  the  Board. 

24. — (1)  In  the  formulas  in  this  section, 

"A"  is  the  carry  forward  determined  for  the  immediately  preceding 
year, 

"B"  is  the  basic  ratio  for  the  year, 

"C"  is  the  adjustment  ratio  for  the  year, 

"D"  is  the  basic  ratio  for  the  year  next  following  the  year  when  the 
member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  in  respect  of  which 
the  formula  is  apphed  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan, 
and  shall  be  calculated  to  a  maximum  of  1.080  or  to  a  minimum  of 
1.000,  and 

"E"  is  the  number  of  full  months  in  the  year  that  are  after  the  month 
in  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pen- 
sion in  respect  of  which  the  formula  is  applied  is  payable  ceased  to  be 
a  member  of  the  Plan. 


Inflation 
adjustment 


(2)  In  this  section, 

'accumulated  adjustment  ratio",  for  the  pension  of  a  person,  means  the 
product  of  the  multiplication  of  all  adjustment  ratios  for  the  years  in  the 
period  commencing  with  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in 
the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and 
ending  with  the  year  for  which  the  accumulated  adjustment  ratio  is  being 
determined; 

'adjustment  ratio",  for  the  pension  of  a  person,  means, 

(a)  for  any  year  before  the  year  1976  and  for  the  year  when  the  member 
for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan,  1.000, 

(b)  if  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  in  or  after  the  year  1975,  for  the 
year  next  following  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the 
Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  the 
ratio  determined  by  the  formula 

"[(D  —  1.000)  X  E  /  12]  +  1.000",  and 

(c)  for  the  later  of  the  year  1976  and  the  second  year  after  the  year  when 
the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  for  any  subsequent  year,  the 


Definitions 


32 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  S-19 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


Payment  of 

inflation 

adjustment 


Ratio  not  to 
apply 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  490 

Pre- 
retirement 
part-time 
employment 


ratio  determined  by  the  formula  "A  -t-  B"  calculated  to  a  maximum 
of  1.080  or  to  a  minimum  of  1.000; 

"basic  ratio",  for  a  year,  means  the  ratio  expressed  to  three  decimal  places 
that  the  average  for  the  Consumer  Price  Index  over  the  last  twelve 
months  of  the  twenty-four-month  period  ending  with  the  30th  day  of 
September  in  the  immediately  preceding  year  bears  to  the  average  for 
the  Consumer  Price  Index  over  the  first  twelve  months  of  that  period; 

"carry  forward",  with  respect  to  the  pension  of  a  person,  means, 

(a)  for  any  year  before  the  year  1976,  for  the  year  when  the  member  for 
whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Plan  and  for  the  year  next  following  that  year,  nil,  and 

(b)  for  the  later  of  the  year  1976  and  the  second  year  following  the  year 
when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  for  any  subsequent  year,  the 
positive  or  negative  number  determined  by  the  formula  "A  -I-  B  — 
C"; 

"Consumer  Price  Index"  means  the  Consumer  Price  Index  for  Canada  as 
published  by  Statistics  Canada  under  the  authority  of  the  Statistics  Act 
(Canada); 

"member"  includes  a  contributor  within  the  meaning  of  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act  or  a  predecessor  Act;  -A 

I 

"pension"  means  a  pension  to  which  a  person  is  entitled  from  the  Plan 
other  than  the  adjustment  for  inflation  provided  by  this  section,  and  an 
allowance,  annuity,  deferred  annuity  or  other  periodic  payments  to 
which  a  person  has  become  entitled  under  the  Public  Service  Superannu- 
ation Act  or  a  predecessor  Act; 

"Plan"  includes  the  pension  plan  established  under  the  Public  Service  Super- 
annuation Act  and  any  predecessor  Act. 

(3)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  person  from  the  Fund 
shall,  commencing  with  the  year  when  payment  of  the  pension  is  to  com- 
mence and  in  each  subsequent  year  that  the  pension  continues  to  be  pay- 
able, be  adjusted  for  inflation  by  multiplying  the  annual  amount  of  the  pen- 
sion by  the  accumulated  adjustment  ratio  for  the  pension  of  the  person  for 
that  year,  and  the  amount  by  which  the  pension  thus  adjusted  exceeds  the 
annual  amount  of  pension  before  the  adjustment  in  each  year  shall  be  paid 
to  the  person  entitled  to  receive  the  pension  for  which  it  is  calculated  at  the 
same  times,  in  the  same  manner  and  subject  to  the  same  terms  and  condi- 
tions as  apply  to  the  pension  in  respect  of  which  it  is  paid. 

(4)  The  ratio  determined  for  the  year  1990  under  the  Superannuation 
Adjustment  Benefits  Act  does  not  apply  to  a  pension  to  which  this  section 
applies. 

25. — (1)  A  full-time  employee  who  is  permitted  to  continue  the  duties 
of  his  or  her  position  as  a  part-time  employee  in  accordance  with  this  sec- 
tion for  the  final  years  of  his  or  her  employment  in  the  public  service  is 
entitled  to  have  his  or  her  pension  determined  in  accordance  with  this  sec- 
tion if  the  employee  meets  all  of  the  conditions  set  out  in  subsection  (2) 
and  gives  the  notice  of  election  required  by  subsection  (3). 


Conditions 


(2)  The  conditions  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  are. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


33 


(a)  that  the  employee's  part-time  employment  must  be  and  continue  to 
be, 


(i)  in  a  position  that  requires  regular  employment  for  at  least  four- 
teen hours  per  week  or  nine  full  days  in  each  four  weeks,  or 

(ii)  full-time  employment  in  a  classified  position  in  the  civil  service 
for  at  least  one-third  of  each  twelve-month  period  or  part 
thereof  following  the  giving  of  the  notice  required  by  subsection 
(3)  and  before  the  employee's  retirement  on  the  date  provided 
for  in  the  notice; 

(b)  that  the  employee  must  not  be  employed  as  a  regular  full-time 
employee  in  the  public  service  at  any  time  after  giving  the  notice 
required  by  subsection  (3)  and  before  receiving  a  pension  under  the 
Plan; 

(c)  that  during  the  period  of  part-time  employment  specified  by  the 
employee  in  the  notice  given  in  accordance  with  subsection  (3),  con- 
tributions are  made  to  the  Fund  by  the  employee  and  the  employer 
on  the  basis  of  the  salary  payable  for  full-time  employment  in  the 
position  held  by  the  employee  immediately  before  the  giving  of  the 
notice;  and 

(d)  that  the  employee's  deputy  minister  must  approve  in  writing  the 
change  from  full-time  to  part-time  employment  proposed  by  the 
employee. 

(3)  A  full-time  employee  who  wishes  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on  the   Notice 
basis  provided  for  in  this  section  shall  give  to  his  or  her  deputy  minister  a 
written  notice  signed  by  the  employee  stating, 

(a)  that  the  employee  intends  to  retire  from  employment  in  the  public 
service  not  later  than  five  years  after  the  day  on  which  the  notice  is 
given; 

(b)  that  the  employee  wishes  to  perform  the  duties  of  his  or  her  position 
on  a  part-time  basis  until  retirement  from  employment;  and 

(c)  that  the  employee  wishes  to  continue  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on 
the  basis  of  his  or  her  salary  as  a  full-time  employee  in  the  position. 

(4)  Despite  the  definition  of  "annual  salary  rate"  and  "credit",  while   Pension  on 

an  employee  continues  to  comply  with  the  conditions  described  in  sub-   t'^sis  of 
^    '  ^^  full-time 


employment 


section  (2), 

(a)  contributions  shall  be  made  to  the  Fund  by  the  employee  and  the 
employer  on  the  basis  of  the  salary  payable  for  full-time  employment 
in  the  position  held  by  the  employee  immediately  before  the  giving  of 
the  notice; 

(b)  the  employee's  annual  salary  rate  shall  be  that  on  which  contributions 
to  the  Fund  are  paid;  and 

(c)  the  employee  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Plan  on  the  basis  of  full- 
time  employment  in  the  position  in  which  the  employee  is  employed 
part-time. 

(5)  If  an  employee  who  contributes  to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this   Resuming 
section  resumes  full-time  employment  in  the  public  service  after  giving  the   fuU-time 
notice  required  by  subsection  (3)  and  before  receiving  his  or  her  pension,   empoymen 


34 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Excess 

contributions 

refunded 


Interpretation 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 

Re- 
employment 
of  pensioner 


Idem 


Re- 
employment 
in  expert 
capacity 


Void 
transactions 


Exemption 
from  seizure 


Order  or 
separation 
1987,  c.  35 
1986,  c.  4 


the  employee's  contributions  to  the  Fund  and  credit  in  the  Plan  shall  be 
recomputed  without  reference  to  subsection  (4). 

(6)  Contributions  to  the  Fund  under  this  section  in  excess  of  those 
required  after  the  application  of  subsection  (5)  shall  be  refunded  to  the  per- 
son who  paid  them. 

(7)  In  this  section,  "public  service"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  the 
Public  Service  Act. 

26. — (1)  If  a  former  member  who  is  receiving  a  pension  is,  in  the  opin- 
ion of  the  Board,  re-employed  or  engaged  in  any  capacity  in  the  service  of 
the  Crown,  any  pension  that  the  former  member  is  entitled  to  receive  dur- 
ing the  re-employment  or  engagement  shall,  for  any  period  of  three  months 
commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  April,  July  or  October  in  any  year 
during  which  the  former  member  is  so  re-employed  or  engaged,  be  reduced 
by  the  amount  by  which  the  sum  of, 

(a)  three  times  the  monthly  salary  paid  to  the  former  member  in  that 
period  of  three  months;  and 

(b)  the  pension  payable  to  the  former  member  in  that  period  of  three 
months  if  this  section  were  not  applicable  to  the  former  member, 

exceeds  the  product  of  three  times  the  monthly  salary  payable  to  the  former 
member  for  the  last  full  month  of  employment  before  he  or  she  ceased  to 
be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 

(2)  Any  period  of  re-employment  or  engagement  referred  to  in  sub- 
section (1)  for  which  a  person  may  and  does  contribute  to  the  Fund  shall  be 
added  to  the  person's  credit  in  the  Plan,  and  any  pension  payable  on  termi- 
nation of  the  re-employment  or  engagement  shall  be  recalculated  to  take 
into  account  the  additional  credit  and  any  pension  earlier  received  by  the 
person. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  pension  of  a  person  who  is  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  a  period  not  exceeding  six  months 
at  a  time  to  provide  to  the  Crown  the  professional,  expert  or  technical 
knowledge  of  the  person  in  a  special  capacity  required  by  the  Crown  shall 
not  be  reduced  if  the  appointment  so  provides. 

27. — (1)  Every  transaction  that  purports  to  assign,  charge,  anticipate  or 
give  as  security  the  interest,  or  any  part  thereof,  of  any  person  in  the  Fund 
or  in  any  pension  or  other  sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund  is  void. 

(2)  The  interest  of  any  person  in  the  Fund  or  in  any  pension  or  other 
sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund  is  exempt  from  execution,  seizure  or  attach- 
ment. 

(3)  Subject  to  section  52  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  subsections 
(1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  prevent  the  operation  of  any  order  under  the 
Family  Law  Act,  1986  or  the  provisions  of  a  domestic  contract,  as  defined 
in  Part  IV  of  that  Act. 


Order  for 
support  or 
maintenance 


Application 
of  subs.  (4) 


(4)  Subsections  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  prevent  execution,  seizure 
or  attachment  in  satisfaction  of  an  order  for  support  or  maintenance 
enforceable  in  Ontario  to  a  maximum  of  one-half  of  the  interest  of  any  per- 
son in  the  Fund  or  in  any  pension  or  other  sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund. 

(5)  Subsection  (4)  applies  to  orders  of  support  or  maintenance  enforce- 
able in  Ontario  whether  made  before  or  after  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1989. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


35 


(6)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (2),  if  a  person  entitled  to  a  refund  or  a   Payment  into 
lump-sum  payment  from  the  Fund  requests  the  Board  in  writing  to  have  the   other  funds 
refund  or  payment  paid, 

(a)  into  another  registered  pension  plan; 

(b)  into  a  registered  retirement  savings  plan  that  meets  the  requirements 

of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada);  R.S.C.  1952, 

c.  148 

(c)  to  an  insurance  company  to  purchase  an  immediate  or  deferred  life 
annuity;  or 

(d)  into  a  pension  plan  approved  by  the  Board, 


the  refund  or  payment  shall  be  so  paid. 

28. — (1)  A  payment  to  be  made  under  the  Plan  to  a  member's  estate 
may  be  made  to  the  executor  or  administrator  of  the  member's  estate  or  to 
the  person  or  persons  who  appear  to  the  Board  to  be  properly  acting  in  the 
administration  or  distribution  of  the  member's  estate  or,  if  no  executor  or 
administrator  or  other  person  acting  in  the  administration  or  distribution  of 
the  member's  estate  can  be  ascertained  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Board,  the 
payment  may  be  paid  into  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  to  the  credit  of 
the  member's  estate. 


Payment  to 
estate 


(2)  If,  after  the  death  of  a  person,  no  spouse  or  child  or  designated 
beneficiary  of  that  person  can  be  found  entitled  to  receive  a  pension  on  the 
person's  death,  and  the  Board  is  satisfied  that  reasonable  inquiries  have 
been  made  to  find  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  beneficiary,  and  more 
than  one  year  has  passed  since  the  death  of  the  person,  the  Board  may, 
despite  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan,  direct  that  the  money  that  would  be 
payable  under  the  Plan  to  the  person's  estate  if  the  person  had  died  leaving 
no  surviving  child  or  spouse  or  designated  beneficiary  entitled  to  be  paid  a 
pension  on  the  person's  death  be  paid  to  the  person's  estate  upon  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  determines. 


Missing 
beneficiary 


(3)  If  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  beneficiary  referred  to  in  sub- 
section (2)  is  subsequently  found  and  a  claim  is  made  for  any  money  pay- 
able under  the  Plan,  the  Board  may  direct  that  such  money,  less  any  money 
paid  under  subsection  (2),  be  paid  to  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  ben- 
eficiary, as  the  case  may  be. 

29. — (1)  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Board  is  continued  under 
the  name  of  the  Public  Service  Pension  Board  and  the  Board  is  constituted 
a  corporation  without  share  capital. 

(2)  The  Corporations  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  Board. 


(3)  The  Board  shall  be  composed  of  at  least  three  members,  and  the 
members  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for 
such  term,  not  exceeding  three  years  on  each  appointment  or  reappoint- 
ment, as  is  specified  in  the  appointment  or  reappointment. 


Beneficiary 
later  found 


Board  to  be 
corporation 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  95 

Board 
members 


Idem 


(4)  If  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  considers  it  appropriate  and 
desirable,  members  may  be  appointed  to  the  Board  because  of  their  exper- 
tise in  the  management,  investment  or  administration  of  pension  plans  or  in 
order  to  represent  on  the  Board,  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the 
Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  the  concerns  of  the  Crown,  of  members  1987,  c.  35 
required  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  or  of  persons  receiving  pensions  under 
the  Plan. 


36 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Reappointment  (5)  A  member  whose  appointment  has  expired  may  be  reappointed  to 
the  Board,  but  no  reappointment  shall  be  for  a  term  that,  when  added  to 
the  member's  current  unbroken  period  of  membership,  exceeds  six  consecu- 
tive years  of  membership. 


Chairperson 
and  vice- 
chairperson 


(6)  From  the  members  of  the  Board,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  designate  a  chairperson  and  one  or  more  vice-chairpersons  for 
a  term  not  to  exceed  two  years  or  such  lesser  period  as  the  person  remains 
a  member  of  the  Board  and,  if  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  does 
not  designate  a  chairperson  or  vice-chairperson  within  one  month  after  the 
position  becomes  vacant,  the  members  of  the  Board  shall  elect  one  of  them 
to  be  chairperson,  and  may  elect  one  or  more  of  them  to  be  vice- 
chairperson,  but  the  term  for  which  any  chairperson  or  vice-chairperson  is 
elected  shall  not  exceed  two  years  or  the  remaining  period  of  his  or  her 
appointment  to  the  Board,  whichever  is  shorter. 

Remuneration  30.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  establish  the  remunera- 

tion or  range  of  remuneration  to  be  paid  to  a  member  of  the  Board  and  to 
the  chairperson  and  vice-chairperson,  but  no  member  of  the  Board  who  is 
employed  in  the  public  service  of  Ontario  shall  be  paid  any  remuneration 
other  than  reimbursement  for  expenses  actually  incurred  in  the  performance 
of  his  or  her  duties  as  a  member  of  the  Board  or  an  honorarium  in  recogni- 
tion of  salary  lost  by  the  public  servant  for  attendance  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Board. 


Duty  of 
Board 

1987,  c.  35 


Employment 
of  officers 
and  others 


Board  may 
make  rules 


Idem 


31. — (1)  It  is  the  duty  and  responsibility  of  the  Board  to  administer  the 
Plan  and  manage  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this  Act,  the  Plan  and  the 
Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  appoint  or  employ  an  actuary,  an  auditor  and  such 
officers,  employees,  advisers,  experts  and  other  persons  as  are  required  to 
carry  out  the  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  Board. 

(3)  The  Board  may  make  rules  and  by-laws  for  the  administration  and 
management  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund  and  for  the  conduct  of  the  affairs  of 
the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board,  and  may,  for  such  period  as  the 
Board  determines  and  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  considers 
appropriate,  assign  or  delegate  to  any  officer,  employee,  member  or  com- 
mittee of  the  Board  or  other  person  retained  by  the  Board  the  performance 
or  exercise  of  any  of  the  duties  or  responsibilities  of  the  Board  as  the  Board 
considers  necessary  or  desirable. 

(4)  Without  restricting  the  generality  of  subsection  (3),  the  Board  may 
make  rules, 

(a)  prescribing  the  proofs  to  be  furnished  as  a  condition  to  the  payment 
of  a  pension; 

(b)  excluding  from  salary  on  which  contributions  to  the  Fund  are  based 
any  payment  to  a  member  that  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  not  a 
regular  and  usual  part  of  the  normal  remuneration  for  the  member's 
employment  or  is  a  payment  in  the  nature  of  a  special  consideration 
or  employee  benefit; 

(c)  approving  forms  and  providing  for  their  use;  and 

(d)  requiring  members  of  the  Plan,  recipients  of  pensions  under  the  Plan 
or  applicants  for  pensions  under  the  Plan  to  furnish  information  to  or 
for  the  use  of  the  Board,  and  prescribing  the  form  thereof  and  the 
information  to  be  furnished. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


37 


32.  The  Board  has  and  may  exercise  all  of  the  powers  and  capacities  of  Powers  of 
a  natural  person  that  are  considered  by  the  Board  to  be  necessary  or  inci-   Board 
dental  to  the  carrying  out  of  its  duties  and  responsibilities  under  this  Act 
and  the  Plan  and,  in  particular,  the  Board  may, 

(a)  contract  and  be  contracted  with  and  sue  and  be  sued; 

(b)  acquire  by  purchase,  lease  or  otherwise  any  real  or  personal  property 
for  its  own  use  or  as  an  investment  of  the  Fund,  and  may  sell,  lease 
or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  any  part  of  its  property  in  its  discretion; 

(c)  participate  with  others  as  a  partner  or  as  a  member  of  a  syndicate  or 
association  of  persons  in  the  acquisition,  holding,  management  or  dis- 
position of  any  property  by  way  of  investment  or  otherwise; 

(d)  determine  the  rate  of  remuneration  and  the  employee  benefits  and 
perquisites  for  its  employees  and  the  conditions  of  employment  under 
which  they  are  employed; 

(e)  with  the  approval  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet,  enter  into 
such  arrangements  as  are  considered  necessary  by  the  Board  for  the 
purchase  from  the  Crown  of  the  services  of  any  employee  or  ministry 
of  the  Crown,  or  for  the  use  of  any  facilities  or  equipment  belonging 
to  the  Crown,  that  may  assist  the  Board  in  the  management  or 
administration  of  the  Plan  or  the  Fund;  and 

(f)  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  enter  into 
an  agreement  to  administer  any  other  pension  plan  or  fund  or  admin- 
ister a  benefit  plan  to  provide  health  or  medical  or  other  benefits  to 
persons  who  have  ceased  to  be  members  of  the  Plan  and  are  entitled 
to  a  pension,  and  to  recover,  where  appropriate,  the  costs  of  such 
administration  from  that  plan  or  fund. 

33. — (1)  The  Board  may  establish  such  committees  as  are  considered   Committees 
necessary  or  desirable. 

(2)  A  committee  established  by  the  Board  may,  with  the  approval  of  Committee 
the  Board  and  in  accordance  with  the  policy  established  by  the  committee   ^^y  delegate 
or  the  Board,  delegate  to  an  officer  or  employee  of  the  Board  any  of  the 
duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  committee,  including  those  delegated  to 
the  committee  by  the  Board. 

34.  The  quorum  for  any  meeting  of  the  Board  or  a  committee  of  the   Quorum 
Board  shall  be  at  least  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  or  commit- 
tee. 

35.  The  expenses  of  the  operation  of  the  Board,  the  administration  of  Expenses 
the  Plan  and  the  management  of  the  Fund  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Fund. 

36.  After  the  close  of  each  fiscal  year,  the  Board  shall  submit  to  the   Annual 
Minister  a  report  for  the  fiscal  year  just  ended  of  the  financial  and  other   report 
affairs  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund,  and  the  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the 
Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  session. 

37. — (1)  In  the  reports  to  the  Minister  under  section  36,  the  Board   Report  re 
shall  identify,  OPP-  ^^'^y 


(a)  the  additional  cost  to  the  Plan  of  the  pension  provided  to  members  of 
the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  by  subsection  15  (4)  over  the  cost 
of  the  pension  or  deferred  pension  that  would  be  payable  without  that 
subsection;  and 


retirement 
benefit 


38 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Idem 


Indemnifi- 
cation 


Limitation 


(b)  the  financial  benefit  to  the  Plan  from  the  contributions  of  members  of 
the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  under  subsection  6  (2),  from  the 
employer's  contributions  made  to  match  contributions  under  that  sub- 
section, and  from  the  return  reasonably  attributable  to  the  investment 
of  the  contributions  and  of  the  proceeds  received  by  the  Fund  from 
the  transfers  under  subsections  6  (2)  and  (3)  of  this  Act. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  also  indicate  in  its  reports  the  sufficiency  of  the 
financial  benefits  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (b)  to  meet  the  additional  costs 
referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (a)  and  whether  those  additional  costs  for  pensions 
that  are  being  paid  at  the  end  of  the  year  for  which  the  report  is  made  have 
been  met  by  the  financial  benefits  that  have  then  accrued  to  the  Fund. 

38. — (1)  Each  employee  of  the  Board  and  his  or  her  heirs,  executors 
and  administrators  shall  be  indemnified  and  saved  harmless  by  the  Board 
from  and  against  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses  sustained  or  incurred  in  or 
about  any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  claim  against  him  or  her  for  any  act, 
omission,  deed,  matter  or  other  thing  made,  done  or  permitted  or  omitted 
to  be  made  or  done  in  or  about  the  execution  of  the  duties  of  his  or  her 
employment  by  the  Board,  and  every  payment  made  for  the  indemnification 
is  an  administrative  expense  of  the  Board. 

(2)  Indemnification  under  subsection  (1)  does  not  extend  to  the  act  or 
omission  to  act  of  any  person  that  was  done  or  omitted  to  be  done  dishon- 
estly or  in  bad  faith. 


1989                               PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36                 39 

SCHEDULE  2 
INTERIM  PAYMENTS  OF  UNFUNDED  LIABILITY 

Date  of  payment  Amount  of  payment 

L  January  1,  1990  $6,796,000 

2.  February  1,  1990  6,826,000 

3.  March  1,  1990  6,856,000 

4.  April  1,  1990  6,887,000 

5.  May  1,  1990  6,918,000 

6.  June  1,  1990  6,949,000 

7.  July  1,  1990  6,980,000 

8.  August  1,  1990  7,011,000 

9.  September  1,  1990  7,042,000 

10.  October  1,  1990  7,074,000 

11.  November  1,  1990  7,106,000 

12.  December  1,  1990  7,137,000 

13.  January  1,  1991  7,169,000 

14.  February  1,  1991  7,201,000 

15.  March  1,  1991  7,234,000 

16.  April  1,  1991  7,266,000 

17.  May  1,  1991  7,298,000 

18.  June  1,  1991  7,331,000 

19.  July  1,  1991  7,364,000 

20.  August  1,  1991  7,397,000 

21.  September  1,  1991  7,430,000 

22.  October  1,  1991  7,463,000 

23.  November  1,  1991  7,496,000 

24.  December  1,  1991  7,530,000 

25.  January  1,  1992  7,564,000 

26.  February  1,  1992  7,597,000 

27.  March  1,  1992  7,631,000 

28.  April  1,  1992  7,665,000 

29.  May  1,  1992  7,700,000 

30.  June  1,  1992                   .  7,734,000 

31.  July  1,  1992  7,769,000 

32.  August  1,  1992  7,804,000 

33.  September  1,  1992  7,838,000 

34.  October  1,  1992  7,873,000 

35.  November  1,  1992  7,909,000 

36.  December  1,  1992  7,944,000 


BiU36 


Gk)vernment  BUI 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  36 


An  Act  to  revise  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act 


The  Hon.  M.  Elston 
Chairman  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet 


1st  Reading       June  20th,  1989 
2nd  Reading       November  8th,  1989 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 

(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  General  Government  Committee) 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 

The  Bill  will  continue  the  existing  pension  plan  established  under  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act  (which  contains  the  basic  pension  plan)  and  the  Superannuation 
Adjustment  Benefits  Act  (which  requires  inflation  adjustments  for  benefits  payable  under 
the  basic  plan). 

Changes  will  be  made  respecting  who  is  eligible  to  become  a  member  of  the  plan, 
the  level  of  contributions  required  under  the  plan  and  certain  rules  governing  pension 
transfers  and  the  purchase  of  credit  under  the  plan.  Certain  provisions  of  the  pension 
plan  (concerning  entitlement  to  benefits  and  the  administration  of  the  plan)  will  be 
changed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987.  Additional  technical 
changes  are  made  with  respect  to  the  administration  of  the  plan. 

Three  alternative  mechanisms  for  amending  the  plan  will  be  provided.  Initially,  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  will  be  able  to  amend  the  plan  by  order.  The  Bill  will 
permit  the  Government  to  enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  members  to  establish  joint 
control  or  member  control  over  the  plan.  Amendments  to  the  plan  will  then  be  made 
according  to  the  terms  of  the  agreement.  Ownership  of  surplus  and  responsibility  for  def- 
icits that  may  arise  under  the  plan  will  be  concomitant  with  control  over  the  plan. 

A  Public  Service  Pension  Board  will  be  created  to  administer  the  plan  and  the  pen- 
sion fund.  Custody  of  the  pension  fund  will  be  transferred  from  the  Treasurer  to  the 
Board.  The  Treasurer  will  be  responsible  for  paying  any  deficit  that  may  exist  when  the 
pension  fund  is  transferred  to  the  Board. 

The  Bill  is  structured  as  an  Act  with  two  Schedules.  The  Act  contains  the  particulars 
of  the  continuation  of  the  pension  plan  (sections  3  to  5),  the  amending  mechanisms  (sec- 
tion 6),  the  transfer  of  the  pension  fund  from  the  Treasurer  to  the  Board  (sections  7  to 
11)  and  transitional  provisions  (sections  12  to  16).  Schedule  1  contains  the  details  of  the 
pension  plan  (sections  1  to  28)  and  establishes  the  Board  (sections  29  to  38).  Schedule  2 
lists  the  amount  of  the  Treasurer's  special  monthly  payments  to  liquidate  the  unfunded 
liability  of  the  plan  as  it  exists  when  custody  of  the  pension  fund  is  transferred  to  the 
Board. 

Changes  to  the  pension  plan: 

The  following  are  the  key  changes  in  the  terms  of  the  pension  plan: 

1.  Substantive  changes,  other  than  those  required  by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act, 
1987,  include: 

(a)  Contract  employees  and  unclassified  part-time  employees,  who  are  not 
eligible  to  become  members  of  the  existing  pension  plan,  have  the  option 
of  joining  the  plan.  {Section  2  of  Schedule  1) 

(b)  The  rate  of  a  member's  required  contributions  increases  by  1  per  cent  of 
the  member's  salary.  This  increase  is  matched  by  an  increase  in  the 
employer's  contributions.  {Section  6  of  Schedule  1) 

(c)  The  rules  governing  the  purchase  of  credit  for  past  service  are  simplified 
and  the  purchase  of  credit  for  certain  service  in  the  private  sector  is  per- 
mitted. {Section  11  of  Schedule  1) 

(d)  A  pensioner  who  marries  after  retirement  may  elect  to  provide  a  survivor 
pension  for  a  sp)ouse,  with  a  corresponding  reduction  in  the  amount  of 
the  member's  pension.  {Section  21  of  Schedule  1) 

2.  Changes  required  by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  include: 


(a)  A  person's  entitlement  to  a  pension  relating  to  employment  after  Decem- 
ber 31,  1986  vests  and  his  or  her  contributions  are  locked  in  after  two 
years  of  continuous  membership  in  the  plan.  (Section  13  of  Schedule  1) 

(b)  The  "50  f)er  cent  rule"  applies,  ensuring  that  a  member's  contributions 
under  the  plan  plus  interest  do  not  exceed  50  per  cent  of  the  commuted 
value  of  the  pension  the  member  receives  for  employment  since  January 
1,  1987.  {Section  13  of  Schedule  1) 

(c)  The  amount  of  a  spouse's  survivor  pension  is  increased  from  50  per  cent 
to  60  per  cent  of  the  member's  pension,  with  a  corresponding  reduction 
in  the  amount  of  the  member's  pension.  (The  member  and  spxjuse  can 
waive  the  increase.)  {Section  19  of  Schedule  1) 

(d)  A  spouse  or  beneficiary  or  the  estate  of  a  member  entitled  to  a  pension, 
who  dies  before  beginning  to  receive  it,  is  entitled  to  a  benefit  based  on 
the  member's  employment  after  December  31,  1986.  {Section  22  of 
Schedule  1) 


Bill  36 


1989 


An  Act  to  revise  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act 


CONTENTS  OF  ACT 


Section 


1.  Definitions 

2.  Application 

3.  Plan  continued 

4.  Plan  documents 

5.  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Fund  continued 

6.  Future  revision  of  Plan 

7.  Transfer  of  SAF  Account 

8.  Initial  unfunded  liability 

9.  Interim  payments  of  unfunded 
liability 

10.  Initial  valuation 


Section 

11.  Subsequent  valuations 

12.  Payment  of  pensions  under 
other  Acts 

13.  Expiry  of  appointments 

14.  Continued  application 

15.  Superannuation  Adjustment 
Benefits  Act  ceases  to  apply 

16.  Post-retirement  marriage 

17.  Repeals 

18.  Commencement 

19.  Short  title 


CONTENTS  OF  SCHEDULE  1 


Section 

1.  Definitions 

2.  Plan  members 

3.  Termination  of  membership 

4.  Persons  not  entitled  to  be 
members 

5.  Contributions  to  and  payments 
from  Fund 

6.  Contributions  by  members 

7.  Contributions  by  employer 

8.  Leave  of  absence  with  pay 

9.  Continued  membership  on 
release  from  employment 

10.  Long  term  income  protection 

11.  Prior  service  with  the  Crown, 
etc. 

12.  Contribution,  salary  and  service 
record 

13.  Refunds  before  twenty-four 
months  membership 

14.  Disability  pension 

15.  Pension  at  age  sixty-five 

16.  Deferred  pension 

17.  Computation  of  pension 

18.  Application  for  pension 

19.  Pension  to  surviving  spouse 

20.  Increased  survivor  pension 


Section 

21.  Post-retirement  marriage 

22.  Survivor  pension  on  death 
before  payment  of  pension 

23.  Survivor  pension  for  pre- 1987 
credit 

24.  Inflation  adjustment 

25.  Pre-retirement  part-time 
employment 

26.  Re-employment  of  pensioner 

27.  Void  transactions 

28.  Payment  to  estate 

29.  Board  to  be  corporation 

30.  Remuneration 

31.  Duty  of  Board 

32.  Powers  of  Board 

33.  Committees 

34.  Quorum 

35.  Expenses 

36.  Reciprocal  transfer  agreements 
continue  to  apply 

37.  Annual  report 

38.  Report  re  O.P.P.  early 
retirement  benefit 

39.  Indemnification 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


CONTENTS  OF  SCHEDULE  2 
Interim  payments  of  unfunded  liability 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 


Definitions 


Application 


Plan 

continued 
R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  419,  490 


1.  In  this  Act,  "actuary",  "Board",  "Crown", 
"emplover".  "Fund",  "member",  "Minister",  "pension", 
"pension  benefit",  "Plan",  "salary"  and  "Treasurer"  have  the 
same  meaning  as  in  section  1  of  Schedule  1 . 

2.  Subject  to  subsection  14  (2)  and  to  section  24  of 
Schedule  1,  this  Act  applies  to  every  person  employed  after 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1989  in  the  service  of  an  employer. 

3.  The  pension  plan  contained  in  the  provisions  of  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  and  the  regulations  there- 
under, including  the  benefits  provided  under  the 
Superannuation  Adjustment  Benefits  Act  in  relation  to  pen- 
sions provided  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  is 
continued  as  the  Public  Service  Pension  Plan  as  revised  by  this 
Act  and  set  out  in  Schedule  1 . 


Plan 
documents 


4.  The  terms  of  the  Plan  are  those  set  out  in  Schedule  1, 
in  this  Act  and  in  such  other  documents  concerning  the  Plan 
as  are  created  under  this  Act  or  Schedule  1 . 


Public  5, — (1)  The   Public  Service   Superannuation  Fund  estab- 

Superan-  Hshcd  undcr  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  is  contin- 

nuation  Fund  ued  as  the  Public  Service  Pension  Fund  to  provide  benefits  in 

continued  respect  of  the  Plan. 


Board  to 

administer 


(2)  The  Plan  and  the  Fund  shall  be  administered  by  the 
Board  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  Plan. 


Future 
revision  of 
Plan 


6. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  by  order  may 
amend  the  Plan  and,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing,  may, 

(a)  determine  the  methods  or  assumptions  to  be  used  to 
calculate  any  pension  benefit  provided  under  th«| 
Plan; 


(b)  rescind  the  Plan  and  replace  it  with  another  pensioi^ 
plan; 

(c)  extend,    modify    or    restrict    the    conditions    upon 
which  persons  may  become  members  of  the  Plan; 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


(d)  establish  a  separate  pension  plan  or  plans  for  any 
class  or  classes  of  persons  who  are  members  of  the 
Plan,  and  direct  the  transfer  from  the  Fund  to  any 
fund  related  to  such  separately  established  pension 
plan  or  plans  of  any  amount  specified  to  represent 
the  value,  as  determined  by  an  actuarial  valuation, 
of  the  pension  benefits  of  persons  who  will  be  mem- 
bers of  such  separately  established  pension  plan  or 
plans; 

(e)  increase  or  prospectively  reduce,  eliminate  or  mod- 
ify any  pension  benefit  set  out  in  the  Plan  or  the 
rate  or  amount  of  contribution  to  be  made  under 
the  Plan; 

(f)  regulate  the  administration  of  the  Plan  and  the  com- 
position, duties  and  powers  of  the  Board; 

(g)  exercise  with  respect  to  any  plan  established  under 
this  section  the  powers  conferred  by  this  section. 

(2)  To  the  extent  that  an  amendment  of  the  Plan  made  Limitation  re 
under  subsection  (1)  conflicts  with  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,   ^g^j  ^  3^ 
1987  in  a  matter  in  which  the  conflict  is  not  authorized  by  this 

Act  or  Schedule  1,  the  amendment  is  void. 

(3)  If  the  Crown  enters  into  an  agreement  for  an  indefinite  Agreement 
term  with  representatives  of  a  majority  of  the  members  with  responsibility 
respect  to, 


i^ 


(a)  the  joint  management  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund  by 
the  Crown  and  representatives  of  the  members; 

(b)  the  sharing  between  the  Crown  and  the  members  of 
surpluses  and  deficiencies  in  the  Fund; 

(c)  prior  consultation  between  the  Crown  and  the  rep- 
resentatives to  determine  if  agreement  can  be 
reached  between  them  concerning  any  change  in 
benefits  under  the  Plan  or  in  the  rate  or  amount  of 
contributions  to  the  Fund  from  the  Crown  or  the 
members;  and 

(d)  mediation  procedures  following  a  failure  to  agree 
on  a  change  in  benefits  under  the  Plan  or  in  the  rate 
or  amount  of  contributions  to  the  Fund, 


the  powers  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  shall,  while  the  agree- 
ment remains  in  force,  be  exercised  only  in  accordance  with 
the  agreement. 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Idem 


(4)  An  agreement  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  may  also 
provide  that,  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  agreement,  sub- 
sections 11  (2)  and  (5)  cease  to  apply  while  the  agreement  is 
in  force. 


Agreement 
for  member 
resfwnsibility 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  446 

Transfer  of 
SAF  Account 


R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  419,  490 


Transfer  of 
O.P.P. 
Supple- 
mentary 
Benefits 
Account 


(5)  If  it  is  agreed  between  the  Crown  and  representatives  of 
a  majority  of  members  that  the  management  of  the  Plan,  the 
entitlement  to  surpluses  in  the  Fund  and  the  liability  for  defi- 
ciencies in  the  Fund  will  be  permanently  assumed  by  the 
members  from  time  to  time  of  the  Plan  and  that  the  liability 
of  the  Crown  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  will  be  limited  to  a 
specified  amount  or  to  a  specified  percentage  of  members' 
contributions  or  salaries,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
may  provide  by  order  that  the  powers  mentioned  in  subsection 
(1)  shall  be  exercised  thereafter  only  in  accordance  with  the 
agreement  and  by  the  person,  persons  or  entity  specified  in 
the  agreement. 

(6)  The  Regulations  Act  does  not  apply  with  respect  to  an 
order  amending  the  Plan. 

7.__(1)  As  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Trea- 
surer shall  transfer  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund 
Account  maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under 
the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  the  total  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  in 
the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Fund  Account  maintained  in 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under  the  Superannuation 
Adjustment  Benefits  Act. 

(2)  As  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Treasurer 
shall  transfer  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund 
Account  maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under 
the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  the  total  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Supplementary  Bene- 
fits Account  maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 
under  Order  in  Council  196/85. 


Interest  (3)  As  of  the  31  St  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Treasurer 

shall  pay  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account 
maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  interest  at  the  rates  and  on 
the  terms  determined  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
on  the  cash  balances  that  from  time  to  time  stood  to  the  credit 
of, 


R.S.O.  1980. 
c.  419 


(a)  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account 
maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 
under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act; 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


(b)    the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  in 
the    Superannuation    Adjustment    Fund    Account 
maintained    in    the    Consolidated    Revenue    Fund 
under  the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Benefits  Act;  ^-^^2'  ^^^' 
and 


490 


(c)    the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Supplementary  Bene- 
fits Account  mentioned  in  subsection  (2), 

in  the  period  from  the  1st  day  of  April,  1989  to  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1989. 

(4)  Interest  payable  by  the  Treasurer  on  assets  held  on  the  idem 
1st  day  of  April,  1989  in  the  accounts  referred  to  in  clauses 

(3)  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  shall  be  accrued  to  the  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1989  and  paid  as  of  that  date  to  the  Public  Service  Super- 
annuation Fund  Account  despite  a  later  time  for  payment 
specified  in  any  instrument  that  provides  for  payment  of  the 
interest,  and  the  payment  made  to  the  Account  reduces  the 
liability  of  the  Treasurer  under  the  instrument  for  interest  by 
the  amount  paid. 

(5)  Payments  by  the  Treasurer  made  under  subsections  (3)  ^'^^^ 
and  (4)  shall  be  made  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


(6)  As  of  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  the  Treasurer  shall  Transfer  of 
transfer  to  the  custody  and  control  of  the  Board  the  total  Account 
amount  of  the  assets  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989  of  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  maintained  in 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act,  including  assets  and  payments  transferred 
or  made  to  that  account  under  this  section,  by  issuing  to  the 
Board  debentures  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  that  are  equal  to 
the  amount  of  the  assets  and  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Trea- 
surer, provide  for  the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on 
terms  substantially  equivalent  to  those  on  which  the  assets  are 
held  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 


(7)  All  liabilities  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  of  the  f;'^^^^^}^'^^^'^  ^^ 
accounts  mentioned  in  subsections  (1),  (2)  and  (6)  are  liabili-  Fund 
ties  of  the  Fund  on  and  after  that  date  and,  as  of  that  date, 
the  accounts  cease  to  exist  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 


(8)  During  the  period  from  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989  l^^^^^^"^ 
to  the  30th  day  of  June,  1990,  the  Treasurer  may  establish  authorized 
outside    the    Consolidated    Revenue    Fund    an    account    or 
accounts  for  such  temporary  period  as  the  Treasurer  considers 
advisable  to  facilitate  the  orderly  transfer  to  the  Board  of  the 
assets  of  the  Fund  and  the  administration  of  the  Plan. 


6 

Debentures 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Investments 
authorized 
1987.  c.  35 


(9)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  (6),  the  Treasurer  may, 
on  behalf  of  Ontario,  issue  to  the  Fund  debentures  of  Ontario 
in  such  amounts,  upon  such  terms  as  to  the  payment  of  princi- 
pal and  interest,  maturing  at  such  time  or  times  and  either 
with  or  without  the  privilege  of  prepayment  of  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  principal  amount  of  any  such  debenture  as 
will,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Treasurer,  meet  the  requirements  of 
this  section,  and  any  debenture  may  provide  that  it  is  not 
assignable  or  transferrable. 

(10)  Despite  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  and  regulations 
thereunder,  the  receipt  and  holding  by  the  Board  of  deben- 
tures issued  under  this  section  shall  not  be  considered  impru- 
dent or  unreasonable  or  contrary  to  that  Act  and  regulations 
thereunder,  and  the  nature,  amount  and  terms  of  the  deben- 
tures may  be  taken  into  account  by  the  Board  and  any  com- 
mittee of  the  Board  in  determining  future  investments  of  the. 
assets  of  the  Plan. 


Application 

of 

1987,  c.  35 


Initial 

unfunded 

liability 


(11)  Section  82  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  does  not 
apply  to  the  transfers  described  in  this  section. 

8. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  9  and  10  and  sub- 
section 11  (3), 

"actuarial  gain"  and  "actuarial  loss"  mean,  respectively,  the 
sum,  if  positive,  or  the  sum,  if  negative,  of, 

(a)  the  gain  to  the  Plan  during  the  period  since  the' 
review  date  of  the  immediately  preceding  going 
concern  valuation  resulting  from  the  difference 
between  actual  experience  and  the  experience 
expected  by  the  actuarial  assumptions  on  which  that 
valuation  was  based, 

(b)  the  amount  by  which  the  going  concern  liabilities 
decrease  as  a  result  of  an  amendment  to  the  Plan, 
and 


(c)  the  amount  by  which  the  going  concern  liabilities 
decrease  or  the  going  concern  assets  increase  as  a 
result  of  a  change  in  actuarial  methods  or  assump- 
tions upon  which  the  current  going  concern  valua- 
tion is  based,  as  of  the  review  date  for  a  going  con- 
cern valuation, 

but  clause  (a),  (b)  or  (c)  or  any  combination  thereof  shall 
be  counted  as  a  negative  in  the  calculation  of  the  sum  if. 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36 

(d)  the  experience  of  the  Plan  results  in  a  loss  rather 
than  a  gain, 

(e)  an  amendment  increases  the  going  concern  liabili- 
ties, or 

(f)  a  change  in  actuarial  methods  or  assumptions 
results  in  an  increase  in  going  concern  liabilities  or  a 
decrease  in  going  concern  assets,  as  the  case  may 
be; 

"going  concern  assets"  means  the  value  of  the  assets  of  the 
Plan,  including  accrued  and  receivable  income  and  the 
present  value  of  future  contributions  and  investment 
income,  determined  on  the  basis  of  a  going  concern 
valuation; 

"going  concern  liabilities"  means  the  present  value  of  the 
expenses  of  the  Plan  and  the  accrued  and  unaccrued  bene- 
fits of  the  Plan  determined  on  the  basis  of  a  going  concern 
valuation; 

"going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability"  means  the  excess 
of  going  concern  liabilities  over  going  concern  assets; 

"going  concern  valuation"  means  a  valuation  of  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Plan  using  methods  and  actuarial  assumptions 
considered  by  the  actuary  who  valued  the  Plan  to  be  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  actuarial  principles  and 
practices  for  the  valuation  of  a  continuing  pension  plan; 

"initial  valuation"  means  the  going  concern  valuation  of  the 
Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  required  by  section 
10; 

"past  service  unfunded  actuarial  liability"  means  the  amount 
of  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  that  results 
from  the  provision  of  benefits  with  respect  to  prior  employ- 
ment for  which  no  benefit  was  provided  at  the  time  of  the 
employment  or  from  an  amendment  to  the  Plan  that  pro- 
vides benefits  for  employment  prior  to  the  date  of  the 
amendment  if  the  employment  had  not  previously  been  rec- 
ognized for  purposes  of  the  provision  of  pension  benefits; 

"review  date"  means  the  last  date  of  the  period  under  review 

in  a  report  required  under  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  or  '987,  c.  35 
regulations  thereunder; 

"solvency  assets"  means  the  sum  determined  in  accordance 
with  subsections  (2)  and  (3)  of. 


8 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(a)  the  market  value  of  investments  held  by  the  Plan  or 
a  value  related  to  the  market  value  by  means  of  an 
averaging  method  that  stabilizes  short-term  fluctua- 
tions of  the  market  values  over  a  period  of  not 
more  than  five  years,  plus  any  cash  balances  and 
accrued  or  receivable  income  items. 


(b)  the  present  value  of  any  special  payments  required 
to  liquidate  any  past  service  unfunded  actuarial  lia- 
bility established  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1988, 

(c)  the  present  value  of  any  special  payments  other 
than  those  referred  to  in  clause  (b)  established  on 
or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1988  that  are  sched- 
uled for  payment  within  five  years  after  the  review 
date,  and 

(d)  the  present  value  of  future  special  payments  result- 
ing from  the  initial  valuation; 

"solvency  deficiency"  means  the  excess  of  the  solvency  liabili- 
ties over  the  solvency  assets; 

"solvency  gain"  means  the  sum,  if  positive,  of, 

(a)  the  gain  to  the  Plan  during  the  period  since  th( 
review  date  of  the  immediately  preceding  valuation 
of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  liabilities  resulting 
from  the  difference  between  actual  experience  and 
the  experience  expected  by  the  actuarial  assump- 
tions on  which  that  valuation  was  based,  and 

(b)  the  amount  by  which  the  solvency  liabilities 
decrease  or  the  solvency  assets  increase  during  the 
period  since  the  review  date  of  the  immediately  pre- 
ceding valuation  of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  lia- 
bilities as  a  result  of  a  change  in  the  actuarial  meth- 
ods or  assumptions  upon  which  the  current 
valuation  of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  liabilities 
is  based. 


but  either  of  clause  (a)  or  (b)  shall  be  counted  as  a  negative 
in  the  calculation  of  the  sum  if  the  experience  of  the  Plan 
results  in  a  loss  rather  than  a  gain  or  if  a  change  in  actuarial 
methods  or  assumptions  results  in  an  increase  in  solvency 
liabilities  or  a  decrease  in  solvency  assets,  as  the  case  may 
be; 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


"solvency  liabilities"  means  an  amount  that  is  not  less  than 
the  liabilities  of  the  Plan  determined  as  if  the  Plan  had 
been  wound  up,  taking  into  account  liabilities  for  the 
adjustment  for  inflation  under  the  Plan  and  the  require- 
ments of  section  75  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987. 


1987,  c.  35 


(2)  The  present  values  referred  to  in  clauses  (b),  (c)  and  Present 
(d)  of  the  definition  of  "solvency  assets"  shall  be  determined  solvency^ 
on  the  basis  of  the  assumed  interest  rate  used  in  determining  assets 
whether  there  is  a  solvency  deficiency. 

(3)  In  calculating  the  solvency  assets,  if  there  is  no  market  "  "o  market 
value  for  an  investment  of  the  Plan  and  the  investment  is  ""^'"^ 
issued  or  guaranteed  by  a  government,  the  book  value  of  the 
investment  may  be  used  instead  of  market  value. 

(4)  The  provisions  of  this  section  and  of  sections  9,  10  and  Conflicting 
1 1  prevail  over  any  conflicting  provisions  of  the  Pension  Bene-  P'°'"^'*'"^ 
fits  Act,  1987  or  of  a  regulation  made  under  that  Act. 

9. — (1)  For  each  month  in  the  period  commencing  with  interim 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  ES  °^ 
the  month  in  which  the  initial  valuation  is  approved  by  the  liability 
Pension  Commission  of  Ontario,  the  Treasurer  shall  pay  to 
the  Fund  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  amount 
shown  for  that  month  in  Schedule  2. 

(2)  The  Treasurer  may,  with  the  appropriate  adjustment  Prepayment 
for  interest,  at  any  time  prepay  one  or  more  of  the  outstand- 
ing payments  shown  in  Schedule  2. 


(3)  Payments  made  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  shall  be 
credited  against  any  special  payments  that  are  to  be  made  in 
the  same  period  to  liquidate  a  going  concern  unfunded  actuar- 
ial liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation,  and  any  amount 
by  which  the  payments  made  under  those  subsections  are  less 
than  the  special  payments  for  that  period  as  a  result  of  the  ini- 
tial valuation  shall  be  paid  by  the  Treasurer  to  the  Fund  from 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  within  fifteen  months  follow- 
ing the  month  when  the  initial  valuation  is  approved  by  the 
Pension  Commission  of  Ontario. 


Application 
of  estimated 
payments 


10. — (1)  As   soon   as   practicable   after  the   31st   day   of  i"j»'ai 
December,  1989,  the  Board  shall  cause  to  be  prepared  a  going 
concern  valuation  of  the  Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990,  and  the  valuation  shall  include  the  adjustment  of  pen- 
sions for  inflation  under  the  Plan. 


(2)  The  initial  valuation  shall. 


Idem 


10 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(a)  comply  with  this  section  and  section  1 1 ; 

(b)  be  delivered  by  the  actuary  to  the  Board  and  to  the 
Minister  and  the  Treasurer,  and  shall  be  filed  with 
the  Pension  Commission  of  Ontario  by  the  Board 
only  after  the  Minister  and  the  Treasurer  have 
advised  the  Board  in  writing  that  thev  agree  that  the 
initial  valuation  delivered  to  them  be  filed:  and 


Liability 
liquidated 


(c)  for  all  purposes  of  the  Plan  determine  the  going 
concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  or  surplus  of 
the  Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990. 

(3)  Any  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  disclosed 
by  the  initial  valuation  shall  be  liquidated  by  a  series  of  special 
payments  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  to  be  made 
over  the  forty  years  commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990. 


Calculation 
of  special 
payments 


(4)  Each  special  payment  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  shall 
be  calculated  as  a  constant  percentage  of  the  projected  future 
earnings  from  employment  used  to  calculate  pension  benefits 
during  the  forty  years  commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990  of  all  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Plan  on  that  date 
and  of  those  who  are  expected  to  join  the  Plan  during  those 
forty  years. 


ofT"cia?'"^       (5)  The  present  value,  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  of 

payments        the  full  scrics  of  Special  payments  shall  equal  the  amount  of 

the  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  to  be  liquidated. 


Schedule  of 
payments 


(6)  The  actuary  shall  prepare  and  submit  with  the  initial 
valuation  a  schedule  showing  the  dollar  amount  of  each  spe- 
cial payment  in  the  first  six  years  of  the  series  and  the  formula 
by  which  the  dollar  amount  of  the  remaining  special  payments 
in  the  series  is  determined. 


Prepayments 
and 

additional 
payments 


(7)  The  Treasurer  may,  at  any  time,  prepay  a  part  or  all  of 
any  outstanding  special  payments  or  may  make  additional 
payments  to  the  Fund  to  be  applied,  with  appropriate  adjust- 
ments for  interest,  as  the  Treasurer  shall  direct  to  reduce  the 
going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  ini- 
tial valuation,  and  every  such  payment  may  be  paid  out  of  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 


Consistent 
assumptions 


(8)  Subject  to  subsection  (4), 

(a)    the    projected   future   earnings   from    employment 
used  to  calculate  pension  benefits  shall  be  deter- 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


11 


mined  using  actuarial  assumptions  consistent  with 
those  made  in  the  initial  valuation; 

(b)  the  present  value  of  the  series  of  special  payments 
shall  be  determined  using  the  interest  rate  used  in 
the  initial  valuation;  and 

(c)  all  other  actuarial  assumptions  made  in  the  determi- 
nation of  the  series  of  special  payments  shall  be,  so 
far  as  possible,  consistent  with  actuarial  assumptions 
made  in  the  initial  valuation. 

11. — (1)  A  going  concern  valuation  of  the  Plan  made  after  Subsequent 
the  initial  valuation  shall  include  the  present  value  of  the  out- 
standing special  payments  calculated  under  section  10  that 
remain  to  be  made  to  liquidate  the  going  concern  unfunded 
actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation,  and  the 
actuary  shall  prepare  and  submit  with  the  valuation  a  schedule 
showing  the  amount,  determined  from  the  formula  mentioned 
in  subsection  10  (6),  of  each  remaining  special  payment  for 
the  next  six  years  or  for  the  period  of  time  for  which  special 
payments  remain  to  be  made,  whichever  is  shorter. 

(2)  Any  actuarial  gain  disclosed  by  a  going  concern  valua-  Application 
tion  made  after  the  initial  valuation  shall  be  applied  in  the  fol-  gain 
lowing  order  and  manner: 

1.  The  amount  of  the  gain  shall  first  be  applied  to 
reduce,  and  to  eliminate  if  possible,  the  payments 
required  to  liquidate  any  unamortized  balance  of  a 
solvency  deficiency  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation 
or  a  subsequent  valuation. 

2.  When  no  solvency  deficiency  remains,  the  amount 
of  the  gain  shall  be  applied  to  reduce,  and  to  elimi- 
nate if  possible,  a  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial 
liability  disclosed  by  a  valuation  after  the  initial 
valuation. 

3.  When  no  other  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial 
liability  remains,  the  amount  of  the  gain  shall  be 
applied  to  reduce,  and  to  eliminate  if  possible,  the 
unliquidated  amount  of  the  going  concern  unfunded 
actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation. 


(3)  In  determining  any  solvency  gain  or  solvency  deficiency  ^^^^^1^^^  ^ 
of  the  Plan,  solvency  assets  shall  include  the  present  value  of  SilTncy^ 
future  special  payments  resulting  from  the  initial  valuation.         asset 


12 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


When  special 

payments 

cease 


(4)  When  the  special  payments  made  as  a  result  of  the  ini- 
tial valuation,  the  prepayments  and  additional  payments  made 
under  subsection  10  (7),  and  the  actuarial  gains  applied  under 
paragraph  3  of  subsection  (2)  have  liquidated  the  going  con- 
cern unfunded  actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valua- 
tion, no  further  special  payments  shall  be  made,  notwithstand- 
ing that  the  period  of  forty  years  used  in  the  initial  valuation 
has  not  then  expired. 


Minister  to 

approve 

valuation 


(5)  No  valuation  of  the  Plan  after  the  initial  valuation  shall 
be  filed  by  the  Board  with  the  Pension  Commission  of 
Ontario  until  the  Minister  has  advised  the  Board  in  writing 
that  he  or  she  agrees  that  the  valuation  be  filed. 


Payment  of 
pensions 
under  other 
Acts 

R.S.O.  1980. 
cc.  419,  490 


12.  Every  allowance,  annuity,  deferred  annuity  or  other 
payment  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  or  a 
predecessor  Act  or  under  the  Superannuation  Adjustment 
Benefits  Act,  including  any  payment  authorized  to  be  made 
from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund,  that,  before  the  1st  day 
of  January,  1990,  a  person  is  receiving,  is  entitled  to  receive, 
or  is  entitled  to  receive  with  the  payment  thereof  deferred 
until  the  year  1990  or  later,  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Fund  in 
accordance  with  the  Act  under  which  entitlement  to  the  pay- 
ment arose. 


Expiry  of  jj,  Qn  the  31st  day  of  December,   1989,   the   term  of 

appomtments  ^ppQJntment  of  any  person  under  the  Public  Service  Superan- 
nuation Act  as  a  member  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Board  expires. 


Continued 
application 


Exception 
for  re- 
employment 


14. — (1)  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as  it  read 
on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  continues  to  apply  to  the 
computation  or  payment  of  every  allowance,  annuity,  defer- 
red annuity  or  payment  to  the  payment  of  which  a  person  has 
become  entitled  under  that  Act  prior  to  that  date,  and  contin- 
ues to  apply  in  respect  of  every  person  who,  within  the  mean- 
ing of  that  Act,  has  ceased  to  be  a  contributor  before  that 
date  and  is  entitled  to  a  deferred  annuity  under  that  Act. 

(2)  A  person  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  who  is  re- 
employed in  the  service  of  the  Crown  or  who  becomes  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Plan,  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  for  a 
prescribed  period  of  time  and  in  prescribed  circumstances, 
terms  or  conditions,  and  who  is  required  by,  or  entitled 
under,  the  Plan  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  in  respect  of  such 
re-employment,  may  participate  in  the  Plan  to  the  extent  pre- 
scribed with  respect  to  the  computation  or  payment  of  a  pen- 
sion or  other  payment  and  subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  in 
the  circumstances. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


13 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations  prescribing  a  period  or  periods  of  time  and  prescribing 
circumstances,  terms  or  conditions  and  the  extent  of  participa- 
tion in  the  Plan  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  (2). 

15.  The  provisions  of  the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Ben-  Rso.  i980, 
efits  Act  relating  to   the   payment   of,   or  contribution   for,  fotppiy^^'^' 
adjustment  benefits  or  any  other  benefit  described  in  that  Act 
in  respect  of  any  allowance,   annuity,   deferred   annuity  or 
other  payment  arising  under  the  Public  Service  Superannua-  Rso.  1980, 
tion  Act  cease  to  apply  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  ^'  ^^'^ 
1990. 

16. — (1)  A  contributor  as  defined  in  the  Public  Service  p^^^- 
Superannuation  Act  who,  ^^  iremen 


marnage 


(a)  is  being  paid  an  allowance  or  annuity  under  that 
Act; 

(b)  has  no  spouse  entitled  to  a  survivor  allowance  under 
section  20  of  that  Act;  and 

(c)  becomes  the  spouse  of  a  person  who  would  not  be 
entitled  on  the  death  of  the  contributor  to  a  survi- 
vor allowance  under  section  20  of  that  Act, 

may  in  writing  direct  the  Board  to  pay  to  the  person,  if  he  or 
she  survives  the  death  of  the  contributor,  a  survivor  allowance 
under  section  20  of  that  Act  for  life  of  50  per  cent,  55  per 
cent,  60  per  cent,  65  per  cent,  70  per  cent  or  75  per  cent  of 
the  allowance  or  annuity  received  by  the  contributor  immedi- 
ately before  his  or  her  death. 


(2)  A  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  must  be  deliv- 
ered to  the  Board, 


Time  limit 


(a)  within  ninety  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  con- 
tributor became  the  spouse  of  the  person  to  whom 
the  survivor  allowance  is  directed  to  be  paid;  or 

(b)  if  immediately  before  the  person  becomes  the 
spouse  of  the  contributor  there  is  a  child  of  the  con- 
tributor who  would  be  entitled  on  the  contributor's 
death  to  receive  an  allowance  under  the  Public 
Service  Superannuation  Act,  within  ninety  days  after 
the  date  the  child  ceases  to  be  entitled  to  receive 
the  allowance; 


(c)    the  30th  day  of  June ,  1 990;  or 


14 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(d)    the  last  day  of  the  sixth  month  following  the  month 
in  which  this  Act  receives  Royal  Assent. 

Exception  (3)  jhc  Board  may  accept  a  direction  delivered  after  the 

time  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  if  the  Board  is  satisfied  that 
the  contributor  is  in  good  health  having  regard  to  his  or  her 
age. 


Actuarial 
reduction  of 
allowance 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


(4)  The  annuity  or  allowance  payable  to  a  contributor  who 
has  given  a  direction  in  accordance  with  this  section  shall  be 
actuarially  reduced  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Board  to 
reflect  the  survivor  allowance  directed  to  be  paid  and,  subject 
to  subsection  (5),  and  to  section  20  of  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act,  the  survivor  allowance  shall  be  paid  in 
the  percentage  specified  in  the  direction  to  the  spouse  if  he  or 
she  survives  the  death  of  the  contributor. 


Prior  interest 
of  child 


(5)  A  survivor  allowance  under  this  section  shall  not  be 
paid  while  there  is  a  child  of  the  deceased  contributor  entitled 
to  receive  an  allowance  as  a  result  of  the  death  of  the  contri- 
butor. 


Refund  when 
no  survivor 
allowance 
payable 


(6)  If  a  contributor  who  is  in  receipt  of  an  allowance  or 
annuity  dies  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen 
years  of  age  or  by  a  spouse  from  whom  the  contributor  is  not 
living  separate  and  apart,  and  if  none  of  them  is  entitled  to  a 
survivor  allowance  under  section  20  of  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act,  this  section  or  that  Act  as  a  result  of  the 
death  of  the  contributor,  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which  twice 
the  total  of  contributions  made  under  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  contributor  and  of  the  interest 
credited  in  that  Fund  to  the  contributor  exceeds  the  total 
payments  made  from  the  Fund  and  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Fund  to  the  contributor  shall  be  paid  from  the 
Fund  to  the  surviving  spouse,  or  if  there  is  no  surviving 
spouse,  to  the  child  or  children,  if  any,  of  the  contributor 
under  eighteen  years  of  age  at  the  contributor's  death. 


Repeals  |7, — (1)  The  following  are  repealed  on  the   1st  day  of 

January,  1990: 

1.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  being 
chapter  419  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  excluding  subsection  20  (7). 


2.      Item   13  of  the  Schedule  to  the  Revised  Statutes 
Amendment  Act,  1981,  being  chapter  66. 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  15 

3.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 

1983,  being  chapter  44. 

4.  Section  3  of  the  Provincial  Judges  and  Masters 
Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1983,  being  chapter 
78. 

5.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 

1984,  being  chapter  22. 

6.  Section  74  of  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986,  being 
chapter  4. 

7.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 
1986,  being  chapter  12. 

8.  Section  60  of  the  Equality  Rights  Statute  Law 
Amendment  Act,  1986,  being  chapter  64. 

(2)  Subsection  20  (7)  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  ^^^"^ 
Act  is  repealed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989.  -^^ 

18.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  31st  day  of  Decem-  Commence- 

— — „  -^  ment 

ber,  1989. 

19.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Public  Service  Pension  short  title 
Act,  1989. 


16  Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  1989 

SCHEDULE  1 

PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  PLAN 

Definitions  1,  In  this  Schedule, 

"actuary"  means  a  Fellow  of  the  Canadian  Institute  of  Actuaries; 

"annual  salary  rate"  means  the  hourly,  weekly  or  other  rate  at  which  a  per- 
son's salary  is  paid  expressed  as  an  annual  salary  according  to  such  con- 
sistently applied  formula  as  the  Board  considers  appropriate  having 
regard  to  the  hours  regularly  worked  by  a  full-time  employee  in  the 
position  occupied  by  the  person  for  whom  the  annual  salary  rate  is 
determined  or  in  a  comparable  position; 

"average  annual  salary"  means  the  average  of  the  member's  annual  salary 
rate  in  each  month  of  the  period  of  sixty  consecutive  months  of  mem- 
bership in  the  Plan  that  produces  the  highest  average,  but  if  the  member 
does  not  have  a  period  of  sixty  consecutive  months  of  membership  in 
the  Plan,  "average  annual  salary"  means  the  average  of  the  member's 
annual  salary  rate  in  each  month  of  the  member's  longest  period  of  con- 
secutive months  of  membership  in  the  Plan; 

"average  year's  maximum  pensionable  earnings",  with  respect  to  any  mem- 
ber, means  the  average  of  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable  Earnings 
R.S.C.  1985,  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  for  the  year  in  which  the  member  ceases 

c.  C-8  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  for  each  of  the  two  preceding  years; 

"Board"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Board  referred  to  in  this  Sched- 
ule; 

1986,  c.  4         "child"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986; 

"continuous",  in  relation  to  employment,  membership  or  service,  means 
without  regard  to  periods  of  temporary  suspension  of  the  employment, 
membership  or  service,  and  without  regard  to  periods  of  lay-off  from 
employment; 

"credit",  when  used  in  reference  to  credit  in  the  Plan,  means  the  total 
period  of  time,  calculated  in  years  of  full-time  employment,  for  which 
contributions  are  made  to  the  Fund  on  behalf  of  the  member  or  for 
which  a  member  is  employed  and  for  which  contributions  to  the  Fund 
have  been  made,  and  where  the  member's  employment  is  less  than  full- 
time  employment,  credit  shall  be  given  on  the  basis  of  the  proportion  of 
full-time  employment  represented  by  the  member's  employment  for 
which  contributions  are  made  to  the  Fund; 

"Crown"  means  the  Crown  in  right  of  Ontario; 

"employer"  means, 

(a)  the  Crown, 

(b)  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization  desig- 
nated by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  an 
employer  for  the  purposes  of  the  Plan, 

(c)  the  Provincial  Auditor,  and 

(d)  the  employer  of  persons  required  by  any  Act  of  the  Legislature 
to  be  members  of  this  Plan  or  the  pension  plan  established  by 
the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  or  a  predecessor  Act;    '*■ 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  17 

"former  member"  means  a  person  who  has  ceased  to  hold  a  position,  office 
or  designation  that  entitles  the  person  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  and 
who, 

(a)  is  entitled,  either  immediately  or  at  a  future  time,  to  payment  of 
a  pension  under  the  Plan,  or 

(b)  is  entitled  to  receive  any  other  payment  under  the  Plan; 
"Fund"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Fund; 

"member"  means  a  person, 

(a)  who  is  required  to  join  the  Plan, 

(b)  who  is  designated  for  the  purpose  of  section  9  of  the  Plan,  or 

(c)  who  is  not  required  to  join  the  Plan,  but  is  entitled  to  join  the 
Plan  and  has  elected  to  do  so, 

but  does  not  include  a  former  member; 

"Minister"  means  the  Chairman  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet; 

"pension"  means  a  pension  benefit  that  is  being  paid  to  a  person  under  the 
Plan; 

"pension  benefit"  means  the  aggregate  monthly,  annual  or  other  periodic 
amounts,  if  any,  to  which  a  member  will  become  entitled  under  the  Plan 
on  or  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  or  to  which  any  other  person  will 
become  entitled  under  the  Plan  upon  the  death  of  a  member  or  former 
member; 

"Plan"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Plan  set  out  in  this  Schedule; 

"salary",  in  relation  to  a  member,  means  the  amount  of  money  payable  to 
a  member  and  computed  by  reference  to  the  hours,  days,  weeks  or 
other  specific  periods  of  time  for  which  the  member  is  employed,  but 
does  not  include  overtime  pay  or  any  payment  to  the  member  in  lieu  of 
a  benefit  provided  by  the  employer  or  any  payment  determined  by  the 
Board  not  to  be  part  of  a  member's  salary; 

"spouse"  means  either  of  a  man  and  woman  who, 

(a)  are  married  to  each  other,  or 

(b)  are  not  married  to  each  other  and  are  living  together  in  a  conju- 
gal relationship, 

(i)  continuously  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  three  years,  or 

(ii)  in  a  relationship  of  some  permanence,  if  they  are  the  natu- 
ral or  adoptive  parents,  as  defined  in  the  Family  Law  Act,    1986,  c.  4 
1986,  of  a  child; 

"Treasurer"  means  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics. 

2. — (1)  The  following  persons  and  classes  of  persons  who  have   not    Plan 
attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  are  members  of  the  Plan:  members 

1.  Persons   who   are   civil   servants   within   the    meaning  of  the    Public    R.S.O.  1980, 
Service  Act.  ^-  '*^° 


18 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


Elective 
membership 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


Idem 


Termination 

of 

membership 

R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 

Persons  not 
entitled  to  be 
members 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 


2.  A  class  of  employees  of  any  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation 
or  organization  that  is  established  under  an  Act  of  the  Legislature  and 
that  is  designated  by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as 
one  whose  employees  in  that  class  are  required  to  be  members  of  the 
Plan.  ^fc- 

3.  Persons  employed  in  the  Office  of  the  Provincial  Auditor. 

4.  Persons  required  by  any  Act  of  the  Legislature  to  be  members  of  this 
Plan  or  the  pension  plan  established  by  the  Public  Service  Superannu- 
ation Act  or  a  predecessor  Act. 

5.  Any  person  employed  in  a  capacity  or  position  that  is  designated  by 
order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  requiring  the 
employee  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 

(2)  Persons  to  whom  subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  and  who  are 
employed, 

(a)  by  the  Crown  under  the  Public  Service  Act; 

(b)  by  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization  desig- 
nated by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  one  whose 
employees  in  a  designated  class  are  members  of  the  Plan;  or 

(c)  by  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization  the  per- 
manent and  full-time  probationary  staff  of  which  are  by  any  Act 
required  to  be  members  of  the  Plan, 

are  entitled  to  be  members  of  the  Plan  upon  filing  with  the  Board  a  written 
election  to  be  a  member,  and  after  fulfilling  any  conditions  specified  in  the 
order  mentioned  in  clause  (b). 

(3)  A  person  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to 
membership  on  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization 
is,  when  the  appointment  so  permits  or  the  position  has  been  designated  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  the  purpose  of  this  subsection,  enti- 
tled to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  upon  filing  with  the  Board  a  written  elec- 
tion to  be  a  member,  and  after  fulfilling  any  conditions  specified  in  the 
appointment  or  designation. 

3.  A  member  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  upon  termination  by 
death  or  otherwise  of  the  employment,  office  or  circumstances  that  required 
or  entitled  him  or  her  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  or  upon  attaining  the 
maximum  age  for  contributors  to  a  pension  fund  or  plan  specified  under  the 
provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  regulations  made  there- 
under for  the  registration  under  that  Act  of  a  pension  fund  or  plan. 

4.  A  person  is  not  entitled  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  if  the  person, 

(a)  is  a  member  of,  or  a  contributor  to,  a  pension  plan  to  which  the 
Crown  contributes  other  than  this  Plan  or  the  Canada  Pension  Plan; 


(b)  has  attained  the  maximum  age  for  contributors  to  a  pension  fund  or 
plan  specified  under  the  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
and  regulations  made  thereunder  for  the  registration  under  that  Act 
of  a  pension  fund  or  plan. 

Contributions  5. — (1)  Subject  to  section  7,  contributions  required  to  be  made  under 

to  and  this  Plan  by  an  employer  or  by  any  member,  including  interest  required  to 
payments 
from  Fund 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


19 


be  paid  to  the  Fund,  shall  be  paid  into  the  Fund,  and  any  payment  required 
by  the  Plan  to  be  made  to  any  person  shall  be  made  out  of  the  Fund,  and 
all  moneys  not  required  to  be  paid  out  shall  be  invested  to  meet  the  obliga- 
tions and  liabilities  of  the  Plan. 

(2)  The  fiscal  year  of  the  Plan  is  the  twelve-month  period  commencing   Fiscal  year 
on  the  1st  day  of  January  in  each  year. 

6.— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  every  member  shall  contribute  to  the  Contributions 
Fund  from  the  salary  paid  to  the  member  for  the  calendar  year,  by  members 

(a)  8  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  that  does  not  exceed  the  Year's 

Basic  Exemption  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  R.S.C.  1985, 

c.  C-8 

(b)  6.2  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  that  exceeds  the  Year's  Basic 
Exemption  and  does  not  exceed  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable 
Earnings  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  and 

(c)  8  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  in  excess  of  the  Year's  Maximum 
Pensionable  Earnings  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan. 

(2)  In  addition  to  the  contribution  required  by  subsection  (1),  every    Additional 
member  employed  in  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  shall  contribute  to   contribution 
the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  2  per  cent  of  the  salary  paid  to  him  or  her  for 

the  calendar  year. 

(3)  The  contributions  to  be  made  by  a  member  to  the  Fund  shall  be  Deduction  of 
deducted  from  the  member's  salary  by  the  person  who  pays  the  member's  contributions 
salary,  and  shall  be  paid  to  the  credit  of  the  Fund  within  fifteen  days  from 

the  date  the  contribution  was  deducted  or  within  such  longer  time  as  the 
Board  authorizes  in  writing. 

(4)  A  member  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Plan  for  the  time  in  respect    Credit  for 
of  which   contributions   to   the   Fund   are    made   by   or  on   behalf  of  the    contributions 
member. 

(5)  A  member  may  cease  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on  or  after  attain-    When  no 
ing  sixty-five  years  of  age.  contribution 

required 

(6)  Interest  calculated  as  determined  by  the  Board  shall  be  credited  to    Interest 
each  member  in  each  year  of  the  Plan  on  the  amount  of  contributions, 
including    interest    previously    credited    to    the    member,    standing    to    the 
member's  credit  in  the  Fund. 


7. — (1)  Unless  otherwise  expressly  stated  in  the  Plan,  for  each  month  Contributions 
the  employer  shall  pay  into  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  by  employer 
contributions  paid  into  the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  members  in  that  month. 

(2)  If  the  salary  of  members  who  are  contributing  to  the  Fund  is  paid    Special  funds 
by  a  board,  commission,  foundation,  agency,  branch  or  division  that  has  a 

special  fund  or  appropriation  designated  or  granted  by  the  Lieutenant  Gov- 
ernor in  Council  or  the  Assembly  for  the  payment  of  the  employer's  contri- 
butions under  the  Plan,  contributions  required  to  be  made  by  the  employer 
shall  be  made  from  that  fund  or  appropriation  in  accordance  with  such  for- 
mula as  may  be  determined  by  the  Minister  for  the  purpose. 

(3)  Any  amount  in  the  Fund  that  is  indicated  by  an  actuarial  valuation    Surplus  may 

for  the  purpose  of  the  Plan  to  be  surplus  to  the  requirements  of  the  Plan    reduce 

while  it  continues  in  existence  may,  at  the  direction  of  the  Minister,  be   empoyer 

1-    J  1  ^    .  ■'  .,      .  ,  ,     ,        ,  ,  contributions 

applied  to  the  payment  of  the  contributions  to  be  made  by  the  employer 

under  subsection  (1)  for  so  long  as  there  is  no  going  concern  unfunded  actu- 


20 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Surplus 
1987,  c.  35 
Deficiency 

Limitation 


Unfunded 
liabilities 


arial  liability  or  solvency  deficiency,  as  defined  in  subsection  8  (1)  of  this 
Act,  in  the  Plan. 

(4)  Any  amount  in  the  Fund  that  is  indicated  by  an  actuarial  valuation 
for  the  purpose  of  the  Plan  to  be  surplus  to  the  requirements  of  the  Plan 
while  it  continues  in  existence  or  upon  its  wind  up  may,  to  the  extent  per- 
mitted by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  be  withdrawn  by  the  employer 
from  the  Fund. 

(5)  If  in  any  year  the  amount  of  cash  and  assets  capable  of  sale  in  the 
Fund  is  insufficient  to  meet  the  payments  out  of  the  Fund  in  the  year  after 
the  sale  of  the  assets  capable  of  sale,  the  Treasurer  shall  pay  from  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  an  amount  sufficient  to  make  up  the 
deficiency. 

(6)  Subsection  (5)  ceases  to  apply  if  an  agreement  mentioned  in  sub- 
section 6  (5)  of  this  Act  is  in  force. 

(7)  Subject  to  this  Act,  the  employer  shall  pay  into  the  Fund  the 
amount  indicated  in  an  actuarial  valuation  to  be  required  to  meet  any 
unfunded  liabilities  of  the  Plan. 


Leave  of 
absence  with 
pay 

Leave  of 
absence 
without  pay 


Continued 
membership 
on  release 
from 
employment 


Contributions 


Long  term 
income 
protection 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


Contribution 
on  behalf  of 
disabled 
member 


Amount 


8. — (1)  If  a  member  has  been  granted  a  leave  of  absence  from  employ- 
ment and  continues  to  receive  a  part  or  all  of  his  or  her  salary  during  the 
leave,  the  member  shall  make  the  contributions  required  by  section  6. 

(2)  If  a  member  is  granted  a  leave  of  absence  from  employment  and 
receives  no  salary  during  the  leave,  no  credit  shall  be  given  to  the  member 
in  the  Plan  for  the  period  of  the  leave  of  absence  unless  the  member  contri- 
butes to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  section  11. 

9. — (1)  A  member  who  is  released  from  employment  and  who  is  desig- 
nated by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  the  purpose  of  this  section 
continues  to  be  entitled  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this 
section  until  the  end  of  the  month  in  which  the  member  becomes  eligible 
for  a  pension  under  section  15,  or  until  the  expiration  of  five  years  from  the 
member's  release  from  employment,  whichever  first  occurs. 

(2)  Contributions  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  mentioned  in  subsection 

(1)  shall  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  member's  annual  salary  rate  immedi- 
ately before  the  member  was  released  from  employment. 

10. — (1)  In  this  section,  "long  term  income  protection  plan"  means  the 
Long  Term  Income  Protection  Plan  from  time  to  time  applicable  to  mem- 
bers who  are  public  servants,  as  defined  in  the  Public  Service  Act,  to  miti- 
gate the  loss  of  income  resulting  from  a  lengthy  disability,  and  includes  any 
plan  that  applies  to  members  who  are  not  public  servants  if  the  Board  con- 
siders the  plan  to  be  substantially  similar  to  the  Long  Term  Income  Protec- 
tion Plan  applicable  to  public  servants. 

(2)  If  a  member  qualifies  for  a  benefit  under  a  long  term  income  pro- 
tection plan  as  a  result  of  a  disability  incurred  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of 
July,  1974,  the  employer  that  employed  the  member  on  the  date  when  the 
member  qualified  for  the  benefit  shall,  subject  to  subsection  (6),  contribute 
to  the  Fund  on  behalf  of  the  member  the  amounts  set  out  in  subsections 
(3),  (4)  and  (5)  while  the  member  continues  to  qualify  for  the  benefit. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  (4),  the  contributions  mentioned  in  subsection 

(2)  shall  be  calculated  in  accordance  with  section  6  and  paid  on  the  annual 
salary  rate  of  the  member  immediately  before  the  disability  was  incurred  in 
resp)ect  of  which  he  or  she  qualifies  for  a  benefit. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


21 


(4)  If  the  member  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  was,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Board,  employed  on  a  part-time  basis  in  the  month  before  the  disabiUty 
was  incurred,  the  contributions  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  shall  be  calcu- 
lated in  accordance  with  section  6  and  paid  only  for  that  part  of  each  month 
in  which  the  member  continues  to  qualify  for  the  benefit  that  is  equal  to  the 
ratio  that,  in  the  twelve  months  ending  on  the  last  day  of  the  month  imme- 
diately preceding  the  month  when  the  disability  was  incurred,  the  member's 
part-time  employment  is  of  full-time  employment  in  the  position  occupied 
by  the  member  or  in  a  comparable  position. 

(5)  The  annual  salary  rate  on  which  contributions  under  this  section  are 
based  shall  be  increased  in  each  year  following  the  year  in  which  the  mem- 
ber first  qualified  for  a  benefit  by  the  same  percentage  as  would  be  applic- 
able if  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  immediately  before  the  cessa- 
tion of  employment  as  a  result  of  disability  were  increased  in  each 
subsequent  year  during  which  the  member  remains  entitled  to  benefits 
under  the  Long  Term  Income  Protection  Plan  in  the  same  manner  as  an 
adjusted  pension  is  increased  in  each  year  by  the  adjustment  for  inflation 
under  section  24. 


Part-time 
employment 


Increased 
contribution 


(6)  Subsections  (2),  (3),  (4)  and  (5)  continue  to  apply  whether  or  not 
the  member  is  in  receipt  of  the  benefit  under  the  Long  Term  Income  Pro- 
tection Plan,  but  those  subsections  cease  to  apply  when  the  member  ceases 
to  be  a  member,  accrues  thirty-five  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  or  attains 
sixty-five  years  of  age,  whichever  first  occurs. 

(7)  A  person  on  whose  behalf  contributions  are  made  under  subsection 
(2)  continues  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  to  accrue  credit  in  the  Plan 
for  the  time  in  respect  of  which  contributions  are  made  on  his  or  her  behalf 
under  this  section. 


When 

contributions 

cease 


Continued 
membership 


(8)  The  annual  salary  rate  on  which  contributions  are  based  under  this    Average 
section  shall  be  included  in  the  computation  of  the  average  annual  salary  of  annual  salary 
a  member  on  whose  behalf  contributions  are  made  under  this  section. 


11. — (1)  On  such  terms  and  conditions  as  are  fixed  by  the  Board,  a    Prior  service 
member  may  purchase  credit  in  the  Plan,  ^'^'^  *^^ 


Crown,  etc. 


(a)  for  a  period  of  active  service  during  World  War  II  or  the  Korean  War 
in  His  or  Her  Majesty's  naval,  army  or  air  forces,  in  the  Canadian  or 
British  merchant  marine,  or  in  any  naval,  army  or  air  force  that  was 
allied  with  His  or  Her  Majesty's  forces  and  that  is  designated  by 
order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council; 

(b)  for  a  period  of  service  with  an  employer  who  contributed  to  the  Fund 
or  a  predecessor  fund  throughout  the  period,  and  for  which  the  mem- 
ber has  no  credit  in  the  Plan  and  no  claim  for  pension  benefits  from 
the  Plan; 

(c)  for  a  period  of  employment  by  a  person  who  did  not  contribute  to 
the  Fund  or  a  predecessor  fund  for  the  period,  if  the  period  is  before 
the  member's  becoming  a  member  and  if, 

(i)  during  that  period  of  service,  the  person  provided  to  employees 
a  pension  plan  that  is  or  was  a  pension  plan  registered  under  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  and 

(ii)  the  period,  if  any,  for  which  credit  in  the  plan  referred  to  in  sub- 
clause (i)  was  given  to  the  member  is  reduced  by  the  period  for 
which  credit  in  the  Plan  is  purchased  so  that  credit  in  the  Plan  is 
not  given  for  any  part  of  the  period  for  which  credit  is  retained 
in  the  plan  referred  to  in  subclause  (i); 


R.S.C. 

c.  148 


1952, 


22 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Payment 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


Limitation 


Instalments 


Matching 
payments 
required 


(d)  for  a  leave  of  absence  without  pay  for  more  than  one  month  for 
special  or  educational  purposes;  or 

(e)  for  a  leave  of  absence  without  pay  for  more  than  one  month  because 
of  illness,  pregnancy  or  adoption  of  a  child. 

(2)  To  purchase  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (c),  a  member  shall  pay 
to  the  Fund  the  amount  determined  by  the  Board  on  the  recommendation 
of  the  actuary  to  be  equal  to  the  actuarial  value  of  the  additional  expected 
benefits  to  which  the  member  will  become  entitled  because  of  obtaining  the 
credit. 

(3)  To  purchase  the  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (b)  or  (e),  a  mem- 
ber shall  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  product  of, 

(a)  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  on  the  date  when  the  member's 
written  application  containing  all  information  required  by  the  Board 
for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  is  received  by  the  Board; 

(b)  the  contribution  rates  determined  under  subsection  6  (1);  and 

(c)  the  length  in  years  of  the  period  of  prior  service  for  which  credit  is 
purchased. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  if  any  payment  has  been  made  from  the 
Fund  or  a  predecessor  fund  in  respect  of  the  service  for  which  credit  is 
being  purchased  under  clause  (1)  (b),  and  if  the  total  amount  paid,  includ- 
ing interest  thereon  at  such  rate  as  the  Board  determines,  exceeds  the 
amount  determined  under  subsection  (3)  for  the  purchase  of  that  credit  in 
the  Plan,  the  member  making  the  purchase  shall  pay  the  higher  amount. 

(5)  To  purchase  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (a)  or  (d),  a  member   ' 
shall  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  product  of, 

(a)  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  on  the  date  when  the  member's 
written  application  containing  all  information  required  by  the  Board 
for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  is  received  by  the  Board; 

(b)  twice  the  contribution  rates  determined  under  subsection  6  (1);  and 

(c)  the  length  in  years  of  the  period  of  prior  service  for  which  credit  is 
purchased. 

(6)  Any  credit  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  may  be  purchased  only  if 
application  therefor  is  made  to  the  Board  in  writing  within  twenty-four 
months  after  the  latest  of, 

(a)  the  day  on  which  the  member  for  whom  credit  is  to  be  purchased 
became  a  member  of  the  Plan; 

(b)  the  last  day  of  the  most  recent  continuous  period  for  which  credit  is 
being  purchased;  or 

(c)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 

(7)  If  the  amount  payable  by  a  member  to  purchase  credit  under  this 
section  exceeds  $500,  the  amount  may  be  paid  in  such  number  of  instal- 
ments of  principal  and  interest  over  a  period  of  not  more  than  ten  years  as 
the  Board  permits  in  accordance  with  terms  and  conditions  established  for 
instalment  payments  and  for  the  completion  of  payment  on  the  death  or 
retirement  from  employment  of  the  member. 

(8)  The  employer  is  not  required  to  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal 
to  a  payment  made  by  any  person  under  subsection  (2),  (5)  or  section  36. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


23 


12.  The  Board  shall  cause  a  record  to  be  kept  of  each  member's  contri-   Contribution, 
butions  to  the  Fund,  of  the  total  period  of  service  for  which  a  member  has   salary  and 
credit  in  the  Plan,  and  of  the  annual  salary  rates  of  each  member  while  a   ^^|7'*!f 
member   and   of  all   other   information    necessary   for   the   administrative, 
actuarial  and  financial  requirements  of  the  Plan. 


record 


13. — (1)  A  member  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  Refunds 

who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  completing  a  continuous  before 

period  of  twenty-four  months  of  membership  and  with  credit  in  the  Plan  of  twenty-four 

less  than  two  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of  membership 
subsections  (12)  and  (13),  as  the  case  requires. 

(2)  A  member  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who    Refund 
ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of   before  ten 
twenty-four  months  of  membership  or  with  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in    y^^^^ 

the  Plan  and  before  completing  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and    '"^'"''^'^^"'P 
with  credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  pro- 
vided by  subsection  (12). 

(3)  A  member  who,  for  reasons  other  than  the  member's  death  or  disa-  Refund 
bility,  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  attaining  forty-five  years  of  before  age 
age  and  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of  ten  or  more  years  of  mem-  fo^y-five 
bership  or  with  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  is  entitled  to  the 

refund  provided  by  subsection  (12)  if  the  member  does  not  elect  a  deferred 
pension  in  respect  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  service  or  membership 
prior  to  the  1st  day  of  January,  1987. 

(4)  A  member  who  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who  ceases  Refund  after 
to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  completing  a  continuous  period  of  age  sixty-five 
twenty-four  months  of  membership  and  with  credit  in  the  Plan  of  less  than 

two  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of  subsections 
(12)  and  (13),  as  the  case  requires,  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  sub- 
section (14). 

(5)  A  member  who  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who  ceases    Idem 
to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of  twenty- 
four  months  of  membership  or  with  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan 

and  before  completing  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and  with  credit 
in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  sub- 
section (12)  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  subsection  (14). 

(6)  When  the  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (1),    Refund  on 
(2),  (4)  or  (5)  occurs  because  of  the  death  of  the  member,  and  the  member   death  where 
is  not  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  or  by  a    "°  survivor 
spouse  from  whom  the  member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart  at  the  mem- 
ber's death,  the  refund  mentioned  in  those  subsections,  but  not  a  payment 
described  in  subsection  (14),  shall  be  paid  to  the  member's  estate. 

(7)  If  a  member  dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  after  completing  Idem 
a  continuous  period  of  ten  or  more  years  of  membership  or  with  ten  or 
more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  and,  if  the  member  is  not  survived  by  a 
child  or  children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  or  by  a  spouse  from  whom  the 
member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart  at  the  member's  death,  the  mem- 
ber's estate  is  entitled  to  be  paid  the  refund  provided  by  subsection  (12). 


(8)  Despite  subsections  (1),  (2),  (4)  and  (5),  if  the  cessation  of  mem- 
bership referred  to  in  those  subsections  occurs  because  of  the  death  of  the 
member,  and  the  member  is  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen 
years  of  age  or  by  a  spouse  from  whom  the  member  is  not  living  separate 
and  apart,  the  spouse,  or  if  there  is  no  such  spouse  surviving,  the  child  or 
children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  is  or  are,  as  the  case  requires,  entitled. 


Refund  on 
death  to 
survivor 


24 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Refund  when 
contributions 
exceed 
pension 


Idem 


Refund  for 

disabled 

member 


Pre-1987 

service 

refund 


Post- 1986 

service 

refund 


Additional 
payment 


(a)  if  the  death  is  a  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (1) 
or  (4),  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of  subsections  (12) 
and  (13)  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  subsection  (14);  or 

(b)  if  the  death  is  a  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (2) 
or  (5),  to  the  refund  provided  by  subsection  (12)  and  to  the  payment 
provided  by  subsection  (14). 

(9)  The  amount,  if  any,  by  which  the  total  of  contributions  made  to 
the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  and  the  interest  credited  to  the 
member  under  subsection  6  (6)  exceeds  the  total  payments  made  from  the 
Fund  to  the  member  as  a  former  member  and  as  a  survivor  pension  to  the 
former  member's  spouse  or  child  or  children  as  a  result  of  the  former  mem- 
ber's death  shall  be  paid  to  the  former  member's  estate. 

(10)  Despite  subsection  (9),  if  a  former  member  who  is  in  receipt  of  a 
pension  dies  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  or 
by  a  spouse  from  whom  the  former  member  is  not  living  separate  and 
apart,  and  if  none  of  them  is  entitled  to  a  survivor  pension  under  the  Plan 
as  a  result  of  the  death  of  the  former  member,  the  amount,  if  any,  by 
which  the  aggregate  of  such  of  the  amounts  mentioned  in  subsections  (12) 
and  (13)  as  are  applicable  and  of  the  additional  amount  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (14)  exceeds  the  total  payments  made  from  the  Fund  to  the  former 
member  shall  be  paid  to  the  surviving  spouse,  or  if  there  is  no  surviving 
spouse,  to  the  child  or  children,  if  any,  of  the  former  member  under  eigh- 
teen years  of  age  at  the  former  member's  death. 

(11)  Despite  subsections  (1),  (2),  (4)  and  (5),  a  member  with  credit  in 
the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  and  with  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous 
membership  in  the  Plan  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  because  of  a  mental  or 
physical  incapacity  that  is  found  by  the  Board  to  have  rendered  the  member 
unable  to  perform  his  or  her  duties  is  entitled  to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  the 
amount,  if  any,  by  which, 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  the  amounts  mentioned  in  subsections  (12) 
and  (13)  as  are  applicable  and  of  the  additional  amount  mentioned  in 
subsection  (14), 

exceeds, 

(b)  the  aggregate  of  the  amount  of  the  commuted  value  of  any  pension 
benefit  for  which  the  member  is  eligible  and  the  amount  of  any 
refund  to  which  the  member  is  entitled  under  subsection  (15). 

(12)  A  person  entitled  to  a  refund  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  total  of  the  contribu- 
tions made  to  the  Fund  or  a  predecessor  fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  mem- 
ber in  respect  of  employment  or  service  for  any  period  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1987,  together  with  the  interest  credited  in  the  Fund  to  the  mem- 
ber. 

(13)  A  person  entitled  to  a  refund  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  total  of  the  contribu- 
tions made  to  the  Fund  or  a  predecessor  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  mem- 
ber in  respect  of  employment  or  service  for  any  period  after  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1986,  together  with  interest  credited  in  the  Fund  to  the  member. 

(14)  A  person  entitled  to  a  payment  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  additional  amount  equal  to, 

(a)  the  amount  of  a  refund  to  which  the  person  is  also  entitled  under 
either  or  both  of  subsections  (12)  and  (13), 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


25 


less, 


(b)  any  portion  of  the  amount  of  the  refund  that  is  attributable  to  a  pay- 
ment made  by  the  person  under  subsection  1 1  (2)  or  (5)  or  section  36 
and  interest  credited  to  the  member  in  respect  thereof. 

(15)  The  amount  by  which  the  total  of  the  contributions,  other  than  50  per  cent 
contributions  made  under  subsection  11  (2)  or  (5)  or  section  36,  made  to  ""ule 
the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  in  respect  of  employment  or  service 
for  any  period  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986  and  the  interest  cred- 
ited to  the  member  in  the  Fund  on  those  contributions  exceeds  one-half  of 
the  commuted  value,  excluding  credit  in  the  Plan  for  contributions  made 
under  subsection  11  (2)  or  (5)  or  section  36  in  respect  of  employment  or 
service  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986,  of  the  pension  or  deferred 
pension  in  respect  of  that  employment  or  service  to  which  the  member  is 
entitled  on  ceasing  to  be  a  member  shall  be  refunded  to  the  former  mem- 
ber. 


Q6)  The  amount  by  which  the  total  of  the  payment  to  the  Fund  made 
under  subsection  11  (2)  or  (5)  or  section  36  and  the  interest  credited  to  the 
member  on  that  payment  in  accordance  with  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987 
exceeds  the  commuted  value  of  the  credit  in  the  Plan  that  was  purchased 
with  that  payment  and  that  is  included  in  a  deferred  pension  that  the  mem- 
ber has  elected  to  transfer  under  subsection  16  (6)  shall  be  refunded  to  the 
former  member.  -*► 


Excess  past 
service 
payments 
refunded 

1987,  c.  35 


(17)  A  payment  or  refund  to  be  made  under  this  section  shall  be  paid 
in  a  lump  sum  payment. 

(J8)  A  refund  made  under  this  section,  other  than  subsection  (15), 
reduces  the  member's  or  former  member's  credit  in  the  Plan  by  the  period 
of  time  in  respect  of  which  the  refund  is  calculated. 


Lump  sum 
payments 

Credit 
reduced 


(19)  For  the  purpose  of  subsections  (6),  (7),  (8)  and  (9),  a  child  shall    Interpretation 
not  be  deemed  to  have  attained  eighteen  years  of  age  if  the  child  would 
not,  for  the  purpose  of  section  23,  be  deemed  to  have  attained  that  age. 


14. — (1)  Every  member  with  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  or  with  ten  or 
more  years  of  continuous  membership  in  the  Plan  who  is  found  by  the 
Board  to  be  unable  to  perform  his  or  her  duties  by  reason  of  mental  or 
physical  incapacity  is  entitled  to  a  disability  pension  under  this  section  upon 
applying  therefor  to  the  Board  and  upon  resigning  from  employment. 

(2)  The  Board  may  at  any  time  review  the  case  of  any  former  member 
to  whom  a  pension  under  subsection  (1)  is  paid  and,  if,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Board,  the  former  member  has  recovered  sufficiently  to  perform  his  or 
her  former  duties,  or  to  perform  other  duties  in  the  public  service,  the 
Board  shall  report  the  case  to  the  Human  Resources  Secretariat  and  to  the 
ministry,  agency  or  other  organizational  unit  where  the  former  member  was 
employed  immediately  before  his  or  her  disability,  and  the  former  member 
shall  be  considered  for  re-employment. 

(3)  If  a  former  member  to  whom  a  pension  under  this  section  is  paid  is 
offered  re-employment  after  the  review  referred  to  in  subsection  (2),  the 
former  member  ceases  to  be  entitled  to  receive  payment  of  any  further  pen- 
sion under  this  section  whether  or  not  the  offer  of  re-employment  is 
accepted. 

(4)  The  termination  of  the  payment  of  a  pension  under  this  section  in 
accordance  with  subsection  (3)  does  not  affect  a  former  member's  right  to 
apply  for  a  pension  for  which  he  or  she  is  eligible  under  any  other  provision 
of  the  Plan. 


Disability 
pension 


Review  by 
Board 


Re- 
employment 


Other 
pension 
entitlement 
not  affected 


26 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Pension  at 
age  sixty-five 


Pension  at 
age  sixty 


Ninety-year 
rule 


Retirement 
from  O.P.P. 


Payment 


15. — (1)  Every  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  contin- 
uous membership  in  the  Plan  or  who  has  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the 
Plan  and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  on  or  after  attaining 
sixty-five  years  of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with 
the  Plan,  except  that,  if  the  member  has  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous 
membership  and  has  credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years,  the  pension 
shall  be  computed  only  on  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or 
service  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986. 

(2)  Every  member  who  has  at  least  twenty  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan 
and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  on  or  after  attaining  sixty  years 
of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(3)  Every  member  who  has  credit  in  the  Plan  for  a  period  of  time  that, 
when  added  to  the  member's  age  on  the  date  the  member  ceases  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan,  totals  at  least  ninety  years  is  entitled  to  a  pension 
computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(4)  Every  member  who  has  at  least  thirty  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan, 
who  is  a  member  of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  when  he  or  she 
ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the 
Plan  on  or  after  attaining  fifty  years  of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  com- 
puted in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(5)  Payment  of  a  pension  to  which  a  member  is  entitled  under  this  sec- 
tion shall  commence  in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member 
ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 


Deferred 
pension 


Payment  of 
pension 
under 
subs.  (1) 


Pre- 1966 
credit 


Payment  of 
pension 
under 
subs.  (3) 


16. — (1)  Every  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  contin- 
uous membership  in  the  Plan  or  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan,  ■ 
who  ceases  to  be  a  member,  and  who  is  neither  in  receipt  of  a  pension  pro- 
vided for  in  section  14  nor  entitled  to  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  15 
is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan,  except  that, 
if  the  member  has  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and  has 
credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years,  the  pension  shall  be  computed 
only  on  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or  service  after  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1986. 

(2)  Payment  of  the  pension  provided  for  in  subsection  (1)  shall  com- 
mence in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  former  member  will 
attain  sixty-five  years  of  age  or,  if  the  former  member  so  elects  in  writing  to 
the  Board,  payment  of  the  pension  shall,  subject  to  the  reductions  men- 
tioned in  section  17,  commence  in  the  month  following  any  month  that  is 
not  earlier  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  fifty-five 
years  of  age  or  later  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain 
sixty-five  years  of  age. 

(3)  Every  member  who,  on  ceasing  to  be  a  member,  has  credit  in  the 
Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period  of  time  commencing  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1966  and  ending  with  the  day  the  member  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
and  who  is  neither  in  receipt  of  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  14  nor 
entitled  to  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  15,  is  entitled  to  a  pension 
computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(4)  Payment  of  the  pension  provided  for  in  subsection  (3)  shall  com- 
mence in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  former  member  will 
attain  sixty  years  of  age  or,  if  the  former  member  so  elects  in  writing  to  the 
Board,  payment  of  the  pension  shall,  subject  to  the  reductions  mentioned  in 
section  17,  commence  in  the  month  following  any  month  that  is  not  earlier 
than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  fifty  years  of  age  or 
later  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  sixty  years  of  age. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


27 


(5)  An  election  made  under  subsection  (2)  or  (4)  may,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Board,  be  revoked  by  the  member  or  former  member  and  a 
fresh  election  in  writing  to  the  Board  may  be  made  if  the  commencement  of 
payment  therein  provided  for  is  neither  earlier  than  the  month  following  the 
month  when  the  fresh  election  is  delivered  to  the  Board  nor  earlier  than  is 
permitted  by  subsection  (2)  or  (4),  whichever  is  applicable,  and  is  not  later 
than  the  latest  month  permitted  by  subsection  (2)  or  (4),  whichever  is 
applicable,  but  no  election  may  be  revoked  after  payment  of  the  pension  is 
due  to  commence. 


Revocation 
of  election 


(6)  A  former  member  who  is  entitled  to  a  pension  under  subsection  (1)  Transfer  of 

or  (3)  and  who  has  not  attained  fifty-five  years  of  age  in  the  case  of  a  pen-  commuted 

sion  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  or  has  not  attained  fifty  years  of  age  in  the  ^^'"^  °*^ 

case  of  a  pension  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  may  require  the  commuted  P^"^'°" 

value  of  the   pension   to   be   paid,   subject   to   section  43   of  the   Pension  1987,  c.  35 
Benefits  Act,  1987  and  to  the  regulations  made  under  that  Act, 

(a)  to  the  pension  fund  of  another  pension  plan  that  agrees  to  accept  the 
payment; 

(b)  into  a  retirement  savings  arrangement  prescribed  under  the  Pension 
Benefits  Act,  1987;  or 

(c)  for  the  purchase  for  the  former  member  of  a  deferred  life  annuity 
under  which  payments  will  not  commence  before  the  former  member 
attains  fifty-five  years  of  age,  if  the  pension  the  commuted  value  of 
which  is  paid  is  mentioned  in  subsection  (1),  or  fifty  years  of  age,  if 
the  pension  the  commuted  value  of  which  is  paid  is  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (3),  and  if  the  contract  to  purchase  the  annuity  meets  the 
requirements  prescribed  under  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987. 


17. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  15  (1)  and  16  (1)  and  to  the  other  sub- 
sections of  this  section,  the  annual  amount  of  every  pension  payable  to  a 
former  member  is  2  per  cent  of  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary 
multiplied  by  the  former  member's  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan,  including  any 
fraction  of  a  year,  to  a  maximum  of  thirty-five  years. 

(2)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  former  member  who, 
on  ceasing  to  be  a  member,  has  credit  in  the  Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period 
of  time  commencing  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1966  and  ending  with 
the  day  the  member  ceases  to  be  a  member,  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five 
years  of  age,  and  while  the  former  member  is  not  in  receipt  of  a  disability 
pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  shall  be  computed  in  accordance 
with  subsection  (1)  as  though  the  reference  to  sixty  consecutive  months  in 
determining  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary  were  a  reference  to 
thirty-six  consecutive  months  and  shall  be  paid,  subject  to  the  reduction 
required  by  subsection  (5),  until  the  former  member  attains  sixty-five  years 
of  age  or  receives  a  disability  pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan,  and 
upon  the  occurrence  of  either  of  those  events,  the  former  member's  pension 
shall  be  recomputed  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  without  reference  to 
this  subsection. 

(3)  When  a  former  member, 

(a)  who   is   in    receipt   of  a   pension   attains   sixty-five   years   of  age   or 
receives  a  disability  pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  or 

(b)  who  is  not  in  receipt  of  a  pension  commences  to  receive  a  pension  on 
or  after  attaining  sixty-five  years  of  age, 

the  annual  amount  of  the  pension  computed  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be 
reduced  by  the  product  of. 


Computation 
of  pension 


Pension  for 

pre-1966 

credit 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 


CPP 

reduction 


28 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Early 

retirement 

reduction 


(c)  0.7  per  cent  of  the  lesser  of, 

(i)  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary,  and 

(ii)  the  former  member's  average  year's  maximum  pensionable  earn- 
ings; and 

(d)  the  number  of  years,  including  any  fraction  of  a  year,  of  the  former 
member's  credit  in  the  Plan  for  service  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1966  to  a  maximum  of  thirty-five  years. 

(4)  The  annual  amount  of  every  pension  provided  for  in  subsection 
16  (1)  shall,  after  computation  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1),  be 
reduced  by  five-twelfths  of  1  per  cent  thereof  for  each  month  in  the  period 
commencing  with  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  payment  of  the  pen- 
sion is  to  commence  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  the  month  when  the 
former  member  will  attain  sixty-five  years  of  age,  and  when  the  reduction 
required  by  subsection  (3)  is  calculated,  the  reduction  required  by  this  sub- 
section applies  only  to  the  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  after  giving 
effect  to  the  reduction  required  by  subsection  (3)  and  shall,  if  applicable,  be 
recalculated  on  that  basis. 


Idem,  pre-  (5)  The  annual  amount  of  every  pension  provided  for  in  subsection 

1966  credit  \(f  (3)  shall,  after  computation  in  accordance  with  subsection  (2),  be 
R.S.O.  1980,  reduced  as  required  by  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as  it  read  on 
c.  419  the  31st  day  of  December,  1965,  and  the  reduction  shall  continue  until  the 

former  member  attains  sixty-five  years  of  age  or  receives  a  disability  pen- 
R.S.C.  1985,  sion  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  and,  upon  the  occurrence  of  either  of 
c.  C-8  those  events,  the  former  member's  pension  shall  be  recomputed  in  accord- 

ance with  subsection  (1)  and  reduced  as  required  by  subsection  (3),  and  the 
annual  amount  of  pension  payable  after  that  reduction  shall  be  further 
reduced  by  five-twelfths  of  1  per  cent  thereof  for  each  month  in  the  period 
commencing  with  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  payment  of  the  pen- 
sion commenced  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  the  month  when  the  for- 
mer member  attained  sixty  years  of  age. 

Guarantee  (6)  If  the  annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  sub- 

for  pre- 1966      section  (1), 

credit 

(a)  less  the  reduction  required  by  subsection  (3)  and,  if  applicable,  sub- 
section (5);  and 


(b)  plus. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


(i)  the  annual  amount  of  any  disability  pension  to  the  former  mem- 
ber from  the  Canada  Pension  Plan,  or 

(ii)  the  annual  amount  of  pension  that  the  former  member  would 
have  received  from  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  if  that  pension 
commenced  only  on  the  former  member's  attaining  sixty-five 
years  of  age, 

other  than  the  part  of  that  pension  derived  from  contributions  made 
to  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  after  the  former  member  ceased  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan, 


that  is  payable  to  a  former  member  who, 

(c)  has  credit  in  the  Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period  of  time  commencing 
before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1966  and  ending  with  the  day  the  for- 
mer member  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan;  and 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


29 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


Exception  to 
guarantee 


Reduction 
for  survivor 
pension 


(d)  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  or  is  receiving  a  disability  pension 
under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan, 

is  less  than  the  annuity  or  annual  amount  of  allowance  that  would  be  pay- 
able to  the  former  member  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as 
it  read  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1965,  in  respect  of  the  former  mem- 
ber's credit  in  the  Plan,  the  amount  of  the  difference  shall  be  added  to  the 
annual  amount  of  the  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1) 
that  is  payable  after  making  the  reductions  required  by  subsection  (3)  and, 
if  applicable,  subsection  (5). 

(7)  There  shall  be  excluded  from  the  period  of  time  mentioned  in  sub- 
section 16  (3)  and  subsections  (2)  and  (6)  any  period  of  time  for  which  a 
former  member  has  credit  in  the  Plan  and  for  which  the  former  member 
was  employed  by  a  person  who  did  not,  during  or  after  that  period  of  time, 
contribute  to  the  Fund  or  a  predecessor  fund  under  the  Plan  or  the  Public 
Service  Superannuation  Act.  -4^ 

(8)  If,  on  the  first  day  of  the  month  when  payment  of  the  pension  to  a 
former  member  is  to  commence,  the  former  member  has  a  spouse  from 
whom  the  former  member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart,  the  annual 
amount  of  the  former  member's  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  this 
section,  other  than  this  subsection,  shall  be  reduced  in  such  manner  as  the 
Board  approves  to  reflect  the  following  rules: 

1.  Determine  the  present  value  of  the  pension  payable  to  the  former 
member  and  the  spouse  on  the  assumption  that  a  survivor  pension  is 
payable  to  the  spouse  equal  to  one-half  of  the  former  member's  pen- 
sion computed  in  accordance  with  this  section,  other  than  this  subsec- 
tion, that  the  survivor  pension  is  payable  for  the  lifetime  of  the  sur- 
viving spouse,  and  that,  if  the  sfxjuse  was  not  the  spouse  of  the 
former  member  when  the  former  member  ceased  to  be  a  member  of 
the  Plan,  no  survivor  pension  is  payable  to  the  spouse. 

2.  Determine  the  reduction  in  the  amount  of  the  former  member's 
annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  this  section, 
other  than  this  subsection,  that  is  required  in  order  to  provide  to  the 
spouse  of  the  former  member,  at  the  present  value  determined  under 
paragraph  1,  the  survivor  pension  provided  by  subsection  19  (1). 

3.  Reduce  the  annual  amount  of  the  former  member's  pension  computed 
in  accordance  with  this  section,  other  than  this  subsection,  by  the 
amount  of  the  reduction  determined  under  paragraph  2. 

(9)  If  a  computation  under  this  section  involves  a  part  of  a  year,  the 
part  shall  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  full  months,  and, 

(a)  any  part  of  a  month  that  is  less  than  fifteen  days  shall  be  disregarded; 
and 

(b)  any  part  of  a  month  that  is  fifteen  days  or  more  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  a  month. 

18. — (1)  The  Board  is  not  required  to  commence  payment  of  a  pension    Application 
to  which  a  person  is  entitled  under  the  Plan  until  a  written  application  is    for  pension 
delivered  to  the  Board  setting  out  such  information  as  is  prescribed  and 
such  information  as  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  necessary  to  establish 
the  person's  entitlement  to  the  pension  and  the  amount  thereof. 


Computation 
of  partial 
year 


(2)  Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided  in  this  Plan,  a  pension, 
(a)  is  payable  in  monthly  instalments  for  life;  and 


Payment 


30 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(b)  ceases  to  be  payable  after  the  month  when  the  person  in  receipt  of 
the  pension  dies  or  entitlement  to  payment  of  the  pension  ceases. 

Commutation  (3)  If  a  person  is  entitled  to  be  paid  a  pension  the  annual  amount  of 

of  pension        which,  before  the  reductions  mentioned  in  subsections  17  (4)  and  (5),  is  not 
more  than. 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 

1987,  c.  35 


(a)  2  per  cent  of  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable  Earnings  as  prescribed 
by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  or 

(b)  such  greater  amount  as  is  permitted  by  the   Pension  Benefits  Act, 
1987, 


Pension  to 

surviving 

spouse 


in  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is 
payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  the  Board  may  pay  the  com- 
muted value  of  the  pension  to  the  person. 

19.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  if,  on  the  first  day  of  the 
month  in  which  payment  of  a  pension  to  a  former  member  is  to  commence, 
the  former  member  has  a  spouse  from  whom  the  former  member  is  not  liv- 
ing separate  and  apart,  the  sjX)use  is,  if  he  or  she  survives  the  death  of  the 
former  member,  entitled  to  be  paid  for  his  or  her  lifetime  an  annual 
amount  of  pension  equal  to  60  per  cent  of  the  annual  amount  of  pension 
that  the  former  member  is  entitled  to  receive  in  the  month  when  the  former 
member  dies,  and  payment  thereof  shall  commence  in  the  month  following 
the  month  when  the  former  member  dies. 


Death  before 
age  sixty-five 


Waiver  of 

survivor 

pension 


(2)  If  a  survivor  pension  under  subsection  (t)  or  subsection  21  (1)  is 
payable  as  the  result  of  the  death  of  a  former  member  before  attaining 
sixty-five  years  of  age  and  before  the  reduction  of  his  or  her  pension  in 
accordance  with  subsection  17  (3),  the  annual  amount  of  pension  on  which 
the  survivor  pension  is  based  shall  be  reduced  in  accordance  with  that  sub- 
section as  though  the  former  member  had  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age 
immediately  before  his  or  her  death. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  member  or  former  member  and  the 
spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the  member  or  for- 
mer member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart, 

(a)  may  elect  that  the  spouse  receive  a  survivor  pension  under  subsection 
(1)  of  50  per  cent  rather  than  60  per  cent  if  the  member  or  former 
member  and  the  spouse  are  not  or  were  not  living  separate  and  apart 
when  the  member  or  former  member  ceases  or  ceased  to  be  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Plan;  or 

(b)  may  waive  the  spouse's  entitlement  to  a  survivor  pension  under  sub- 
section (1)  if  the  member  or  former  member  and  the  sf)ouse  are  or 
were  living  separate  and  apart  when  the  member  or  former  member 
ceases  or  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan, 


1986,  c.  4 

Revocation 
of  waiver  or 
election 


by  delivering  to  the  Board  within  twelve  months  prior  to  the  month  when 
payment  of  the  pension  to  the  member  or  former  member  is  to  commence  a 
written  direction  in  the  form  approved  by  the  Board  and  signed  by  both  of 
them  or  a  certified  copy  of  a  domestic  contract,  within  the  meaning  of  Part 
IV  of  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986,  containing  the  election  or  waiver. 

(4)  Persons  who  have  delivered  a  waiver  or  election  under  subsection 
(3)  may  jointly  cancel  the  waiver  or  election  by  written  notice  of  cancella- 
tion signed  by  them  and  delivered  to  the  Board  before  the  month  when  the 
pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  member  or  former  member. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


31 


(5)  The  reduction  required  by  subsection  17  (8)  shall  not  be  made  if  an  Reduction 

election  or  waiver  made  as  permitted  by  subsection  (3)  is  in  force  in  the  "o*  ^°  ^^ 

month  when  the  pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  member  or  ^^'^^ 
former  member. 


(6)  On  the  death  of  a  spouse  to  whom  a  survivor  pension  is  paid  under 
this  section,  section  20  or  23,  an  annual  amount  of  pension  equal  to  that 
survivor  pension  is  payable  to  or  among  such  of  the  child  or  children  of  the 
former  member  on  whose  death  the  survivor  pension  became  payable  to  the 
spouse  as  are,  at  the  death  of  the  spouse,  under  eighteen  years  of  age  until 
each  child  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age,  and  the  share  of  the 
children  who  attain  that  age  or  die  under  that  age  accrues  to  the  child  or 
children,  if  any,  remaining  under  that  age. 

20. — (1)  The  amount  of  the  survivor  pension  payable  under  section  19 
may  be  increased  to  65  per  cent,  70  per  cent  or  75  per  cent  of  the  pension 
of  the  former  member,  after  taking  into  account  the  reduction  required  by 
subsection  (4),  by  a  written  direction  signed  by  the  member  or  former 
member  on  whose  pension  the  survivor  pension  is  based  specifying  the  per- 
centage to  which  the  survivor  pension  is  to  be  increased,  and  the  direction 
shall  be  delivered  to  the  Board  at  least  two  years  prior  to  the  month  when 
payment  of  the  pension  to  the  member  or  former  member  is  to  commence. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  accept  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  that 
is  delivered  to  the  Board  after  the  time  mentioned  in  that  subsection  and 
before  the  month  when  the  pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  mem- 
ber or  former  member  if  the  Board  is  satisfied  that  the  member  or  former 
member  is  in  good  health  having  regard  to  his  or  her  age. 

(3)  A  direction  delivered  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  or  accepted 
in  accordance  with  subsection  (2)  is  of  no  effect  if  the  member  who  gives  it 
dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan. 


Survivor 
pension  to 
child  on 
death  of 
spouse 


Increased 

survivor 

pension 


Idem 


When 

direction  not 
valid 


(4)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  section    Actuarial 
17  payable  to  a  former  member  who  has  given  a  valid  direction  delivered  in    reduction  of 
accordance  with  subsection  (1)  or  accepted  in  accordance  with  subsection    P^"^"'" 

(2)  shall  be  actuarially  reduced  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Board  to 
reflect  the  increased  survivor  pension  specified  in  the  direction  and  the 
increased  survivor  pension  shall  be  paid  in  lieu  of  that  provided  for  in 
section  19. 

(5)  A  person  who  gives  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  Revocation 
may  revoke  the  direction  by  a  written  revocation  delivered  to  the  Board  °^  direction 
before  the  month  when  payment  of  the  person's  pension  is  to  commence. 


Post- 
retirement 
marriage 


21. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  19  (2),  a  former  member  who,  after 
commencing  to  receive  a  pension  and  when  the  former  member  has  no 
spouse  entitled  to  a  survivor  pension  under  section  19,  becomes  the  spouse 
of  a  person  who  would  not  be  entitled  on  the  death  of  the  former  member 
to  a  survivor  pension  under  section  19  may  in  writing  direct  the  Board  to 
pay  to  the  person,  if  he  or  she  survives  the  death  of  the  former  member,  a 
survivor  pension  for  life  of  50  per  cent,  55  per  cent,  60  per  cent,  65  per 
cent,  70  per  cent  or  75  per  cent  of  the  pension  received  by  the  former 
member  immediately  before  his  or  her  death. 

(2)  A  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  must  be  delivered  to  the   Time  limit 
Board, 

(a)  within  ninety  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  former  member 
became  the  spouse  of  the  person  to  whom  the  survivor  pension  is 
directed  to  be  paid;  or 


32 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Exception 


Actuarial 
reduction  of 
pension 


(b)  if  immediately  before  the  person  becomes  the  spouse  of  the  former 
member  there  is  a  child  of  the  former  member  who  would  be  entitled 
on  the  former  member's  death  to  receive  a  pension,  within  ninety 
days  after  the  date  the  child  ceases  to  be  entitled  to  receive  the 
pension. 

(3)  The  Board  may  accept  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  and 
delivered  after  the  time  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  if  the  Board  is  satisfied 
that  the  former  member  giving  the  direction  is  in  good  health  having  regard 
to  his  or  her  age. 

(4)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  former  member  who 
has  given  a  valid  direction  in  accordance  with  this  section  shall  be  actuari- 
ally reduced  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Board  to  reflect  the  survivor  pen- 
sion directed  to  be  paid  and,  subject  to  subsection  (5),  the  survivor  pension 
shall  be  paid  in  the  percentage  specified  in  the  direction  to  the  spouse  if  he 
or  she  survives  the  death  of  the  former  member. 


Prior  interest  (5)  A  survivor  pension  under  this  section  shall  not  be  paid  while  there 

of  child  is  a  child  of  the  deceased  former  member  entitled  to  receive  a  pension  as  a 

result  of  the  death  of  the  former  member. 


Survivor 
pension  on 
death  before 
payment  of 
pension 


22. — (1)  If  a  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  continu- 
ous membership  or  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan, 

(a)  dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan;  or 

(b)  dies  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  before  the  begin- 
ning of  the  month  when  payment  of  his  or  her  pension  is  to  com- 
mence, 

the  commuted  value,  as  determined  by  the  Board,  of  the  member's  or  for- 
mer member's  pension  benefit  determined  immediately  prior  to  his  or  her 
death  and  on  the  basis  only  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment 
or  service  after  1986  is  payable, 

(c)  to  the  spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the 
member  or  former  member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart; 

(d)  if  no  payment  under  clause  (c)  can  be  made,  or  if  the  member  or  for- 
mer member  has  no  spouse  who  survives  the  date  of  death  of  the 
member  or  former  member,  to  the  beneficiary  designated  in  accord- 
ance with  this  section  by  the  member  or  former  member;  or 

(e)  if  no  payment  can  be  made  under  clause  (c)  or  (d),  to  the  estate  of 
the  member  or  former  member. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  (3),  the  commuted  value  payable  under  sub- 
section (1)  to  the  spouse  of  a  member  or  former  member  shall  be  paid  in 
the  form  of  an  immediate  pension  for  the  lifetime  of  the  spouse,  and  the 
commuted  value  of  the  pension  so  payable  shall  be  equal  to  the  commuted 
value  payable  under  subsection  (1),  and  payment  thereof  shall  commence  in 
the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member  or  former  member  dies. 

Election  by  (3)  The  spouse  to  whom  an  immediate  pension  is  payable  under  sub- 

spouse  section  (2)  may,  in  writing  in  the  approved  form  delivered  to  the  Board  in 

the  time  fixed  by  the  Board,  elect  to  receive  the  commuted  value  payable 

under  subsection  (1)  in  the  form  of, 

(a)  a  single  lump  sum  payment  equal  to  the  commuted  value  payable 
under  subsection  (1);  or 


Payment  to 
spouse 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


33 


(b)  a  deferred  pension  the  commuted  value  of  which  is  equal  to  the  com- 
muted value  payable  under  subsection  (1). 

(4)  A  member  or  former  member  and  his  or  her  spouse  may,  by  writ-   Waiver  of 
ten  waiver  in  the  approved  form  delivered  to  the  Board  in  the  time  fixed  by   spouse's 
the  Board,  waive  the  spouse's  entitlement  under  subsection  (1)  and,  while   ^nt't'^nient 
the  waiver  is  in  effect,  that  subsection  shall  be  applied  as  if  the  member  or 
former  member  does  not  have  a  spouse  on  the  date  of  the  death  of  the 
member  or  former  member. 


Designation 
of  beneficiary 


Survivor 
pension  for 
pre-1987 
credit 


(5)  The  designation  of  a  beneficiary  for  the  purpose  of  this  section  shall 
be  made  and  delivered  to  the  Board  in  such  form  and  manner  as  the  Board 
requires. 

23. — (1)  If  a  member  who  has  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan 
or  has  ten  or  more  years  of  continuous  membership  in  the  Plan  dies  while  a 
member  of  the  Plan,  or  dies  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and 
before  the  beginning  of  the  month  when  payment  of  his  or  her  pension  is  to 
commence,  an  annual  amount  of  pension  equal  to  one-half  of  the  member's 
or  former  member's  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  section  17  as 
though  the  member  or  former  member  had  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age 
and  on  the  basis  only  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or 
service  before  1987  is  payable, 

(a)  to  the  spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the 
member  or  former  member,  at  his  or  her  death  and  at  the  cessation 
of  his  or  her  membership  in  the  Plan,  was  not  living  separate  and 
apart;  or 

(b)  if  no  payment  under  clause  (a)  can  be  made,  to  or  among  such  of  the 
child  or  children  of  the  member  or  former  member  as  are,  at  the 
death  of  the  member  or  former  member,  under  eighteen  years  of  age 
until  each  child  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age,  and  the  share 
of  each  of  the  children  who  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age 
accrues  to  the  child  or  children,  if  any,  remaining  under  that  age. 

(2)  Payment  of  a  survivor  pension  under  this  section  shall  commence  in    Payment 
the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member  or  former  member  dies, 
and  the  survivor  pension  payable  to  a  spouse  under  this  section  is  payable 
for  the  life  of  the  spouse. 


(3)  For  the  purpose  of  this  section  and  subsection  19  (6),  a  child  who 
has  attained  eighteen  years  of  age  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  attained  that 
age  if,  since  attaining  that  age,  the  child  has  been,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Board,  continuously  in  full-time  attendance  at  either  or  both  of, 

(a)  a  secondary  school;  or 

(b)  for  five  years  following  secondary  school,  a  post-secondary  educa- 
tional institution  that  is  recognized  as  such  by  the  Board. 

24. — (1)  In  the  formulas  in  this  section, 

"A"  is  the  carry  forward  determined  for  the  immediately  preceding 
year, 

"B"  is  the  basic  ratio  for  the  year, 
"C"  is  the  adjustment  ratio  for  the  year, 

"D"  is  the  basic  ratio  for  the  year  next  following  the  year  when  the 
member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  in  respect  of  which 


Exception  for 

higher 

education 


Inflation 
adjustment 


34  Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  1989 

the  formula  is  applied  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan, 
and  shall  be  calculated  to  a  maximum  of  1.080  or  to  a  minimum  of 
1.000,  and 

"E"  is  the  number  of  full  months  in  the  year  that  are  after  the  month 
in  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pen- 
sion in  respect  of  which  the  formula  is  applied  is  payable  ceased  to  be 
a  member  of  the  Plan. 

Definitions  (2)  In  this  section, 

"accumulated  adjustment  ratio",  for  the  pension  of  a  person,  means  the 
product  of  the  multiplication  of  all  adjustment  ratios  for  the  years  in  the 
period  commencing  with  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in 
the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and 
ending  with  the  year  for  which  the  accumulated  adjustment  ratio  is  being 
determined; 

"adjustment  ratio",  for  the  pension  of  a  person,  means, 

(a)  for  any  year  before  the  year  1976  and  for  the  year  when  the  member 
for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan,  1.000, 

(b)  if  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  in  or  after  the  year  1975,  for  thci 
year  next  following  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  * 
Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  the 
ratio  determined  by  the  formula 

"[(D  —  1.000)  X  E  /  12]  +  1.000",  and 

(c)  for  the  later  of  the  year  1976  and  the  second  year  after  the  year  when 
the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  for  any  subsequent  year,  the 
ratio  determined  by  the  formula  "A  +  B"  calculated  to  a  maximum 
of  1.080  or  to  a  minimum  of  1.000; 

"basic  ratio",  for  a  year,  means  the  ratio  expressed  to  three  decimal  places 
that  the  average  for  the  Consumer  Price  Index  over  the  last  twelve 
months  of  the  twenty-four-month  period  ending  with  the  30th  day  of 
September  in  the  immediately  preceding  year  bears  to  the  average  for 
the  Consumer  Price  Index  over  the  first  twelve  months  of  that  period; 

"carry  forward",  with  respect  to  the  pension  of  a  person,  means, 

(a)  for  any  year  before  the  year  1976,  for  the  year  when  the  member  for 
whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Plan  and  for  the  year  next  following  that  year,  nil,  and 

(b)  for  the  later  of  the  year  1976  and  the  second  year  following  the  year 
when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  for  any  subsequent  year,  the 
positive  or  negative  number  determined  by  the  formula  "A  -I-  B  — 

C"; 

"Consumer  Price  Index"  means  the  Consumer  Price  Index  for  Canada  as 
R.S.C.  1985,  published  by  Statistics  Canada  under  the  authority  of  the  Statistics  Act 

c.  S-19  (Canada); 

R.S.O.  1980,    "member"  includes  a  contributor  within  the  meaning  of  the  Public  Service 
c.  419  Superannuation  Act  or  a  predecessor  Act; 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


35 


"pension"  means  a  pension  to  which  a  person  is  entitled  from  the  Plan 
other  than  the  adjustment  for  inflation  provided  by  this  section,  and  an 
allowance,  annuity,  deferred  annuity  or  other  periodic  payments  to 
which  a  person  has  become  entitled  under  the  Public  Service  Superannu- 
ation Act  or  a  predecessor  Act; 

"Plan"  includes  the  pension  plan  established  under  the  Public  Service  Super- 
annuation Act  and  any  predecessor  Act. 

(3)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  person  from  the  Fund 
shall,  commencing  with  the  year  when  payment  of  the  pension  is  to  com- 
mence and  in  each  subsequent  year  that  the  pension  continues  to  be  pay- 
able, be  adjusted  for  inflation  by  multiplying  the  annual  amount  of  the  pen- 
sion by  the  accumulated  adjustment  ratio  for  the  pension  of  the  person  for 
that  year,  and  the  amount  by  which  the  pension  thus  adjusted  exceeds  the 
annual  amount  of  jjension  before  the  adjustment  in  each  year  shall  be  paid 
to  the  person  entitled  to  receive  the  pension  for  which  it  is  calculated  at  the 
same  times,  in  the  same  manner  and  subject  to  the  same  terms  and  condi- 
tions as  apply  to  the  pension  in  respect  of  which  it  is  paid. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


Payment  of 

inflation 

adjustment 


(4)  The  ratio  determined  for  the  year  1990  under  the  Superannuation 
Adjustment  Benefits  Act  does  not  apply  to  a  pension  to  which  this  section 
applies. 

25. — (1)  A  full-time  employee  who  is  permitted  to  continue  the  duties 
of  his  or  her  position  as  a  part-time  employee  in  accordance  with  this  sec- 
tion for  the  final  years  of  his  or  her  employment  in  the  public  service  is 
entitled  to  have  his  or  her  pension  determined  in  accordance  with  this  sec- 
tion if  the  employee  meets  all  of  the  conditions  set  out  in  subsection  (2) 
and  gives  the  notice  of  election  required  by  subsection  (3). 


Ratio  not  to 
apply 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  490 

Pre- 
retirement 
part-time 
employment 


(2)  The  conditions  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  are, 

(a)  that  the  employee's  part-time  employment  must  be  and  continue  to 
be. 


Conditions 


(i)  in  a  position  that  requires  regular  employment  for  at  least  four- 
teen hours  per  week  or  nine  full  days  in  each  four  weeks,  or 


I 


(ii)  full-time  employment  in  a  classified  position  in  the  civil  service 
for  at  least  one-third  of  each  twelve-month  period  or  part 
thereof  following  the  giving  of  the  notice  required  by  subsection 
(3)  and  before  the  employee's  retirement  on  the  date  provided 
for  in  the  notice; 

(b)  that  the  employee  must  not  be  employed  as  a  regular  full-time 
employee  in  the  public  service  at  any  time  after  giving  the  notice 
required  by  subsection  (3)  and  before  receiving  a  pension  under  the 
Plan; 


(c)  that  during  the  period  of  part-time  employment  specified  by  the 
employee  in  the  notice  given  in  accordance  with  subsection  (3),  con- 
tributions are  made  to  the  Fund  by  the  employee  and  the  employer 
on  the  basis  of  the  salary  payable  for  full-time  employment  in  the 
position  held  by  the  employee  immediately  before  the  giving  of  the 
notice;  and 

(d)  that  the  employee's  deputy  minister  must  approve  in  writing  the 
change  from  full-time  to  part-time  employment  proposed  by  the 
employee. 


36 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Notice 


Pension  on 
basis  of 
full-time 
employment 


(3)  A  full-time  employee  who  wishes  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on  the 
basis  provided  for  in  this  section  shall  give  to  his  or  her  deputy  minister  a 
written  notice  signed  by  the  employee  stating, 

(a)  that  the  employee  intends  to  retire  from  employment  in  the  public 
service  not  later  than  five  years  after  the  day  on  which  the  notice  is 
given; 

(b)  that  the  employee  wishes  to  perform  the  duties  of  his  or  her  position 
on  a  part-time  basis  until  retirement  from  employment;  and 

(c)  that  the  employee  wishes  to  continue  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on 
the  basis  of  his  or  her  salary  as  a  full-time  employee  in  the  position. 

(4)  Despite  the  definition  of  "annual  salary  rate"  and  "credit",  while 
an  employee  continues  to  comply  with  the  conditions  described  in  sub- 
section (2), 

(a)  contributions  shall  be  made  to  the  Fund  by  the  employee  and  the 
employer  on  the  basis  of  the  salary  payable  for  full-time  employment 
in  the  position  held  by  the  employee  immediately  before  the  giving  of 
the  notice; 


Resuming 

full-time 

employment 


Excess 

contributions 

refunded 


Interpretation 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 

Re- 
employment 
of  pensioner 


(b)  the  employee's  annual  salary  rate  shall  be  that  on  which  contributions 
to  the  Fund  are  pmid;  and  i 

(c)  the  employee  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Plan  on  the  basis  of  full- 
time  employment  in  the  position  in  which  the  employee  is  employed 
part-time. 

(5)  If  an  employee  who  contributes  to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this 
section  resumes  full-time  employment  in  the  public  service  after  giving  the 
notice  required  by  subsection  (3)  and  before  receiving  his  or  her  pension, 
the  employee's  contributions  to  the  Fund  and  credit  in  the  Plan  shall  be ; 
recomputed  without  reference  to  subsection  (4). 

(6)  Contributions  to  the  Fund  under  this  section  in  excess  of  those 
required  after  the  application  of  subsection  (5)  shall  be  refunded  to  the  pjer- 
son  who  paid  them. 


(7)  In  this  section,  "public  service"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in 
Public  Service  Act. 


the 


26. — (1)  If  a  former  member  who  is  receiving  a  pension  is,  in  the  opin- 
ion of  the  Board,  re-employed  or  engaged  in  any  capacity  by  an  employer: 
who  contributes  to  the  Fund,  any  pension  that  the  former  member  is  enti- 
tled to  receive  during  the  re-employment  or  engagement  shall,  for  any 
period  of  three  months  commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  April,  July 
or  October  in  any  year  during  which  the  former  member  is  so  re-employed 
or  engaged,  be  reduced  by  the  amount  by  which  the  sum  of, 

(a)  three  times  the  monthly  salary  paid  to  the  former  member  in  that 
period  of  three  months;  and 

(b)  the  pension  payable  to  the  former  member  in  that  period  of  three 
months  if  this  section  were  not  applicable  to  the  former  member, 

exceeds  the  product  of  three  times  the  monthly  salary  payable  to  the  former 
member  for  the  last  full  month  of  employment  before  he  or  she  ceased  to 
be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


37 


(2)  Any  period  of  re-employment  or  engagement  referred  to  in  sub-    Idem 
section  (1)  for  which  a  person  may  and  does  contribute  to  the  Fund  shall  be 
added  to  the  person's  credit  in  the  Plan,  and  any  pension  payable  on  termi- 
nation of  the  re-employment  or  engagement  shall  be  recalculated  to  take 

into  account  the  additional  credit  and  any  pension  earlier  received  by  the 
person. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  pension  of  a  person  who  is  appointed  by   Re- 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  a  period  not  exceeding  six  months  employment 

at  a  time  to  provide  to  the  Crown  the  professional,  expert  or  technical  '"  expert 

knowledge  of  the  person  in  a  special  capacity  required  by  the  Crown  shall  ^^P^^^^ 
not  be  reduced  if  the  appointment  so  provides. 

27. — (1)  Every  transaction  that  purports  to  assign,  charge,  anticipate  or   Void 
give  as  security  the  interest,  or  any  part  thereof,  of  any  person  in  the  Fund    transactions 
or  in  any  pension  or  other  sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund  is  void. 

(2)  The  interest  of  any  person  in  the  Fund  or  in  any  pension  or  other   Exemption 
sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund  is  exempt  from  execution,  seizure  or  attach-   from  seizure 
ment. 

(3)  Subject  to  section  52  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  subsections  Order  or 
(1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  prevent  the  operation  of  any  order  under  the  separation 
Family  Law  Act,  1986  or  the  provisions  of  a  domestic  contract,  as  defined  1987,  c.  35 
in  Fart  IV  of  that  Act.  1986,  c.  4 


(4)  Subsections  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  prevent  execution,  seizure    Order  for 
or   attachment    in    satisfaction    of   an    order   for   support    or    maintenance   support  or 
enforceable  in  Ontario  to  a  maximum  of  one-half  of  the  interest  of  any  per- 
son in  the  Fund  or  in  any  pension  or  other  sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund. 


mamtenance 


(5)  Subsection  (4)  applies  to  orders  of  support  or  maintenance  enforce-  Application 
able  in  Ontario  whether  made  before  or  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  of  subs.  (4) 
1989. 

(6)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (2),  if  a  person  entitled  to  a  refund  or  a    Payment  into 
lump-sum  payment  from  the  Fund  requests  the  Board  in  writing  to  have  the    other  funds 
refund  or  payment  paid, 

(a)  into  another  registered  jjension  plan; 

(b)  into  a  registered  retirement  savings  plan  that  meets  the  requirements 

of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada);  R.S.C.  1952, 

c.  148 

(c)  to  an  insurance  company  to  purchase  an  immediate  or  deferred  life 
annuity;  or 

(d)  into  a  pension  plan  approved  by  the  Board, 

the  refund  or  payment  shall  be  so  paid. 

28. — (1)  A  payment  to  be  made  under  the  Plan  to  a  member's  estate  Payment  to 
may  be  made  to  the  executor  or  administrator  of  the  member's  estate  or  to  estate 
the  person  or  persons  who  appear  to  the  Board  to  be  properly  acting  in  the 
administration  or  distribution  of  the  member's  estate  or,  if  no  executor  or 
administrator  or  other  person  acting  in  the  administration  or  distribution  of 
the  member's  estate  can  be  ascertained  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Board,  the 
payment  may  be  paid  into  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  to  the  credit  of 
the  member's  estate. 

(2)  If,  after  the  death  of  a  person,  no  spouse  or  child  or  designated    Missing 
beneficiary  of  that  person  can  be  found  entitled  to  receive  a  pension  on  the    beneficiary 


38 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Beneficiary 
later  found 


Board  to  be 
corporation 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1980. 
c.  95 

Board 
members 


Term  of 
office 


Idem 


1987,  c.  35 


person's  death,  and  the  Board  is  satisfied  that  reasonable  inquiries  have 
been  made  to  find  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  beneficiary,  and  more 
than  one  year  has  passed  since  the  death  of  the  person,  the  Board  may, 
despite  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan,  direct  that  the  money  that  would  be 
payable  under  the  Plan  to  the  person's  estate  if  the  person  had  died  leaving 
no  surviving  child  or  spouse  or  designated  beneficiary  entitled  to  be  paid  a 
pension  on  the  person's  death  be  paid  to  the  person's  estate  upon  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  determines. 

(3)  If  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  beneficiary  referred  to  in  sub- 
section (2)  is  subsequently  found  and  a  claim  is  made  for  any  money  pay- 
able under  the  Plan,  the  Board  may  direct  that  such  money,  less  any  money 
paid  under  subsection  (2),  be  paid  to  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  ben- 
eficiary, as  the  case  may  be. 

29. — (1)  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Board  is  continued  under 
the  name  of  the  Public  Service  Pension  Board  and  the  Board  is  constituted 
a  corporation  without  share  capital. 

(2)  The  Corporations  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  Board. 


(3)  The  Board  shall  be  composed  of  at  least  four  members  appointed 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  one  of  whom  shall  be  representa- 
tive of  the  members  of  the  Plan  who  are  members  of  a  union  with  whom 
the  employer  has  a  collective  agreement. 

(4)  Each  appointment  or  reappointment  of  a  Board  member  shall  be 
for  such  term,  not  exceeding  three  years,  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  specifies.  -^ 

(5)  If  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  considers  it  appropriate  and 
desirable,  members  may  be  appointed  to  the  Board  because  of  their  exper- 
tise in  the  management,  investment  or  administration  of  pension  plans  or  in 
order  to  represent  on  the  Board,  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the 
Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  the  concerns  of  the  Crown,  of  members 
required  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  or  of  persons  receiving  pensions  under 
the  Plan. 


Reappointment  (6)  A  member  whose  appointment  has  expired  may  be  reappointed  to) 
the  Board,  but  no  reappointment  shall  be  for  a  term  that,  when  added  to 
the  member's  current  unbroken  period  of  membership,  exceeds  six  consecu- 
tive years  of  membership. 


Chairperson 
and  vice- 
chairperson 


Remuneration 


(7)  From  the  members  of  the  Board,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  designate  a  chairperson  and  one  or  more  vice-chairpersons  for 
a  term  not  to  exceed  two  years  or  such  lesser  period  as  the  person  remains 
a  member  of  the  Board  and,  if  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  does 
not  designate  a  chairperson  or  vice-chairperson  within  one  month  after  the 
position  becomes  vacant,  the  members  of  the  Board  shall  elect  one  of  them 
to  be  chairperson,  and  may  elect  one  or  more  of  them  to  be  vice- 
chairperson,  but  the  term  for  which  any  chairperson  or  vice-chairperson  is 
elected  shall  not  exceed  two  years  or  the  remaining  period  of  his  or  her 
appointment  to  the  Board,  whichever  is  shorter. 

30.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  establish  the  remunera- 
tion or  range  of  remuneration  to  be  paid  to  a  member  of  the  Board  and  to 
the  chairperson  and  vice-chairperson,  but  no  member  of  the  Board  who  is 
employed  in  the  public  service  of  Ontario  shall  be  paid  any  remuneration 
other  than  reimbursement  for  expenses  actually  incurred  in  the  performance 
of  his  or  her  duties  as  a  member  of  the  Board  or  an  honorarium  in  recogni- 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


39 


tion  of  salary  lost  by  the  public  servant  for  attendance  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Board. 

31. — (1)  It  is  the  duty  and  responsibility  of  the  Board  to  administer  the    Duty  of 
Plan  and  manage  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this  Act,  the  Plan  and  the    Board 
Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987.  1987   c.  35 


(2)  The  Board  shall  appoint  or  employ  an  actuary,  an  auditor  and  such   Employment 
officers,  employees,  advisers,  experts  and  other  persons  as  are  required  to   of  officers 
carry  out  the  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  Board. 


and  others 


(3)  The  Board  may  make  rules  and  by-laws  for  the  administration  and  Board  may 
management  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund  and  for  the  conduct  of  the  affairs  of  ""^ke  rules 
the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board,  and  may,  for  such  period  as  the 

Board  determines  and  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  considers 
appropriate,  assign  or  delegate  to  any  officer,  employee,  member  or  com- 
mittee of  the  Board  or  other  person  retained  by  the  Board  the  performance 
or  exercise  of  any  of  the  duties  or  responsibilities  of  the  Board  as  the  Board 
considers  necessary  or  desirable. 

(4)  Without  restricting  the  generality  of  subsection  (3),  the  Board  may    Idem 
make  rules, 

(a)  prescribing  the  proofs  to  be  furnished  as  a  condition  to  the  payment 
of  a  pension; 

(b)  excluding  from  salary  on  which  contributions  to  the  Fund  are  based 
any  payment  to  a  member  that  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  not  a 
regular  and  usual  part  of  the  normal  remuneration  for  the  member's 
employment  or  is  a  payment  in  the  nature  of  a  special  consideration 
or  employee  benefit; 

(c)  approving  forms  and  providing  for  their  use;  and 

(d)  requiring  members  of  the  Plan,  recipients  of  pensions  under  the  Plan 
or  applicants  for  pensions  under  the  Plan  to  furnish  information  to  or 
for  the  use  of  the  Board,  and  prescribing  the  form  thereof  and  the 
information  to  be  furnished. 

32.  The  Board  has  and  may  exercise  all  of  the  powers  and  capacities  of  Powers  of 
a  natural  person  that  are  considered  by  the  Board  to  be  necessary  or  inci-    Board 
dental  to  the  carrying  out  of  its  duties  and  responsibilities  under  this  Act 
and  the  Plan  and,  in  particular,  the  Board  may, 

(a)  contract  and  be  contracted  with  and  sue  and  be  sued; 

(b)  acquire  by  purchase,  lease  or  otherwise  any  real  or  personal  property 
for  its  own  use  or  as  an  investment  of  the  Fund,  and  may  sell,  lease 
or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  any  part  of  its  property  in  its  discretion; 

(c)  participate  with  others  as  a  partner  or  as  a  member  of  a  syndicate  or 
association  of  persons  in  the  acquisition,  holding,  management  or  dis- 
position of  any  property  by  way  of  investment  or  otherwise; 

(d)  determine  the  rate  of  remuneration  and  the  employee  benefits  and 
perquisites  for  its  employees  and  the  conditions  of  employment  under 
which  they  are  employed; 

(e)  with  the  approval  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet,  enter  into 
such  arrangements  as  are  considered  necessary  by  the  Board  for  the 
purchase  from  the  Crown  of  the  services  of  any  employee  or  ministry 
of  the  Crown,  or  for  the  use  of  any  facilities  or  equipment  belonging 


40 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


to  the   Crown,   that   may   assist  the   Board   in   the 
administration  of  the  Plan  or  the  Fund;  and 


management  or 


Committees 


Committee 
may  delegate 


Quorum 


(f)  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  enter  into 
an  agreement  to  administer  any  other  pension  plan  or  fund  or  admin- 
ister a  benefit  plan  to  provide  health  or  medical  or  other  benefits  to 
persons  who  have  ceased  to  be  members  of  the  Plan  and  are  entitled 
to  a  pension,  and  to  recover,  where  appropriate,  the  costs  of  such 
administration  from  that  plan  or  fund. 

33. — (1)  The  Board  may  establish  such  committees  as  are  considered 
necessary  or  desirable. 

(2)  A  committee  established  by  the  Board  may,  with  the  approval  of 
the  Board  and  in  accordance  with  the  policy  established  by  the  committee 
or  the  Board,  delegate  to  an  officer  or  employee  of  the  Board  any  of  the 
duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  committee,  including  those  delegated  to 
the  committee  by  the  Board. 

34.  The  quorum  for  any  meeting  of  the  Board  or  a  committee  of  the 
Board  shall  be  at  least  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  or  commit- 
tee. 


Expenses 


Reciprocal 
transfer 
agreements 
continue  to 
apply 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 

Transfer  to 
Plan  of  credit 
in  other 
plans 


Transfer  to 
other  plan  of 
credit  in  Plan 


R.S.C. 

c.  148 


1952, 


Transfer 

agreements 

prevail 

Approval  of 
agreements 


Annual 
report 


35.  The  expenses  of  the  operation  of  the  Board,  the  administration  of 
the  Plan  and  the  management  of  the  Fund  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Fund. 

36. — (1)  Any  agreement  in  writing  between  a  person  and  the  Minister 
or  the  Crown  for  the  reciprocal  transfer  of  pension  credits  between  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  established  under  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act  and  another  pension  plan  continues  to  apply  to  the  Plan 
with  all  necessary  modifications. 

(2)  If  the  Board  enters  into  a  written  agreement  with  an  employer  to 
whom  the  Plan  does  not  extend  for  the  transfer  to  the  Plan  of  credit  for  a 
person's  service  with  that  employer,  the  person  shall,  on  becoming  a  mem- 
ber and  requesting  a  transfer  of  credit  to  the  Plan  in  accordance  with  the 
agreement,  pay  or  cause  to  be  paid  into  the  Fund  the  amount  provided  for 
in  the  agreement  for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  that  is  being  transferred. 

(3)  If  the  Board  enters  into  a  written  agreement  for  the  transfer  from 
the  Plan  to  another  pension  plan  registered  under  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  of  credit  in  the  Plan  in  respect  of  members  who  become  members 
of  the  other  plan,  the  Board  shall,  at  the  request  of  a  member  transferring 
credit  from  the  Plan  in  accordance  with  the  agreement,  pay  from  the  Fund 
to  the  Plan  to  which  the  member's  credit  is  being  transferred  the  amount 
provided  for  in  the  agreement  for  the  purchase  of  credit  for  the  member  in 
the  other  plan. 

(4)  Subsections  (1)  to  (3)  apply  despite  section  11  or  13. 


(5)  The  Board  shall  not  enter  into  an  agreement  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (2)  or  (3)  until  the  agreement  is  approved  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council.  '*' 

37.  After  the  close  of  each  fiscal  year,  the  Board  shall  submit  to  the 
Minister  a  report  for  the  fiscal  year  just  ended  of  the  financial  and  other 
affairs  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund,  and  the  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the 
Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  session. 


I 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


41 


38. — (1)  In  the  rep>orts  to  the  Minister  under  section  37,  the  Board    Report  re 
shall  identify,  O-PP-  early 

retirement 

(a)  the  additional  cost  to  the  Plan  of  the  pension  provided  to  members  of  "^"^"^ 
the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  by  subsection  15  (4)  over  the  cost 

of  the  pension  or  deferred  pension  that  would  be  payable  without  that 
subsection;  and 

(b)  the  financial  benefit  to  the  Plan  from  the  contributions  of  members  of 
the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  under  subsection  6  (2),  from  the 
employer's  contributions  made  to  match  contributions  under  that  sub- 
section, and  from  the  return  reasonably  attributable  to  the  investment 
of  the  contributions  and  of  the  proceeds  received  by  the  Fund  from 
the  transfers  under  subsections  7  (2)  and  (3)  of  this  Act. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  also  indicate  in  its  reports  the  sufficiency  of  the    Idem 
financial  benefits  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (b)  to  meet  the  additional  costs 
referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (a)  and  whether  those  additional  costs  for  pensions 
that  are  being  paid  at  the  end  of  the  year  for  which  the  report  is  made  have 
been  met  by  the  financial  benefits  that  have  then  accrued  to  the  Fund. 

39. — (1)  Each  employee  of  the  Board  and  his  or  her  heirs,  executors  Indemnifi- 
and  administrators  shall  be  indemnified  and  saved  harmless  by  the  Board  cation 
from  and  against  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses  sustained  or  incurred  in  or 
about  any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  claim  against  him  or  her  for  any  act, 
omission,  deed,  matter  or  other  thing  made,  done  or  permitted  or  omitted 
to  be  made  or  done  in  or  about  the  execution  of  the  duties  of  his  or  her 
employment  by  the  Board,  and  every  payment  made  for  the  indemnification 
is  an  administrative  expense  of  the  Board. 

(2)  Indemnification  under  subsection  (1)  does  not  extend  to  the  act  or   Limitation 
omission  to  act  of  any  person  that  was  done  or  omitted  to  be  done  dishon- 
estly or  in  bad  faith. 


42  Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 

SCHEDULE  2 
INTERIM  PAYMENTS  OF  UNFUNDED  LIABILITY 

Date  of  payment  Amount  of  payment 

1.  January  1,  1990  $7,283,000 

2.  February  1,  1990  7,316,000 

3.  March  1,  1990  7,349,000 

4.  April  1,  1990  7,381,000 

5.  May  1,1990  7,414,000 

6.  June  1,1990  7,448,000 

7.  July  1,  1990  7,481,000 

8.  August  1,1990  7,514,000 

9.  September  1,  1990  7,548,000 

10.  October  1,  1990  7,582,000 

11.  November  1 ,  1990  7,616,000 

12.  December  1,  1990  7,650,000 

13.  January  1,  1991  7,684,000 

14.  February  1,  1991  7,718,000 

15.  March  1,  1991  7,753,000 

16.  April  1,1991  7,787,000 

17.  May  1,  1991  7,822,000 

18.  June  1,1991  7,857,000 

19.  July  1,1991  7,892,000 

20.  August  1,  1991  7,928,000 

21.  September  1,  1991  7,963,000 

22.  October  1,  1991  7,999,000 

23.  November  1,  1991  8,034,000 

24.  December  1,  1991  8,070,000 

25.  January  1,  1992  8,106,000 

26.  February  1,  1992  8,143,000 

27.  March  1,  1992  8,179,000 

28.  April  1,  1992  8,216,000 

29.  May  1,1992  8,252,000 

30.  June  1,1992  8,289,000 

31.  July  1,1992  8,326,000 

32.  August  1,1992  8,364,000 

33.  September  1,  1992  8,401,000 

34.  October  1,  1992  8,439,000 

35.  November  1,  1992  8,476,000 

36.  December  1,  1992  8,514,000 


BiU36 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


Bill  36 

(Chapter  73 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


An  Act  to  revise  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act 


The  Hon.  M.  Elston 
Chairman  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet 


1st  Reading 

2nd  Reading 

3rd  Reading 

Royal  Assent 


June  20th,  1989 
November  8th,  1989 
December  18th,  1989 
December  18th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  36 


1989 


An  Act  to  revise  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act 


CONTENTS  OF  ACT 


Section 


1.  Definitions 

2.  Application 

3.  Plan  continued 

4.  Plan  documents 

5.  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Fund  continued 

6.  Future  revision  of  Plan 

7.  Transfer  of  SAF  Account 

8.  Initial  unfunded  liability 

9.  Interim  payments  of  unfunded 
liability 

10.  Initial  valuation 


Section 

11.  Subsequent  valuations 

12.  Payment  of  pensions  under 
other  Acts 

13.  Expiry  of  appointments 

14.  Continued  application 

15.  Superannuation  Adjustment 
Benefits  Act  ceases  to  apply 

16.  Post-retirement  marriage 

17.  Repeals 

18.  Commencement 

19.  Short  title 


CONTENTS  OF  SCHEDULE  1 


Section 


1.  Definitions 

2.  Plan  members 

3.  Termination  of  membership 

4.  Persons  not  entitled  to  be 
members 

5.  Contributions  to  and  payments 
from  Fund 

6.  Contributions  by  members 

7.  Contributions  by  employer 

8.  Leave  of  absence  with  pay 

9.  Continued  membership  on 
release  from  employment 

10.  Long  term  income  protection 

11.  Prior  service  with  the  Crown, 
etc. 

12.  Contribution,  salary  and  service 
record 

13.  Refunds  before  twenty-four 
months  membership 

14.  Disability  pension 

15.  Pension  at  age  sixty-five 

16.  Deferred  pension 

17.  Computation  of  pension 

18.  Application  for  pension 

19.  Pension  to  surviving  spouse 

20.  Increased  survivor  pension 


Section 

21.  Post-retirement  marriage 

22.  Survivor  pension  on  death 
before  payment  of  pension 

23.  Survivor  pension  for  pre- 1987 
credit 

24.  Inflation  adjustment 

25.  Pre-retirement  part-time 
employment 

26.  Re-employment  of  pensioner 

27.  Void  transactions 

28.  Payment  to  estate 

29.  Board  to  be  corporation 

30.  Remuneration 

31.  Duty  of  Board 

32.  Powers  of  Board 

33.  Committees 

34.  Quorum 

35.  Expenses 

36.  Reciprocal  transfer  agreements 
continue  to  apply 

37.  Annual  report 

38.  Report  re  O.P.P.  early 
retirement  benefit 

39.  Indemnification 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


CONTENTS  OF  SCHEDULE  2 

Interim  payments  of  unfunded  liability 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 


Definitions  J,  In  this  Act,  "actuary",  "Board",  "Crown",  "employ- 

er", "Fund",  "member",  "Minister",  "pension",  "pension 
benefit",  "Plan",  "salary"  and  "Treasurer"  have  the  same 
meaning  as  in  section  1  of  Schedule  1 , 


Application 


Plan 

continued 
R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  419,  490 


2.  Subject  to  subsection  14  (2)  and  to  section  24  of 
Schedule  1,  this  Act  applies  to  every  person  employed  after 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1989  in  the  service  of  an  employer. 

3.  The  pension  plan  contained  in  the  provisions  of  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  and  the  regulations  there- 
under, including  the  benefits  provided  under  the 
Superannuation  Adjustment  Benefits  Act  in  relation  to  pen- 
sions provided  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  is 
continued  as  the  Public  Service  Pension  Plan  as  revised  by  this 
Act  and  set  out  in  Schedule  1 . 


Plan 
documents 


4.  The  terms  of  the  Plan  are  those  set  out  in  Schedule  1, 
in  this  Act  and  in  such  other  documents  concerning  the  Plan 
as  are  created  under  this  Act  or  Schedule  1 . 


Public 
Service 
Superan- 
nuation Fund 
continued 


Board  to 
administer 


5. — (1)  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  estab- 
lished under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  is  contin- 
ued as  the  Public  Service  Pension  Fund  to  provide  benefits  in 
respect  of  the  Plan. 

(2)  The  Plan  and  the  Fund  shall  be  administered  by  the 
Board  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  Plan. 


Future 
revision  of 
Plan 


6. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  by  order  may 
amend  the  Plan  and,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing,  may, 

(a)  determine  the  methods  or  assumptions  to  be  used  to 
calculate  any  pension  benefit  provided  under  the 
Plan; 

(b)  rescind  the  Plan  and  replace  it  with  another  pension 
plan; 

(c)  extend,  modify  or  restrict  the  conditions  upon 
which  persons  may  become  members  of  the  Plan; 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


(d)  establish  a  separate  pension  plan  or  plans  for  any 
class  or  classes  of  persons  who  are  members  of  the 
Plan,  and  direct  the  transfer  from  the  Fund  to  any 
fund  related  to  such  separately  established  pension 
plan  or  plans  of  any  amount  specified  to  represent 
the  value,  as  determined  by  an  actuarial  valuation, 
of  the  pension  benefits  of  persons  who  will  be  mem- 
bers of  such  separately  established  pension  plan  or 
plans; 

(e)  increase  or  prospectively  reduce,  eliminate  or  mod- 
ify any  pension  benefit  set  out  in  the  Plan  or  the 
rate  or  amount  of  contribution  to  be  made  under 
the  Plan; 

(f)  regulate  the  administration  of  the  Plan  and  the  com- 
position, duties  and  powers  of  the  Board; 

(g)  exercise  with  respect  to  any  plan  established  under 
this  section  the  powers  conferred  by  this  section. 

(2)  To  the  extent  that  an  amendment  of  the  Plan  made 
under  subsection  (1)  conflicts  with  the  Pension  Benefits  Act, 
1987  in  a  matter  in  which  the  conflict  is  not  authorized  by  this 
Act  or  Schedule  1,  the  amendment  is  void. 


Limitation  re 
amendment 
1987,  c.  35 


(3)  If  the  Crown  enters  into  an  agreement  for  an  indefinite  Agreement 
term  with  representatives  of  a  majority  of  the  members  with  respKjnsibiiity 
respect  to, 

(a)  the  joint  management  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund  by 
the  Crown  and  representatives  of  the  members; 

(b)  the  sharing  between  the  Crown  and  the  members  of 
surpluses  and  deficiencies  in  the  Fund; 

(c)  prior  consultation  between  the  Crown  and  the  rep- 
resentatives to  determine  if  agreement  can  be 
reached  between  them  concerning  any  change  in 
benefits  under  the  Plan  or  in  the  rate  or  amount  of 
contributions  to  the  Fund  from  the  Crown  or  the 
members;  and 

(d)  mediation  procedures  following  a  failure  to  agree 
on  a  change  in  benefits  under  the  Plan  or  in  the  rate 
or  amount  of  contributions  to  the  Fund, 

the  powers  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  shall,  while  the  agree- 
ment remains  in  force,  be  exercised  only  in  accordance  with 
the  agreement. 


Idem 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(4)  An  agreement  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  may  also 
provide  that,  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  agreement,  sub- 
sections 11  (2)  and  (5)  cease  to  apply  while  the  agreement  is 
in  force. 


Agreement  (5)  If  jt  is  agreed  between  the  Crown  and  representatives  of 

resp^nsTbiiity  3  majority  of  members  that  the  management  of  the  Plan,  the 
entitlement  to  surpluses  in  the  Fund  and  the  liability  for  defi- 
ciencies in  the  Fund  will  be  permanently  assumed  by  the 
members  from  time  to  time  of  the  Plan  and  that  the  liability 
of  the  Crown  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  will  be  limited  to  a 
specified  amount  or  to  a  specified  percentage  of  members' 
contributions  or  salaries,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
may  provide  by  order  that  the  powers  mentioned  in  subsection 
(1)  shall  be  exercised  thereafter  only  in  accordance  with  the 
agreement  and  by  the  person,  persons  or  entity  specified  in 
the  agreement. 

Application         (6)  jhc  Regulations  Act  does  not  apply  with  respect  to  an 
R.s.o.  1980,   order  amending  the  Plan. 

c.  446 

7._(1)  As  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Trea- 
surer shall  transfer  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund 
Account  maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under 
the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  the  total  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  in 
the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Fund  Account  maintained  in 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under  the  Superannuation 
Adjustment  Benefits  Act. 

(2)  As  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Treasurer 
shall  transfer  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund 
Account  maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under 
the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  the  total  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Supplementary  Bene- 
fits Account  maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund 
under  Order  in  Council  196/85. 


Transfer  of 
SAF  Account 


R.s.o.  1980, 
cc.  419,  490 


Transfer  of 
O.P.P. 

Supple- 
mentary 
Benefits 
Account 


Interest 


R.S.O.  1980. 
c.  419 


(3)  As  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  Treasurer 
shall  pay  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account 
maintained  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  interest  at  the  rates  and  on 
the  terms  determined  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
on  the  cash  balances  that  from  time  to  time  stood  to  the  credit 
of. 


(a)    the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Accou 
maintained    in    the    Consolidated    Revenue    Fun 
under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act; 


J 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


(b)    the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  in 
the    Superannuation    Adjustment    Fund    Account 
maintained    in    the    Consolidated    Revenue    Fund 
under  the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Benefits  Acf  R so.  i980, 
and  <^-  490 


(c)    the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Supplementary  Bene- 
fits Account  mentioned  in  subsection  (2), 

in  the  period  from  the  1st  day  of  April,  1989  to  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1989. 

(4)  Interest  payable  by  the  Treasurer  on  assets  held  on  the  ^dem 
1st  day  of  April,  1989  in  the  accounts  referred  to  in  clauses 

(3)  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  shall  be  accrued  to  the  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1989  and  paid  as  of  that  date  to  the  Public  Service  Super- 
annuation Fund  Account  despite  a  later  time  for  payment 
specified  in  any  instrument  that  provides  for  payment  of  the 
interest,  and  the  payment  made  to  the  Account  reduces  the 
liability  of  the  Treasurer  under  the  instrument  for  interest  by 
the  amount  paid. 

(5)  Payments  by  the  Treasurer  made  under  subsections  (3)  ^dem 
and  (4)  shall  be  made  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 


(6)  As  of  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  the  Treasurer  shall 
transfer  to  the  custody  and  control  of  the  Board  the  total 
amount  of  the  assets  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989  of  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  Account  maintained  in 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  under  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act,  including  assets  and  payments  transferred 
or  made  to  that  account  under  this  section,  by  issuing  to  the 
Board  debentures  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  that  are  equal  to 
the  amount  of  the  assets  and  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Trea- 
surer, provide  for  the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on 
terms  substantially  equivalent  to  those  on  which  the  assets  are 
held  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 


Transfer  of 

PSSF 

Account 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


(7)  All  liabilities  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  of  the  Liabilities 
accounts  mentioned  in  subsections  (1),  (2)  and  (6)  are  liabili-  Fund^*^*^^ 
ties  of  the  Fund  on  and  after  that  date  and,  as  of  that  date, 
the  accounts  cease  to  exist  in  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 


(8)  During  the  period  from  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989  Temporary 
to  the  30th  day  of  June,  1990,  the  Treasurer  may  establish  authorized 
outside    the    Consolidated    Revenue    Fund    an    account    or 
accounts  for  such  temporary  period  as  the  Treasurer  considers 
advisable  to  facilitate  the  orderly  transfer  to  the  Board  of  the 
assets  of  the  Fund  and  the  administration  of  the  Plan. 


6 

Debentures 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Investments 
authorized 
1987,  c.  35 


(9)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  (6),  the  Treasurer  may, 
on  behalf  of  Ontario,  issue  to  the  Fund  debentures  of  Ontario 
in  such  amounts,  upon  such  terms  as  to  the  payment  of  princi- 
pal and  interest,  maturing  at  such  time  or  times  and  either 
with  or  without  the  privilege  of  prepayment  of  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  principal  amount  of  any  such  debenture  as 
will,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Treasurer,  meet  the  requirements  of 
this  section,  and  any  debenture  may  provide  that  it  is  not 
assignable  or  transferrable. 


(10)  Despite  the  Pension  Benefits 
thereunder,  the  receipt  and  holding 
tures  issued  under  this  section  shall 
dent  or  unreasonable  or  contrary  to 
thereunder,  and  the  nature,  amount 
tures  may  be  taken  into  account  by 
mittee  of  the  Board  in  determining 
assets  of  the  Plan. 


Act,  1987  and  regulations 
by  the  Board  of  deben- 

not  be  considered  impru- 
that  Act  and  regulations 
and  terms  of  the  deben- 
the  Board  and  any  com- 

future  investments  of  the 


Application 

of 

1987,  c.  35 


(11)  Section  82  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  does  not 
apply  to  the  transfers  described  in  this  section. 


Initial 

unfunded 

liability 


8. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  9  and  10  and  sub- 
section 11  (3), 

"actuarial  gain"  and  "actuarial  loss"  mean,  respectively,  the 
sum,  if  positive,  or  the  sum,  if  negative,  of, 


(a)  the  gain  to  the  Plan  during  the  period  since  the 
review  date  of  the  immediately  preceding  going 
concern  valuation  resulting  from  the  difference 
between  actual  experience  and  the  experience 
expected  by  the  actuarial  assumptions  on  which  that 
valuation  was  based, 

(b)  the  amount  by  which  the  going  concern  liabilities 
decrease  as  a  result  of  an  amendment  to  the  Plan, 
and 


(c)  the  amount  by  which  the  going  concern  liabilities 
decrease  or  the  going  concern  assets  increase  as  a 
result  of  a  change  in  actuarial  methods  or  assump- 
tions upon  which  the  current  going  concern  valua- 
tion is  based,  as  of  the  review  date  for  a  going  con- 
cern valuation, 


I 


but  clause  (a),  (b)  or  (c)  or  any  combination  thereof  shall 
be  counted  as  a  negative  in  the  calculation  of  the  sum  if. 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36 

(d)  the  experience  of  the  Plan  results  in  a  loss  rather 
than  a  gain, 

(e)  an  amendment  increases  the  going  concern  liabili- 
ties, or 

(f)  a  change  in  actuarial  methods  or  assumptions 
results  in  an  increase  in  going  concern  liabilities  or  a 
decrease  in  going  concern  assets,  as  the  case  may 
be; 

"going  concern  assets"  means  the  value  of  the  assets  of  the 
Plan,  including  accrued  and  receivable  income  and  the 
present  value  of  future  contributions  and  investment 
income,  determined  on  the  basis  of  a  going  concern 
valuation; 

"going  concern  liabilities"  means  the  present  value  of  the 
expenses  of  the  Plan  and  the  accrued  and  unaccrued  bene- 
fits of  the  Plan  determined  on  the  basis  of  a  going  concern 
valuation; 

"going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability"  means  the  excess 
of  going  concern  liabilities  over  going  concern  assets; 

"going  concern  valuation"  means  a  valuation  of  assets  and  lia- 
bilities of  the  Plan  using  methods  and  actuarial  assumptions 
considered  by  the  actuary  who  valued  the  Plan  to  be  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  actuarial  principles  and 
practices  for  the  valuation  of  a  continuing  pension  plan; 

"initial  valuation"  means  the  going  concern  valuation  of  the 
Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  required  by  section 
10; 

"past  service  unfunded  actuarial  liability"  means  the  amount 
of  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  that  results 
from  the  provision  of  benefits  with  respect  to  prior  employ- 
ment for  which  no  benefit  was  provided  at  the  time  of  the 
employment  or  from  an  amendment  to  the  Plan  that  pro- 
vides benefits  for  employment  prior  to  the  date  of  the 
amendment  if  the  employment  had  not  previously  been  rec- 
ognized for  purposes  of  the  provision  of  pension  benefits; 

"review  date"  means  the  last  date  of  the  period  under  review 

in  a  report  required  under  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  or  '987,  c.  35 
regulations  thereunder; 

"solvency  assets"  means  the  sum  determined  in  accordance 
with  subsections  (2)  and  (3)  of. 


8  Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  1989 

(a)  the  market  value  of  investments  held  by  the  Plan  or 
a  value  related  to  the  market  value  by  means  of  an 
averaging  method  that  stabilizes  short-term  fluctua- 
tions of  the  market  values  over  a  period  of  not 
more  than  five  years,  plus  any  cash  balances  and 
accrued  or  receivable  income  items, 

(b)  the  present  value  of  any  special  payments  required 
to  liquidate  any  past  service  unfunded  actuarial  lia- 
bility established  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1988, 

(c)  the  present  value  of  any  special  payments  other 
than  those  referred  to  in  clause  (b)  established  on 
or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1988  that  are  sched- 
uled for  payment  within  five  years  after  the  review 
date,  and 

(d)  the  present  value  of  future  special  payments  result 
ing  from  the  initial  valuation; 

"solvency  deficiency"  means  the  excess  of  the  solvency  liabili 
ties  over  the  solvency  assets; 

"solvency  gain"  means  the  sum,  if  positive,  of, 

(a)  the  gain  to  the  Plan  during  the  period  since  th( 
review  date  of  the  immediately  preceding  valuatioi 
of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  liabilities  resultin; 
from  the  difference  between  actual  experience  an< 
the  experience  expected  by  the  actuarial  assump 
tions  on  which  that  valuation  was  based,  and 

(b)  the  amount  by  which  the  solvency  liabilitie 
decrease  or  the  solvency  assets  increase  during  th< 
period  since  the  review  date  of  the  immediately  pre 
ceding  valuation  of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  lia 
bilities  as  a  result  of  a  change  in  the  actuarial  meth 
ods  or  assumptions  upon  which  the  curren 
valuation  of  solvency  assets  and  solvency  liabilitie 
is  based, 

but  either  of  clause  (a)  or  (b)  shall  be  counted  as  a  negative 
in  the  calculation  of  the  sum  if  the  experience  of  the  Plan 
results  in  a  loss  rather  than  a  gain  or  if  a  change  in  actuarial 
methods  or  assumptions  results  in  an  increase  in  solvency 
liabilities  or  a  decrease  in  solvency  assets,  as  the  case  may 
be; 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  9 

"solvency  liabilities"  means  an  amount  that  is  not  less  than 
the  liabilities  of  the  Plan  determined  as  if  the  Plan  had 
been  wound  up,  taking  into  account  liabilities  for  the 
adjustment  for  inflation  under  the  Plan  and  the  require- 
ments of  section  75  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987.  i987,  c.  35 

(2)  The  present  values  referred  to  in  clauses  (b),  (c)  and  Present 
(d)  of  the  definition  of  "solvency  assets"  shall  be  determined  solvency^ 
on  the  basis  of  the  assumed  interest  rate  used  in  determining  assets 
whether  there  is  a  solvency  deficiency. 

(3)  In  calculating  the  solvency  assets,  if  there  is  no  market  "  "o  market 
value  for  an  investment  of  the  Plan  and  the  investment  is  "'''"^ 
issued  or  guaranteed  by  a  government,  the  book  value  of  the 
investment  may  be  used  instead  of  market  value. 

(4)  The  provisions  of  this  section  and  of  sections  9,  10  and  Conflicting 
1 1  prevail  over  any  conflicting  provisions  of  the  Pension  Bene-  p™'""^"' 
fits  Act,  1987  or  of  a  regulation  made  under  that  Act. 

9. — (1)  For  each  month  in  the  period  commencing  with  interim 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1990  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  ESded  °^ 
the  month  in  which  the  initial  valuation  is  approved  by  the  liability 
Pension  Commission  of  Ontario,  the  Treasurer  shall  pay  to 
the  Fund  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  amount 
shown  for  that  month  in  Schedule  2. 

(2)  The  Treasurer  may,  with  the  appropriate  adjustment  Prepayment 
for  interest,  at  any  time  prepay  one  or  more  of  the  outstand- 
ing payments  shown  in  Schedule  2. 

(3)  Payments  made  under  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  shall  be  Application 
credited  against  any  special  payments  that  are  to  be  made  in  paymemf^ 
the  same  period  to  liquidate  a  going  concern  unfunded  actuar- 
ial liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation,  and  any  amount 

by  which  the  payments  made  under  those  subsections  are  less 
than  the  special  payments  for  that  period  as  a  result  of  the  ini- 
tial valuation  shall  be  paid  by  the  Treasurer  to  the  Fund  from 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  within  fifteen  months  follow- 
ing the  month  when  the  initial  valuation  is  approved  by  the 
Pension  Commission  of  Ontario. 

10. — (1)  As   soon   as   practicable   after  the   31st   day   of  J"jt'a'. 
December,  1989,  the  Board  shall  cause  to  be  prepared  a  going 
concern  valuation  of  the  Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990,  and  the  valuation  shall  include  the  adjustment  of  pen- 
sions for  inflation  under  the  Plan. 

(2)  The  initial  valuation  shall,  i'^^'" 


10 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(a)  comply  with  this  section  and  section  11 ; 

(b)  be  delivered  by  the  actuary  to  the  Board  and  to  the 
Minister  and  the  Treasurer,  and  shall  be  filed  with 
the  Pension  Commission  of  Ontario  by  the  Board 
only  after  the  Minister  and  the  Treasurer  have 
advised  the  Board  in  writing  that  they  agree  that  the 
initial  valuation  delivered  to  them  be  filed;  and 

(c)  for  all  purposes  of  the  Plan  determine  the  going 
concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  or  surplus  of 
the  Plan  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990. 


Liability 
liquidated 


(3)  Any  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  disclosed 
by  the  initial  valuation  shall  be  liquidated  by  a  series  of  special 
payments  from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  to  be  made 
over  the  forty  years  commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990. 


Calculation 
of  special 
payments 


(4)  Each  special  payment  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  shall 
be  calculated  as  a  constant  percentage  of  the  projected  future 
earnings  from  employment  used  to  calculate  pension  benefits 
during  the  forty  years  commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990  of  all  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Plan  on  that  date 
and  of  those  who  are  expected  to  join  the  Plan  during  those 
forty  years. 


ofT"ciaT'"^       (5)  The  present  value,  as  at  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  of 

payments        the  full  scoes  of  Special  payments  shall  equal  the  amount  of 

the  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  to  be  liquidated. 


Schedule  of 
payments 


(6)  The  actuary  shall  prepare  and  submit  with  the  initial 
valuation  a  schedule  showing  the  dollar  amount  of  each  spe- 
cial payment  in  the  first  six  years  of  the  series  and  the  formula 
by  which  the  dollar  amount  of  the  remaining  special  payments 
in  the  series  is  determined. 


Prepayments 
and 

additional 
payments 


(7)  The  Treasurer  may,  at  any  time,  prepay  a  part  or  all  of 
any  outstanding  special  payments  or  may  make  additional 
payments  to  the  Fund  to  be  applied,  with  appropriate  adjust- 
ments for  interest,  as  the  Treasurer  shall  direct  to  reduce  the 
going  concern  unfunded  actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  ini- 
tial valuation,  and  every  such  payment  may  be  paid  out  of  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 


Consistent 
assumptions 


(8)  Subject  to  subsection  (4), 

(a)    the    projected   future    earnings   from    employment 
used  to  calculate  pension  benefits  shall  be  deter- 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


11 


mined  using  actuarial  assumptions  consistent  with 
those  made  in  the  initial  valuation; 

(b)  the  present  value  of  the  series  of  special  payments 
shall  be  determined  using  the  interest  rate  used  in 
the  initial  valuation;  and 

(c)  all  other  actuarial  assumptions  made  in  the  determi- 
nation of  the  series  of  special  payments  shall  be,  so 
far  as  possible,  consistent  with  actuarial  assumptions 
made  in  the  initial  valuation. 

11. — (1)  A  going  concern  valuation  of  the  Plan  made  after  subsequent 
the  initial  valuation  shall  include  the  present  value  of  the  out- 
standing special  payments  calculated  under  section  10  that 
remain  to  be  made  to  liquidate  the  going  concern  unfunded 
actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation,  and  the 
actuary  shall  prepare  and  submit  with  the  valuation  a  schedule 
showing  the  amount,  determined  from  the  formula  mentioned 
in  subsection  10  (6),  of  each  remaining  special  payment  for 
the  next  six  years  or  for  the  period  of  time  for  which  special 
payments  remain  to  be  made,  whichever  is  shorter. 

(2)  Any  actuarial  gain  disclosed  by  a  going  concern  valua-  Application 
tion  made  after  the  initial  valuation  shall  be  applied  in  the  fol-  gajn'^ " 
lowing  order  and  manner: 

1.  The  amount  of  the  gain  shall  first  be  applied  to 
reduce,  and  to  eliminate  if  possible,  the  payments 
required  to  liquidate  any  unamortized  balance  of  a 
solvency  deficiency  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation 
or  a  subsequent  valuation. 

2.  When  no  solvency  deficiency  remains,  the  amount 
of  the  gain  shall  be  applied  to  reduce,  and  to  elimi- 
nate if  possible,  a  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial 
liability  disclosed  by  a  valuation  after  the  initial 
valuation. 


3.  When  no  other  going  concern  unfunded  actuarial 
liability  remains,  the  amount  of  the  gain  shall  be 
applied  to  reduce,  and  to  eliminate  if  possible,  the 
unliquidated  amount  of  the  going  concern  unfunded 
actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valuation. 

(3)  In  determining  any  solvency  gain  or  solvency  deficiency  ^p^^^'^^^^  ^ 
of  the  Plan,  solvency  assets  shall  include  the  present  value  of  solvency 
future  special  payments  resulting  from  the  initial  valuation.         a^set 


12 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


When  sfjecial 

payments 

cease 


(4)  When  the  special  payments  made  as  a  result  of  the  ini- 
tial valuation,  the  prepayments  and  additional  payments  made 
under  subsection  10  (7),  and  the  actuarial  gains  applied  under 
paragraph  3  of  subsection  (2)  have  liquidated  the  going  con- 
cern unfunded  actuarial  liability  disclosed  by  the  initial  valua- 
tion, no  further  special  payments  shall  be  made,  notwithstand- 
ing that  the  period  of  forty  years  used  in  the  initial  valuation 
has  not  then  expired. 


Minister  to 

approve 

valuation 


(5)  No  valuation  of  the  Plan  after  the  initial  valuation  shall 
be  filed  by  the  Board  with  the  Pension  Commission  of 
Ontario  until  the  Minister  has  advised  the  Board  in  writing 
that  he  or  she  agrees  that  the  valuation  be  filed. 


Payment  of 
[jensions 
under  other 
Acts 

R.S.O.  1980, 
cc.  419,  490 


12.  Every  allowance,  annuity,  deferred  annuity  or  other 
payment  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  or  a 
predecessor  Act  or  under  the  Superannuation  Adjustment 
Benefits  Act,  including  any  payment  authorized  to  be  made 
from  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund,  that,  before  the  1st  day 
of  January,  1990,  a  person  is  receiving,  is  entitled  to  receive, 
or  is  entitled  to  receive  with  the  payment  thereof  deferred 
until  the  year  1990  or  later,  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Fund  in 
accordance  with  the  Act  under  which  entitlement  to  the  pay- 
ment arose. 


Expiry  of 
appointments 


13.  On  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  the  term  of 
appointment  of  any  person  under  the  Public  Service  Superan- 
nuation Act  as  a  member  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Board  expires. 


Continued 

application 


14. — (1)  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as  it  read 
on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989,  continues  to  apply  to  the 
computation  or  payment  of  every  allowance,  annuity,  defer- 
red annuity  or  payment  to  the  payment  of  which  a  person  has 
become  entitled  under  that  Act  prior  to  that  date,  and  contin- 
ues to  apply  in  respect  of  every  person  who,  within  the  mean- 
ing of  that  Act,  has  ceased  to  be  a  contributor  before  that 
date  and  is  entitled  to  a  deferred  annuity  under  that  Act. 


Exception 
for  re- 
employment 


(2)  A  person  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  who  is  re- 
employed in  the  service  of  the  Crown  or  who  becomes  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Plan,  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1990,  for  a 
prescribed  period  of  time  and  in  prescribed  circumstances, 
terms  or  conditions,  and  who  is  required  by,  or  entitled 
under,  the  Plan  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  in  respect  of  such 
re-employment,  may  participate  in  the  Plan  to  the  extent  pre- 
scribed with  respect  to  the  computation  or  payment  of  a  pen- 
sion or  other  payment  and  subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  in 
the  circumstances. 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  13 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations  prescribing  a  period  or  periods  of  time  and  prescribing 
circumstances,  terms  or  conditions  and  the  extent  of  participa- 
tion in  the  Plan  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  (2). 

15.  The  provisions  of  the  Superannuation  Adjustment  Ben-  ^  s.o.  i980, 
efits  Act  relating  to  the  payment  of,   or  contribution  for,  fol^piy^^^" 
adjustment  benefits  or  any  other  benefit  described  in  that  Act 
in  respect  of  any  allowance,  annuity,  deferred  annuity  or 
other  payment  arising  under  the  Public  Service  Superannua-  RS-O.  i980, 
tion  Act  cease  to  apply  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1990. 


c.  419 


16. — (1)  A  contributor  as  defined  in  the  Public  Service  p^^^- 

r.  ^-  /»    ^      u  retirement 

Superannuation  Act  who,  marriage 

(a)  is  being  paid  an  allowance  or  annuity  under  that 
Act; 

(b)  has  no  spouse  entitled  to  a  survivor  allowance  under 
section  20  of  that  Act;  and 

(c)  becomes  the  spouse  of  a  person  who  would  not  be 
entitled  on  the  death  of  the  contributor  to  a  survi- 
vor allowance  under  section  20  of  that  Act, 

may  in  writing  direct  the  Board  to  pay  to  the  person,  if  he  or 
she  survives  the  death  of  the  contributor,  a  survivor  allowance 
under  section  20  of  that  Act  for  life  of  50  per  cent,  55  per 
cent,  60  per  cent,  65  per  cent,  70  per  cent  or  75  per  cent  of 
the  allowance  or  annuity  received  by  the  contributor  immedi- 
ately before  his  or  her  death. 

(2)  A  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  must  be  deliv-  T™e  limit 
ered  to  the  Board, 

(a)  within  ninety  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  con- 
tributor became  the  spouse  of  the  person  to  whom 
the  survivor  allowance  is  directed  to  be  paid;  or 

(b)  if  immediately  before  the  person  becomes  the 
spouse  of  the  contributor  there  is  a  child  of  the  con- 
tributor who  would  be  entitled  on  the  contributor's 
death  to  receive  an  allowance  under  the  Public 
Service  Superannuation  Act,  within  ninety  days  after 
the  date  the  child  ceases  to  be  entitled  to  receive 
the  allowance; 

(c)  the  30th  day  of  June ,  1 990;  or 


14 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(d)    the  last  day  of  the  sixth  month  following  the  month 
in  which  this  Act  receives  Royal  Assent. 

Exception  (3)  xhc  Board  may  accept  a  direction  delivered  after  the 

time  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  if  the  Board  is  satisfied  that 
the  contributor  is  in  good  health  having  regard  to  his  or  her 
age. 


Actuarial 
reduction  of 
allowance 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


(4)  The  annuity  or  allowance  payable  to  a  contributor  who 
has  given  a  direction  in  accordance  with  this  section  shall  be 
actuarially  reduced  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Board  to 
reflect  the  survivor  allowance  directed  to  be  paid  and,  subject 
to  subsection  (5),  and  to  section  20  of  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act,  the  survivor  allowance  shall  be  paid  in 
the  percentage  specified  in  the  direction  to  the  spouse  if  he  or 
she  survives  the  death  of  the  contributor. 


Prior  interest 
of  child 


(5)  A  survivor  allowance  under  this  section  shall  not  be 
paid  while  there  is  a  child  of  the  deceased  contributor  entitled 
to  receive  an  allowance  as  a  result  of  the  death  of  the  contri- 
butor. 


Refund  when 
no  survivor 
allowance 
payable 


Repeals 


(6)  If  a  contributor  who  is  in  receipt  of  an  allowance  or 
annuity  dies  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen 
years  of  age  or  by  a  spouse  from  whom  the  contributor  is  not 
living  separate  and  apart,  and  if  none  of  them  is  entitled  to  a 
survivor  allowance  under  section  20  of  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act,  this  section  or  that  Act  as  a  result  of  the 
death  of  the  contributor,  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which  twice 
the  total  of  contributions  made  under  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act  to  the  Public  Service  Superannuation 
Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  contributor  and  of  the  interest 
credited  in  that  Fund  to  the  contributor  exceeds  the  total 
payments  made  from  the  Fund  and  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Fund  to  the  contributor  shall  be  paid  from  the 
Fund  to  the  surviving  spouse,  or  if  there  is  no  surviving 
spouse,  to  the  child  or  children,  if  any,  of  the  contributor 
under  eighteen  years  of  age  at  the  contributor's  death. 

17. — (1)  The  following  are  repealed  on  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1990: 


1.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  being 
chapter  419  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1980,  excluding  subsection  20  (7). 


Item   13  of  the  Schedule  to  the  Revised  Statutes 
Amendment  Act,  1981,  being  chapter  66. 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  15 

3.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 

1983,  being  chapter  44. 

4.  Section  3  of  the  Provincial  Judges  and  Masters 
Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1983,  being  chapter 
78. 

5.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 

1984,  being  chapter  22. 

6.  Section  74  of  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986,  being 
chapter  4. 

7.  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Amendment  Act, 
1986,  being  chapter  12. 

8.  Section  60  of  the  Equality  Rights  Statute  Law 
Amendment  Act,  1986,  being  chapter  64. 

(2)  Subsection  20  (7)  of  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  ^'^^^ 
Act  is  repealed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 

18.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  31st  day  of  Decem-  Commence- 

„„^  ment 

ber,  1989. 

19.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Public  Service  Pension  short  title 
Act,  1989. 


16  Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  1989 

SCHEDULE  1 

PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  PLAN 

Definitions  1.  In  this  Schedule, 

"actuary"  means  a  Fellow  of  the  Canadian  Institute  of  Actuaries; 

"annual  salary  rate"  means  the  hourly,  weekly  or  other  rate  at  which  a  per- 
son's salary  is  paid  expressed  as  an  annual  salary  according  to  such  con- 
sistently applied  formula  as  the  Board  considers  appropriate  having 
regard  to  the  hours  regularly  worked  by  a  full-time  employee  in  the 
position  occupied  by  the  person  for  whom  the  annual  salary  rate  is 
determined  or  in  a  comparable  position; 

"average  annual  salary"  means  the  average  of  the  member's  annual  salary 
rate  in  each  month  of  the  period  of  sixty  consecutive  months  of  mem- 
bership in  the  Plan  that  produces  the  highest  average,  but  if  the  member 
does  not  have  a  period  of  sixty  consecutive  months  of  membership  in 
the  Plan,  "average  annual  salary"  means  the  average  of  the  member's 
annual  salary  rate  in  each  month  of  the  member's  longest  period  of  con- 
secutive months  of  membership  in  the  Plan; 

"average  year's  maximum  pensionable  earnings",  with  respect  to  any  mem- 
ber, means  the  average  of  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable  Earnings 
R.S.C.  1985,  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  for  the  year  in  which  the  member  ceases 

c-  C-8  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  for  each  of  the  two  preceding  years; 

"Board"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Board  referred  to  in  this  Sched- 
ule; 

1986,  c.  4         "child"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986; 

"continuous",  in  relation  to  employment,  membership  or  service,  means 
without  regard  to  periods  of  temporary  suspension  of  the  employment, 
membership  or  service,  and  without  regard  to  periods  of  lay-off  from 
employment; 

"credit",  when  used  in  reference  to  credit  in  the  Plan,  means  the  total 
period  of  time,  calculated  in  years  of  full-time  employment,  for  which 
contributions  are  made  to  the  Fund  on  behalf  of  the  member  or  for 
which  a  member  is  employed  and  for  which  contributions  to  the  Fund 
have  been  made,  and  where  the  member's  employment  is  less  than  full- 
time  employment,  credit  shall  be  given  on  the  basis  of  the  proportion  of 
full-time  employment  represented  by  the  member's  employment  for 
which  contributions  are  made  to  the  Fund; 


'Crown"  means  the  Crown  in  right  of  Ontario; 
'employer"  means, 

(a)  the  Crown, 


I 


(b)  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization  desig- 
nated by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  an 
employer  for  the  purposes  of  the  Plan, 

(c)  the  Provincial  Auditor,  and 


1989  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  Bill  36  17 

(d)  the  employer  of  persons  required  by  any  Act  of  the  Legislature 
to  be  members  of  this  Plan  or  the  pension  plan  established  by 
the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  or  a  predecessor  Act; 

"former  member"  means  a  person  who  has  ceased  to  hold  a  position,  office 
or  designation  that  entitles  the  person  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  and 
who, 

(a)  is  entitled,  either  immediately  or  at  a  future  time,  to  payment  of 
a  pension  under  the  Plan,  or 

(b)  is  entitled  to  receive  any  other  payment  under  the  Plan; 
"Fund"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Fund; 

"member"  means  a  person, 

(a)  who  is  required  to  join  the  Plan, 

(b)  who  is  designated  for  the  purpxjse  of  section  9  of  the  Plan,  or 

(c)  who  is  not  required  to  join  the  Plan,  but  is  entitled  to  join  the 
Plan  and  has  elected  to  do  so, 

but  does  not  include  a  former  member; 

"Minister"  means  the  Chairman  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet; 

"pension"  means  a  pension  benefit  that  is  being  paid  to  a  person  under  the 
Plan; 

"pension  benefit"  means  the  aggregate  monthly,  annual  or  other  periodic 
amounts,  if  any,  to  which  a  member  will  become  entitled  under  the  Plan 
on  or  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  or  to  which  any  other  person  will 
become  entitled  under  the  Plan  upon  the  death  of  a  member  or  former 
member; 

"Plan"  means  the  Public  Service  Pension  Plan  set  out  in  this  Schedule; 

"salary",  in  relation  to  a  member,  means  the  amount  of  money  payable  to 
a  member  and  computed  by  reference  to  the  hours,  days,  weeks  or 
other  specific  periods  of  time  for  which  the  member  is  employed,  but 
does  not  include  overtime  pay  or  any  payment  to  the  member  in  lieu  of 
a  benefit  provided  by  the  employer  or  any  payment  determined  by  the 
Board  not  to  be  part  of  a  member's  salary; 

"spouse"  means  either  of  a  man  and  woman  who, 

(a)  are  married  to  each  other,  or 

(b)  are  not  married  to  each  other  and  are  living  together  in  a  conju- 
gal relationship, 

(i)  continuously  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  three  years,  or 

(ii)  in  a  relationship  of  some  permanence,  if  they  are  the  natu- 
ral or  adoptive  parents,  as  defined  in  the  Family  Law  Act,    1986,  c.  4 
1986,  of  a  child; 

"Treasurer"  means  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics. 

2. — (1)  The  following  persons  and  classes  of  persons  who  have  not    Plan 
attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  are  members  of  the  Plan:  members 


18 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


1.  Persons  who   are   civil  servants  within  the   meaning  of  the   Public 
Service  Act. 


2.  A  class  of  employees  of  any  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation 
or  organization  that  is  established  under  an  Act  of  the  Legislature  and 
that  is  designated  by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as 
one  whose  employees  in  that  class  are  required  to  be  members  of  the 
Plan. 


R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 


Elective 
membership 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


Idem 


3.  Persons  employed  in  the  Office  of  the  Provincial  Auditor. 

4.  Persons  required  by  any  Act  of  the  Legislature  to  be  members  of  this 
Plan  or  the  pension  plan  established  by  the  Public  Service  Superannu- 
ation Act  or  a  predecessor  Act. 

5.  Any  person  employed  in  a  capacity  or  position  that  is  designated  by 
order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  requiring  the 
employee  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 

(2)  Persons  to  whom  subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  and  who  are 
employed, 

(a)  by  the  Crown  under  the  Public  Service  Act; 

(b)  by  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization  desig- 
nated by  order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  as  one  whose 
employees  in  a  designated  class  are  members  of  the  Plan;  or 

(c)  by  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization  the  per- 
manent and  full-time  probationary  staff  of  which  are  by  any  Act 
required  to  be  members  of  the  Plan, 

are  entitled  to  be  members  of  the  Plan  upon  filing  with  the  Board  a  written 
election  to  be  a  member,  and  after  fulfilling  any  conditions  specified  in  the 
order  mentioned  in  clause  (b). 

(3)  A  person  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to 
membership  on  an  agency,  board,  commission,  foundation  or  organization 
is,  when  the  appointment  so  permits  or  the  position  has  been  designated  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  the  purpose  of  this  subsection,  enti- 
tled to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  upon  filing  with  the  Board  a  written  elec- 
tion to  be  a  member,  and  after  fulfilling  any  conditions  specified  in  the 
appointment  or  designation. 


Termination 

of 

membership 


R.S.C. 

c.  148 


1952, 


Persons  not 
entitled  to  be 
members 

R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 


3.  A  member  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  upon  termination  by 
death  or  otherwise  of  the  employment,  office  or  circumstances  that  required 
or  entitled  him  or  her  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  or  upon  attaining  the 
maximum  age  for  contributors  to  a  pension  fund  or  plan  specified  under  the 
provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  regulations  made  there- 
under for  the  registration  under  that  Act  of  a  pension  fund  or  plan.  M 

4.  A  person  is  not  entitled  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  if  the  person, 

(a)  is  a  member  of,  or  a  contributor  to,  a  pension  plan  to  which  the 
Crown  contributes  other  than  this  Plan  or  the  Canada  Pension  Plan; 
or 


(b)  has  attained  the  maximum  age  for  contributors  to  a  pension  fund  or] 
plan  specified  under  the  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) ; 
and  regulations  made  thereunder  for  the  registration  under  that  Act  i 
of  a  pension  fund  or  plan. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


19 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 


5.— (1)  Subject  to  section  7,  contributions  required  to  be  made  under  Contributions 

this  Plan  by  an  employer  or  by  any  member,  including  interest  required  to  *"  and 

be  paid  to  the  Fund,  shall  be  paid  into  the  Fund,  and  any  payment  required  Payments 

by  the  Plan  to  be  made  to  any  person  shall  be  made  out  of  the  Fund,  and  ^'^°^  ^""'^ 
all  moneys  not  required  to  be  paid  out  shall  be  invested  to  meet  the  obliga- 
tions and  liabilities  of  the  Plan. 

(2)  The  fiscal  year  of  the  Plan  is  the  twelve-month  period  commencing   Fiscal  year 
on  the  1st  day  of  January  in  each  year. 

6. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (5),  every  member  shall  contribute  to  the  Contributions 
Fund  from  the  salary  paid  to  the  member  for  the  calendar  year,  by  members 

(a)  8  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  that  does  not  exceed  the  Year's 
Basic  Exemption  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan; 

(b)  6.2  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  that  exceeds  the  Year's  Basic 
Exemption  and  does  not  exceed  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable 
Earnings  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  and 

(c)  8  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  salary  in  excess  of  the  Year's  Maximum 
Pensionable  Earnings  as  prescribed  by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan. 

(2)  In  addition  to  the  contribution  required  by  subsection  (1),  every    Additional 
member  employed  in  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  shall  contribute  to   contribution 
the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  2  per  cent  of  the  salary  paid  to  him  or  her  for 

the  calendar  year. 

(3)  The  contributions  to  be  made  by  a  member  to  the  Fund  shall  be  Deduction  of 
deducted  from  the  member's  salary  by  the  person  who  pays  the  member's  contributions 
salary,  and  shall  be  paid  to  the  credit  of  the  Fund  within  fifteen  days  from 

the  date  the  contribution  was  deducted  or  within  such  longer  time  as  the 
Board  authorizes  in  writing. 

(4)  A  member  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Plan  for  the  time  in  respect   Credit  for 
of  which  contributions   to   the   Fund   are    made   by  or  on   behalf  of  the   contributions 
member. 

(5)  A  member  may  cease  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on  or  after  attain-    When  no 
ing  sixty- five  years  of  age.  contribution 

required 

(6)  Interest  calculated  as  determined  by  the  Board  shall  be  credited  to    Interest 
each  member  in  each  year  of  the  Plan  on  the  amount  of  contributions, 
including   interest    previously   credited    to    the    member,    standing   to   the 
member's  credit  in  the  Fund. 

7. — (1)  Unless  otherwise  expressly  stated  in  the  Plan,  for  each  month  Contributions 
the  employer  shall  pay  into  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  by  employer 
contributions  paid  into  the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  members  in  that  month. 

(2)  If  the  salary  of  members  who  are  contributing  to  the  Fund  is  paid  Special  funds 
by  a  board,  commission,  foundation,  agency,  branch  or  division  that  has  a 

special  fund  or  appropriation  designated  or  granted  by  the  Lieutenant  Gov- 
ernor in  Council  or  the  Assembly  for  the  payment  of  the  employer's  contri- 
butions under  the  Plan,  contributions  required  to  be  made  by  the  employer 
shall  be  made  from  that  fund  or  appropriation  in  accordance  with  such  for- 
mula as  may  be  determined  by  the  Minister  for  the  purpose. 

(3)  Any  amount  in  the  Fund  that  is  indicated  by  an  actuarial  valuation  Surplus  may 
for  the  purpose  of  the  Plan  to  be  surplus  to  the  requirements  of  the  Plan  reduce 
while  it  continues  in  existence  may,  at  the  direction  of  the  Minister,  be  cOT^ribmions 
applied  to  the  payment  of  the  contributions  to  be  made  by  the  employer 


20 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


under  subsection  (1)  for  so  long  as  there  is  no  going  concern  unfunded  actu- 
arial liability  or  solvency  deficiency,  as  defined  in  subsection  8  (1)  of  this 
Act,  in  the  Plan. 

Surplus  (4)  Any  amount  in  the  Fund  that  is  indicated  by  an  actuarial  valuation 

for  the  purpose  of  the  Plan  to  be  surplus  to  the  requirements  of  the  Plan 
while  it  continues  in  existence  or  upon  its  wind  up  may,  to  the  extent  per- 

1987,  c.  35  mitted  by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  be  withdrawn  by  the  employer 
from  the  Fund. 


Deficiency 


Limitation 


Unfunded 
liabilities 


(5)  If  in  any  year  the  amount  of  cash  and  assets  capable  of  sale  in  the 
Fund  is  insufficient  to  meet  the  payments  out  of  the  Fund  in  the  year  after 
the  sale  of  the  assets  capable  of  sale,  the  Treasurer  shall  pay  from  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  an  amount  sufficient  to  make  up  the 
deficiency. 

(6)  Subsection  (5)  ceases  to  apply  if  an  agreement  mentioned  in  sub- 
section 6  (5)  of  this  Act  is  in  force. 

(7)  Subject  to  this  Act,  the  employer  shall  pay  into  the  Fund  the 
amount  indicated  in  an  actuarial  valuation  to  be  required  to  meet  any 
unfunded  liabilities  of  the  Plan. 


Leave  of 
absence  with 
pay 

Leave  of 
absence 
without  pay 


8. — (1)  If  a  member  has  been  granted  a  leave  of  absence  from  employ- 
ment and  continues  to  receive  a  part  or  all  of  his  or  her  salary  during  the 
leave,  the  member  shall  make  the  contributions  required  by  section  6. 

(2)  If  a  member  is  granted  a  leave  of  absence  from  employment  and 
receives  no  salary  during  the  leave,  no  credit  shall  be  given  to  the  member 
in  the  Plan  for  the  period  of  the  leave  of  absence  unless  the  member  contri- 
butes to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  section  1 1 . 


Continued 
membership 
on  release 
from 
employment 


Contributions 


Long  term 
income 
protection 
R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  418 


Contribution 
on  behalf  of 
disabled 
member 


Amount 


9. — (1)  A  member  who  is  released  from  employment  and  who  is  desig- 
nated by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  the  purpose  of  this  section 
continues  to  be  entitled  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this 
section  until  the  end  of  the  month  in  which  the  member  becomes  eligible 
for  a  pension  under  section  15,  or  until  the  expiration  of  five  years  from  the 
member's  release  from  employment,  whichever  first  occurs. 

(2)  Contributions  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  mentioned  in  subsection 

(1)  shall  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  member's  annual  salary  rate  immedi- 
ately before  the  member  was  released  from  employment. 

10. — (1)  In  this  section,  "long  term  income  protection  plan"  means  the 
Long  Term  Income  Protection  Plan  from  time  to  time  applicable  to  mem- 
bers who  are  public  servants,  as  defined  in  the  Public  Service  Act,  to  miti- 
gate the  loss  of  income  resulting  from  a  lengthy  disability,  and  includes  any 
plan  that  applies  to  members  who  are  not  public  servants  if  the  Board  con- 
siders the  plan  to  be  substantially  similar  to  the  Long  Term  Income  Protec- 
tion Plan  applicable  to  public  servants. 

(2)  If  a  member  qualifies  for  a  benefit  under  a  long  term  income  pro- 
tection plan  as  a  result  of  a  disability  incurred  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of 
July,  1974,  the  employer  that  employed  the  member  on  the  date  when  the 
member  qualified  for  the  benefit  shall,  subject  to  subsection  (6),  contribute 
to  the  Fund  on  behalf  of  the  member  the  amounts  set  out  in  subsections 
(3),  (4)  and  (5)  while  the  member  continues  to  qualify  for  the  benefit. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  (4),  the  contributions  mentioned  in  subsection 

(2)  shall  be  calculated  in  accordance  with  section  6  and  paid  on  the  annual 
salary  rate  of  the  member  immediately  before  the  disability  was  incurred  in 
respect  of  which  he  or  she  qualifies  for  a  benefit. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


21 


(4)  If  the  member  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  was,  in  the  opinion  of   Part-time 
the  Board,  employed  on  a  part-time  basis  in  the  month  before  the  disabihty   employment 
was  incurred,  the  contributions  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  shall  be  calcu- 
lated in  accordance  with  section  6  and  paid  only  for  that  part  of  each  month 

in  which  the  member  continues  to  qualify  for  the  benefit  that  is  equal  to  the 
ratio  that,  in  the  twelve  months  ending  on  the  last  day  of  the  month  imme- 
diately preceding  the  month  when  the  disability  was  incurred,  the  member's 
part-time  employment  is  of  full-time  employment  in  the  position  occupied 
by  the  member  or  in  a  comparable  position. 

(5)  The  annual  salary  rate  on  which  contributions  under  this  section  are    Increased 
based  shall  be  increased  in  each  year  following  the  year  in  which  the  mem-   contribution 
ber  first  qualified  for  a  benefit  by  the  same  percentage  as  would  be  applic- 
able if  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  immediately  before  the  cessa- 
tion   of   employment    as    a    result    of   disability    were    increased    in    each 
subsequent   year  during   which   the    member   remains   entitled   to   benefits 

under  the  Long  Term  Income  Protection  Plan  in  the  same  manner  as  an 
adjusted  pension  is  increased  in  each  year  by  the  adjustment  for  inflation 
under  section  24. 

(6)  Subsections  (2),  (3),  (4)  and  (5)  continue  to  apply  whether  or  not    When 

the  member  is  in  receipt  of  the  benefit  under  the  Long  Term  Income  Pro-   contributions 
tection  Plan,  but  those  subsections  cease  to  apply  when  the  member  ceases   '^^^^^ 
to  be  a  member,  accrues  thirty-five  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  or  attains 
sixty-five  years  of  age,  whichever  first  occurs. 

(7)  A  person  on  whose  behalf  contributions  are  made  under  subsection    Continued 
(2)  continues  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  to  accrue  credit  in  the  Plan    membership 
for  the  time  in  respect  of  which  contributions  are  made  on  his  or  her  behalf 

under  this  section. 

(8)  The  annual  salary  rate  on  which  contributions  are  based  under  this    Average 
section  shall  be  included  in  the  computation  of  the  average  annual  salary  of   annua'  salary 
a  member  on  whose  behalf  contributions  are  made  under  this  section. 


11. — (1)  On  such  terms  and  conditions  as  are  fixed  by  the  Board,  a 
member  may  purchase  credit  in  the  Plan, 

(a)  for  a  period  of  active  service  during  World  War  II  or  the  Korean  War 
in  His  or  Her  Majesty's  naval,  army  or  air  forces,  in  the  Canadian  or 
British  merchant  marine,  or  in  any  naval,  army  or  air  force  that  was 
allied  with  His  or  Her  Majesty's  forces  and  that  is  designated  by 
order  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council; 

(b)  for  a  period  of  service  with  an  employer  who  contributed  to  the  Fund 
or  a  predecessor  fund  throughout  the  period,  and  for  which  the  mem- 
ber has  no  credit  in  the  Plan  and  no  claim  for  pension  benefits  from 
the  Plan; 

(c)  for  a  period  of  employment  by  a  person  who  did  not  contribute  to 
the  Fund  or  a  predecessor  fund  for  the  period,  if  the  period  is  before 
the  member's  becoming  a  member  and  if, 

(i)  during  that  period  of  service,  the  person  provided  to  employees 
a  pension  plan  that  is  or  was  a  pension  plan  registered  under  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  and 

(ii)  the  period,  if  any,  for  which  credit  in  the  plan  referred  to  in  sub- 
clause (i)  was  given  to  the  member  is  reduced  by  the  period  for 
which  credit  in  the  Plan  is  purchased  so  that  credit  in  the  Plan  is 
not  given  for  any  part  of  the  period  for  which  credit  is  retained 
in  the  plan  referred  to  in  subclause  (i); 


Prior  service 
with  the 
Crown,  etc. 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


22 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(d)  for  a  leave  of  absence  without  pay  for  more  than  one  month  for 
special  or  educational  purposes;  or 

(e)  for  a  leave  of  absence  without  pay  for  more  than  one  month  because 
of  illness,  pregnancy  or  adoption  of  a  child. 

Payment  (2)  To  purchase  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (c),  a  member  shall  pay 

to  the  Fund  the  amount  determined  by  the  Board  on  the  recommendation 
of  the  actuary  to  be  equal  to  the  actuarial  value  of  the  additional  expected 
benefits  to  which  the  member  will  become  entitled  because  of  obtaining  the 
credit. 

Wem  (3)  To  purchase  the  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (b)  or  (e),  a  mem- 

ber shall  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  product  of, 

(a)  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  on  the  date  when  the  member's 
written  application  containing  all  information  required  by  the  Board 
for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  is  received  by  the  Board; 

(b)  the  contribution  rates  determined  under  subsection  6  (1);  and 

(c)  the  length  in  years  of  the  period  of  prior  service  for  which  credit  is 
purchased. 

Idem  (4)  Despite  subsection  (3),  if  any  payment  has  been  made  from  the 

Fund  or  a  predecessor  fund  in  respect  of  the  service  for  which  credit  is 
being  purchased  under  clause  (1)  (b),  and  if  the  total  amount  paid,  includ- 
ing interest  thereon  at  such  rate  as  the  Board  determines,  exceeds  the 
amount  determined  under  subsection  (3)  for  the  purchase  of  that  credit  in 
the  Plan,  the  member  making  the  purchase  shall  pay  the  higher  amount. 

Idem  (5)  To  purchase  credit  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (a)  or  (d),  a  member 

shall  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  product  of, 

(a)  the  annual  salary  rate  of  the  member  on  the  date  when  the  member's 
written  application  containing  all  information  required  by  the  Board 
for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  is  received  by  the  Board; 

(b)  twice  the  contribution  rates  determined  under  subsection  6  (1);  and 

(c)  the  length  in  years  of  the  period  of  prior  service  for  which  credit  is 
purchased. 

Limitation  (6)  Any  credit  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  may  be  purchased  only  if 

application  therefor  is  made  to  the  Board  in  writing  within  twenty-four 
months  after  the  latest  of, 

(a)  the  day  on  which  the  member  for  whom  credit  is  to  be  purchased 
became  a  member  of  the  Flan; 

(b)  the  last  day  of  the  most  recent  continuous  period  for  which  credit  is 
being  purchased;  or 

(c)  the  31st  day  of  December,  1989. 

Instalments  (7)  If  the  amount  payable  by  a  member  to  purchase  credit  under  this 

section  exceeds  $500,  the  amount  may  be  paid  in  such  number  of  instal- 
ments of  principal  and  interest  over  a  period  of  not  more  than  ten  years  as 
the  Board  permits  in  accordance  with  terms  and  conditions  established  for 
instalment  payments  and  for  the  completion  of  payment  on  the  death  or 
retirement  from  employment  of  the  member. 


I 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


23 


(8)  The  employer  is  not  required  to  pay  to  the  Fund  an  amount  equal 
to  a  payment  made  by  any  person  under  subsection  (2),  (5)  or  section  36. 

12.  The  Board  shall  cause  a  record  to  be  kept  of  each  member's  contri- 
butions to  the  Fund,  of  the  total  period  of  service  for  which  a  member  has 
credit  in  the  Plan,  and  of  the  annual  salary  rates  of  each  member  while  a 
member  and  of  all  other  information  necessary  for  the  administrative, 
actuarial  and  financial  requirements  of  the  Plan. 

13. — (1)  A  member  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and 
who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  completing  a  continuous 
period  of  twenty-four  months  of  membership  and  with  credit  in  the  Plan  of 
less  than  two  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of 
subsections  (12)  and  (13),  as  the  case  requires. 

(2)  A  member  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who 
ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of 
twenty-four  months  of  membership  or  with  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in 
the  Plan  and  before  completing  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and 
with  credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  pro- 
vided by  subsection  (12). 


Matching 
payments 
required 

Contribution, 
salary  and 
service 
record 


Refunds 

before 

twenty-four 

months 

membership 


Refund 
before  ten 
years 
membership 


(3)  A  member  who,  for  reasons  other  than  the  member's  death  or  disa-    Refund 
bility,  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  attaining  forty-five  years  of   before  age 
age  and  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of  ten  or  more  years  of  mem-   ^0"^-^^^ 
bership  or  with  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  is  entitled  to  the 

refund  provided  by  subsection  (12)  if  the  member  does  not  elect  a  deferred 
pension  in  respect  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  service  or  membership 
prior  to  the  1st  day  of  January,  1987. 

(4)  A  member  who  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who  ceases  Refund  after 
to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  before  completing  a  continuous  period  of  age  sixty-five 
twenty-four  months  of  membership  and  with  credit  in  the  Plan  of  less  than 

two  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of  subsections 
(12)  and  (13),  as  the  case  requires,  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  sub- 
section (14). 

(5)  A  member  who  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  and  who  ceases    Idem 
to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  after  completing  a  continuous  period  of  twenty- 
four  months  of  membership  or  with  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan 

and  before  completing  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and  with  credit 
in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  is  entitled  to  the  refund  provided  by  sub- 
section (12)  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  subsection  (14). 

(6)  When  the  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (1),    Refund  on 
(2),  (4)  or  (5)  occurs  because  of  the  death  of  the  member,  and  the  member   death  where 
is  not  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  or  by  a    "°  survivor 
spouse  from  whom  the  member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart  at  the  mem- 
ber's death,  the  refund  mentioned  in  those  subsections,  but  not  a  payment 
described  in  subsection  (14),  shall  be  paid  to  the  member's  estate. 

(7)  If  a  member  dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  after  completing  Idem 
a  continuous  period  of  ten  or  more  years  of  membership  or  with  ten  or 
more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan  and,  if  the  member  is  not  survived  by  a 
child  or  children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  or  by  a  spouse  from  whom  the 
member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart  at  the  member's  death,  the  mem- 
ber's estate  is  entitled  to  be  paid  the  refund  provided  by  subsection  (12). 

(8)  Despite  subsections  (1),  (2),  (4)  and  (5),  if  the  cessation  of  mem-  Refund  on 
bership  referred  to  in  those  subsections  occurs  because  of  the  death  of  the  death  to 
member,  and  the  member  is  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen  s"'^'^°'' 
years  of  age  or  by  a  spouse  from  whom  the  member  is  not  living  separate 


24 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Refund  when 
contributions 
exceed 
pension 


Idem 


Refund  for 

disabled 

member 


Pre-1987 

service 

refund 


Post- 1986 

service 

refund 


Additional 
payment 


and  apart,  the  spouse,  or  if  there  is  no  such  spouse  surviving,  the  child  or 
children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  is  or  are,  as  the  case  requires,  entitled, 

(a)  if  the  death  is  a  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (1) 
or  (4),  to  the  refund  provided  by  either  or  both  of  subsections  (12) 
and  (13)  and  to  the  payment  provided  by  subsection  (14);  or 

(b)  if  the  death  is  a  cessation  of  membership  referred  to  in  subsection  (2) 
or  (5),  to  the  refund  provided  by  subsection  (12)  and  to  the  payment 
provided  by  subsection  (14). 

(9)  The  amount,  if  any,  by  which  the  total  of  contributions  made  to 
the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  and  the  interest  credited  to  the 
member  under  subsection  6  (6)  exceeds  the  total  payments  made  from  the 
Fund  to  the  member  as  a  former  member  and  as  a  survivor  pension  to  the 
former  member's  spouse  or  child  or  children  as  a  result  of  the  former  mem- 
ber's death  shall  be  paid  to  the  former  member's  estate. 

(10)  Despite  subsection  (9),  if  a  former  member  who  is  in  receipt  of  a 
pension  dies  survived  by  a  child  or  children  under  eighteen  years  of  age  or 
by  a  spouse  from  whom  the  former  member  is  not  living  separate  and 
apart,  and  if  none  of  them  is  entitled  to  a  survivor  pension  under  the  Plan 
as  a  result  of  the  death  of  the  former  member,  the  amount,  if  any,  by 
which  the  aggregate  of  such  of  the  amounts  mentioned  in  subsections  (12) 
and  (13)  as  are  applicable  and  of  the  additional  amount  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (14)  exceeds  the  total  payments  made  from  the  Fund  to  the  former 
member  shall  be  paid  to  the  surviving  spouse,  or  if  there  is  no  surviving 
spouse,  to  the  child  or  children,  if  any,  of  the  former  member  under  eigh- 
teen years  of  age  at  the  former  member's  death. 

(11)  Despite  subsections  (1),  (2),  (4)  and  (5),  a  member  with  credit  in 
the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years  and  with  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous 
membership  in  the  Plan  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  because  of  a  mental  or 
physical  incapacity  that  is  found  by  the  Board  to  have  rendered  the  member 
unable  to  perform  his  or  her  duties  is  entitled  to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  the 
amount,  if  any,  by  which, 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  the  amounts  mentioned  in  subsections  (12) 
and  (13)  as  are  applicable  and  of  the  additional  amount  mentioned  in 
subsection  (14), 

exceeds, 

(b)  the  aggregate  of  the  amount  of  the  commuted  value  of  any  pension 
benefit  for  which  the  member  is  eligible  and  the  amount  of  any 
refund  to  which  the  member  is  entitled  under  subsection  (15). 

(12)  A  person  entitled  to  a  refund  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  total  of  the  contribu- 
tions made  to  the  Fund  or  a  predecessor  fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  mem- 
ber in  respect  of  employment  or  service  for  any  period  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1987,  together  with  the  interest  credited  in  the  Fund  to  the  mem- 
ber. 

(13)  A  person  entitled  to  a  refund  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  total  of  the  contribu- 
tions made  to  the  Fund  or  a  predecessor  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  mem- 
ber in  resf)ect  of  employment  or  service  for  any  period  after  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1986,  together  with  interest  credited  in  the  Fund  to  the  member. 

(14)  A  person  entitled  to  a  payment  provided  by  this  subsection  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  from  the  Fund  an  additional  amount  equal  to, 


I 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


25 


(a)  the  amount  of  a  refund  to  which  the  person  is  also  entitled  under 
either  or  both  of  subsections  (12)  and  (13), 

less, 

(b)  any  portion  of  the  amount  of  the  refund  that  is  attributable  to  a  pay- 
ment made  by  the  person  under  subsection  1 1  (2)  or  (5)  or  section  36 
and  interest  credited  to  the  member  in  respect  thereof. 

(15)  The  amount  by  which  the  total  of  the  contributions,  other  than   50  per  cent 
contributions  made  under  subsection  11  (2)  or  (5)  or  section  36,  made  to    ru'e 

the  Fund  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  member  in  respect  of  employment  or  service 
for  any  period  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986  and  the  interest  cred- 
ited to  the  member  in  the  Fund  on  those  contributions  exceeds  one-half  of 
the  commuted  value,  excluding  credit  in  the  Plan  for  contributions  made 
under  subsection  11  (2)  or  (5)  or  section  36  in  respect  of  employment  or 
service  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986,  of  the  pension  or  deferred 
pension  in  respject  of  that  employment  or  service  to  which  the  member  is 
entitled  on  ceasing  to  be  a  member  shall  be  refunded  to  the  former  mem- 
ber. 

(16)  The  amount  by  which  the  total  of  the  payment  to  the  Fund  made  Excess  past 
under  subsection  1 1  (2)  or  (5)  or  section  36  and  the  interest  credited  to  the  service 
member  on  that  payment  in  accordance  with  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987  Payments 
exceeds  the  commuted  value  of  the  credit  in  the  Plan  that  was  purchased  '"^^""'*^'* 
with  that  payment  and  that  is  included  in  a  deferred  pension  that  the  mem-  ^^^^'  '^'  ^^ 
ber  has  elected  to  transfer  under  subsection  16  (6)  shall  be  refunded  to  the 

former  member. 


(17)  A  payment  or  refund  to  be  made  under  this  section  shall  be  paid    Lump  sum 
in  a  lump  sum  payment.  payments 

(18)  A  refund   made  under  this  section,  other  than  subsection   (15),    Credit 
reduces  the  member's  or  former  member's  credit  in  the  Plan  by  the  period    reduced 
of  time  in  respect  of  which  the  refund  is  calculated. 

(19)  For  the  purpose  of  subsections  (6),  (7),  (8)  and  (9),  a  child  shall    Interpretation 
not  be  deemed  to  have  attained  eighteen  years  of  age  if  the  child  would 

not,  for  the  purpose  of  section  23,  be  deemed  to  have  attained  that  age. 


Disability 
pension 


14. — (1)  Every  member  with  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  or  with  ten  or 
more  years  of  continuous  membership  in  the  Plan  who  is  found  by  the 
Board  to  be  unable  to  perform  his  or  her  duties  by  reason  of  mental  or 
physical  incapacity  is  entitled  to  a  disability  pension  under  this  section  upon 
applying  therefor  to  the  Board  and  upon  resigning  from  employment. 

(2)  The  Board  may  at  any  time  review  the  case  of  any  former  member    Review  by 
to  whom  a  pension  under  subsection  (1)  is  paid  and,  if,  in  the  opinion  of   Board 
the  Board,  the  former  member  has  recovered  sufficiently  to  perform  his  or 

her  former  duties,  or  to  perform  other  duties  in  the  public  service,  the 
Board  shall  report  the  case  to  the  Human  Resources  Secretariat  and  to  the 
ministry,  agency  or  other  organizational  unit  where  the  former  member  was 
employed  immediately  before  his  or  her  disability,  and  the  former  member 
shall  be  considered  for  re-employment. 

(3)  If  a  former  member  to  whom  a  pension  under  this  section  is  paid  is    Re- 
offered  re-employment  after  the  review  referred  to  in  subsection  (2),  the    employment 
former  member  ceases  to  be  entitled  to  receive  payment  of  any  further  pen- 
sion  under   this   section    whether  or   not   the   offer   of   re-employment   is 
accepted. 


26 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Other  (4)  The  termination  of  the  payment  of  a  pension  under  this  section  in 

pension  accordance  with  subsection  (3)  does  not  affect  a  former  member's  right  to 

not' affected      ^PP'y  ^^^  ^  pension  for  which  he  or  she  is  eligible  under  any  other  provision 
of  the  Plan. 


Pension  at 
age  sixty-five 


Pension  at 
age  sixty 


Ninety-year 
rule 


Retirement 
from  O.P.P. 


Payment 


Deferred 
pension 


Payment  of 
pension 
under 
subs.  (1) 


Pre- 1966 
credit 


Payment  of 
pension 
under 
subs.  (3) 


15. — (1)  Every  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  contin- 
uous membership  in  the  Plan  or  who  has  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the 
Plan  and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  on  or  after  attaining 
sixty-five  years  of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with 
the  Plan,  except  that,  if  the  member  has  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous 
membership  and  has  credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years,  the  pension 
shall  be  computed  only  on  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or 
service  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1986. 

(2)  Every  member  who  has  at  least  twenty  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan 
and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  on  or  after  attaining  sixty  years 
of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(3)  Every  member  who  has  credit  in  the  Plan  for  a  period  of  time  that, 
when  added  to  the  member's  age  on  the  date  the  member  ceases  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan,  totals  at  least  ninety  years  is  entitled  to  a  pension 
computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(4)  Every  member  who  has  at  least  thirty  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan, 
who  is  a  member  of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  when  he  or  she 
ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  and  who  ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the 
Plan  on  or  after  attaining  fifty  years  of  age  is  entitled  to  a  pension  com- 
puted in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(5)  Payment  of  a  pension  to  which  a  member  is  entitled  under  this  sec- 
tion shall  commence  in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member 
ceases  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 

16. — (1)  Every  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  contin- 
uous membership  in  the  Plan  or  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan, 
who  ceases  to  be  a  member,  and  who  is  neither  in  receipt  of  a  pension  pro- 
vided for  in  section  14  nor  entitled  to  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  15 
is  entitled  to  a  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan,  except  that, 
if  the  member  has  less  than  ten  years  of  continuous  membership  and  has 
credit  in  the  Plan  for  less  than  ten  years,  the  pension  shall  be  computed 
only  on  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or  service  after  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1986. 

(2)  Payment  of  the  pension  provided  for  in  subsection  (1)  shall  com- 
mence in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  former  member  will 
attain  sixty-five  years  of  age  or,  if  the  former  member  so  elects  in  writing  to 
the  Board,  payment  of  the  pension  shall,  subject  to  the  reductions  men- 
tioned in  section  17,  commence  in  the  month  following  any  month  that  is 
not  earlier  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  fifty-five 
years  of  age  or  later  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain 
sixty-five  years  of  age. 

(3)  Every  member  who,  on  ceasing  to  be  a  member,  has  credit  in  the 
Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period  of  time  commencing  before  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1966  and  ending  with  the  day  the  member  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
and  who  is  neither  in  receipt  of  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  14  nor 
entitled  to  a  pension  provided  for  in  section  15,  is  entitled  to  a  pension 
computed  in  accordance  with  the  Plan. 

(4)  Payment  of  the  pension  provided  for  in  subsection  (3)  shall  com- 
mence in  the  month  following  the  month  when  the  former  member  will 
attain  sixty  years  of  age  or,  if  the  former  member  so  elects  in  writing  to  the 


I 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


27 


Board,  payment  of  the  pension  shall,  subject  to  the  reductions  mentioned  in 
section  17,  commence  in  the  month  following  any  month  that  is  not  earlier 
than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  fifty  years  of  age  or 
later  than  the  month  when  the  former  member  will  attain  sixty  years  of  age. 

(5)  An  election  made  under  subsection  (2)  or  (4)  may,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Board,  be  revoked  by  the  member  or  former  member  and  a 
fresh  election  in  writing  to  the  Board  may  be  made  if  the  commencement  of 
payment  therein  provided  for  is  neither  earlier  than  the  month  following  the 
month  when  the  fresh  election  is  delivered  to  the  Board  nor  earlier  than  is 
permitted  by  subsection  (2)  or  (4),  whichever  is  applicable,  and  is  not  later 
than  the  latest  month  permitted  by  subsection  (2)  or  (4),  whichever  is 
applicable,  but  no  election  may  be  revoked  after  payment  of  the  pension  is 
due  to  commence. 


Revocation 
of  election 


(6)  A  former  member  who  is  entitled  to  a  pension  under  subsection  (1)  Transfer  of 

or  (3)  and  who  has  not  attained  fifty-five  years  of  age  in  the  case  of  a  pen-  commuted 

sion  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  or  has  not  attained  fifty  years  of  age  in  the  ^^'"^  °^ 

case  of  a  pension  mentioned  in  subsection  (3)  may  require  the  commuted  P^"^'°" 

value  of  the   pension   to   be   paid,   subject  to  section  43  of  the   Pension  1987,  c.  35 
Benefits  Act,  1987  and  to  the  regulations  made  under  that  Act, 

(a)  to  the  pension  fund  of  another  pension  plan  that  agrees  to  accept  the 
payment; 

1^  (b)  into  a  retirement  savings  arrangement  prescribed  under  the  Pension 
Benefits  Act,  1987;  or 

(c)  for  the  purchase  for  the  former  member  of  a  deferred  life  annuity 
under  which  payments  will  not  commence  before  the  former  member 
attains  fifty-five  years  of  age,  if  the  pension  the  commuted  value  of 
which  is  paid  is  mentioned  in  subsection  (1),  or  fifty  years  of  age,  if 
the  pension  the  commuted  value  of  which  is  paid  is  mentioned  in  sub- 
section (3),  and  if  the  contract  to  purchase  the  annuity  meets  the 
requirements  prescribed  under  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987. 

17. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  15  (I)  and  16  (1)  and  to  the  other  sub-    Computation 
sections  of  this  section,  the  annual  amount  of  every  pension  payable  to  a    of  pension 
former  member  is  2  per  cent  of  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary 
multiplied  by  the  former  member's  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan,  including  any 
fraction  of  a  year,  to  a  maximum  of  thirty-five  years. 


(2)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  former  member  who, 
on  ceasing  to  be  a  member,  has  credit  in  the  Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period 
of  time  commencing  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1966  and  ending  with 
the  day  the  member  ceases  to  be  a  member,  who  has  not  attained  sixty-five 
years  of  age,  and  while  the  former  member  is  not  in  receipt  of  a  disability 
pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  shall  be  computed  in  accordance 
with  subsection  (1)  as  though  the  reference  to  si\ty  consecutive  months  in 
determining  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary  were  a  reference  to 
thirty-six  consecutive  months  and  shall  be  paid,  subject  to  the  reduction 
required  by  subsection  (5),  until  the  former  member  attains  sixty-five  years 
of  age  or  receives  a  disability  pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan,  and 
upon  the  occurrence  of  either  of  those  events,  the  former  member's  pension 
shall  be  recomputed  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  without  reference  to 
this  subsection. 


Pension  for 
pre- 1 966 
credit 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 


(3)  When  a  former  member, 

(a)  who   is   in    receipt   of  a   pension   attains   sixty-five   years   of  age   or 
receives  a  disability  pension  under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  or 


CPP 

reduction 


28 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Early 

retirement 

reduction 


(b)  who  is  not  in  receipt  of  a  pension  commences  to  receive  a  pension  on 
or  after  attaining  sixty-five  years  of  age, 

the  annual  amount  of  the  pension  computed  under  subsection  (1)  shall  be 
reduced  by  the  product  of, 

(c)  0.7  per  cent  of  the  lesser  of, 

(i)  the  former  member's  average  annual  salary,  and 

(ii)  the  former  member's  average  year's  maximum  pensionable  earn- 
ings; and 

(d)  the  number  of  years,  including  any  fraction  of  a  year,  of  the  former 
member's  credit  in  the  Plan  for  service  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1966  to  a  maximum  of  thirty-five  years. 

(4)  The  annual  amount  of  every  pension  provided  for  in  subsection 
16  (1)  shall,  after  computation  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1),  be 
reduced  by  five-twelfths  of  1  per  cent  thereof  for  each  month  in  the  period 
commencing  with  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  payment  of  the  pen- 
sion is  to  commence  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  the  month  when  the 
former  member  will  attain  sixty-five  years  of  age,  and  when  the  reduction 
required  by  subsection  (3)  is  calculated,  the  reduction  required  by  this  sub- 
section applies  only  to  the  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  after  giving 
effect  to  the  reduction  required  by  subsection  (3)  and  shall,  if  applicable,  be 
recalculated  on  that  basis. 


Idem,  pre- 
1966  credit 


R.S.O. 

c.  419 


R.S.C. 

c.  C-8 


1980, 


1985, 


(5)  The  annual  amount  of  every  pension  provided  for  in  subsection 
16  (3)  shall,  after  computation  in  accordance  with  subsection  (2),  be 
reduced  as  required  by  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as  it  read  on 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1965,  and  the  reduction  shall  continue  until  the 
former  member  attains  sixty-five  years  of  age  or  receives  a  disability  pen- 
sion under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  and,  upon  the  occurrence  of  either  of 
those  events,  the  former  member's  pension  shall  be  recomputed  in  accord- 
ance with  subsection  (1)  and  reduced  as  required  by  subsection  (3),  and  the 
annual  amount  of  pension  payable  after  that  reduction  shall  be  further 
reduced  by  five-twelfths  of  1  per  cent  thereof  for  each  month  in  the  period 
commencing  with  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  payment  of  the  pen- 
sion commenced  and  ending  with  the  last  day  of  the  month  when  the  for- 
mer member  attained  sixty  years  of  age. 


Guarantee  (6)  If  the  annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  sub- 

for  pre- 1966      section  (1), 

credit 

(a)  less  the  reduction  required  by  subsection  (3)  and,  if  applicable,  sub- 
section (5);  and 

(b)  plus. 


(i)  the  annual  amount  of  any  disability  pension  to  the  former  mem- 
ber from  the  Canada  Pension  Plan,  or 


(ii)  the  annual  amount  of  pension  that  the  former  member  would 
have  received  from  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  if  that  pension 
commenced  only  on  the  former  member's  attaining  sixty-five 
years  of  age, 

other  than  the  part  of  that  pension  derived  from  contributions  made 
to  the  Canada  Pension  Plan  after  the  former  member  ceased  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan, 


I 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


29 


that  is  payable  to  a  former  member  who, 

(c)  has  credit  in  the  Plan  that  is  equal  to  a  period  of  time  commencing 
before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1966  and  ending  with  the  day  the  for- 
mer member  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan;  and 

(d)  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  or  is  receiving  a  disability  pension 
under  the  Canada  Pension  Plan, 

is  less  than  the  annuity  or  annual  amount  of  allowance  that  would  be  pay- 
able to  the  former  member  under  the  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act,  as  R.S.O.  1980, 
it  read  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1965,  in  respect  of  the  former  mem-  c.  419 
ber's  credit  in  the  Plan,  the  amount  of  the  difference  shall  be  added  to  the 
annual  amount  of  the  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1) 
that  is  payable  after  making  the  reductions  required  by  subsection  (3)  and, 
if  applicable,  subsection  (5). 

(7)  There  shall  be  excluded  from  the  period  of  time  mentioned  in  sub-    Exception  to 
section  16  (3)  and  subsections  (2)  and  (6)  any  period  of  time  for  which  a    guarantee 
former  member  has  credit  in  the  Plan  and  for  which  the  former  member 

was  employed  by  a  person  who  did  not,  during  or  after  that  period  of  time, 
contribute  to  the  Fund  or  a  predecessor  fund  under  the  Plan  or  the  Public 
Service  Superannuation  Act. 

(8)  If,  on  the  first  day  of  the  month  when  payment  of  the  pension  to  a  Reduction 
former  member  is  to  commence,  the  former  member  has  a  spouse  from  for  survivor 
whom  the   former  member  is   not   living  separate   and   apart,   the   annual  P^^^'O" 
amount  of  the  former  member's  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  this 

section,  other  than  this  subsection,  shall  be  reduced  in  such  manner  as  the 
Board  approves  to  reflect  the  following  rules: 

1.  Determine  the  present  value  of  the  pension  payable  to  the  former 
member  and  the  spouse  on  the  assumption  that  a  survivor  pension  is 
payable  to  the  spouse  equal  to  one-half  of  the  former  member's  pen- 
sion computed  in  accordance  with  this  section,  other  than  this  subsec- 
tion, that  the  survivor  pension  is  payable  for  the  lifetime  of  the  sur- 
viving spouse,  and  that,  if  the  spouse  was  not  the  spouse  of  the 
former  member  when  the  former  member  ceased  to  be  a  member  of 
the  Plan,  no  survivor  pension  is  payable  to  the  spouse. 

2.  Determine  the  reduction  in  the  amount  of  the  former  member's 
annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  this  section, 
other  than  this  subsection,  that  is  required  in  order  to  provide  to  the 
spouse  of  the  former  member,  at  the  present  value  determined  under 
paragraph  1,  the  survivor  pension  provided  by  subsection  19  (1). 

3.  Reduce  the  annual  amount  of  the  former  member's  pension  computed 
in  accordance  with  this  section,  other  than  this  subsection,  by  the 
amount  of  the  reduction  determined  under  paragraph  2. 

(9)  If  a  computation  under  this  section  involves  a  part  of  a  year,  the    Computation 

part  shall  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  full  months,  and,  °^  partial 

year 

(a)  any  part  of  a  month  that  is  less  than  fifteen  days  shall  be  disregarded; 
and 

(b)  any  part  of  a  month  that  is  fifteen  days  or  more  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  a  month. 

18. — (1)  The  Board  is  not  required  to  commence  payment  of  a  pension  Application 
to  which  a  person  is  entitled  under  the  Plan  until  a  written  application  is  ^°^  pension 
delivered  to  the  Board  setting  out  such  information  as  is  prescribed  and 


30 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Commutation 
of  pension 


R.S.C.  1985, 
c.  C-8 
1987,  c.  35 


Pension  to 

surviving 

spouse 


such  information  as  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  necessary  to  establish 
the  person's  entitlement  to  the  pension  and  the  amount  thereof. 

Payment  (2)  Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided  in  this  Plan,  a  pension, 

(a)  is  payable  in  monthly  instalments  for  life;  and 

(b)  ceases  to  be  payable  after  the  month  when  the  person  in  receipt  of 
the  pension  dies  or  entitlement  to  payment  of  the  pension  ceases. 

(3)  If  a  person  is  entitled  to  be  paid  a  pension  the  annual  amount  of 
which,  before  the  reductions  mentioned  in  subsections  17  (4)  and  (5),  is  not 
more  than, 

(a)  2  per  cent  of  the  Year's  Maximum  Pensionable  Earnings  as  prescribed 
by  the  Canada  Pension  Plan;  or 

(b)  such  greater  amount  as  is  permitted  by  the  Pension  Benefits  Act, 
1987, 

in  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is 
payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  the  Board  may  pay  the  com- 
muted value  of  the  pension  to  the  person. 

19. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  (2)  and  (3),  if,  on  the  first  day  of  the 
month  in  which  payment  of  a  pension  to  a  former  member  is  to  commence, 
the  former  member  has  a  spouse  from  whom  the  former  member  is  not  liv- 
ing separate  and  apart,  the  spouse  is,  if  he  or  she  survives  the  death  of  the 
former  member,  entitled  to  be  paid  for  his  or  her  lifetime  an  annual 
amount  of  pension  equal  to  60  per  cent  of  the  annual  amount  of  pension 
that  the  former  member  is  entitled  to  receive  in  the  month  when  the  former 
member  dies,  and  payment  thereof  shall  commence  in  the  month  following 
the  month  when  the  former  member  dies. 

Death  before  (2)  If  a  survivor  pension  under  subsection  (1)  or  subsection  21  (1)  is 

age  sixty-five  payable  as  the  result  of  the  death  of  a  former  member  before  attaining 
sixty-five  years  of  age  and  before  the  reduction  of  his  or  her  pension  in 
accordance  with  subsection  17  (3),  the  annual  amount  of  pension  on  which 
the  survivor  pension  is  based  shall  be  reduced  in  accordance  with  that  sub- 
section as  though  the  former  member  had  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age 
immediately  before  his  or  her  death. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  a  member  or  former  member  and  the 
spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the  member  or  for- 
mer member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart, 

(a)  may  elect  that  the  spouse  receive  a  survivor  pension  under  subsection 
(1)  of  50  per  cent  rather  than  60  per  cent  if  the  member  or  former 
member  and  the  spouse  are  not  or  were  not  living  separate  and  apart 
when  the  member  or  former  member  ceases  or  ceased  to  be  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Plan;  or 

(b)  may  waive  the  spouse's  entitlement  to  a  survivor  pension  under  sub- 
section (1)  if  the  member  or  former  member  and  the  spouse  are  or 
were  living  separate  and  apart  when  the  member  or  former  member 
ceases  or  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan, 

by  delivering  to  the  Board  within  twelve  months  prior  to  the  month  when 
payment  of  the  pension  to  the  member  or  former  member  is  to  commence  a 
written  direction  in  the  form  approved  by  the  Board  and  signed  by  both  of 
them  or  a  certified  copy  of  a  domestic  contract,  within  the  meaning  of  Part 
1986,  c.  4         IV  of  the  Family  Law  Act,  1986,  containing  the  election  or  waiver. 


I 


Waiver  of 

survivor 

pension 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


31 


(4)  Persons  who  have  delivered  a  waiver  or  election  under  subsection  Revocation 
(3)  may  jointly  cancel  the  waiver  or  election  by  written  notice  of  cancella-  ^t  waiver  or 
tion  signed  by  them  and  delivered  to  the  Board  before  the  month  when  the  ^'^ction 
pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  member  or  former  member. 

(5)  The  reduction  required  by  subsection  17  (8)  shall  not  be  made  if  an  Reduction 
election  or  waiver  made  as  permitted  by  subsection  (3)  is  in  force  in  the  not  to  be 
month  when  the  pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  member  or  "^^^^ 
former  member. 


(6)  On  the  death  of  a  spouse  to  whom  a  survivor  pension  is  paid  under 
this  section,  section  20  or  23,  an  annual  amount  of  pension  equal  to  that 
survivor  pension  is  payable  to  or  among  such  of  the  child  or  children  of  the 
former  member  on  whose  death  the  survivor  pension  became  payable  to  the 
spouse  as  are,  at  the  death  of  the  spouse,  under  eighteen  years  of  age  until 
each  child  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age,  and  the  share  of  the 
children  who  attain  that  age  or  die  under  that  age  accrues  to  the  child  or 
children,  if  any,  remaining  under  that  age. 

20. — (1)  The  amount  of  the  survivor  pension  payable  under  section  19 
may  be  increased  to  65  per  cent,  70  per  cent  or  75  per  cent  of  the  pension 
of  the  former  member,  after  taking  into  account  the  reduction  required  by 
subsection  (4),  by  a  written  direction  signed  by  the  member  or  former 
member  on  whose  pension  the  survivor  pension  is  based  specifying  the  per- 
centage to  which  the  survivor  pension  is  to  be  increased,  and  the  direction 
shall  be  delivered  to  the  Board  at  least  two  years  prior  to  the  month  when 
payment  of  the  pension  to  the  member  or  former  member  is  to  commence. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  accept  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  that    Idem 
is  delivered  to  the  Board  after  the  time  mentioned  in  that  subsection  and 
before  the  month  when  the  pension  is  to  commence  to  be  paid  to  the  mem- 
ber or  former  member  if  the  Board  is  satisfied  that  the  member  or  former 
member  is  in  good  health  having  regard  to  his  or  her  age. 


Survivor 
pension  to 
child  on 
death  of 
spouse 


Increased 

survivor 

pension 


(3)  A  direction  delivered  in  accordance  with  subsection  (1)  or  accepted 
in  accordance  with  subsection  (2)  is  of  no  effect  if  the  member  who  gives  it 
dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan. 


When 

direction  not 
valid 


(4)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  section    Actuarial 

17  payable  to  a  former  member  who  has  given  a  valid  direction  delivered  in    reduction  of 
accordance  with  subsection  (1)  or  accepted  in  accordance  with  subsection    P^n^'O" 
(2)  shall  be  actuarially  reduced  in  a  manner  approved  by  the   Board  to 
reflect  the   increased  survivor  pension  specified   in  the  direction   and  the 
increased  survivor  pension  shall   be  paid   in   lieu  of  that   provided  for  in 
section  19. 

(5)  A  person  who  gives  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  Revocation 
may  revoke  the  direction  by  a  written  revocation  delivered  to  the  Board  of  direction 
before  the  month  when  payment  of  the  person's  pension  is  to  commence. 


Post- 
retirement 
marriage 


21. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  19  (2),  a  former  member  who,  after 
commencing  to  receive  a  pension  and  when  the  former  member  has  no 
spouse  entitled  to  a  survivor  pension  under  section  19,  becomes  the  spouse 
of  a  person  who  would  not  be  entitled  on  the  death  of  the  former  member 
to  a  survivor  pension  under  section  19  may  in  writing  direct  the  Board  to 
pay  to  the  person,  if  he  or  she  survives  the  death  of  the  former  member,  a 
survivor  pension  for  life  of  50  per  cent,  55  per  cent,  60  per  cent,  65  per 
cent,  70  per  cent  or  75  per  cent  of  the  pension  received  by  the  former 
member  immediately  before  his  or  her  death. 

(2)  A  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  must  be  delivered  to  the    Time  limit 
Board, 


32 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Exception 


Actuarial 
reduction  of 
pension 


Prior  interest 
of  child 


Survivor 
pension  on 
death  before 
payment  of 
pension 


(a)  within  ninety  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  former  member 
became  the  spouse  of  the  person  to  whom  the  survivor  pension  is 
directed  to  be  paid;  or 

(b)  if  immediately  before  the  person  becomes  the  spouse  of  the  former 
member  there  is  a  child  of  the  former  member  who  would  be  entitled 
on  the  former  member's  death  to  receive  a  pension,  within  ninety 
days  after  the  date  the  child  ceases  to  be  entitled  to  receive  the 
pension. 

(3)  The  Board  may  accept  a  direction  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  and 
delivered  after  the  time  mentioned  in  subsection  (2)  if  the  Board  is  satisfied 
that  the  former  member  giving  the  direction  is  in  good  health  having  regard 
to  his  or  her  age. 

(4)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  former  member  who 
has  given  a  valid  direction  in  accordance  with  this  section  shall  be  actuari- 
ally reduced  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Board  to  reflect  the  survivor  pen- 
sion directed  to  be  paid  and,  subject  to  subsection  (5),  the  survivor  pension 
shall  be  paid  in  the  percentage  specified  in  the  direction  to  the  spouse  if  he 
or  she  survives  the  death  of  the  former  member. 

(5)  A  survivor  pension  under  this  section  shall  not  be  paid  while  there 
is  a  child  of  the  deceased  former  member  entitled  to  receive  a  pension  as  a 
resuh  of  the  death  of  the  former  member. 

22. — (1)  If  a  member  who  has  twenty-four  or  more  months  of  continu- 
ous membership  or  two  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan, 

(a)  dies  while  a  member  of  the  Plan;  or 

(b)  dies  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  before  the  begin- 
ning of  the  month  when  payment  of  his  or  her  pension  is  to  com- 
mence, 

the  commuted  value,  as  determined  by  the  Board,  of  the  member's  or  for- 
mer member's  pension  benefit  determined  immediately  prior  to  his  or  her 
death  and  on  the  basis  only  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment 
or  service  after  1986  is  payable, 

(c)  to  the  spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the 
member  or  former  member  is  not  living  separate  and  apart; 

(d)  if  no  payment  under  clause  (c)  can  be  made,  or  if  the  member  or  for- 
mer member  has  no  spouse  who  survives  the  date  of  death  of  the 
member  or  former  member,  to  the  beneficiary  designated  in  accord- 
ance with  this  section  by  the  member  or  former  member;  or 

(e)  if  no  payment  can  be  made  under  clause  (c)  or  (d),  to  the  estate  of 
the  member  or  former  member. 


Payment  to  (2)  Subject  to  subsection  (3),  the  commuted  value  payable  under  sub- 

spouse  section  (1)  to  the  spouse  of  a  member  or  former  member  shall  be  paid  in 

the  form  of  an  immediate  pension  for  the  lifetime  of  the  spouse,  and  the 
commuted  value  of  the  pension  so  payable  shall  be  equal  to  the  commuted 
value  payable  under  subsection  (1),  and  payment  thereof  shall  commence  in 
the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member  or  former  member  dies. 

Election  by  (3)  The  spouse  to  whom  an  immediate  pension  is  payable  under  sub- 

spouse  section  (2)  may,  in  writing  in  the  approved  form  delivered  to  the  Board  in 

the  time  fixed  by  the  Board,  elect  to  receive  the  commuted  value  payable 

under  subsection  (1)  in  the  form  of. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


33 


(a)  a  single  lump  sum  payment  equal  to  the  commuted  value  payable 
under  subsection  (1);  or 

(b)  a  deferred  pension  the  commuted  value  of  which  is  equal  to  the  com- 
muted value  payable  under  subsection  (1). 

(4)  A  member  or  former  member  and  his  or  her  spouse  may,  by  writ-  Waiver  of 
ten  waiver  in  the  approved  form  delivered  to  the  Board  in  the  time  fixed  by  spouse's 
the  Board,  waive  the  spouse's  entitlement  under  subsection  (1)  and,  while  entitlement 
the  waiver  is  in  effect,  that  subsection  shall  be  applied  as  if  the  member  or 

former  member  does  not  have  a  spouse  on  the  date  of  the  death  of  the 
member  or  former  member. 

(5)  The  designation  of  a  beneficiary  for  the  purpose  of  this  section  shall    Designation 
be  made  and  delivered  to  the  Board  in  such  form  and  manner  as  the  Board   of  beneficiary 
requires. 

23. — (1)  If  a  member  who  has  ten  or  more  years  of  credit  in  the  Plan    Survivor 
or  has  ten  or  more  years  of  continuous  membership  in  the  Plan  dies  while  a    pension  for 
member  of  the  Plan,  or  dies  after  ceasing  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and    P''e"|987 
before  the  beginning  of  the  month  when  payment  of  his  or  her  pension  is  to 
commence,  an  annual  amount  of  pension  equal  to  one-half  of  the  member's 
or  former  member's  pension  computed  in  accordance  with  section  17  as 
though  the  member  or  former  member  had  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age 
and  on  the  basis  only  of  his  or  her  credit  in  the  Plan  for  employment  or 
service  before  1987  is  payable, 

(a)  to  the  spouse  of  the  member  or  former  member  from  whom  the 
member  or  former  member,  at  his  or  her  death  and  at  the  cessation 
of  his  or  her  membership  in  the  Plan,  was  not  living  separate  and 
apart;  or 

(b)  if  no  payment  under  clause  (a)  can  be  made,  to  or  among  such  of  the 
child  or  children  of  the  member  or  former  member  as  are,  at  the 
death  of  the  member  or  former  member,  under  eighteen  years  of  age 
until  each  child  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age,  and  the  share 
of  each  of  the  children  who  attains  that  age  or  dies  under  that  age 
accrues  to  the  child  or  children,  if  any,  remaining  under  that  age. 

(2)  Payment  of  a  survivor  pension  under  this  section  shall  commence  in    Payment 
the  month  following  the  month  when  the  member  or  former  member  dies, 

and  the  survivor  pension  payable  to  a  spouse  under  this  section  is  payable 
for  the  life  of  the  spouse. 

(3)  For  the  purpose  of  this  section  and  subsection  19  (6),  a  child  who    Exception  for 
has  attained  eighteen  years  of  age  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  attained  that    higher 

age  if,  since  attaining  that  age,  the  child  has  been,  in  the  opinion  of  the    ^  " 
Board,  continuously  in  full-time  attendance  at  either  or  both  of, 

(a)  a  secondary  school;  or 

(b)  for  five  years  following  secondary  school,  a  post-secondary  educa- 
tional institution  that  is  recognized  as  such  by  the  Board. 


24. — (1)  In  the  formulas  in  this  section, 

"A"  is  the  carry  forward  determined  for  the  immediately  preceding 
year, 

"B"  is  the  basic  ratio  for  the  year, 

"C"  is  the  adjustment  ratio  for  the  year. 


Inflation 
adjustment 


34  Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION  1989 

"D"  is  the  basic  ratio  for  the  year  next  following  the  year  when  the 
member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  in  respect  of  which 
the  formula  is  applied  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan, 
and  shall  be  calculated  to  a  maximum  of  1.080  or  to  a  minimum  of 
1.000,  and 

"E"  is  the  number  of  full  months  in  the  year  that  are  after  the  month 
in  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pen- 
sion in  respect  of  which  the  formula  is  applied  is  payable  ceased  to  be 
a  member  of  the  Plan. 

Definitions  (2)  In  this  section, 

"accumulated  adjustment  ratio",  for  the  pension  of  a  person,  means  the 
product  of  the  multiplication  of  all  adjustment  ratios  for  the  years  in  the 
period  commencing  with  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in 
the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and 
ending  with  the  year  for  which  the  accumulated  adjustment  ratio  is  being 
determined; 

"adjustment  ratio",  for  the  pension  of  a  person,  means, 

(a)  for  any  year  before  the  year  1976  and  for  the  year  when  the  member 
for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Plan,  1.000, 

(b)  if  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  in  or  after  the  year  1975,  for  the 
year  next  following  the  year  when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the 
Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan,  the 
ratio  determined  by  the  formula 

"[(D  —  1.000)  X  E  /  12]  +  1.000",  and 

(c)  for  the  later  of  the  year  1976  and  the  second  year  after  the  year  when 
the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  arid  for  any  subsequent  year,  the 
ratio  determined  by  the  formula  "A  +  B"  calculated  to  a  maximum 
of  1 .080  or  to  a  minimum  of  1 .000; 

"basic  ratio",  for  a  year,  means  the  ratio  expressed  to  three  decimal  places 
that  the  average  for  the  Consumer  Price  Index  over  the  last  twelve 
months  of  the  twenty-four-month  period  ending  with  the  30th  day  of 
September  in  the  immediately  preceding  year  bears  to  the  average  for 
the  Consumer  Price  Index  over  the  first  twelve  months  of  that  period; 

"carry  forward",  with  respect  to  the  pension  of  a  person,  means, 

(a)  for  any  year  before  the  year  1976,  for  the  year  when  the  member  for 
whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable  ceased  to  be  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Plan  and  for  the  year  next  following  that  year,  nil,  and 

(b)  for  the  later  of  the  year  1976  and  the  second  year  following  the  year 
when  the  member  for  whose  credit  in  the  Plan  the  pension  is  payable 
ceased  to  be  a  member  of  the  Plan  and  for  any  subsequent  year,  the 
positive  or  negative  number  determined  by  the  formula  "A  -I-  B  — 
C"; 

"Consumer  Price  Index"  means  the  Consumer  Price  Index  for  Canada  as 
R.S.C.  1985,  published  by  Statistics  Canada  under  the  authority  of  the  Statistics  Act 

c.  S-19  (Canada); 


I 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


35 


"member"  includes  a  contributor  within  the  meaning  of  the  Public  Service   R.s.O.  1980, 
Superannuation  Act  or  a  predecessor  Act;  c.  419 

"pension"  means  a  pension  to  which  a  person  is  entitled  from  the  Plan 
other  than  the  adjustment  for  inflation  provided  by  this  section,  and  an 
allowance,    annuity,    deferred    annuity   or   other   periodic   payments   to 
which  a  person  has  become  entitled  under  the  Public  Service  Superannu-    R.S.O.  1980, 
ation  Act  or  a  predecessor  Act;  c.  419 

"Plan"  includes  the  pension  plan  established  under  the  Public  Service  Super- 
annuation Act  and  any  predecessor  Act. 


(3)  The  annual  amount  of  pension  payable  to  a  person  from  the  Fund 
shall,  commencing  with  the  year  when  payment  of  the  pension  is  to  com- 
mence and  in  each  subsequent  year  that  the  pension  continues  to  be  pay- 
able, be  adjusted  for  inflation  by  multiplying  the  annual  amount  of  the  pen- 
sion by  the  accumulated  adjustment  ratio  for  the  pension  of  the  person  for 
that  year,  and  the  amount  by  which  the  pension  thus  adjusted  exceeds  the 
annual  amount  of  pension  before  the  adjustment  in  each  year  shall  be  paid 
to  the  person  entitled  to  receive  the  pension  for  which  it  is  calculated  at  the 
same  times,  in  the  same  manner  and  subject  to  the  same  terms  and  condi- 
tions as  apply  to  the  pension  in  respect  of  which  it  is  paid. 


Payment  of 

inflation 

adjustment 


(4)  The  ratio  determined  for  the  year  1990  under  the  Superannuation 
Adjustment  Benefits  Act  does  not  apply  to  a  pension  to  which  this  section 
applies. 

25. — (1)  A  full-time  employee  who  is  permitted  to  continue  the  duties 
of  his  or  her  position  as  a  part-time  employee  in  accordance  with  this  sec- 
tion for  the  final  years  of  his  or  her  employment  in  the  public  service  is 
entitled  to  have  his  or  her  pension  determined  in  accordance  with  this  sec- 
tion if  the  employee  meets  all  of  the  conditions  set  out  in  subsection  (2) 
and  gives  the  notice  of  election  required  by  subsection  (3). 


Ratio  not  to 
apply 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  490 

Pre- 
retirement 
part-time 
employment 


(2)  The  conditions  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  are. 


Conditions 


(a)  that  the  employee's  part-time  employment  must  be  and  continue  to 
be, 

(i)  in  a  position  that  requires  regular  employment  for  at  least  four- 
teen hours  per  week  or  nine  full  days  in  each  four  weeks,  or 

(ii)  full-time  employment  in  a  classified  position  in  the  civil  service 
for  at  least  one-third  of  each  twelve-month  period  or  part 
thereof  following  the  giving  of  the  notice  required  by  subsection 
(3)  and  before  the  employee's  retirement  on  the  date  provided 
for  in  the  notice; 

(b)  that  the  employee  must  not  be  employed  as  a  regular  full-time 
employee  in  the  public  service  at  any  time  after  giving  the  notice 
required  by  subsection  (3)  and  before  receiving  a  pension  under  the 
Plan; 


(c)  that  during  the  period  of  part-time  employment  specified  by  the 
employee  in  the  notice  given  in  accordance  with  subsection  (3),  con- 
tributions are  made  to  the  Fund  by  the  employee  and  the  employer 
on  the  basis  of  the  salary  payable  for  full-time  employment  in  the 
position  held  by  the  employee  immediately  before  the  giving  of  the 
notice;  and 


36 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


Notice 


Pension  on 
basis  of 
full-time 
employment 


(d)  that  the  employee's  deputy  minister  must  approve  in  writing  the 
change  from  full-time  to  part-time  employment  proposed  by  the 
employee. 

(3)  A  full-time  employee  who  wishes  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on  the 
basis  provided  for  in  this  section  shall  give  to  his  or  her  deputy  minister  a 
written  notice  signed  by  the  employee  stating, 

(a)  that  the  employee  intends  to  retire  from  employment  in  the  public 
service  not  later  than  five  years  after  the  day  on  which  the  notice  is 
given; 

(b)  that  the  employee  wishes  to  perform  the  duties  of  his  or  her  position 
on  a  part-time  basis  until  retirement  from  employment;  and 

(c)  that  the  employee  wishes  to  continue  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  on 
the  basis  of  his  or  her  salary  as  a  full-time  employee  in  the  position. 

(4)  Despite  the  definition  of  "annual  salary  rate"  and  "credit",  while 
an  employee  continues  to  comply  with  the  conditions  described  in  sub- 
section (2), 

(a)  contributions  shall  be  made  to  the  Fund  by  the  employee  and  the 
employer  on  the  basis  of  the  salary  payable  for  full-time  employment 
in  the  position  held  by  the  employee  immediately  before  the  giving  of 
the  notice; 

(b)  the  employee's  annual  salary  rate  shall  be  that  on  which  contributions 
to  the  Fund  are  paid;  and 

(c)  the  employee  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Plan  on  the  basis  of  full- 
time  employment  in  the  position  in  which  the  employee  is  employed 
part-time. 


Resuming 

full-time 

employment 


(5)  If  an  employee  who  contributes  to  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this 
section  resumes  full-time  employment  in  the  public  service  after  giving  the 
notice  required  by  subsection  (3)  and  before  receiving  his  or  her  pension, 
the  employee's  contributions  to  the  Fund  and  credit  in  the  Plan  shall  be 
recomputed  without  reference  to  subsection  (4). 


Excess  (6)  Contributions  to  the   Fund  under  this  section  in  excess  of  those 

contnbutions     required  after  the  application  of  subsection  (5)  shall  be  refunded  to  the  per- 
refunded  ^^^  ^^^^  ^^-^  ^j^^^ 

Interpretation  (7)  In  this  section,  "public  service"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  the 

R.S.O.  1980,    Public  Service  Act. 
c.  418 

Re-  26. — (1)  If  a  former  member  who  is  receiving  a  pension  is,  in  the  opin- 

employment  jon  of  the  Board,  re-employed  or  engaged  in  any  capacity  by  an  employer 
pensioner  ^^^  contributes  to  the  Fund,  any  pension  that  the  former  member  is  enti- 
tled to  receive  during  the  re-emplayment  or  engagement  shall,  for  any 
period  of  three  months  commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  April,  July 
or  October  in  any  year  during  which  the  former  member  is  so  re-employed 
or  engaged,  be  reduced  by  the  amount  by  which  the  sum  of, 

(a)  three  times  the  monthly  salary  paid  to  the  former  member  in  that 
period  of  three  months;  and 


(b)  the  pension  payable  to  the  former  member  in  that  period  of  three 
months  if  this  section  were  not  applicable  to  the  former  member. 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


37 


exceeds  the  product  of  three  times  the  monthly  salary  payable  to  the  former 
member  for  the  last  full  month  of  employment  before  he  or  she  ceased  to 
be  a  member  of  the  Plan. 

(2)  Any  period  of  re-employment  or  engagement  referred  to  in  sub-    Idem 
section  (I)  for  which  a  person  may  and  does  contribute  to  the  Fund  shall  be 
added  to  the  person's  credit  in  the  Plan,  and  any  pension  payable  on  termi- 
nation of  the  re-employment  or  engagement  shall  be  recalculated  to  take 

into  account  the  additional  credit  and  any  pension  earlier  received  by  the 
person. 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (I),  the  pension  of  a  person  who  is  appointed  by    Re- 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  a  period  not  exceeding  six  months  employment 

at  a  time  to  provide  to  the  Crown  the  professional,  expert  or  technical  '"  ^^P^^ 

knowledge  of  the  person  in  a  special  capacity  required  by  the  Crown  shall  '^^P^'^'^y 
not  be  reduced  if  the  appointment  so  provides. 

27. — (1)  Every  transaction  that  purports  to  assign,  charge,  anticipate  or   Void 
give  as  security  the  interest,  or  any  part  thereof,  of  any  person  in  the  Fund    transactions 
or  in  any  pension  or  other  sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund  is  void. 

(2)  The  interest  of  any  person  in  the  Fund  or  in  any  pension  or  other    Exemption 
sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund  is  exempt  from  execution,  seizure  or  attach-    ^^om  seizure 
ment. 

(3)  Subject  to  section  52  of  the  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  subsections  Order  or 
(1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  prevent  the  operation  of  any  order  under  the  separation 
Family  Law  Act,  1986  or  the  provisions  of  a  domestic  contract,  as  defined  1987,  c.  35 
in  Part  IV  of  that  Act.  1986,  c.  4 

(4)  Subsections  (1)  and  (2)  do  not  apply  to  prevent  execution,  seizure  Order  for 
or   attachment    in    satisfaction    of   an    order   for   support    or    maintenance  support  or 
enforceable  in  Ontario  to  a  maximim  of  one-half  of  the  interest  of  any  per-  "^amtenance 
son  in  the  Fund  or  in  any  pension  or  other  sum  payable  out  of  the  Fund. 

(5)  Subsection  (4)  applies  to  oiders  of  support  or  maintenance  enforce-  Application 
able  in  Ontario  whether  made  before  or  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  of  subs.  (4) 
1989. 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


(6)  Despite  subsections  (1)  and  (2),  if  a  person  entitled  to  a  refund  or  a    Payment  into 
lump-sum  payment  from  the  Fund  requests  the  Board  in  writing  to  have  the   °^^^'^  '^""'^^ 
refund  or  payment  paid, 

(a)  into  another  registered  pension  plan; 

(b)  into  a  registered  retirement  savings  plan  that  meets  the  requirements 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada); 

(c)  to  an  insurance  company  to  purchase  an  immediate  or  deferred  life 
annuity;  or 

(d)  into  a  pension  plan  approved  by  the  Board, 

the  refund  or  payment  shall  be  so  paid. 

28. — (1)  A  payment  to  be  made  under  the  Plan  to  a  member's  estate    Payment  to 
may  be  made  to  the  executor  or  administrator  of  the  member's  estate  or  to   ^^^^'^ 
the  person  or  persons  who  appear  to  the  Board  to  be  properly  acting  in  the 
administration  or  distribution  of  the  member's  estate  or,  if  no  executor  or 
administrator  or  other  person  acting  in  the  administration  or  distribution  of 
the  member's  estate  can  be  ascertained  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Board,  the 


38 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


payment  may  be  paid  into  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  to  the  credit  of 
the  member's  estate. 

Missing  (2)  If,  after  the  death  of  a  person,  no  spouse  or  child  or  designated 

beneficiary  beneficiary  of  that  person  can  be  found  entitled  to  receive  a  pension  on  the 
person's  death,  and  the  Board  is  satisfied  that  reasonable  inquiries  have 
been  made  to  find  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  beneficiary,  and  more 
than  one  year  has  passed  since  the  death  of  the  person,  the  Board  may, 
despite  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan,  direct  that  the  money  that  would  be 
payable  under  the  Plan  to  the  person's  estate  if  the  person  had  died  leaving 
no  surviving  child  or  spouse  or  designated  beneficiary  entitled  to  be  paid  a 
pension  on  the  person's  death  be  paid  to  the  person's  estate  upon  such 
^  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  determines. 


Beneficiary 
later  found 


(3)  If  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  beneficiary  referred  to  in  sub- 
section (2)  is  subsequently  found  and  a  claim  is  made  for  any  money  pay- 
able under  the  Plan,  the  Board  may  direct  that  such  money,  less  any  money 
paid  under  subsection  (2),  be  paid  to  the  spouse  or  child  or  designated  ben- 
eficiary, as  the  case  may  be. 


Board  to  be  29. — (!)  The  Public  Service  Superannuation  Board  is  continued  under 

corporation       thg  name  of  the  Public  Service  Pension  Board  and  the  Board  is  constituted 
a  corporation  without  share  capital. 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  95 

Board 
members 


Term  of 
office 


Idem 


1987,  c.  35 


(2)  The  Corporations  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  Board. 


(3)  The  Board  shall  be  composed  of  at  least  four  members  appointed 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  one  of  whom  shall  be  representa- 
tive of  the  members  of  the  Plan  who  are  members  of  a  union  with  whom 
the  employer  has  a  collective  agreement. 

(4)  Each  appointment  or  reappointment  of  a  Board  member  shall  be 
for  such  term,  not  exceeding  three  years,  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  specifies. 

(5)  If  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  considers  it  appropriate  and 
desirable,  members  may  be  appointed  to  the  Board  because  of  their  exper- 
tise in  the  management,  investment  or  administration  of  pension  plans  or  in 
order  to  represent  on  the  Board,  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the 
Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987,  the  concerns  of  the  Crown,  of  members 
required  to  contribute  to  the  Fund  or  of  persons  receiving  pensions  under 
the  Plan. 


Reappointment  (6)  A  member  whose  appointment  has  expired  may  be  reappointed  to 
the  Board,  but  no  reappointment  sh;iH  be  for  a  term  that,  when  added  to 
the  member's  current  unbroken  period  of  membership,  exceeds  six  consecu- 
tive years  of  membership. 


Chairperson 
and  vice- 
chairperson 


(7)  From  the  members  of  the  Board,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  designate  a  chairperson  and  one  or  more  vice-chairpersons  for 
a  term  not  to  exceed  two  years  or  such  lesser  period  as  the  person  remains 
a  member  of  the  Board  and,  if  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  does 
not  designate  a  chairperson  or  vice-chairperson  within  one  month  after  the 
position  becomes  vacant,  the  members  of  the  Board  shall  elect  one  of  them 
to  be  chairperson,  and  may  elect  one  or  more  of  them  to  be  vice- 
chairperson,  but  the  term  for  which  any  chairperson  or  vice-chairperson  is 
elected  shall  not  exceed  two  years  or  the  remaining  period  of  his  or  her 
appointment  to  the  Board,  whichever  is  shorter. 


1989 


I 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


30.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  establish  the  remunera- 
tion or  range  of  remuneration  to  be  paid  to  a  member  of  the  Board  and  to 
the  chairperson  and  vice-chairperson,  but  no  member  of  the  Board  who  is 
employed  in  the  public  service  of  Ontario  shall  be  paid  any  remuneration 
other  than  reimbursement  for  expenses  actually  incurred  in  the  performance 
of  his  or  her  duties  as  a  member  of  the  Board  or  an  honorarium  in  recogni- 
tion of  salary  lost  by  the  public  servant  for  attendance  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Board. 


39 


Remuneration 


31. — (1)  It  is  the  duty  and  responsibility  of  the  Board  to  administer  the 
Plan  and  manage  the  Fund  in  accordance  with  this  Act,  the  Plan  and  the 
Pension  Benefits  Act,  1987. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  appoint  or  employ  an  actuary,  an  auditor  and  such 
officers,  employees,  advisers,  experts  and  other  persons  as  are  required  to 
carry  out  the  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  Board. 

(3)  The  Board  may  make  rules  and  by-laws  for  the  administration  and 
management  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund  and  for  the  conduct  of  the  affairs  of 
the  Board  and  committees  of  the  Board,  and  may,  for  such  period  as  the 
Board  determines  and  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  considers 
appropriate,  assign  or  delegate  to  any  officer,  employee,  member  or  com- 
mittee of  the  Board  or  other  person  retained  by  the  Board  the  performance 
or  exercise  of  any  of  the  duties  or  responsibilities  of  the  Board  as  the  Board 
considers  necessary  or  desirable. 


Duty  of 
Board 

1987,  c.  35 


Employment 
of  officers 
and  others 


Board  may 
make  rules 


(4)  Without  restricting  the  generality  of  subsection  (3),  the  Board  may 
make  rules. 


Idem 


(a)  prescribing  the  proofs  to  be  furnished  as  a  condition  to  the  payment 
of  a  pension; 

(b)  excluding  from  salary  on  which  contributions  to  the  Fund  are  based 
any  payment  to  a  member  that  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  not  a 
regular  and  usual  part  of  the  normal  remuneration  for  the  member's 
employment  or  is  a  payment  in  the  nature  of  a  special  consideration 
or  employee  benefit; 

(c)  approving  forms  and  providing  for  their  use;  and 

(d)  requiring  members  of  the  Plan,  recipients  of  pensions  under  the  Plan 
or  applicants  for  pensions  under  the  Plan  to  furnish  information  to  or 
for  the  use  of  the  Board,  and  prescribing  the  form  thereof  and  the 
information  to  be  furnished. 

32.  The  Board  has  and  may  exercise  all  of  the  powers  and  capacities  of   Powers  of 
a  natural  person  that  are  considered  by  the  Board  to  be  necessary  or  inci-    Board 
dental  to  the  carrying  out  of  its  duties  and  responsibilities  under  this  Act 
and  the  Plan  and,  in  particular,  the  Board  may, 

(a)  contract  and  be  contracted  with  and  sue  and  be  sued; 

(b)  acquire  by  purchase,  lease  or  otherwise  any  real  or  personal  property 
for  its  own  use  or  as  an  investment  of  the  Fund,  and  may  sell,  lease 
or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  any  part  of  its  property  in  its  discretion; 


(c)  participate  with  others  as  a  partner  or  as  a  member  of  a  syndicate  or 
association  of  persons  in  the  acquisition,  holding,  management  or  dis- 
position of  any  property  by  way  of  investment  or  otherwise; 


40 


Bill  36 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


1989 


(d)  determine  the  rate  of  remuneration  and  the  employee  benefits  and 
perquisites  for  its  employees  and  the  conditions  of  employment  undei' 
which  they  are  employed; 

(e)  with  the  approval  of  the  Management  Board  of  Cabinet,  enter  int 
such  arrangements  as  are  considered  necessary  by  the  Board  for  t\ 
purchase  from  the  Crown  of  the  services  of  any  employee  or  ministr 
of  the  Crown,  or  for  the  use  of  any  facilities  or  equipment  belonging 
to   the   Crown,   that   may   assist   the    Board   in   the    management  or 
administration  of  the  Plan  or  the  Fund;  and 

(f)  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  enter  into 
an  agreement  to  administer  any  other  pension  plan  or  fund  or  admin- 
ister a  benefit  plan  to  provide  health  or  medical  or  other  benefits  to 
persons  who  have  ceased  to  be  members  of  the  Plan  and  are  entitled 
to  a  pension,  and  to  recover,  where  appropriate,  the  costs  of  such 
administration  from  that  plan  or  fund. 

Committees  33. — (1)  The  Board  may  establish  such  committees  as  are  considered 

necessary  or  desirable. 

Committee  (2)  A  committee  established  by  the  Board  may,  with  the  approval  of 

may  delegate    the  Board  and  in  accordance  with  the  policy  established  by  the  committee 

or  the  Board,  delegate  to  an  officer  or  employee  of  the  Board  any  of  the 

duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  committee,  including  those  delegated  to 

the  committee  by  the  Board. 

Quorum  34.  The  quorum  for  any  meeting  of  the  Board  or  a  committee  of  the 

Board  shall  be  at  least  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  or  commit- 
tee. 

Expenses  35.  The  expenses  of  the  operation  of  the  Board,  the  administration  of 

the  Plan  and  the  management  of  the  Fund  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Fund. 


Reciprocal 
transfer 
agreements 
continue  to 
apply 

R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  419 

Transfer  to 
Plan  of  credit 
in  other 
plans 


36. — (1)  Any  agreement  in  writing  between  a  person  and  the  Minister 
or  the  Crown  for  the  reciprocal  transfer  of  pension  credits  between  the 
Public  Service  Superannuation  Fund  established  under  the  Public  Service 
Superannuation  Act  and  another  pension  plan  continues  to  apply  to  the  Plan 
with  all  necessary  modifications. 

(2)  If  the  Board  enters  into  a  written  agreement  with  an  employer  to 
whom  the  Plan  does  not  extend  for  the  transfer  to  the  Plan  of  credit  for  a 
person's  service  with  that  employer,  the  person  shall,  on  becoming  a  mem- 
ber and  requesting  a  transfer  of  credit  to  the  Plan  in  accordance  with  the 
agreement,  pay  or  cause  to  be  paid  into  the  Fund  the  amount  provided  for 
in  the  agreement  for  the  purchase  of  the  credit  that  is  being  transferred. 


Transfer  to 
other  plan  of 
credit  in  Plan 
R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


(3)  If  the  Board  enters  into  a  written  agreement  for  the  transfer  from 
the  Plan  to  another  pension  plan  registered  under  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  of  credit  in  the  Plan  in  respect  of  members  who  become  members 
of  the  other  plan,  the  Board  shall,  at  the  request  of  a  member  transferring 
credit  from  the  Plan  in  accordance  with  the  agreement,  pay  from  the  Fund 
to  the  Plan  to  which  the  member's  credit  is  being  transferred  the  amount 
provided  for  in  the  agreement  for  the  purchase  of  credit  for  the  member  in 
the  other  plan. 


Transfer 

agreements 

prevail 


(4)  Subsections  (1)  to  (3)  apply  despite  section  11  or  13. 


J 


1989 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 


Bill  36 


41 


(5)  The  Board  shall  not  enter  into  an  agreement  mentioned  in  sub-    Approval  of 
section    (2)   or   (3)    until    the    agreement    is   approved   by   the    Lieutenant    agreements 
Governor  in  Council. 

37.  After  the  close  of  each  fiscal  year,  the  Board  shall  submit  to  the    Annual 
Minister  a  report  for  the  fiscal  year  just  ended  of  the  financial  and  other   report 
affairs  of  the  Plan  and  the  Fund,  and  the  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the 
Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  session. 


Ref)ort  re 
O.P.P.  early 
retirement 
benefit 


38. — (1)  In  the  reports  to  the  Minister  under  section  37,  the  Board 
shall  identify, 

(a)  the  additional  cost  to  the  Plan  of  the  pension  provided  to  members  of 
the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  by  subsection  15  (4)  over  the  cost 
of  the  pension  or  deferred  pension  that  would  be  payable  without  that 
subsection;  and 

(b)  the  financial  benefit  to  the  Plan  from  the  contributions  of  members  of 
the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  under  subsection  6  (2),  from  the 
employer's  contributions  made  to  match  contributions  under  that  sub- 
section, and  from  the  return  reasonably  attributable  to  the  investment 
of  the  contributions  and  of  the  proceeds  received  by  the  Fund  from 
the  transfers  under  subsections  7  (2)  and  (3)  of  this  Act. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  also  indicate  in  its  reports  the  sufficiency  of  the 
financial  benefits  referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (b)  to  meet  the  additional  costs 
referred  to  in  clause  (1)  (a)  and  whether  those  additional  costs  for  pensions 
that  are  being  paid  at  the  end  of  the  year  for  which  the  report  is  made  have 
been  met  by  the  financial  benefits  that  have  then  accrued  to  the  Fund. 

39. — (1)  Each  employee  of  the  Board  and  his  or  her  heirs,  executors 
and  administrators  shall  be  indemnified  and  saved  harmless  by  the  Board 
from  and  against  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses  sustained  or  incurred  in  or 
about  any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  claim  against  him  or  her  for  any  act, 
omission,  deed,  matter  or  other  thing  made,  done  or  permitted  or  omitted 
to  be  made  or  done  in  or  about  the  execution  of  the  duties  of  his  or  her 
employment  by  the  Board,  and  every  payment  made  for  the  indemnification 
is  an  administrative  expense  of  the  Board. 

(2)  Indemnification  under  subsection  (1)  does  not  extend  to  the  act  or   Limitation 
omission  to  act  of  any  person  that  was  done  or  omitted  to  be  done  dishon- 
estly or  in  bad  faith. 


Idem 


Indemnifi- 
cation 


42  Bill  36  PUBLIC  SERVICE  PENSION 

SCHEDULE  2 

INTERIM  PAYMENTS  OF  UNFUNDED  LIABILITY 

Date  of  payment  Amount  of  payment 

1.  January  1,  1990  $7,283,000 

2.  February  1,  1990  7,316,000 

3.  March  1,  1990  7,349,000 

4.  April  1,  1990  7,381,000 

5.  May  1,  1990  7,414,000 

6.  June  1,  1990  7,448,000 

7.  July  1,  1990  7,481,000 

8.  August  1,  1990  7,514,000 

9.  September  1,  1990  7,548,000 

10.  October  1,  1990  7,582,000 

11.  November  1,  1990  7,616,000 

12.  December  1,  1990  7,650,000 

13.  January  1,  1991  7,684,000 

14.  February  1,  1991  7,718,000 

15.  March  1,  1991  7,753,000 

16.  April  1,  1991  7,787,000 

17.  May  1,1991  7,822,000 

18.  June  1,  1991  7,857,000 

19.  July  1,  1991  7,892,000 

20.  August  1,  1991  7,928,000 

21.  September  1,  1991  7,963,000 

22.  October  1,  1991  7,999,000 

23.  November  1,  1991  8,034,000 

24.  December  1,  1991  8,070,000 

25.  January  1,  1992  8,106,000 

26.  February  1,  1992  8,143,000 

27.  March  1,1992  8,179,000 

28.  April  1,  1992  8,216,000 

29.  May  1,1992  8,252,000 

30.  June  1,  1992  8,289,000 

31.  July  1,  1992  8,326,000 

32.  August  1,1992  8,364,000 

33.  September  1,  1992  8,401,000 

34.  October  1,  1992  8,439,000 

35.  November  1,  1992  8,476,000 

36.  December  1,  1992  8,514,000 


Bill  37 


iND  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO 


Government  Bill 


38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  37 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Assessment  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 
Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading       June  21st,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTES 


The  Bill  provides  for  a  reduction  in  the  business  assessment  of  land  used  by  distil- 
lers. For  the  1989  taxation  year,  the  business  assessment  is  reduced  from  140  per  cent  t( 
100  per  cent  of  the  assessed  value  of  the  land.  For  the  1990  and  subsequent  taxatioi 
years,  the  business  assessment  is  further  reduced  to  75  per  cent  of  the  assessed  value 
The  Bill  provides  for  compensating  grants  to  the  affected  municipalities. 

The  Bill  also  provides  for  the  release  of  assessment  information  on  comparable  prop 
erties,  and  permits  the  disclosure  of  information  to  municipalities  and  school  boards  t< 
assist  in  their  planning. 

SECTION  1.  This  amendment  reduces  the  business  assessment  payable  by  distillers  fo 
the  1989  taxation  year  to  100  per  cent  of  the  assessed  value  of  the  land  and  to  75  pe 
cent  for  the  1990  and  subsequent  taxation  years. 

SECTION  2.  This  section  provides  authority  for  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  t( 
make  grants  in  1989,  1990  and  1991  to  compensate  municipalities  for  revenue  losses 
resulting  from  the  reduction  in  business  assessment  payable  by  distillers. 

SECTION  3.  This  section  provides  authority  for  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  to 
make  further  grants  in  1992,  1993  and  1994  to  compensate  those  municipalities  in  which 
the  losses  of  revenue  resulting  from  the  business  assessment  reduction  for  distillers  are 
considered  by  the  Minister  to  be  significant. 

SECTION  4. — Subsection  1.  This  amendment  extends  the  existing  information  disclosure 
provisions  to  employees  of  school  boards  in  addition  to  assessors  and  municipal  employ- 
ees. 

Subsection  2.  This  section  will  permit  assessors  to  disclose  information  to  ratepayers  to 
assist  them  in  determining  the  fairness  of  their  assessments.  Actual  income  and  expense 
information  on  individual  properties  may  not  be  disclosed.  Municipalities  and  school 
boards  will  be  supplied  with  assessment  information  to  assist  them  for  planning  purposes, 
but  not  actual  income  and  expense  information  on  individual  properties. 


Bill  37  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Assessment  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Clause  7  (1)  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act,  being  chapter  31 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1986,  chapter  69,  section  3,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)    The  business  of  a  distiller  for  a  sum  equal  to, 

(i)  for  the  1989  taxation  year,  100  per  cent  of  the 
assessed  value  of  the  land  so  occupied  or 
used,  exclusive  of  the  portion  of  the  land 
occupied  or  used  for  the  distilling  of  alcohol 
solely  for  industrial  purposes,  and  for  a  sum 
equal  to  75  per  cent  of  the  assessed  value  as 
to  such  last-mentioned  portion,  and 

(ii)  for  the  1990  and  subsequent  taxation  years,  75 
per  cent  of  the  assessed  value  of  the  land  so 
occupied  or  used. 

2.  In  each  of  the  years  1989,  1990  and  1991,  the  Minister  of  g™?^  by 

,,,  *'  '  ,  J  Minister  of 

Municipal  Affairs  may  make  grants,  upon  such  terms  and  con-  Municipal 
ditions  as  the  Minister  considers  necessary,  to  any  municipality  ^^"•'^ 
to  compensate  the  municipality  for  a  loss  of  tax  revenue  result- 
ing from  the  reduction  in  the  rate  of  business  assessment  pro- 
vided by  clause  7  (1)  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  1  of  this  Act. 

3.  In  addition  to  any  grants  that  may  have  been  paid  pur-  ^^*^'°"*' 
suant  to  section  2,  in  each  of  the  years  1992,  1993  and  1994, 

the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  may,  where  the  Minister  con- 
siders that  the  loss  of  revenue  has  been  sufficiently  significant, 
make  further  grants,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the 
Minister  considers  necessary,  to  any  municipality  to  further 
compensate  the  municipality  for  a  loss  in  revenue  resulting 
from  the  reduction  in  the  rate  of  business  assessment  provided 


Bill  37 


ASSESSMENT 


1989 


by  clause  7  (1)  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  sec- 
tion 1  of  this  Act. 

4. — (1)  Subsection  57  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "municipality"  in  the  second  Hne  "or  school 
board". 


Exception 


Idem 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(2)  Section  57  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsections: 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  upon  the  request  of  a  person 
assessed  under  this  Act,  an  assessor  may  provide  sufficient 
information  on  similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  other  than 
actual  income  and  expense  information  on  individual  proper- 
ties, to  enable  the  person  to  determine  the  fairness  of  that 
person's  assessment. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  assessment  commissioner 
shall  make  available  to  all  municipalities  and  school  boards 
within  the  assessment  region  for  which  the  assessment  com- 
missioner is  appointed,  information  sufficient  to  enable  them 
to  meet  their  planning  requirements  other  than  actual  income 
and  expense  information  on  individual  properties. 

5.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  December,  1988. 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Assessment  Amendment 
Act,  1989. 


2nd  session,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II,  1989 


Bill  37 

(Chapter  42 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1989) 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Assessment  Act 


The  Hon.  B.  Grandmaitre 

Minister  of  Revenue 


1st  Reading  June  21st,  1989 

2nd  Reading  July  5th,  1989 

3rd  Reading  July  13th,  1989 

Royal  Assent  July  13th,  1989 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
©Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


^0137  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Assessment  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  Clause  7  (1)  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act,  being  chapter  31 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario.  1986.  chapter  69,  section  3,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)    The  business  of  a  distiller  for  a  sum  equal  to, 

(i)  for  the  1989  taxation  year,  100  per  cent  of  the 
assessed  value  of  the  land  so  occupied  or 
used,  exclusive  of  the  portion  of  the  land 
occupied  or  used  for  the  distilling  of  alcohol 
solely  for  industrial  purposes,  and  for  a  sum 
equal  to  75  per  cent  of  the  assessed  value  as 
to  such  last-mentioned  portion,  and 

(ii)  for  the  1990  and  subsequent  taxation  years.  75 
per  cent  of  the  assessed  value  of  the  land  so 
occupied  or  used. 

2.  In  each  of  the  years  1989,  1990  and  1991,  the  Minister  of  J,^^^'';^ 
Municipal  Affairs  may  make  grants,  upon  such  terms  and  con-  Municipal* 
ditions  as  the  Minister  considers  necessary,  to  any  municipality  Affairs 

to  compensate  the  municipaiity  for  a  loss  of  tax  revenue  result- 
ing from  the  reduction  in  the  rate  of  business  assessment  pro- 
\  ided  by  clause  7  (1)  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  1  of  this  Act. 

3.  In  addition  to  any  grants  that  may  have  been  paid  pur-  ^^.^"^ 
suant  to  section  2,  m  each  of  the  years  1992,  1993  and  1994, 
the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  may,  where  the  Minister  con- 
siders that  the  loss  of  revenue  has  been  sufficiently  significant, 
make  further  grants,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the 
Minister  considers  necessar>',  to  any  municipality  to  further 
compensate  the  municipality  for  a  loss  in  revenue  resulting 
from  the  reduction  in  the  rate  of  business  assessment  provided 


grants 


Bill  37 


ASSESSMENT 


1989 


by  clause  7  (1)  (a)  of  the  Assessment  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  sec- 
tion 1  of  this  Act. 

4. — (1)  Subsection  57  (1)  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "municipality"  in  the  second  line  "or  school 
board". 


Exception 


Idem 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(2)  Section  57  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsections: 

(3)  Despite  subsection  (1),  upon  the  request  of  a  person 
assessed  under  this  Act,  an  assessor  may  provide  sufficient 
information  on  similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  other  than 
actual  income  and  expense  information  on  individual  proper- 
ties, to  enable  the  person  to  determine  the  fairness  of  that 
person's  assessment. 

(4)  Despite  subsection  (1),  the  assessment  commissioner 
shall  make  available  to  all  municipalities  and  school  boards 
within  the  assessment  region  for  which  the  assessment  com- 
missioner is  appointed,  information  sufficient  to  enable  them 
to  meet  their  planning  requirements  other  than  actual  income 
and  expense  information  on  individual  properties. 

5.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  December,  1988. 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Assessment  Amendment 
Act,  1989. 


^^  ^^  Private  Member's  Bill 


D  SESSION,  34th  LEGISLATURE,  ONTARIO  38  ELIZABETH  II   1989 


Bill  38 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act 


Mr.  Philip 
(Etobicoke-Rexdale) 


1st  Reading       June  22nd,  1989 
2nd  Reading 
3rd  Reading 
Royal  Assent 


Printed  under  authority  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the 
®Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


EXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  make  void  any  provision  in  a  tenancy  agreement  pro- 
hibiting a  tenant  from  keeping  a  pet  in  a  rented  residential  premises.  An  exception  is 
provided  in  the  case  of  rental  of  a  condominium  unit  if  the  declaration  for  that  condo- 
minium prohibits  owners  from  keeping  pets. 


BiU38  1989 


An  Act  to  amend  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act,  being  chapter  232  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980,  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section: 

97a. — (1)  Any  provision  in  a  tenancy  agreement  prohibit-  Provisions 
ing  a  tenant  from  keeping  a  pet  in  residential  premises  is  void.   pets"void^ 

(2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  to  a  tenancy  agreement  in  Exception 
respect  of  a  unit  of  a  corporation  to  which  the  Condominium  R so.  i980, 
Act  applies  if  the  declaration  for  that  corporation  prohibits  the 
keeping  of  pets  in  units  of  the  corporation. 

P*     2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

.  ,  •'  ''        ment 

Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  the  Landlord  and  Tenant  short  tiue 
Amendment  Act,  1989. 


ft